Index: head/nl_NL.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/nl_NL.po =================================================================== --- head/nl_NL.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/nl_NL.po (revision 50617) +++ head/nl_NL.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/nl_NL.po (revision 50618) @@ -1,75953 +1,75957 @@ # $FreeBSD$ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-07 13:39+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-08-01 11:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-08-02 11:54+0200\n" "Language: nl_NL\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Last-Translator: Remko Lodder \n" "Language-Team: The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 2.0.3\n" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Remko Lodder , 2004-2017\n" "René Ladan , 2004-2017\n" "Siebrand Mazeland,\n" "René Ketelaars" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:613 msgid "FreeBSD Handbook" msgstr "FreeBSD Handboek" #. (itstool) path: info/author #: book.translate.xml:615 msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Project" msgstr "The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project" #. (itstool) path: info/pubdate #. (itstool) path: info/releaseinfo #: book.translate.xml:619 book.translate.xml:621 msgid "$FreeBSD$" msgstr "$FreeBSD$" #. (itstool) path: info/copyright #: book.translate.xml:623 msgid "1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 The FreeBSD Documentation Project" msgstr "1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project" #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title #: book.translate.xml:651 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "Copyright" #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:653 msgid "Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:" msgstr "Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:660 msgid "Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first lines of this file unmodified." msgstr "Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first lines of this file unmodified." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:666 msgid "Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution." msgstr "Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution." #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:675 msgid "THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE." msgstr "THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:692 msgid "FreeBSD is a registered trademark of the FreeBSD Foundation." msgstr "FreeBSD is een geregistreerd trademark van de FreeBSD Foundation." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:694 msgid "3Com and HomeConnect are registered trademarks of 3Com Corporation." msgstr "3Com en HomeConnect zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken van 3Com Corporation." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:696 msgid "3ware is a registered trademark of 3ware Inc." msgstr "3ware is een gedeponeerd handelsmerk van 3ware Inc." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:698 msgid "ARM is a registered trademark of ARM Limited." msgstr "ARM is een geregistreerd handelsmerk van ARM Limited." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:700 msgid "Adaptec is a registered trademark of Adaptec, Inc." msgstr "Adaptec is een geregistreerd handelsmerk van Adaptec, Inc." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:702 msgid "Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries." msgstr "Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash en PostScript zijn gedeponeerde handelsmerken of handelsmerken van Adobe Systems Incorporated in de Verenigde Staten en/of andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:706 msgid "Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Quicktime, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries." msgstr "Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Quicktime, en TrueType zijn handelsmerken van Apple Inc., gedeponeerd in de V.S. en andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:711 msgid "Android is a trademark of Google Inc." msgstr "Android is een handelsmerk van Google Inc." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:713 msgid "Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino, and Times Roman are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG in the U.S. and other countries." msgstr "Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino en Times Roman zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG in de VS en andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:717 msgid "IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390, and ThinkPad are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both." msgstr "IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390 en ThinkPad zijn handelsmerken van International Business Machines Corporation in de Verenigde Staten, andere landen, of beide." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:721 msgid "IEEE, POSIX, and 802 are registered trademarks of Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. in the United States." msgstr "IEEE, POSIX, en 802 zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken van Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. in de Verenigde Staten." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:724 msgid "Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium, and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries." msgstr "Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium en Xeon zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van Intel Corporation of haar dochterondernemingen in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:728 msgid "Intuit and Quicken are registered trademarks and/or registered service marks of Intuit Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and other countries." msgstr "Intuit en Quicken zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken en/of geregistreerde dienstmerken van Intuit Inc., of een van haar dochterondernemingen, in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:731 msgid "Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds." msgstr "Linux is het geregistreerde handelsmerk van Linus Torvalds." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:733 msgid "LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID and Mylex are trademarks or registered trademarks of LSI Logic Corp." msgstr "LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID en Mylex zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van LSI Logic Corp." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:736 msgid "Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media and Windows NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries." msgstr "Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media en Windows NT zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken of handelsmerken van Microsoft Corporation in de Verenigde Staten en/of andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:740 msgid "Motif, OSF/1, and UNIX are registered trademarks and IT DialTone and The Open Group are trademarks of The Open Group in the United States and other countries." msgstr "Motif, OSF/1, en UNIX zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken en IT DialTone en The Open Group zijn handelsmerken van The Open Group in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:744 msgid "Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation." msgstr "ORACLE is een gedeponeerd handelsmerk van Oracle Corporation." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:746 msgid "RealNetworks, RealPlayer, and RealAudio are the registered trademarks of RealNetworks, Inc." msgstr "RealNetworks, RealPlayer, en RealAudio zijn de geregistreerde handelsmerken van RealNetworks, Inc." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:749 msgid "Red Hat, RPM, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the United States and other countries." msgstr "Red Hat, RPM, zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van Red Hat, Inc. in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:752 msgid "Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS and VirtualBox are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries." msgstr "Sun, zijn Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS en VirtualBox handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van Sun Microsystems, Inc. in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:757 msgid "MATLAB is a registered trademark of The MathWorks, Inc." msgstr "MATLAB is een geregistreerd handelsmerk van The MathWorks, Inc." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:759 msgid "SpeedTouch is a trademark of Thomson." msgstr "SpeedTouch is een handelsmerk van Thomson." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:761 msgid "VMware is a trademark of VMware, Inc." msgstr "VMware is een handelsmerk van VMware, Inc." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:763 msgid "Mathematica is a registered trademark of Wolfram Research, Inc." msgstr "Mathematica is een geregistreerd handelsmerk van Wolfram Research, Inc." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:765 msgid "XFree86 is a trademark of The XFree86 Project, Inc." msgstr "XFree86 is een handelsmerk van The XFree86 Project, Inc." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:767 msgid "Ogg Vorbis and Xiph.Org are trademarks of Xiph.Org." msgstr "Ogg Vorbis en Xiph.Org zijn handelsmerken van Xiph.Org." #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: book.translate.xml:769 msgid "Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish their products are claimed as trademarks. Where those designations appear in this document, and the FreeBSD Project was aware of the trademark claim, the designations have been followed by the ™ or the ® symbol." msgstr "Veel van de termen die door fabrikanten en verkopers worden gebruikt om hun producten te onderscheiden worden geclaimd als handelsmerk. Op de plaatsen waar deze handelsmerken in dit document voorkomen, en het FreeBSD Project op de hoogte was van de claim op het handelsmerk, worden de termen gevolgd door het symbool ™ of het symbool ®." #. (itstool) path: abstract/para #: book.translate.xml:778 msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD! This handbook covers the installation and day to day use of FreeBSD 11.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD 10.3-RELEASE, and FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE. This book is the result of ongoing work by many individuals. Some sections might be outdated. Those interested in helping to update and expand this document should send email to the FreeBSD documentation project mailing list." msgstr "Welkom bij FreeBSD! Dit handboek behandelt de installatie en het dagelijks gebruik van FreeBSD 11.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD 10.3-RELEASE en FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE. Dit boek is het resultaat van doorgaand werk gedaan door vele individuen. Sommige secties kunnen verouderd zijn. Degenen die geïnteresseerd zijn om te helpen om dit document bij te werken en verder uit te breiden, wordt gevraagd een email te sturen naar de FreeBSD documentatie project mailing lijst." #. (itstool) path: abstract/para #: book.translate.xml:787 msgid "The latest version of this book is available from the FreeBSD web site. Previous versions can be obtained from https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/. The book can be downloaded in a variety of formats and compression options from the FreeBSD FTP server or one of the numerous mirror sites. Printed copies can be purchased at the FreeBSD Mall. Searches can be performed on the handbook and other documents on the search page." msgstr "De meest recente versie van dit book is beschikbaar op de FreeBSD web site. Eerdere versies van dit boek zijn te vinden op https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/. Het boek kan worden gedownload in veel verschillende formaten en compressiewijzen vanaf de FreeBSD FTP server of één van de vele mirrorsites. Een gedrukt exemplaar kan worden gekocht bij de FreeBSD Mall. Er kan worden gezocht in het handbook of andere documenten op de zoek pagina." #. (itstool) path: preface/title #: book.translate.xml:808 msgid "Preface" msgstr "Inleiding" #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-audience #: book.translate.xml:810 msgid "Intended Audience" msgstr "Beoogde doelgroep" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:813 msgid "The FreeBSD newcomer will find that the first section of this book guides the user through the FreeBSD installation process and gently introduces the concepts and conventions that underpin UNIX. Working through this section requires little more than the desire to explore, and the ability to take on board new concepts as they are introduced." msgstr "De nieuwkomers bij FreeBSD zullen zien dat de eerste sectie van dit boek ze begeleidt door de FreeBSD installatieprocedure en de geleidelijke introductie in de concepten van UNIX. Om deze sectie goed te kunnen doorlopen is meer nodig dan de wens om te ontdekken en de mogelijkheid om nieuwe concepten op te nemen wanneer ze geïntroduceerd worden." #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:820 msgid "Once you have traveled this far, the second, far larger, section of the Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to FreeBSD system administrators. Some of these chapters may recommend that you do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each chapter." msgstr "De tweede, veel grotere, sectie van het handboek is een uitvoerige referentie naar alle mogelijke (relevante) onderwerpen die interessant zijn voor FreeBSD systeembeheerders. Sommige van deze hoofdstukken adviseren mogelijk om eerdere documentatie te lezen. Dit wordt aangegeven in de samenvatting aan het begin van elk hoofdstuk." #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:827 msgid "For a list of additional sources of information, please see ." msgstr "Voor een lijst van extra bronnen van informatie zie ." #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from3 #: book.translate.xml:830 msgid "Changes from the Third Edition" msgstr "Wijzigingen ten opzichte van de derde editie" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:833 msgid "The current online version of the Handbook represents the cumulative effort of many hundreds of contributors over the past 10 years. The following are some of the significant changes since the two volume third edition was published in 2004:" msgstr "De huidige online versie van het Handboek representeert de gezamenlijke inspanning van vele honderden vrijwilligers in de afgelopen 10 jaar. De volgende zijn enkele van de belangrijkste wijzigingen sinds de tweedelige derde editie in 2004 werd gepubliceerd:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:840 msgid " has been added with information about the powerful DTrace performance analysis tool." msgstr " is toegevoegd met informatie over het krachtige prestatie-analysegereedschap DTrace ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:845 msgid " has been added with information about non-native file systems in FreeBSD, such as ZFS from Sun." msgstr " is toegevoegd met informatie over vreemde bestandssystemen in FreeBSD, zoals ZFS van Sun ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:851 msgid " has been added to cover the new auditing capabilities in FreeBSD and explain its use." msgstr " is toegevoegd om de nieuwe auditing-mogelijkheden van FreeBSD te bespreken en het gebruik ervan toe te lichten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:856 msgid " has been added with information about installing FreeBSD on virtualization software." msgstr " is toegevoegd met informatie over het installeren van FreeBSD op virtualisatiesoftware." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:862 msgid " has been added to cover installation of FreeBSD using the new installation utility, bsdinstall." msgstr " is toegevoegd om de installatie van FreeBSD te bespreken met behulp van de nieuwe installatiegereedschap, bsdinstall ." #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from2 #: book.translate.xml:868 msgid "Changes from the Second Edition (2004)" msgstr "Wijzigingen ten opzichte van de tweede editie (2004)" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:871 msgid "The third edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The printed edition grew to such a size that it was necessary to publish as two separate volumes. The following are the major changes in this new edition:" msgstr "De derde editie is een optelsom van meer dan twee jaar werk door vaste leden van het FreeBSD Documentation Project. De gedrukte editie groeide tot zodanige omvang dat het noodzakelijk om deze te publiceren als twee afzonderlijke delen. De volgende zijn de belangrijkste veranderingen in deze nieuwe editie:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:879 msgid " has been expanded with new information about the ACPI power and resource management, the cron system utility, and more kernel tuning options." msgstr " is uitgebreid met nieuwe informatie over ACPI power en resource management, het systeemhulpprogramma cron, en nog veel meer kernel tuning opties." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:886 msgid " has been expanded with new information about virtual private networks (VPNs), file system access control lists (ACLs), and security advisories." msgstr " is uitgebreid met nieuwe informatie over virtual private networks (VPN's), toegangscontrolelijsten voor het bestandssysteem (ACL's) en beveiligingswaarschuwingen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:892 msgid " is a new chapter with this edition. It explains what MAC is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system." msgstr " is een nieuw hoofdstuk in deze editie. Er wordt uitgelegd wat MAC is en hoe het gebruikt kan worden om ​​FreeBSD te beveiligen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:898 msgid " has been expanded with new information about USB storage devices, file system snapshots, file system quotas, file and network backed filesystems, and encrypted disk partitions." msgstr " is uitgebreid met informatie over USB opslagapparaten, bestandssysteem snapshots, bestandssysteem quota's, bestandssystemen op basis van betanden en het netwerk en versleutelde partities." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:905 msgid "A troubleshooting section has been added to ." msgstr "Een sectie probleemoplossing is toegevoegd aan ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:909 msgid " has been expanded with new information about using alternative transport agents, SMTP authentication, UUCP, fetchmail, procmail, and other advanced topics." msgstr " is uitgebreid met nieuwe informatie over alternatieve transport programma's, SMTP authenticatie, UUCP, fetchmail , procmail en andere geavanceerde onderwerpen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:917 msgid " is all new with this edition. This chapter includes information about setting up the Apache HTTP Server, ftpd, and setting up a server for Microsoft Windows clients with Samba. Some sections from were moved here to improve the presentation." msgstr " is nieuw in deze editie. Dit hoofdstuk bevat informatie over het opzetten van de Apache HTTP Server , ftpd En het opzetten van een server voor MicrosoftWindows cliënten met Samba . Een aantal paragrafen uit zijn om redenen van presentatie naar dit hoofdstuk verplaatst." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:927 msgid " has been expanded with new information about using Bluetooth devices with FreeBSD, setting up wireless networks, and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) networking." msgstr " is uitgebreid met nieuwe informatie over het gebruik van Bluetooth apparaten met FreeBSD, het opzetten van draadloze netwerken en Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) netwerken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:934 msgid "A glossary has been added to provide a central location for the definitions of technical terms used throughout the book." msgstr "Een verklarende woordenlijst is toegevoegd als centrale locatie voor de definities van technische termen die in dit boek gebruikt worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:940 msgid "A number of aesthetic improvements have been made to the tables and figures throughout the book." msgstr "Een aantal esthetische verbeteringen zijn aangebracht in de tabellen en figuren in het boek." #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes #: book.translate.xml:945 msgid "Changes from the First Edition (2001)" msgstr "Wijzigingen ten opzichte van de eerste editie (2001)" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:948 msgid "The second edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The following were the major changes in this edition:" msgstr "De tweede editie is een optelsom van meer dan twee jaar werk door vaste leden van het FreeBSD Documentation Project. De volgende zijn de grote wijzigingen in deze editie:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:956 msgid "A complete Index has been added." msgstr "Een volledige index is toegevoegd." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:960 msgid "All ASCII figures have been replaced by graphical diagrams." msgstr "Alle ASCII-figuren zijn vervangen door grafische diagrammen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:965 msgid "A standard synopsis has been added to each chapter to give a quick summary of what information the chapter contains, and what the reader is expected to know." msgstr "Een standaard overzicht is toegevoegd aan elk hoofdstuk met een korte samenvatting van welke informatie zich in het hoofdstuk bevindt en wat de lezer geacht wordt te weten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:971 msgid "The content has been logically reorganized into three parts: Getting Started, System Administration, and Appendices." msgstr "De inhoud is logisch ingedeeld in drie delen: Starten, Systeembeheer en Appendix." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:978 msgid " has been expanded to contain additional information about processes, daemons, and signals." msgstr " is uitgebreid met extra informatie over processen, daemons en signalen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:984 msgid " has been expanded to contain additional information about binary package management." msgstr " is uitgebreid met extra informatie over binair package-beheer." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:990 msgid " has been completely rewritten with an emphasis on using modern desktop technologies such as KDE and GNOME on XFree86 4.X." msgstr " is compleet herschreven met de nadruk op het gebruik van moderne desktop technologieën zoals KDE en GNOME op XFree86 4.X." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:997 msgid " has been expanded." msgstr " is uitgebreid." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1001 msgid " has been written from what used to be two separate chapters on Disks and Backups. We feel that the topics are easier to comprehend when presented as a single chapter. A section on RAID (both hardware and software) has also been added." msgstr " is herschreven uit wat eens twee aparte hoofdstukken waren over schijven en back-ups . Wij zijn van mening dat de onderwerpen gemakkelijker te begrijpen zijn wanneer ze in één hoofdstuk zijn ondergebracht. Een sectie over RAID (zowel hardware als software) is ook toegevoegd." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1010 msgid " has been completely reorganized and updated for FreeBSD 4.X/5.X." msgstr " is compleet gereorganiseerd en bijgewerkt voor FreeBSD 4.X / 5.X." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1015 msgid " has been substantially updated." msgstr " is aanzienlijk bijgewerkt." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1020 msgid "Many new sections have been added to ." msgstr "Veel nieuwe secties zijn toegevoegd aan ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1024 msgid " has been expanded to include more information about configuring sendmail." msgstr " is uitgebreid met meer informatie over het configureren van onder andere sendmail ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1030 msgid " has been expanded to include information about installing Oracle and SAP R/3." msgstr " is uitgebreid met informatie over het installeren van onder andere Oracle en SAP R/3 ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1037 msgid "The following new topics are covered in this second edition:" msgstr "De volgende nieuwe onderwerpen worden behandeld in de tweede editie:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1042 msgid "." msgstr "." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1046 msgid "." msgstr "." #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-overview #: book.translate.xml:1052 msgid "Organization of This Book" msgstr "De opbouw van dit boek" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1054 msgid "This book is split into five logically distinct sections. The first section, Getting Started, covers the installation and basic usage of FreeBSD. It is expected that the reader will follow these chapters in sequence, possibly skipping chapters covering familiar topics. The second section, Common Tasks, covers some frequently used features of FreeBSD. This section, and all subsequent sections, can be read out of order. Each chapter begins with a succinct synopsis that describes what the chapter covers and what the reader is expected to already know. This is meant to allow the casual reader to skip around to find chapters of interest. The third section, System Administration, covers administration topics. The fourth section, Network Communication, covers networking and server topics. The fifth section contains appendices of reference information." msgstr "Dit boek is opgedeeld in vijf logische secties. De eerste sectie, Beginnen, behandelt de installatie en het basisgebruik van FreeBSD. Er wordt verwacht dat lezers deze hoofdstukken volgt, en mogelijk hoofdstukken overslaat met bekende onderwerpen. De tweede sectie, Algemene Taken, behandelt veelgebruikte functies van FreeBSD. Deze sectie en alle volgende kunnen in een willekeurige volgorde gelezen worden. Iedere sectie begint met een beknopte samenvatting die beschrijft wat het hoofdstuk inhoudt en wat de lezer al moet weten. Dit is bedoeld om de lezer de kans te geven alleen dat te lezen wat voor hem van belang is. In de derde sectie, Systeembeheer, wordt het beheer behandeld. De vierde sectie, Netwerkcommunicatie, gaat over netwerken en servers. De vijfde sectie bevat appendices met referentiemateriaal." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1079 msgid "Introduces FreeBSD to a new user. It describes the history of the FreeBSD Project, its goals and development model." msgstr "Introduceert FreeBSD aan een nieuwe gebruiker. Het beschrijft de geschiedenis van het FreeBSD project, de doelen en de ontwikkeling model." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1089 msgid "Walks a user through the entire installation process of FreeBSD 9.x and later using bsdinstall." msgstr "Loopt een gebruiker door het gehele installatieproces van FreeBSD 9.X en later met behulp van bsdinstall ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1099 msgid "Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. If you are familiar with Linux or another flavor of UNIX then you can probably skip this chapter." msgstr "Behandelt de basiscommando's en functionaliteit van het FreeBSD besturingssysteem. Als de lezer bekend is met Linux of een andere UNIX variant, kan dit hoofdstuk waarschijnlijk overgeslagen worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1110 msgid "Covers the installation of third-party software with both FreeBSD's innovative Ports Collection and standard binary packages." msgstr "Behandelt de installatie van software van derden, met zowel FreeBSD's innovatieve Portscollectie als de standaard binaire packages." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1120 msgid "Describes the X Window System in general and using X11 on FreeBSD in particular. Also describes common desktop environments such as KDE and GNOME." msgstr "Beschrijft het X Window systeem in het algemeen en het gebruik van X11 op FreeBSD in het bijzonder. Het beschrijft ook standaard bureaubladomgevingen, zoals KDE en GNOME ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1133 msgid "Lists some common desktop applications, such as web browsers and productivity suites, and describes how to install them on FreeBSD." msgstr "Levert standaard bureaubladapplicaties in een lijst, zoals webbrowsers en productiviteitspakketten, en beschrijft hoe ze te installeren op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1142 msgid "Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your system. Also describes some sample audio and video applications." msgstr "Laat zien hoe het opzetten van geluid en video-ondersteuning voor een systeem. Het beschrijft ook enkele voorbeelden van audio- en video-applicaties." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1152 msgid "Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel." msgstr "Wordt uitgelegd waarom er mogelijk een nieuwe kernel geconfigureerd moet worden en biedt gedetailleerde instructies voor het configureren, bouwen en installeren van een aangepaste kernel." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1162 msgid "Describes managing printers on FreeBSD, including information about banner pages, printer accounting, and initial setup." msgstr "Beschrijft hoe printers beheerd worden onder FreeBSD, met informatie over bannerpagina's, afdruk-accounting en initiële installatie." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1172 msgid "Describes the Linux compatibility features of FreeBSD. Also provides detailed installation instructions for many popular Linux applications such as Oracle and Mathematica." msgstr "Beschrijving van de Linux compatibiliteit-functies van FreeBSD. Biedt ook gedetailleerde installatie-instructies voor vele populaire Linux applicaties zoals Oracle en Mathematica." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1186 msgid "Describes the parameters available for system administrators to tune a FreeBSD system for optimum performance. Also describes the various configuration files used in FreeBSD and where to find them." msgstr "Beschrijft de parameters beschikbaar voor systeembeheerders om een FreeBSD-systeem voor optimale prestaties af te stellen. Het beschrijft ook de verschillende configuratiebestanden gebruikt in FreeBSD en waar die te vinden zijn." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1197 msgid "Describes the FreeBSD boot process and explains how to control this process with configuration options." msgstr "Beschrijft de FreeBSD opstartprocedure en legt uit hoe dit proces met configuratieopties aan te passen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1206 msgid "Describes many different tools available to help keep your FreeBSD system secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH." msgstr "Beschrijft vele verschillende tools beschikbaar om te helpen het FreeBSD-systeem te beveiligen, met inbegrip van Kerberos, IPsec en OpenSSH." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1216 msgid "Describes the jails framework, and the improvements of jails over the traditional chroot support of FreeBSD." msgstr "Beschrijft het jail-raamwerk, en de verbeteringen van jails (gevangenissen) ten opzichte van de traditionele ondersteuning voor chroot van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1225 msgid "Explains what Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system." msgstr "Legt uit wat Verplichte Toegangscontrole (MAC) is en hoe dit mechanisme kan worden gebruikt om een FreeBSD systeem te beveiligen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1235 msgid "Describes what FreeBSD Event Auditing is, how it can be installed, configured, and how audit trails can be inspected or monitored." msgstr "Beschrijft wat FreeBSD Event Auditing is, hoe het kan worden geïnstalleerd, geconfigureerd, en hoe audit trails kunnen worden geïnspecteerd of gecontroleerd." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1245 msgid "Describes how to manage storage media and filesystems with FreeBSD. This includes physical disks, RAID arrays, optical and tape media, memory-backed disks, and network filesystems." msgstr "Beschrijft hoe opslagmedia en bestandssystemen met FreeBSD beheerd worden. Dit omvat fysieke schijven, RAID arrays, optische en tapemedia, geheugenschijven en netwerkbestandssystemen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1256 msgid "Describes what the GEOM framework in FreeBSD is and how to configure various supported RAID levels." msgstr "Beschrijft wat het GEOM raamwerk in FreeBSD is en het configureren van de verschillende ondersteunde RAID-niveaus." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1265 msgid "Examines support of non-native file systems in FreeBSD, like the Z File System from Sun." msgstr "Beschrijft ondersteuning voor niet-standaard bestandssystemen in FreeBSD, zoals het Z-bestandssysteem van Sun." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1274 msgid "Describes what virtualization systems offer, and how they can be used with FreeBSD." msgstr "Beschrijft wat virtualisatie systemen bieden, en hoe ze kunnen worden gebruikt met FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1283 msgid "Describes how to use FreeBSD in languages other than English. Covers both system and application level localization." msgstr "Beschrijving van het gebruik van FreeBSD in andere talen dan Engels. Omvat zowel systeem en applicatie niveau lokalisatie." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1293 msgid "Explains the differences between FreeBSD-STABLE, FreeBSD-CURRENT, and FreeBSD releases. Describes which users would benefit from tracking a development system and outlines that process. Covers the methods users may take to update their system to the latest security release." msgstr "Verklaart de verschillen tussen FreeBSD-STABLE, FreeBSD-CURRENT en FreeBSD uitgaven. Beschrijft welke gebruikers zouden profiteren van het bijhouden van een ontwikkelsysteem leg dat proces uit. Beschrijft de manier waarop gebruikers hun systeem naar de laatste beveilingsuitgave kunnen bijwerken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1306 msgid "Describes how to configure and use the DTrace tool from Sun in FreeBSD. Dynamic tracing can help locate performance issues, by performing real time system analysis." msgstr "Beschrijving van het configureren en gebruiken van het hulpprogramma DTrace van Sun in FreeBSD. Dynamisch traceren kan helpen bij het lokaliseren van prestatieproblemen, door real-time systeemanalyse uit te voeren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1319 msgid "Explains how to connect terminals and modems to your FreeBSD system for both dial in and dial out connections." msgstr "Legt uit hoe verbinding te maken met terminals en modems op een FreeBSD systeem voor zowel dial-in als dial-out verbindingen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1329 msgid "Describes how to use PPP to connect to remote systems with FreeBSD." msgstr "Beschrijft hoe PPP te gebruiken om verbinding te maken met remote systemen met FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1338 msgid "Explains the different components of an email server and dives into simple configuration topics for the most popular mail server software: sendmail." msgstr "Verklaart de verschillende onderdelen van een e-mailserver en duikt in eenvoudige configuratie onderwerpen voor de populairste mailserver software: sendmail." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1349 msgid "Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, network information system server, or time synchronization server." msgstr "Geeft gedetailleerde instructies en voorbeeldinstellingen om een FreeBSD machine als een netwerk bestandssysteem server, DNS server, netwerk informatiesysteem server of tijdserver in te stellen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1360 msgid "Explains the philosophy behind software-based firewalls and provides detailed information about the configuration of the different firewalls available for FreeBSD." msgstr "Verklaart de filosofie achter op software gebaseerde firewalls en biedt gedetailleerde informatie over de configuratie van de verschillende firewalls beschikbaar voor FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1370 msgid "Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection with other computers on your LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless networking, Bluetooth, ATM, IPv6, and much more." msgstr "Beschrijft vele netwerken onderwerpen, inclusief het delen van een internetverbinding met andere computers op een LAN, geavanceerde routering onderwerpen, draadloze netwerken, Bluetooth, ATM, IPv6 en nog veel meer." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1383 msgid "Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well as different sites on the Internet that allow you to download and install FreeBSD." msgstr "Geeft verschillende bronnen aan voor het verkrijgen van FreeBSD media op CD-ROM of DVD evenals verschillende sites op het Internet die gebruikers in staat stellen FreeBSD te downloaden en te installeren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1393 msgid "This book touches on many different subjects that may leave you hungry for a more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that are referenced in the text." msgstr "Dit boek behandelt veel verschillende onderwerpen die de lezer misschien hongerig maken naar een gedetailleerde uitleg. De bibliografie bevat verwijzingen naar een aantal uitstekende boeken.waarnaar in de tekst." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1404 msgid "Describes the many forums available for FreeBSD users to post questions and engage in technical conversations about FreeBSD." msgstr "Beschrijft de vele forums die beschikbaar zijn voor FreeBSD gebruikers om vragen te stellen en om deel te nemen aan technische conversaties over FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1414 msgid "Lists the PGP fingerprints of several FreeBSD Developers." msgstr "Hier ziet u de PGP-vingerafdrukken van verschillende FreeBSD ontwikkelaars." #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv #: book.translate.xml:1420 msgid "Conventions used in this book" msgstr "Conventies in dit boek" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1423 msgid "To provide a consistent and easy to read text, several conventions are followed throughout the book." msgstr "Om consistentie en leesbaarheid te behouden en de leesbaarheid te behouden worden er een aantal overeenkomsten nageleefd in dit boek." #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-typographic #: book.translate.xml:1426 msgid "Typographic Conventions" msgstr "Typografische aannames" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:1430 msgid "Italic" msgstr "Italic" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1433 msgid "An italic font is used for filenames, URLs, emphasized text, and the first usage of technical terms." msgstr "Een italic lettertype wordt gebruikt voor bestandsnamen, URL's, benadrukte tekst, en het eerste gebruik van technische termen." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:1440 msgid "Monospace" msgstr "Monospace" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1443 msgid "A monospaced font is used for error messages, commands, environment variables, names of ports, hostnames, user names, group names, device names, variables, and code fragments." msgstr "Een monospaced lettertype wordt gebruikt voor foutmeldingen, commando's, omgevingsvariabelen, namen van ports, hostnamen, gebruikersnamen, groepsnamen, apparaatnamen, variabelen en stukjes code." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:1451 msgid "Bold" msgstr "Vet" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1454 msgid "A bold font is used for applications, commands, and keys." msgstr "Een vet lettertype wordt gebruikt voor applicaties, commando's en toetsen." #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-commands #: book.translate.xml:1461 msgid "User Input" msgstr "Gebruikersinvoer" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1464 msgid "Keys are shown in bold to stand out from other text. Key combinations that are meant to be typed simultaneously are shown with `+' between the keys, such as:" msgstr "Toetsen worden weer gegeven in bold om op te vallen tussen andere tekst.. Toetsencombinaties die zijn bedoeld om te worden getypt, worden weergegeven met '+' tussen de toetsen, zoals:" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1469 msgid " Ctrl Alt Del" msgstr " Ctrl Alt Del" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1475 msgid "Meaning the user should type the Ctrl, Alt, and Del keys at the same time." msgstr "Wat betekent dat de gebruiker moet de toetsen Ctrl, Alten Del op hetzelfde moment moet indrukken." #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1479 msgid "Keys that are meant to be typed in sequence will be separated with commas, for example:" msgstr "Toetsen die zijn bedoeld om achter elkaar te typen worden gescheiden door komma's, bijvoorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1482 msgid " Ctrl X , Ctrl S" msgstr " Ctrl X , Ctrl S" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1491 msgid "Would mean that the user is expected to type the Ctrl and X keys simultaneously and then to type the Ctrl and S keys simultaneously." msgstr "Zou betekenen dat de gebruiker gelijktijdig de Ctrl en X toetsen indrukt en vervolgens de Ctrl en S tegelijkertijd moet indruken." #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-examples #: book.translate.xml:1497 msgid "Examples" msgstr "Voorbeelden" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1499 msgid "Examples starting with C:\\> indicate a MS-DOS command. Unless otherwise noted, these commands may be executed from a Command Prompt window in a modern Microsoft Windows environment." msgstr "Voorbeelden die starten met C:\\ > geven aan dat het een MS-DOS- commando betreft. Tenzij anders vermeld, kunnen deze opdrachten worden uitgevoerd vanuit een Command Prompt in een moderne Microsoft Windows omgeving." #. (itstool) path: preface/screen #: book.translate.xml:1505 #, no-wrap msgid "E:\\> tools\\fdimage floppies\\kern.flp A:" msgstr "E:\\> tools\\fdimage floppies\\kern.flp A:" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1507 msgid "Examples starting with # indicate a command that must be invoked as the superuser in FreeBSD. You can login as root to type the command, or login as your normal account and use su1 to gain superuser privileges." msgstr "Voorbeelden die starten met een # geven aan dat een commando ingegeven moet worden als de superuser in FreeBSD. Er kan aangemeld worden met root om het commando in te typen, of er kan na als gewone gebruiker aangemeld te hebben gebruikt gemaakt worden van su1 om superuser-rechten te verkrijgen." #. (itstool) path: preface/screen #: book.translate.xml:1513 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0" msgstr "# dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1515 msgid "Examples starting with % indicate a command that should be invoked from a normal user account. Unless otherwise noted, C-shell syntax is used for setting environment variables and other shell commands." msgstr "Voorbeelden die starten met % geven aan dat een commando die moet worden aangeroepen vanuit een normale gebruikersaccount. Tenzij anders vermeld, wordt de C-shell syntaxis gebruikt voor het instellen van omgevingsvariabelen en andere shell-commando's." #. (itstool) path: preface/screen #: book.translate.xml:1520 #, no-wrap msgid "% top" msgstr "% top" #. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-acknowledgements #: book.translate.xml:1522 msgid "Acknowledgments" msgstr "Dankwoorden" #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1524 msgid "The book you are holding represents the efforts of many hundreds of people around the world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted complete chapters, all the contributions have been useful." msgstr "Het boek dat nu voorligt representeert de inspanningen van honderden mensen over de hele wereld. Of ze nu foutjes verbeteren of complete hoofdstukken inleveren, ze hebben allemaal nuttig bijgedragen." #. (itstool) path: preface/para #: book.translate.xml:1529 msgid "Several companies have supported the development of this document by paying authors to work on it full-time, paying for publication, etc. In particular, BSDi (subsequently acquired by Wind River Systems) paid members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project to work on improving this book full time leading up to the publication of the first printed edition in March 2000 (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Wind River Systems then paid several additional authors to make a number of improvements to the print-output infrastructure and to add additional chapters to the text. This work culminated in the publication of the second printed edition in November 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004, FreeBSD Mall, Inc, paid several contributors to improve the Handbook in preparation for the third printed edition." msgstr "Verschillende bedrijven hebben bijgedragen aan het maken van dit document door de schrijvers te betalen om hier voltijds aan te werken, door te betalen voor de publicatie, etc. In het bijzonder heeft BSDi (Overgenomen door Wind River Systems) leden van het FreeBSD Documentation Project betaald om voltijds te werken aan het verbeteren van dit boek, wat leidde tot de publicatie van de eerste editie in maart 2000 (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Wind River Systems heeft daarna verschillende schrijvers betaald om een aantal verbeteringen uit te voeren voor de printuitvoer-infrastructuur en om extra hoofdstukken toe te voegen aan de tekst. Dit werk leverde de publicatie van de tweede gedrukte editie in november 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004 heeft FreeBSD Mall, Inc een aantal mensen die bijdragen hebben geleverd betaald om het handboek te verbeteren voor een derde gedrukte editie." #. (itstool) path: part/title #: book.translate.xml:1548 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Aan de Slag" #. (itstool) path: partintro/para #: book.translate.xml:1551 msgid "This part of the handbook is for users and administrators who are new to FreeBSD. These chapters:" msgstr "Dit deel van het handboek is voor gebruikers en beheerders die net beginnen met FreeBSD. Deze hoofdstukken:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1556 msgid "Introduce FreeBSD." msgstr "Geven een inleiding in FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1560 msgid "Guide readers through the installation process." msgstr "Gidst lezers door het installatie proces." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1564 msgid "Teach UNIX basics and fundamentals." msgstr "Bespreken de UNIX basisbegrippen en grondslag." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1568 msgid "Show how to install the wealth of third party applications available for FreeBSD." msgstr "Tonen hoe de vele aanvullende applicaties voor FreeBSD geïnstalleerd kunnen worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1573 msgid "Introduce X, the UNIX windowing system, and detail how to configure a desktop environment that makes users more productive." msgstr "Introduceren van X, het UNIX venster systeem, en gaan uitvoerig in op hoe een bureaubladomgeving wordt ingesteld die een gebruiker helpt productiever te zijn." #. (itstool) path: partintro/para #: book.translate.xml:1579 msgid "The number of forward references in the text have been kept to a minimum so that this section can be read from front to back with minimal page flipping." msgstr "Er is geprobeerd het aantal vooruitwijzingen tot een minimum te beperken zodat het handboek van begin tot einde gelezen kan worden zonder bladeren." #. (itstool) path: info/title #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:1593 book.translate.xml:23827 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introductie" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:1596 book.translate.xml:2861 msgid " Jim Mock Restructured, reorganized, and parts rewritten by " msgstr " Jim Mock Restructured, gereorganiseerd, en delen herschreven door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:1608 book.translate.xml:2916 book.translate.xml:5528 #: book.translate.xml:8917 book.translate.xml:10650 book.translate.xml:12840 #: book.translate.xml:13969 book.translate.xml:15590 book.translate.xml:18073 #: book.translate.xml:19341 book.translate.xml:22826 book.translate.xml:23739 #: book.translate.xml:27838 book.translate.xml:29448 book.translate.xml:31216 #: book.translate.xml:31950 book.translate.xml:35730 book.translate.xml:41662 #: book.translate.xml:41869 book.translate.xml:43150 book.translate.xml:44190 #: book.translate.xml:46339 book.translate.xml:46724 book.translate.xml:48927 #: book.translate.xml:50595 book.translate.xml:52508 book.translate.xml:58238 #: book.translate.xml:61925 msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Overzicht" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:1610 msgid "Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development model, and so on." msgstr "Dank u voor uw interesse in FreeBSD! Het volgende hoofdstuk behandelt verschillende aspecten van het FreeBSD Project, zoals de geschiedenis, doelen, ontwikkelingsmodel, enzovoort." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:1614 book.translate.xml:2943 book.translate.xml:5535 #: book.translate.xml:8929 book.translate.xml:10671 book.translate.xml:15603 #: book.translate.xml:18099 book.translate.xml:19355 book.translate.xml:23752 #: book.translate.xml:27910 book.translate.xml:29475 book.translate.xml:31240 #: book.translate.xml:31958 book.translate.xml:35756 book.translate.xml:41694 #: book.translate.xml:41877 book.translate.xml:44202 book.translate.xml:46377 #: book.translate.xml:46735 book.translate.xml:48938 book.translate.xml:50606 #: book.translate.xml:58293 book.translate.xml:61930 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "Na het lezen van dit hoofdstuk, zult u het volgende weten:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1618 msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems." msgstr "Hoe FreeBSD zich verhoudt tot andere besturingssystemen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1623 msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "De geschiedenis van het FreeBSD Project." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1627 msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "De doelen van het FreeBSD Project." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1631 msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model." msgstr "De basisprincipes van het FreeBSD open-source ontwikkelmodel." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1636 msgid "And of course: where the name FreeBSD comes from." msgstr "En natuurlijk: waar de naam FreeBSD vandaan komt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:1643 msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!" msgstr "Welkom bij FreeBSD!" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1645 book.translate.xml:1814 msgid "4.4BSD-Lite" msgstr "4.4BSD-Lite" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:1647 msgid "FreeBSD is a 4.4BSD-Lite based operating system for Intel (x86 and Itanium), AMD64, Sun UltraSPARC computers. Ports to other architectures are also under way. You can also read about the history of FreeBSD, or the current release. If you are interested in contributing something to the Project (code, hardware, funding), see the Contributing to FreeBSD article." msgstr "FreeBSD is een op 4.4BSD-Lite gebaseerd besturingssysteem voor Intel (x86 en Itanium), AMD64 en Sun UltraSPARC computers. Er zijn ook ports naar andere architecturen in voorbereiding. Er is nog meer informatie over de geschiedenis van FreeBSD of over de huidige uitgave. Als de lezer wil bijdragen aan het project (code, hardware, geld) wordt aangeraden het artikel Bijdragen aan FreeBSD te lezen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:1657 msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?" msgstr "Wat kan FreeBSD?" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:1659 msgid "FreeBSD has many noteworthy features. Some of these are:" msgstr "FreeBSD heeft veel benoemenswaardige opties. Enkele van deze zijn:" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1665 msgid "preemptive multitasking" msgstr "preemptive multitasking" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1664 msgid "Preemptive multitasking <_:indexterm-1/> with dynamic priority adjustment to ensure smooth and fair sharing of the computer between applications and users, even under the heaviest of loads." msgstr "Preemptive multitasking <_:indexterm-1/> met dynamische prioriteit aanpassingen om te zorgen voor een geleidelijke en eerlijke verdeling van de computer tussen applicaties en gebruikers, zelfs onder de zwaarste belasting." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1674 msgid "multi-user facilities" msgstr "meerdere gebruikers" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1674 msgid "Multi-user facilities<_:indexterm-1/> which allow many people to use a FreeBSD system simultaneously for a variety of things. This means, for example, that system peripherals such as printers and tape drives are properly shared between all users on the system or the network and that individual resource limits can be placed on users or groups of users, protecting critical system resources from over-use." msgstr "Ondersteuning voor meerdere gebruikers<_:indexterm-1/> maakt het mogelijk dat verschillende mensen een FreeBSD systeem tegelijkertijd kunnen gebruiken voor een groot aantal taken. Dit betekent bijvoorbeeld dat randapparaten als printers en tapedrives gedeeld kunnen worden door alle gebruikers van het systeem en dat individuele beperkingen ingesteld kunnen worden voor gebruikers of voor groepen gebruikers, zodat kritieke systeembronnen beschermd kunnen worden tegen onrechtmatig of overmatig gebruik." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1687 msgid "TCP/IP networking" msgstr "TCP/IP netwerken" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1686 msgid "Strong TCP/IP networking<_:indexterm-1/> with support for industry standards such as SCTP, DHCP, NFS, NIS, PPP, SLIP, IPsec, and IPv6. This means that your FreeBSD machine can interoperate easily with other systems as well as act as an enterprise server, providing vital functions such as NFS (remote file access) and email services or putting your organization on the Internet with WWW, FTP, routing and firewall (security) services." msgstr "Krachtige mogelijkheden voor TCP/IP netwerken<_:indexterm-1/> met ondersteuning voor industriestandaarden als SCTP, DHCP, NFS, NIS, PPP, SLIP, IPsec en IPv6. Dit betekent dat een FreeBSD-systeem makkelijk kan samenwerken met andere systemen en dat het kan functioneren als bedrijfsserver, waarbij het belangrijke functies als NFS (bestandsdeling over het netwerk), email, webdiensten, FTP, routing en firewall-diensten kan aanbieden." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1700 msgid "memory protection" msgstr "geheugen beveiliging" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1700 msgid "Memory protection<_:indexterm-1/> ensures that applications (or users) cannot interfere with each other. One application crashing will not affect others in any way." msgstr "Geheugenbeveiliging<_:indexterm-1/> garandeert dat applicaties (of gebruikers) elkaar niet kunnen storen. Een crashende applicatie heeft totaal geen effect op andere applicaties." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1709 book.translate.xml:1952 msgid "X Window System" msgstr "X Window Systeem" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1708 msgid "The industry standard X Window System<_:indexterm-1/> (X11R7) can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) on any machine and comes with full sources." msgstr "Het X Window systeem<_:indexterm-1/> (X11R7), een industriële standaard, biedt een grafische gebruikersinterface (GUI) op elke machine en wordt geleverd met de volledige broncode." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1718 book.translate.xml:18078 msgid "binary compatibility Linux" msgstr "binaire compatibiliteitLinux" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1722 msgid "binary compatibility SCO" msgstr "binaire compatibiliteit SCO" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1726 msgid "binary compatibility SVR4" msgstr "binaire compatibiliteit SVR4" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1730 msgid "binary compatibility BSD/OS" msgstr "binaire compatibiliteit BSD/OS" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1734 msgid "binary compatibility NetBSD" msgstr "binaire compatibiliteit NetBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1717 msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:indexterm-5/> Binary compatibility with many programs built for Linux, SCO, SVR4, BSDI and NetBSD." msgstr "<_:Indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:indexterm-5/> binaire compatibiliteit met veel programma's gebouwd voor Linux, SCO, SVR4, BSDI en NetBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1744 msgid "Thousands of ready-to-run applications are available from the FreeBSD ports and packages collection. Why search the net when you can find it all right here?" msgstr "Er zijn duizenden applicaties direct beschikbaar in de FreeBSD ports en pakketten collectie. Waarom zoeken op het Internet als het allemaal al klaarstaat?" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1752 msgid "Thousands of additional and easy-to-port applications are available on the Internet. FreeBSD is source code compatible with most popular commercial UNIX systems and thus most applications require few, if any, changes to compile." msgstr "Duizenden andere en makkelijk over te zetten applicaties zijn beschikbaar op het Internet. FreeBSD is broncode-compatibel met de meeste populaire commerciële UNIX systemen, wat betekent dat veel applicaties nagenoeg geen wijzigingen vereisen om te compileren op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1761 msgid "virtual memory" msgstr "virtueel geheugen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1760 msgid "Demand paged virtual memory<_:indexterm-1/> and merged VM/buffer cache design efficiently satisfies applications with large appetites for memory while still maintaining interactive response to other users." msgstr "Het demand-paged virtueel geheugen<_:indexterm-1/> en het gecombineerde VM/buffer cache ontwerp zorgen ervoor dat applicaties met grote geheugenbehoeften niets te kort komen, terwijl de systeemrespons niet achteruit gaat." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1770 msgid "Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)" msgstr "Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1770 msgid "SMP<_:indexterm-1/> support for machines with multiple CPUs." msgstr " SMP <_:Indexterm-1/> ondersteuning voor computers met meerdere processoren." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1779 msgid "compilers C" msgstr "compilers C" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1783 msgid "compilers C++" msgstr "compilers C++" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1778 msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> A full complement of C and C++ development tools. Many additional languages for advanced research and development are also available in the ports and packages collection." msgstr "Een volledige C en C++ ontwikkelomgeving. Vele andere programmeertalen, te gebruiken voor onderzoek of geavanceerde ontwikkeling, zijn ook beschikbaar in de ports- en pakketcollectie." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1796 msgid "source code" msgstr "broncode" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1796 msgid "Source code<_:indexterm-1/> for the entire system means you have the greatest degree of control over your environment. Why be locked into a proprietary solution at the mercy of your vendor when you can have a truly open system?" msgstr "De broncode<_:indexterm-1/> van het hele systeem is beschikbaar, zodat gebruikers de volledige controle over het systeem in handen hebben. Waarom genoegen nemen met alleen het erewoord van de softwarefabrikant, als een compleet open systeem ook tot de mogelijkheden behoort?" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1805 msgid "Extensive online documentation." msgstr "Uitgebreid online documentatie ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1810 msgid "And many more!" msgstr "En nog veel meer!" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1817 msgid "Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)" msgstr "Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:1814 msgid "FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/> release from Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)<_:indexterm-2/> at the University of California at Berkeley, and carries on the distinguished tradition of BSD systems development. In addition to the fine work provided by CSRG, the FreeBSD Project has put in many thousands of hours in fine tuning the system for maximum performance and reliability in real-life load situations. FreeBSD offers performance and reliability on par with commercial offerings, combined with many cutting-edge features not available anywhere else." msgstr "FreeBSD is gebaseerd op de 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/> uitgave van de Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)<_:indexterm-2/> aan de University of California in Berkeley en borduurt voort op een lange traditie van ontwikkeling van BSD-systemen. Naast het goede werk geleverd door de CSRG heeft het FreeBSD project vele duizenden uren gestoken in het afstellen van het systeem voor maximale prestaties en betrouwbaarheid in veel voorkomende situaties. FreeBSD levert snelheid en betrouwbaarheid die gelijkwaardig zijn aan commerciële aanbiedingen, gecombineerd met vele innovatieve opties die nergens anders gevonden kunnen worden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:1828 msgid "The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antennae; if it can be done with a commercial UNIX product then it is more than likely that you can do it with FreeBSD too! FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands of high quality applications developed by research centers and universities around the world, often available at little to no cost. Commercial applications are also available and appearing in greater numbers every day." msgstr "De toepassingen voor FreeBSD worden alleen beperkt door eigen fantasie. Van software-ontwikkeling tot fabrieksautomatisering, van voorraadbeheersing tot de azimuth-correctie van een satellietantenne: als het kan met een commercieel UNIX product, dan kan het ook met FreeBSD! FreeBSD vaart ook wel bij de letterlijk duizenden open-source programma's, vaak van bijzonder hoge kwaliteit, die ontwikkeld zijn in onderzoekscentra, universiteiten over de hele wereld en open-source gemeenschappen, en die beschikbaar zijn voor weinig of geen geld. Ook steeds meer commerciële applicaties vinden hun weg naar FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:1840 msgid "Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is generally available, the system can also be customized to an almost unheard of degree for special applications or projects, and in ways not generally possible with operating systems from most major commercial vendors. Here is just a sampling of some of the applications in which people are currently using FreeBSD:" msgstr "Omdat ook de broncode van FreeBSD zelf vrij beschikbaar is, kan het systeem aangepast worden voor speciale toepassingen of projecten, op manieren die meestal niet mogelijk zijn met besturingssystemen van vooraanstaande commerciële softwarehuizen. Hier zijn een aantal voorbeelden van toepassingen waar FreeBSD voor gebruikt wordt:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1850 msgid "Internet Services: The robust TCP/IP networking built into FreeBSD makes it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services such as:" msgstr "Internet diensten: de robuuste TCP/IP netwerkarchitectuur die in FreeBSD zit, maakt het een ideaal platform voor uiteenlopende internetdiensten zoals:" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1857 msgid "web servers" msgstr "web servers" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1857 msgid "World Wide Web servers<_:indexterm-1/> (standard or secure [SSL])" msgstr "World Wide webservers<_:indexterm-1> (standaard of beveiligd [SSL])" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1864 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing" msgstr "IPv4- en IPv6-routering" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1868 book.translate.xml:58229 msgid "firewall" msgstr "firewall" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1871 book.translate.xml:61395 msgid "NAT" msgstr "NAT" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1868 msgid "Firewalls<_:indexterm-1/> and NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (IP masquerading) gateways" msgstr "Firewalls<_:indexterm-1/> en NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (IP-maskering) gateways" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1878 msgid "FTP servers" msgstr "FTP servers" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1878 msgid "FTP servers<_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "FTP servers<_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1885 msgid "electronic mail email" msgstr "electronische mail email" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1889 book.translate.xml:50597 msgid "email" msgstr "email" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1884 msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> Electronic Mail servers" msgstr "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> Email servers" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1896 msgid "And more..." msgstr "En meer..." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1902 msgid "Education: Are you a student of computer science or a related engineering field? There is no better way of learning about operating systems, computer architecture and networking than the hands on, under the hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make it highly useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get other work done!" msgstr "Onderwijs: is de lezer informaticastudent of werkzaam in een ander vakgebied dat hier mee te maken heeft? Er is geen betere manier om besturingssystemen, computerarchitecturen en netwerken te bestuderen dan de hands-on open-source ervaring die FreeBSD kan bieden. Gratis beschikbare programma's voor CAD, wiskundige toepassingen en grafisch ontwerp maken FreeBSD ook heel handig voor mensen wiens primaire interesse voor de computer ligt bij het voltooien van ander werk!" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1914 msgid "Research: With source code for the entire system available, FreeBSD is an excellent platform for research in operating systems as well as other branches of computer science. FreeBSD's freely available nature also makes it possible for remote groups to collaborate on ideas or shared development without having to worry about special licensing agreements or limitations on what may be discussed in open forums." msgstr "Onderzoek: omdat de broncode van het volledige systeem beschikbaar is, vormt FreeBSD een uitstekende basis voor het onderzoeken van besturingssystemen of andere takken in de informatica. De open natuur van FreeBSD maakt het ook mogelijk voor groepen mensen over de hele wereld om met elkaar samen te werken, zonder dat men zich zorgen hoeft te maken over speciale licentieovereenkomsten of beperkingen op wat er besproken kan worden in open fora." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1926 book.translate.xml:62278 msgid "router" msgstr "router" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1928 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS Server" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1925 msgid "Networking: Need a new router?<_:indexterm-1/> A name server (DNS)?<_:indexterm-2/> A firewall to keep people out of your internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC sitting in the corner into an advanced router with sophisticated packet-filtering capabilities." msgstr "Netwerken: nieuwe router<_:indexterm-1/> nodig? Of een nameserver (DNS)<_:indexterm-2/>? Een firewall om een intern netwerk te beschermen? FreeBSD kan die ongebruikte PC die nog ergens in een hoekje ligt gemakkelijk omtoveren tot een geavanceerde router met uitgebreide pakketfilter mogelijkheden." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1939 msgid "embedded" msgstr "embedded" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1937 msgid "Embedded: FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build embedded systems upon. <_:indexterm-1/> With support for the ARM, MIPS and PowerPC platforms, coupled with a robust network stack, cutting edge features and the permissive BSD license FreeBSD makes an excellent foundation for building embedded routers, firewalls, and other devices." msgstr "Embedded: FreeBSD is een excellent platform om embedded systemen op te bouwen. <_:indexterm-1/>. Met de ondersteuning van de ARM, MIPS en PowerPC platformen, gecombineerd met een robuuste netwerk stack, innoverende functies en de liberale BSD licentie maakt FreeBSD een excellente fundering voor het bouwen van embedded routers, firewalls en andere apparaten." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1955 book.translate.xml:12040 msgid "GNOME" msgstr "GNOME" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1958 book.translate.xml:12127 msgid "KDE" msgstr "KDE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1951 msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> Desktop: FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution using the freely available X11 server. FreeBSD offers a choice from many open-source desktop environments, including the standard GNOME and KDE graphical user interfaces. FreeBSD can even boot diskless from a central server, making individual workstations even cheaper and easier to administer." msgstr "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> Bureaublad: FreeBSD is een prima keuze voor een goedkope bureaublad oplossing door gebruik te maken van de gratis beschikabre X11 servers. FreeBSD geeft de keuze tussen veel verschillende open-source bureaublad omgevingen, inclusief de standaard grafische omgevingen GNOME en KDE. FreeBSD kan zelfs schijfloos opstarten vanaf een centrale server, waardoor individuele werkstations nog goedkoper en makkelijker te beheren worden." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1977 msgid "Compiler" msgstr "Compiler" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:1974 msgid "Software Development: The basic FreeBSD system comes with a full complement of development tools including a full C/C++<_:indexterm-1/> compiler and debugger suite. Support for many other languages are also available through the ports and packages collection." msgstr "Software ontwikkeling: bij het standaard FreeBSD-systeem zit al een volledige verzameling van ontwikkelgereedschappen, inclusief de bekende GNU C/C++<_:indexterm-1/> compiler en debugger. Ondersteuning voor vele andere talen is ook beschikbaar via de ports en pakketten collecties." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:1986 msgid "FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see for more information about obtaining FreeBSD." msgstr "FreeBSD is beschikbaar om gratis te downloaden, of kan worden verkregen op zowel CD-ROM als op DVD. Zie voor meer informatie over het verkrijgen van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:1993 msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?" msgstr "Wie gebruiken FreeBSD?" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:1995 msgid "users large sites running FreeBSD" msgstr "gebruikers grote sites met FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2000 msgid "FreeBSD's advanced features, proven security, predictable release cycle, and permissive license have led to its use as a platform for building many commercial and open source appliances, devices, and products. Many of the world's largest IT companies use FreeBSD:" msgstr "FreeBSDs geavanceerde functies, bewezen beveiliging, voorspelbare release-cycli en de verdraagzame licentie hebben geleid tot het gebruik ervan als een platform voor het bouwen van vele commerciële en open-source appliances, apparaten en producten. Veel van 's werelds grootste IT bedrijven maken gebruik van FreeBSD:" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2010 book.translate.xml:56898 msgid "Apache" msgstr "Apache" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2009 msgid "Apache <_:indexterm-1/> - The Apache Software Foundation runs most of its public facing infrastructure, including possibly one of the largest SVN repositories in the world with over 1.4 million commits, on FreeBSD." msgstr "link xlink:href=\"http://www.apache.org/\">Apache <_:indexterm-1/> - De Apache Software Foundation draait veel van zijn publiekelijk toegankelijke infrastructuur, inclusief één van de grootset SVN repositories ter wereld met meer dan 1.4 miljoen commits, op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2020 msgid "Apple" msgstr "Apple" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2019 msgid "Apple <_:indexterm-1/> - OS X borrows heavily from FreeBSD for the network stack, virtual file system, and many userland components. Apple iOS also contains elements borrowed from FreeBSD." msgstr "Apple <_:indexterm-1/> - OS X maakt zwaar gebruik van de FreeBSD netwerk stack, virtuele bestandssystemen en vele gebruikers componenten. Apple iOS maakt ook gebruik van elementen geleend uit FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2030 msgid "Cisco" msgstr "Cisco" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2029 msgid "Cisco <_:indexterm-1/> - IronPort network security and anti-spam appliances run a modified FreeBSD kernel." msgstr "link xlink:href=\"http://www.cisco.com/\">Cisco <_:indexterm-1/> - Ironport netwerk beveiliging en anti-spam appliances draaien op een aangepaste FreeBSD kernel." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2038 msgid "Citrix" msgstr "Citrix" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2037 msgid "Citrix <_:indexterm-1/> - The NetScaler line of security appliances provide layer 4-7 load balancing, content caching, application firewall, secure VPN, and mobile cloud network access, along with the power of a FreeBSD shell." msgstr "Citrix <_:indexterm-1/> - De NetScaler lijn van beveiligings applicanes leveren een laag 4 tot en met 7, loadbalancing, content caching, applicatie firewall, beveiligde VPN en mobiele cloud netwerk toegang, tezamen met de kracht van een FreeBSD shell." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2049 msgid "Dell KACE" msgstr "Dell KACE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2047 msgid "Dell KACE <_:indexterm-1/> - The KACE system management appliances run FreeBSD because of its reliability, scalability, and the community that supports its continued development." msgstr "Dell KACE <_:indexterm-1/> - De KACE systeem beheer appliances draaien op FreeBSD vanwege zijn betrouwbaarheid, schaalbaarheid en de gemeenschap die verdere ontwikkeling ondersteund." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2059 msgid "Experts Exchange" msgstr "Experts Exchange" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2057 msgid "Experts Exchange <_:indexterm-1/> - All public facing web servers are powered by FreeBSD and they make extensive use of jails to isolate development and testing environments without the overhead of virtualization." msgstr "Experts Exchange <_:indexterm-1/> - Alle publiekelijk toegankelijke webservers worden aangedreven door FreeBSD. Ze maken daarnaast uitgebreid gebruik van jails om ontwikkel en test omgevingen te isoleren, zonder de overhead van virtualisatie." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2069 msgid "Isilon" msgstr "Isilon" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2068 msgid "Isilon <_:indexterm-1/> - Isilon's enterprise storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. The extremely liberal FreeBSD license allowed Isilon to integrate their intellectual property throughout the kernel and focus on building their product instead of an operating system." msgstr "Isilon <_:indexterm-1/> - Isilon's enterprise opslag applicances zijn gebasseerd op FreeBSD. De extreem liberale FreeBSD licentie stelt Isilon in staat om hun intellectuele eigendomen door de kernel heen te integreren en te focussen op het bouwen van hun product in plaats van een besturingssysteem." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2081 msgid "iXsystems" msgstr "iXsystems" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2080 msgid "iXsystems <_:indexterm-1/> - The TrueNAS line of unified storage appliances is based on FreeBSD. In addition to their commercial products, iXsystems also manages development of the open source projects PC-BSD and FreeNAS." msgstr "iXsystems <_:indexterm-1/> - De TrueNAS lijn van samengevoegde opslag appliances is gebaseerd op FreeBSD. In aanvulling op hun commerciële producten beheert iXsystems ook de ontwikkeling van de open-source projecten PC-BSD en FreeNAS." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2091 msgid "Juniper" msgstr "Juniper" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2090 msgid "Juniper <_:indexterm-1/> - The JunOS operating system that powers all Juniper networking gear (including routers, switches, security, and networking appliances) is based on FreeBSD. Juniper is one of many vendors that showcases the symbiotic relationship between the project and vendors of commercial products. Improvements generated at Juniper are upstreamed into FreeBSD to reduce the complexity of integrating new features from FreeBSD back into JunOS in the future." msgstr "Juniper <_:indexterm-1/> - Het JunOS besturingssysteem welke alle Juniper netwerk producten aandrijft (inclusief routers, switches, beveiligings en netwerk appliances) is gebaseerd op FreeBSD. Juniper is één van de vele leveranciers die een symbiotische relatie tussen het project en de leverancier van een commerciaal product tentoonstelt. Verbeteringen die worden aangebracht binnen Juniper worden teruggekoppeld naar FreeBSD om de complexiteit van nieuwe functies vanuit FreeBSD terug in JunOS te importeren te reduceren." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2106 msgid "McAfee" msgstr "McAfee" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2105 msgid "McAfee <_:indexterm-1/> - SecurOS, the basis of McAfee enterprise firewall products including Sidewinder is based on FreeBSD." msgstr "McAfee <_:indexterm-1/> - SecureOS, de basis van de McAfee enterprise firewall producten inclusief Sidewinder is gebasseerd op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2115 msgid "NetApp" msgstr "NetApp" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2114 msgid "NetApp <_:indexterm-1/> - The Data ONTAP GX line of storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. In addition, NetApp has contributed back many features, including the new BSD licensed hypervisor, bhyve." msgstr "NetApp <_:indexterm-1/> - De Data ONTAP GX lijn van opslag appliances is gebasseerd op FreeBSD. In aanvulling daarop heeft NetApp vele nieuwe functies teruggegeven, waaronder de nieuwe BSD gelicenseerde hypervisor, bhyve." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2125 book.translate.xml:2399 msgid "Netflix" msgstr "Netflix" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2124 msgid "Netflix <_:indexterm-1/> - The OpenConnect appliance that Netflix uses to stream movies to its customers is based on FreeBSD. Netflix has made extensive contributions to the codebase and works to maintain a zero delta from mainline FreeBSD. Netflix OpenConnect appliances are responsible for delivering more than 32% of all Internet traffic in North America." msgstr "Netflix <_:indexterm-1/> - De OpenConnect appliance die Netflix gebruikt om films te streamen naar zijn klanten is gebaseerd op FreeBSD. Netflix heeft uitgebreide bijdagen geleverd aan de code en werkt aan het onderhouden van een nul-verschil vanuit de standaard FreeBSD. Netflix OpenConnect appliances zijn verantwoordelijk voor het leveren van meer dan 32% van alle internet verkeer in Noord-Amerika." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2138 msgid "Sandvine" msgstr "Sandvine" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2137 msgid "Sandvine <_:indexterm-1/> - Sandvine uses FreeBSD as the basis of their high performance realtime network processing platforms that make up their intelligent network policy control products." msgstr "Sandvine <_:indexterm-1/> - Sandvine gebruikt FreeBSD als de basis van hun high performance realtime netwerk processing platformen die deel uitmaken van hun intelligente netwerk policy controle producten." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2148 msgid "Sony" msgstr "Sony" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2147 msgid "Sony <_:indexterm-1/> - The PlayStation 4 gaming console runs a modified version of FreeBSD." msgstr "Sony <_:indexterm-1/> - De Playstation 4 game console draait een gemodificeerde versie van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2156 msgid "Sophos" msgstr "Sophos" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2155 msgid "Sophos <_:indexterm-1/> - The Sophos Email Appliance product is based on a hardened FreeBSD and scans inbound mail for spam and viruses, while also monitoring outbound mail for malware as well as the accidental loss of sensitive information." msgstr "Sophos <_:indexterm-1/> - Het Sophos Email Appliance product is gebaseerd op een verharde FreeBSD en scant binnenkomende mail op spam en virussen, terwijl er ook toezicht gehouden wordt op uitgaande email voor malware alsmede het per ongeluk kwijtraken van gevoelige informatie." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2168 msgid "Spectra Logic" msgstr "Spectra Logic" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2166 msgid "Spectra Logic <_:indexterm-1/> - The nTier line of archive grade storage appliances run FreeBSD and OpenZFS." msgstr "Spectra Logic <_:indexterm-1/> - De nTier lijn van archief-graad opslag appliances draaien FreeBSD en OpenZFS." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2176 msgid "Stormshield" msgstr "Stormshield" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2175 msgid "Stormshield <_:indexterm-1/> - Stormshield Network Security appliances are based on a hardened version of FreeBSD. The BSD license allows us to integrate our own intellectual property with the system while returning a great deal of interesting development to the community." msgstr "Stormshield <_:indexterm-1/> - Stormshield Netwerk Security appliances zijn gebaseerd op een verharde versie van FreeBSD. De BSD licentie stelt ons in staat om onze eigen intellectuele eigendommen te integreren met het systeem terwijl er een grote hoeveelheid interessante ontwikkeling terug aan de gemeenschap wordt geleverd." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2189 msgid "The Weather Channel" msgstr "The Weather Channel" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2187 msgid "The Weather Channel <_:indexterm-1/> - The IntelliStar appliance that is installed at each local cable providers headend and is responsible for injecting local weather forecasts into the cable TV network's programming runs FreeBSD." msgstr "The Weather Channel <_:indexterm-1/> - De IntelliStar appliance die wordt geinstalleerd op elke lokale kabel provider's headend en welke verantwoordelijk is voor het injecteren van lokale weersverwachtingen in het kabel-TV netwerk draait op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2200 msgid "Verisign" msgstr "Verisign" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2199 msgid "Verisign <_:indexterm-1/> - Verisign is responsible for operating the .com and .net root domain registries as well as the accompanying DNS infrastructure. They rely on a number of different network operating systems including FreeBSD to ensure there is no common point of failure in their infrastructure." msgstr "Verisign <_:Indexterm-1/> - Verisign is verantwoordelijk voor de exploitatie van de .com en .net hoofddomein registers, alsmede de bijbehorende DNS-infrastructuur. Zij beroepen zich op een aantal verschillende netwerk besturingssystemen, waaronder FreeBSD om ervoor te zorgen is er geen gemeenschappelijk punt van falen in hun infrastructuur." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2213 msgid "Voxer" msgstr "Voxer" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2212 msgid "Voxer <_:indexterm-1/> - Voxer powers their mobile voice messaging platform with ZFS on FreeBSD. Voxer switched from a Solaris derivative to FreeBSD because of its superior documentation, larger and more active community, and more developer friendly environment. In addition to critical features like ZFS and DTrace, FreeBSD also offers TRIM support for ZFS." msgstr "Voxer <_:indexterm-1/> - Voxer drijft hun mobiele voice messaging platform aan met ZFS op FreeBSD. Voxer is gewisseld een Solaris afgeleide naar FreeBSD vanwege zijn superieure documentatie, grotere en meer actieve gemeenschap en een veel vriendelijkere omgeving voor ontwikkelaars. Naast de kritische functies zoals ZFS en DTrace, biedt FreeBSD ook TRIM ondersteuning voor ZFS." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2227 msgid "WhatsApp" msgstr "WhatsApp" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2226 msgid "WhatsApp <_:indexterm-1/> - When WhatsApp needed a platform that would be able to handle more than 1 million concurrent TCP connections per server, they chose FreeBSD. They then proceeded to scale past 2.5 million connections per server." msgstr "WhatsApp <_:indexterm-1/> - Toen WhatsApp een platform nodig had welke meer dan 1 miljoen gelijktijdige TCP verbindingen per server aan moest kunnen, is er gekozen voor FreeBSD. Ze zijn daarna doorgeschaald voorbij de 2.5 miljoen connecties per server." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2239 msgid "Wheel Systems" msgstr "Wheel Systems" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2237 msgid "Wheel Systems <_:indexterm-1/> - The FUDO security appliance allows enterprises to monitor, control, record, and audit contractors and administrators who work on their systems. Based on all of the best security features of FreeBSD including ZFS, GELI, Capsicum, HAST, and auditdistd." msgstr "Wheel Systems <_:indexterm-1/> - De FUDO security appliance stelt enterprises in staat om toezicht te houden, controle te hebben, opnames te maken en het auditen van ingehuurd personeel en beheerders die op de systemen werken. Gebaseerd op de beste beveilingings functies van FreeBSD, inclusief ZFS, GELI, Capsicum, HAST en auditdistd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2251 msgid "FreeBSD has also spawned a number of related open source projects:" msgstr "FreeBSD heeft ook geleid tot een aantal aanverwante open source projecten:" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2258 msgid "BSD Router" msgstr "BSD Router" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2256 msgid "BSD Router <_:indexterm-1/> - A FreeBSD based replacement for large enterprise routers designed to run on standard PC hardware." msgstr "BSD Router <_:indexterm-1/> - Een op FreeBSD gebaseerde vervanging voor grote enterprise routers ontworpen om te draaien op standaard PC hardware." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2267 msgid "FreeNAS" msgstr "FreeNAS" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2266 msgid "FreeNAS <_:indexterm-1/> - A customized FreeBSD designed to be used as a network file server appliance. Provides a python based web interface to simplify the management of both the UFS and ZFS file systems. Includes support for NFS, SMB/CIFS, AFP, FTP, and iSCSI. Includes an extensible plugin system based on FreeBSD jails." msgstr "FreeNAS <_:indexterm-1/> - Een aangepaste FreeBSD ontworpen om gebruikt te worden als netwerk bestandssysteem appliance. Levert een op python gebaseerde web interface om het beheer van zowel UFS en ZFS bestandssystemen te vereenvoudigen. Bevat ondersteuning voor NFS, SMB/CIFS, AFP, FTP en iSCSI. Bevat een uitbreidbaar plugin systeem gebaseerd op FreeBSD jails." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2279 msgid "GhostBSD" msgstr "GhostBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2278 msgid "GhostBSD <_:indexterm-1/> - A desktop oriented distribution of FreeBSD bundled with the Gnome desktop environment." msgstr "GhostBSD <_:indexterm-1/> - Een bureaublad georiënteerde distributie van FreeBSD gebundeld met de Gnome desktop omgeving." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2287 msgid "mfsBSD" msgstr "mfsBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2286 msgid "mfsBSD <_:indexterm-1/> - A toolkit for building a FreeBSD system image that runs entirely from memory." msgstr "mfsBSD <_:indexterm-1/> - Een hulpset voor het bouwen van een FreeBSD systeem image welke geheel uit het geheugen draait." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2295 msgid "NAS4Free" msgstr "NAS4Free" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2294 msgid "NAS4Free <_:indexterm-1/> - A file server distribution based on FreeBSD with a PHP powered web interface." msgstr "NAS4Free <_:indexterm-1/> - Een fileserver distributie gebaseerd op FreeBSD met een door PHP aangedreven webinterface." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2303 msgid "OPNsense" msgstr "OPNsense" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2302 msgid "OPNSense <_:indexterm-1/> - OPNsense is an open source, easy-to-use and easy-to-build FreeBSD based firewall and routing platform. OPNsense includes most of the features available in expensive commercial firewalls, and more in many cases. It brings the rich feature set of commercial offerings with the benefits of open and verifiable sources." msgstr "OPNSense <_:indexterm-1/> - OPNsense is een open-source, gemakkelijk te gebruiken en gemakkelijk te bouwen op FreeBSD gebaseerde firewall en routing platform. OPNsense bevat de meeste functies die beschikbaar zijn in dure commerciële firewalls, en meer in veel gevallen. Het levert een rijke functie set van commerciële aanbiedingen met de voordelen van open en verifieerbare bronnen." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2315 msgid "PC-BSD" msgstr "PC-BSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2314 msgid "PC-BSD <_:indexterm-1/> - A customized version of FreeBSD geared towards desktop users with graphical utilities to exposing the power of FreeBSD to all users. Designed to ease the transition of Windows and OS X users." msgstr "PC-BSD <_:indexterm-1/> - Een aangepaste versie van FreeBSD gericht op bureaublad gebruikers met grafische gereedschappen om de kracht van FreeBSD aan alle gebruikers te laten zien. Ontwikkeld om de overgang van Windows en OS X gebruikers te verlichten." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2325 msgid "pfSense" msgstr "pfSense" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2324 msgid "pfSense <_:indexterm-1/> - A firewall distribution based on FreeBSD with a huge array of features and extensive IPv6 support." msgstr "pfSense <_:indexterm-1/> - Een firewall distributie gebaseerd op FreeBSD met een grote hoeveelheid functies en uitgebreide IPv6 ondersteuning." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2334 msgid "ZRouter" msgstr "ZRouter" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2333 msgid "ZRouter <_:indexterm-1/> - An open source alternative firmware for embedded devices based on FreeBSD. Designed to replace the proprietary firmware on off-the-shelf routers." msgstr "ZRouter <_:indexterm-1/> - Een open-source alternatieve firmware voor embedded apparaten gebaseerd op FreeBSD. Ontwikkeld om de eigen (gesloten) firmware te vervangen op standaard routers." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2342 msgid "FreeBSD is also used to power some of the biggest sites on the Internet, including:" msgstr "FreeBSD wordt ook gebruikt om enkele van de grootste sites op het internet aan te sturen, waaronder:" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2348 msgid "Yahoo!" msgstr "Yahoo!" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2347 msgid "Yahoo! <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Yahoo! <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2355 msgid "Yandex" msgstr "Yandex" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2354 msgid "Yandex <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Yandex <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2362 msgid "Rambler" msgstr "Rambler" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2361 msgid "Rambler <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Rambler <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2369 msgid "Sina" msgstr "Sina" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2368 msgid "Sina <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Sina <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2377 msgid "Pair Networks" msgstr "Pair Networks" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2375 msgid "Pair Networks <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Pair Networks <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2385 msgid "Sony Japan" msgstr "Sony Japan" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2383 msgid "Sony Japan <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Sony Japan <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2392 msgid "Netcraft" msgstr "Netcraft" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2391 msgid "Netcraft <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Netcraft <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2398 msgid "Netflix <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Netflix <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2406 msgid "NetEase" msgstr "NetEase" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2405 msgid "NetEase <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "NetEase <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2413 msgid "Weathernews" msgstr "Weathernews" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2412 msgid "Weathernews <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "Weathernews <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2421 msgid "TELEHOUSE America" msgstr "TELEHOUSE America" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2419 msgid "TELEHOUSE America <_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "TELEHOUSE America <_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2428 msgid "and many more. Wikipedia also maintains a list of products based on FreeBSD." msgstr "en nog veel meer. Wikipedia onderhoudt ook een lijst van producten gebaseerd op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:2434 msgid "About the FreeBSD Project" msgstr "Over het FreeBSD Project" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:2436 msgid "The following section provides some background information on the project, including a brief history, project goals, and the development model of the project." msgstr "De volgende paragraaf geeft wat meer achtergrondinformatie over het project, inclusief een korte geschiedenis, projectdoelen, en het ontwikkelmodel van het project." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:2441 msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD" msgstr "Een korte geschiedenis van FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2443 msgid "386BSD Patchkit" msgstr "386BSD Patchkit" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2444 msgid "Hubbard, Jordan" msgstr "Hubbard, Jordan" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2445 msgid "Williams, Nate" msgstr "Williams, Nate" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2446 msgid "Grimes, Rod" msgstr "Grimes, Rod" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2447 msgid "FreeBSD Project history" msgstr "FreeBSD Project history" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2452 msgid "The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as an outgrowth of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit by the patchkit's last 3 coordinators: Nate Williams, Rod Grimes and Jordan Hubbard." msgstr "Het FreeBSD project zag het licht in het eerste deel van 1993, gedeeltelijk als voorzettend van de Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit door de 3 coordinatoren van de patchkit: Nate Williams, Rod Grimes en Jordan Hubbard." #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2457 book.translate.xml:2497 msgid "386BSD" msgstr "386BSD" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2458 msgid "The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order to fix a number of problems with it that the patchkit mechanism just was not capable of solving. The early working title for the project was 386BSD 0.5 or 386BSD Interim in reference of that fact." msgstr "Het oorspronkelijke doel was om een ​​zogenaamde momentopname van 386BSD te produceren om een ​​aantal problemen op te lossen die niet door het patchkit mechanisme opgelost konden worden. De eerste werktitel van het project was 386BSD 0.5 of 386BSD Interim als referentie naar dat feit.." #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2464 msgid "Jolitz, Bill" msgstr "Jolitz, Bill" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2465 msgid "386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the patchkit swelled ever more uncomfortably with each passing day, they decided to assist Bill by providing this interim cleanup snapshot. Those plans came to a rude halt when Bill Jolitz suddenly decided to withdraw his sanction from the project without any clear indication of what would be done instead." msgstr "386BSD was het besturingssysteem van Bill Jolitz en had tot op dat moment geleden onder het feit dat er al bijna een jaar niet naar omgekeken was. Terwijl de patchkit steeds groter en onhandiger werd, was een groep mensen het er over eens dat er iets moest gebeuren en beslisten om Bill te assisteren bij het maken van een tussentijdse cleanup-snapshot. Deze plannen kwamen echter tot een plotseling einde toen Bill Jolitz besliste om zijn toestemming voor het project in te trekken, zonder dat er een alternatief werd geboden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2475 msgid "Greenman, David" msgstr "Greenman, David" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2476 msgid "Walnut Creek CDROM" msgstr "Walnut Creek CDROM" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2478 msgid "The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. The initial objectives were set after consulting with the system's current users and, once it became clear that the project was on the road to perhaps even becoming a reality, Jordan contacted Walnut Creek CDROM with an eye toward improving FreeBSD's distribution channels for those many unfortunates without easy access to the Internet. Walnut Creek CDROM not only supported the idea of distributing FreeBSD on CD but also went so far as to provide the project with a machine to work on and a fast Internet connection. Without Walnut Creek CDROM's almost unprecedented degree of faith in what was, at the time, a completely unknown project, it is quite unlikely that FreeBSD would have gotten as far, as fast, as it has today." msgstr "Het duurde niet lang om te beslissen dat het doel nog steeds belangrijk was, zelfs zonder de ondersteuning van Bill, dus werd de naam “FreeBSD” aangenomen, naar een idee van David Greenman. De oorspronkelijke doelen werden opgesteld na het raadplegen van de gebruikers van het systeem. Toen het erop begon te lijken dat dit project misschien wel snel realiteit kon worden, werd contact opgenomen met Walnut Creek CD-ROM vanuit het oogpunt om de distributiekanalen van FreeBSD te verbeteren voor diegenen die geen toegang hadden tot Internet. Walnut Creek CD-ROM ondersteunde niet alleen het idee om FreeBSD op CD-ROM te distribueren, maar bood het project ook een systeem en een snelle Internetverbinding om mee te werken. Zonder Walnut Creek CD-ROM's bijna onbeperkte vertrouwen in wat op dat moment nog een compleet onbekend project was, is het onwaarschijnlijk dat FreeBSD zo ver gekomen zou zijn, en zo snel, als het vandaag de dag is." #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2494 msgid "4.3BSD-Lite" msgstr "4.3BSD-Lite" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2495 book.translate.xml:2510 msgid "Net/2" msgstr "Net/2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2496 book.translate.xml:2509 msgid "U.C. Berkeley" msgstr "U.C. Berkeley" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2498 book.translate.xml:8884 msgid "Free Software Foundation" msgstr "Free Software Foundation" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2500 msgid "The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite (Net/2) tape from U.C. Berkeley, with many components also provided by 386BSD and the Free Software Foundation. It was a fairly reasonable success for a first offering, and they followed it with the highly successful FreeBSD 1.1 release in May of 1994." msgstr "De eerste CD-ROM (en algemene op het net beschikbare) distributie was FreeBSD 1.0, uitgebracht in december 1993. Deze versie was gebaseerd op de 4.3BSD-Lite (Net/2) tape van U.C. Berkeley, met veel toevoegingen van 386BSD en de Free Software Foundation. Het werd een redelijk succes voor een eerste aanbod, en werd opgevolgd door de zeer succesvolle FreeBSD 1.1 uitgave in mei 1994." #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2508 msgid "Novell" msgstr "Novell" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2511 msgid "AT&T" msgstr "AT&T" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2512 msgid "Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the legal status of the Berkeley Net/2 tape. A condition of that settlement was U.C. Berkeley's concession that large parts of Net/2 were encumbered code and the property of Novell, who had in turn acquired it from AT&T some time previously. What Berkeley got in return was Novell's blessing that the 4.4BSD-Lite release, when it was finally released, would be declared unencumbered and all existing Net/2 users would be strongly encouraged to switch. This included FreeBSD, and the project was given until the end of July 1994 to stop shipping its own Net/2 based product. Under the terms of that agreement, the project was allowed one last release before the deadline, that release being FreeBSD 1.1.5.1." msgstr "Rond deze tijd vormde zich nogal onverwacht een stormachtige lucht aan de horizon toen Novell en U.C. Berkeley hun langlopende rechtszaak over de legale status van de Berkeley Net/2 tape oplosten met een schikking. Een voorwaarde van deze schikking was dat U.C. Berkeley toegaf dat grote delen van Net/2 beladen code was en het eigendom van Novell, die deze code op haar beurt overgenomen had van AT&T enige tijd hiervoor. Wat Berkeley hiervoor terugkreeg was Novell's zegen over de 4.4BSD-Lite uitgave; wanneer deze uitkwam zou Novell verklaren dat geen van de code hierin eigendom van Novell was, en bestaande Net/2 gebruikers zou sterk aanbevolen worden om over te stappen naar deze nieuwe versie. Dit gold ook voor FreeBSD en het project werd de tijd gegeven tot juli 1994 om te stoppen met het distribueren van het eigen op Net/2-gebaseerde product. De schikking liet wel toe dat nog een laatste uitgave werd uitgebracht voor de deadline en dat was FreeBSD 1.1.5.1." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2529 msgid "FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. The Lite releases were light in part because Berkeley's CSRG had removed large chunks of code required for actually constructing a bootable running system (due to various legal requirements) and the fact that the Intel port of 4.4 was highly incomplete. It took the project until November of 1994 to make this transition, and in December it released FreeBSD 2.0 to the world. Despite being still more than a little rough around the edges, the release was a significant success and was followed by the more robust and easier to install FreeBSD 2.0.5 release in June of 1995." msgstr "FreeBSD nam toen de enorme taak op zich om zichzelf letterlijk opnieuw uit te vinden, met als basis een volledig nieuwe en nogal incomplete verzameling van delen van 4.4BSD-Lite. De Lite uitgaven werden zo genoemd omdat Berkeley's CSRG grote delen code die nodig waren om een werkend systeem te construeren had weggelaten (om allerlei legale redenen) en omdat de Intel port van 4.4 grotendeels incompleet was. Het kostte het project tot november 1994 om deze overstap te maken. Op dat moment werd FreeBSD 2.0 op het net en op CD-ROM (aan het einde van december) uitgebracht. Ondanks het feit dat deze uitgave nog wat ruige kanten had, werd het een groot succes en werd het gevolgd door de robuustere en makkelijker te installeren FreeBSD 2.0.5 in juni 1995." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2543 msgid "Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version." msgstr "Sinds die tijd heeft FreeBSD een reeks releases uitgebreid, welke elke keer de stabiliteit, snelheid en functie set verbeterde ten opzichte van de vorige versie." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2547 msgid "For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the 10.X-CURRENT (trunk) branch, and snapshot releases of 10.X are continually made available from the snapshot server as work progresses." msgstr "Op dit moment vinden lange-termijn ontwikkelprojecten plaats in de 10.X-CURRENT (trunk) branch, en snapshot uitgevan van 10.X worden continu beschikbaar gesteld op de snapshot server> naarmate het werk vordert." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:2555 msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals" msgstr "Doelen van het FreeBSD Project" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:2558 msgid " Jordan Hubbard Contributed by " msgstr " Jordan Hubbard Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2568 msgid "FreeBSD Project goals" msgstr "FreeBSD Project goals" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2572 msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant investment in the code (and project) and would certainly not mind a little financial compensation now and then, but we are definitely not prepared to insist on it. We believe that our first and foremost mission is to provide code to any and all comers, and for whatever purpose, so that the code gets the widest possible use and provides the widest possible benefit. This is, I believe, one of the most fundamental goals of Free Software and one that we enthusiastically support." msgstr "Het doel van het FreeBSD Project is om software aan te bieden die gebruikt kan worden voor iedere mogelijke toepassing, zonder beperkingen. Vele ontwikkelaars hebben een belangrijke investering in de code (en het project) zitten en vinden het niet erg om af en toe een financiële compensatie te ontvangen, maar dat is zeker geen voorwaarde. De ontwikkelaars van FreeBSD geloven dat de eerste en belangrijkste missie het aanbieden van code is, aan iedereen die het wil hebben, voor wat voor doel dan ook, zodat de code zo breed mogelijk gebruikt kan worden tot voordeel van zoveel mogelijk mensen. Dit is een van de meest fundamentele doelen van Vrije Software dat FreeBSD enthousiast ondersteunt." #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2584 msgid "GNU General Public License (GPL)" msgstr "GNU General Public License (GPL)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2587 msgid "GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)" msgstr "GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2590 msgid "BSD Copyright" msgstr "BSD Copyright" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2591 msgid "That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly more strings attached, though at least on the side of enforced access rather than the usual opposite. Due to the additional complexities that can evolve in the commercial use of GPL software we do, however, prefer software submitted under the more relaxed BSD copyright when it is a reasonable option to do so." msgstr "Sommige code in FreeBSD valt onder de GNU General Public License (GPL) of Library General Public License (LGPL). Deze code heeft iets meer beperkingen, maar in ieder geval aan de kant waarbij vrije toegang tot de code geforceerd wordt, in plaats van het gebruikelijke tegenovergestelde hiervan. Door de toegevoegde moeilijkheden die kunnen voortkomen uit het commerciële gebruik van GPL software geeft het FreeBSD Project echter de voorkeur aan het meer vrije BSD copyright, wanneer er een redelijk alternatief voor handen is." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:2603 msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model" msgstr "Het FreeBSD ontwikkelmodel" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:2606 msgid " Satoshi Asami Contributed by " msgstr " Satoshi Asami Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2616 msgid "FreeBSD Project development model" msgstr "FreeBSD Project development model" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2621 msgid "The development of FreeBSD is a very open and flexible process, being literally built from the contributions of thousands of people around the world, as can be seen from our list of contributors. FreeBSD's development infrastructure allow these thousands of contributors to collaborate over the Internet. We are constantly on the lookout for new developers and ideas, and those interested in becoming more closely involved with the project need simply contact us at the FreeBSD technical discussions mailing list. The FreeBSD announcements mailing list is also available to those wishing to make other FreeBSD users aware of major areas of work." msgstr "De ontwikkeling van FreeBSD is een erg open en flexibel proces en wordt gevormd door de bijdragen van letterlijk honderden mensen over de hele wereld, zoals te zien is in de lijst van medewerkers. De infrastructuur die wordt gebruikt voor de ontwikkeling van FreeBSD zorgt ervoor dat deze honderden ontwikkelaars kunnen samenwerken over het Internet. Het FreeBSD Project is continu op zoek naar nieuwe ontwikkelaars en ideeën. Om bij te dragen aan de ontwikkeling van FreeBSD is een mail naar FreeBSD technische discussie mailinglijst voldoende. De FreeBSD aankondigingen mailinglijst is beschikbaar om mededelingen te doen aan andere FreeBSD-gebruikers over grote veranderingen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2634 msgid "Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, whether working independently or in close cooperation:" msgstr "Een aantal dingen over het FreeBSD project en haar ontwikkelproces zijn handig om te weten, of een bijdrage nu onafhankelijk of in samenwerking met anderen komt:" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:2640 msgid "The SVN repositories" msgstr "De SVN repositories" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2644 msgid "CVS" msgstr "CVS" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2648 msgid "CVS Repository" msgstr "CVS Repository" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2652 msgid "Concurrent Versions System CVS" msgstr "Concurrent Versions System CVS" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2657 book.translate.xml:45258 book.translate.xml:45298 #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Subversion" msgstr "Subversion" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2661 msgid "Subversion Repository" msgstr "Subversion Repository" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2665 msgid "SVN Subversion" msgstr "SVN Subversion" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2643 msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/> For several years, the central source tree for FreeBSD was maintained by CVS (Concurrent Versions System), a freely available source code control tool. In June 2008, the Project switched to using SVN (Subversion). The switch was deemed necessary, as the technical limitations imposed by CVS were becoming obvious due to the rapid expansion of the source tree and the amount of history already stored. The Documentation Project and Ports Collection repositories also moved from CVS to SVN in May 2012 and July 2012, respectively. Please refer to the Synchronizing your source tree section for more information on obtaining the FreeBSD src/ repository and Using the Ports Collection for details on obtaining the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/> Gedurende een aantal jaren werd de centrale broncode voor FreeBSD bijgehouden door CVS (Concurrent Versions System), een vrij verkrijgbaar pakket voor het onderhouden van broncode. In juni 2008 is het Project SVN (Subversion) gaan gebruiken. Deze overgang werd nodig geacht omdat de technische beperkingen die door CVS worden opgelegd duidelijk werden wegens de snelle uitbreiding van de broncode en de hoeveelheid geschiedenis die reeds is opgeslagen. De reservoirs van het Documentatieproject en de Portscollectie zijn ook omgezet van CVS naar SVN, respectievelijk in mei 2012 en juli 2012. Bekijk de Synchroniseren van de broncode sectie voor meer informaite over het verkrijgen van de FreeBSD src/ repository en Gebruik maken van de Ports collectie voor details over het verkrijgen van de FreeBSD Ports Collectie." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:2692 msgid "The committers list" msgstr "De lijst van de committers" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2696 msgid "committers" msgstr "committers" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2695 msgid "The committers <_:indexterm-1/> are the people who have write access to the Subversion tree, and are authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source (the term committer comes from commit, the source control command which is used to bring new changes into the repository). Anyone can submit a bug to the Bug Database. Before submitting a bug report, the FreeBSD mailing lists, IRC channels, or forums can be used to help verify that an issue is actually a bug." msgstr "De zogenaamde committers <_:indexterm-1/> zijn alle mensen die schrijf-rechten hebben in het Subversion-archief van FreeBSD. Deze mensen mogen veranderingen maken aan de broncode van FreeBSD (de term committer is afkomstig van het commit commando van versiebeheersystemen, wat gebruikt wordt om veranderingen door te voeren in het archief). Iedereen kan een fout-rapport plaatsen in de Bug Database. Voordat er een fout-rapport wordt opgesteld kunnen de FreeBSD mailing lijsten, IRC kanalen of forums gebruikt worden om te bepalen of het probleem echt een fout is." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:2712 msgid "The FreeBSD core team" msgstr "Het FreeBSD coreteam" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2716 msgid "core team" msgstr "core team" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2715 msgid "The FreeBSD core team <_:indexterm-1/> would be equivalent to the board of directors if the FreeBSD Project were a company. The primary task of the core team is to make sure the project, as a whole, is in good shape and is heading in the right directions. Inviting dedicated and responsible developers to join our group of committers is one of the functions of the core team, as is the recruitment of new core team members as others move on. The current core team was elected from a pool of committer candidates in July 2014. Elections are held every 2 years." msgstr "Het firstterm>FreeBSD core team <_:indexterm-1/> zou het equivalent zijn van een raad van bestuur als het FreeBSD Project een bedrijf zou zijn. De primaire taak van het core team is ervoor zorg te dragen dat het project, in zijn geheel, in goede vorm verkeert en de goede richting opgaat. Toegewijde en verantwoordelijke ontwikkelaars uitnodigen om deel te worden van de committers is één van de taken van het core team, net als het rekruteren van nieuwe leden van het core team. Het huidige core team is gekozen door de committers uit een groep van kandidaten (ook allen committers) in juli 2014. Elke twee jaar worden verkiezingen gehouden." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:2731 msgid "Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project financially, so commitment should also not be misconstrued as meaning guaranteed support. The board of directors analogy above is not very accurate, and it may be more suitable to say that these are the people who gave up their lives in favor of FreeBSD against their better judgement!" msgstr "Net als de meeste ontwikkelaars, zijn de meeste leden van het coreteam ook vrijwilligers als het gaat om de ontwikkeling van FreeBSD en profiteren niet financieel van het project, zodat de toewijding moet ook niet verkeerd worden geïnterpreteerd als betekenis gegarandeerde steun. De Raad van bestuur analogie hierboven is niet erg nauwkeurig, en wellicht meer geschikt om te zeggen dat dit de mensen die hun leven opgaven voor FreeBSD, tegen beter weten in!" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:2746 msgid "Outside contributors" msgstr "Externe Bijdragen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2749 msgid "Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost constant basis. The primary way of keeping in touch with FreeBSD's more non-centralized development is to subscribe to the FreeBSD technical discussions mailing list where such things are discussed. See for more information about the various FreeBSD mailing lists." msgstr "Als laatste, maar zeker niet de minste is de grootste groep van ontwikkelaars en dat zijn de gebruikers zelf, die terugkoppeling geven en fout oplossingen naar ons sturen op een constante basis. De primaire manier om in contact te blijven met het niet-gecentraliseerde deel van de ontwikkeling van FreeBSD is een abonnement te nemen op de FreeBSD technische discussie mailinglijst waar zulke dingen worden bediscussieerd. Zie voor meer informatie over de verschillende FreeBSD mailinglijsten." #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2760 msgid "contributors" msgstr "contributors" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2758 msgid "The FreeBSD Contributors List <_:indexterm-1/> is a long and growing one, so why not join it by contributing something back to FreeBSD today?" msgstr "De lijst van medewerkers<_:indexterm-1/> is lang en groeite iedere dag, dus wat let de lezer om zelf een bijdrage te doen aan FreeBSD?" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2765 msgid "Providing code is not the only way of contributing to the project; for a more complete list of things that need doing, please refer to the FreeBSD Project web site." msgstr "Programmeren is niet de enige manier om een bijdrage te leveren aan het project. Een meer volledige lijst van dingen die gedaan moeten worden staat op de FreeBSD website." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2773 msgid "In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the users of FreeBSD, who are provided with an easy way of tracking one central code base, not to keep potential contributors out! Our desire is to present a stable operating system with a large set of coherent application programs that the users can easily install and use — this model works very well in accomplishing that." msgstr "Samengevat is het FreeBSD ontwikkelmodel georganiseerd als een onsamenhangende verzameling van concentrische cirkels. Het gecentraliseerde model is ontworpen voor het gemak van de gebruikers van FreeBSD, die op deze manier makkelijk de wijzigingen in het project kunnen volgen. Niet om potentiële medewerkers buiten de deur te houden! Het is wenselijk om een stabiel besturingssysteem te maken, met een grote verzameling samenhangende applicatiesmake install, and let the system do the rest. The full original distribution for each port you build is retrieved dynamically so you need only enough disk space to build the ports you want. Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled package, which can be installed with a simple command (pkg install) by those who do not wish to compile their own ports from source. More information on packages and ports can be found in ." msgstr "Naast de basis distributies, levert FreeBSD geporteerde software collecties met duizenden veel gezochte programma's. Op het moment van schrijven waren er meer dan 24.000 ports! De lijst van ports varieert van webservers tot spelletjes, talen, tekstverwerkers en alles ertussen in. De gehele Ports Collectie heeft ongeveer 500MB schijfruimte nodig. Om een port te compileren, kan er simpelweg naar de directory van het programma worden genavigeerd en make install te typen waarna het systeem de rest doet. De volledige originele distributie voor elke port die gebouwd wordt, wordt waar nodig opgehaald zodat er alleen genoeg schijfruimte nodig is om de ports te bouwen die nodig zijn. Nagenoeg elke port is ook geleverd als voor gecompileerde package, welke geïnstalleerd kunnen worden met een simpel commando (pkg install) voor degenen die niet hun eigen port willen bouwen uit de broncode vandaan. Meer informatie over packages en ports kan gevonden worden in ." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:2812 msgid "Additional Documentation" msgstr "Aanvullende documentatie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2814 msgid "All recent FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer (either sysinstall8 or bsdinstall8) to install additional documentation under /usr/local/share/doc/freebsd during the initial system setup. Documentation may also be installed at any later time using packages as described in . You may view the locally installed manuals with any HTML capable browser using the following URLs:" msgstr "Alle recente versies van FreeBSD bieden een optie aan in de installer (ofwel sysinstall8 ofwel bsdinstall8) om aanvullende documentatie te installeren onder /usr/local/share/doc/freebsd tijdens de eerste installatie van het systeem. De documentatie kan ook op elk later tijdstip worden geïnstalleerd door pakketten te gebruiken zoals beschreven in . De lokaal geïnstalleerde documentatie kan in een browser bekeken worden door de volgende URLs te gebruiken:" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:2826 msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook" msgstr "Het FreeBSD Handboek" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2829 msgid "/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html" msgstr "/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:2834 msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ" msgstr "De FreeBSD FAQ" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2837 msgid "/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html" msgstr "/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:2842 msgid "You can also view the master (and most frequently updated) copies at http://www.FreeBSD.org/." msgstr "De nieuwste versies van deze documenten zijn altijd te vinden op http://www.FreeBSD.org/." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:2858 msgid "Installing FreeBSD" msgstr "Installeren van FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:2886 msgid " Gavin Atkinson Updated for bsdinstall by " msgstr " Gavin Atkinson Bijgewerkt voor bsdinstall door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:2895 msgid " Warren Block " msgstr " Warren Block " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:2904 msgid " Allan Jude Updated for root-on-ZFS by " msgstr " Allan Jude Bijgewerkt voor root-op-zfs door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:2918 msgid "installation" msgstr "installation" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:2920 msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD provides an easy to use, text-based installation program named bsdinstall. This chapter describes how to install FreeBSD using bsdinstall." msgstr "Beginnend met FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE levert FreeBSD een gebruikersvriendelijke op tekstgebaseerd installatie programma genaamd bsdinstallbsdinstall." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:2926 msgid "In general, the installation instructions in this chapter are written for the i386 and AMD64 architectures. Where applicable, instructions specific to other platforms will be listed. There may be minor differences between the installer and what is shown here, so use this chapter as a general guide rather than as a set of literal instructions." msgstr "In het algemeen, worden de installatie-instructies in dit hoofdstuk geschreven voor de i386 en AMD64 -architectuur. In voorkomend geval, worden instructies die specifiek zijn voor andere platforms getoond. Er kunnen kleine verschillen zijn tussen de installer en wat hier getoond wordt, dus gebruik dit hoofdstuk als een algemene gids in plaats van een reeks letterlijke instructies." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:2935 msgid "Users who prefer to install FreeBSD using a graphical installer may be interested in pc-sysinstall, the installer used by the PC-BSD Project. It can be used to install either a graphical desktop (PC-BSD) or a command line version of FreeBSD. Refer to the PC-BSD Users Handbook for details (http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon)." msgstr "Gebruikers die verkiezen om FreeBSD met een grafische installer te installeren zijn wellicht geïnteresseerd in pc-sysinstall, de installer gebruikt door het PC-BSD-Project. Het kan worden gebruikt om een grafisch bureaublad (PC-BSD) te installeren, of een commando regel versie van FreeBSD. Bekijk het PC-BSD Gebruikers Handbook voor details ( http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2947 msgid "The minimum hardware requirements and FreeBSD supported architectures." msgstr "De minimale hardware eisen en door FreeBSD ondersteunde architecturen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2952 msgid "How to create the FreeBSD installation media." msgstr "Hoe de FreeBSD installatiemedia te maken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2956 msgid "How to start bsdinstall." msgstr "Hoe bsdinstall te gebruiken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2961 msgid "The questions bsdinstall will ask, what they mean, and how to answer them." msgstr "De vragen die bsdinstall zal stellen, wat ze betekenen, en hoe ze beantwoord moeten worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2966 msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation." msgstr "Probleem oplossen na een mislukte installatie." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2970 msgid "How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation." msgstr "Hoe toegang te krijgen tot een live versie van FreeBSD voor men vastzit aan een installatie." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:2975 book.translate.xml:10700 book.translate.xml:14032 #: book.translate.xml:18123 book.translate.xml:19388 book.translate.xml:23812 #: book.translate.xml:29511 book.translate.xml:31258 book.translate.xml:32010 #: book.translate.xml:35781 book.translate.xml:41712 book.translate.xml:41907 #: book.translate.xml:43210 book.translate.xml:44233 book.translate.xml:46394 #: book.translate.xml:46753 book.translate.xml:48964 book.translate.xml:50670 #: book.translate.xml:58321 book.translate.xml:61972 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "Voordat dit hoofdstuk gelezen wordt, dient de lezer:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:2979 msgid "Read the supported hardware list that shipped with the version of FreeBSD to be installed and verify that the system's hardware is supported." msgstr "Lees de ondersteunde hardware lijst welke is meegeleverd met de versie van FreeBSD die geïnstalleerd wordt en verifieer of de systeemhardware ondersteund wordt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:2987 msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "Minimale hardware-eisen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:2989 msgid "The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by architecture. Hardware architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD release are listed on the FreeBSD Release Information page. The FreeBSD download page also has recommendations for choosing the correct image for different architectures." msgstr "De hardware-eisen om FreeBSD te installeren is afhankelijk van het platform. Hardware platforms en apparaten die worden ondersteund door een uitgave van FreeBSD worden weergegeven op de FreeBSD Release informatie pagina. De FreeBSD-downloadpagina heeft ook aanbevelingen voor het kiezen van de juiste bestanden voor verschillende platforms." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:2996 msgid "A FreeBSD installation requires a minimum of 96 MB of RAM and 1.5 GB of free hard drive space. However, such small amounts of memory and disk space are really only suitable for custom applications like embedded appliances. General-purpose desktop systems need more resources. 2-4 GB RAM and at least 8 GB hard drive space is a good starting point." msgstr "Een FreeBSD installatie heeft minimaal 96MB RAM nodig en 1.5GB vrije harde schijf ruimte. Echter, zulke kleine hoeveelheden geheugen en schijfruimte zijn eigenlijk alleen geschikt voor specifieke applicaties zoals embedded appliances. Algemene bureaublad systemen hebben meer bronnen nodig. 2-4GB RAM en minstens 8GB harde schijf ruimte zijn goede uitgangspunten." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:3004 msgid "These are the processor requirements for each architecture:" msgstr "Dit zijn de processorvereisten voor elke architectuur:" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:3009 msgid "amd64" msgstr "amd64" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3011 msgid "This is the most common desktop and laptop processor type, used in most modern systems. Intel calls it Intel64. Other manufacturers sometimes call it x86-64." msgstr "Dit is het meest voorkomende desktop en laptop processortype, gebruikt in de meeste moderne systemen. Intel noemt het Intel64. Andere fabrikanten noemen het soms x86-64." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3016 msgid "Examples of amd64 compatible processsors include: AMD Athlon64, AMD Opteron, multi-core Intel Xeon, and Intel Core 2 and later processors." msgstr "Voorbeelden van amd64 compatibel processsors: AMD Athlon64, AMD Opteron, multicore Intel Xeon, en Intel Core 2 en latere processoren." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:3024 msgid "i386" msgstr "i386" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3026 msgid "Older desktops and laptops often use this 32-bit, x86 architecture." msgstr "Oudere desktops en laptops gebruiken vaak deze 32-bits, x86 architectuur." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3029 msgid "Almost all i386-compatible processors with a floating point unit are supported. All Intel processors 486 or higher are supported." msgstr "Bijna alle i386-compatibele processors met een floating point unit worden ondersteund. Alle processors van Intel 486 of hoger worden ondersteund." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3033 msgid "FreeBSD will take advantage of Physical Address Extensions (PAE) support on CPUs with this feature. A kernel with the PAE feature enabled will detect memory above 4 GB and allow it to be used by the system. However, using PAE places constraints on device drivers and other features of FreeBSD. Refer to pae4 for details." msgstr "FreeBSD zal profiteren van Physical Address Extensions (PAE)-ondersteuning op CPUs met deze functie. Een kernel met de PAE -functie ingeschakeld zal geheugen boven de 4 GB detecteren en laat deze door het systeem gebruiken.. Echter, PAE plaatst beperkingen op stuurprogramma's en andere functies van FreeBSD. Bekijk pae4 voor meer informatie." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:3045 msgid "ia64" msgstr "ia64" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3047 msgid "Currently supported processors are the Itanium and the Itanium 2. Supported chipsets include the HP zx1, Intel 460GX, and Intel E8870. Both Uniprocessor (UP) and Symmetric Multi-processor (SMP) configurations are supported." msgstr "Op dit moment zijn de ondersteunde processors Itanium - en de Itanium 2. Ondersteunde chipsets zijn de HP zx1, Intel 460GX en de Intel E8870. Zowel UniProcessor (UP) als Symmetrische Multi-Processor (SMP)-configuraties worden ondersteund." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:3057 msgid "pc98" msgstr "pc98" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3059 msgid "NEC PC-9801/9821 series with almost all i386-compatible processors, including 80486, Pentium, Pentium Pro, and Pentium II, are all supported. All i386-compatible processors by AMD, Cyrix, IBM, and IDT are also supported. EPSON PC-386/486/586 series, which are compatible with NEC PC-9801 series, are supported. The NEC FC-9801/9821 and NEC SV-98 series should be supported." msgstr "NEC PC-9801/9821 serie met bijna alle i386-compatibele processors, met inbegrip van de 80486, Pentium, Pentium Pro, en Pentium II, worden ondersteund. Alle i386-compatibele processors van AMD, Cyrix, IBM en IDT worden ook ondersteund. EPSON PC-386/486/586 serie, die compatibel met NEC PC-9801 serie zijn, worden ondersteund. De NEC FC-9801/9821 en NEC SV-98-serie zouden moeten worden gesteund." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3068 msgid "High-resolution mode is not supported. NEC PC-98XA/XL/RL/XL^2, and NEC PC-H98 series are supported in normal (PC-9801 compatible) mode only. The SMP-related features of FreeBSD are not supported. The New Extend Standard Architecture (NESA) bus used in the PC-H98, SV-H98, and FC-H98 series, is not supported." msgstr "Hoge resolutie modus wordt niet ondersteund. De NEC PC-98XA/XL/RL/XL^2 en NEC PC-H98 series worden alleen ondersteund in de normale modus (compatibel met PC-9801). De SMP-gerelateerde functies van FreeBSD worden niet ondersteund. De New Extend Standard Architecture (NESA) bus gebruikt in PC-H98, SV-H98 en FC-H98 wordt niet ondersteund." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:3079 msgid "powerpc" msgstr "powerpc" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3081 msgid "All New World ROM Apple Mac systems with built-in USB are supported. SMP is supported on machines with multiple CPUs." msgstr "Alle nieuwe wereld ROM Apple Mac -systemen met ingebouwde USB worden ondersteund. SMP wordt ondersteund op computers met meerdere CPUs." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3086 msgid "A 32-bit kernel can only use the first 2 GB of RAM." msgstr "Een 32-bits kernel kan alleen de eerste 2GB RAM gebruiken." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:3092 msgid "sparc64" msgstr "sparc64" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3094 msgid "Systems supported by FreeBSD/sparc64 are listed at the FreeBSD/sparc64 Project." msgstr "Systemen ondersteund door FreeBSD/sparc64 staan vermeld op de FreeBSD/sparc64 pagina." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3098 msgid "SMP is supported on all systems with more than 1 processor. A dedicated disk is required as it is not possible to share a disk with another operating system at this time." msgstr "SMP wordt ondersteund op alle systemen met meer dan 1 processor. Een toegewijde schijf is vereist, omdat het niet mogelijk is om een schijf te delen met een ander besturingssysteem op dit moment." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:3108 msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks" msgstr "Voorbereidende installatie taken" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:3110 msgid "Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be downloaded and the installation media prepared. Before doing this, check that the system is ready for an installation by verifying the items in this checklist:" msgstr "Zodra is heeft vastgesteld dat het systeem voldoet aan de minimale hardwarevereisten voor het installeren van FreeBSD, moet het installatiebestand worden gedownload en de installatiemedia voorbereid. Alvorens dit te doen, moet u controleren dat het systeem klaar voor een installatie is door de volgende items in de controlelijst na te gaan:" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:3119 msgid "Back Up Important Data" msgstr "Maak een Back-up van belangrijke data" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3121 msgid "Before installing any operating system, always backup all important data first. Do not store the backup on the system being installed. Instead, save the data to a removable disk such as a USB drive, another system on the network, or an online backup service. Test the backup before starting the installation to make sure it contains all of the needed files. Once the installer formats the system's disk, all data stored on that disk will be lost." msgstr "Voordat u een besturingssysteem installeert, maak altijd eerst een reservekopie van alle belangrijke gegevens. Sla de back-up niet op het systeem dat wordt geïnstalleerd. Sla in plaats daarvan de gegevens op, op een verwisselbare schijf zoals een USB -schijf, een ander systeem op het netwerk of een on line back-up service. Test de back-up voordat u overgaat tot de installatie om ervoor te zorgen dat alle benodigde bestanden zijn opgeslagen. Zodra de installer de schijf formatteert zullen alle gegevens die op de schijf opgeslagen zijn verloren gaan." #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:3133 msgid "Decide Where to Install FreeBSD" msgstr "Bepaal waar FreeBSD te installeren" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3135 msgid "If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, decide which disk or partition will be used for FreeBSD." msgstr "Als FreeBSD het enige besturingssysteem is welke geinstalleerd is, kan deze stap overgeslagen worden. Als FreeBSD echter de schijf deelt met een ander besturingssysteem moet worden bepaald welke schijf of partitie gebruikt wordt voor FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3140 msgid "In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional Master Boot Record (MBR) holds a partition table defining up to four primary partitions. For historical reasons, FreeBSD calls these primary partition slices. One of these primary partitions can be made into an extended partition containing multiple logical partitions. The GUID Partition Table (GPT) is a newer and simpler method of partitioning a disk. Common GPT implementations allow up to 128 partitions per disk, eliminating the need for logical partitions." msgstr "In de i386 en amd64 architecturen kunnen schijven verdeeld worden in meerdere partities door gebruik te maken van één van de twee partitie schema’s. Een traditioneel Master Boot Record (MBR) bevat een partitie tabel die tot aan vier primaire partities kan bevatten. Vanwege historische redenen noemt FreeBSD deze primaire partities slices. Één van deze primaire partities kan worden aangepast in een uitgebreide partitie en kan meerdere logische partities bevatten. De GUID partitie tabel (GPT) is een nieuwere en simpelere methode om een schijf te partitioneren. Veel voorkomende GPT implementaties kunnen tot 128 partities par schijf bevatten waardoor de noodzaak voor logische partities overbodig is." #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:3158 msgid "Some older operating systems, like Windows XP, are not compatible with the GPT partition scheme. If FreeBSD will be sharing a disk with such an operating system, MBR partitioning is required." msgstr "Sommige oudere besturingssystemen, zoals Windows XP, zijn niet compatibel met de GPT partitie-indeling. Als FreeBSD een schijf met een dergelijk besturingssysteem moet delen, is MBR partitionering nodig." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3165 msgid "The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or GPT partition. If all of the primary or GPT partitions are already in use, one must be freed for FreeBSD. To create a partition without deleting existing data, use a partition resizing tool to shrink an existing partition and create a new partition using the freed space." msgstr "De FreeBSD boot loader vereist ofwel een primaire of GPT partitie. Als alle primaire of GPT partities reeds in gebruik zijn, moet er één worden vrijgemaakt voor FreeBSD. Om een partitie te creeëren zonder bestaande data te verwijderen, kan er gebruik gemaakt worden van een partitie resizing tool om een bestaande partitie te verkleinen en een nieuwe partitie te maken met de vrijgekomen ruimte." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3173 msgid "A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software. GParted Live (http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php) is a free live CD which includes the GParted partition editor. GParted is also included with many other Linux live CD distributions." msgstr "Een lijst aan gratis en commerciële partitie resizing tools zijn te zien op http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software. GParted Live (http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php) is een gratis live CD welke de GParted partitie bewerker bevat. GParted wordt ook geleverd bij vele andere Linux live CD distributies." #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:3183 msgid "When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong partition exists, always backup any important data and verify the integrity of the backup before modifying disk partitions." msgstr "Indien juist gebruikt, kunnen schijf verklein gereedschappen veilig ruimte creeëren voor het maken van een nieuwe partitie. Omdat de mogelijkheid van het selecteren van de verkeerde partitie bestaat, moet er altijd een back-up gemaakt worden van de belangrijke gegevens en moet deze backup worden geverifieerd voordat de partities op de schijf worden gewijzigd." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3190 msgid "Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to install multiple operating systems on one computer. An alternative is to use virtualization () which allows multiple operating systems to run at the same time without modifying any disk partitions." msgstr "Disk partities die meerdere verschillende besturingssystemen bevatten maken het mogelijk om meerdere besturingssystemen te installeren op één computer. Een alternatief is om virtualisatie te gebruiken ( wat het mogelijk maakt om meerdere besturingssystemen tegelijkertijd te draaien zonder disk partities aan te passen." #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:3199 msgid "Collect Network Information" msgstr "Netwerkgegevens verzamelen" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3201 msgid "Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will offer to setup the system's network interfaces." msgstr "Sommige FreeBSD installatie methoden vereisen een netwerk verbinding om de installatie bestanden te kunnen downloaden. Na elke installatie zal de installer aanbieden om de netwerk interfaces in te stellen." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3206 msgid "If the network has a DHCP server, it can be used to provide automatic network configuration. If DHCP is not available, the following network information for the system must be obtained from the local network administrator or Internet service provider:" msgstr "Als het netwerk een DHCP server heeft, kan deze gebruikt worden voor het automatisch configureren van het netwerk. Als DHCP niet beschikbaar is moet de volgende netwerk informatie voor het systeem verkregen worden van de lokale netwerk beheerder of Internet service provider:" #. (itstool) path: orderedlist/title #: book.translate.xml:3214 msgid "Required Network Information" msgstr "Benodigde netwerk informatie" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:3217 book.translate.xml:53724 msgid "IP address" msgstr "IP adres" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3221 msgid "Subnet mask" msgstr "Subnetmasker" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3225 msgid "IP address of default gateway" msgstr "IP adres van de standaard gateway" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3230 msgid "Domain name of the network" msgstr "Domeinnaam van het netwerk" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3234 msgid "IP addresses of the network's DNS servers" msgstr "IP adres van de DNS servers van het netwerk" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:3241 msgid "Check for FreeBSD Errata" msgstr "Controleer op FreeBSD Errata's" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3243 msgid "Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very rare occasions those bugs affect the installation process. As these problems are discovered and fixed, they are noted in the FreeBSD Errata (http://www.freebsd.org/releases/11.0R/errata.html) on the FreeBSD web site. Check the errata before installing to make sure that there are no problems that might affect the installation." msgstr "Ongeacht dat het FreeBSD project streeft naar een zo stabiel mogelijke release van FreeBSD, zitten er ongemerkt toch vaak bugs in het proces. In uitzonderlijke gevallen hebben deze bugs invloed op het installatie proces. Als deze problemen worden gevonden en opgelost, worden ze genoteerd in de FreeBSD Errata (http://www.freebsd.org/releases/11.0R/errata.html) op de FreeBSD website. Controleer de errata voordat met het installatie proces begonnen wordt om zeker te zijn dat er geen problemen zijn die wellicht de installatie kunnen beïnvloeden." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3253 msgid "Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the release information section of the FreeBSD web site (http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html)." msgstr "Informatie en errata voor alle releases kunnen worden gevonden in de release informatie sectie van de FreeBSD website (http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:3260 msgid "Prepare the Installation Media" msgstr "Voorbereiden van de installatiemedia" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3262 msgid "The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, burn it to the media associated with its file type and size (CD, DVD, or USB), and boot the system to install from the inserted media." msgstr "De FreeBSD installer is geen toepassing die kan worden uitgevoerd vanuit een ander besturingssysteem. In plaats daarvan moet een FreeBSD installatie bestand worden gedownload, moet deze worden geschreven naar het medium gekoppeld aan het bestandstype en grootte (CD, DVD of USB) en moet het systeem worden opgestart om vanaf dat medium geïnstalleerd te worden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3269 msgid "FreeBSD installation files are available at www.freebsd.org/where.html#download. Each installation file's name includes the release version of FreeBSD, the architecture, and the type of file. For example, to install FreeBSD 10.2 on an amd64 system from a DVD, download FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso, burn this file to a DVD, and boot the system with the DVD inserted." msgstr "De FreeBSD installatie bestanden zijn beschikbaar op www.freebsd.org/where.html#download. Elke naam van het installatie bestand bevat de release versie van FreeBSD, de architectuur, en het type bestand. Bijvoorbeeld om FreeBSD 10.2 op een amd64 systeem te installeren vanaf een DVD, download FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso, brand dit bestand op een DVD en start het systeem op met behulp van de DVD." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3278 msgid "Installation files are available in several formats. The formats vary depending on computer architecture and media type." msgstr "Installatie bestanden zijn beschikbaar in meerdere formaten. De formaten zijn afhankelijk van de computer architectuur en media type." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#bsdinstall-installation-media-uefi #: book.translate.xml:3282 msgid "Additional installation files are included for computers that boot with UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). The names of these files include the string uefi." msgstr "Extra installatie bestanden zijn beschikbaar voor computers die opstaten met UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). De namen van deze bestanden bevatten de reeks uefi." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3288 msgid "File types:" msgstr "Bestandstypen:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3292 msgid "-bootonly.iso: This is the smallest installation file as it only contains the installer. A working Internet connection is required during installation as the installer will download the files it needs to complete the FreeBSD installation. This file should be burned to a CD using a CD burning application." msgstr "-bootonly.iso: Dit is het kleinste installatie bestand en bevat alleen de installer. Een werkende internet connectie is vereist tijdens de installatie omdat de installer de benodigde bestanden moet downloaden om de FreeBSD installatie te kunnen volbrengen. Dit bestand kan gebrand worden naar een CD door gebruik te maken van een CD brandt programma." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3302 msgid "-disc1.iso: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned to a CD using a CD burning application." msgstr "-disc1.iso: Dit bestand bevat alle benodigde bestanden om FreBSD te installeren, de broncode en de Portscollectie. Het moet gebrand worden op CD door gebruik te maken van een CD brand programma." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3310 msgid "-dvd1.iso: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a set of popular binary packages for installing a window manager and some applications so that a complete system can be installed from media without requiring a connection to the Internet. This file should be burned to a DVD using a DVD burning application." msgstr "-dvd1.iso: Dit bestand bevat alle bestanden die nodig zijn om FreeBSD te installeren, de broncode en de Portscollectie. Het bevat ook een set populaire binaire pakketten voor het installeren van een desktop omgeving, en enkele applicaties zodat er een volledig systeem geïnstalleerd kan worden vanaf de media zonder dat er een verbinding met het internet nodig is. Dit bestand moet worden gebrand op DVD door gebruik te maken van een DVD brand programma." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3321 msgid "-memstick.img: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned to a USB stick using the instructions below." msgstr "-memstick.img: Dit bestand bevat alle bestanden nodig om FreeBSD te installeren, de broncode en de Portscollectie. Het moet geplaatst worden op een USB stick met behulp van onderstaande instructies." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3329 msgid "-mini-memstick.img: Like -bootonly.iso, does not include installation files, but downloads them as needed. A working internet connection is required during installation. Write this file to a USB stick as shown in ." msgstr "-mini-memstick.img: Net als -bootonly.iso bevat dit dit bestand geen installatie bestanden, maar download deze wanneer nodig. Een werkende internet verbinding is vereist tijdens de installatie. Schrijf dit bestand naar een USB stick zoals aangegeven in ." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3338 msgid "After downloading the image file, download CHECKSUM.SHA256 from the same directory. Calculate a checksum for the image file. FreeBSD provides sha2561 for this, used as sha256 imagefilename. Other operating systems have similar programs." msgstr "Nadat het beeldbestand is gedownload, download CHECKSUM.SHA256 vanuit dezelfde directory. Bereken een checksum voor het beeldbestand. FreeBSD levert sha2561 hiervoor en wordt gebruikt als sha256 imagefilename. Andere besturingssystemen hebben vergelijkbare programma's." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3346 msgid "Compare the calculated checksum with the one shown in CHECKSUM.SHA256. The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not match, the image file is corrupt and must be downloaded again." msgstr "Vergelijk de berekende checksum met degeen getoond in CHECKSUM.SHA256 De checksum moet volledig overeenkomen. Als de checksums niet overeenkomen is het beeldbestand corrupt geraakt en moet deze opnieuw worden gedownload." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:3352 msgid "Writing an Image File to USB" msgstr "Het schrijven van een beeld bestand naar USB" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:3354 msgid "The *.img file is an image of the complete contents of a memory stick. It cannot be copied to the target device as a file. Several applications are available for writing the *.img to a USB stick. This section describes two of these utilities." msgstr "Het *.img bestand is een beeld van de complete inhoud van een memory stick. Het kan niet worden gekopieerd naar een doel apparaat als een bestand. Er zijn verschillende applicaties beschikbaar voor het schrijven van een *.img bestand naar een USB stick. Deze sectie beschrijft twee van deze applicaties." #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:3363 msgid "Before proceeding, back up any important data on the USB stick. This procedure will erase the existing data on the stick." msgstr "Maak allereerst een back-up van alle belangrijke data op de USB stick. Deze procedure zal de bestaande data op de stick wissen." #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:3369 msgid "Using dd to Write the Image" msgstr "Gebruik dd om het beeld bestand te schrijven" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:3373 msgid "This example uses /dev/da0 as the target device where the image will be written. Be very careful that the correct device is used as this command will destroy the existing data on the specified target device." msgstr "Dit voorbeeld gebruikt /dev/da0 als het doel apparaat waar het beeld naartoe wordt geschreven. Wees erg voorzichtig dat dit het correcte apparaat is, omdat dit commando de bestaande data op het aangegeven doelapparaat wist." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3381 msgid "The dd1 command-line utility is available on BSD, Linux, and Mac OS systems. To burn the image using dd, insert the USB stick and determine its device name. Then, specify the name of the downloaded installation file and the device name for the USB stick. This example burns the amd64 installation image to the first USB device on an existing FreeBSD system." msgstr "Het dd1 commando-regel gereedschap is beschikbaar op BSD, Linux en Mac OS sstemen. Om een beeld bestand te schrijven door middel van dd, moet de USB stick worden ingeplugd en moet het apparaatnaam worden achterhaald. Daarna moet de naam van het gedownloade installatie bestand worden gespecificeerd en het apparaat naam voor de USB stick. Dit voorbeeld brand het amd64 installatie beeld naar het eerste USB apparaat op een bestaand FreeBSD systeem." #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:3392 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1M conv=sync" msgstr "# dd if=FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1M conv=sync" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3394 msgid "If this command fails, verify that the USB stick is not mounted and that the device name is for the disk, not a partition. Some operating systems might require this command to be run with sudo8. Systems like Linux might buffer writes. To force all writes to complete, use sync8." msgstr "Als dit commando faalt, verifieer dan of de USB stick niet gekoppeld is en dat het apparaatnaam voor de gehele schijf is en niet een partitie. Sommige besturingssystemen vereisen dat dit commando gestart wordt met sudo8. Systemen als Linux kunnen schrijf acties bufferen. Om alle schrijfacties te voltomen gebruik sync8." #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:3405 msgid "Using Windows to Write the Image" msgstr "Gebruik maken van Windows om het beeld bestand te schrijven" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:3408 msgid "Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed." msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat de juiste stationsaanduiding wordt gebruikt omdat bestaande data op de gespecificeerde schijf zal worden overschreven en vernietigd." #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:3414 msgid "Obtaining Image Writer for Windows" msgstr "Verkrijgen van Image Writer voor Windows" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3417 msgid "Image Writer for Windows is a free application that can correctly write an image file to a memory stick. Download it from https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/ and extract it into a folder." msgstr "Image Writer voor trademark class=\"registered\">Windows is een gratis applicatie die een beeldbestand correct kan schrijven naar een geheugen stick. Download het van https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/ en pak deze uit in een map." #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:3425 msgid "Writing the Image with Image Writer" msgstr "Het schrijven van het beeldbestand met Image Writer" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:3427 msgid "Double-click the Win32DiskImager icon to start the program. Verify that the drive letter shown under Device is the drive with the memory stick. Click the folder icon and select the image to be written to the memory stick. Click [ Save ] to accept the image file name. Verify that everything is correct, and that no folders on the memory stick are open in other windows. When everything is ready, click [ Write ] to write the image file to the memory stick." msgstr "Dubbelklik op het Win32DiskImager icoon om het programma op te starten. Verifieer dat de schrijf letter die wordt getoond onder Device de schijf is met de memory stick. Klik op het map icoon en selecteer het bestand dat geschreven moet worden naar de geheugen stick. Klik op [ Save ] om het beeldbestand te accepteren. Verifieer dat alles correct is en dat er geen mappen van de geheugen stick openstaan in andere vensters. Als alles gereed is klik op [ Write ] om het beeld bestand te schrijven naar de geheugen stick." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:3442 msgid "You are now ready to start installing FreeBSD." msgstr "U bent nu klaar om te beginnen met het installeren van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:3448 msgid "Starting the Installation" msgstr "Beginnen met de installatie" #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:3451 msgid "By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before the following message:" msgstr "Standaard, zal de installatie geen wijzigingen aan de schijven doen voor het volgende bericht:" #. (itstool) path: important/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:3454 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Your changes will now be written to disk. If you\n" "have chosen to overwrite existing data, it will\n" "be PERMANENTLY ERASED. Are you sure you want to\n" "commit your changes?" msgstr "" "Your changes will now be written to disk. If you\n" "have chosen to overwrite existing data, it will\n" "be PERMANENTLY ERASED. Are you sure you want to\n" "commit your changes?" #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:3459 msgid "The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off before this point and no changes will be made to the system's disks." msgstr "De installatie kan worden verlaten op elk gewenst moment voorafgaand aan deze waarschuwing. Als er mogelijk iets verkeerd geconfigureerd is, kan de computer voor dit punt worden uitgezet en worden er geen wijzigingen aangebracht op de systeem schijven." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:3466 msgid "This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media which was prepared using the instructions in . When using a bootable USB stick, plug in the USB stick before turning on the computer. When booting from CD or DVD, turn on the computer and insert the media at the first opportunity. How to configure the system to boot from the inserted media depends upon the architecture." msgstr "Deze sectie beschrijft hoe het systeem kan worden opgestart vanaf de installatie media, welke was voorbereid met de instructies in . Wanneer er gebruik gemaakt wordt van een opstartbare USB stick, plug de USB stick in voordat de computer ingeschakeld wordt. Wanneer er wordt opgestart vanaf een CD of DVD moet de computer worden ingeschakeld en moet de schijf op de eerste de beste mogelijkheid worden ingebracht. Hoe het systeem moet worden ingesteld om op te starten vanaf de gekozen media is afhankelijk van de architectuur." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:3477 msgid "Booting on i386 and amd64" msgstr "Het opstarten van i386 en amd64" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3479 msgid "These architectures provide a BIOS menu for selecting the boot device. Depending upon the installation media being used, select the CD/DVD or USB device as the first boot device. Most systems also provide a key for selecting the boot device during startup without having to enter the BIOS. Typically, the key is either F10, F11, F12, or Escape." msgstr "Deze architecturen leveren een BIOS menu voor het selecteren van het opstat apparaat. Afhankelijk van de gekozen installatie media, selecteer het CD/DVD of USB apparaat als eerste opstart apparaat. De meeste systemen hebben ook een toets waarmee het opstart apparaat kan worden gekozen zonder dat de BIOS nodig is. Vaak is deze toets één van de volgende F10, F11, F12 of Escape." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3490 msgid "If the computer loads the existing operating system instead of the FreeBSD installer, then either:" msgstr "Als de computer het bestaande besturingssysteem inlaad in plaats van de FreeBSD installer, dan ofwel:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3495 msgid "The installation media was not inserted early enough in the boot process. Leave the media inserted and try restarting the computer." msgstr "De installatie media was niet vroeg genoeg ingebracht in het opstart proces. Laat de media ingestoken en probeer de computer opnieuw op te starten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3501 msgid "The BIOS changes were incorrect or not saved. Double-check that the right boot device is selected as the first boot device." msgstr "De BIOS wijzigingen waren niet goed, of niet bewaard. Controleer of het juiste opstart apparaat is gekozen als eerste opstart apparaat." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3507 msgid "This system is too old to support booting from the chosen media. In this case, the Plop Boot Manager () can be used to boot the system from the selected media." msgstr "Het systeem is te oud om ondersteuning te geven voor het gekozen opstart medium. In dit geval kan de Plop Boot Manager () gebruikt worden om het systeem op te starten vanaf de geselecteerde media." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:3517 msgid "Booting on PowerPC" msgstr "Het opstarten op PowerPC" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3519 msgid "On most machines, holding C on the keyboard during boot will boot from the CD. Otherwise, hold Command Option O F , or Windows Alt O F on non-Apple keyboards. At the 0 > prompt, enter" msgstr "Op de meeste machines zal het ingedrukt houden van C op het toetsenbord, het systeem opstarten vanaf CD. In het andere geval houd Command Option O F of Windows Alt O F op niet Apple toetsenborden. Op de 0 > prompt voer het volgende in" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:3535 #, no-wrap msgid "boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0" msgstr "boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:3539 msgid "Booting on SPARC64" msgstr "Het opstarten op SPARC64" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3541 msgid "Most SPARC64 systems are set up to boot automatically from disk. To install FreeBSD from a CD requires a break into the PROM." msgstr "De meeste SPARC64 systemen zijn ingesteld om automatisch vanaf schijf op te starten. Om FreeBSD te installeren vanaf een CD moet worden ingebroken in de PROM." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3545 msgid "To do this, reboot the system and wait until the boot message appears. The message depends on the model, but should look something like this:" msgstr "Om dit te doen, herstart het systeem en wacht tot de opstart meldingen verschijnen. Het exacte bericht is afhankelijk van het model maar lijkt op het volgende:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:3549 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Sun Blade 100 (UltraSPARC-IIe), Keyboard Present\n" "Copyright 1998-2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.\n" "OpenBoot 4.2, 128 MB memory installed, Serial #51090132.\n" "Ethernet address 0:3:ba:b:92:d4, Host ID: 830b92d4." msgstr "" "Sun Blade 100 (UltraSPARC-IIe), Keyboard Present\n" "Copyright 1998-2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.\n" "OpenBoot 4.2, 128 MB memory installed, Serial #51090132.\n" "Ethernet address 0:3:ba:b:92:d4, Host ID: 830b92d4." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3554 msgid "If the system proceeds to boot from disk at this point, press L1A or StopA on the keyboard, or send a BREAK over the serial console. When using tip or cu, ~# will issue a BREAK. The PROM prompt will be ok on systems with one CPU and ok {0} on SMP systems, where the digit indicates the number of the active CPU." msgstr "Als het systeem daarna opstart van schijf druk op dit punt: L1A of StopA in op het toetsenbord, of stuur een BREAK commando over de seriële console. Wanneer gebruik gemaakt wordt van tip of cu zal ~# een BREAK sturen. De PROM prompt zal dan ok op systemen met één CPU en ok {0} op SMP systemen waar het getal de actieve CPU aangeeft." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3566 msgid "At this point, place the CD into the drive and type boot cdrom from the PROM prompt." msgstr "Plaats op dit moment de CD in de schijf en type boot cdrom in de PROMP prompt." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:3572 msgid "FreeBSD Boot Menu" msgstr "FreeBSD Boot Menu" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3574 msgid "Once the system boots from the installation media, a menu similar to the following will be displayed:" msgstr "Zodra het systeem start vanaf de installatie media, zal er een menu die lijkt op de volgende worden getoond:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3578 msgid "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu" msgstr "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3582 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3587 msgid "By default, the menu will wait ten seconds for user input before booting into the FreeBSD installer or, if FreeBSD is already installed, before booting into FreeBSD. To pause the boot timer in order to review the selections, press Space. To select an option, press its highlighted number, character, or key. The following options are available." msgstr "Standaard zal het menu tien seconden wachten op gebruikers invoer voordat er verder wordt gestart in de FreeBSD installer, of als FreeBSD reeds is geinstalleerd voordat verder wordt opgestart in FreeBSD. Om de opstart timer te stoppen zodat de keuzes kunnen worden bekeken, druk op Space. Om een keuze te maken, druk op het aangegeven getal, karakter of toets. De volgende opties zijn beschikbaar." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3597 msgid "Boot Multi User: This will continue the FreeBSD boot process. If the boot timer has been paused, press 1, upper- or lower-case B, or Enter." msgstr "Boot Multi User: Hiermee zal het FreeBSD opstart proces doorgaan. Als de opstarttimer is onderbroken druk op 1, grote of kleine B of Enter." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3605 msgid "Boot Single User: This mode can be used to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in . Press 2 or the upper- or lower-case S to enter this mode." msgstr "Boot Single User: Deze modus kan worden gebruikt om een bestaande FreeBSD installatie te repareren zoals beschreven in . Druk op 2S om deze modus op te starten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3613 msgid "Escape to loader prompt: This will boot the system into a repair prompt that contains a limited number of low-level commands. This prompt is described in . Press 3 or Esc to boot into this prompt." msgstr "Escape to loader prompt: Dit zal het systeem opstarten in een reparatie prompt welke een gelimiteerd aantal low-level commando's bevat. Deze prompt wordt beschreven in . Druk op 3 of Esc om op te starten in deze prompt." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3622 msgid "Reboot: Reboots the system." msgstr "Reboot: herstart het systeem." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3626 msgid "Configure Boot Options: Opens the menu shown in, and described under, ." msgstr "Configure Boot Options: Opent het menu zoals getoond en beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3632 msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu" msgstr "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3636 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-boot-options-menu' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-boot-options-menu' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3641 msgid "The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can be used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled options back to their defaults." msgstr "Het opstart opties menu is verdeeld over twee secties. De eerset sectie kan worden gebruikt om ofwel terug te keren naar het hoofd opstart menu, of om alle aangepaste opties terug naar de standaard waarden te zetten." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3646 msgid "The next section is used to toggle the available options to On or Off by pressing the option's highlighted number or character. The system will always boot using the settings for these options until they are modified. Several options can be toggled using this menu:" msgstr "De volgende sectie wordt gebruikt om de beschikbare opties op On of Off te zetten door het indrukken van het aangegeven nummer of karakter van de optie. Het systeem zal altijd opstarten door gebruik te maken van deze opties, tot deze gewijzigd worden. Diverse opties kunnen worden in of uitgeschakeld via dit menu:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3655 msgid "ACPI Support: If the system hangs during boot, try toggling this option to Off." msgstr "ACPI Support: Als het systeem hangt tijdens het opstarten, probeer deze optie dan aan te passen naar Off." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3661 msgid "Safe Mode: If the system still hangs during boot even with ACPI Support set to Off, try setting this option to On." msgstr "Safe Mode: Als het systeem nog steeds hangt tijdens het opstarten, zelfs met ACPI Support ingesteld op Off kan deze optie worden ingesteld op On." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3668 msgid "Single User: Toggle this option to On to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in . Once the problem is fixed, set it back to Off." msgstr "Single User: Zet deze optie op On om een bestaande FreeBSD installatie te repareren zoals beschreven in . Zodra het probleem is opgelost moet deze terug worden gezet op Off." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3676 msgid "Verbose: Toggle this option to On to see more detailed messages during the boot process. This can be useful when troubleshooting a piece of hardware." msgstr "Verbose: Zet deze optie op On om meer gedetailleerde berichten te zien tijdens het opstart proces. Dit kan handig zijn wanneer er problemen opgelost moeten worden met een stuk hardware." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3683 msgid "After making the needed selections, press 1 or Backspace to return to the main boot menu, then press Enter to continue booting into FreeBSD. A series of boot messages will appear as FreeBSD carries out its hardware device probes and loads the installation program. Once the boot is complete, the welcome menu shown in will be displayed." msgstr "Na het maken van de benodigde selecties, druk op 1 of Backspace om terug te keren naar het hoofdmenu en druk op Enter om verder te gaan met het opstarten van FreeBSD. Een reeks van bootmeldingen zal verschijnen als FreeBSD de hardware onderzoekt en het installatie programma geladen wordt. Zodra het osptarten is voltooid zal het welkomst menu zoals getoond in worden getoond." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3692 msgid "Welcome Menu" msgstr "Welkomst menu" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3696 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-choose-mode' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-choose-mode' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3701 msgid "Press Enter to select the default of [ Install ] to enter the installer. The rest of this chapter describes how to use this installer. Otherwise, use the right or left arrows or the colorized letter to select the desired menu item. The [ Shell ] can be used to access a FreeBSD shell in order to use command line utilities to prepare the disks before installation. The [ Live CD ] option can be used to try out FreeBSD before installing it. The live version is described in ." msgstr "Druk op Enter om de standaard [ Install ] te kiezen om de installer te starten. De rest van dit hoofdstuk beschrijft hoe deze installer gebruikt kan worden. In andere gevallen gebruik de rechter of linker pijlen of de gekleurde letter om het gewenste menu item te kiezen. De [ Shell ] kan gebruikt worden om de FreeBSD shell te benaderen om zodoende commando regel gereedschappen te gebruiken om de schijven voor te bereiden op de installatie. De [ Live CD ] optie kan gebruikt worden om FreeBSD uit te proberen voor deze geïnstalleerd wordt. De live versie wordt beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:3714 msgid "To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the upper- or lower-case S and then Enter to access a shell. At the shell prompt, type more /var/run/dmesg.boot and use the space bar to scroll through the messages. When finished, type exit to return to the welcome menu." msgstr "Om de opstart meldingen na te kijken, inclusief de hardware detectie, druk op de grote of kleine S en daarna op Enter om de shell te benaderen. Op de shell type more /var/run/dmesg.boot en maak gebruik van de spatiebalk om door de berichten heen te bladeren. Na afloop kan exit worden ingetypt om terug te keren naar het welkomst menu." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:3727 msgid "Using bsdinstall" msgstr "Gebruik maken van bsdinstall" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:3729 msgid "This section shows the order of the bsdinstall menus and the type of information that will be asked before the system is installed. Use the arrow keys to highlight a menu option, then Space to select or deselect that menu item. When finished, press Enter to save the selection and move onto the next screen." msgstr "In deze sectie toont de volgorde van de bsdinstall menu's en de type informatie die wordt gevraagd voor het systeem wordt geïnstalleerd. Gebruik de pijltoetsen om een ​​menu-optie te markeren en Spatie om dat betreffende menu item te selecteren of niet. Wanneer u klaar bent, drukt u op Enter om de selectie op te slaan en ga naar het volgende scherm." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:3738 msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu" msgstr "Het selecteren van het menu Keymap" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3740 msgid "Depending on the system console being used, bsdinstall may initially display the menu shown in ." msgstr "Afhankelijk van welke systeem console er gebruikt wordt zal bsdinstall initieel het menu tonen zoals te zien in ." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3745 msgid "Keymap Selection" msgstr "Keymap selectie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3749 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-select-default' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-select-default' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3754 msgid "To configure the keyboard layout, press Enter with [ YES ] selected, which will display the menu shown in . To instead use the default layout, use the arrow key to select [ NO ] and press Enter to skip this menu screen." msgstr "Om de toetsenbord indeling te configureren druk op Enter met [ YES ] geselecteerd, welke het menu laat zien zoals getoond in . Om in plaats daarvan de standaard indeling te kiezen, maak gebruik van de pijl toetsen om [ NO ] te selecteren en druk op Enter om dit menu over te slaan." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3763 msgid "Selecting Keyboard Menu" msgstr "Selecteren van het Keyboard menu" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3767 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-keymap' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-keymap' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3772 msgid "When configuring the keyboard layout, use the up and down arrows to select the keymap that most closely represents the mapping of the keyboard attached to the system. Press Enter to save the selection." msgstr "Wanneer de toetsenbord indeling geconfigureerd wordt, maak gebruik van de omhoog en omlaag pijlen om de keymap te selecteren die de indeling van het toetsenbord het dichtst benaderd. Druk op Enter om de selectie te bewaren." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:3778 msgid "Pressing Esc will exit this menu and use the default keymap. If the choice of keymap is not clear, United States of America ISO-8859-1 is also a safe option." msgstr "Door het indrukken van Esc wordt het menu verlaten en wordt de standaard indeling gebruikt. Als de keuze van de keymap niet duidelijk is, is United States of America ISO-8859-1 een veilige keuze." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3784 msgid "In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later, this menu has been enhanced. The full selection of keymaps is shown, with the default preselected. In addition, when selecting a different keymap, a dialog is displayed that allows the user to try the keymap and ensure it is correct before proceeding." msgstr "In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE en later is dit menu verbeterd. De volledige selectie van keymaps is getoond, met de standaard keuze voor geselecteerd. Daarnaast is het zo dat na het kiezen van een andere keymap er een dialoog wordt getoond waarin de gebruiker de keymap kan proberen om zeker te zijn dat deze correct is voordat er doorgegaan wordt." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3791 msgid "Enhanced Keymap Menu" msgstr "Uitgebreid Keymap menu" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3795 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-10' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-10' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3803 book.translate.xml:3810 msgid "Setting the Hostname" msgstr "Instellen van de hostnaam" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3805 msgid "The next bsdinstall menu is used to set the hostname for the newly installed system." msgstr "Het volgende bsdinstall menu wordt gebruikt om de hostnaam in te stellen voor een nieuw geïnstalleerd systeem." #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3814 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-hostname' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-hostname' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3819 msgid "Type in a hostname that is unique for the network. It should be a fully-qualified hostname, such as machine3.example.com." msgstr "Typ een hostnaam welke uniek is voor het netwerk. Dit moet een volledige hostnaam zijn zoals machine3.example.com." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3824 book.translate.xml:3830 msgid "Selecting Components to Install" msgstr "De te installeren componenten selecteren" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3826 msgid "Next, bsdinstall will prompt to select optional components to install." msgstr "Hierna zal bsdinstall vragen welke optionele componenten er geïnstalleerd moeten worden." #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3834 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-components' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-components' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3839 msgid "Deciding which components to install will depend largely on the intended use of the system and the amount of disk space available. The FreeBSD kernel and userland, collectively known as the base system, are always installed. Depending on the architecture, some of these components may not appear:" msgstr "Het kiezen van welke componenten te installeren hangt volledig af van het gewenste gebruik van de machine, en de hoeveelheid schijfruimte die beschikbaar is. De FreeBSD kernel en userland, samen bekend als het basis systeem worden altijd geïnstalleerd. Afhankelijk van de architectuur kunnen sommige componenten niet beschikbaar zijn:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3848 msgid "doc - Additional documentation, mostly of historical interest, to install into /usr/share/doc. The documentation provided by the FreeBSD Documentation Project may be installed later using the instructions in ." msgstr "doc - Extra documentatie, meestal uit historische interesse, te installeren in /usr/share/doc. De documentatie geleverd door het FreeBSD Documentatie Project, kan later geïnstalleerd worden door gebruik te maken van de instructies in ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3856 msgid "games - Several traditional BSD games, including fortune, rot13, and others." msgstr "games - Verschillende traditionele BSD spellen, inclusief including fortune, rot13 en anderen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3863 msgid "lib32 - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit applications on a 64-bit version of FreeBSD." msgstr "lib32 - Compatibiliteit bibliotheek bestanden voor het starten van 32-bit applicaties op een 64-bit versie van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3869 msgid "ports - The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a collection of files which automates the downloading, compiling and installation of third-party software packages. discusses how to use the Ports Collection." msgstr "ports - De FreeBSD Portscollectie is een collectie van bestanden welke het downloaden, compileren en installeren van derde partij software pakketten automatiseert. verteld hoe de Portscollectie gebruikt kan worden." #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:3876 msgid "The installation program does not check for adequate disk space. Select this option only if sufficient hard disk space is available. The FreeBSD Ports Collection takes up about 500 MB of disk space." msgstr "Het installatie programme controleert niet of er voldoende schijf ruimte is. Selecteer deze optie alleen als er voldoende schijfruimte beschikbaar is. De FreeBSD Portscollectie neemt ongeveer 500MB aan schijf ruimte in." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:3885 msgid "src - The complete FreeBSD source code for both the kernel and the userland. Although not required for the majority of applications, it may be required to build device drivers, kernel modules, or some applications from the Ports Collection. It is also used for developing FreeBSD itself. The full source tree requires 1 GB of disk space and recompiling the entire FreeBSD system requires an additional 5 GB of space." msgstr "src - De complete FreeBSD broncode voor zowel de kernel als de userland. Ook al niet vereist door de meerderheid van applicaties, kan dit nodig zijn om apparaat drivers, kernel modules en sommige applicaties uit de Portscollectie te installeren. Het wordt ook gebruikt voor het ontwikkelen van FreeBSD Zelf. De volledige broncode vereist 1GB schijfruimte, en om het complete FreeBSD systeem te hercompileren is een extra 5GB schijfruimte nodig." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3898 book.translate.xml:3909 msgid "Installing from the Network" msgstr "Installeren vanaf het netwerk" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3900 msgid "The menu shown in only appears when installing from a -bootonly.iso CD as this installation media does not hold copies of the installation files. Since the installation files must be retrieved over a network connection, this menu indicates that the network interface must be first configured." msgstr "Het menu getoond in is alleen zichtbaar wanneer er geïnstalleerd wordt vanaf een -bootonly.iso CD omdat de installatie media geen kopie heeft van de installatie bestanden. Omdat deze installatie bestanden moeten worden overgehaald via een netwerk verbinding, geeft dit menu als eerste aan dat de netwerkkaart moet worden geconfigureerd." #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3913 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-files' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-files' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3918 msgid "To configure the network connection, press Enter and follow the instructions in . Once the interface is configured, select a mirror site that is located in the same region of the world as the computer on which FreeBSD is being installed. Files can be retrieved more quickly when the mirror is close to the target computer, reducing installation time." msgstr "Om de netwerk verbinding te configureren druk op Enter en volg de instructies in . Zodra de kaart is geconfigureerd moet er een spiegel site worden geselecteerd welke in dezelfde regio van de wereld staat als de computer waarop FreeBSD wordt geïnstalleerd. Bestanden worden sneller overgehaald wanneer de spiegel dichterbij de computer staat, waardoor de installatie tijd wordt verkort." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3927 msgid "Choosing a Mirror" msgstr "Het kiezen van een spiegel" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3931 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3936 msgid "Installation will then continue as if the installation files were located on the local installation media." msgstr "De installatie gaat door net alsof de installatie bestanden beschikbaar zijn op de lokale installatie media." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:3942 msgid "Allocating Disk Space" msgstr "Schijfruimte toewijzen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:3944 msgid "The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space. The options available in the menu depend upon the version of FreeBSD being installed." msgstr "Het volgende menu wordt gebruikt om de methode voor het alloceren van schijf ruimte te bepalen. De opties beschikbaar in dit menu is afhankelijk van de versie van FreeBSD welke geïnstalleerd wordt." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3949 msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 9.x" msgstr "Partitie keuzes op FreeBSD 9.x" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3953 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-manual' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-manual' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:3959 msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 10.x and Higher" msgstr "Partitie keuzes op FreeBSD 10.x en hoger" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:3963 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:3968 msgid "Guided partitioning automatically sets up the disk partitions, Manual partitioning allows advanced users to create customized partitions from menu options, and Shell opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized partitions using command-line utilities like gpart8, fdisk8, and bsdlabel8. ZFS partitioning, only available in FreeBSD 10 and later, creates an optionally encrypted root-on-ZFS system with support for boot environments." msgstr "Guided partitionering stelt de schijf partities automatisch in. Manual partitionering stelt gevorderde gebruikers in staat om eigen partities te creëren vanuit menu opties, en Shell opent een shell prompt waar gevorderde gebruikers zelf eigen partities kunnen creëren door middel van commando regel gereedschappen zoals gpart8, fdisk8 en bsdlabel8. ZFS partitionering is alleen beschikbaar in FreeBSD 10 en later en creëert een optionele beveiligde root-on-ZFS systeem met behulp van opstart omgevingen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:3979 msgid "This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk partitions. It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning methods." msgstr "Deze sectie beschrijft wat er overwogen moet worden wanneer de schiijfpartities bepaald worden. Het laat daarna zien hoe deze verschillende partitie methodes gebruikt kunnen worden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:3984 msgid "Designing the Partition Layout" msgstr "Het ontwerpen van de partitie indeling" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:3986 msgid "partition layout" msgstr "partitie indeling" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:3987 msgid "/etc" msgstr "/etc" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:3990 msgid "/var" msgstr "/var" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:3993 msgid "/usr" msgstr "/usr" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:3997 msgid "When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while larger partitions like /usr should be placed toward the inner parts of the disk. It is a good idea to create partitions in an order similar to: /, swap, /var, and /usr." msgstr "Bij het indelen van bestandssystemen, moet onthouden worden dat de harde schijf data sneller transporteert aan de buitenkant dan aan de binnenkant. Dus kleinere en veel gebruikte bestandssystemen moeten dichterbij de buitenkant van de schijf staan, terwijl grotere partities zoals /usr geplaatst moeten worden aan de binnenkant van de schijf. Het is een goed idee om partities te maken in een volgorde die lijkt op: /, swap, /var en /usr." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4007 msgid "The size of the /var partition reflects the intended machine's usage. This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and printer spools. Mailboxes and log files can grow to unexpected sizes depending on the number of users and how long log files are kept. On average, most users rarely need more than about a gigabyte of free disk space in /var." msgstr "De grootte van de /var partitie weerspiegelt het gebruik van het gewenste gebruik van de machine. Deze partitie wordt gebruikt om mailboxen, logbestanden en printer spools op te slaan. Mailboxen en logbestanden kunnen groeien tot onverwachte grootte's afhankelijk van de hoeveelheid gebruikers en hoelang logbestanden worden bewaard. Gemiddeld genomen hebben de meeste gebruikers zelden meer ruimte nodig dan een gigabyte aan vrije ruimte in /var." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:4017 msgid "Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in /var/tmp. When new software is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy of the packages under /var/tmp. Large software packages, like Firefox, Apache OpenOffice or LibreOffice may be tricky to install if there is not enough disk space under /var/tmp." msgstr "Soms is er veel schijfruimte nodig in /var/tmp. Wanneer er nieuwe software wordt geïnstalleerd, pakt de pakket gereedschappen een tijdelijke kopie uit van de pakketten op /var/tmp. Grote software pakketen zoals Firefox, Apache OpenOffice of LibreOffice kunnen lastig zijn om te installeren wanneer er niet voldoende schijfruimte is onder /var/tmp." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4028 msgid "The /usr partition holds many of the files which support the system, including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source code. At least 2 gigabytes is recommended for this partition." msgstr "De /usr partitie bevat veel van de bestanden die het systeem ondersteunen, inclusief de FreeBSD Portscollectie en de broncode. Minstens 2 gigabyte wordt aangeraden voor deze partitie." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4033 msgid "When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. Running out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a hassle." msgstr "Wanneer partitie grootte's worden bepaald, houd de ruimte benodigdheden in het achterhoofd. Geen ruimte meer hebben in de ene partitie terwijl de andere niet meer gebruikt wordt kan een gedoe opleveren." #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:4037 msgid "swap sizing" msgstr "swap sizing" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:4040 msgid "swap partition" msgstr "swap partition" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4044 msgid "As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of physical memory (RAM). Systems with minimal RAM may perform better with more swap. Configuring too little swap can lead to inefficiencies in the VM page scanning code and might create issues later if more memory is added." msgstr "Als vuistregel geldt dat de swap partitie ongeveer dubbel zo groot moet zijn als het fysieke geheugen (RAM). Systemen met een minimale hoeveelheid RAM kunnen beter presteren met meer swap. Het configureren van te weinig swap kan leiden tot inefficiënt gebruik van de VM page scanning code en kan proberen opleveren als er later meer geheugen wordt toegevoegd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4052 msgid "On larger systems with multiple SCSI disks or multiple IDE disks operating on different controllers, it is recommended that swap be configured on each drive, up to four drives. The swap partitions should be approximately the same size. The kernel can handle arbitrary sizes but internal data structures scale to 4 times the largest swap partition. Keeping the swap partitions near the same size will allow the kernel to optimally stripe swap space across disks. Large swap sizes are fine, even if swap is not used much. It might be easier to recover from a runaway program before being forced to reboot." msgstr "Op grotere systemen met meerdere SCSI schijven of meerdere IDE schijven welke onder meerdere controllers hangen, wordt aangeraden om swap te configureren op elke schijf te configureren, tot aan vier schijven. De swap partities moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben. De kernel kan willekeurige groottes verwekren maar interne data structuren kunnen 4x de grootste swap partitie worden. Door de swap partities ongeveer net zo groot te houden stelt de kernel in staat om de swap ruimte naadloos over meerdere schijven te verdelen. Grote swap partities zijn prima, ook al wordt swap niet veel gebruikt. Het kan makkelijker zijn om te herstellen van een crashend programma voordat gedwongen is om het systeem te herstarten." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4065 msgid "By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller write heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. Keeping the write loaded partitions closer to the disk's edge will increase I/O performance in the partitions where it occurs the most. While I/O performance in the larger partitions may be needed, shifting them more toward the edge of the disk will not lead to a significant performance improvement over moving /var to the edge." msgstr "Door het zorgvuldig partitioneren van een systeem zal fragmentatie in de kleinere schrijf gevoelige partities niet overslaan in de meeste lees partities. Door het houden van de schrijf intensieve partities dichterbij de schijf-rand zal de I/O prestaties doen toenemen op de partities waar dit het meest gebeurd. Waar I/O prestaties in de grotere partities nodig kunnen zijn, zal het verplaatsen van deze partities naar de rand van de schijf niet leiden tot significante prestatie verbeteringen ten opzichte van het verplaatsen van naar de rand." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:4078 msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Begeleide partitionering" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4080 msgid "When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be installed." msgstr "Waneer deze methode wordt gekozen, zal er er een menu de getoonde schijven laten zien. Als er meerdere schijven beschikbaar zijn, kies degeen waarop FreeBSD wordt geïnstalleerd." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4085 msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks" msgstr "Selecteren uit meerdere schijven" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4089 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-disk' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-disk' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4094 msgid "Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If [ Entire Disk ] is chosen, a general partition layout filling the whole disk is automatically created. Selecting [ Partition ] creates a partition layout from the unused space on the disk." msgstr "Zodra de schijf is geselecteerd zal het volgende menu vragen om ofwel naar de gehele disk te installeren, of om partities te maken door gebruik te maken van de vrije ruimte. Als [ Entire Disk ] wordt gekozen, wordt er automatisch een generieke partitie indeling over de gehele schijf geschreven. Door het selecteren van [ Partition ] wordt een partitie indeling gemaakt op basis van de ongebruikte ruimte op de schijf." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4104 msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition" msgstr "Selecteren van gehele schijf of partitie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4108 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-entire-part' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-entire-part' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4113 msgid "After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets the needs of the installation. Selecting [ Revert ] will reset the partitions to their original values and pressing [ Auto ] will recreate the automatic FreeBSD partitions. Partitions can also be manually created, modified, or deleted. When the partitioning is correct, select [ Finish ] to continue with the installation." msgstr "Nadat de partitie indeling is aangemaakt, verifieer deze om te zien of deze aan de eisen van de installatie voldoet. Het selecteren van [ Revert ] zal de partities herstellen naar de originele waarden en het drukken van [ Auto ] zal de automatische FreeBSD partities opnieuw aanmaken. Partities kunnen ook handmatig aangemaakt, gewijzigd of verwijderd worden. Wanneer de partitionering volgens wens is, selecteer [ Finish ] om door te gaan met de installatie." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4124 msgid "Review Created Partitions" msgstr "Verifiëren van aangemaakte partities" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4128 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-review' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-review' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:4135 msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Handmatig partitioneren" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4137 msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:" msgstr "Het selecteren van deze methode opent de partitie bewerker:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4140 book.translate.xml:4155 book.translate.xml:4226 msgid "Manually Create Partitions" msgstr "Handmatig partities aanmaken" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4144 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-create' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-create' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4149 msgid "Highlight the installation drive (ada0 in this example) and select [ Create ] to display a menu of available partition schemes:" msgstr "Selecteer de installatie schijf (ada0 in dit voorbeeld) en selecteer [ Create ] om een menu te tonen met beschikbare partitie schema's:" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4159 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4164 msgid "GPT is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older computers that are not compatible with GPT should use MBR. The other partition schemes are generally used for uncommon or older computers." msgstr "GPT is meestal de best geschikte keuze voor amd64 computers. Oudere computers welke niet compatibel zijn met GPT moeten gebruik maken van MBR. De andere partitie schema's worden meestal gebruikt voor ongewone of oudere computers." #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:4171 msgid "Partitioning Schemes" msgstr "Partitionering schema's" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4176 msgid "Abbreviation" msgstr "Afkorting" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4177 book.translate.xml:7135 book.translate.xml:8478 #: book.translate.xml:11906 book.translate.xml:23135 book.translate.xml:23314 #: book.translate.xml:27424 book.translate.xml:31412 book.translate.xml:43245 #: book.translate.xml:53066 book.translate.xml:53573 book.translate.xml:54332 #: book.translate.xml:54373 book.translate.xml:55699 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:4183 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "APM" msgstr "APM" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4184 msgid "Apple Partition Map, used by PowerPC." msgstr "Apple Partition Map, gebruikt door PowerPC." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:4188 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "BSD" msgstr "BSD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4189 msgid "BSD label without an MBR, sometimes called dangerously dedicated mode as non-BSD disk utilities may not recognize it." msgstr "BSD label zonder een MBR, ook wel genoemd gevaarlijk gewijd modus omdat niet -BSD schijfhulpprogramma's het niet kunnen herkennen." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4197 msgid "GPT" msgstr "GPT" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4198 msgid "GUID Partition Table (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table)." msgstr "GUID Partition Table (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table)." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4202 msgid "MBR" msgstr "MBR" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4203 msgid "Master Boot Record (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record)." msgstr "Master Boot Record (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record)." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4207 msgid "PC98" msgstr "PC98" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4208 msgid "MBR variant used by NEC PC-98 computers (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801)." msgstr "MBR variant gebruikt door NEC PC-98-computers ( http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801)." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4213 msgid "VTOC8" msgstr "VTOC8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4214 msgid "Volume Table Of Contents used by Sun SPARC64 and UltraSPARC computers." msgstr "Volume Table Of Contents door Sun SPARC64 en UltraSPARC computers gebruikt." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4221 msgid "After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select [ Create ] again to create the partitions." msgstr "Nadat het partitie schema is geselecteerd en gecreëerd, selecteer [ Create ] opnieuw om de partities aan te maken." #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4230 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4235 msgid "A standard FreeBSD GPT installation uses at least three partitions:" msgstr "Een standaard FreeBSD GPT installatie gebruikt ten minste drie partities:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:4240 msgid "freebsd-boot - Holds the FreeBSD boot code." msgstr "freebsd-boot - Bevat de FreeBSD opstart code." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:4245 msgid "freebsd-ufs - A FreeBSD UFS file system." msgstr "freebsd-ufs - Een FreeBSD UFS bestandssysteem." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:4250 msgid "freebsd-swap - FreeBSD swap space." msgstr "freebsd-swap - FreeBSD swap ruimte." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4255 msgid "Another partition type worth noting is freebsd-zfs, used for partitions that will contain a FreeBSD ZFS file system (). Refer to gpart8 for descriptions of the available GPT partition types." msgstr "Een andere partitie type die de moeite waard is van het vermelden is freebsd-zfs, gebruikt door partities die een FreeBSD ZFS bestandssysteem () zal bevatten. Bekijk gpart8 voor beschrijvingen van de beschikbare GPT partitionering types." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4261 msgid "Multiple file system partitions can be created and some people prefer a traditional layout with separate partitions for /, /var, /tmp, and /usr. See for an example." msgstr "Meerdere bestandssysteem partities kunnen worden aangemaakt, sommige mensen geven de voorkeur aan een traditionele indeling met gescheiden partities voor filename>/, /var, /tmp en /usr. Zie voor een voorbeeld." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4268 msgid "The Size may be entered with common abbreviations: K for kilobytes, M for megabytes, or G for gigabytes." msgstr "De Size kan worden ingevoerd met de gebruikelijke afkortingen: K voor kilobytes, M voor megabytes of G voor gigabytes." #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:4274 msgid "Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with either 512-byte or 4K-byte sectors. Generally, using partition sizes that are even multiples of 1M or 1G is the easiest way to make sure every partition starts at an even multiple of 4K. There is one exception: the freebsd-boot partition should be no larger than 512K due to current boot code limitations." msgstr "Zorgvuldige sector uitlijning zorgt voor de beste prestaties en door het maken van partitie grootte's van gelijke veelvouden van 4K bytes helpen een goede uitlijning op schijven van ofwel 512-bytes of 4K-byte sectoren. In het algemeen geldt dat partitie grootte's welke gelijke veelvouden zijn van 1M of 1G de makkelijkste manier is om te zorgen dat elke partitie start op een gelijke veelvoud van 4K. Er is echter één uitzondering: De freebsd-boot partitie mag niet groter zijn dan 512K door hudige opstart code beperkingen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4285 msgid "A Mountpoint is needed if the partition will contain a file system. If only a single UFS partition will be created, the mountpoint should be /." msgstr "Een Mountpoint is nodig als de partitie een bestandssysteem gaat bevatten. Als er alleen één enkele UFS partitie wordt aangemaakt, moet het mountpoint / zijn." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4290 msgid "The Label is a name by which the partition will be known. Drive names or numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different controller or port, but the partition label does not change. Referring to labels instead of drive names and partition numbers in files like /etc/fstab makes the system more tolerant to hardware changes. GPT labels appear in /dev/gpt/ when a disk is attached. Other partitioning schemes have different label capabilities and their labels appear in different directories in /dev/." msgstr "Het Label is een naam waarmee de partitie bekend is. Schijf namen of nummers kunnen veranderen als de schijf is gekoppeld aan een andere controller of poort, maar het partitie label veranderd niet. Door het gebruik van labels in plaats van schijfnamen en partitie nummers in bestanden als /etc/fstab wordt het systeem meer tolerant bij hardware wijzigingen. GPT labels verschijnen in /dev/gpt wanneer een disk wordt gekoppeld. Andere partitionerings schema's hebben verschillende label mogelijkheden en verschijnen in andere directories in /dev/." #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:4303 msgid "Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be added to the label. For instance, use labroot or rootfslab for the UFS root partition on the computer named lab." msgstr "Gebruik een uniek label op elke partitie om conflicten te voorkomen door identiekele labels. Een aantal letters uit de computernaam, gebruik of locatie kunnen worden toegevoegd aan het label. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld labroot of rootfslab voor de UFS root partitie op de computer genaamd lab." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:4313 msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions" msgstr "Het maken van traditionele gespleten bestandssysteem partities" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:4316 msgid "For a traditional partition layout where the /, /var, /tmp, and /usr directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, create a GPT partitioning scheme, then create the partitions as shown. Partition sizes shown are typical for a 20G target disk. If more space is available on the target disk, larger swap or /var partitions may be useful. Labels shown here are prefixed with ex for example, but readers should use other unique label values as described above." msgstr "Voor een traditionele partitie indeling waar /, /var, /tmp en usr directories verschillende bestandssystemen zijn op hun eigen partities, maak een GPT partitie schema en maak daarna de partities zoals getoond. De getoonde grootte van de partities zijn typisch voor een 20GB schijf. Als er meer ruimte beschikbaar is op de doelschijf kan een grotere swap of /var partitie nuttig zijn. De getoonde labels zijn van ex voor example, maar de lezer wordt gevraagd om andere unieke labels te gebruiken zoals hierboven beschreven." #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:4329 msgid "By default, FreeBSD's gptboot expects the first UFS partition to be the / partition." msgstr "Standaard verwacht FreeBSD's gptboot dat de eerste UFS partitie de / partitie is." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4337 msgid "Partition Type" msgstr "Partitie type" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4338 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4339 msgid "Mountpoint" msgstr "Mountpoint" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4340 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4346 msgid "freebsd-boot" msgstr "freebsd-boot" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4347 msgid "512K" msgstr "512K" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4351 book.translate.xml:4365 book.translate.xml:4372 #: book.translate.xml:4379 msgid "freebsd-ufs" msgstr "freebsd-ufs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4352 book.translate.xml:4366 msgid "2G" msgstr "2G" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4353 book.translate.xml:7140 msgid "/" msgstr "/" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4354 msgid "exrootfs" msgstr "exrootfs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4358 msgid "freebsd-swap" msgstr "freebsd-swap" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4359 msgid "4G" msgstr "4G" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4361 msgid "exswap" msgstr "exswap" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4367 msgid "/var" msgstr "/var" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4368 msgid "exvarfs" msgstr "exvarfs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4373 msgid "1G" msgstr "1G" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4374 msgid "/tmp" msgstr "/tmp" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4375 msgid "extmpfs" msgstr "extmpfs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4380 msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)" msgstr "accepteer de standaardinstelling (rest van de schijf)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4382 msgid "/usr" msgstr "/usr" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:4383 msgid "exusrfs" msgstr "exusrfs" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4390 msgid "After the custom partitions have been created, select [ Finish ] to continue with the installation." msgstr "Nadat de aangepaste partities zijn aangemaakt, selecteer [ Finish ] om door te gaan met de installatie." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:4396 msgid "Root-on-ZFS Automatic Partitioning" msgstr "Root-on-ZFS automatisch partitioneren" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4398 msgid "Support for automatic creation of root-on-ZFS installations was added in FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and will erase the contents of the entire disk. The installer will automatically create partitions aligned to 4k boundaries and force ZFS to use 4k sectors. This is safe even with 512 byte sector disks, and has the added benefit of ensuring that pools created on 512 byte disks will be able to have 4k sector disks added in the future, either as additional storage space or as replacements for failed disks. The installer can also optionally employ GELI disk encryption as described in . If encryption is enabled, a 2 GB unencrypted boot pool containing the /boot directory is created. It holds the kernel and other files necessary to boot the system. A swap partition of a user selectable size is also created, and all remaining space is used for the ZFS pool." msgstr "Ondersteuning voor het automatisch creëeren van root-on-ZFS installaties is toegevoegd in FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. Deze partitionerings mode werkt alleen met gehele schijven en zal de inhoud van de complete schijf wissen. De installer zal automatisch partities aanmaken uigelijnd op 4k grenzen en ZFS forceren om 4k sectoren te gebruiken. Dit is veilig voor zelfs 512-byte sector schijven en heeft als toegevoegde waarde dat pools die worden aangemaakt op 512-byte schijven in staat zijn om 4k sector schijven toegevoegd te krijgen in de toekomst, danwel als extra opslag ruimte of als vervanging van gefaalde schijven. De installer kan optioneel ook GELI schijf encryptie toepassen zoals beschreven in . Als encryptie is ingeschakeld wordt er een 2GB niet beveiligde opstart pool aangemaakt waarin de /boot directory wordt aangemaakt. Deze bevat de kernel en andere belangrijke bestanden om het systeem op te kunnen starten. Een swap partitie met een door de gebruiker te selecteren grootte wordt ook aangemaakt, en alle overgebleven ruimte wordt gebruikt voor de ZFS pool." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4417 msgid "The main ZFS configuration menu offers a number of options to control the creation of the pool." msgstr "Het hoofd ZFS configuratie menu levert een aantal opties om het aanmaken van een pool te beïnvloeden." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4422 msgid "ZFS Partitioning Menu" msgstr "ZFS partitionerings menu" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4426 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-menu' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-menu' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4431 msgid "Select T to configure the Pool Type and the disk(s) that will constitute the pool. The automatic ZFS installer currently only supports the creation of a single top level vdev, except in stripe mode. To create more complex pools, use the instructions in to create the pool. The installer supports the creation of various pool types, including stripe (not recommended, no redundancy), mirror (best performance, least usable space), and RAID-Z 1, 2, and 3 (with the capability to withstand the concurrent failure of 1, 2, and 3 disks, respectively). while selecting the pool type, a tooltip is displayed across the bottom of the screen with advice about the number of required disks, and in the case of RAID-Z, the optimal number of disks for each configuration." msgstr "Selecteer T om de Pool Type te configureren en de disken die samen de pool zullen vormen. De automatische ZFS installer ondersteunt momenteel alleen het aanmaken van een enkel hoofd-niveau vdev met uitzondering in stripe mode. Om meer complexe pools aan te maken volg de instructies in om deze pool aan te maken. De installer ondersteund diverse pool typen inclusief stripe (niet aangeraden vanwege het ontbreken van redundancy), mirror (beste prestaties maar minst bruikbare ruimte) en RAID-Z 1, 2 en 3 (met de mogelijkheid om 1, 2 of 3 kapotte schijven op te vangen). Bij het selecteren van een pool type wordt er een hulptekst getoond aan de onderkant van het scherm met het advies over de hoeveelheid benodigde schijven en in het geval van RAID-Z de meest optimale hoeveelheid schijven voor elke configuratie." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4448 msgid "ZFS Pool Type" msgstr "ZFS Pool Type" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4452 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4457 msgid "Once a Pool Type has been selected, a list of available disks is displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to make up the pool. The configuration is then validated, to ensure enough disks are selected. If not, select <Change Selection> to return to the list of disks, or <Cancel> to change the pool type." msgstr "Zodra er een Pool Type is geselecteerd, wordt er een lijst met beschikbare schijven getoond en wordt de gebruiker gevraagd om één of meerdere schijven te selecteren om de pool aan te maken. De configuratie wordt daarna gecontroleerd om te zorgen dat er voldoende schijven geselecteerd zijn. Als dat niet het geval is selecteer <Change Selection> om terug te keren naar de lijst van schijven of <Cancel> om de pool type te veranderen." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4467 msgid "Disk Selection" msgstr "Schijven selecteren" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4471 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4477 msgid "Invalid Selection" msgstr "Incorrecte selectie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4481 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4486 msgid "If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached after the installer was started, select - Rescan Devices to repopulate the list of available disks. To avoid accidentally erasing the wrong disk, the - Disk Info menu can be used to inspect each disk, including its partition table and various other information such as the device model number and serial number, if available." msgstr "Als er één of meerdere schijven uit de lijst ontbreken of als er schijven zijn gekoppeld nadat de installer gestart is, selecteer - Rescan Devices om de lijst van beschikbare schijven te verversen. Om te voorkomen dat per ongeluk de verkeerde schijf wordt gewist, kan het - Disk info menu worden gebruikt om elke disk te onderzoeken, inclusief de partitie tabel en andere informatie zoals het model nummer van het apparaat en het serienummer indien beschikbaar." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4497 msgid "Analyzing a Disk" msgstr "Een schijf analyseren" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4501 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4506 msgid "The main ZFS configuration menu also allows the user to enter a pool name, disable forcing 4k sectors, enable or disable encryption, switch between GPT (recommended) and MBR partition table types, and select the amount of swap space. Once all options have been set to the desired values, select the >>> Install option at the top of the menu." msgstr "Het belangrijkste ZFS- configuratiemenu stelt de gebruiker in staat een poolnaam in te voeren, het uitschakelen van geforceerde 4k-sectoren, het in of uitschakelen van encryptie, om te schakelen tussen GPT (aanbevolen) en MBR- partitietabeltypen, en het selecteren van de hoeveelheid swapruimte. Zodra alle opties zijn ingesteld op de gewenste waarden, selecteer de >>> Installeer Optie bovenaan het menu." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4516 msgid "If GELI disk encryption was enabled, the installer will prompt twice for the passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks." msgstr "Als GELI -schijfencryptie is ingeschakeld, zal de installer tweemaal vragen voor het wachtwoord welke gebruikt wordt om de schijven te encrypten." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4521 msgid "Disk Encryption Password" msgstr "Schijf versleuteling wachtwoord" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4525 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4530 msgid "The installer then offers a last chance to cancel before the contents of the selected drives are destroyed to create the ZFS pool." msgstr "De installer geeft nog een laatste kans om de installatie te annuleren voordat de inhoud van de geselecteerde schijven wordt vernietigd om vervolgens een ZFS pool aan te maken." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4535 msgid "Last Chance" msgstr "Laatste kans" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4539 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4544 msgid "The installation then proceeds normally." msgstr "De installatie gaat vervolgens normaal door." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:4549 msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning" msgstr "Shell mode partitionering" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4551 msgid "When creating advanced installations, the bsdinstall partitioning menus may not provide the level of flexibility required. Advanced users can select the Shell option from the partitioning menu in order to manually partition the drives, create the file system(s), populate /tmp/bsdinstall_etc/fstab, and mount the file systems under /mnt. Once this is done, type exit to return to bsdinstall and continue the installation." msgstr "Wanneer er geavanceerde installaties worden aangemaakt, zal het bsdinstall partitionerings menu wellicht niet de hoeveelheid flexibiliteit geven zoals nodig. Geavanceerde gebruikers kunnen de Shell selecteren uit het partitionerings menu om handmatig de schijven te partitioneren, om bestandssystemen aan te maken, om /tmp/bsdinstall_etc/fstab te vullen en om bestandssystemen onder /mnt te koppelen. Zodra dit gedaan is type exit om terug te keren naar bsdinstall en om door te gaan met de installatie." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:4566 msgid "Committing to the Installation" msgstr "De installatie vaststellen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:4568 msgid "Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to make changes before the selected hard drive(s) are formatted. If changes need to be made, select [ Back ] to return to the main partitioning menu. [ Revert & Exit ] will exit the installer without making any changes to the hard drive." msgstr "Zodra de schijven geconfigureerd zijn zal het volgende menu een laatste kans bieden om wijzigingen aan te brengen voordat de geselecteerde harde schijven worden geformatteerd. Als er nog wijzigingen gemaakt moeten worden, selecteer [ Back ] om terug te keren naar het hoofd partitioneringsmenu. [ Revert & Exit ] zal de installatie beëindigen zonder dat er wijzigingen gemaakt worden op de harde schijf." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4578 msgid "Final Confirmation" msgstr "Laatste bevestiging" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4582 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-confirmation' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-confirmation' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:4587 msgid "To instead start the actual installation, select [ Commit ] and press Enter." msgstr "Om in plaats hiervan de echte installatie te starten, selecteer [ Commit ] en druk op Enter." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:4591 msgid "Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will indicate the progress." msgstr "De installatietijd zal verschillend zijn afhankelijk van de gekozen distributies, installatie media, en snelheid van de computer. Een serie van berichten zal de voortgang tonen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:4595 msgid "First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the partitions. Next, in the case of a bootonly media, it downloads the selected components:" msgstr "Als eerste zal de installer de geselecteerde schijven formatteren en de partities initialiseren. Daarna zal het in het geval een enkel opstart medium de geselecteerde componenten downloaden:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4600 msgid "Fetching Distribution Files" msgstr "Distributiebestanden ophalen" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4604 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-fetching' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-fetching' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:4609 msgid "Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation media:" msgstr "Hierna zal de integriteit van de distributie bestanden worden geverifieerd om te zorgen dat deze niet corrupt zijn geraakt tijdens het downloaden of verkeerd uitgelezen van de installatie media:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4614 msgid "Verifying Distribution Files" msgstr "Distributie bestanden verifieren" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4618 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-verifying' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-verifying' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:4623 msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:" msgstr "Als laatste worden de geverifieerde distributie bestanden uitgepakt op de schijf:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4627 msgid "Extracting Distribution Files" msgstr "Distributiebestanden uitpakken" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4631 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-extracting' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-extracting' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:4636 msgid "Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, bsdinstall displays the first post-installation configuration screen. The available post-configuration options are described in the next section." msgstr "Zodra alle gevraagde distributie bestanden uitgepakt zijn, zal bsdinstall het eerste na-installatie configuratie scherm tonen. De beschikbare configuratie opties worden beschreven in de volgende sectie." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:4644 msgid "Post-Installation" msgstr "Na de installatie" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:4646 msgid "Once FreeBSD is installed, bsdinstall will prompt to configure several options before booting into the newly installed system. This section describes these configuration options." msgstr "Zodra FreeBSD is geïnstalleerd, zal bsdinstall aangeven dat er een aantal opties moeten worden geconfigureerd voordat het nieuw geïnstalleerde systeem opgestart kan worden. Deze sectie beschrijft deze configuratie opties." #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:4652 msgid "Once the system has booted, bsdconfig provides a menu-driven method for configuring the system using these and additional options." msgstr "Zodra het systeem opstart is, zal bsdconfig een menu aangestuurde methode leveren voor het configureren van het systeem door gebruik van deze en additionele opties." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4659 book.translate.xml:4670 msgid "Setting the root Password" msgstr "Het instellen van het root wachtwoord" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4663 msgid "First, the root password must be set. While entering the password, the characters being typed are not displayed on the screen. After the password has been entered, it must be entered again. This helps prevent typing errors." msgstr "Als eerste moet het root wachtwoord ingesteld worden. Terwijl het wachtwoord wordt ingevoerd zullen de karakters niet getoond worden op het scherm. Zodra het wachtwoord ingevoerd is, moet dit nogmaals gebeuren. Dit helpt om typfouten te voorkomen." #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4674 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-post-root-passwd' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-post-root-passwd' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:4681 msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces" msgstr "Netwerk interfaces configureren" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4683 msgid "Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. Select the interface to configure." msgstr "Hierna wordt een lijst van netwerk kaarten welke op de computer gevonden worden getoond. Selecteer de interface welke geconfigureerd moet worden." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:4687 msgid "The network configuration menus will be skipped if the network was previously configured as part of a bootonly installation." msgstr "De netwerk configuratie menu's worden overgeslagen als het netwerk al geconfigureerd is als onderdeel van de bootonly installatie." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4693 msgid "Choose a Network Interface" msgstr "Het kiezen van een netwerk interface" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4697 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4702 msgid "If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the menu shown in . If a wireless network interface is chosen, the system will instead scan for wireless access points:" msgstr "Als er een ethernet interface is geselecteerd zal de installer direct naar het menu zoals getoond in gaan. Als een draadloze netwerk interface is gekozen zal het systeem in plaats daarvan de omgeving scannen voor draadloze accesspoints:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4708 msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points" msgstr "Het scannen naar draadloze accesspoints" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4712 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4717 msgid "Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (SSID), a short, unique name given to each network. SSIDs found during the scan are listed, followed by a description of the encryption types available for that network. If the desired SSID does not appear in the list, select [ Rescan ] to scan again. If the desired network still does not appear, check for problems with antenna connections or try moving the computer closer to the access point. Rescan after each change is made." msgstr "Draadloze netwerken worden geïdentificeerd door een Service Set Identifier (SSID), een korte unieke naam gegeven aan elk netwerk. SSIDs welke worden gevonden tijdens een scan worden getoond, gevolgd door een omschrijving van de encryptie typen beschikbaar voor dat netwerk. Als het gewenste SSID niet in del ijst verschijnt, selecteer dan [ Rescan ] om opnieuw te scannen. Als het gewenste netwerk dan nog steeds niet verschijnt, controleer dan of er problemen zijn met de antenne verbindingen of probeer de computer dichterbij het access point te brengen. Scan opnieuw nadat elke wijziging gemaakt is." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4729 msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network" msgstr "Kiezen van een draadloos netwerk" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4733 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4738 msgid "Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected wireless network. WPA2 encryption is strongly recommended as older encryption types, like WEP, offer little security. If the network uses WPA2, input the password, also known as the Pre-Shared Key (PSK). For security reasons, the characters typed into the input box are displayed as asterisks." msgstr "Vul hierna de encryptie informatie in om te kunnen verbinden met het geselecteerde draadloze netwerk. WPA2 encryptie wordt sterk aangeraden omdat oudere encryptie typen zoals WEP weinig beveiliging bieden. Als het netwerk gebruik maakt van WPA2, vul het wachtwoord in, ook wel bekend als het Pre-Shared Key (PSK). Vanwege beveiligingsredenen worden de ingevoerde karakters getoond als sterretjes." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4748 msgid "WPA2 Setup" msgstr "WPA2 Setup" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4752 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4757 msgid "Next, choose whether or not an IPv4 address should be configured on the Ethernet or wireless interface:" msgstr "Kies hierna of er wel of geen IPv4 adres geconfigureerd moet worden op de ethernet of draadloze netwerkkaart:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4762 msgid "Choose IPv4 Networking" msgstr "Kies IPv4 Networking" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4766 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4771 msgid "There are two methods of IPv4 configuration. DHCP will automatically configure the network interface correctly and should be used if the network provides a DHCP server. Otherwise, the addressing information needs to be input manually as a static configuration." msgstr "Er zijn twee methoden om IPv4>/acronym> te configureren. DHCP zal het netwerk automatisch correct configureren en moet gebruikt worden als het netwerk een DHCP server heeft. Anders moeten de adres gegevens handmatig worden ingevoerd als statische configuratie." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:4779 msgid "Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a DHCP server is not available, obtain the information listed in from the network administrator or Internet service provider." msgstr "Vul geen willekeurige netwerk informatie in, dit zal niet werken. Als er geen DHCP server beschikbaar is, moet deze informatie zoals aangegeven in worden verkregen van de netwerkbeheerder of een internet service provider." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4786 msgid "If a DHCP server is available, select [ Yes ] in the next menu to automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds the DHCP server and obtains the addressing information for the system." msgstr "Als er een DHCP server beschikbaar is, selecteer [ YES ] in het volgende menu om automatisch de netwerkkaart te configureren. Het zal erop lijken dat de installer even een minuut pauzeert, omdat deze de DHCP server probeert te vinden en daaruit adres gegevens probeert te verkrijgen." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4794 msgid "Choose IPv4 DHCP Configuration" msgstr "Kies IPv4 DHCP configuratie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4799 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4804 msgid "If a DHCP server is not available, select [ No ] and input the following addressing information in this menu:" msgstr "Als een DHCP server niet beschikbaar is, selecteer [ NO ] en vul de volgende adres gegevens in dit menu in:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4809 msgid "IPv4 Static Configuration" msgstr "IPv4 Statische configuratie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4813 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:4820 msgid "IP Address - The IPv4 address assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by another piece of equipment on the local network." msgstr "IP address - Het IPv4 adres toegewezen aan deze computer. Het adres moet uniek zijn en niet al in gebruik door een ander stuk apparatuur op het lokale netwerk." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:4827 msgid "Subnet Mask - The subnet mask for the network." msgstr "Subnet Mask - Het subnet masker voor het netwerk." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:4832 msgid "Default Router - The IP address of the network's default gateway." msgstr "Default Router - Het IP adres van de standaardgateway op het netwerk." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4838 msgid "The next screen will ask if the interface should be configured for IPv6. If IPv6 is available and desired, choose [ Yes ] to select it." msgstr "Het volgende scherm zal vragen of de interface geconfigureerd moet worden voor gebruik met IPv6. Als IPv6 beschikbaar en gewenst is, kies [ Yes ] om deze te selecteren." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4844 msgid "Choose IPv6 Networking" msgstr "Kiezen van IPv6-netwerken" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4848 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4853 msgid "IPv6 also has two methods of configuration. StateLess Address AutoConfiguration (SLAAC) will automatically request the correct configuration information from a local router. Refer to http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862 for more information. Static configuration requires manual entry of network information." msgstr "IPv6 kent ook twee configuratie methoden. StateLess Address AutoConfiguration (SLAAC) zal automatisch de juiste configuratie informatie vragen aan een lokale router. Bekijk http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862 voor meer informatie. Statische configuratie vereist handmatige invoer van de netwerk gegevens." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4861 msgid "If an IPv6 router is available, select [ Yes ] in the next menu to automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds the router and obtains the addressing information for the system." msgstr "Als er een IPv6 router beschikbaar is, kies dan [ YES ] in het volgende menu om de netwerkkaart automatisch te configureren. De installer lijkt een moment te pauzeren wanneer de router opgezocht wordt en de adres gegeven voor het systeem worden opgevraagd." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4868 msgid "Choose IPv6 SLAAC Configuration" msgstr "Het kiezen van IPv6 SLAAC configuratie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4872 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4877 msgid "If an IPv6 router is not available, select [ No ] and input the following addressing information in this menu:" msgstr "Als er geen IPv6 router beschikbaar is, selecteer [ NO ] en vul de volgende adres gegevens in in het menu:" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4882 msgid "IPv6 Static Configuration" msgstr "IPv6 Statische configuratie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4886 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:4893 msgid "IPv6 Address - The IPv6 address assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by another piece of equipment on the local network." msgstr "IPv6 Address - Het IPv6 adres toegewezen aan deze computer. Het adres moet uniek zijn en niet reeds in gebruik door andere apparatuur op het lokale netwerk." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:4900 msgid "Default Router - The IPv6 address of the network's default gateway." msgstr "Default Router - Het IPv6 adres van de standaardgateway op het lokale netwerk." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4906 msgid "The last network configuration menu is used to configure the Domain Name System (DNS) resolver, which converts hostnames to and from network addresses. If DHCP or SLAAC was used to autoconfigure the network interface, the Resolver Configuration values may already be filled in. Otherwise, enter the local network's domain name in the Search field. DNS #1 and DNS #2 are the IPv4 and/or IPv6 addresses of the DNS servers. At least one DNS server is required." msgstr "Het laatste netwerk configuratie menu wordt gebruik om de Domain Name System (DNS) resolver te configureren, welke hostnamen van en naar netwerk adressen zal vertalen. Als DHCP of SLAAC was gebruikt om de netwerkkaart automatisch te configureren, kan het zijn dat de Resolver Configuration waarden reeds ingevuld zijn. In het andere geval vul de naam in van het lokale netwerk domein in het Search veld. DNS #1 en DNS #2 zijn de IPv4 en/of IPv6 adressen van de DNS servers. Er is minstens één DNS server benodigd." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4920 msgid "DNS Configuration" msgstr "DNS-configuratie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4924 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:4931 msgid "Setting the Time Zone" msgstr "Instellen van de tijdzone" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4933 msgid "The next menu asks if the system clock uses UTC or local time. When in doubt, select [ No ] to choose the more commonly-used local time." msgstr "Het volgende menu zal vragen of de systeem klok gebruik maatk van UTC of lokale tijd. Wanneer er getwijfeld wordt, selecteer [ NO ] om de meer gebruikte lokale tijd te kiezen." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4939 msgid "Select Local or UTC Clock" msgstr "Selecteer lokale of UTC klok" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4943 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-set-clock-local-utc' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-set-clock-local-utc' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4948 msgid "The next series of menus are used to determine the correct local time by selecting the geographic region, country, and time zone. Setting the time zone allows the system to automatically correct for regional time changes, such as daylight savings time, and perform other time zone related functions properly." msgstr "De volgende serie menu's worden gebruikt om de correcte lokale tijd te bepalen door de geografische regio, land en tijdzone te selecteren. Het instellen van de tijd zone stelt het systeem in staat om automatisch regionele tijdsveranderingen door te voeren, zoals zomertijd en het juist doorvoeren van andere tijd gerelateerde functies." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4955 msgid "The example shown here is for a machine located in the Eastern time zone of the United States. The selections will vary according to the geographical location." msgstr "Het getoonde voorbeeld is voor een machine welke zich in de Oosterse tijdzone van de Verenigde Staten bevind. De keuzes zullen anders zijn naam gelang de geografische locatie." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4960 msgid "Select a Region" msgstr "Selecteer een regio" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4964 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-region' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-region' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4969 msgid "The appropriate region is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing Enter." msgstr "De juiste regio wordt geselecteerd met behulp van de pijl toetsen en het drukken op Enter." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4973 msgid "Select a Country" msgstr "Selecteer een land" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4977 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-country' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-country' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4982 msgid "Select the appropriate country using the arrow keys and press Enter." msgstr "Selecteer het juiste land met behulp van de pijltoetsen en druk op Enter." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4986 msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "Selecteer een tijdzone" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:4990 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-zone' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-zone' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:4995 msgid "The appropriate time zone is selected using the arrow keys and pressing Enter." msgstr "De juiste tijdzone is geselecteerd met behulp van de pijltoetsen en druk op Enter." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:4999 msgid "Confirm Time Zone" msgstr "Bevestigen van de tijdzone" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5003 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-confirm' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-confirm' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5008 msgid "Confirm the abbreviation for the time zone is correct. If it is, press Enter to continue with the post-installation configuration." msgstr "Bevestig dat de afkorting van de tijdzone juist is. Als dat zo is, druk op Enter om door te gaan met de configuratie na de installatie." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:5014 msgid "Enabling Services" msgstr "Services activeren" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5016 msgid "The next menu is used to configure which system services will be started whenever the system boots. All of these services are optional. Only start the services that are needed for the system to function." msgstr "Het volgende menu wordt gebruikt om te bepalen welke systeem diensten worden gestart tijdens het opstarten van het systeem. Al deze diensten zijn optioneel. Start alleen de diensten die nodig zijn voor het systeem om te functioneren." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:5022 msgid "Selecting Additional Services to Enable" msgstr "Het selecteren van additionele diensten die ingeschakeld moeten worden" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5026 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-services' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-services' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5031 msgid "Here is a summary of the services which can be enabled in this menu:" msgstr "Hier volgt een samenvatting van de diensten die ingeschakeld kunnen worden in dit menu:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5036 msgid "sshd - The Secure Shell (SSH) daemon is used to remotely access a system over an encrypted connection. Only enable this service if the system should be available for remote logins." msgstr "sshd - De Secure Shell (SSH) daemon wordt gebruikt om een systeem op afstand te benaderen over een beveiligde verbinding. Schakel deze dienst alleen in als het systeem beschikbaar moet zijn voor inloggen op afstand." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5044 msgid "moused - Enable this service if the mouse will be used from the command-line system console." msgstr "moused - Schakel deze dienst in als een muis gebruikt wordt op de command-regel systeem console." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5050 msgid "ntpd - The Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon for automatic clock synchronization. Enable this service if there is a Windows, Kerberos, or LDAP server on the network." msgstr "ntpd - De Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon voor automatische klok synchronisatie. Schakel deze dienst in als er een Windows, Kerberos of LDAP server op het netwerk is." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5058 msgid "powerd - System power control utility for power control and energy saving." msgstr "powerd - Een systeem power gereedschap voor power controle en energiebesparing." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:5065 book.translate.xml:5073 msgid "Enabling Crash Dumps" msgstr "Het inschakelen van crash dumps" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5067 msgid "The next menu is used to configure whether or not crash dumps should be enabled. Enabling crash dumps can be useful in debugging issues with the system, so users are encouraged to enable crash dumps." msgstr "Het volgende menu wordt gebruikt om te configureren of er wel of geen crashdumps ingeschakeld moeten worden. Het inschakelen van crashdumps kan handig zijn in probleem oplossing voor het systeem, dus gebruikers worden aangeraden om crashdumps in te schakelen." #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5077 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-crashdump' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-crashdump' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:5084 msgid "Add Users" msgstr "Gebruikers toevoegen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5086 msgid "The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is recommended to login to the system using a user account rather than as root. When logged in as root, there are essentially no limits or protection on what can be done. Logging in as a normal user is safer and more secure." msgstr "Het volgende menu vraagt om minstens één gebruikers account aan te maken. Het is aangeraden om op het systeem in te loggen met een gebruikersaccount in plaats van als root. Wanneer er ingelogged als als root, zijn er vrijwel geen limitaties of beveiliging met wat er gedaan kan worden. Inloggen als een normale gebruiker is veiliger en zekerder." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5093 msgid "Select [ Yes ] to add new users." msgstr "Selecteer [Ja] om nieuwe gebruikers toe te voegen." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:5097 msgid "Add User Accounts" msgstr "Gebruikersaccounts toevoegen" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5101 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5106 msgid "Follow the prompts and input the requested information for the user account. The example shown in creates the asample user account." msgstr "Volg de aanwijzigingen en geef de gevraagde informatie voor het gebruikers account. Het voorbeeld getoond in maakt het asample gebruikers account aan." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:5110 msgid "Enter User Information" msgstr "Gebruikersinformatie invoeren" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5114 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser2' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser2' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5119 msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:" msgstr "Hier is een samenvatting van de informatie in te voeren:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5123 msgid "Username - The name the user will enter to log in. A common convention is to use the first letter of the first name combined with the last name, as long as each username is unique for the system. The username is case sensitive and should not contain any spaces." msgstr "Username - De naam die de gebruiker nodig heeft om in te loggen. Een veel voorkomende conventie is om de eerste letter van de voornaam te gebruiken in combinatie met de achternaam, zolang elke gebruiker uniek is voor het systeem. De gebruikersnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig en mag geen spaties bevatten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5132 msgid "Full name - The user's full name. This can contain spaces and is used as a description for the user account." msgstr "Full name - De volledige naam van de gebruiker. Dit kan spaties bevatten en wordt gebruikt als een beschrijving voor de gebruikersaccount." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5138 msgid "Uid - User ID. Typically, this is left blank so the system will assign a value." msgstr "Uid - User ID. Meestal is het vak leeg gelaten zodat het systeem een waarde zal toewijzen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5144 msgid "Login group - The user's group. Typically this is left blank to accept the default." msgstr "Login group - Groep van de gebruiker. Meestal is dit is leeg om de standaard instelling te accepteren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5149 msgid "Invite user into other groups? - Additional groups to which the user will be added as a member. If the user needs administrative access, type wheel here." msgstr "Invite user into other groups? -Extra groepen waaraan de gebruiker zal worden toegevoegd als lid. Als de gebruiker beheerdersrechten nodig heeft, is wheel nodig." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5157 msgid "Login class - Typically left blank for the default." msgstr "Login class - meestal leeg voor de standaardwaarde." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5162 msgid "Shell - Type in one of the listed values to set the interactive shell for the user. Refer to for more information about shells." msgstr "Shell - Type in een van de vermelde waarden om de interactieve shell in te stellen voor de gebruiker. Bekijk voor meer informatie over shells." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5169 msgid "Home directory - The user's home directory. The default is usually correct." msgstr "Home directory - Basismap van de gebruiker. De standaardwaarde is meestal de juiste." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5174 msgid "Home directory permissions - Permissions on the user's home directory. The default is usually correct." msgstr "Home directory permissions - Machtigingen voor de basismap van de gebruiker. De standaardwaarde is meestal de juiste." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5180 msgid "Use password-based authentication? - Typically yes so that the user is prompted to input their password at login." msgstr "Use password-based authentication? - Meestal yes zodat de gebruiker wordt gevraagd om hun wachtwoord bij het inloggen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5186 msgid "Use an empty password? - Typically no as it is insecure to have a blank password." msgstr "Use an empty password? - Meestal no aangezien het onveilig is om een leeg wachtwoord te hebben." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5192 msgid "Use a random password? - Typically no so that the user can set their own password in the next prompt." msgstr "Use a random password? - Meestal no zodat de gebruiker een eigen wachtwoord bij de volgende prompt kan instellen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5198 msgid "Enter password - The password for this user. Characters typed will not show on the screen." msgstr "Enter password - Het wachtwoord voor deze gebruiker. Getypte tekens worden niet weergegeven op het scherm." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5204 msgid "Enter password again - The password must be typed again for verification." msgstr "Enter password again - Het wachtwoord moet opnieuw worden ingevoerd ter verificatie." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5209 msgid "Lock out the account after creation? - Typically no so that the user can login." msgstr "Lock out the account after creation? - Meestal no zodat de gebruiker kan inloggen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5215 msgid "After entering everything, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake was made, enter no and try again. If everything is correct, enter yes to create the new user." msgstr "Na het invoeren van alles, wordt een samenvatting weergegeven voor controle. Als een fout is gemaakt, geef no en probeer het opnieuw. Als alles correct is, geef op yes om de nieuwe gebruiker te maken." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:5221 msgid "Exit User and Group Management" msgstr "Uit gebruiker en groeps beheer gaan" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5225 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser3' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser3' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5230 msgid "If there are more users to add, answer the Add another user? question with yes. Enter no to finish adding users and continue the installation." msgstr "Als er meer gebruikers zijn om toe te voegen, beantwoord de Add another user? vraag met yes. Voer no in als u klaar bent met het toevoegen van gebruikers en om de installatie te vervolgen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5235 msgid "For more information on adding users and user management, see ." msgstr "Voor meer informatie over het toevoegen van gebruikers en het beheren van gebruikers, zie ." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:5240 book.translate.xml:5246 msgid "Final Configuration" msgstr "Definitieve configuratie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5242 msgid "After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is provided to modify settings." msgstr "Nadat alles is geïnstalleerd en geconfigureerd, wordt er een laatste kans gegeven om instellingen aan te passen." #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5250 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-finalconfiguration' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-finalconfiguration' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5255 msgid "Use this menu to make any changes or do any additional configuration before completing the installation." msgstr "Gebruik dit menu om wijzigingen te maken of om extra configuratie te doen voordat de installatie wordt voltooid." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5260 msgid "Add User - Described in ." msgstr "Add User - Beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5264 msgid "Root Password - Described in ." msgstr "Root Password - Beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5268 msgid "Hostname - Described in ." msgstr "Hostname - Beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5272 msgid "Network - Described in ." msgstr "Network - Beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5276 msgid "Services - Described in ." msgstr "Services - Beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5280 msgid "Time Zone - Described in ." msgstr "Time Zone - Beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5284 msgid "Handbook - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "Handbook - Download en installeer het FreeBSD handboek." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5289 msgid "After any final configuration is complete, select Exit." msgstr "Nadat de definitieve configuratie is voltooid, selecteer Exit." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:5293 book.translate.xml:11492 msgid "Manual Configuration" msgstr "Handmatig configuratie" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5297 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-modification-shell' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-modification-shell' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5302 msgid "bsdinstall will prompt if there are any additional configuration that needs to be done before rebooting into the new system. Select [ Yes ] to exit to a shell within the new system or [ No ] to proceed to the last step of the installation." msgstr "bsdinstall zal vragen als er additionele configuratie gedaan moet worden voordat het nieuwe systeem opgestart kan worden. Selecteer [ YES ] om naar een shell te gaan in het nieuwe systeem of [ No ] om door te gaan naar de laatste stap van de installatie." #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:5311 msgid "Complete the Installation" msgstr "De installatie voltooien" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:5315 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-mainexit' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-mainexit' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5320 msgid "If further configuration or special setup is needed, select [ Live CD ] to boot the install media into Live CD mode." msgstr "Als er meer configuratie of een speciale setup nodig is, selecteer [ Live CD ] om op te starten met de installatie media in Live CD mode." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5325 msgid "If the installation is complete, select [ Reboot ] to reboot the computer and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to remove the FreeBSD install media or the computer may boot from it again." msgstr "Als de installatie compleet is, selecteer [ Reboot ] om de computer te herstarten en het nieuwe FreeBSD systeem op te starten. Vergeet niet om eventuele FreeBSD installatie media te verwijderen omdat anders de computer wellicht wederom hiervanaf opstart." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5331 msgid "As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the login: prompt, enter the username added during the installation. Avoid logging in as root. Refer to for instructions on how to become the superuser when administrative access is needed." msgstr "Met het opstarten van FreeBSD worden er informatieve berichten getoond. Nadat het systeem klaar is met opstarten wordt er een inlog prompt getoond. Op de login: prompt wordt de gebruikersnaam ingevoerd welke is toegevoegd tijdens de installatie. Voorkom het inloggen als root. Bekijk voor instructies over hoe men superuser kan worden wanneer administratieve toegang is vereist." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5340 msgid "The messages that appeared during boot can be reviewed by pressing Scroll-Lock to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The PgUp, PgDn, and arrow keys can be used to scroll back through the messages. When finished, press Scroll-Lock again to unlock the display and return to the console. To review these messages once the system has been up for some time, type less /var/run/dmesg.boot from a command prompt. Press q to return to the command line after viewing." msgstr "De berichten die langskomen tijdens het opstarten kunnen bekeken worden door Scroll-Lock in te drukken om de scroll-back buffer in te schakelen. De PgUp, PgDn en pijl toetsen kunnen gebruikt worden om door de berichten heen te scrollen. Indien gereed druk wederom op Scroll-Lock om het scherm weer vrij te geven en om terug te keren naar de console. Om deze berichten nogmaals te bekijken als het systeem enige tijd geleden opgestart is, type less /var/run/dmesg.boot vanaf een commando prompt. Door op q te drukken komt men terug op de commando regel." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5352 msgid "If sshd was enabled in , the first boot may be a bit slower as the system will generate the RSA and DSA keys. Subsequent boots will be faster. The fingerprints of the keys will be displayed, as seen in this example:" msgstr "Indien sshd ingeschakeld is in , zal de eerste keer opstarten wellicht een stukje langzamer zijn omdat het systeem RSA en DSA keys aanmaakt. Volgende keren opstarten zullen sneller vergaan. De vingerafdrukken van de keys zullen worden getoond zoals in dit voorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:5358 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n" "Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.\n" "Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub.\n" "The key fingerprint is:\n" "10:a0:f5:af:93:ae:a3:1a:b2:bb:3c:35:d9:5a:b3:f3 root@machine3.example.com\n" "The key's randomart image is:\n" "+--[RSA1 1024]----+\n" "| o.. |\n" "| o . . |\n" "| . o |\n" "| o |\n" "| o S |\n" "| + + o |\n" "|o . + * |\n" "|o+ ..+ . |\n" "|==o..o+E |\n" "+-----------------+\n" "Generating public/private dsa key pair.\n" "Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.\n" "Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub.\n" "The key fingerprint is:\n" "7e:1c:ce:dc:8a:3a:18:13:5b:34:b5:cf:d9:d1:47:b2 root@machine3.example.com\n" "The key's randomart image is:\n" "+--[ DSA 1024]----+\n" "| .. . .|\n" "| o . . + |\n" "| . .. . E .|\n" "| . . o o . . |\n" "| + S = . |\n" "| + . = o |\n" "| + . * . |\n" "| . . o . |\n" "| .o. . |\n" "+-----------------+\n" "Starting sshd." msgstr "" "Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n" "Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.\n" "Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub.\n" "The key fingerprint is:\n" "10:a0:f5:af:93:ae:a3:1a:b2:bb:3c:35:d9:5a:b3:f3 root@machine3.example.com\n" "The key's randomart image is:\n" "+--[RSA1 1024]----+\n" "| o.. |\n" "| o . . |\n" "| . o |\n" "| o |\n" "| o S |\n" "| + + o |\n" "|o . + * |\n" "|o+ ..+ . |\n" "|==o..o+E |\n" "+-----------------+\n" "Generating public/private dsa key pair.\n" "Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.\n" "Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub.\n" "The key fingerprint is:\n" "7e:1c:ce:dc:8a:3a:18:13:5b:34:b5:cf:d9:d1:47:b2 root@machine3.example.com\n" "The key's randomart image is:\n" "+--[ DSA 1024]----+\n" "| .. . .|\n" "| o . . + |\n" "| . .. . E .|\n" "| . . o o . . |\n" "| + S = . |\n" "| + . = o |\n" "| + . * . |\n" "| . . o . |\n" "| .o. . |\n" "+-----------------+\n" "Starting sshd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5394 msgid "Refer to for more information about fingerprints and SSH." msgstr "Bekijk voor meer informatie over vingerafdrukken en SSH." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5397 msgid "FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to for more information about installing and configuring a graphical window manager." msgstr "FreeBSD installeert standaard geen grafische omgeving. Bekijk voor meer informatie over het installeren en configureren van een grafische windowmanager." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5401 msgid "Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from damage. Do not turn off the power before the system has been properly shut down! If the user is a member of the wheel group, become the superuser by typing su at the command line and entering the root password. Then, type shutdown -p now and the system will shut down cleanly, and if the hardware supports it, turn itself off." msgstr "Een correcte afsluiting van een FreeBSD computer helpt om data en hardware te beschermen tegen schade. Schakel de stroom niet af voordat het systeem netjes afgesloten is!. Als een gebruiker lid is van de wheel groep, kan die supergebruiker worden door het typen van su op de commando regel, en vervolgens het wachtwoord van root in te vullen. Druk daarna op shutdown -p now en het systeem zal netjes afsluiten en als de hardware dit ondersteund zichzelf uitschakelen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:5414 book.translate.xml:12444 book.translate.xml:15207 #: book.translate.xml:20382 book.translate.xml:35665 book.translate.xml:36435 #: book.translate.xml:48075 book.translate.xml:51321 book.translate.xml:62418 #: book.translate.xml:64073 book.translate.xml:64796 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Probleemoplossing" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5416 msgid "installation troubleshooting" msgstr "installation troubleshooting" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5420 msgid "This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common problems people have reported." msgstr "Deze sectie behandelt de basis installatie problemen, zoals gemeenschappelijke problemen die mensen hebben gemeld." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5424 msgid "Check the Hardware Notes (http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html) document for the version of FreeBSD to make sure the hardware is supported. If the hardware is supported and lock-ups or other problems occur, build a custom kernel using the instructions in to add support for devices which are not present in the GENERIC kernel. The default kernel assumes that most hardware devices are in their factory default configuration in terms of IRQs, I/O addresses, and DMA channels. If the hardware has been reconfigured, a custom kernel configuration file can tell FreeBSD where to find things." msgstr "Controleer het hardware notities (http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html) document voor de versie van FreeBSD om zeker te zijn dat de hardware ondersteund wordt. Als de hardware wordt ondersteund en het systeem hangt of er onstaan andere problemen, bouw een alternatieve kernel door gebruik te maken van de instructies in om ondersteuning toe te voegen voor apparaten die niet beschikbaar zijn in de GENERIC kernel. De standaard kernel gaat er vanuit dat de meeste hardware apparaten in de standaard fabrieksinstellingen staan in termen van IRQs, I/O adressen en DMA kanalen. Als de hardware opnieuw geconfigureerd is kan een alternatief kernel bestand FreeBSD aangeven waar deze apparaten te vinden zijn." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:5438 msgid "Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. Motherboard firmware is usually referred to as the BIOS. Most motherboard and computer manufacturers have a website for upgrades and upgrade information." msgstr "Sommige installatieproblemen kunnen worden vermeden of verminderd door het updaten van de firmware op de diverse hardwareonderdelen, met name het moederbord. De firmware van het moederbord wordt meestal BIOS genoemd. De meeste moederbord en computer fabrikanten hebben een website voor upgrades en upgrade informatie." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:5445 msgid "Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard BIOS unless there is a good reason for doing so, like a critical update. The upgrade process can go wrong, leaving the BIOS incomplete and the computer inoperative." msgstr "Fabrikanten adviseren meestal tegen het moederbord BIOS upgrade, tenzij er een goede reden om te doen, zoals een essentiële update. Het upgradeproces kan misgaan waardoor de BIOS incompleet raakt en de computer niet meer functioneert." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5453 msgid "If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot, or it behaves strangely during install, ACPI may be the culprit. FreeBSD makes extensive use of the system ACPI service on the i386, amd64, and ia64 platforms to aid in system configuration if it is detected during boot. Unfortunately, some bugs still exist in both the ACPI driver and within system motherboards and BIOS firmware. ACPI can be disabled by setting the hint.acpi.0.disabled hint in the third stage boot loader:" msgstr "Als het systeem hangt terwijl de hardware wordt onderzocht tijdens het opstarten, of het gedraagd zich vreemd tijdens de installatie kan het zijn dat ACPI de veroorzaker is. FreeBSD maakt uitgebreid gebruik van de systeem ACPI dienst op de i386, amd64 en ia64 platformen ter ondersteuning van systeem configuratie als deze gedetecteerd wordt tijdens het opstarten. Helaas zijn er nog enkele bugs te vinden in de ACPI driver en in systeem moederborden en de BIOS firmware. ACPI kan uitgeschakeld worden door de hint hint.acpi.0.disabled in te stellen in de derde fase van de boot loader:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:5465 #, no-wrap msgid "set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"" msgstr "set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5467 msgid "This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\" to the file /boot/loader.conf. More information about the boot loader can be found in ." msgstr "Deze instelling wordt elke keer gereset als het systeem wordt opgestart. Het is daarom nodig om hint.acpi.0.disabled=“1” toe te voegen aan het bestand /boot/loader.conf. Meer informatie over de boot loader kan gevonden worden in ." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:5474 msgid "Using the Live CD" msgstr "Gebruik maken van de Live-CD" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5476 msgid "The welcome menu of bsdinstall, shown in , provides a [ Live CD ] option. This is useful for those who are still wondering whether FreeBSD is the right operating system for them and want to test some of the features before installing." msgstr "Het welkomst menu van bsdinstall zoals getoond in , heeft de [ Live CD ] optie. Dit is nuttig voor gebruikers die zich nog afvragen of FreeBSD het juiste besturingssysteem voor hen is en enkele funcites willen testen voordat er geïnstalleerd wordt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5483 msgid "The following points should be noted before using the [ Live CD ]:" msgstr "De volgende punten moeten worden genoteerd voordat de [ Live CD ] gebruikt wordt:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5488 msgid "To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is root and the password is blank." msgstr "Om toegang te krijgen tot het systeem is authenticatie vereist. De gebruikersnaam is root en het wachtwoord is leeg." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5494 msgid "As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk." msgstr "Aangezien het systeem direct van het installatiemedium loopt, is de prestatie aanzienlijk langzamer dan die van een systeem dat op een harde schijf is geïnstalleerd." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5500 msgid "This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface." msgstr "Deze optie levert alleen een commando prompt en geen grafische interface." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:5525 msgid "FreeBSD Basics" msgstr "FreeBSD basis" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5530 msgid "This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any UNIX-like operating system. New FreeBSD users are encouraged to read through this chapter carefully." msgstr "Dit hoofdstuk behandelt de basis commando’s en functionaliteit van het FreeBSD besturingssysteem. Veel van dit materiaal is relevant voor elk UNIX-achtig besturingssysteem. Nieuwe FreeBSD gebruikers wordt aangeraden om dit hoofdstuk zorgvuldig door te nemen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5539 msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles." msgstr "Hoe virtuele consoles gebruikt en geconfigureerd kunnen worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5543 msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD." msgstr "Hoe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt en beheerd kunnen worden op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5548 msgid "How UNIX file permissions and FreeBSD file flags work." msgstr "Hoe UNIX bestandspermissies werken en hoe bestandsvlaggen in FreeBSD werken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5553 msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout." msgstr "Hoe het standaard FreeBSD bestandssysteem eruit ziet." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5557 msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization." msgstr "Hoe de FreeBSD harde schijf is ingedeeld." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5561 msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems." msgstr "Hoe bestandssystemen gekoppeld en ontkoppeld kunnen worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5565 msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are." msgstr "Wat processen, daemons en signalen zijn." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5569 msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment." msgstr "Wat een shell is en hoe de standaard inlog omgeving kan worden veranderd." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5574 msgid "How to use basic text editors." msgstr "Hoe elementaire tekstverwerkers gebruikt kunnen worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5578 msgid "What devices and device nodes are." msgstr "Wat apparaten en apparaat nodes zijn." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5582 msgid "How to read manual pages for more information." msgstr "Hoe handleidingen gelezen kunnen worden voor meer informatie." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:5588 msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals" msgstr "Virtuele consoles en terminals" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5590 msgid "virtual consoles" msgstr "virtual consoles" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5593 book.translate.xml:47357 msgid "terminals" msgstr "terminals" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5596 book.translate.xml:23364 msgid "console" msgstr "console" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5600 msgid "Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login prompt, as seen in this example:" msgstr "Als FreeBSD niet is ingesteld om automatisch een grafische omgeving te starten tijdens het opstarten, zal het systeem opstarten met een commando regel prompt, zoals te zien in onderstaand voorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:5605 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n" "\n" "login:" msgstr "" "FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n" "\n" "login:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5609 msgid "The first line contains some information about the system. The amd64 indicates that the system in this example is running a 64-bit version of FreeBSD. The hostname is pc3.example.org, and ttyv0 indicates that this is the system console. The second line is the login prompt." msgstr "De eerste regel bevat enige informatie over het systeem. De amd64 geeft aan dat het systeem in dit voorbeeld een 64-bit versie van FreeBSD draait. De hostnaam is pc3.example.org, en ttyv0 geeft aan dat dit de systeem console is. De tweede regel is de login prompt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5617 msgid "Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to log into the system before gaining access to the programs on the system. Every user has a unique name username and a personal password." msgstr "Omdat FreeBSD een multiuser systeem is, moet het onderscheid kunnen maken tussen verschillende gebruikers. Dit wordt bereikt door te eisen dat elke gebruiker zich op het systeem aanmeld voordat er toegang verkregen wordt tot de programma’s op het systeem. Elke gebruiker heeft een unieke naam username en een persoonlijk password." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5624 msgid "To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during system installation, as described in , and press Enter. Then enter the password associated with the username and press Enter. The password is not echoed for security reasons." msgstr "Om in te loggen op de systeem console, moet de gebruikersnaam worden ingevoerd die is geconfigureerd tijdens de systeem installatie zoals beschreven in en vervolgens moet er op Enter worden gedrukt. Hierna moet het wachtwoord welke gekoppeld is aan de gebruiker worden ingevoerd en wederom op Enter worden gedrukt. Het wachtwoord wordt niet getoond vanwege beveiligingsredenen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5632 msgid "Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (MOTD) will be displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the shell that was selected when the user was created, this prompt will be a #, $, or % character. The prompt indicates that the user is now logged into the FreeBSD system console and ready to try the available commands." msgstr "Zodra het juiste wachtwoord is ingevuld, wordt het bericht van de dag (MOTD) getoond gevolgd door een commando prompt. Afhankelijk van de shell die gekozen is tijdens het aanmaken van de gebruiker, zal deze prompt een #, $, of % karakter zijn. De prompt geeft aan dat de gebruiker is aangemeld op de FreeBSD systeem console en gereed is om de beschikbare commando’s uit te proberen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:5642 msgid "Virtual Consoles" msgstr "Virtuele consoles" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5644 msgid "While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will typically instead log into a virtual console. This is because system messages are configured by default to display on the system console. These messages will appear over the command or file that the user is working on, making it difficult to concentrate on the work at hand." msgstr "Terwijl de systeem console gebruikt kan worden om met het systeem te kunnen communiceren, zal een gebruiker die vanuit de commando regel op het toetsenbord van een FreeBSD systeem werkt, meestal inloggen op een virtuele console. Dit komt doordat systeem berichten standaard worden ingesteld om getoond te worden op de systeem console. Deze berichten worden getoond over het commando of bestand waar de gebruiker aan werkt, waardoor het lastig is om te concentreren op het werk." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5653 msgid "By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell and it is easy to switch between virtual consoles. This essentially provides the command line equivalent of having several windows open at the same time in a graphical environment." msgstr "Standaard wordt FreeBSD geconfigureerd om meerdere virtuele consoles te leveren voor het ingeven van commando’s. Elke virtuele console heeft zijn eigen login prompt en shell, en is het makkelijk wisselen tussen virtuele consoles. Dit geeft in wezen hetzelfde op de commando regel als het open hebben van meerdere vensters tegelijkertijd in een grafische omgeving." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5660 msgid "The key combinations AltF1 through AltF8 have been reserved by FreeBSD for switching between virtual consoles. Use AltF1 to switch to the system console (ttyv0), AltF2 to access the first virtual console (ttyv1), AltF3 to access the second virtual console (ttyv2), and so on." msgstr "De toetscombinaties AltF1 tot AltF8 zijn gereserveerd door FreeBSD voor het wisselen tussen virtuele consoles. Gebruik AltF1 om te wisselen naar de systeem console (ttyv0), AltF2 om de eerste virtuele console (ttyv1) te bereiken, AltF3 om de tweede virtuele console (ttyv2) te bereiken, etcetera." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5676 msgid "When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and keyboards that can be used to type commands for FreeBSD to run. The programs that are launched in one virtual console do not stop running when the user switches to a different virtual console." msgstr "Wanneer er er tussen de consoles gewisseld wordt zal FreeBSD de scherm uitvoer beheren. Het resultaat is een illusie van het hebben van meerdere virtuele schermen en toetsenborden die kunnen worden gebruikt om commando’s in te voeren om FreeBSD te laten draaien. De programma’s die worden gestart in de ene virtuele console stoppen niet met draaien als de gebruiker naar een andere virtuele console wisselt." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5683 msgid "Refer to kbdcontrol1, vidcontrol1, atkbd4, syscons4, and vt4 for a more technical description of the FreeBSD console and its keyboard drivers." msgstr "Bekijk citerefentry>kbdcontrol1, vidcontrol1, atkbd4, syscons4, en vt4 voor meer technische beschrijvingen van de FreeBSD console en zijn toetsenbord drivers." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5688 msgid "In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this section of /etc/ttys:" msgstr "In FreeBSD wordt het aantal beschikbare virtuele consoles geconfigureerd in deze sectie van /etc/ttys:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:5692 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" "#\n" "ttyv0 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "# Virtual terminals\n" "ttyv1 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv2 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv3 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv4 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv5 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv6 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv7 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv8 \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\" xterm off secure" msgstr "" "# name getty type status comments\n" "#\n" "ttyv0 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "# Virtual terminals\n" "ttyv1 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv2 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv3 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv4 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv5 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv6 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv7 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm on secure\n" "ttyv8 \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\" xterm off secure" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5706 msgid "To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (#) at the beginning of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to reduce the number of available virtual consoles from eight to four, put a # in front of the last four lines representing virtual consoles ttyv5 through ttyv8. Do not comment out the line for the system console ttyv0. Note that the last virtual console (ttyv8) is used to access the graphical environment if Xorg has been installed and configured as described in ." msgstr "Om een virtuele consoel uit te schakelen moet er een commentaar symbool (#) aan het begin van de regel gezet worden welke de virtuele console voorstelt. Om bijvoorbeeld de hoeveelheid beschikbare virtuele consoles van acht naar vier te veranderen, moet er een # teken geplaatst worden bij de laatste vier regels die virtuele consoles aangeven ttyv5 tot en met ttyv8. Zet niet de regel voor de systeem console uit ttyv0. Merk op dat de laatste virtuele console (ttyv8) wordt gebruikt om de grafische omgeving te benaderen als Xorg is geïnstalleerd en geconfigureerd zoals beschreven in." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5720 msgid "For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available options for the virtual consoles, refer to ttys5." msgstr "Voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving van elke kolom in dit bestand en de beschikbare opties voor virtuele consoles, bekijk ttys5." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:5726 msgid "Single User Mode" msgstr "Single User Mode" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5728 msgid "The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as Boot Single User. If this option is selected, the system will boot into a special mode known as single user mode. This mode is typically used to repair a system that will not boot or to reset the root password when it is not known. While in single user mode, networking and other virtual consoles are not available. However, full root access to the system is available, and by default, the root password is not needed. For these reasons, physical access to the keyboard is needed to boot into this mode and determining who has physical access to the keyboard is something to consider when securing a FreeBSD system." msgstr "Het FreeBSD opstart menu levert een optie gelabeld als Boot Single User. Als deze optie is geselecteerd zal het systeem opstarten in een speciale modus bekend als single user mode. Deze modus wordt typisch gebruikt om een systeem te herstellen die niet op wilt starten of om het root wachtwoord te resetten wanneer deze is kwijtgeraakt. Zolang er in single user mode gedraaid wordt, is het netwerk en zijn andere virtuele consoles niet beschikbaar. Er is echter volledige root toegang tot het systeem beschikbaar, en standaard is het root wachtwoord niet vereist. Om deze redenen is fysieke toegang tot het toetsenbord nodig om in deze modus te kunnen starten. Het bepalen van wie fysieke toegang heeft tot het toetsenbord is iets om te overwegen wanneer een FreeBSD systeem beveiligd wordt." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5744 msgid "The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of /etc/ttys:" msgstr "De instellingen die de single user modus bedienen kunnen worden gevonden in deze sectie van /etc/ttys:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:5747 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" "#\n" "# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n" "# when going to single-user mode.\n" "console none unknown off secure" msgstr "" "# name getty type status comments\n" "#\n" "# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n" "# when going to single-user mode.\n" "console none unknown off secure" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5753 msgid "By default, the status is set to secure. This assumes that who has physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it is controlled by a physical security policy. If this setting is changed to insecure, the assumption is that the environment itself is insecure because anyone can access the keyboard. When this line is changed to insecure, FreeBSD will prompt for the root password when a user selects to boot into single user mode." msgstr "Standaard is de status ingesteld op secure. Dit gaat er vanuit dat iemand die fysieke toegang heeft tot het toetsenbord is ofwel niet belangrijk ofwel wordt deze beveiligd door een fysiek beveiligingsbeleid. Als deze instelling wordt veranderd naar insecure, is de aanname dat de omgeving zelf onveilig is omdat iedereen het toetsenbord kan benaderen. Wanneer deze regel wordt aangepast naar insecure zal FreeBSD vragen om het root wachtwoord, wanneer de gebruiker de keuze maakt om op te starten in single user modus." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:5765 msgid "Be careful when changing this setting to insecure! If the root password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but may be difficult for someone who is not familiar with the FreeBSD booting process." msgstr "Weer voorzichtig wanneer deze instelling wordt gewijzigd naar insecure! Als het root wachtwoord is vergeten, is het opstarten in single user modus nog steeds mogelijk maar kan moeilijk zijn voor iemand die niet vertrouwd is met het FreeBSD opstart proces." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:5775 msgid "Changing Console Video Modes" msgstr "Het wijzigen van de console video mode" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5777 msgid "The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, 1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To use a different video mode load the VESA module:" msgstr "De FreeBSD standaard video mode kan worden gewijzigd in 1024x768, 1280x1024, of een van de vele andere formaten die ondersteund worden door de grafische kaart en monitor. Om een andere video mode te gebruiken, laad de VESA module:modes:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:5782 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vesa" msgstr "# kldload vesa" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5784 msgid "To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use vidcontrol1. To get a list of supported video modes issue the following:" msgstr "Om te bepalen welke video modes ondersteund worden door de hardware kan gebruik gemaakt worden van vidcontrol1. Om een lijst van ondersteunde video modes te krijgen moet het volgende ingevoerd worden:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:5788 #, no-wrap msgid "# vidcontrol -i mode" msgstr "# vidcontrol -i mode" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5790 msgid "The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using vidcontrol1 as the root user:" msgstr "Het resultaat van dit commando is een lijst van video modes welke ondersteund worden door de hardware. Om een nieuwe video mode te selecteren moet deze gespecificeerd worden door gebruik van vidcontrol1 als root:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:5795 #, no-wrap msgid "# vidcontrol MODE_279" msgstr "# vidcontrol MODE_279" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5797 msgid "If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by adding it to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "Als de nieuwe video modus acceptabel is kan deze permanent ingesteld worden tijdens het opstarten door het aan /etc/rc.conf toe te voegen:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:5801 #, no-wrap msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\"" msgstr "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:5818 msgid "Users and Basic Account Management" msgstr "Gebruikers en basis accountbeheer" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5820 msgid "FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one time, any number of users can log in to the system through the network. To use the system, each user should have their own user account." msgstr "FreeBSD staat het toe dat meerdere gebruikers de computer tegelijkertijd gebruiken. Terwijl er slechts één gebruiker achter het scherm kan zitten en het toetsenbord kan gebruiken, kunnen er meerdere gebruikers op het systeem aanloggen via het netwerk. Om het systeem te kunnen gebruiken moet elke gebruiker zijn eigen gebruikersaccount hebben." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:5826 msgid "This chapter describes:" msgstr "Dit hoofdstuk beschrijft:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5830 msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "De verschillende type gebruiker accounts op een FreeBSD systeem." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5835 msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts." msgstr "Hoe gebruiker accounts toe te voegen, verwijderen en aan te passen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5839 msgid "How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed to access." msgstr "Hoe limieten in te stellen om de bronnen te reguleren die gebruikers en groepen mogen benaderen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5845 msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group." msgstr "Hoe groepen aangemaakt kunnen worden en gebruikers toegevoegd kunnen worden als leden van een groep." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:5851 msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Account typen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5853 msgid "Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all processes are run by users, user and account management is important." msgstr "Omdat alle toegang tot een FreeBSD systeem wordt verkregen door middel van een account, en alle processen gestart worden door gebruikers, is gebruiker en account beheer belangrijk." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:5857 msgid "There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and the superuser account." msgstr "Er zijn drie hoofd type accounts: systeem accounts, gebruiker accounts, en het superuser account." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:5861 msgid "System Accounts" msgstr "Systeem accounts" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5863 msgid "accounts system" msgstr "accounts system" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:5868 msgid "System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web servers. The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the superuser, they could act without restriction." msgstr "Systeem accounts worden gebruikt om diensten zoals DNS, mail en webservers te draaien. De reden hiervoor is beveiliging; als alle diensten zouden draaien als de superuser, zouden er geen restricties gelden." #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5873 msgid "accounts daemon" msgstr "accounts daemon" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5877 msgid "accounts operator" msgstr "accounts operator" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:5882 msgid "Examples of system accounts are daemon, operator, bind, news, and www." msgstr "Voorbeelden van systeem accounts zijn daemon, operator, bind, news en www." #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5889 msgid "accounts nobody" msgstr "accounts nobody" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:5894 msgid "nobody is the generic unprivileged system account. However, the more services that use nobody, the more files and processes that user will become associated with, and hence the more privileged that user becomes." msgstr "nobody is het generieke niet-geprivilegieerde systeem account. Echter, meer diensten die gebruik maken van nobody betekent dat meer bestanden en processen onder deze gebruiker vallen, waardoor deze gebruiker meer privileges krijgt." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:5903 msgid "User Accounts" msgstr "Gebruikersaccounts" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:5905 msgid "accounts user" msgstr "accounts user" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:5910 msgid "User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user account. This allows the administrator to find out who is doing what and prevents users from clobbering the settings of other users." msgstr "Gebruikersaccounts worden toegewezen aan echte mensen en worden gebruikt om in te loggen en het systeem te gebruiken. Iedereen die toegang tot het systeem heeft, moet een uniek gebruikersaccount hebben. Dit stelt de beheerder in staat om erachter te komen wie wat ermee doet en voorkomt dat gebruikers de instellingen van andere gebruikers overschrijven." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:5916 msgid "Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and language settings." msgstr "Elke gebruiker kan zijn eigen omgeving opzetten om te voorzien in zijn gebruik van het systeem door het configureren van de standaard shell, tekstverwerker, toets combinaties en taal instellingen." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:5921 msgid "Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated with it:" msgstr "Elk gebruikers account op een FreeBSD systeem heeft bepaalde informatie eraan verbonden:" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:5926 msgid "User name" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5929 msgid "The user name is typed at the login: prompt. Each user must have a unique user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user names which are documented in passwd5. It is recommended to use user names that consist of eight or fewer, all lower case characters in order to maintain backwards compatibility with applications." msgstr "De gebruikersnaam wordt getypt op de login prompt. Elke gebruiker moet een unieke gebruikersnaam hebben. Er zijn een aantal regels waaraan moet worden voldaan om een geldige gebruikersnaam aan te maken, welke gedocumenteerd zijn in passwd5. Het is aangeraden om gebruikersnamen te gebruiken die uit acht of minder, allen kleine letters bestaan om achterwaartse compatibiliteit te leveren aan applicaties." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:5941 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5944 msgid "Each account has an associated password." msgstr "Elk account heeft een bijbehorend wachtwoord." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:5949 msgid "User ID (UID)" msgstr "Gebruikers-ID (UID)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5952 msgid "The User ID (UID) is a number used to uniquely identify the user to the FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be specified will first convert it to the UID. It is recommended to use a UID less than 65535, since higher values may cause compatibility issues with some software." msgstr "De gebruikersnaam (UID) is een nummer dat gebruikt wordt om de gebruiker uniek te identificeren aan het FreeBSD-systeem. Commando's die een gebruikersnaam kunnen opgeven, zullen deze eerst omzetten naar de UID . Het is aan te bevelen een UID minder dan 65535 te gebruiken, omdat hogere waarden problemen met compatibiliteit kunnen veroorzaken met sommige software." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:5963 msgid "Group ID (GID)" msgstr "Groeps-ID (GID)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5966 msgid "The Group ID (GID) is a number used to uniquely identify the primary group that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for controlling access to resources based on a user's GID rather than their UID. This can significantly reduce the size of some configuration files and allows users to be members of more than one group. It is recommended to use a GID of 65535 or lower as higher GIDs may break some software." msgstr "Het groeps-ID ( GID ) is een getal dat gebruikt wordt om de primaire groep waartoe een gebruiker behoort, uniek te identificeren. Groepen zijn een mechanisme om de toegang tot bronnen te reguleren op basis van een GID van een gebruiker, in plaats van hun UID . Dit kan de grootte van sommige configuratiebestanden aanzienlijk verminderen en gebruikers toestaan ​​om lid te worden van meerdere groepen. Het is aan te bevelen om een ​​GID van 65535 of lager te gebruiken zoals hoger. GID's kunnen sommige software breken." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:5980 msgid "Login class" msgstr "Loginklasse" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5983 msgid "Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login classes are discussed further in ." msgstr "Login klassen zijn een extensie van het groep mechanisme welke extra flexibiliteit geeft om het systeem naar de verschillende gebruikers aan te passen. Login klassen worden verder besproken in ." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:5992 msgid "Password change time" msgstr "Wanneer het wachtwoord moet worden gewijzigd" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:5995 msgid "By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their passwords after a certain amount of time has elapsed." msgstr "Standaard verlopen wachtwoorden niet. Echter, het verlopen van wachtwoorden kan worden ingesteld op een per-gebruiker basis, waardoor sommige of alle gebruikers na een bepaalde tijd hun wachtwoord moeten aanpassen." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:6004 msgid "Account expiration time" msgstr "Account verloopdatum" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:6007 msgid "By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the account expiry date using pw8. After the expiry time has elapsed, the account cannot be used to log in to the system, although the account's directories and files will remain." msgstr "Standaard in FreeBSD verlopen accoutns niet. Wanneer er accounts worden aangemaakt met een beperkte levensduur, zoals studenten accounts op een school, moet de verloopdatum van het account worden gespecificeerd door middel van pw8. Nadat de verloopdatum is verstreken, kan het account niet meer gebruikt worden om in te loggen op het systeem, hoewel de account directories en bestanden blijven bestaan." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:6018 msgid "User's full name" msgstr "Volledige naam van de gebruiker" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:6021 msgid "The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this information can contain spaces, uppercase characters, and be more than 8 characters long." msgstr "De gebruikersnaam identificeert een uniek account binnen FreeBSD, maar is niet altijd afgeleid van de echte naam van de gebruiker. Net als bij een commentaar kan deze informatie spaties, hoofdletters en meer dan acht karakters bevatten." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:6030 msgid "Home directory" msgstr "Homedirectory" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:6033 msgid "The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is to put all user home directories under /home/username or /usr/home/username. Each user stores their personal files and subdirectories in their own home directory." msgstr "De homedirectory is het volledige pad naar een directory op het systeem. Dit is het startpunt van de gebruiker wanneer deze inlogt. Een veel voorkomende conventie is om alle homedirectories van gebruikers te plaatsen onder /home/username of /usr/home/username. Elke gebruiker bewaard zijn persoonlijke bestanden en subdirectories in zijn eigen homedirectory." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:6044 msgid "User shell" msgstr "Gebruikers Shell" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:6047 msgid "The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will have their own preferences, which can be reflected in their account settings." msgstr "De shell levert de gebruikers standaard omgeving om te communiceren met het systeem. Er zijn veel verschillende type shells en ervaren gebruikers zullen hun eigen voorkeur hebben welke terug kunnen komen in hun account instellingen." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:6058 msgid "The Superuser Account" msgstr "Het superuser account" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6060 msgid "accounts superuser (root)" msgstr "accounts superuser (root)" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6065 msgid "The superuser account, usually called root, is used to manage the system with no limitations on privileges. For this reason, it should not be used for day-to-day tasks like sending and receiving mail, general exploration of the system, or programming." msgstr "Het superuser account, veelal genaamd root, wordt gebruikt om het systeem te beheren zonder limitatie van privileges. Om deze reden zou deze niet moeten worden gebruikt voor dagelijkse taken zoals het versturen en ontvangen van mail, algemene verkenning van het systeem of het programmeren." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6072 msgid "The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User accounts are unable to destroy the operating system by mistake, so it is recommended to login as a user account and to only become the superuser when a command requires extra privilege." msgstr "Het superuser account, in tegenstellig tot gebruikersaccount, kan werken zonder limieten waarbij misbruik van het superuser account kan resulteren in spectaculaire rampen. Gebruikeraccounts zijn niet in staat om het systeem per ongeluk kapot te maken, dus het wordt aangeraden om in te loggen als een gewone gebruiker en om alleen superuser te worden wanneer een commando extra privileges benodigd heeft." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6080 msgid "Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss." msgstr "Controleer altijd alle commando’s die worden ingevoerd als superuser twee of zelfs drie keer, omdat een extra spatie of een missend karakter kan leiden tot onherstelbaar dataverlies." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6084 msgid "There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as root, this is highly discouraged." msgstr "Er zijn meerdere manieren om superuser privileges te verkrijgen. Ondanks dat men kan inloggen als root, wordt dit sterk afgeraden." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6089 msgid "Instead, use su1 to become the superuser. If - is specified when running this command, the user will also inherit the root user's environment. The user running this command must be in the wheel group or else the command will fail. The user must also know the password for the root user account." msgstr "Maak in plaats hiervan gebruik van su1 om superuser te worden. Als - wordt gespecificeerd wanneer dit commando gestart wordt, zal de gebruiker ook de gebruikersomgeving van root erven. De gebruiker die dit commando start moet in de wheel staan anders zal het commando falen. De gebruiker moet ook het wachtwoord van het root gebruikersaccount weten." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6099 msgid "In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run make install as this step requires superuser privilege. Once the command completes, the user types exit to leave the superuser account and return to the privilege of their user account." msgstr "In dit voorbeeld wordt de gebruiker alleen superuser om make install te draaien omdat deze stap superuser privileges vereist. Zodra het commando is uitgevoerd, typt te gebruiker exit om het superuser account te verlaten en terug te keren naar de privileges van het eigen gebruikersaccount." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6107 msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser" msgstr "Installeer een programma als de superuser" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6109 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% configure\n" "% make\n" "% su -\n" "Password:\n" "# make install\n" "# exit\n" "%" msgstr "" "% configure\n" "% make\n" "% su -\n" "Password:\n" "# make install\n" "# exit\n" "%" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6118 msgid "The built-in su1 framework works well for single systems or small networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install the security/sudo package or port. This software provides activity logging and allows the administrator to configure which users can run which commands as the superuser." msgstr "Het ingebouwde su1 raamwerk werkt prima voor enkele systemen of kleine netwerken met slechts één systeem beheerder. Een alternatief is om het security/sudo pakket of port te installeren. Deze software levert activiteits logging en stelt de beheerder instaat te configureren welke gebruikers welk commando kunnen starten als de superuser." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:6129 msgid "Managing Accounts" msgstr "Beheren van accounts" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6131 msgid "accounts modifying" msgstr "accounts aanpassen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6136 msgid "FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. The most common commands are summarized in , followed by some examples of their usage. See the manual page for each utility for more details and usage examples." msgstr "FreeBSD biedt een groot aantal verschillende opdrachten om gebruikersaccounts te beheren. De meest voorkomende opdrachten zijn samengevat in , gevolgd door enkele voorbeelden van hun gebruik. Raadpleeg de handleiding van elk gereedschap voor meer details en gebruiksvoorbeelden." #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:6143 msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts" msgstr "Gereedschappen voor het beheren van gebruikersaccounts" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6151 book.translate.xml:58652 book.translate.xml:62184 msgid "Command" msgstr "Commando" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:6152 book.translate.xml:17124 book.translate.xml:17278 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6157 msgid "adduser8" msgstr "adduser8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6158 msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users." msgstr "De aanbevolen commando-applicatie voor het toevoegen van nieuwe gebruikers." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6163 msgid "rmuser8" msgstr "rmuser8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6164 msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users." msgstr "De aanbevolen commando-applicatie voor het verwijderen van gebruikers." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6169 msgid "chpass1" msgstr "chpass1" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6170 msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information." msgstr "Een flexibele tool voor het veranderen van gegevens van de gebruikersgegevens." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6175 msgid "passwd1" msgstr "passwd1" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6176 msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords." msgstr "Het commando-hulpprogramma om gebruikerswachtwoorden te wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6181 msgid "pw8" msgstr "pw8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6182 msgid "A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts." msgstr "Een krachtig en flexibel hulpmiddel om alle aspecten van gebruikersaccounts te wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:6190 msgid "adduser" msgstr "adduser" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6192 msgid "accounts adding" msgstr "accounts adding" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6196 book.translate.xml:43430 msgid "adduser" msgstr "adduser" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6199 msgid "/usr/share/skel" msgstr "/usr/share/skel" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6202 msgid "skeleton directory" msgstr "skeleton directory" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6206 msgid "The recommended program for adding new users is adduser8. When a new user is added, this program automatically updates /etc/passwd and /etc/group. It also creates a home directory for the new user, copies in the default configuration files from /usr/share/skel, and can optionally mail the new user a welcome message. This utility must be run as the superuser." msgstr "Het aanbevolen programma voor het toevoegen van nieuwe gebruikers is adduser8. Wanneer er een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, werkt dit programma automatisch /etc/passwd en /etc/group bij. Het maakt ook een home directory voor de nieuwe gebruiker aan, kopieert de standaard configuratie bestanden uit /usr/share/skel en kan optioneel een welkomst mail naar de nieuwe gebruiker sturen. Dit hulpprogramma moet worden gestart als de superuser." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6216 msgid "The adduser8 utility is interactive and walks through the steps for creating a new user account. As seen in , either input the required information or press Return to accept the default value shown in square brackets. In this example, the user has been invited into the wheel group, allowing them to become the superuser with su1. When finished, the utility will prompt to either create another user or to exit." msgstr "Het adduser8 hulpprogramma is interactief en loopt door de benodigde stappen voor het creëren van een nieuwe gebruikersaccount. Zoals te zien in kan ofwel de benodigde informatie worden opgegeven of kan er op Enter worden gedrukt om de standaard waarden tussen vierkante haken te accepteren. In dit voorbeeld is de gebruiker toegevoegd aan de wheel groep, waardoor deze superuser kan worden door middel van su1. Eenmaal klaar zal het programma vragen om nog een gebruiker aan te maken of te stoppen." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6228 msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD" msgstr "Een gebruiker toevoegen aan FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# adduser\n" "Username: jru\n" "Full name: J. Random User\n" "Uid (Leave empty for default):\n" "Login group [jru]:\n" "Login group is jru. Invite jru into other groups? []: wheel\n" "Login class [default]:\n" "Shell (sh csh tcsh zsh nologin) [sh]: zsh\n" "Home directory [/home/jru]:\n" "Home directory permissions (Leave empty for default):\n" "Use password-based authentication? [yes]:\n" "Use an empty password? (yes/no) [no]:\n" "Use a random password? (yes/no) [no]:\n" "Enter password:\n" "Enter password again:\n" "Lock out the account after creation? [no]:\n" "Username : jru\n" "Password : ****\n" "Full Name : J. Random User\n" "Uid : 1001\n" "Class :\n" "Groups : jru wheel\n" "Home : /home/jru\n" "Shell : /usr/local/bin/zsh\n" "Locked : no\n" "OK? (yes/no): yes\n" "adduser: INFO: Successfully added (jru) to the user database.\n" "Add another user? (yes/no): no\n" "Goodbye!\n" "#" msgstr "" "# adduser\n" "Username: jru\n" "Full name: J. Random User\n" "Uid (Leave empty for default):\n" "Login group [jru]:\n" "Login group is jru. Invite jru into other groups? []: wheel\n" "Login class [default]:\n" "Shell (sh csh tcsh zsh nologin) [sh]: zsh\n" "Home directory [/home/jru]:\n" "Home directory permissions (Leave empty for default):\n" "Use password-based authentication? [yes]:\n" "Use an empty password? (yes/no) [no]:\n" "Use a random password? (yes/no) [no]:\n" "Enter password:\n" "Enter password again:\n" "Lock out the account after creation? [no]:\n" "Username : jru\n" "Password : ****\n" "Full Name : J. Random User\n" "Uid : 1001\n" "Class :\n" "Groups : jru wheel\n" "Home : /home/jru\n" "Shell : /usr/local/bin/zsh\n" "Locked : no\n" "OK? (yes/no): yes\n" "adduser: INFO: Successfully added (jru) to the user database.\n" "Add another user? (yes/no): no\n" "Goodbye!\n" "#" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:6263 msgid "Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the password when creating the user account." msgstr "Aangezien het wachtwoord wordt niet getoond wordt tijdens het typen moet men voorzichtig zijn om het wachtwoord juist in te typen wanneer er een gebruikers account wordt aangemaakt." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:6270 msgid "rmuser" msgstr "rmuser" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6272 msgid "rmuser" msgstr "rmuser" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6275 msgid "accounts removing" msgstr "accounts removing" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6280 msgid "To completely remove a user from the system, run rmuser8 as the superuser. This command performs the following steps:" msgstr "Om een gebruiker compleet van het systeem te verwijderen, start rmuser8 als de superuser. Dit commando voert de volgende stappen uit:" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:6286 msgid "Removes the user's crontab1 entry, if one exists." msgstr "Verwijdert de gebruikers crontab1 regels als deze bestaan." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:6291 msgid "Removes any at1 jobs belonging to the user." msgstr "Verwijdert alle at1 opdrachten die aan de gebruiker toebehoren." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:6296 msgid "Kills all processes owned by the user." msgstr "Stopt alle processen welke eigendom zijn van de gebruiker." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:6300 msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file." msgstr "Verwijdert de gebruiker uit het lokale wachtwoord bestand." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:6305 msgid "Optionally removes the user's home directory, if it is owned by the user." msgstr "Verwijdert optioneel de gebruikers home directory, mits deze eigendom is van de gebruiker." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:6310 msgid "Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from /var/mail." msgstr "Verwijdert de inkomende mail bestanden eigendom van de gebruiker uit /var/mail." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:6315 msgid "Removes all files owned by the user from temporary file storage areas such as /tmp." msgstr "Verwijdert alle bestanden eigendom van de gebruiker uit de tijdelijke bestandsopslag locaties zoals /tmp>." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:6321 msgid "Finally, removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in /etc/group. If a group becomes empty and the group name is the same as the username, the group is removed. This complements the per-user unique groups created by adduser8." msgstr "Als laatste wordt de gebruikersnaam uit alle groepen gehaald uit /etc/group. Als een groep leeg raakt en de groepsnaam is hetzelfde als de gebruikersnaam wordt de groep ook verwijdert. Dit is een aanvulling op de per-gebruiker unieke groepen die worden aangemaakt door adduser8." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6330 msgid "rmuser8 cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is almost always an indication of massive destruction." msgstr "rmuser8 kan niet worden gebruikt om superuser accounts te verwijderen omdat dat bijna altijd gepaard gaat met massale vernietiging." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6334 msgid "By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example." msgstr "Standaard wordt een interactieve modus gebruikt zoals te zien in het volgende voorbeeld." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6338 msgid "rmuser Interactive Account Removal" msgstr "rmuser interactief accounts verwijderen" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rmuser jru\n" "Matching password entry:\n" "jru:*:1001:1001::0:0:J. Random User:/home/jru:/usr/local/bin/zsh\n" "Is this the entry you wish to remove? y\n" "Remove user's home directory (/home/jru)? y\n" "Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n" "#" msgstr "" "# rmuser jru\n" "Matching password entry:\n" "jru:*:1001:1001::0:0:J. Random User:/home/jru:/usr/local/bin/zsh\n" "Is this the entry you wish to remove? y\n" "Remove user's home directory (/home/jru)? y\n" "Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n" "#" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:6352 msgid "chpass" msgstr "chpass" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6354 msgid "chpass" msgstr "chpass" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6358 msgid "Any user can use chpass1 to change their default shell and personal information associated with their user account. The superuser can use this utility to change additional account information for any user." msgstr "Elke gebruiker kan gebruik maken van chpass1 om de standaard shell en persoonlijke informatie gekoppeld aan het account aan te passen. De superuser kan dit hulpprogramma gebruiken om extra account informatie voor elke gebruiker te wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6363 msgid "When passed no options, aside from an optional username, chpass1 displays an editor containing user information. When the user exits from the editor, the user database is updated with the new information." msgstr "Wanneer er geen opties worden meegegeven, naast een optionele gebruikersnaam, zal chpass1 een editor tonen met gebruikers gegevens. Wanneer de gebruiker deze editor afsluit, zal de database worden bijgewerkt met nieuwe informatie." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:6369 msgid "This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, unless the utility is run as the superuser." msgstr "Dit hulpprogramma zal om het wachtwoord van de gebruiker vragen wanneer de editor wordt afgesloten, tenzij het programma is gestart door de superuser." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6374 msgid "In , the superuser has typed chpass jru and is now viewing the fields that can be changed for this user. If jru runs this command instead, only the last six fields will be displayed and available for editing. This is shown in ." msgstr "In heeft de superuser getypt chpass jru en bekijkt nu de velden die veranderd kunnen worden voor deze gebruiker. Als jru dit commando start, worden alleen de laatste zes velden getoond om te kunnen bewerken. Dit wordt getoond in ." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6383 msgid "Using chpass as Superuser" msgstr "Gebruik maken van chpass als superuser" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6386 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" "Login: jru\n" "Password: *\n" "Uid [#]: 1001\n" "Gid [# or name]: 1001\n" "Change [month day year]:\n" "Expire [month day year]:\n" "Class:\n" "Home directory: /home/jru\n" "Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n" "Full Name: J. Random User\n" "Office Location:\n" "Office Phone:\n" "Home Phone:\n" "Other information:" msgstr "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" "Login: jru\n" "Password: *\n" "Uid [#]: 1001\n" "Gid [# or name]: 1001\n" "Change [month day year]:\n" "Expire [month day year]:\n" "Class:\n" "Home directory: /home/jru\n" "Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n" "Full Name: J. Random User\n" "Office Location:\n" "Office Phone:\n" "Home Phone:\n" "Other information:" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6404 msgid "Using chpass as Regular User" msgstr "Gebruik maken van chpass als gewone gebruiker" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6407 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" "Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n" "Full Name: J. Random User\n" "Office Location:\n" "Office Phone:\n" "Home Phone:\n" "Other information:" msgstr "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" "Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n" "Full Name: J. Random User\n" "Office Location:\n" "Office Phone:\n" "Home Phone:\n" "Other information:" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:6417 msgid "The commands chfn1 and chsh1 are links to chpass1, as are ypchpass1, ypchfn1, and ypchsh1. Since NIS support is automatic, specifying the yp before the command is not necessary. How to configure NIS is covered in ." msgstr "De commando’s chfn1 en chsh1 zijn links naar chpass1 net als ypchpass1, ypchfn1 en ypchsh1. Omdat NIS ondersteuning automatisch gebeurd, is het niet nodig om yp te specificeren voor het commando. Hoe NIS geconfigureerd kan worden wordt behandeld in ." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:6427 msgid "passwd" msgstr "passwd" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6429 msgid "passwd" msgstr "passwd" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6432 msgid "accounts changing password" msgstr "accounts changing password" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6437 msgid "Any user can easily change their password using passwd1. To prevent accidental or unauthorized changes, this command will prompt for the user's original password before a new password can be set:" msgstr "Elke gebruiker kan makkelijk zijn wachtwoord wijzigen door het gebruik van passwd1. Om te voorkomen dat er per ongeluk of ongeautoriseerde wijzigingen plaatsvinden, zal dit commando vragen om het originele wachtwoord van de gebruiker voordat er een nieuw wachtwoord kan worden ingesteld:" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6443 msgid "Changing Your Password" msgstr "Het wachtwoord veranderen" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% passwd\n" "Changing local password for jru.\n" "Old password:\n" "New password:\n" "Retype new password:\n" "passwd: updating the database...\n" "passwd: done" msgstr "" "% passwd\n" "Changing local password for jru.\n" "Old password:\n" "New password:\n" "Retype new password:\n" "passwd: updating the database...\n" "passwd: done" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6454 msgid "The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when running passwd1. When this utility is run as the superuser, it will not prompt for the user's current password. This allows the password to be changed when a user cannot remember the original password." msgstr "De gebruiker kan het wachtwoord van elke gebruiker wijzigen door het specificeren van de gebruikersnaam bij het starten van passwd1. Wanneer dit hulpprogramma wordt gestart door de superuser, zal er niet worden gevraagd om het huidige wachtwoord van de gebruiker. Dit maakt het mogelijk om het wachtwoord te wijzigen als de gebruiker zijn originele wachtwoord niet meer weet." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6462 msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser" msgstr "Het wachtwoord wijzigen van een andere gebruiker als de superuser" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6465 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# passwd jru\n" "Changing local password for jru.\n" "New password:\n" "Retype new password:\n" "passwd: updating the database...\n" "passwd: done" msgstr "" "# passwd jru\n" "Changing local password for jru.\n" "New password:\n" "Retype new password:\n" "passwd: updating the database...\n" "passwd: done" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:6474 msgid "As with chpass1, yppasswd1 is a link to passwd1, so NIS works with either command." msgstr "Net als met chpass1 is yppasswd1 een link naar passwd1 waardoor NIS met beide commando’s werkt." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:6481 msgid "pw" msgstr "pw" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6483 book.translate.xml:43453 msgid "pw" msgstr "pw" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:6487 msgid "The pw8 utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. pw8 has a very powerful set of command line options that make it suitable for use in shell scripts, but new users may find it more complicated than the other commands presented in this section." msgstr "Het pw8 hulpprogramma kan gebruikers en groepen aanmaken, verwijderen, aanpassen en tonen. Het functioneert als een frontend voor de systeem gebruiker en groeps bestanden. pw8 heeft een krachtige set van commando regel opties wat het uitermate geschikt maakt voor gebruik in shellscripts, maar nieuwe gebruikers kunnen dit veel complexer vinden dan de andere commando’s in deze sectie." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:6498 msgid "Managing Groups" msgstr "Groepen beheren" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6500 msgid "groups" msgstr "groups" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6503 msgid "/etc/groups" msgstr "/etc/groups" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6506 msgid "accounts groups" msgstr "accounts groups" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6511 msgid "A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and GID. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the UID of a process, and the list of groups it belongs to, to determine what the process is allowed to do. Most of the time, the GID of a user or process usually means the first group in the list." msgstr "Een groep is een lijst van gebruikers. Een groep wordt gekenmerkt door zijn groepsnaam en GID. In FreeBSD gebruikt de kernel het UID van een proces en de lijst van groepen waartoe deze behoort om te bepalen wat het proces mag doen. In veel gevallen is het GID van een gebruiker of proces de eerste groep in de lijst." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6518 msgid "The group name to GID mapping is listed in /etc/group. This is a plain text file with four colon-delimited fields. The first field is the group name, the second is the encrypted password, the third the GID, and the fourth the comma-delimited list of members. For a more complete description of the syntax, refer to group5." msgstr "De groepsnaam naar GID koppeling staat in /etc/group. Dit is een tekstbestand met vier door dubbele punten gescheiden velden. Het eerste veld is de groepsnaam, de tweede is het versleutelde wachtwoord, het derde het GID en de vierde is een door comma’s gescheiden lijst van leden. Voor een meer complete beschrijving van de syntax wordt verwezen naar group5." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6526 msgid "The superuser can modify /etc/group using a text editor. Alternatively, pw8 can be used to add and edit groups. For example, to add a group called teamtwo and then confirm that it exists:" msgstr "De superuser kan /etc/group aanpassen via een tekst verwerker. Als alternatief kan pw8 gebruikt worden om groepen toe te voegen en te bewerken. Bijvoorbeeld om een groep toe te voegen genaamd teamtwo en daarna te bevestigen dat deze bestaat:" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6533 msgid "Adding a Group Using pw8" msgstr "Toevoegen van een groep door gebruik van pw8" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupadd teamtwo\n" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" "teamtwo:*:1100:" msgstr "" "# pw groupadd teamtwo\n" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" "teamtwo:*:1100:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6540 msgid "In this example, 1100 is the GID of teamtwo. Right now, teamtwo has no members. This command will add jru as a member of teamtwo." msgstr "In dit voorbeeld is 1100 het GID van teamtwo. Op dit moment heeft teamtwo geen leden. Dit commando zal jru toevoegen als lid van teamtwo." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6549 msgid "Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using pw8" msgstr "Gebruikersaccounts toevoegen aan een nieuwe groep met behulp van pw8" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6552 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru\n" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" "teamtwo:*:1100:jru" msgstr "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru\n" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" "teamtwo:*:1100:jru" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6557 msgid "The argument to is a comma-delimited list of users to be added to a new (empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. To the user, this group membership is different from (and in addition to) the user's primary group listed in the password file. This means that the user will not show up as a member when using with pw8, but will show up when the information is queried via id1 or a similar tool. When pw8 is used to add a user to a group, it only manipulates /etc/group and does not attempt to read additional data from /etc/passwd." msgstr "Het argument voor de is een komma gescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toegevoegd moeten worden aan de nieuwe (lege) groep of die de huidige leden van de bestaande groep meoten vervangen. Voor de gebruiker is dit groepslidmaatschap anders dan (en in toevoeging tot) de primaire groep van de gebruiker zoals vermeld in het password bestand. Dit betekent dat de gebruiker niet als lid zichtbaar wordt wanneer wordt met pw8, maar wordt wel getoond wanneer de informatie wordt opgevraagd via id1 of een soort gelijk hulpprogramma. Wanneer pw8 wordt gebruikt om een gebruiker toe te voegen aan en groep wordt alleen /etc/group gemanipuleerd en wordt er niet geprobeerd om additionele data uit /etc/passwd te lezen." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6571 msgid "Adding a New Member to a Group Using pw8" msgstr "Een nieuw lid toevoegen aan een groep door gebruik van pw8" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6573 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -m db\n" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" "teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db" msgstr "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -m db\n" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" "teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6578 msgid "In this example, the argument to is a comma-delimited list of users who are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, these users are appended to the group and do not replace existing users in the group." msgstr "In dit voorbeeld is het argument voor een komma gescheiden lijst van gebruikers welke worden toegevoegd aan de groep. In tegenstelling tot voorgaande voorbeelden, worden deze gebruikers toegevoegd aan de groep worden de huidige gebruikers in de groep niet vervangen." #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:6585 msgid "Using id1 to Determine Group Membership" msgstr "Met id1 groepslidmaatschap bepalen" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:6587 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% id jru\n" "uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)" msgstr "" "% id jru\n" "uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6591 msgid "In this example, jru is a member of the groups jru and teamtwo." msgstr "In dit voorbeeld is jru lid van de groepen jru en teamtwo." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6596 msgid "For more information about this command and the format of /etc/group, refer to pw8 and group5." msgstr "Voor meer informatie over dit commando en het formaat van /etc/group wordt verwezen naar pw8 en group5." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:6603 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Rechten" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6605 msgid "UNIX" msgstr "UNIX" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6609 msgid "In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these permissions. Understanding how permissions work is necessary to make sure that users are able to access the files that they need and are unable to improperly access the files used by the operating system or owned by other users." msgstr "In FreeBSD heeft elk bestand en map een bijbehorende set toestemmingen en verschillende hulpprogramma's zijn beschikbaar om deze rechten te bekijken en te wijzigen. Begrijpen hoe machtigingen werken is nodig om ervoor te zorgen dat gebruikers de bestanden die ze nodig hebben kunnen openen en dat ze niet in onnodig in staat zijn om bestanden die worden gebruikt door het besturingssysteem of van andere gebruikers zijn te benaderen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6617 msgid "This section discusses the traditional UNIX permissions used in FreeBSD. For finer grained file system access control, refer to ." msgstr "Deze sectie bespreekt de traditionele UNIX permissies gebruikt binnen FreeBSD. Voor diepgaande bestand toegangscontrole wordt verwezen naar ." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6621 msgid "In UNIX, basic permissions are assigned using three types of access: read, write, and execute. These access types are used to determine file access to the file's owner, group, and others (everyone else). The read, write, and execute permissions can be represented as the letters r, w, and x. They can also be represented as binary numbers as each permission is either on or off (0). When represented as a number, the order is always read as rwx, where r has an on value of 4, w has an on value of 2 and x has an on value of 1." msgstr "In UNIX worden basis permissies toegewezen door drie typen van toegang: lezen, schrijven en uitvoeren. Deze toegangs typen worden gebruikt om toegang te bepalen voor de eigenaar van het bestand, de groep, en anderen (alle anderen). De lees, schrijf en uitvoer permissies kunnen worden gerepresenteerd als de letters r, w en x. Ze kunnen ook worden gerepresenteerd worden als binaire nummers, omdat de permissies ofwel aan staan ofwel uit (0). Wanneer gerepresenteerd als nummer, is de leesvolgorde altijd rwx waar r een waarde heeft van 4, w een waarde van 2 en x heeft een waarde van 1." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6636 msgid "Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. When reading the Directory Listing column, a - is used to represent a permission that is set to off." msgstr "Tabel 4.1 geeft een opsomming van de mogelijke numerieke en alfabetische mogelijkheden. Bij het lezen van de Directory Listing Kolom, wordt een - gebruikt om uitgeschakelde permissie te representeren." #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6641 msgid "permissions" msgstr "permissions" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6644 msgid "file permissions" msgstr "file permissions" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:6649 msgid "UNIX Permissions" msgstr "UNIX rechten" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6654 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6655 msgid "Permission" msgstr "Recht" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6656 msgid "Directory Listing" msgstr "Directory Listing" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6662 msgid "0" msgstr "0" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6663 msgid "No read, no write, no execute" msgstr "Niet lezen, niet schrijven, niet uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6664 msgid "---" msgstr "---" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6668 book.translate.xml:47055 book.translate.xml:47077 #: book.translate.xml:47167 msgid "1" msgstr "1" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6669 msgid "No read, no write, execute" msgstr "Niet lezen, niet schrijven, uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6670 msgid "--x" msgstr "--x" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6674 book.translate.xml:46947 book.translate.xml:46957 #: book.translate.xml:47029 book.translate.xml:47039 book.translate.xml:47119 #: book.translate.xml:47121 msgid "2" msgstr "2" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6675 msgid "No read, write, no execute" msgstr "Niet lezen, schrijven, niet uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6676 msgid "-w-" msgstr "-w-" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6680 book.translate.xml:46949 book.translate.xml:46955 #: book.translate.xml:47031 book.translate.xml:47037 book.translate.xml:47127 #: book.translate.xml:47129 msgid "3" msgstr "3" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6681 msgid "No read, write, execute" msgstr "Niet lezen, schrijven, uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6682 msgid "-wx" msgstr "-wx" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6686 book.translate.xml:46963 book.translate.xml:46973 #: book.translate.xml:47045 book.translate.xml:47053 book.translate.xml:47071 #: book.translate.xml:47079 book.translate.xml:47135 book.translate.xml:47143 #: book.translate.xml:47185 msgid "4" msgstr "4" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6687 msgid "Read, no write, no execute" msgstr "Lezen, niet schrijven, niet uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6688 msgid "r--" msgstr "r--" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6692 book.translate.xml:46965 book.translate.xml:46971 #: book.translate.xml:47061 book.translate.xml:47063 book.translate.xml:47151 #: book.translate.xml:47177 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6693 msgid "Read, no write, execute" msgstr "Lezen, niet schrijven, uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6694 msgid "r-x" msgstr "r-x" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6698 book.translate.xml:46981 book.translate.xml:46995 #: book.translate.xml:47047 book.translate.xml:47069 book.translate.xml:47137 #: book.translate.xml:47159 msgid "6" msgstr "6" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6699 msgid "Read, write, no execute" msgstr "Lezen, schrijven, niet uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6700 msgid "rw-" msgstr "rw-" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6704 book.translate.xml:46939 book.translate.xml:46941 #: book.translate.xml:47085 book.translate.xml:47095 book.translate.xml:47153 #: book.translate.xml:47175 msgid "7" msgstr "7" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6705 msgid "Read, write, execute" msgstr "Lezen, schrijven, uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6706 msgid "rwx" msgstr "rwx" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6712 msgid "ls1" msgstr "ls1" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6715 msgid "directories" msgstr "directories" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6719 msgid "Use the argument to ls1 to view a long directory listing that includes a column of information about a file's permissions for the owner, group, and everyone else. For example, a ls -l in an arbitrary directory may show:" msgstr "Gebruik het argument bij citerefentry>ls1 om een langer directory overzicht te zien welke een kolom met informatie bevat over de bestandspermissies voor de eigenaar, groep en alle anderen. Bijvoorbeeld een ls -l in een willekeurige directory kan tonen:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:6725 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ls -l\n" "total 530\n" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 512 Sep 5 12:31 myfile\n" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 512 Sep 5 12:31 otherfile\n" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 7680 Sep 5 12:31 email.txt" msgstr "" "% ls -l\n" "total 530\n" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 512 Sep 5 12:31 myfile\n" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 512 Sep 5 12:31 otherfile\n" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 7680 Sep 5 12:31 email.txt" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6731 msgid "The first (leftmost) character in the first column indicates whether this file is a regular file, a directory, a special character device, a socket, or any other special pseudo-file device. In this example, the - indicates a regular file. The next three characters, rw- in this example, give the permissions for the owner of the file. The next three characters, r--, give the permissions for the group that the file belongs to. The final three characters, r--, give the permissions for the rest of the world. A dash means that the permission is turned off. In this example, the permissions are set so the owner can read and write to the file, the group can read the file, and the rest of the world can only read the file. According to the table above, the permissions for this file would be 644, where each digit represents the three parts of the file's permission." msgstr "Het eerste (meest linker) karakter in de eerste kolom geeft aan of dit bestand een regulier bestand, een directory, een speciaal karakter apparaat, een socket of een ander speciaal pseudo bestands apparaat. In dit voorbeeld geeft het - karakter aan dat dit een regulier bestand is. De volgende drie karakters, rw- in dit voorbeeld, geven de permissies aan voor de eigenaar van het bestand. De volgende drie karakters, r— geven de permissies voor de groep waar het bestand toe behoort. De laatste drie karakters, r— geven de permissies voor alle anderen. Een streepje betekent dat de permissie uitgeschakeld is. In dit voorbeeld zijn de permissies zo ingesteld dat de eigenaar kan lezen en schrijven naar het bestand, de groep het bestand kan lezen en de rest van de wereld het bestand alleen kan lezen. Volgens de tabel hierboven zijn de permissies voor het bestand 644, waar elk getal de drie delen van de bestandspermissies representeren." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6748 msgid "How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. These special device files are stored in /dev/." msgstr "Hoe controleert het systeem de permissies op apparaten? FreeBSD behandelt de meeste hardware apparaten als een bestand welke geopend, gelezen en beschreven kunnen worden door programma’s. Deze speciale apparaat bestanden worden bewaard in /dev/." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6753 msgid "Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different meaning than that of files. When a directory is marked executable, it means it is possible to change into that directory using cd1. This also means that it is possible to access the files within that directory, subject to the permissions on the files themselves." msgstr "Mappen worden ook behandeld als bestanden. Ze hebben lees, schrijf en uitvoerbare rechten. De uitvoerbare vlag voor een map heeft een klein verschil qua betekenis dan die voor gewone bestanden. Als een map als uitvoerbaar gemarkeerd is, betekent het dat erin gekeken mag worden. Het is dus mogelijk om te wisselen naar de map met cd1 (wissel van map). Dit betekent ook dat in de map bestanden benaderd kunnen worden waarvan de naam bekend is. Dit is natuurlijk afhankelijk van de rechten op het bestand zelf." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6762 msgid "In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is necessary to have write and execute permissions to the directory containing the file." msgstr "Om een ​​directorylijst te kunnen uitvoeren, moet de lees permissie op de map worden ingesteld. Om een ​​bestand te verwijderen waarvan men de naam kent, is het nodig om schrijf en uitvoer permissies te hebben op de directory welke het bestand bevat." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:6768 msgid "There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more information on file permissions and how to set them, refer to chmod1." msgstr "Er zijn meer permissie bits, maar ze worden voornamelijk gebruikt in speciale omstandigheden, zoals setuid binaries en sticky directories. Voor meer informatie over bestandsrechten en hoe u deze kunt instellen, raadpleegt u chmod1 ." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:6775 msgid "Symbolic Permissions" msgstr "Symbolische rechten" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:6778 book.translate.xml:6913 book.translate.xml:6964 #: book.translate.xml:19408 book.translate.xml:19515 book.translate.xml:19693 #: book.translate.xml:20812 book.translate.xml:21338 book.translate.xml:23587 #: book.translate.xml:34149 book.translate.xml:45756 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " Tom Rhodes Contributed by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:6788 msgid "permissions symbolic" msgstr "permissions symbolic" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6793 msgid "Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of (who) (action) (permissions), where the following values are available:" msgstr "Symbolische permissies gebruiken karakters in plaats van octale waarden om machtigingen toe te wijzen aan bestanden en directories. Symbolische permissies maken gebruik van de syntax van (wie) (actie) (machtigingen) waarbij de volgende waarden beschikbaar zijn:" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6803 book.translate.xml:23313 msgid "Option" msgstr "Optie" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6804 msgid "Letter" msgstr "Letter" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6805 msgid "Represents" msgstr "Representeert" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6811 book.translate.xml:6817 book.translate.xml:6823 #: book.translate.xml:6829 msgid "(who)" msgstr "(wie)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6812 msgid "u" msgstr "u" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6813 msgid "User" msgstr "Gebruiker" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6818 msgid "g" msgstr "g" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6819 msgid "Group owner" msgstr "Groepseigenaar" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6824 msgid "o" msgstr "o" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6825 msgid "Other" msgstr "Other" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6830 msgid "a" msgstr "a" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6831 msgid "All (world)" msgstr "All (iedereen)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6835 book.translate.xml:6841 book.translate.xml:6847 msgid "(action)" msgstr "(actie)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6836 book.translate.xml:31583 book.translate.xml:39442 msgid "+" msgstr "+" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6837 msgid "Adding permissions" msgstr "Rechten toevoegen" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6842 book.translate.xml:31588 book.translate.xml:39447 msgid "-" msgstr "-" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6843 msgid "Removing permissions" msgstr "Rechten verwijderen" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6848 msgid "=" msgstr "=" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6849 msgid "Explicitly set permissions" msgstr "Expliciet instellen rechten" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6853 book.translate.xml:6859 book.translate.xml:6865 #: book.translate.xml:6871 book.translate.xml:6877 msgid "(permissions)" msgstr "(permissies)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6854 msgid "r" msgstr "r" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6855 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lezen" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6860 msgid "w" msgstr "w" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6861 msgid "Write" msgstr "Schrijven" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6866 msgid "x" msgstr "x" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6867 msgid "Execute" msgstr "Uitvoeren" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6872 msgid "t" msgstr "t" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6873 msgid "Sticky bit" msgstr "Sticky bit" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6878 msgid "s" msgstr "s" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:6879 msgid "Set UID or GID" msgstr "Veranderd UID of GID" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6885 msgid "These values are used with chmod1, but with letters instead of numbers. For example, the following command would block other users from accessing FILE:" msgstr "Deze waarden worden gebruikt met chmod1, alleen nu met letters in plaats van nummers. Bijvoorbeeld kan het volgende commando gebruikt worden om andere gebruikers de toegang tot BESTAND te ontzeggen:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:6890 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod go= FILE" msgstr "% chmod go= BESTAND" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6892 msgid "A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group and world write permission on FILE, and adds the execute permissions for everyone:" msgstr "Er kan een door komma's gescheiden lijst geleverd worden als meer dan één wijziging aan een bestand moet worden uitgevoerd. Het volgende commando past de rechten voor de groep en de wereld aan op BESTAND door de schrijfrechten te ontnemen en daarna iedereen uitvoerrechten te geven:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:6899 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod go-w,a+x FILE" msgstr "% chmod go-w,a+x BESTAND" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:6910 msgid "FreeBSD File Flags" msgstr "FreeBSD bestandsvlaggen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6923 msgid "In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of file flags. These flags add an additional level of security and control over files, but not directories. With file flags, even root can be prevented from removing or altering files." msgstr "Naast bestaande bestandsrechten ondersteund FreeBSD het gebruik van bestandsvlaggen. Deze vlaggen voegen een extra laag van beveiliging en controle over bestanden toe, maar niet voor directories. Met bestandsvlaggen kan zelfs root worden geweigerd om bestanden te verwijderen of aan te passen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6930 msgid "File flags are modified using chflags1. For example, to enable the system undeletable flag on the file file1, issue the following command:" msgstr "Bestandsvlaggen worden aangepast met behulp van chflags1. Bijvoorbeeld om de systeemvlag niet verwijderbaar op het bestand file1 in te stellen, voer het volgende command uit:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:6935 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags sunlink file1" msgstr "# chflags sunlink file1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6937 msgid "To disable the system undeletable flag, put a no in front of the :" msgstr "Om de systeemvlag niet verwijderbaar uit te schakelen, moet er een no voor gezet worden:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:6941 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags nosunlink file1" msgstr "# chflags nosunlink file1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6943 msgid "To view the flags of a file, use with ls1:" msgstr "Om de vlaggen van een bestand te bekijken gebruik de met ls1:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:6946 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -lo file1" msgstr "# ls -lo file1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:6948 #, no-wrap msgid "-rw-r--r-- 1 trhodes trhodes sunlnk 0 Mar 1 05:54 file1" msgstr "-rw-r--r-- 1 trhodes trhodes sunlnk 0 Mar 1 05:54 file1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6950 msgid "Several file flags may only be added or removed by the root user. In other cases, the file owner may set its file flags. Refer to chflags1 and chflags2 for more information." msgstr "Diverse bestandsvlaggen mogen alleen worden toegevoegd of verwijderd door de root gebruiker. In andere gevallen kan de bestandseigenaar de bestandsvlaggen instellen. Bekijk chflags1 en chflags2 voor meer informatie." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:6959 msgid "The setuid, setgid, and sticky Permissions" msgstr "De setuid, setgid en sticky permissies" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6974 msgid "Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific settings that all administrators should know about. They are the setuid, setgid, and sticky permissions." msgstr "Anders dan de reeds besproken permissies zijn er drie andere specifieke instellingen die elke beheerder zou moeten kennen. Dit zijn de setuid, setgid en sticky permissies." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6980 msgid "These settings are important for some UNIX operations as they provide functionality not normally granted to normal users. To understand them, the difference between the real user ID and effective user ID must be noted." msgstr "Deze instellingen zijn belangrijk voor sommige UNIX werkingen omdat ze functionaliteit leveren die normaliter niet aan gewone gebruikers wordt gegeven. Om deze te begrijpen moet het verschil tussen het echte gebruikers ID en het effectieve gebruikers ID genoteerd worden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6985 msgid "The real user ID is the UID who owns or starts the process. The effective UID is the user ID the process runs as. As an example, passwd1 runs with the real user ID when a user changes their password. However, in order to update the password database, the command runs as the effective ID of the root user. This allows users to change their passwords without seeing a Permission Denied error." msgstr "Het echte ID is het UID die eigenaar is van het proces of deze start. Het effectieve UID is het gebruikers ID waaronder het proces draait. Als voorbeeld, passwd1 start met het echte user ID wanneer een gebruiker zijn wachtwoord wijzigt. Echter om de wachtwoord database bij te werken draait het commando met het effectieve ID van de root gebruiker. Dit stelt gebruikers in staat om het eigen wachtwoord te wijzigen zonder een Permission Denied melding te zien." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:6995 msgid "The setuid permission may be set by prefixing a permission set with the number four (4) as shown in the following example:" msgstr "De setuid permissie kan worden ingesteld door het nummer vier (4) voor een permissie set toe te voegen zoals te zien in het volgende voorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:6999 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 4755 suidexample.sh" msgstr "# chmod 4755 suidexample.sh" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7001 msgid "The permissions on suidexample.sh now look like the following:" msgstr "De permissies op suidexample.sh zien er nu als volgt uit:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:7005 #, no-wrap msgid "-rwsr-xr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh" msgstr "-rwsr-xr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7007 msgid "Note that a s is now part of the permission set designated for the file owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows utilities which need elevated permissions, such as passwd1." msgstr "Let op dat een s nu onderdeel is van de permissie set toegewezen aan de bestandseigenaar, het uitvoerbare bit vervangende. Dit accepteert hulpprogramma’s die extra rechten nodig hebben zoals passwd1." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:7013 msgid "The nosuid mount8 option will cause such binaries to silently fail without alerting the user. That option is not completely reliable as a nosuid wrapper may be able to circumvent it." msgstr "De nosuid mount8 optie zal ervoor zorgen dat zulke programma’s stilletjes weigeren zonder de gebruiker te waarschuwen. Deze optie is niet geheel betrouwbaar omdat een nosuid wrapper dit wellicht kan omzeilen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7020 msgid "To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type passwd as a normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the process table and look at the user information for passwd1:" msgstr "Om dit real-time te bekijken moeten er twee terminals geopend worden. Op de ene wordt password als gewone gebruiker getypt. Terwijl het wacht op een nieuw wachtwoord, controleer de proces tabel en bekijk de gebruikersinformatie voor passwd1:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7026 msgid "In terminal A:" msgstr "In terminal A:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:7028 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Changing local password for trhodes\n" "Old Password:" msgstr "" "Changing local password for trhodes\n" "Old Password:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7031 msgid "In terminal B:" msgstr "In terminal B:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:7033 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps aux | grep passwd" msgstr "# ps aux | grep passwd" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:7035 #, no-wrap msgid "" "trhodes 5232 0.0 0.2 3420 1608 0 R+ 2:10AM 0:00.00 grep passwd\n" "root 5211 0.0 0.2 3620 1724 2 I+ 2:09AM 0:00.01 passwd" msgstr "" "trhodes 5232 0.0 0.2 3420 1608 0 R+ 2:10AM 0:00.00 grep passwd\n" "root 5211 0.0 0.2 3620 1724 2 I+ 2:09AM 0:00.01 passwd" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7038 msgid "Although passwd1 is run as a normal user, it is using the effective UID of root." msgstr "Ondanks dat passwd1 wordt opgestart door een normale gebruiker, is het effectieve UID die van root." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7042 msgid "The setgid permission performs the same function as the setuid permission; except that it alters the group settings. When an application or utility executes with this setting, it will be granted the permissions based on the group that owns the file, not the user who started the process." msgstr "De setgid permissie geeft dezelfde functionaliteit als de setuid permissie, behalve dat deze de groeps instellingen wijzigt. Wanneer een applicatie of hulpprogramma uitgevoerd wordt met deze instelling, worden de permissies gegeven op basis van de groep die eigenaar is van het bestand en niet van de gebruiker die het proces start." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7049 msgid "To set the setgid permission on a file, provide chmod1 with a leading two (2):" msgstr "Om de setgid permissie op een bestand in te stellen moet chmod1 worden voorzien van een leidende twee (2):" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:7052 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh" msgstr "# chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7054 msgid "In the following listing, notice that the s is now in the field designated for the group permission settings:" msgstr "In het volgende overzicht kan worden gezien dat de s zich nu in het veld bevind welke is aangewezen voor groep permissie instellingen:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:7058 #, no-wrap msgid "-rwxr-sr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh" msgstr "-rwxr-sr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:7061 msgid "In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable file, it will not run with a different EUID or effective user ID. This is because shell scripts may not access the setuid2 system calls." msgstr "In deze voorbeelden zal het shell script in kwestie ondanks dat het een uitvoerbaar bestand is, niet draaien met een ander EUID ofwel effectief gebruikers ID. Dit is omdat shell scripts mogelijk geen toegang hebben tot de setuid2 systeem aanroepen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7068 msgid "The setuid and setgid permission bits may lower system security, by allowing for elevated permissions. The third special permission, the sticky bit, can strengthen the security of a system." msgstr "De setuid en setgid permissie bits kunnen de systeem beveiliging verlagen door verhoogde privileges toe te staan. De derde speciale permissie sticky bit kan de beveiling van een systeem versterken." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7074 msgid "When the sticky bit is set on a directory, it allows file deletion only by the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in public directories, such as /tmp, by users who do not own the file. To utilize this permission, prefix the permission set with a one (1):" msgstr "Wanneer de sticky bit is ingesteld op een directory kan een bestand alleen verwijderd worden door de eigenaar van het bestand. Dit is handig om te voorkomen dat bestanden worden verwijderd in publieke directories zoals /tmp door gebruikers die geen eigenaar van het bestand zijn. Om deze permissie te gebruiken moet de permissie set worden voorzien van een één (1):" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:7081 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 1777 /tmp" msgstr "# chmod 1777 /tmp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:7083 msgid "The sticky bit permission will display as a t at the very end of the permission set:" msgstr "De sticky bit permissie zal een t laten zien aan het einde van de permissie set:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:7087 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -al / | grep tmp" msgstr "# ls -al / | grep tmp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:7089 #, no-wrap msgid "drwxrwxrwt 10 root wheel 512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp" msgstr "drwxrwxrwt 10 root wheel 512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:7095 msgid "Directory Structure" msgstr "Directory-structuur" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:7097 msgid "directory hierarchy" msgstr "directory hierarchy" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:7101 msgid "The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, /. This directory is the first one mounted at boot time and it contains the base system necessary to prepare the operating system for multi-user operation. The root directory also contains mount points for other file systems that are mounted during the transition to multi-user operation." msgstr "De FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamenteel om een algemeen begrip van het systeem te verkrijgen. De belangrijkste directory is root of /. Deze directory is de eerste die gekoppeld wordt tijdens het opstarten en bevat het basis systeem welke nodig is om het systeem voor te bereiden op multi-user gebruik. De root directory bevat ook koppelpunten voor andere bestandssystemen die gekoppeld worden tijdens het overgaan naar multi-user." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:7110 msgid "A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further described in . Standard mount points include /usr/, /var/, /tmp/, /mnt/, and /cdrom/. These directories are usually referenced to entries in /etc/fstab. This file is a table of various file systems and mount points and is read by the system. Most of the file systems in /etc/fstab are mounted automatically at boot time from the script rc8 unless their entry includes . Details can be found in ." msgstr "Een koppelpunt is een map waar extra bestandssystemen aan een bestandssysteem gekoppeld kunnen worden (meestal het root bestandssysteem). Dit wordt verder beschreven in . Standaard koppelpunten zijn /usr/, /var/, /tmp/, /mnt/ en /cdrom/. Deze directories worden meestal genoemd in regels binnen /etc/fstab. Dit bestand is een tabel van verschillende bstandssystemen en koppelpunten en wordt gelezen door het systeem. De meeste bestandssystemen in /etc/fstab worden automatisch gekoppeld tijdens het opstarten door het rc8 script tenzij de regel de . Net als bij bestanden, heeft elk proces één eigenaar en groep waarbij de eigenaar en groepspermissies worden gebruikt om te bepalen welke bestanden en apparaten het proces kan openen. De meeste processen hebben een ouder-proces welke ze gestart heeft. Bijvoorbeeld, de shell is een proces, en elk commando gestart in de shell is een process welke de shell als zijn ouder-proces heeft. De uitzondering is een speciaal proces genaamd init8 welke altijd het eerste proces is dat gestart wordt tijdens het opstarten en welke altijd het PID 1 heeft." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8159 msgid "Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web server responds to web requests, rather than user input. Mail servers are another example of this type of application. These types of programs are known as daemons. The term daemon comes from Greek mythology and represents an entity that is neither good nor evil, and which invisibly performs useful tasks. This is why the BSD mascot is the cheerful-looking daemon with sneakers and a pitchfork." msgstr "Sommige programma’s zijn niet gemaakt om met continue gebruikers invoer, en ontkoppelen vanaf de terminal zodra dat kan. Bijvoorbeeld een webserver verwerkt web aanvragen in plaats van gebruikers invoer. Mail servers zijn een ander voorbeeld van dit type applicatie. Deze type programma’s zijn bekend als daemons. De term daemon komt uit de Griekse mythologie en representeert een entiteit die noch goed noch slecht is en welke onzichtbaar nuttige taken verricht. Dit is waarom de FreeBSD mascotte een vrolijk kijkende daemon is met sneakers en een drietand." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8170 msgid "There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a trailing d. For example, BIND is the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but the actual program that executes is named. The Apache web server program is httpd and the line printer spooling daemon is lpd. This is only a naming convention. For example, the main mail daemon for the Sendmail application is sendmail, and not maild." msgstr "Er is een conventie om programma’s die normaal gesproken als daemon draaien, een afsluitende d mee te geven. Bijvoorbeeld BIND is de Berkely Internet Name Domain, echter het echte programma wat wordt uitgevoerd is named. De Apache webserver’s programma is httpd en de line printer spooling daemon is lpd. DIt is alleen een naam conventie. Bijvoorbeeld de hoofd mail daemon voor het Sendmail programma is sendmail en niet maild." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:8184 msgid "Viewing Processes" msgstr "Processen weergeven" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8186 msgid "To see the processes running on the system, use ps1 or top1. To display a static list of the currently running processes, their PIDs, how much memory they are using, and the command they were started with, use ps1. To display all the running processes and update the display every few seconds in order to interactively see what the computer is doing, use top1." msgstr "Om de processen draaiend op een systeem maak gebruik van ps1 of top1. Om een statische lijst van huidig draaiende processen te zien, hun PIDs, hoeveel geheugen ze gebruiken en het commando waarmee ze gestart zijn kan gebruik gemaakt worden vanps1. Om alle draaiende processen te zien en elke twee seconden het scherm te verversen om zo interactief te kunnen zien wat de computer doet kan gebruik gemaakt worden van top1." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8194 msgid "By default, ps1 only shows the commands that are running and owned by the user. For example:" msgstr "Standaard laat ps1 alleen de commando’s zien die gedraaid en eigendom zijn van de gebruiker. Bijvoorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:8197 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ps\n" " PID TT STAT TIME COMMAND\n" "8203 0 Ss 0:00.59 /bin/csh\n" "8895 0 R+ 0:00.00 ps" msgstr "" "% ps\n" " PID TT STAT TIME COMMAND\n" "8203 0 Ss 0:00.59 /bin/csh\n" "8895 0 R+ 0:00.00 ps" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8202 msgid "The output from ps1 is organized into a number of columns. The PID column displays the process ID. PIDs are assigned starting at 1, go up to 99999, then wrap around back to the beginning. However, a PID is not reassigned if it is already in use. The TT column shows the tty the program is running on and STAT shows the program's state. TIME is the amount of time the program has been running on the CPU. This is usually not the elapsed time since the program was started, as most programs spend a lot of time waiting for things to happen before they need to spend time on the CPU. Finally, COMMAND is the command that was used to start the program." msgstr "De uitvoer van ps1 is georganiseerd in een aantal kolommen. De PID kolom laat het proces ID zien. PIDs worden toegewezen beginnend bij 1 tot en met 99999 en beginnen daarna opnieuw. Echter een PID wordt niet opnieuw gebruikt als deze reeds in gebruikt is. De TT kolom laat de tty zien waarop het programma actief is en STAT laat de staat van het programma zien. TIME is de hoeveelheid tijd die het programma gedraaid heeft op de CPU. Dit is meestal niet de hoeveelheid verstreken sinds het programma gestart is, omdat de meeste programma’s veel tijd spenderen aan het wachten tot er iets gebeurd voordat ze tijd op de cpu nodig hebben. Als laatste COMMAND is het commando welke gebruikt is om het programma te starten." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8217 msgid "A number of different options are available to change the information that is displayed. One of the most useful sets is auxww, where displays information about all the running processes of all users, displays the username and memory usage of the process' owner, displays information about daemon processes, and causes ps1 to display the full command line for each process, rather than truncating it once it gets too long to fit on the screen." msgstr "Er zijn een aantal verschillende opties beschikbaar om de informatie die wordt getoond aan te passen. Één van de meest nuttige sets is auxww waar informatie laat zien van alle draaiende processen van alle gebruikers, de gebruikersnaam en het geheugen gebruik van de eigenaar van het proces laat zien, laat informatie zien over daemon processen en laat ps1 het volledige commando voor elk proces zien in plaats van deze af te korten als deze te lang wordt om op het scherm te laten zien." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8228 msgid "The output from top1 is similar:" msgstr "De uitvoer van top1 is vergelijkbaar:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:8230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% top\n" "last pid: 9609; load averages: 0.56, 0.45, 0.36 up 0+00:20:03 10:21:46\n" "107 processes: 2 running, 104 sleeping, 1 zombie\n" "CPU: 6.2% user, 0.1% nice, 8.2% system, 0.4% interrupt, 85.1% idle\n" "Mem: 541M Active, 450M Inact, 1333M Wired, 4064K Cache, 1498M Free\n" "ARC: 992M Total, 377M MFU, 589M MRU, 250K Anon, 5280K Header, 21M Other\n" "Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n" "\n" " PID USERNAME THR PRI NICE SIZE RES STATE C TIME WCPU COMMAND\n" " 557 root 1 -21 r31 136M 42296K select 0 2:20 9.96% Xorg\n" " 8198 dru 2 52 0 449M 82736K select 3 0:08 5.96% kdeinit4\n" " 8311 dru 27 30 0 1150M 187M uwait 1 1:37 0.98% firefox\n" " 431 root 1 20 0 14268K 1728K select 0 0:06 0.98% moused\n" " 9551 dru 1 21 0 16600K 2660K CPU3 3 0:01 0.98% top\n" " 2357 dru 4 37 0 718M 141M select 0 0:21 0.00% kdeinit4\n" " 8705 dru 4 35 0 480M 98M select 2 0:20 0.00% kdeinit4\n" " 8076 dru 6 20 0 552M 113M uwait 0 0:12 0.00% soffice.bin\n" " 2623 root 1 30 10 12088K 1636K select 3 0:09 0.00% powerd\n" " 2338 dru 1 20 0 440M 84532K select 1 0:06 0.00% kwin\n" " 1427 dru 5 22 0 605M 86412K select 1 0:05 0.00% kdeinit4" msgstr "" "% top\n" "last pid: 9609; load averages: 0.56, 0.45, 0.36 up 0+00:20:03 10:21:46\n" "107 processes: 2 running, 104 sleeping, 1 zombie\n" "CPU: 6.2% user, 0.1% nice, 8.2% system, 0.4% interrupt, 85.1% idle\n" "Mem: 541M Active, 450M Inact, 1333M Wired, 4064K Cache, 1498M Free\n" "ARC: 992M Total, 377M MFU, 589M MRU, 250K Anon, 5280K Header, 21M Other\n" "Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n" "\n" " PID USERNAME THR PRI NICE SIZE RES STATE C TIME WCPU COMMAND\n" " 557 root 1 -21 r31 136M 42296K select 0 2:20 9.96% Xorg\n" " 8198 dru 2 52 0 449M 82736K select 3 0:08 5.96% kdeinit4\n" " 8311 dru 27 30 0 1150M 187M uwait 1 1:37 0.98% firefox\n" " 431 root 1 20 0 14268K 1728K select 0 0:06 0.98% moused\n" " 9551 dru 1 21 0 16600K 2660K CPU3 3 0:01 0.98% top\n" " 2357 dru 4 37 0 718M 141M select 0 0:21 0.00% kdeinit4\n" " 8705 dru 4 35 0 480M 98M select 2 0:20 0.00% kdeinit4\n" " 8076 dru 6 20 0 552M 113M uwait 0 0:12 0.00% soffice.bin\n" " 2623 root 1 30 10 12088K 1636K select 3 0:09 0.00% powerd\n" " 2338 dru 1 20 0 440M 84532K select 1 0:06 0.00% kwin\n" " 1427 dru 5 22 0 605M 86412K select 1 0:05 0.00% kdeinit4" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8251 msgid "The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six lines) shows the PID of the last process to run, the system load averages (which are a measure of how busy the system is), the system uptime (time since the last reboot) and the current time. The other figures in the header relate to how many processes are running, how much memory and swap space has been used, and how much time the system is spending in different CPU states. If the ZFS file system module has been loaded, an ARC line indicates how much data was read from the memory cache instead of from disk." msgstr "De uitvoer is verdeeld in twee secties. De header (de eerste vijf of zes regels) laten het PID zien van het laatste proces dat gestart is, de gemiddelde belasting van het systeem (welke aangeeft hoe druk het systeem is), de ingeschakelde tijd van het systeem (tijd sinds de laatste herstart) en de huidige tijd. De andere figuren in de header laten zien hoeveel processen er draaien, hoeveel geheugen en swap ruimte er in gebruik is, hoeveel tijd het systeem kwijt is aan verschillende CPU staten. Als de ZFS bestandssysteem module is geladen is er een ARC regel die aangeeft hoeveel data er gelezen is uit de memory cache in plaats vanuit de schijf." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8263 msgid "Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to the output from ps1, such as the PID, username, amount of CPU time, and the command that started the process. By default, top1 also displays the amount of memory space taken by the process. This is split into two columns: one for total size and one for resident size. Total size is how much memory the application has needed and the resident size is how much it is actually using now." msgstr "Onder de header is een serie van kolommen welke vergelijkbare informatie bevatten als de uitvoer van ps1, zoals het PID de gebruikersnaam, hoeveelheid CPU tijd, en het commando welke gebruikt is om het proces te starten. Standaard laat top1 ook zien hoeveel geheugen ruimte een proces in gebruik heeft. Dit is opgedeeld in twee klommen, één voor de totale grootte en één voor de resistente grootte. De totale groot is hoeveel geheugen de applicatie nodig heeft gehad, en de resistente grootte is hoeveel geheugen er daadwerkelijk in gebruik is." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8273 msgid "top1 automatically updates the display every two seconds. A different interval can be specified with ." msgstr "top1 ververst automatisch het scherm elke twee seconden. Een andere interval kan worden gespecificeerd met ." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:8279 msgid "Killing Processes" msgstr "Processen stoppen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8281 msgid "One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a signal using kill1. There are a number of different signals; some have a specific meaning while others are described in the application's documentation. A user can only send a signal to a process they own and sending a signal to someone else's process will result in a permission denied error. The exception is the root user, who can send signals to anyone's processes." msgstr "Één manier om te communiceren met een draaiend proces of daemon is om een signaal te sturen door gebruik van kill1. Er zijn een aantal verschillende signalen; sommigen hebben een specifieke betekenis, anderen worden beschreven in de documentatie van de applicatie. Een gebruiker kan alleen signalen naar processen sturen waar ze eigenaar van zijn, het zenden van een signaal naar de processen van een ander, resulteert in een permissie geweigerd fout. De uitzondering is de root gebruiker, die signalen kan sturen naar ieders processen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8291 msgid "The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, FreeBSD will send the process the Segmentation Violation signal (SIGSEGV). If an application has been written to use the alarm3 system call to be alerted after a period of time has elapsed, it will be sent the Alarm signal (SIGALRM)." msgstr "Het besturingssysteem kan ook signalen naar processen sturen. Als een applicatie slecht geschreven is en geheugen probeert te benaderen die het niet zou moeten, zal FreeBSD het proces het Segmentation Violation signaal sturen (SIGSEGV). Als een applicatie geschreven is om de alarm3 systeem aanroep te gebruiken om gealarmeerd te worden nadat er een bepaalde periode is verstreken, zal het signaal Alarm verstuurd worden (SIGALRM)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8301 msgid "Two signals can be used to stop a process: SIGTERM and SIGKILL. SIGTERM is the polite way to kill a process as the process can read the signal, close any log files it may have open, and attempt to finish what it is doing before shutting down. In some cases, a process may ignore SIGTERM if it is in the middle of some task that cannot be interrupted." msgstr "Er kunnen twee signalen gebruikt worden om een proces te stoppen: SIGTERM en SIGKILL. SIGTERM is de nette manier om een proces te stoppen omdat het proces het signaal kan lezen, alle logbestanden kan afsluiten die geopend zijn en een poging kan doen om te stoppen waarmee het bezig is voor er afgesloten wordt. In sommige gevallen kan het proces een SIGTERM negeren, bijvoorbeeld als het midden in een taak zit welke niet onderbroken kan worden." #. (itstool) path: footnote/para #: book.translate.xml:8313 msgid "There are a few tasks that cannot be interrupted. For example, if the process is trying to read from a file that is on another computer on the network, and the other computer is unavailable, the process is said to be uninterruptible. Eventually the process will time out, typically after two minutes. As soon as this time out occurs the process will be killed." msgstr "Er zijn een beperkt aantal taken die niet onderbroken kunnen worden. Bijvoorbeeld als een proces probeert te lezen uit een bestand die op een andere computer op het netwerk staat, waarbij de andere computer niet beschikbaar is, is het proces zoals gezegd wordt niet onderbreekbaar. Uiteindelijk zal het proces een timeout krijgen, meestal na twee minuten. Zodra deze tijd voorbij is zal het proces worden gestopt." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8310 msgid "SIGKILL cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a SIGKILL to a process will usually stop that process there and then. <_:footnote-1/>." msgstr "SIGKILL kan niet worden genegeerd door een proces. Het sturen van eem SIGKILL naar een proces zal het proces meestal stoppen direct op dat moment." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8322 msgid "Other commonly used signals are SIGHUP, SIGUSR1, and SIGUSR2. Since these are general purpose signals, different applications will respond differently." msgstr "Andere voorkomende signalen zijn SIGHUP, SIGUSR1 en SIGUSR2. Omdat dit algemene signalen zijn, zullen verschillende applicaties, verschillend reageren." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8327 msgid "For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting httpd would result in a brief outage period on the web server. Instead, send the daemon the SIGHUP signal. Be aware that different daemons will have different behavior, so refer to the documentation for the daemon to determine if SIGHUP will achieve the desired results." msgstr "Bijvoorbeeld na het wijzigen van het configuratie bestand van een webserver, zal de webserver verteld moeten worden dat de configuratie opnieuw ingelezen moet worden. Het herstarten van httpd zou leiden tot een korte onbeschikbaarheid op de webserver. In plaats daarvan kan het signaal SIGHUP worden gestuurd naar de daemon. Let op dat verschillende daemons verschillend reageren. Lees de documentatie voor de daemon om te bepalen of SIGHUP het gewenste resultaat heeft." #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:8338 msgid "Sending a Signal to a Process" msgstr "Het versturen van een signaal naar een proces" #. (itstool) path: procedure/para #: book.translate.xml:8340 msgid "This example shows how to send a signal to inetd8. The inetd8 configuration file is /etc/inetd.conf, and inetd8 will re-read this configuration file when it is sent a SIGHUP." msgstr "Dit voorbeeld laat zien hoe een signaal verstuurd kan worden naar inetd8. Het inetd8 configuratie bestand is /etc/inetd.conf en inetd8 zal zijn configuratie opnieuw lezen wanneer het SIGHUP verstuurd wordt." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:8347 msgid "Find the PID of the process to send the signal to using pgrep1. In this example, the PID for inetd8 is 198:" msgstr "Vind het PID van het proces waarnaar het signaal moet worden verstuurd door gebruik te maken van pgrep1. In dit voorbeeld is het PID voor inetd8 198:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:8351 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% pgrep -l inetd\n" "198 inetd -wW" msgstr "" "% pgrep -l inetd\n" "198 inetd -wW" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:8357 msgid "Use kill1 to send the signal. Because inetd8 is owned by root, use su1 to become root first." msgstr "Gebruik kill1 om het signaal te versturen. Omdat inetd8 eigendom is van root moet su1 worden gebruikt om root te worden." #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:8364 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% su\n" "Password:\n" "# /bin/kill -s HUP 198" msgstr "" "% su\n" "Password:\n" "# /bin/kill -s HUP 198" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:8368 msgid "Like most UNIX commands, kill1 will not print any output if it is successful. If a signal is sent to a process not owned by that user, the message kill: PID: Operation not permitted will be displayed. Mistyping the PID will either send the signal to the wrong process, which could have negative results, or will send the signal to a PID that is not currently in use, resulting in the error kill: PID: No such process." msgstr "Zoals de meeste UNIX commando’s zal kill1 geen uitvoer printen als deze succesvol is. Als een signaal wordt verstuurd naar een proces dat geen eigendom is van de gebruiker, zal het bericht kill: PID: Operation not permitted getoond worden. Het verkeerd typen van het PID zal ofwel het signaal naar het verkeerde proces versturen, wat vervelende consequenties kan hebben, of het signaal wordt verstuurd naar een PID welke momenteel niet in gebruik is wat resulteert in de foutmelding kill: PID: No such process." #. (itstool) path: note/title #: book.translate.xml:8381 msgid "Why Use /bin/kill?" msgstr "Waarom gebruik maken van /bin/kill?" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:8383 msgid "Many shells provide kill as a built in command, meaning that the shell will send the signal directly, rather than running /bin/kill. Be aware that different shells have a different syntax for specifying the name of the signal to send. Rather than try to learn all of them, it can be simpler to specify /bin/kill." msgstr "Veel shells leveren kill als ingebouwd commando wat betekent dat de shell het signaal direct zal versturen in plaats van via /bin/kill. Let erop dat verschillende shells een verschillende syntax hebben om de naam te specificeren van het signaal wat verstuurd moet worden. In plaats van ze allemaal te leren kan het simpeler zijn om /bin/kill te leren." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8395 msgid "When sending other signals, substitute TERM or KILL with the name of the signal." msgstr "Wanneer er andere signalen worden verstuurd, vervang TERM of KILL met de naam van het signaal." #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:8400 msgid "Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, init8, PID 1, is special. Running /bin/kill -s KILL 1 is a quick, and unrecommended, way to shutdown the system. Always double check the arguments to kill1 before pressing Return." msgstr "Het stoppen van een willekeurig proces is een slecht idee. In het bijzonder init8 met PID 1 is bijzonder. Het starten van /bin/kill -s KILL 1 is snelle maar niet aangeraden manier om het systeem uit te schakelen. Controleer altijd twee keer de argumenten voor kill1 voordat er op Enter wordt gedrukt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:8412 msgid "Shells" msgstr "Shells" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8414 msgid "shells" msgstr "shells" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8417 msgid "command line" msgstr "command line" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8421 msgid "A shell provides a command line interface for interacting with the operating system. A shell receives commands from the input channel and executes them. Many shells provide built in functions to help with everyday tasks such as file management, file globbing, command line editing, command macros, and environment variables. FreeBSD comes with several shells, including the Bourne shell (sh1) and the extended C shell (tcsh1). Other shells are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection, such as zsh and bash." msgstr "Een shell levert een commando regel interface om te communiceren met het besturingssysteem. Een shell ontvangt commando’s vanuit het invoer kanaal en voert deze uit. Veel shells leveren ingebouwde functionaliteit om te helpen met dagelijkse taken, zoals bestandsbeheer, bestandsglobbing, commando regel bewerken, commando macro’s en omgevingsvariabelen. FreeBSD wordt geleverd met diverse shells, inclusief de Bourne Shell (sh1) en de uitgebreide C shell (tcsh1). Andere shells zijn beschikbaar via de FreeBSD Ports collectie, zoals zsh en bash." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8432 msgid "The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as tcsh1. A Linux user might prefer bash. Each shell has unique properties that may or may not work with a user's preferred working environment, which is why there is a choice of which shell to use." msgstr "De gebruikte shell is een kwestie van smaak. Een C programmeur voelt zich wellicht prettiger bij een C-achtige shell zoals citerefentry>tcsh1. Terwijl een Linux gebruiker wellicht bash de voorkeur geeft. Elke shell heeft unieke eigenschappen die wel of niet werken met de gewenste werkomgeving van de gebruiker, wat precies de reden is dat er een keuze is welke shell te gebruiken." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8439 msgid "One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the first few letters of a command or filename and presses Tab, the shell completes the rest of the command or filename. Consider two files called foobar and football. To delete foobar, the user might type rm foo and press Tab to complete the filename." msgstr "Een algemene functie in de shell is bestandsnaam aanvullen. Nadat een gebruiker de eerste paar letters van een commando of bestandsnaam heeft ingevoerd en op Tab drukt, zal de shell de rest van het commando of bestandsnaam aanvullen. Stel voor dat er twee bestanden zijn genaamd foobar en football. Om foobar te verwijderen kan de gebruiker typen rm foo en daarna op Tab drukken om de bestandsnaam aan te vullen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8448 msgid "But the shell only shows rm foo. It was unable to complete the filename because both foobar and football start with foo. Some shells sound a beep or show all the choices if more than one name matches. The user must then type more characters to identify the desired filename. Typing a t and pressing Tab again is enough to let the shell determine which filename is desired and fill in the rest." msgstr "Maar de shell laat alleen zien rm foo. Het was niet in staat om de bestandsnaam aan te vullen omdat zowel foobar en football beginnen met foo. Sommige shells laten een belletje horen of laten alle keuzes zien als er meer dan één overeenkomst is. De gebruiker moet dan meer karakters invoeren om de gewenste bestandsnaam te krijgen. Door het typen van een t en nogmaals op Tab te drukken is genoeg voor de shell om te bepalen welk bestand gewenst is en de rest aan te vullen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8458 msgid "environment variables" msgstr "omgevingsvariabelen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8462 msgid "Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's environment. This environment can be read by any program invoked by the shell, and thus contains a lot of program configuration. provides a list of common environment variables and their meanings. Note that the names of environment variables are always in uppercase." msgstr "Een ander kenmerk van de shell is het gebruik van omgevingsvariabelen. Omgevingsvariabelen zijn een variabele/sleutel paar opgeslagen in de omgeving van de shell. Deze omgeving kan gelezen worden door elk programma welke wordt uitgevoerd door de shell, en bevat dus veel programma configuratie. levert een lijst van voorkomende omgevings variabelen en hun betekenis. Let op dat de namen van omgevingsvariabelen altijd in hoofdletters zijn." #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:8472 msgid "Common Environment Variables" msgstr "Veel voorkomende omgevingsvariabelen" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8477 book.translate.xml:23134 msgid "Variable" msgstr "Variabele" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8484 msgid "USER" msgstr "USER" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8485 msgid "Current logged in user's name." msgstr "Gebruikersnaam van de gebruiker die is aangemeld." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8489 msgid "PATH" msgstr "PATH" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8490 msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries." msgstr "Een lijst van mappen, gescheiden door een : voor het zoeken naar binaire bestanden." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8495 msgid "DISPLAY" msgstr "DISPLAY" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8496 msgid "Network name of the Xorg display to connect to, if available." msgstr "Netwerknaam van het Xorg scherm om verbinding mee te maken, indien beschikbaar." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8502 msgid "SHELL" msgstr "SHELL" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8503 msgid "The current shell." msgstr "De huidige shell." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8507 msgid "TERM" msgstr "TERM" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8509 msgid "The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities of the terminal." msgstr "De naam van de huidige gebruikersterminal. Gebruikt om de mogelijkheden van de terminal te bepalen." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8514 msgid "TERMCAP" msgstr "TERMCAP" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8516 msgid "Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal functions." msgstr "Databaseregel met terminal escape codes voor het uitvoeren van diverse terminalfuncties." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8521 msgid "OSTYPE" msgstr "OSTYPE" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8522 msgid "Type of operating system." msgstr "Type besturingssysteem." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8526 msgid "MACHTYPE" msgstr "MACHTYPE" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8527 msgid "The system's CPU architecture." msgstr "De CPU architectuur waar het systeem op draait." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8531 msgid "EDITOR" msgstr "EDITOR" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8532 msgid "The user's preferred text editor." msgstr "De teksteditor waar de gebruiker voorkeur aangeeft." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8536 msgid "PAGER" msgstr "PAGER" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8537 msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time." msgstr "De tekstpager waar de gebruiker voorkeur aan geeft." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8542 msgid "MANPATH" msgstr "MANPATH" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:8543 msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages." msgstr "Lijst van mappen gescheiden door een : voor het zoeken naar handleidingen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8550 msgid "Bourne shells" msgstr "Bourne shells" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8554 msgid "How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In tcsh1 and csh1, use setenv to set environment variables. In sh1 and bash, use export to set the current environment variables. This example sets the default EDITOR to /usr/local/bin/emacs for the tcsh1 shell:" msgstr "Het instellen van omgevingsvariabelen verschilt van shell tot shell. In tcsh1 en csh1 wordt gebruik gemaakt van setenv om omgevingsvariabelen in te stellen. In sh1 en bash wordt gebruik gemaakt van export om de huidige omgevingsvariabelen in te stellen. Dit voorbeeld stelt de huidige EDITOR naar /usr/local/bin/emacs voor de tcsh1 shell:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:8563 #, no-wrap msgid "% setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs" msgstr "% setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8565 msgid "The equivalent command for bash would be:" msgstr "Hetzelfde command voor bash zou zijn:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:8568 #, no-wrap msgid "% export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"" msgstr "% export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8570 msgid "To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type a $ character in front of its name on the command line. For example, echo $TERM displays the current $TERM setting." msgstr "Om een omgevingsvariabele weer te geven zodat de huidige instelling gezien kan worden moet er $ karakter voor de naam op de commando regel gezet worden. Bijvoorbeeld echo $TERM toont de huidige $TERM instelling." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8576 msgid "Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special representations of data. The most common meta-character is *, which represents any number of characters in a filename. Meta-characters can be used to perform filename globbing. For example, echo * is equivalent to ls because the shell takes all the files that match * and echo lists them on the command line." msgstr "Shells behandelen speciale karakters, bekend als meta-karakters, als speciale representaties van data. Het meet voorkomende meta-karakter is * welke elk aantal van karakters in een bestandsnaam representeert. Meta-karakters kunnen worden gebruikt om filename globbing te doen. Bijvoorbeeld echo * welke gelijk is aan ls omdat de shell alle bestanden pakt die overeenkomen met * en echo laat deze zien op de command-regel." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8586 msgid "To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from the shell by starting it with a backslash (\\). For example, echo $TERM prints the terminal setting whereas echo \\$TERM literally prints the string $TERM." msgstr "Om te voorkomen dat de shell een speciaal karater interpreteert, moet deze ge-escaped worden door de shell door een backslash toe te voegen (\\). Bijvoorbeeld echo $TERM laat de terminal setting zien, waar echo \\$TERM de string $TERM print." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:8594 msgid "Changing the Shell" msgstr "De shell veranderen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8596 msgid "The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use chsh. Running this command will open the editor that is configured in the EDITOR environment variable, which by default is set to vi1. Change the Shell: line to the full path of the new shell." msgstr "De makkelijkste manier om de standaard shell aan te passen is door het gebruik van chsh. Het starten van dit commando zal de editor tonen welke geconfigureerd is in de EDITOR omgevings variabele, welke standaard is ingesteld op vi1. Verander de Shell: regel naar het volledige pad van de nieuwe shell." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8603 msgid "Alternately, use chsh -s which will set the specified shell without opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to bash:" msgstr "Alternatief kan gebruik worden gemaakt van chsh -s welke de gespecificeerde shell instelt zonder dat er een editor geopend wordt. Bijvoorbeeld om de shell te wijzigen naar bash:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:8607 #, no-wrap msgid "% chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash" msgstr "% chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:8610 msgid "The new shell must be present in /etc/shells. If the shell was installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as described in , it should be automatically added to this file. If it is missing, add it using this command, replacing the path with the path of the shell:" msgstr "De nieuwe shell moet bekend zijn in /etc/shells. Als de shell geinstalleerd is via de Portscollectie zoals beschreven in zou dit automatisch toegevoegd moeten worden aan dit bestand. Als deze ontbreekt, voeg het toe via dit command, waarbij het pad vervangen moet worden door het pad van de shell:" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:8617 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo /usr/local/bin/bash >> /etc/shells" msgstr "# echo /usr/local/bin/bash >> /etc/shells" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:8619 msgid "Then, rerun chsh1." msgstr "Hierna kan chsh1 weer gedraaid worden." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:8625 msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques" msgstr "Geavanceerde shell technieken" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:8628 book.translate.xml:31198 book.translate.xml:35719 #: book.translate.xml:35799 book.translate.xml:37408 book.translate.xml:44260 #: book.translate.xml:54712 book.translate.xml:57147 msgid " Tom Rhodes Written by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8638 msgid "The UNIX shell is not just a command interpreter, it acts as a powerful tool which allows users to execute commands, redirect their output, redirect their input and chain commands together to improve the final command output. When this functionality is mixed with built in commands, the user is provided with an environment that can maximize efficiency." msgstr "De UNIX is niet slechts een commando interpreteerder, het werkt als een krachtig hulpmiddel welke gebruikers in staat stelt om commando’s uit te voeren, de uitvoer te herleiden en commando’s te combineren om de uiteindelijke commando uitvoer te verbeteren. Wanneer deze functionaliteit wordt gemixed met ingebouwde commando’s wordt de gebruiker een omgeving geleverd die de efficiëntie kan maximaliseren." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8646 msgid "Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the ls1 command, for example, into a file, redirect the output:" msgstr "Shell herleiding is de actie van het zenden van de uitvoer of invoer van een commando in een ander commando of bestand. Om de uitvoer van het ls1 te bewaren, bijvoorbeeld in een bestand, herleid de uitvoer:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:8651 #, no-wrap msgid "% ls > directory_listing.txt" msgstr "% ls > directory_listing.txt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8653 msgid "The directory contents will now be listed in directory_listing.txt. Some commands can be used to read input, such as sort1. To sort this listing, redirect the input:" msgstr "De inhoud van de map zal nu beschikbaar zijn in directory_listing.txt. Sommige commando’s kunnen worden gebruikt om de invoer te lezen, zoals sort1. Om de uitvoer te sorteren, herleid de invoer:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:8658 #, no-wrap msgid "% sort < directory_listing.txt" msgstr "% sort < directory_listing.txt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8660 msgid "The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input into another file, one could redirect the output of sort1 by mixing the direction:" msgstr "De invoer zal worden gesorteerd en op het scherm getoond. Om die invoer te herleiden naar een ander bestand, kan iemand de uitvoer van sort1 herleiden door de richting aan te passen:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:8664 #, no-wrap msgid "% sort < directory_listing.txt > sorted.txt" msgstr "% sort < directory_listing.txt > sorted.txt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8666 msgid "In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection using file descriptors. Every UNIX system has file descriptors, which include standard input (stdin), standard output (stdout), and standard error (stderr). Each one has a purpose, where input could be a keyboard or a mouse, something that provides input. Output could be a screen or paper in a printer. And error would be anything that is used for diagnostic or error messages. All three are considered I/O based file descriptors and sometimes considered streams." msgstr "In alle voorgaande voorbeelden gebruiken de commando’s om de herleiding te doen file descriptors. Elk UNIX systeem heeft file descriptors, welke onder andere bevatten standaard invoer (stdin), standaard uitvoer (stdout) en standaard fout (stderr). Elk heeft een doel, waar invoer bijvoorbeeld een toetsenbord of muis kan zijn, iets wat invoer genereert. Uitvoer kan een scherm of papier in een printer zijn. Een foutmelding kan alles zijn wat gebruikt wordt voor diagnostiek of foutmeldingen. Alle drie worden gezien als I/O gebaseerde file descriptors en soms gezien als streams." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8677 msgid "Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. Another method of redirection is the pipe operator." msgstr "Door het gebruik van deze descriptors is de shell is staat om uitvoer en invoer te verplaatsen tussen verschillende commando’s en te herleiden uit of naar een bestand. Een andere methode van herleiding is de pipe operator." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8682 msgid "The UNIX pipe operator, | allows the output of one command to be directly passed or directed to another program. Basically, a pipe allows the standard output of a command to be passed as standard input to another command, for example:" msgstr "De UNIX pipe operator, | stelt de uitvoer in staat om van het ene commando direct worden doorgegeven of herleid aan een ander programma. In principe stelt een pipe de standaard uitvoer in staat om een commando door te geven als standaard invoer voor een ander programma, zoals bijvoorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:8688 #, no-wrap msgid "% cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less" msgstr "% cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8690 msgid "In that example, the contents of directory_listing.txt will be sorted and the output passed to less1. This allows the user to scroll through the output at their own pace and prevent it from scrolling off the screen." msgstr "In dat voorbeeld zal de inhoud van directory_listing.txt worden gesorteerd en de uitvoer wordt doorgegeven aan less1. Dit stelt de gebruiker instaat om door de uitvoer heen te bladeren in hun eigen snelheid en wordt voorkomen dat dit van het scherm afvalt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:8699 msgid "Text Editors" msgstr "Tekstverwerkers" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8701 msgid "text editors" msgstr "text editors" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8704 book.translate.xml:8740 msgid "editors" msgstr "editors" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8708 msgid "Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files. Because of this, it is a good idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with a few as part of the base system, and many more are available in the Ports Collection." msgstr "De meeste FreeBSD configuratie wordt gedaan door het bewerken van tekstbestanden. Hierdoor is het een goed idee om bekend te zijn met een tekstverwerker. FreeBSD heeft er een paar in het basissysteem en veel anderen zijn beschikbaar via de Portscollectie." #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8713 msgid "ee" msgstr "ee" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8716 msgid "editors ee1" msgstr "editors ee1" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8721 msgid "A simple editor to learn is ee1, which stands for easy editor. To start this editor, type ee filename where filename is the name of the file to be edited. Once inside the editor, all of the commands for manipulating the editor's functions are listed at the top of the display. The caret (^) represents Ctrl, so ^e expands to Ctrl e . To leave ee1, press Esc, then choose the leave editor option from the main menu. The editor will prompt to save any changes if the file has been modified." msgstr "Een simpele editor om te leren is ee1, wat easy editor betekent. Om deze editor te starten, type ee filename waar filename de naam is van het bestand dat bewerkt moet worden. Eenmaal in de editor, worden alle manipulatie commando’s getoond aan de bovenkant van het scherm. Het karakter dakje (^) staat voor de toets Ctrl, dus ^e vormt de toetscombinatie Ctrl e . Om ee1 te verlaten, toetsEsc, en kies daar de optie leave editor uit het hoofdmenu. De editor vraagt dan of de wijzigingen bewaard moeten worden als het bestand gewijzigd is." #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8737 msgid "vi" msgstr "vi" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8743 msgid "emacs" msgstr "emacs" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8747 msgid "FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as vi1, as part of the base system. Other editors, like editors/emacs and editors/vim, are part of the FreeBSD Ports Collection. These editors offer more functionality at the expense of being more complicated to learn. Learning a more powerful editor such as vim or Emacs can save more time in the long run." msgstr "FreeBSD heeft ook meer krachtige tekst bewerkers zoals vi1, als onderdeel van het basis systeem. Andere editors zoals editors/emacs en editors/vim maken onderdeel uit van de FreeBSD Portscollectie. Deze editors leveren meer functionaliteit en kracht maar zijn lastiger om te leren. Het leren van een krachtigere editor zoals vim of Emacs kan uiteindelijk veel meer tijd besparen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8757 msgid "Many applications which modify files or require typed input will automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the EDITOR environment variable as described in ." msgstr "Veel applicaties die bestanden wijzigen of getypte invoer vereisen, openen automatisch een tekst editor. Om de standaard editor aan te passen, stel de EDITOR omgevings variabele in zoals beschreven in ." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:8764 msgid "Devices and Device Nodes" msgstr "Apparaten en apparaat nodes" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8766 msgid "A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD boots, the majority of the boot messages refer to devices being detected. A copy of the boot messages are saved to /var/run/dmesg.boot." msgstr "Een apparaat is een term meestal gebruikt voor hardware gerelateerde activiteiten op een systeem, inclusief schijven, printers, grafische kaarten en toetsenborden. Wanneer FreeBSD opstart, zal de grootste hoeveelheid opstart berichten verwijzen naar apparaten die herkend worden. Een kopie van de opstart berichten wordt bewaard in /var/run/dmesg.boot." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8773 msgid "Each device has a device name and number. For example, ada0 is the first SATA hard drive, while kbd0 represents the keyboard." msgstr "Elk apparaat heeft een apparaat naam en nummer. Bijvoorbeeld ada0 is de eerste SATA harde schijf, en kdb0 representeert het toetsenbord." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8778 msgid "Most devices in FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called device nodes, which are located in /dev." msgstr "De meeste apparaten in FreeBSD worden benaderd door een speciaal bestand genaamd apparaat nodes, welke te vinden zijn in /dev." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:8784 msgid "Manual Pages" msgstr "Handleidingen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8786 msgid "manual pages" msgstr "manual pages" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8790 msgid "The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference manual explaining the basic operation and available arguments. These manuals can be viewed using man:" msgstr "De meest uitgebreide documentatie over FreeBSD is in de vorm van handleidingen. Bijna elk programma op het systeem komt met een korte referentie handleiding waarin de basiswerking en beschikbare argumenten worden uitgelegd. Deze handleidingen kunnen bekeken worden met man:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:8796 #, no-wrap msgid "% man command" msgstr "% man command" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8798 msgid "where command is the name of the command to learn about. For example, to learn more about ls1, type:" msgstr "waar command de naam is van het commando waarover geleerd wordt. Bijvoorbeeld om meer te leren over ls1, typ:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:8802 #, no-wrap msgid "% man ls" msgstr "% man ls" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8804 msgid "Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. In FreeBSD, the following sections are available:" msgstr "Handleidingen worden verdeeld in secties, welke het type onderwerp aangeven. In FreeBSD zijn de volgende secties beschikbaar:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8810 msgid "User commands." msgstr "Gebruiker commando’s." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8814 msgid "System calls and error numbers." msgstr "Systeem aanroepen en error nummers." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8818 msgid "Functions in the C libraries." msgstr "Functies in de C bibliotheken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8822 msgid "Device drivers." msgstr "Apparaat stuurprogramma’s." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8826 msgid "File formats." msgstr "Bestandsformaten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8830 msgid "Games and other diversions." msgstr "Spelletjes en andere afleidingen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8834 msgid "Miscellaneous information." msgstr "Diverse informatie." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8838 msgid "System maintenance and operation commands." msgstr "Systeem onderhoud en commando’s." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8842 msgid "System kernel interfaces." msgstr "Systeem kernel interfaces." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8846 msgid "In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the online manual. For example, there is a chmod user command and a chmod() system call. To tell man1 which section to display, specify the section number:" msgstr "In sommige gevallen kan een bepaald onderwerp vaker voorkomen in een onderdeel van de handleidingen. Er is bijvoorbeeld een chmod gebruikerscommando en een chmod() systeemaanroep. Om man1 te vertellen welke sectie er getoond moet worden, moet het sectienummer gespecificeerd worden:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:8852 #, no-wrap msgid "% man 1 chmod" msgstr "% man 1 chmod" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8854 msgid "This will display the manual page for the user command chmod1. References to a particular section of the online manual are traditionally placed in parenthesis in written documentation, so chmod1 refers to the user command and chmod2 refers to the system call." msgstr "Dit geeft de handleiding van het gebruikerscommando chmod1 weer. Verwijzingen naar een bepaald onderdeel van de handleiding wordt traditioneel tussen haakjes geplaatst: chmod1 verwijst naar het gebruikerscommando en chmod2 verwijst naar de systeemaanroep." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8860 msgid "If the name of the manual page is unknown, use man -k to search for keywords in the manual page descriptions:" msgstr "Als de naam van de handleiding niet bekend is, gebruik man -k voor het zoeken naar sleutelwoorden in de commando beschrijvingen:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:8864 #, no-wrap msgid "% man -k mail" msgstr "% man -k mail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8866 msgid "This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword mail in their descriptions. This is equivalent to using apropos1." msgstr "Met dit commando wordt een overzicht getoond met commando’s die het trefwoord mail in hun omschrijving hebben. Dit is gelijk aan het commando apropos1." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8870 msgid "To read the descriptions for all of the commands in /usr/bin, type:" msgstr "Om de beschrijvingen van alle commando’s in /usr/bin te lezen, typ:" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:8873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd /usr/bin\n" "% man -f * | more" msgstr "" "% cd /usr/bin\n" "% man -f * | more" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8876 book.translate.xml:49681 msgid "or" msgstr "of" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:8878 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd /usr/bin\n" "% whatis * |more" msgstr "" "% cd /usr/bin\n" "% whatis * |more" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:8882 msgid "GNU Info Files" msgstr "GNU Info Files" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8888 msgid "FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may include hypertext documents called info files. These can be viewed using info1 or, if editors/emacs is installed, the info mode of emacs." msgstr "FreeBSD bevat verschillende applicaties en hulpprogramma’s geproduceerd door de Free Software Foundation (FSF). Naast handleidingen bevatten deze programma’s hypertext documenten genaamd info bestanden. Deze kunnen worden getoond door info1 of als editors/emacs is geïnstalleerd, de infomodus van emacs." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8896 msgid "To use info1, type:" msgstr "info1 wordt als volgt gebruikt:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:8898 #, no-wrap msgid "% info" msgstr "% info" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:8900 msgid "For a brief introduction, type h. For a quick command reference, type ?." msgstr "Voor een korte beschrijving typ h. Voor een snel commando-overzicht typ ?." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:8914 msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports" msgstr "Applicaties installeren: pakketten en ports" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8919 msgid "ports" msgstr "ports" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:8920 msgid "packages" msgstr "packages" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8921 msgid "FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies for installing third-party software: the FreeBSD Ports Collection, for installing from source, and packages, for installing from pre-built binaries. Either method may be used to install software from local media or from the network." msgstr "FreeBSD bevat een grote collectie aan systeemgereedschappen als onderdeel van het basissysteem. Daarnaast biedt FreeBSD twee complementaire technologieën voor het installeren van software van derden: de FreeBSD Portscollectie voor het installeren uit de broncode, en pakketten voor het installeren van vooraf gebouwde binaries. Beide methoden kunnen worden gebruikt om software te installeren vanuit lokale media of vanaf het netwerk." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8933 msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports." msgstr "Het verschil tussen binaire pakketten en ports." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8937 msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD." msgstr "Hoe software van derden welke geporteerd is naar FreeBSD gevonden kan worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8942 msgid "How to manage binary packages using pkg." msgstr "Hoe binaire pakketten beheerd kunnen worden door gebruik van pkg." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8947 msgid "How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection." msgstr "Hoe software van derden gebouwd kan worden uit de broncode door gebruik van de Ports Collectie." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8952 msgid "How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation configuration." msgstr "Hoe de geïnstalleerde bestanden gevonden kunnen worden om na installatie te configureren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:8957 msgid "What to do if a software installation fails." msgstr "Wat er gedaan kan worden als een software installatie mislukt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:8963 msgid "Overview of Software Installation" msgstr "Overzicht van softwareinstallatie" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8965 msgid "The typical steps for installing third-party software on a UNIX system include:" msgstr "De typische stappen voor het installeren van derde partij software op een UNIX systeem bevatten:" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:8970 msgid "Find and download the software, which might be distributed in source code format or as a binary." msgstr "Vind en download de software, welke gedistribueerd kan worden in broncode formaat of als binary." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:8975 msgid "Unpack the software from its distribution format. This is typically a tarball compressed with a program such as compress1, gzip1, bzip21 or xz1." msgstr "Pak de software uit vanuit zijn distributietype. Dit is meestal een tarball gecomprimeerd met een programma zoals compress1, gzip1, bzip21 of xz1." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:8981 msgid "Locate the documentation in INSTALL, README or some file in a doc/ subdirectory and read up on how to install the software." msgstr "Zoek de documentatie in INSTALL, README of een bestand in een doc/ submap en lees hoe de software geïnstalleerd moet worden." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:8988 msgid "If the software was distributed in source format, compile it. This may involve editing a Makefile or running a configure script." msgstr "Als de software verspreid is in broncode formaat, compileer het. Dit kan betekenen dat er een Makefile bewerkt moet worden, of dat er een configure script gedraaid moet worden." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:8995 msgid "Test and install the software." msgstr "Testen en installeren van de software." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:8999 msgid "A FreeBSD port is a collection of files designed to automate the process of compiling an application from source code. The files that comprise a port contain all the necessary information to automatically download, extract, patch, compile, and install the application." msgstr "Een FreeBSD port is een collectie van bestanden die ontworpen is om het proces te automatiseren van het compileren van een applicatie vanuit broncode. De bestanden die een port vormen bevatten noodzakelijke informatie om automatisch te downloaden, uit te pakken, te patchen, compileren en het installeren van de applicatie." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9006 msgid "If the software has not already been adapted and tested on FreeBSD, the source code might need editing in order for it to install and run properly." msgstr "Als de software niet reeds aangepast en getest is op FreeBSD, moet de broncode misschien worden aangepast zodat deze geïnstalleerd kan worden en correct kan draaien." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9010 msgid "However, over 24,000 third-party applications have already been ported to FreeBSD. When feasible, these applications are made available for download as pre-compiled packages." msgstr "Er zijn echter al meer dan 24,000 derde partij applicaties geporteerd naar FreeBSD. Wanneer mogelijk zijn deze applicaties beschikbaar voor download als voor gecompileerde pakketten." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9016 msgid "Packages can be manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands." msgstr "Pakketten kunnen worden gemanipuleerd met de FreeBSD pakket management commando’s." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9020 msgid "Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is used to install an application and a dependent library is not already installed, the library will automatically be installed first." msgstr "Zowel pakketten als ports begrijpen afhankelijkheden. Als een pakket of port wordt gebruikt om een applicatie te installeren en de afhankelijke bibliotheek is nog niet geïnstalleerd, zal deze bibliotheek eerst automatisch worden geïnstalleerd." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9025 msgid "A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A package can be manipulated with the pkg8 commands, such as pkg install." msgstr "Een FreeBSD pakket bevat voor gecompileerde kopieën van alle comando’s voor een applicatie evenals configuratie bestanden en documentatie. Een pakket kan worden gemanipuleerd met de citerefentry>pkg8 commando’s zoals pkg install." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9031 msgid "While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for installing a particular application." msgstr "Ondanks dat de twee technologieën vergelijkbaar zijn, hebben pakketten en ports ieder zijn eigen kracht. Kies de technologie die voldoet aan de eisen voor het installeren van een bepaalde applicatie." #. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title #: book.translate.xml:9037 msgid "Package Benefits" msgstr "Voordelen van pakketten" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9040 msgid "A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed tarball containing the source code for the application." msgstr "Een gecomprimeerde pakket tarball is meestal kleiner dan de gecomprimeerde tarball met daarin de broncode voor de applicatie." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9046 msgid "Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as Mozilla, KDE, or GNOME, this can be important on a slow system." msgstr "Pakketten hebben geen compilatietijd nodig. Voor grote applicaties zoals Mozilla, KDE of GNOME kan dit belangrijk zijn op een langzamer systeem." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9054 msgid "Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in compiling software on FreeBSD." msgstr "Pakketten hebben geen begrip nodig van het proces voor het compileren van software op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title #: book.translate.xml:9060 msgid "Port Benefits" msgstr "Port voordelen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9063 msgid "Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can change the compilation options." msgstr "Pakketten worden normaal gecompileerd met conservatieve opties omdat deze moeten functioneren op een maximaal aantal systemen. Door het compileren vanuit de port kan men de compilatie opties wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9070 msgid "Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are installed. For example, Apache can be configured with a wide variety of different built-in options." msgstr "Sommige applicaties hebben specifieke compilatie opties afhankelijk van welke functies er worden geïnstalleerd. Bijvoorbeeld Apache kan worden geconfigureerd met een breed scala van verschillende ingebouwde opties." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9075 msgid "In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to specify certain settings. For example, Ghostscript is available as a ghostscript package and a ghostscript-nox11 package, depending on whether or not Xorg is installed. Creating multiple packages rapidly becomes impossible if an application has more than one or two different compile-time options." msgstr "In een aantal gevallen zullen meerdere pakketten bestaan voor dezelfde applicaties om specifieke instellingen te specificeren. Bijvoorbeeld Ghostscript is beschikbaar als ghostscript pakket en een ghostscript-nox11 pakket, afhankelijk of Xorg is geïnstalleerd. Het maken van meerdere pakketten wordt snel onmogelijk als een applicatie meer dan één of twee verschillende compileer tijd opties heeft." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9087 msgid "The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the end-user." msgstr "De licentievoorwaarden van sommige software verbiedt binaire distributie. Zulke software moet verspreid worden als broncode, welke gecompileerd moet worden door de eind gebruiker." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9093 msgid "Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through source code in order to look for potential problems." msgstr "Sommige mensen vertrouwen binaire distributies niet of geven er de voorkeur aan om de broncode te lezen om mogelijke problemen te kunnen ontdekken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9099 msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches." msgstr "De broncode is nodig om aangepaste patches toe te kunnen passen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9104 msgid "To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the FreeBSD ports mailing list and the FreeBSD ports bugs mailing list." msgstr "Om bij te houden welke ports worden bijgewerkt, abonneer u op de FreeBSD ports mailing lijst en de FreeBSD ports bugs mailing lijst." #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:9108 msgid "Before installing any application, check for security issues related to the application or type pkg audit -F to check all installed applications for known vulnerabilities." msgstr "Voordat er een applicatie wordt geïnstalleerd controleer op security problemen gerelateerd aan de applicatie of typ pkg audit -F om alle geïnstalleerde applicaties te controleren op bekende beveiligings problemen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9114 msgid "The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD." msgstr "De rest van dit hoofdstuk legt uit hoe pakketten en ports gebruikt worden voor het installeren en beheren van software van derden op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:9120 msgid "Finding Software" msgstr "Vinden van software" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9122 msgid "FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are a number of ways to find software to install:" msgstr "De lijst van beschikbare applicaties op FreeBSD groeit continue. Er zijn een aantal manieren om software te vinden voor installatie:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9128 msgid "The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the available applications, at http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/. The ports can be searched by application name or by software category." msgstr "De FreeBSD website bevat een up to date doorzoekbare lijst van alle beschikbare applicaties op http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/. De ports kunnen doorzocht worden op applicatie naam en op software categorie." #. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:9135 msgid "FreshPorts" msgstr "FreshPorts" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9137 msgid "Dan Langille maintains FreshPorts.org which provides a comprehensive search utility and also tracks changes to the applications in the Ports Collection. Registered users can create a customized watch list in order to receive an automated email when their watched ports are updated." msgstr "Dan Langille onderhoudt FreshPorts.org welke een uitgebreid zoekprogramma biedt en ook wijzigingen bijhoud voor de applicaties in de Portscollectie. Geregistreerde gebruikers kunnen een aangepaste volg lijst maken om geautomatiseerde emails te ontvangen wanneer de gevolgde ports worden bijgewerkt." #. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:9146 msgid "SourceForge" msgstr "SourceForge" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9148 msgid "If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a site like SourceForge.net or GitHub.com then check back at the FreeBSD site to see if the application has been ported." msgstr "Als het vinden van een bepaalde applicatie lastig wordt, probeer dan te zoeken op een site als SourceForge.net of GitHub.com en daarna op de FreeBSD site om te zien of de applicatie geporteerd is." #. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:9156 msgid "pkg search" msgstr "pkg search" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#pkg-search #: book.translate.xml:9161 msgid "To search the binary package repository for an application:" msgstr "Om de binaire pakket opslag te doorzoeken voor een applicatie:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:9164 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg search subversion\n" "git-subversion-1.9.2\n" "java-subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "p5-subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "py27-hgsubversion-1.6\n" "py27-subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "ruby-subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "subversion-book-4515\n" "subversion-static-1.8.8_2\n" "subversion16-1.6.23_4\n" "subversion17-1.7.16_2" msgstr "" "# pkg search subversion\n" "git-subversion-1.9.2\n" "java-subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "p5-subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "py27-hgsubversion-1.6\n" "py27-subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "ruby-subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "subversion-1.8.8_2\n" "subversion-book-4515\n" "subversion-static-1.8.8_2\n" "subversion16-1.6.23_4\n" "subversion17-1.7.16_2" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9177 msgid "Package names include the version number and in case of ports based on python, the version number of the version of python the package was built with. Some ports also have multiple versions available. In case of subversion there are different versions available, as well as different compile options. In this case, the statically linked version of subversion. When indicating which package to install, it is best to specify the application by the port origin, which is the path in the ports tree. Repeat the pkg search with to list the origin of each package:" msgstr "Pakketnamen bevatten versie nummers en in geval van ports gebaseerd op python, het versienummer van de versie van python waarmee het pakket gebouwd is. Sommige ports hebben meerdere versies beschikbaar. In geval van subversion zijn er verschillende opties beschikbaar, evenals verschillende compileer opties. In dit geval de statisch gelinkte versie van subversion. Wanneer het pakket wordt aangewezen om te installeren, is het het beste om de applicatie te specificeren vanuit de port, welke het pad is in de ports tree. Herhaal het pkg search commando met om de locatie van elk pakket te vinden:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:9191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg search -o subversion\n" "devel/git-subversion\n" "java/java-subversion\n" "devel/p5-subversion\n" "devel/py-hgsubversion\n" "devel/py-subversion\n" "devel/ruby-subversion\n" "devel/subversion16\n" "devel/subversion17\n" "devel/subversion\n" "devel/subversion-book\n" "devel/subversion-static" msgstr "" "# pkg search -o subversion\n" "devel/git-subversion\n" "java/java-subversion\n" "devel/p5-subversion\n" "devel/py-hgsubversion\n" "devel/py-subversion\n" "devel/ruby-subversion\n" "devel/subversion16\n" "devel/subversion17\n" "devel/subversion\n" "devel/subversion-book\n" "devel/subversion-static" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9204 msgid "Searching by shell globs, regular expressions, exact match, by description, or any other field in the repository database is also supported by pkg search. After installing ports-mgmt/pkg or ports-mgmt/pkg-devel, see pkg-search8 for more details." msgstr "Door het zoeken van shell globs, reguliere expressies, exacte matching, omschrijving of elk ander veld in de pakket database wordt ook ondersteund door pkg search. Na het installeren van ports-mgmt/pkg of ports-mgmt/pkg-devel, zie citerefentry>pkg-search8 voor meer details." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9213 msgid "If the Ports Collection is already installed, there are several methods to query the local version of the ports tree. To find out which category a port is in, type whereis file, where file is the program to be installed:" msgstr "Als de ports collectie reeds is geïnstalleerd, zijn er verschillende methode om de lokale versie van de ports tree te raadplegen. Om te achterhalen in welke category een bepaalde port heeft, typ whereis file, waar file het programma is welke geïnstalleerd gaat worden:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:9220 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# whereis lsof\n" "lsof: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof" msgstr "" "# whereis lsof\n" "lsof: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9223 msgid "Alternately, an echo1 statement can be used:" msgstr "Als alternatief kan een echo1 statement worden gebruikt:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:9226 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*\n" "/usr/ports/sysutils/lsof" msgstr "" "# echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*\n" "/usr/ports/sysutils/lsof" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9229 msgid "Note that this will also return any matched files downloaded into the /usr/ports/distfiles directory." msgstr "Let op dat dit ook resultaten geeft van overeenkomende bestanden gedownload in de /usr/ports/distfiles map." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9235 msgid "Another way to find software is by using the Ports Collection's built-in search mechanism. To use the search feature, cd to /usr/ports then run make search name=program-name where program-name is the name of the software. For example, to search for lsof:" msgstr "Een andere manier om software te vinden is door het gebruik van de Portscollectie ingebouwde zoek mechanisme. Om de zoek optie te gebruiken, cd naar /usr/ports en draai daar make search name=program-name waar program-name de naam van de software is. Bijvoorbeeld om te zoeken naar lsof:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:9244 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports\n" "# make search name=lsof\n" "Port: lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "Path: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" "Info: Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))\n" "Maint: ler@lerctr.org\n" "Index: sysutils\n" "B-deps:\n" "R-deps: " msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports\n" "# make search name=lsof\n" "Port: lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "Path: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" "Info: Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))\n" "Maint: ler@lerctr.org\n" "Index: sysutils\n" "B-deps:\n" "R-deps: " #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:9255 msgid "The built-in search mechanism uses a file of index information. If a message indicates that the INDEX is required, run make fetchindex to download the current index file. With the INDEX present, make search will be able to perform the requested search." msgstr "Het ingebouwde zoek mechanisme gebruikt een bestand met index informatie. Als een bericht aangeeft dat INDEX benodigd is, draai make fetchindex om het huidige index bestand te downloaden. Met INDEX beschikbaar zal make search in staat zijn om de gevraagde zoekopdracht uit te voeren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9264 msgid "The Path: line indicates where to find the port." msgstr "De Path: regel geeft aan waar de port gevonden kan worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9267 msgid "To receive less information, use the quicksearch feature:" msgstr "Om minder informatie te ontvangen gebruik de quicksearch optie:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:9270 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports\n" "# make quicksearch name=lsof\n" "Port: lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "Path: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" "Info: Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports\n" "# make quicksearch name=lsof\n" "Port: lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "Path: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" "Info: Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9276 msgid "For more in-depth searching, use make search key=string or make quicksearch key=string, where string is some text to search for. The text can be in comments, descriptions, or dependencies in order to find ports which relate to a particular subject when the name of the program is unknown." msgstr "Om dieper te zoeken gebruik make search key=string of make quicksearch key=string waar string een tekst is waarop gezocht wordt. De tekst kan zich bevinden in commentaar, omschrijvingen of afhankelijkheden zodat ports worden gevonden die voldoen aan een specifiek onderwerp wanneer de naam van het programma niet bekend is." #. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget #: book.translate.xml:9287 msgid "search" msgstr "search" #. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget #: book.translate.xml:9288 msgid "quicksearch" msgstr "quicksearch" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9287 msgid "When using <_:buildtarget-1/> or <_:buildtarget-2/>, the search string is case-insensitive. Searching for LSOF will yield the same results as searching for lsof." msgstr "Wanneer gebruikt wordt gemaakt van <_:buildtarget-1/> of <_:buildtarget-2/>, is de zoek tekst hoofd letter ongevoelig. Het zoeken naar LSOF zal dezelfde resultaten geven als het zoeken naar lsof." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:9297 msgid "Using pkg for Binary Package Management" msgstr "Gebruik maken van pkg voor binair pakket beheer" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9300 msgid "pkg is the next generation replacement for the traditional FreeBSD package management tools, offering many features that make dealing with binary packages faster and easier." msgstr "pkg is de volgende generatie vervanger voor de traditionele FreeBSD pakket beheer programma’s en biedt veel functies die het handelen met binaire pakketten sneller en gemakkelijker maakt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9305 msgid "For sites wishing to only use prebuilt binary packages from the FreeBSD mirrors, managing packages with pkg can be sufficient." msgstr "Voor omgevingen die alleen gebruik willen maken van vooraf gebouwde binaire pakketten vanaf de FreeBSD mirrors, kan het beheren van pakketten met pkg voldoende zijn." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9309 msgid "However, for those sites building from source or using their own repositories, a separate port management tool will be needed." msgstr "Echter voor omgevingen die bouwen vanuit de broncode of gebruik maken van hun eigen opslag is een aparte port beheer tool nodig." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9314 msgid "Since pkg only works with binary packages, it is not a replacement for such tools. Those tools can be used to install software from both binary packages and the Ports Collection, while pkg installs only binary packages." msgstr "Omdat pkg alleen werkt voor binaire pakketten is het geen vervanger voor deze hulpprogramma’s. Deze hulpprogramma’s kunnen worden gebruikt om software te installeren vanuit zowel binaire pakketten en de Portscollectie, waarbij pkg alleen binaire pakketten installeert." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9323 msgid "Getting Started with pkg" msgstr "Aan de slag met pkg" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9326 msgid "FreeBSD includes a bootstrap utility which can be used to download and install pkg and its manual pages. This utility is designed to work with versions of FreeBSD starting with 10.X." msgstr "FreeBSD bevat een opstart programma welke gebruikt kan worden om pkg te downloaden en te installeren met zijn handleidingen. Dit hulpprogramma is ontworpen om te werken met versies van FreeBSD vanaf 10.X." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:9333 msgid "Not all FreeBSD versions and architectures support this bootstrap process. The current list is at . For other cases, pkg must instead be installed from the Ports Collection or as a binary package." msgstr "Niet alle FreeBSD versies en architecturen ondersteunen dit opstart proces. De huidige lijst is beschikbaar op link xlink:href=“http://pkg.freebsd.org/“/>. In andere gevallen moet pkg geïnstalleerd worden vanuit de Portscollectie of als binair pakket." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9342 msgid "To bootstrap the system, run:" msgstr "Om het systeem te starten, start:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9344 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/sbin/pkg" msgstr "# /usr/sbin/pkg" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9346 msgid "You must have a working Internet connection for the bootstrap process to suceed." msgstr "Er moet een werkende internet verbinding zijn om het opstart proces te laten slagen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9349 msgid "Otherwise, to install the port, run:" msgstr "In het andere geval om de port te installeren:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9351 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg\n" "# make\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg\n" "# make\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9355 msgid "When upgrading an existing system that originally used the older pkg_* tools, the database must be converted to the new format, so that the new tools are aware of the already installed packages. Once pkg has been installed, the package database must be converted from the traditional format to the new format by running this command:" msgstr "Wanneer het systeem wordt geüpgraded vanaf een bestaand systeem welke oorspronkelijk gebruik maakte van oudere pkg_* programma’s, moet de database geconverteerd worden naar een nieuw formaat, zodat de nieuwe programma’s weten welke pakketten er al geïnstalleerd zijn. Zodra pkg is geïnstalleerd, moet de pakketten database worden geconverteerd vanuit het traditionele formaat naar het nieuwe formaat door het starten van dit commando:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9363 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg2ng" msgstr "# pkg2ng" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:9365 msgid "This step is not required for new installations that do not yet have any third-party software installed." msgstr "Deze stap is niet nodig voor nieuwe installaties die nog geen derde partij software hebben geïnstalleerd." #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:9370 msgid "This step is not reversible. Once the package database has been converted to the pkg format, the traditional pkg_* tools should no longer be used." msgstr "Deze stap kan niet worden teruggedraaid. Zodra de pakketten database is geconverteerd naar het pkg formaat, moeten de traditionele pkg_* programma’s niet meer gebruikt worden." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:9377 msgid "The package database conversion may emit errors as the contents are converted to the new version. Generally, these errors can be safely ignored. However, a list of software that was not successfully converted is shown after pkg2ng finishes. These applications must be manually reinstalled." msgstr "De pakket database conversie kan errors tonen wanneer de inhoud wordt geconverteerd naar de nieuwe versie. Meestal kunnen deze foutmeldingen veilig worden genegeerd. Er wordt echter een lijst getoond van software welke niet succesvol is geconverteerd nadat het pkg2ng programma klaar is. Deze applicaties moeten handmatig opnieuw worden geïnstalleerd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9385 msgid "To ensure that the Ports Collection registers new software with pkg instead of the traditional packages database, FreeBSD versions earlier than 10.X require this line in /etc/make.conf:" msgstr "Om er zeker van te zijn dat de Portscollectie nieuwe software registreert met pkg in plaats van de traditionele pakketten database, moet er voor FreeBSD versies eerder dan 10.X de volgende regel bekend zijn in /etc/make.conf:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:9391 #, no-wrap msgid "WITH_PKGNG=\tyes" msgstr "WITH_PKGNG=\tyes" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9393 msgid "By default, pkg uses the binary packages from the FreeBSD package mirrors (the repository). For information about building a custom package repository, see ." msgstr "Standaard gebruikt pkg de binaire pakketten van de FreeBSD pakket mirrors (de bewaarplaats). Voor informatie over het bouwen van een aangepaste pakket bewaarplaats, zie ." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9400 msgid "Additional pkg configuration options are described in pkg.conf5." msgstr "Extra pkg configuratie opties worden beschreven in pkg.conf5." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9403 msgid "Usage information for pkg is available in the pkg8 manual page or by running pkg without additional arguments." msgstr "Gebruikers informatie over pkg is beschikbaar in de pkg8 handleiding of door het starten van pkg zonder extra argumenten." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9407 msgid "Each pkg command argument is documented in a command-specific manual page. To read the manual page for pkg install, for example, run either of these commands:" msgstr "Elk pkg commando argument is gedocumenteerd in een commando specifieke handleiding. Om bijvoorbeeld de handleiding te lezen voor pkg install moet één van de volgende commando’s gestart worden:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9412 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg help install" msgstr "# pkg help install" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9414 #, no-wrap msgid "# man pkg-install" msgstr "# man pkg-install" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9416 msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks which can be performed using pkg. Each demonstrated command provides many switches to customize its use. Refer to a command's help or man page for details and more examples." msgstr "De rest van de sectie demonstreert veel voorkomende binair pakket beheer taken welke kunnen worden uitgevoerd door pkg. Elk gedemonstreerde commando levert veel opties om zijn gebruik aan te passen. Bekijk de help of handleiding van een commando voor meer details en voorbeelden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9425 msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages" msgstr "Informatie verkrijgen over geïnstalleerde pakketten" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9427 msgid "Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by running pkg info which, when run without any switches, will list the package version for either all installed packages or the specified package." msgstr "Informatie over pakketten welke geïnstalleerd zijn op een systeem kunnen worden getoond door het starten van pkg info, welke zonder extra argumenten de lijst van alle geïnstalleerde pakketten laat zien, of het gespecificeerde pakket." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9433 msgid "For example, to see which version of pkg is installed, run:" msgstr "Bijvooreeld om te zien welke versie van pkg is geïnstalleerd, start:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9436 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg info pkg\n" "pkg-1.1.4_1" msgstr "" "# pkg info pkg\n" "pkg-1.1.4_1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9441 msgid "Installing and Removing Packages" msgstr "Installeren en verwijderen van pakketten" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9443 msgid "To install a binary package use the following command, where packagename is the name of the package to install:" msgstr "Om binaire pakkette te installeren gebruik het volgende commando, waarbij packagename de naam is van het pakket welke moet worden geïnstalleerd:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9447 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install packagename" msgstr "# pkg install packagename" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9449 msgid "This command uses repository data to determine which version of the software to install and if it has any uninstalled dependencies. For example, to install curl:" msgstr "Dit commando gebruikt de bewaarplaats data om te bepalen welke versie van de software geïnstalleerd moet worden, en of er niet geïnstalleerde afhankelijkheden zijn. Om bijvoorbeeld curl te installeren:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9454 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg install curl\n" "Updating repository catalogue\n" "/usr/local/tmp/All/curl-7.31.0_1.txz 100% of 1181 kB 1380 kBps 00m01s\n" "\n" "/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz 100% of 288 kB 1700 kBps 00m00s\n" "\n" "Updating repository catalogue\n" "The following 2 packages will be installed:\n" "\n" " Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n" " Installing curl: 7.31.0_1\n" "\n" "The installation will require 3 MB more space\n" "\n" "0 B to be downloaded\n" "\n" "Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: y\n" "Checking integrity... done\n" "[1/2] Installing ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done\n" "[2/2] Installing curl-7.31.0_1... done\n" "Cleaning up cache files...Done" msgstr "" "# pkg install curl\n" "Updating repository catalogue\n" "/usr/local/tmp/All/curl-7.31.0_1.txz 100% of 1181 kB 1380 kBps 00m01s\n" "\n" "/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz 100% of 288 kB 1700 kBps 00m00s\n" "\n" "Updating repository catalogue\n" "The following 2 packages will be installed:\n" "\n" " Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n" " Installing curl: 7.31.0_1\n" "\n" "The installation will require 3 MB more space\n" "\n" "0 B to be downloaded\n" "\n" "Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: y\n" "Checking integrity... done\n" "[1/2] Installing ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done\n" "[2/2] Installing curl-7.31.0_1... done\n" "Cleaning up cache files...Done" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9476 msgid "The new package and any additional packages that were installed as dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:" msgstr "De nieuwe en alle additionele pakketten die geïnstalleerd zijn als afhankelijkheid kunnen worden gezien in de geïnstalleerde pakketten lijst:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9480 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg info\n" "ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\tThe root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n" "curl-7.31.0_1\tNon-interactive tool to get files from FTP, GOPHER, HTTP(S) servers\n" "pkg-1.1.4_6\tNew generation package manager" msgstr "" "# pkg info\n" "ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\tThe root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n" "curl-7.31.0_1\tNon-interactive tool to get files from FTP, GOPHER, HTTP(S) servers\n" "pkg-1.1.4_6\tNew generation package manager" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9485 msgid "Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with pkg delete. For example:" msgstr "Pakketten die niet langer nodig zijn kunnen worden verwijderd met pkg delete. Bijvoorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg delete curl\n" "The following packages will be deleted:\n" "\n" "\tcurl-7.31.0_1\n" "\n" "The deletion will free 3 MB\n" "\n" "Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: y\n" "[1/1] Deleting curl-7.31.0_1... done" msgstr "" "# pkg delete curl\n" "The following packages will be deleted:\n" "\n" "\tcurl-7.31.0_1\n" "\n" "The deletion will free 3 MB\n" "\n" "Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: y\n" "[1/1] Deleting curl-7.31.0_1... done" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9500 msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages" msgstr "Het upgraden van geïnstalleerde pakketten" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9502 msgid "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions by running:" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten kunnen worden geüpgraded naar de laatste versie door het starten van:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9505 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg upgrade" msgstr "# pkg upgrade" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9507 msgid "This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository." msgstr "Dit commando zal de huidige geïnstalleerde versies vergelijken met die beschikbaar in de bewaarplaats catalogus en ze upgraden vanuit deze bewaarplaats." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9513 msgid "Auditing Installed Packages" msgstr "Het auditen van geïnstalleerde pakketten" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9515 msgid "Software vulnerabilities are regularly discovered in third-party applications. To address this, pkg includes a built-in auditing mechanism. To determine if there are any known vulnerabilities for the software installed on the system, run:" msgstr "Er worden regelmatig beveiligingsfouten gevonden in software van derde partijen. Om dit te adresseren heeft pkg een ingebouwd audit mechanisme. Om te bepalen of er bekende fouten zitten in geïnstalleerde software op het systeem, start:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:9522 book.translate.xml:26871 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg audit -F" msgstr "# pkg audit -F" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9526 msgid "Automatically Removing Leaf Dependencies" msgstr "Automatisch verwijderen van geïnstalleerde afhankelijkheden" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9528 msgid "Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies can be automatically detected and removed using:" msgstr "Bij het verwijderen van een pakket kunnen er afhankelijkheden achterblijven die niet meer benodigd zijn. Niet benodigde pakketten die zijn geïnstalleerd als afhankelijkheid kunnen automatisch gedetecteerd en verwijderd worden door het gebruik van:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9533 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg autoremove\n" "Packages to be autoremoved:\n" "\tca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\n" "\n" "The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n" "\n" "Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: y\n" "Deinstalling ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done" msgstr "" "# pkg autoremove\n" "Packages to be autoremoved:\n" "\tca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\n" "\n" "The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n" "\n" "Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: y\n" "Deinstalling ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9544 msgid "Restoring the Package Database" msgstr "Herstellen van de pakket database" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9546 msgid "Unlike the traditional package management system, pkg includes its own package database backup mechanism. This functionality is enabled by default." msgstr "In tegenstelling tot het traditionele pakket beheer systeem heeft pkg zijn eigen pakket database backup mechanisme. Deze functionaliteit is standaard ingeschakeld." #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:9552 msgid "To disable the periodic script from backing up the package database, set daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\" in periodic.conf5." msgstr "Om het periodieke script uit te schakelen waarmee de pakket database wordt gebackupped, zet daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=“NO” in periodic.conf5." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9558 msgid "To restore the contents of a previous package database backup, run the following command replacing /path/to/pkg.sql with the location of the backup:" msgstr "Om de inhoud van de vorige pakket database backup te herstellen, moet het volgende commando worden gedraaid, waarbij /path/to/pkg.sql moet worden aangepast met de locatie van de backup:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9563 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg backup -r /path/to/pkg.sql" msgstr "# pkg backup -r /path/to/pkg.sql" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:9566 msgid "If restoring a backup taken by the periodic script, it must be decompressed prior to being restored." msgstr "Als een backup wordt hersteld welke gemaakt is door het periodieke script, moet deze worden uitgepakt voordat deze hersteld kan worden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9570 msgid "To run a manual backup of the pkg database, run the following command, replacing /path/to/pkg.sql with a suitable file name and location:" msgstr "Om een handmatige backup te maken van de pkg database, moet het volgende commando worden gedraaid waarbij /path/to/pkg.sql moet worden vervangen met een geschikte bestandsnaam en locatie:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9575 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg backup -d /path/to/pkg.sql" msgstr "# pkg backup -d /path/to/pkg.sql" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9579 msgid "Removing Stale Packages" msgstr "Verwijderen van verouderde pakketten" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9581 msgid "By default, pkg stores binary packages in a cache directory defined by PKG_CACHEDIR in pkg.conf5. Only copies of the latest installed packages are kept. Older versions of pkg kept all previous packages. To remove these outdated binary packages, run:" msgstr "Standaard slaat pkg binaire pakketten op in een cachemap gedefinieerd door PKG_CACHEDIR in pkg.conf5. Er worden alleen kopieën bewaard van de laatst geïnstalleerde pakketten. Oudere versies van pkg bewaarde alle vorige versies. Om deze verouderde binaire pakketten te verwijderen start:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9588 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean" msgstr "# pkg clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9590 msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:" msgstr "De volledige cache kan worden opgeschoond door het starten van:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9592 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean -a" msgstr "# pkg clean -a" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9596 msgid "Modifying Package Metadata" msgstr "Pakket metadata aanpassen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9598 msgid "Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version number changes. To address this, pkg has a built-in command to update package origins. This can be useful, for example, if lang/php5 is renamed to lang/php53 so that lang/php5 can now represent version 5.4." msgstr "Software binnen de FreeBSD Portscollectie kan grote versie nummer wijzigingen hebben. Om dit te adresseren heeft pkg een ingebouwd commando om de pakket oorsprong bij te werken. Dit kan nuttig zijn als bijvoorbeeld lang/php5 wordt hernoemd naar lang/php53 zodat lang/php5 nu versie 5.4 kan worden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9607 msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:" msgstr "Om de pakket oorsprong uit bovenstaand voorbeeld aan te passen start:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9610 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53" msgstr "# pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9612 msgid "As another example, to update lang/ruby18 to lang/ruby19, run:" msgstr "Als ander voorbeeld, om lang/ruby18 bij te werken naar lang/ruby19 start:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9616 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19" msgstr "# pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9618 msgid "As a final example, to change the origin of the libglut shared libraries from graphics/libglut to graphics/freeglut, run:" msgstr "Als laatste voorbeeld, om de oorsprong van de libglut gedeelde bibliotheken bij te werken van graphics/libglut naar graphics/freeglut start:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9623 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut" msgstr "# pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:9626 msgid "When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a reinstallation of dependent packages, run:" msgstr "Wanneer er pakket oorsprongen worden veranderd, is het belangrijk om pakketten die afhankelijk van deze zijn, te herinstalleren met de aangepaste oorsprong. Om een herinstallatie van de afhankelijke pakketten te forceren start:" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:9631 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install -Rf graphics/freeglut" msgstr "# pkg install -Rf graphics/freeglut" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:9637 msgid "Using the Ports Collection" msgstr "Gebruik maken van de Portscollectie" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9639 msgid "The Ports Collection is a set of Makefiles, patches, and description files. Each set of these files is used to compile and install an individual application on FreeBSD, and is called a port." msgstr "De Portscollectie is een set van Makefiles, patches en beschrijvingsbestanden. Elke set van deze bestanden wordt gebruikt om een individuele applicatie te compileren en installeren op FreeBSD, en wordt een port genoemd." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9644 msgid "By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of /usr/ports." msgstr "Standaard wordt de Portscollectie bewaard als submap onder /usr/ports." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9647 msgid "Before an application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection must first be installed. If it was not installed during the installation of FreeBSD, use one of the following methods to install it:" msgstr "Voordat een applicatie gecompileerd kan worden als een port, moet eerst de Portscollectie worden geïnstalleerd. Als deze niet is geïnstalleerd tijdens de installatie van FreeBSD, kan één van de volgende methodes gebruikt worden om deze alsnog te installeren:" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:9654 msgid "Portsnap Method" msgstr "Portsnap methode" #. (itstool) path: procedure/para #: book.translate.xml:9656 msgid "The base system of FreeBSD includes Portsnap. This is a fast and user-friendly tool for retrieving the Ports Collection and is the recommended choice for most users. This utility connects to a FreeBSD site, verifies the secure key, and downloads a new copy of the Ports Collection. The key is used to verify the integrity of all downloaded files." msgstr "Het basissysteem van FreeBSD bevat Portsnap. Dit is een snelle en gebruikersvriendelijke applicatie om de Portscollectie op te halen en is de aangeraden keuze voor de meeste gebruikers. Dit hulpprogramma verbindt met een FreeBSD site, verifieert de beveiligde sleutel, en download een nieuwe kopie van de Ports collectie. Deze sleutel wordt gebruikt om de integriteit van alle gedownloade bestanden te verifiëren." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:9665 msgid "To download a compressed snapshot of the Ports Collection into /var/db/portsnap:" msgstr "Om een gecomprimeerde snapshot van de Portscollectie te downloaden naar /var/db/portsnap:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:9669 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsnap fetch" msgstr "# portsnap fetch" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:9673 msgid "When running Portsnap for the first time, extract the snapshot into /usr/ports:" msgstr "Wanneer Portsnap voor de eerste keer gestart wordt, moet de snapshot in /usr/ports worden uitgepakt:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:9677 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsnap extract" msgstr "# portsnap extract" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:9681 msgid "After the first use of Portsnap has been completed as shown above, /usr/ports can be updated as needed by running:" msgstr "Nadat het eerste gebruik van Portsnap is uitgevoerd zoals hierboven beschreven, kan /usr/ports worden bijgewerkt wanneer nodig door het starten van:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:9686 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# portsnap fetch\n" "# portsnap update" msgstr "" "# portsnap fetch\n" "# portsnap update" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:9689 msgid "When using fetch, the extract or the update operation may be run consecutively, like so:" msgstr "Tijdens het gebruik van fetch kan extract of de update operatie achtereenvolgens worden uitgevoerd als volgt:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:9693 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsnap fetch update" msgstr "# portsnap fetch update" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:9698 msgid "Subversion Method" msgstr "Subversion methode" #. (itstool) path: procedure/para #: book.translate.xml:9700 msgid "If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be maintained, Subversion can be used to obtain the Ports Collection. Refer to the Subversion Primer for a detailed description of Subversion." msgstr "Als er meer controle over de ports tree nodig is, of als er lokale wijzigingen moeten worden bijgehouden kan Subversion worden gebruikt om de Portscollectie te verkrijgen. Bekijk De Subversion Primer voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving van Subversion." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:9708 msgid "Subversion must be installed before it can be used to check out the ports tree. If a copy of the ports tree is already present, install Subversion like this:" msgstr "Subversion moet worden geïnstalleerd voordat deze kan worden gebruikt om de ports tree uit te checken. Als er reeds een kopie van de ports tree aanwezig is, kan Subversion als volgt worden geïnstalleerd:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9713 book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:9716 msgid "If the ports tree is not available, or pkg is being used to manage packages, Subversion can be installed as a package:" msgstr "Als de ports tree niet beschikbaar is, of als pkg wordt gebruikt om pakketten te beheren, kan Subversion worden geïnstalleerd als pakket:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9721 book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install subversion" msgstr "# pkg install subversion" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:9726 msgid "Check out a copy of the ports tree:" msgstr "Een kopie van de ports tree uitchecken:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9728 book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head /usr/ports" msgstr "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head /usr/ports" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:9732 msgid "As needed, update /usr/ports after the initial Subversion checkout:" msgstr "Wanneer nodig kan /usr/ports worden bijgewerkt na de initiële Subversion checkout:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9736 book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn update /usr/ports" msgstr "# svn update /usr/ports" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9740 msgid "The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. Inside each category are subdirectories for individual applications. Each application subdirectory contains a set of files that tells FreeBSD how to compile and install that program, called a ports skeleton. Each port skeleton includes these files and directories:" msgstr "De Portscollectie bevat mappen voor software categorieën. Binnen elke categorie zijn er submappen voor de individuele applicaties. Elke applicatie submap bevat een set van bestanden die FreeBSD vertellen hoe deze gecompileerd en geïnstalleerd kan worden, genoemd een ports skeleton. Elke port skeleton bevat de volgende bestanden en mappen:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9750 msgid "Makefile: contains statements that specify how the application should be compiled and where its components should be installed." msgstr "Makefile: bevat statements die specificeren hoe de applicatie moet worden gecompileerd en waar de componenten moeten worden geïnstalleerd." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9756 msgid "distinfo: contains the names and checksums of the files that must be downloaded to build the port." msgstr "distinfo: bevat de namen en checksums van de bestanden die gedownload moeten worden om de port te kunnen bouwen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9762 msgid "files/: this directory contains any patches needed for the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also contain other files used to build the port." msgstr "files/: deze map bevat elke patch die nodig is om het programma te kunnen compileren en installeren op FreeBSD. Deze map kan ook andere bestanden bevatten welke gebruikt worden om de port te bouwen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9769 msgid "pkg-descr: provides a more detailed description of the program." msgstr "pkg-descr: Levert een meer gedetailleerde beschrijving van het programma." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:9774 msgid "pkg-plist: a list of all the files that will be installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove upon deinstallation." msgstr "pkg-plist Een lijst van alle bestanden die worden geïnstalleerd door de port. Het vertelt het ports systeem ook welke bestanden er verwijderd moeten worden bij deinstallatie." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9781 msgid "Some ports include pkg-message or other files to handle special situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in general, refer to the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook." msgstr "Enkele ports bevatten pkg-message of andere bestanden om speciale situaties te kunnen handelen. Voor meer details over deze bestanden of over ports in het algemeen, bekijk het FreeBSD Porters Handbook." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:9786 msgid "The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a distfile. The extract portion of building a port will automatically save the downloaded source to /usr/ports/distfiles." msgstr "De port bevat niet de daadwerkelijke broncode, ook wel bekend als een distfile. Het extract gedeelte bij het bouwen van een port zal automatisch de broncode bewaren in /usr/porst/distfiles." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9792 msgid "Installing Ports" msgstr "Installeren van ports" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:9794 msgid "ports installing" msgstr "ports installeren" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9799 msgid "This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to install or remove software. The detailed description of available make targets and environment variables is available in ports7." msgstr "Deze sectie levert basis instructies over het gebruik van de Portscollectie om software te installeren of verwijderen. De gedetailleerde beschrijving van beschikbare make targets en omgevings variabelen is beschikbaar in ports7." #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:9805 msgid "Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-party software can introduce security vulnerabilities, it is recommended to first check for known security issues related to the port. Alternately, run pkg audit -F before installing a new port. This command can be configured to automatically perform a security audit and an update of the vulnerability database during the daily security system check. For more information, refer to pkg-audit8 and periodic8." msgstr "Voordat er een port gecompileerd wordt, moet men er zeker van zijn dat de Portscollectie is bijgewerkt zoals beschreven in de vorige sectie. Omdat de installatie van software van derden beveiligings problemen kan introduceren, wordt het aangeraden om eerst te controleren op bekende beveiligings problemen gerelateerd aan de port. Als alternatief kan pkg audit -F worden gedraaid voordat een nieuwe port wordt geïnstalleerd. Dit commando kan worden geconfigureerd om automatisch een security audit te doen en het bijwerken van de vulnerability database tijdens de dagelijkse beveilingscontrole van het systeem. Voor meer informatie wordt verwezen naar pkg-audit8 en periodic8." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9819 msgid "Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also requires superuser privilege." msgstr "De portscollectie neemt aan dat er een werkende internetverbinding is. Superuser rechten zijn ook benodigd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9822 msgid "To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be installed, then type make install at the prompt. Messages will indicate the progress:" msgstr "Om een port te compileren en installeren moet er naar de directory van de port die geïnstalleerd wordt gegaan, waar er op de prompt getypt moet worden make install. Berichten geven de voortgang aan:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9827 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" "# make install\n" ">> lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist in /usr/ports/distfiles/.\n" ">> Attempting to fetch from ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/lsof/.\n" "===> Extracting for lsof-4.88\n" "...\n" "[extraction output snipped]\n" "...\n" ">> Checksum OK for lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz.\n" "===> Patching for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "===> Applying FreeBSD patches for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "===> Configuring for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "...\n" "[configure output snipped]\n" "...\n" "===> Building for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "...\n" "[compilation output snipped]\n" "...\n" "\n" "===> Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "...\n" "[installation output snipped]\n" "...\n" "===> Generating temporary packing list\n" "===> Compressing manual pages for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "===> Registering installation for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "===> SECURITY NOTE:\n" " This port has installed the following binaries which execute with\n" " increased privileges.\n" "/usr/local/sbin/lsof\n" "#" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" "# make install\n" ">> lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist in /usr/ports/distfiles/.\n" ">> Attempting to fetch from ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/lsof/.\n" "===> Extracting for lsof-4.88\n" "...\n" "[extraction output snipped]\n" "...\n" ">> Checksum OK for lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz.\n" "===> Patching for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "===> Applying FreeBSD patches for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "===> Configuring for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "...\n" "[configure output snipped]\n" "...\n" "===> Building for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "...\n" "[compilation output snipped]\n" "...\n" "\n" "===> Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "...\n" "[installation output snipped]\n" "...\n" "===> Generating temporary packing list\n" "===> Compressing manual pages for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "===> Registering installation for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" "===> SECURITY NOTE:\n" " This port has installed the following binaries which execute with\n" " increased privileges.\n" "/usr/local/sbin/lsof\n" "#" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9860 msgid "Since lsof is a program that runs with increased privileges, a security warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the installation is complete, the prompt will be returned." msgstr "Omdat lsof een programma is dat gestart wordt met verhoogde privileges, wordt er een beveiligingswaarschuwing getoond wanneer deze wordt geïnstalleerd. Zodra de installatie is voltooid, zal de prompt teruggegeven worden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9865 msgid "Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the directories listed in the PATH environment variable, to speed up lookup operations for the executable file of these commands. Users of the tcsh shell should type rehash so that a newly installed command can be used without specifying its full path. Use hash -r instead for the sh shell. Refer to the documentation for the shell for more information." msgstr "Sommige shells behouden een cache van commando’s die beschikbaar zijn in de mappen die opgegeven zijn in de PATH omgevingsvariabele, om sneller opzoek operaties te kunnen doen voor het uitvoerbare bestand van deze commando’s. Gebruikers van tcsh moeten rehash typen om een nieuw commando te kunnen gebruiken zonder het volledige pad the specificeren. Voor de sh shell moet gebruik worden gemaakt van hash -r. Bekijk de documentatie van de shell voor meer informatie." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9876 msgid "During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves disk space and minimizes the chance of problems later when upgrading to the newer version of the port:" -msgstr "Tijdens de installatie wordt er een werk submap aangemaakt waarin alle tijdelijke bestanden staan die gebruikt worden tijdens het compileren. Door het verwijderen van deze map wordt schijf ruimte bespaard en minimaliseert dit de kans op problemen wanneer er later wordt geüpgrade naar een nieuwere versie van de port." +msgstr "Tijdens de installatie wordt er een werk submap aangemaakt waarin alle tijdelijke bestanden staan die gebruikt worden tijdens het compileren. Door het verwijderen van deze map wordt schijf ruimte bespaard en minimaliseert dit de kans op problemen wanneer er later wordt geüpgrade naar een nieuwere versie van de port:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:9882 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# make clean\n" "===> Cleaning for lsof-88.d,8\n" "#" msgstr "" "# make clean\n" "===> Cleaning for lsof-88.d,8\n" "#" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:9887 msgid "To save this extra step, instead use make install clean when compiling the port." msgstr "Om deze extra stap sneller uit te voeren kan make install clean worden gebruikt wanneer de port wordt gecompileerd." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:9892 msgid "Customizing Ports Installation" msgstr "Installatie van ports aanpassen" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9894 msgid "Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable application components, provide security options, or allow for other customizations. Examples include www/firefox, security/gpgme, and mail/sylpheed-claws. If the port depends upon other ports which have configurable options, it may pause several times for user interaction as the default behavior is to prompt the user to select options from a menu. To avoid this, run make config-recursive within the port skeleton to do this configuration in one batch. Then, run make install [clean] to compile and install the port." msgstr "Sommige ports leveren bouw opties welke gebruikt kunnen worden om applicatie componenten in of uit te schakelen, leveren beveiligingsopties of staan andere aanpassingen toe. Voorbeelden bevatten www/firefox, security/gpgme en mail/sylpheed-claws. Als de port afhankelijk is van andere ports welke configureerbare opties heeft kan het proces enkele malen pauzeren voor gebruikers interactie, omdat het standaard gedrag is om de gebruiker te vragen opties te selecteren uit een menu. Om dit te voorkomen start make config-recursive binnen de port skeleton om deze configuratie in één keer te doen. Start daarna make install [clean] om de port te compileren en installeren." #. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget #: book.translate.xml:9911 msgid "config-recursive" msgstr "config-recursive" #. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget #: book.translate.xml:9913 msgid "all-depends-list" msgstr "all-depends-list" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:9910 msgid "When using <_:buildtarget-1/>, the list of ports to configure are gathered by the <_:buildtarget-2/> target. It is recommended to run make config-recursive until all dependent ports options have been defined, and ports options screens no longer appear, to be certain that all dependency options have been configured." msgstr "Wanneer gebruik gemaakt wordt van <_:buildtarget-1/>, wordt de lijst van ports die geconfigureerd moeten worden verzameld door de <_:buildtarget-2/> target. Het wordt aangeraden om make config-recursive te starten tot alle afhankelijke port opties zijn gedefinieerd, en de port optie schermen niet meer verschijnen om er zeker van te zijn dat alle afhankelijke opties geconfigureerd zijn." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9921 msgid "There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One method is to cd into the directory containing the port and type make config. Another option is to use make showconfig. Another option is to execute make rmconfig which will remove all selected options and allow you to start over. All of these options, and others, are explained in great detail in ports7." msgstr "Er zijn meerdere manieren om de port build optie menus te bekijken zodat er opties kunnen worden toegevoegd, verwijderd of aangepast nadat een port is gebouwd. Één methode is om naar de port directory te navigeren met cd en het typen van make config. Een andere optie is om make showconfig te gebruiken. Nog een andere optie is om make rmconfig uit te voeren, welke alle geselecteerde opties zal verwijderen en in staat stelt om overnieuw te beginnen. Al deze opties, en anderen, worden in detail uitgelegd in ports7." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9933 msgid "The ports system uses fetch1 to download the source files, which supports various environment variables. The FTP_PASSIVE_MODE, FTP_PROXY, and FTP_PASSWORD variables may need to be set if the FreeBSD system is behind a firewall or FTP/HTTP proxy. See fetch3 for the complete list of supported variables." msgstr "Het ports systeem maakt gebruik van fetch1 om de broncode bestanden te downloaden, welke diverse omgevings variabelen ondersteund. De FTP_PASSIVE_MODE, FTP_PROXY en FTP_PASSWORD variabelen moeten wellicht worden ingesteld als het FreeBSD achter een firewall of FTP/HTTP proxy staat. Zie fetch3 voor de complete lijst van ondersteunde variabelen." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9941 msgid "For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, make fetch can be run within /usr/ports, to fetch all distfiles, or within a category, such as /usr/ports/net, or within the specific port skeleton. Note that if a port has any dependencies, running this command in a category or ports skeleton will not fetch the distfiles of ports from another category. Instead, use make fetch-recursive to also fetch the distfiles for all the dependencies of a port." msgstr "Voor gebruikers die niet continue verbonden kunnen zijn met het internet, kan make fetch gestart worden in /usr/ports om alle distributiebestanden te downloaden, of binnen een enkele category zoals /usr/ports/net, of zelfs binnen de specifieke port skeleton. Let op dat als de port afhankelijkheden heeft dat het draaien van dit commando in een category of port skeleton, niet de distributiebestanden van ports uit andere categorieën ophaalt. Maak in plaats daarvan gebruik van het make fetch-recursive om ook de distributiebestanden van alle afhankelijkheden van de port op te halen." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9953 msgid "In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles repository, the MASTER_SITES variable can be used to override the download locations specified in the Makefile. When using, specify the alternate location:" msgstr "In zeldzame gevallen, zoals wanneer een organisatie een lokale distributie bestanden verzamelbak heeft, kan de MASTER_SITES variabele worden gebruikt om de download locaties gespecificeerd in Makefile te overschrijven. Wanneer dit gebruikt wordt moet de alternatieve locatie worden gespecificeerd:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:9959 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/directory\n" "# make MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE= \\\n" "ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/ fetch" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/directory\n" "# make MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE= \\\n" "ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/ fetch" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9963 msgid "The WRKDIRPREFIX and PREFIX variables can override the default working and target directories. For example:" msgstr "De WRKDIRPREFIX en PREFIX variabelen kunnen de standaard werk en target mappen overschrijven. Bijvoorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:9967 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install" msgstr "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9969 msgid "will compile the port in /usr/home/example/ports and install everything under /usr/local." msgstr "zal de port compileren in /usr/home/example/ports en alles installeren onder /usr/local." #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:9973 #, no-wrap msgid "# make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install" msgstr "# make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9975 msgid "will compile the port in /usr/ports and install it in /usr/home/example/local. And:" msgstr "zal de port compileren in /usr/ports en deze installeren in /usr/home/example/local. En:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:9979 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install" msgstr "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9981 msgid "will combine the two." msgstr "combineert deze twee." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:9983 msgid "These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable." msgstr "Deze kunnen ook worden ingesteld als omgevings variabelen. Bekijk de handleiding van de shell voor instructies over hoe omgevingsvariabelen ingesteld kunnen worden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:9990 msgid "Removing Installed Ports" msgstr "Verwijderen van geïnstalleerde ports" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:9992 msgid "ports removing" msgstr "ports verwijderen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:9997 msgid "Installed ports can be uninstalled using pkg delete. Examples for using this command can be found in the pkg-delete8 manual page." msgstr "Geïnstalleerde ports kunnen worden verwijderd door gebruik te maken van pkg delete. Voorbeelden voor het gebruik van dit commando kunnen worden gevonden in de pkg-delete8 handleiding." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10001 msgid "Alternately, make deinstall can be run in the port's directory:" msgstr "Als alternatief kan make deinstall worden gestart in de map van de port:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10004 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" "make deinstall\n" "===> Deinstalling for sysutils/lsof\n" "===> Deinstalling\n" "Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n" "\n" "\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n" "\n" "The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n" "[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" "make deinstall\n" "===> Deinstalling for sysutils/lsof\n" "===> Deinstalling\n" "Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n" "\n" "\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n" "\n" "The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n" "[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10015 msgid "It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be displayed but the uninstallation will proceed. In such cases, it may be better to reinstall the application in order to prevent broken dependencies." msgstr "Het wordt aangeraden om de berichten te lezen wanneer de port wordt verwijderd. Als de port applicaties heeft welke van hem afhankelijk zijn, zal deze informatie worden getoond maar gaat het verwijderen gewoon door. In die gevallen kan het beter zijn om de applicatie opnieuw te installeren om te voorkomen dat er gebroken afhankelijkheden zijn." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:10024 msgid "Upgrading Ports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ports bijwerken" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:10026 msgid "ports upgrading" -msgstr "ports upgrading" +msgstr "ports bijwerken" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10031 msgid "Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be upgraded and how to perform the upgrade." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na verloop van tijd komen er nieuwe versies van software beschikbaar in de Portscollectie. Deze sectie beschrijft hoe bepaald kan worden welke software kan worden bijgewerkt en hoe deze upgrade wordt uitgevoerd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10036 msgid "To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating command described in either or . On FreeBSD 10 and later, or if the system has been converted to pkg, the following command will list the installed ports which are out of date:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om te bepalen of er nieuwere versies beschikbaar zijn van geïnstalleerde ports, moet allereerst de laatste versie van de ports tree geïnstalleerd zijn door gebruik te maken van het update commando beschreven in ofwel of . Op FreeBSD 10 en later, of als het systeem geconverteerd is naar pkg zal het volgende commando laten zien welke geïnstalleerde ports verouderd zijn:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10045 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg version -l \"<\"" msgstr "# pkg version -l \"<\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10047 msgid "For FreeBSD 9.X and lower, the following command will list the installed ports that are out of date:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voor FreeBSD 9.X en lager, zal het volgende commando laten zien welke geïnstalleerde ports verouderd zijn:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10051 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg_version -l \"<\"" msgstr "# pkg_version -l \"<\"" #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:10054 msgid "Before attempting an upgrade, read /usr/ports/UPDATING from the top of the file to the date closest to the last time ports were upgraded or the system was installed. This file describes various issues and additional steps users may encounter and need to perform when updating a port, including such things as file format changes, changes in locations of configuration files, or any incompatibilities with previous versions. Make note of any instructions which match any of the ports that need upgrading and follow these instructions when performing the upgrade." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voordat er een upgrade moet worden gepoogd, lees /usr/ports/UPDATING vanaf de bovenkant van het bestand tot de datum die het dichtst bij de laatste keer ligt wanneer er ports zijn bijgewerkt of het systeem is geïnstalleerd. Dit bestand beschrijft diverse problemen en extra stappen die gebruikers wellicht tegenkomen en moeten uitvoeren wanneer een port wordt bijgewerkt. Dat is inclusief dingen als bestands formaat wijzigingen, wijzingen in locatie van configuratie bestanden of elke incompatibiliteit met vorige versies. Merk deze instructies op voor alle geïnstalleerde ports die bijgewerkt gaan worden en volg deze instructies wanneer de upgrade plaatsvind." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:10069 msgid "Tools To Upgrade And Manage Ports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hulpmiddelen om ports bij te werken en te beheren" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:10071 msgid "ports upgrading-tools" msgstr "ports upgrading-tools" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10076 msgid "The Ports Collection contains several utilities to perform the actual upgrade. Each has its strengths and weaknesses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De Portscollectie bevat verschillende hulpprogramma’s om de daadwerkelijke upgrade uit te voeren. Elke heeft zijn eigen sterke en zwakke punten." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10079 msgid "Historically, most installations used either Portmaster or Portupgrade. Synth is a newer alternative." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In het verleden maakte de meeste installaties gebruik van ofwel Portmaster of Portupgrade. Synth is een recenter alternatief." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:10086 msgid "The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system administrator. It is recommended practice to back up your data before using any of these tools." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De keuze voor welk hulpprogramma het beste is voor een specifiek systeem is aan de systeem beheerder. Het is de aanbevolen methode om een backup te maken van de data voordat één van deze programma’s gebruikt wordt." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:10094 msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portmaster" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ports bijwerken met behulp van Portmaster" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:10097 msgid "portmaster" msgstr "portmaster" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10101 msgid "ports-mgmt/portmaster is a very small utility for upgrading installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with the FreeBSD base system without depending on other ports or databases. To install this utility as a port:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ports-mgmt/portmaster is een heel klein hulpprogramma voor het bijwerken van geïnstalleerde ports. Het is ontworpen om de hulpprogramma’s te gebruiken de geïnstalleerd zijn met het FreeBSD basis systeem zonder afhankelijk te zijn van andere ports of dataabses. Om dit hulpprogramma als port te installeren:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10109 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10112 msgid "Portmaster defines four categories of ports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portmaster definieert vier categorieën van ports:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10117 msgid "Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Root port: heeft geen afhankelijkheden en is geen afhankelijkheid voor een andere port." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10122 msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trunk port: heeft geen afhankelijkheden maar andere ports zijn ervan afhankelijk." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10127 msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Branch port: heeft afhankelijkheden en andere ports zijn ervan afhankelijk." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10132 msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leaf port: heeft afhankelijkheden maar er zijn geen andere ports van afhankelijk." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10137 msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om deze categorieën te tonen en te zoeken naar updates:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10139 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# portmaster -L\n" "===>>> Root ports (No dependencies, not depended on)\n" "===>>> ispell-3.2.06_18\n" "===>>> screen-4.0.3\n" " ===>>> New version available: screen-4.0.3_1\n" "===>>> tcpflow-0.21_1\n" "===>>> 7 root ports\n" "...\n" "===>>> Branch ports (Have dependencies, are depended on)\n" "===>>> apache22-2.2.3\n" " ===>>> New version available: apache22-2.2.8\n" "...\n" "===>>> Leaf ports (Have dependencies, not depended on)\n" "===>>> automake-1.9.6_2\n" "===>>> bash-3.1.17\n" " ===>>> New version available: bash-3.2.33\n" "...\n" "===>>> 32 leaf ports\n" "\n" "===>>> 137 total installed ports\n" " ===>>> 83 have new versions available" msgstr "" "# portmaster -L\n" "===>>> Root ports (No dependencies, not depended on)\n" "===>>> ispell-3.2.06_18\n" "===>>> screen-4.0.3\n" " ===>>> New version available: screen-4.0.3_1\n" "===>>> tcpflow-0.21_1\n" "===>>> 7 root ports\n" "...\n" "===>>> Branch ports (Have dependencies, are depended on)\n" "===>>> apache22-2.2.3\n" " ===>>> New version available: apache22-2.2.8\n" "...\n" "===>>> Leaf ports (Have dependencies, not depended on)\n" "===>>> automake-1.9.6_2\n" "===>>> bash-3.1.17\n" " ===>>> New version available: bash-3.2.33\n" "...\n" "===>>> 32 leaf ports\n" "\n" "===>>> 137 total installed ports\n" " ===>>> 83 have new versions available" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10161 msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dit commando wordt gebruikt om alle verouderde ports bij te werken:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10164 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -a" msgstr "# portmaster -a" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:10167 msgid "By default, Portmaster makes a backup package before deleting the existing port. If the installation of the new version is successful, Portmaster deletes the backup. Using instructs Portmaster not to automatically delete the backup. Adding starts Portmaster in interactive mode, prompting for confirmation before upgrading each port. Many other options are available. Read through the manual page for portmaster8 for details regarding their usage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard zal Portmaster een backup pakket maken voordat de huidige port verwijderd wordt. Als de installatie van de nieuwe versie succesvol is, zal Portmaster de backup verwijderen. Door gebruik van zal Portmaster de backup niet automatisch verwijderen. Door het toevoegen van wordt Portmaster gestart in interactieve modus, vragende om bevestiging voordat elke port wordt bijgewerkt. Er zijn nog vele andere opties beschikbaar. Lees door de handleiding van portmaster8 voor meer details over het gebruik hiervan." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10181 msgid "If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add to upgrade and rebuild all ports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als er tijdens het upgrade proces fouten optreden, kan worden toegevoegd om alle ports te upgraden en opnieuw te bouwen:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10185 book.translate.xml:44701 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -af" msgstr "# portmaster -af" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10187 msgid "Portmaster can also be used to install new ports on the system, upgrading all dependencies before building and installing the new port. To use this function, specify the location of the port in the Ports Collection:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portmaster kan ook worden gebruikt om nieuwe ports op het systeem te installeren, alle afhankelijkheden te upgraden voordat deze gebouwd worden en de nieuwe port te installeren. Om deze functionaliteit te gebruiken moet de locatie van de port in de Portscollectie gespecificeerd worden:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10193 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster shells/bash" msgstr "# portmaster shells/bash" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10195 msgid "More information about ports-mgmt/portmaster may be found in its pkg-descr." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meer informatie over ports-mgmt/portmaster kan worden gevonden in zijn pkg-descr." #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:10200 msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ports bijwerken door gebruik van Portupgrade" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:10202 msgid "portupgrade" msgstr "portupgrade" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10206 msgid "ports-mgmt/portupgrade is another utility that can be used to upgrade ports. It installs a suite of applications which can be used to manage ports. However, it is dependent upon Ruby. To install the port:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ports-mgmt/portupgrade is een ander hulpprogramma dat kan worden gebruikt om ports bij te werken. Het installeert een suite van applicaties welke kan worden gebruikt om ports te beheren. Het is echter afhankelijk van Ruby. Om de port te installeren:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10212 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10215 msgid "Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan the list of installed ports using pkgdb -F and to fix all the inconsistencies it reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voordat een upgrade wordt uitgevoerd met dit hulpprogramma wordt het aangeraden om de lijst van geïnstalleerde ports te scannen door pkgdb -F en om alle inconsistenties die worden gerapporteerd te repareren." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10220 msgid "To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use portupgrade -a. Alternately, include to be asked for confirmation of every individual upgrade:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om alle verouderde ports die geïnstalleerd zijn op het systeem bij te werken, gebruik portupgrade -a. Als alternatief kan worden toegevoegd om gevraagd te worden voor bevestiging voor elke individuele upgrade:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10225 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -ai" msgstr "# portupgrade -ai" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10227 msgid "To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use portupgrade pkgname. It is very important to include to first upgrade all the ports required by the given application:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om alleen een specifieke applicatie bij te werken in plaats van alle beschikbare ports, gebruik portupgrade pkgname. Het is erg belangrijk om de optie bij te voegen om eerst alle ports bij te werken die vereist zijn voor de applicatie:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10233 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -R firefox" msgstr "# portupgrade -R firefox" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10235 msgid "If is included, Portupgrade searches for available packages in the local directories listed in PKG_PATH. If none are available locally, it then fetches packages from a remote site. If packages can not be found locally or fetched remotely, Portupgrade will use ports. To avoid using ports entirely, specify . This last set of options tells Portupgrade to abort if no packages are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als is bijgevoegd zal Portupgrade zoeken naar beschikbare pakketten in de lokale mappen zoals ingesteld in PKG_PATH. Als er geen lokaal beschikbaar zijn dan zal het pakketten van een remote site halen. Als pakketten niet lokaal kunnen worden gevonden, of niet remote worden opgehaald zal Portupgrade gebruik maken van ports. Om ports in het geheel niet te gebruik moet worden gespecificeerd. Deze laatste set van opties verteld Portupgrade om af te breken als de pakketten niet beschikbaar zijn:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:10248 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -PP gnome3" msgstr "# portupgrade -PP gnome3" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10250 msgid "To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if is specified, without building or installing anything, use . For further information on all of the available switches, refer to the manual page for portupgrade." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om alleen de port distributie bestanden of pakketten op te halen, wanneer is gespecificeerd, zonder het bouwen of installeren, gebruik . Voor meer informatie over de mogelijke opties, raadpleeg de handleiding voor portupgrade." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10256 msgid "More information about ports-mgmt/portupgrade may be found in its pkg-descr." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meer informatie over ports-mgmt/portupgrade kan gevonden worden in zijn pkg-descr." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:10263 msgid "Ports and Disk Space" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ports en schijfruimte" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:10265 msgid "ports disk-space" -msgstr "ports disk-space" +msgstr "ports schijfruimte" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10270 msgid "Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building and installing a port, running make clean within the ports skeleton will clean up the temporary work directory. If Portmaster is used to install a port, it will automatically remove this directory unless is specified. If Portupgrade is installed, this command will remove all work directories found within the local copy of the Ports Collection:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Door het gebruik van de Portscollectie zal na verloop van tijd meer schijf ruimte gebruikt gaan worden. Na het bouwen en installeren van een port zal het draaien van make clean in de ports skeleton, de tijdelijke work map verwijderen. Als Portmaster wordt gebruikt om een port te installeren, zal deze map automatisch verwijderd worden tenzij is gespecificeerd. Als Portupgrade is geïnstalleerd, zal dit commando alle work mappen verwijderen binnen de lokale kopie van de Portscollectie:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10281 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -C" msgstr "# portsclean -C" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10283 msgid "In addition, outdated source distribution files accumulate in /usr/ports/distfiles over time. To use Portupgrade to delete all the distfiles that are no longer referenced by any ports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Daarnaast zullen er na verloop van tijd verouderde bron distributie bestanden verzamelen in /usr/ports/distfiles. Om Portupgrade te gebruiken alle distributie bestanden te verwijderen die niet meer gebruikt worden door een port:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10289 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -D" msgstr "# portsclean -D" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10291 msgid "Portupgrade can remove all distfiles not referenced by any port currently installed on the system:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portupgrade kan alle distributiebestanden die niet in gebruik zijn door een port die op dit moment geïnstalleerd is op het systeem:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10295 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -DD" msgstr "# portsclean -DD" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10297 msgid "If Portmaster is installed, use:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als Portmaster is geïnstalleerd, gebruik:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10300 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster --clean-distfiles" msgstr "# portmaster --clean-distfiles" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10302 msgid "By default, this command is interactive and prompts the user to confirm if a distfile should be deleted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dit commando is standaard interactief en zal de gebruiker vragen of een bron distributie bestand moet worden verwijderd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10305 msgid "In addition to these commands, ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves automates the task of removing installed ports that are no longer needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naat deze commando’s kan ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves de taak automatiseren van het verwijderen van geïnstalleerde ports die niet meer nodig zijn." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:10313 msgid "Building Packages with Poudriere" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het bouwen van pakketen met Poudriere" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10316 msgid "Poudriere is a BSD-licensed utility for creating and testing FreeBSD packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to set up isolated compilation environments. These jails can be used to build packages for versions of FreeBSD that are different from the system on which it is installed, and also to build packages for i386 if the host is an amd64 system. Once the packages are built, they are in a layout identical to the official mirrors. These packages are usable by pkg8 and other package management tools." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poudriere is een BSD gelicenseerde hulpprogramma voor het creëren en testen van FreeBSD pakketten. Het maakt gebruik van FreeBSD jails om geïsoleerde compilatie omgevingen op te zetten. Deze jails kunnen worden gebruikt om pakketten te bouwen voor versies van FreeBSD die afwijken van het systeem waarop deze is geïnstalleerd, en ook om pakketten voor i386 te bouwen als de host een amd64 systeem is. Zodra deze pakketten gebouwd zijn, komen ze in een indeling terecht die identiek is aan de officiële mirrors. Deze pakketten zijn bruikbaar door pkg8 en andere pakket beheer programma’s." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10327 msgid "Poudriere is installed using the ports-mgmt/poudriere package or port. The installation includes a sample configuration file /usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf.sample. Copy this file to /usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf. Edit the copied file to suit the local configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poudriere wordt geïnstalleerd door gebruik van het ports-mgmt/poudriere pakket, of port. De installatie bevat een voorbeeld configuratie bestand /usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf.sample. Kopieer dit bestand naar /usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf en bewerk het gekopieerde bestand om binnen de lokale configuratie te passen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10335 msgid "While ZFS is not required on the system running poudriere, it is beneficial. When ZFS is used, ZPOOL must be specified in /usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf and FREEBSD_HOST should be set to a nearby mirror. Defining CCACHE_DIR enables the use of devel/ccache to cache compilation and reduce build times for frequently-compiled code. It may be convenient to put poudriere datasets in an isolated tree mounted at /poudriere. Defaults for the other configuration values are adequate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ondanks dat ZFS niet vereist is op het systeem waarop poudriere draait is het zeker waardevol. Wanneer ZFS wordt gebruikt moet ZPOOL worden gespecificeerd in /usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf en moet FREEBSD_HOST worden ingesteld op een mirror vlakbij. Het definiëren van CCACHE_DIR maakt het mogelijk om devel/ccache te gebruiken om compilaties te cachen en daardoor de bouwtijd voor vaak gebouwde code te reduceren. Het kan nuttig zijn om poudriere datasets op een geïsoleerde tree te koppelen onder /poudriere. De standaarden voor de andere configuratiewaarden zijn adequaat." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10349 msgid "The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds will run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with RAM or swap space. If virtual memory runs out, the compilation jails will stop and be torn down, resulting in weird error messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het aantal gedetecteerde processor cores wordt gebruikt om te bepalen hoeveel jails er parallel gestart kunnen worden. Zorg voor voldoende virtueel geheugen, danwel met RAM of met swap space. Als het virtuele geheugen opraakt, zullen de compileer jails stoppen en afgebroken worden wat resulteert in rare fout meldingen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:10356 msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het initialiseren van jails en port trees." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10358 msgid "After configuration, initialize poudriere so that it installs a jail with the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify a name for the jail using and the FreeBSD version with . On systems running FreeBSD/amd64, the architecture can be set with to either i386 or amd64. The default is the architecture shown by uname." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na configuratie moet poudriere geïnitialiseerd worden zodat het een jail installeert met de vereiste FreeBSD tree en een prots tree. Specificeer een naam voor de jail door gebruik van en de FreeBSD versie met . Op systemen die FreeBSD/amd64 draaien, kan de architectuur ingesteld worden met naar ofwel i386 ofwel amd64. De standaard architectuur wordt getoond door uname." #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10368 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere jail -c -j 10amd64 -v 10.0-RELEASE\n" "====>> Creating 10amd64 fs... done\n" "====>> Fetching base.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n" "/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/base.txz 100% of 59 MB 1470 kBps 00m42s\n" "====>> Extracting base.txz... done\n" "====>> Fetching src.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n" "/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/src.txz 100% of 107 MB 1476 kBps 01m14s\n" "====>> Extracting src.txz... done\n" "====>> Fetching games.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n" "/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/games.txz 100% of 865 kB 734 kBps 00m01s\n" "====>> Extracting games.txz... done\n" "====>> Fetching lib32.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n" "/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/lib32.txz 100% of 14 MB 1316 kBps 00m12s\n" "====>> Extracting lib32.txz... done\n" "====>> Cleaning up... done\n" "====>> Jail 10amd64 10.0-RELEASE amd64 is ready to be used" msgstr "" "# poudriere jail -c -j 10amd64 -v 10.0-RELEASE\n" "====>> Creating 10amd64 fs... done\n" "====>> Fetching base.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n" "/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/base.txz 100% of 59 MB 1470 kBps 00m42s\n" "====>> Extracting base.txz... done\n" "====>> Fetching src.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n" "/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/src.txz 100% of 107 MB 1476 kBps 01m14s\n" "====>> Extracting src.txz... done\n" "====>> Fetching games.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n" "/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/games.txz 100% of 865 kB 734 kBps 00m01s\n" "====>> Extracting games.txz... done\n" "====>> Fetching lib32.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n" "/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/lib32.txz 100% of 14 MB 1316 kBps 00m12s\n" "====>> Extracting lib32.txz... done\n" "====>> Cleaning up... done\n" "====>> Jail 10amd64 10.0-RELEASE amd64 is ready to be used" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10385 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere ports -c -p local\n" "====>> Creating local fs... done\n" "====>> Extracting portstree \"local\"...\n" "Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 7 mirrors found.\n" "Fetching public key from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot generated at Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014:\n" "94a3431f0ce567f6452ffde4fd3d7d3c6e1da143efec76100% of 69 MB 1246 kBps 00m57s\n" "Extracting snapshot... done.\n" "Verifying snapshot integrity... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n" "Updating from Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014 to Tue Feb 11 16:05:20 CET 2014.\n" "Fetching 4 metadata patches... done.\n" "Applying metadata patches... done.\n" "Fetching 0 metadata files... done.\n" "Fetching 48 patches.\n" "(48/48) 100.00% done.\n" "done.\n" "Applying patches...\n" "done.\n" "Fetching 1 new ports or files... done.\n" "/poudriere/ports/tester/CHANGES\n" "/poudriere/ports/tester/COPYRIGHT\n" "\n" "[...]\n" "\n" "Building new INDEX files... done." msgstr "" "# poudriere ports -c -p local\n" "====>> Creating local fs... done\n" "====>> Extracting portstree \"local\"...\n" "Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 7 mirrors found.\n" "Fetching public key from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot generated at Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014:\n" "94a3431f0ce567f6452ffde4fd3d7d3c6e1da143efec76100% of 69 MB 1246 kBps 00m57s\n" "Extracting snapshot... done.\n" "Verifying snapshot integrity... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n" "Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n" "Updating from Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014 to Tue Feb 11 16:05:20 CET 2014.\n" "Fetching 4 metadata patches... done.\n" "Applying metadata patches... done.\n" "Fetching 0 metadata files... done.\n" "Fetching 48 patches.\n" "(48/48) 100.00% done.\n" "done.\n" "Applying patches...\n" "done.\n" "Fetching 1 new ports or files... done.\n" "/poudriere/ports/tester/CHANGES\n" "/poudriere/ports/tester/COPYRIGHT\n" "\n" "[...]\n" "\n" "Building new INDEX files... done." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10415 msgid "On a single computer, poudriere can build ports with multiple configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port trees. Custom configurations for these combinations are called sets. See the CUSTOMIZATION section of poudriere8 for details after ports-mgmt/poudriere or ports-mgmt/poudriere-devel is installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Op een enkele computer kan poudriere ports bouwen met meerdere configuraties, in meerdre jails en vanuit verschillende port trees. Aangepaste configuraties voor deze combinaties worden sets genoemd. Zie de CUSTOMIZATION sectie van poudriere8 voor details nadat ports-mgmt/poudriere of ports-mgmt/poudriere-devel is geïnstalleerd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10424 msgid "The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-specific make.conf in /usr/local/etc/poudriere.d. The filename in this example is created by combining the jail name, port name, and set name: 10amd64-local-workstation-make.conf. The system make.conf and this new file are combined at build time to create the make.conf used by the build jail." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De basis configuratie die wordt getoond plaatst een enkele jail-, port- en set-specifieke make.conf in /usr/local/etc/poudriere.d. De bestandsnaam in dit voorbeeld is gecreëerd door het combineren van de jail naam, port naam en set naam: 10amd64-local-workstation-make.conf. De make.conf van het systeem en dit nieuwe bestand worden gecombineerd tijdens het bouwen om een make.conf te maken die gebruikt wordt in de bouw jail." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10434 msgid "Packages to be built are entered in 10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Packages die gebouwd moeten worden, worden opgevoerd in 10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:10437 #, no-wrap msgid "" "editors/emacs\n" "devel/git\n" "ports-mgmt/pkg\n" "..." msgstr "" +"editors/emacs\n" +"devel/git\n" +"ports-mgmt/pkg\n" +"..." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10442 msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opties en afhankelijkheden voor de gespecificeerde ports worden geconfigureerd:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10445 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere options -j 10amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist" msgstr "# poudriere options -j 10amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10447 msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als laatste worden de pakketten gebouwd en wordt er een pakketopslag gemaakt:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10450 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere bulk -j 10amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist" msgstr "# poudriere bulk -j 10amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10452 msgid "While running, pressing Ctrlt displays the current state of the build. Poudriere also builds files in /poudriere/logs/bulk/jailname that can be used with a web server to display build information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tijdens het draaien kan Ctrlt worden ingetoetst om de huidige status van de bouwopdracht te tonen. Poudriere bouwt ook bestanden in /poudriere/logs/bulk/jailname welke gebruikt kunnen worden door een webserver om bouw informatie te laten zien." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10459 msgid "After completion, the new packages are now available for installation from the poudriere repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na afloop zijn de nieuwe pakket beschikbaar voor installatie uit de poudriere opslag." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10463 msgid "For more information on using poudriere, see poudriere8 and the main web site, ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voor meer informatie over het gebruik van poudriere, zie poudriere8 en de hoofd website, ." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:10468 msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a Poudriere Repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het configureren van pkg clients om een poudriere opslag te gebruiken" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10471 msgid "While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official repository. This is done by creating a configuration file that overrides and disables the official configuration file. Create /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf that contains the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ondanks dat het mogelijk is om zowel een aangepaste opslag naast een officiële opslag te gebruiken, is het soms nuttig om de offiële opslag uit te schakelen. Dit kan worden gedaan door een configuratie bestand aan te maken die het officiële configuratie bestand overschrijft en uitschakelt. Creëer /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf welke de volgende gegevens bevat:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10479 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD: {\n" "\tenabled: no\n" "}" msgstr "" "FreeBSD: {\n" "\tenabled: no\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10483 msgid "Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for instance: /usr/local/poudriere/data/packages/10amd64, where 10amd64 is the name of the build." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10490 msgid "If the URL to the package repository is: http://pkg.example.com/10amd64, then the repository configuration file in /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom.conf would look like:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10496 #, no-wrap msgid "" "custom: {\n" "\turl: \"http://pkg.example.com/10amd64\",\n" "\tenabled: yes,\n" "}" msgstr "" "custom: {\n" "\turl: \"http://pkg.example.com/10amd64\",\n" "\tenabled: yes,\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:10504 msgid "Post-Installation Considerations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10506 msgid "Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration after installation. The following commands and locations can be used to help determine what was installed with the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10514 msgid "Most applications install at least one default configuration file in /usr/local/etc. In cases where an application has a large number of configuration files, a subdirectory will be created to hold them. Often, sample configuration files are installed which end with a suffix such as .sample. The configuration files should be reviewed and possibly edited to meet the system's needs. To edit a sample file, first copy it without the .sample extension." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10527 msgid "Applications which provide documentation will install it into /usr/local/share/doc and many applications also install manual pages. This documentation should be consulted before continuing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10534 msgid "Some applications run services which must be added to /etc/rc.conf before starting the application. These applications usually install a startup script in /usr/local/etc/rc.d. See Starting Services for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:10542 msgid "By design, applications do not run their startup script upon installation, nor do they run their stop script upon deinstallation or upgrade. This decision is left to the individual system administrator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10551 msgid "Users of csh1 should run rehash to rebuild the known binary list in the shells PATH." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10557 msgid "Use pkg info to determine which files, man pages, and binaries were installed with the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:10565 msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10567 msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10572 msgid "Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the Problem Report database. If so, implementing the proposed fix may fix the issue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10579 msgid "Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type make maintainer in the ports skeleton or read the port's Makefile to find the maintainer's email address. Remember to include the $FreeBSD: line from the port's Makefile and the output leading up to the error in the email to the maintainer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:10589 msgid "Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a group maintainer represented by a mailing list. Many, but not all, of these addresses look like freebsd-listname@FreeBSD.org. Please take this into account when sending an email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:10595 msgid "In particular, ports maintained by ports@FreeBSD.org are not maintained by a specific individual. Instead, any fixes and support come from the general community who subscribe to that mailing list. More volunteers are always needed!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10603 msgid "If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report using the instructions in Writing FreeBSD Problem Reports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10610 msgid "Fix it! The Porter's Handbook includes detailed information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional broken port or even submit your own!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10617 msgid "Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:10647 msgid "The X Window System" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10652 msgid "An installation of FreeBSD using bsdinstall does not automatically install a graphical user interface. This chapter describes how to install and configure Xorg, which provides the open source X Window System used to provide a graphical environment. It then describes how to find and install a desktop environment or window manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:10661 msgid "Users who prefer an installation method that automatically configures the Xorg and offers a choice of window managers during installation should refer to the website." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10668 msgid "For more information on the video hardware that Xorg supports, refer to the x.org website." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10675 msgid "The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10680 msgid "How to install and configure Xorg." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10685 msgid "How to install and configure several window managers and desktop environments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10690 msgid "How to use TrueType fonts in Xorg." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10695 msgid "How to set up your system for graphical logins (XDM)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10704 msgid "Know how to install additional third-party software as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:10711 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10713 msgid "While it is not necessary to understand all of the details of the various components in the X Window System and how they interact, some basic knowledge of these components can be useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:10720 msgid "X server" msgstr "X server" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10723 msgid "X was designed from the beginning to be network-centric, and adopts a client-server model. In this model, the X server runs on the computer that has the keyboard, monitor, and mouse attached. The server's responsibility includes tasks such as managing the display, handling input from the keyboard and mouse, and handling input or output from other devices such as a tablet or a video projector. This confuses some people, because the X terminology is exactly backward to what they expect. They expect the X server to be the big powerful machine down the hall, and the X client to be the machine on their desk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:10740 msgid "X client" msgstr "X client" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10743 msgid "Each X application, such as XTerm or Firefox, is a client. A client sends messages to the server such as Please draw a window at these coordinates, and the server sends back messages such as The user just clicked on the OK button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10752 msgid "In a home or small office environment, the X server and the X clients commonly run on the same computer. It is also possible to run the X server on a less powerful computer and to run the X applications on a more powerful system. In this scenario, the communication between the X client and server takes place over the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:10762 msgid "window manager" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10765 msgid "X does not dictate what windows should look like on-screen, how to move them around with the mouse, which keystrokes should be used to move between windows, what the title bars on each window should look like, whether or not they have close buttons on them, and so on. Instead, X delegates this responsibility to a separate window manager application. There are dozens of window managers available. Each window manager provides a different look and feel: some support virtual desktops, some allow customized keystrokes to manage the desktop, some have a Start button, and some are themeable, allowing a complete change of the desktop's look-and-feel. Window managers are available in the x11-wm category of the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10781 msgid "Each window manager uses a different configuration mechanism. Some expect configuration file written by hand while others provide graphical tools for most configuration tasks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:10789 msgid "desktop environment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10792 msgid "KDE and GNOME are considered to be desktop environments as they include an entire suite of applications for performing common desktop tasks. These may include office suites, web browsers, and games." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:10801 msgid "focus policy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10804 msgid "The window manager is responsible for the mouse focus policy. This policy provides some means for choosing which window is actively receiving keystrokes and it should also visibly indicate which window is currently active." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10810 msgid "One focus policy is called click-to-focus. In this model, a window becomes active upon receiving a mouse click. In the focus-follows-mouse policy, the window that is under the mouse pointer has focus and the focus is changed by pointing at another window. If the mouse is over the root window, then this window is focused. In the sloppy-focus model, if the mouse is moved over the root window, the most recently used window still has the focus. With sloppy-focus, focus is only changed when the cursor enters a new window, and not when exiting the current window. In the click-to-focus policy, the active window is selected by mouse click. The window may then be raised and appear in front of all other windows. All keystrokes will now be directed to this window, even if the cursor is moved to another window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10828 msgid "Different window managers support different focus models. All of them support click-to-focus, and the majority of them also support other policies. Consult the documentation for the window manager to determine which focus models are available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:10837 msgid "widgets" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:10840 msgid "Widget is a term for all of the items in the user interface that can be clicked or manipulated in some way. This includes buttons, check boxes, radio buttons, icons, and lists. A widget toolkit is a set of widgets used to create graphical applications. There are several popular widget toolkits, including Qt, used by KDE, and GTK+, used by GNOME. As a result, applications will have a different look and feel, depending upon which widget toolkit was used to create the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:10857 msgid "Installing Xorg" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10859 msgid "On FreeBSD, Xorg can be installed as a package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10862 msgid "The binary package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for customization:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:10865 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xorg" msgstr "# pkg install xorg" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10867 msgid "To build and install from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:10869 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10872 msgid "Either of these installations results in the complete Xorg system being installed. Binary packages are the best option for most users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:10876 msgid "A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is available in x11/xorg-minimal. Most of the documents, libraries, and applications will not be installed. Some applications require these additional components to function." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:10884 msgid "Xorg Configuration" msgstr "Xorg Configuration" #. (itstool) path: info/author #: book.translate.xml:10887 msgid " Warren Block Originally contributed by" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:10896 msgid "Xorg" msgstr "Xorg" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:10897 msgid "Xorg" msgstr "Xorg" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:10900 book.translate.xml:16927 book.translate.xml:62626 msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10902 msgid "Xorg supports most common video cards, keyboards, and pointing devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:10906 msgid "Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do not require any manual configuration. Do not create xorg.conf or run a step unless automatic configuration fails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:10915 msgid "If Xorg has been used on this computer before, move or remove any existing configuration files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:10919 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc\n" "# mv /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.localetc" msgstr "" "# mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc\n" "# mv /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.localetc" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:10924 msgid "Add the user who will run Xorg to the video or wheel group to enable 3D acceleration when available. To add user jru to whichever group is available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:10932 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod video -m jru || pw groupmod wheel -m jru" msgstr "# pw groupmod video -m jru || pw groupmod wheel -m jru" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:10936 msgid "The TWM window manager is included by default. It is started when Xorg starts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:10940 #, no-wrap msgid "% startx" msgstr "% startx" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:10944 msgid "On some older versions of FreeBSD, the system console must be set to vt4 before switching back to the text console will work properly. See ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:10953 msgid "User Group for Accelerated Video" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10955 msgid "Access to /dev/dri is needed to allow 3D acceleration on video cards. It is usually simplest to add the user who will be running X to either the video or wheel group. Here, pw8 is used to add user slurms to the video group, or to the wheel group if there is no video group:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:10965 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod video -m slurms || pw groupmod wheel -m slurms" msgstr "# pw groupmod video -m slurms || pw groupmod wheel -m slurms" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:10969 msgid "Kernel Mode Setting (KMS)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10971 msgid "When the computer switches from displaying the console to a higher screen resolution for X, it must set the video output mode. Recent versions of Xorg use a system inside the kernel to do these mode changes more efficiently. Older versions of FreeBSD use sc4, which is not aware of the KMS system. The end result is that after closing X, the system console is blank, even though it is still working. The newer vt4 console avoids this problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10982 msgid "Add this line to /boot/loader.conf to enable vt4:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:10985 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.vty=vt" msgstr "kern.vty=vt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:10989 book.translate.xml:21062 book.translate.xml:31623 #: book.translate.xml:45614 book.translate.xml:55775 msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:10991 msgid "Manual configuration is usually not necessary. Please do not manually create configuration files unless autoconfiguration does not work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:10998 msgid "Xorg looks in several directories for configuration files. /usr/local/etc/X11/ is the recommended directory for these files on FreeBSD. Using this directory helps keep application files separate from operating system files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:11005 msgid "Storing configuration files in the legacy /etc/X11/ still works. However, this mixes application files with the base FreeBSD files and is not recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:11012 msgid "Single or Multiple Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:11014 msgid "It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting than the traditional single xorg.conf. These files are stored in the xorg.conf.d/ subdirectory of the main configuration file directory. The full path is typically /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:11022 msgid "Examples of these files are shown later in this section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:11025 msgid "The traditional single xorg.conf still works, but is neither as clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the xorg.conf.d/ subdirectory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:11033 msgid "Video Cards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11037 msgid "Intel" msgstr "Intel" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11040 msgid "3D acceleration is supported on most Intel graphics up to Ivy Bridge (HD Graphics 2500, 4000, and P4000), including Iron Lake (HD Graphics) and Sandy Bridge (HD Graphics 2000)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11045 msgid "Driver name: intel" msgstr "Stuurprogrammanaam: intel" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11047 msgid "For reference, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11052 msgid "AMD Radeon" msgstr "AMD Radeon" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11055 msgid "2D and 3D acceleration is supported on Radeon cards up to and including the HD6000 series." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11058 msgid "Driver name: radeon" msgstr "Stuurprogrammanaam: radeon" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11060 msgid "For reference, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11065 msgid "NVIDIA" msgstr "NVIDIA" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11068 msgid "Several NVIDIA drivers are available in the x11 category of the Ports Collection. Install the driver that matches the video card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11073 msgid "For reference, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11078 msgid "Hybrid Combination Graphics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11081 msgid "Some notebook computers add additional graphics processing units to those built into the chipset or processor. Optimus combines Intel and NVIDIA hardware. Switchable Graphics or Hybrid Graphics are a combination of an Intel or AMD processor and an AMD Radeon GPU." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11090 msgid "Implementations of these hybrid graphics systems vary, and Xorg on FreeBSD is not able to drive all versions of them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11094 msgid "Some computers provide a BIOS option to disable one of the graphics adapters or select a discrete mode which can be used with one of the standard video card drivers. For example, it is sometimes possible to disable the NVIDIA GPU in an Optimus system. The Intel video can then be used with an Intel driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11103 msgid "BIOS settings depend on the model of computer. In some situations, both GPUs can be left enabled, but creating a configuration file that only uses the main GPU in the Device section is enough to make such a system functional." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11114 msgid "Other Video Cards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11117 msgid "Drivers for some less-common video cards can be found in the x11-drivers directory of the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11121 msgid "Cards that are not supported by a specific driver might still be usable with the x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa driver. This driver is installed by x11/xorg. It can also be installed manually as x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa. Xorg attempts to use this driver when a specific driver is not found for the video card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11131 msgid "x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb is a similar nonspecialized video driver that works on many UEFI and ARM computers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11138 msgid "Setting the Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11141 msgid "To set the Intel driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11145 msgid "Select Intel Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11147 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11149 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" "\tDriver \"intel\"\n" "\t# BusID \"PCI:1:0:0\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11155 msgid "If more than one video card is present, the BusID identifier can be uncommented and set to select the desired card. A list of video card bus IDs can be displayed with pciconf -lv | grep -B3 display." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11163 msgid "To set the Radeon driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11167 msgid "Select Radeon Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11169 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11171 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" "\tDriver \"radeon\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11177 msgid "To set the VESA driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11181 msgid "Select VESA Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11184 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11186 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" "\tDriver \"vesa\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11192 msgid "To set the scfb driver for use with a UEFI or ARM computer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11196 msgid "Select scfb Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11199 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" "\tDriver \"scfb\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:11212 msgid "Monitors" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11214 msgid "Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data standard (EDID). Xorg uses EDID to communicate with the monitor and detect the supported resolutions and refresh rates. Then it selects the most appropriate combination of settings to use with that monitor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11222 msgid "Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been started with xrandr1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11229 msgid "Using xrandr1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11232 msgid "Run xrandr1 without any parameters to see a list of video outputs and detected monitor modes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:11235 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xrandr\n" "Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 3000 x 1920, maximum 8192 x 8192\n" "DVI-0 connected primary 1920x1200+1080+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 495mm x 310mm\n" " 1920x1200 59.95*+\n" " 1600x1200 60.00\n" " 1280x1024 85.02 75.02 60.02\n" " 1280x960 60.00\n" " 1152x864 75.00\n" " 1024x768 85.00 75.08 70.07 60.00\n" " 832x624 74.55\n" " 800x600 75.00 60.32\n" " 640x480 75.00 60.00\n" " 720x400 70.08\n" "DisplayPort-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" "HDMI-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)" msgstr "" "% xrandr\n" "Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 3000 x 1920, maximum 8192 x 8192\n" "DVI-0 connected primary 1920x1200+1080+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 495mm x 310mm\n" " 1920x1200 59.95*+\n" " 1600x1200 60.00\n" " 1280x1024 85.02 75.02 60.02\n" " 1280x960 60.00\n" " 1152x864 75.00\n" " 1024x768 85.00 75.08 70.07 60.00\n" " 832x624 74.55\n" " 800x600 75.00 60.32\n" " 640x480 75.00 60.00\n" " 720x400 70.08\n" "DisplayPort-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" "HDMI-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11251 msgid "This shows that the DVI-0 output is being used to display a screen resolution of 1920x1200 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. Monitors are not attached to the DisplayPort-0 and HDMI-0 connectors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11258 msgid "Any of the other display modes can be selected with xrandr1. For example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:11262 #, no-wrap msgid "% xrandr --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60" msgstr "% xrandr --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11264 msgid "A common task is using the external video output on a notebook computer for a video projector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11267 msgid "The type and quantity of output connectors varies between devices, and the name given to each output varies from driver to driver. What one driver calls HDMI-1, another might call HDMI1. So the first step is to run xrandr1 to list all the available outputs:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:11275 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xrandr\n" "Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 1366 x 768, maximum 8192 x 8192\n" "LVDS1 connected 1366x768+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 344mm x 193mm\n" " 1366x768 60.04*+\n" " 1024x768 60.00\n" " 800x600 60.32 56.25\n" " 640x480 59.94\n" "VGA1 connected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" " 1280x1024 60.02 + 75.02\n" " 1280x960 60.00\n" " 1152x864 75.00\n" " 1024x768 75.08 70.07 60.00\n" " 832x624 74.55\n" " 800x600 72.19 75.00 60.32 56.25\n" " 640x480 75.00 72.81 66.67 60.00\n" " 720x400 70.08\n" "HDMI1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" "DP1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)" msgstr "" "% xrandr\n" "Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 1366 x 768, maximum 8192 x 8192\n" "LVDS1 connected 1366x768+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 344mm x 193mm\n" " 1366x768 60.04*+\n" " 1024x768 60.00\n" " 800x600 60.32 56.25\n" " 640x480 59.94\n" "VGA1 connected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" " 1280x1024 60.02 + 75.02\n" " 1280x960 60.00\n" " 1152x864 75.00\n" " 1024x768 75.08 70.07 60.00\n" " 832x624 74.55\n" " 800x600 72.19 75.00 60.32 56.25\n" " 640x480 75.00 72.81 66.67 60.00\n" " 720x400 70.08\n" "HDMI1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" "DP1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11294 msgid "Four outputs were found: the built-in panel LVDS1, and external VGA1, HDMI1, and DP1 connectors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11299 msgid "The projector has been connected to the VGA1 output. xrandr1 is now used to set that output to the native resolution of the projector and add the additional space to the right side of the desktop:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:11305 #, no-wrap msgid "% xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1" msgstr "% xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11307 msgid "--auto chooses the resolution and refresh rate detected by EDID. If the resolution is not correctly detected, a fixed value can be given with --mode instead of the --auto statement. For example, most projectors can be used with a 1024x768 resolution, which is set with --mode 1024x768." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11316 msgid "xrandr1 is often run from .xinitrc to set the appropriate mode when X starts." msgstr "xrandr 1 wordt vaak uitgevoerd vanuit .xinitrc om de juiste modus te gebruiken wanneer X start." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11323 msgid "Setting Monitor Resolution in a File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11326 msgid "To set a screen resolution of 1024x768 in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11330 msgid "Set Screen Resolution in a File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11332 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11334 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n" "\tDevice \"Card0\"\n" "\tSubSection \"Display\"\n" "\tModes \"1024x768\"\n" "\tEndSubSection\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n" "\tDevice \"Card0\"\n" "\tSubSection \"Display\"\n" "\tModes \"1024x768\"\n" "\tEndSubSection\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11343 msgid "The few monitors that do not have EDID can be configured by setting HorizSync and VertRefresh to the range of frequencies supported by the monitor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11350 msgid "Manually Setting Monitor Frequencies" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11352 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Monitor0\"\n" "\tHorizSync 30-83 # kHz\n" "\tVertRefresh 50-76 # Hz\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Monitor0\"\n" "\tHorizSync 30-83 # kHz\n" "\tVertRefresh 50-76 # Hz\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:11366 msgid "Input Devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:11369 msgid "Keyboards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11373 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11376 msgid "The standardized location of keys on a keyboard is called a layout. Layouts and other adjustable parameters are listed in xkeyboard-config7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11381 msgid "A United States layout is the default. To select an alternate layout, set the XkbLayout and XkbVariant options in an InputClass. This will be applied to all input devices that match the class." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11388 msgid "This example selects a French keyboard layout with the oss variant." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11392 msgid "Setting a Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11394 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr-oss.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr-oss.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" "\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n" "\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n" "\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n" "\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"fr\"\n" "\tOption\t\t\"XkbVariant\" \"oss\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" "\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n" "\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n" "\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n" "\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"fr\"\n" "\tOption\t\t\"XkbVariant\" \"oss\"\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11406 msgid "Setting Multiple Keyboard Layouts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11408 msgid "Set United States, Spanish, and Ukrainian keyboard layouts. Cycle through these layouts by pressing Alt Shift . x11/xxkb or x11/sbxkb can be used for improved layout switching control and current layout indicators." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11419 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11421 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" "\tIdentifier\t\"All Keyboards\"\n" "\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"yes\"\n" "\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"us, es, ua\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" "\tIdentifier\t\"All Keyboards\"\n" "\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"yes\"\n" "\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"us, es, ua\"\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11431 msgid "Closing Xorg From the Keyboard" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11435 msgid "X can be closed with a combination of keys. By default, that key combination is not set because it conflicts with keyboard commands for some applications. Enabling this option requires changes to the keyboard InputDevice section:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11443 msgid "Enabling Keyboard Exit from X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11445 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11447 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" "\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n" "\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n" "\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n" "\tOption\t\t\"XkbOptions\" \"terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" "\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n" "\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n" "\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n" "\tOption\t\t\"XkbOptions\" \"terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\"\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:11460 msgid "Mice and Pointing Devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:11462 msgid "Many mouse parameters can be adjusted with configuration options. See mousedrv4 for a full list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:11467 msgid "Mouse Buttons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:11470 msgid "The number of buttons on a mouse can be set in the mouse InputDevice section of xorg.conf. To set the number of buttons to 7:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:11476 msgid "Setting the Number of Mouse Buttons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:11478 msgid "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11480 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Mouse0\"\n" "\tOption \"Buttons\" \"7\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Mouse0\"\n" "\tOption \"Buttons\" \"7\"\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11494 msgid "In some cases, Xorg autoconfiguration does not work with particular hardware, or a different configuration is desired. For these cases, a custom configuration file can be created." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:11500 msgid "Do not create manual configuration files unless required. Unnecessary manual configuration can prevent proper operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11505 msgid "A configuration file can be generated by Xorg based on the detected hardware. This file is often a useful starting point for custom configurations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11510 msgid "Generating an xorg.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11512 #, no-wrap msgid "# Xorg -configure" msgstr "# Xorg -configure" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11514 msgid "The configuration file is saved to /root/xorg.conf.new. Make any changes desired, then test that file with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11518 #, no-wrap msgid "# Xorg -config /root/xorg.conf.new" msgstr "# Xorg -config /root/xorg.conf.new" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11520 msgid "After the new configuration has been adjusted and tested, it can be split into smaller files in the normal location, /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:11538 msgid "Using Fonts in Xorg" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:11541 msgid "Type1 Fonts" msgstr "Type1 Fonts" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11543 msgid "The default fonts that ship with Xorg are less than ideal for typical desktop publishing applications. Large presentation fonts show up jagged and unprofessional looking, and small fonts are almost completely unintelligible. However, there are several free, high quality Type1 (PostScript) fonts available which can be readily used with Xorg. For instance, the URW font collection (x11-fonts/urwfonts) includes high quality versions of standard type1 fonts (Times Roman, Helvetica, Palatino and others). The Freefonts collection (x11-fonts/freefonts) includes many more fonts, but most of them are intended for use in graphics software such as the Gimp, and are not complete enough to serve as screen fonts. In addition, Xorg can be configured to use TrueType fonts with a minimum of effort. For more details on this, see the X7 manual page or ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11562 msgid "To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the following commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11565 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install urwfonts" msgstr "# pkg install urwfonts" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11567 msgid "Alternatively, to build from the Ports Collection, run the following commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11573 msgid "And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration file (/etc/X11/xorg.conf), which reads:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11578 #, no-wrap msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\"" msgstr "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11580 msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11583 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts\n" "% xset fp rehash" msgstr "" "% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts\n" "% xset fp rehash" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11586 msgid "This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is added to the startup file (~/.xinitrc for a normal startx session, or ~/.xsession when logging in through a graphical login manager like XDM). A third way is to use the new /usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf as demonstrated in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:11598 msgid "TrueType Fonts" msgstr "TrueType Fonts" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11600 msgid "TrueType Fonts" msgstr "TrueType Fonts" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11603 msgid "fonts TrueType" msgstr "fonts TrueType" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11608 msgid "Xorg has built in support for rendering TrueType fonts. There are two different modules that can enable this functionality. The freetype module is used in this example because it is more consistent with the other font rendering back-ends. To enable the freetype module just add the following line to the \"Module\" section of /etc/X11/xorg.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11616 #, no-wrap msgid "Load \"freetype\"" msgstr "Load \"freetype\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11618 msgid "Now make a directory for the TrueType fonts (for example, /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType) and copy all of the TrueType fonts into this directory. Keep in mind that TrueType fonts cannot be directly taken from an Apple Mac; they must be in UNIX/MS-DOS/Windows format for use by Xorg. Once the files have been copied into this directory, use mkfontdir to create a fonts.dir, so that the X font renderer knows that these new files have been installed. mkfontdir can be installed as a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11632 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mkfontdir" msgstr "# pkg install mkfontdir" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11634 msgid "Then create an index of X font files in a directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11637 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" "# mkfontdir" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" "# mkfontdir" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11640 msgid "Now add the TrueType directory to the font path. This is just the same as described in :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11643 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" "% xset fp rehash" msgstr "" "% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" "% xset fp rehash" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11646 msgid "or add a FontPath line to xorg.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11649 msgid "Now Gimp, Apache OpenOffice, and all of the other X applications should now recognize the installed TrueType fonts. Extremely small fonts (as with text in a high resolution display on a web page) and extremely large fonts (within StarOffice) will look much better now." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:11670 msgid "Anti-Aliased Fonts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11672 msgid "anti-aliased fonts" msgstr "anti-aliased fonts" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11675 msgid "fonts anti-aliased" msgstr "fonts anti-aliased" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11680 msgid "All fonts in Xorg that are found in /usr/local/share/fonts/ and ~/.fonts/ are automatically made available for anti-aliasing to Xft-aware applications. Most recent applications are Xft-aware, including KDE, GNOME, and Firefox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11689 msgid "To control which fonts are anti-aliased, or to configure anti-aliasing properties, create (or edit, if it already exists) the file /usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf. Several advanced features of the Xft font system can be tuned using this file; this section describes only some simple possibilities. For more details, please see fonts-conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11698 msgid "XML" msgstr "XML" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11700 msgid "This file must be in XML format. Pay careful attention to case, and make sure all tags are properly closed. The file begins with the usual XML header followed by a DOCTYPE definition, and then the <fontconfig> tag:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11706 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" " <!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM \"fonts.dtd\">\n" " <fontconfig>" msgstr "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" " <!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM \"fonts.dtd\">\n" " <fontconfig>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11710 msgid "As previously stated, all fonts in /usr/local/share/fonts/ as well as ~/.fonts/ are already made available to Xft-aware applications. To add another directory outside of these two directory trees, add a line like this to /usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11718 #, no-wrap msgid "<dir>/path/to/my/fonts</dir>" msgstr "<dir>/path/to/my/fonts</dir>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11720 msgid "After adding new fonts, and especially new font directories, rebuild the font caches:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11724 #, no-wrap msgid "# fc-cache -f" msgstr "# fc-cache -f" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11726 msgid "Anti-aliasing makes borders slightly fuzzy, which makes very small text more readable and removes staircases from large text, but can cause eyestrain if applied to normal text. To exclude font sizes smaller than 14 point from anti-aliasing, include these lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11733 #, no-wrap msgid "" " <match target=\"font\">\n" "\t <test name=\"size\" compare=\"less\">\n" "\t\t<double>14</double>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"antialias\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t<bool>false</bool>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t</match>\n" "\t<match target=\"font\">\n" "\t <test name=\"pixelsize\" compare=\"less\" qual=\"any\">\n" "\t\t<double>14</double>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit mode=\"assign\" name=\"antialias\">\n" "\t\t<bool>false</bool>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t</match>" msgstr "" " <match target=\"font\">\n" "\t <test name=\"size\" compare=\"less\">\n" "\t\t<double>14</double>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"antialias\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t<bool>false</bool>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t</match>\n" "\t<match target=\"font\">\n" "\t <test name=\"pixelsize\" compare=\"less\" qual=\"any\">\n" "\t\t<double>14</double>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit mode=\"assign\" name=\"antialias\">\n" "\t\t<bool>false</bool>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t</match>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11750 msgid "fonts spacing" msgstr "fonts spacing" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11755 msgid "Spacing for some monospaced fonts might also be inappropriate with anti-aliasing. This seems to be an issue with KDE, in particular. One possible fix is to force the spacing for such fonts to be 100. Add these lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11761 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t<match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <string>fixed</string>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t <string>mono</string>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t</match>\n" "\t<match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t\t<string>console</string>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t<string>mono</string>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t</match>" msgstr "" "\t<match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <string>fixed</string>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t <string>mono</string>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t</match>\n" "\t<match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t\t<string>console</string>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t<string>mono</string>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t</match>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11778 msgid "(this aliases the other common names for fixed fonts as \"mono\"), and then add:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11781 #, no-wrap msgid "" " <match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t\t <string>mono</string>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"spacing\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t <int>100</int>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t </match> " msgstr "" " <match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t\t <string>mono</string>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"spacing\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t <int>100</int>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t </match> " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11790 msgid "Certain fonts, such as Helvetica, may have a problem when anti-aliased. Usually this manifests itself as a font that seems cut in half vertically. At worst, it may cause applications to crash. To avoid this, consider adding the following to local.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11796 #, no-wrap msgid "" " <match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t\t <string>Helvetica</string>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t <string>sans-serif</string>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t </match> " msgstr "" " <match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\">\n" "\t\t <string>Helvetica</string>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t <string>sans-serif</string>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t </match> " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11805 msgid "After editing local.conf, make certain to end the file with the </fontconfig> tag. Not doing this will cause changes to be ignored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11810 msgid "Users can add personalized settings by creating their own ~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf. This file uses the same XML format described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11815 msgid "LCD screen" msgstr "LCD screen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11816 msgid "Fonts LCD screen" msgstr "Fonts LCD screen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11819 msgid "One last point: with an LCD screen, sub-pixel sampling may be desired. This basically treats the (horizontally separated) red, green and blue components separately to improve the horizontal resolution; the results can be dramatic. To enable this, add the line somewhere in local.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:11826 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t <match target=\"font\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"all\" name=\"rgba\">\n" "\t\t <const>unknown</const>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"rgba\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t <const>rgb</const>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t </match>" msgstr "" "\t <match target=\"font\">\n" "\t <test qual=\"all\" name=\"rgba\">\n" "\t\t <const>unknown</const>\n" "\t </test>\n" "\t <edit name=\"rgba\" mode=\"assign\">\n" "\t\t <const>rgb</const>\n" "\t </edit>\n" "\t </match>" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:11836 msgid "Depending on the sort of display, rgb may need to be changed to bgr, vrgb or vbgr: experiment and see which works best." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:11847 msgid "The X Display Manager" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:11850 msgid " Seth Kingsley Contributed by " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:11860 msgid "X Display Manager" msgstr "X Display Manager" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:11861 msgid "Xorg provides an X Display Manager, XDM, which can be used for login session management. XDM provides a graphical interface for choosing which display server to connect to and for entering authorization information such as a login and password combination." msgstr "Xorg provides an X Display Manager, XDM, which can be used for login session management. XDM provides a graphical interface for choosing which display server to connect to and for entering authorization information such as a login and password combination." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:11868 msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure the X Display Manager on FreeBSD. Some desktop environments provide their own graphical login manager. Refer to for instructions on how to configure the GNOME Display Manager and for instructions on how to configure the KDE Display Manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:11875 msgid "Configuring XDM" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11877 msgid "To install XDM, use the x11/xdm package or port. Once installed, XDM can be configured to run when the machine boots up by editing this entry in /etc/ttys:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:11883 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyv8 \"/usr/local/bin/xdm -nodaemon\" xterm off secure" msgstr "ttyv8 \"/usr/local/bin/xdm -nodaemon\" xterm off secure" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11885 msgid "Change the off to on and save the edit. The ttyv8 in this entry indicates that XDM will run on the ninth virtual terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11890 msgid "The XDM configuration directory is located in /usr/local/lib/X11/xdm. This directory contains several files used to change the behavior and appearance of XDM, as well as a few scripts and programs used to set up the desktop when XDM is running. summarizes the function of each of these files. The exact syntax and usage of these files is described in xdm1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:11900 msgid "XDM Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11905 book.translate.xml:55698 msgid "File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11912 msgid "Xaccess" msgstr "Xaccess" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11913 msgid "The protocol for connecting to XDM is called the X Display Manager Connection Protocol (XDMCP) This file is a client authorization ruleset for controlling XDMCP connections from remote machines. By default, this file does not allow any remote clients to connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11923 msgid "Xresources" msgstr "Xresources" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11924 msgid "This file controls the look and feel of the XDM display chooser and login screens. The default configuration is a simple rectangular login window with the hostname of the machine displayed at the top in a large font and Login: and Password: prompts below. The format of this file is identical to the app-defaults file described in the Xorg documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11937 msgid "Xservers" msgstr "Xservers" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11938 msgid "The list of local and remote displays the chooser should provide as login choices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11943 msgid "Xsession" msgstr "Xsession" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11944 msgid "Default session script for logins which is run by XDM after a user has logged in. Normally each user will have a customized session script in ~/.xsession that overrides this script" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11952 msgid "Xsetup_*" msgstr "Xsetup_*" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11953 msgid "Script to automatically launch applications before displaying the chooser or login interfaces. There is a script for each display being used, named Xsetup_*, where * is the local display number. Typically these scripts run one or two programs in the background such as xconsole." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11964 msgid "xdm-config" msgstr "xdm-config" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11965 msgid "Global configuration for all displays running on this machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11970 msgid "xdm-errors" msgstr "xdm-errors" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11971 msgid "Contains errors generated by the server program. If a display that XDM is trying to start hangs, look at this file for error messages. These messages are also written to the user's ~/.xsession-errors on a per-session basis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11980 msgid "xdm-pid" msgstr "xdm-pid" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:11981 msgid "The running process ID of XDM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:11990 msgid "Configuring Remote Access" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11992 msgid "By default, only users on the same system can login using XDM. To enable users on other systems to connect to the display server, edit the access control rules and enable the connection listener." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:11997 msgid "To configure XDM to listen for any remote connection, comment out the DisplayManager.requestPort line in /usr/local/lib/X11/xdm/xdm-config by putting a ! in front of it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12003 #, no-wrap msgid "" "! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n" "! Comment out this line if you want to manage X terminals with xdm\n" "DisplayManager.requestPort: 0" msgstr "" "! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n" "! Comment out this line if you want to manage X terminals with xdm\n" "DisplayManager.requestPort: 0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12007 msgid "Save the edits and restart XDM. To restrict remote access, look at the example entries in /usr/local/lib/X11/xdm/Xaccess and refer to xdm1 for further information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:12016 msgid "Desktop Environments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:12019 msgid " Valentino Vaschetto Contributed by " msgstr " Valentino Vaschetto Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12030 msgid "This section describes how to install three popular desktop environments on a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a simple window manager to a complete suite of desktop applications. Over a hundred desktop environments are available in the x11-wm category of the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12038 msgid "GNOME" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12041 msgid "GNOME is a user-friendly desktop environment. It includes a panel for starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, a set of tools and applications, and a set of conventions that make it easy for applications to cooperate and be consistent with each other. More information regarding GNOME on FreeBSD can be found at http://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome. That web site contains additional documentation about installing, configuring, and managing GNOME on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12052 msgid "This desktop environment can be installed from a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12055 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnome3" msgstr "# pkg install gnome3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12057 msgid "To instead build GNOME from ports, use the following command. GNOME is a large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12063 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome3\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome3\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12066 msgid "GNOME requires /proc to be mounted. Add this line to /etc/fstab to mount this file system automatically during system startup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12071 book.translate.xml:12162 #, no-wrap msgid "proc /proc procfs rw 0 0" msgstr "proc /proc procfs rw 0 0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12073 msgid "GNOME uses D-Bus and HAL for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of GNOME. Enable them in /etc/rc.conf so they will be started when the system boots:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12081 book.translate.xml:12172 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n" "hald_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n" "hald_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12084 msgid "After installation, configure Xorg to start GNOME. The easiest way to do this is to enable the GNOME Display Manager, GDM, which is installed as part of the GNOME package or port. It can be enabled by adding this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12093 #, no-wrap msgid "gdm_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "gdm_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12095 msgid "It is often desirable to also start all GNOME services. To achieve this, add a second line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12099 #, no-wrap msgid "gnome_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "gnome_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12101 msgid "GDM will start automatically when the system boots." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12104 msgid "A second method for starting GNOME is to type startx from the command-line after configuring ~/.xinitrc. If this file already exists, replace the line that starts the current window manager with one that starts /usr/local/bin/gnome-session. If this file does not exist, create it with this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12113 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" > ~/.xinitrc" msgstr "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" > ~/.xinitrc" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12115 msgid "A third method is to use XDM as the display manager. In this case, create an executable ~/.xsession:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% echo \"#!/bin/sh\" > ~/.xsession\n" "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" >> ~/.xsession\n" "% chmod +x ~/.xsession" msgstr "" "% echo \"#!/bin/sh\" > ~/.xsession\n" "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" >> ~/.xsession\n" "% chmod +x ~/.xsession" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12125 msgid "KDE" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12129 msgid "KDE is another easy-to-use desktop environment. This desktop provides a suite of applications with a consistent look and feel, a standardized menu and toolbars, keybindings, color-schemes, internationalization, and a centralized, dialog-driven desktop configuration. More information on KDE can be found at http://www.kde.org/. For FreeBSD-specific information, consult http://freebsd.kde.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12138 msgid "To install the KDE package, type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12141 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install x11/kde4" msgstr "# pkg install x11/kde4" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12143 msgid "To instead build the KDE port, use the following command. Installing the port will provide a menu for selecting which components to install. KDE is a large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12149 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/kde4\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/kde4\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:12152 msgid "KDE display manager" msgstr "KDE display manager" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12157 msgid "KDE requires /proc to be mounted. Add this line to /etc/fstab to mount this file system automatically during system startup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12164 msgid "KDE uses D-Bus and HAL for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of KDE. Enable them in /etc/rc.conf so they will be started when the system boots:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12175 msgid "The installation of KDE includes the KDE Display Manager, KDM. To enable this display manager, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12181 #, no-wrap msgid "kdm4_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "kdm4_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12183 msgid "A second method for launching KDE is to type startx from the command line. For this to work, the following line is needed in ~/.xinitrc:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12189 #, no-wrap msgid "exec /usr/local/bin/startkde" msgstr "exec /usr/local/bin/startkde" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12191 msgid "A third method for starting KDE is through XDM. To do so, create an executable ~/.xsession as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12196 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% echo \"#!/bin/sh\" > ~/.xsession\n" "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startkde\" >> ~/.xsession\n" "% chmod +x ~/.xsession" msgstr "" "% echo \"#!/bin/sh\" > ~/.xsession\n" "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startkde\" >> ~/.xsession\n" "% chmod +x ~/.xsession" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12200 msgid "Once KDE is started, refer to its built-in help system for more information on how to use its various menus and applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12206 msgid "Xfce" msgstr "Xfce" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12208 msgid "Xfce is a desktop environment based on the GTK+ toolkit used by GNOME. However, it is more lightweight and provides a simple, efficient, easy-to-use desktop. It is fully configurable, has a main panel with menus, applets, and application launchers, provides a file manager and sound manager, and is themeable. Since it is fast, light, and efficient, it is ideal for older or slower machines with memory limitations. More information on Xfce can be found at http://www.xfce.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12219 msgid "To install the Xfce package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12222 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xfce" msgstr "# pkg install xfce" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12224 msgid "Alternatively, to build the port:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12226 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12229 msgid "Unlike GNOME or KDE, Xfce does not provide its own login manager. In order to start Xfce from the command line by typing startx, first add its entry to ~/.xinitrc:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12236 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" > ~/.xinitrc" msgstr "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" > ~/.xinitrc" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12238 msgid "An alternate method is to use XDM. To configure this method, create an executable ~/.xsession:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% echo \"#!/bin/sh\" > ~/.xsession\n" "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" >> ~/.xsession\n" "% chmod +x ~/.xsession" msgstr "" "% echo \"#!/bin/sh\" > ~/.xsession\n" "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" >> ~/.xsession\n" "% chmod +x ~/.xsession" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:12249 msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12251 msgid "One way to make using a desktop computer more pleasant is with nice 3D effects." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12254 msgid "Installing the Compiz Fusion package is easy, but configuring it requires a few steps that are not described in the port's documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12259 msgid "Setting up the FreeBSD nVidia Driver" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12261 msgid "Desktop effects can cause quite a load on the graphics card. For an nVidia-based graphics card, the proprietary driver is required for good performance. Users of other graphics cards can skip this section and continue with the xorg.conf configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12267 msgid "To determine which nVidia driver is needed see the FAQ question on the subject." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12270 msgid "Having determined the correct driver to use for your card, installation is as simple as installing any other package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12274 msgid "For example, to install the latest driver:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12276 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install x11/nvidia-driver" msgstr "# pkg install x11/nvidia-driver" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12278 msgid "The driver will create a kernel module, which needs to be loaded at system startup. Add the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12282 #, no-wrap msgid "nvidia_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "nvidia_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12285 msgid "To immediately load the kernel module into the running kernel by issuing a command like kldload nvidia, however it has been noted that the some versions of Xorg will not function properly if the driver is not loaded at boot time. After editing /boot/loader.conf, a reboot is recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12294 msgid "With the kernel module loaded, you normally only need to change a single line in xorg.conf to enable the proprietary driver:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12298 msgid "Find the following line in /etc/X11/xorg.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12301 #, no-wrap msgid "Driver \"nv\"" msgstr "Driver \"nv\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12303 msgid "and change it to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12305 #, no-wrap msgid "Driver \"nvidia\"" msgstr "Driver \"nvidia\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12307 msgid "Start the GUI as usual, and you should be greeted by the nVidia splash. Everything should work as usual." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12312 msgid "Configuring xorg.conf for Desktop Effects" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12314 msgid "To enable Compiz Fusion, /etc/X11/xorg.conf needs to be modified:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12318 msgid "Add the following section to enable composite effects:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12321 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Extensions\"\n" " Option \"Composite\" \"Enable\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"Extensions\"\n" " Option \"Composite\" \"Enable\"\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12325 msgid "Locate the Screen section which should look similar to the one below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12328 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" " Identifier \"Screen0\"\n" " Device \"Card0\"\n" " Monitor \"Monitor0\"\n" " ..." msgstr "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" " Identifier \"Screen0\"\n" " Device \"Card0\"\n" " Monitor \"Monitor0\"\n" " ..." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12334 msgid "and add the following two lines (after Monitor will do):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12337 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DefaultDepth 24\n" "Option \"AddARGBGLXVisuals\" \"True\"" msgstr "" "DefaultDepth 24\n" "Option \"AddARGBGLXVisuals\" \"True\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12340 msgid "Locate the Subsection that refers to the screen resolution that you wish to use. For example, if you wish to use 1280x1024, locate the section that follows. If the desired resolution does not appear in any subsection, you may add the relevant entry by hand:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12346 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SubSection \"Display\"\n" " Viewport 0 0\n" " Modes \"1280x1024\"\n" "EndSubSection" msgstr "" "SubSection \"Display\"\n" " Viewport 0 0\n" " Modes \"1280x1024\"\n" "EndSubSection" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12351 msgid "A color depth of 24 bits is needed for desktop composition, change the above subsection to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SubSection \"Display\"\n" " Viewport 0 0\n" " Depth 24\n" " Modes \"1280x1024\"\n" "EndSubSection" msgstr "" "SubSection \"Display\"\n" " Viewport 0 0\n" " Depth 24\n" " Modes \"1280x1024\"\n" "EndSubSection" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12360 msgid "Finally, confirm that the glx and extmod modules are loaded in the Module section:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12364 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Module\"\n" " Load \"extmod\"\n" " Load \"glx\"\n" " ..." msgstr "" "Section \"Module\"\n" " Load \"extmod\"\n" " Load \"glx\"\n" " ..." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12369 msgid "The preceding can be done automatically with x11/nvidia-xconfig by running (as root):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12373 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals\n" "# nvidia-xconfig --composite\n" "# nvidia-xconfig --depth=24" msgstr "" "# nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals\n" "# nvidia-xconfig --composite\n" "# nvidia-xconfig --depth=24" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12379 msgid "Installing and Configuring Compiz Fusion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12381 msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion is as simple as any other package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12384 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion" msgstr "# pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12386 msgid "When the installation is finished, start your graphic desktop and at a terminal, enter the following commands (as a normal user):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &\n" "% emerald --replace &" msgstr "" "% compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &\n" "% emerald --replace &" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12393 msgid "Your screen will flicker for a few seconds, as your window manager (e.g. Metacity if you are using GNOME) is replaced by Compiz Fusion. Emerald takes care of the window decorations (i.e. close, minimize, maximize buttons, title bars and so on)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12401 msgid "You may convert this to a trivial script and have it run at startup automatically (e.g. by adding to Sessions in a GNOME desktop):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12406 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#! /bin/sh\n" "compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &\n" "emerald --replace &" msgstr "" "#! /bin/sh\n" "compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &\n" "emerald --replace &" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12410 msgid "Save this in your home directory as, for example, start-compiz and make it executable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12414 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod +x ~/start-compiz" msgstr "% chmod +x ~/start-compiz" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12416 msgid "Then use the GUI to add it to Startup Programs (located in System, Preferences, Sessions on a GNOME desktop)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12423 msgid "To actually select all the desired effects and their settings, execute (again as a normal user) the Compiz Config Settings Manager:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12427 #, no-wrap msgid "% ccsm" msgstr "% ccsm" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12430 msgid "In GNOME, this can also be found in the System, Preferences menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12435 msgid "If you have selected gconf support during the build, you will also be able to view these settings using gconf-editor under apps/compiz." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12446 msgid "If the mouse does not work, you will need to first configure it before proceeding. In recent Xorg versions, the InputDevice sections in xorg.conf are ignored in favor of the autodetected devices. To restore the old behavior, add the following line to the ServerLayout or ServerFlags section of this file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12455 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\"" msgstr "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12457 msgid "Input devices may then be configured as in previous versions, along with any other options needed (e.g., keyboard layout switching)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12462 msgid "As previously explained the hald daemon will, by default, automatically detect your keyboard. There are chances that your keyboard layout or model will not be correct, desktop environments like GNOME, KDE or Xfce provide tools to configure the keyboard. However, it is possible to set the keyboard properties directly either with the help of the setxkbmap1 utility or with a hald's configuration rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12474 msgid "For example if, one wants to use a PC 102 keys keyboard coming with a french layout, we have to create a keyboard configuration file for hald called x11-input.fdi and saved in the /usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/policy directory. This file should contain the following lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?>\n" "<deviceinfo version=\"0.2\">\n" " <device>\n" " <match key=\"info.capabilities\" contains=\"input.keyboard\">\n" "\t <merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbModel\" type=\"string\">pc102</merge>\n" "\t <merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbLayout\" type=\"string\">fr</merge>\n" " </match>\n" " </device>\n" "</deviceinfo>" msgstr "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?>\n" "<deviceinfo version=\"0.2\">\n" " <device>\n" " <match key=\"info.capabilities\" contains=\"input.keyboard\">\n" "\t <merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbModel\" type=\"string\">pc102</merge>\n" "\t <merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbLayout\" type=\"string\">fr</merge>\n" " </match>\n" " </device>\n" "</deviceinfo>" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12492 msgid "If this file already exists, just copy and add to your file the lines regarding the keyboard configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12495 msgid "You will have to reboot your machine to force hald to read this file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12498 msgid "It is possible to do the same configuration from an X terminal or a script with this command line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:12501 #, no-wrap msgid "% setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr" msgstr "% setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12503 msgid "/usr/local/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst lists the various keyboard, layouts and options available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:12508 msgid "Xorg tuning" msgstr "Xorg tuning" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12511 msgid "The xorg.conf.new configuration file may now be tuned to taste. Open the file in a text editor such as emacs1 or ee1. If the monitor is an older or unusual model that does not support autodetection of sync frequencies, those settings can be added to xorg.conf.new under the \"Monitor\" section:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12519 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Monitor0\"\n" "\tVendorName \"Monitor Vendor\"\n" "\tModelName \"Monitor Model\"\n" "\tHorizSync 30-107\n" "\tVertRefresh 48-120\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Monitor0\"\n" "\tVendorName \"Monitor Vendor\"\n" "\tModelName \"Monitor Model\"\n" "\tHorizSync 30-107\n" "\tVertRefresh 48-120\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12527 msgid "Most monitors support sync frequency autodetection, making manual entry of these values unnecessary. For the few monitors that do not support autodetection, avoid potential damage by only entering values provided by the manufacturer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12533 msgid "X allows DPMS (Energy Star) features to be used with capable monitors. The xset1 program controls the time-outs and can force standby, suspend, or off modes. If you wish to enable DPMS features for your monitor, you must add the following line to the monitor section:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12539 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"DPMS\"" msgstr "Option \"DPMS\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:12541 msgid "xorg.conf" msgstr "xorg.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12545 msgid "While the xorg.conf.new configuration file is still open in an editor, select the default resolution and color depth desired. This is defined in the \"Screen\" section:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12550 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n" "\tDevice \"Card0\"\n" "\tMonitor \"Monitor0\"\n" "\tDefaultDepth 24\n" "\tSubSection \"Display\"\n" "\t\tViewport 0 0\n" "\t\tDepth 24\n" "\t\tModes \"1024x768\"\n" "\tEndSubSection\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n" "\tDevice \"Card0\"\n" "\tMonitor \"Monitor0\"\n" "\tDefaultDepth 24\n" "\tSubSection \"Display\"\n" "\t\tViewport 0 0\n" "\t\tDepth 24\n" "\t\tModes \"1024x768\"\n" "\tEndSubSection\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12562 msgid "The DefaultDepth keyword describes the color depth to run at by default. This can be overridden with the command line switch to Xorg1. The Modes keyword describes the resolution to run at for the given color depth. Note that only VESA standard modes are supported as defined by the target system's graphics hardware. In the example above, the default color depth is twenty-four bits per pixel. At this color depth, the accepted resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12573 msgid "Finally, write the configuration file and test it using the test mode given above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12577 msgid "One of the tools available to assist you during troubleshooting process are the Xorg log files, which contain information on each device that the Xorg server attaches to. Xorg log file names are in the format of /var/log/Xorg.0.log. The exact name of the log can vary from Xorg.0.log to Xorg.8.log and so forth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12589 msgid "If all is well, the configuration file needs to be installed in a common location where Xorg1 can find it. This is typically /etc/X11/xorg.conf or /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:12594 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf" msgstr "# cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12596 msgid "The Xorg configuration process is now complete. Xorg may be now started with the startx1 utility. The Xorg server may also be started with the use of xdm1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12603 msgid "Configuration with Intel i810 Graphics Chipsets" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:12606 msgid "Intel i810 graphic chipset" msgstr "Intel i810 graphic chipset" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12610 msgid "Configuration with Intel i810 integrated chipsets requires the agpgart AGP programming interface for Xorg to drive the card. See the agp4 driver manual page for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12616 msgid "This will allow configuration of the hardware as any other graphics board. Note on systems without the agp4 driver compiled in the kernel, trying to load the module with kldload8 will not work. This driver has to be in the kernel at boot time through being compiled in or using /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12625 msgid "Adding a Widescreen Flatpanel to the Mix" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:12627 msgid "widescreen flatpanel configuration" msgstr "widescreen flatpanel configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12631 msgid "This section assumes a bit of advanced configuration knowledge. If attempts to use the standard configuration tools above have not resulted in a working configuration, there is information enough in the log files to be of use in getting the setup working. Use of a text editor will be necessary." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12638 msgid "Current widescreen (WSXGA, WSXGA+, WUXGA, WXGA, WXGA+, et.al.) formats support 16:10 and 10:9 formats or aspect ratios that can be problematic. Examples of some common screen resolutions for 16:10 aspect ratios are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12645 msgid "2560x1600" msgstr "2560x1600" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12649 msgid "1920x1200" msgstr "1920x1200" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12653 msgid "1680x1050" msgstr "1680x1050" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12657 msgid "1440x900" msgstr "1440x900" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12661 msgid "1280x800" msgstr "1280x800" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12665 msgid "At some point, it will be as easy as adding one of these resolutions as a possible Mode in the Section \"Screen\" as such:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12669 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" "Identifier \"Screen0\"\n" "Device \"Card0\"\n" "Monitor \"Monitor0\"\n" "DefaultDepth 24\n" "SubSection \"Display\"\n" "\tViewport 0 0\n" "\tDepth 24\n" "\tModes \"1680x1050\"\n" "EndSubSection\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" "Identifier \"Screen0\"\n" "Device \"Card0\"\n" "Monitor \"Monitor0\"\n" "DefaultDepth 24\n" "SubSection \"Display\"\n" "\tViewport 0 0\n" "\tDepth 24\n" "\tModes \"1680x1050\"\n" "EndSubSection\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12681 msgid "Xorg is smart enough to pull the resolution information from the widescreen via I2C/DDC information so it knows what the monitor can handle as far as frequencies and resolutions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12686 msgid "If those ModeLines do not exist in the drivers, one might need to give Xorg a little hint. Using /var/log/Xorg.0.log one can extract enough information to manually create a ModeLine that will work. Simply look for information resembling this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12694 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(II) MGA(0): Supported additional Video Mode:\n" "(II) MGA(0): clock: 146.2 MHz Image Size: 433 x 271 mm\n" "(II) MGA(0): h_active: 1680 h_sync: 1784 h_sync_end 1960 h_blank_end 2240 h_border: 0\n" "(II) MGA(0): v_active: 1050 v_sync: 1053 v_sync_end 1059 v_blanking: 1089 v_border: 0\n" "(II) MGA(0): Ranges: V min: 48 V max: 85 Hz, H min: 30 H max: 94 kHz, PixClock max 170 MHz" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12700 msgid "This information is called EDID information. Creating a ModeLine from this is just a matter of putting the numbers in the correct order:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12704 #, no-wrap msgid "ModeLine <name> <clock> <4 horiz. timings> <4 vert. timings>" msgstr "ModeLine <name> <clock> <4 horiz. timings> <4 vert. timings>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12706 msgid "So that the ModeLine in Section \"Monitor\" for this example would look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:12710 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" "Identifier \"Monitor1\"\n" "VendorName \"Bigname\"\n" "ModelName \"BestModel\"\n" "ModeLine \"1680x1050\" 146.2 1680 1784 1960 2240 1050 1053 1059 1089\n" "Option \"DPMS\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" "Identifier \"Monitor1\"\n" "VendorName \"Bigname\"\n" "ModelName \"BestModel\"\n" "ModeLine \"1680x1050\" 146.2 1680 1784 1960 2240 1050 1053 1059 1089\n" "Option \"DPMS\"\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12718 msgid "Now having completed these simple editing steps, X should start on your new widescreen monitor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12723 msgid "Troubleshooting Compiz Fusion" msgstr "Problemen oplossen met Compiz Fusion" #. (itstool) path: question/para #: book.translate.xml:12728 msgid "I have installed Compiz Fusion, and after running the commands you mention, my windows are left without title bars and buttons. What is wrong?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:12736 msgid "You are probably missing a setting in /etc/X11/xorg.conf. Review this file carefully and check especially the DefaultDepth and AddARGBGLXVisuals directives." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: question/para #: book.translate.xml:12747 msgid "When I run the command to start Compiz Fusion, the X server crashes and I am back at the console. What is wrong?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:12754 msgid "If you check /var/log/Xorg.0.log, you will probably find error messages during the X startup. The most common would be:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/screen #: book.translate.xml:12759 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): Failed to initialize the GLX module; please check in your X\n" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): log file that the GLX module has been loaded in your X\n" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): server, and that the module is the NVIDIA GLX module. If\n" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): you continue to encounter problems, Please try\n" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): reinstalling the NVIDIA driver." msgstr "" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): Failed to initialize the GLX module; please check in your X\n" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): log file that the GLX module has been loaded in your X\n" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): server, and that the module is the NVIDIA GLX module. If\n" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): you continue to encounter problems, Please try\n" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): reinstalling the NVIDIA driver." #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:12765 msgid "This is usually the case when you upgrade Xorg. You will need to reinstall the x11/nvidia-driver package so glx is built again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: part/title #: book.translate.xml:12779 msgid "Common Tasks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: partintro/para #: book.translate.xml:12782 msgid "Now that the basics have been covered, this part of the book discusses some frequently used features of FreeBSD. These chapters:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12788 msgid "Introduce popular and useful desktop applications: browsers, productivity tools, document viewers, and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12794 msgid "Introduce a number of multimedia tools available for FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12799 msgid "Explain the process of building a customized FreeBSD kernel to enable extra functionality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12804 msgid "Describe the print system in detail, both for desktop and network-connected printer setups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12809 msgid "Show how to run Linux applications on the FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: partintro/para #: book.translate.xml:12814 msgid "Some of these chapters recommend prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each chapter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:12837 msgid "Desktop Applications" msgstr "Desktop applicaties" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12842 msgid "While FreeBSD is popular as a server for its performance and stability, it is also suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over 24,000 applications available as FreeBSD packages or ports, it is easy to build a customized desktop that runs a wide variety of desktop applications. This chapter demonstrates how to install numerous desktop applications, including web browsers, productivity software, document viewers, and financial software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:12852 msgid "Users who prefer to install a pre-built desktop version of FreeBSD rather than configuring one from scratch should refer to the trueos.org website." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12859 msgid "Readers of this chapter should know how to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12863 msgid "Install additional software using packages or ports as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:12868 msgid "Install X and a window manager as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12873 msgid "For information on how to configure a multimedia environment, refer to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:12878 msgid "Browsers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:12880 msgid "browsers web" msgstr "browsers web" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12885 msgid "FreeBSD does not come with a pre-installed web browser. Instead, the www category of the Ports Collection contains many browsers which can be installed as a package or compiled from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12891 msgid "The KDE and GNOME desktop environments include their own HTML browser. Refer to for more information on how to set up these complete desktops." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12897 msgid "Some lightweight browsers include www/dillo2, www/links, and www/w3m." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:12901 msgid "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular web browsers and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile from ports, or has any major dependencies." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12910 book.translate.xml:13276 book.translate.xml:13586 #: book.translate.xml:13810 msgid "Application Name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12911 book.translate.xml:13277 book.translate.xml:13587 #: book.translate.xml:13811 msgid "Resources Needed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12912 book.translate.xml:13278 book.translate.xml:13588 #: book.translate.xml:13812 msgid "Installation from Ports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12913 book.translate.xml:17239 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Notes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12919 msgid "Firefox" msgstr "Firefox" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12920 book.translate.xml:12935 book.translate.xml:12943 msgid "medium" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12921 book.translate.xml:12936 book.translate.xml:12944 #: book.translate.xml:13287 book.translate.xml:13302 book.translate.xml:13309 #: book.translate.xml:13626 book.translate.xml:13821 book.translate.xml:13828 #: book.translate.xml:13835 msgid "heavy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12922 msgid "FreeBSD, Linux, and localized versions are available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12927 msgid "Opera" msgstr "Opera" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12928 book.translate.xml:12929 book.translate.xml:13286 #: book.translate.xml:13293 book.translate.xml:13294 book.translate.xml:13301 #: book.translate.xml:13596 book.translate.xml:13597 book.translate.xml:13603 #: book.translate.xml:13604 book.translate.xml:13610 book.translate.xml:13611 #: book.translate.xml:13618 book.translate.xml:13619 book.translate.xml:13625 #: book.translate.xml:13820 book.translate.xml:13827 book.translate.xml:13834 msgid "light" msgstr "light" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12930 msgid "FreeBSD and Linux versions are available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12934 msgid "Konqueror" msgstr "Konqueror" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12937 msgid "Requires KDE libraries" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12942 msgid "Chromium" msgstr "Chromium" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:12945 msgid "Requires Gtk+" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:12952 msgid "Firefox" msgstr "Firefox" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:12954 msgid "Firefox" msgstr "Firefox" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12958 msgid "Firefox is an open source browser that is fully ported to FreeBSD. It features a standards-compliant HTML display engine, tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, improved security, and more. Firefox is based on the Mozilla codebase." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12965 msgid "To install the package of the latest release version of Firefox, type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12968 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install firefox" msgstr "# pkg install firefox" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12970 msgid "To instead install Firefox Extended Support Release (ESR) version, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12973 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install firefox-esr" msgstr "# pkg install firefox-esr" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12975 msgid "Localized versions are available in www/firefox-i18n and www/firefox-esr-i18n." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:12979 msgid "The Ports Collection can instead be used to compile the desired version of Firefox from source code. This example builds www/firefox, where firefox can be replaced with the ESR or localized version to install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:12986 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/firefox\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/firefox\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:12990 msgid "Firefox and Java Plugin" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:12992 msgid "The installation of Firefox does not include Java support. However, java/icedtea-web provides a free software web browser plugin for running Java applets. It can be installed as a package by running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:12998 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install icedtea-web" msgstr "# pkg install icedtea-web" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13000 msgid "Alternatively, to compile from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:13002 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/java/icedtea-web\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/java/icedtea-web\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13005 msgid "Keep the default configuration options when compiling the port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13008 msgid "Once installed, start firefox, enter about:plugins in the location bar and press Enter. A page listing the installed plugins will be displayed. The Java plugin should be listed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13015 msgid "If the browser is unable to find the plugin, each user will have to run the following command and relaunch the browser:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:13019 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n" " $HOME/.mozilla/plugins/" msgstr "" "% ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n" " $HOME/.mozilla/plugins/" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:13025 msgid "Firefox and Adobe Flash Plugin" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13027 msgid "Flash" msgstr "Flash" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13031 msgid "A native Adobe Flash plugin is not available for FreeBSD. However, a software wrapper for running the Linux version of the plugin is available. This wrapper also provides support for other browser plugins such as RealPlayer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13036 msgid "To install and enable this plugin, perform these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:13041 msgid "Install www/nspluginwrapper from the port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available. This port requires emulators/linux_base-c6." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:13048 msgid "Install www/linux-c6-flashplugin11 from the port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:13054 msgid "Before the plugin is first used, each user must run:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:13057 #, no-wrap msgid "% nspluginwrapper -v -a -i" msgstr "% nspluginwrapper -v -a -i" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:13059 msgid "When the plugin port has been updated and reinstalled, each user must run:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:13062 #, no-wrap msgid "% nspluginwrapper -v -a -u" msgstr "% nspluginwrapper -v -a -u" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:13064 msgid "Start the browser, enter about:plugins in the location bar and press Enter. A list of all the currently available plugins will be shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:13074 msgid "Firefox and Swfdec Flash Plugin" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13076 msgid "Swfdec is a decoder and renderer for Flash animations. Swfdec-Mozilla is a plugin for Firefox browsers that uses the Swfdec library for playing SWF files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13082 book.translate.xml:13407 msgid "To install the package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:13084 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install swfdec-plugin" msgstr "# pkg install swfdec-plugin" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13086 msgid "If the package is not available, compile and install it from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:13089 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/swfdec-plugin\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/swfdec-plugin\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13092 msgid "Restart the browser to activate this plugin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13097 msgid "Opera" msgstr "Opera" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13099 msgid "Opera" msgstr "Opera" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13103 msgid "Opera is a full-featured and standards-compliant browser which is still lightweight and fast. It comes with a built-in mail and news reader, an IRC client, an RSS/Atom feeds reader, and more. It is available as a native FreeBSD version and as a version that runs under Linux emulation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13110 msgid "This command installs the package of the FreeBSD version of Opera. Replace opera with linux-opera to instead install the Linux version." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13115 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install opera" msgstr "# pkg install opera" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13117 msgid "Alternately, install either version through the Ports Collection. This example compiles the native version:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13120 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/opera\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/opera\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13123 msgid "To install the Linux version, substitute linux-opera in place of opera." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13127 msgid "To install Adobe Flash plugin support, first compile the www/linux-c6-flashplugin11 port. Licensing restrictions prevent making a package available. Then install www/opera-linuxplugins. This example compiles both applications from ports:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13133 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/linux-c6-flashplugin11\n" "# make install clean\n" "# cd /usr/ports/www/opera-linuxplugins\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/linux-c6-flashplugin11\n" "# make install clean\n" "# cd /usr/ports/www/opera-linuxplugins\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13138 msgid "Once installed, check the presence of the plugin by starting the browser, entering opera:plugins in the location bar and pressing Enter. A list should appear with all the currently available plugins." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13144 msgid "To add the Java plugin, follow the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13149 msgid "Konqueror" msgstr "Konqueror" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13151 msgid "Konqueror" msgstr "Konqueror" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13155 msgid "Konqueror is more than a web browser as it is also a file manager and a multimedia viewer. It is included in the x11/kde4-baseapps package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13160 msgid "Konqueror supports WebKit as well as its own KHTML. WebKit is a rendering engine used by many modern browsers including Chromium. To use WebKit with Konqueror on FreeBSD, install the www/kwebkitpart package or port. This example installs the package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13167 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install kwebkitpart" msgstr "# pkg install kwebkitpart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13169 msgid "To install from the Ports Colloction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13171 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/kwebkitpart\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/kwebkitpart\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13174 msgid "To enable WebKit within Konqueror, click Settings, Configure Konqueror. In the General settings page, click the drop-down menu next to Default web browser engine and change KHTML to WebKit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13182 msgid "Konqueror also supports Flash. A How To guide for getting Flash support on Konqueror is available at http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash.php." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13189 msgid "Chromium" msgstr "Chromium" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13191 msgid "Chromium" msgstr "Chromium" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13195 msgid "Chromium is an open source browser project that aims to build a safer, faster, and more stable web browsing experience. Chromium features tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, and much more. Chromium is the open source project upon which the Google Chrome web browser is based." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13203 msgid "Chromium can be installed as a package by typing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13206 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install chromium" msgstr "# pkg install chromium" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13208 msgid "Alternatively, Chromium can be compiled from source using the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13211 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/chromium\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/chromium\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:13215 msgid "The executable for Chromium is /usr/local/bin/chrome, not /usr/local/bin/chromium." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:13221 msgid "Chromium and Java Plugin" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13223 msgid "The installation of Chromium does not include Java support. To install Java plugin support, follow the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13228 msgid "Once Java support is installed, start Chromium and enter about:plugins in the address bar. IcedTea-Web should be listed as one of the installed plugins." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13234 msgid "If Chromium does not display the IcedTea-Web plugin, run the following commands and restart the web browser:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:13238 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins\n" "# ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n" " /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins/" msgstr "" "# mkdir -p /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins\n" "# ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n" " /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins/" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:13244 msgid "Chromium and Adobe Flash Plugin" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:13246 msgid "Configuring Chromium and Adobe Flash is similar to the instructions in . No additional configuration should be necessary, since Chromium is able to use some plugins from other browsers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:13257 msgid "Productivity" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13259 msgid "When it comes to productivity, new users often look for an office suite or an easy-to-use word processor. While some desktop environments like KDE provide an office suite, there is no default productivity package. Several office suites and graphical word processors are available for FreeBSD, regardless of the installed window manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13267 msgid "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile from ports, or has any major dependencies." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13279 book.translate.xml:13589 book.translate.xml:13813 msgid "Major Dependencies" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13285 msgid "Calligra" msgstr "Calligra" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13288 book.translate.xml:13627 book.translate.xml:13836 msgid "KDE" msgstr "KDE" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13292 msgid "AbiWord" msgstr "AbiWord" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13295 book.translate.xml:13612 msgid "Gtk+ or GNOME" msgstr "Gtk+ of GNOME" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13300 msgid "The Gimp" msgstr "The Gimp" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13303 book.translate.xml:13620 msgid "Gtk+" msgstr "Gtk+" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13307 msgid "Apache OpenOffice" msgstr "Apache OpenOffice" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13310 book.translate.xml:13318 msgid "huge" msgstr "gigantisch" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13311 msgid "JDK and Mozilla" msgstr "JDK en Mozilla" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13316 msgid "LibreOffice" msgstr "LibreOffice" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13317 msgid "somewhat heavy" msgstr "een beetje zwaar" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13319 msgid "Gtk+, or KDE/ GNOME, or JDK" msgstr "Gtk+, of KDE/ GNOME, of JDK" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13329 msgid "Calligra" msgstr "Calligra" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13331 msgid "Calligra" msgstr "Calligra" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13334 msgid "office suite Calligra" msgstr "office suite Calligra" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13339 msgid "The KDE desktop environment includes an office suite which can be installed separately from KDE. Calligra includes standard components that can be found in other office suites. Words is the word processor, Sheets is the spreadsheet program, Stage manages slide presentations, and Karbon is used to draw graphical documents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13350 msgid "In FreeBSD, editors/calligra can be installed as a package or a port. To install the package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13354 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install calligra" msgstr "# pkg install calligra" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13356 msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection instead:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13359 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13364 msgid "AbiWord" msgstr "AbiWord" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13366 msgid "AbiWord" msgstr "AbiWord" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13370 msgid "AbiWord is a free word processing program similar in look and feel to Microsoft Word. It is fast, contains many features, and is user-friendly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13375 msgid "AbiWord can import or export many file formats, including some proprietary ones like Microsoft .rtf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13379 msgid "To install the AbiWord package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13382 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install abiword" msgstr "# pkg install abiword" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13384 msgid "If the package is not available, it can be compiled from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13387 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13392 msgid "The GIMP" msgstr "The GIMP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13394 msgid "The GIMP" msgstr "The GIMP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13398 msgid "For image authoring or picture retouching, The GIMP provides a sophisticated image manipulation program. It can be used as a simple paint program or as a quality photo retouching suite. It supports a large number of plugins and features a scripting interface. The GIMP can read and write a wide range of file formats and supports interfaces with scanners and tablets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13409 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gimp" msgstr "# pkg install gimp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13411 msgid "Alternately, use the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13413 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13416 msgid "The graphics category (freebsd.org/ports/graphics.html) of the Ports Collection contains several GIMP-related plugins, help files, and user manuals." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13424 msgid "Apache OpenOffice" msgstr "Apache OpenOffice" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13426 msgid " Apache OpenOffice " msgstr " Apache OpenOffice " #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13431 msgid "office suite Apache OpenOffice " msgstr "office suite Apache OpenOffice " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13438 msgid "Apache OpenOffice is an open source office suite which is developed under the wing of the Apache Software Foundation's Incubator. It includes all of the applications found in a complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, and drawing program. Its user interface is similar to other office suites, and it can import and export in various popular file formats. It is available in a number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13449 msgid "The word processor of Apache OpenOffice uses a native XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a macro language which can be interfaced with external databases. Apache OpenOffice is stable and runs natively on Windows, Solaris, Linux, FreeBSD, and Mac OS X. More information about Apache OpenOffice can be found at openoffice.org. For FreeBSD specific information refer to porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13460 msgid "To install the Apache OpenOffice package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13463 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install apache-openoffice" msgstr "# pkg install apache-openoffice" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13465 msgid "Once the package is installed, type the following command to launch Apache OpenOffice:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13468 #, no-wrap msgid "% openoffice-X.Y.Z" msgstr "% openoffice-X.Y.Z" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13470 msgid "where X.Y.Z is the version number of the installed version of Apache OpenOffice. The first time Apache OpenOffice launches, some questions will be asked and a .openoffice.org folder will be created in the user's home directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13478 msgid "If the desired Apache OpenOffice package is not available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13483 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:13487 msgid "To build a localized version, replace the previous command with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:13490 #, no-wrap msgid "# make LOCALIZED_LANG=your_language install clean" msgstr "# make LOCALIZED_LANG=your_language install clean" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:13492 msgid "Replace your_language with the correct language ISO-code. A list of supported language codes is available in files/Makefile.localized, located in the port's directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13502 msgid "LibreOffice" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13504 msgid "LibreOffice" msgstr "LibreOffice" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13507 msgid "office suite LibreOffice" msgstr "office suite LibreOffice" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13512 msgid "LibreOffice is a free software office suite developed by documentfoundation.org. It is compatible with other major office suites and available on a variety of platforms. It is a rebranded fork of Apache OpenOffice and includes applications found in a complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, drawing program, database management program, and a tool for creating and editing mathematical formulæ. It is available in a number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13525 msgid "The word processor of LibreOffice uses a native XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a macro language which can be interfaced with external databases. LibreOffice is stable and runs natively on Windows, Linux, FreeBSD, and Mac OS X. More information about LibreOffice can be found at libreoffice.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13535 msgid "To install the English version of the LibreOffice package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13538 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install libreoffice" msgstr "# pkg install libreoffice" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13540 msgid "The editors category (freebsd.org/ports/editors.html) of the Ports Collection contains several localizations for LibreOffice. When installing a localized package, replace libreoffice with the name of the localized package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13546 msgid "Once the package is installed, type the following command to run LibreOffice:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13549 #, no-wrap msgid "% libreoffice" msgstr "% libreoffice" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13551 msgid "During the first launch, some questions will be asked and a .libreoffice folder will be created in the user's home directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13555 msgid "If the desired LibreOffice package is not available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile. This example compiles the English version:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13561 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:13565 msgid "To build a localized version, cd into the port directory of the desired language. Supported languages can be found in the editors category (freebsd.org/ports/editors.html) of the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:13575 msgid "Document Viewers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13577 msgid "Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of UNIX and the viewers they require may not be available in the base system. This section demonstrates how to install the following document viewers:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13595 msgid "Xpdf" msgstr "Xpdf" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13598 msgid "FreeType" msgstr "FreeType" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13602 book.translate.xml:13667 msgid "gv" msgstr "gv" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13605 msgid "Xaw3d" msgstr "Xaw3d" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13609 msgid "Geeqie" msgstr "Geeqie" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13617 msgid "ePDFView" msgstr "ePDFView" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13624 msgid "Okular" msgstr "Okular" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13634 msgid "Xpdf" msgstr "Xpdf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13636 msgid "Xpdf" msgstr "Xpdf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13639 book.translate.xml:13672 book.translate.xml:13738 msgid "PDF viewing" msgstr "PDF viewing" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13644 msgid "For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, Xpdf provides a light-weight and efficient viewer which requires few resources. It uses the standard X fonts and does not require any additional toolkits." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13650 msgid "To install the Xpdf package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13653 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xpdf" msgstr "# pkg install xpdf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13655 book.translate.xml:13725 book.translate.xml:13870 #: book.translate.xml:13904 book.translate.xml:13937 msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13658 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13661 msgid "Once the installation is complete, launch xpdf and use the right mouse button to activate the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13669 msgid "gv" msgstr "gv" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13676 msgid "PostScript viewing" msgstr "PostScript viewing" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13681 msgid "gv is a PostScript and PDF viewer. It is based on ghostview, but has a nicer look as it is based on the Xaw3d widget toolkit. gv has many configurable features, such as orientation, paper size, scale, and anti-aliasing. Almost any operation can be performed with either the keyboard or the mouse." msgstr "gv is een PostScript en PDF viewer. Het is gebaseerd op ghostviewmaar heeft een mooier uiterlijk omdat het is gebaseerd op de Xaw3d widget toolkit. gv heeft vele configureerbare eigenschappen, zoals papierformaat, afdrukstand, schaal en anti-aliasing. Bijna elke bewerking kan worden uitgevoerd met het toetsenbord of de muis." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13690 msgid "To install gv as a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13693 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gv" msgstr "# pkg install gv" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13695 book.translate.xml:13757 book.translate.xml:13787 msgid "If a package is unavailable, use the Ports Collection:" msgstr "Als een pakket niet beschikbaar is, gebruik de Portscollectie:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13698 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/print/gv\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/print/gv\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13703 msgid "Geeqie" msgstr "Geeqie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13705 msgid "Geeqie" msgstr "Geeqie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13709 msgid "Geeqie is a fork from the unmaintained GQView project, in an effort to move development forward and integrate the existing patches. Geeqie is an image manager which supports viewing a file with a single click, launching an external editor, and thumbnail previews. It also features a slideshow mode and some basic file operations, making it easy to manage image collections and to find duplicate files. Geeqie supports full screen viewing and internationalization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13720 msgid "To install the Geeqie package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13723 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install geeqie" msgstr "# pkg install geeqie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13728 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13733 msgid "ePDFView" msgstr "ePDFView" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13735 msgid "ePDFView" msgstr "ePDFView" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13743 msgid "ePDFView is a lightweight PDF document viewer that only uses the Gtk+ and Poppler libraries. It is currently under development, but already opens most PDF files (even encrypted), save copies of documents, and has support for printing using CUPS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13752 msgid "To install ePDFView as a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13755 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install epdfview" msgstr "# pkg install epdfview" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13760 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13765 msgid "Okular" msgstr "Okular" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13767 msgid "Okular" msgstr "Okular" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13770 msgid "PDF viewing" msgstr "PDF viewing" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13775 msgid "Okular is a universal document viewer based on KPDF for KDE. It can open many document formats, including PDF, PostScript, DjVu, CHM, XPS, and ePub." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13782 msgid "To install Okular as a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13785 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install okular" msgstr "# pkg install okular" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13790 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:13796 msgid "Finance" msgstr "Finance" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13798 msgid "For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread file formats, such as the formats used by Quicken and Excel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13804 msgid "This section covers these programs:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13819 msgid "GnuCash" msgstr "GnuCash" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13822 book.translate.xml:13829 msgid "GNOME" msgstr "GNOME" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13826 msgid "Gnumeric" msgstr "Gnumeric" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:13833 msgid "KMyMoney" msgstr "KMyMoney" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13843 msgid "GnuCash" msgstr "GnuCash" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13845 msgid "GnuCash" msgstr "GnuCash" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13849 msgid "GnuCash is part of the GNOME effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, applications to end-users. GnuCash can be used to keep track of income and expenses, bank accounts, and stocks. It features an intuitive interface while remaining professional." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13857 msgid "GnuCash provides a smart register, a hierarchical system of accounts, and many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion methods. It can split a single transaction into several more detailed pieces. GnuCash can import and merge Quicken QIF files. It also handles most international date and currency formats." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13865 msgid "To install the GnuCash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13868 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnucash" msgstr "# pkg install gnucash" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13878 msgid "Gnumeric" msgstr "Gnumeric" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13880 msgid "Gnumeric" msgstr "Gnumeric" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13883 msgid "spreadsheet Gnumeric" msgstr "spreadsheet Gnumeric" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13888 msgid "Gnumeric is a spreadsheet program developed by the GNOME community. It features convenient automatic guessing of user input according to the cell format with an autofill system for many sequences. It can import files in a number of popular formats, including Excel, Lotus 1-2-3, and Quattro Pro. It has a large number of built-in functions and allows all of the usual cell formats such as number, currency, date, time, and much more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13899 msgid "To install Gnumeric as a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13902 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnumeric" msgstr "# pkg install gnumeric" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13907 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:13912 msgid "KMyMoney" msgstr "KMyMoney" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13914 msgid "KMyMoney" msgstr "KMyMoney" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:13916 msgid "spreadsheet KMyMoney" msgstr "spreadsheet KMyMoney" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13921 msgid "KMyMoney is a personal finance application created by the KDE community. KMyMoney aims to provide the important features found in commercial personal finance manager applications. It also highlights ease-of-use and proper double-entry accounting among its features. KMyMoney imports from standard Quicken QIF files, tracks investments, handles multiple currencies, and provides a wealth of reports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:13932 msgid "To install KMyMoney as a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13935 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install kmymoney-kde4" msgstr "# pkg install kmymoney-kde4" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:13940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:13955 msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "Multimedia" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:13958 msgid " Ross Lippert Edited by " msgstr " Ross Lippert Bewerkt door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13971 msgid "FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing users to enjoy high fidelity output from a FreeBSD system. This includes the ability to record and playback audio in the MPEG Audio Layer 3 (MP3), Waveform Audio File (WAV), Ogg Vorbis, and other formats. The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains many applications for editing recorded audio, adding sound effects, and controlling attached MIDI devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13980 msgid "FreeBSD also supports the playback of video files and DVDs. The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains applications to encode, convert, and playback various video media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13985 msgid "This chapter describes how to configure sound cards, video playback, TV tuner cards, and scanners on FreeBSD. It also describes some of the applications which are available for using these devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:13990 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know how to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:13994 msgid "Configure a sound card on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:13998 msgid "Troubleshoot the sound setup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14002 msgid "Playback and encode MP3s and other audio." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14006 msgid "Prepare a FreeBSD system for video playback." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14010 msgid "Play DVDs, .mpg, and .avi files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14015 msgid "Rip CD and DVD content into files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14020 msgid "Configure a TV card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14024 msgid "Install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14028 msgid "Configure an image scanner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14035 msgid "Know how to install applications as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:14042 msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:14045 msgid " Moses Moore Contributed by " msgstr " Moses Moore Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:14055 msgid " Marc Fonvieille Enhanced by " msgstr " Marc Fonvieille Uitgebreid door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14065 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14066 msgid "sound cards" msgstr "sound cards" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14067 msgid "Before beginning the configuration, determine the model of the sound card and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. Check the supported audio devices list of the Hardware Notes to see if the card is supported and which FreeBSD driver it uses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14074 msgid "kernel configuration" msgstr "kernel configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14079 msgid "In order to use the sound device, its device driver must be loaded. The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the sound card with kldload8. This example loads the driver for a built-in audio chipset based on the Intel specification:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:14085 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload snd_hda" msgstr "# kldload snd_hda" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14087 msgid "To automate the loading of this driver at boot time, add the driver to /boot/loader.conf. The line for this driver is:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14091 #, no-wrap msgid "snd_hda_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "snd_hda_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14093 msgid "Other available sound modules are listed in /boot/defaults/loader.conf. When unsure which driver to use, load the snd_driver module:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:14098 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload snd_driver" msgstr "# kldload snd_driver" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14100 msgid "This is a metadriver which loads all of the most common sound drivers and can be used to speed up the search for the correct driver. It is also possible to load all sound drivers by adding the metadriver to /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14106 msgid "To determine which driver was selected for the sound card after loading the snd_driver metadriver, type cat /dev/sndstat." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:14111 msgid "Configuring a Custom Kernel with Sound Support" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14113 msgid "This section is for users who prefer to statically compile in support for the sound card in a custom kernel. For more information about recompiling a kernel, refer to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14117 msgid "When using a custom kernel to provide sound support, make sure that the audio framework driver exists in the custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14121 #, no-wrap msgid "device sound" msgstr "device sound" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14123 msgid "Next, add support for the sound card. To continue the example of the built-in audio chipset based on the Intel specification from the previous section, use the following line in the custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14128 #, no-wrap msgid "device snd_hda" msgstr "device snd_hda" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14130 msgid "Be sure to read the manual page of the driver for the device name to use for the driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14133 msgid "Non-PnP ISA sound cards may require the IRQ and I/O port settings of the card to be added to /boot/device.hints. During the boot process, loader8 reads this file and passes the settings to the kernel. For example, an old Creative SoundBlaster 16 ISA non-PnP card will use the snd_sbc4 driver in conjunction with snd_sb16. For this card, the following lines must be added to the kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14143 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device snd_sbc\n" "device snd_sb16" msgstr "" "device snd_sbc\n" "device snd_sb16" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14146 msgid "If the card uses the 0x220 I/O port and IRQ 5, these lines must also be added to /boot/device.hints:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14150 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n" "hint.sbc.0.port=\"0x220\"\n" "hint.sbc.0.irq=\"5\"\n" "hint.sbc.0.drq=\"1\"\n" "hint.sbc.0.flags=\"0x15\"" msgstr "" "hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n" "hint.sbc.0.port=\"0x220\"\n" "hint.sbc.0.irq=\"5\"\n" "hint.sbc.0.drq=\"1\"\n" "hint.sbc.0.flags=\"0x15\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14156 msgid "The syntax used in /boot/device.hints is described in sound4 and the manual page for the driver of the sound card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14160 msgid "The settings shown above are the defaults. In some cases, the IRQ or other settings may need to be changed to match the card. Refer to snd_sbc4 for more information about this card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:14167 msgid "Testing Sound" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14169 msgid "After loading the required module or rebooting into the custom kernel, the sound card should be detected. To confirm, run dmesg | grep pcm. This example is from a system with a built-in Conexant CX20590 chipset:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14174 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pcm0: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> at nid 5 on hdaa0\n" "pcm1: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> at nid 6 on hdaa0\n" "pcm2: <Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)> at nid 31,25 and 35,27 on hdaa1" msgstr "" "pcm0: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> at nid 5 on hdaa0\n" "pcm1: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> at nid 6 on hdaa0\n" "pcm2: <Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)> at nid 31,25 and 35,27 on hdaa1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14178 msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14181 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat /dev/sndstat\n" "FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm: 64bit 2009061500/amd64)\n" "Installed devices:\n" "pcm0: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> (play)\n" "pcm1: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> (play)\n" "pcm2: <Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)> (play/rec) default" msgstr "" "# cat /dev/sndstat\n" "FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm: 64bit 2009061500/amd64)\n" "Installed devices:\n" "pcm0: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> (play)\n" "pcm1: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> (play)\n" "pcm2: <Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)> (play/rec) default" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14188 msgid "The output will vary depending upon the sound card. If no pcm devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver was loaded or compiled into the kernel. The next section lists some common problems and their solutions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14194 msgid "If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD. If the CD or DVD drive is properly connected to the sound card, one can insert an audio CD in the drive and play it with cdcontrol1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14200 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1" msgstr "% cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:14203 msgid "Audio CDs have specialized encodings which means that they should not be mounted using mount8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14208 msgid "Various applications, such as audio/workman, provide a friendlier interface. The audio/mpg123 port can be installed to listen to MP3 audio files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14213 msgid "Another quick way to test the card is to send data to /dev/dsp:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14216 #, no-wrap msgid "% cat filename > /dev/dsp" msgstr "% cat filename > /dev/dsp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14218 msgid "where filename can be any type of file. This command should produce some noise, confirming that the sound card is working." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:14224 msgid "The /dev/dsp* device nodes will be created automatically as needed. When not in use, they do not exist and will not appear in the output of ls1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:14232 msgid "Troubleshooting Sound" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14234 msgid "device nodes" msgstr "device nodes" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14235 msgid "I/O port" msgstr "I/O port" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14236 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14237 msgid "DSP" msgstr "DSP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14239 msgid " lists some common error messages and their solutions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:14243 msgid "Common Error Messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:14248 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:14249 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:14255 msgid "sb_dspwr(XX) timed out" msgstr "sb_dspwr(XX) timed out" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:14257 msgid "The I/O port is not set correctly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:14262 msgid "bad irq XX" msgstr "bad irq XX" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:14263 msgid "The IRQ is set incorrectly. Make sure that the set IRQ and the sound IRQ are the same." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:14269 msgid "xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory" msgstr "xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:14271 msgid "There is not enough available memory to use the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:14276 msgid "xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!" msgstr "xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:14278 msgid "Type fstat | grep dsp to check if another application is holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are esound and KDE's sound support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14289 msgid "Modern graphics cards often come with their own sound driver for use with HDMI. This sound device is sometimes enumerated before the sound card meaning that the sound card will not be used as the default playback device. To check if this is the case, run dmesg and look for pcm. The output looks something like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14298 #, no-wrap msgid "" "...\n" "hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n" "hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n" "hdac0: HDA Codec #0: NVidia (Unknown)\n" "hdac0: HDA Codec #1: NVidia (Unknown)\n" "hdac0: HDA Codec #2: NVidia (Unknown)\n" "hdac0: HDA Codec #3: NVidia (Unknown)\n" "pcm0: <HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n" "pcm1: <HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 1 nid 1 on hdac0\n" "pcm2: <HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac0\n" "pcm3: <HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 3 nid 1 on hdac0\n" "hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n" "pcm4: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #0 Analog> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" "pcm5: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #1 Analog> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" "pcm6: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #2 Digital> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" "pcm7: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #3 Digital> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" "..." msgstr "" "...\n" "hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n" "hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n" "hdac0: HDA Codec #0: NVidia (Unknown)\n" "hdac0: HDA Codec #1: NVidia (Unknown)\n" "hdac0: HDA Codec #2: NVidia (Unknown)\n" "hdac0: HDA Codec #3: NVidia (Unknown)\n" "pcm0: <HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n" "pcm1: <HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 1 nid 1 on hdac0\n" "pcm2: <HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac0\n" "pcm3: <HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 3 nid 1 on hdac0\n" "hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n" "pcm4: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #0 Analog> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" "pcm5: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #1 Analog> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" "pcm6: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #2 Digital> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" "pcm7: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #3 Digital> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" "..." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14316 msgid "In this example, the graphics card (NVidia) has been enumerated before the sound card (Realtek ALC889). To use the sound card as the default playback device, change hw.snd.default_unit to the unit that should be used for playback:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14323 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=n" msgstr "# sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14325 msgid "where n is the number of the sound device to use. In this example, it should be 4. Make this change permanent by adding the following line to /etc/sysctl.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14331 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=4" msgstr "hw.snd.default_unit=4" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:14336 msgid "Utilizing Multiple Sound Sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:14339 msgid " Munish Chopra Contributed by " msgstr " Munish Chopra Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14349 msgid "It is often desirable to have multiple sources of sound that are able to play simultaneously. FreeBSD uses Virtual Sound Channels to multiplex the sound card's playback by mixing sound in the kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14354 msgid "Three sysctl8 knobs are available for configuring virtual channels:" msgstr "Drie sysctl8 knoppen zijn beschikbaar voor het configureren van virtuele kanalen:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14357 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4\n" "# sysctl dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4\n" "# sysctl hw.snd.maxautovchans=4" msgstr "" "# sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4\n" "# sysctl dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4\n" "# sysctl hw.snd.maxautovchans=4" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14361 msgid "This example allocates four virtual channels, which is a practical number for everyday use. Both dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4 and dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4 are configurable after a device has been attached and represent the number of virtual channels pcm0 has for playback and recording. Since the pcm module can be loaded independently of the hardware drivers, hw.snd.maxautovchans indicates how many virtual channels will be given to an audio device when it is attached. Refer to pcm4 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:14374 msgid "The number of virtual channels for a device cannot be changed while it is in use. First, close any programs using the device, such as music players or sound daemons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14379 msgid "The correct pcm device will automatically be allocated transparently to a program that requests /dev/dsp0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:14386 msgid "Setting Default Values for Mixer Channels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:14389 msgid " Josef El-Rayes Contributed by " msgstr " Josef El-Rayes Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14399 msgid "The default values for the different mixer channels are hardcoded in the source code of the pcm4 driver. While sound card mixer levels can be changed using mixer8 or third-party applications and daemons, this is not a permanent solution. To instead set default mixer values at the driver level, define the appropriate values in /boot/device.hints, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14408 #, no-wrap msgid "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\"" msgstr "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14410 msgid "This will set the volume channel to a default value of 50 when the pcm4 module is loaded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:14418 msgid "MP3 Audio" msgstr "MP3 Audio" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:14421 book.translate.xml:60315 msgid " Chern Lee Contributed by " msgstr " Chern Lee Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14431 msgid "This section describes some MP3 players available for FreeBSD, how to rip audio CD tracks, and how to encode and decode MP3s." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:14437 msgid "MP3 Players" msgstr "MP3-spelers" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14439 msgid "A popular graphical MP3 player is XMMS. It supports Winamp skins and additional plugins. The interface is intuitive, with a playlist, graphic equalizer, and more. Those familiar with Winamp will find XMMS simple to use. On FreeBSD, XMMS can be installed from the multimedia/xmms port or package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14449 msgid "The audio/mpg123 package or port provides an alternative, command-line MP3 player. Once installed, specify the MP3 file to play on the command line. If the system has multiple audio devices, the sound device can also be specifed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14455 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3\n" "High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layers 1, 2 and 3\n" " version 1.18.1; written and copyright by Michael Hipp and others\n" " free software (LGPL) without any warranty but with best wishes\n" "\n" "Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n" "MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo" msgstr "" "# mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3\n" "High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layers 1, 2 and 3\n" " version 1.18.1; written and copyright by Michael Hipp and others\n" " free software (LGPL) without any warranty but with best wishes\n" "\n" "Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n" "MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14463 msgid "Additional MP3 players are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:14468 msgid "Ripping CD Audio Tracks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14470 msgid "Before encoding a CD or CD track to MP3, the audio data on the CD must be ripped to the hard drive. This is done by copying the raw CD Digital Audio (CDDA) data to WAV files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14477 msgid "The cdda2wav tool, which is installed with the sysutils/cdrtools suite, can be used to rip audio information from CDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14482 msgid "With the audio CD in the drive, the following command can be issued as root to rip an entire CD into individual, per track, WAV files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14488 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -B" msgstr "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -B" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14490 msgid "In this example, the indicates the SCSI device 0,1,0 containing the CD to rip. Use cdrecord -scanbus to determine the correct device parameters for the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14497 msgid "To rip individual tracks, use to specify the track:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14500 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 7" msgstr "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 7" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14502 msgid "To rip a range of tracks, such as track one to seven, specify a range:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14505 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 1+7" msgstr "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 1+7" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14507 msgid "To rip from an ATAPI (IDE) CDROM drive, specify the device name in place of the SCSI unit numbers. For example, to rip track 7 from an IDE drive:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14513 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdda2wav -D /dev/acd0 -t 7" msgstr "# cdda2wav -D /dev/acd0 -t 7" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14515 msgid "Alternately, dd can be used to extract audio tracks on ATAPI drives, as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:14521 msgid "Encoding and Decoding MP3s" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14523 msgid "Lame is a popular MP3 encoder which can be installed from the audio/lame port. Due to patent issues, a package is not available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14528 msgid "The following command will convert the ripped WAV file audio01.wav to audio01.mp3:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14533 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lame -h -b 128 --tt \"Foo Song Title\" --ta \"FooBar Artist\" --tl \"FooBar Album\" \\\n" "--ty \"2014\" --tc \"Ripped and encoded by Foo\" --tg \"Genre\" audio01.wav audio01.mp3" msgstr "" "# lame -h -b 128 --tt \"Foo Song Title\" --ta \"FooBar Artist\" --tl \"FooBar Album\" \\\n" "--ty \"2014\" --tc \"Ripped and encoded by Foo\" --tg \"Genre\" audio01.wav audio01.mp3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14536 msgid "The specified 128 kbits is a standard MP3 bitrate while the 160 and 192 bitrates provide higher quality. The higher the bitrate, the larger the size of the resulting MP3. The turns on the higher quality but a little slower mode. The options beginning with indicate ID3 tags, which usually contain song information, to be embedded within the MP3 file. Additional encoding options can be found in the lame manual page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14549 msgid "In order to burn an audio CD from MP3s, they must first be converted to a non-compressed file format. XMMS can be used to convert to the WAV format, while mpg123 can be used to convert to the raw Pulse-Code Modulation (PCM) audio data format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14557 msgid "To convert audio01.mp3 using mpg123, specify the name of the PCM file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14561 #, no-wrap msgid "# mpg123 -s audio01.mp3 > audio01.pcm" msgstr "# mpg123 -s audio01.mp3 > audio01.pcm" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14563 msgid "To use XMMS to convert a MP3 to WAV format, use these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:14568 msgid "Converting to WAV Format in XMMS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14572 msgid "Launch XMMS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14576 msgid "Right-click the window to bring up the XMMS menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14581 msgid "Select Preferences under Options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14586 msgid "Change the Output Plugin to Disk Writer Plugin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14591 msgid "Press Configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14595 msgid "Enter or browse to a directory to write the uncompressed files to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14600 msgid "Load the MP3 file into XMMS as usual, with volume at 100% and EQ settings turned off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14606 msgid "Press Play. The XMMS will appear as if it is playing the MP3, but no music will be heard. It is actually playing the MP3 to a file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:14614 msgid "When finished, be sure to set the default Output Plugin back to what it was before in order to listen to MP3s again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14620 msgid "Both the WAV and PCM formats can be used with cdrecord. When using WAV files, there will be a small tick sound at the beginning of each track. This sound is the header of the WAV file. The audio/sox port or package can be used to remove the header:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:14628 #, no-wrap msgid "% sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 track.wav track.raw" msgstr "% sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 track.wav track.raw" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14630 msgid "Refer to for more information on using a CD burner in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:14638 msgid "Video Playback" msgstr "Video afspelen" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:14641 msgid " Ross Lippert Contributed by " msgstr " Ross Lippert Contributed by " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14651 msgid "Before configuring video playback, determine the model and chipset of the video card. While Xorg supports a wide variety of video cards, not all provide good playback performance. To obtain a list of extensions supported by the Xorg server using the card, run xdpyinfo while Xorg is running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14660 msgid "It is a good idea to have a short MPEG test file for evaluating various players and options. Since some DVD applications look for DVD media in /dev/dvd by default, or have this device name hardcoded in them, it might be useful to make a symbolic link to the proper device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:14667 #, no-wrap msgid "# ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd" msgstr "# ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14669 msgid "Due to the nature of devfs5, manually created links will not persist after a system reboot. In order to recreate the symbolic link automatically when the system boots, add the following line to /etc/devfs.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14674 #, no-wrap msgid "link cd0 dvd" msgstr "link cd0 dvd" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14676 msgid "DVD decryption invokes certain functions that require write permission to the DVD device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:14680 msgid "To enhance the shared memory Xorg interface, it is recommended to increase the values of these sysctl8 variables:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14685 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n" "kern.ipc.shmall=32768" msgstr "" "kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n" "kern.ipc.shmall=32768" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:14689 msgid "Determining Video Capabilities" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14691 msgid "XVideo" msgstr "XVideo" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14692 msgid "SDL" msgstr "SDL" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14693 msgid "DGA" msgstr "DGA" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14695 msgid "There are several possible ways to display video under Xorg and what works is largely hardware dependent. Each method described below will have varying quality across different hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14700 msgid "Common video interfaces include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14704 msgid "Xorg: normal output using shared memory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14709 msgid "XVideo: an extension to the Xorg interface which allows video to be directly displayed in drawable objects through a special acceleration. This extension provides good quality playback even on low-end machines. The next section describes how to determine if this extension is running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14719 msgid "SDL: the Simple Directmedia Layer is a porting layer for many operating systems, allowing cross-platform applications to be developed which make efficient use of sound and graphics. SDL provides a low-level abstraction to the hardware which can sometimes be more efficient than the Xorg interface. On FreeBSD, SDL can be installed using the devel/sdl20 package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14731 msgid "DGA: the Direct Graphics Access is an Xorg extension which allows a program to bypass the Xorg server and directly alter the framebuffer. Because it relies on a low level memory mapping, programs using it must be run as root. The DGA extension can be tested and benchmarked using dga1. When dga is running, it changes the colors of the display whenever a key is pressed. To quit, press q." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:14746 msgid "SVGAlib: a low level console graphics layer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:14751 msgid "XVideo" msgstr "XVideo" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14753 msgid "To check whether this extension is running, use xvinfo:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14756 #, no-wrap msgid "% xvinfo" msgstr "% xvinfo" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14758 msgid "XVideo is supported for the card if the result is similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14761 #, no-wrap msgid "" "X-Video Extension version 2.2\n" " screen #0\n" " Adaptor #0: \"Savage Streams Engine\"\n" " number of ports: 1\n" " port base: 43\n" " operations supported: PutImage\n" " supported visuals:\n" " depth 16, visualID 0x22\n" " depth 16, visualID 0x23\n" " number of attributes: 5\n" " \"XV_COLORKEY\" (range 0 to 16777215)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 2110)\n" " \"XV_BRIGHTNESS\" (range -128 to 127)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n" " \"XV_CONTRAST\" (range 0 to 255)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n" " \"XV_SATURATION\" (range 0 to 255)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n" " \"XV_HUE\" (range -180 to 180)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n" " maximum XvImage size: 1024 x 1024\n" " Number of image formats: 7\n" " id: 0x32595559 (YUY2)\n" " guid: 59555932-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" " bits per pixel: 16\n" " number of planes: 1\n" " type: YUV (packed)\n" " id: 0x32315659 (YV12)\n" " guid: 59563132-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" " bits per pixel: 12\n" " number of planes: 3\n" " type: YUV (planar)\n" " id: 0x30323449 (I420)\n" " guid: 49343230-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" " bits per pixel: 12\n" " number of planes: 3\n" " type: YUV (planar)\n" " id: 0x36315652 (RV16)\n" " guid: 52563135-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" " bits per pixel: 16\n" " number of planes: 1\n" " type: RGB (packed)\n" " depth: 0\n" " red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00\n" " id: 0x35315652 (RV15)\n" " guid: 52563136-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" " bits per pixel: 16\n" " number of planes: 1\n" " type: RGB (packed)\n" " depth: 0\n" " red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x7e0, 0xf800\n" " id: 0x31313259 (Y211)\n" " guid: 59323131-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" " bits per pixel: 6\n" " number of planes: 3\n" " type: YUV (packed)\n" " id: 0x0\n" " guid: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" " bits per pixel: 0\n" " number of planes: 0\n" " type: RGB (packed)\n" " depth: 1\n" " red, green, blue masks: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0" msgstr "" "X-Video Extension version 2.2\n" " screen #0\n" " Adaptor #0: \"Savage Streams Engine\"\n" " number of ports: 1\n" " port base: 43\n" " operations supported: PutImage\n" " supported visuals:\n" " depth 16, visualID 0x22\n" " depth 16, visualID 0x23\n" " number of attributes: 5\n" " \"XV_COLORKEY\" (range 0 to 16777215)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 2110)\n" " \"XV_BRIGHTNESS\" (range -128 to 127)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n" " \"XV_CONTRAST\" (range 0 to 255)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n" " \"XV_SATURATION\" (range 0 to 255)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n" " \"XV_HUE\" (range -180 to 180)\n" " client settable attribute\n" " client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n" " maximum XvImage size: 1024 x 1024\n" " Number of image formats: 7\n" " id: 0x32595559 (YUY2)\n" " guid: 59555932-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" " bits per pixel: 16\n" " number of planes: 1\n" " type: YUV (packed)\n" " id: 0x32315659 (YV12)\n" " guid: 59563132-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" " bits per pixel: 12\n" " number of planes: 3\n" " type: YUV (planar)\n" " id: 0x30323449 (I420)\n" " guid: 49343230-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" " bits per pixel: 12\n" " number of planes: 3\n" " type: YUV (planar)\n" " id: 0x36315652 (RV16)\n" " guid: 52563135-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" " bits per pixel: 16\n" " number of planes: 1\n" " type: RGB (packed)\n" " depth: 0\n" " red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00\n" " id: 0x35315652 (RV15)\n" " guid: 52563136-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" " bits per pixel: 16\n" " number of planes: 1\n" " type: RGB (packed)\n" " depth: 0\n" " red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x7e0, 0xf800\n" " id: 0x31313259 (Y211)\n" " guid: 59323131-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" " bits per pixel: 6\n" " number of planes: 3\n" " type: YUV (packed)\n" " id: 0x0\n" " guid: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" " bits per pixel: 0\n" " number of planes: 0\n" " type: RGB (packed)\n" " depth: 1\n" " red, green, blue masks: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14830 msgid "The formats listed, such as YUV2 and YUV12, are not present with every implementation of XVideo and their absence may hinder some players." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14834 msgid "If the result instead looks like:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14836 #, no-wrap msgid "" "X-Video Extension version 2.2\n" "screen #0\n" "no adaptors present" msgstr "" "X-Video Extension version 2.2\n" "screen #0\n" "no adaptors present" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14840 msgid "XVideo is probably not supported for the card. This means that it will be more difficult for the display to meet the computational demands of rendering video, depending on the video card and processor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:14848 msgid "Ports and Packages Dealing with Video" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14850 msgid "video ports" msgstr "video ports" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14851 msgid "video packages" msgstr "video packages" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:14853 msgid "This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection which can be used for video playback." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:14858 msgid "MPlayer and MEncoder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14861 msgid "MPlayer is a command-line video player with an optional graphical interface which aims to provide speed and flexibility. Other graphical front-ends to MPlayer are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14867 msgid "MPlayer" msgstr "MPlayer" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14869 msgid "MPlayer can be installed using the multimedia/mplayer package or port. Several compile options are available and a variety of hardware checks occur during the build process. For these reasons, some users prefer to build the port rather than install the package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14876 msgid "When compiling the port, the menu options should be reviewed to determine the type of support to compile into the port. If an option is not selected, MPlayer will not be able to display that type of video format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When finished, press Enter to continue the port compile and installation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14885 msgid "By default, the package or port will build the mplayer command line utility and the gmplayer graphical utility. To encode videos, compile the multimedia/mencoder port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available for MEncoder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14892 msgid "The first time MPlayer is run, it will create ~/.mplayer in the user's home directory. This subdirectory contains default versions of the user-specific configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14897 msgid "This section describes only a few common uses. Refer to mplayer(1) for a complete description of its numerous options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14901 msgid "To play the file testfile.avi, specify the video interfaces with , as seen in the following examples:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14906 #, no-wrap msgid "% mplayer -vo xv testfile.avi" msgstr "% mplayer -vo xv testfile.avi" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14908 #, no-wrap msgid "% mplayer -vo sdl testfile.avi" msgstr "% mplayer -vo sdl testfile.avi" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14910 #, no-wrap msgid "% mplayer -vo x11 testfile.avi" msgstr "% mplayer -vo x11 testfile.avi" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14912 #, no-wrap msgid "# mplayer -vo dga testfile.avi" msgstr "# mplayer -vo dga testfile.avi" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14914 #, no-wrap msgid "# mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' testfile.avi" msgstr "# mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' testfile.avi" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14916 msgid "It is worth trying all of these options, as their relative performance depends on many factors and will vary significantly with hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14920 msgid "To play a DVD, replace testfile.avi with , where N is the title number to play and DEVICE is the device node for the DVD. For example, to play title 3 from /dev/dvd:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14929 #, no-wrap msgid "# mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd" msgstr "# mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:14932 msgid "The default DVD device can be defined during the build of the MPlayer port by including the WITH_DVD_DEVICE=/path/to/desired/device option. By default, the device is /dev/cd0. More details can be found in the port's Makefile.options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14942 msgid "To stop, pause, advance, and so on, use a keybinding. To see the list of keybindings, run mplayer -h or read mplayer(1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14946 msgid "Additional playback options include , which engages fullscreen mode, and , which helps performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14950 msgid "Each user can add commonly used options to their ~/.mplayer/config like so:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:14953 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vo=xv\n" "fs=yes\n" "zoom=yes" msgstr "" "vo=xv\n" "fs=yes\n" "zoom=yes" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14957 msgid "mplayer can be used to rip a DVD title to a .vob. To dump the second title from a DVD:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14962 #, no-wrap msgid "# mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -dvd-device /dev/dvd" msgstr "# mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -dvd-device /dev/dvd" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14964 msgid "The output file, out.vob, will be in MPEG format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14967 msgid "Anyone wishing to obtain a high level of expertise with UNIX video should consult mplayerhq.hu/DOCS as it is technically informative. This documentation should be considered as required reading before submitting any bug reports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:14973 msgid "mencoder" msgstr "mencoder" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14977 msgid "Before using mencoder, it is a good idea to become familiar with the options described at mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder.html. There are innumerable ways to improve quality, lower bitrate, and change formats, and some of these options may make the difference between good or bad performance. Improper combinations of command line options can yield output files that are unplayable even by mplayer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14986 msgid "Here is an example of a simple copy:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:14988 #, no-wrap msgid "% mencoder input.avi -oac copy -ovc copy -o output.avi" msgstr "% mencoder input.avi -oac copy -ovc copy -o output.avi" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14990 msgid "To rip to a file, use with mplayer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:14993 msgid "To convert input.avi to the MPEG4 codec with MPEG3 audio encoding, first install the audio/lame port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available. Once installed, type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:15000 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mencoder input.avi -oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n" "\t -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vhq -o output.avi" msgstr "" "% mencoder input.avi -oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n" "\t -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vhq -o output.avi" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15003 msgid "This will produce output playable by applications such as mplayer and xine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15007 msgid "input.avi can be replaced with and run as root to re-encode a DVD title directly. Since it may take a few tries to get the desired result, it is recommended to instead dump the title to a file and to work on the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:15017 msgid "The xine Video Player" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15020 msgid "xine is a video player with a reusable base library and a modular executable which can be extended with plugins. It can be installed using the multimedia/xine package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15025 msgid "In practice, xine requires either a fast CPU with a fast video card, or support for the XVideo extension. The xine video player performs best on XVideo interfaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15030 msgid "By default, the xine player starts a graphical user interface. The menus can then be used to open a specific file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15034 msgid "Alternatively, xine may be invoked from the command line by specifying the name of the file to play:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:15038 #, no-wrap msgid "% xine -g -p mymovie.avi" msgstr "% xine -g -p mymovie.avi" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15040 msgid "Refer to xine-project.org/faq for more information and troubleshooting tips." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:15046 msgid "The Transcode Utilities" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15049 msgid "Transcode provides a suite of tools for re-encoding video and audio files. Transcode can be used to merge video files or repair broken files using command line tools with stdin/stdout stream interfaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15055 msgid "In FreeBSD, Transcode can be installed using the multimedia/transcode package or port. Many users prefer to compile the port as it provides a menu of compile options for specifying the support and codecs to compile in. If an option is not selected, Transcode will not be able to encode that format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When finished, press Enter to continue the port compile and installation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15066 msgid "This example demonstrates how to convert a DivX file into a PAL MPEG-1 file (PAL VCD):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:15069 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% transcode -i input.avi -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd\n" "% mplex -f 1 -o output_vcd.mpg output_vcd.m1v output_vcd.mpa" msgstr "" "% transcode -i input.avi -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd\n" "% mplex -f 1 -o output_vcd.mpg output_vcd.m1v output_vcd.mpa" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15072 msgid "The resulting MPEG file, output_vcd.mpg, is ready to be played with MPlayer. The file can be burned on a CD media to create a video CD using a utility such as multimedia/vcdimager or sysutils/cdrdao." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:15081 msgid "In addition to the manual page for transcode, refer to transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode for further information and examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:15090 msgid "TV Cards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:15093 msgid " Josef El-Rayes Original contribution by " msgstr " Josef El-Rayes Originele bijdrage door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:15103 msgid " Marc Fonvieille Enhanced and adapted by " msgstr " Marc Fonvieille Verbeterd en aangepast door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:15113 msgid "TV cards" msgstr "TV cards" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15117 msgid "TV cards can be used to watch broadcast or cable TV on a computer. Most cards accept composite video via an RCA or S-video input and some cards include a FM radio tuner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15122 msgid "FreeBSD provides support for PCI-based TV cards using a Brooktree Bt848/849/878/879 video capture chip with the bktr4 driver. This driver supports most Pinnacle PCTV video cards. Before purchasing a TV card, consult bktr4 for a list of supported tuners." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:15129 msgid "Loading the Driver" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15131 msgid "In order to use the card, the bktr4 driver must be loaded. To automate this at boot time, add the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15135 #, no-wrap msgid "bktr_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "bktr_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15137 msgid "Alternatively, one can statically compile support for the TV card into a custom kernel. In that case, add the following lines to the custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15142 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device\t bktr\n" "device\tiicbus\n" "device\tiicbb\n" "device\tsmbus" msgstr "" "device\t bktr\n" "device\tiicbus\n" "device\tiicbb\n" "device\tsmbus" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15147 msgid "These additional devices are necessary as the card components are interconnected via an I2C bus. Then, build and install a new kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15151 msgid "To test that the tuner is correctly detected, reboot the system. The TV card should appear in the boot messages, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15155 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bktr0: <BrookTree 848A> mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10.0 on pci0\n" "iicbb0: <I2C bit-banging driver> on bti2c0\n" "iicbus0: <Philips I2C bus> on iicbb0 master-only\n" "iicbus1: <Philips I2C bus> on iicbb0 master-only\n" "smbus0: <System Management Bus> on bti2c0\n" "bktr0: Pinnacle/Miro TV, Philips SECAM tuner." msgstr "" "bktr0: <BrookTree 848A> mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10.0 on pci0\n" "iicbb0: <I2C bit-banging driver> on bti2c0\n" "iicbus0: <Philips I2C bus> on iicbb0 master-only\n" "iicbus1: <Philips I2C bus> on iicbb0 master-only\n" "smbus0: <System Management Bus> on bti2c0\n" "bktr0: Pinnacle/Miro TV, Philips SECAM tuner." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15162 msgid "The messages will differ according to the hardware. If necessary, it is possible to override some of the detected parameters using sysctl8 or custom kernel configuration options. For example, to force the tuner to a Philips SECAM tuner, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15169 #, no-wrap msgid "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6" msgstr "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15171 msgid "or, use sysctl8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15173 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6" msgstr "# sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15175 msgid "Refer to bktr4 for a description of the available sysctl8 parameters and kernel options." msgstr "Refer to bktr4 for a description of the available sysctl8 parameters and kernel options." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:15180 msgid "Useful Applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15182 msgid "To use the TV card, install one of the following applications:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15187 msgid "multimedia/fxtv provides TV-in-a-window and image/audio/video capture capabilities." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15192 msgid "multimedia/xawtv is another TV application with similar features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15196 msgid "audio/xmradio provides an application for using the FM radio tuner of a TV card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15202 msgid "More applications are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15209 msgid "If any problems are encountered with the TV card, check that the video capture chip and the tuner are supported by bktr4 and that the right configuration options were used. For more support or to ask questions about supported TV cards, refer to the freebsd-multimedia mailing list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:15218 msgid "MythTV" msgstr "MythTV" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15220 msgid "MythTV is a popular, open source Personal Video Recorder (PVR) application. This section demonstrates how to install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD. Refer to mythtv.org/wiki for more information on how to use MythTV." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15225 msgid "MythTV requires a frontend and a backend. These components can either be installed on the same system or on different machines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15229 msgid "The frontend can be installed on FreeBSD using the multimedia/mythtv-frontend package or port. Xorg must also be installed and configured as described in . Ideally, this system has a video card that supports X-Video Motion Compensation (XvMC) and, optionally, a Linux Infrared Remote Control (LIRC)-compatible remote." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15238 msgid "To install both the backend and the frontend on FreeBSD, use the multimedia/mythtv package or port. A MySQL database server is also required and should automatically be installed as a dependency. Optionally, this system should have a tuner card and sufficient storage to hold recorded data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:15246 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15248 msgid "MythTV uses Video for Linux (V4L) to access video input devices such as encoders and tuners. In FreeBSD, MythTV works best with USB DVB-S/C/T cards as they are well supported by the multimedia/webcamd package or port which provides a V4L userland application. Any Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB) card supported by webcamd should work with MythTV. A list of known working cards can be found at wiki.freebsd.org/WebcamCompat. Drivers are also available for Hauppauge cards in the multimedia/pvr250 and multimedia/pvrxxx ports, but they provide a non-standard driver interface that does not work with versions of MythTV greater than 0.23. Due to licensing restrictions, no packages are available and these two ports must be compiled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15266 msgid "The wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC page contains a list of all available DVB drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:15272 msgid "Setting up the MythTV Backend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15274 msgid "To install MythTV using binary packages:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15276 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mythtv" msgstr "# pkg install mythtv" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15278 msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collecton:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15280 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv\n" "# make install" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv\n" "# make install" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15283 msgid "Once installed, set up the MythTV database:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15285 #, no-wrap msgid "# mysql -uroot -p < /usr/local/share/mythtv/database/mc.sql" msgstr "# mysql -uroot -p < /usr/local/share/mythtv/database/mc.sql" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15287 msgid "Then, configure the backend:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15289 #, no-wrap msgid "# mythtv-setup" msgstr "# mythtv-setup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15291 msgid "Finally, start the backend:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15293 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# echo 'mythbackend_enable=\"YES\"' >> /etc/rc.conf\n" "# service mythbackend start" msgstr "" "# echo 'mythbackend_enable=\"YES\"' >> /etc/rc.conf\n" "# service mythbackend start" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:15300 msgid "Image Scanners" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:15303 msgid " Marc Fonvieille Written by " msgstr " Marc Fonvieille Written by " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:15313 msgid "image scanners" msgstr "image scanners" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15317 msgid "In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy), which is available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. SANE will also use some FreeBSD device drivers to provide access to the scanner hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15323 msgid "FreeBSD supports both SCSI and USB scanners. Depending upon the scanner interface, different device drivers are required. Be sure the scanner is supported by SANE prior to performing any configuration. Refer to http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html for more information about supported scanners." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15331 msgid "This chapter describes how to determine if the scanner has been detected by FreeBSD. It then provides an overview of how to configure and use SANE on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:15337 msgid "Checking the Scanner" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15339 msgid "The GENERIC kernel includes the device drivers needed to support USB scanners. Users with a custom kernel should ensure that the following lines are present in the custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15345 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device usb\n" "device uhci\n" "device ohci\n" "device ehci" msgstr "" "device usb\n" "device uhci\n" "device ohci\n" "device ehci" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15350 msgid "To determine if the USB scanner is detected, plug it in and use dmesg to determine whether the scanner appears in the system message buffer. If it does, it should display a message similar to this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15356 #, no-wrap msgid "ugen0.2: <EPSON> at usbus0" msgstr "ugen0.2: <EPSON> at usbus0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15358 msgid "In this example, an EPSON Perfection 1650 USB scanner was detected on /dev/ugen0.2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15363 msgid "If the scanner uses a SCSI interface, it is important to know which SCSI controller board it will use. Depending upon the SCSI chipset, a custom kernel configuration file may be needed. The GENERIC kernel supports the most common SCSI controllers. Refer to /usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES to determine the correct line to add to a custom kernel configuration file. In addition to the SCSI adapter driver, the following lines are needed in a custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15375 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\n" "device pass" msgstr "" "device scbus\n" "device pass" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15378 msgid "Verify that the device is displayed in the system message buffer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n" "pass2: <AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10> Fixed Scanner SCSI-2 device\n" "pass2: 3.300MB/s transfers" msgstr "" "pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n" "pass2: <AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10> Fixed Scanner SCSI-2 device\n" "pass2: 3.300MB/s transfers" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15385 msgid "If the scanner was not powered-on at system boot, it is still possible to manually force detection by performing a SCSI bus scan with camcontrol:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol rescan all\n" "Re-scan of bus 0 was successful\n" "Re-scan of bus 1 was successful\n" "Re-scan of bus 2 was successful\n" "Re-scan of bus 3 was successful" msgstr "" "# camcontrol rescan all\n" "Re-scan of bus 0 was successful\n" "Re-scan of bus 1 was successful\n" "Re-scan of bus 2 was successful\n" "Re-scan of bus 3 was successful" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15396 msgid "The scanner should now appear in the SCSI devices list:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15399 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" "<IBM DDRS-34560 S97B> at scbus0 target 5 lun 0 (pass0,da0)\n" "<IBM DDRS-34560 S97B> at scbus0 target 6 lun 0 (pass1,da1)\n" "<AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10> at scbus1 target 2 lun 0 (pass3)\n" "<PHILIPS CDD3610 CD-R/RW 1.00> at scbus2 target 0 lun 0 (pass2,cd0)" msgstr "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" "<IBM DDRS-34560 S97B> at scbus0 target 5 lun 0 (pass0,da0)\n" "<IBM DDRS-34560 S97B> at scbus0 target 6 lun 0 (pass1,da1)\n" "<AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10> at scbus1 target 2 lun 0 (pass3)\n" "<PHILIPS CDD3610 CD-R/RW 1.00> at scbus2 target 0 lun 0 (pass2,cd0)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15405 msgid "Refer to scsi4 and camcontrol8 for more details about SCSI devices on FreeBSD." msgstr "Verwijzen naar scsi4 en camcontrol8 voor meer details over SCSI- apparaten op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:15410 msgid "SANE Configuration" msgstr "SANE Configuratie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15412 msgid "The SANE system is split in two parts: the backends (graphics/sane-backends) and the frontends (graphics/sane-frontends or graphics/xsane). The backends provide access to the scanner. Refer to http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html to determine which backend supports the scanner. The frontends provide the graphical scanning interface. graphics/sane-frontends installs xscanimage while graphics/xsane installs xsane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15425 msgid "To install the two parts from binary packages:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15427 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xsane sane-frontends" msgstr "# pkg install xsane sane-frontends" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15429 msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15431 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/sane-frontends\n" "# make install clean\n" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/xsane\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/sane-frontends\n" "# make install clean\n" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/xsane\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15436 msgid "After installing the graphics/sane-backends port or package, use sane-find-scanner to check the scanner detection by the SANE system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15442 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sane-find-scanner -q\n" "found SCSI scanner \"AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10\" at /dev/pass3" msgstr "" "# sane-find-scanner -q\n" "found SCSI scanner \"AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10\" at /dev/pass3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15445 msgid "The output should show the interface type of the scanner and the device node used to attach the scanner to the system. The vendor and the product model may or may not appear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:15450 msgid "Some USB scanners require firmware to be loaded. Refer to sane-find-scanner(1) and sane(7) for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15455 msgid "Next, check if the scanner will be identified by a scanning frontend. The SANE backends include scanimage which can be used to list the devices and perform an image acquisition. Use to list the scanner devices. The first example is for a SCSI scanner and the second is for a USB scanner:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15463 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scanimage -L\n" "device `snapscan:/dev/pass3' is a AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 flatbed scanner\n" "# scanimage -L\n" "device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner" msgstr "" "# scanimage -L\n" "device `snapscan:/dev/pass3' is a AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 flatbed scanner\n" "# scanimage -L\n" "device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15468 msgid "In this second example, 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is the backend name (epson2) and /dev/ugen0.2 is the device node used by the scanner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15474 msgid "If scanimage is unable to identify the scanner, this message will appear:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15477 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scanimage -L\n" "\n" "No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n" "check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n" "sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n" "which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages)." msgstr "" "# scanimage -L\n" "\n" "No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n" "check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n" "sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n" "which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15484 msgid "If this happens, edit the backend configuration file in /usr/local/etc/sane.d/ and define the scanner device used. For example, if the undetected scanner model is an EPSON Perfection 1650 and it uses the epson2 backend, edit /usr/local/etc/sane.d/epson2.conf. When editing, add a line specifying the interface and the device node used. In this case, add the following line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15494 #, no-wrap msgid "usb /dev/ugen0.2" msgstr "usb /dev/ugen0.2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15496 msgid "Save the edits and verify that the scanner is identified with the right backend name and the device node:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15499 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scanimage -L\n" "device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner" msgstr "" "# scanimage -L\n" "device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15502 msgid "Once scanimage -L sees the scanner, the configuration is complete and the scanner is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15506 msgid "While scanimage can be used to perform an image acquisition from the command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical interface to perform image scanning. The graphics/sane-frontends package or port installs a simple but efficient graphical interface, xscanimage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15513 msgid "Alternately, xsane, which is installed with the graphics/xsane package or port, is another popular graphical scanning frontend. It offers advanced features such as various scanning modes, color correction, and batch scans. Both of these applications are usable as a GIMP plugin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:15522 msgid "Scanner Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15524 msgid "In order to have access to the scanner, a user needs read and write permissions to the device node used by the scanner. In the previous example, the USB scanner uses the device node /dev/ugen0.2 which is really a symlink to the real device node /dev/usb/0.2.0. The symlink and the device node are owned, respectively, by the wheel and operator groups. While adding the user to these groups will allow access to the scanner, it is considered insecure to add a user to wheel. A better solution is to create a group and make the scanner device accessible to members of this group." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15537 msgid "This example creates a group called usb:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15539 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupadd usb" msgstr "# pw groupadd usb" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15541 msgid "Then, make the /dev/ugen0.2 symlink and the /dev/usb/0.2.0 device node accessible to the usb group with write permissions of 0660 or 0664 by adding the following lines to /etc/devfs.rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15548 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[system=5]\n" "add path ugen0.2 mode 0660 group usb\n" "add path usb/0.2.0 mode 0666 group usb" msgstr "" "[system=5]\n" "add path ugen0.2 mode 0660 group usb\n" "add path usb/0.2.0 mode 0666 group usb" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15552 msgid "Finally, add the users to usb in order to allow access to the scanner:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:15555 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod usb -m joe" msgstr "# pw groupmod usb -m joe" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:15557 msgid "For more details refer to pw8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:15587 msgid "Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:15592 msgid "kernel building a custom kernel" msgstr "kernel building a custom kernel" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15597 msgid "The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, and much more. While much of FreeBSD is dynamically configurable, it is still occasionally necessary to configure and compile a custom kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15607 msgid "When to build a custom kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15611 msgid "How to take a hardware inventory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15615 msgid "How to customize a kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15619 msgid "How to use the kernel configuration file to create and build a new kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15624 msgid "How to install the new kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15628 msgid "How to troubleshoot if things go wrong." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15632 msgid "All of the commands listed in the examples in this chapter should be executed as root." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:15637 msgid "Why Build a Custom Kernel?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15639 msgid "Traditionally, FreeBSD used a monolithic kernel. The kernel was one large program, supported a fixed list of devices, and in order to change the kernel's behavior, one had to compile and then reboot into a new kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15644 msgid "Today, most of the functionality in the FreeBSD kernel is contained in modules which can be dynamically loaded and unloaded from the kernel as necessary. This allows the running kernel to adapt immediately to new hardware and for new functionality to be brought into the kernel. This is known as a modular kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15651 msgid "Occasionally, it is still necessary to perform static kernel configuration. Sometimes the needed functionality is so tied to the kernel that it can not be made dynamically loadable. Some security environments prevent the loading and unloading of kernel modules and require that only needed functionality is statically compiled into the kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15658 msgid "Building a custom kernel is often a rite of passage for advanced BSD users. This process, while time consuming, can provide benefits to the FreeBSD system. Unlike the GENERIC kernel, which must support a wide range of hardware, a custom kernel can be stripped down to only provide support for that computer's hardware. This has a number of benefits, such as:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15668 msgid "Faster boot time. Since the kernel will only probe the hardware on the system, the time it takes the system to boot can decrease." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15674 msgid "Lower memory usage. A custom kernel often uses less memory than the GENERIC kernel by omitting unused features and device drivers. This is important because the kernel code remains resident in physical memory at all times, preventing that memory from being used by applications. For this reason, a custom kernel is useful on a system with a small amount of RAM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:15685 msgid "Additional hardware support. A custom kernel can add support for devices which are not present in the GENERIC kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15691 msgid "Before building a custom kernel, consider the reason for doing so. If there is a need for specific hardware support, it may already exist as a module." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15695 msgid "Kernel modules exist in /boot/kernel and may be dynamically loaded into the running kernel using kldload8. Most kernel drivers have a loadable module and manual page. For example, the ath4 wireless Ethernet driver has the following information in its manual page:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:15701 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the\n" "following line in loader.conf5:\n" "\n" " if_ath_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15706 msgid "Adding if_ath_load=\"YES\" to /boot/loader.conf will load this module dynamically at boot time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15710 msgid "In some cases, there is no associated module in /boot/kernel. This is mostly true for certain subsystems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:15727 msgid "Finding the System Hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15729 msgid "Before editing the kernel configuration file, it is recommended to perform an inventory of the machine's hardware. On a dual-boot system, the inventory can be created from the other operating system. For example, Microsoft's Device Manager contains information about installed devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:15737 msgid "Some versions of Microsoft Windows have a System icon which can be used to access Device Manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15742 msgid "If FreeBSD is the only installed operating system, use dmesg8 to determine the hardware that was found and listed during the boot probe. Most device drivers on FreeBSD have a manual page which lists the hardware supported by that driver. For example, the following lines indicate that the psm4 driver found a mouse:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:15749 #, no-wrap msgid "" "psm0: <PS/2 Mouse> irq 12 on atkbdc0\n" "psm0: [GIANT-LOCKED]\n" "psm0: [ITHREAD]\n" "psm0: model Generic PS/2 mouse, device ID 0" msgstr "" "psm0: <PS/2 Mouse> irq 12 on atkbdc0\n" "psm0: [GIANT-LOCKED]\n" "psm0: [ITHREAD]\n" "psm0: model Generic PS/2 mouse, device ID 0" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15754 msgid "Since this hardware exists, this driver should not be removed from a custom kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15757 msgid "If the output of dmesg does not display the results of the boot probe output, instead read the contents of /var/run/dmesg.boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15761 msgid "Another tool for finding hardware is pciconf8, which provides more verbose output. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:15764 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% pciconf -lv\n" "ath0@pci0:3:0:0: class=0x020000 card=0x058a1014 chip=0x1014168c rev=0x01 hdr=0x00\n" " vendor = 'Atheros Communications Inc.'\n" " device = 'AR5212 Atheros AR5212 802.11abg wireless'\n" " class = network\n" " subclass = ethernet" msgstr "" "% pciconf -lv\n" "ath0@pci0:3:0:0: class=0x020000 card=0x058a1014 chip=0x1014168c rev=0x01 hdr=0x00\n" " vendor = 'Atheros Communications Inc.'\n" " device = 'AR5212 Atheros AR5212 802.11abg wireless'\n" " class = network\n" " subclass = ethernet" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15771 msgid "This output shows that the ath driver located a wireless Ethernet device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15774 msgid "The flag of man1 can be used to provide useful information. For example, it can be used to display a list of manual pages which contain a particular device brand or name:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:15779 #, no-wrap msgid "# man -k Atheros" msgstr "# man -k Atheros" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15781 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ath(4) - Atheros IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver\n" "ath_hal(4) - Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)" msgstr "" "ath(4) - Atheros IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver\n" "ath_hal(4) - Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15784 msgid "Once the hardware inventory list is created, refer to it to ensure that drivers for installed hardware are not removed as the custom kernel configuration is edited." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:15801 book.translate.xml:44320 msgid "The Configuration File" msgstr "Het configuratiebestand" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15803 msgid "In order to create a custom kernel configuration file and build a custom kernel, the full FreeBSD source tree must first be installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15807 msgid "If /usr/src/ does not exist or it is empty, source has not been installed. Source can be installed using Subversion and the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15812 msgid "Once source is installed, review the contents of /usr/src/sys. This directory contains a number of subdirectories, including those which represent the following supported architectures: amd64, i386, ia64, pc98, powerpc, and sparc64. Everything inside a particular architecture's directory deals with that architecture only and the rest of the code is machine independent code common to all platforms. Each supported architecture has a conf subdirectory which contains the GENERIC kernel configuration file for that architecture." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15826 msgid "Do not make edits to GENERIC. Instead, copy the file to a different name and make edits to the copy. The convention is to use a name with all capital letters. When maintaining multiple FreeBSD machines with different hardware, it is a good idea to name it after the machine's hostname. This example creates a copy, named MYKERNEL, of the GENERIC configuration file for the amd64 architecture:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:15835 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" "# cp GENERIC MYKERNEL" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" "# cp GENERIC MYKERNEL" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15838 msgid "MYKERNEL can now be customized with any ASCII text editor. The default editor is vi, though an easier editor for beginners, called ee, is also installed with FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:15845 msgid "kernel NOTES" msgstr "kernel NOTES" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:15849 msgid "NOTES" msgstr "NOTES" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:15850 msgid "kernel configuration file" msgstr "kernel configuration file" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15855 msgid "The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief description. Any text after a # is considered a comment and ignored. To remove kernel support for a device or subsystem, put a # at the beginning of the line representing that device or subsystem. Do not add or remove a # for any line that you do not understand." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:15866 msgid "It is easy to remove support for a device or option and end up with a broken kernel. For example, if the ata4 driver is removed from the kernel configuration file, a system using ATA disk drivers may not boot. When in doubt, just leave support in the kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15873 msgid "In addition to the brief descriptions provided in this file, additional descriptions are contained in NOTES, which can be found in the same directory as GENERIC for that architecture. For architecture independent options, refer to /usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:15881 msgid "When finished customizing the kernel configuration file, save a backup copy to a location outside of /usr/src." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:15885 msgid "Alternately, keep the kernel configuration file elsewhere and create a symbolic link to the file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/screen #: book.translate.xml:15888 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" "# mkdir /root/kernels\n" "# cp GENERIC /root/kernels/MYKERNEL\n" "# ln -s /root/kernels/MYKERNEL" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" "# mkdir /root/kernels\n" "# cp GENERIC /root/kernels/MYKERNEL\n" "# ln -s /root/kernels/MYKERNEL" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15894 msgid "An include directive is available for use in configuration files. This allows another configuration file to be included in the current one, making it easy to maintain small changes relative to an existing file. If only a small number of additional options or drivers are required, this allows a delta to be maintained with respect to GENERIC, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:15902 #, no-wrap msgid "" "include GENERIC\n" "ident MYKERNEL\n" "\n" "options IPFIREWALL\n" "options DUMMYNET\n" "options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT\n" "options IPDIVERT" msgstr "" "include GENERIC\n" "ident MYKERNEL\n" "\n" "options IPFIREWALL\n" "options DUMMYNET\n" "options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT\n" "options IPDIVERT" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:15910 msgid "Using this method, the local configuration file expresses local differences from a GENERIC kernel. As upgrades are performed, new features added to GENERIC will also be added to the local kernel unless they are specifically prevented using nooptions or nodevice. A comprehensive list of configuration directives and their descriptions may be found in config5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:15920 msgid "To build a file which contains all available options, run the following command as root:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:15923 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src/sys/arch/conf && make LINT" msgstr "# cd /usr/src/sys/arch/conf && make LINT" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:16739 msgid "Building and Installing a Custom Kernel" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:16741 msgid "Once the edits to the custom configuration file have been saved, the source code for the kernel can be compiled using the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:16746 msgid "Building a Kernel" msgstr "Een Kernel bouwen" #. (itstool) path: procedure/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:16748 msgid "kernel building / installing" msgstr "kernel building / installing" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:16754 msgid "Change to this directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:16756 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src" msgstr "# cd /usr/src" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:16760 msgid "Compile the new kernel by specifying the name of the custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:16763 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL" msgstr "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:16767 msgid "Install the new kernel associated with the specified kernel configuration file. This command will copy the new kernel to /boot/kernel/kernel and save the old kernel to /boot/kernel.old/kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:16773 #, no-wrap msgid "# make installkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL" msgstr "# make installkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:16777 msgid "Shutdown the system and reboot into the new kernel. If something goes wrong, refer to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:16782 msgid "By default, when a custom kernel is compiled, all kernel modules are rebuilt. To update a kernel faster or to build only custom modules, edit /etc/make.conf before starting to build the kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:16787 msgid "For example, this variable specifies the list of modules to build instead of using the default of building all modules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:16791 #, no-wrap msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi" msgstr "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:16793 msgid "Alternately, this variable lists which modules to exclude from the build process:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:16796 #, no-wrap msgid "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound" msgstr "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:16798 msgid "Additional variables are available. Refer to make.conf5 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:16801 msgid "/boot/kernel.old" msgstr "/boot/kernel.old" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:16807 msgid "If Something Goes Wrong" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:16809 msgid "There are four categories of trouble that can occur when building a custom kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:16814 msgid "config fails" msgstr "config fails" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:16817 msgid "If config fails, it will print the line number that is incorrect. As an example, for the following message, make sure that line 17 is typed correctly by comparing it to GENERIC or NOTES:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:16823 #, no-wrap msgid "config: line 17: syntax error" msgstr "config: line 17: syntax error" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:16828 msgid "make fails" msgstr "make fails" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:16831 msgid "If make fails, it is usually due to an error in the kernel configuration file which is not severe enough for config to catch. Review the configuration, and if the problem is not apparent, send an email to the FreeBSD general questions mailing list which contains the kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:16841 msgid "The kernel does not boot" msgstr "De kernel start niet" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:16844 msgid "If the new kernel does not boot or fails to recognize devices, do not panic! Fortunately, FreeBSD has an excellent mechanism for recovering from incompatible kernels. Simply choose the kernel to boot from at the FreeBSD boot loader. This can be accessed when the system boot menu appears by selecting the Escape to a loader prompt option. At the prompt, type boot kernel.old, or the name of any other kernel that is known to boot properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:16856 msgid "After booting with a good kernel, check over the configuration file and try to build it again. One helpful resource is /var/log/messages which records the kernel messages from every successful boot. Also, dmesg8 will print the kernel messages from the current boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:16864 msgid "When troubleshooting a kernel, make sure to keep a copy of GENERIC, or some other kernel that is known to work, as a different name that will not get erased on the next build. This is important because every time a new kernel is installed, kernel.old is overwritten with the last installed kernel, which may or may not be bootable. As soon as possible, move the working kernel by renaming the directory containing the good kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:16874 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /boot/kernel /boot/kernel.bad\n" "# mv /boot/kernel.good /boot/kernel" msgstr "" "# mv /boot/kernel /boot/kernel.bad\n" "# mv /boot/kernel.good /boot/kernel" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:16881 msgid "The kernel works, but ps1 does not" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:16884 msgid "If the kernel version differs from the one that the system utilities have been built with, for example, a kernel built from -CURRENT sources is installed on a -RELEASE system, many system status commands like ps1 and vmstat8 will not work. To fix this, recompile and install a world built with the same version of the source tree as the kernel. It is never a good idea to use a different version of the kernel than the rest of the operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:16909 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:16912 book.translate.xml:28771 msgid " Warren Block Originally contributed by " msgstr " Warren Block Origineel bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para #: book.translate.xml:16921 msgid "Putting information on paper is a vital function, despite many attempts to eliminate it. Printing has two basic components. The data must be delivered to the printer, and must be in a form that the printer can understand." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:16929 msgid "Basic printing can be set up quickly. The printer must be capable of printing plain ASCII text. For printing to other types of files, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:16936 msgid "Create a directory to store files while they are being printed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:16939 book.translate.xml:17348 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp\n" "# chown daemon:daemon /var/spool/lpd/lp\n" "# chmod 770 /var/spool/lpd/lp" msgstr "" "# mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp\n" "# chown daemon:daemon /var/spool/lpd/lp\n" "# chmod 770 /var/spool/lpd/lp" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:16945 msgid "As root, create /etc/printcap with these contents:" msgstr "Als root, creëer / etc/printcap met de volgende inhoud:" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:16949 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\n" "\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\ \n" "\t:sh:\\\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" msgstr "" "lp:\\\n" "\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\ \n" "\t:sh:\\\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:16958 msgid "This line is for a printer connected to a USB port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:16961 msgid "For a printer connected to a parallel or printer port, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting #. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:16964 book.translate.xml:17405 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\" msgstr ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:16966 msgid "For a printer connected directly to a network, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting #. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:16969 book.translate.xml:17414 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=:rm=network-printer-name:rp=raw:\\" msgstr ":lp=:rm=network-printer-name:rp=raw:\\" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:16971 msgid "Replace network-printer-name with the DNS host name of the network printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:16980 msgid "Enable lpd by editing /etc/rc.conf, adding this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:16983 book.translate.xml:17471 #, no-wrap msgid "lpd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "lpd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:16985 book.translate.xml:17473 msgid "Start the service:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:16987 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service lpd start\n" "Starting lpd." msgstr "" "# service lpd start\n" "Starting lpd." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:16992 msgid "Print a test:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:16994 #, no-wrap msgid "# printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr" msgstr "# printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:16997 msgid "If both lines do not start at the left border, but stairstep instead, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:17002 msgid "Text files can now be printed with lpr. Give the filename on the command line, or pipe output directly into lpr." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:17007 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpr textfile.txt\n" "% ls -lh | lpr" msgstr "" "% lpr textfile.txt\n" "% ls -lh | lpr" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:17014 msgid "Printer Connections" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:17016 msgid "Printers are connected to computer systems in a variety of ways. Small desktop printers are usually connected directly to a computer's USB port. Older printers are connected to a parallel or printer port. Some printers are directly connected to a network, making it easy for multiple computers to share them. A few printers use a rare serial port connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:17024 msgid "FreeBSD can communicate with all of these types of printers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17029 book.translate.xml:17391 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17032 msgid "USB printers can be connected to any available USB port on the computer." msgstr "USB printers can be connected to any available USB port on the computer." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17036 msgid "When FreeBSD detects a USB printer, two device entries are created: /dev/ulpt0 and /dev/unlpt0. Data sent to either device will be relayed to the printer. After each print job, ulpt0 resets the USB port. Resetting the port can cause problems with some printers, so the unlpt0 device is usually used instead. unlpt0 does not reset the USB port at all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:17051 msgid "Parallel (IEEE-1284)" msgstr "Parallel (IEEE-1284)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17054 msgid "The parallel port device is /dev/lpt0. This device appears whether a printer is attached or not, it is not autodetected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17059 msgid "Vendors have largely moved away from these legacy ports, and many computers no longer have them. Adapters can be used to connect a parallel printer to a USB port. With such an adapter, the printer can be treated as if it were actually a USB printer. Devices called print servers can also be used to connect parallel printers directly to a network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:17071 msgid "Serial (RS-232)" msgstr "Serieel (RS-232)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17074 msgid "Serial ports are another legacy port, rarely used for printers except in certain niche applications. Cables, connectors, and required wiring vary widely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17078 msgid "For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is /dev/cuau0 or /dev/cuau1. Serial USB adapters can also be used, and these will appear as /dev/cuaU0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17085 msgid "Several communication parameters must be known to communicate with a serial printer. The most important are baud rate or BPS (Bits Per Second) and parity. Values vary, but typical serial printers use a baud rate of 9600 and no parity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17095 book.translate.xml:17409 msgid "Network" msgstr "Netwerk" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17098 msgid "Network printers are connected directly to the local computer network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17101 msgid "The DNS hostname of the printer must be known. If the printer is assigned a dynamic address by DHCP, DNS should be dynamically updated so that the host name always has the correct IP address. Network printers are often given static IP addresses to avoid this problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17109 msgid "Most network printers understand print jobs sent with the LPD protocol. A print queue name can also be specified. Some printers process data differently depending on which queue is used. For example, a raw queue prints the data unchanged, while the text queue adds carriage returns to plain text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17117 msgid "Many network printers can also print data sent directly to port 9100." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17126 msgid "Wired network connections are usually the easiest to set up and give the fastest printing. For direct connection to the computer, USB is preferred for speed and simplicity. Parallel connections work but have limitations on cable length and speed. Serial connections are more difficult to configure. Cable wiring differs between models, and communication parameters like baud rate and parity bits must add to the complexity. Fortunately, serial printers are rare." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:17139 msgid "Common Page Description Languages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:17141 msgid "Data sent to a printer must be in a language that the printer can understand. These languages are called Page Description Languages, or PDLs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:17147 msgid "ASCII" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17150 msgid "Plain ASCII text is the simplest way to send data to a printer. Characters correspond one to one with what will be printed: an A in the data prints an A on the page. Very little formatting is available. There is no way to select a font or proportional spacing. The forced simplicity of plain ASCII means that text can be printed straight from the computer with little or no encoding or translation. The printed output corresponds directly with what was sent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17161 msgid "Some inexpensive printers cannot print plain ASCII text. This makes them more difficult to set up, but it is usually still possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:17169 msgid "PostScript" msgstr "PostScript" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17172 msgid "PostScript is almost the opposite of ASCII. Rather than simple text, a PostScript program is a set of instructions that draw the final document. Different fonts and graphics can be used. However, this power comes at a price. The program that draws the page must be written. Usually this program is generated by application software, so the process is invisible to the user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17181 msgid "Inexpensive printers sometimes leave out PostScript compatibility as a cost-saving measure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:17187 msgid "PCL (Printer Command Language)" msgstr "PCL (Printer Command Language)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17190 msgid "PCL is an extension of ASCII, adding escape sequences for formatting, font selection, and printing graphics. Many printers provide PCL5 support. Some support the newer PCL6 or PCLXL. These later versions are supersets of PCL5 and can provide faster printing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:17202 msgid "Host-Based" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17205 msgid "Manufacturers can reduce the cost of a printer by giving it a simple processor and very little memory. These printers are not capable of printing plain text. Instead, bitmaps of text and graphics are drawn by a driver on the host computer and then sent to the printer. These are called host-based printers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:17213 msgid "Communication between the driver and a host-based printer is often through proprietary or undocumented protocols, making them functional only on the most common operating systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:17222 msgid "Converting PostScript to Other PDLs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17225 msgid "Many applications from the Ports Collection and FreeBSD utilities produce PostScript output. This table shows the utilities available to convert that into other common PDLs:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:17231 msgid "Output PDLs" msgstr "Uitvoer PDLs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17236 msgid "Output PDL" msgstr "Uitvoer PDL" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17238 msgid "Generated By" msgstr "Gegenereerd door" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17245 msgid "PCL or PCL5" msgstr "PCL- of PCL5" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17247 book.translate.xml:17255 book.translate.xml:17263 msgid "print/ghostscript9" msgstr "print/ghostscript9" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17248 msgid "-sDEVICE=ljet4 for monochrome, -sDEVICE=cljet5 for color" msgstr "- sDEVICE = ljet4 voor zwart/wit, - sDEVICE = cljet5 voor kleur" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17253 msgid "PCLXL or PCL6" msgstr "PCLXL of PCL6" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17256 msgid "-sDEVICE=pxlmono for monochrome, -sDEVICE=pxlcolor for color" msgstr "- sDEVICE = pxlmono voor zwart/wit, - sDEVICE = pxlcolor voor kleur" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17262 msgid "ESC/P2" msgstr "ESC/P2" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17264 msgid "-sDEVICE=uniprint" msgstr "-sDEVICE=uniprint" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17268 msgid "XQX" msgstr "XQX" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17269 msgid "print/foo2zjs" msgstr "print/foo2zjs" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17280 msgid "For the easiest printing, choose a printer that supports PostScript. Printers that support PCL are the next preferred. With print/ghostscript, these printers can be used as if they understood PostScript natively. Printers that support PostScript or PCL directly almost always support direct printing of plain ASCII text files also." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17290 msgid "Line-based printers like typical inkjets usually do not support PostScript or PCL. They often can print plain ASCII text files. print/ghostscript supports the PDLs used by some of these printers. However, printing an entire graphic-based page on these printers is often very slow due to the large amount of data to be transferred and printed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17299 msgid "Host-based printers are often more difficult to set up. Some cannot be used at all because of proprietary PDLs. Avoid these printers when possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17304 msgid "Descriptions of many PDLs can be found at . The particular PDL used by various models of printers can be found at ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:17312 msgid "Direct Printing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:17314 msgid "For occasional printing, files can be sent directly to a printer device without any setup. For example, a file called sample.txt can be sent to a USB printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:17319 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0" msgstr "# cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:17321 msgid "Direct printing to network printers depends on the abilities of the printer, but most accept print jobs on port 9100, and nc1 can be used with them. To print the same file to a printer with the DNS hostname of netlaser:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:17327 #, no-wrap msgid "# nc netlaser 9100 < sample.txt" msgstr "# nc netlaser 9100 < sample.txt" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:17331 msgid "LPD (Line Printer Daemon)" msgstr "LPD (Line Printer Daemon)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:17333 msgid "Printing a file in the background is called spooling. A spooler allows the user to continue with other programs on the computer without waiting for the printer to slowly complete the print job." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:17338 msgid "FreeBSD includes a spooler called lpd8. Print jobs are submitted with lpr1." msgstr "FreeBSD bevat een spooler lpd8genoemd. Afdruktaken worden ingediend met lpr-1." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:17342 book.translate.xml:28860 msgid "Initial Setup" msgstr "Initiële setup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17344 msgid "A directory for storing print jobs is created, ownership is set, and the permissions are set to prevent other users from viewing the contents of those files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17352 msgid "Printers are defined in /etc/printcap. An entry for each printer includes details like a name, the port where it is attached, and various other settings. Create /etc/printcap with these contents:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17358 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\t\t\t\t\n" "\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\t\n" "\t:sh:\\\t\t\t\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\t\t\t\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\t\n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\t" msgstr "" "lp:\\\t\t\t\t\n" "\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\t\n" "\t:sh:\\\t\t\t\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\t\t\t\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\t\n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\t" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:17367 msgid "The name of this printer. lpr1 sends print jobs to the lp printer unless another printer is specified with , so the default printer should be named lp." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:17375 msgid "The device where the printer is connected. Replace this line with the appropriate one for the connection type shown here." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17383 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17384 msgid "Device Entry in /etc/printcap" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17392 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\" msgstr ":lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:17394 msgid "This is the non-resetting USB printer device. If problems are experienced, use ulpt0 instead, which resets the USB port on each use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17404 msgid "Parallel" msgstr "Parallel" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:17411 msgid "For a printer supporting the LPD protocol:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:17416 msgid "For printers supporting port 9100 printing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17419 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=9100@network-printer-name:\\" msgstr ":lp=9100@network-printer-name:\\" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:17421 msgid "For both types, replace network-printer-name with the DNS host name of the network printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:17428 msgid "Serial" msgstr "Serieel" #. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17429 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=/dev/cuau0:br=9600:pa=none:\\" msgstr ":lp=/dev/cuau0:br=9600:pa=none:\\" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:17431 msgid "These values are for a typical serial printer connected to a motherboard serial port. The baud rate is 9600, and no parity is used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:17442 msgid "Suppress the printing of a header page at the start of a print job." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:17447 msgid "Do not limit the maximum size of a print job." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:17451 msgid "The path to the spooling directory for this printer. Each printer uses its own spooling directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:17456 msgid "The log file where errors on this printer will be reported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17461 msgid "After creating /etc/printcap, use chkprintcap8 to test it for errors:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:17464 #, no-wrap msgid "# chkprintcap" msgstr "# chkprintcap" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17466 msgid "Fix any reported problems before continuing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17468 msgid "Enable lpd8 in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:17475 #, no-wrap msgid "# service lpd start" msgstr "# service lpd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:17479 msgid "Printing with lpr1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17481 msgid "Documents are sent to the printer with lpr. A file to be printed can be named on the command line or piped into lpr. These two commands are equivalent, sending the contents of doc.txt to the default printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:17487 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpr doc.txt\n" "% cat doc.txt | lpr" msgstr "" "% lpr doc.txt\n" "% cat doc.txt | lpr" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17490 msgid "Printers can be selected with . To print to a printer called laser:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:17494 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Plaser doc.txt" msgstr "% lpr -Plaser doc.txt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:17498 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filters" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17500 msgid "The examples shown so far have sent the contents of a text file directly to the printer. As long as the printer understands the content of those files, output will be printed correctly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17505 msgid "Some printers are not capable of printing plain text, and the input file might not even be plain text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17508 msgid "Filters allow files to be translated or processed. The typical use is to translate one type of input, like plain text, into a form that the printer can understand, like PostScript or PCL. Filters can also be used to provide additional features, like adding page numbers or highlighting source code to make it easier to read." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17516 msgid "The filters discussed here are input filters or text filters. These filters convert the incoming file into different forms. Use su1 to become root before creating the files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17523 msgid "Filters are specified in /etc/printcap with the if= identifier. To use /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf as a filter, modify /etc/printcap like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\n" "\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\n" "\t:sh:\\\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n" "\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\ \n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" msgstr "" "lp:\\\n" "\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\n" "\t:sh:\\\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n" "\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\ \n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:17539 msgid "if= identifies the input filter that will be used on incoming text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:17546 msgid "The backslash line continuation characters at the end of the lines in printcap entries reveal that an entry for a printer is really just one long line with entries delimited by colon characters. An earlier example can be rewritten as a single less-readable line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17553 #, no-wrap msgid "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" msgstr "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17557 msgid "Preventing Stairstepping on Plain Text Printers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17559 msgid "Typical FreeBSD text files contain only a single line feed character at the end of each line. These lines will stairstep on a standard printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17563 #, no-wrap msgid "" "A printed file looks\n" " like the steps of a staircase\n" " scattered by the wind" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17567 msgid "A filter can convert the newline characters into carriage returns and newlines. The carriage returns make the printer return to the left after each line. Create /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf with these contents:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17573 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "CR=$'\\r'\n" "/usr/bin/sed -e \"s/$/${CR}/g\"" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "CR=$'\\r'\n" "/usr/bin/sed -e \"s/$/${CR}/g\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17577 book.translate.xml:17612 book.translate.xml:17644 #: book.translate.xml:17698 msgid "Set the permissions and make it executable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17579 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf" msgstr "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17581 book.translate.xml:17616 msgid "Modify /etc/printcap to use the new filter:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17584 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\" msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17586 msgid "Test the filter by printing the same plain text file. The carriage returns will cause each line to start at the left side of the page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17592 msgid "Fancy Plain Text on PostScript Printers with print/enscript" msgstr "Fancy platte tekst op PostScript- Printers met print/enscript" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17595 msgid "GNU Enscript converts plain text files into nicely-formatted PostScript for printing on PostScript printers. It adds page numbers, wraps long lines, and provides numerous other features to make printed text files easier to read. Depending on the local paper size, install either print/enscript-letter or print/enscript-a4 from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17606 msgid "Create /usr/local/libexec/enscript with these contents:" msgstr "Maak /usr/local/libexec/enscript met deze inhoud:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17609 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "/usr/local/bin/enscript -o -" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "/usr/local/bin/enscript -o -" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17614 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript" msgstr "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17619 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\" msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17621 msgid "Test the filter by printing a plain text file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17625 msgid "Printing PostScript to PCL Printers" msgstr "Het afdrukken van PostScript op PCL- Printers" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17628 msgid "Many programs produce PostScript documents. However, inexpensive printers often only understand plain text or PCL. This filter converts PostScript files to PCL before sending them to the printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17634 msgid "Install the Ghostscript PostScript interpreter, print/ghostscript9, from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17638 msgid "Create /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl with these contents:" msgstr "Maak /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl met deze inhoud:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17641 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- -" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- -" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17646 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl" msgstr "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17648 msgid "PostScript input sent to this script will be rendered and converted to PCL before being sent on to the printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17652 book.translate.xml:17702 msgid "Modify /etc/printcap to use this new input filter:" msgstr "Wijzig printcap/etc/printcap voor het gebruik van deze nieuwe invoerfilter:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17655 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\" msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17657 msgid "Test the filter by sending a small PostScript program to it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17660 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n" "72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr" msgstr "" "% printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n" "72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17665 msgid "Smart Filters" msgstr "Slimme Filters" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17667 msgid "A filter that detects the type of input and automatically converts it to the correct format for the printer can be very convenient. The first two characters of a PostScript file are usually %!. A filter can detect those two characters. PostScript files can be sent on to a PostScript printer unchanged. Text files can be converted to PostScript with Enscript as shown earlier. Create /usr/local/libexec/psif with these contents:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17678 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "#\n" "# psif - Print PostScript or plain text on a PostScript printer\n" "#\n" "IFS=\"\" read -r first_line\n" "first_two_chars=`expr \"$first_line\" : '\\(..\\)'`\n" "\n" "case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n" "%!)\n" " # %! : PostScript job, print it.\n" " echo \"$first_line\" && cat && exit 0\n" " exit 2\n" " ;;\n" "*)\n" " # otherwise, format with enscript\n" " ( echo \"$first_line\"; cat ) | /usr/local/bin/enscript -o - && exit 0\n" " exit 2\n" " ;;\n" "esac" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "#\n" "# psif - Print PostScript or plain text on a PostScript printer\n" "#\n" "IFS=\"\" read -r first_line\n" "first_two_chars=`expr \"$first_line\" : '\\(..\\)'`\n" "\n" "case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n" "%!)\n" " # %! : PostScript job, print it.\n" " echo \"$first_line\" && cat && exit 0\n" " exit 2\n" " ;;\n" "*)\n" " # otherwise, format with enscript\n" " ( echo \"$first_line\"; cat ) | /usr/local/bin/enscript -o - && exit 0\n" " exit 2\n" " ;;\n" "esac" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17700 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif" msgstr "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17705 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\" msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17707 msgid "Test the filter by printing PostScript and plain text files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17712 msgid "Other Smart Filters" msgstr "Andere slimme filters" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17714 msgid "Writing a filter that detects many different types of input and formats them correctly is challenging. print/apsfilter from the Ports Collection is a smart magic filter that detects dozens of file types and automatically converts them to the PDL understood by the printer. See for more details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:17726 msgid "Multiple Queues" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17728 msgid "The entries in /etc/printcap are really definitions of queues. There can be more than one queue for a single printer. When combined with filters, multiple queues provide users more control over how their jobs are printed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17734 msgid "As an example, consider a networked PostScript laser printer in an office. Most users want to print plain text, but a few advanced users want to be able to print PostScript files directly. Two entries can be created for the same printer in /etc/printcap:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17740 #, no-wrap msgid "" "textprinter:\\\n" "\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n" "\t:sh:\\\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/textprinter:\\\n" "\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" "\n" "psprinter:\\\n" "\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n" "\t:sh:\\\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/psprinter:\\\n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" msgstr "" "textprinter:\\\n" "\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n" "\t:sh:\\\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/textprinter:\\\n" "\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" "\n" "psprinter:\\\n" "\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n" "\t:sh:\\\n" "\t:mx#0:\\\n" "\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/psprinter:\\\n" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17755 msgid "Documents sent to textprinter will be formatted by the /usr/local/libexec/enscript filter shown in an earlier example. Advanced users can print PostScript files on psprinter, where no filtering is done." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17762 msgid "This multiple queue technique can be used to provide direct access to all kinds of printer features. A printer with a duplexer could use two queues, one for ordinary single-sided printing, and one with a filter that sends the command sequence to enable double-sided printing and then sends the incoming file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:17771 msgid "Monitoring and Controlling Printing" msgstr "Toezicht en controle op afdrukken" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17773 msgid "Several utilities are available to monitor print jobs and check and control printer operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17777 msgid "lpq1" msgstr "lpq1" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17779 msgid "lpq1 shows the status of a user's print jobs. Print jobs from other users are not shown." msgstr " lpq1 toont de status van de afdruktaken van een gebruiker. Afdruktaken van andere gebruikers worden niet weergegeven." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17782 msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on a single printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17785 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq -Plp\n" "Rank Owner Job Files Total Size\n" "1st jsmith 0 (standard input) 12792 bytes" msgstr "" "% lpq -Plp\n" "Rank Owner Job Files Total Size\n" "1st jsmith 0 (standard input) 12792 bytes" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17789 msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on all printers:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17792 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq -a\n" "lp:\n" "Rank Owner Job Files Total Size\n" "1st jsmith 1 (standard input) 27320 bytes\n" "\n" "laser:\n" "Rank Owner Job Files Total Size\n" "1st jsmith 287 (standard input) 22443 bytes" msgstr "" "% lpq -a\n" "lp:\n" "Rank Owner Job Files Total Size\n" "1st jsmith 1 (standard input) 27320 bytes\n" "\n" "laser:\n" "Rank Owner Job Files Total Size\n" "1st jsmith 287 (standard input) 22443 bytes" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17803 msgid "lprm1" msgstr "lprm1" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17805 msgid "lprm1 is used to remove print jobs. Normal users are only allowed to remove their own jobs. root can remove any or all jobs." msgstr "lprm 1 wordt gebruikt om afdruktaken te verwijderen. Normale gebruikers zijn alleen toegestaan om hun eigen opdracht te verwijderen. root kan elke opdracht verwijderen." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17810 msgid "Remove all pending jobs from a printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17812 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lprm -Plp -\n" "dfA002smithy dequeued\n" "cfA002smithy dequeued\n" "dfA003smithy dequeued\n" "cfA003smithy dequeued\n" "dfA004smithy dequeued\n" "cfA004smithy dequeued" msgstr "" "# lprm -Plp -\n" "dfA002smithy dequeued\n" "cfA002smithy dequeued\n" "dfA003smithy dequeued\n" "cfA003smithy dequeued\n" "dfA004smithy dequeued\n" "cfA004smithy dequeued" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17820 msgid "Remove a single job from a printer. lpq1 is used to find the job number." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq\n" "Rank Owner Job Files Total Size\n" "1st jsmith 5 (standard input) 12188 bytes\n" "% lprm -Plp 5\n" "dfA005smithy dequeued\n" "cfA005smithy dequeued" msgstr "" "% lpq\n" "Rank Owner Job Files Total Size\n" "1st jsmith 5 (standard input) 12188 bytes\n" "% lprm -Plp 5\n" "dfA005smithy dequeued\n" "cfA005smithy dequeued" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17832 msgid "lpc8" msgstr "lpc8" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17834 msgid "lpc8 is used to check and modify printer status. lpc is followed by a command and an optional printer name. all can be used instead of a specific printer name, and the command will be applied to all printers. Normal users can view status with lpc8. Only class=\"username\">root can use commands which modify printer status." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17843 msgid "Show the status of all printers:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17845 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpc status all\n" "lp:\n" "\tqueuing is enabled\n" "\tprinting is enabled\n" "\t1 entry in spool area\n" "\tprinter idle\n" "laser:\n" "\tqueuing is enabled\n" "\tprinting is enabled\n" "\t1 entry in spool area\n" "\twaiting for laser to come up" msgstr "" "% lpc status all\n" "lp:\n" "\tqueuing is enabled\n" "\tprinting is enabled\n" "\t1 entry in spool area\n" "\tprinter idle\n" "laser:\n" "\tqueuing is enabled\n" "\tprinting is enabled\n" "\t1 entry in spool area\n" "\twaiting for laser to come up" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17857 msgid "Prevent a printer from accepting new jobs, then begin accepting new jobs again:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17860 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc disable lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tqueuing disabled\n" "# lpc enable lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tqueuing enabled" msgstr "" "# lpc disable lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tqueuing disabled\n" "# lpc enable lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tqueuing enabled" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17867 msgid "Stop printing, but continue to accept new jobs. Then begin printing again:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17870 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc stop lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tprinting disabled\n" "# lpc start lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tprinting enabled\n" "\tdaemon started" msgstr "" "# lpc stop lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tprinting disabled\n" "# lpc start lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tprinting enabled\n" "\tdaemon started" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17878 msgid "Restart a printer after some error condition:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17880 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc restart lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tno daemon to abort\n" "\tprinting enabled\n" "\tdaemon restarted" msgstr "" "# lpc restart lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tno daemon to abort\n" "\tprinting enabled\n" "\tdaemon restarted" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17886 msgid "Turn the print queue off and disable printing, with a message to explain the problem to users:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17889 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc down lp Repair parts will arrive on Monday\n" "lp:\n" "\tprinter and queuing disabled\n" "\tstatus message is now: Repair parts will arrive on Monday" msgstr "" "# lpc down lp Repair parts will arrive on Monday\n" "lp:\n" "\tprinter and queuing disabled\n" "\tstatus message is now: Repair parts will arrive on Monday" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17894 msgid "Re-enable a printer that is down:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17896 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc up lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tprinting enabled\n" "\tdaemon started" msgstr "" "# lpc up lp\n" "lp:\n" "\tprinting enabled\n" "\tdaemon started" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17901 msgid "See lpc8 for more commands and options." msgstr "Zie lpc8 voor meer opdrachten en opties." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:17906 msgid "Shared Printers" msgstr "Gedeelde Printers" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17908 msgid "Printers are often shared by multiple users in businesses and schools. Additional features are provided to make sharing printers more convenient." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17913 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Aliassen" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17915 msgid "The printer name is set in the first line of the entry in /etc/printcap. Additional names, or aliases, can be added after that name. Aliases are separated from the name and each other by vertical bars:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:17921 #, no-wrap msgid "lp|repairsprinter|salesprinter:\\" msgstr "lp|repairsprinter|salesprinter:\\" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17923 msgid "Aliases can be used in place of the printer name. For example, users in the Sales department print to their printer with" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17927 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Psalesprinter sales-report.txt" msgstr "% lpr -Psalesprinter sales-report.txt" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17929 msgid "Users in the Repairs department print to their printer with" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:17932 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Prepairsprinter repairs-report.txt" msgstr "% lpr -Prepairsprinter repairs-report.txt" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17934 msgid "All of the documents print on that single printer. When the Sales department grows enough to need their own printer, the alias can be removed from the shared printer entry and used as the name of a new printer. Users in both departments continue to use the same commands, but the Sales documents are sent to the new printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:17943 msgid "Header Pages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17945 msgid "It can be difficult for users to locate their documents in the stack of pages produced by a busy shared printer. Header pages were created to solve this problem. A header page with the user name and document name is printed before each print job. These pages are also sometimes called banner or separator pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17953 msgid "Enabling header pages differs depending on whether the printer is connected directly to the computer with a USB, parallel, or serial cable, or is connected remotely over a network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17958 msgid "Header pages on directly-connected printers are enabled by removing the :sh:\\ (Suppress Header) line from the entry in /etc/printcap. These header pages only use line feed characters for new lines. Some printers will need the /usr/share/examples/printing/hpif filter to prevent stairstepped text. The filter configures PCL printers to print both carriage returns and line feeds when a line feed is received." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:17968 msgid "Header pages for network printers must be configured on the printer itself. Header page entries in /etc/printcap are ignored. Settings are usually available from the printer front panel or a configuration web page accessible with a web browser." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:17979 book.translate.xml:22790 msgid "References" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17981 msgid "Example files: /usr/share/examples/printing/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17983 msgid "The 4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual, /usr/share/doc/smm/07.lpd/paper.ascii.gz." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:17987 msgid "Manual pages: printcap5, lpd8, lpr1, lpc8, lprm1, lpq1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:17993 msgid "Other Printing Systems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:17995 msgid "Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in lpd8. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:18000 msgid "CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18003 msgid "CUPS is a popular printing system available on many operating systems. Using CUPS on FreeBSD is documented in a separate article:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:18010 msgid "HPLIP" msgstr "HPLIP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18012 msgid "Hewlett Packard provides a printing system that supports many of their inkjet and laser printers. The port is print/hplip. The main web page is at . The port handles all the installation details on FreeBSD. Configuration information is shown at ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:18021 msgid "LPRng" msgstr "LPRng" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18023 msgid "LPRng was developed as an enhanced alternative to lpd8. The port is sysutils/LPRng. For details and documentation, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:18041 msgid "Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "Linux Binaire compatibiliteit" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:18044 msgid " Jim Mock Restructured and parts updated by " msgstr " Jim Mock Opnieuw gestructureerd en delen bijgewerkt door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:18055 msgid " Brian N. Handy Originally contributed by " msgstr " Brian N. Handige Origineel bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:18063 msgid " Rich Murphey " msgstr " Rich Murphey " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:18075 msgid "Linux binary compatibility" msgstr "Linux binary compatibility" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18083 msgid "FreeBSD provides binary compatibility with Linux, allowing users to install and run most Linux binaries on a FreeBSD system without having to first modify the binary. It has even been reported that, in some situations, Linux binaries perform better on FreeBSD than they do on Linux." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18089 msgid "However, some Linux-specific operating system features are not supported under FreeBSD. For example, Linux binaries will not work on FreeBSD if they overly use i386 specific calls, such as enabling virtual 8086 mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:18095 msgid "Support for 64-bit binary compatibility with Linux was added in FreeBSD 10.3." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:18103 msgid "How to enable Linux binary compatibility on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:18108 msgid "How to install additional Linux shared libraries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:18113 msgid "How to install Linux applications on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:18118 msgid "The implementation details of Linux compatibility in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:18127 msgid "Know how to install additional third-party software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:18135 msgid "Configuring Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:18137 msgid "Ports Collection" msgstr "Ports Collection" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18139 msgid "By default, Linux libraries are not installed and Linux binary compatibility is not enabled. Linux libraries can either be installed manually or from the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18144 msgid "Before attempting to build the port, load the Linux kernel module, otherwise the build will fail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:18147 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload linux" msgstr "# kldload linux" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18149 msgid "For 64-bit compatibility:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:18151 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload linux64" msgstr "# kldload linux64" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18153 msgid "To verify that the module is loaded:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:18155 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% kldstat\n" " Id Refs Address Size Name\n" " 1 2 0xc0100000 16bdb8 kernel\n" " 7 1 0xc24db000 d000 linux.ko" msgstr "" "% kldstat\n" " Id Refs Address Size Name\n" " 1 2 0xc0100000 16bdb8 kernel\n" " 7 1 0xc24db000 d000 linux.ko" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18160 msgid "The emulators/linux_base-c6 package or port is the easiest way to install a base set of Linux libraries and binaries on a FreeBSD system. To install the port:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:18165 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# printf \"compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18\\n\" >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" "# sysctl compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18\n" "# pkg install emulators/linux_base-c6" msgstr "" "# printf \"compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18\\n\" >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" "# sysctl compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18\n" "# pkg install emulators/linux_base-c6" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18169 msgid "For Linux compatibility to be enabled at boot time, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:18172 #, no-wrap msgid "linux_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "linux_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18174 msgid "On 64-bit machines, /etc/rc.d/abi will automatically load the module for 64-bit emulation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:18177 msgid "kernel options COMPAT_LINUX" msgstr "kernel options COMPAT_LINUX" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:18182 msgid "Users who prefer to statically link Linux binary compatibility into a custom kernel should add options COMPAT_LINUX to their custom kernel configuration file. Compile and install the new kernel as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:18189 msgid "Installing Additional Libraries Manually" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:18191 msgid "shared libraries" msgstr "shared libraries" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18195 msgid "If a Linux application complains about missing shared libraries after configuring Linux binary compatibility, determine which shared libraries the Linux binary needs and install them manually." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18200 msgid "From a Linux system, ldd can be used to determine which shared libraries the application needs. For example, to check which shared libraries linuxdoom needs, run this command from a Linux system that has Doom installed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18207 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ldd linuxdoom\n" "libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) => /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n" "libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) => /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n" "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) => /lib/libc.so.4.6.29" msgstr "" "% ldd linuxdoom\n" "libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) => /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n" "libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) => /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n" "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) => /lib/libc.so.4.6.29" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:18212 msgid "symbolic links" msgstr "symbolic links" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18216 msgid "Then, copy all the files in the last column of the output from the Linux system into /compat/linux on the FreeBSD system. Once copied, create symbolic links to the names in the first column. This example will result in the following files on the FreeBSD system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18223 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3 -> libXt.so.3.1.0\n" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3 -> libX11.so.3.1.0\n" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.29" msgstr "" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3 -> libXt.so.3.1.0\n" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3 -> libX11.so.3.1.0\n" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.29" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18230 msgid "If a Linux shared library already exists with a matching major revision number to the first column of the ldd output, it does not need to be copied to the file named in the last column, as the existing library should work. It is advisable to copy the shared library if it is a newer version, though. The old one can be removed, as long as the symbolic link points to the new one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18238 msgid "For example, these libraries already exist on the FreeBSD system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.27" msgstr "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.27" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18244 msgid "and ldd indicates that a binary requires a later version:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18247 #, no-wrap msgid "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -> libc.so.4.6.29" msgstr "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -> libc.so.4.6.29" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18249 msgid "Since the existing library is only one or two versions out of date in the last digit, the program should still work with the slightly older version. However, it is safe to replace the existing libc.so with the newer version:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18255 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.29" msgstr "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.29" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18258 msgid "Generally, one will need to look for the shared libraries that Linux binaries depend on only the first few times that a Linux program is installed on FreeBSD. After a while, there will be a sufficient set of Linux shared libraries on the system to be able to run newly installed Linux binaries without any extra work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:18267 msgid "Installing Linux ELF Binaries" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:18270 msgid "Linux ELF binaries" msgstr "Linux ELF binaries" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18275 msgid "ELF binaries sometimes require an extra step. When an unbranded ELF binary is executed, it will generate an error message:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18279 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ./my-linux-elf-binary\n" "ELF binary type not known\n" "Abort" msgstr "" "% ./my-linux-elf-binary\n" "ELF binary type not known\n" "Abort" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18283 msgid "To help the FreeBSD kernel distinguish between a FreeBSD ELF binary and a Linux binary, use brandelf1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18287 #, no-wrap msgid "% brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary" msgstr "% brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:18289 msgid "GNU toolchain" msgstr "GNU toolchain" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18293 msgid "Since the GNU toolchain places the appropriate branding information into ELF binaries automatically, this step is usually not necessary." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:18299 msgid "Installing a Linux RPM Based Application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18302 msgid "To install a Linux RPM-based application, first install the archivers/rpm4 package or port. Once installed, root can use this command to install a .rpm:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18309 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /compat/linux\n" "# rpm2cpio < /path/to/linux.archive.rpm | cpio -id" msgstr "" "# cd /compat/linux\n" "# rpm2cpio < /path/to/linux.archive.rpm | cpio -id" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18312 msgid "If necessary, brandelf the installed ELF binaries. Note that this will prevent a clean uninstall." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:18318 msgid "Configuring the Hostname Resolver" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18320 msgid "If DNS does not work or this error appears:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:18323 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n" "\"hosts\" is an invalid keyword" msgstr "" "resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n" "\"hosts\" is an invalid keyword" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18326 msgid "configure /compat/linux/etc/host.conf as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:18329 #, no-wrap msgid "" "order hosts, bind\n" "multi on" msgstr "" "order hosts, bind\n" "multi on" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:18332 msgid "This specifies that /etc/hosts is searched first and DNS is searched second. When /compat/linux/etc/host.conf does not exist, Linux applications use /etc/host.conf and complain about the incompatible FreeBSD syntax. Remove bind if a name server is not configured using /etc/resolv.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:19167 book.translate.xml:40426 book.translate.xml:51465 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19169 msgid "This section describes how Linux binary compatibility works and is based on an email written to FreeBSD chat mailing list by Terry Lambert tlambert@primenet.com (Message ID: <199906020108.SAA07001@usr09.primenet.com>)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19174 msgid "execution class loader" msgstr "execution class loader" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19176 msgid "FreeBSD has an abstraction called an execution class loader. This is a wedge into the execve2 system call." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19180 msgid "Historically, the UNIX loader examined the magic number (generally the first 4 or 8 bytes of the file) to see if it was a binary known to the system, and if so, invoked the binary loader." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19185 msgid "If it was not the binary type for the system, the execve2 call returned a failure, and the shell attempted to start executing it as shell commands. The assumption was a default of whatever the current shell is." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19191 msgid "Later, a hack was made for sh1 to examine the first two characters, and if they were :\\n, it invoked the csh1 shell instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19195 msgid "FreeBSD has a list of loaders, instead of a single loader, with a fallback to the #! loader for running shell interpreters or shell scripts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19199 msgid "ELF" msgstr "ELF" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19203 book.translate.xml:53515 msgid "Solaris" msgstr "Solaris" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19207 msgid "For the Linux ABI support, FreeBSD sees the magic number as an ELF binary. The ELF loader looks for a specialized brand, which is a comment section in the ELF image, and which is not present on SVR4/Solaris ELF binaries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19213 msgid "For Linux binaries to function, they must be branded as type Linux using brandelf1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:19217 #, no-wrap msgid "# brandelf -t Linux file" msgstr "# brandelf -t Linux file" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19219 msgid "ELF branding" msgstr "ELF branding" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19224 msgid "When the ELF loader sees the Linux brand, the loader replaces a pointer in the proc structure. All system calls are indexed through this pointer. In addition, the process is flagged for special handling of the trap vector for the signal trampoline code, and several other (minor) fix-ups that are handled by the Linux kernel module." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19232 msgid "The Linux system call vector contains, among other things, a list of sysent[] entries whose addresses reside in the kernel module." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19236 msgid "When a system call is called by the Linux binary, the trap code dereferences the system call function pointer off the proc structure, and gets the Linux, not the FreeBSD, system call entry points." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19241 msgid "Linux mode dynamically reroots lookups. This is, in effect, equivalent to the option to file system mounts. First, an attempt is made to lookup the file in /compat/linux/original-path. If that fails, the lookup is done in /original-path. This makes sure that binaries that require other binaries can run. For example, the Linux toolchain can all run under Linux ABI support. It also means that the Linux binaries can load and execute FreeBSD binaries, if there are no corresponding Linux binaries present, and that a uname1 command can be placed in the /compat/linux directory tree to ensure that the Linux binaries cannot tell they are not running on Linux." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19258 msgid "In effect, there is a Linux kernel in the FreeBSD kernel. The various underlying functions that implement all of the services provided by the kernel are identical to both the FreeBSD system call table entries, and the Linux system call table entries: file system operations, virtual memory operations, signal delivery, and System V IPC. The only difference is that FreeBSD binaries get the FreeBSD glue functions, and Linux binaries get the Linux glue functions. The FreeBSD glue functions are statically linked into the kernel, and the Linux glue functions can be statically linked, or they can be accessed via a kernel module." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19271 msgid "Technically, this is not really emulation, it is an ABI implementation. It is sometimes called Linux emulation because the implementation was done at a time when there was no other word to describe what was going on. Saying that FreeBSD ran Linux binaries was not true, since the code was not compiled in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: part/title #: book.translate.xml:19283 msgid "System Administration" msgstr "Systeembeheer" #. (itstool) path: partintro/para #: book.translate.xml:19286 msgid "The remaining chapters cover all aspects of FreeBSD system administration. Each chapter starts by describing what will be learned as a result of reading the chapter, and also details what the reader is expected to know before tackling the material." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: partintro/para #: book.translate.xml:19292 msgid "These chapters are designed to be read as the information is needed. They do not need to be read in any particular order, nor must all of them be read before beginning to use FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:19307 msgid "Configuration and Tuning" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:19310 msgid " Chern Lee Written by " msgstr " Chern Lee Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:19320 msgid " Mike Smith Based on a tutorial written by " msgstr " Mike Smith Gebaseerd op een tutorial geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:19330 msgid " Matt Dillon Also based on tuning(7) written by " msgstr " Matt Dillon Ook op basis van tuning(7) geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19343 msgid "system configuration" msgstr "system configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19346 msgid "system optimization" msgstr "system optimization" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19350 msgid "One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. This chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including some of the parameters which can be set to tune a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19359 msgid "The basics of rc.conf configuration and /usr/local/etc/rc.d startup scripts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19365 msgid "How to configure and test a network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19369 msgid "How to configure virtual hosts on network devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19374 msgid "How to use the various configuration files in /etc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19379 msgid "How to tune FreeBSD using sysctl8 variables." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19383 msgid "How to tune disk performance and modify kernel limitations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19392 book.translate.xml:29515 book.translate.xml:31262 #: book.translate.xml:35210 book.translate.xml:46398 msgid "Understand UNIX and FreeBSD basics ()." msgstr "Het begrijpen van UNIX en de FreeBSD Basis ()." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19397 msgid "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration and compilation ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:19405 msgid "Starting Services" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19418 msgid "services" msgstr "services" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19422 msgid "Many users install third party software on FreeBSD from the Ports Collection and require the installed services to be started upon system initialization. Services, such as mail/postfix or www/apache22 are just two of the many software packages which may be started during system initialization. This section explains the procedures available for starting third party software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19431 msgid "In FreeBSD, most included services, such as cron8, are started through the system startup scripts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:19435 msgid "Extended Application Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19437 msgid "Now that FreeBSD includes rc.d, configuration of application startup is easier and provides more features. Using the key words discussed in , applications can be set to start after certain other services and extra flags can be passed through /etc/rc.conf in place of hard coded flags in the startup script. A basic script may look similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19446 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "#\n" "# PROVIDE: utility\n" "# REQUIRE: DAEMON\n" "# KEYWORD: shutdown\n" "\n" ". /etc/rc.subr\n" "\n" "name=utility\n" "rcvar=utility_enable\n" "\n" "command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n" "\n" "load_rc_config $name\n" "\n" "#\n" "# DO NOT CHANGE THESE DEFAULT VALUES HERE\n" "# SET THEM IN THE /etc/rc.conf FILE\n" "#\n" "utility_enable=${utility_enable-\"NO\"}\n" "pidfile=${utility_pidfile-\"/var/run/utility.pid\"}\n" "\n" "run_rc_command \"$1\"" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "#\n" "# PROVIDE: utility\n" "# REQUIRE: DAEMON\n" "# KEYWORD: shutdown\n" "\n" ". /etc/rc.subr\n" "\n" "name=utility\n" "rcvar=utility_enable\n" "\n" "command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n" "\n" "load_rc_config $name\n" "\n" "#\n" "# DO NOT CHANGE THESE DEFAULT VALUES HERE\n" "# SET THEM IN THE /etc/rc.conf FILE\n" "#\n" "utility_enable=${utility_enable-\"NO\"}\n" "pidfile=${utility_pidfile-\"/var/run/utility.pid\"}\n" "\n" "run_rc_command \"$1\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19470 msgid "This script will ensure that the provided utility will be started after the DAEMON pseudo-service. It also provides a method for setting and tracking the process ID (PID)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19476 msgid "This application could then have the following line placed in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19479 #, no-wrap msgid "utility_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "utility_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19481 msgid "This method allows for easier manipulation of command line arguments, inclusion of the default functions provided in /etc/rc.subr, compatibility with rcorder8, and provides for easier configuration via rc.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:19489 msgid "Using Services to Start Services" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19491 msgid "Other services can be started using inetd8. Working with inetd8 and its configuration is described in depth in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19496 msgid "In some cases, it may make more sense to use cron8 to start system services. This approach has a number of advantages as cron8 runs these processes as the owner of the crontab5. This allows regular users to start and maintain their own applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19503 msgid "The @reboot feature of cron8, may be used in place of the time specification. This causes the job to run when cron8 is started, normally during system initialization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:19512 msgid "Configuring cron8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19525 msgid "cron configuration" msgstr "cron configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19530 msgid "One of the most useful utilities in FreeBSD is cron. This utility runs in the background and regularly checks /etc/crontab for tasks to execute and searches /var/cron/tabs for custom crontab files. These files are used to schedule tasks which cron runs at the specified times. Each entry in a crontab defines a task to run and is known as a cron job." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19540 msgid "Two different types of configuration files are used: the system crontab, which should not be modified, and user crontabs, which can be created and edited as needed. The format used by these files is documented in crontab5. The format of the system crontab, /etc/crontab includes a who column which does not exist in user crontabs. In the system crontab, cron runs the command as the user specified in this column. In a user crontab, all commands run as the user who created the crontab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19551 msgid "User crontabs allow individual users to schedule their own tasks. The root user can also have a user crontab which can be used to schedule tasks that do not exist in the system crontab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19557 msgid "Here is a sample entry from the system crontab, /etc/crontab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19560 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n" "#\n" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "# \n" "SHELL=/bin/sh\n" "PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin \n" "#\n" "#minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\twho\tcommand \n" "#\n" "*/5\t*\t*\t*\t*\troot\t/usr/libexec/atrun " msgstr "" "# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n" "#\n" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "# \n" "SHELL=/bin/sh\n" "PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin \n" "#\n" "#minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\twho\tcommand \n" "#\n" "*/5\t*\t*\t*\t*\troot\t/usr/libexec/atrun " #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:19573 msgid "Lines that begin with the # character are comments. A comment can be placed in the file as a reminder of what and why a desired action is performed. Comments cannot be on the same line as a command or else they will be interpreted as part of the command; they must be on a new line. Blank lines are ignored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:19582 msgid "The equals (=) character is used to define any environment settings. In this example, it is used to define the SHELL and PATH. If the SHELL is omitted, cron will use the default Bourne shell. If the PATH is omitted, the full path must be given to the command or script to run." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:19593 msgid "This line defines the seven fields used in a system crontab: minute, hour, mday, month, wday, who, and command. The minute field is the time in minutes when the specified command will be run, the hour is the hour when the specified command will be run, the mday is the day of the month, month is the month, and wday is the day of the week. These fields must be numeric values, representing the twenty-four hour clock, or a *, representing all values for that field. The who field only exists in the system crontab and specifies which user the command should be run as. The last field is the command to be executed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:19612 msgid "This entry defines the values for this cron job. The */5, followed by several more * characters, specifies that /usr/libexec/atrun is invoked by root every five minutes of every hour, of every day and day of the week, of every month." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:19620 msgid "Commands can include any number of switches. However, commands which extend to multiple lines need to be broken with the backslash \\ continuation character." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:19628 msgid "Creating a User Crontab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19630 msgid "To create a user crontab, invoke crontab in editor mode:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:19633 #, no-wrap msgid "% crontab -e" msgstr "% crontab -e" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19635 msgid "This will open the user's crontab using the default text editor. The first time a user runs this command, it will open an empty file. Once a user creates a crontab, this command will open that file for editing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19640 msgid "It is useful to add these lines to the top of the crontab file in order to set the environment variables and to remember the meanings of the fields in the crontab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SHELL=/bin/sh\n" "PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin\n" "# Order of crontab fields\n" "# minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\tcommand" msgstr "" "SHELL=/bin/sh\n" "PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin\n" "# Order of crontab fields\n" "# minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\tcommand" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19649 msgid "Then add a line for each command or script to run, specifying the time to run the command. This example runs the specified custom Bourne shell script every day at two in the afternoon. Since the path to the script is not specified in PATH, the full path to the script is given:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19656 #, no-wrap msgid "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh" msgstr "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:19659 msgid "Before using a custom script, make sure it is executable and test it with the limited set of environment variables set by cron. To replicate the environment that would be used to run the above cron entry, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19664 #, no-wrap msgid "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/dru LOGNAME=dru /usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh" msgstr "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/dru LOGNAME=dru /usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:19666 msgid "The environment set by cron is discussed in crontab5. Checking that scripts operate correctly in a cron environment is especially important if they include any commands that delete files using wildcards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19672 msgid "When finished editing the crontab, save the file. It will automatically be installed and cron will read the crontab and run its cron jobs at their specified times. To list the cron jobs in a crontab, use this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:19678 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% crontab -l\n" "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh" msgstr "" "% crontab -l\n" "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19681 msgid "To remove all of the cron jobs in a user crontab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:19683 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% crontab -r\n" "remove crontab for dru? y" msgstr "" "% crontab -r\n" "remove crontab for dru? y" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:19690 msgid "Managing Services in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19703 msgid "FreeBSD uses the rc8 system of startup scripts during system initialization and for managing services. The scripts listed in /etc/rc.d provide basic services which can be controlled with the , , and options to service8. For instance, sshd8 can be restarted with the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:19711 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd restart" msgstr "# service sshd restart" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19713 msgid "This procedure can be used to start services on a running system. Services will be started automatically at boot time as specified in rc.conf5. For example, to enable natd8 at system startup, add the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19719 #, no-wrap msgid "natd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "natd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19721 msgid "If a line is already present, change the NO to YES. The rc8 scripts will automatically load any dependent services during the next boot, as described below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19727 msgid "Since the rc8 system is primarily intended to start and stop services at system startup and shutdown time, the , and options will only perform their action if the appropriate /etc/rc.conf variable is set. For instance, sshd restart will only work if sshd_enable is set to in /etc/rc.conf. To , or a service regardless of the settings in /etc/rc.conf, these commands should be prefixed with one. For instance, to restart sshd8 regardless of the current /etc/rc.conf setting, execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:19743 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd onerestart" msgstr "# service sshd onerestart" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19745 msgid "To check if a service is enabled in /etc/rc.conf, run the appropriate rc8 script with . This example checks to see if sshd8 is enabled in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:19751 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sshd rcvar\n" "# sshd\n" "#\n" "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "# (default: \"\")" msgstr "" "# service sshd rcvar\n" "# sshd\n" "#\n" "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "# (default: \"\")" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:19758 msgid "The # sshd line is output from the above command, not a root console." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19763 msgid "To determine whether or not a service is running, use . For instance, to verify that sshd8 is running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:19767 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sshd status\n" "sshd is running as pid 433." msgstr "" "# service sshd status\n" "sshd is running as pid 433." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19770 msgid "In some cases, it is also possible to a service. This attempts to send a signal to an individual service, forcing the service to reload its configuration files. In most cases, this means sending the service a SIGHUP signal. Support for this feature is not included for every service." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19777 msgid "The rc8 system is used for network services and it also contributes to most of the system initialization. For instance, when the /etc/rc.d/bgfsck script is executed, it prints out the following message:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:19783 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19785 msgid "This script is used for background file system checks, which occur only during system initialization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19788 msgid "Many system services depend on other services to function properly. For example, yp8 and other RPC-based services may fail to start until after the rpcbind8 service has started. To resolve this issue, information about dependencies and other meta-data is included in the comments at the top of each startup script. The rcorder8 program is used to parse these comments during system initialization to determine the order in which system services should be invoked to satisfy the dependencies." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19799 msgid "The following key word must be included in all startup scripts as it is required by rc.subr8 to enable the startup script:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19805 msgid "PROVIDE: Specifies the services this file provides." msgstr "PROVIDE: geeft de diensten dit bestand voorziet." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19810 msgid "The following key words may be included at the top of each startup script. They are not strictly necessary, but are useful as hints to rcorder8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19816 msgid "REQUIRE: Lists services which are required for this service. The script containing this key word will run after the specified services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19823 msgid "BEFORE: Lists services which depend on this service. The script containing this key word will run before the specified services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19830 msgid "By carefully setting these keywords for each startup script, an administrator has a fine-grained level of control of the startup order of the scripts, without the need for runlevels used by some UNIX operating systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19836 msgid "Additional information can be found in rc8 and rc.subr8. Refer to this article for instructions on how to create custom rc8 scripts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:19842 msgid "Managing System-Specific Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19844 msgid "rc files rc.conf" msgstr "rc files rc.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19849 msgid "The principal location for system configuration information is /etc/rc.conf. This file contains a wide range of configuration information and it is read at system startup to configure the system. It provides the configuration information for the rc* files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19856 msgid "The entries in /etc/rc.conf override the default settings in /etc/defaults/rc.conf. The file containing the default settings should not be edited. Instead, all system-specific changes should be made to /etc/rc.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19863 msgid "A number of strategies may be applied in clustered applications to separate site-wide configuration from system-specific configuration in order to reduce administration overhead. The recommended approach is to place system-specific configuration into /etc/rc.conf.local. For example, these entries in /etc/rc.conf apply to all systems:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19872 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "keyrate=\"fast\"\n" "defaultrouter=\"10.1.1.254\"" msgstr "" "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "keyrate=\"fast\"\n" "defaultrouter=\"10.1.1.254\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19876 msgid "Whereas these entries in /etc/rc.conf.local apply to this system only:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:19880 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1/8\"" msgstr "" "hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1/8\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19883 msgid "Distribute /etc/rc.conf to every system using an application such as rsync or puppet, while /etc/rc.conf.local remains unique." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19890 msgid "Upgrading the system will not overwrite /etc/rc.conf, so system configuration information will not be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:19895 msgid "Both /etc/rc.conf and /etc/rc.conf.local are parsed by sh1. This allows system operators to create complex configuration scenarios. Refer to rc.conf5 for further information on this topic." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:19907 msgid "Setting Up Network Interface Cards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:19910 book.translate.xml:32266 book.translate.xml:32695 #: book.translate.xml:33078 msgid " Marc Fonvieille Contributed by " msgstr " Marc Fonvieille Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19920 book.translate.xml:20133 msgid "network cards configuration" msgstr "network cards configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:19925 msgid "Adding and configuring a network interface card (NIC) is a common task for any FreeBSD administrator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:19930 msgid "Locating the Correct Driver" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:19932 msgid "network cards driver" msgstr "network cards driver" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19937 msgid "First, determine the model of the NIC and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of NICs. Check the Hardware Compatibility List for the FreeBSD release to see if the NIC is supported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19943 msgid "If the NIC is supported, determine the name of the FreeBSD driver for the NIC. Refer to /usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES and /usr/src/sys/arch/conf/NOTES for the list of NIC drivers with some information about the supported chipsets. When in doubt, read the manual page of the driver as it will provide more information about the supported hardware and any known limitations of the driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19953 msgid "The drivers for common NICs are already present in the GENERIC kernel, meaning the NIC should be probed during boot. The system's boot messages can be viewed by typing more /var/run/dmesg.boot and using the spacebar to scroll through the text. In this example, two Ethernet NICs using the dc4 driver are present on the system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:19962 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dc0: <82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX> port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-0xd38\n" "000ff irq 15 at device 11.0 on pci0\n" "miibus0: <MII bus> on dc0\n" "bmtphy0: <BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY> PHY 1 on miibus0\n" "bmtphy0: 10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n" "dc0: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n" "dc0: [ITHREAD]\n" "dc1: <82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX> port 0x9800-0x98ff mem 0xd3000000-0xd30\n" "000ff irq 11 at device 12.0 on pci0\n" "miibus1: <MII bus> on dc1\n" "bmtphy1: <BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY> PHY 1 on miibus1\n" "bmtphy1: 10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n" "dc1: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n" "dc1: [ITHREAD]" msgstr "" "dc0: <82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX> port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-0xd38\n" "000ff irq 15 at device 11.0 on pci0\n" "miibus0: <MII bus> on dc0\n" "bmtphy0: <BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY> PHY 1 on miibus0\n" "bmtphy0: 10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n" "dc0: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n" "dc0: [ITHREAD]\n" "dc1: <82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX> port 0x9800-0x98ff mem 0xd3000000-0xd30\n" "000ff irq 11 at device 12.0 on pci0\n" "miibus1: <MII bus> on dc1\n" "bmtphy1: <BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY> PHY 1 on miibus1\n" "bmtphy1: 10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n" "dc1: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n" "dc1: [ITHREAD]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:19977 msgid "If the driver for the NIC is not present in GENERIC, but a driver is available, the driver will need to be loaded before the NIC can be configured and used. This may be accomplished in one of two ways:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19985 msgid "The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the NIC using kldload8. To also automatically load the driver at boot time, add the appropriate line to /boot/loader.conf. Not all NIC drivers are available as modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:19995 msgid "Alternatively, statically compile support for the NIC into a custom kernel. Refer to /usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES, /usr/src/sys/arch/conf/NOTES and the manual page of the driver to determine which line to add to the custom kernel configuration file. For more information about recompiling the kernel, refer to . If the NIC was detected at boot, the kernel does not need to be recompiled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:20008 msgid "Using Windows NDIS Drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20010 msgid "NDIS" msgstr "NDIS" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20013 msgid "NDISulator" msgstr "NDISulator" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20016 msgid "Windows drivers" msgstr "Windows -stuurprogramma 's" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20019 msgid "Microsoft Windows device drivers" msgstr " MicrosoftWindows   apparaatstuurprogramma 's" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20023 msgid "KLD (kernel loadable object)" msgstr "KLD (kernel loadable object)" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20031 msgid "Unfortunately, there are still many vendors that do not provide schematics for their drivers to the open source community because they regard such information as trade secrets. Consequently, the developers of FreeBSD and other operating systems are left with two choices: develop the drivers by a long and pain-staking process of reverse engineering or using the existing driver binaries available for Microsoft Windows platforms." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20040 msgid "FreeBSD provides native support for the Network Driver Interface Specification (NDIS). It includes ndisgen8 which can be used to convert a Windows XP driver into a format that can be used on FreeBSD. Because the ndis4 driver uses a Windows XP binary, it only runs on i386 and amd64 systems. PCI, CardBus, PCMCIA, and USB devices are supported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20050 msgid "To use ndisgen8, three things are needed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20054 msgid "FreeBSD kernel sources." msgstr "De broncode van de kernel van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20058 msgid "A Windows XP driver binary with a .SYS extension." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20063 msgid "A Windows XP driver configuration file with a .INF extension." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20068 msgid "Download the .SYS and .INF files for the specific NIC. Generally, these can be found on the driver CD or at the vendor's website. The following examples use W32DRIVER.SYS and W32DRIVER.INF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20075 msgid "The driver bit width must match the version of FreeBSD. For FreeBSD/i386, use a Windows 32-bit driver. For FreeBSD/amd64, a Windows 64-bit driver is needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20079 msgid "The next step is to compile the driver binary into a loadable kernel module. As root, use ndisgen8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20084 #, no-wrap msgid "# ndisgen /path/to/W32DRIVER.INF /path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS" msgstr "# ndisgen /path/to/W32DRIVER.INF /path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20086 msgid "This command is interactive and prompts for any extra information it requires. A new kernel module will be generated in the current directory. Use kldload8 to load the new module:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20091 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload ./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko" msgstr "# kldload ./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20093 msgid "In addition to the generated kernel module, the ndis.ko and if_ndis.ko modules must be loaded. This should happen automatically when any module that depends on ndis4 is loaded. If not, load them manually, using the following commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20100 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload ndis\n" "# kldload if_ndis" msgstr "" "# kldload ndis\n" "# kldload if_ndis" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20103 msgid "The first command loads the ndis4 miniport driver wrapper and the second loads the generated NIC driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20107 msgid "Check dmesg8 to see if there were any load errors. If all went well, the output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20111 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ndis0: <Wireless-G PCI Adapter> mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at device 8.0 on pci1\n" "ndis0: NDIS API version: 5.0\n" "ndis0: Ethernet address: 0a:b1:2c:d3:4e:f5\n" "ndis0: 11b rates: 1Mbps 2Mbps 5.5Mbps 11Mbps\n" "ndis0: 11g rates: 6Mbps 9Mbps 12Mbps 18Mbps 36Mbps 48Mbps 54Mbps" msgstr "" "ndis0: <Wireless-G PCI Adapter> mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at device 8.0 on pci1\n" "ndis0: NDIS API version: 5.0\n" "ndis0: Ethernet address: 0a:b1:2c:d3:4e:f5\n" "ndis0: 11b rates: 1Mbps 2Mbps 5.5Mbps 11Mbps\n" "ndis0: 11g rates: 6Mbps 9Mbps 12Mbps 18Mbps 36Mbps 48Mbps 54Mbps" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20117 msgid "From here, ndis0 can be configured like any other NIC." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20120 msgid "To configure the system to load the ndis4 modules at boot time, copy the generated module, W32DRIVER_SYS.ko, to /boot/modules. Then, add the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20126 #, no-wrap msgid "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:20131 msgid "Configuring the Network Card" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20138 msgid "Once the right driver is loaded for the NIC, the card needs to be configured. It may have been configured at installation time by bsdinstall8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20143 msgid "To display the NIC configuration, enter the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:20146 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig\n" "dc0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=80008<VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE>\n" " ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n" " inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX <full-duplex>)\n" " status: active\n" "dc1: flags=8802<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=80008<VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE>\n" " ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n" " inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n" " media: Ethernet 10baseT/UTP\n" " status: no carrier\n" "lo0: flags=8049<UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 16384\n" " options=3<RXCSUM,TXCSUM>\n" " inet6 fe80::1%lo0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4\n" " inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128\n" " inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 0xff000000\n" " nd6 options=3<PERFORMNUD,ACCEPT_RTADV>" msgstr "" "% ifconfig\n" "dc0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=80008<VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE>\n" " ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n" " inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX <full-duplex>)\n" " status: active\n" "dc1: flags=8802<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=80008<VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE>\n" " ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n" " inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n" " media: Ethernet 10baseT/UTP\n" " status: no carrier\n" "lo0: flags=8049<UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 16384\n" " options=3<RXCSUM,TXCSUM>\n" " inet6 fe80::1%lo0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4\n" " inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128\n" " inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 0xff000000\n" " nd6 options=3<PERFORMNUD,ACCEPT_RTADV>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20166 msgid "In this example, the following devices were displayed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20171 msgid "dc0: The first Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20176 msgid "dc1: The second Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20181 msgid "lo0: The loopback device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20186 msgid "FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by the order in which the card is detected at boot to name the NIC. For example, sis2 is the third NIC on the system using the sis4 driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20193 msgid "In this example, dc0 is up and running. The key indicators are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20198 msgid "UP means that the card is configured and ready." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20203 msgid "The card has an Internet (inet) address, 192.168.1.3." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20208 msgid "It has a valid subnet mask (netmask), where 0xffffff00 is the same as 255.255.255.0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20215 msgid "It has a valid broadcast address, 192.168.1.255." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20219 msgid "The MAC address of the card (ether) is 00:a0:cc:da:da:da." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20224 msgid "The physical media selection is on autoselection mode (media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX <full-duplex>)). In this example, dc1 is configured to run with 10baseT/UTP media. For more information on available media types for a driver, refer to its manual page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20234 msgid "The status of the link (status) is active, indicating that the carrier signal is detected. For dc1, the status: no carrier status is normal when an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20243 msgid "If the ifconfig8 output had shown something similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:20246 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dc0: flags=8843<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\toptions=80008<VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE>\n" "\tether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n" "\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX <full-duplex>)\n" "\tstatus: active" msgstr "" "dc0: flags=8843<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\toptions=80008<VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE>\n" "\tether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n" "\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX <full-duplex>)\n" "\tstatus: active" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20252 msgid "it would indicate the card has not been configured." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20254 msgid "The card must be configured as root. The NIC configuration can be performed from the command line with ifconfig8 but will not persist after a reboot unless the configuration is also added to /etc/rc.conf. If a DHCP server is present on the LAN, just add this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20263 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\"" msgstr "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20265 msgid "Replace dc0 with the correct value for the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20268 msgid "The line added, then, follow the instructions given in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:20272 msgid "If the network was configured during installation, some entries for the NIC(s) may be already present. Double check /etc/rc.conf before adding any lines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20278 msgid "In the case, there is no DHCP server, the NIC(s) have to be configured manually. Add a line for each NIC present on the system, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20283 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_dc1=\"inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 media 10baseT/UTP\"" msgstr "" "ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_dc1=\"inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 media 10baseT/UTP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20286 msgid "Replace dc0 and dc1 and the IP address information with the correct values for the system. Refer to the man page for the driver, ifconfig8, and rc.conf5 for more details about the allowed options and the syntax of /etc/rc.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20293 msgid "If the network is not using DNS, edit /etc/hosts to add the names and IP addresses of the hosts on the LAN, if they are not already there. For more information, refer to hosts5 and to /usr/share/examples/etc/hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:20301 msgid "If there is no DHCP server and access to the Internet is needed, manually configure the default gateway and the nameserver:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:20305 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# echo 'defaultrouter=\"your_default_router\"' >> /etc/rc.conf\n" "# echo 'nameserver your_DNS_server' >> /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" "# echo 'defaultrouter=\"your_default_router\"' >> /etc/rc.conf\n" "# echo 'nameserver your_DNS_server' >> /etc/resolv.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:20311 msgid "Testing and Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20313 msgid "Once the necessary changes to /etc/rc.conf are saved, a reboot can be used to test the network configuration and to verify that the system restarts without any configuration errors. Alternatively, apply the settings to the networking system with this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:20320 book.translate.xml:62686 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif restart" msgstr "# service netif restart" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:20323 msgid "If a default gateway has been set in /etc/rc.conf, also issue this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:20327 #, no-wrap msgid "# service routing restart" msgstr "# service routing restart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20330 msgid "Once the networking system has been relaunched, test the NICs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:20334 msgid "Testing the Ethernet Card" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20336 msgid "network cards testing" msgstr "network cards testing" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20341 msgid "To verify that an Ethernet card is configured correctly, ping8 the interface itself, and then ping8 another machine on the LAN:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20345 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ping -c5 192.168.1.3\n" "PING 192.168.1.3 (192.168.1.3): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.082 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.074 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.108 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n" "\n" "--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.074/0.083/0.108/0.013 ms" msgstr "" "% ping -c5 192.168.1.3\n" "PING 192.168.1.3 (192.168.1.3): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.082 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.074 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.108 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n" "\n" "--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.074/0.083/0.108/0.013 ms" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20357 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ping -c5 192.168.1.2\n" "PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.726 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.766 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.700 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.747 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.704 ms\n" "\n" "--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.700/0.729/0.766/0.025 ms" msgstr "" "% ping -c5 192.168.1.2\n" "PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.726 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.766 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.700 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.747 ms\n" "64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.704 ms\n" "\n" "--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.700/0.729/0.766/0.025 ms" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20369 msgid "To test network resolution, use the host name instead of the IP address. If there is no DNS server on the network, /etc/hosts must first be configured. To this purpose, edit /etc/hosts to add the names and IP addresses of the hosts on the LAN, if they are not already there. For more information, refer to hosts5 and to /usr/share/examples/etc/hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20384 msgid "network cards troubleshooting" msgstr "network cards troubleshooting" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20389 msgid "When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple things first. Is the network cable plugged in? Are the network services properly configured? Is the firewall configured correctly? Is the NIC supported by FreeBSD? Before sending a bug report, always check the Hardware Notes, update the version of FreeBSD to the latest STABLE version, check the mailing list archives, and search the Internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20398 msgid "If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through tuning7. Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network settings can cause slow connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20403 msgid "Some users experience one or two device timeout messages, which is normal for some cards. If they continue, or are bothersome, determine if the device is conflicting with another device. Double check the cable connections. Consider trying another card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20410 msgid "To resolve watchdog timeout errors, first check the network cable. Many cards require a PCI slot which supports bus mastering. On some old motherboards, only one PCI slot allows it, usually slot 0. Check the NIC and the motherboard documentation to determine if that may be the problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20419 msgid "No route to host messages occur if the system is unable to route a packet to the destination host. This can happen if no default route is specified or if a cable is unplugged. Check the output of netstat -rn and make sure there is a valid route to the host. If there is not, read ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20427 msgid "ping: sendto: Permission denied error messages are often caused by a misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on FreeBSD but no rules have been defined, the default policy is to deny all traffic, even ping8. Refer to for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20434 msgid "Sometimes performance of the card is poor or below average. In these cases, try setting the media selection mode from autoselect to the correct media selection. While this works for most hardware, it may or may not resolve the issue. Again, check all the network settings, and refer to tuning7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:20446 msgid "Virtual Hosts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20448 msgid "virtual hosts" msgstr "virtual hosts" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20449 msgid "IP aliases" msgstr "IP aliases" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20452 msgid "A common use of FreeBSD is virtual site hosting, where one server appears to the network as many servers. This is achieved by assigning multiple network addresses to a single interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20457 msgid "A given network interface has one real address, and may have any number of alias addresses. These aliases are normally added by placing alias entries in /etc/rc.conf, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20463 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\"" msgstr "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20465 msgid "Alias entries must start with alias0 using a sequential number such as alias0, alias1, and so on. The configuration process will stop at the first missing number." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20472 msgid "The calculation of alias netmasks is important. For a given interface, there must be one address which correctly represents the network's netmask. Any other addresses which fall within this network must have a netmask of all 1s, expressed as either 255.255.255.255 or 0xffffffff." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20480 msgid "For example, consider the case where the fxp0 interface is connected to two networks: 10.1.1.0 with a netmask of 255.255.255.0 and 202.0.75.16 with a netmask of 255.255.255.240. The system is to be configured to appear in the ranges 10.1.1.1 through 10.1.1.5 and 202.0.75.17 through 202.0.75.20. Only the first address in a given network range should have a real netmask. All the rest (10.1.1.2 through 10.1.1.5 and 202.0.75.18 through 202.0.75.20) must be configured with a netmask of 255.255.255.255." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20502 msgid "The following /etc/rc.conf entries configure the adapter correctly for this scenario:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20505 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet 10.1.1.2 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias1=\"inet 10.1.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias2=\"inet 10.1.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias3=\"inet 10.1.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias4=\"inet 202.0.75.17 netmask 255.255.255.240\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias5=\"inet 202.0.75.18 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias6=\"inet 202.0.75.19 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias7=\"inet 202.0.75.20 netmask 255.255.255.255\"" msgstr "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet 10.1.1.2 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias1=\"inet 10.1.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias2=\"inet 10.1.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias3=\"inet 10.1.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias4=\"inet 202.0.75.17 netmask 255.255.255.240\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias5=\"inet 202.0.75.18 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias6=\"inet 202.0.75.19 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0_alias7=\"inet 202.0.75.20 netmask 255.255.255.255\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20515 msgid "A simpler way to express this is with a space-separated list of IP address ranges. The first address will be given the indicated subnet mask and the additional addresses will have a subnet mask of 255.255.255.255." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20521 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\"" msgstr "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\"" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:20526 msgid "Configuring System Logging" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:20529 msgid " Niclas Zeising Contributed by " msgstr " Niclas Zeising Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20539 msgid "system logging" msgstr "system logging" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20542 book.translate.xml:57402 msgid "syslog" msgstr "syslog" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20545 msgid "syslogd8" msgstr "syslogd8" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20549 msgid "Generating and reading system logs is an important aspect of system administration. The information in system logs can be used to detect hardware and software issues as well as application and system configuration errors. This information also plays an important role in security auditing and incident response. Most system daemons and applications will generate log entries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20557 msgid "FreeBSD provides a system logger, syslogd, to manage logging. By default, syslogd is started when the system boots. This is controlled by the variable syslogd_enable in /etc/rc.conf. There are numerous application arguments that can be set using syslogd_flags in /etc/rc.conf. Refer to syslogd8 for more information on the available arguments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:20568 msgid "This section describes how to configure the FreeBSD system logger for both local and remote logging and how to perform log rotation and log management." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:20573 msgid "Configuring Local Logging" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20575 msgid "syslog.conf" msgstr "syslog.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20577 msgid "The configuration file, /etc/syslog.conf, controls what syslogd does with log entries as they are received. There are several parameters to control the handling of incoming events. The facility describes which subsystem generated the message, such as the kernel or a daemon, and the level describes the severity of the event that occurred. This makes it possible to configure if and where a log message is logged, depending on the facility and level. It is also possible to take action depending on the application that sent the message, and in the case of remote logging, the hostname of the machine generating the logging event." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20592 msgid "This configuration file contains one line per action, where the syntax for each line is a selector field followed by an action field. The syntax of the selector field is facility.level which will match log messages from facility at level level or higher. It is also possible to add an optional comparison flag before the level to specify more precisely what is logged. Multiple selector fields can be used for the same action, and are separated with a semicolon (;). Using * will match everything. The action field denotes where to send the log message, such as to a file or remote log host. As an example, here is the default syslog.conf from FreeBSD:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20607 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However,\n" "# other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field\n" "# separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you\n" "# may want to use only tabs as field separators here.\n" "# Consult the syslog.conf(5) manpage.\n" "*.err;kern.warning;auth.notice;mail.crit /dev/console\n" "*.notice;authpriv.none;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err /var/log/messages\n" "security.* /var/log/security\n" "auth.info;authpriv.info /var/log/auth.log\n" "mail.info /var/log/maillog\n" "lpr.info /var/log/lpd-errs\n" "ftp.info /var/log/xferlog\n" "cron.* /var/log/cron\n" "!-devd\n" "*.=debug /var/log/debug.log\n" "*.emerg *\n" "# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log\n" "#console.info /var/log/console.log\n" "# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log\n" "# touch /var/log/all.log and chmod it to mode 600 before it will work\n" "#*.* /var/log/all.log\n" "# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote loghost named loghost\n" "#*.* @loghost\n" "# uncomment these if you're running inn\n" "# news.crit /var/log/news/news.crit\n" "# news.err /var/log/news/news.err\n" "# news.notice /var/log/news/news.notice\n" "# Uncomment this if you wish to see messages produced by devd\n" "# !devd\n" "# *.>=info\n" "!ppp\n" "*.* /var/log/ppp.log\n" "!*" msgstr "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However,\n" "# other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field\n" "# separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you\n" "# may want to use only tabs as field separators here.\n" "# Consult the syslog.conf(5) manpage.\n" "*.err;kern.warning;auth.notice;mail.crit /dev/console\n" "*.notice;authpriv.none;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err /var/log/messages\n" "security.* /var/log/security\n" "auth.info;authpriv.info /var/log/auth.log\n" "mail.info /var/log/maillog\n" "lpr.info /var/log/lpd-errs\n" "ftp.info /var/log/xferlog\n" "cron.* /var/log/cron\n" "!-devd\n" "*.=debug /var/log/debug.log\n" "*.emerg *\n" "# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log\n" "#console.info /var/log/console.log\n" "# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log\n" "# touch /var/log/all.log and chmod it to mode 600 before it will work\n" "#*.* /var/log/all.log\n" "# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote loghost named loghost\n" "#*.* @loghost\n" "# uncomment these if you're running inn\n" "# news.crit /var/log/news/news.crit\n" "# news.err /var/log/news/news.err\n" "# news.notice /var/log/news/news.notice\n" "# Uncomment this if you wish to see messages produced by devd\n" "# !devd\n" "# *.>=info\n" "!ppp\n" "*.* /var/log/ppp.log\n" "!*" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20643 msgid "In this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20647 msgid "Line 8 matches all messages with a level of err or higher, as well as kern.warning, auth.notice and mail.crit, and sends these log messages to the console (/dev/console)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20657 msgid "Line 12 matches all messages from the mail facility at level info or above and logs the messages to /var/log/maillog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20664 msgid "Line 17 uses a comparison flag (=) to only match messages at level debug and logs them to /var/log/debug.log." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20671 msgid "Line 33 is an example usage of a program specification. This makes the rules following it only valid for the specified program. In this case, only the messages generated by ppp are logged to /var/log/ppp.log." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20679 msgid "The available levels, in order from most to least critical are emerg, alert, crit, err, warning, notice, info, and debug." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20686 msgid "The facilities, in no particular order, are auth, authpriv, console, cron, daemon, ftp, kern, lpr, mail, mark, news, security, syslog, user, uucp, and local0 through local7. Be aware that other operating systems might have different facilities." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20698 msgid "To log everything of level notice and higher to /var/log/daemon.log, add the following entry:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20702 #, no-wrap msgid "daemon.notice /var/log/daemon.log" msgstr "daemon.notice /var/log/daemon.log" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20704 msgid "For more information about the different levels and facilities, refer to syslog3 and syslogd8. For more information about /etc/syslog.conf, its syntax, and more advanced usage examples, see syslog.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:20712 msgid "Log Management and Rotation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20714 msgid "newsyslog" msgstr "newsyslog" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20715 msgid "newsyslog.conf" msgstr "newsyslog.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20716 msgid "log rotation" msgstr "log rotation" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:20717 msgid "log management" msgstr "log management" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20719 msgid "Log files can grow quickly, taking up disk space and making it more difficult to locate useful information. Log management attempts to mitigate this. In FreeBSD, newsyslog is used to manage log files. This built-in program periodically rotates and compresses log files, and optionally creates missing log files and signals programs when log files are moved. The log files may be generated by syslogd or by any other program which generates log files. While newsyslog is normally run from cron8, it is not a system daemon. In the default configuration, it runs every hour." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20732 msgid "To know which actions to take, newsyslog reads its configuration file, /etc/newsyslog.conf. This file contains one line for each log file that newsyslog manages. Each line states the file owner, permissions, when to rotate that file, optional flags that affect log rotation, such as compression, and programs to signal when the log is rotated. Here is the default configuration in FreeBSD:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20742 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# configuration file for newsyslog\n" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Entries which do not specify the '/pid_file' field will cause the\n" "# syslogd process to be signalled when that log file is rotated. This\n" "# action is only appropriate for log files which are written to by the\n" "# syslogd process (ie, files listed in /etc/syslog.conf). If there\n" "# is no process which needs to be signalled when a given log file is\n" "# rotated, then the entry for that file should include the 'N' flag.\n" "#\n" "# The 'flags' field is one or more of the letters: BCDGJNUXZ or a '-'.\n" "#\n" "# Note: some sites will want to select more restrictive protections than the\n" "# defaults. In particular, it may be desirable to switch many of the 644\n" "# entries to 640 or 600. For example, some sites will consider the\n" "# contents of maillog, messages, and lpd-errs to be confidential. In the\n" "# future, these defaults may change to more conservative ones.\n" "#\n" "# logfilename [owner:group] mode count size when flags [/pid_file] [sig_num]\n" "/var/log/all.log 600 7 * @T00 J\n" "/var/log/amd.log 644 7 100 * J\n" "/var/log/auth.log 600 7 100 @0101T JC\n" "/var/log/console.log 600 5 100 * J\n" "/var/log/cron 600 3 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/daily.log 640 7 * @T00 JN\n" "/var/log/debug.log 600 7 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/kerberos.log 600 7 100 * J\n" "/var/log/lpd-errs 644 7 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/maillog 640 7 * @T00 JC\n" "/var/log/messages 644 5 100 @0101T JC\n" "/var/log/monthly.log 640 12 * $M1D0 JN\n" "/var/log/pflog 600 3 100 * JB /var/run/pflogd.pid\n" "/var/log/ppp.log root:network 640 3 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/devd.log 644 3 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/security 600 10 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/sendmail.st 640 10 * 168 B\n" "/var/log/utx.log 644 3 * @01T05 B\n" "/var/log/weekly.log 640 5 1 $W6D0 JN\n" "/var/log/xferlog 600 7 100 * JC" msgstr "" "# configuration file for newsyslog\n" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Entries which do not specify the '/pid_file' field will cause the\n" "# syslogd process to be signalled when that log file is rotated. This\n" "# action is only appropriate for log files which are written to by the\n" "# syslogd process (ie, files listed in /etc/syslog.conf). If there\n" "# is no process which needs to be signalled when a given log file is\n" "# rotated, then the entry for that file should include the 'N' flag.\n" "#\n" "# The 'flags' field is one or more of the letters: BCDGJNUXZ or a '-'.\n" "#\n" "# Note: some sites will want to select more restrictive protections than the\n" "# defaults. In particular, it may be desirable to switch many of the 644\n" "# entries to 640 or 600. For example, some sites will consider the\n" "# contents of maillog, messages, and lpd-errs to be confidential. In the\n" "# future, these defaults may change to more conservative ones.\n" "#\n" "# logfilename [owner:group] mode count size when flags [/pid_file] [sig_num]\n" "/var/log/all.log 600 7 * @T00 J\n" "/var/log/amd.log 644 7 100 * J\n" "/var/log/auth.log 600 7 100 @0101T JC\n" "/var/log/console.log 600 5 100 * J\n" "/var/log/cron 600 3 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/daily.log 640 7 * @T00 JN\n" "/var/log/debug.log 600 7 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/kerberos.log 600 7 100 * J\n" "/var/log/lpd-errs 644 7 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/maillog 640 7 * @T00 JC\n" "/var/log/messages 644 5 100 @0101T JC\n" "/var/log/monthly.log 640 12 * $M1D0 JN\n" "/var/log/pflog 600 3 100 * JB /var/run/pflogd.pid\n" "/var/log/ppp.log root:network 640 3 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/devd.log 644 3 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/security 600 10 100 * JC\n" "/var/log/sendmail.st 640 10 * 168 B\n" "/var/log/utx.log 644 3 * @01T05 B\n" "/var/log/weekly.log 640 5 1 $W6D0 JN\n" "/var/log/xferlog 600 7 100 * JC" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20782 msgid "Each line starts with the name of the log to be rotated, optionally followed by an owner and group for both rotated and newly created files. The mode field sets the permissions on the log file and count denotes how many rotated log files should be kept. The size and when fields tell newsyslog when to rotate the file. A log file is rotated when either its size is larger than the size field or when the time in the when field has passed. An asterisk (*) means that this field is ignored. The flags field gives further instructions, such as how to compress the rotated file or to create the log file if it is missing. The last two fields are optional and specify the name of the Process ID (PID) file of a process and a signal number to send to that process when the file is rotated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20800 msgid "For more information on all fields, valid flags, and how to specify the rotation time, refer to newsyslog.conf5. Since newsyslog is run from cron8, it cannot rotate files more often than it is scheduled to run from cron8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:20809 msgid "Configuring Remote Logging" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20822 msgid "Monitoring the log files of multiple hosts can become unwieldy as the number of systems increases. Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of the administrative burden of log file administration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:20827 msgid "In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be configured using syslogd and newsyslog. This section demonstrates an example configuration, where host A, named logserv.example.com, will collect logging information for the local network. Host B, named logclient.example.com, will be configured to pass logging information to the logging server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:20839 msgid "Log Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20841 msgid "A log server is a system that has been configured to accept logging information from other hosts. Before configuring a log server, check the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20847 msgid "If there is a firewall between the logging server and any logging clients, ensure that the firewall ruleset allows UDP port 514 for both the clients and the server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:20854 msgid "The logging server and all client machines must have forward and reverse entries in the local DNS. If the network does not have a DNS server, create entries in each system's /etc/hosts. Proper name resolution is required so that log entries are not rejected by the logging server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20864 msgid "On the log server, edit /etc/syslog.conf to specify the name of the client to receive log entries from, the logging facility to be used, and the name of the log to store the host's log entries. This example adds the hostname of B, logs all facilities, and stores the log entries in /var/log/logclient.log." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:20874 msgid "Sample Log Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20876 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+logclient.example.com\n" "*.* /var/log/logclient.log" msgstr "" "+logclient.example.com\n" "*.* /var/log/logclient.log" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20880 msgid "When adding multiple log clients, add a similar two-line entry for each client. More information about the available facilities may be found in syslog.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20884 msgid "Next, configure /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "syslogd_flags=\"-a logclient.example.com -v -v\"" msgstr "" "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "syslogd_flags=\"-a logclient.example.com -v -v\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20890 msgid "The first entry starts syslogd at system boot. The second entry allows log entries from the specified client. The increases the verbosity of logged messages. This is useful for tweaking facilities as administrators are able to see what type of messages are being logged under each facility." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20898 msgid "Multiple options may be specified to allow logging from multiple clients. IP addresses and whole netblocks may also be specified. Refer to syslogd8 for a full list of possible options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20904 msgid "Finally, create the log file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20906 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /var/log/logclient.log" msgstr "# touch /var/log/logclient.log" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20908 msgid "At this point, syslogd should be restarted and verified:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20911 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service syslogd restart\n" "# pgrep syslog" msgstr "" "# service syslogd restart\n" "# pgrep syslog" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20914 msgid "If a PID is returned, the server restarted successfully, and client configuration can begin. If the server did not restart, consult /var/log/messages for the error." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:20921 msgid "Log Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20923 msgid "A logging client sends log entries to a logging server on the network. The client also keeps a local copy of its own logs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20927 msgid "Once a logging server has been configured, edit /etc/rc.conf on the logging client:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20931 #, no-wrap msgid "" "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "syslogd_flags=\"-s -v -v\"" msgstr "" "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "syslogd_flags=\"-s -v -v\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20934 msgid "The first entry enables syslogd on boot up. The second entry prevents logs from being accepted by this client from other hosts () and increases the verbosity of logged messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20940 msgid "Next, define the logging server in the client's /etc/syslog.conf. In this example, all logged facilities are sent to a remote system, denoted by the @ symbol, with the specified hostname:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20946 #, no-wrap msgid "*.*\t\t@logserv.example.com" msgstr "*.*\t\t@logserv.example.com" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20948 msgid "After saving the edit, restart syslogd for the changes to take effect:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20952 book.translate.xml:20996 #, no-wrap msgid "# service syslogd restart" msgstr "# service syslogd restart" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20954 msgid "To test that log messages are being sent across the network, use logger1 on the client to send a message to syslogd:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:20958 #, no-wrap msgid "# logger \"Test message from logclient\"" msgstr "# logger \"Test message from logclient\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20960 msgid "This message should now exist both in /var/log/messages on the client and /var/log/logclient.log on the log server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:20967 msgid "Debugging Log Servers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20969 msgid "If no messages are being received on the log server, the cause is most likely a network connectivity issue, a hostname resolution issue, or a typo in a configuration file. To isolate the cause, ensure that both the logging server and the logging client are able to ping each other using the hostname specified in their /etc/rc.conf. If this fails, check the network cabling, the firewall ruleset, and the hostname entries in the DNS server or /etc/hosts on both the logging server and clients. Repeat until the ping is successful from both hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20983 msgid "If the ping succeeds on both hosts but log messages are still not being received, temporarily increase logging verbosity to narrow down the configuration issue. In the following example, /var/log/logclient.log on the logging server is empty and /var/log/messages on the logging client does not indicate a reason for the failure. To increase debugging output, edit the syslogd_flags entry on the logging server and issue a restart:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:20994 #, no-wrap msgid "syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\"" msgstr "syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:20998 msgid "Debugging data similar to the following will flash on the console immediately after the restart:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:21001 #, no-wrap msgid "" "logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n" "syslogd: restarted\n" "logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n" "Logging to FILE /var/log/messages\n" "syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n" "cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n" "validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n" "rejected in rule 0 due to name mismatch." msgstr "" "logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n" "syslogd: restarted\n" "logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n" "Logging to FILE /var/log/messages\n" "syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n" "cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n" "validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n" "rejected in rule 0 due to name mismatch." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21010 msgid "In this example, the log messages are being rejected due to a typo which results in a hostname mismatch. The client's hostname should be logclient, not logclien. Fix the typo, issue a restart, and verify the results:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:21016 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service syslogd restart\n" "logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n" "syslogd: restarted\n" "logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n" "syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n" "logmsg: pri 166, flags 17, from logserv.example.com,\n" "msg Dec 10 20:55:02 <syslog.err> logserv.example.com syslogd: exiting on signal 2\n" "cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n" "validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n" "accepted in rule 0.\n" "logmsg: pri 15, flags 0, from logclient.example.com, msg Dec 11 02:01:28 trhodes: Test message 2\n" "Logging to FILE /var/log/logclient.log\n" "Logging to FILE /var/log/messages" msgstr "" "# service syslogd restart\n" "logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n" "syslogd: restarted\n" "logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n" "syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n" "logmsg: pri 166, flags 17, from logserv.example.com,\n" "msg Dec 10 20:55:02 <syslog.err> logserv.example.com syslogd: exiting on signal 2\n" "cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n" "validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n" "accepted in rule 0.\n" "logmsg: pri 15, flags 0, from logclient.example.com, msg Dec 11 02:01:28 trhodes: Test message 2\n" "Logging to FILE /var/log/logclient.log\n" "Logging to FILE /var/log/messages" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21030 msgid "At this point, the messages are being properly received and placed in the correct file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21035 book.translate.xml:52939 msgid "Security Considerations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21037 msgid "As with any network service, security requirements should be considered before implementing a logging server. Log files may contain sensitive data about services enabled on the local host, user accounts, and configuration data. Network data sent from the client to the server will not be encrypted or password protected. If a need for encryption exists, consider using security/stunnel, which will transmit the logging data over an encrypted tunnel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21047 msgid "Local security is also an issue. Log files are not encrypted during use or after log rotation. Local users may access log files to gain additional insight into system configuration. Setting proper permissions on log files is critical. The built-in log rotator, newsyslog, supports setting permissions on newly created and rotated log files. Setting log files to mode 600 should prevent unwanted access by local users. Refer to newsyslog.conf5 for additional information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21065 msgid "/etc Layout" msgstr "/etc Layout" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21068 msgid "There are a number of directories in which configuration information is kept. These include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21078 msgid "/etc" msgstr "/etc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21079 msgid "Generic system-specific configuration information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21084 msgid "/etc/defaults" msgstr "/etc/defaults" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21085 msgid "Default versions of system configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21090 msgid "/etc/mail" msgstr "/etc/mail" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21091 msgid "Extra sendmail8 configuration and other MTA configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21096 msgid "/etc/ppp" msgstr "/etc/ppp" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21097 msgid "Configuration for both user- and kernel-ppp programs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21102 book.translate.xml:55715 msgid "/etc/namedb" msgstr "/etc/namedb" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21103 msgid "Default location for named8 data. Normally named.conf and zone files are stored here." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21109 msgid "/usr/local/etc" msgstr "/usr/local/etc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21110 msgid "Configuration files for installed applications. May contain per-application subdirectories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21115 msgid "/usr/local/etc/rc.d" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/rc.d" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21116 msgid "rc8 scripts for installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21121 msgid "/var/db" msgstr "/var/db" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21122 msgid "Automatically generated system-specific database files, such as the package database and the locate1 database." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21132 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "Hostnamen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21134 msgid "hostname" msgstr "hostname" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21135 book.translate.xml:49592 book.translate.xml:50694 #: book.translate.xml:51580 book.translate.xml:55425 msgid "DNS" msgstr "DNS" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21138 msgid "/etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21140 msgid "resolv.conf" msgstr "resolv.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21144 msgid "How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (DNS) is controlled by resolv.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21148 msgid "The most common entries to /etc/resolv.conf are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21158 msgid "nameserver" msgstr "nameserver" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21159 msgid "The IP address of a name server the resolver should query. The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21166 msgid "search" msgstr "search" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21167 msgid "Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain of the local hostname." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21173 msgid "domain" msgstr "domain" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:21174 msgid "The local domain name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21180 msgid "A typical /etc/resolv.conf looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:21183 #, no-wrap msgid "" "search example.com\n" "nameserver 147.11.1.11\n" "nameserver 147.11.100.30" msgstr "" "search example.com\n" "nameserver 147.11.1.11\n" "nameserver 147.11.100.30" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:21188 msgid "Only one of the search and domain options should be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21192 msgid "When using DHCP, dhclient8 usually rewrites /etc/resolv.conf with information received from the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21199 msgid "/etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21201 msgid "hosts" msgstr "hosts" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21203 msgid "/etc/hosts is a simple text database which works in conjunction with DNS and NIS to provide host name to IP address mappings. Entries for local computers connected via a LAN can be added to this file for simplistic naming purposes instead of setting up a named8 server. Additionally, /etc/hosts can be used to provide a local record of Internet names, reducing the need to query external DNS servers for commonly accessed names." msgstr "/etc/hosts is a simple text database which works in conjunction with DNS and NIS to provide host name to IP address mappings. Entries for local computers connected via a LAN can be added to this file for simplistic naming purposes instead of setting up a named8 server. Additionally, /etc/hosts can be used to provide a local record of Internet names, reducing the need to query external DNS servers for commonly accessed names." #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:21216 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "#\n" "# Host Database\n" "#\n" "# This file should contain the addresses and aliases for local hosts that\n" "# share this file. Replace 'my.domain' below with the domainname of your\n" "# machine.\n" "#\n" "# In the presence of the domain name service or NIS, this file may\n" "# not be consulted at all; see /etc/nsswitch.conf for the resolution order.\n" "#\n" "#\n" "::1\t\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n" "127.0.0.1\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n" "#\n" "# Imaginary network.\n" "#10.0.0.2\t\tmyname.my.domain myname\n" "#10.0.0.3\t\tmyfriend.my.domain myfriend\n" "#\n" "# According to RFC 1918, you can use the following IP networks for\n" "# private nets which will never be connected to the Internet:\n" "#\n" "#\t10.0.0.0\t- 10.255.255.255\n" "#\t172.16.0.0\t- 172.31.255.255\n" "#\t192.168.0.0\t- 192.168.255.255\n" "#\n" "# In case you want to be able to connect to the Internet, you need\n" "# real official assigned numbers. Do not try to invent your own network\n" "# numbers but instead get one from your network provider (if any) or\n" "# from your regional registry (ARIN, APNIC, LACNIC, RIPE NCC, or AfriNIC.)\n" "#" msgstr "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "#\n" "# Host Database\n" "#\n" "# This file should contain the addresses and aliases for local hosts that\n" "# share this file. Replace 'my.domain' below with the domainname of your\n" "# machine.\n" "#\n" "# In the presence of the domain name service or NIS, this file may\n" "# not be consulted at all; see /etc/nsswitch.conf for the resolution order.\n" "#\n" "#\n" "::1\t\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n" "127.0.0.1\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n" "#\n" "# Imaginary network.\n" "#10.0.0.2\t\tmyname.my.domain myname\n" "#10.0.0.3\t\tmyfriend.my.domain myfriend\n" "#\n" "# According to RFC 1918, you can use the following IP networks for\n" "# private nets which will never be connected to the Internet:\n" "#\n" "#\t10.0.0.0\t- 10.255.255.255\n" "#\t172.16.0.0\t- 172.31.255.255\n" "#\t192.168.0.0\t- 192.168.255.255\n" "#\n" "# In case you want to be able to connect to the Internet, you need\n" "# real official assigned numbers. Do not try to invent your own network\n" "# numbers but instead get one from your network provider (if any) or\n" "# from your regional registry (ARIN, APNIC, LACNIC, RIPE NCC, or AfriNIC.)\n" "#" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21249 msgid "The format of /etc/hosts is as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:21252 #, no-wrap msgid "[Internet address] [official hostname] [alias1] [alias2] ..." msgstr "[Internet address] [official hostname] [alias1] [alias2] ..." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21254 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:21256 #, no-wrap msgid "10.0.0.1 myRealHostname.example.com myRealHostname foobar1 foobar2" msgstr "10.0.0.1 myRealHostname.example.com myRealHostname foobar1 foobar2" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21258 msgid "Consult hosts5 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:21264 msgid "Tuning with sysctl8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21266 book.translate.xml:21311 msgid "sysctl" msgstr "sysctl" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21267 msgid "tuning with sysctl" msgstr "tuning with sysctl" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:21272 msgid "sysctl8 is used to make changes to a running FreeBSD system. This includes many advanced options of the TCP/IP stack and virtual memory system that can dramatically improve performance for an experienced system administrator. Over five hundred system variables can be read and set using sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:21279 msgid "At its core, sysctl8 serves two functions: to read and to modify system settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:21282 msgid "To view all readable variables:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:21284 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl -a" msgstr "% sysctl -a" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:21286 msgid "To read a particular variable, specify its name:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:21288 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.maxproc\n" "kern.maxproc: 1044" msgstr "" "% sysctl kern.maxproc\n" "kern.maxproc: 1044" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:21291 msgid "To set a particular variable, use the variable=value syntax:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:21295 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000\n" "kern.maxfiles: 2088 -> 5000" msgstr "" "# sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000\n" "kern.maxfiles: 2088 -> 5000" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:21298 msgid "Settings of sysctl variables are usually either strings, numbers, or booleans, where a boolean is 1 for yes or 0 for no." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:21302 msgid "To automatically set some variables each time the machine boots, add them to /etc/sysctl.conf. For more information, refer to sysctl.conf5 and ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21308 msgid "sysctl.conf" msgstr "sysctl.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21310 msgid "sysctl.conf" msgstr "sysctl.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21313 msgid "The configuration file for sysctl8, /etc/sysctl.conf, looks much like /etc/rc.conf. Values are set in a variable=value form. The specified values are set after the system goes into multi-user mode. Not all variables are settable in this mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21320 msgid "For example, to turn off logging of fatal signal exits and prevent users from seeing processes started by other users, the following tunables can be set in /etc/sysctl.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:21325 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n" "kern.logsigexit=0\n" "\n" "# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n" "# are being run under another UID.\n" "security.bsd.see_other_uids=0" msgstr "" "# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n" "kern.logsigexit=0\n" "\n" "# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n" "# are being run under another UID.\n" "security.bsd.see_other_uids=0" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:21335 msgid "sysctl8 Read-only" msgstr " sysctl 8 Alleen lezen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21348 msgid "In some cases it may be desirable to modify read-only sysctl8 values, which will require a reboot of the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21352 msgid "For instance, on some laptop models the cardbus4 device will not probe memory ranges and will fail with errors similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:21356 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cbb0: Could not map register memory\n" "device_probe_and_attach: cbb0 attach returned 12" msgstr "" "cbb0: Could not map register memory\n" "device_probe_and_attach: cbb0 attach returned 12" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21359 msgid "The fix requires the modification of a read-only sysctl8 setting. Add to /boot/loader.conf and reboot. Now cardbus4 should work properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:21368 msgid "Tuning Disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:21370 msgid "The following section will discuss various tuning mechanisms and options which may be applied to disk devices. In many cases, disks with mechanical parts, such as SCSI drives, will be the bottleneck driving down the overall system performance. While a solution is to install a drive without mechanical parts, such as a solid state drive, mechanical drives are not going away anytime in the near future. When tuning disks, it is advisable to utilize the features of the iostat8 command to test various changes to the system. This command will allow the user to obtain valuable information on system IO." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21384 msgid "Sysctl Variables" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21387 msgid "vfs.vmiodirenable" msgstr "vfs.vmiodirenable" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21389 msgid "vfs.vmiodirenable" msgstr "vfs.vmiodirenable" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21393 msgid "The vfs.vmiodirenable sysctl8 variable may be set to either 0 (off) or 1 (on). It is set to 1 by default. This variable controls how directories are cached by the system. Most directories are small, using just a single fragment (typically 1 K) in the file system and typically 512 bytes in the buffer cache. With this variable turned off, the buffer cache will only cache a fixed number of directories, even if the system has a huge amount of memory. When turned on, this sysctl8 allows the buffer cache to use the VM page cache to cache the directories, making all the memory available for caching directories. However, the minimum in-core memory used to cache a directory is the physical page size (typically 4 K) rather than 512  bytes. Keeping this option enabled is recommended if the system is running any services which manipulate large numbers of files. Such services can include web caches, large mail systems, and news systems. Keeping this option on will generally not reduce performance, even with the wasted memory, but one should experiment to find out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21419 msgid "vfs.write_behind" msgstr "vfs.write_behind" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21421 msgid "vfs.write_behind" msgstr "vfs.write_behind" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21425 msgid "The vfs.write_behind sysctl8 variable defaults to 1 (on). This tells the file system to issue media writes as full clusters are collected, which typically occurs when writing large sequential files. This avoids saturating the buffer cache with dirty buffers when it would not benefit I/O performance. However, this may stall processes and under certain circumstances should be turned off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21437 msgid "vfs.hirunningspace" msgstr "vfs.hirunningspace" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21439 msgid "vfs.hirunningspace" msgstr "vfs.hirunningspace" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21443 msgid "The vfs.hirunningspace sysctl8 variable determines how much outstanding write I/O may be queued to disk controllers system-wide at any given instance. The default is usually sufficient, but on machines with many disks, try bumping it up to four or five megabytes. Setting too high a value which exceeds the buffer cache's write threshold can lead to bad clustering performance. Do not set this value arbitrarily high as higher write values may add latency to reads occurring at the same time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21454 msgid "There are various other buffer cache and VM page cache related sysctl8 values. Modifying these values is not recommended as the VM system does a good job of automatically tuning itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21462 msgid "vm.swap_idle_enabled" msgstr "vm.swap_idle_enabled" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21464 msgid "vm.swap_idle_enabled" msgstr "vm.swap_idle_enabled" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21468 msgid "The vm.swap_idle_enabled sysctl8 variable is useful in large multi-user systems with many active login users and lots of idle processes. Such systems tend to generate continuous pressure on free memory reserves. Turning this feature on and tweaking the swapout hysteresis (in idle seconds) via vm.swap_idle_threshold1 and vm.swap_idle_threshold2 depresses the priority of memory pages associated with idle processes more quickly then the normal pageout algorithm. This gives a helping hand to the pageout daemon. Only turn this option on if needed, because the tradeoff is essentially pre-page memory sooner rather than later which eats more swap and disk bandwidth. In a small system this option will have a determinable effect, but in a large system that is already doing moderate paging, this option allows the VM system to stage whole processes into and out of memory easily." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21489 msgid "hw.ata.wc" msgstr "hw.ata.wc" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21491 msgid "hw.ata.wc" msgstr "hw.ata.wc" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21495 msgid "Turning off IDE write caching reduces write bandwidth to IDE disks, but may sometimes be necessary due to data consistency issues introduced by hard drive vendors. The problem is that some IDE drives lie about when a write completes. With IDE write caching turned on, IDE hard drives write data to disk out of order and will sometimes delay writing some blocks indefinitely when under heavy disk load. A crash or power failure may cause serious file system corruption. Check the default on the system by observing the hw.ata.wc sysctl8 variable. If IDE write caching is turned off, one can set this read-only variable to 1 in /boot/loader.conf in order to enable it at boot time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21513 msgid "For more information, refer to ata4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21517 msgid "SCSI_DELAY (kern.cam.scsi_delay)" msgstr "SCSI_DELAY (kern.cam.scsi_delay)" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21520 msgid "kern.cam.scsi_delay" msgstr "kern.cam.scsi_delay" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21524 msgid "kernel options SCSI DELAY" msgstr "kernel options SCSI DELAY" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21529 msgid "The SCSI_DELAY kernel configuration option may be used to reduce system boot times. The defaults are fairly high and can be responsible for 15 seconds of delay in the boot process. Reducing it to 5 seconds usually works with modern drives. The kern.cam.scsi_delay boot time tunable should be used. The tunable and kernel configuration option accept values in terms of milliseconds and not seconds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21545 msgid "Soft Updates" msgstr "Soft Updates" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21547 msgid "Soft Updates" msgstr "Soft Updates" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21548 msgid "tunefs8" msgstr "tunefs8" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21550 msgid "To fine-tune a file system, use tunefs8. This program has many different options. To toggle Soft Updates on and off, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:21554 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tunefs -n enable /filesystem\n" "# tunefs -n disable /filesystem" msgstr "" "# tunefs -n enable /filesystem\n" "# tunefs -n disable /filesystem" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21557 msgid "A file system cannot be modified with tunefs8 while it is mounted. A good time to enable Soft Updates is before any partitions have been mounted, in single-user mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21561 msgid "Soft Updates is recommended for UFS file systems as it drastically improves meta-data performance, mainly file creation and deletion, through the use of a memory cache. There are two downsides to Soft Updates to be aware of. First, Soft Updates guarantee file system consistency in the case of a crash, but could easily be several seconds or even a minute behind updating the physical disk. If the system crashes, unwritten data may be lost. Secondly, Soft Updates delay the freeing of file system blocks. If the root file system is almost full, performing a major update, such as make installworld, can cause the file system to run out of space and the update to fail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21575 msgid "More Details About Soft Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21577 msgid "Soft Updates details" msgstr "Soft Updates details" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21582 msgid "Meta-data updates are updates to non-content data like inodes or directories. There are two traditional approaches to writing a file system's meta-data back to disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21586 msgid "Historically, the default behavior was to write out meta-data updates synchronously. If a directory changed, the system waited until the change was actually written to disk. The file data buffers (file contents) were passed through the buffer cache and backed up to disk later on asynchronously. The advantage of this implementation is that it operates safely. If there is a failure during an update, meta-data is always in a consistent state. A file is either created completely or not at all. If the data blocks of a file did not find their way out of the buffer cache onto the disk by the time of the crash, fsck8 recognizes this and repairs the file system by setting the file length to 0. Additionally, the implementation is clear and simple. The disadvantage is that meta-data changes are slow. For example, rm -r touches all the files in a directory sequentially, but each directory change will be written synchronously to the disk. This includes updates to the directory itself, to the inode table, and possibly to indirect blocks allocated by the file. Similar considerations apply for unrolling large hierarchies using tar -x." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21609 msgid "The second approach is to use asynchronous meta-data updates. This is the default for a UFS file system mounted with mount -o async. Since all meta-data updates are also passed through the buffer cache, they will be intermixed with the updates of the file content data. The advantage of this implementation is there is no need to wait until each meta-data update has been written to disk, so all operations which cause huge amounts of meta-data updates work much faster than in the synchronous case. This implementation is still clear and simple, so there is a low risk for bugs creeping into the code. The disadvantage is that there is no guarantee for a consistent state of the file system. If there is a failure during an operation that updated large amounts of meta-data, like a power failure or someone pressing the reset button, the file system will be left in an unpredictable state. There is no opportunity to examine the state of the file system when the system comes up again as the data blocks of a file could already have been written to the disk while the updates of the inode table or the associated directory were not. It is impossible to implement a fsck8 which is able to clean up the resulting chaos because the necessary information is not available on the disk. If the file system has been damaged beyond repair, the only choice is to reformat it and restore from backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21636 msgid "The usual solution for this problem is to implement dirty region logging, which is also referred to as journaling. Meta-data updates are still written synchronously, but only into a small region of the disk. Later on, they are moved to their proper location. Because the logging area is a small, contiguous region on the disk, there are no long distances for the disk heads to move, even during heavy operations, so these operations are quicker than synchronous updates. Additionally, the complexity of the implementation is limited, so the risk of bugs being present is low. A disadvantage is that all meta-data is written twice, once into the logging region and once to the proper location, so performance pessimization might result. On the other hand, in case of a crash, all pending meta-data operations can be either quickly rolled back or completed from the logging area after the system comes up again, resulting in a fast file system startup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21655 msgid "Kirk McKusick, the developer of Berkeley FFS, solved this problem with Soft Updates. All pending meta-data updates are kept in memory and written out to disk in a sorted sequence (ordered meta-data updates). This has the effect that, in case of heavy meta-data operations, later updates to an item catch the earlier ones which are still in memory and have not already been written to disk. All operations are generally performed in memory before the update is written to disk and the data blocks are sorted according to their position so that they will not be on the disk ahead of their meta-data. If the system crashes, an implicit log rewind causes all operations which were not written to the disk appear as if they never happened. A consistent file system state is maintained that appears to be the one of 30 to 60 seconds earlier. The algorithm used guarantees that all resources in use are marked as such in their blocks and inodes. After a crash, the only resource allocation error that occurs is that resources are marked as used which are actually free. fsck8 recognizes this situation, and frees the resources that are no longer used. It is safe to ignore the dirty state of the file system after a crash by forcibly mounting it with mount -f. In order to free resources that may be unused, fsck8 needs to be run at a later time. This is the idea behind the background fsck8: at system startup time, only a snapshot of the file system is recorded and fsck8 is run afterwards. All file systems can then be mounted dirty, so the system startup proceeds in multi-user mode. Then, background fsck8 is scheduled for all file systems where this is required, to free resources that may be unused. File systems that do not use Soft Updates still need the usual foreground fsck8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21693 msgid "The advantage is that meta-data operations are nearly as fast as asynchronous updates and are faster than logging, which has to write the meta-data twice. The disadvantages are the complexity of the code, a higher memory consumption, and some idiosyncrasies. After a crash, the state of the file system appears to be somewhat older. In situations where the standard synchronous approach would have caused some zero-length files to remain after the fsck8, these files do not exist at all with Soft Updates because neither the meta-data nor the file contents have been written to disk. Disk space is not released until the updates have been written to disk, which may take place some time after running rm1. This may cause problems when installing large amounts of data on a file system that does not have enough free space to hold all the files twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:21715 msgid "Tuning Kernel Limits" msgstr "Kernel limieten optimaliseren" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21717 msgid "tuning kernel limits" msgstr "tuning kernel limits" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21723 msgid "File/Process Limits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21726 msgid "kern.maxfiles" msgstr "kern.maxfiles" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21728 msgid "kern.maxfiles" msgstr "kern.maxfiles" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21732 msgid "The kern.maxfiles sysctl8 variable can be raised or lowered based upon system requirements. This variable indicates the maximum number of file descriptors on the system. When the file descriptor table is full, file: table is full will show up repeatedly in the system message buffer, which can be viewed using dmesg8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21740 msgid "Each open file, socket, or fifo uses one file descriptor. A large-scale production server may easily require many thousands of file descriptors, depending on the kind and number of services running concurrently." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21745 msgid "In older FreeBSD releases, the default value of kern.maxfiles is derived from in the kernel configuration file. kern.maxfiles grows proportionally to the value of . When compiling a custom kernel, consider setting this kernel configuration option according to the use of the system. From this number, the kernel is given most of its pre-defined limits. Even though a production machine may not have 256 concurrent users, the resources needed may be similar to a high-scale web server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21757 msgid "The read-only sysctl8 variable kern.maxusers is automatically sized at boot based on the amount of memory available in the system, and may be determined at run-time by inspecting the value of kern.maxusers. Some systems require larger or smaller values of kern.maxusers and values of 64, 128, and 256 are not uncommon. Going above 256 is not recommended unless a huge number of file descriptors is needed. Many of the tunable values set to their defaults by kern.maxusers may be individually overridden at boot-time or run-time in /boot/loader.conf. Refer to loader.conf5 and /boot/defaults/loader.conf for more details and some hints." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: footnote/para #: book.translate.xml:21779 msgid "The auto-tuning algorithm sets maxusers equal to the amount of memory in the system, with a minimum of 32, and a maximum of 384." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21776 msgid "In older releases, the system will auto-tune maxusers if it is set to 0. <_:footnote-1/>. When setting this option, set maxusers to at least 4, especially if the system runs Xorg or is used to compile software. The most important table set by maxusers is the maximum number of processes, which is set to 20 + 16 * maxusers. If maxusers is set to 1, there can only be 36 simultaneous processes, including the 18 or so that the system starts up at boot time and the 15 or so used by Xorg. Even a simple task like reading a manual page will start up nine processes to filter, decompress, and view it. Setting maxusers to 64 allows up to 1044 simultaneous processes, which should be enough for nearly all uses. If, however, the proc table full error is displayed when trying to start another program, or a server is running with a large number of simultaneous users, increase the number and rebuild." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:21808 msgid "maxusers does not limit the number of users which can log into the machine. It instead sets various table sizes to reasonable values considering the maximum number of users on the system and how many processes each user will be running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21818 msgid "kern.ipc.soacceptqueue" msgstr "kern.ipc.soacceptqueue" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21820 msgid "kern.ipc.soacceptqueue" msgstr "kern.ipc.soacceptqueue" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21824 msgid "The kern.ipc.soacceptqueue sysctl8 variable limits the size of the listen queue for accepting new TCP connections. The default value of 128 is typically too low for robust handling of new connections on a heavily loaded web server. For such environments, it is recommended to increase this value to 1024 or higher. A service such as sendmail8, or Apache may itself limit the listen queue size, but will often have a directive in its configuration file to adjust the queue size. Large listen queues do a better job of avoiding Denial of Service (DoS) attacks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21841 msgid "Network Limits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21843 msgid "The NMBCLUSTERS kernel configuration option dictates the amount of network Mbufs available to the system. A heavily-trafficked server with a low number of Mbufs will hinder performance. Each cluster represents approximately 2 K of memory, so a value of 1024 represents 2 megabytes of kernel memory reserved for network buffers. A simple calculation can be done to figure out how many are needed. A web server which maxes out at 1000 simultaneous connections where each connection uses a 6 K receive and 16 K send buffer, requires approximately 32 MB worth of network buffers to cover the web server. A good rule of thumb is to multiply by 2, so 2x32 MB / 2 KB = 64 MB / 2 kB = 32768. Values between 4096 and 32768 are recommended for machines with greater amounts of memory. Never specify an arbitrarily high value for this parameter as it could lead to a boot time crash. To observe network cluster usage, use with netstat1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21867 msgid "The kern.ipc.nmbclusters loader tunable should be used to tune this at boot time. Only older versions of FreeBSD will require the use of the NMBCLUSTERS kernel config8 option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:21873 msgid "For busy servers that make extensive use of the sendfile2 system call, it may be necessary to increase the number of sendfile2 buffers via the NSFBUFS kernel configuration option or by setting its value in /boot/loader.conf (see loader8 for details). A common indicator that this parameter needs to be adjusted is when processes are seen in the sfbufa state. The sysctl8 variable kern.ipc.nsfbufs is read-only. This parameter nominally scales with kern.maxusers, however it may be necessary to tune accordingly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:21887 msgid "Even though a socket has been marked as non-blocking, calling sendfile2 on the non-blocking socket may result in the sendfile2 call blocking until enough struct sf_buf's are made available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21895 msgid "net.inet.ip.portrange.*" msgstr "net.inet.ip.portrange.*" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21897 msgid "net.inet.ip.portrange.*" msgstr "net.inet.ip.portrange.*" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21901 msgid "The net.inet.ip.portrange.* sysctl8 variables control the port number ranges automatically bound to TCP and UDP sockets. There are three ranges: a low range, a default range, and a high range. Most network programs use the default range which is controlled by net.inet.ip.portrange.first and net.inet.ip.portrange.last, which default to 1024 and 5000, respectively. Bound port ranges are used for outgoing connections and it is possible to run the system out of ports under certain circumstances. This most commonly occurs when running a heavily loaded web proxy. The port range is not an issue when running a server which handles mainly incoming connections, such as a web server, or has a limited number of outgoing connections, such as a mail relay. For situations where there is a shortage of ports, it is recommended to increase net.inet.ip.portrange.last modestly. A value of 10000, 20000 or 30000 may be reasonable. Consider firewall effects when changing the port range. Some firewalls may block large ranges of ports, usually low-numbered ports, and expect systems to use higher ranges of ports for outgoing connections. For this reason, it is not recommended that the value of net.inet.ip.portrange.first be lowered." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21932 msgid "TCP Bandwidth Delay Product" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:21934 msgid "TCP Bandwidth Delay Product Limiting net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21940 msgid "TCP bandwidth delay product limiting can be enabled by setting the net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable sysctl8 variable to 1. This instructs the system to attempt to calculate the bandwidth delay product for each connection and limit the amount of data queued to the network to just the amount required to maintain optimum throughput." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21949 msgid "This feature is useful when serving data over modems, Gigabit Ethernet, high speed WAN links, or any other link with a high bandwidth delay product, especially when also using window scaling or when a large send window has been configured. When enabling this option, also set net.inet.tcp.inflight.debug to 0 to disable debugging. For production use, setting net.inet.tcp.inflight.min to at least 6144 may be beneficial. Setting high minimums may effectively disable bandwidth limiting, depending on the link. The limiting feature reduces the amount of data built up in intermediate route and switch packet queues and reduces the amount of data built up in the local host's interface queue. With fewer queued packets, interactive connections, especially over slow modems, will operate with lower Round Trip Times. This feature only effects server side data transmission such as uploading. It has no effect on data reception or downloading." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21969 msgid "Adjusting net.inet.tcp.inflight.stab is not recommended. This parameter defaults to 20, representing 2 maximal packets added to the bandwidth delay product window calculation. The additional window is required to stabilize the algorithm and improve responsiveness to changing conditions, but it can also result in higher ping8 times over slow links, though still much lower than without the inflight algorithm. In such cases, try reducing this parameter to 15, 10, or 5 and reducing net.inet.tcp.inflight.min to a value such as 3500 to get the desired effect. Reducing these parameters should be done as a last resort only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:21988 msgid "Virtual Memory" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:21991 msgid "kern.maxvnodes" msgstr "kern.maxvnodes" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:21993 msgid "A vnode is the internal representation of a file or directory. Increasing the number of vnodes available to the operating system reduces disk I/O. Normally, this is handled by the operating system and does not need to be changed. In some cases where disk I/O is a bottleneck and the system is running out of vnodes, this setting needs to be increased. The amount of inactive and free RAM will need to be taken into account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22003 msgid "To see the current number of vnodes in use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:22005 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.numvnodes\n" "vfs.numvnodes: 91349" msgstr "" "# sysctl vfs.numvnodes\n" "vfs.numvnodes: 91349" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22008 msgid "To see the maximum vnodes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:22010 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl kern.maxvnodes\n" "kern.maxvnodes: 100000" msgstr "" "# sysctl kern.maxvnodes\n" "kern.maxvnodes: 100000" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22013 msgid "If the current vnode usage is near the maximum, try increasing kern.maxvnodes by a value of 1000. Keep an eye on the number of vfs.numvnodes. If it climbs up to the maximum again, kern.maxvnodes will need to be increased further. Otherwise, a shift in memory usage as reported by top1 should be visible and more memory should be active." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:22026 msgid "Adding Swap Space" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22028 msgid "Sometimes a system requires more swap space. This section describes two methods to increase swap space: adding swap to an existing partition or new hard drive, and creating a swap file on an existing partition." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22033 msgid "For information on how to encrypt swap space, which options exist, and why it should be done, refer to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:22037 msgid "Swap on a New Hard Drive or Existing Partition" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22039 msgid "Adding a new hard drive for swap gives better performance than using a partition on an existing drive. Setting up partitions and hard drives is explained in while discusses partition layouts and swap partition size considerations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22044 msgid "Use swapon to add a swap partition to the system. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:22047 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapon /dev/ada1s1b" msgstr "# swapon /dev/ada1s1b" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:22050 msgid "It is possible to use any partition not currently mounted, even if it already contains data. Using swapon on a partition that contains data will overwrite and destroy that data. Make sure that the partition to be added as swap is really the intended partition before running swapon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22058 msgid "To automatically add this swap partition on boot, add an entry to /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:22061 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ada1s1b\tnone\tswap\tsw\t0\t0" msgstr "/dev/ada1s1b\tnone\tswap\tsw\t0\t0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22063 msgid "See fstab5 for an explanation of the entries in /etc/fstab. More information about swapon can be found in swapon8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:22070 msgid "Creating a Swap File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22072 msgid "These examples create a 64M swap file called /usr/swap0 instead of using a partition." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22076 msgid "Using swap files requires that the module needed by md4 has either been built into the kernel or has been loaded before swap is enabled. See for information about building a custom kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:22083 msgid "Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 10.X and Later" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22088 msgid "Create the swap file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:22090 book.translate.xml:22128 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/usr/swap0 bs=1m count=64" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/usr/swap0 bs=1m count=64" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22094 msgid "Set the proper permissions on the new file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:22096 book.translate.xml:22135 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 0600 /usr/swap0" msgstr "# chmod 0600 /usr/swap0" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22100 msgid "Inform the system about the swap file by adding a line to /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:22103 #, no-wrap msgid "md99\tnone\tswap\tsw,file=/usr/swap0,late\t0\t0" msgstr "md99\tnone\tswap\tsw,file=/usr/swap0,late\t0\t0" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22105 msgid "The md4 device md99 is used, leaving lower device numbers available for interactive use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22111 msgid "Swap space will be added on system startup. To add swap space immediately, use swapon8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:22114 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapon -aL" msgstr "# swapon -aL" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:22120 msgid "Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 9.X and Earlier" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22125 msgid "Create the swap file, /usr/swap0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22132 msgid "Set the proper permissions on /usr/swap0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22139 msgid "Enable the swap file in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:22142 #, no-wrap msgid "swapfile=\"/usr/swap0\" # Set to name of swap file" msgstr "swapfile=\"/usr/swap0\" # Set to name of swap file" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:22146 msgid "Swap space will be added on system startup. To enable the swap file immediately, specify a free memory device. Refer to for more information about memory devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:22151 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /usr/swap0 -u 0 && swapon /dev/md0" msgstr "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /usr/swap0 -u 0 && swapon /dev/md0" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:22160 msgid "Power and Resource Management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:22163 msgid " Hiten Pandya Written by " msgstr " Hiten Pandya Geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:22171 book.translate.xml:22651 msgid " Tom Rhodes " msgstr " Tom Rhodes " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22180 msgid "It is important to utilize hardware resources in an efficient manner. Power and resource management allows the operating system to monitor system limits and to possibly provide an alert if the system temperature increases unexpectedly. An early specification for providing power management was the Advanced Power Management (APM) facility. APM controls the power usage of a system based on its activity. However, it was difficult and inflexible for operating systems to manage the power usage and thermal properties of a system. The hardware was managed by the BIOS and the user had limited configurability and visibility into the power management settings. The APM BIOS is supplied by the vendor and is specific to the hardware platform. An APM driver in the operating system mediates access to the APM Software Interface, which allows management of power levels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22199 msgid "There are four major problems in APM. First, power management is done by the vendor-specific BIOS, separate from the operating system. For example, the user can set idle-time values for a hard drive in the APM BIOS so that, when exceeded, the BIOS spins down the hard drive without the consent of the operating system. Second, the APM logic is embedded in the BIOS, and it operates outside the scope of the operating system. This means that users can only fix problems in the APM BIOS by flashing a new one into the ROM, which is a dangerous procedure with the potential to leave the system in an unrecoverable state if it fails. Third, APM is a vendor-specific technology, meaning that there is a lot of duplication of efforts and bugs found in one vendor's BIOS may not be solved in others. Lastly, the APM BIOS did not have enough room to implement a sophisticated power policy or one that can adapt well to the purpose of the machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22221 msgid "The Plug and Play BIOS (PNPBIOS) was unreliable in many situations. PNPBIOS is 16-bit technology, so the operating system has to use 16-bit emulation in order to interface with PNPBIOS methods. FreeBSD provides an APM driver as APM should still be used for systems manufactured at or before the year 2000. The driver is documented in apm4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22231 msgid "ACPI" msgstr "ACPI" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22235 msgid "APM" msgstr "APM" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22239 msgid "The successor to APM is the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI). ACPI is a standard written by an alliance of vendors to provide an interface for hardware resources and power management. It is a key element in Operating System-directed configuration and Power Management as it provides more control and flexibility to the operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22248 msgid "This chapter demonstrates how to configure ACPI on FreeBSD. It then offers some tips on how to debug ACPI and how to submit a problem report containing debugging information so that developers can diagnosis and fix ACPI issues." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:22255 msgid "Configuring ACPI" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22257 msgid "In FreeBSD the acpi4 driver is loaded by default at system boot and should not be compiled into the kernel. This driver cannot be unloaded after boot because the system bus uses it for various hardware interactions. However, if the system is experiencing problems, ACPI can be disabled altogether by rebooting after setting hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\" in /boot/loader.conf or by setting this variable at the loader prompt, as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:22269 msgid "ACPI and APM cannot coexist and should be used separately. The last one to load will terminate if the driver notices the other is running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22275 msgid "ACPI can be used to put the system into a sleep mode with acpiconf, the flag, and a number from 1 to 5. Most users only need 1 (quick suspend to RAM) or 3 (suspend to RAM). Option 5 performs a soft-off which is the same as running halt -p." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22285 msgid "Other options are available using sysctl. Refer to acpi4 and acpiconf8 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:22291 msgid "Common Problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22293 msgid "ACPI" msgstr "ACPI" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22297 msgid "ACPI is present in all modern computers that conform to the ia32 (x86), ia64 (Itanium), and amd64 (AMD) architectures. The full standard has many features including CPU performance management, power planes control, thermal zones, various battery systems, embedded controllers, and bus enumeration. Most systems implement less than the full standard. For instance, a desktop system usually only implements bus enumeration while a laptop might have cooling and battery management support as well. Laptops also have suspend and resume, with their own associated complexity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22309 msgid "An ACPI-compliant system has various components. The BIOS and chipset vendors provide various fixed tables, such as FADT, in memory that specify things like the APIC map (used for SMP), config registers, and simple configuration values. Additionally, a bytecode table, the Differentiated System Description Table DSDT, specifies a tree-like name space of devices and methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22319 msgid "The ACPI driver must parse the fixed tables, implement an interpreter for the bytecode, and modify device drivers and the kernel to accept information from the ACPI subsystem. For FreeBSD, Intel has provided an interpreter (ACPI-CA) that is shared with Linux and NetBSD. The path to the ACPI-CA source code is src/sys/contrib/dev/acpica. The glue code that allows ACPI-CA to work on FreeBSD is in src/sys/dev/acpica/Osd. Finally, drivers that implement various ACPI devices are found in src/sys/dev/acpica." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22332 book.translate.xml:22660 book.translate.xml:22715 msgid "ACPI problems" msgstr "ACPI problems" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22337 msgid "For ACPI to work correctly, all the parts have to work correctly. Here are some common problems, in order of frequency of appearance, and some possible workarounds or fixes. If a fix does not resolve the issue, refer to for instructions on how to submit a bug report." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:22345 msgid "Mouse Issues" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22347 msgid "In some cases, resuming from a suspend operation will cause the mouse to fail. A known work around is to add hint.psm.0.flags=\"0x3000\" to /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:22354 msgid "Suspend/Resume" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22356 msgid "ACPI has three suspend to RAM (STR) states, S1-S3, and one suspend to disk state (STD), called S4. STD can be implemented in two separate ways. The S4BIOS is a BIOS-assisted suspend to disk and S4OS is implemented entirely by the operating system. The normal state the system is in when plugged in but not powered up is soft off (S5)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22369 msgid "Use sysctl hw.acpi to check for the suspend-related items. These example results are from a Thinkpad:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:22373 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n" "hw.acpi.s4bios: 0" msgstr "" "hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n" "hw.acpi.s4bios: 0" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22376 msgid "Use acpiconf -s to test S3, S4, and S5. An of one (1) indicates S4BIOS support instead of S4 operating system support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22383 msgid "When testing suspend/resume, start with S1, if supported. This state is most likely to work since it does not require much driver support. No one has implemented S2, which is similar to S1. Next, try S3. This is the deepest STR state and requires a lot of driver support to properly reinitialize the hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22392 msgid "A common problem with suspend/resume is that many device drivers do not save, restore, or reinitialize their firmware, registers, or device memory properly. As a first attempt at debugging the problem, try:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:22397 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl debug.bootverbose=1\n" "# sysctl debug.acpi.suspend_bounce=1\n" "# acpiconf -s 3" msgstr "" "# sysctl debug.bootverbose=1\n" "# sysctl debug.acpi.suspend_bounce=1\n" "# acpiconf -s 3" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22401 msgid "This test emulates the suspend/resume cycle of all device drivers without actually going into S3 state. In some cases, problems such as losing firmware state, device watchdog time out, and retrying forever, can be captured with this method. Note that the system will not really enter S3 state, which means devices may not lose power, and many will work fine even if suspend/resume methods are totally missing, unlike real S3 state." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22411 msgid "Harder cases require additional hardware, such as a serial port and cable for debugging through a serial console, a Firewire port and cable for using dcons4, and kernel debugging skills." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22416 msgid "To help isolate the problem, unload as many drivers as possible. If it works, narrow down which driver is the problem by loading drivers until it fails again. Typically, binary drivers like nvidia.ko, display drivers, and USB will have the most problems while Ethernet interfaces usually work fine. If drivers can be properly loaded and unloaded, automate this by putting the appropriate commands in /etc/rc.suspend and /etc/rc.resume. Try setting to 1 if the display is messed up after resume. Try setting longer or shorter values for to see if that helps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22432 msgid "Try loading a recent Linux distribution to see if suspend/resume works on the same hardware. If it works on Linux, it is likely a FreeBSD driver problem. Narrowing down which driver causes the problem will assist developers in fixing the problem. Since the ACPI maintainers rarely maintain other drivers, such as sound or ATA, any driver problems should also be posted to the freebsd-current list and mailed to the driver maintainer. Advanced users can include debugging printf3s in a problematic driver to track down where in its resume function it hangs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22444 msgid "Finally, try disabling ACPI and enabling APM instead. If suspend/resume works with APM, stick with APM, especially on older hardware (pre-2000). It took vendors a while to get ACPI support correct and older hardware is more likely to have BIOS problems with ACPI." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:22455 msgid "System Hangs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22457 msgid "Most system hangs are a result of lost interrupts or an interrupt storm. Chipsets may have problems based on boot, how the BIOS configures interrupts before correctness of the APIC (MADT) table, and routing of the System Control Interrupt (SCI)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22464 msgid "interrupt storms" msgstr "interrupt storms" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22468 msgid "Interrupt storms can be distinguished from lost interrupts by checking the output of vmstat -i and looking at the line that has acpi0. If the counter is increasing at more than a couple per second, there is an interrupt storm. If the system appears hung, try breaking to DDB ( CTRL ALT ESC on console) and type show interrupts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22481 msgid "APIC disabling" msgstr "APIC disabling" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22486 msgid "When dealing with interrupt problems, try disabling APIC support with hint.apic.0.disabled=\"1\" in /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:22493 msgid "Panics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22495 msgid "Panics are relatively rare for ACPI and are the top priority to be fixed. The first step is to isolate the steps to reproduce the panic, if possible, and get a backtrace. Follow the advice for enabling options DDB and setting up a serial console in or setting up a dump partition. To get a backtrace in DDB, use tr. When handwriting the backtrace, get at least the last five and the top five lines in the trace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22506 msgid "Then, try to isolate the problem by booting with ACPI disabled. If that works, isolate the ACPI subsystem by using various values of . See acpi4 for some examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:22514 msgid "System Powers Up After Suspend or Shutdown" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22516 msgid "First, try setting hw.acpi.disable_on_poweroff=\"0\" in /boot/loader.conf. This keeps ACPI from disabling various events during the shutdown process. Some systems need this value set to 1 (the default) for the same reason. This usually fixes the problem of a system powering up spontaneously after a suspend or poweroff." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:22527 msgid "BIOS Contains Buggy Bytecode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22529 book.translate.xml:22560 msgid "ACPI ASL" msgstr "ACPI ASL" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22534 msgid "Some BIOS vendors provide incorrect or buggy bytecode. This is usually manifested by kernel console messages like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:22538 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ACPI-1287: *** Error: Method execution failed [\\\\_SB_.PCI0.LPC0.FIGD._STA] \\\\\n" "(Node 0xc3f6d160), AE_NOT_FOUND" msgstr "" "ACPI-1287: *** Error: Method execution failed [\\\\_SB_.PCI0.LPC0.FIGD._STA] \\\\\n" "(Node 0xc3f6d160), AE_NOT_FOUND" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:22541 msgid "Often, these problems may be resolved by updating the BIOS to the latest revision. Most console messages are harmless, but if there are other problems, like the battery status is not working, these messages are a good place to start looking for problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:22551 msgid "Overriding the Default AML" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22553 msgid "The BIOS bytecode, known as ACPI Machine Language (AML), is compiled from a source language called ACPI Source Language (ASL). The AML is found in the table known as the Differentiated System Description Table (DSDT)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22565 msgid "The goal of FreeBSD is for everyone to have working ACPI without any user intervention. Workarounds are still being developed for common mistakes made by BIOS vendors. The Microsoft interpreter (acpi.sys and acpiec.sys) does not strictly check for adherence to the standard, and thus many BIOS vendors who only test ACPI under Windows never fix their ASL. FreeBSD developers continue to identify and document which non-standard behavior is allowed by Microsoft's interpreter and replicate it so that FreeBSD can work without forcing users to fix the ASL." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22580 msgid "To help identify buggy behavior and possibly fix it manually, a copy can be made of the system's ASL. To copy the system's ASL to a specified file name, use acpidump with , to show the contents of the fixed tables, and , to disassemble the AML:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:22588 #, no-wrap msgid "# acpidump -td > my.asl" msgstr "# acpidump -td > my.asl" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22590 msgid "Some AML versions assume the user is running Windows. To override this, set hw.acpi.osname=\"Windows 2009\" in /boot/loader.conf, using the most recent Windows version listed in the ASL." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22597 msgid "Other workarounds may require my.asl to be customized. If this file is edited, compile the new ASL using the following command. Warnings can usually be ignored, but errors are bugs that will usually prevent ACPI from working correctly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:22603 #, no-wrap msgid "# iasl -f my.asl" msgstr "# iasl -f my.asl" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22605 msgid "Including forces creation of the AML, even if there are errors during compilation. Some errors, such as missing return statements, are automatically worked around by the FreeBSD interpreter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22611 msgid "The default output filename for iasl is DSDT.aml. Load this file instead of the BIOS's buggy copy, which is still present in flash memory, by editing /boot/loader.conf as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:22617 #, no-wrap msgid "" "acpi_dsdt_load=\"YES\"\n" "acpi_dsdt_name=\"/boot/DSDT.aml\"" msgstr "" "acpi_dsdt_load=\"YES\"\n" "acpi_dsdt_name=\"/boot/DSDT.aml\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22620 msgid "Be sure to copy DSDT.aml to /boot, then reboot the system. If this fixes the problem, send a diff1 of the old and new ASL to freebsd-acpi so that developers can work around the buggy behavior in acpica." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:22630 msgid "Getting and Submitting Debugging Info" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:22633 msgid " Nate Lawson Written by " msgstr " Nate Lawson Geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:22643 msgid " Peter Schultz With contributions from " msgstr " Peter Schultz Met bijdragen van " #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22665 msgid "ACPI debugging" msgstr "ACPI debugging" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22670 msgid "The ACPI driver has a flexible debugging facility. A set of subsystems and the level of verbosity can be specified. The subsystems to debug are specified as layers and are broken down into components (ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS) and ACPI hardware support (ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS). The verbosity of debugging output is specified as the level and ranges from just report errors (ACPI_LV_ERROR) to everything (ACPI_LV_VERBOSE). The level is a bitmask so multiple options can be set at once, separated by spaces. In practice, a serial console should be used to log the output so it is not lost as the console message buffer flushes. A full list of the individual layers and levels is found in acpi4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22686 msgid "Debugging output is not enabled by default. To enable it, add options ACPI_DEBUG to the custom kernel configuration file if ACPI is compiled into the kernel. Add ACPI_DEBUG=1 to /etc/make.conf to enable it globally. If a module is used instead of a custom kernel, recompile just the acpi.ko module as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:22694 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /sys/modules/acpi/acpi && make clean && make ACPI_DEBUG=1" msgstr "# cd /sys/modules/acpi/acpi && make clean && make ACPI_DEBUG=1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22696 msgid "Copy the compiled acpi.ko to /boot/kernel and add the desired level and layer to /boot/loader.conf. The entries in this example enable debug messages for all ACPI components and hardware drivers and output error messages at the least verbose level:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:22703 #, no-wrap msgid "" "debug.acpi.layer=\"ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS\"\n" "debug.acpi.level=\"ACPI_LV_ERROR\"" msgstr "" "debug.acpi.layer=\"ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS\"\n" "debug.acpi.level=\"ACPI_LV_ERROR\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22706 msgid "If the required information is triggered by a specific event, such as a suspend and then resume, do not modify /boot/loader.conf. Instead, use sysctl to specify the layer and level after booting and preparing the system for the specific event. The variables which can be set using sysctl are named the same as the tunables in /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22720 msgid "Once the debugging information is gathered, it can be sent to freebsd-acpi so that it can be used by the FreeBSD ACPI maintainers to identify the root cause of the problem and to develop a solution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:22726 msgid "Before submitting debugging information to this mailing list, ensure the latest BIOS version is installed and, if available, the embedded controller firmware version." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22732 msgid "When submitting a problem report, include the following information:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22737 msgid "Description of the buggy behavior, including system type, model, and anything that causes the bug to appear. Note as accurately as possible when the bug began occurring if it is new." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22744 msgid "The output of dmesg after running boot -v, including any error messages generated by the bug." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22750 msgid "The dmesg output from boot -v with ACPI disabled, if disabling ACPI helps to fix the problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22757 msgid "Output from sysctl hw.acpi. This lists which features the system offers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22762 msgid "The URL to a pasted version of the system's ASL. Do not send the ASL directly to the list as it can be very large. Generate a copy of the ASL by running this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:22769 #, no-wrap msgid "# acpidump -dt > name-system.asl" msgstr "# acpidump -dt > name-system.asl" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22771 msgid "Substitute the login name for name and manufacturer/model for system. For example, use njl-FooCo6000.asl." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22778 msgid "Most FreeBSD developers watch the FreeBSD-CURRENT mailing list, but one should submit problems to freebsd-acpi to be sure it is seen. Be patient when waiting for a response. If the bug is not immediately apparent, submit a PR using send-pr1. When entering a PR, include the same information as requested above. This helps developers to track the problem and resolve it. Do not send a PR without emailing freebsd-acpi first as it is likely that the problem has been reported before." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22792 msgid "More information about ACPI may be found in the following locations:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22797 msgid "The FreeBSD ACPI Mailing List Archives (http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22802 msgid "The ACPI 2.0 Specification (http://acpi.info/spec.htm)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22806 msgid "acpi4, acpi_thermal4, acpidump8, iasl8, and acpidb8" msgstr "acpi4, acpi_thermal4, acpidump8, iasl8, en acpidb8" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:22823 msgid "The FreeBSD Booting Process" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22828 msgid "booting" msgstr "booting" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22829 msgid "bootstrap" msgstr "bootstrap" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22831 msgid "The process of starting a computer and loading the operating system is referred to as the bootstrap process, or booting. FreeBSD's boot process provides a great deal of flexibility in customizing what happens when the system starts, including the ability to select from different operating systems installed on the same computer, different versions of the same operating system, or a different installed kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22840 msgid "This chapter details the configuration options that can be set. It demonstrates how to customize the FreeBSD boot process, including everything that happens until the FreeBSD kernel has started, probed for devices, and started init8. This occurs when the text color of the boot messages changes from bright white to grey." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22847 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will recognize:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22851 msgid "The components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system and how they interact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22856 msgid "The options that can be passed to the components in the FreeBSD bootstrap in order to control the boot process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22861 msgid "How to configure a customized boot splash screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22865 msgid "The basics of setting device hints." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:22869 msgid "How to boot into single- and multi-user mode and how to properly shut down a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:22875 msgid "This chapter only describes the boot process for FreeBSD running on x86 and amd64 systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:22881 msgid "FreeBSD Boot Process" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22883 msgid "Turning on a computer and starting the operating system poses an interesting dilemma. By definition, the computer does not know how to do anything until the operating system is started. This includes running programs from the disk. If the computer can not run a program from the disk without the operating system, and the operating system programs are on the disk, how is the operating system started?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22891 msgid "This problem parallels one in the book The Adventures of Baron Munchausen. A character had fallen part way down a manhole, and pulled himself out by grabbing his bootstraps and lifting. In the early days of computing, the term bootstrap was applied to the mechanism used to load the operating system. It has since become shortened to booting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22899 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22901 msgid "Basic Input/Output SystemBIOS" msgstr "Basic Input/Output SystemBIOS" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22904 msgid "On x86 hardware, the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) is responsible for loading the operating system. The BIOS looks on the hard disk for the Master Boot Record (MBR), which must be located in a specific place on the disk. The BIOS has enough knowledge to load and run the MBR, and assumes that the MBR can then carry out the rest of the tasks involved in loading the operating system, possibly with the help of the BIOS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:22916 msgid "FreeBSD provides for booting from both the older MBR standard, and the newer GUID Partition Table (GPT). GPT partitioning is often found on computers with the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI). However, FreeBSD can boot from GPT partitions even on machines with only a legacy BIOS with gptboot8. Work is under way to provide direct UEFI booting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22927 book.translate.xml:22983 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22930 book.translate.xml:22981 msgid "Boot Manager" msgstr "Boot Manager" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22932 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Boot Loader" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22934 msgid "The code within the MBR is typically referred to as a boot manager, especially when it interacts with the user. The boot manager usually has more code in the first track of the disk or within the file system. Examples of boot managers include the standard FreeBSD boot manager boot0, also called Boot Easy, and Grub, which is used by many Linux distributions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22944 msgid "If only one operating system is installed, the MBR searches for the first bootable (active) slice on the disk, and then runs the code on that slice to load the remainder of the operating system. When multiple operating systems are present, a different boot manager can be installed to display a list of operating systems so the user can select one to boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22952 msgid "The remainder of the FreeBSD bootstrap system is divided into three stages. The first stage knows just enough to get the computer into a specific state and run the second stage. The second stage can do a little bit more, before running the third stage. The third stage finishes the task of loading the operating system. The work is split into three stages because the MBR puts limits on the size of the programs that can be run at stages one and two. Chaining the tasks together allows FreeBSD to provide a more flexible loader." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22963 msgid "kernel" msgstr "kernel" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:22964 book.translate.xml:23290 msgid "init8" msgstr "init8" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22966 msgid "The kernel is then started and begins to probe for devices and initialize them for use. Once the kernel boot process is finished, the kernel passes control to the user process init8, which makes sure the disks are in a usable state, starts the user-level resource configuration which mounts file systems, sets up network cards to communicate on the network, and starts the processes which have been configured to run at startup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:22975 msgid "This section describes these stages in more detail and demonstrates how to interact with the FreeBSD boot process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:22979 msgid "The Boot Manager" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22986 msgid "The boot manager code in the MBR is sometimes referred to as stage zero of the boot process. By default, FreeBSD uses the boot0 boot manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:22991 msgid "The MBR installed by the FreeBSD installer is based on /boot/boot0. The size and capability of boot0 is restricted to 446 bytes due to the slice table and 0x55AA identifier at the end of the MBR. If boot0 and multiple operating systems are installed, a message similar to this example will be displayed at boot time:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:23001 msgid "boot0 Screenshot" msgstr "boot0 schermafdruk" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:23003 #, no-wrap msgid "" "F1 Win\n" "F2 FreeBSD\n" "\n" "Default: F2" msgstr "" "F1 Win\n" "F2 FreeBSD\n" "\n" "Default: F2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23009 msgid "Other operating systems will overwrite an existing MBR if they are installed after FreeBSD. If this happens, or to replace the existing MBR with the FreeBSD MBR, use the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23015 #, no-wrap msgid "# fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 device" msgstr "# fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 device" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23017 msgid "where device is the boot disk, such as ad0 for the first IDE disk, ad2 for the first IDE disk on a second IDE controller, or da0 for the first SCSI disk. To create a custom configuration of the MBR, refer to boot0cfg8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:23028 msgid "Stage One and Stage Two" msgstr "Fase één en fase twee" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23030 msgid "Conceptually, the first and second stages are part of the same program on the same area of the disk. Because of space constraints, they have been split into two, but are always installed together. They are copied from the combined /boot/boot by the FreeBSD installer or bsdlabel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23037 msgid "These two stages are located outside file systems, in the first track of the boot slice, starting with the first sector. This is where boot0, or any other boot manager, expects to find a program to run which will continue the boot process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23043 msgid "The first stage, boot1, is very simple, since it can only be 512 bytes in size. It knows just enough about the FreeBSD bsdlabel, which stores information about the slice, to find and execute boot2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23049 msgid "Stage two, boot2, is slightly more sophisticated, and understands the FreeBSD file system enough to find files. It can provide a simple interface to choose the kernel or loader to run. It runs loader, which is much more sophisticated and provides a boot configuration file. If the boot process is interrupted at stage two, the following interactive screen is displayed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:23059 msgid "boot2 Screenshot" msgstr "boot2 schermafdruk" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:23061 book.translate.xml:48771 #, no-wrap msgid "" ">> FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n" "Default: 0:ad(0,a)/boot/loader\n" "boot:" msgstr "" ">> FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n" "Default: 0:ad(0,a)/boot/loader\n" "boot:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23066 msgid "To replace the installed boot1 and boot2, use bsdlabel, where diskslice is the disk and slice to boot from, such as ad0s1 for the first slice on the first IDE disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23072 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdlabel -B diskslice" msgstr "# bsdlabel -B diskslice" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:23075 msgid "If just the disk name is used, such as ad0, bsdlabel will create the disk in dangerously dedicated mode, without slices. This is probably not the desired action, so double check the diskslice before pressing Return." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:23086 msgid "Stage Three" msgstr "Fase drie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23088 msgid "boot-loader" msgstr "boot-loader" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23090 msgid "The loader is the final stage of the three-stage bootstrap process. It is located on the file system, usually as /boot/loader." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23095 msgid "The loader is intended as an interactive method for configuration, using a built-in command set, backed up by a more powerful interpreter which has a more complex command set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23100 msgid "During initialization, loader will probe for a console and for disks, and figure out which disk it is booting from. It will set variables accordingly, and an interpreter is started where user commands can be passed from a script or interactively." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23106 msgid "loader" msgstr "loader" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23107 msgid "loader configuration" msgstr "loader configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23109 msgid "The loader will then read /boot/loader.rc, which by default reads in /boot/defaults/loader.conf which sets reasonable defaults for variables and reads /boot/loader.conf for local changes to those variables. loader.rc then acts on these variables, loading whichever modules and kernel are selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23118 msgid "Finally, by default, loader issues a 10 second wait for key presses, and boots the kernel if it is not interrupted. If interrupted, the user is presented with a prompt which understands the command set, where the user may adjust variables, unload all modules, load modules, and then finally boot or reboot. lists the most commonly used loader commands. For a complete discussion of all available commands, refer to loader8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:23129 msgid "Loader Built-In Commands" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23141 msgid "autoboot seconds" msgstr "autoboot seconds" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23143 msgid "Proceeds to boot the kernel if not interrupted within the time span given, in seconds. It displays a countdown, and the default time span is 10 seconds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23150 msgid "boot -options kernelname" msgstr "boot -options kernelname" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23153 msgid "Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with any specified options or kernel name. Providing a kernel name on the command-line is only applicable after an unload has been issued. Otherwise, the previously-loaded kernel will be used. If kernelname is not qualified it will be searched under /boot/kernel and /boot/modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23165 msgid "boot-conf" msgstr "boot-conf" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23166 msgid "Goes through the same automatic configuration of modules based on specified variables, most commonly kernel. This only makes sense if unload is used first, before changing some variables." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23174 msgid "help topic" msgstr "help onderwerp" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23176 msgid "Shows help messages read from /boot/loader.help. If the topic given is index, the list of available topics is displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23183 msgid "include filename …" msgstr "include filename —" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23185 msgid "Reads the specified file and interprets it line by line. An error immediately stops the include." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23191 msgid "load -t type filename" msgstr "load -t type filename" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23194 msgid "Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the type given, with the specified filename. Any arguments after filename are passed to the file. If filename is not qualified it will be searched under /boot/kernel and /boot/modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23205 msgid "ls -l path" msgstr "ls -l path" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23207 msgid "Displays a listing of files in the given path, or the root directory, if the path is not specified. If is specified, file sizes will also be shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23214 msgid "lsdev -v" msgstr "lsdev -v" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23215 msgid "Lists all of the devices from which it may be possible to load modules. If is specified, more details are printed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23221 msgid "lsmod -v" msgstr "lsmod -v" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23222 msgid "Displays loaded modules. If is specified, more details are shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23227 msgid "more filename" msgstr "more filename" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23228 msgid "Displays the files specified, with a pause at each LINES displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23233 msgid "reboot" msgstr "reboot" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23234 msgid "Immediately reboots the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23238 msgid "set variable, set variable=value" msgstr "set variable, set variable=value" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23240 msgid "Sets the specified environment variables." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23244 msgid "unload" msgstr "unload" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23245 msgid "Removes all loaded modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23253 book.translate.xml:23363 book.translate.xml:45601 msgid "single-user mode" msgstr "single-user mode" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23251 msgid "Here are some practical examples of loader usage. To boot the usual kernel in single-user mode <_:indexterm-1/>:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23256 #, no-wrap msgid "boot -s" msgstr "boot -s" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23258 msgid "To unload the usual kernel and modules and then load the previous or another, specified kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23261 #, no-wrap msgid "" "unload\n" "load kernel.old" msgstr "" "unload\n" "load kernel.old" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23264 msgid "Use kernel.GENERIC to refer to the default kernel that comes with an installation, or kernel.old, to refer to the previously installed kernel before a system upgrade or before configuring a custom kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23270 msgid "Use the following to load the usual modules with another kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23273 #, no-wrap msgid "" "unload\n" "set kernel=\"kernel.old\"\n" "boot-conf" msgstr "" "unload\n" "set kernel=\"kernel.old\"\n" "boot-conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23277 msgid "To load an automated kernel configuration script:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23279 #, no-wrap msgid "load -t userconfig_script /boot/kernel.conf" msgstr "load -t userconfig_script /boot/kernel.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23281 msgid "kernel boot interaction" msgstr "kernel boot interaction" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:23288 msgid "Last Stage" msgstr "Laatste fase" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23294 msgid "Once the kernel is loaded by either loader or by boot2, which bypasses loader, it examines any boot flags and adjusts its behavior as necessary. lists the commonly used boot flags. Refer to boot8 for more information on the other boot flags." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23302 msgid "kernel bootflags" msgstr "kernel bootflags" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:23308 msgid "Kernel Interaction During Boot" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23321 msgid "During kernel initialization, ask for the device to mount as the root file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23326 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23327 msgid "Boot the root file system from a CDROM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23332 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23333 msgid "Boot into single-user mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:23338 msgid "Be more verbose during kernel startup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23344 msgid "Once the kernel has finished booting, it passes control to the user process init8, which is located at /sbin/init, or the program path specified in the init_path variable in loader. This is the last stage of the boot process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23351 msgid "The boot sequence makes sure that the file systems available on the system are consistent. If a UFS file system is not, and fsck cannot fix the inconsistencies, init drops the system into single-user mode so that the system administrator can resolve the problem directly. Otherwise, the system boots into multi-user mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:23361 msgid "Single-User Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23366 msgid "A user can specify this mode by booting with or by setting the boot_single variable in loader. It can also be reached by running shutdown now from multi-user mode. Single-user mode begins with this message:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:23373 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23375 msgid "If the user presses Enter, the system will enter the default Bourne shell. To specify a different shell, input the full path to the shell." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23379 msgid "Single-user mode is usually used to repair a system that will not boot due to an inconsistent file system or an error in a boot configuration file. It can also be used to reset the root password when it is unknown. These actions are possible as the single-user mode prompt gives full, local access to the system and its configuration files. There is no networking in this mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23388 msgid "While single-user mode is useful for repairing a system, it poses a security risk unless the system is in a physically secure location. By default, any user who can gain physical access to a system will have full control of that system after booting into single-user mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23394 msgid "If the system console is changed to insecure in /etc/ttys, the system will first prompt for the root password before initiating single-user mode. This adds a measure of security while removing the ability to reset the root password when it is unknown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:23404 msgid "Configuring an Insecure Console in /etc/ttys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:23407 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" "#\n" "# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n" "# when going to single-user mode.\n" "console none unknown off insecure" msgstr "" "# name getty type status comments\n" "#\n" "# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n" "# when going to single-user mode.\n" "console none unknown off insecure" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23414 msgid "An insecure console means that physical security to the console is considered to be insecure, so only someone who knows the root password may use single-user mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:23421 msgid "Multi-User Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23423 msgid "multi-user mode" msgstr "multi-user mode" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23425 msgid "If init finds the file systems to be in order, or once the user has finished their commands in single-user mode and has typed exit to leave single-user mode, the system enters multi-user mode, in which it starts the resource configuration of the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23432 msgid "rc files" msgstr "rc files" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23434 msgid "The resource configuration system reads in configuration defaults from /etc/defaults/rc.conf and system-specific details from /etc/rc.conf. It then proceeds to mount the system file systems listed in /etc/fstab. It starts up networking services, miscellaneous system daemons, then the startup scripts of locally installed packages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:23443 msgid "To learn more about the resource configuration system, refer to rc8 and examine the scripts located in /etc/rc.d." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:23458 msgid "Configuring Boot Time Splash Screens" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:23461 book.translate.xml:58209 msgid " Joseph J. Barbish Contributed by " msgstr " Joseph J. Barbish Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23471 msgid "Typically when a FreeBSD system boots, it displays its progress as a series of messages at the console. A boot splash screen creates an alternate boot screen that hides all of the boot probe and service startup messages. A few boot loader messages, including the boot options menu and a timed wait countdown prompt, are displayed at boot time, even when the splash screen is enabled. The display of the splash screen can be turned off by hitting any key on the keyboard during the boot process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23481 msgid "There are two basic environments available in FreeBSD. The first is the default legacy virtual console command line environment. After the system finishes booting, a console login prompt is presented. The second environment is a configured graphical environment. Refer to for more information on how to install and configure a graphical display manager and a graphical login manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23489 msgid "Once the system has booted, the splash screen defaults to being a screen saver. After a time period of non-use, the splash screen will display and will cycle through steps of changing intensity of the image, from bright to very dark and over again. The configuration of the splash screen saver can be overridden by adding a saver= line to /etc/rc.conf. Several built-in screen savers are available and described in splash4. The saver= option only applies to virtual consoles and has no effect on graphical display managers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23500 msgid "Sample splash screen files can be downloaded from the gallery at http://artwork.freebsdgr.org. By installing the sysutils/bsd-splash-changer package or port, a random splash image from a collection will display at boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23506 msgid "The splash screen function supports 256-colors in the bitmap (.bmp), ZSoft PCX (.pcx), or TheDraw (.bin) formats. The .bmp, .pcx, or .bin image has to be placed on the root partition, for example in /boot. The splash image files must have a resolution of 320 by 200 pixels or less in order to work on standard VGA adapters. For the default boot display resolution of 256-colors and 320 by 200 pixels or less, add the following lines to /boot/loader.conf. Replace splash.bmp with the name of the bitmap file to use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:23521 #, no-wrap msgid "" "splash_bmp_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_name=\"/boot/splash.bmp\"" msgstr "" "splash_bmp_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_name=\"/boot/splash.bmp\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23525 msgid "To use a PCX file instead of a bitmap file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:23528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "splash_pcx_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_name=\"/boot/splash.pcx\"" msgstr "" "splash_pcx_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_name=\"/boot/splash.pcx\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23532 msgid "To instead use ASCII art in the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TheDraw format:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:23535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "splash_txt=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_name=\"/boot/splash.bin\"" msgstr "" "splash_txt=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n" "bitmap_name=\"/boot/splash.bin\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23539 msgid "To use larger images that fill the whole display screen, up to the maximum resolution of 1024 by 768 pixels, the VESA module must also be loaded during system boot. If using a custom kernel, ensure that the custom kernel configuration file includes the VESA kernel configuration option. To load the VESA module for the splash screen, add this line to /boot/loader.conf before the three lines mentioned in the above examples:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:23549 #, no-wrap msgid "vesa_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "vesa_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23551 msgid "Other interesting loader.conf options include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:23555 msgid "beastie_disable=\"YES\"" msgstr "beastie_disable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23558 msgid "This will stop the boot options menu from being displayed, but the timed wait count down prompt will still be present. Even with the display of the boot options menu disabled, entering an option selection at the timed wait count down prompt will enact the corresponding boot option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:23567 msgid "loader_logo=\"beastie\"" msgstr "loader_logo=\"beastie\"" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23570 msgid "This will replace the default words FreeBSD, which are displayed to the right of the boot options menu, with the colored beastie logo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23578 msgid "For more information, refer to splash4, loader.conf5, and vga4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:23584 msgid "Device Hints" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23597 msgid "device.hints" msgstr "device.hints" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23601 msgid "During initial system startup, the boot loader8 reads device.hints5. This file stores kernel boot information known as variables, sometimes referred to as device hints. These device hints are used by device drivers for device configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23607 msgid "Device hints may also be specified at the Stage 3 boot loader prompt, as demonstrated in . Variables can be added using set, removed with unset, and viewed show. Variables set in /boot/device.hints can also be overridden. Device hints entered at the boot loader are not permanent and will not be applied on the next reboot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23616 msgid "Once the system is booted, kenv1 can be used to dump all of the variables." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23619 msgid "The syntax for /boot/device.hints is one variable per line, using the hash # as comment markers. Lines are constructed as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:23624 #, no-wrap msgid "hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"value\"" msgstr "hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"value\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23626 msgid "The syntax for the Stage 3 boot loader is:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:23628 #, no-wrap msgid "set hint.driver.unit.keyword=value" msgstr "set hint.driver.unit.keyword=value" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23630 msgid "where driver is the device driver name, unit is the device driver unit number, and keyword is the hint keyword. The keyword may consist of the following options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23637 msgid "at: specifies the bus which the device is attached to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23642 msgid "port: specifies the start address of the I/O to be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23647 msgid "irq: specifies the interrupt request number to be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23652 msgid "drq: specifies the DMA channel number." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23657 msgid "maddr: specifies the physical memory address occupied by the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23662 msgid "flags: sets various flag bits for the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23667 msgid "disabled: if set to 1 the device is disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23672 msgid "Since device drivers may accept or require more hints not listed here, viewing a driver's manual page is recommended. For more information, refer to device.hints5, kenv1, loader.conf5, and loader8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:23679 msgid "Shutdown Sequence" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23681 msgid "shutdown8" msgstr "shutdown8" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23685 msgid "Upon controlled shutdown using shutdown8, init8 will attempt to run the script /etc/rc.shutdown, and then proceed to send all processes the TERM signal, and subsequently the KILL signal to any that do not terminate in a timely manner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23692 msgid "To power down a FreeBSD machine on architectures and systems that support power management, use shutdown -p now to turn the power off immediately. To reboot a FreeBSD system, use shutdown -r now. One must be root or a member of operator in order to run shutdown8. One can also use halt8 and reboot8. Refer to their manual pages and to shutdown8 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23704 msgid "Modify group membership by referring to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:23708 msgid "Power management requires acpi4 to be loaded as a module or statically compiled into a custom kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:23723 book.translate.xml:56773 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:23726 msgid " Tom Rhodes Rewritten by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes herschreven door " #. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:23736 msgid "security" msgstr "security" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23741 msgid "Security, whether physical or virtual, is a topic so broad that an entire industry has evolved around it. Hundreds of standard practices have been authored about how to secure systems and networks, and as a user of FreeBSD, understanding how to protect against attacks and intruders is a must." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23747 msgid "In this chapter, several fundamentals and techniques will be discussed. The FreeBSD system comes with multiple layers of security, and many more third party utilities may be added to enhance security." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23756 msgid "Basic FreeBSD system security concepts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23760 msgid "The various crypt mechanisms available in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23764 msgid "How to set up one-time password authentication." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23768 msgid "How to configure TCP Wrapper for use with inetd8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23773 msgid "How to set up Kerberos on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23778 msgid "How to configure IPsec and create a VPN." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23783 msgid "How to configure and use OpenSSH on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23788 msgid "How to use file system ACLs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23792 msgid "How to use pkg to audit third party software packages installed from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23798 msgid "How to utilize FreeBSD security advisories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23802 msgid "What Process Accounting is and how to enable it on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23807 msgid "How to control user resources using login classes or the resource limits database." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:23816 book.translate.xml:58325 msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23820 msgid "Additional security topics are covered elsewhere in this Handbook. For example, Mandatory Access Control is discussed in and Internet firewalls are discussed in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23829 msgid "Security is everyone's responsibility. A weak entry point in any system could allow intruders to gain access to critical information and cause havoc on an entire network. One of the core principles of information security is the CIA triad, which stands for the Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability of information systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23837 msgid "The CIA triad is a bedrock concept of computer security as customers and users expect their data to be protected. For example, a customer expects that their credit card information is securely stored (confidentiality), that their orders are not changed behind the scenes (integrity), and that they have access to their order information at all times (availablility)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23845 msgid "To provide CIA, security professionals apply a defense in depth strategy. The idea of defense in depth is to add several layers of security to prevent one single layer failing and the entire security system collapsing. For example, a system administrator cannot simply turn on a firewall and consider the network or system secure. One must also audit accounts, check the integrity of binaries, and ensure malicious tools are not installed. To implement an effective security strategy, one must understand threats and how to defend against them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23856 msgid "What is a threat as it pertains to computer security? Threats are not limited to remote attackers who attempt to access a system without permission from a remote location. Threats also include employees, malicious software, unauthorized network devices, natural disasters, security vulnerabilities, and even competing corporations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23863 msgid "Systems and networks can be accessed without permission, sometimes by accident, or by remote attackers, and in some cases, via corporate espionage or former employees. As a user, it is important to prepare for and admit when a mistake has led to a security breach and report possible issues to the security team. As an administrator, it is important to know of the threats and be prepared to mitigate them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23871 msgid "When applying security to systems, it is recommended to start by securing the basic accounts and system configuration, and then to secure the network layer so that it adheres to the system policy and the organization's security procedures. Many organizations already have a security policy that covers the configuration of technology devices. The policy should include the security configuration of workstations, desktops, mobile devices, phones, production servers, and development servers. In many cases, standard operating procedures (SOPs) already exist. When in doubt, ask the security team." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:23883 msgid "The rest of this introduction describes how some of these basic security configurations are performed on a FreeBSD system. The rest of this chapter describes some specific tools which can be used when implementing a security policy on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:23890 msgid "Preventing Logins" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23892 msgid "In securing a system, a good starting point is an audit of accounts. Ensure that root has a strong password and that this password is not shared. Disable any accounts that do not need login access." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23897 msgid "To deny login access to accounts, two methods exist. The first is to lock the account. This example locks the toor account:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23901 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw lock toor" msgstr "# pw lock toor" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23903 msgid "The second method is to prevent login access by changing the shell to /sbin/nologin. Only the superuser can change the shell for other users:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23907 #, no-wrap msgid "# chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin toor" msgstr "# chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin toor" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23909 msgid "The /usr/sbin/nologin shell prevents the system from assigning a shell to the user when they attempt to login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:23915 msgid "Permitted Account Escalation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23917 msgid "In some cases, system administration needs to be shared with other users. FreeBSD has two methods to handle this. The first one, which is not recommended, is a shared root password used by members of the wheel group. With this method, a user types su and enters the password for wheel whenever superuser access is needed. The user should then type exit to leave privileged access after finishing the commands that required administrative access. To add a user to this group, edit /etc/group and add the user to the end of the wheel entry. The user must be separated by a comma character with no space." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23931 msgid "The second, and recommended, method to permit privilege escalation is to install the security/sudo package or port. This software provides additional auditing, more fine-grained user control, and can be configured to lock users into running only the specified privileged commands." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23938 msgid "After installation, use visudo to edit /usr/local/etc/sudoers. This example creates a new webadmin group, adds the trhodes account to that group, and configures that group access to restart apache24:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23945 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupadd webadmin -M trhodes -g 6000\n" "# visudo\n" "%webadmin ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service apache24 *" msgstr "" "# pw groupadd webadmin -M trhodes -g 6000\n" "# visudo\n" "%webadmin ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service apache24 *" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:23951 msgid "Password Hashes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23953 msgid "Passwords are a necessary evil of technology. When they must be used, they should be complex and a powerful hash mechanism should be used to encrypt the version that is stored in the password database. FreeBSD supports the DES, MD5, SHA256, SHA512, and Blowfish hash algorithms in its crypt() library. The default of SHA512 should not be changed to a less secure hashing algorithm, but can be changed to the more secure Blowfish algorithm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:23965 msgid "Blowfish is not part of AES and is not considered compliant with any Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS). Its use may not be permitted in some environments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23971 msgid "To determine which hash algorithm is used to encrypt a user's password, the superuser can view the hash for the user in the FreeBSD password database. Each hash starts with a symbol which indicates the type of hash mechanism used to encrypt the password. If DES is used, there is no beginning symbol. For MD5, the symbol is $. For SHA256 and SHA512, the symbol is $6$. For Blowfish, the symbol is $2a$. In this example, the password for dru is hashed using the default SHA512 algorithm as the hash starts with $6$. Note that the encrypted hash, not the password itself, is stored in the password database:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:23987 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# grep dru /etc/master.passwd\n" "dru:$6$pzIjSvCAn.PBYQBA$PXpSeWPx3g5kscj3IMiM7tUEUSPmGexxta.8Lt9TGSi2lNQqYGKszsBPuGME0:1001:1001::0:0:dru:/usr/home/dru:/bin/csh" msgstr "" "# grep dru /etc/master.passwd\n" "dru:$6$pzIjSvCAn.PBYQBA$PXpSeWPx3g5kscj3IMiM7tUEUSPmGexxta.8Lt9TGSi2lNQqYGKszsBPuGME0:1001:1001::0:0:dru:/usr/home/dru:/bin/csh" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23990 msgid "The hash mechanism is set in the user's login class. For this example, the user is in the default login class and the hash algorithm is set with this line in /etc/login.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:23995 #, no-wrap msgid " :passwd_format=sha512:\\" msgstr " :passwd_format=sha512:\\" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:23997 msgid "To change the algorithm to Blowfish, modify that line to look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24000 #, no-wrap msgid " :passwd_format=blf:\\" msgstr " :passwd_format=blf:\\" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24002 msgid "Then run cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf as described in . Note that this change will not affect any existing password hashes. This means that all passwords should be re-hashed by asking users to run passwd in order to change their password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24009 msgid "For remote logins, two-factor authentication should be used. An example of two-factor authentication is something you have, such as a key, and something you know, such as the passphrase for that key. Since OpenSSH is part of the FreeBSD base system, all network logins should be over an encrypted connection and use key-based authentication instead of passwords. For more information, refer to . Kerberos users may need to make additional changes to implement OpenSSH in their network. These changes are described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24023 msgid "Password Policy Enforcement" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24025 msgid "Enforcing a strong password policy for local accounts is a fundamental aspect of system security. In FreeBSD, password length, password strength, and password complexity can be implemented using built-in Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24031 msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure the minimum and maximum password length and the enforcement of mixed characters using the pam_passwdqc.so module. This module is enforced when a user changes their password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24037 msgid "To configure this module, become the superuser and uncomment the line containing pam_passwdqc.so in /etc/pam.d/passwd. Then, edit that line to match the password policy:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24043 #, no-wrap msgid "password requisite pam_passwdqc.so min=disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3 enforce=users" msgstr "password requisite pam_passwdqc.so min=disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3 enforce=users" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24045 msgid "This example sets several requirements for new passwords. The min setting controls the minimum password length. It has five values because this module defines five different types of passwords based on their complexity. Complexity is defined by the type of characters that must exist in a password, such as letters, numbers, symbols, and case. The types of passwords are described in pam_passwdqc8. In this example, the first three types of passwords are disabled, meaning that passwords that meet those complexity requirements will not be accepted, regardless of their length. The 12 sets a minimum password policy of at least twelve characters, if the password also contains characters with three types of complexity. The 10 sets the password policy to also allow passwords of at least ten characters, if the password contains characters with four types of complexity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24062 msgid "The similar setting denies passwords that are similar to the user's previous password. The retry setting provides a user with three opportunities to enter a new password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24067 msgid "Once this file is saved, a user changing their password will see a message similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24070 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% passwd\n" "Changing local password for trhodes\n" "Old Password:\n" "\n" "You can now choose the new password.\n" "A valid password should be a mix of upper and lower case letters,\n" "digits and other characters. You can use a 12 character long\n" "password with characters from at least 3 of these 4 classes, or\n" "a 10 character long password containing characters from all the\n" "classes. Characters that form a common pattern are discarded by\n" "the check.\n" "Alternatively, if noone else can see your terminal now, you can\n" "pick this as your password: \"trait-useful&knob\".\n" "Enter new password:" msgstr "" "% passwd\n" "Changing local password for trhodes\n" "Old Password:\n" "\n" "You can now choose the new password.\n" "A valid password should be a mix of upper and lower case letters,\n" "digits and other characters. You can use a 12 character long\n" "password with characters from at least 3 of these 4 classes, or\n" "a 10 character long password containing characters from all the\n" "classes. Characters that form a common pattern are discarded by\n" "the check.\n" "Alternatively, if noone else can see your terminal now, you can\n" "pick this as your password: \"trait-useful&knob\".\n" "Enter new password:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24085 msgid "If a password that does not match the policy is entered, it will be rejected with a warning and the user will have an opportunity to try again, up to the configured number of retries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24090 msgid "Most password policies require passwords to expire after so many days. To set a password age time in FreeBSD, set for the user's login class in /etc/login.conf. The default login class contains an example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24097 #, no-wrap msgid "# :passwordtime=90d:\\" msgstr "# :passwordtime=90d:\\" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24099 msgid "So, to set an expiry of 90 days for this login class, remove the comment symbol (#), save the edit, and run cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24104 msgid "To set the expiration on individual users, pass an expiration date or the number of days to expiry and a username to pw:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24108 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw usermod -p 30-apr-2015 -n trhodes" msgstr "# pw usermod -p 30-apr-2015 -n trhodes" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24110 msgid "As seen here, an expiration date is set in the form of day, month, and year. For more information, see pw8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24116 msgid "Detecting Rootkits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24118 msgid "A rootkit is any unauthorized software that attempts to gain root access to a system. Once installed, this malicious software will normally open up another avenue of entry for an attacker. Realistically, once a system has been compromised by a rootkit and an investigation has been performed, the system should be reinstalled from scratch. There is tremendous risk that even the most prudent security or systems engineer will miss something an attacker left behind." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24128 msgid "A rootkit does do one thing usefulfor administrators: once detected, it is a sign that a compromise happened at some point. But, these types of applications tend to be very well hidden. This section demonstrates a tool that can be used to detect rootkits, security/rkhunter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24134 msgid "After installation of this package or port, the system may be checked using the following command. It will produce a lot of information and will require some manual pressing of ENTER:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24139 #, no-wrap msgid "# rkhunter -c" msgstr "# rkhunter -c" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24141 msgid "After the process completes, a status message will be printed to the screen. This message will include the amount of files checked, suspect files, possible rootkits, and more. During the check, some generic security warnings may be produced about hidden files, the OpenSSH protocol selection, and known vulnerable versions of installed software. These can be handled now or after a more detailed analysis has been performed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24151 msgid "Every administrator should know what is running on the systems they are responsible for. Third-party tools like rkhunter and sysutils/lsof, and native commands such as netstat and ps, can show a great deal of information on the system. Take notes on what is normal, ask questions when something seems out of place, and be paranoid. While preventing a compromise is ideal, detecting a compromise is a must." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24163 msgid "Binary Verification" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24165 msgid "Verification of system files and binaries is important because it provides the system administration and security teams information about system changes. A software application that monitors the system for changes is called an Intrusion Detection System (IDS)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24171 msgid "FreeBSD provides native support for a basic IDS system. While the nightly security emails will notify an administrator of changes, the information is stored locally and there is a chance that a malicious user could modify this information in order to hide their changes to the system. As such, it is recommended to create a separate set of binary signatures and store them on a read-only, root-owned directory or, preferably, on a removable USB disk or remote rsync server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24182 msgid "The built-in mtree utility can be used to generate a specification of the contents of a directory. A seed, or a numeric constant, is used to generate the specification and is required to check that the specification has not changed. This makes it possible to determine if a file or binary has been modified. Since the seed value is unknown by an attacker, faking or checking the checksum values of files will be difficult to impossible. The following example generates a set of SHA256 hashes, one for each system binary in /bin, and saves those values to a hidden file in root's home directory, /root/.bin_chksum_mtree:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24195 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -c -K cksum,sha256digest -p /bin > /root/.bin_chksum_mtree\n" "# mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225" msgstr "" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -c -K cksum,sha256digest -p /bin > /root/.bin_chksum_mtree\n" "# mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24198 msgid "The 3483151339707503 represents the seed. This value should be remembered, but not shared." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24202 msgid "Viewing /root/.bin_cksum_mtree should yield output similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24205 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# user: root\n" "# machine: dreadnaught\n" "# tree: /bin\n" "# date: Mon Feb 3 10:19:53 2014\n" "\n" "# .\n" "/set type=file uid=0 gid=0 mode=0555 nlink=1 flags=none\n" ". type=dir mode=0755 nlink=2 size=1024 \\\n" " time=1380277977.000000000\n" " \\133 nlink=2 size=11704 time=1380277977.000000000 \\\n" " cksum=484492447 \\\n" " sha256digest=6207490fbdb5ed1904441fbfa941279055c3e24d3a4049aeb45094596400662a\n" " cat size=12096 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3909216944 \\\n" " sha256digest=65ea347b9418760b247ab10244f47a7ca2a569c9836d77f074e7a306900c1e69\n" " chflags size=8168 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3949425175 \\\n" " sha256digest=c99eb6fc1c92cac335c08be004a0a5b4c24a0c0ef3712017b12c89a978b2dac3\n" " chio size=18520 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2208263309 \\\n" " sha256digest=ddf7c8cb92a58750a675328345560d8cc7fe14fb3ccd3690c34954cbe69fc964\n" " chmod size=8640 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2214429708 \\\n" " sha256digest=a435972263bf814ad8df082c0752aa2a7bdd8b74ff01431ccbd52ed1e490bbe7" msgstr "" "# user: root\n" "# machine: dreadnaught\n" "# tree: /bin\n" "# date: Mon Feb 3 10:19:53 2014\n" "\n" "# .\n" "/set type=file uid=0 gid=0 mode=0555 nlink=1 flags=none\n" ". type=dir mode=0755 nlink=2 size=1024 \\\n" " time=1380277977.000000000\n" " \\133 nlink=2 size=11704 time=1380277977.000000000 \\\n" " cksum=484492447 \\\n" " sha256digest=6207490fbdb5ed1904441fbfa941279055c3e24d3a4049aeb45094596400662a\n" " cat size=12096 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3909216944 \\\n" " sha256digest=65ea347b9418760b247ab10244f47a7ca2a569c9836d77f074e7a306900c1e69\n" " chflags size=8168 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3949425175 \\\n" " sha256digest=c99eb6fc1c92cac335c08be004a0a5b4c24a0c0ef3712017b12c89a978b2dac3\n" " chio size=18520 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2208263309 \\\n" " sha256digest=ddf7c8cb92a58750a675328345560d8cc7fe14fb3ccd3690c34954cbe69fc964\n" " chmod size=8640 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2214429708 \\\n" " sha256digest=a435972263bf814ad8df082c0752aa2a7bdd8b74ff01431ccbd52ed1e490bbe7" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24226 msgid "The machine's hostname, the date and time the specification was created, and the name of the user who created the specification are included in this report. There is a checksum, size, time, and SHA256 digest for each binary in the directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24232 msgid "To verify that the binary signatures have not changed, compare the current contents of the directory to the previously generated specification, and save the results to a file. This command requires the seed that was used to generate the original specification:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24238 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -p /bin < /root/.bin_chksum_mtree >> /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" "# mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225" msgstr "" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -p /bin < /root/.bin_chksum_mtree >> /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" "# mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24241 msgid "This should produce the same checksum for /bin that was produced when the specification was created. If no changes have occurred to the binaries in this directory, the /root/.bin_chksum_output output file will be empty. To simulate a change, change the date on /bin/cat using touch and run the verification command again:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# touch /bin/cat\n" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -p /bin < /root/.bin_chksum_mtree >> /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" "# more /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" "cat changed\n" "\tmodification time expected Fri Sep 27 06:32:55 2013 found Mon Feb 3 10:28:43 2014" msgstr "" "# touch /bin/cat\n" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -p /bin < /root/.bin_chksum_mtree >> /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" "# more /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" "cat changed\n" "\tmodification time expected Fri Sep 27 06:32:55 2013 found Mon Feb 3 10:28:43 2014" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24256 msgid "It is recommended to create specifications for the directories which contain binaries and configuration files, as well as any directories containing sensitive data. Typically, specifications are created for /bin, /sbin, /usr/bin, /usr/sbin, /usr/local/bin, /etc, and /usr/local/etc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24266 msgid "More advanced IDS systems exist, such as security/aide. In most cases, mtree provides the functionality administrators need. It is important to keep the seed value and the checksum output hidden from malicious users. More information about mtree can be found in mtree8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24276 msgid "System Tuning for Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24278 msgid "In FreeBSD, many system features can be tuned using sysctl. A few of the security features which can be tuned to prevent Denial of Service (DoS) attacks will be covered in this section. More information about using sysctl, including how to temporarily change values and how to make the changes permanent after testing, can be found in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:24288 msgid "Any time a setting is changed with sysctl, the chance to cause undesired harm is increased, affecting the availability of the system. All changes should be monitored and, if possible, tried on a testing system before being used on a production system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24296 msgid "By default, the FreeBSD kernel boots with a security level of -1. This is called insecure mode because immutable file flags may be turned off and all devices may be read from or written to. The security level will remain at -1 unless it is altered through sysctl or by a setting in the startup scripts. The security level may be increased during system startup by setting kern_securelevel_enable to YES in /etc/rc.conf, and the value of kern_securelevel to the desired security level. See security7 and init8 for more information on these settings and the available security levels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:24312 msgid "Increasing the securelevel can break Xorg and cause other issues. Be prepared to do some debugging." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24317 msgid "The net.inet.tcp.blackhole and net.inet.udp.blackhole settings can be used to drop incoming SYN packets on closed ports without sending a return RST response. The default behavior is to return an RST to show a port is closed. Changing the default provides some level of protection against ports scans, which are used to determine which applications are running on a system. Set net.inet.tcp.blackhole to 2 and net.inet.udp.blackhole to 1. Refer to blackhole4 for more information about these settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24331 msgid "The net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect and net.inet.ip.redirect settings help prevent against redirect attacks. A redirect attack is a type of DoS which sends mass numbers of ICMP type 5 packets. Since these packets are not required, set net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect to 1 and set net.inet.ip.redirect to 0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24342 msgid "Source routing is a method for detecting and accessing non-routable addresses on the internal network. This should be disabled as non-routable addresses are normally not routable on purpose. To disable this feature, set net.inet.ip.sourceroute and net.inet.ip.accept_sourceroute to 0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24350 msgid "When a machine on the network needs to send messages to all hosts on a subnet, an ICMP echo request message is sent to the broadcast address. However, there is no reason for an external host to perform such an action. To reject all external broadcast requests, set net.inet.icmp.bmcastecho to 0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24358 msgid "Some additional settings are documented in security7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:24364 msgid "One-time Passwords" msgstr "Eenmalige wachtwoorden" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:24366 msgid "one-time passwords" msgstr "one-time passwords" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:24367 msgid "security one-time passwords" msgstr "security one-time passwords" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24372 msgid "By default, FreeBSD includes support for One-time Passwords In Everything (OPIE). OPIE is designed to prevent replay attacks, in which an attacker discovers a user's password and uses it to access a system. Since a password is only used once in OPIE, a discovered password is of little use to an attacker. OPIE uses a secure hash and a challenge/response system to manage passwords. The FreeBSD implementation uses the MD5 hash by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24383 msgid "OPIE uses three different types of passwords. The first is the usual UNIX or Kerberos password. The second is the one-time password which is generated by opiekey. The third type of password is the secret password which is used to generate one-time passwords. The secret password has nothing to do with, and should be different from, the UNIX password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24391 msgid "There are two other pieces of data that are important to OPIE. One is the seed or key, consisting of two letters and five digits. The other is the iteration count, a number between 1 and 100. OPIE creates the one-time password by concatenating the seed and the secret password, applying the MD5 hash as many times as specified by the iteration count, and turning the result into six short English words which represent the one-time password. The authentication system keeps track of the last one-time password used, and the user is authenticated if the hash of the user-provided password is equal to the previous password. Because a one-way hash is used, it is impossible to generate future one-time passwords if a successfully used password is captured. The iteration count is decremented after each successful login to keep the user and the login program in sync. When the iteration count gets down to 1, OPIE must be reinitialized." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24410 msgid "There are a few programs involved in this process. A one-time password, or a consecutive list of one-time passwords, is generated by passing an iteration count, a seed, and a secret password to opiekey1. In addition to initializing OPIE, opiepasswd1 is used to change passwords, iteration counts, or seeds. The relevant credential files in /etc/opiekeys are examined by opieinfo1 which prints out the invoking user's current iteration count and seed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24420 msgid "This section describes four different sorts of operations. The first is how to set up one-time-passwords for the first time over a secure connection. The second is how to use opiepasswd over an insecure connection. The third is how to log in over an insecure connection. The fourth is how to generate a number of keys which can be written down or printed out to use at insecure locations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24429 msgid "Initializing OPIE" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24431 msgid "To initialize OPIE for the first time, run this command from a secure location:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24434 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiepasswd -c\n" "Adding unfurl:\n" "Only use this method from the console; NEVER from remote. If you are using\n" "telnet, xterm, or a dial-in, type ^C now or exit with no password.\n" "Then run opiepasswd without the -c parameter.\n" "Using MD5 to compute responses.\n" "Enter new secret pass phrase:\n" "Again new secret pass phrase:\n" "\n" "ID unfurl OTP key is 499 to4268\n" "MOS MALL GOAT ARM AVID COED" msgstr "" "% opiepasswd -c\n" "Adding unfurl:\n" "Only use this method from the console; NEVER from remote. If you are using\n" "telnet, xterm, or a dial-in, type ^C now or exit with no password.\n" "Then run opiepasswd without the -c parameter.\n" "Using MD5 to compute responses.\n" "Enter new secret pass phrase:\n" "Again new secret pass phrase:\n" "\n" "ID unfurl OTP key is 499 to4268\n" "MOS MALL GOAT ARM AVID COED" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24446 msgid "The sets console mode which assumes that the command is being run from a secure location, such as a computer under the user's control or a SSH session to a computer under the user's control." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24452 msgid "When prompted, enter the secret password which will be used to generate the one-time login keys. This password should be difficult to guess and should be different than the password which is associated with the user's login account. It must be between 10 and 127 characters long. Remember this password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24459 msgid "The ID line lists the login name (unfurl), default iteration count (499), and default seed (to4268). When logging in, the system will remember these parameters and display them, meaning that they do not have to be memorized. The last line lists the generated one-time password which corresponds to those parameters and the secret password. At the next login, use this one-time password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24471 msgid "Insecure Connection Initialization" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24473 msgid "To initialize or change the secret password on an insecure system, a secure connection is needed to some place where opiekey can be run. This might be a shell prompt on a trusted machine. An iteration count is needed, where 100 is probably a good value, and the seed can either be specified or the randomly-generated one used. On the insecure connection, the machine being initialized, use opiepasswd1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiepasswd\n" "\n" "Updating unfurl:\n" "You need the response from an OTP generator.\n" "Old secret pass phrase:\n" "\totp-md5 498 to4268 ext\n" "\tResponse: GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT\n" "New secret pass phrase:\n" "\totp-md5 499 to4269\n" "\tResponse: LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY\n" "\n" "ID mark OTP key is 499 gr4269\n" "LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY" msgstr "" "% opiepasswd\n" "\n" "Updating unfurl:\n" "You need the response from an OTP generator.\n" "Old secret pass phrase:\n" "\totp-md5 498 to4268 ext\n" "\tResponse: GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT\n" "New secret pass phrase:\n" "\totp-md5 499 to4269\n" "\tResponse: LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY\n" "\n" "ID mark OTP key is 499 gr4269\n" "LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24496 msgid "To accept the default seed, press Return. Before entering an access password, move over to the secure connection and give it the same parameters:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24500 book.translate.xml:24548 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiekey 498 to4268\n" "Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n" "Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n" "Enter secret pass phrase:\n" "GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT" msgstr "" "% opiekey 498 to4268\n" "Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n" "Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n" "Enter secret pass phrase:\n" "GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24506 msgid "Switch back over to the insecure connection, and copy the generated one-time password over to the relevant program." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24512 msgid "Generating a Single One-time Password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24514 msgid "After initializing OPIE and logging in, a prompt like this will be displayed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24517 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% telnet example.com\n" "Trying 10.0.0.1...\n" "Connected to example.com\n" "Escape character is '^]'.\n" "\n" "FreeBSD/i386 (example.com) (ttypa)\n" "\n" "login: <username>\n" "otp-md5 498 gr4269 ext\n" "Password: " msgstr "" "% telnet example.com\n" "Trying 10.0.0.1...\n" "Connected to example.com\n" "Escape character is '^]'.\n" "\n" "FreeBSD/i386 (example.com) (ttypa)\n" "\n" "login: <username>\n" "otp-md5 498 gr4269 ext\n" "Password: " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24528 msgid "The OPIE prompts provides a useful feature. If Return is pressed at the password prompt, the prompt will turn echo on and display what is typed. This can be useful when attempting to type in a password by hand from a printout." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:24534 msgid "MS-DOS" msgstr "MS-DOS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:24535 msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:24536 msgid "MacOS" msgstr "MacOS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24538 msgid "At this point, generate the one-time password to answer this login prompt. This must be done on a trusted system where it is safe to run opiekey1. There are versions of this command for Windows, Mac OS and FreeBSD. This command needs the iteration count and the seed as command line options. Use cut-and-paste from the login prompt on the machine being logged in to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24546 msgid "On the trusted system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24554 msgid "Once the one-time password is generated, continue to log in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24559 msgid "Generating Multiple One-time Passwords" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24561 msgid "Sometimes there is no access to a trusted machine or secure connection. In this case, it is possible to use opiekey1 to generate a number of one-time passwords beforehand. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiekey -n 5 30 zz99999\n" "Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n" "Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n" "Enter secret pass phrase: <secret password>\n" "26: JOAN BORE FOSS DES NAY QUIT\n" "27: LATE BIAS SLAY FOLK MUCH TRIG\n" "28: SALT TIN ANTI LOON NEAL USE\n" "29: RIO ODIN GO BYE FURY TIC\n" "30: GREW JIVE SAN GIRD BOIL PHI" msgstr "" "% opiekey -n 5 30 zz99999\n" "Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n" "Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n" "Enter secret pass phrase: <secret password>\n" "26: JOAN BORE FOSS DES NAY QUIT\n" "27: LATE BIAS SLAY FOLK MUCH TRIG\n" "28: SALT TIN ANTI LOON NEAL USE\n" "29: RIO ODIN GO BYE FURY TIC\n" "30: GREW JIVE SAN GIRD BOIL PHI" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24576 msgid "The requests five keys in sequence, and specifies what the last iteration number should be. Note that these are printed out in reverse order of use. The really paranoid might want to write the results down by hand; otherwise, print the list. Each line shows both the iteration count and the one-time password. Scratch off the passwords as they are used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24587 msgid "Restricting Use of UNIX Passwords" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24589 msgid "OPIE can restrict the use of UNIX passwords based on the IP address of a login session. The relevant file is /etc/opieaccess, which is present by default. Refer to opieaccess5 for more information on this file and which security considerations to be aware of when using it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24596 msgid "Here is a sample opieaccess:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24598 #, no-wrap msgid "permit 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0" msgstr "permit 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24600 msgid "This line allows users whose IP source address (which is vulnerable to spoofing) matches the specified value and mask, to use UNIX passwords at any time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24604 msgid "If no rules in opieaccess are matched, the default is to deny non-OPIE logins." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:24612 msgid "TCP Wrapper" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:24615 book.translate.xml:25460 book.translate.xml:29442 #: book.translate.xml:41656 book.translate.xml:46333 msgid "TomRhodesWritten by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:24620 book.translate.xml:54235 msgid "TCP Wrapper" msgstr "TCP Wrapper" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24622 msgid "TCP Wrapper is a host-based access control system which extends the abilities of . It can be configured to provide logging support, return messages, and connection restrictions for the server daemons under the control of inetd. Refer to tcpd8 for more information about TCP Wrapper and its features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24630 msgid "TCP Wrapper should not be considered a replacement for a properly configured firewall. Instead, TCP Wrapper should be used in conjunction with a firewall and other security enhancements in order to provide another layer of protection in the implementation of a security policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24638 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24640 msgid "To enable TCP Wrapper in FreeBSD, add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "inetd_flags=\"-Ww\"" msgstr "" "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "inetd_flags=\"-Ww\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24647 msgid "Then, properly configure /etc/hosts.allow." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:24651 msgid "Unlike other implementations of TCP Wrapper, the use of hosts.deny is deprecated in FreeBSD. All configuration options should be placed in /etc/hosts.allow." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24658 msgid "In the simplest configuration, daemon connection policies are set to either permit or block, depending on the options in /etc/hosts.allow. The default configuration in FreeBSD is to allow all connections to the daemons started with inetd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24664 msgid "Basic configuration usually takes the form of daemon : address : action, where daemon is the daemon which inetd started, address is a valid hostname, IP address, or an IPv6 address enclosed in brackets ([ ]), and action is either allow or deny. TCP Wrapper uses a first rule match semantic, meaning that the configuration file is scanned from the beginning for a matching rule. When a match is found, the rule is applied and the search process stops." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24677 msgid "For example, to allow POP3 connections via the mail/qpopper daemon, the following lines should be appended to hosts.allow:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24682 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This line is required for POP3 connections:\n" "qpopper : ALL : allow" msgstr "" "# This line is required for POP3 connections:\n" "qpopper : ALL : allow" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24685 msgid "Whenever this file is edited, restart inetd:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24688 book.translate.xml:34479 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd restart" msgstr "# service inetd restart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24692 book.translate.xml:49590 msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24694 msgid "TCP Wrapper provides advanced options to allow more control over the way connections are handled. In some cases, it may be appropriate to return a comment to certain hosts or daemon connections. In other cases, a log entry should be recorded or an email sent to the administrator. Other situations may require the use of a service for local connections only. This is all possible through the use of configuration options known as wildcards, expansion characters, and external command execution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24704 msgid "Suppose that a situation occurs where a connection should be denied yet a reason should be sent to the host who attempted to establish that connection. That action is possible with . When a connection attempt is made, executes a shell command or script. An example exists in hosts.allow:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24712 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The rest of the daemons are protected.\n" "ALL : ALL \\\n" "\t: severity auth.info \\\n" "\t: twist /bin/echo \"You are not welcome to use %d from %h.\"" msgstr "" "# The rest of the daemons are protected.\n" "ALL : ALL \\\n" "\t: severity auth.info \\\n" "\t: twist /bin/echo \"You are not welcome to use %d from %h.\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24717 msgid "In this example, the message You are not allowed to use daemon name from hostname. will be returned for any daemon not configured in hosts.allow. This is useful for sending a reply back to the connection initiator right after the established connection is dropped. Any message returned must be wrapped in quote (\") characters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:24728 msgid "It may be possible to launch a denial of service attack on the server if an attacker floods these daemons with connection requests." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24733 msgid "Another possibility is to use . Like , implicitly denies the connection and may be used to run external shell commands or scripts. Unlike , will not send a reply back to the host who established the connection. For example, consider the following configuration:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24741 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# We do not allow connections from example.com:\n" "ALL : .example.com \\\n" "\t: spawn (/bin/echo %a from %h attempted to access %d >> \\\n" "\t /var/log/connections.log) \\\n" "\t: deny" msgstr "" "# We do not allow connections from example.com:\n" "ALL : .example.com \\\n" "\t: spawn (/bin/echo %a from %h attempted to access %d >> \\\n" "\t /var/log/connections.log) \\\n" "\t: deny" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24747 msgid "This will deny all connection attempts from *.example.com and log the hostname, IP address, and the daemon to which access was attempted to /var/log/connections.log. This example uses the substitution characters %a and %h. Refer to hosts_access5 for the complete list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24755 msgid "To match every instance of a daemon, domain, or IP address, use ALL. Another wildcard is PARANOID which may be used to match any host which provides an IP address that may be forged because the IP address differs from its resolved hostname. In this example, all connection requests to Sendmail which have an IP address that varies from its hostname will be denied:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24765 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block possibly spoofed requests to sendmail:\n" "sendmail : PARANOID : deny" msgstr "" "# Block possibly spoofed requests to sendmail:\n" "sendmail : PARANOID : deny" #. (itstool) path: caution/para #: book.translate.xml:24769 msgid "Using the PARANOID wildcard will result in denied connections if the client or server has a broken DNS setup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24774 msgid "To learn more about wildcards and their associated functionality, refer to hosts_access5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:24778 msgid "When adding new configuration lines, make sure that any unneeded entries for that daemon are commented out in hosts.allow." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:24787 msgid "Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:24790 msgid " Tillman Hodgson Contributed by " msgstr " Tillman Hodgson Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:24800 msgid " Mark Murray Based on a contribution by " msgstr " Mark Murray Op basis van een bijdrage van " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24810 msgid "Kerberos is a network authentication protocol which was originally created by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) as a way to securely provide authentication across a potentially hostile network. The Kerberos protocol uses strong cryptography so that both a client and server can prove their identity without sending any unencrypted secrets over the network. Kerberos can be described as an identity-verifying proxy system and as a trusted third-party authentication system. After a user authenticates with Kerberos, their communications can be encrypted to assure privacy and data integrity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24824 msgid "The only function of Kerberos is to provide the secure authentication of users and servers on the network. It does not provide authorization or auditing functions. It is recommended that Kerberos be used with other security methods which provide authorization and audit services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24831 msgid "The current version of the protocol is version 5, described in RFC 4120. Several free implementations of this protocol are available, covering a wide range of operating systems. MIT continues to develop their Kerberos package. It is commonly used in the US as a cryptography product, and has historically been subject to US export regulations. In FreeBSD, MIT Kerberos is available as the security/krb5 package or port. The Heimdal Kerberos implementation was explicitly developed outside of the US to avoid export regulations. The Heimdal Kerberos distribution is included in the base FreeBSD installation, and another distribution with more configurable options is available as security/heimdal in the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24850 msgid "In Kerberos users and services are identified as principals which are contained within an administrative grouping, called a realm. A typical user principal would be of the form user@REALM (realms are traditionally uppercase)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24858 msgid "This section provides a guide on how to set up Kerberos using the Heimdal distribution included in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:24862 msgid "For purposes of demonstrating a Kerberos installation, the name spaces will be as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:24868 msgid "The DNS domain (zone) will be example.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:24873 msgid "The Kerberos realm will be EXAMPLE.ORG." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:24879 msgid "Use real domain names when setting up Kerberos, even if it will run internally. This avoids DNS problems and assures inter-operation with other Kerberos realms." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:24887 msgid "Setting up a Heimdal KDC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:24889 msgid "Kerberos5 Key Distribution Center" msgstr "Kerberos5 Key Distribution Center" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24894 msgid "The Key Distribution Center (KDC) is the centralized authentication service that Kerberos provides, the trusted third party of the system. It is the computer that issues Kerberos tickets, which are used for clients to authenticate to servers. Because the KDC is considered trusted by all other computers in the Kerberos realm, it has heightened security concerns. Direct access to the KDC should be limited." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24906 msgid "While running a KDC requires few computing resources, a dedicated machine acting only as a KDC is recommended for security reasons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24911 msgid "To begin setting up a KDC, add these lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24914 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kdc_enable=\"YES\"\n" "kadmind_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "kdc_enable=\"YES\"\n" "kadmind_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24917 msgid "Next, edit /etc/krb5.conf as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24920 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[libdefaults]\n" " default_realm = EXAMPLE.ORG\n" "[realms]\n" " EXAMPLE.ORG = {\n" "\tkdc = kerberos.example.org\n" "\tadmin_server = kerberos.example.org\n" " }\n" "[domain_realm]\n" " .example.org = EXAMPLE.ORG" msgstr "" "[libdefaults]\n" " default_realm = EXAMPLE.ORG\n" "[realms]\n" " EXAMPLE.ORG = {\n" "\tkdc = kerberos.example.org\n" "\tadmin_server = kerberos.example.org\n" " }\n" "[domain_realm]\n" " .example.org = EXAMPLE.ORG" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24930 msgid "In this example, the KDC will use the fully-qualified hostname kerberos.example.org. The hostname of the KDC must be resolvable in the DNS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24935 msgid "Kerberos can also use the DNS to locate KDCs, instead of a [realms] section in /etc/krb5.conf. For large organizations that have their own DNS servers, the above example could be trimmed to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24942 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[libdefaults]\n" " default_realm = EXAMPLE.ORG\n" "[domain_realm]\n" " .example.org = EXAMPLE.ORG" msgstr "" "[libdefaults]\n" " default_realm = EXAMPLE.ORG\n" "[domain_realm]\n" " .example.org = EXAMPLE.ORG" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24947 msgid "With the following lines being included in the example.org zone file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:24951 #, no-wrap msgid "" "_kerberos._udp IN SRV 01 00 88 kerberos.example.org.\n" "_kerberos._tcp IN SRV 01 00 88 kerberos.example.org.\n" "_kpasswd._udp IN SRV 01 00 464 kerberos.example.org.\n" "_kerberos-adm._tcp IN SRV 01 00 749 kerberos.example.org.\n" "_kerberos IN TXT EXAMPLE.ORG" msgstr "" "_kerberos._udp IN SRV 01 00 88 kerberos.example.org.\n" "_kerberos._tcp IN SRV 01 00 88 kerberos.example.org.\n" "_kpasswd._udp IN SRV 01 00 464 kerberos.example.org.\n" "_kerberos-adm._tcp IN SRV 01 00 749 kerberos.example.org.\n" "_kerberos IN TXT EXAMPLE.ORG" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:24958 msgid "In order for clients to be able to find the Kerberos services, they must have either a fully configured /etc/krb5.conf or a minimally configured /etc/krb5.conf and a properly configured DNS server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24967 msgid "Next, create the Kerberos database which contains the keys of all principals (users and hosts) encrypted with a master password. It is not required to remember this password as it will be stored in /var/heimdal/m-key; it would be reasonable to use a 45-character random password for this purpose. To create the master key, run kstash and enter a password:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24976 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kstash\n" "Master key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n" "Verifying password - Master key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx" msgstr "" "# kstash\n" "Master key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n" "Verifying password - Master key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24980 msgid "Once the master key has been created, the database should be initialized. The Kerberos administrative tool kadmin8 can be used on the KDC in a mode that operates directly on the database, without using the kadmind8 network service, as kadmin -l. This resolves the chicken-and-egg problem of trying to connect to the database before it is created. At the kadmin prompt, use init to create the realm's initial database:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:24991 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin -l\n" "kadmin> init EXAMPLE.ORG\n" "Realm max ticket life [unlimited]:" msgstr "" "# kadmin -l\n" "kadmin> init EXAMPLE.ORG\n" "Realm max ticket life [unlimited]:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:24995 msgid "Lastly, while still in kadmin, create the first principal using add. Stick to the default options for the principal for now, as these can be changed later with modify. Type ? at the prompt to see the available options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25002 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kadmin> add tillman\n" "Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n" "Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n" "Attributes []:\n" "Password: xxxxxxxx\n" "Verifying password - Password: xxxxxxxx" msgstr "" "kadmin> add tillman\n" "Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n" "Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n" "Attributes []:\n" "Password: xxxxxxxx\n" "Verifying password - Password: xxxxxxxx" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25009 msgid "Next, start the KDC services by running service kdc start and service kadmind start. While there will not be any kerberized daemons running at this point, it is possible to confirm that the KDC is functioning by obtaining a ticket for the principal that was just created:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25017 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% kinit tillman\n" "tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG's Password:" msgstr "" "% kinit tillman\n" "tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG's Password:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25020 msgid "Confirm that a ticket was successfully obtained using klist:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25023 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% klist\n" "Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1001\n" "\tPrincipal: tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG\n" "\n" " Issued Expires Principal\n" "Aug 27 15:37:58 2013 Aug 28 01:37:58 2013 krbtgt/EXAMPLE.ORG@EXAMPLE.ORG" msgstr "" "% klist\n" "Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1001\n" "\tPrincipal: tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG\n" "\n" " Issued Expires Principal\n" "Aug 27 15:37:58 2013 Aug 28 01:37:58 2013 krbtgt/EXAMPLE.ORG@EXAMPLE.ORG" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25030 msgid "The temporary ticket can be destroyed when the test is finished:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25033 #, no-wrap msgid "% kdestroy" msgstr "% kdestroy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:25037 msgid "Configuring a Server to Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25040 msgid "Kerberos5 enabling services" msgstr "Kerberos5 enabling services" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25045 msgid "The first step in configuring a server to use Kerberos authentication is to ensure that it has the correct configuration in /etc/krb5.conf. The version from the KDC can be used as-is, or it can be regenerated on the new system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25052 msgid "Next, create /etc/krb5.keytab on the server. This is the main part of Kerberizing a service — it corresponds to generating a secret shared between the service and the KDC. The secret is a cryptographic key, stored in a keytab. The keytab contains the server's host key, which allows it and the KDC to verify each others' identity. It must be transmitted to the server in a secure fashion, as the security of the server can be broken if the key is made public. Typically, the keytab is generated on an administrator's trusted machine using kadmin, then securely transferred to the server, e.g., with scp1; it can also be created directly on the server if that is consistent with the desired security policy. It is very important that the keytab is transmitted to the server in a secure fashion: if the key is known by some other party, that party can impersonate any user to the server! Using kadmin on the server directly is convenient, because the entry for the host principal in the KDC database is also created using kadmin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25075 msgid "Of course, kadmin is a kerberized service; a Kerberos ticket is needed to authenticate to the network service, but to ensure that the user running kadmin is actually present (and their session has not been hijacked), kadmin will prompt for the password to get a fresh ticket. The principal authenticating to the kadmin service must be permitted to use the kadmin interface, as specified in kadmind.acl. See the section titled Remote administration in info heimdal for details on designing access control lists. Instead of enabling remote kadmin access, the administrator could securely connect to the KDC via the local console or ssh1, and perform administration locally using kadmin -l." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25092 msgid "After installing /etc/krb5.conf, use add --random-key in kadmin. This adds the server's host principal to the database, but does not extract a copy of the host principal key to a keytab. To generate the keytab, use ext to extract the server's host principal key to its own keytab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25100 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin\n" "kadmin> add --random-key host/myserver.example.org\n" "Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n" "Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n" "Principal expiration time [never]:\n" "Password expiration time [never]:\n" "Attributes []:\n" "kadmin> ext_keytab host/myserver.example.org\n" "kadmin> exit" msgstr "" "# kadmin\n" "kadmin> add --random-key host/myserver.example.org\n" "Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n" "Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n" "Principal expiration time [never]:\n" "Password expiration time [never]:\n" "Attributes []:\n" "kadmin> ext_keytab host/myserver.example.org\n" "kadmin> exit" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25110 msgid "Note that ext_keytab stores the extracted key in /etc/krb5.keytab by default. This is good when being run on the server being kerberized, but the --keytab path/to/file argument should be used when the keytab is being extracted elsewhere:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25118 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin\n" "kadmin> ext_keytab --keytab=/tmp/example.keytab host/myserver.example.org\n" "kadmin> exit" msgstr "" "# kadmin\n" "kadmin> ext_keytab --keytab=/tmp/example.keytab host/myserver.example.org\n" "kadmin> exit" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25122 msgid "The keytab can then be securely copied to the server using scp1 or a removable media. Be sure to specify a non-default keytab name to avoid inserting unneeded keys into the system's keytab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25127 msgid "At this point, the server can read encrypted messages from the KDC using its shared key, stored in krb5.keytab. It is now ready for the Kerberos-using services to be enabled. One of the most common such services is sshd8, which supports Kerberos via the GSS-API. In /etc/ssh/sshd_config, add the line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25138 #, no-wrap msgid "GSSAPIAuthentication yes" msgstr "GSSAPIAuthentication yes" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25140 msgid "After making this change, sshd8 must be restared for the new configuration to take effect: service sshd restart." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:25146 msgid "Configuring a Client to Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25149 msgid "Kerberos5 configure clients" msgstr "Kerberos5 configure clients" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25154 msgid "As it was for the server, the client requires configuration in /etc/krb5.conf. Copy the file in place (securely) or re-enter it as needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25158 msgid "Test the client by using kinit, klist, and kdestroy from the client to obtain, show, and then delete a ticket for an existing principal. Kerberos applications should also be able to connect to Kerberos enabled servers. If that does not work but obtaining a ticket does, the problem is likely with the server and not with the client or the KDC. In the case of kerberized ssh1, GSS-API is disabled by default, so test using ssh -o GSSAPIAuthentication=yes hostname." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25172 msgid "When testing a Kerberized application, try using a packet sniffer such as tcpdump to confirm that no sensitive information is sent in the clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25176 msgid "Various Kerberos client applications are available. With the advent of a bridge so that applications using SASL for authentication can use GSS-API mechanisms as well, large classes of client applications can use Kerberos for authentication, from Jabber clients to IMAP clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25184 msgid ".k5login" msgstr ".k5login" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25188 msgid ".k5users" msgstr ".k5users" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25192 msgid "Users within a realm typically have their Kerberos principal mapped to a local user account. Occasionally, one needs to grant access to a local user account to someone who does not have a matching Kerberos principal. For example, tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG may need access to the local user account webdevelopers. Other principals may also need access to that local account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25201 msgid "The .k5login and .k5users files, placed in a user's home directory, can be used to solve this problem. For example, if the following .k5login is placed in the home directory of webdevelopers, both principals listed will have access to that account without requiring a shared password:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25209 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tillman@example.org\n" "jdoe@example.org" msgstr "" "tillman@example.org\n" "jdoe@example.org" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25212 msgid "Refer to ksu1 for more information about .k5users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:25217 msgid "MIT Differences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25219 msgid "The major difference between the MIT and Heimdal implementations is that kadmin has a different, but equivalent, set of commands and uses a different protocol. If the KDC is MIT, the Heimdal version of kadmin cannot be used to administer the KDC remotely, and vice versa." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25227 msgid "Client applications may also use slightly different command line options to accomplish the same tasks. Following the instructions at http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/ is recommended. Be careful of path issues: the MIT port installs into /usr/local/ by default, and the FreeBSD system applications run instead of the MIT versions if PATH lists the system directories first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25237 msgid "When using MIT Kerberos as a KDC on FreeBSD, the following edits should also be made to rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kerberos5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/krb5kdc\"\n" "kadmind5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/kadmind\"\n" "kerberos5_server_flags=\"\"\n" "kerberos5_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" "kadmind5_server_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "kerberos5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/krb5kdc\"\n" "kadmind5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/kadmind\"\n" "kerberos5_server_flags=\"\"\n" "kerberos5_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" "kadmind5_server_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:25249 msgid "Kerberos Tips, Tricks, and Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25252 msgid "When configuring and troubleshooting Kerberos, keep the following points in mind:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25258 msgid "When using either Heimdal or MIT Kerberos from ports, ensure that the PATH lists the port's versions of the client applications before the system versions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25265 msgid "If all the computers in the realm do not have synchronized time settings, authentication may fail. describes how to synchronize clocks using NTP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25272 msgid "If the hostname is changed, the host/ principal must be changed and the keytab updated. This also applies to special keytab entries like the HTTP/ principal used for Apache's www/mod_auth_kerb." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25279 msgid "All hosts in the realm must be both forward and reverse resolvable in DNS or, at a minimum, exist in /etc/hosts. CNAMEs will work, but the A and PTR records must be correct and in place. The error message for unresolvable hosts is not intuitive: Kerberos5 refuses authentication because Read req failed: Key table entry not found." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25290 msgid "Some operating systems that act as clients to the KDC do not set the permissions for ksu to be setuid root. This means that ksu does not work. This is a permissions problem, not a KDC error." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25299 msgid "With MIT Kerberos, to allow a principal to have a ticket life longer than the default lifetime of ten hours, use modify_principal at the kadmin8 prompt to change the maxlife of both the principal in question and the krbtgt principal. The principal can then use kinit -l to request a ticket with a longer lifetime." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25313 msgid "When running a packet sniffer on the KDC to aid in troubleshooting while running kinit from a workstation, the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) is sent immediately, even before the password is typed. This is because the Kerberos server freely transmits a TGT to any unauthorized request. However, every TGT is encrypted in a key derived from the user's password. When a user types their password, it is not sent to the KDC, it is instead used to decrypt the TGT that kinit already obtained. If the decryption process results in a valid ticket with a valid time stamp, the user has valid Kerberos credentials. These credentials include a session key for establishing secure communications with the Kerberos server in the future, as well as the actual TGT, which is encrypted with the Kerberos server's own key. This second layer of encryption allows the Kerberos server to verify the authenticity of each TGT." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25340 msgid "Host principals can have a longer ticket lifetime. If the user principal has a lifetime of a week but the host being connected to has a lifetime of nine hours, the user cache will have an expired host principal and the ticket cache will not work as expected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25348 msgid "When setting up krb5.dict to prevent specific bad passwords from being used as described in kadmind8, remember that it only applies to principals that have a password policy assigned to them. The format used in krb5.dict is one string per line. Creating a symbolic link to /usr/share/dict/words might be useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:25362 msgid "Mitigating Kerberos Limitations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25365 msgid "Kerberos5 limitations and shortcomings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25370 msgid "Since Kerberos is an all or nothing approach, every service enabled on the network must either be modified to work with Kerberos or be otherwise secured against network attacks. This is to prevent user credentials from being stolen and re-used. An example is when Kerberos is enabled on all remote shells but the non-Kerberized POP3 mail server sends passwords in plain text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25380 msgid "The KDC is a single point of failure. By design, the KDC must be as secure as its master password database. The KDC should have absolutely no other services running on it and should be physically secure. The danger is high because Kerberos stores all passwords encrypted with the same master key which is stored as a file on the KDC." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25389 msgid "A compromised master key is not quite as bad as one might fear. The master key is only used to encrypt the Kerberos database and as a seed for the random number generator. As long as access to the KDC is secure, an attacker cannot do much with the master key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25396 msgid "If the KDC is unavailable, network services are unusable as authentication cannot be performed. This can be alleviated with a single master KDC and one or more slaves, and with careful implementation of secondary or fall-back authentication using PAM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25403 msgid "Kerberos allows users, hosts and services to authenticate between themselves. It does not have a mechanism to authenticate the KDC to the users, hosts, or services. This means that a trojanned kinit could record all user names and passwords. File system integrity checking tools like security/tripwire can alleviate this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:25414 msgid "Resources and Further Information" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25416 msgid "Kerberos5 external resources" msgstr "Kerberos5 external resources" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25423 msgid " The Kerberos FAQ" msgstr " De Kerberos FAQ " #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25429 msgid "Designing an Authentication System: a Dialog in Four Scenes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25435 msgid "RFC 4120, The Kerberos Network Authentication Service (V5)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25441 msgid "MIT Kerberos home page" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25447 msgid "Heimdal Kerberos home page" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:25457 msgid "OpenSSL" msgstr "OpenSSL" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25465 msgid "security OpenSSL" msgstr "security OpenSSL" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25470 msgid "OpenSSL is an open source implementation of the SSL and TLS protocols. It provides an encryption transport layer on top of the normal communications layer, allowing it to be intertwined with many network applications and services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25477 msgid "The version of OpenSSL included in FreeBSD supports the Secure Sockets Layer v2/v3 (SSLv2/SSLv3) and Transport Layer Security v1 (TLSv1) network security protocols and can be used as a general cryptographic library." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25483 msgid "OpenSSL is often used to encrypt authentication of mail clients and to secure web based transactions such as credit card payments. Some ports, such as www/apache24 and databases/postgresql91-server, include a compile option for building with OpenSSL." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25491 msgid "FreeBSD provides two versions of OpenSSL: one in the base system and one in the Ports Collection. Users can choose which version to use by default for other ports using the following knobs:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25498 msgid "WITH_OPENSSL_PORT: when set, the port will use OpenSSL from the security/openssl port, even if the version in the base system is up to date or newer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25505 msgid "WITH_OPENSSL_BASE: when set, the port will compile against OpenSSL provided by the base system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25511 msgid "Another common use of OpenSSL is to provide certificates for use with software applications. Certificates can be used to verify the credentials of a company or individual. If a certificate has not been signed by an external Certificate Authority (CA), such as http://www.verisign.com, the application that uses the certificate will produce a warning. There is a cost associated with obtaining a signed certificate and using a signed certificate is not mandatory as certificates can be self-signed. However, using an external authority will prevent warnings and can put users at ease." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25524 msgid "This section demonstrates how to create and use certificates on a FreeBSD system. Refer to for an example of how to create a CA for signing one's own certificates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25529 msgid "For more information about SSL, read the free OpenSSL Cookbook." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:25534 msgid "Generating Certificates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25536 msgid "OpenSSL certificate generation" msgstr "OpenSSL certificate generation" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25541 msgid "To generate a certificate that will be signed by an external CA, issue the following command and input the information requested at the prompts. This input information will be written to the certificate. At the Common Name prompt, input the fully qualified name for the system that will use the certificate. If this name does not match the server, the application verifying the certificate will issue a warning to the user, rendering the verification provided by the certificate as useless." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25551 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout cert.key -sha256 -newkey rsa:2048\n" "Generating a 2048 bit RSA private key\n" "..................+++\n" ".............................................................+++\n" "writing new private key to 'cert.key'\n" "-----\n" "You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n" "into your certificate request.\n" "What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n" "There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n" "For some fields there will be a default value,\n" "If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n" "-----\n" "Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:US\n" "State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:PA\n" "Locality Name (eg, city) []:Pittsburgh\n" "Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:My Company\n" "Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:Systems Administrator\n" "Common Name (eg, YOUR name) []:localhost.example.org\n" "Email Address []:trhodes@FreeBSD.org\n" "\n" "Please enter the following 'extra' attributes\n" "to be sent with your certificate request\n" "A challenge password []:\n" "An optional company name []:Another Name" msgstr "" "# openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout cert.key -sha256 -newkey rsa:2048\n" "Generating a 2048 bit RSA private key\n" "..................+++\n" ".............................................................+++\n" "writing new private key to 'cert.key'\n" "-----\n" "You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n" "into your certificate request.\n" "What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n" "There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n" "For some fields there will be a default value,\n" "If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n" "-----\n" "Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:US\n" "State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:PA\n" "Locality Name (eg, city) []:Pittsburgh\n" "Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:My Company\n" "Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:Systems Administrator\n" "Common Name (eg, YOUR name) []:localhost.example.org\n" "Email Address []:trhodes@FreeBSD.org\n" "\n" "Please enter the following 'extra' attributes\n" "to be sent with your certificate request\n" "A challenge password []:\n" "An optional company name []:Another Name" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25577 msgid "Other options, such as the expire time and alternate encryption algorithms, are available when creating a certificate. A complete list of options is described in openssl1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25582 msgid "This command will create two files in the current directory. The certificate request, req.pem, can be sent to a CA who will validate the entered credentials, sign the request, and return the signed certificate. The second file, cert.key, is the private key for the certificate and should be stored in a secure location. If this falls in the hands of others, it can be used to impersonate the user or the server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25593 msgid "Alternately, if a signature from a CA is not required, a self-signed certificate can be created. First, generate the RSA key:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25597 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl genrsa -rand -genkey -out cert.key 2048\n" "0 semi-random bytes loaded\n" "Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus\n" ".............................................+++\n" ".................................................................................................................+++\n" "e is 65537 (0x10001)" msgstr "" "# openssl genrsa -rand -genkey -out cert.key 2048\n" "0 semi-random bytes loaded\n" "Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus\n" ".............................................+++\n" ".................................................................................................................+++\n" "e is 65537 (0x10001)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25604 msgid "Use this key to create a self-signed certificate. Follow the usual prompts for creating a certificate:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25607 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -key cert.key -out cert.crt -sha256\n" "You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n" "into your certificate request.\n" "What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n" "There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n" "For some fields there will be a default value,\n" "If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n" "-----\n" "Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:US\n" "State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:PA\n" "Locality Name (eg, city) []:Pittsburgh\n" "Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:My Company\n" "Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:Systems Administrator\n" "Common Name (e.g. server FQDN or YOUR name) []:localhost.example.org\n" "Email Address []:trhodes@FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" "# openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -key cert.key -out cert.crt -sha256\n" "You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n" "into your certificate request.\n" "What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n" "There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n" "For some fields there will be a default value,\n" "If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n" "-----\n" "Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:US\n" "State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:PA\n" "Locality Name (eg, city) []:Pittsburgh\n" "Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:My Company\n" "Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:Systems Administrator\n" "Common Name (e.g. server FQDN or YOUR name) []:localhost.example.org\n" "Email Address []:trhodes@FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25623 msgid "This will create two new files in the current directory: a private key file cert.key, and the certificate itself, cert.crt. These should be placed in a directory, preferably under /etc/ssl/, which is readable only by root. Permissions of 0700 are appropriate for these files and can be set using chmod." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:25634 msgid "Using Certificates" msgstr "Certificaten gebruiken" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25636 msgid "One use for a certificate is to encrypt connections to the Sendmail mail server in order to prevent the use of clear text authentication." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:25641 msgid "Some mail clients will display an error if the user has not installed a local copy of the certificate. Refer to the documentation included with the software for more information on certificate installation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25647 msgid "In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and above, it is possible to create a self-signed certificate for Sendmail automatically. To enable this, add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25653 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail_enable=\"YES\"\n" "sendmail_cert_create=\"YES\"\n" "sendmail_cert_cn=\"localhost.example.org\"" msgstr "" "sendmail_enable=\"YES\"\n" "sendmail_cert_create=\"YES\"\n" "sendmail_cert_cn=\"localhost.example.org\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25657 msgid "This will automatically create a self-signed certificate, /etc/mail/certs/host.cert, a signing key, /etc/mail/certs/host.key, and a CA certificate, /etc/mail/certs/cacert.pem. The certificate will use the Common Name specified in . After saving the edits, restart Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25666 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sendmail restart" msgstr "# service sendmail restart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25668 msgid "If all went well, there will be no error messages in /var/log/maillog. For a simple test, connect to the mail server's listening port using telnet:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25673 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# telnet example.com 25\n" "Trying 192.0.34.166...\n" "Connected to example.com.\n" "Escape character is '^]'.\n" "220 example.com ESMTP Sendmail 8.14.7/8.14.7; Fri, 18 Apr 2014 11:50:32 -0400 (EDT)\n" "ehlo example.com\n" "250-example.com Hello example.com [192.0.34.166], pleased to meet you\n" "250-ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES\n" "250-PIPELINING\n" "250-8BITMIME\n" "250-SIZE\n" "250-DSN\n" "250-ETRN\n" "250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n" "250-STARTTLS\n" "250-DELIVERBY\n" "250 HELP\n" "quit\n" "221 2.0.0 example.com closing connection\n" "Connection closed by foreign host." msgstr "" "# telnet example.com 25\n" "Trying 192.0.34.166...\n" "Connected to example.com.\n" "Escape character is '^]'.\n" "220 example.com ESMTP Sendmail 8.14.7/8.14.7; Fri, 18 Apr 2014 11:50:32 -0400 (EDT)\n" "ehlo example.com\n" "250-example.com Hello example.com [192.0.34.166], pleased to meet you\n" "250-ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES\n" "250-PIPELINING\n" "250-8BITMIME\n" "250-SIZE\n" "250-DSN\n" "250-ETRN\n" "250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n" "250-STARTTLS\n" "250-DELIVERBY\n" "250 HELP\n" "quit\n" "221 2.0.0 example.com closing connection\n" "Connection closed by foreign host." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25694 msgid "If the STARTTLS line appears in the output, everything is working correctly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:25701 msgid "VPN over IPsec" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: affiliation/address #: book.translate.xml:25711 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\t nik@FreeBSD.org\n" "\t " msgstr "" "\n" "\t nik@FreeBSD.org\n" "\t " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:25705 msgid " Nik Clayton <_:address-1/> Written by " msgstr " Nik Clayton <_: address-1 /> Geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: affiliation/address #: book.translate.xml:25726 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\t hmp@FreeBSD.org\n" "\t " msgstr "" "\n" "\t hmp@FreeBSD.org\n" "\t " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:25720 msgid " Hiten M. Pandya <_:address-1/> Written by " msgstr " Hiten M. Pandya <_: address-1 /> Geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25735 msgid "IPsec" msgstr "IPsec" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25739 msgid "Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) is a set of protocols which sit on top of the Internet Protocol (IP) layer. It allows two or more hosts to communicate in a secure manner by authenticating and encrypting each IP packet of a communication session. The FreeBSD IPsec network stack is based on the http://www.kame.net/ implementation and supports both IPv4 and IPv6 sessions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25749 msgid "IPsec ESP" msgstr "IPsec ESP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25754 msgid "IPsec AH" msgstr "IPsec AH" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25759 msgid "IPsec is comprised of the following sub-protocols:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25764 msgid "Encapsulated Security Payload (ESP): this protocol protects the IP packet data from third party interference by encrypting the contents using symmetric cryptography algorithms such as Blowfish and 3DES." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25773 msgid "Authentication Header (AH): this protocol protects the IP packet header from third party interference and spoofing by computing a cryptographic checksum and hashing the IP packet header fields with a secure hashing function. This is then followed by an additional header that contains the hash, to allow the information in the packet to be authenticated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25785 msgid "IP Payload Compression Protocol (IPComp): this protocol tries to increase communication performance by compressing the IP payload in order to reduce the amount of data sent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25793 msgid "These protocols can either be used together or separately, depending on the environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25796 msgid "VPN" msgstr "VPN" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25800 msgid "virtual private network VPN" msgstr "virtual private network VPN" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25805 msgid "IPsec supports two modes of operation. The first mode, Transport Mode, protects communications between two hosts. The second mode, Tunnel Mode, is used to build virtual tunnels, commonly known as Virtual Private Networks (VPNs). Consult ipsec4 for detailed information on the IPsec subsystem in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25814 msgid "To add IPsec support to the kernel, add the following options to the custom kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25818 msgid "kernel options IPSEC" msgstr "kernel options IPSEC" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:25823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPSEC #IP security\n" "device crypto" msgstr "" "options IPSEC #IP security\n" "device crypto" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:25826 msgid "kernel options IPSEC_DEBUG" msgstr "kernel options IPSEC_DEBUG" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25831 msgid "If IPsec debugging support is desired, the following kernel option should also be added:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:25834 #, no-wrap msgid "options IPSEC_DEBUG #debug for IP security" msgstr "options IPSEC_DEBUG #debug for IP security" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:25836 msgid "This rest of this chapter demonstrates the process of setting up an IPsec VPN between a home network and a corporate network. In the example scenario:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25843 msgid "Both sites are connected to the Internet through a gateway that is running FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25848 msgid "The gateway on each network has at least one external IP address. In this example, the corporate LAN's external IP address is 172.16.5.4 and the home LAN's external IP address is 192.168.1.12." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:25857 msgid "The internal addresses of the two networks can be either public or private IP addresses. However, the address space must not collide. For example, both networks cannot use 192.168.1.x. In this example, the corporate LAN's internal IP address is 10.246.38.1 and the home LAN's internal IP address is 10.0.0.5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:25870 msgid "Configuring a VPN on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: affiliation/address #: book.translate.xml:25879 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\t\ttrhodes@FreeBSD.org\n" "\t " msgstr "" "\n" "\t\ttrhodes@FreeBSD.org\n" "\t " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:25873 msgid " Tom Rhodes <_:address-1/> Written by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes <_: address-1 /> Geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25888 msgid "To begin, security/ipsec-tools must be installed from the Ports Collection. This software provides a number of applications which support the configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25892 msgid "The next requirement is to create two gif4 pseudo-devices which will be used to tunnel packets and allow both networks to communicate properly. As root, run the following commands, replacing internal and external with the real IP addresses of the internal and external interfaces of the two gateways:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25900 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig gif0 create\n" "# ifconfig gif0 internal1 internal2\n" "# ifconfig gif0 tunnel external1 external2" msgstr "" "# ifconfig gif0 create\n" "# ifconfig gif0 internal1 internal2\n" "# ifconfig gif0 tunnel external1 external2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25904 msgid "Verify the setup on each gateway, using ifconfig. Here is the output from Gateway 1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25908 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n" "tunnel inet 172.16.5.4 --> 192.168.1.12\n" "inet6 fe80::2e0:81ff:fe02:5881%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x6\n" "inet 10.246.38.1 --> 10.0.0.5 netmask 0xffffff00" msgstr "" "gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n" "tunnel inet 172.16.5.4 --> 192.168.1.12\n" "inet6 fe80::2e0:81ff:fe02:5881%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x6\n" "inet 10.246.38.1 --> 10.0.0.5 netmask 0xffffff00" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25913 msgid "Here is the output from Gateway 2:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25915 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n" "tunnel inet 192.168.1.12 --> 172.16.5.4\n" "inet 10.0.0.5 --> 10.246.38.1 netmask 0xffffff00\n" "inet6 fe80::250:bfff:fe3a:c1f%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4" msgstr "" "gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n" "tunnel inet 192.168.1.12 --> 172.16.5.4\n" "inet 10.0.0.5 --> 10.246.38.1 netmask 0xffffff00\n" "inet6 fe80::250:bfff:fe3a:c1f%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25920 msgid "Once complete, both internal IP addresses should be reachable using ping8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25923 #, no-wrap msgid "" "priv-net# ping 10.0.0.5\n" "PING 10.0.0.5 (10.0.0.5): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=42.786 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=19.255 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=20.440 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.036 ms\n" "--- 10.0.0.5 ping statistics ---\n" "4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 19.255/25.879/42.786/9.782 ms\n" "\n" "corp-net# ping 10.246.38.1\n" "PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.1): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=28.106 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=42.917 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=127.525 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=119.896 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=154.524 ms\n" "--- 10.246.38.1 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 28.106/94.594/154.524/49.814 ms" msgstr "" "priv-net# ping 10.0.0.5\n" "PING 10.0.0.5 (10.0.0.5): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=42.786 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=19.255 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=20.440 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.036 ms\n" "--- 10.0.0.5 ping statistics ---\n" "4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 19.255/25.879/42.786/9.782 ms\n" "\n" "corp-net# ping 10.246.38.1\n" "PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.1): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=28.106 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=42.917 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=127.525 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=119.896 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=154.524 ms\n" "--- 10.246.38.1 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 28.106/94.594/154.524/49.814 ms" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25944 msgid "As expected, both sides have the ability to send and receive ICMP packets from the privately configured addresses. Next, both gateways must be told how to route packets in order to correctly send traffic from either network. The following commands will achieve this goal:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:25951 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# corp-net# route add 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.5 255.255.255.0\n" "# corp-net# route add net 10.0.0.0: gateway 10.0.0.5\n" "# priv-net# route add 10.246.38.0 10.246.38.1 255.255.255.0\n" "# priv-net# route add host 10.246.38.0: gateway 10.246.38.1" msgstr "" "# corp-net# route add 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.5 255.255.255.0\n" "# corp-net# route add net 10.0.0.0: gateway 10.0.0.5\n" "# priv-net# route add 10.246.38.0 10.246.38.1 255.255.255.0\n" "# priv-net# route add host 10.246.38.0: gateway 10.246.38.1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25956 msgid "At this point, internal machines should be reachable from each gateway as well as from machines behind the gateways. Again, use ping8 to confirm:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25960 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-net# ping 10.0.0.8\n" "PING 10.0.0.8 (10.0.0.8): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=0 ttl=63 time=92.391 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=1 ttl=63 time=21.870 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=2 ttl=63 time=198.022 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=3 ttl=63 time=22.241 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=4 ttl=63 time=174.705 ms\n" "--- 10.0.0.8 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.870/101.846/198.022/74.001 ms\n" "\n" "priv-net# ping 10.246.38.107\n" "PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.107): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=53.491 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=23.395 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=23.865 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.145 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=36.708 ms\n" "--- 10.246.38.107 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.145/31.721/53.491/12.179 ms" msgstr "" "corp-net# ping 10.0.0.8\n" "PING 10.0.0.8 (10.0.0.8): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=0 ttl=63 time=92.391 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=1 ttl=63 time=21.870 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=2 ttl=63 time=198.022 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=3 ttl=63 time=22.241 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=4 ttl=63 time=174.705 ms\n" "--- 10.0.0.8 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.870/101.846/198.022/74.001 ms\n" "\n" "priv-net# ping 10.246.38.107\n" "PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.107): 56 data bytes\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=53.491 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=23.395 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=23.865 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.145 ms\n" "64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=36.708 ms\n" "--- 10.246.38.107 ping statistics ---\n" "5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.145/31.721/53.491/12.179 ms" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:25982 msgid "Setting up the tunnels is the easy part. Configuring a secure link is a more in depth process. The following configuration uses pre-shared (PSK) RSA keys. Other than the IP addresses, the /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf on both gateways will be identical and look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:25990 #, no-wrap msgid "" "path pre_shared_key \"/usr/local/etc/racoon/psk.txt\"; #location of pre-shared key file\n" "log debug;\t#log verbosity setting: set to 'notify' when testing and debugging is complete\n" "\n" "padding\t# options are not to be changed\n" "{\n" " maximum_length 20;\n" " randomize off;\n" " strict_check off;\n" " exclusive_tail off;\n" "}\n" "\n" "timer\t# timing options. change as needed\n" "{\n" " counter 5;\n" " interval 20 sec;\n" " persend 1;\n" "# natt_keepalive 15 sec;\n" " phase1 30 sec;\n" " phase2 15 sec;\n" "}\n" "\n" "listen\t# address [port] that racoon will listen on\n" "{\n" " isakmp 172.16.5.4 [500];\n" " isakmp_natt 172.16.5.4 [4500];\n" "}\n" "\n" "remote 192.168.1.12 [500]\n" "{\n" " exchange_mode main,aggressive;\n" " doi ipsec_doi;\n" " situation identity_only;\n" " my_identifier address 172.16.5.4;\n" " peers_identifier address 192.168.1.12;\n" " lifetime time 8 hour;\n" " passive off;\n" " proposal_check obey;\n" "# nat_traversal off;\n" " generate_policy off;\n" "\n" " proposal {\n" " encryption_algorithm blowfish;\n" " hash_algorithm md5;\n" " authentication_method pre_shared_key;\n" " lifetime time 30 sec;\n" " dh_group 1;\n" " }\n" "}\n" "\n" "sainfo (address 10.246.38.0/24 any address 10.0.0.0/24 any)\t# address $network/$netmask $type address $network/$netmask $type ( $type being any or esp)\n" "{\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t# $network must be the two internal networks you are joining.\n" " pfs_group 1;\n" " lifetime time 36000 sec;\n" " encryption_algorithm blowfish,3des;\n" " authentication_algorithm hmac_md5,hmac_sha1;\n" " compression_algorithm deflate;\n" "}" msgstr "" "path pre_shared_key \"/usr/local/etc/racoon/psk.txt\"; #location of pre-shared key file\n" "log debug;\t#log verbosity setting: set to 'notify' when testing and debugging is complete\n" "\n" "padding\t# options are not to be changed\n" "{\n" " maximum_length 20;\n" " randomize off;\n" " strict_check off;\n" " exclusive_tail off;\n" "}\n" "\n" "timer\t# timing options. change as needed\n" "{\n" " counter 5;\n" " interval 20 sec;\n" " persend 1;\n" "# natt_keepalive 15 sec;\n" " phase1 30 sec;\n" " phase2 15 sec;\n" "}\n" "\n" "listen\t# address [port] that racoon will listen on\n" "{\n" " isakmp 172.16.5.4 [500];\n" " isakmp_natt 172.16.5.4 [4500];\n" "}\n" "\n" "remote 192.168.1.12 [500]\n" "{\n" " exchange_mode main,aggressive;\n" " doi ipsec_doi;\n" " situation identity_only;\n" " my_identifier address 172.16.5.4;\n" " peers_identifier address 192.168.1.12;\n" " lifetime time 8 hour;\n" " passive off;\n" " proposal_check obey;\n" "# nat_traversal off;\n" " generate_policy off;\n" "\n" " proposal {\n" " encryption_algorithm blowfish;\n" " hash_algorithm md5;\n" " authentication_method pre_shared_key;\n" " lifetime time 30 sec;\n" " dh_group 1;\n" " }\n" "}\n" "\n" "sainfo (address 10.246.38.0/24 any address 10.0.0.0/24 any)\t# address $network/$netmask $type address $network/$netmask $type ( $type being any or esp)\n" "{\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t# $network must be the two internal networks you are joining.\n" " pfs_group 1;\n" " lifetime time 36000 sec;\n" " encryption_algorithm blowfish,3des;\n" " authentication_algorithm hmac_md5,hmac_sha1;\n" " compression_algorithm deflate;\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26048 msgid "For descriptions of each available option, refer to the manual page for racoon.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26051 msgid "The Security Policy Database (SPD) needs to be configured so that FreeBSD and racoon are able to encrypt and decrypt network traffic between the hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26056 msgid "This can be achieved with a shell script, similar to the following, on the corporate gateway. This file will be used during system initialization and should be saved as /usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26061 #, no-wrap msgid "" "flush;\n" "spdflush;\n" "# To the home network\n" "spdadd 10.246.38.0/24 10.0.0.0/24 any -P out ipsec esp/tunnel/172.16.5.4-192.168.1.12/use;\n" "spdadd 10.0.0.0/24 10.246.38.0/24 any -P in ipsec esp/tunnel/192.168.1.12-172.16.5.4/use;" msgstr "" "flush;\n" "spdflush;\n" "# To the home network\n" "spdadd 10.246.38.0/24 10.0.0.0/24 any -P out ipsec esp/tunnel/172.16.5.4-192.168.1.12/use;\n" "spdadd 10.0.0.0/24 10.246.38.0/24 any -P in ipsec esp/tunnel/192.168.1.12-172.16.5.4/use;" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26067 msgid "Once in place, racoon may be started on both gateways using the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26070 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf -l /var/log/racoon.log" msgstr "# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf -l /var/log/racoon.log" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26072 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26074 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-net# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf\n" "Foreground mode.\n" "2006-01-30 01:35:47: INFO: begin Identity Protection mode.\n" "2006-01-30 01:35:48: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n" "2006-01-30 01:35:55: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:04: INFO: ISAKMP-SA established 172.16.5.4[500]-192.168.1.12[500] spi:623b9b3bd2492452:7deab82d54ff704a\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:05: INFO: initiate new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]->172.16.5.4[0] spi=28496098(0x1b2d0e2)\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]->192.168.1.12[0] spi=47784998(0x2d92426)\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:13: INFO: respond new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]->172.16.5.4[0] spi=124397467(0x76a279b)\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]->192.168.1.12[0] spi=175852902(0xa7b4d66)" msgstr "" "corp-net# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf\n" "Foreground mode.\n" "2006-01-30 01:35:47: INFO: begin Identity Protection mode.\n" "2006-01-30 01:35:48: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n" "2006-01-30 01:35:55: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:04: INFO: ISAKMP-SA established 172.16.5.4[500]-192.168.1.12[500] spi:623b9b3bd2492452:7deab82d54ff704a\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:05: INFO: initiate new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]->172.16.5.4[0] spi=28496098(0x1b2d0e2)\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]->192.168.1.12[0] spi=47784998(0x2d92426)\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:13: INFO: respond new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]->172.16.5.4[0] spi=124397467(0x76a279b)\n" "2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]->192.168.1.12[0] spi=175852902(0xa7b4d66)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26087 msgid "To ensure the tunnel is working properly, switch to another console and use tcpdump1 to view network traffic using the following command. Replace em0 with the network interface card as required:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26093 #, no-wrap msgid "# tcpdump -i em0 host 172.16.5.4 and dst 192.168.1.12" msgstr "# tcpdump -i em0 host 172.16.5.4 and dst 192.168.1.12" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26095 msgid "Data similar to the following should appear on the console. If not, there is an issue and debugging the returned data will be required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26099 #, no-wrap msgid "" "01:47:32.021683 IP corporatenetwork.com > 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xa)\n" "01:47:33.022442 IP corporatenetwork.com > 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xb)\n" "01:47:34.024218 IP corporatenetwork.com > 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xc)" msgstr "" "01:47:32.021683 IP corporatenetwork.com > 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xa)\n" "01:47:33.022442 IP corporatenetwork.com > 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xb)\n" "01:47:34.024218 IP corporatenetwork.com > 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xc)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26103 msgid "At this point, both networks should be available and seem to be part of the same network. Most likely both networks are protected by a firewall. To allow traffic to flow between them, rules need to be added to pass packets. For the ipfw8 firewall, add the following lines to the firewall configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw add 00201 allow log esp from any to any\n" "ipfw add 00202 allow log ah from any to any\n" "ipfw add 00203 allow log ipencap from any to any\n" "ipfw add 00204 allow log udp from any 500 to any" msgstr "" "ipfw add 00201 allow log esp from any to any\n" "ipfw add 00202 allow log ah from any to any\n" "ipfw add 00203 allow log ipencap from any to any\n" "ipfw add 00204 allow log udp from any 500 to any" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:26116 msgid "The rule numbers may need to be altered depending on the current host configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26120 msgid "For users of pf4 or ipf8, the following rules should do the trick:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26123 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass in quick proto esp from any to any\n" "pass in quick proto ah from any to any\n" "pass in quick proto ipencap from any to any\n" "pass in quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n" "pass in quick on gif0 from any to any\n" "pass out quick proto esp from any to any\n" "pass out quick proto ah from any to any\n" "pass out quick proto ipencap from any to any\n" "pass out quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n" "pass out quick on gif0 from any to any" msgstr "" "pass in quick proto esp from any to any\n" "pass in quick proto ah from any to any\n" "pass in quick proto ipencap from any to any\n" "pass in quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n" "pass in quick on gif0 from any to any\n" "pass out quick proto esp from any to any\n" "pass out quick proto ah from any to any\n" "pass out quick proto ipencap from any to any\n" "pass out quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n" "pass out quick on gif0 from any to any" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26134 msgid "Finally, to allow the machine to start support for the VPN during system initialization, add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26138 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipsec_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ipsec_program=\"/usr/local/sbin/setkey\"\n" "ipsec_file=\"/usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf\" # allows setting up spd policies on boot\n" "racoon_enable=\"yes\"" msgstr "" "ipsec_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ipsec_program=\"/usr/local/sbin/setkey\"\n" "ipsec_file=\"/usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf\" # allows setting up spd policies on boot\n" "racoon_enable=\"yes\"" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:26147 msgid "OpenSSH" msgstr "OpenSSH" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:26150 msgid "ChernLeeContributed by " msgstr " Chern Lee Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26156 msgid "OpenSSH" msgstr "OpenSSH" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26157 msgid "security OpenSSH" msgstr "security OpenSSH" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26162 msgid "OpenSSH is a set of network connectivity tools used to provide secure access to remote machines. Additionally, TCP/IP connections can be tunneled or forwarded securely through SSH connections. OpenSSH encrypts all traffic to effectively eliminate eavesdropping, connection hijacking, and other network-level attacks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26171 msgid "OpenSSH is maintained by the OpenBSD project and is installed by default in FreeBSD. It is compatible with both SSH version 1 and 2 protocols." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26176 msgid "When data is sent over the network in an unencrypted form, network sniffers anywhere in between the client and server can steal user/password information or data transferred during the session. OpenSSH offers a variety of authentication and encryption methods to prevent this from happening. More information about OpenSSH is available from http://www.openssh.com/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26184 msgid "This section provides an overview of the built-in client utilities to securely access other systems and securely transfer files from a FreeBSD system. It then describes how to configure a SSH server on a FreeBSD system. More information is available in the man pages mentioned in this chapter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:26192 msgid "Using the SSH Client Utilities" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26194 msgid "OpenSSH client" msgstr "OpenSSH client" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26199 msgid "To log into a SSH server, use ssh and specify a username that exists on that server and the IP address or hostname of the server. If this is the first time a connection has been made to the specified server, the user will be prompted to first verify the server's fingerprint:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26206 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ssh user@example.com\n" "The authenticity of host 'example.com (10.0.0.1)' can't be established.\n" "ECDSA key fingerprint is 25:cc:73:b5:b3:96:75:3d:56:19:49:d2:5c:1f:91:3b.\n" "Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes\n" "Permanently added 'example.com' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts.\n" "Password for user@example.com: user_password" msgstr "" "# ssh user@example.com\n" "The authenticity of host 'example.com (10.0.0.1)' can't be established.\n" "ECDSA key fingerprint is 25:cc:73:b5:b3:96:75:3d:56:19:49:d2:5c:1f:91:3b.\n" "Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes\n" "Permanently added 'example.com' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts.\n" "Password for user@example.com: user_password" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26213 msgid "SSH utilizes a key fingerprint system to verify the authenticity of the server when the client connects. When the user accepts the key's fingerprint by typing yes when connecting for the first time, a copy of the key is saved to .ssh/known_hosts in the user's home directory. Future attempts to login are verified against the saved key and ssh will display an alert if the server's key does not match the saved key. If this occurs, the user should first verify why the key has changed before continuing with the connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26225 msgid "By default, recent versions of OpenSSH only accept SSHv2 connections. By default, the client will use version 2 if possible and will fall back to version 1 if the server does not support version 2. To force ssh to only use the specified protocol, include or . Additional options are described in ssh1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26234 msgid "OpenSSH secure copy" msgstr "OpenSSH secure copy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26238 msgid "scp1" msgstr "scp1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26242 msgid "Use scp1 to securely copy a file to or from a remote machine. This example copies COPYRIGHT on the remote system to a file of the same name in the current directory of the local system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26248 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scp user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT\n" "Password for user@example.com: *******\n" "COPYRIGHT 100% |*****************************| 4735\n" "00:00\n" "#" msgstr "" "# scp user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT\n" "Password for user@example.com: *******\n" "COPYRIGHT 100% |*****************************| 4735\n" "00:00\n" "#" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26254 msgid "Since the fingerprint was already verified for this host, the server's key is automatically checked before prompting for the user's password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26258 msgid "The arguments passed to scp are similar to cp. The file or files to copy is the first argument and the destination to copy to is the second. Since the file is fetched over the network, one or more of the file arguments takes the form . Be aware when copying directories recursively that scp uses , whereas cp uses ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26268 msgid "To open an interactive session for copying files, use sftp. Refer to sftp1 for a list of available commands while in an sftp session." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:26274 msgid "Key-based Authentication" msgstr "Authenticatie op basis van een Key" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26276 msgid "Instead of using passwords, a client can be configured to connect to the remote machine using keys. To generate RSA authentication keys, use ssh-keygen. To generate a public and private key pair, specify the type of key and follow the prompts. It is recommended to protect the keys with a memorable, but hard to guess passphrase." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:26285 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh-keygen -t rsa\n" "Generating public/private rsa key pair.\n" "Enter file in which to save the key (/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa):\n" "Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): \n" "Enter same passphrase again: \n" "Your identification has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_rsa.\n" "Your public key has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.\n" "The key fingerprint is:\n" "SHA256:54Xm9Uvtv6H4NOo6yjP/YCfODryvUU7yWHzMqeXwhq8 user@host.example.com\n" "The key's randomart image is:\n" "+---[RSA 2048]----+\n" "| |\n" "| |\n" "| |\n" "| . o.. |\n" "| .S*+*o |\n" "| . O=Oo . . |\n" "| = Oo= oo..|\n" "| .oB.* +.oo.|\n" "| =OE**.o..=|\n" "+----[SHA256]-----+" msgstr "" "% ssh-keygen -t rsa\n" "Generating public/private rsa key pair.\n" "Enter file in which to save the key (/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa):\n" "Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): \n" "Enter same passphrase again: \n" "Your identification has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_rsa.\n" "Your public key has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.\n" "The key fingerprint is:\n" "SHA256:54Xm9Uvtv6H4NOo6yjP/YCfODryvUU7yWHzMqeXwhq8 user@host.example.com\n" "The key's randomart image is:\n" "+---[RSA 2048]----+\n" "| |\n" "| |\n" "| |\n" "| . o.. |\n" "| .S*+*o |\n" "| . O=Oo . . |\n" "| = Oo= oo..|\n" "| .oB.* +.oo.|\n" "| =OE**.o..=|\n" "+----[SHA256]-----+" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:26309 msgid "Type a passphrase here. It can contain spaces and symbols." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:26314 msgid "Retype the passphrase to verify it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26319 msgid "The private key is stored in ~/.ssh/id_rsa and the public key is stored in ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub. The public key must be copied to ~/.ssh/authorized_keys on the remote machine for key-based authentication to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:26330 msgid "Many users believe that keys are secure by design and will use a key without a passphrase. This is dangerous behavior. An administrator can verify that a key pair is protected by a passphrase by viewing the private key manually. If the private key file contains the word ENCRYPTED, the key owner is using a passphrase. In addition, to better secure end users, from may be placed in the public key file. For example, adding from=\"192.168.10.5\" in front of the ssh-rsa prefix will only allow that specific user to log in from that IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26346 msgid "The options and files vary with different versions of OpenSSH. To avoid problems, consult ssh-keygen1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26350 msgid "If a passphrase is used, the user is prompted for the passphrase each time a connection is made to the server. To load SSH keys into memory and remove the need to type the passphrase each time, use ssh-agent1 and ssh-add1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26356 msgid "Authentication is handled by ssh-agent, using the private keys that are loaded into it. ssh-agent can be used to launch another application like a shell or a window manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26362 msgid "To use ssh-agent in a shell, start it with a shell as an argument. Add the identity by running ssh-add and entering the passphrase for the private key. The user will then be able to ssh to any host that has the corresponding public key installed. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:26370 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh-agent csh\n" "% ssh-add\n" "Enter passphrase for key '/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa': \n" "Identity added: /usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa (/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa)\n" "%" msgstr "" "% ssh-agent csh\n" "% ssh-add\n" "Enter passphrase for key '/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa': \n" "Identity added: /usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa (/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_rsa)\n" "%" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:26378 msgid "Enter the passphrase for the key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26382 msgid "To use ssh-agent in Xorg, add an entry for it in ~/.xinitrc. This provides the ssh-agent services to all programs launched in Xorg. An example ~/.xinitrc might look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26389 #, no-wrap msgid "exec ssh-agent startxfce4" msgstr "exec ssh-agent startxfce4" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26391 msgid "This launches ssh-agent, which in turn launches XFCE, every time Xorg starts. Once Xorg has been restarted so that the changes can take effect, run ssh-add to load all of the SSH keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:26400 msgid "SSH Tunneling" msgstr "SSH Tunneling" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26402 msgid "OpenSSH tunneling" msgstr "OpenSSH tunneling" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26407 msgid "OpenSSH has the ability to create a tunnel to encapsulate another protocol in an encrypted session." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26411 msgid "The following command tells ssh to create a tunnel for telnet:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:26415 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 5023:localhost:23 user@foo.example.com\n" "%" msgstr "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 5023:localhost:23 user@foo.example.com\n" "%" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26418 msgid "This example uses the following options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:26422 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:26425 msgid "Forces ssh to use version 2 to connect to the server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:26431 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:26434 msgid "Indicates no command, or tunnel only. If omitted, ssh initiates a normal session." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:26444 msgid "Forces ssh to run in the background." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:26450 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:26453 msgid "Indicates a local tunnel in localport:remotehost:remoteport format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:26460 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:26463 msgid "The login name to use on the specified remote SSH server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26469 msgid "An SSH tunnel works by creating a listen socket on localhost on the specified localport. It then forwards any connections received on localport via the SSH connection to the specified remotehost:remoteport. In the example, port 5023 on the client is forwarded to port 23 on the remote machine. Since port 23 is used by telnet, this creates an encrypted telnet session through an SSH tunnel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:26481 msgid "This method can be used to wrap any number of insecure TCP protocols such as SMTP, POP3, and FTP, as seen in the following examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:26488 msgid "Create a Secure Tunnel for SMTP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:26491 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 5025:localhost:25 user@mailserver.example.com\n" "user@mailserver.example.com's password: *****\n" "% telnet localhost 5025\n" "Trying 127.0.0.1...\n" "Connected to localhost.\n" "Escape character is '^]'.\n" "220 mailserver.example.com ESMTP" msgstr "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 5025:localhost:25 user@mailserver.example.com\n" "user@mailserver.example.com's password: *****\n" "% telnet localhost 5025\n" "Trying 127.0.0.1...\n" "Connected to localhost.\n" "Escape character is '^]'.\n" "220 mailserver.example.com ESMTP" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:26499 msgid "This can be used in conjunction with ssh-keygen and additional user accounts to create a more seamless SSH tunneling environment. Keys can be used in place of typing a password, and the tunnels can be run as a separate user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:26508 msgid "Secure Access of a POP3 Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:26511 msgid "In this example, there is an SSH server that accepts connections from the outside. On the same network resides a mail server running a POP3 server. To check email in a secure manner, create an SSH connection to the SSH server and tunnel through to the mail server:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:26519 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 2110:mail.example.com:110 user@ssh-server.example.com\n" "user@ssh-server.example.com's password: ******" msgstr "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 2110:mail.example.com:110 user@ssh-server.example.com\n" "user@ssh-server.example.com's password: ******" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:26522 msgid "Once the tunnel is up and running, point the email client to send POP3 requests to localhost on port 2110. This connection will be forwarded securely across the tunnel to mail.example.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:26530 msgid "Bypassing a Firewall" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:26532 msgid "Some firewalls filter both incoming and outgoing connections. For example, a firewall might limit access from remote machines to ports 22 and 80 to only allow SSH and web surfing. This prevents access to any other service which uses a port other than 22 or 80." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:26540 msgid "The solution is to create an SSH connection to a machine outside of the network's firewall and use it to tunnel to the desired service:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:26544 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 8888:music.example.com:8000 user@unfirewalled-system.example.org\n" "user@unfirewalled-system.example.org's password: *******" msgstr "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 8888:music.example.com:8000 user@unfirewalled-system.example.org\n" "user@unfirewalled-system.example.org's password: *******" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:26547 msgid "In this example, a streaming Ogg Vorbis client can now be pointed to localhost port 8888, which will be forwarded over to music.example.com on port 8000, successfully bypassing the firewall." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:26557 msgid "Enabling the SSH Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26559 msgid "OpenSSH enabling" msgstr "OpenSSH enabling" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26564 msgid "In addition to providing built-in SSH client utilities, a FreeBSD system can be configured as an SSH server, accepting connections from other SSH clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26569 msgid "To see if sshd is operating, use the service8 command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26572 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd status" msgstr "# service sshd status" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26574 msgid "If the service is not running, add the following line to /etc/rc.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26577 #, no-wrap msgid "sshd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "sshd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26579 msgid "This will start sshd, the daemon program for OpenSSH, the next time the system boots. To start it now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26583 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd start" msgstr "# service sshd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26585 msgid "The first time sshd starts on a FreeBSD system, the system's host keys will be automatically created and the fingerprint will be displayed on the console. Provide users with the fingerprint so that they can verify it the first time they connect to the server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26591 msgid "Refer to sshd8 for the list of available options when starting sshd and a more complete discussion about authentication, the login process, and the various configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26596 msgid "At this point, the sshd should be available to all users with a username and password on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:26602 msgid "SSH Server Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26604 msgid "While sshd is the most widely used remote administration facility for FreeBSD, brute force and drive by attacks are common to any system exposed to public networks. Several additional parameters are available to prevent the success of these attacks and will be described in this section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26611 msgid "It is a good idea to limit which users can log into the SSH server and from where using the AllowUsers keyword in the OpenSSH server configuration file. For example, to only allow root to log in from 192.168.1.32, add this line to /etc/ssh/sshd_config:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26619 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32" msgstr "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26621 msgid "To allow admin to log in from anywhere, list that user without specifying an IP address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26625 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers admin" msgstr "AllowUsers admin" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26627 msgid "Multiple users should be listed on the same line, like so:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26630 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 admin" msgstr "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 admin" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26632 msgid "After making changes to /etc/ssh/sshd_config, tell sshd to reload its configuration file by running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26637 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd reload" msgstr "# service sshd reload" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:26640 msgid "When this keyword is used, it is important to list each user that needs to log into this machine. Any user that is not specified in that line will be locked out. Also, the keywords used in the OpenSSH server configuration file are case-sensitive. If the keyword is not spelled correctly, including its case, it will be ignored. Always test changes to this file to make sure that the edits are working as expected. Refer to sshd_config5 to verify the spelling and use of the available keywords." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26652 msgid "In addition, users may be forced to use two factor authentication via the use of a public and private key. When required, the user may generate a key pair through the use of ssh-keygen1 and send the administrator the public key. This key file will be placed in the authorized_keys as described above in the client section. To force the users to use keys only, the following option may be configured:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26661 #, no-wrap msgid "AuthenticationMethods publickey" msgstr "AuthenticationMethods publickey" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:26664 msgid "Do not confuse /etc/ssh/sshd_config with /etc/ssh/ssh_config (note the extra d in the first filename). The first file configures the server and the second file configures the client. Refer to ssh_config5 for a listing of the available client settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:26676 msgid "Access Control Lists" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:26679 book.translate.xml:26824 book.translate.xml:26900 #: book.translate.xml:27220 book.translate.xml:27285 book.translate.xml:27642 msgid "TomRhodesContributed by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26684 msgid "ACL" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26688 msgid "Access Control Lists (ACLs) extend the standard UNIX permission model in a POSIX.1e compatible way. This permits an administrator to take advantage of a more fine-grained permissions model." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26693 msgid "The FreeBSD GENERIC kernel provides ACL support for UFS file systems. Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following option in their custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26699 #, no-wrap msgid "options UFS_ACL" msgstr "options UFS_ACL" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26701 msgid "If this option is not compiled in, a warning message will be displayed when attempting to mount a file system with ACL support. ACLs rely on extended attributes which are natively supported in UFS2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26707 msgid "This chapter describes how to enable ACL support and provides some usage examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:26712 msgid "Enabling ACL Support" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26714 msgid "ACLs are enabled by the mount-time administrative flag, , which may be added to /etc/fstab. The mount-time flag can also be automatically set in a persistent manner using tunefs8 to modify a superblock ACLs flag in the file system header. In general, it is preferred to use the superblock flag for several reasons:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:26724 msgid "The superblock flag cannot be changed by a remount using as it requires a complete umount and fresh mount. This means that ACLs cannot be enabled on the root file system after boot. It also means that ACL support on a file system cannot be changed while the system is in use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:26735 msgid "Setting the superblock flag causes the file system to always be mounted with ACLs enabled, even if there is not an fstab entry or if the devices re-order. This prevents accidental mounting of the file system without ACL support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:26745 msgid "It is desirable to discourage accidental mounting without ACLs enabled because nasty things can happen if ACLs are enabled, then disabled, then re-enabled without flushing the extended attributes. In general, once ACLs are enabled on a file system, they should not be disabled, as the resulting file protections may not be compatible with those intended by the users of the system, and re-enabling ACLs may re-attach the previous ACLs to files that have since had their permissions changed, resulting in unpredictable behavior." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26759 msgid "File systems with ACLs enabled will show a plus (+) sign in their permission settings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26763 #, no-wrap msgid "" "drwx------ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 27 11:54 private\n" "drwxrwx---+ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 23 10:57 directory1\n" "drwxrwx---+ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 22 10:20 directory2\n" "drwxrwx---+ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 27 11:57 directory3\n" "drwxr-xr-x 2 robert robert 512 Nov 10 11:54 public_html" msgstr "" "drwx------ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 27 11:54 private\n" "drwxrwx---+ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 23 10:57 directory1\n" "drwxrwx---+ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 22 10:20 directory2\n" "drwxrwx---+ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 27 11:57 directory3\n" "drwxr-xr-x 2 robert robert 512 Nov 10 11:54 public_html" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26769 msgid "In this example, directory1, directory2, and directory3 are all taking advantage of ACLs, whereas public_html is not." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:26777 msgid "Using ACLs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26779 msgid "File system ACLs can be viewed using getfacl. For instance, to view the ACL settings on test:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26784 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% getfacl test\n" "\t#file:test\n" "\t#owner:1001\n" "\t#group:1001\n" "\tuser::rw-\n" "\tgroup::r--\n" "\tother::r--" msgstr "" "% getfacl test\n" "\t#file:test\n" "\t#owner:1001\n" "\t#group:1001\n" "\tuser::rw-\n" "\tgroup::r--\n" "\tother::r--" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26792 msgid "To change the ACL settings on this file, use setfacl. To remove all of the currently defined ACLs from a file or file system, include . However, the preferred method is to use as it leaves the basic fields required for ACLs to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26799 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -k test" msgstr "% setfacl -k test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26801 msgid "To modify the default ACL entries, use :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:26804 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -m u:trhodes:rwx,group:web:r--,o::--- test" msgstr "% setfacl -m u:trhodes:rwx,group:web:r--,o::--- test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26806 msgid "In this example, there were no pre-defined entries, as they were removed by the previous command. This command restores the default options and assigns the options listed. If a user or group is added which does not exist on the system, an Invalid argument error will be displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26813 msgid "Refer to getfacl1 and setfacl1 for more information about the options available for these commands." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:26821 msgid "Monitoring Third Party Security Issues" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26829 msgid "pkg" msgstr "pkg" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26833 msgid "In recent years, the security world has made many improvements to how vulnerability assessment is handled. The threat of system intrusion increases as third party utilities are installed and configured for virtually any operating system available today." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26839 msgid "Vulnerability assessment is a key factor in security. While FreeBSD releases advisories for the base system, doing so for every third party utility is beyond the FreeBSD Project's capability. There is a way to mitigate third party vulnerabilities and warn administrators of known security issues. A FreeBSD add on utility known as pkg includes options explicitly for this purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26848 msgid "pkg polls a database for security issues. The database is updated and maintained by the FreeBSD Security Team and ports developers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26852 msgid "Please refer to instructions for installing pkg." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26856 msgid "Installation provides periodic8 configuration files for maintaining the pkg audit database, and provides a programmatic method of keeping it updated. This functionality is enabled if daily_status_security_pkgaudit_enable is set to YES in periodic.conf5. Ensure that daily security run emails, which are sent to root's email account, are being read." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26866 msgid "After installation, and to audit third party utilities as part of the Ports Collection at any time, an administrator may choose to update the database and view known vulnerabilities of installed packages by invoking:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26873 msgid "pkg displays messages any published vulnerabilities in installed packages:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26876 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Affected package: cups-base-1.1.22.0_1\n" "Type of problem: cups-base -- HPGL buffer overflow vulnerability.\n" "Reference: <http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/portaudit/40a3bca2-6809-11d9-a9e7-0001020eed82.html>\n" "\n" "1 problem(s) in your installed packages found.\n" "\n" "You are advised to update or deinstall the affected package(s) immediately." msgstr "" "Affected package: cups-base-1.1.22.0_1\n" "Type of problem: cups-base -- HPGL buffer overflow vulnerability.\n" "Reference: <http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/portaudit/40a3bca2-6809-11d9-a9e7-0001020eed82.html>\n" "\n" "1 problem(s) in your installed packages found.\n" "\n" "You are advised to update or deinstall the affected package(s) immediately." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26884 msgid "By pointing a web browser to the displayed URL, an administrator may obtain more information about the vulnerability. This will include the versions affected, by FreeBSD port version, along with other web sites which may contain security advisories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26890 msgid "pkg is a powerful utility and is extremely useful when coupled with ports-mgmt/portmaster." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:26897 msgid "FreeBSD Security Advisories" msgstr "FreeBSD beveiligingswaarschuwingen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:26905 msgid "FreeBSD Security Advisories" msgstr "FreeBSD Security Advisories" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26909 msgid "Like many producers of quality operating systems, the FreeBSD Project has a security team which is responsible for determining the End-of-Life (EoL) date for each FreeBSD release and to provide security updates for supported releases which have not yet reached their EoL. More information about the FreeBSD security team and the supported releases is available on the FreeBSD security page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26919 msgid "One task of the security team is to respond to reported security vulnerabilities in the FreeBSD operating system. Once a vulnerability is confirmed, the security team verifies the steps necessary to fix the vulnerability and updates the source code with the fix. It then publishes the details as a Security Advisory. Security advisories are published on the FreeBSD website and mailed to the freebsd-security-notifications, freebsd-security, and freebsd-announce mailing lists." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:26930 msgid "This section describes the format of a FreeBSD security advisory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:26934 msgid "Format of a Security Advisory" msgstr "Formaat van een beveiligingswaarschuwing" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:26936 msgid "Here is an example of a FreeBSD security advisory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:26938 #, no-wrap msgid "" "=============================================================================\n" "-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----\n" "Hash: SHA512\n" "\n" "=============================================================================\n" "FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind Security Advisory\n" " The FreeBSD Project\n" "\n" "Topic: BIND remote denial of service vulnerability\n" "\n" "Category: contrib\n" "Module: bind\n" "Announced: 2014-01-14\n" "Credits: ISC\n" "Affects: FreeBSD 8.x and FreeBSD 9.x\n" "Corrected: 2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/9, 9.2-STABLE)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.2, 9.2-RELEASE-p3)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.1, 9.1-RELEASE-p10)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/8, 8.4-STABLE)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.4, 8.4-RELEASE-p7)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.3, 8.3-RELEASE-p14)\n" "CVE Name: CVE-2014-0591\n" "\n" "For general information regarding FreeBSD Security Advisories,\n" "including descriptions of the fields above, security branches, and the\n" "following sections, please visit <URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/>.\n" "\n" "I. Background\n" "\n" "BIND 9 is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols.\n" "The named(8) daemon is an Internet Domain Name Server.\n" "\n" "II. Problem Description\n" "\n" "Because of a defect in handling queries for NSEC3-signed zones, BIND can\n" "crash with an \"INSIST\" failure in name.c when processing queries possessing\n" "certain properties. This issue only affects authoritative nameservers with\n" "at least one NSEC3-signed zone. Recursive-only servers are not at risk.\n" "\n" "III. Impact\n" "\n" "An attacker who can send a specially crafted query could cause named(8)\n" "to crash, resulting in a denial of service.\n" "\n" "IV. Workaround\n" "\n" "No workaround is available, but systems not running authoritative DNS service\n" "with at least one NSEC3-signed zone using named(8) are not vulnerable.\n" "\n" "V. Solution\n" "\n" "Perform one of the following:\n" "\n" "1) Upgrade your vulnerable system to a supported FreeBSD stable or\n" "release / security branch (releng) dated after the correction date.\n" "\n" "2) To update your vulnerable system via a source code patch:\n" "\n" "The following patches have been verified to apply to the applicable\n" "FreeBSD release branches.\n" "\n" "a) Download the relevant patch from the location below, and verify the\n" "detached PGP signature using your PGP utility.\n" "\n" "[FreeBSD 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2-RELEASE and 8.4-STABLE]\n" "# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch\n" "# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch.asc\n" "# gpg --verify bind-release.patch.asc\n" "\n" "[FreeBSD 9.2-STABLE]\n" "# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch\n" "# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n" "# gpg --verify bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n" "\n" "b) Execute the following commands as root:\n" "\n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# patch < /path/to/patch\n" "\n" "Recompile the operating system using buildworld and installworld as\n" "described in <URL:http://www.FreeBSD.org/handbook/makeworld.html>.\n" "\n" "Restart the applicable daemons, or reboot the system.\n" "\n" "3) To update your vulnerable system via a binary patch:\n" "\n" "Systems running a RELEASE version of FreeBSD on the i386 or amd64\n" "platforms can be updated via the freebsd-update(8) utility:\n" "\n" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" "# freebsd-update install\n" "\n" "VI. Correction details\n" "\n" "The following list contains the correction revision numbers for each\n" "affected branch.\n" "\n" "Branch/path Revision\n" "- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n" "stable/8/ r260646\n" "releng/8.3/ r260647\n" "releng/8.4/ r260647\n" "stable/9/ r260646\n" "releng/9.1/ r260647\n" "releng/9.2/ r260647\n" "- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n" "\n" "To see which files were modified by a particular revision, run the\n" "following command, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number, on a\n" "machine with Subversion installed:\n" "\n" "# svn diff -cNNNNNN --summarize svn://svn.freebsd.org/base\n" "\n" "Or visit the following URL, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number:\n" "\n" "<URL:http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=NNNNNN>\n" "\n" "VII. References\n" "\n" "<URL:https://kb.isc.org/article/AA-01078>\n" "\n" "<URL:http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2014-0591>\n" "\n" "The latest revision of this advisory is available at\n" "<URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/advisories/FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind.asc>\n" "-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----\n" "\n" "iQIcBAEBCgAGBQJS1ZTYAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnOvQP/2/68/s9Cu35PmqNtSZVVxVG\n" "ZSQP5EGWx/lramNf9566iKxOrLRMq/h3XWcC4goVd+gZFrvITJSVOWSa7ntDQ7TO\n" "XcinfRZ/iyiJbs/Rg2wLHc/t5oVSyeouyccqODYFbOwOlk35JjOTMUG1YcX+Zasg\n" "ax8RV+7Zt1QSBkMlOz/myBLXUjlTZ3Xg2FXVsfFQW5/g2CjuHpRSFx1bVNX6ysoG\n" "9DT58EQcYxIS8WfkHRbbXKh9I1nSfZ7/Hky/kTafRdRMrjAgbqFgHkYTYsBZeav5\n" "fYWKGQRJulYfeZQ90yMTvlpF42DjCC3uJYamJnwDIu8OhS1WRBI8fQfr9DRzmRua\n" "OK3BK9hUiScDZOJB6OqeVzUTfe7MAA4/UwrDtTYQ+PqAenv1PK8DZqwXyxA9ThHb\n" "zKO3OwuKOVHJnKvpOcr+eNwo7jbnHlis0oBksj/mrq2P9m2ueF9gzCiq5Ri5Syag\n" "Wssb1HUoMGwqU0roS8+pRpNC8YgsWpsttvUWSZ8u6Vj/FLeHpiV3mYXPVMaKRhVm\n" "067BA2uj4Th1JKtGleox+Em0R7OFbCc/9aWC67wiqI6KRyit9pYiF3npph+7D5Eq\n" "7zPsUdDd+qc+UTiLp3liCRp5w6484wWdhZO6wRtmUgxGjNkxFoNnX8CitzF8AaqO\n" "UWWemqWuz3lAZuORQ9KX\n" "=OQzQ\n" "-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----" msgstr "" "=============================================================================\n" "-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----\n" "Hash: SHA512\n" "\n" "=============================================================================\n" "FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind Security Advisory\n" " The FreeBSD Project\n" "\n" "Topic: BIND remote denial of service vulnerability\n" "\n" "Category: contrib\n" "Module: bind\n" "Announced: 2014-01-14\n" "Credits: ISC\n" "Affects: FreeBSD 8.x and FreeBSD 9.x\n" "Corrected: 2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/9, 9.2-STABLE)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.2, 9.2-RELEASE-p3)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.1, 9.1-RELEASE-p10)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/8, 8.4-STABLE)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.4, 8.4-RELEASE-p7)\n" " 2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.3, 8.3-RELEASE-p14)\n" "CVE Name: CVE-2014-0591\n" "\n" "For general information regarding FreeBSD Security Advisories,\n" "including descriptions of the fields above, security branches, and the\n" "following sections, please visit <URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/>.\n" "\n" "I. Background\n" "\n" "BIND 9 is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols.\n" "The named(8) daemon is an Internet Domain Name Server.\n" "\n" "II. Problem Description\n" "\n" "Because of a defect in handling queries for NSEC3-signed zones, BIND can\n" "crash with an \"INSIST\" failure in name.c when processing queries possessing\n" "certain properties. This issue only affects authoritative nameservers with\n" "at least one NSEC3-signed zone. Recursive-only servers are not at risk.\n" "\n" "III. Impact\n" "\n" "An attacker who can send a specially crafted query could cause named(8)\n" "to crash, resulting in a denial of service.\n" "\n" "IV. Workaround\n" "\n" "No workaround is available, but systems not running authoritative DNS service\n" "with at least one NSEC3-signed zone using named(8) are not vulnerable.\n" "\n" "V. Solution\n" "\n" "Perform one of the following:\n" "\n" "1) Upgrade your vulnerable system to a supported FreeBSD stable or\n" "release / security branch (releng) dated after the correction date.\n" "\n" "2) To update your vulnerable system via a source code patch:\n" "\n" "The following patches have been verified to apply to the applicable\n" "FreeBSD release branches.\n" "\n" "a) Download the relevant patch from the location below, and verify the\n" "detached PGP signature using your PGP utility.\n" "\n" "[FreeBSD 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2-RELEASE and 8.4-STABLE]\n" "# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch\n" "# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch.asc\n" "# gpg --verify bind-release.patch.asc\n" "\n" "[FreeBSD 9.2-STABLE]\n" "# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch\n" "# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n" "# gpg --verify bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n" "\n" "b) Execute the following commands as root:\n" "\n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# patch < /path/to/patch\n" "\n" "Recompile the operating system using buildworld and installworld as\n" "described in <URL:http://www.FreeBSD.org/handbook/makeworld.html>.\n" "\n" "Restart the applicable daemons, or reboot the system.\n" "\n" "3) To update your vulnerable system via a binary patch:\n" "\n" "Systems running a RELEASE version of FreeBSD on the i386 or amd64\n" "platforms can be updated via the freebsd-update(8) utility:\n" "\n" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" "# freebsd-update install\n" "\n" "VI. Correction details\n" "\n" "The following list contains the correction revision numbers for each\n" "affected branch.\n" "\n" "Branch/path Revision\n" "- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n" "stable/8/ r260646\n" "releng/8.3/ r260647\n" "releng/8.4/ r260647\n" "stable/9/ r260646\n" "releng/9.1/ r260647\n" "releng/9.2/ r260647\n" "- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n" "\n" "To see which files were modified by a particular revision, run the\n" "following command, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number, on a\n" "machine with Subversion installed:\n" "\n" "# svn diff -cNNNNNN --summarize svn://svn.freebsd.org/base\n" "\n" "Or visit the following URL, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number:\n" "\n" "<URL:http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=NNNNNN>\n" "\n" "VII. References\n" "\n" "<URL:https://kb.isc.org/article/AA-01078>\n" "\n" "<URL:http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2014-0591>\n" "\n" "The latest revision of this advisory is available at\n" "<URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/advisories/FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind.asc>\n" "-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----\n" "\n" "iQIcBAEBCgAGBQJS1ZTYAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnOvQP/2/68/s9Cu35PmqNtSZVVxVG\n" "ZSQP5EGWx/lramNf9566iKxOrLRMq/h3XWcC4goVd+gZFrvITJSVOWSa7ntDQ7TO\n" "XcinfRZ/iyiJbs/Rg2wLHc/t5oVSyeouyccqODYFbOwOlk35JjOTMUG1YcX+Zasg\n" "ax8RV+7Zt1QSBkMlOz/myBLXUjlTZ3Xg2FXVsfFQW5/g2CjuHpRSFx1bVNX6ysoG\n" "9DT58EQcYxIS8WfkHRbbXKh9I1nSfZ7/Hky/kTafRdRMrjAgbqFgHkYTYsBZeav5\n" "fYWKGQRJulYfeZQ90yMTvlpF42DjCC3uJYamJnwDIu8OhS1WRBI8fQfr9DRzmRua\n" "OK3BK9hUiScDZOJB6OqeVzUTfe7MAA4/UwrDtTYQ+PqAenv1PK8DZqwXyxA9ThHb\n" "zKO3OwuKOVHJnKvpOcr+eNwo7jbnHlis0oBksj/mrq2P9m2ueF9gzCiq5Ri5Syag\n" "Wssb1HUoMGwqU0roS8+pRpNC8YgsWpsttvUWSZ8u6Vj/FLeHpiV3mYXPVMaKRhVm\n" "067BA2uj4Th1JKtGleox+Em0R7OFbCc/9aWC67wiqI6KRyit9pYiF3npph+7D5Eq\n" "7zPsUdDd+qc+UTiLp3liCRp5w6484wWdhZO6wRtmUgxGjNkxFoNnX8CitzF8AaqO\n" "UWWemqWuz3lAZuORQ9KX\n" "=OQzQ\n" "-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27080 msgid "Every security advisory uses the following format:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27084 msgid "Each security advisory is signed by the PGP key of the Security Officer. The public key for the Security Officer can be verified at ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27091 msgid "The name of the security advisory always begins with FreeBSD-SA- (for FreeBSD Security Advisory), followed by the year in two digit format (14:), followed by the advisory number for that year (04.), followed by the name of the affected application or subsystem (bind). The advisory shown here is the fourth advisory for 2014 and it affects BIND." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27103 msgid "The Topic field summarizes the vulnerability." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27108 msgid "The Category refers to the affected part of the system which may be one of core, contrib, or ports. The core category means that the vulnerability affects a core component of the FreeBSD operating system. The contrib category means that the vulnerability affects software included with FreeBSD, such as BIND. The ports category indicates that the vulnerability affects software available through the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27123 msgid "The Module field refers to the component location. In this example, the bind module is affected; therefore, this vulnerability affects an application installed with the operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27131 msgid "The Announced field reflects the date the security advisory was published. This means that the security team has verified that the problem exists and that a patch has been committed to the FreeBSD source code repository." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27139 msgid "The Credits field gives credit to the individual or organization who noticed the vulnerability and reported it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27145 msgid "The Affects field explains which releases of FreeBSD are affected by this vulnerability." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27151 msgid "The Corrected field indicates the date, time, time offset, and releases that were corrected. The section in parentheses shows each branch for which the fix has been merged, and the version number of the corresponding release from that branch. The release identifier itself includes the version number and, if appropriate, the patch level. The patch level is the letter p followed by a number, indicating the sequence number of the patch, allowing users to track which patches have already been applied to the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27165 msgid "The CVE Name field lists the advisory number, if one exists, in the public cve.mitre.org security vulnerabilities database." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27171 msgid "The Background field provides a description of the affected module." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27176 msgid "The Problem Description field explains the vulnerability. This can include information about the flawed code and how the utility could be maliciously used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27183 msgid "The Impact field describes what type of impact the problem could have on a system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27188 msgid "The Workaround field indicates if a workaround is available to system administrators who cannot immediately patch the system ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27194 msgid "The Solution field provides the instructions for patching the affected system. This is a step by step tested and verified method for getting a system patched and working securely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27201 msgid "The Correction Details field displays each affected Subversion branch with the revision number that contains the corrected code." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27207 msgid "The References field offers sources of additional information regarding the vulnerability." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:27217 msgid "Process Accounting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27225 msgid "Process Accounting" msgstr "Process Accounting" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27229 msgid "Process accounting is a security method in which an administrator may keep track of system resources used and their allocation among users, provide for system monitoring, and minimally track a user's commands." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27234 msgid "Process accounting has both positive and negative points. One of the positives is that an intrusion may be narrowed down to the point of entry. A negative is the amount of logs generated by process accounting, and the disk space they may require. This section walks an administrator through the basics of process accounting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:27242 msgid "If more fine-grained accounting is needed, refer to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:27247 msgid "Enabling and Utilizing Process Accounting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27249 msgid "Before using process accounting, it must be enabled using the following commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:27252 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# touch /var/account/acct\n" "# chmod 600 /var/account/acct\n" "# accton /var/account/acct\n" "# echo 'accounting_enable=\"YES\"' >> /etc/rc.conf" msgstr "" "# touch /var/account/acct\n" "# chmod 600 /var/account/acct\n" "# accton /var/account/acct\n" "# echo 'accounting_enable=\"YES\"' >> /etc/rc.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27257 msgid "Once enabled, accounting will begin to track information such as CPU statistics and executed commands. All accounting logs are in a non-human readable format which can be viewed using sa. If issued without any options, sa prints information relating to the number of per-user calls, the total elapsed time in minutes, total CPU and user time in minutes, and the average number of I/O operations. Refer to sa8 for the list of available options which control the output." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27268 msgid "To display the commands issued by users, use lastcomm. For example, this command prints out all usage of ls by trhodes on the ttyp1 terminal:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:27273 #, no-wrap msgid "# lastcomm ls trhodes ttyp1" msgstr "# lastcomm ls trhodes ttyp1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27275 msgid "Many other useful options exist and are explained in lastcomm1, acct5, and sa8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:27282 msgid "Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27290 msgid "Resource limits" msgstr "Resource limits" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27294 msgid "FreeBSD provides several methods for an administrator to limit the amount of system resources an individual may use. Disk quotas limit the amount of disk space available to users. Quotas are discussed in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27299 msgid "quotas" msgstr "quotas" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27302 msgid "limiting users quotas" msgstr "limiting users quotas" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27306 book.translate.xml:34259 msgid "disk quotas" msgstr "disk quotas" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27310 msgid "Limits to other resources, such as CPU and memory, can be set using either a flat file or a command to configure a resource limits database. The traditional method defines login classes by editing /etc/login.conf. While this method is still supported, any changes require a multi-step process of editing this file, rebuilding the resource database, making necessary changes to /etc/master.passwd, and rebuilding the password database. This can become time consuming, depending upon the number of users to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27322 msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE, rctl can be used to provide a more fine-grained method for controlling resource limits. This command supports more than user limits as it can also be used to set resource constraints on processes and jails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27328 msgid "This section demonstrates both methods for controlling resources, beginning with the traditional method." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:27332 msgid "Configuring Login Classes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27334 msgid "limiting users" msgstr "limiting users" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27337 msgid "accounts limiting" msgstr "accounts limiting" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27341 msgid "/etc/login.conf" msgstr "/etc/login.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27345 msgid "In the traditional method, login classes and the resource limits to apply to a login class are defined in /etc/login.conf. Each user account can be assigned to a login class, where default is the default login class. Each login class has a set of login capabilities associated with it. A login capability is a name=value pair, where name is a well-known identifier and value is an arbitrary string which is processed accordingly depending on the name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:27359 msgid "Whenever /etc/login.conf is edited, the /etc/login.conf.db must be updated by executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:27363 book.translate.xml:30884 book.translate.xml:43410 #: book.translate.xml:54695 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf" msgstr "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27366 msgid "Resource limits differ from the default login capabilities in two ways. First, for every limit, there is a soft and hard limit. A soft limit may be adjusted by the user or application, but may not be set higher than the hard limit. The hard limit may be lowered by the user, but can only be raised by the superuser. Second, most resource limits apply per process to a specific user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27375 msgid " lists the most commonly used resource limits. All of the available resource limits and capabilities are described in detail in login.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27380 msgid "limiting users coredumpsize" msgstr "limiting users coredumpsize" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27384 msgid "limiting users cputime" msgstr "limiting users cputime" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27388 msgid "limiting users filesize" msgstr "limiting users filesize" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27392 msgid "limiting users maxproc" msgstr "limiting users maxproc" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27396 msgid "limiting users memorylocked" msgstr "limiting users memorylocked" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27400 msgid "limiting users memoryuse" msgstr "limiting users memoryuse" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27404 msgid "limiting users openfiles" msgstr "limiting users openfiles" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27408 msgid "limiting users sbsize" msgstr "limiting users sbsize" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27412 msgid "limiting users stacksize" msgstr "limiting users stacksize" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:27418 msgid "Login Class Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27423 msgid "Resource Limit" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27430 msgid "coredumpsize" msgstr "coredumpsize" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27431 msgid "The limit on the size of a core file generated by a program is subordinate to other limits on disk usage, such as filesize or disk quotas. This limit is often used as a less severe method of controlling disk space consumption. Since users do not generate core files and often do not delete them, this setting may save them from running out of disk space should a large program crash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27443 msgid "cputime" msgstr "cputime" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27444 msgid "The maximum amount of CPU time a user's process may consume. Offending processes will be killed by the kernel. This is a limit on CPU time consumed, not the percentage of the CPU as displayed in some of the fields generated by top and ps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27455 msgid "filesize" msgstr "filesize" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27456 msgid "The maximum size of a file the user may own. Unlike disk quotas (), this limit is enforced on individual files, not the set of all files a user owns." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27463 msgid "maxproc" msgstr "maxproc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27464 msgid "The maximum number of foreground and background processes a user can run. This limit may not be larger than the system limit specified by kern.maxproc. Setting this limit too small may hinder a user's productivity as some tasks, such as compiling a large program, start lots of processes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27474 msgid "memorylocked" msgstr "memorylocked" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27475 msgid "The maximum amount of memory a process may request to be locked into main memory using mlock2. Some system-critical programs, such as amd8, lock into main memory so that if the system begins to swap, they do not contribute to disk thrashing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27484 msgid "memoryuse" msgstr "memoryuse" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27485 msgid "The maximum amount of memory a process may consume at any given time. It includes both core memory and swap usage. This is not a catch-all limit for restricting memory consumption, but is a good start." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27493 msgid "openfiles" msgstr "openfiles" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27494 msgid "The maximum number of files a process may have open. In FreeBSD, files are used to represent sockets and IPC channels, so be careful not to set this too low. The system-wide limit for this is defined by kern.maxfiles." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27503 msgid "sbsize" msgstr "sbsize" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27504 msgid "The limit on the amount of network memory a user may consume. This can be generally used to limit network communications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27510 msgid "stacksize" msgstr "stacksize" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:27511 msgid "The maximum size of a process stack. This alone is not sufficient to limit the amount of memory a program may use, so it should be used in conjunction with other limits." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27520 msgid "There are a few other things to remember when setting resource limits:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27525 msgid "Processes started at system startup by /etc/rc are assigned to the daemon login class." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27531 msgid "Although the default /etc/login.conf is a good source of reasonable values for most limits, they may not be appropriate for every system. Setting a limit too high may open the system up to abuse, while setting it too low may put a strain on productivity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27540 msgid "Xorg takes a lot of resources and encourages users to run more programs simultaneously." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27546 msgid "Many limits apply to individual processes, not the user as a whole. For example, setting openfiles to 50 means that each process the user runs may open up to 50 files. The total amount of files a user may open is the value of openfiles multiplied by the value of maxproc. This also applies to memory consumption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27557 msgid "For further information on resource limits and login classes and capabilities in general, refer to cap_mkdb1, getrlimit2, and login.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:27564 msgid "Enabling and Configuring Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27566 msgid "As of FreeBSD 10.2, rctl support is built into the kernel. Previous supported releases will need to be recompiled using the instructions in . Add these lines to either GENERIC or a custom kernel configuration file, then rebuild the kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:27572 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options RACCT\n" "options RCTL" msgstr "" "options RACCT\n" "options RCTL" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27575 msgid "Once the system has rebooted into the new kernel, rctl may be used to set rules for the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27579 msgid "Rule syntax is controlled through the use of a subject, subject-id, resource, and action, as seen in this example rule:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:27583 #, no-wrap msgid "user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user" msgstr "user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27585 msgid "In this rule, the subject is user, the subject-id is trhodes, the resource, maxproc, is the maximum number of processes, and the action is deny, which blocks any new processes from being created. This means that the user, trhodes, will be constrained to no greater than 10 processes. Other possible actions include logging to the console, passing a notification to devd8, or sending a sigterm to the process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27596 msgid "Some care must be taken when adding rules. Since this user is constrained to 10 processes, this example will prevent the user from performing other tasks after logging in and executing a screen session. Once a resource limit has been hit, an error will be printed, as in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:27603 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% man test\n" " /usr/bin/man: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable\n" "eval: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable" msgstr "" "% man test\n" " /usr/bin/man: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable\n" "eval: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27607 msgid "As another example, a jail can be prevented from exceeding a memory limit. This rule could be written as:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:27610 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -a jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail" msgstr "# rctl -a jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27612 msgid "Rules will persist across reboots if they have been added to /etc/rctl.conf. The format is a rule, without the preceding command. For example, the previous rule could be added as:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:27617 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block jail from using more than 2G memory:\n" "jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail" msgstr "" "# Block jail from using more than 2G memory:\n" "jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27620 msgid "To remove a rule, use rctl to remove it from the list:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:27623 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -r user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user" msgstr "# rctl -r user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27625 msgid "A method for removing all rules is documented in rctl8. However, if removing all rules for a single user is required, this command may be issued:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:27629 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -r user:trhodes" msgstr "# rctl -r user:trhodes" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27631 msgid "Many other resources exist which can be used to exert additional control over various subjects. See rctl8 to learn about them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:27639 msgid "Shared Administration with Sudo" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27647 msgid "Security Sudo" msgstr "Security Sudo" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27652 msgid "System administrators often need the ability to grant enhanced permissions to users so they may perform privileged tasks. The idea that team members are provided access to a FreeBSD system to perform their specific tasks opens up unique challenges to every administrator. These team members only need a subset of access beyond normal end user levels; however, they almost always tell management they are unable to perform their tasks without superuser access. Thankfully, there is no reason to provide such access to end users because tools exist to manage this exact requirement." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27663 msgid "Up to this point, the security chapter has covered permitting access to authorized users and attempting to prevent unauthorized access. Another problem arises once authorized users have access to the system resources. In many cases, some users may need access to application startup scripts, or a team of administrators need to maintain the system. Traditionally, the standard users and groups, file permissions, and even the su1 command would manage this access. And as applications required more access, as more users needed to use system resources, a better solution was required. The most used application is currently Sudo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27675 msgid "Sudo allows administrators to configure more rigid access to system commands and provide for some advanced logging features. As a tool, it is available from the Ports Collection as security/sudo or by use of the pkg8 utility. To use the pkg8 tool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:27682 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sudo" msgstr "# pkg install sudo" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27684 msgid "After the installation is complete, the installed visudo will open the configuration file with a text editor. Using visudo is highly recommended as it comes with a built in syntax checker to verify there are no errors before the file is saved." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27690 msgid "The configuration file is made up of several small sections which allow for extensive configuration. In the following example, web application maintainer, user1, needs to start, stop, and restart the web application known as webservice. To grant this user permission to perform these tasks, add this line to the end of /usr/local/etc/sudoers:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:27699 #, no-wrap msgid "user1 ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *" msgstr "user1 ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27701 msgid "The user may now start webservice using this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:27704 #, no-wrap msgid "% sudo /usr/sbin/service webservice start" msgstr "% sudo /usr/sbin/service webservice start" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27706 msgid "While this configuration allows a single user access to the webservice service; however, in most organizations, there is an entire web team in charge of managing the service. A single line can also give access to an entire group. These steps will create a web group, add a user to this group, and allow all members of the group to manage the service:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:27714 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam" msgstr "# pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27716 msgid "Using the same pw8 command, the user is added to the webteam group:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:27719 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam" msgstr "# pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27721 msgid "Finally, this line in /usr/local/etc/sudoers allows any member of the webteam group to manage webservice:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:27726 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *" msgstr "%webteam ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27728 msgid "Unlike su1, Sudo only requires the end user password. This adds an advantage where users will not need shared passwords, a finding in most security audits and just bad all the way around." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27733 msgid "Users permitted to run applications with Sudo only enter their own passwords. This is more secure and gives better control than su1, where the root password is entered and the user acquires all root permissions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:27742 msgid "Most organizations are moving or have moved toward a two factor authentication model. In these cases, the user may not have a password to enter. Sudo provides for these cases with the NOPASSWD variable. Adding it to the configuration above will allow all members of the webteam group to manage the service without the password requirement:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:27751 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *" msgstr "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:27755 msgid "Logging Output" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27757 msgid "An advantage to implementing Sudo is the ability to enable session logging. Using the built in log mechanisms and the included sudoreplay command, all commands initiated through Sudo are logged for later verification. To enable this feature, add a default log directory entry, this example uses a user variable. Several other log filename conventions exist, consult the manual page for sudoreplay for additional information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:27769 #, no-wrap msgid "Defaults iolog_dir=/var/log/sudo-io/%{user}" msgstr "Defaults iolog_dir=/var/log/sudo-io/%{user}" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:27772 msgid "This directory will be created automatically after the logging is configured. It is best to let the system create directory with default permissions just to be safe. In addition, this entry will also log administrators who use the sudoreplay command. To change this behavior, read and uncomment the logging options inside sudoers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27781 msgid "Once this directive has been added to the sudoers file, any user configuration can be updated with the request to log access. In the example shown, the updated webteam entry would have the following additional changes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:27787 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: LOG_INPUT: LOG_OUTPUT: /usr/sbin/service webservice *" msgstr "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: LOG_INPUT: LOG_OUTPUT: /usr/sbin/service webservice *" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27789 msgid "From this point on, all webteam members altering the status of the webservice application will be logged. The list of previous and current sessions can be displayed with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:27795 #, no-wrap msgid "# sudoreplay -l" msgstr "# sudoreplay -l" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27797 msgid "In the output, to replay a specific session, search for the TSID= entry, and pass that to sudoreplay with no other options to replay the session at normal speed. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:27802 #, no-wrap msgid "# sudoreplay user1/00/00/02" msgstr "# sudoreplay user1/00/00/02" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:27805 msgid "While sessions are logged, any administrator is able to remove sessions and leave only a question of why they had done so. It is worthwhile to add a daily check through an intrusion detection system (IDS) or similar software so that other administrators are alerted to manual alterations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:27813 msgid "The sudoreplay is extremely extendable. Consult the documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:27827 msgid "Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:27830 msgid "MatteoRiondatoContributed by " msgstr " Matteo Riondato Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:27835 msgid "jails" msgstr "jails" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27840 msgid "Since system administration is a difficult task, many tools have been developed to make life easier for the administrator. These tools often enhance the way systems are installed, configured, and maintained. One of the tools which can be used to enhance the security of a FreeBSD system is jails. Jails have been available since FreeBSD 4.X and continue to be enhanced in their usefulness, performance, reliability, and security." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27849 msgid "Jails build upon the chroot2 concept, which is used to change the root directory of a set of processes. This creates a safe environment, separate from the rest of the system. Processes created in the chrooted environment can not access files or resources outside of it. For that reason, compromising a service running in a chrooted environment should not allow the attacker to compromise the entire system. However, a chroot has several limitations. It is suited to easy tasks which do not require much flexibility or complex, advanced features. Over time, many ways have been found to escape from a chrooted environment, making it a less than ideal solution for securing services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27862 msgid "Jails improve on the concept of the traditional chroot environment in several ways. In a traditional chroot environment, processes are only limited in the part of the file system they can access. The rest of the system resources, system users, running processes, and the networking subsystem are shared by the chrooted processes and the processes of the host system. Jails expand this model by virtualizing access to the file system, the set of users, and the networking subsystem. More fine-grained controls are available for tuning the access of a jailed environment. Jails can be considered as a type of operating system-level virtualization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27874 msgid "A jail is characterized by four elements:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27878 msgid "A directory subtree: the starting point from which a jail is entered. Once inside the jail, a process is not permitted to escape outside of this subtree." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27884 msgid "A hostname: which will be used by the jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27888 msgid "An IP address: which is assigned to the jail. The IP address of a jail is often an alias address for an existing network interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27895 msgid "A command: the path name of an executable to run inside the jail. The path is relative to the root directory of the jail environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27901 msgid "Jails have their own set of users and their own root account which are limited to the jail environment. The root account of a jail is not allowed to perform operations to the system outside of the associated jail environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27906 msgid "This chapter provides an overview of the terminology and commands for managing FreeBSD jails. Jails are a powerful tool for both system administrators, and advanced users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27914 msgid "What a jail is and what purpose it may serve in FreeBSD installations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27919 msgid "How to build, start, and stop a jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27923 msgid "The basics of jail administration, both from inside and outside the jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:27929 msgid "Jails are a powerful tool, but they are not a security panacea. While it is not possible for a jailed process to break out on its own, there are several ways in which an unprivileged user outside the jail can cooperate with a privileged user inside the jail to obtain elevated privileges in the host environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:27936 msgid "Most of these attacks can be mitigated by ensuring that the jail root is not accessible to unprivileged users in the host environment. As a general rule, untrusted users with privileged access to a jail should not be given access to the host environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:27945 msgid "Terms Related to Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:27947 msgid "To facilitate better understanding of parts of the FreeBSD system related to jails, their internals and the way they interact with the rest of FreeBSD, the following terms are used further in this chapter:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:27954 msgid "chroot8 (command)" msgstr "chroot8 (commando)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27956 msgid "Utility, which uses chroot2 FreeBSD system call to change the root directory of a process and all its descendants." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:27963 msgid "chroot2 (environment)" msgstr "chroot2 (omgeving)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27965 msgid "The environment of processes running in a chroot. This includes resources such as the part of the file system which is visible, user and group IDs which are available, network interfaces and other IPC mechanisms, etc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:27974 msgid "jail8 (command)" msgstr "jail8 (commando)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27976 msgid "The system administration utility which allows launching of processes within a jail environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:27982 msgid "host (system, process, user, etc.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27984 msgid "The controlling system of a jail environment. The host system has access to all the hardware resources available, and can control processes both outside of and inside a jail environment. One of the important differences of the host system from a jail is that the limitations which apply to superuser processes inside a jail are not enforced for processes of the host system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:27996 msgid "hosted (system, process, user, etc.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:27998 msgid "A process, user or other entity, whose access to resources is restricted by a FreeBSD jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:28006 msgid "Creating and Controlling Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28008 msgid "Some administrators divide jails into the following two types: complete jails, which resemble a real FreeBSD system, and service jails, dedicated to one application or service, possibly running with privileges. This is only a conceptual division and the process of building a jail is not affected by it. When creating a complete jail there are two options for the source of the userland: use prebuilt binaries (such as those supplied on an install media) or build from source." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28018 msgid "To install the userland from installation media, first create the root directory for the jail. This can be done by setting the DESTDIR variable to the proper location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28023 msgid "Start a shell and define DESTDIR:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:28025 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sh\n" "# export DESTDIR=/here/is/the/jail" msgstr "" "# sh\n" "# export DESTDIR=/here/is/the/jail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28028 msgid "Mount the install media as covered in mdconfig8 when using the install ISO:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:28031 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/`mdconfig -f cdimage.iso` /mnt" msgstr "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/`mdconfig -f cdimage.iso` /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28033 msgid "Extract the binaries from the tarballs on the install media into the declared destination. Minimally, only the base set needs to be extracted, but a complete install can be performed when preferred." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28038 msgid "To install just the base system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:28040 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar -xf /mnt/usr/freebsd-dist/base.txz -C $DESTDIR" msgstr "# tar -xf /mnt/usr/freebsd-dist/base.txz -C $DESTDIR" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28042 msgid "To install everything except the kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:28044 #, no-wrap msgid "# for sets in BASE PORTS; do tar -xf /mnt/FREEBSD_INSTALL/USR/FREEBSD_DIST/$sets.TXZ -C $DESTDIR ; done" msgstr "# for sets in BASE PORTS; do tar -xf /mnt/FREEBSD_INSTALL/USR/FREEBSD_DIST/$sets.TXZ -C $DESTDIR ; done" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28046 msgid "The jail8 manual page explains the procedure for building a jail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:28049 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setenv D /here/is/the/jail\n" "# mkdir -p $D \n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make buildworld \n" "# make installworld DESTDIR=$D \n" "# make distribution DESTDIR=$D \n" "# mount -t devfs devfs $D/dev " msgstr "" "# setenv D /here/is/the/jail\n" "# mkdir -p $D \n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make buildworld \n" "# make installworld DESTDIR=$D \n" "# make distribution DESTDIR=$D \n" "# mount -t devfs devfs $D/dev " #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:28059 msgid "Selecting a location for a jail is the best starting point. This is where the jail will physically reside within the file system of the jail's host. A good choice can be /usr/jail/jailname, where jailname is the hostname identifying the jail. Usually, /usr/ has enough space for the jail file system, which for complete jails is, essentially, a replication of every file present in a default installation of the FreeBSD base system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:28072 msgid "If you have already rebuilt your userland using make world or make buildworld, you can skip this step and install your existing userland into the new jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:28079 msgid "This command will populate the directory subtree chosen as jail's physical location on the file system with the necessary binaries, libraries, manual pages and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget #: book.translate.xml:28086 msgid "distribution" msgstr "distribution" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:28086 msgid "The <_:buildtarget-1/> target for make installs every needed configuration file. In simple words, it installs every installable file of /usr/src/etc/ to the /etc directory of the jail environment: $D/etc/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:28097 msgid "Mounting the devfs8 file system inside a jail is not required. On the other hand, any, or almost any application requires access to at least one device, depending on the purpose of the given application. It is very important to control access to devices from inside a jail, as improper settings could permit an attacker to do nasty things in the jail. Control over devfs8 is managed through rulesets which are described in the devfs8 and devfs.conf5 manual pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28109 msgid "Once a jail is installed, it can be started by using the jail8 utility. The jail8 utility takes four mandatory arguments which are described in the . Other arguments may be specified too, e.g., to run the jailed process with the credentials of a specific user. The argument depends on the type of the jail; for a virtual system, /etc/rc is a good choice, since it will replicate the startup sequence of a real FreeBSD system. For a service jail, it depends on the service or application that will run within the jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28122 msgid "Jails are often started at boot time and the FreeBSD rc mechanism provides an easy way to do this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28128 msgid "A list of the jails which are enabled to start at boot time should be added to the rc.conf5 file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jail_enable=\"YES\" # Set to NO to disable starting of any jails\n" "jail_list=\"www\" # Space separated list of names of jails" msgstr "" "jail_enable=\"YES\" # Set to NO to disable starting of any jails\n" "jail_list=\"www\" # Space separated list of names of jails" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:28135 msgid "Jail names in jail_list should contain alphanumeric characters only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28141 msgid "For each jail listed in jail_list, a group of rc.conf5 settings, which describe the particular jail, should be added:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28145 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jail_www_rootdir=\"/usr/jail/www\" # jail's root directory\n" "jail_www_hostname=\"www.example.org\" # jail's hostname\n" "jail_www_ip=\"192.168.0.10\" # jail's IP address\n" "jail_www_devfs_enable=\"YES\" # mount devfs in the jail" msgstr "" "jail_www_rootdir=\"/usr/jail/www\" # jail's root directory\n" "jail_www_hostname=\"www.example.org\" # jail's hostname\n" "jail_www_ip=\"192.168.0.10\" # jail's IP address\n" "jail_www_devfs_enable=\"YES\" # mount devfs in the jail" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28150 msgid "The default startup of jails configured in rc.conf5, will run the /etc/rc script of the jail, which assumes the jail is a complete virtual system. For service jails, the default startup command of the jail should be changed, by setting the jail_jailname_exec_start option appropriately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:28159 msgid "For a full list of available options, please see the rc.conf5 manual page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28165 msgid "service8 can be used to start or stop a jail by hand, if an entry for it exists in rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:28169 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service jail start www\n" "# service jail stop www" msgstr "" "# service jail start www\n" "# service jail stop www" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28172 msgid "Jails can be shut down with jexec8. Use jls8 to identify the jail's JID, then use jexec8 to run the shutdown script in that jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:28176 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# jls\n" " JID IP Address Hostname Path\n" " 3 192.168.0.10 www /usr/jail/www\n" "# jexec 3 /etc/rc.shutdown" msgstr "" "# jls\n" " JID IP Address Hostname Path\n" " 3 192.168.0.10 www /usr/jail/www\n" "# jexec 3 /etc/rc.shutdown" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28181 msgid "More information about this can be found in the jail8 manual page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:28186 msgid "Fine Tuning and Administration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28188 msgid "There are several options which can be set for any jail, and various ways of combining a host FreeBSD system with jails, to produce higher level applications. This section presents:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28195 msgid "Some of the options available for tuning the behavior and security restrictions implemented by a jail installation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28201 msgid "Some of the high-level applications for jail management, which are available through the FreeBSD Ports Collection, and can be used to implement overall jail-based solutions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:28209 msgid "System Tools for Jail Tuning in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28211 msgid "Fine tuning of a jail's configuration is mostly done by setting sysctl8 variables. A special subtree of sysctl exists as a basis for organizing all the relevant options: the security.jail.* hierarchy of FreeBSD kernel options. Here is a list of the main jail-related sysctls, complete with their default value. Names should be self-explanatory, but for more information about them, please refer to the jail8 and sysctl8 manual pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28223 msgid "security.jail.set_hostname_allowed: 1" msgstr "security.jail.set_hostname_allowed: 1" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28228 msgid "security.jail.socket_unixiproute_only: 1" msgstr "security.jail.socket_unixiproute_only: 1" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28233 msgid "security.jail.sysvipc_allowed: 0" msgstr "security.jail.sysvipc_allowed: 0" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28238 msgid "security.jail.enforce_statfs: 2" msgstr "security.jail.enforce_statfs: 2" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28243 msgid "security.jail.allow_raw_sockets: 0" msgstr "security.jail.allow_raw_sockets: 0" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28248 msgid "security.jail.chflags_allowed: 0" msgstr "security.jail.chflags_allowed: 0" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28253 msgid "security.jail.jailed: 0" msgstr "security.jail.jailed: 0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28257 msgid "These variables can be used by the system administrator of the host system to add or remove some of the limitations imposed by default on the root user. Note that there are some limitations which cannot be removed. The root user is not allowed to mount or unmount file systems from within a jail8. The root inside a jail may not load or unload devfs8 rulesets, set firewall rules, or do many other administrative tasks which require modifications of in-kernel data, such as setting the securelevel of the kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28269 msgid "The base system of FreeBSD contains a basic set of tools for viewing information about the active jails, and attaching to a jail to run administrative commands. The jls8 and jexec8 commands are part of the base FreeBSD system, and can be used to perform the following simple tasks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28277 msgid "Print a list of active jails and their corresponding jail identifier (JID), IP address, hostname and path." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28283 msgid "Attach to a running jail, from its host system, and run a command inside the jail or perform administrative tasks inside the jail itself. This is especially useful when the root user wants to cleanly shut down a jail. The jexec8 utility can also be used to start a shell in a jail to do administration in it; for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:28291 #, no-wrap msgid "# jexec 1 tcsh" msgstr "# jexec 1 tcsh" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:28297 msgid "High-Level Administrative Tools in the FreeBSD Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28300 msgid "Among the many third-party utilities for jail administration, one of the most complete and useful is sysutils/ezjail. It is a set of scripts that contribute to jail8 management. Please refer to the handbook section on ezjail for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:28310 msgid "Keeping Jails Patched and up to Date" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28312 msgid "Jails should be kept up to date from the host operating system as attempting to patch userland from within the jail may likely fail as the default behavior in FreeBSD is to disallow the use of chflags1 in a jail which prevents the replacement of some files. It is possible to change this behavior but it is recommended to use freebsd-update8 to maintain jails instead. Use to specify the path of the jail to be updated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:28321 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail fetch\n" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail install" msgstr "" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail fetch\n" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail install" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:28328 msgid "Updating Multiple Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:28331 book.translate.xml:34753 book.translate.xml:35088 msgid " Daniel Gerzo Contributed by " msgstr " Daniel Gerzo Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:28340 msgid " Simon L. B. Nielsen Based upon an idea presented by " msgstr "SimonL.B. Nielsen Op basis van een idee gepresenteerd door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:28349 msgid " Ken Tom And an article written by " msgstr "Ken Tom En een artikel geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28359 msgid "The management of multiple jails can become problematic because every jail has to be rebuilt from scratch whenever it is upgraded. This can be time consuming and tedious if a lot of jails are created and manually updated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28364 msgid "This section demonstrates one method to resolve this issue by safely sharing as much as is possible between jails using read-only mount_nullfs8 mounts, so that updating is simpler. This makes it more attractive to put single services, such as HTTP, DNS, and SMTP, into individual jails. Additionally, it provides a simple way to add, remove, and upgrade jails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:28374 msgid "Simpler solutions exist, such as ezjail, which provides an easier method of administering FreeBSD jails but is less versatile than this setup. ezjail is covered in more detail in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28381 msgid "The goals of the setup described in this section are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28385 msgid "Create a simple and easy to understand jail structure that does not require running a full installworld on each and every jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28391 msgid "Make it easy to add new jails or remove existing ones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28396 msgid "Make it easy to update or upgrade existing jails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28400 msgid "Make it possible to run a customized FreeBSD branch." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28404 msgid "Be paranoid about security, reducing as much as possible the possibility of compromise." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28409 msgid "Save space and inodes, as much as possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28413 msgid "This design relies on a single, read-only master template which is mounted into each jail and one read-write device per jail. A device can be a separate physical disc, a partition, or a vnode backed memory device. This example uses read-write nullfs mounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28419 msgid "The file system layout is as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28423 msgid "The jails are based under the /home partition." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28428 msgid "Each jail will be mounted under the /home/j directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28433 msgid "The template for each jail and the read-only partition for all of the jails is /home/j/mroot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28439 msgid "A blank directory will be created for each jail under the /home/j directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28444 msgid "Each jail will have a /s directory that will be linked to the read-write portion of the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28450 msgid "Each jail will have its own read-write system that is based upon /home/j/skel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:28455 msgid "The read-write portion of each jail will be created in /home/js." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:28463 msgid "Creating the Template" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28465 msgid "This section describes the steps needed to create the master template." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28468 msgid "It is recommended to first update the host FreeBSD system to the latest -RELEASE branch using the instructions in . Additionally, this template uses the sysutils/cpdup package or port and portsnap will be used to download the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28476 msgid "First, create a directory structure for the read-only file system which will contain the FreeBSD binaries for the jails. Then, change directory to the FreeBSD source tree and install the read-only file system to the jail template:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j /home/j/mroot\n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot" msgstr "" "# mkdir /home/j /home/j/mroot\n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28488 msgid "Next, prepare a FreeBSD Ports Collection for the jails as well as a FreeBSD source tree, which is required for mergemaster:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28492 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j/mroot\n" "# mkdir usr/ports\n" "# portsnap -p /home/j/mroot/usr/ports fetch extract\n" "# cpdup /usr/src /home/j/mroot/usr/src" msgstr "" "# cd /home/j/mroot\n" "# mkdir usr/ports\n" "# portsnap -p /home/j/mroot/usr/ports fetch extract\n" "# cpdup /usr/src /home/j/mroot/usr/src" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28499 msgid "Create a skeleton for the read-write portion of the system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28502 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j/skel /home/j/skel/home /home/j/skel/usr-X11R6 /home/j/skel/distfiles\n" "# mv etc /home/j/skel\n" "# mv usr/local /home/j/skel/usr-local\n" "# mv tmp /home/j/skel\n" "# mv var /home/j/skel\n" "# mv root /home/j/skel" msgstr "" "# mkdir /home/j/skel /home/j/skel/home /home/j/skel/usr-X11R6 /home/j/skel/distfiles\n" "# mv etc /home/j/skel\n" "# mv usr/local /home/j/skel/usr-local\n" "# mv tmp /home/j/skel\n" "# mv var /home/j/skel\n" "# mv root /home/j/skel" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28511 msgid "Use mergemaster to install missing configuration files. Then, remove the extra directories that mergemaster creates:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28516 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mergemaster -t /home/j/skel/var/tmp/temproot -D /home/j/skel -i\n" "# cd /home/j/skel\n" "# rm -R bin boot lib libexec mnt proc rescue sbin sys usr dev" msgstr "" "# mergemaster -t /home/j/skel/var/tmp/temproot -D /home/j/skel -i\n" "# cd /home/j/skel\n" "# rm -R bin boot lib libexec mnt proc rescue sbin sys usr dev" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28522 msgid "Now, symlink the read-write file system to the read-only file system. Ensure that the symlinks are created in the correct s/ locations as the creation of directories in the wrong locations will cause the installation to fail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j/mroot\n" "# mkdir s\n" "# ln -s s/etc etc\n" "# ln -s s/home home\n" "# ln -s s/root root\n" "# ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local\n" "# ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6\n" "# ln -s ../../s/distfiles usr/ports/distfiles\n" "# ln -s s/tmp tmp\n" "# ln -s s/var var" msgstr "" "# cd /home/j/mroot\n" "# mkdir s\n" "# ln -s s/etc etc\n" "# ln -s s/home home\n" "# ln -s s/root root\n" "# ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local\n" "# ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6\n" "# ln -s ../../s/distfiles usr/ports/distfiles\n" "# ln -s s/tmp tmp\n" "# ln -s s/var var" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28541 msgid "As a last step, create a generic /home/j/skel/etc/make.conf containing this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28545 #, no-wrap msgid "WRKDIRPREFIX?= /s/portbuild" msgstr "WRKDIRPREFIX?= /s/portbuild" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28547 msgid "This makes it possible to compile FreeBSD ports inside each jail. Remember that the ports directory is part of the read-only system. The custom path for WRKDIRPREFIX allows builds to be done in the read-write portion of every jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:28557 msgid "Creating Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28559 msgid "The jail template can now be used to setup and configure the jails in /etc/rc.conf. This example demonstrates the creation of 3 jails: NS, MAIL and WWW." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28566 msgid "Add the following lines to /etc/fstab, so that the read-only template for the jails and the read-write space will be available in the respective jails:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28571 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/home/j/mroot /home/j/ns nullfs ro 0 0\n" "/home/j/mroot /home/j/mail nullfs ro 0 0\n" "/home/j/mroot /home/j/www nullfs ro 0 0\n" "/home/js/ns /home/j/ns/s nullfs rw 0 0\n" "/home/js/mail /home/j/mail/s nullfs rw 0 0\n" "/home/js/www /home/j/www/s nullfs rw 0 0" msgstr "" "/home/j/mroot /home/j/ns nullfs ro 0 0\n" "/home/j/mroot /home/j/mail nullfs ro 0 0\n" "/home/j/mroot /home/j/www nullfs ro 0 0\n" "/home/js/ns /home/j/ns/s nullfs rw 0 0\n" "/home/js/mail /home/j/mail/s nullfs rw 0 0\n" "/home/js/www /home/j/www/s nullfs rw 0 0" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28578 msgid "To prevent fsck from checking nullfs mounts during boot and dump from backing up the read-only nullfs mounts of the jails, the last two columns are both set to 0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28587 msgid "Configure the jails in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28590 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jail_enable=\"YES\"\n" "jail_set_hostname_allow=\"NO\"\n" "jail_list=\"ns mail www\"\n" "jail_ns_hostname=\"ns.example.org\"\n" "jail_ns_ip=\"192.168.3.17\"\n" "jail_ns_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/ns\"\n" "jail_ns_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" "jail_mail_hostname=\"mail.example.org\"\n" "jail_mail_ip=\"192.168.3.18\"\n" "jail_mail_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/mail\"\n" "jail_mail_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" "jail_www_hostname=\"www.example.org\"\n" "jail_www_ip=\"62.123.43.14\"\n" "jail_www_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/www\"\n" "jail_www_devfs_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "jail_enable=\"YES\"\n" "jail_set_hostname_allow=\"NO\"\n" "jail_list=\"ns mail www\"\n" "jail_ns_hostname=\"ns.example.org\"\n" "jail_ns_ip=\"192.168.3.17\"\n" "jail_ns_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/ns\"\n" "jail_ns_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" "jail_mail_hostname=\"mail.example.org\"\n" "jail_mail_ip=\"192.168.3.18\"\n" "jail_mail_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/mail\"\n" "jail_mail_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" "jail_www_hostname=\"www.example.org\"\n" "jail_www_ip=\"62.123.43.14\"\n" "jail_www_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/www\"\n" "jail_www_devfs_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28606 msgid "The jail_name_rootdir variable is set to /usr/home instead of /home because the physical path of /home on a default FreeBSD installation is /usr/home. The jail_name_rootdir variable must not be set to a path which includes a symbolic link, otherwise the jails will refuse to start." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28620 msgid "Create the required mount points for the read-only file system of each jail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28623 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /home/j/ns /home/j/mail /home/j/www" msgstr "# mkdir /home/j/ns /home/j/mail /home/j/www" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28627 msgid "Install the read-write template into each jail using sysutils/cpdup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28634 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/js\n" "# cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/ns\n" "# cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/mail\n" "# cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/www" msgstr "" "# mkdir /home/js\n" "# cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/ns\n" "# cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/mail\n" "# cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/www" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28641 msgid "In this phase, the jails are built and prepared to run. First, mount the required file systems for each jail, and then start them:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28645 book.translate.xml:28754 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount -a\n" "# service jail start" msgstr "" "# mount -a\n" "# service jail start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28650 msgid "The jails should be running now. To check if they have started correctly, use jls. Its output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:28654 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# jls\n" " JID IP Address Hostname Path\n" " 3 192.168.3.17 ns.example.org /home/j/ns\n" " 2 192.168.3.18 mail.example.org /home/j/mail\n" " 1 62.123.43.14 www.example.org /home/j/www" msgstr "" "# jls\n" " JID IP Address Hostname Path\n" " 3 192.168.3.17 ns.example.org /home/j/ns\n" " 2 192.168.3.18 mail.example.org /home/j/mail\n" " 1 62.123.43.14 www.example.org /home/j/www" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28660 msgid "At this point, it should be possible to log onto each jail, add new users, or configure daemons. The JID column indicates the jail identification number of each running jail. Use the following command to perform administrative tasks in the jail whose JID is 3:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:28667 #, no-wrap msgid "# jexec 3 tcsh" msgstr "# jexec 3 tcsh" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:28671 msgid "Upgrading" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28673 msgid "The design of this setup provides an easy way to upgrade existing jails while minimizing their downtime. Also, it provides a way to roll back to the older version should a problem occur." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28680 msgid "The first step is to upgrade the host system. Then, create a new temporary read-only template in /home/j/mroot2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28684 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j/mroot2\n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot2\n" "# cd /home/j/mroot2\n" "# cpdup /usr/src usr/src\n" "# mkdir s" msgstr "" "# mkdir /home/j/mroot2\n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot2\n" "# cd /home/j/mroot2\n" "# cpdup /usr/src usr/src\n" "# mkdir s" #. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget #: book.translate.xml:28691 book.translate.xml:28902 book.translate.xml:45549 #: book.translate.xml:45553 book.translate.xml:45699 book.translate.xml:45735 msgid "installworld" msgstr "installworld" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28691 msgid "The <_:buildtarget-1/> creates a few unnecessary directories, which should be removed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28695 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chflags -R 0 var\n" "# rm -R etc var root usr/local tmp" msgstr "" "# chflags -R 0 var\n" "# rm -R etc var root usr/local tmp" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28700 msgid "Recreate the read-write symlinks for the master file system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28703 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ln -s s/etc etc\n" "# ln -s s/root root\n" "# ln -s s/home home\n" "# ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local\n" "# ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6\n" "# ln -s s/tmp tmp\n" "# ln -s s/var var" msgstr "" "# ln -s s/etc etc\n" "# ln -s s/root root\n" "# ln -s s/home home\n" "# ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local\n" "# ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6\n" "# ln -s s/tmp tmp\n" "# ln -s s/var var" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28713 msgid "Next, stop the jails:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28715 #, no-wrap msgid "# service jail stop" msgstr "# service jail stop" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28719 msgid "Unmount the original file systems as the read-write systems are attached to the read-only system (/s):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28726 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /home/j/ns/s\n" "# umount /home/j/ns\n" "# umount /home/j/mail/s\n" "# umount /home/j/mail\n" "# umount /home/j/www/s\n" "# umount /home/j/www" msgstr "" "# umount /home/j/ns/s\n" "# umount /home/j/ns\n" "# umount /home/j/mail/s\n" "# umount /home/j/mail\n" "# umount /home/j/www/s\n" "# umount /home/j/www" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28735 msgid "Move the old read-only file system and replace it with the new one. This will serve as a backup and archive of the old read-only file system should something go wrong. The naming convention used here corresponds to when a new read-only file system has been created. Move the original FreeBSD Ports Collection over to the new file system to save some space and inodes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28743 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j\n" "# mv mroot mroot.20060601\n" "# mv mroot2 mroot\n" "# mv mroot.20060601/usr/ports mroot/usr" msgstr "" "# cd /home/j\n" "# mv mroot mroot.20060601\n" "# mv mroot2 mroot\n" "# mv mroot.20060601/usr/ports mroot/usr" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28750 msgid "At this point the new read-only template is ready, so the only remaining task is to remount the file systems and start the jails:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28759 msgid "Use jls to check if the jails started correctly. Run mergemaster in each jail to update the configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:28767 msgid "Managing Jails with ezjail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28780 msgid "Creating and managing multiple jails can quickly become tedious and error-prone. Dirk Engling's ezjail automates and greatly simplifies many jail tasks. A basejail is created as a template. Additional jails use mount_nullfs8 to share many of the basejail directories without using additional disk space. Each additional jail takes only a few megabytes of disk space before applications are installed. Upgrading the copy of the userland in the basejail automatically upgrades all of the other jails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:28791 msgid "Additional benefits and features are described in detail on the ezjail web site, ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:28795 msgid "Installing ezjail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28797 msgid "Installing ezjail consists of adding a loopback interface for use in jails, installing the port or package, and enabling the service." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28803 msgid "To keep jail loopback traffic off the host's loopback network interface lo0, a second loopback interface is created by adding an entry to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28808 book.translate.xml:29297 #, no-wrap msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"lo1\"" msgstr "cloned_interfaces=\"lo1\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28810 msgid "The second loopback interface lo1 will be created when the system starts. It can also be created manually without a restart:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:28814 book.translate.xml:29301 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif cloneup\n" "Created clone interfaces: lo1." msgstr "" "# service netif cloneup\n" "Created clone interfaces: lo1." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28817 msgid "Jails can be allowed to use aliases of this secondary loopback interface without interfering with the host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28821 msgid "Inside a jail, access to the loopback address 127.0.0.1 is redirected to the first IP address assigned to the jail. To make the jail loopback correspond with the new lo1 interface, that interface must be specified first in the list of interfaces and IP addresses given when creating a new jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28830 msgid "Give each jail a unique loopback address in the 127.0.0.0/8 netblock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28835 msgid "Install sysutils/ezjail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28838 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/ezjail\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/ezjail\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28843 msgid "Enable ezjail by adding this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28846 #, no-wrap msgid "ezjail_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "ezjail_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28850 msgid "The service will automatically start on system boot. It can be started immediately for the current session:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28854 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ezjail start" msgstr "# service ezjail start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28862 msgid "With ezjail installed, the basejail directory structure can be created and populated. This step is only needed once on the jail host computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28867 msgid "In both of these examples, causes the ports tree to be retrieved with portsnap8 into the basejail. That single copy of the ports directory will be shared by all the jails. Using a separate copy of the ports directory for jails isolates them from the host. The ezjail FAQ explains in more detail: ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:28879 msgid "To Populate the Jail with FreeBSD-RELEASE" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28881 msgid "For a basejail based on the FreeBSD RELEASE matching that of the host computer, use install. For example, on a host computer running FreeBSD 10-STABLE, the latest RELEASE version of FreeBSD -10 will be installed in the jail):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28888 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin install -p" msgstr "# ezjail-admin install -p" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:28892 msgid "To Populate the Jail with installworld" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget #: book.translate.xml:28896 book.translate.xml:45697 msgid "buildworld" msgstr "buildworld" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28895 msgid "The basejail can be installed from binaries created by <_:buildtarget-1/> on the host with ezjail-admin update." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28900 msgid "In this example, FreeBSD 10-STABLE has been built from source. The jail directories are created. Then <_:buildtarget-1/> is executed, installing the host's /usr/obj into the basejail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28907 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -i -p" msgstr "# ezjail-admin update -i -p" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28909 msgid "The host's /usr/src is used by default. A different source directory on the host can be specified with and a path, or set with ezjail_sourcetree in /usr/local/etc/ezjail.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:28920 msgid "The basejail's ports tree is shared by other jails. However, downloaded distfiles are stored in the jail that downloaded them. By default, these files are stored in /var/ports/distfiles within each jail. /var/ports inside each jail is also used as a work directory when building ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:28929 msgid "The FTP protocol is used by default to download packages for the installation of the basejail. Firewall or proxy configurations can prevent or interfere with FTP transfers. The HTTP protocol works differently and avoids these problems. It can be chosen by specifying a full URL for a particular download mirror in /usr/local/etc/ezjail.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28938 #, no-wrap msgid "ezjail_ftphost=http://ftp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ezjail_ftphost=http://ftp.FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:28940 msgid "See for a list of sites." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:28946 msgid "Creating and Starting a New Jail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:28948 msgid "New jails are created with ezjail-admin create. In these examples, the lo1 loopback interface is used as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:28954 msgid "Create and Start a New Jail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28957 msgid "Create the jail, specifying a name and the loopback and network interfaces to use, along with their IP addresses. In this example, the jail is named dnsjail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28962 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create dnsjail 'lo1|127.0.1.1,em0|192.168.1.50'" msgstr "# ezjail-admin create dnsjail 'lo1|127.0.1.1,em0|192.168.1.50'" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:28965 msgid "Most network services run in jails without problems. A few network services, most notably ping8, use raw network sockets. In jails, raw network sockets are disabled by default for security. Services that require them will not work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:28972 msgid "Occasionally, a jail genuinely needs raw sockets. For example, network monitoring applications often use ping8 to check the availability of other computers. When raw network sockets are actually needed in a jail, they can be enabled by editing the ezjail configuration file for the individual jail, /usr/local/etc/ezjail/jailname. Modify the parameters entry:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:28983 #, no-wrap msgid "export jail_jailname_parameters=\"allow.raw_sockets=1\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:28985 msgid "Do not enable raw network sockets unless services in the jail actually require them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28991 msgid "Start the jail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28993 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin start dnsjail" msgstr "# ezjail-admin start dnsjail" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:28997 msgid "Use a console on the jail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:28999 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin console dnsjail" msgstr "# ezjail-admin console dnsjail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29003 msgid "The jail is operating and additional configuration can be completed. Typical settings added at this point include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:29009 msgid "Set the root Password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:29013 msgid "Connect to the jail and set the root user's password:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:29017 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin console dnsjail\n" "# passwd\n" "Changing local password for root\n" "New Password:\n" "Retype New Password:" msgstr "" "# ezjail-admin console dnsjail\n" "# passwd\n" "Changing local password for root\n" "New Password:\n" "Retype New Password:" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:29025 msgid "Time Zone Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:29027 msgid "The jail's time zone can be set with tzsetup8. To avoid spurious error messages, the adjkerntz8 entry in /etc/crontab can be commented or removed. This job attempts to update the computer's hardware clock with time zone changes, but jails are not allowed to access that hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:29036 msgid "DNS Servers" msgstr "DNS Servers" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:29038 msgid "Enter domain name server lines in /etc/resolv.conf so DNS works in the jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:29044 msgid "Edit /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:29046 msgid "Change the address and add the jail name to the localhost entries in /etc/hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:29052 msgid "Configure /etc/rc.conf" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:29054 msgid "Enter configuration settings in /etc/rc.conf. This is much like configuring a full computer. The host name and IP address are not set here. Those values are already provided by the jail configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29063 msgid "With the jail configured, the applications for which the jail was created can be installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:29067 msgid "Some ports must be built with special options to be used in a jail. For example, both of the network monitoring plugin packages net-mgmt/nagios-plugins and net-mgmt/monitoring-plugins have a JAIL option which must be enabled for them to work correctly inside a jail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:29078 msgid "Updating Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:29081 msgid "Updating the Operating System" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29083 msgid "Because the basejail's copy of the userland is shared by the other jails, updating the basejail automatically updates all of the other jails. Either source or binary updates can be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29088 msgid "To build the world from source on the host, then install it in the basejail, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29091 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -b" msgstr "# ezjail-admin update -b" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29093 msgid "If the world has already been compiled on the host, install it in the basejail with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29096 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -i" msgstr "# ezjail-admin update -i" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29098 msgid "Binary updates use freebsd-update8. These updates have the same limitations as if freebsd-update8 were being run directly. The most important one is that only -RELEASE versions of FreeBSD are available with this method." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29104 msgid "Update the basejail to the latest patched release of the version of FreeBSD on the host. For example, updating from RELEASE-p1 to RELEASE-p2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29108 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -u" msgstr "# ezjail-admin update -u" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29110 msgid "To upgrade the basejail to a new version, first upgrade the host system as described in . Once the host has been upgraded and rebooted, the basejail can then be upgraded. freebsd-update8 has no way of determining which version is currently installed in the basejail, so the original version must be specified. Use file1 to determine the original version in the basejail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29118 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# file /usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh\n" "/usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh: ELF 64-bit LSB executable, x86-64, version 1 (FreeBSD), dynamically linked (uses shared libs), for FreeBSD 9.3, stripped" msgstr "" "# file /usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh\n" "/usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh: ELF 64-bit LSB executable, x86-64, version 1 (FreeBSD), dynamically linked (uses shared libs), for FreeBSD 9.3, stripped" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29121 msgid "Now use this information to perform the upgrade from 9.3-RELEASE to the current version of the host system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29125 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -U -s 9.3-RELEASE" msgstr "# ezjail-admin update -U -s 9.3-RELEASE" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29127 msgid "After updating the basejail, mergemaster8 must be run to update each jail's configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29130 msgid "How to use mergemaster8 depends on the purpose and trustworthiness of a jail. If a jail's services or users are not trusted, then mergemaster8 should only be run from within that jail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:29136 msgid "mergemaster8 on Untrusted Jail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29138 msgid "Delete the link from the jail's /usr/src into the basejail and create a new /usr/src in the jail as a mountpoint. Mount the host computer's /usr/src read-only on the jail's new /usr/src mountpoint:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29145 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rm /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src\n" "# mkdir /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src\n" "# mount -t nullfs -o ro /usr/src /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src" msgstr "" "# rm /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src\n" "# mkdir /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src\n" "# mount -t nullfs -o ro /usr/src /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29149 msgid "Get a console in the jail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29151 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin console jailname" msgstr "# ezjail-admin console jailname" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29153 msgid "Inside the jail, run mergemaster. Then exit the jail console:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29156 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# mergemaster -U\n" "# exit" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# mergemaster -U\n" "# exit" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29160 msgid "Finally, unmount the jail's /usr/src:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29163 #, no-wrap msgid "# umount /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src" msgstr "# umount /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:29168 msgid "mergemaster8 on Trusted Jail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29170 msgid "If the users and services in a jail are trusted, mergemaster8 can be run from the host:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29173 #, no-wrap msgid "# mergemaster -U -D /usr/jails/jailname" msgstr "# mergemaster -U -D /usr/jails/jailname" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:29178 msgid "Updating Ports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29180 msgid "The ports tree in the basejail is shared by the other jails. Updating that copy of the ports tree gives the other jails the updated version also." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29184 msgid "The basejail ports tree is updated with portsnap8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29187 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -P" msgstr "# ezjail-admin update -P" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:29192 msgid "Controlling Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:29195 msgid "Stopping and Starting Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29197 msgid "ezjail automatically starts jails when the computer is started. Jails can be manually stopped and restarted with stop and start:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29202 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin stop sambajail\n" "Stopping jails: sambajail." msgstr "" "# ezjail-admin stop sambajail\n" "Stopping jails: sambajail." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29205 msgid "By default, jails are started automatically when the host computer starts. Autostarting can be disabled with config:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29209 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin config -r norun seldomjail" msgstr "# ezjail-admin config -r norun seldomjail" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29211 msgid "This takes effect the next time the host computer is started. A jail that is already running will not be stopped." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29215 msgid "Enabling autostart is very similar:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29217 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin config -r run oftenjail" msgstr "# ezjail-admin config -r run oftenjail" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:29221 msgid "Archiving and Restoring Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29223 msgid "Use archive to create a .tar.gz archive of a jail. The file name is composed from the name of the jail and the current date. Archive files are written to the archive directory, /usr/jails/ezjail_archives. A different archive directory can be chosen by setting ezjail_archivedir in the configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29232 msgid "The archive file can be copied elsewhere as a backup, or an existing jail can be restored from it with restore. A new jail can be created from the archive, providing a convenient way to clone existing jails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29238 msgid "Stop and archive a jail named wwwserver:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin stop wwwserver\n" "Stopping jails: wwwserver.\n" "# ezjail-admin archive wwwserver\n" "# ls /usr/jails/ezjail-archives/\n" "wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz" msgstr "" "# ezjail-admin stop wwwserver\n" "Stopping jails: wwwserver.\n" "# ezjail-admin archive wwwserver\n" "# ls /usr/jails/ezjail-archives/\n" "wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:29247 msgid "Create a new jail named wwwserver-clone from the archive created in the previous step. Use the em1 interface and assign a new IP address to avoid conflict with the original:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:29253 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create -a /usr/jails/ezjail_archives/wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz wwwserver-clone 'lo1|127.0.3.1,em1|192.168.1.51'" msgstr "# ezjail-admin create -a /usr/jails/ezjail_archives/wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz wwwserver-clone 'lo1|127.0.3.1,em1|192.168.1.51'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:29258 msgid "Full Example: BIND in a Jail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29261 msgid "Putting the BIND DNS server in a jail improves security by isolating it. This example creates a simple caching-only name server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29268 msgid "The jail will be called dns1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29273 msgid "The jail will use IP address 192.168.1.240 on the host's re0 interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29279 msgid "The upstream ISP's DNS servers are at 10.0.0.62 and 10.0.0.61." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29285 msgid "The basejail has already been created and a ports tree installed as shown in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:29292 msgid "Running BIND in a Jail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29294 msgid "Create a cloned loopback interface by adding a line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29299 msgid "Immediately create the new loopback interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29304 msgid "Create the jail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29306 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create dns1 'lo1|127.0.2.1,re0|192.168.1.240'" msgstr "# ezjail-admin create dns1 'lo1|127.0.2.1,re0|192.168.1.240'" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29308 msgid "Start the jail, connect to a console running on it, and perform some basic configuration:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin start dns1\n" "# ezjail-admin console dns1\n" "# passwd\n" "Changing local password for root\n" "New Password:\n" "Retype New Password:\n" "# tzsetup\n" "# sed -i .bak -e '/adjkerntz/ s/^/#/' /etc/crontab\n" "# sed -i .bak -e 's/127.0.0.1/127.0.2.1/g; s/localhost.my.domain/dns1.my.domain dns1/' /etc/hosts" msgstr "" "# ezjail-admin start dns1\n" "# ezjail-admin console dns1\n" "# passwd\n" "Changing local password for root\n" "New Password:\n" "Retype New Password:\n" "# tzsetup\n" "# sed -i .bak -e '/adjkerntz/ s/^/#/' /etc/crontab\n" "# sed -i .bak -e 's/127.0.0.1/127.0.2.1/g; s/localhost.my.domain/dns1.my.domain dns1/' /etc/hosts" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29321 msgid "Temporarily set the upstream DNS servers in /etc/resolv.conf so ports can be downloaded:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29325 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nameserver 10.0.0.62\n" "nameserver 10.0.0.61" msgstr "" "nameserver 10.0.0.62\n" "nameserver 10.0.0.61" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29328 msgid "Still using the jail console, install dns/bind99." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29331 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -C /usr/ports/dns/bind99 install clean" msgstr "# make -C /usr/ports/dns/bind99 install clean" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29333 msgid "Configure the name server by editing /usr/local/etc/namedb/named.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29336 msgid "Create an Access Control List (ACL) of addresses and networks that are permitted to send DNS queries to this name server. This section is added just before the options section already in the file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29342 #, no-wrap msgid "" "...\n" "// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n" "\n" "acl \"trusted\" {\n" "\t192.168.1.0/24;\n" "\tlocalhost;\n" "\tlocalnets;\n" "};\n" "\n" "options {\n" "..." msgstr "" "...\n" "// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n" "\n" "acl \"trusted\" {\n" "\t192.168.1.0/24;\n" "\tlocalhost;\n" "\tlocalnets;\n" "};\n" "\n" "options {\n" "..." #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29354 msgid "Use the jail IP address in the listen-on setting to accept DNS queries from other computers on the network:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29359 #, no-wrap msgid "\tlisten-on\t{ 192.168.1.240; };" msgstr "\tlisten-on\t{ 192.168.1.240; };" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29361 msgid "A simple caching-only DNS name server is created by changing the forwarders section. The original file contains:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29365 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/*\n" "\tforwarders {\n" "\t\t127.0.0.1;\n" "\t};\n" "*/" msgstr "" "/*\n" "\tforwarders {\n" "\t\t127.0.0.1;\n" "\t};\n" "*/" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29371 msgid "Uncomment the section by removing the /* and */ lines. Enter the IP addresses of the upstream DNS servers. Immediately after the forwarders section, add references to the trusted ACL defined earlier:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29379 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tforwarders {\n" "\t\t10.0.0.62;\n" "\t\t10.0.0.61;\n" "\t};\n" "\n" "\tallow-query { any; };\n" "\tallow-recursion { trusted; };\n" "\tallow-query-cache { trusted; };" msgstr "" "\tforwarders {\n" "\t\t10.0.0.62;\n" "\t\t10.0.0.61;\n" "\t};\n" "\n" "\tallow-query { any; };\n" "\tallow-recursion { trusted; };\n" "\tallow-query-cache { trusted; };" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29388 msgid "Enable the service in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29391 book.translate.xml:55762 #, no-wrap msgid "named_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "named_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29393 msgid "Start and test the name server:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service named start\n" "wrote key file \"/usr/local/etc/namedb/rndc.key\"\n" "Starting named.\n" "# /usr/local/bin/dig @192.168.1.240 freebsd.org" msgstr "" "# service named start\n" "wrote key file \"/usr/local/etc/namedb/rndc.key\"\n" "Starting named.\n" "# /usr/local/bin/dig @192.168.1.240 freebsd.org" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29400 msgid "A response that includes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29402 #, no-wrap msgid ";; Got answer;" msgstr ";; Got answer;" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29404 msgid "shows that the new DNS server is working. A long delay followed by a response including" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:29408 #, no-wrap msgid ";; connection timed out; no servers could be reached" msgstr ";; connection timed out; no servers could be reached" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29410 msgid "shows a problem. Check the configuration settings and make sure any local firewalls allow the new DNS access to the upstream DNS servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29415 msgid "The new DNS server can use itself for local name resolution, just like other local computers. Set the address of the DNS server in the client computer's /etc/resolv.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29421 #, no-wrap msgid "nameserver 192.168.1.240" msgstr "nameserver 192.168.1.240" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:29423 msgid "A local DHCP server can be configured to provide this address for a local DNS server, providing automatic configuration on DHCP clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #: book.translate.xml:29439 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Mandatory Access Control" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:29450 msgid "MAC" msgstr "MAC" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:29451 msgid "Mandatory Access Control MAC" msgstr "Mandatory Access Control MAC" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29456 msgid "FreeBSD supports security extensions based on the POSIX.1e draft. These security mechanisms include file system Access Control Lists () and Mandatory Access Control (MAC). MAC allows access control modules to be loaded in order to implement security policies. Some modules provide protections for a narrow subset of the system, hardening a particular service. Others provide comprehensive labeled security across all subjects and objects. The mandatory part of the definition indicates that enforcement of controls is performed by administrators and the operating system. This is in contrast to the default security mechanism of Discretionary Access Control (DAC) where enforcement is left to the discretion of users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29471 msgid "This chapter focuses on the MAC framework and the set of pluggable security policy modules FreeBSD provides for enabling various security mechanisms." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29479 msgid "The terminology associated with the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29484 msgid "The capabilities of MAC security policy modules as well as the difference between a labeled and non-labeled policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29490 msgid "The considerations to take into account before configuring a system to use the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29495 msgid "Which MAC security policy modules are included in FreeBSD and how to configure them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29500 msgid "How to implement a more secure environment using the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29505 msgid "How to test the MAC configuration to ensure the framework has been properly implemented." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29519 book.translate.xml:31272 book.translate.xml:46403 msgid "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:29525 msgid "Improper MAC configuration may cause loss of system access, aggravation of users, or inability to access the features provided by Xorg. More importantly, MAC should not be relied upon to completely secure a system. The MAC framework only augments an existing security policy. Without sound security practices and regular security checks, the system will never be completely secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:29535 msgid "The examples contained within this chapter are for demonstration purposes and the example settings should not be implemented on a production system. Implementing any security policy takes a good deal of understanding, proper design, and thorough testing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29542 msgid "While this chapter covers a broad range of security issues relating to the MAC framework, the development of new MAC security policy modules will not be covered. A number of security policy modules included with the MAC framework have specific characteristics which are provided for both testing and new module development. Refer to mac_test4, mac_stub4 and mac_none4 for more information on these security policy modules and the various mechanisms they provide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:29555 book.translate.xml:31297 msgid "Key Terms" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29557 msgid "The following key terms are used when referring to the MAC framework:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29562 msgid "compartment: a set of programs and data to be partitioned or separated, where users are given explicit access to specific component of a system. A compartment represents a grouping, such as a work group, department, project, or topic. Compartments make it possible to implement a need-to-know-basis security policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29572 msgid "integrity: the level of trust which can be placed on data. As the integrity of the data is elevated, so does the ability to trust that data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29578 msgid "level: the increased or decreased setting of a security attribute. As the level increases, its security is considered to elevate as well." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29584 msgid "label: a security attribute which can be applied to files, directories, or other items in the system. It could be considered a confidentiality stamp. When a label is placed on a file, it describes the security properties of that file and will only permit access by files, users, and resources with a similar security setting. The meaning and interpretation of label values depends on the policy configuration. Some policies treat a label as representing the integrity or secrecy of an object while other policies might use labels to hold rules for access." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29598 msgid "multilabel: this property is a file system option which can be set in single-user mode using tunefs8, during boot using fstab5, or during the creation of a new file system. This option permits an administrator to apply different MAC labels on different objects. This option only applies to security policy modules which support labeling." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29608 msgid "single label: a policy where the entire file system uses one label to enforce access control over the flow of data. Whenever is not set, all files will conform to the same label setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29616 msgid "object: an entity through which information flows under the direction of a subject. This includes directories, files, fields, screens, keyboards, memory, magnetic storage, printers or any other data storage or moving device. An object is a data container or a system resource. Access to an object effectively means access to its data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29626 msgid "subject: any active entity that causes information to flow between objects such as a user, user process, or system process. On FreeBSD, this is almost always a thread acting in a process on behalf of a user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29634 msgid "policy: a collection of rules which defines how objectives are to be achieved. A policy usually documents how certain items are to be handled. This chapter considers a policy to be a collection of rules which controls the flow of data and information and defines who has access to that data and information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29643 msgid "high-watermark: this type of policy permits the raising of security levels for the purpose of accessing higher level information. In most cases, the original level is restored after the process is complete. Currently, the FreeBSD MAC framework does not include this type of policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29652 msgid "low-watermark: this type of policy permits lowering security levels for the purpose of accessing information which is less secure. In most cases, the original security level of the user is restored after the process is complete. The only security policy module in FreeBSD to use this is mac_lomac4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29661 msgid "sensitivity: usually used when discussing Multilevel Security (MLS). A sensitivity level describes how important or secret the data should be. As the sensitivity level increases, so does the importance of the secrecy, or confidentiality, of the data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:29672 msgid "Understanding MAC Labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29674 msgid "A MAC label is a security attribute which may be applied to subjects and objects throughout the system. When setting a label, the administrator must understand its implications in order to prevent unexpected or undesired behavior of the system. The attributes available on an object depend on the loaded policy module, as policy modules interpret their attributes in different ways." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29682 msgid "The security label on an object is used as a part of a security access control decision by a policy. With some policies, the label contains all of the information necessary to make a decision. In other policies, the labels may be processed as part of a larger rule set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29688 msgid "There are two types of label policies: single label and multi label. By default, the system will use single label. The administrator should be aware of the pros and cons of each in order to implement policies which meet the requirements of the system's security model." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29694 msgid "A single label security policy only permits one label to be used for every subject or object. Since a single label policy enforces one set of access permissions across the entire system, it provides lower administration overhead, but decreases the flexibility of policies which support labeling. However, in many environments, a single label policy may be all that is required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29702 msgid "A single label policy is somewhat similar to DAC as root configures the policies so that users are placed in the appropriate categories and access levels. A notable difference is that many policy modules can also restrict root. Basic control over objects will then be released to the group, but root may revoke or modify the settings at any time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29711 msgid "When appropriate, a multi label policy can be set on a UFS file system by passing to tunefs8. A multi label policy permits each subject or object to have its own independent MAC label. The decision to use a multi label or single label policy is only required for policies which implement the labeling feature, such as biba, lomac, and mls. Some policies, such as seeotheruids, portacl and partition, do not use labels at all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29723 msgid "Using a multi label policy on a partition and establishing a multi label security model can increase administrative overhead as everything in that file system has a label. This includes directories, files, and even device nodes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29728 msgid "The following command will set on the specified UFS file system. This may only be done in single-user mode and is not a requirement for the swap file system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:29733 #, no-wrap msgid "# tunefs -l enable /" msgstr "# tunefs -l enable /" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:29736 msgid "Some users have experienced problems with setting the flag on the root partition. If this is the case, please review ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29741 msgid "Since the multi label policy is set on a per-file system basis, a multi label policy may not be needed if the file system layout is well designed. Consider an example security MAC model for a FreeBSD web server. This machine uses the single label, biba/high, for everything in the default file systems. If the web server needs to run at biba/low to prevent write up capabilities, it could be installed to a separate UFS /usr/local file system set at biba/low." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:29753 msgid "Label Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29755 msgid "Virtually all aspects of label policy module configuration will be performed using the base system utilities. These commands provide a simple interface for object or subject configuration or the manipulation and verification of the configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29761 msgid "All configuration may be done using setfmac, which is used to set MAC labels on system objects, and setpmac, which is used to set the labels on system subjects. For example, to set the biba MAC label to high on test:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:29769 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfmac biba/high test" msgstr "# setfmac biba/high test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29771 msgid "If the configuration is successful, the prompt will be returned without error. A common error is Permission denied which usually occurs when the label is being set or modified on a restricted object. Other conditions may produce different failures. For instance, the file may not be owned by the user attempting to relabel the object, the object may not exist, or the object may be read-only. A mandatory policy will not allow the process to relabel the file, maybe because of a property of the file, a property of the process, or a property of the proposed new label value. For example, if a user running at low integrity tries to change the label of a high integrity file, or a user running at low integrity tries to change the label of a low integrity file to a high integrity label, these operations will fail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29787 msgid "The system administrator may use setpmac to override the policy module's settings by assigning a different label to the invoked process:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:29792 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac biba/high test\n" "Permission denied\n" "# setpmac biba/low setfmac biba/high test\n" "# getfmac test\n" "test: biba/high" msgstr "" "# setfmac biba/high test\n" "Permission denied\n" "# setpmac biba/low setfmac biba/high test\n" "# getfmac test\n" "test: biba/high" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29798 msgid "For currently running processes, such as sendmail, getpmac is usually used instead. This command takes a process ID (PID) in place of a command name. If users attempt to manipulate a file not in their access, subject to the rules of the loaded policy modules, the Operation not permitted error will be displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:29809 msgid "Predefined Labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29811 msgid "A few FreeBSD policy modules which support the labeling feature offer three predefined labels: low, equal, and high, where:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29818 msgid "low is considered the lowest label setting an object or subject may have. Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their access to objects or subjects marked high." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29825 msgid "equal sets the subject or object to be disabled or unaffected and should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from the policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29831 msgid "high grants an object or subject the highest setting available in the Biba and MLS policy modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29837 msgid "Such policy modules include mac_biba4, mac_mls4 and mac_lomac4. Each of the predefined labels establishes a different information flow directive. Refer to the manual page of the module to determine the traits of the generic label configurations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:29845 msgid "Numeric Labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29847 msgid "The Biba and MLS policy modules support a numeric label which may be set to indicate the precise level of hierarchical control. This numeric level is used to partition or sort information into different groups of classification, only permitting access to that group or a higher group level. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29854 #, no-wrap msgid "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)" msgstr "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29856 msgid "may be interpreted as Biba Policy Label/Grade 10:Compartments 2, 3 and 6: (grade 5 ...)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29859 msgid "In this example, the first grade would be considered the effective grade with effective compartments, the second grade is the low grade, and the last one is the high grade. In most configurations, such fine-grained settings are not needed as they are considered to be advanced configurations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29865 msgid "System objects only have a current grade and compartment. System subjects reflect the range of available rights in the system, and network interfaces, where they are used for access control." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29870 msgid "The grade and compartments in a subject and object pair are used to construct a relationship known as dominance, in which a subject dominates an object, the object dominates the subject, neither dominates the other, or both dominate each other. The both dominate case occurs when the two labels are equal. Due to the information flow nature of Biba, a user has rights to a set of compartments that might correspond to projects, but objects also have a set of compartments. Users may have to subset their rights using su or setpmac in order to access objects in a compartment from which they are not restricted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:29885 msgid "User Labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29887 msgid "Users are required to have labels so that their files and processes properly interact with the security policy defined on the system. This is configured in /etc/login.conf using login classes. Every policy module that uses labels will implement the user class setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29894 msgid "To set the user class default label which will be enforced by MAC, add a entry. An example entry containing every policy module is displayed below. Note that in a real configuration, the administrator would never enable every policy module. It is recommended that the rest of this chapter be reviewed before any configuration is implemented." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:29903 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\\\n" "\t:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n" "\t:welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n" "\t:setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n" "\t:path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:\\\n" "\t:manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n" "\t:nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n" "\t:cputime=1h30m:\\\n" "\t:datasize=8M:\\\n" "\t:vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n" "\t:stacksize=2M:\\\n" "\t:memorylocked=4M:\\\n" "\t:memoryuse=8M:\\\n" "\t:filesize=8M:\\\n" "\t:coredumpsize=8M:\\\n" "\t:openfiles=24:\\\n" "\t:maxproc=32:\\\n" "\t:priority=0:\\\n" "\t:requirehome:\\\n" "\t:passwordtime=91d:\\\n" "\t:umask=022:\\\n" "\t:ignoretime@:\\\n" "\t:label=partition/13,mls/5,biba/10(5-15),lomac/10[2]:" msgstr "" "default:\\\n" "\t:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n" "\t:welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n" "\t:setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n" "\t:path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:\\\n" "\t:manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n" "\t:nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n" "\t:cputime=1h30m:\\\n" "\t:datasize=8M:\\\n" "\t:vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n" "\t:stacksize=2M:\\\n" "\t:memorylocked=4M:\\\n" "\t:memoryuse=8M:\\\n" "\t:filesize=8M:\\\n" "\t:coredumpsize=8M:\\\n" "\t:openfiles=24:\\\n" "\t:maxproc=32:\\\n" "\t:priority=0:\\\n" "\t:requirehome:\\\n" "\t:passwordtime=91d:\\\n" "\t:umask=022:\\\n" "\t:ignoretime@:\\\n" "\t:label=partition/13,mls/5,biba/10(5-15),lomac/10[2]:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29927 msgid "While users can not modify the default value, they may change their label after they login, subject to the constraints of the policy. The example above tells the Biba policy that a process's minimum integrity is 5, its maximum is 15, and the default effective label is 10. The process will run at 10 until it chooses to change label, perhaps due to the user using setpmac, which will be constrained by Biba to the configured range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29938 msgid "After any change to login.conf, the login class capability database must be rebuilt using cap_mkdb." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29942 msgid "Many sites have a large number of users requiring several different user classes. In depth planning is required as this can become difficult to manage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:29948 msgid "Network Interface Labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29950 msgid "Labels may be set on network interfaces to help control the flow of data across the network. Policies using network interface labels function in the same way that policies function with respect to objects. Users at high settings in Biba, for example, will not be permitted to access network interfaces with a label of low." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29957 msgid "When setting the MAC label on network interfaces, may be passed to ifconfig:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:29961 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal" msgstr "# ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29963 msgid "This example will set the MAC label of biba/equal on the bge0 interface. When using a setting similar to biba/high(low-high), the entire label should be quoted to prevent an error from being returned." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:29970 msgid "Each policy module which supports labeling has a tunable which may be used to disable the MAC label on network interfaces. Setting the label to will have a similar effect. Review the output of sysctl, the policy manual pages, and the information in the rest of this chapter for more information on those tunables." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:29981 msgid "Planning the Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:29983 msgid "Before implementing any MAC policies, a planning phase is recommended. During the planning stages, an administrator should consider the implementation requirements and goals, such as:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29990 msgid "How to classify information and resources available on the target systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:29995 msgid "Which information or resources to restrict access to along with the type of restrictions that should be applied." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30001 msgid "Which MAC modules will be required to achieve this goal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30006 msgid "A trial run of the trusted system and its configuration should occur before a MAC implementation is used on production systems. Since different environments have different needs and requirements, establishing a complete security profile will decrease the need of changes once the system goes live." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30013 msgid "Consider how the MAC framework augments the security of the system as a whole. The various security policy modules provided by the MAC framework could be used to protect the network and file systems or to block users from accessing certain ports and sockets. Perhaps the best use of the policy modules is to load several security policy modules at a time in order to provide a MLS environment. This approach differs from a hardening policy, which typically hardens elements of a system which are used only for specific purposes. The downside to MLS is increased administrative overhead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30026 msgid "The overhead is minimal when compared to the lasting effect of a framework which provides the ability to pick and choose which policies are required for a specific configuration and which keeps performance overhead down. The reduction of support for unneeded policies can increase the overall performance of the system as well as offer flexibility of choice. A good implementation would consider the overall security requirements and effectively implement the various security policy modules offered by the framework." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30036 msgid "A system utilizing MAC guarantees that a user will not be permitted to change security attributes at will. All user utilities, programs, and scripts must work within the constraints of the access rules provided by the selected security policy modules and control of the MAC access rules is in the hands of the system administrator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30044 msgid "It is the duty of the system administrator to carefully select the correct security policy modules. For an environment that needs to limit access control over the network, the mac_portacl4, mac_ifoff4, and mac_biba4 policy modules make good starting points. For an environment where strict confidentiality of file system objects is required, consider the mac_bsdextended4 and mac_mls4 policy modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30053 msgid "Policy decisions could be made based on network configuration. If only certain users should be permitted access to ssh1, the mac_portacl4 policy module is a good choice. In the case of file systems, access to objects might be considered confidential to some users, but not to others. As an example, a large development team might be broken off into smaller projects where developers in project A might not be permitted to access objects written by developers in project B. Yet both projects might need to access objects created by developers in project C. Using the different security policy modules provided by the MAC framework, users could be divided into these groups and then given access to the appropriate objects." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30067 msgid "Each security policy module has a unique way of dealing with the overall security of a system. Module selection should be based on a well thought out security policy which may require revision and reimplementation. Understanding the different security policy modules offered by the MAC framework will help administrators choose the best policies for their situations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30075 msgid "The rest of this chapter covers the available modules, describes their use and configuration, and in some cases, provides insight on applicable situations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: caution/para #: book.translate.xml:30080 msgid "Implementing MAC is much like implementing a firewall since care must be taken to prevent being completely locked out of the system. The ability to revert back to a previous configuration should be considered and the implementation of MAC over a remote connection should be done with extreme caution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:30090 msgid "Available MAC Policies" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30092 msgid "The default FreeBSD kernel includes options MAC. This means that every module included with the MAC framework can be loaded with kldload as a run-time kernel module. After testing the module, add the module name to /boot/loader.conf so that it will load during boot. Each module also provides a kernel option for those administrators who choose to compile their own custom kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30102 msgid "FreeBSD includes a group of policies that will cover most security requirements. Each policy is summarized below. The last three policies support integer settings in place of the three default labels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30108 msgid "The MAC See Other UIDs Policy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30110 msgid "MAC See Other UIDs Policy" msgstr "MAC See Other UIDs Policy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30113 msgid "Module name: mac_seeotheruids.ko" msgstr "Module naam: mac_seeotheruids.ko" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30116 msgid "Kernel configuration line: options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS" msgstr "Kernel configuratie regel: options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30119 msgid "Boot option: mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "Opstart optie: mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30122 msgid "The mac_seeotheruids4 module extends the security.bsd.see_other_uids and security.bsd.see_other_gids sysctl tunables. This option does not require any labels to be set before configuration and can operate transparently with other modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30129 msgid "After loading the module, the following sysctl tunables may be used to control its features:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30135 msgid "security.mac.seeotheruids.enabled enables the module and implements the default settings which deny users the ability to view processes and sockets owned by other users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30142 msgid "security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled allows specified groups to be exempt from this policy. To exempt specific groups, use the security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid=XXX sysctl tunable, replacing XXX with the numeric group ID to be exempted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30153 msgid "security.mac.seeotheruids.primarygroup_enabled is used to exempt specific primary groups from this policy. When using this tunable, security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled may not be set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30164 msgid "The MAC BSD Extended Policy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30166 msgid "MAC File System Firewall Policy" msgstr "MAC File System Firewall Policy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30170 msgid "Module name: mac_bsdextended.ko" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30173 msgid "Kernel configuration line: options MAC_BSDEXTENDED" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30176 msgid "Boot option: mac_bsdextended_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30179 msgid "The mac_bsdextended4 module enforces a file system firewall. It provides an extension to the standard file system permissions model, permitting an administrator to create a firewall-like ruleset to protect files, utilities, and directories in the file system hierarchy. When access to a file system object is attempted, the list of rules is iterated until either a matching rule is located or the end is reached. This behavior may be changed using security.mac.bsdextended.firstmatch_enabled. Similar to other firewall modules in FreeBSD, a file containing the access control rules can be created and read by the system at boot time using an rc.conf5 variable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30192 msgid "The rule list may be entered using ugidfw8 which has a syntax similar to ipfw8. More tools can be written by using the functions in the libugidfw3 library." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30197 msgid "After the mac_bsdextended4 module has been loaded, the following command may be used to list the current rule configuration:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ugidfw list\n" "0 slots, 0 rules" msgstr "" "# ugidfw list\n" "0 slots, 0 rules" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30204 msgid "By default, no rules are defined and everything is completely accessible. To create a rule which blocks all access by users but leaves root unaffected:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30208 #, no-wrap msgid "# ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not uid root mode n" msgstr "# ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not uid root mode n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30210 msgid "While this rule is simple to implement, it is a very bad idea as it blocks all users from issuing any commands. A more realistic example blocks user1 all access, including directory listings, to user2's home directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30216 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ugidfw set 2 subject uid user1 object uid user2 mode n\n" "# ugidfw set 3 subject uid user1 object gid user2 mode n" msgstr "" "# ugidfw set 2 subject uid user1 object uid user2 mode n\n" "# ugidfw set 3 subject uid user1 object gid user2 mode n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30219 msgid "Instead of user1, could be used in order to enforce the same access restrictions for all users. However, the root user is unaffected by these rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:30226 msgid "Extreme caution should be taken when working with this module as incorrect use could block access to certain parts of the file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30233 msgid "The MAC Interface Silencing Policy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30235 msgid "MAC Interface Silencing Policy" msgstr "MAC Interface Silencing Policy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30238 msgid "Module name: mac_ifoff.ko" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30240 msgid "Kernel configuration line: options MAC_IFOFF" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30243 msgid "Boot option: mac_ifoff_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30246 msgid "The mac_ifoff4 module is used to disable network interfaces on the fly and to keep network interfaces from being brought up during system boot. It does not use labels and does not depend on any other MAC modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30252 msgid "Most of this module's control is performed through these sysctl tunables:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30257 msgid "security.mac.ifoff.lo_enabled enables or disables all traffic on the loopback, lo4, interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30263 msgid "security.mac.ifoff.bpfrecv_enabled enables or disables all traffic on the Berkeley Packet Filter interface, bpf4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30269 msgid "security.mac.ifoff.other_enabled enables or disables traffic on all other interfaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30275 msgid "One of the most common uses of mac_ifoff4 is network monitoring in an environment where network traffic should not be permitted during the boot sequence. Another use would be to write a script which uses an application such as security/aide to automatically block network traffic if it finds new or altered files in protected directories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30285 msgid "The MAC Port Access Control List Policy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30287 msgid "MAC Port Access Control List Policy" msgstr "MAC Port Access Control List Policy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30290 msgid "Module name: mac_portacl.ko" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30292 msgid "Kernel configuration line: MAC_PORTACL" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30295 msgid "Boot option: mac_portacl_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30298 msgid "The mac_portacl4 module is used to limit binding to local TCP and UDP ports, making it possible to allow non-root users to bind to specified privileged ports below 1024." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30303 msgid "Once loaded, this module enables the MAC policy on all sockets. The following tunables are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30309 msgid "security.mac.portacl.enabled enables or disables the policy completely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30314 msgid "security.mac.portacl.port_high sets the highest port number that mac_portacl4 protects." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30320 msgid "security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt, when set to a non-zero value, exempts the root user from this policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30326 msgid "security.mac.portacl.rules specifies the policy as a text string of the form rule[,rule,...], with as many rules as needed, and where each rule is of the form idtype:id:protocol:port. The idtype is either uid or gid. The protocol parameter can be tcp or udp. The port parameter is the port number to allow the specified user or group to bind to. Only numeric values can be used for the user ID, group ID, and port parameters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30342 msgid "By default, ports below 1024 can only be used by privileged processes which run as root. For mac_portacl4 to allow non-privileged processes to bind to ports below 1024, set the following tunables as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30348 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.port_high=1023\n" "# sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedlow=0\n" "# sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedhigh=0" msgstr "" "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.port_high=1023\n" "# sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedlow=0\n" "# sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedhigh=0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30352 msgid "To prevent the root user from being affected by this policy, set security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt to a non-zero value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30357 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1" msgstr "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30359 msgid "To allow the www user with UID 80 to bind to port 80 without ever needing root privilege:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30363 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:80" msgstr "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:80" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30365 msgid "This next example permits the user with the UID of 1001 to bind to TCP ports 110 (POP3) and 995 (POP3s):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30370 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:110,uid:1001:tcp:995" msgstr "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:110,uid:1001:tcp:995" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30374 msgid "The MAC Partition Policy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30376 msgid "MAC Process Partition Policy" msgstr "MAC Process Partition Policy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30379 msgid "Module name: mac_partition.ko" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30381 msgid "Kernel configuration line: options MAC_PARTITION" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30384 msgid "Boot option: mac_partition_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30387 msgid "The mac_partition4 policy drops processes into specific partitions based on their MAC label. Most configuration for this policy is done using setpmac8. One sysctl tunable is available for this policy:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30396 msgid "security.mac.partition.enabled enables the enforcement of MAC process partitions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30402 msgid "When this policy is enabled, users will only be permitted to see their processes, and any others within their partition, but will not be permitted to work with utilities outside the scope of this partition. For instance, a user in the insecure class will not be permitted to access top as well as many other commands that must spawn a process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30410 msgid "This example adds top to the label set on users in the insecure class. All processes spawned by users in the insecure class will stay in the partition/13 label." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30416 #, no-wrap msgid "# setpmac partition/13 top" msgstr "# setpmac partition/13 top" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30418 msgid "This command displays the partition label and the process list:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30421 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps Zax" msgstr "# ps Zax" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30423 msgid "This command displays another user's process partition label and that user's currently running processes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30426 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps -ZU trhodes" msgstr "# ps -ZU trhodes" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:30429 msgid "Users can see processes in root's label unless the mac_seeotheruids4 policy is loaded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30435 msgid "The MAC Multi-Level Security Module" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30437 msgid "MAC Multi-Level Security Policy" msgstr "MAC Multi-Level Security Policy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30440 msgid "Module name: mac_mls.ko" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30442 msgid "Kernel configuration line: options MAC_MLS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30445 msgid "Boot option: mac_mls_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30447 msgid "The mac_mls4 policy controls access between subjects and objects in the system by enforcing a strict information flow policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30451 msgid "In MLS environments, a clearance level is set in the label of each subject or object, along with compartments. Since these clearance levels can reach numbers greater than several thousand, it would be a daunting task to thoroughly configure every subject or object. To ease this administrative overhead, three labels are included in this policy: mls/low, mls/equal, and mls/high, where:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30463 msgid "Anything labeled with mls/low will have a low clearance level and not be permitted to access information of a higher level. This label also prevents objects of a higher clearance level from writing or passing information to a lower level." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30471 msgid "mls/equal should be placed on objects which should be exempt from the policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30476 msgid "mls/high is the highest level of clearance possible. Objects assigned this label will hold dominance over all other objects in the system; however, they will not permit the leaking of information to objects of a lower class." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30484 msgid "MLS provides:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30488 msgid "A hierarchical security level with a set of non-hierarchical categories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30493 msgid "Fixed rules of no read up, no write down. This means that a subject can have read access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. Similarly, a subject can have write access to objects on its own level or above, but not beneath." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30501 msgid "Secrecy, or the prevention of inappropriate disclosure of data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30506 msgid "A basis for the design of systems that concurrently handle data at multiple sensitivity levels without leaking information between secret and confidential." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30512 msgid "The following sysctl tunables are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30517 msgid "security.mac.mls.enabled is used to enable or disable the MLS policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30523 msgid "security.mac.mls.ptys_equal labels all pty4 devices as mls/equal during creation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30529 msgid "security.mac.mls.revocation_enabled revokes access to objects after their label changes to a label of a lower grade." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30535 msgid "security.mac.mls.max_compartments sets the maximum number of compartment levels allowed on a system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30541 msgid "To manipulate MLS labels, use setfmac8. To assign a label to an object:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30544 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfmac mls/5 test" msgstr "# setfmac mls/5 test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30546 msgid "To get the MLS label for the file test:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30549 #, no-wrap msgid "# getfmac test" msgstr "# getfmac test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30551 msgid "Another approach is to create a master policy file in /etc/ which specifies the MLS policy information and to feed that file to setfmac." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30556 msgid "When using the MLS policy module, an administrator plans to control the flow of sensitive information. The default block read up block write down sets everything to a low state. Everything is accessible and an administrator slowly augments the confidentiality of the information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30563 msgid "Beyond the three basic label options, an administrator may group users and groups as required to block the information flow between them. It might be easier to look at the information in clearance levels using descriptive words, such as classifications of Confidential, Secret, and Top Secret. Some administrators instead create different groups based on project levels. Regardless of the classification method, a well thought out plan must exist before implementing a restrictive policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30574 msgid "Some example situations for the MLS policy module include an e-commerce web server, a file server holding critical company information, and financial institution environments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30581 msgid "The MAC Biba Module" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30583 msgid "MAC Biba Integrity Policy" msgstr "MAC Biba Integrity Policy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30586 msgid "Module name: mac_biba.ko" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30588 msgid "Kernel configuration line: options MAC_BIBA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30591 msgid "Boot option: mac_biba_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30593 msgid "The mac_biba4 module loads the MAC Biba policy. This policy is similar to the MLS policy with the exception that the rules for information flow are slightly reversed. This is to prevent the downward flow of sensitive information whereas the MLS policy prevents the upward flow of sensitive information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30601 msgid "In Biba environments, an integrity label is set on each subject or object. These labels are made up of hierarchical grades and non-hierarchical components. As a grade ascends, so does its integrity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30606 msgid "Supported labels are biba/low, biba/equal, and biba/high, where:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30612 msgid "biba/low is considered the lowest integrity an object or subject may have. Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their write access to objects or subjects marked as biba/high, but will not prevent read access." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30620 msgid "biba/equal should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from the policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30625 msgid "biba/high permits writing to objects set at a lower label, but does not permit reading that object. It is recommended that this label be placed on objects that affect the integrity of the entire system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30633 msgid "Biba provides:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30637 msgid "Hierarchical integrity levels with a set of non-hierarchical integrity categories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30642 msgid "Fixed rules are no write up, no read down, the opposite of MLS. A subject can have write access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. Similarly, a subject can have read access to objects on its own level or above, but not below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30651 msgid "Integrity by preventing inappropriate modification of data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30656 msgid "Integrity levels instead of MLS sensitivity levels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30661 msgid "The following tunables can be used to manipulate the Biba policy:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30666 msgid "security.mac.biba.enabled is used to enable or disable enforcement of the Biba policy on the target machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30672 msgid "security.mac.biba.ptys_equal is used to disable the Biba policy on pty4 devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:30678 msgid "security.mac.biba.revocation_enabled forces the revocation of access to objects if the label is changed to dominate the subject." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30684 msgid "To access the Biba policy setting on system objects, use setfmac and getfmac:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30688 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac biba/low test\n" "# getfmac test\n" "test: biba/low" msgstr "" "# setfmac biba/low test\n" "# getfmac test\n" "test: biba/low" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30692 msgid "Integrity, which is different from sensitivity, is used to guarantee that information is not manipulated by untrusted parties. This includes information passed between subjects and objects. It ensures that users will only be able to modify or access information they have been given explicit access to. The mac_biba4 security policy module permits an administrator to configure which files and programs a user may see and invoke while assuring that the programs and files are trusted by the system for that user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30702 msgid "During the initial planning phase, an administrator must be prepared to partition users into grades, levels, and areas. The system will default to a high label once this policy module is enabled, and it is up to the administrator to configure the different grades and levels for users. Instead of using clearance levels, a good planning method could include topics. For instance, only allow developers modification access to the source code repository, source code compiler, and other development utilities. Other users would be grouped into other categories such as testers, designers, or end users and would only be permitted read access." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30715 msgid "A lower integrity subject is unable to write to a higher integrity subject and a higher integrity subject cannot list or read a lower integrity object. Setting a label at the lowest possible grade could make it inaccessible to subjects. Some prospective environments for this security policy module would include a constrained web server, a development and test machine, and a source code repository. A less useful implementation would be a personal workstation, a machine used as a router, or a network firewall." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30727 msgid "The MAC Low-watermark Module" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30729 msgid "MAC LOMAC" msgstr "MAC LOMAC" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30732 msgid "Module name: mac_lomac.ko" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30734 msgid "Kernel configuration line: options MAC_LOMAC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30737 msgid "Boot option: mac_lomac_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30740 msgid "Unlike the MAC Biba policy, the mac_lomac4 policy permits access to lower integrity objects only after decreasing the integrity level to not disrupt any integrity rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30745 msgid "The Low-watermark integrity policy works almost identically to Biba, with the exception of using floating labels to support subject demotion via an auxiliary grade compartment. This secondary compartment takes the form [auxgrade]. When assigning a policy with an auxiliary grade, use the syntax lomac/10[2], where 2 is the auxiliary grade." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30754 msgid "This policy relies on the ubiquitous labeling of all system objects with integrity labels, permitting subjects to read from low integrity objects and then downgrading the label on the subject to prevent future writes to high integrity objects using [auxgrade]. The policy may provide greater compatibility and require less initial configuration than Biba." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30762 msgid "Like the Biba and MLS policies, setfmac and setpmac are used to place labels on system objects:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30766 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]\n" "# getfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]" msgstr "" "# setfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]\n" "# getfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30769 msgid "The auxiliary grade low is a feature provided only by the MAC LOMAC policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:30776 msgid "User Lock Down" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30778 msgid "This example considers a relatively small storage system with fewer than fifty users. Users will have login capabilities and are permitted to store data and access resources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30783 msgid "For this scenario, the mac_bsdextended4 and mac_seeotheruids4 policy modules could co-exist and block access to system objects while hiding user processes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30787 msgid "Begin by adding the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:30790 #, no-wrap msgid "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30792 msgid "The mac_bsdextended4 security policy module may be activated by adding this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:30796 #, no-wrap msgid "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30798 msgid "Default rules stored in /etc/rc.bsdextended will be loaded at system initialization. However, the default entries may need modification. Since this machine is expected only to service users, everything may be left commented out except the last two lines in order to force the loading of user owned system objects by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30806 msgid "Add the required users to this machine and reboot. For testing purposes, try logging in as a different user across two consoles. Run ps aux to see if processes of other users are visible. Verify that running ls1 on another user's home directory fails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30812 msgid "Do not try to test with the root user unless the specific sysctls have been modified to block super user access." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:30817 msgid "When a new user is added, their mac_bsdextended4 rule will not be in the ruleset list. To update the ruleset quickly, unload the security policy module and reload it again using kldunload8 and kldload8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:30825 msgid "Nagios in a MAC Jail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30827 msgid "Nagios in a MAC Jail" msgstr "Nagios in a MAC Jail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30831 msgid "This section demonstrates the steps that are needed to implement the Nagios network monitoring system in a MAC environment. This is meant as an example which still requires the administrator to test that the implemented policy meets the security requirements of the network before using in a production environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:30838 msgid "This example requires to be set on each file system. It also assumes that net-mgmt/nagios-plugins, net-mgmt/nagios, and www/apache22 are all installed, configured, and working correctly before attempting the integration into the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30847 msgid "Create an Insecure User Class" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30849 msgid "Begin the procedure by adding the following user class to /etc/login.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:30852 #, no-wrap msgid "" "insecure:\\\n" ":copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n" ":welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n" ":setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n" ":path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin\n" ":manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n" ":nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n" ":cputime=1h30m:\\\n" ":datasize=8M:\\\n" ":vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n" ":stacksize=2M:\\\n" ":memorylocked=4M:\\\n" ":memoryuse=8M:\\\n" ":filesize=8M:\\\n" ":coredumpsize=8M:\\\n" ":openfiles=24:\\\n" ":maxproc=32:\\\n" ":priority=0:\\\n" ":requirehome:\\\n" ":passwordtime=91d:\\\n" ":umask=022:\\\n" ":ignoretime@:\\\n" ":label=biba/10(10-10):" msgstr "" "insecure:\\\n" ":copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n" ":welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n" ":setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n" ":path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin\n" ":manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n" ":nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n" ":cputime=1h30m:\\\n" ":datasize=8M:\\\n" ":vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n" ":stacksize=2M:\\\n" ":memorylocked=4M:\\\n" ":memoryuse=8M:\\\n" ":filesize=8M:\\\n" ":coredumpsize=8M:\\\n" ":openfiles=24:\\\n" ":maxproc=32:\\\n" ":priority=0:\\\n" ":requirehome:\\\n" ":passwordtime=91d:\\\n" ":umask=022:\\\n" ":ignoretime@:\\\n" ":label=biba/10(10-10):" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30876 msgid "Then, add the following line to the default user class section:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:30879 #, no-wrap msgid ":label=biba/high:" msgstr ":label=biba/high:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30881 msgid "Save the edits and issue the following command to rebuild the database:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30888 msgid "Configure Users" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30890 msgid "Set the root user to the default class using:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30893 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw usermod root -L default" msgstr "# pw usermod root -L default" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30895 msgid "All user accounts that are not root will now require a login class. The login class is required, otherwise users will be refused access to common commands. The following sh script should do the trick:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30900 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# for x in `awk -F: '($3 >= 1001) && ($3 != 65534) { print $1 }' \\\n" "\t/etc/passwd`; do pw usermod $x -L default; done;" msgstr "" "# for x in `awk -F: '($3 >= 1001) && ($3 != 65534) { print $1 }' \\\n" "\t/etc/passwd`; do pw usermod $x -L default; done;" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30903 msgid "Next, drop the nagios and www accounts into the insecure class:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30906 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw usermod nagios -L insecure\n" "# pw usermod www -L insecure" msgstr "" "# pw usermod nagios -L insecure\n" "# pw usermod www -L insecure" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30911 msgid "Create the Contexts File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30913 msgid "A contexts file should now be created as /etc/policy.contexts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:30916 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n" "\n" "# System:\n" "/var/run(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/dev/(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/var\t\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "/var/spool(/.*)?\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/var/log(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "/var/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/var/spool/mqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n" "/var/spool/clientmqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "# For Nagios:\n" "/usr/local/etc/nagios(/.*)?\tbiba/10\n" "\n" "/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?\t\tbiba/10\n" "\n" "# For apache\n" "/usr/local/etc/apache(/.*)?\tbiba/10" msgstr "" "# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n" "\n" "# System:\n" "/var/run(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/dev/(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/var\t\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "/var/spool(/.*)?\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/var/log(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "/var/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "/var/spool/mqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n" "/var/spool/clientmqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n" "\n" "# For Nagios:\n" "/usr/local/etc/nagios(/.*)?\tbiba/10\n" "\n" "/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?\t\tbiba/10\n" "\n" "# For apache\n" "/usr/local/etc/apache(/.*)?\tbiba/10" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30942 msgid "This policy enforces security by setting restrictions on the flow of information. In this specific configuration, users, including root, should never be allowed to access Nagios. Configuration files and processes that are a part of Nagios will be completely self contained or jailed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30950 msgid "This file will be read after running setfsmac on every file system. This example sets the policy on the root file system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:30954 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /" msgstr "# setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30956 msgid "Next, add these edits to the main section of /etc/mac.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:30959 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default_labels file ?biba\n" "default_labels ifnet ?biba\n" "default_labels process ?biba\n" "default_labels socket ?biba" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30966 msgid "Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30968 msgid "To finish the configuration, add the following lines to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:30971 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mac_biba_load=\"YES\"\n" "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n" "security.mac.biba.trust_all_interfaces=1" msgstr "" "mac_biba_load=\"YES\"\n" "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n" "security.mac.biba.trust_all_interfaces=1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30975 msgid "And the following line to the network card configuration stored in /etc/rc.conf. If the primary network configuration is done via DHCP, this may need to be configured manually after every system boot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:30981 #, no-wrap msgid "maclabel biba/equal" msgstr "maclabel biba/equal" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:30985 msgid "Testing the Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:30987 msgid "MAC Configuration Testing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:30991 msgid "First, ensure that the web server and Nagios will not be started on system initialization and reboot. Ensure that root cannot access any of the files in the Nagios configuration directory. If root can list the contents of /var/spool/nagios, something is wrong. Instead, a permission denied error should be returned." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31001 msgid "If all seems well, Nagios, Apache, and Sendmail can now be started:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:31005 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /etc/mail && make stop && \\\n" "setpmac biba/equal make start && setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) apachectl start && \\\n" "setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) /usr/local/etc/rc.d/nagios.sh forcestart" msgstr "" "# cd /etc/mail && make stop && \\\n" "setpmac biba/equal make start && setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) apachectl start && \\\n" "setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) /usr/local/etc/rc.d/nagios.sh forcestart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31009 msgid "Double check to ensure that everything is working properly. If not, check the log files for error messages. If needed, use sysctl8 to disable the mac_biba4 security policy module and try starting everything again as usual." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:31016 msgid "The root user can still change the security enforcement and edit its configuration files. The following command will permit the degradation of the security policy to a lower grade for a newly spawned shell:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:31022 #, no-wrap msgid "# setpmac biba/10 csh" msgstr "# setpmac biba/10 csh" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:31024 msgid "To block this from happening, force the user into a range using login.conf5. If setpmac8 attempts to run a command outside of the compartment's range, an error will be returned and the command will not be executed. In this case, set root to biba/high(high-high)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:31035 msgid "Troubleshooting the MAC Framework" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:31037 msgid "MAC Troubleshooting" msgstr "MAC Troubleshooting" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31041 msgid "This section discusses common configuration errors and how to resolve them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:31046 msgid "The flag does not stay enabled on the root (/) partition:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31051 msgid "The following steps may resolve this transient error:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31056 msgid "Edit /etc/fstab and set the root partition to for read-only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31062 msgid "Reboot into single user mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31066 msgid "Run tunefs on /." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31071 msgid "Reboot the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31075 msgid "Run mount / and change the back to in /etc/fstab and reboot the system again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31083 msgid "Double-check the output from mount to ensure that has been properly set on the root file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:31093 msgid "After establishing a secure environment with MAC, Xorg no longer starts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31097 msgid "This could be caused by the MAC partition policy or by a mislabeling in one of the MAC labeling policies. To debug, try the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31104 msgid "Check the error message. If the user is in the insecure class, the partition policy may be the culprit. Try setting the user's class back to the default class and rebuild the database with cap_mkdb. If this does not alleviate the problem, go to step two." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31114 msgid "Double-check that the label policies are set correctly for the user, Xorg, and the /dev entries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:31121 msgid "If neither of these resolve the problem, send the error message and a description of the environment to the FreeBSD general questions mailing list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:31130 msgid "The _secure_path: unable to stat .login_conf error appears:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31133 msgid "This error can appear when a user attempts to switch from the root user to another user in the system. This message usually occurs when the user has a higher label setting than that of the user they are attempting to become. For instance, if joe has a default label of and root has a label of , root cannot view joe's home directory. This will happen whether or not root has used su to become joe as the Biba integrity model will not permit root to view objects set at a lower integrity level." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:31150 msgid "The system no longer recognizes root:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31152 msgid "When this occurs, whoami returns 0 and su returns who are you?." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31156 msgid "This can happen if a labeling policy has been disabled by sysctl8 or the policy module was unloaded. If the policy is disabled, the login capabilities database needs to be reconfigured. Double check /etc/login.conf to ensure that all options have been removed and rebuild the database with cap_mkdb." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31165 msgid "This may also happen if a policy restricts access to master.passwd. This is usually caused by an administrator altering the file under a label which conflicts with the general policy being used by the system. In these cases, the user information would be read by the system and access would be blocked as the file has inherited the new label. Disable the policy using sysctl8 and everything should return to normal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:31195 msgid "Security Event Auditing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:31206 msgid " Robert Watson " msgstr " Robert Watson " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:31218 msgid "AUDIT" msgstr "AUDIT" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:31219 msgid "Security Event Auditing MAC" msgstr "Security Event Auditing MAC" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31224 msgid "The FreeBSD operating system includes support for security event auditing. Event auditing supports reliable, fine-grained, and configurable logging of a variety of security-relevant system events, including logins, configuration changes, and file and network access. These log records can be invaluable for live system monitoring, intrusion detection, and postmortem analysis. FreeBSD implements Sun's published Basic Security Module (BSM) Application Programming Interface (API) and file format, and is interoperable with the Solaris and Mac OS X audit implementations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31236 msgid "This chapter focuses on the installation and configuration of event auditing. It explains audit policies and provides an example audit configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31244 msgid "What event auditing is and how it works." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31248 msgid "How to configure event auditing on FreeBSD for users and processes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31253 msgid "How to review the audit trail using the audit reduction and review tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31267 msgid "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration/compilation ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:31278 msgid "The audit facility has some known limitations. Not all security-relevant system events are auditable and some login mechanisms, such as Xorg-based display managers and third-party daemons, do not properly configure auditing for user login sessions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:31284 msgid "The security event auditing facility is able to generate very detailed logs of system activity. On a busy system, trail file data can be very large when configured for high detail, exceeding gigabytes a week in some configurations. Administrators should take into account the disk space requirements associated with high volume audit configurations. For example, it may be desirable to dedicate a file system to /var/audit so that other file systems are not affected if the audit file system becomes full." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31299 msgid "The following terms are related to security event auditing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31304 msgid "event: an auditable event is any event that can be logged using the audit subsystem. Examples of security-relevant events include the creation of a file, the building of a network connection, or a user logging in. Events are either attributable, meaning that they can be traced to an authenticated user, or non-attributable. Examples of non-attributable events are any events that occur before authentication in the login process, such as bad password attempts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31317 msgid "class: a named set of related events which are used in selection expressions. Commonly used classes of events include file creation (fc), exec (ex), and login_logout (lo)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31325 msgid "record: an audit log entry describing a security event. Records contain a record event type, information on the subject (user) performing the action, date and time information, information on any objects or arguments, and a success or failure condition." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31334 msgid "trail: a log file consisting of a series of audit records describing security events. Trails are in roughly chronological order with respect to the time events completed. Only authorized processes are allowed to commit records to the audit trail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31342 msgid "selection expression: a string containing a list of prefixes and audit event class names used to match events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31348 msgid "preselection: the process by which the system identifies which events are of interest to the administrator. The preselection configuration uses a series of selection expressions to identify which classes of events to audit for which users, as well as global settings that apply to both authenticated and unauthenticated processes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31358 msgid "reduction: the process by which records from existing audit trails are selected for preservation, printing, or analysis. Likewise, the process by which undesired audit records are removed from the audit trail. Using reduction, administrators can implement policies for the preservation of audit data. For example, detailed audit trails might be kept for one month, but after that, trails might be reduced in order to preserve only login information for archival purposes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:31372 msgid "Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31374 msgid "User space support for event auditing is installed as part of the base FreeBSD operating system. Kernel support is available in the GENERIC kernel by default, and auditd8 can be enabled by adding the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31381 #, no-wrap msgid "auditd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "auditd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31383 msgid "Then, start the audit daemon:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:31385 #, no-wrap msgid "# service auditd start" msgstr "# service auditd start" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31387 msgid "Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following line in their custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31390 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tAUDIT" msgstr "options\tAUDIT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:31393 msgid "Event Selection Expressions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31395 msgid "Selection expressions are used in a number of places in the audit configuration to determine which events should be audited. Expressions contain a list of event classes to match. Selection expressions are evaluated from left to right, and two expressions are combined by appending one onto the other." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31402 msgid " summarizes the default audit event classes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:31406 msgid "Default Audit Event Classes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31411 msgid "Class Name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31413 book.translate.xml:31577 msgid "Action" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31419 book.translate.xml:31420 msgid "all" msgstr "all" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31421 msgid "Match all event classes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31425 msgid "aa" msgstr "aa" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31426 msgid "authentication and authorization" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31431 msgid "ad" msgstr "ad" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31432 msgid "administrative" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31433 msgid "Administrative actions performed on the system as a whole." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31438 msgid "ap" msgstr "ap" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31439 msgid "application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31440 msgid "Application defined action." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31444 msgid "cl" msgstr "cl" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31445 msgid "file close" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31446 msgid "Audit calls to the close system call." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31451 msgid "ex" msgstr "ex" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31452 msgid "exec" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31453 msgid "Audit program execution. Auditing of command line arguments and environmental variables is controlled via audit_control5 using the argv and envv parameters to the policy setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31462 msgid "fa" msgstr "fa" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31463 msgid "file attribute access" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31464 msgid "Audit the access of object attributes such as stat1 and pathconf2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31469 msgid "fc" msgstr "fc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31470 msgid "file create" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31471 msgid "Audit events where a file is created as a result." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31476 msgid "fd" msgstr "fd" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31477 msgid "file delete" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31478 msgid "Audit events where file deletion occurs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31482 msgid "fm" msgstr "fm" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31483 msgid "file attribute modify" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31484 msgid "Audit events where file attribute modification occurs, such as by chown8, chflags1, and flock2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31490 msgid "fr" msgstr "fr" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31491 msgid "file read" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31492 msgid "Audit events in which data is read or files are opened for reading." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31497 msgid "fw" msgstr "fw" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31498 msgid "file write" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31499 msgid "Audit events in which data is written or files are written or modified." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31504 msgid "io" msgstr "io" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31505 msgid "ioctl" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31506 msgid "Audit use of the ioctl system call." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31511 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31512 msgid "ipc" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31513 msgid "Audit various forms of Inter-Process Communication, including POSIX pipes and System V IPC operations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31519 msgid "lo" msgstr "lo" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31520 msgid "login_logout" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31521 msgid "Audit login1 and logout1 events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31526 msgid "na" msgstr "na" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31527 msgid "non attributable" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31528 msgid "Audit non-attributable events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31532 msgid "no" msgstr "no" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31533 msgid "invalid class" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31534 msgid "Match no audit events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31538 msgid "nt" msgstr "nt" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31539 msgid "network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31540 msgid "Audit events related to network actions such as connect2 and accept2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31545 msgid "ot" msgstr "ot" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31546 msgid "other" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31547 msgid "Audit miscellaneous events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31551 msgid "pc" msgstr "pc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31552 msgid "process" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31553 msgid "Audit process operations such as exec3 and exit3." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31560 msgid "These audit event classes may be customized by modifying the audit_class and audit_event configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31564 msgid "Each audit event class may be combined with a prefix indicating whether successful/failed operations are matched, and whether the entry is adding or removing matching for the class and type. summarizes the available prefixes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:31571 msgid "Prefixes for Audit Event Classes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31576 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31584 msgid "Audit successful events in this class." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31589 msgid "Audit failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31593 msgid "^" msgstr "^" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31594 msgid "Audit neither successful nor failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31599 msgid "^+" msgstr "^+" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31600 msgid "Do not audit successful events in this class." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31605 msgid "^-" msgstr "^-" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:31606 msgid "Do not audit failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31612 msgid "If no prefix is present, both successful and failed instances of the event will be audited." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31615 msgid "The following example selection string selects both successful and failed login/logout events, but only successful execution events:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31619 #, no-wrap msgid "lo,+ex" msgstr "lo,+ex" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31625 msgid "The following configuration files for security event auditing are found in /etc/security:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31631 msgid "audit_class: contains the definitions of the audit classes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31636 msgid "audit_control: controls aspects of the audit subsystem, such as default audit classes, minimum disk space to leave on the audit log volume, and maximum audit trail size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31643 msgid "audit_event: textual names and descriptions of system audit events and a list of which classes each event is in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31649 msgid "audit_user: user-specific audit requirements to be combined with the global defaults at login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31655 msgid "audit_warn: a customizable shell script used by auditd8 to generate warning messages in exceptional situations, such as when space for audit records is running low or when the audit trail file has been rotated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:31664 msgid "Audit configuration files should be edited and maintained carefully, as errors in configuration may result in improper logging of events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31669 msgid "In most cases, administrators will only need to modify audit_control and audit_user. The first file controls system-wide audit properties and policies and the second file may be used to fine-tune auditing by user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:31676 msgid "The audit_control File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31678 msgid "A number of defaults for the audit subsystem are specified in audit_control:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31681 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dir:/var/audit\n" "dist:off\n" "flags:lo,aa\n" "minfree:5\n" "naflags:lo,aa\n" "policy:cnt,argv\n" "filesz:2M\n" "expire-after:10M" msgstr "" "dir:/var/audit\n" "dist:off\n" "flags:lo,aa\n" "minfree:5\n" "naflags:lo,aa\n" "policy:cnt,argv\n" "filesz:2M\n" "expire-after:10M" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31690 msgid "The entry is used to set one or more directories where audit logs will be stored. If more than one directory entry appears, they will be used in order as they fill. It is common to configure audit so that audit logs are stored on a dedicated file system, in order to prevent interference between the audit subsystem and other subsystems if the file system fills." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31698 msgid "If the field is set to on or yes, hard links will be created to all trail files in /var/audit/dist." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31703 msgid "The field sets the system-wide default preselection mask for attributable events. In the example above, successful and failed login/logout events as well as authentication and authorization are audited for all users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31709 msgid "The entry defines the minimum percentage of free space for the file system where the audit trail is stored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31713 msgid "The entry specifies audit classes to be audited for non-attributed events, such as the login/logout process and authentication and authorization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31718 msgid "The entry specifies a comma-separated list of policy flags controlling various aspects of audit behavior. The cnt indicates that the system should continue running despite an auditing failure (this flag is highly recommended). The other flag, argv, causes command line arguments to the execve2 system call to be audited as part of command execution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31727 msgid "The entry specifies the maximum size for an audit trail before automatically terminating and rotating the trail file. A value of 0 disables automatic log rotation. If the requested file size is below the minimum of 512k, it will be ignored and a log message will be generated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31734 msgid "The field specifies when audit log files will expire and be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:31739 msgid "The audit_user File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31741 msgid "The administrator can specify further audit requirements for specific users in audit_user. Each line configures auditing for a user via two fields: the alwaysaudit field specifies a set of events that should always be audited for the user, and the neveraudit field specifies a set of events that should never be audited for the user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:31749 msgid "The following example entries audit login/logout events and successful command execution for root and file creation and successful command execution for www. If used with the default audit_control, the lo entry for root is redundant, and login/logout events will also be audited for www." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31756 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root:lo,+ex:no\n" "www:fc,+ex:no" msgstr "" "root:lo,+ex:no\n" "www:fc,+ex:no" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:31763 msgid "Working with Audit Trails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31765 msgid "Since audit trails are stored in the BSM binary format, several built-in tools are available to modify or convert these trails to text. To convert trail files to a simple text format, use praudit. To reduce the audit trail file for analysis, archiving, or printing purposes, use auditreduce. This utility supports a variety of selection parameters, including event type, event class, user, date or time of the event, and the file path or object acted on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31775 msgid "For example, to dump the entire contents of a specified audit log in plain text:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:31778 #, no-wrap msgid "# praudit /var/audit/AUDITFILE" msgstr "# praudit /var/audit/AUDITFILE" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31780 msgid "Where AUDITFILE is the audit log to dump." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31783 msgid "Audit trails consist of a series of audit records made up of tokens, which praudit prints sequentially, one per line. Each token is of a specific type, such as header (an audit record header) or path (a file path from a name lookup). The following is an example of an execve event:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31791 #, no-wrap msgid "" "header,133,10,execve(2),0,Mon Sep 25 15:58:03 2006, + 384 msec\n" "exec arg,finger,doug\n" "path,/usr/bin/finger\n" "attribute,555,root,wheel,90,24918,104944\n" "subject,robert,root,wheel,root,wheel,38439,38032,42086,128.232.9.100\n" "return,success,0\n" "trailer,133" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31799 msgid "This audit represents a successful execve call, in which the command finger doug has been run. The exec arg token contains the processed command line presented by the shell to the kernel. The path token holds the path to the executable as looked up by the kernel. The attribute token describes the binary and includes the file mode. The subject token stores the audit user ID, effective user ID and group ID, real user ID and group ID, process ID, session ID, port ID, and login address. Notice that the audit user ID and real user ID differ as the user robert switched to the root account before running this command, but it is audited using the original authenticated user. The return token indicates the successful execution and the trailer concludes the record." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31818 msgid "XML output format is also supported and can be selected by including ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31821 msgid "Since audit logs may be very large, a subset of records can be selected using auditreduce. This example selects all audit records produced for the user trhodes stored in AUDITFILE:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:31827 #, no-wrap msgid "# auditreduce -u trhodes /var/audit/AUDITFILE | praudit" msgstr "# auditreduce -u trhodes /var/audit/AUDITFILE | praudit" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31829 msgid "Members of the audit group have permission to read audit trails in /var/audit. By default, this group is empty, so only the root user can read audit trails. Users may be added to the audit group in order to delegate audit review rights. As the ability to track audit log contents provides significant insight into the behavior of users and processes, it is recommended that the delegation of audit review rights be performed with caution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:31839 msgid "Live Monitoring Using Audit Pipes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31841 msgid "Audit pipes are cloning pseudo-devices which allow applications to tap the live audit record stream. This is primarily of interest to authors of intrusion detection and system monitoring applications. However, the audit pipe device is a convenient way for the administrator to allow live monitoring without running into problems with audit trail file ownership or log rotation interrupting the event stream. To track the live audit event stream:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:31850 #, no-wrap msgid "# praudit /dev/auditpipe" msgstr "# praudit /dev/auditpipe" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31852 msgid "By default, audit pipe device nodes are accessible only to the root user. To make them accessible to the members of the audit group, add a devfs rule to /etc/devfs.rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31858 #, no-wrap msgid "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit" msgstr "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31860 msgid "See devfs.rules5 for more information on configuring the devfs file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:31864 msgid "It is easy to produce audit event feedback cycles, in which the viewing of each audit event results in the generation of more audit events. For example, if all network I/O is audited, and praudit is run from an SSH session, a continuous stream of audit events will be generated at a high rate, as each event being printed will generate another event. For this reason, it is advisable to run praudit on an audit pipe device from sessions without fine-grained I/O auditing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:31879 msgid "Rotating and Compressing Audit Trail Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31881 msgid "Audit trails are written to by the kernel and managed by the audit daemon, auditd8. Administrators should not attempt to use newsyslog.conf5 or other tools to directly rotate audit logs. Instead, audit should be used to shut down auditing, reconfigure the audit system, and perform log rotation. The following command causes the audit daemon to create a new audit log and signal the kernel to switch to using the new log. The old log will be terminated and renamed, at which point it may then be manipulated by the administrator:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:31893 #, no-wrap msgid "# audit -n" msgstr "# audit -n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31895 msgid "If auditd8 is not currently running, this command will fail and an error message will be produced." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31898 msgid "Adding the following line to /etc/crontab will schedule this rotation every twelve hours:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31902 #, no-wrap msgid "0 */12 * * * root /usr/sbin/audit -n" msgstr "0 */12 * * * root /usr/sbin/audit -n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31904 msgid "The change will take effect once /etc/crontab is saved." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31907 msgid "Automatic rotation of the audit trail file based on file size is possible using in audit_control as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31911 msgid "As audit trail files can become very large, it is often desirable to compress or otherwise archive trails once they have been closed by the audit daemon. The audit_warn script can be used to perform customized operations for a variety of audit-related events, including the clean termination of audit trails when they are rotated. For example, the following may be added to /etc/security/audit_warn to compress audit trails on close:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:31921 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" "# Compress audit trail files on close.\n" "#\n" "if [ \"$1\" = closefile ]; then\n" " gzip -9 $2\n" "fi" msgstr "" "#\n" "# Compress audit trail files on close.\n" "#\n" "if [ \"$1\" = closefile ]; then\n" " gzip -9 $2\n" "fi" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:31928 msgid "Other archiving activities might include copying trail files to a centralized server, deleting old trail files, or reducing the audit trail to remove unneeded records. This script will be run only when audit trail files are cleanly terminated, so will not be run on trails left unterminated following an improper shutdown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:31947 msgid "Storage" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:31952 msgid "This chapter covers the use of disks and storage media in FreeBSD. This includes SCSI and IDE disks, CD and DVD media, memory-backed disks, and USB storage devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31962 msgid "How to add additional hard disks to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31967 msgid "How to grow the size of a disk's partition on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31972 msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to use USB storage devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31977 msgid "How to use CD and DVD media on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31982 msgid "How to use the backup programs available under FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31987 msgid "How to set up memory disks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31991 msgid "What file system snapshots are and how to use them efficiently." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:31996 msgid "How to use quotas to limit disk space usage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:32000 msgid "How to encrypt disks and swap to secure them against attackers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:32005 msgid "How to configure a highly available storage network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:32014 msgid "Know how to configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:32022 msgid "Adding Disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:32025 msgid " David O'Brien Originally contributed by " msgstr " David O'Brien Oorspronkelijk bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32035 msgid "disks adding" msgstr "disks adding" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32040 msgid "This section describes how to add a new SATA disk to a machine that currently only has a single drive. First, turn off the computer and install the drive in the computer following the instructions of the computer, controller, and drive manufacturers. Reboot the system and become root." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32048 msgid "Inspect /var/run/dmesg.boot to ensure the new disk was found. In this example, the newly added SATA drive will appear as ada1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32054 book.translate.xml:32150 msgid "gpart" msgstr "gpart" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32058 msgid "For this example, a single large partition will be created on the new disk. The GPT partitioning scheme will be used in preference to the older and less versatile MBR scheme." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32065 msgid "If the disk to be added is not blank, old partition information can be removed with gpart delete. See gpart8 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32071 msgid "The partition scheme is created, and then a single partition is added. To improve performance on newer disks with larger hardware block sizes, the partition is aligned to one megabyte boundaries:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32076 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s GPT ada1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 1M ada1" msgstr "" "# gpart create -s GPT ada1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 1M ada1" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32079 msgid "Depending on use, several smaller partitions may be desired. See gpart8 for options to create partitions smaller than a whole disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32083 msgid "The disk partition information can be viewed with gpart show:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32086 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% gpart show ada1\n" "=> 34 1465146988 ada1 GPT (699G)\n" " 34 2014 - free - (1.0M)\n" " 2048 1465143296 1 freebsd-ufs (699G)\n" " 1465145344 1678 - free - (839K)" msgstr "" "% gpart show ada1\n" "=> 34 1465146988 ada1 GPT (699G)\n" " 34 2014 - free - (1.0M)\n" " 2048 1465143296 1 freebsd-ufs (699G)\n" " 1465145344 1678 - free - (839K)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32092 msgid "A file system is created in the new partition on the new disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32094 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ada1p1" msgstr "# newfs -U /dev/ada1p1" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32096 msgid "An empty directory is created as a mountpoint, a location for mounting the new disk in the original disk's file system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32100 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /newdisk" msgstr "# mkdir /newdisk" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32102 msgid "Finally, an entry is added to /etc/fstab so the new disk will be mounted automatically at startup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32106 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ada1p1\t/newdisk\tufs\trw\t2\t2" msgstr "/dev/ada1p1\t/newdisk\tufs\trw\t2\t2" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32108 msgid "The new disk can be mounted manually, without restarting the system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32111 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /newdisk" msgstr "# mount /newdisk" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:32116 msgid "Resizing and Growing Disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:32119 msgid " Allan Jude Originally contributed by " msgstr " Allan jood Oorspronkelijk bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32129 msgid "disks resizing" msgstr "disks resizing" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32134 msgid "A disk's capacity can increase without any changes to the data already present. This happens commonly with virtual machines, when the virtual disk turns out to be too small and is enlarged. Sometimes a disk image is written to a USB memory stick, but does not use the full capacity. Here we describe how to resize or grow disk contents to take advantage of increased capacity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32143 msgid "Determine the device name of the disk to be resized by inspecting /var/run/dmesg.boot. In this example, there is only one SATA disk in the system, so the drive will appear as ada0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32154 msgid "List the partitions on the disk to see the current configuration:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32157 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 83886013 ada0 GPT (48G) [CORRUPT]\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 79691648 2 freebsd-ufs (38G)\n" " 79691810 4194236 3 freebsd-swap (2G)\n" " 83886046 1 - free - (512B)" msgstr "" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 83886013 ada0 GPT (48G) [CORRUPT]\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 79691648 2 freebsd-ufs (38G)\n" " 79691810 4194236 3 freebsd-swap (2G)\n" " 83886046 1 - free - (512B)" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32165 msgid "If the disk was formatted with the GPT partitioning scheme, it may show as corrupted because the GPT backup partition table is no longer at the end of the drive. Fix the backup partition table with gpart:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:32173 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart recover ada0\n" "ada0 recovered" msgstr "" "# gpart recover ada0\n" "ada0 recovered" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32177 msgid "Now the additional space on the disk is available for use by a new partition, or an existing partition can be expanded:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32181 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 102399933 ada0 GPT (48G)\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 79691648 2 freebsd-ufs (38G)\n" " 79691810 4194236 3 freebsd-swap (2G)\n" " 83886046 18513921 - free - (8.8G)" msgstr "" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 102399933 ada0 GPT (48G)\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 79691648 2 freebsd-ufs (38G)\n" " 79691810 4194236 3 freebsd-swap (2G)\n" " 83886046 18513921 - free - (8.8G)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32188 msgid "Partitions can only be resized into contiguous free space. Here, the last partition on the disk is the swap partition, but the second partition is the one that needs to be resized. Swap partitions only contain temporary data, so it can safely be unmounted, deleted, and then recreated after resizing other partitions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32195 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# swapoff /dev/ada0p3\n" "# gpart delete -i 3 ada0\n" "ada0p3 deleted\n" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 102399933 ada0 GPT (48G)\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 79691648 2 freebsd-ufs (38G)\n" " 79691810 22708157 - free - (10G)" msgstr "" "# swapoff /dev/ada0p3\n" "# gpart delete -i 3 ada0\n" "ada0p3 deleted\n" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 102399933 ada0 GPT (48G)\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 79691648 2 freebsd-ufs (38G)\n" " 79691810 22708157 - free - (10G)" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:32205 msgid "There is risk of data loss when modifying the partition table of a mounted file system. It is best to perform the following steps on an unmounted file system while running from a live CD-ROM or USB device. However, if absolutely necessary, a mounted file system can be resized after disabling GEOM safety features:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/screen #: book.translate.xml:32213 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16" msgstr "# sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32216 msgid "Resize the partition, leaving room to recreate a swap partition of the desired size. This only modifies the size of the partition. The file system in the partition will be expanded in a separate step." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32221 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart resize -i 2 -a 4k -s 47G ada0\n" "ada0p2 resized\n" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 102399933 ada0 GPT (48G)\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 98566144 2 freebsd-ufs (47G)\n" " 98566306 3833661 - free - (1.8G)" msgstr "" "# gpart resize -i 2 -a 4k -s 47G ada0\n" "ada0p2 resized\n" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 102399933 ada0 GPT (48G)\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 98566144 2 freebsd-ufs (47G)\n" " 98566306 3833661 - free - (1.8G)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32229 msgid "Recreate the swap partition:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32231 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k ada0\n" "ada0p3 added\n" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 102399933 ada0 GPT (48G)\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 98566144 2 freebsd-ufs (47G)\n" " 98566306 3833661 3 freebsd-swap (1.8G)\n" "# swapon /dev/ada0p3" msgstr "" "# gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k ada0\n" "ada0p3 added\n" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 34 102399933 ada0 GPT (48G)\n" " 34 128 1 freebsd-boot (64k)\n" " 162 98566144 2 freebsd-ufs (47G)\n" " 98566306 3833661 3 freebsd-swap (1.8G)\n" "# swapon /dev/ada0p3" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32240 msgid "Grow the UFS file system to use the new capacity of the resized partition:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32244 msgid "Growing a live UFS file system is only possible in FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later. For earlier versions, the file system must not be mounted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:32249 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# growfs /dev/ada0p2\n" "Device is mounted read-write; resizing will result in temporary write suspension for /.\n" "It's strongly recommended to make a backup before growing the file system.\n" "OK to grow file system on /dev/ada0p2, mounted on /, from 38GB to 47GB? [Yes/No] Yes\n" "super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n" " 80781312, 82063552, 83345792, 84628032, 85910272, 87192512, 88474752,\n" " 89756992, 91039232, 92321472, 93603712, 94885952, 96168192, 97450432" msgstr "" "# growfs /dev/ada0p2\n" "Device is mounted read-write; resizing will result in temporary write suspension for /.\n" "It's strongly recommended to make a backup before growing the file system.\n" "OK to grow file system on /dev/ada0p2, mounted on /, from 38GB to 47GB? [Yes/No] Yes\n" "super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n" " 80781312, 82063552, 83345792, 84628032, 85910272, 87192512, 88474752,\n" " 89756992, 91039232, 92321472, 93603712, 94885952, 96168192, 97450432" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32257 msgid "Both the partition and the file system on it have now been resized to use the newly-available disk space." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:32263 msgid "USB Storage Devices" msgstr "USB Storage Devices" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32276 msgid "USB disks" msgstr "USB disks" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32281 msgid "Many external storage solutions, such as hard drives, USB thumbdrives, and CD and DVD burners, use the Universal Serial Bus (USB). FreeBSD provides support for USB 1.x, 2.0, and 3.0 devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32288 msgid "USB 3.0 support is not compatible with some hardware, including Haswell (Lynx point) chipsets. If FreeBSD boots with a failed with error 19 message, disable xHCI/USB3 in the system BIOS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32295 msgid "Support for USB storage devices is built into the GENERIC kernel. For a custom kernel, be sure that the following lines are present in the kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32300 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" "device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n" "device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n" "device uhci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n" "device ohci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n" "device ehci\t# provides USB 2.0 support\n" "device xhci\t# provides USB 3.0 support\n" "device usb\t# USB Bus (required)\n" "device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da\n" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners" msgstr "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" "device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n" "device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n" "device uhci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n" "device ohci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n" "device ehci\t# provides USB 2.0 support\n" "device xhci\t# provides USB 3.0 support\n" "device usb\t# USB Bus (required)\n" "device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da\n" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32311 msgid "FreeBSD uses the umass4 driver which uses the SCSI subsystem to access USB storage devices. Since any USB device will be seen as a SCSI device by the system, if the USB device is a CD or DVD burner, do not include in a custom kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32321 msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates how to verify that a USB storage device is recognized by FreeBSD and how to configure the device so that it can be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:32326 msgid "Device Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32328 msgid "To test the USB configuration, plug in the USB device. Use dmesg to confirm that the drive appears in the system message buffer. It should look something like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32334 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umass0: <STECH Simple Drive, class 0/0, rev 2.00/1.04, addr 3> on usbus0\n" "umass0: SCSI over Bulk-Only; quirks = 0x0100\n" "umass0:4:0:-1: Attached to scbus4\n" "da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n" "da0: <STECH Simple Drive 1.04> Fixed Direct Access SCSI-4 device\n" "da0: Serial Number WD-WXE508CAN263\n" "da0: 40.000MB/s transfers\n" "da0: 152627MB (312581808 512 byte sectors: 255H 63S/T 19457C)\n" "da0: quirks=0x2<NO_6_BYTE>" msgstr "" "umass0: <STECH Simple Drive, class 0/0, rev 2.00/1.04, addr 3> on usbus0\n" "umass0: SCSI over Bulk-Only; quirks = 0x0100\n" "umass0:4:0:-1: Attached to scbus4\n" "da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n" "da0: <STECH Simple Drive 1.04> Fixed Direct Access SCSI-4 device\n" "da0: Serial Number WD-WXE508CAN263\n" "da0: 40.000MB/s transfers\n" "da0: 152627MB (312581808 512 byte sectors: 255H 63S/T 19457C)\n" "da0: quirks=0x2<NO_6_BYTE>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32344 msgid "The brand, device node (da0), speed, and size will differ according to the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32347 msgid "Since the USB device is seen as a SCSI one, camcontrol can be used to list the USB storage devices attached to the system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32352 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" "<STECH Simple Drive 1.04> at scbus4 target 0 lun 0 (pass3,da0)" msgstr "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" "<STECH Simple Drive 1.04> at scbus4 target 0 lun 0 (pass3,da0)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32355 msgid "Alternately, usbconfig can be used to list the device. Refer to usbconfig8 for more information about this command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32359 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# usbconfig\n" "ugen0.3: <Simple Drive STECH> at usbus0, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)" msgstr "" "# usbconfig\n" "ugen0.3: <Simple Drive STECH> at usbus0, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32362 msgid "If the device has not been formatted, refer to for instructions on how to format and create partitions on the USB drive. If the drive comes with a file system, it can be mounted by root using the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:32369 msgid "Allowing untrusted users to mount arbitrary media, by enabling vfs.usermount as described below, should not be considered safe from a security point of view. Most file systems were not built to safeguard against malicious devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32376 msgid "To make the device mountable as a normal user, one solution is to make all users of the device a member of the operator group using pw8. Next, ensure that operator is able to read and write the device by adding these lines to /etc/devfs.rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32383 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[localrules=5]\n" "add path 'da*' mode 0660 group operator" msgstr "" "[localrules=5]\n" "add path 'da*' mode 0660 group operator" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32387 msgid "If internal SCSI disks are also installed in the system, change the second line as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32391 #, no-wrap msgid "add path 'da[3-9]*' mode 0660 group operator" msgstr "add path 'da[3-9]*' mode 0660 group operator" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32393 msgid "This will exclude the first three SCSI disks (da0 to da2)from belonging to the operator group. Replace 3 with the number of internal SCSI disks. Refer to devfs.rules5 for more information about this file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32401 msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32404 #, no-wrap msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\"" msgstr "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32406 msgid "Then, instruct the system to allow regular users to mount file systems by adding the following line to /etc/sysctl.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32410 #, no-wrap msgid "vfs.usermount=1" msgstr "vfs.usermount=1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32412 msgid "Since this only takes effect after the next reboot, use sysctl to set this variable now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32415 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" "vfs.usermount: 0 -> 1" msgstr "" "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" "vfs.usermount: 0 -> 1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32418 msgid "The final step is to create a directory where the file system is to be mounted. This directory needs to be owned by the user that is to mount the file system. One way to do that is for root to create a subdirectory owned by that user as /mnt/username. In the following example, replace username with the login name of the user and usergroup with the user's primary group:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32428 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/username\n" "# chown username:usergroup /mnt/username" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/username\n" "# chown username:usergroup /mnt/username" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32431 msgid "Suppose a USB thumbdrive is plugged in, and a device /dev/da0s1 appears. If the device is formatted with a FAT file system, the user can mount it using:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32436 #, no-wrap msgid "% mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /mnt/username" msgstr "% mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /mnt/username" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32438 msgid "Before the device can be unplugged, it must be unmounted first:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32441 #, no-wrap msgid "% umount /mnt/username" msgstr "% umount /mnt/username" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32443 msgid "After device removal, the system message buffer will show messages similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32446 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umass0: at uhub3, port 2, addr 3 (disconnected)\n" "da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n" "da0: <STECH Simple Drive 1.04> s/n WD-WXE508CAN263 detached\n" "(da0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Periph destroyed" msgstr "" "umass0: at uhub3, port 2, addr 3 (disconnected)\n" "da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n" "da0: <STECH Simple Drive 1.04> s/n WD-WXE508CAN263 detached\n" "(da0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Periph destroyed" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:32453 msgid "Automounting Removable Media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32456 msgid "autofs5 supports automatic mounting of removable media starting with FreeBSD 10.2-RELEASE." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32460 msgid "USB devices can be automatically mounted by uncommenting this line in /etc/auto_master:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32464 #, no-wrap msgid "/media\t\t-media\t\t-nosuid" msgstr "/media\t\t-media\t\t-nosuid" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32466 msgid "Then add these lines to /etc/devd.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32469 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 100 {\n" "\tmatch \"system\" \"GEOM\";\n" "\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"DEV\";\n" "\taction \"/usr/sbin/automount -c\";\n" "};" msgstr "" "notify 100 {\n" "\tmatch \"system\" \"GEOM\";\n" "\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"DEV\";\n" "\taction \"/usr/sbin/automount -c\";\n" "};" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32475 msgid "Reload the configuration if autofs5 and devd8 are already running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32478 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount reload\n" "# service devd restart" msgstr "" "# service automount reload\n" "# service devd restart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32481 msgid "autofs5 can be set to start at boot by adding this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32484 book.translate.xml:53469 #, no-wrap msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "autofs_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32486 msgid "autofs5 requires devd8 to be enabled, as it is by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32489 msgid "Start the services immediately with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32491 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount start\n" "# service automountd start\n" "# service autounmountd start\n" "# service devd start" msgstr "" "# service automount start\n" "# service automountd start\n" "# service autounmountd start\n" "# service devd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32496 msgid "Each file system that can be automatically mounted appears as a directory in /media/. The directory is named after the file system label. If the label is missing, the directory is named after the device node." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32501 msgid "The file system is transparently mounted on the first access, and unmounted after a period of inactivity. Automounted drives can also be unmounted manually:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32505 #, no-wrap msgid "# automount -fu" msgstr "# automount -fu" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32507 msgid "This mechanism is typically used for memory cards and USB memory sticks. It can be used with any block device, including optical drives or iSCSI LUNs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:32514 msgid "USB Mass Storage Target" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32517 msgid "The cfumass4 driver is a USB device mode driver first available in FreeBSD 12.0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32521 msgid "When running on USB OTG-compliant hardware like that built into many embedded boards, the FreeBSD USB stack can run in device mode. Device mode makes it possible for the computer to present itself as different kinds of USB device classes, including serial ports, network adapters, and mass storage. A USB host like a laptop or desktop computer is able to access them just like physical USB devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32532 msgid "The usb_template4 kernel module allows the USB stack to switch between host-side and device-side automatically, depending on what is connected to the USB port. Connecting a USB device like a memory stick to the USB OTG port causes FreeBSD to switch to host mode. Connecting a USB host like a computer causes FreeBSD to switch to device mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32542 msgid "What FreeBSD presents to the USB host depends on the hw.usb.template sysctl. See usb_template4 for the list of available values. Note that for the host to notice the configuration change, it must be either physically disconnected and reconnected, or forced to rescan the USB bus in a system-specific way. When FreeBSD is running on the host, usbconfig8 reset can be used. This also must be done after loading usb_template.ko if the USB host was already connected to the USB OTG socket." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32554 msgid "The hw.usb.template sysctl is set to 0 by default, making FreeBSD work as a USB Mass Storage target. Both usb_template4 and cfumass4 kernel modules must be loaded. cfumass4 interfaces to the CTL subsystem, the same one that is used for iSCSI or Fibre Channel targets. On the host side, USB Mass Storage initiators can only access a single LUN, LUN 0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32565 msgid "USB Mass Storage does not require the ctld8 daemon to be running, although it can be used if desired. This is different from iSCSI. Thus, there are two ways to configure the target: ctladm8, or ctld8. Both require the cfumass.ko kernel module to be loaded. The module can be loaded manually:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32573 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload cfumass" msgstr "# kldload cfumass" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32575 msgid "If cfumass.ko has not been built into the kernel, /boot/loader.conf can be set to load the module at boot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32579 #, no-wrap msgid "cfumass_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "cfumass_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32581 msgid "A LUN can be created without the ctld8 daemon:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32584 #, no-wrap msgid "# ctladm create -b block -o file=/data/target0" msgstr "# ctladm create -b block -o file=/data/target0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32586 msgid "This presents the contents of the image file /data/target0 as a LUN to the USB host. The file must exist before executing the command. To configure the LUN at system startup, add the command to /etc/rc.local." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32593 msgid "ctld8 can also be used to manage LUNs. Create /etc/ctl.conf, add a line to /etc/rc.conf to make sure ctld8 is automatically started at boot, and then start the daemon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32600 msgid "This is an example of a simple /etc/ctl.conf configuration file. Refer to ctl.conf5 for a more complete description of the options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32605 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target naa.50015178f369f092 {\n" "\tlun 0 {\n" "\t\tpath /data/target0\n" "\t\tsize 4G\n" "\t}\n" "}" msgstr "" "target naa.50015178f369f092 {\n" "\tlun 0 {\n" "\t\tpath /data/target0\n" "\t\tsize 4G\n" "\t}\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32612 msgid "The example creates a single target with a single LUN. The naa.50015178f369f092 is a device identifier composed of 32 random hexadecimal digits. The path line defines the full path to a file or zvol backing the LUN. That file must exist before starting ctld8. The second line is optional and specifies the size of the LUN." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32622 msgid "To make sure the ctld8 daemon is started at boot, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32626 book.translate.xml:57995 #, no-wrap msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "ctld_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32628 book.translate.xml:57997 msgid "To start ctld8 now, run this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32630 book.translate.xml:57999 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld start" msgstr "# service ctld start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32632 msgid "As the ctld8 daemon is started, it reads /etc/ctl.conf. If this file is edited after the daemon starts, reload the changes so they take effect immediately:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32637 book.translate.xml:58006 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld reload" msgstr "# service ctld reload" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:32643 msgid "Creating and Using CD Media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:32646 book.translate.xml:46224 msgid " Mike Meyer Contributed by " msgstr " Mike Meyer Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32656 msgid "CD-ROMs creating" msgstr "CD-ROMs creating" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32661 msgid "Compact Disc (CD) media provide a number of features that differentiate them from conventional disks. They are designed so that they can be read continuously without delays to move the head between tracks. While CD media do have tracks, these refer to a section of data to be read continuously, and not a physical property of the disk. The ISO 9660 file system was designed to deal with these differences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32670 msgid "ISO 9660" msgstr "ISO 9660" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32672 book.translate.xml:32862 msgid "file systems ISO 9660" msgstr "file systems ISO 9660" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32677 msgid "CD burner ATAPI" msgstr "CD burner ATAPI" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:32682 msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides several utilities for burning and duplicating audio and data CDs. This chapter demonstrates the use of several command line utilities. For CD burning software with a graphical utility, consider installing the sysutils/xcdroast or sysutils/k3b packages or ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:32692 msgid "Supported Devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32705 msgid "CD burner ATAPI/CAM driver" msgstr "CD burner ATAPI/CAM driver" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32710 msgid "The GENERIC kernel provides support for SCSI, USB, and ATAPI CD readers and burners. If a custom kernel is used, the options that need to be present in the kernel configuration file vary by the type of device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32717 msgid "For a SCSI burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32720 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" "device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n" "device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners" msgstr "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" "device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n" "device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32725 msgid "For a USB burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32728 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" "device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n" "device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners\n" "device uhci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n" "device ohci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n" "device ehci\t# provides USB 2.0 support\n" "device xhci\t# provides USB 3.0 support\n" "device usb\t# USB Bus (required)\n" "device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da" msgstr "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" "device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n" "device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners\n" "device uhci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n" "device ohci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n" "device ehci\t# provides USB 2.0 support\n" "device xhci\t# provides USB 3.0 support\n" "device usb\t# USB Bus (required)\n" "device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32739 msgid "For an ATAPI burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32742 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device ata\t# Legacy ATA/SATA controllers\n" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" "device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners" msgstr "" "device ata\t# Legacy ATA/SATA controllers\n" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" "device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32748 msgid "On FreeBSD versions prior to 10.x, this line is also needed in the kernel configuration file if the burner is an ATAPI device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32752 #, no-wrap msgid "device atapicam" msgstr "device atapicam" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32754 msgid "Alternately, this driver can be loaded at boot time by adding the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32758 #, no-wrap msgid "atapicam_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "atapicam_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32760 msgid "This will require a reboot of the system as this driver can only be loaded at boot time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32764 msgid "To verify that FreeBSD recognizes the device, run dmesg and look for an entry for the device. On systems prior to 10.x, the device name in the first line of the output will be acd0 instead of cd0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32770 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% dmesg | grep cd\n" "cd0 at ahcich1 bus 0 scbus1 target 0 lun 0\n" "cd0: <HL-DT-ST DVDRAM GU70N LT20> Removable CD-ROM SCSI-0 device\n" "cd0: Serial Number M3OD3S34152\n" "cd0: 150.000MB/s transfers (SATA 1.x, UDMA6, ATAPI 12bytes, PIO 8192bytes)\n" "cd0: Attempt to query device size failed: NOT READY, Medium not present - tray closed" msgstr "" "% dmesg | grep cd\n" "cd0 at ahcich1 bus 0 scbus1 target 0 lun 0\n" "cd0: <HL-DT-ST DVDRAM GU70N LT20> Removable CD-ROM SCSI-0 device\n" "cd0: Serial Number M3OD3S34152\n" "cd0: 150.000MB/s transfers (SATA 1.x, UDMA6, ATAPI 12bytes, PIO 8192bytes)\n" "cd0: Attempt to query device size failed: NOT READY, Medium not present - tray closed" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:32779 msgid "Burning a CD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32781 msgid "In FreeBSD, cdrecord can be used to burn CDs. This command is installed with the sysutils/cdrtools package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32785 msgid "While cdrecord has many options, basic usage is simple. Specify the name of the ISO file to burn and, if the system has multiple burner devices, specify the name of the device to use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32791 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdrecord dev=device imagefile.iso" msgstr "# cdrecord dev=device imagefile.iso" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32793 msgid "To determine the device name of the burner, use which might produce results like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32797 msgid "CD-ROMs burning" msgstr "CD-ROMs burning" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32801 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cdrecord -scanbus\n" "ProDVD-ProBD-Clone 3.00 (amd64-unknown-freebsd10.0) Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jörg Schilling\n" "Using libscg version 'schily-0.9'\n" "scsibus0:\n" " 0,0,0 0) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39236LW ' '0004' Disk\n" " 0,1,0 1) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39173W ' '5958' Disk\n" " 0,2,0 2) *\n" " 0,3,0 3) 'iomega ' 'jaz 1GB ' 'J.86' Removable Disk\n" " 0,4,0 4) 'NEC ' 'CD-ROM DRIVE:466' '1.26' Removable CD-ROM\n" " 0,5,0 5) *\n" " 0,6,0 6) *\n" " 0,7,0 7) *\n" "scsibus1:\n" " 1,0,0 100) *\n" " 1,1,0 101) *\n" " 1,2,0 102) *\n" " 1,3,0 103) *\n" " 1,4,0 104) *\n" " 1,5,0 105) 'YAMAHA ' 'CRW4260 ' '1.0q' Removable CD-ROM\n" " 1,6,0 106) 'ARTEC ' 'AM12S ' '1.06' Scanner\n" " 1,7,0 107) *" msgstr "" "# cdrecord -scanbus\n" "ProDVD-ProBD-Clone 3.00 (amd64-unknown-freebsd10.0) Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jörg Schilling\n" "Using libscg version 'schily-0.9'\n" "scsibus0:\n" " 0,0,0 0) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39236LW ' '0004' Disk\n" " 0,1,0 1) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39173W ' '5958' Disk\n" " 0,2,0 2) *\n" " 0,3,0 3) 'iomega ' 'jaz 1GB ' 'J.86' Removable Disk\n" " 0,4,0 4) 'NEC ' 'CD-ROM DRIVE:466' '1.26' Removable CD-ROM\n" " 0,5,0 5) *\n" " 0,6,0 6) *\n" " 0,7,0 7) *\n" "scsibus1:\n" " 1,0,0 100) *\n" " 1,1,0 101) *\n" " 1,2,0 102) *\n" " 1,3,0 103) *\n" " 1,4,0 104) *\n" " 1,5,0 105) 'YAMAHA ' 'CRW4260 ' '1.0q' Removable CD-ROM\n" " 1,6,0 106) 'ARTEC ' 'AM12S ' '1.06' Scanner\n" " 1,7,0 107) *" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32823 msgid "Locate the entry for the CD burner and use the three numbers separated by commas as the value for . In this case, the Yamaha burner device is 1,5,0, so the appropriate input to specify that device is . Refer to the manual page for cdrecord for other ways to specify this value and for information on writing audio tracks and controlling the write speed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32832 msgid "Alternately, run the following command to get the device address of the burner:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32835 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" "<MATSHITA CDRW/DVD UJDA740 1.00> at scbus1 target 0 lun 0 (cd0,pass0)" msgstr "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" "<MATSHITA CDRW/DVD UJDA740 1.00> at scbus1 target 0 lun 0 (cd0,pass0)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32838 msgid "Use the numeric values for scbus, target, and lun. For this example, 1,0,0 is the device name to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:32845 msgid "Writing Data to an ISO File System" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32848 msgid "In order to produce a data CD, the data files that are going to make up the tracks on the CD must be prepared before they can be burned to the CD. In FreeBSD, sysutils/cdrtools installs mkisofs, which can be used to produce an ISO 9660 file system that is an image of a directory tree within a UNIX file system. The simplest usage is to specify the name of the ISO file to create and the path to the files to place into the ISO 9660 file system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32860 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkisofs -o imagefile.iso /path/to/tree" msgstr "# mkisofs -o imagefile.iso /path/to/tree" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32867 msgid "This command maps the file names in the specified path to names that fit the limitations of the standard ISO 9660 file system, and will exclude files that do not meet the standard for ISO file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32873 msgid "file systems Joliet" msgstr "file systems Joliet" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32878 msgid "A number of options are available to overcome the restrictions imposed by the standard. In particular, enables the Rock Ridge extensions common to UNIX systems and enables Joliet extensions used by Microsoft systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32884 msgid "For CDs that are going to be used only on FreeBSD systems, can be used to disable all filename restrictions. When used with , it produces a file system image that is identical to the specified FreeBSD tree, even if it violates the ISO 9660 standard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:32891 msgid "CD-ROMs creating bootable" msgstr "CD-ROMs creating bootable" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32896 msgid "The last option of general use is . This is used to specify the location of a boot image for use in producing an El Torito bootable CD. This option takes an argument which is the path to a boot image from the top of the tree being written to the CD. By default, mkisofs creates an ISO image in floppy disk emulation mode, and thus expects the boot image to be exactly 1200, 1440 or 2880 KB in size. Some boot loaders, like the one used by the FreeBSD distribution media, do not use emulation mode. In this case, should be used. So, if /tmp/myboot holds a bootable FreeBSD system with the boot image in /tmp/myboot/boot/cdboot, this command would produce /tmp/bootable.iso:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32914 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot" msgstr "# mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32916 msgid "The resulting ISO image can be mounted as a memory disk with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32919 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /tmp/bootable.iso -u 0\n" "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/md0 /mnt" msgstr "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /tmp/bootable.iso -u 0\n" "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/md0 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32922 msgid "One can then verify that /mnt and /tmp/myboot are identical." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32925 msgid "There are many other options available for mkisofs to fine-tune its behavior. Refer to mkisofs8 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32930 msgid "It is possible to copy a data CD to an image file that is functionally equivalent to the image file created with mkisofs. To do so, use dd with the device name as the input file and the name of the ISO to create as the output file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:32937 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/cd0 of=file.iso bs=2048" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/cd0 of=file.iso bs=2048" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32939 msgid "The resulting image file can be burned to CD as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:32945 msgid "Using Data CDs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32947 msgid "Once an ISO has been burned to a CD, it can be mounted by specifying the file system type, the name of the device containing the CD, and an existing mount point:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:32952 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/cd0 /mnt" msgstr "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/cd0 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32954 msgid "Since mount assumes that a file system is of type ufs, a Incorrect super block error will occur if -t cd9660 is not included when mounting a data CD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32960 msgid "While any data CD can be mounted this way, disks with certain ISO 9660 extensions might behave oddly. For example, Joliet disks store all filenames in two-byte Unicode characters. If some non-English characters show up as question marks, specify the local charset with . For more information, refer to mount_cd96608." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32969 msgid "In order to do this character conversion with the help of , the kernel requires the cd9660_iconv.ko module to be loaded. This can be done either by adding this line to loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32975 #, no-wrap msgid "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:32977 msgid "and then rebooting the machine, or by directly loading the module with kldload." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32981 msgid "Occasionally, Device not configured will be displayed when trying to mount a data CD. This usually means that the CD drive has not detected a disk in the tray, or that the drive is not visible on the bus. It can take a couple of seconds for a CD drive to detect media, so be patient." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:32990 msgid "Sometimes, a SCSI CD drive may be missed because it did not have enough time to answer the bus reset. To resolve this, a custom kernel can be created which increases the default SCSI delay. Add the following option to the custom kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:32998 #, no-wrap msgid "options SCSI_DELAY=15000" msgstr "options SCSI_DELAY=15000" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33000 msgid "This tells the SCSI bus to pause 15 seconds during boot, to give the CD drive every possible chance to answer the bus reset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33005 msgid "It is possible to burn a file directly to CD, without creating an ISO 9660 file system. This is known as burning a raw data CD and some people do this for backup purposes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33011 msgid "This type of disk can not be mounted as a normal data CD. In order to retrieve the data burned to such a CD, the data must be read from the raw device node. For example, this command will extract a compressed tar file located on the second CD device into the current working directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:33019 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xzvf /dev/cd1" msgstr "# tar xzvf /dev/cd1" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33021 msgid "In order to mount a data CD, the data must be written using mkisofs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33028 msgid "Duplicating Audio CDs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33030 msgid "To duplicate an audio CD, extract the audio data from the CD to a series of files, then write these files to a blank CD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33035 msgid " describes how to duplicate and burn an audio CD. If the FreeBSD version is less than 10.0 and the device is ATAPI, the module must be first loaded using the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:33042 msgid "Duplicating an Audio CD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33045 msgid "The sysutils/cdrtools package or port installs cdda2wav. This command can be used to extract all of the audio tracks, with each track written to a separate WAV file in the current working directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:33051 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav" msgstr "% cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33053 msgid "A device name does not need to be specified if there is only one CD device on the system. Refer to the cdda2wav manual page for instructions on how to specify a device and to learn more about the other options available for this command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33061 msgid "Use cdrecord to write the .wav files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:33064 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdrecord -v dev=2,0 -dao -useinfo *.wav" msgstr "% cdrecord -v dev=2,0 -dao -useinfo *.wav" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33066 msgid "Make sure that 2,0 is set appropriately, as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:33075 msgid "Creating and Using DVD Media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:33087 msgid " Andy Polyakov With inputs from " msgstr " Andy Polyakov Met de input van " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33097 msgid "DVD burning" msgstr "DVD burning" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33102 msgid "Compared to the CD, the DVD is the next generation of optical media storage technology. The DVD can hold more data than any CD and is the standard for video publishing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33108 msgid "Five physical recordable formats can be defined for a recordable DVD:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33113 msgid "DVD-R: This was the first DVD recordable format available. The DVD-R standard is defined by the DVD Forum. This format is write once." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33120 msgid "DVD-RW: This is the rewritable version of the DVD-R standard. A DVD-RW can be rewritten about 1000 times." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33127 msgid "DVD-RAM: This is a rewritable format which can be seen as a removable hard drive. However, this media is not compatible with most DVD-ROM drives and DVD-Video players as only a few DVD writers support the DVD-RAM format. Refer to for more information on DVD-RAM use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33137 msgid "DVD+RW: This is a rewritable format defined by the DVD+RW Alliance. A DVD+RW can be rewritten about 1000 times." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33144 msgid "DVD+R: This format is the write once variation of the DVD+RW format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33149 msgid "A single layer recordable DVD can hold up to 4,700,000,000 bytes which is actually 4.38 GB or 4485 MB as 1 kilobyte is 1024 bytes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33154 msgid "A distinction must be made between the physical media and the application. For example, a DVD-Video is a specific file layout that can be written on any recordable DVD physical media such as DVD-R, DVD+R, or DVD-RW. Before choosing the type of media, ensure that both the burner and the DVD-Video player are compatible with the media under consideration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33164 book.translate.xml:57340 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33166 msgid "To perform DVD recording, use growisofs1. This command is part of the sysutils/dvd+rw-tools utilities which support all DVD media types." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33171 msgid "These tools use the SCSI subsystem to access the devices, therefore ATAPI/CAM support must be loaded or statically compiled into the kernel. This support is not needed if the burner uses the USB interface. Refer to for more details on USB device configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33178 msgid "DMA access must also be enabled for ATAPI devices, by adding the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:33182 book.translate.xml:33494 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\"" msgstr "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33184 msgid "Before attempting to use dvd+rw-tools, consult the Hardware Compatibility Notes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33189 msgid "For a graphical user interface, consider using sysutils/k3b which provides a user friendly interface to growisofs1 and many other burning tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33197 msgid "Burning Data DVDs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33199 msgid "Since growisofs1 is a front-end to mkisofs, it will invoke mkisofs8 to create the file system layout and perform the write on the DVD. This means that an image of the data does not need to be created before the burning process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33205 msgid "To burn to a DVD+R or a DVD-R the data in /path/to/data, use the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33209 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data" msgstr "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33211 msgid "In this example, is passed to mkisofs8 to create an ISO 9660 file system with Joliet and Rock Ridge extensions. Refer to mkisofs8 for more details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33216 msgid "For the initial session recording, is used for both single and multiple sessions. Replace /dev/cd0, with the name of the DVD device. Using indicates that the disk will be closed and that the recording will be unappendable. This should also provide better media compatibility with DVD-ROM drives." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33225 msgid "To burn a pre-mastered image, such as imagefile.iso, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33228 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso" msgstr "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33230 msgid "The write speed should be detected and automatically set according to the media and the drive being used. To force the write speed, use . Refer to growisofs1 for example usage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33236 msgid "In order to support working files larger than 4.38GB, an UDF/ISO-9660 hybrid file system must be created by passing to mkisofs8 and all related programs, such as growisofs1. This is required only when creating an ISO image file or when writing files directly to a disk. Since a disk created this way must be mounted as an UDF file system with mount_udf8, it will be usable only on an UDF aware operating system. Otherwise it will look as if it contains corrupted files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33247 msgid "To create this type of ISO file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:33249 #, no-wrap msgid "% mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o imagefile.iso /path/to/data" msgstr "% mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o imagefile.iso /path/to/data" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33251 msgid "To burn files directly to a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:33253 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data" msgstr "# growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33255 msgid "When an ISO image already contains large files, no additional options are required for growisofs1 to burn that image on a disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33259 msgid "Be sure to use an up-to-date version of sysutils/cdrtools, which contains mkisofs8, as an older version may not contain large files support. If the latest version does not work, install sysutils/cdrtools-devel and read its mkisofs8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33269 msgid "Burning a DVD-Video" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33271 msgid "DVD DVD-Video" msgstr "DVD DVD-Video" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33276 msgid "A DVD-Video is a specific file layout based on the ISO 9660 and micro-UDF (M-UDF) specifications. Since DVD-Video presents a specific data structure hierarchy, a particular program such as multimedia/dvdauthor is needed to author the DVD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33282 msgid "If an image of the DVD-Video file system already exists, it can be burned in the same way as any other image. If dvdauthor was used to make the DVD and the result is in /path/to/video, the following command should be used to burn the DVD-Video:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33289 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -dvd-video /path/to/video" msgstr "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -dvd-video /path/to/video" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33291 msgid " is passed to mkisofs8 to instruct it to create a DVD-Video file system layout. This option implies the growisofs1 option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33298 msgid "Using a DVD+RW" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33300 msgid "DVD DVD+RW" msgstr "DVD DVD+RW" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33305 msgid "Unlike CD-RW, a virgin DVD+RW needs to be formatted before first use. It is recommended to let growisofs1 take care of this automatically whenever appropriate. However, it is possible to use dvd+rw-format to format the DVD+RW:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33312 book.translate.xml:33418 #, no-wrap msgid "# dvd+rw-format /dev/cd0" msgstr "# dvd+rw-format /dev/cd0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33314 msgid "Only perform this operation once and keep in mind that only virgin DVD+RW medias need to be formatted. Once formatted, the DVD+RW can be burned as usual." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33319 msgid "To burn a totally new file system and not just append some data onto a DVD+RW, the media does not need to be blanked first. Instead, write over the previous recording like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33324 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/newdata" msgstr "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/newdata" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33326 msgid "The DVD+RW format supports appending data to a previous recording. This operation consists of merging a new session to the existing one as it is not considered to be multi-session writing. growisofs1 will grow the ISO 9660 file system present on the media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33333 msgid "For example, to append data to a DVD+RW, use the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33336 book.translate.xml:33440 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -M /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/nextdata" msgstr "# growisofs -M /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/nextdata" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33338 msgid "The same mkisofs8 options used to burn the initial session should be used during next writes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33342 msgid "Use for better media compatibility with DVD-ROM drives. When using DVD+RW, this option will not prevent the addition of data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33348 msgid "To blank the media, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33350 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0=/dev/zero" msgstr "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0=/dev/zero" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33354 msgid "Using a DVD-RW" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33356 msgid "DVD DVD-RW" msgstr "DVD DVD-RW" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33361 msgid "A DVD-RW accepts two disc formats: incremental sequential and restricted overwrite. By default, DVD-RW discs are in sequential format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33366 msgid "A virgin DVD-RW can be directly written without being formatted. However, a non-virgin DVD-RW in sequential format needs to be blanked before writing a new initial session." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33371 msgid "To blank a DVD-RW in sequential mode:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33374 book.translate.xml:33422 #, no-wrap msgid "# dvd+rw-format -blank=full /dev/cd0" msgstr "# dvd+rw-format -blank=full /dev/cd0" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33377 msgid "A full blanking using will take about one hour on a 1x media. A fast blanking can be performed using , if the DVD-RW will be recorded in Disk-At-Once (DAO) mode. To burn the DVD-RW in DAO mode, use the command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:33384 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso" msgstr "# growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33386 msgid "Since growisofs1 automatically attempts to detect fast blanked media and engage DAO write, should not be required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33391 msgid "One should instead use restricted overwrite mode with any DVD-RW as this format is more flexible than the default of incremental sequential." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33396 msgid "To write data on a sequential DVD-RW, use the same instructions as for the other DVD formats:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33400 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data" msgstr "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33402 msgid "To append some data to a previous recording, use with growisofs1. However, if data is appended on a DVD-RW in incremental sequential mode, a new session will be created on the disc and the result will be a multi-session disc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33408 msgid "A DVD-RW in restricted overwrite format does not need to be blanked before a new initial session. Instead, overwrite the disc with . It is also possible to grow an existing ISO 9660 file system written on the disc with . The result will be a one-session DVD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33415 msgid "To put a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite format, the following command must be used:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33420 msgid "To change back to sequential format, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33426 msgid "Multi-Session" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33428 msgid "Few DVD-ROM drives support multi-session DVDs and most of the time only read the first session. DVD+R, DVD-R and DVD-RW in sequential format can accept multiple sessions. The notion of multiple sessions does not exist for the DVD+RW and the DVD-RW restricted overwrite formats." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33436 msgid "Using the following command after an initial non-closed session on a DVD+R, DVD-R, or DVD-RW in sequential format, will add a new session to the disc:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33442 msgid "Using this command with a DVD+RW or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode will append data while merging the new session to the existing one. The result will be a single-session disc. Use this method to add data after an initial write on these types of media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33450 msgid "Since some space on the media is used between each session to mark the end and start of sessions, one should add sessions with a large amount of data to optimize media space. The number of sessions is limited to 154 for a DVD+R, about 2000 for a DVD-R, and 127 for a DVD+R Double Layer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33460 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "For More Information" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33462 msgid "To obtain more information about a DVD, use dvd+rw-mediainfo /dev/cd0 while the disc in the specified drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33467 msgid "More information about dvd+rw-tools can be found in growisofs1, on the dvd+rw-tools web site, and in the cdwrite mailing list archives." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33474 msgid "When creating a problem report related to the use of dvd+rw-tools, always include the output of dvd+rw-mediainfo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33481 msgid "Using a DVD-RAM" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33483 msgid "DVD DVD-RAM" msgstr "DVD DVD-RAM" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33488 msgid "DVD-RAM writers can use either a SCSI or ATAPI interface. For ATAPI devices, DMA access has to be enabled by adding the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33496 msgid "A DVD-RAM can be seen as a removable hard drive. Like any other hard drive, the DVD-RAM must be formatted before it can be used. In this example, the whole disk space will be formatted with a standard UFS2 file system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33502 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/acd0 bs=2k count=1\n" "# bsdlabel -Bw acd0\n" "# newfs /dev/acd0" msgstr "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/acd0 bs=2k count=1\n" "# bsdlabel -Bw acd0\n" "# newfs /dev/acd0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33506 msgid "The DVD device, acd0, must be changed according to the configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33510 msgid "Once the DVD-RAM has been formatted, it can be mounted as a normal hard drive:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33513 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/acd0 /mnt" msgstr "# mount /dev/acd0 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33515 msgid "Once mounted, the DVD-RAM will be both readable and writeable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:33521 msgid "Creating and Using Floppy Disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33545 msgid "This section explains how to format a 3.5 inch floppy disk in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:33549 msgid "Steps to Format a Floppy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/para #: book.translate.xml:33551 msgid "A floppy disk needs to be low-level formatted before it can be used. This is usually done by the vendor, but formatting is a good way to check media integrity. To low-level format the floppy disk on FreeBSD, use fdformat1. When using this utility, make note of any error messages, as these can help determine if the disk is good or bad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33560 msgid "To format the floppy, insert a new 3.5 inch floppy disk into the first floppy drive and issue:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:33563 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0" msgstr "# /usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33567 msgid "After low-level formatting the disk, create a disk label as it is needed by the system to determine the size of the disk and its geometry. The supported geometry values are listed in /etc/disktab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33572 msgid "To write the disk label, use bsdlabel8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:33574 #, no-wrap msgid "# /sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440" msgstr "# /sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33578 msgid "The floppy is now ready to be high-level formatted with a file system. The floppy's file system can be either UFS or FAT, where FAT is generally a better choice for floppies." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:33583 msgid "To format the floppy with FAT, issue:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:33585 #, no-wrap msgid "# /sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0" msgstr "# /sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33589 msgid "The disk is now ready for use. To use the floppy, mount it with mount_msdosfs8. One can also install and use emulators/mtools from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:33596 msgid "Backup Basics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33610 msgid "Implementing a backup plan is essential in order to have the ability to recover from disk failure, accidental file deletion, random file corruption, or complete machine destruction, including destruction of on-site backups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33615 msgid "The backup type and schedule will vary, depending upon the importance of the data, the granularity needed for file restores, and the amount of acceptable downtime. Some possible backup techniques include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33622 msgid "Archives of the whole system, backed up onto permanent, off-site media. This provides protection against all of the problems listed above, but is slow and inconvenient to restore from, especially for non-privileged users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33629 msgid "File system snapshots, which are useful for restoring deleted files or previous versions of files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33634 msgid "Copies of whole file systems or disks which are synchronized with another system on the network using a scheduled net/rsync." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33640 msgid "Hardware or software RAID, which minimizes or avoids downtime when a disk fails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33645 msgid "Typically, a mix of backup techniques is used. For example, one could create a schedule to automate a weekly, full system backup that is stored off-site and to supplement this backup with hourly ZFS snapshots. In addition, one could make a manual backup of individual directories or files before making file edits or deletions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:33652 msgid "This section describes some of the utilities which can be used to create and manage backups on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33656 msgid "File System Backups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33658 msgid "backup software dump / restore" msgstr "backup software dump / restore" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33662 msgid "dump" msgstr "dump" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33665 msgid "restore" msgstr "restore" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33669 msgid "The traditional UNIX programs for backing up a file system are dump8, which creates the backup, and restore8, which restores the backup. These utilities work at the disk block level, below the abstractions of the files, links, and directories that are created by file systems. Unlike other backup software, dump backs up an entire file system and is unable to backup only part of a file system or a directory tree that spans multiple file systems. Instead of writing files and directories, dump writes the raw data blocks that comprise files and directories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33682 msgid "If dump is used on the root directory, it will not back up /home, /usr or many other directories since these are typically mount points for other file systems or symbolic links into those file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33689 msgid "When used to restore data, restore stores temporary files in /tmp/ by default. When using a recovery disk with a small /tmp, set TMPDIR to a directory with more free space in order for the restore to succeed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33696 msgid "When using dump, be aware that some quirks remain from its early days in Version 6 of AT&T UNIX,circa 1975. The default parameters assume a backup to a 9-track tape, rather than to another type of media or to the high-density tapes available today. These defaults must be overridden on the command line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33703 msgid ".rhosts" msgstr ".rhosts" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33706 msgid "It is possible to backup a file system across the network to a another system or to a tape drive attached to another computer. While the rdump8 and rrestore8 utilities can be used for this purpose, they are not considered to be secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33712 msgid "Instead, one can use dump and restore in a more secure fashion over an SSH connection. This example creates a full, compressed backup of /usr and sends the backup file to the specified host over a SSH connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:33720 msgid "Using dump over ssh" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:33723 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /sbin/dump -0uan -f - /usr | gzip -2 | ssh -c blowfish \\\n" " targetuser@targetmachine.example.com dd of=/mybigfiles/dump-usr-l0.gz" msgstr "" "# /sbin/dump -0uan -f - /usr | gzip -2 | ssh -c blowfish \\\n" " targetuser@targetmachine.example.com dd of=/mybigfiles/dump-usr-l0.gz" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33727 msgid "This example sets RSH in order to write the backup to a tape drive on a remote system over a SSH connection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:33732 msgid "Using dump over ssh with RSH Set" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:33736 #, no-wrap msgid "# env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr" msgstr "# env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33741 msgid "Directory Backups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33743 msgid "backup software tar" msgstr "backup software tar" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33748 msgid "Several built-in utilities are available for backing up and restoring specified files and directories as needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33752 msgid "A good choice for making a backup of all of the files in a directory is tar1. This utility dates back to Version 6 of AT&T UNIX and by default assumes a recursive backup to a local tape device. Switches can be used to instead specify the name of a backup file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33758 msgid "tar" msgstr "tar" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33760 msgid "This example creates a compressed backup of the current directory and saves it to /tmp/mybackup.tgz. When creating a backup file, make sure that the backup is not saved to the same directory that is being backed up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:33767 msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with tar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:33770 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar czvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz . " msgstr "# tar czvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz . " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33773 msgid "To restore the entire backup, cd into the directory to restore into and specify the name of the backup. Note that this will overwrite any newer versions of files in the restore directory. When in doubt, restore to a temporary directory or specify the name of the file within the backup to restore." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:33781 msgid "Restoring Up the Current Directory with tar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:33784 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xzvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz" msgstr "# tar xzvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33787 msgid "There are dozens of available switches which are described in tar1. This utility also supports the use of exclude patterns to specify which files should not be included when backing up the specified directory or restoring files from a backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33793 msgid "backup software cpio" msgstr "backup software cpio" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33798 msgid "To create a backup using a specified list of files and directories, cpio1 is a good choice. Unlike tar, cpio does not know how to walk the directory tree and it must be provided the list of files to backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33804 msgid "For example, a list of files can be created using ls or find. This example creates a recursive listing of the current directory which is then piped to cpio in order to create an output backup file named /tmp/mybackup.cpio." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:33812 msgid "Using ls and cpio to Make a Recursive Backup of the Current Directory" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:33815 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -R | cpio -ovF /tmp/mybackup.cpio" msgstr "# ls -R | cpio -ovF /tmp/mybackup.cpio" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33818 msgid "backup software pax" msgstr "backup software pax" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33822 msgid "pax" msgstr "pax" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33823 book.translate.xml:43321 msgid "POSIX" msgstr "POSIX" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33824 msgid "IEEE" msgstr "IEEE" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33826 msgid "A backup utility which tries to bridge the features provided by tar and cpio is pax1. Over the years, the various versions of tar and cpio became slightly incompatible. POSIX created pax which attempts to read and write many of the various cpio and tar formats, plus new formats of its own." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33835 msgid "The pax equivalent to the previous examples would be:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:33839 msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with pax" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:33842 #, no-wrap msgid "# pax -wf /tmp/mybackup.pax ." msgstr "# pax -wf /tmp/mybackup.pax ." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33847 msgid "Using Data Tapes for Backups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33849 msgid "tape media" msgstr "tape media" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33851 msgid "While tape technology has continued to evolve, modern backup systems tend to combine off-site backups with local removable media. FreeBSD supports any tape drive that uses SCSI, such as LTO or DAT. There is limited support for SATA and USB tape drives." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33859 msgid "For SCSI tape devices, FreeBSD uses the sa4 driver and the /dev/sa0, /dev/nsa0, and /dev/esa0 devices. The physical device name is /dev/sa0. When /dev/nsa0 is used, the backup application will not rewind the tape after writing a file, which allows writing more than one file to a tape. Using /dev/esa0 ejects the tape after the device is closed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33870 msgid "In FreeBSD, mt is used to control operations of the tape drive, such as seeking through files on a tape or writing tape control marks to the tape. For example, the first three files on a tape can be preserved by skipping past them before writing a new file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33876 #, no-wrap msgid "# mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3" msgstr "# mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33878 msgid "This utility supports many operations. Refer to mt1 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33881 msgid "To write a single file to tape using tar, specify the name of the tape device and the file to backup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33885 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar cvf /dev/sa0 file" msgstr "# tar cvf /dev/sa0 file" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33887 msgid "To recover files from a tar archive on tape into the current directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33890 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xvf /dev/sa0" msgstr "# tar xvf /dev/sa0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33892 msgid "To backup a UFS file system, use dump. This examples backs up /usr without rewinding the tape when finished:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33897 #, no-wrap msgid "# dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr" msgstr "# dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33899 msgid "To interactively restore files from a dump file on tape into the current directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:33903 #, no-wrap msgid "# restore -i -f /dev/nsa0" msgstr "# restore -i -f /dev/nsa0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33907 msgid "Third-Party Backup Utilities" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33909 msgid "backup software" msgstr "backup software" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33913 msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides many third-party utilities which can be used to schedule the creation of backups, simplify tape backup, and make backups easier and more convenient. Many of these applications are client/server based and can be used to automate the backups of a single system or all of the computers in a network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33920 msgid "Popular utilities include Amanda, Bacula, rsync, and duplicity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:33928 msgid "Emergency Recovery" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33930 msgid "In addition to regular backups, it is recommended to perform the following steps as part of an emergency preparedness plan." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33934 msgid "bsdlabel" msgstr "bsdlabel" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33937 msgid "Create a print copy of the output of the following commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33942 msgid "gpart show" msgstr "gpart show" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33946 msgid "more /etc/fstab" msgstr "more /etc/fstab" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:33950 msgid "dmesg" msgstr "dmesg" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:33954 msgid "livefs CD" msgstr "livefs CD" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33957 msgid "Store this printout and a copy of the installation media in a secure location. Should an emergency restore be needed, boot into the installation media and select Live CD to access a rescue shell. This rescue mode can be used to view the current state of the system, and if needed, to reformat disks and restore data from backups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:33966 msgid "The installation media for FreeBSD/i386 10.3-RELEASE does not include a rescue shell. For this version, instead download and burn a Livefs CD image from ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/i386/ISO-IMAGES/10.3/FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-i386-livefs.iso." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33973 msgid "Next, test the rescue shell and the backups. Make notes of the procedure. Store these notes with the media, the printouts, and the backups. These notes may prevent the inadvertent destruction of the backups while under the stress of performing an emergency recovery." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:33979 msgid "For an added measure of security, store the latest backup at a remote location which is physically separated from the computers and disk drives by a significant distance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:33987 msgid "Memory Disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:33990 msgid " Marc Fonvieille Reorganized and enhanced by " msgstr " Marc Fonvieille Gereorganiseerd en uitgebreid door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34000 msgid "In addition to physical disks, FreeBSD also supports the creation and use of memory disks. One possible use for a memory disk is to access the contents of an ISO file system without the overhead of first burning it to a CD or DVD, then mounting the CD/DVD media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34007 msgid "In FreeBSD, the md4 driver is used to provide support for memory disks. The GENERIC kernel includes this driver. When using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it includes this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34012 #, no-wrap msgid "device md" msgstr "device md" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:34015 msgid "Attaching and Detaching Existing Images" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34017 msgid "disks memory" msgstr "disks memory" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34022 msgid "To mount an existing file system image, use mdconfig to specify the name of the ISO file and a free unit number. Then, refer to that unit number to mount it on an existing mount point. Once mounted, the files in the ISO will appear in the mount point. This example attaches diskimage.iso to the memory device /dev/md0 then mounts that memory device on /mnt:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34032 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -f diskimage.iso -u 0\n" "# mount /dev/md0 /mnt" msgstr "" "# mdconfig -f diskimage.iso -u 0\n" "# mount /dev/md0 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34035 msgid "If a unit number is not specified with , mdconfig will automatically allocate an unused memory device and output the name of the allocated unit, such as md4. Refer to mdconfig8 for more details about this command and its options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34042 msgid "disks detaching a memory disk" msgstr "disks detaching a memory disk" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34047 msgid "When a memory disk is no longer in use, its resources should be released back to the system. First, unmount the file system, then use mdconfig to detach the disk from the system and release its resources. To continue this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34053 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" "# mdconfig -d -u 0" msgstr "" "# umount /mnt\n" "# mdconfig -d -u 0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34056 msgid "To determine if any memory disks are still attached to the system, type mdconfig -l." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:34061 msgid "Creating a File- or Memory-Backed Memory Disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34063 msgid "disks memory file system" msgstr "disks memory file system" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34067 msgid "FreeBSD also supports memory disks where the storage to use is allocated from either a hard disk or an area of memory. The first method is commonly referred to as a file-backed file system and the second method as a memory-backed file system. Both types can be created using mdconfig." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34074 msgid "To create a new memory-backed file system, specify a type of swap and the size of the memory disk to create. Then, format the memory disk with a file system and mount as usual. This example creates a 5M memory disk on unit 1. That memory disk is then formatted with the UFS file system before it is mounted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34082 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t swap -s 5m -u 1\n" "# newfs -U md1\n" "/dev/md1: 5.0MB (10240 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n" " using 4 cylinder groups of 1.27MB, 81 blks, 192 inodes.\n" " with soft updates\n" "super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n" " 160, 2752, 5344, 7936\n" "# mount /dev/md1 /mnt\n" "# df /mnt\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/md1 4718 4 4338 0% /mnt" msgstr "" "# mdconfig -a -t swap -s 5m -u 1\n" "# newfs -U md1\n" "/dev/md1: 5.0MB (10240 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n" " using 4 cylinder groups of 1.27MB, 81 blks, 192 inodes.\n" " with soft updates\n" "super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n" " 160, 2752, 5344, 7936\n" "# mount /dev/md1 /mnt\n" "# df /mnt\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/md1 4718 4 4338 0% /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34094 msgid "To create a new file-backed memory disk, first allocate an area of disk to use. This example creates an empty 5K file named newimage:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34098 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=newimage bs=1k count=5k\n" "5120+0 records in\n" "5120+0 records out" msgstr "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=newimage bs=1k count=5k\n" "5120+0 records in\n" "5120+0 records out" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34102 msgid "Next, attach that file to a memory disk, label the memory disk and format it with the UFS file system, mount the memory disk, and verify the size of the file-backed disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34107 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -f newimage -u 0\n" "# bsdlabel -w md0 auto\n" "# newfs md0a\n" "/dev/md0a: 5.0MB (10224 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n" " using 4 cylinder groups of 1.25MB, 80 blks, 192 inodes.\n" "super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n" " 160, 2720, 5280, 7840\n" "# mount /dev/md0a /mnt\n" "# df /mnt\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/md0a 4710 4 4330 0% /mnt" msgstr "" "# mdconfig -f newimage -u 0\n" "# bsdlabel -w md0 auto\n" "# newfs md0a\n" "/dev/md0a: 5.0MB (10224 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n" " using 4 cylinder groups of 1.25MB, 80 blks, 192 inodes.\n" "super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n" " 160, 2720, 5280, 7840\n" "# mount /dev/md0a /mnt\n" "# df /mnt\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/md0a 4710 4 4330 0% /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34119 msgid "It takes several commands to create a file- or memory-backed file system using mdconfig. FreeBSD also comes with mdmfs which automatically configures a memory disk, formats it with the UFS file system, and mounts it. For example, after creating newimage with dd, this one command is equivalent to running the bsdlabel, newfs, and mount commands shown above:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34130 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdmfs -F newimage -s 5m md0 /mnt" msgstr "# mdmfs -F newimage -s 5m md0 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34132 msgid "To instead create a new memory-based memory disk with mdmfs, use this one command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34135 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdmfs -s 5m md1 /mnt" msgstr "# mdmfs -s 5m md1 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34137 msgid "If the unit number is not specified, mdmfs will automatically select an unused memory device. For more details about mdmfs, refer to mdmfs8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:34146 msgid "File System Snapshots" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34159 msgid "file systems snapshots" msgstr "file systems snapshots" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34164 msgid "FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with Soft Updates: file system snapshots." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34168 msgid "UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and treat them as a file. Snapshot files must be created in the file system that the action is performed on, and a user may create no more than 20 snapshots per file system. Active snapshots are recorded in the superblock so they are persistent across unmount and remount operations along with system reboots. When a snapshot is no longer required, it can be removed using rm1. While snapshots may be removed in any order, all the used space may not be acquired because another snapshot will possibly claim some of the released blocks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34180 msgid "The un-alterable file flag is set by mksnap_ffs8 after initial creation of a snapshot file. unlink1 makes an exception for snapshot files since it allows them to be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34185 msgid "Snapshots are created using mount8. To place a snapshot of /var in the file /var/snapshot/snap, use the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:34190 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var" msgstr "# mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34192 msgid "Alternatively, use mksnap_ffs8 to create the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:34195 #, no-wrap msgid "# mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap" msgstr "# mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34197 msgid "One can find snapshot files on a file system, such as /var, using find1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:34201 #, no-wrap msgid "# find /var -flags snapshot" msgstr "# find /var -flags snapshot" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34203 msgid "Once a snapshot has been created, it has several uses:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34208 msgid "Some administrators will use a snapshot file for backup purposes, because the snapshot can be transferred to CDs or tape." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34214 msgid "The file system integrity checker, fsck8, may be run on the snapshot. Assuming that the file system was clean when it was mounted, this should always provide a clean and unchanging result." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34221 msgid "Running dump8 on the snapshot will produce a dump file that is consistent with the file system and the timestamp of the snapshot. dump8 can also take a snapshot, create a dump image, and then remove the snapshot in one command by using ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34229 msgid "The snapshot can be mounted as a frozen image of the file system. To mount8 the snapshot /var/snapshot/snap run:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:34233 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/snapshot/snap -u 4\n" "# mount -r /dev/md4 /mnt" msgstr "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/snapshot/snap -u 4\n" "# mount -r /dev/md4 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34238 msgid "The frozen /var is now available through /mnt. Everything will initially be in the same state it was during the snapshot creation time. The only exception is that any earlier snapshots will appear as zero length files. To unmount the snapshot, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:34244 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" "# mdconfig -d -u 4" msgstr "" "# umount /mnt\n" "# mdconfig -d -u 4" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34247 msgid "For more information about and file system snapshots, including technical papers, visit Marshall Kirk McKusick's website at http://www.mckusick.com/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:34253 msgid "Disk Quotas" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34255 msgid "accounting disk space" msgstr "accounting disk space" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34261 msgid "Disk quotas can be used to limit the amount of disk space or the number of files a user or members of a group may allocate on a per-file system basis. This prevents one user or group of users from consuming all of the available disk space." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34266 msgid "This section describes how to configure disk quotas for the UFS file system. To configure quotas on the ZFS file system, refer to " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:34271 msgid "Enabling Disk Quotas" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34273 msgid "To determine if the FreeBSD kernel provides support for disk quotas:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34276 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota\n" "kern.features.ufs_quota: 1" msgstr "" "% sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota\n" "kern.features.ufs_quota: 1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34279 msgid "In this example, the 1 indicates quota support. If the value is instead 0, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34284 #, no-wrap msgid "options QUOTA" msgstr "options QUOTA" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34286 msgid "Next, enable disk quotas in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34289 #, no-wrap msgid "quota_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "quota_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34291 book.translate.xml:34425 msgid "disk quotas checking" msgstr "disk quotas checking" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34295 msgid "Normally on bootup, the quota integrity of each file system is checked by quotacheck8. This program insures that the data in the quota database properly reflects the data on the file system. This is a time consuming process that will significantly affect the time the system takes to boot. To skip this step, add this variable to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34303 #, no-wrap msgid "check_quotas=\"NO\"" msgstr "check_quotas=\"NO\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34305 msgid "Finally, edit /etc/fstab to enable disk quotas on a per-file system basis. To enable per-user quotas on a file system, add to the options field in the /etc/fstab entry for the file system to enable quotas on. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34311 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota 1 2" msgstr "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota 1 2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34313 msgid "To enable group quotas, use instead. To enable both user and group quotas, separate the options with a comma:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34317 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2" msgstr "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34319 msgid "By default, quota files are stored in the root directory of the file system as quota.user and quota.group. Refer to fstab5 for more information. Specifying an alternate location for the quota files is not recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34325 msgid "Once the configuration is complete, reboot the system and /etc/rc will automatically run the appropriate commands to create the initial quota files for all of the quotas enabled in /etc/fstab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34331 msgid "In the normal course of operations, there should be no need to manually run quotacheck8, quotaon8, or quotaoff8. However, one should read these manual pages to be familiar with their operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:34338 msgid "Setting Quota Limits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34340 msgid "disk quotas limits" msgstr "disk quotas limits" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34345 msgid "To verify that quotas are enabled, run:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34348 #, no-wrap msgid "# quota -v" msgstr "# quota -v" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34350 msgid "There should be a one line summary of disk usage and current quota limits for each file system that quotas are enabled on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34354 msgid "The system is now ready to be assigned quota limits with edquota." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34357 msgid "Several options are available to enforce limits on the amount of disk space a user or group may allocate, and how many files they may create. Allocations can be limited based on disk space (block quotas), number of files (inode quotas), or a combination of both. Each limit is further broken down into two categories: hard and soft limits." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34364 msgid "hard limit" msgstr "hard limit" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34365 msgid "A hard limit may not be exceeded. Once a user reaches a hard limit, no further allocations can be made on that file system by that user. For example, if the user has a hard limit of 500 kbytes on a file system and is currently using 490 kbytes, the user can only allocate an additional 10 kbytes. Attempting to allocate an additional 11 kbytes will fail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34373 msgid "soft limit" msgstr "soft limit" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34374 msgid "Soft limits can be exceeded for a limited amount of time, known as the grace period, which is one week by default. If a user stays over their limit longer than the grace period, the soft limit turns into a hard limit and no further allocations are allowed. When the user drops back below the soft limit, the grace period is reset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34381 msgid "In the following example, the quota for the test account is being edited. When edquota is invoked, the editor specified by EDITOR is opened in order to edit the quota limits. The default editor is set to vi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34387 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# edquota -u test\n" "Quotas for user test:\n" "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n" " inodes in use: 7, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)\n" "/usr/var: kbytes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n" " inodes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)" msgstr "" "# edquota -u test\n" "Quotas for user test:\n" "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n" " inodes in use: 7, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)\n" "/usr/var: kbytes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n" " inodes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34394 msgid "There are normally two lines for each file system that has quotas enabled. One line represents the block limits and the other represents the inode limits. Change the value to modify the quota limit. For example, to raise the block limit on /usr to a soft limit of 500 and a hard limit of 600, change the values in that line as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34403 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)" msgstr "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34405 msgid "The new quota limits take affect upon exiting the editor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34408 msgid "Sometimes it is desirable to set quota limits on a range of users. This can be done by first assigning the desired quota limit to a user. Then, use to duplicate that quota to a specified range of user IDs (UIDs). The following command will duplicate those quota limits for UIDs 10,000 through 19,999:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34417 #, no-wrap msgid "# edquota -p test 10000-19999" msgstr "# edquota -p test 10000-19999" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34419 msgid "For more information, refer to edquota8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:34423 msgid "Checking Quota Limits and Disk Usage" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34430 msgid "To check individual user or group quotas and disk usage, use quota1. A user may only examine their own quota and the quota of a group they are a member of. Only the superuser may view all user and group quotas. To get a summary of all quotas and disk usage for file systems with quotas enabled, use repquota8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34437 msgid "Normally, file systems that the user is not using any disk space on will not show in the output of quota, even if the user has a quota limit assigned for that file system. Use to display those file systems. The following is sample output from quota -v for a user that has quota limits on two file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n" " Filesystem usage quota limit grace files quota limit grace\n" " /usr 65* 50 75 5days 7 50 60\n" " /usr/var 0 50 75 0 50 60" msgstr "" "Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n" " Filesystem usage quota limit grace files quota limit grace\n" " /usr 65* 50 75 5days 7 50 60\n" " /usr/var 0 50 75 0 50 60" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34450 msgid "grace period" msgstr "grace period" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34452 msgid "In this example, the user is currently 15 kbytes over the soft limit of 50 kbytes on /usr and has 5 days of grace period left. The asterisk * indicates that the user is currently over the quota limit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:34460 msgid "Quotas over NFS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34462 book.translate.xml:52984 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34464 msgid "Quotas are enforced by the quota subsystem on the NFS server. The rpc.rquotad8 daemon makes quota information available to quota on NFS clients, allowing users on those machines to see their quota statistics." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34470 msgid "On the NFS server, enable rpc.rquotad by removing the # from this line in /etc/inetd.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34475 #, no-wrap msgid "rquotad/1 dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad" msgstr "rquotad/1 dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34477 msgid "Then, restart inetd:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:34485 msgid "Encrypting Disk Partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: affiliation/address #: book.translate.xml:34495 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\t shamrock@cypherpunks.to\n" "\t " msgstr "" "\n" "\t shamrock@cypherpunks.to\n" "\t " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:34488 msgid " Lucky Green Contributed by <_:address-1/> " msgstr " Lucky Groen Bijgedragen door <_:address-1 /> " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34503 msgid "disks encrypting" msgstr "disks encrypting" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34508 msgid "FreeBSD offers excellent online protections against unauthorized data access. File permissions and Mandatory Access Control (MAC) help prevent unauthorized users from accessing data while the operating system is active and the computer is powered up. However, the permissions enforced by the operating system are irrelevant if an attacker has physical access to a computer and can move the computer's hard drive to another system to copy and analyze the data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34517 msgid "Regardless of how an attacker may have come into possession of a hard drive or powered-down computer, the GEOM-based cryptographic subsystems built into FreeBSD are able to protect the data on the computer's file systems against even highly-motivated attackers with significant resources. Unlike encryption methods that encrypt individual files, the built-in gbde and geli utilities can be used to transparently encrypt entire file systems. No cleartext ever touches the hard drive's platter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34528 msgid "This chapter demonstrates how to create an encrypted file system on FreeBSD. It first demonstrates the process using gbde and then demonstrates the same example using geli." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:34534 msgid "Disk Encryption with gbde" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34537 msgid "The objective of the gbde4 facility is to provide a formidable challenge for an attacker to gain access to the contents of a cold storage device. However, if the computer is compromised while up and running and the storage device is actively attached, or the attacker has access to a valid passphrase, it offers no protection to the contents of the storage device. Thus, it is important to provide physical security while the system is running and to protect the passphrase used by the encryption mechanism." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34548 msgid "This facility provides several barriers to protect the data stored in each disk sector. It encrypts the contents of a disk sector using 128-bit AES in CBC mode. Each sector on the disk is encrypted with a different AES key. For more information on the cryptographic design, including how the sector keys are derived from the user-supplied passphrase, refer to gbde4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34557 msgid "FreeBSD provides a kernel module for gbde which can be loaded with this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34561 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_bde" msgstr "# kldload geom_bde" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34563 msgid "If using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it contains this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34566 msgid "options GEOM_BDE" msgstr "options GEOM_BDE" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34568 msgid "The following example demonstrates adding a new hard drive to a system that will hold a single encrypted partition that will be mounted as /private." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:34573 msgid "Encrypting a Partition with gbde" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34577 msgid "Add the New Hard Drive" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34579 msgid "Install the new drive to the system as explained in . For the purposes of this example, a new hard drive partition has been added as /dev/ad4s1c and /dev/ad0s1* represents the existing standard FreeBSD partitions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34586 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" "/dev/ad0 /dev/ad0s1b /dev/ad0s1e /dev/ad4s1\n" "/dev/ad0s1 /dev/ad0s1c /dev/ad0s1f /dev/ad4s1c\n" "/dev/ad0s1a /dev/ad0s1d /dev/ad4" msgstr "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" "/dev/ad0 /dev/ad0s1b /dev/ad0s1e /dev/ad4s1\n" "/dev/ad0s1 /dev/ad0s1c /dev/ad0s1f /dev/ad4s1c\n" "/dev/ad0s1a /dev/ad0s1d /dev/ad4" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34593 msgid "Create a Directory to Hold gbde Lock Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34596 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /etc/gbde" msgstr "# mkdir /etc/gbde" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34598 msgid "The gbde lock file contains information that gbde requires to access encrypted partitions. Without access to the lock file, gbde will not be able to decrypt the data contained in the encrypted partition without significant manual intervention which is not supported by the software. Each encrypted partition uses a separate lock file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34609 msgid "Initialize the gbde Partition" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34612 msgid "A gbde partition must be initialized before it can be used. This initialization needs to be performed only once. This command will open the default editor, in order to set various configuration options in a template. For use with the UFS file system, set the sector_size to 2048:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34620 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Sector size is the smallest unit of data which can be read or written.\n" "# Making it too small decreases performance and decreases available space.\n" "# Making it too large may prevent filesystems from working. 512 is the\n" "# minimum and always safe. For UFS, use the fragment size\n" "#\n" "sector_size\t=\t2048\n" "[...]" msgstr "" "# gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Sector size is the smallest unit of data which can be read or written.\n" "# Making it too small decreases performance and decreases available space.\n" "# Making it too large may prevent filesystems from working. 512 is the\n" "# minimum and always safe. For UFS, use the fragment size\n" "#\n" "sector_size\t=\t2048\n" "[...]" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34630 msgid "Once the edit is saved, the user will be asked twice to type the passphrase used to secure the data. The passphrase must be the same both times. The ability of gbde to protect data depends entirely on the quality of the passphrase. For tips on how to select a secure passphrase that is easy to remember, see http://world.std.com/~reinhold/diceware.htm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34638 msgid "This initialization creates a lock file for the gbde partition. In this example, it is stored as /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock. Lock files must end in .lock in order to be correctly detected by the /etc/rc.d/gbde start up script." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: caution/para #: book.translate.xml:34647 msgid "Lock files must be backed up together with the contents of any encrypted partitions. Without the lock file, the legitimate owner will be unable to access the data on the encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34656 msgid "Attach the Encrypted Partition to the Kernel" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34659 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock" msgstr "# gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34661 msgid "This command will prompt to input the passphrase that was selected during the initialization of the encrypted partition. The new encrypted device will appear in /dev as /dev/device_name.bde:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34667 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" "/dev/ad0 /dev/ad0s1b /dev/ad0s1e /dev/ad4s1\n" "/dev/ad0s1 /dev/ad0s1c /dev/ad0s1f /dev/ad4s1c\n" "/dev/ad0s1a /dev/ad0s1d /dev/ad4 /dev/ad4s1c.bde" msgstr "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" "/dev/ad0 /dev/ad0s1b /dev/ad0s1e /dev/ad4s1\n" "/dev/ad0s1 /dev/ad0s1c /dev/ad0s1f /dev/ad4s1c\n" "/dev/ad0s1a /dev/ad0s1d /dev/ad4 /dev/ad4s1c.bde" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34674 msgid "Create a File System on the Encrypted Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34677 msgid "Once the encrypted device has been attached to the kernel, a file system can be created on the device. This example creates a UFS file system with soft updates enabled. Be sure to specify the partition which has a *.bde extension:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34685 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde" msgstr "# newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34689 msgid "Mount the Encrypted Partition" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34691 msgid "Create a mount point and mount the encrypted file system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34694 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /private\n" "# mount /dev/ad4s1c.bde /private" msgstr "" "# mkdir /private\n" "# mount /dev/ad4s1c.bde /private" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34699 msgid "Verify That the Encrypted File System is Available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34702 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be visible and available for use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34705 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% df -H\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 1037M 72M 883M 8% /\n" "/devfs 1.0K 1.0K 0B 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1f 8.1G 55K 7.5G 0% /home\n" "/dev/ad0s1e 1037M 1.1M 953M 0% /tmp\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 6.1G 1.9G 3.7G 35% /usr\n" "/dev/ad4s1c.bde 150G 4.1K 138G 0% /private" msgstr "" "% df -H\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 1037M 72M 883M 8% /\n" "/devfs 1.0K 1.0K 0B 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1f 8.1G 55K 7.5G 0% /home\n" "/dev/ad0s1e 1037M 1.1M 953M 0% /tmp\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 6.1G 1.9G 3.7G 35% /usr\n" "/dev/ad4s1c.bde 150G 4.1K 138G 0% /private" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34716 msgid "After each boot, any encrypted file systems must be manually re-attached to the kernel, checked for errors, and mounted, before the file systems can be used. To configure these steps, add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34722 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n" "gbde_devices=\"ad4s1c\"\n" "gbde_lockdir=\"/etc/gbde\"" msgstr "" "gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n" "gbde_devices=\"ad4s1c\"\n" "gbde_lockdir=\"/etc/gbde\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34726 msgid "This requires that the passphrase be entered at the console at boot time. After typing the correct passphrase, the encrypted partition will be mounted automatically. Additional gbde boot options are available and listed in rc.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:34736 msgid "sysinstall is incompatible with gbde-encrypted devices. All *.bde devices must be detached from the kernel before starting sysinstall or it will crash during its initial probing for devices. To detach the encrypted device used in the example, use the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:34744 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde detach /dev/ad4s1c" msgstr "# gbde detach /dev/ad4s1c" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:34750 msgid "Disk Encryption with geli" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34763 msgid "An alternative cryptographic GEOM class is available using geli. This control utility adds some features and uses a different scheme for doing cryptographic work. It provides the following features:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34771 msgid "Utilizes the crypto9 framework and automatically uses cryptographic hardware when it is available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34777 msgid "Supports multiple cryptographic algorithms such as AES, Blowfish, and 3DES." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34783 msgid "Allows the root partition to be encrypted. The passphrase used to access the encrypted root partition will be requested during system boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34789 msgid "Allows the use of two independent keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34793 msgid "It is fast as it performs simple sector-to-sector encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34798 msgid "Allows backup and restore of master keys. If a user destroys their keys, it is still possible to get access to the data by restoring keys from the backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:34804 msgid "Allows a disk to attach with a random, one-time key which is useful for swap partitions and temporary file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34810 msgid "More features and usage examples can be found in geli8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34813 msgid "The following example describes how to generate a key file which will be used as part of the master key for the encrypted provider mounted under /private. The key file will provide some random data used to encrypt the master key. The master key will also be protected by a passphrase. The provider's sector size will be 4kB. The example describes how to attach to the geli provider, create a file system on it, mount it, work with it, and finally, how to detach it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:34824 msgid "Encrypting a Partition with geli" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34828 msgid "Load geli Support" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34830 msgid "Support for geli is available as a loadable kernel module. To configure the system to automatically load the module at boot time, add the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34836 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_eli_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "geom_eli_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34838 msgid "To load the kernel module now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34840 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_eli" msgstr "# kldload geom_eli" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34842 msgid "For a custom kernel, ensure the kernel configuration file contains these lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34845 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options GEOM_ELI\n" "device crypto" msgstr "" "options GEOM_ELI\n" "device crypto" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34850 msgid "Generate the Master Key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34852 msgid "The following commands generate a master key (/root/da2.key) that is protected with a passphrase. The data source for the key file is /dev/random and the sector size of the provider (/dev/da2.eli) is 4kB as a bigger sector size provides better performance:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count=1\n" "# geli init -s 4096 -K /root/da2.key /dev/da2\n" "Enter new passphrase:\n" "Reenter new passphrase:" msgstr "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count=1\n" "# geli init -s 4096 -K /root/da2.key /dev/da2\n" "Enter new passphrase:\n" "Reenter new passphrase:" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34864 msgid "It is not mandatory to use both a passphrase and a key file as either method of securing the master key can be used in isolation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34868 msgid "If the key file is given as -, standard input will be used. For example, this command generates three key files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34872 #, no-wrap msgid "# cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2" msgstr "# cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34876 msgid "Attach the Provider with the Generated Key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34878 msgid "To attach the provider, specify the key file, the name of the disk, and the passphrase:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34881 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2\n" "Enter passphrase:" msgstr "" "# geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2\n" "Enter passphrase:" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34884 msgid "This creates a new device with an .eli extension:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/da2*\n" "/dev/da2 /dev/da2.eli" msgstr "" "# ls /dev/da2*\n" "/dev/da2 /dev/da2.eli" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:34892 msgid "Create the New File System" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34894 msgid "Next, format the device with the UFS file system and mount it on an existing mount point:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34898 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m\n" "# newfs /dev/da2.eli\n" "# mount /dev/da2.eli /private" msgstr "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m\n" "# newfs /dev/da2.eli\n" "# mount /dev/da2.eli /private" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:34902 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be available for use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:34905 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df -H\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 248M 89M 139M 38% /\n" "/devfs 1.0K 1.0K 0B 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1f 7.7G 2.3G 4.9G 32% /usr\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 989M 1.5M 909M 0% /tmp\n" "/dev/ad0s1e 3.9G 1.3G 2.3G 35% /var\n" "/dev/da2.eli 150G 4.1K 138G 0% /private" msgstr "" "# df -H\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 248M 89M 139M 38% /\n" "/devfs 1.0K 1.0K 0B 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1f 7.7G 2.3G 4.9G 32% /usr\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 989M 1.5M 909M 0% /tmp\n" "/dev/ad0s1e 3.9G 1.3G 2.3G 35% /var\n" "/dev/da2.eli 150G 4.1K 138G 0% /private" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34916 msgid "Once the work on the encrypted partition is done, and the /private partition is no longer needed, it is prudent to put the device into cold storage by unmounting and detaching the geli encrypted partition from the kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34922 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /private\n" "# geli detach da2.eli" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34925 msgid "A rc.d script is provided to simplify the mounting of geli-encrypted devices at boot time. For this example, add these lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34930 #, no-wrap msgid "" "geli_devices=\"da2\"\n" "geli_da2_flags=\"-k /root/da2.key\"" msgstr "" "geli_devices=\"da2\"\n" "geli_da2_flags=\"-k /root/da2.key\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34933 msgid "This configures /dev/da2 as a geli provider with a master key of /root/da2.key. The system will automatically detach the provider from the kernel before the system shuts down. During the startup process, the script will prompt for the passphrase before attaching the provider. Other kernel messages might be shown before and after the password prompt. If the boot process seems to stall, look carefully for the password prompt among the other messages. Once the correct passphrase is entered, the provider is attached. The file system is then mounted, typically by an entry in /etc/fstab. Refer to for instructions on how to configure a file system to mount at boot time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:34951 msgid "Encrypting Swap" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:34954 msgid " Christian Brueffer Written by " msgstr " Christelijke Brueffer Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:34964 msgid "swap encrypting" msgstr "swap encrypting" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34969 msgid "Like the encryption of disk partitions, encryption of swap space is used to protect sensitive information. Consider an application that deals with passwords. As long as these passwords stay in physical memory, they are not written to disk and will be cleared after a reboot. However, if FreeBSD starts swapping out memory pages to free space, the passwords may be written to the disk unencrypted. Encrypting swap space can be a solution for this scenario." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:34978 msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure an encrypted swap partition using gbde8 or geli8 encryption. It assumes that /dev/ada0s1b is the swap partition." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:34984 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Swap" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34986 msgid "Swap partitions are not encrypted by default and should be cleared of any sensitive data before continuing. To overwrite the current swap partition with random garbage, execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:34991 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada0s1b bs=1m" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada0s1b bs=1m" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:34993 msgid "To encrypt the swap partition using gbde8, add the .bde suffix to the swap line in /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:34997 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.bde\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0" msgstr "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.bde\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35000 msgid "To instead encrypt the swap partition using geli8, use the .eli suffix:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:35004 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0" msgstr "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35007 msgid "By default, geli8 uses the AES algorithm with a key length of 128 bits. Normally the default settings will suffice. If desired, these defaults can be altered in the options field in /etc/fstab. The possible flags are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:35016 msgid "aalgo" msgstr "aalgo" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35018 msgid "Data integrity verification algorithm used to ensure that the encrypted data has not been tampered with. See geli8 for a list of supported algorithms." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:35025 msgid "ealgo" msgstr "ealgo" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35027 msgid "Encryption algorithm used to protect the data. See geli8 for a list of supported algorithms." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:35033 msgid "keylen" msgstr "keylen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35035 msgid "The length of the key used for the encryption algorithm. See geli8 for the key lengths that are supported by each encryption algorithm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:35042 msgid "sectorsize" msgstr "sectorsize" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35044 msgid "The size of the blocks data is broken into before it is encrypted. Larger sector sizes increase performance at the cost of higher storage overhead. The recommended size is 4096 bytes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35052 msgid "This example configures an encryped swap partition using the Blowfish algorithm with a key length of 128 bits and a sectorsize of 4 kilobytes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:35056 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\t\t\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw,ealgo=blowfish,keylen=128,sectorsize=4096\t0\t0" msgstr "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\t\t\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw,ealgo=blowfish,keylen=128,sectorsize=4096\t0\t0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:35062 msgid "Encrypted Swap Verification" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35064 msgid "Once the system has rebooted, proper operation of the encrypted swap can be verified using swapinfo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35068 msgid "If gbde8 is being used:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:35070 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" "Device 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.bde 542720 0 542720 0%" msgstr "" "% swapinfo\n" "Device 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.bde 542720 0 542720 0%" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35074 msgid "If geli8 is being used:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:35076 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" "Device 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli 542720 0 542720 0%" msgstr "" "% swapinfo\n" "Device 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity\n" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli 542720 0 542720 0%" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:35084 msgid "Highly Available Storage (HAST)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:35098 msgid " Freddie Cash With inputs from " msgstr " Andy Polyakov Met de input van " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:35106 msgid " Pawel Jakub Dawidek " msgstr " Pawel Jakub Dawidek " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:35113 msgid " Michael W. Lucas " msgstr " Michael W. Lucas " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:35120 msgid " Viktor Petersson " msgstr " Viktor Petersson " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:35129 msgid "HAST high availability" msgstr "HAST high availability" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35134 msgid "High availability is one of the main requirements in serious business applications and highly-available storage is a key component in such environments. In FreeBSD, the Highly Available STorage (HAST) framework allows transparent storage of the same data across several physically separated machines connected by a TCP/IP network. HAST can be understood as a network-based RAID1 (mirror), and is similar to the DRBD® storage system used in the GNU/Linux platform. In combination with other high-availability features of FreeBSD like CARP, HAST makes it possible to build a highly-available storage cluster that is resistant to hardware failures." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35148 msgid "The following are the main features of HAST:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35153 msgid "Can be used to mask I/O errors on local hard drives." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35158 msgid "File system agnostic as it works with any file system supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35163 msgid "Efficient and quick resynchronization as only the blocks that were modified during the downtime of a node are synchronized." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35176 msgid "Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35181 msgid "Together with CARP, Heartbeat, or other tools, it can be used to build a robust and durable storage system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35187 msgid "After reading this section, you will know:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35191 msgid "What HAST is, how it works, and which features it provides." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35196 msgid "How to set up and use HAST on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35201 msgid "How to integrate CARP and devd8 to build a robust storage system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35206 msgid "Before reading this section, you should:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35214 msgid "Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35219 msgid "Have a good understanding of FreeBSD networking ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35224 msgid "The HAST project was sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation with support from http://www.omc.net/ and http://www.transip.nl/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:35229 msgid "HAST Operation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35231 msgid "HAST provides synchronous block-level replication between two physical machines: the primary, also known as the master node, and the secondary, or slave node. These two machines together are referred to as a cluster." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35239 msgid "Since HAST works in a primary-secondary configuration, it allows only one of the cluster nodes to be active at any given time. The primary node, also called active, is the one which will handle all the I/O requests to HAST-managed devices. The secondary node is automatically synchronized from the primary node." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35247 msgid "The physical components of the HAST system are the local disk on primary node, and the disk on the remote, secondary node." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35251 msgid "HAST operates synchronously on a block level, making it transparent to file systems and applications. HAST provides regular GEOM providers in /dev/hast/ for use by other tools or applications. There is no difference between using HAST-provided devices and raw disks or partitions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35259 msgid "Each write, delete, or flush operation is sent to both the local disk and to the remote disk over TCP/IP. Each read operation is served from the local disk, unless the local disk is not up-to-date or an I/O error occurs. In such cases, the read operation is sent to the secondary node." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35266 msgid "HAST tries to provide fast failure recovery. For this reason, it is important to reduce synchronization time after a node's outage. To provide fast synchronization, HAST manages an on-disk bitmap of dirty extents and only synchronizes those during a regular synchronization, with an exception of the initial sync." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35274 msgid "There are many ways to handle synchronization. HAST implements several replication modes to handle different synchronization methods:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35280 msgid "memsync: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local write operation is finished and when the remote node acknowledges data arrival, but before actually storing the data. The data on the remote node will be stored directly after sending the acknowledgement. This mode is intended to reduce latency, but still provides good reliability. This mode is the default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35291 msgid "fullsync: This mode reports a write operation as completed when both the local write and the remote write complete. This is the safest and the slowest replication mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35298 msgid "async: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local write completes. This is the fastest and the most dangerous replication mode. It should only be used when replicating to a distant node where latency is too high for other modes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:35309 msgid "HAST Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35311 msgid "The HAST framework consists of several components:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35316 msgid "The hastd8 daemon which provides data synchronization. When this daemon is started, it will automatically load geom_gate.ko." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35322 msgid "The userland management utility, hastctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35327 msgid "The hast.conf5 configuration file. This file must exist before starting hastd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35333 msgid "Users who prefer to statically build GEOM_GATE support into the kernel should add this line to the custom kernel configuration file, then rebuild the kernel using the instructions in :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:35338 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_GATE" msgstr "options\tGEOM_GATE" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35340 msgid "The following example describes how to configure two nodes in master-slave/primary-secondary operation using HAST to replicate the data between the two. The nodes will be called hasta, with an IP address of 172.16.0.1, and hastb, with an IP address of 172.16.0.2. Both nodes will have a dedicated hard drive /dev/ad6 of the same size for HAST operation. The HAST pool, sometimes referred to as a resource or the GEOM provider in /dev/hast/, will be called test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35354 msgid "Configuration of HAST is done using /etc/hast.conf. This file should be identical on both nodes. The simplest configuration is:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:35359 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resource test {\n" "\ton hasta {\n" "\t\tlocal /dev/ad6\n" "\t\tremote 172.16.0.2\n" "\t}\n" "\ton hastb {\n" "\t\tlocal /dev/ad6\n" "\t\tremote 172.16.0.1\n" "\t}\n" "}" msgstr "" "resource test {\n" "\ton hasta {\n" "\t\tlocal /dev/ad6\n" "\t\tremote 172.16.0.2\n" "\t}\n" "\ton hastb {\n" "\t\tlocal /dev/ad6\n" "\t\tremote 172.16.0.1\n" "\t}\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35370 msgid "For more advanced configuration, refer to hast.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:35374 msgid "It is also possible to use host names in the remote statements if the hosts are resolvable and defined either in /etc/hosts or in the local DNS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35381 msgid "Once the configuration exists on both nodes, the HAST pool can be created. Run these commands on both nodes to place the initial metadata onto the local disk and to start hastd8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:35386 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl create test\n" "# service hastd onestart" msgstr "" "# hastctl create test\n" "# service hastd onestart" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:35390 msgid "It is not possible to use GEOM providers with an existing file system or to convert an existing storage to a HAST-managed pool. This procedure needs to store some metadata on the provider and there will not be enough required space available on an existing provider." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35399 msgid "A HAST node's primary or secondary role is selected by an administrator, or software like Heartbeat, using hastctl8. On the primary node, hasta, issue this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:35406 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role primary test" msgstr "# hastctl role primary test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35408 msgid "Run this command on the secondary node, hastb:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:35411 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role secondary test" msgstr "# hastctl role secondary test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35413 msgid "Verify the result by running hastctl on each node:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:35416 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl status test" msgstr "# hastctl status test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35418 msgid "Check the status line in the output. If it says degraded, something is wrong with the configuration file. It should say complete on each node, meaning that the synchronization between the nodes has started. The synchronization completes when hastctl status reports 0 bytes of dirty extents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35427 msgid "The next step is to create a file system on the GEOM provider and mount it. This must be done on the primary node. Creating the file system can take a few minutes, depending on the size of the hard drive. This example creates a UFS file system on /dev/hast/test:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:35434 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/hast/test\n" "# mkdir /hast/test\n" "# mount /dev/hast/test /hast/test" msgstr "" "# newfs -U /dev/hast/test\n" "# mkdir /hast/test\n" "# mount /dev/hast/test /hast/test" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35438 msgid "Once the HAST framework is configured properly, the final step is to make sure that HAST is started automatically during system boot. Add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:35444 #, no-wrap msgid "hastd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "hastd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:35447 msgid "Failover Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35449 msgid "The goal of this example is to build a robust storage system which is resistant to the failure of any given node. If the primary node fails, the secondary node is there to take over seamlessly, check and mount the file system, and continue to work without missing a single bit of data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35456 msgid "To accomplish this task, the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) is used to provide for automatic failover at the IP layer. CARP allows multiple hosts on the same network segment to share an IP address. Set up CARP on both nodes of the cluster according to the documentation available in . In this example, each node will have its own management IP address and a shared IP address of 172.16.0.254. The primary HAST node of the cluster must be the master CARP node." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35469 msgid "The HAST pool created in the previous section is now ready to be exported to the other hosts on the network. This can be accomplished by exporting it through NFS or Samba, using the shared IP address 172.16.0.254. The only problem which remains unresolved is an automatic failover should the primary node fail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35479 msgid "In the event of CARP interfaces going up or down, the FreeBSD operating system generates a devd8 event, making it possible to watch for state changes on the CARP interfaces. A state change on the CARP interface is an indication that one of the nodes failed or came back online. These state change events make it possible to run a script which will automatically handle the HAST failover." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35488 msgid "To catch state changes on the CARP interfaces, add this configuration to /etc/devd.conf on each node:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:35492 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" "\tmatch \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n" "\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n" "\tmatch \"type\" \"LINK_UP\";\n" "\taction \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch master\";\n" "};\n" "\n" "notify 30 {\n" "\tmatch \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n" "\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n" "\tmatch \"type\" \"LINK_DOWN\";\n" "\taction \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch slave\";\n" "};" msgstr "" "notify 30 {\n" "\tmatch \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n" "\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n" "\tmatch \"type\" \"LINK_UP\";\n" "\taction \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch master\";\n" "};\n" "\n" "notify 30 {\n" "\tmatch \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n" "\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n" "\tmatch \"type\" \"LINK_DOWN\";\n" "\taction \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch slave\";\n" "};" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:35507 msgid "If the systems are running FreeBSD 10 or higher, replace carp0 with the name of the CARP-configured interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35512 msgid "Restart devd8 on both nodes to put the new configuration into effect:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:35515 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devd restart" msgstr "# service devd restart" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35517 msgid "When the specified interface state changes by going up or down , the system generates a notification, allowing the devd8 subsystem to run the specified automatic failover script, /usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch. For further clarification about this configuration, refer to devd.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35525 msgid "Here is an example of an automated failover script:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:35528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "\n" "# Original script by Freddie Cash <fjwcash@gmail.com>\n" "# Modified by Michael W. Lucas <mwlucas@BlackHelicopters.org>\n" "# and Viktor Petersson <vpetersson@wireload.net>\n" "\n" "# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n" "resources=\"test\"\n" "\n" "# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming master\n" "# make your best guess\n" "delay=3\n" "\n" "# logging\n" "log=\"local0.debug\"\n" "name=\"carp-hast\"\n" "\n" "# end of user configurable stuff\n" "\n" "case \"$1\" in\n" "\tmaster)\n" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to primary provider for ${resources}.\"\n" "\t\tsleep ${delay}\n" "\n" "\t\t# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n" "\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n" "\t\t\twhile $( pgrep -lf \"hastd: ${disk} \\(secondary\\)\" > /dev/null 2>&1 ); do\n" "\t\t\t\tsleep 1\n" "\t\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t\t\t# Switch role for each disk\n" "\t\t\thastctl role primary ${disk}\n" "\t\t\tif [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n" "\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to change role to primary for resource ${disk}.\"\n" "\t\t\t\texit 1\n" "\t\t\tfi\n" "\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t\t# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n" "\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n" "\t\t\tfor I in $( jot 60 ); do\n" "\t\t\t\t[ -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ] && break\n" "\t\t\t\tsleep 0.5\n" "\t\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t\t\tif [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n" "\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"GEOM provider /dev/hast/${disk} did not appear.\"\n" "\t\t\t\texit 1\n" "\t\t\tfi\n" "\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n" "\n" "\n" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n" "\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n" "\t\t\tmkdir -p /hast/${disk}\n" "\t\t\tfsck -p -y -t ufs /dev/hast/${disk}\n" "\t\t\tmount /dev/hast/${disk} /hast/${disk}\n" "\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t;;\n" "\n" "\tslave)\n" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to secondary provider for ${resources}.\"\n" "\n" "\t\t# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n" "\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n" "\t\t\tif ! mount | grep -q \"^/dev/hast/${disk} on \"\n" "\t\t\tthen\n" "\t\t\telse\n" "\t\t\t\tumount -f /hast/${disk}\n" "\t\t\tfi\n" "\t\t\tsleep $delay\n" "\t\t\thastctl role secondary ${disk} 2>&1\n" "\t\t\tif [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n" "\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to switch role to secondary for resource ${disk}.\"\n" "\t\t\t\texit 1\n" "\t\t\tfi\n" "\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role switched to secondary for resource ${disk}.\"\n" "\t\tdone\n" "\t;;\n" "esac" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "\n" "# Original script by Freddie Cash <fjwcash@gmail.com>\n" "# Modified by Michael W. Lucas <mwlucas@BlackHelicopters.org>\n" "# and Viktor Petersson <vpetersson@wireload.net>\n" "\n" "# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n" "resources=\"test\"\n" "\n" "# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming master\n" "# make your best guess\n" "delay=3\n" "\n" "# logging\n" "log=\"local0.debug\"\n" "name=\"carp-hast\"\n" "\n" "# end of user configurable stuff\n" "\n" "case \"$1\" in\n" "\tmaster)\n" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to primary provider for ${resources}.\"\n" "\t\tsleep ${delay}\n" "\n" "\t\t# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n" "\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n" "\t\t\twhile $( pgrep -lf \"hastd: ${disk} \\(secondary\\)\" > /dev/null 2>&1 ); do\n" "\t\t\t\tsleep 1\n" "\t\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t\t\t# Switch role for each disk\n" "\t\t\thastctl role primary ${disk}\n" "\t\t\tif [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n" "\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to change role to primary for resource ${disk}.\"\n" "\t\t\t\texit 1\n" "\t\t\tfi\n" "\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t\t# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n" "\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n" "\t\t\tfor I in $( jot 60 ); do\n" "\t\t\t\t[ -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ] && break\n" "\t\t\t\tsleep 0.5\n" "\t\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t\t\tif [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n" "\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"GEOM provider /dev/hast/${disk} did not appear.\"\n" "\t\t\t\texit 1\n" "\t\t\tfi\n" "\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n" "\n" "\n" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n" "\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n" "\t\t\tmkdir -p /hast/${disk}\n" "\t\t\tfsck -p -y -t ufs /dev/hast/${disk}\n" "\t\t\tmount /dev/hast/${disk} /hast/${disk}\n" "\t\tdone\n" "\n" "\t;;\n" "\n" "\tslave)\n" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to secondary provider for ${resources}.\"\n" "\n" "\t\t# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n" "\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n" "\t\t\tif ! mount | grep -q \"^/dev/hast/${disk} on \"\n" "\t\t\tthen\n" "\t\t\telse\n" "\t\t\t\tumount -f /hast/${disk}\n" "\t\t\tfi\n" "\t\t\tsleep $delay\n" "\t\t\thastctl role secondary ${disk} 2>&1\n" "\t\t\tif [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n" "\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to switch role to secondary for resource ${disk}.\"\n" "\t\t\t\texit 1\n" "\t\t\tfi\n" "\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role switched to secondary for resource ${disk}.\"\n" "\t\tdone\n" "\t;;\n" "esac" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35612 msgid "In a nutshell, the script takes these actions when a node becomes master:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35617 msgid "Promotes the HAST pool to primary on the other node." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35622 msgid "Checks the file system under the HAST pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35627 msgid "Mounts the pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35631 msgid "When a node becomes secondary:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35635 msgid "Unmounts the HAST pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35639 msgid "Degrades the HAST pool to secondary." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: caution/para #: book.translate.xml:35645 msgid "This is just an example script which serves as a proof of concept. It does not handle all the possible scenarios and can be extended or altered in any way, for example, to start or stop required services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:35652 msgid "For this example, a standard UFS file system was used. To reduce the time needed for recovery, a journal-enabled UFS or ZFS file system can be used instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35659 msgid "More detailed information with additional examples can be found at http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35667 msgid "HAST should generally work without issues. However, as with any other software product, there may be times when it does not work as supposed. The sources of the problems may be different, but the rule of thumb is to ensure that the time is synchronized between the nodes of the cluster." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:35674 msgid "When troubleshooting HAST, the debugging level of hastd8 should be increased by starting hastd with -d. This argument may be specified multiple times to further increase the debugging level. Consider also using -F, which starts hastd in the foreground." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:35683 msgid "Recovering from the Split-brain Condition" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35685 msgid "Split-brain occurs when the nodes of the cluster are unable to communicate with each other, and both are configured as primary. This is a dangerous condition because it allows both nodes to make incompatible changes to the data. This problem must be corrected manually by the system administrator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:35692 msgid "The administrator must either decide which node has more important changes, or perform the merge manually. Then, let HAST perform full synchronization of the node which has the broken data. To do this, issue these commands on the node which needs to be resynchronized:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:35699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl role init test\n" "# hastctl create test\n" "# hastctl role secondary test" msgstr "" "# hastctl role init test\n" "# hastctl create test\n" "# hastctl role secondary test" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:35716 msgid "GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:35732 book.translate.xml:35816 book.translate.xml:35957 #: book.translate.xml:36590 book.translate.xml:36738 book.translate.xml:37103 #: book.translate.xml:37307 msgid "GEOM" msgstr "GEOM" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:35735 msgid "GEOM Disk Framework GEOM" msgstr "GEOM Disk Framework GEOM" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35740 msgid "In FreeBSD, the GEOM framework permits access and control to classes, such as Master Boot Records and BSD labels, through the use of providers, or the disk devices in /dev. By supporting various software RAID configurations, GEOM transparently provides access to the operating system and operating system utilities." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35748 msgid "This chapter covers the use of disks under the GEOM framework in FreeBSD. This includes the major RAID control utilities which use the framework for configuration. This chapter is not a definitive guide to RAID configurations and only GEOM-supported RAID classifications are discussed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35760 msgid "What type of RAID support is available through GEOM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35765 msgid "How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain, and manipulate the various RAID levels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35771 msgid "How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk devices through GEOM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35776 msgid "How to troubleshoot disks attached to the GEOM framework." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35785 msgid "Understand how FreeBSD treats disk devices ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:35789 msgid "Know how to configure and install a new kernel ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:35796 msgid "RAID0 - Striping" msgstr "RAID0 - Striping" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:35807 book.translate.xml:36581 book.translate.xml:62514 msgid " Murray Stokely " msgstr " Murray Stokely " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:35819 msgid "Striping" msgstr "Striping" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35823 msgid "Striping combines several disk drives into a single volume. Striping can be performed through the use of hardware RAID controllers. The GEOM disk subsystem provides software support for disk striping, also known as RAID0, without the need for a RAID disk controller." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35831 msgid "In RAID0, data is split into blocks that are written across all the drives in the array. As seen in the following illustration, instead of having to wait on the system to write 256k to one disk, RAID0 can simultaneously write 64k to each of the four disks in the array, offering superior I/O performance. This performance can be enhanced further by using multiple disk controllers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:35842 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='geom/striping' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='geom/striping' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect1/mediaobject #: book.translate.xml:35840 msgid " Disk Striping Illustration " msgstr " Disk Striping illustratie " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35850 msgid "Each disk in a RAID0 stripe must be of the same size, since I/O requests are interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in parallel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:35856 msgid "RAID0 does not provide any redundancy. This means that if one disk in the array fails, all of the data on the disks is lost. If the data is important, implement a backup strategy that regularly saves backups to a remote system or device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35863 msgid "The process for creating a software, GEOM-based RAID0 on a FreeBSD system using commodity disks is as follows. Once the stripe is created, refer to gstripe8 for more information on how to control an existing stripe." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:35870 msgid "Creating a Stripe of Unformatted ATA Disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35874 msgid "Load the geom_stripe.ko module:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:35877 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_stripe" msgstr "# kldload geom_stripe" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35881 msgid "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. If this volume will become a root partition, then temporarily use another mount point such as /mnt." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35888 msgid "Determine the device names for the disks which will be striped, and create the new stripe device. For example, to stripe two unused and unpartitioned ATA disks with device names of /dev/ad2 and /dev/ad3:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:35895 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ad2.\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ad3.\n" "Done." msgstr "" "# gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ad2.\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ad3.\n" "Done." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35902 msgid "Write a standard label, also known as a partition table, on the new volume and install the default bootstrap code:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:35906 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0" msgstr "# bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35910 msgid "This process should create two other devices in /dev/stripe in addition to st0. Those include st0a and st0c. At this point, a UFS file system can be created on st0a using newfs:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:35918 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a" msgstr "# newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35920 msgid "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a few seconds, the process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be mounted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35926 msgid "To manually mount the created disk stripe:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:35928 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt" msgstr "# mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35932 msgid "To mount this striped file system automatically during the boot process, place the volume information in /etc/fstab. In this example, a permanent mount point, named stripe, is created:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:35938 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /stripe\n" "# echo \"/dev/stripe/st0a /stripe ufs rw 2 2\" \\\n" ">> /etc/fstab" msgstr "" "# mkdir /stripe\n" "# echo \"/dev/stripe/st0a /stripe ufs rw 2 2\" \\\n" ">> /etc/fstab" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:35944 msgid "The geom_stripe.ko module must also be automatically loaded during system initialization, by adding a line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:35949 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'geom_stripe_load=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf" msgstr "# echo 'geom_stripe_load=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:35955 msgid "RAID1 - Mirroring" msgstr "RAID1 - spiegelen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:35960 msgid "Disk Mirroring" msgstr "Disk Mirroring" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:35963 msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35967 msgid "RAID1, or mirroring, is the technique of writing the same data to more than one disk drive. Mirrors are usually used to guard against data loss due to drive failure. Each drive in a mirror contains an identical copy of the data. When an individual drive fails, the mirror continues to work, providing data from the drives that are still functioning. The computer keeps running, and the administrator has time to replace the failed drive without user interruption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35977 msgid "Two common situations are illustrated in these examples. The first creates a mirror out of two new drives and uses it as a replacement for an existing single drive. The second example creates a mirror on a single new drive, copies the old drive's data to it, then inserts the old drive into the mirror. While this procedure is slightly more complicated, it only requires one new drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:35985 msgid "Traditionally, the two drives in a mirror are identical in model and capacity, but gmirror8 does not require that. Mirrors created with dissimilar drives will have a capacity equal to that of the smallest drive in the mirror. Extra space on larger drives will be unused. Drives inserted into the mirror later must have at least as much capacity as the smallest drive already in the mirror." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:35994 msgid "The mirroring procedures shown here are non-destructive, but as with any major disk operation, make a full backup first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:36000 msgid "While dump8 is used in these procedures to copy file systems, it does not work on file systems with soft updates journaling. See tunefs8 for information on detecting and disabling soft updates journaling." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36007 msgid "Metadata Issues" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36009 msgid "Many disk systems store metadata at the end of each disk. Old metadata should be erased before reusing the disk for a mirror. Most problems are caused by two particular types of leftover metadata: GPT partition tables and old metadata from a previous mirror." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36015 msgid "GPT metadata can be erased with gpart8. This example erases both primary and backup GPT partition tables from disk ada8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36020 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart destroy -F ada8" msgstr "# gpart destroy -F ada8" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36022 msgid "A disk can be removed from an active mirror and the metadata erased in one step using gmirror8. Here, the example disk ada8 is removed from the active mirror gm4:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36027 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror remove gm4 ada8" msgstr "# gmirror remove gm4 ada8" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36029 msgid "If the mirror is not running, but old mirror metadata is still on the disk, use gmirror clear to remove it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36033 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror clear ada8" msgstr "# gmirror clear ada8" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36035 msgid "gmirror8 stores one block of metadata at the end of the disk. Because GPT partition schemes also store metadata at the end of the disk, mirroring entire GPT disks with gmirror8 is not recommended. MBR partitioning is used here because it only stores a partition table at the start of the disk and does not conflict with the mirror metadata." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36045 msgid "Creating a Mirror with Two New Disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36047 msgid "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, ada0. Two new disks, ada1 and ada2, have been connected to the system. A new mirror will be created on these two disks and used to replace the old single disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36054 msgid "The geom_mirror.ko kernel module must either be built into the kernel or loaded at boot- or run-time. Manually load the kernel module now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36058 book.translate.xml:36185 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror load" msgstr "# gmirror load" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36060 msgid "Create the mirror with the two new drives:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36062 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2" msgstr "# gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36064 msgid "gm0 is a user-chosen device name assigned to the new mirror. After the mirror has been started, this device name appears in /dev/mirror/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36069 msgid "MBR and bsdlabel partition tables can now be created on the mirror with gpart8. This example uses a traditional file system layout, with partitions for /, swap, /var, /tmp, and /usr. A single / and a swap partition will also work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36078 msgid "Partitions on the mirror do not have to be the same size as those on the existing disk, but they must be large enough to hold all the data already present on ada0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36083 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s MBR mirror/gm0\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd -a 4k mirror/gm0\n" "# gpart show mirror/gm0\n" "=> 63 156301423 mirror/gm0 MBR (74G)\n" " 63 63 - free - (31k)\n" " 126 156301299 1 freebsd (74G)\n" " 156301425 61 - free - (30k)" msgstr "" "# gpart create -s MBR mirror/gm0\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd -a 4k mirror/gm0\n" "# gpart show mirror/gm0\n" "=> 63 156301423 mirror/gm0 MBR (74G)\n" " 63 63 - free - (31k)\n" " 126 156301299 1 freebsd (74G)\n" " 156301425 61 - free - (30k)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36091 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s BSD mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 4k -s 2g mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k -s 4g mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 4k -s 2g mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 4k -s 1g mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 4k mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart show mirror/gm0s1\n" "=> 0 156301299 mirror/gm0s1 BSD (74G)\n" " 0 2 - free - (1.0k)\n" " 2 4194304 1 freebsd-ufs (2.0G)\n" " 4194306 8388608 2 freebsd-swap (4.0G)\n" " 12582914 4194304 4 freebsd-ufs (2.0G)\n" " 16777218 2097152 5 freebsd-ufs (1.0G)\n" " 18874370 137426928 6 freebsd-ufs (65G)\n" " 156301298 1 - free - (512B)" msgstr "" "# gpart create -s BSD mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 4k -s 2g mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k -s 4g mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 4k -s 2g mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 4k -s 1g mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 4k mirror/gm0s1\n" "# gpart show mirror/gm0s1\n" "=> 0 156301299 mirror/gm0s1 BSD (74G)\n" " 0 2 - free - (1.0k)\n" " 2 4194304 1 freebsd-ufs (2.0G)\n" " 4194306 8388608 2 freebsd-swap (4.0G)\n" " 12582914 4194304 4 freebsd-ufs (2.0G)\n" " 16777218 2097152 5 freebsd-ufs (1.0G)\n" " 18874370 137426928 6 freebsd-ufs (65G)\n" " 156301298 1 - free - (512B)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36107 book.translate.xml:36329 msgid "Make the mirror bootable by installing bootcode in the MBR and bsdlabel and setting the active slice:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36111 book.translate.xml:36333 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr mirror/gm0\n" "# gpart set -a active -i 1 mirror/gm0\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/boot mirror/gm0s1" msgstr "" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr mirror/gm0\n" "# gpart set -a active -i 1 mirror/gm0\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/boot mirror/gm0s1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36115 msgid "Format the file systems on the new mirror, enabling soft-updates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36118 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f" msgstr "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36123 msgid "File systems from the original ada0 disk can now be copied onto the mirror with dump8 and restore8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36127 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - / | (cd /mnt && restore -rf -)\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/tmp\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/usr\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /tmp | (cd /mnt/tmp && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr && restore -rf -)" msgstr "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - / | (cd /mnt && restore -rf -)\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/tmp\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/usr\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /tmp | (cd /mnt/tmp && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr && restore -rf -)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36136 msgid "Edit /mnt/etc/fstab to point to the new mirror file systems:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:36139 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\t/\t\tufs\trw\t1\t1\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1b\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1d\t/var\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1e\t/tmp\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2" msgstr "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\t/\t\tufs\trw\t1\t1\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1b\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1d\t/var\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1e\t/tmp\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36146 msgid "If the geom_mirror.ko kernel module has not been built into the kernel, /mnt/boot/loader.conf is edited to load the module at boot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:36151 book.translate.xml:36360 book.translate.xml:36480 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36153 msgid "Reboot the system to test the new mirror and verify that all data has been copied. The BIOS will see the mirror as two individual drives rather than a mirror. Because the drives are identical, it does not matter which is selected to boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36159 msgid "See if there are problems booting. Powering down and disconnecting the original ada0 disk will allow it to be kept as an offline backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36164 msgid "In use, the mirror will behave just like the original single drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36169 msgid "Creating a Mirror with an Existing Drive" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36171 msgid "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, ada0. A new disk, ada1, has been connected to the system. A one-disk mirror will be created on the new disk, the existing system copied onto it, and then the old disk will be inserted into the mirror. This slightly complex procedure is required because gmirror needs to put a 512-byte block of metadata at the end of each disk, and the existing ada0 has usually had all of its space already allocated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36182 msgid "Load the geom_mirror.ko kernel module:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36187 msgid "Check the media size of the original disk with diskinfo:" msgstr "Controleer de media grootte van de originele schijf met diskinfo:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# diskinfo -v ada0 | head -n3\n" "/dev/ada0\n" "\t512 # sectorsize\n" "\t1000204821504 # mediasize in bytes (931G)" msgstr "" "# diskinfo -v ada0 | head -n3\n" "/dev/ada0\n" "\t512 # sectorsize\n" "\t1000204821504 # mediasize in bytes (931G)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36195 msgid "Create a mirror on the new disk. To make certain that the mirror capacity is not any larger than the original ada0 drive, gnop8 is used to create a fake drive of the exact same size. This drive does not store any data, but is used only to limit the size of the mirror. When gmirror8 creates the mirror, it will restrict the capacity to the size of gzero.nop, even if the new ada1 drive has more space. Note that the 1000204821504 in the second line is equal to ada0's media size as shown by diskinfo above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36208 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geom zero load\n" "# gnop create -s 1000204821504 gzero\n" "# gmirror label -v gm0 gzero.nop ada1\n" "# gmirror forget gm0" msgstr "" "# geom zero load\n" "# gnop create -s 1000204821504 gzero\n" "# gmirror label -v gm0 gzero.nop ada1\n" "# gmirror forget gm0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36213 msgid "Since gzero.nop does not store any data, the mirror does not see it as connected. The mirror is told to forget unconnected components, removing references to gzero.nop. The result is a mirror device containing only a single disk, ada1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36220 msgid "After creating gm0, view the partition table on ada0. This output is from a 1 TB drive. If there is some unallocated space at the end of the drive, the contents may be copied directly from ada0 to the new mirror." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36226 msgid "However, if the output shows that all of the space on the disk is allocated, as in the following listing, there is no space available for the 512-byte mirror metadata at the end of the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36231 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 63 1953525105 ada0 MBR (931G)\n" " 63 1953525105 1 freebsd [active] (931G)" msgstr "" "# gpart show ada0\n" "=> 63 1953525105 ada0 MBR (931G)\n" " 63 1953525105 1 freebsd [active] (931G)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36235 msgid "In this case, the partition table must be edited to reduce the capacity by one sector on mirror/gm0. The procedure will be explained later." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36239 msgid "In either case, partition tables on the primary disk should be first copied using gpart backup and gpart restore." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36243 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart backup ada0 > table.ada0\n" "# gpart backup ada0s1 > table.ada0s1" msgstr "" "# gpart backup ada0 > table.ada0\n" "# gpart backup ada0s1 > table.ada0s1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36246 msgid "These commands create two files, table.ada0 and table.ada0s1. This example is from a 1 TB drive:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36251 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0\n" "MBR 4\n" "1 freebsd 63 1953525105 [active]" msgstr "" "# cat table.ada0\n" "MBR 4\n" "1 freebsd 63 1953525105 [active]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36255 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" "BSD 8\n" "1 freebsd-ufs 0 4194304\n" "2 freebsd-swap 4194304 33554432\n" "4 freebsd-ufs 37748736 50331648\n" "5 freebsd-ufs 88080384 41943040\n" "6 freebsd-ufs 130023424 838860800\n" "7 freebsd-ufs 968884224 984640881" msgstr "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" "BSD 8\n" "1 freebsd-ufs 0 4194304\n" "2 freebsd-swap 4194304 33554432\n" "4 freebsd-ufs 37748736 50331648\n" "5 freebsd-ufs 88080384 41943040\n" "6 freebsd-ufs 130023424 838860800\n" "7 freebsd-ufs 968884224 984640881" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36264 msgid "If no free space is shown at the end of the disk, the size of both the slice and the last partition must be reduced by one sector. Edit the two files, reducing the size of both the slice and last partition by one. These are the last numbers in each listing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36270 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0\n" "MBR 4\n" "1 freebsd 63 1953525104 [active]" msgstr "" "# cat table.ada0\n" "MBR 4\n" "1 freebsd 63 1953525104 [active]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36274 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" "BSD 8\n" "1 freebsd-ufs 0 4194304\n" "2 freebsd-swap 4194304 33554432\n" "4 freebsd-ufs 37748736 50331648\n" "5 freebsd-ufs 88080384 41943040\n" "6 freebsd-ufs 130023424 838860800\n" "7 freebsd-ufs 968884224 984640880" msgstr "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" "BSD 8\n" "1 freebsd-ufs 0 4194304\n" "2 freebsd-swap 4194304 33554432\n" "4 freebsd-ufs 37748736 50331648\n" "5 freebsd-ufs 88080384 41943040\n" "6 freebsd-ufs 130023424 838860800\n" "7 freebsd-ufs 968884224 984640880" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36283 msgid "If at least one sector was unallocated at the end of the disk, these two files can be used without modification." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36286 msgid "Now restore the partition table into mirror/gm0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36289 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart restore mirror/gm0 < table.ada0\n" "# gpart restore mirror/gm0s1 < table.ada0s1" msgstr "" "# gpart restore mirror/gm0 < table.ada0\n" "# gpart restore mirror/gm0s1 < table.ada0s1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36292 msgid "Check the partition table with gpart show. This example has gm0s1a for /, gm0s1d for /var, gm0s1e for /usr, gm0s1f for /data1, and gm0s1g for /data2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36301 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show mirror/gm0\n" "=> 63 1953525104 mirror/gm0 MBR (931G)\n" " 63 1953525042 1 freebsd [active] (931G)\n" " 1953525105 62 - free - (31k)\n" "\n" "# gpart show mirror/gm0s1\n" "=> 0 1953525042 mirror/gm0s1 BSD (931G)\n" " 0 2097152 1 freebsd-ufs (1.0G)\n" " 2097152 16777216 2 freebsd-swap (8.0G)\n" " 18874368 41943040 4 freebsd-ufs (20G)\n" " 60817408 20971520 5 freebsd-ufs (10G)\n" " 81788928 629145600 6 freebsd-ufs (300G)\n" " 710934528 1242590514 7 freebsd-ufs (592G)\n" " 1953525042 63 - free - (31k)" msgstr "" "# gpart show mirror/gm0\n" "=> 63 1953525104 mirror/gm0 MBR (931G)\n" " 63 1953525042 1 freebsd [active] (931G)\n" " 1953525105 62 - free - (31k)\n" "\n" "# gpart show mirror/gm0s1\n" "=> 0 1953525042 mirror/gm0s1 BSD (931G)\n" " 0 2097152 1 freebsd-ufs (1.0G)\n" " 2097152 16777216 2 freebsd-swap (8.0G)\n" " 18874368 41943040 4 freebsd-ufs (20G)\n" " 60817408 20971520 5 freebsd-ufs (10G)\n" " 81788928 629145600 6 freebsd-ufs (300G)\n" " 710934528 1242590514 7 freebsd-ufs (592G)\n" " 1953525042 63 - free - (31k)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36316 msgid "Both the slice and the last partition must have at least one free block at the end of the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36319 msgid "Create file systems on these new partitions. The number of partitions will vary to match the original disk, ada0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36323 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1g" msgstr "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f\n" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1g" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36337 msgid "Adjust /etc/fstab to use the new partitions on the mirror. Back up this file first by copying it to /etc/fstab.orig." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36341 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig" msgstr "# cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36343 msgid "Edit /etc/fstab, replacing /dev/ada0 with mirror/gm0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:36347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\t/\t\tufs\trw\t1\t1\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1b\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1d\t/var\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1e\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/data1\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1g\t/data2\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2" msgstr "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\t/\t\tufs\trw\t1\t1\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1b\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1d\t/var\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1e\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/data1\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1g\t/data2\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36355 msgid "If the geom_mirror.ko kernel module has not been built into the kernel, edit /boot/loader.conf to load it at boot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36362 msgid "File systems from the original disk can now be copied onto the mirror with dump8 and restore8. Each file system dumped with dump -L will create a snapshot first, which can take some time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36367 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - / | (cd /mnt && restore -rf -)\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/usr\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/data1\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1g /mnt/data2\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data1 | (cd /mnt/data1 && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data2 | (cd /mnt/data2 && restore -rf -)" msgstr "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - / | (cd /mnt && restore -rf -)\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/usr\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/data1\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1g /mnt/data2\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data1 | (cd /mnt/data1 && restore -rf -)\n" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data2 | (cd /mnt/data2 && restore -rf -)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36378 msgid "Restart the system, booting from ada1. If everything is working, the system will boot from mirror/gm0, which now contains the same data as ada0 had previously. See if there are problems booting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36385 msgid "At this point, the mirror still consists of only the single ada1 disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36388 msgid "After booting from mirror/gm0 successfully, the final step is inserting ada0 into the mirror." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: important/para #: book.translate.xml:36393 msgid "When ada0 is inserted into the mirror, its former contents will be overwritten by data from the mirror. Make certain that mirror/gm0 has the same contents as ada0 before adding ada0 to the mirror. If the contents previously copied by dump8 and restore8 are not identical to what was on ada0, revert /etc/fstab to mount the file systems on ada0, reboot, and start the whole procedure again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36406 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror insert gm0 ada0\n" "GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0" msgstr "" "# gmirror insert gm0 ada0\n" "GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36409 msgid "Synchronization between the two disks will start immediately. Use gmirror status to view the progress." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36413 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "mirror/gm0 DEGRADED ada1 (ACTIVE)\n" " ada0 (SYNCHRONIZING, 64%)" msgstr "" "# gmirror status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "mirror/gm0 DEGRADED ada1 (ACTIVE)\n" " ada0 (SYNCHRONIZING, 64%)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36418 msgid "After a while, synchronization will finish." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36420 #, no-wrap msgid "" "GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0 finished.\n" "# gmirror status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "mirror/gm0 COMPLETE ada1 (ACTIVE)\n" " ada0 (ACTIVE)" msgstr "" "GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0 finished.\n" "# gmirror status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "mirror/gm0 COMPLETE ada1 (ACTIVE)\n" " ada0 (ACTIVE)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36426 msgid "mirror/gm0 now consists of the two disks ada0 and ada1, and the contents are automatically synchronized with each other. In use, mirror/gm0 will behave just like the original single drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36437 msgid "If the system no longer boots, BIOS settings may have to be changed to boot from one of the new mirrored drives. Either mirror drive can be used for booting, as they contain identical data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36442 msgid "If the boot stops with this message, something is wrong with the mirror device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n" "\n" "Loader variables:\n" " vfs.root.mountfrom=ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" " vfs.root.mountfrom.options=rw\n" "\n" "Manual root filesystem specification:\n" " <fstype>:<device> [options]\n" " Mount <device> using filesystem <fstype>\n" " and with the specified (optional) option list.\n" "\n" " eg. ufs:/dev/da0s1a\n" " zfs:tank\n" " cd9660:/dev/acd0 ro\n" " (which is equivalent to: mount -t cd9660 -o ro /dev/acd0 /)\n" "\n" " ? List valid disk boot devices\n" " . Yield 1 second (for background tasks)\n" " <empty line> Abort manual input\n" "\n" "mountroot>" msgstr "" "Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n" "\n" "Loader variables:\n" " vfs.root.mountfrom=ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" " vfs.root.mountfrom.options=rw\n" "\n" "Manual root filesystem specification:\n" " <fstype>:<device> [options]\n" " Mount <device> using filesystem <fstype>\n" " and with the specified (optional) option list.\n" "\n" " eg. ufs:/dev/da0s1a\n" " zfs:tank\n" " cd9660:/dev/acd0 ro\n" " (which is equivalent to: mount -t cd9660 -o ro /dev/acd0 /)\n" "\n" " ? List valid disk boot devices\n" " . Yield 1 second (for background tasks)\n" " <empty line> Abort manual input\n" "\n" "mountroot>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36467 msgid "Forgetting to load the geom_mirror.ko module in /boot/loader.conf can cause this problem. To fix it, boot from a FreeBSD installation media and choose Shell at the first prompt. Then load the mirror module and mount the mirror device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36474 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror load\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt" msgstr "" "# gmirror load\n" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36477 msgid "Edit /mnt/boot/loader.conf, adding a line to load the mirror module:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36482 msgid "Save the file and reboot." msgstr "Sla het bestand op en herstart." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36484 msgid "Other problems that cause error 19 require more effort to fix. Although the system should boot from ada0, another prompt to select a shell will appear if /etc/fstab is incorrect. Enter ufs:/dev/ada0s1a at the boot loader prompt and press Enter. Undo the edits in /etc/fstab then mount the file systems from the original disk (ada0) instead of the mirror. Reboot the system and try the procedure again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36495 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" "# cp /etc/fstab.orig /etc/fstab\n" "# reboot" msgstr "" "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" "# cp /etc/fstab.orig /etc/fstab\n" "# reboot" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36501 msgid "Recovering from Disk Failure" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36503 msgid "The benefit of disk mirroring is that an individual disk can fail without causing the mirror to lose any data. In the above example, if ada0 fails, the mirror will continue to work, providing data from the remaining working drive, ada1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36509 msgid "To replace the failed drive, shut down the system and physically replace the failed drive with a new drive of equal or greater capacity. Manufacturers use somewhat arbitrary values when rating drives in gigabytes, and the only way to really be sure is to compare the total count of sectors shown by diskinfo -v. A drive with larger capacity than the mirror will work, although the extra space on the new drive will not be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36518 msgid "After the computer is powered back up, the mirror will be running in a degraded mode with only one drive. The mirror is told to forget drives that are not currently connected:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36523 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror forget gm0" msgstr "# gmirror forget gm0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36525 msgid "Any old metadata should be cleared from the replacement disk using the instructions in . Then the replacement disk, ada4 for this example, is inserted into the mirror:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36531 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4" msgstr "# gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36533 msgid "Resynchronization begins when the new drive is inserted into the mirror. This process of copying mirror data to a new drive can take a while. Performance of the mirror will be greatly reduced during the copy, so inserting new drives is best done when there is low demand on the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36539 msgid "Progress can be monitored with gmirror status, which shows drives that are being synchronized and the percentage of completion. During resynchronization, the status will be DEGRADED, changing to COMPLETE when the process is finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:36552 msgid "RAID3 - Byte-level Striping with Dedicated Parity" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:36556 msgid " Mark Gladman Written by " msgstr " Mark Gladman Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:36564 msgid " Daniel Gerzo " msgstr " Daniel Gerzo " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:36573 msgid " Tom Rhodes Based on documentation by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes Op basis van de documentatie door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:36593 msgid "RAID3" msgstr "RAID3" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:36597 msgid "RAID3 is a method used to combine several disk drives into a single volume with a dedicated parity disk. In a RAID3 system, data is split up into a number of bytes that are written across all the drives in the array except for one disk which acts as a dedicated parity disk. This means that disk reads from a RAID3 implementation access all disks in the array. Performance can be enhanced by using multiple disk controllers. The RAID3 array provides a fault tolerance of 1 drive, while providing a capacity of 1 - 1/n times the total capacity of all drives in the array, where n is the number of hard drives in the array. Such a configuration is mostly suitable for storing data of larger sizes such as multimedia files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:36612 msgid "At least 3 physical hard drives are required to build a RAID3 array. Each disk must be of the same size, since I/O requests are interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in parallel. Also, due to the nature of RAID3, the number of drives must be equal to 3, 5, 9, 17, and so on, or 2^n + 1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:36619 msgid "This section demonstrates how to create a software RAID3 on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:36623 msgid "While it is theoretically possible to boot from a RAID3 array on FreeBSD, that configuration is uncommon and is not advised." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36629 msgid "Creating a Dedicated RAID3 Array" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36632 msgid "In FreeBSD, support for RAID3 is implemented by the graid38 GEOM class. Creating a dedicated RAID3 array on FreeBSD requires the following steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36639 msgid "First, load the geom_raid3.ko kernel module by issuing one of the following commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36643 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid3 load" msgstr "# graid3 load" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36645 msgid "or:" msgstr "of:" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36647 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_raid3" msgstr "# kldload geom_raid3" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36651 msgid "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. This command creates a new directory to use as the mount point:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36655 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /multimedia" msgstr "# mkdir /multimedia" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36659 msgid "Determine the device names for the disks which will be added to the array, and create the new RAID3 device. The final device listed will act as the dedicated parity disk. This example uses three unpartitioned ATA drives: ada1 and ada2 for data, and ada3 for parity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36670 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid3 label -v gr0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 /dev/ada3\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ada1.\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ada2.\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ada3.\n" "Done." msgstr "" "# graid3 label -v gr0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 /dev/ada3\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ada1.\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ada2.\n" "Metadata value stored on /dev/ada3.\n" "Done." #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36678 msgid "Partition the newly created gr0 device and put a UFS file system on it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36682 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s GPT /dev/raid3/gr0\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs /dev/raid3/gr0\n" "# newfs -j /dev/raid3/gr0p1" msgstr "" "# gpart create -s GPT /dev/raid3/gr0\n" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs /dev/raid3/gr0\n" "# newfs -j /dev/raid3/gr0p1" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36686 msgid "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a bit of time, the process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be mounted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36690 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/" msgstr "# mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36692 msgid "The RAID3 array is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36697 msgid "Additional configuration is needed to retain this setup across system reboots." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36702 msgid "The geom_raid3.ko module must be loaded before the array can be mounted. To automatically load the kernel module during system initialization, add the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:36708 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36712 msgid "The following volume information must be added to /etc/fstab in order to automatically mount the array's file system during the system boot process:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:36717 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/raid3/gr0p1\t/multimedia\tufs\trw\t2\t2" msgstr "/dev/raid3/gr0p1\t/multimedia\tufs\trw\t2\t2" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:36725 msgid "Software RAID Devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:36728 msgid " Warren Block Originally contributed by " msgstr " Warren Block Origineel bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:36741 msgid "Software RAID Devices Hardware-assisted RAID" msgstr "Software RAID Devices Hardware-assisted RAID" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:36746 msgid "Some motherboards and expansion cards add some simple hardware, usually just a ROM, that allows the computer to boot from a RAID array. After booting, access to the RAID array is handled by software running on the computer's main processor. This hardware-assisted software RAID gives RAID arrays that are not dependent on any particular operating system, and which are functional even before an operating system is loaded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:36757 msgid "Several levels of RAID are supported, depending on the hardware in use. See graid8 for a complete list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:36761 msgid "graid8 requires the geom_raid.ko kernel module, which is included in the GENERIC kernel starting with FreeBSD 9.1. If needed, it can be loaded manually with graid load." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36768 msgid "Creating an Array" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36770 msgid "Software RAID devices often have a menu that can be entered by pressing special keys when the computer is booting. The menu can be used to create and delete RAID arrays. graid8 can also create arrays directly from the command line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36776 msgid "graid label is used to create a new array. The motherboard used for this example has an Intel software RAID chipset, so the Intel metadata format is specified. The new array is given a label of gm0, it is a mirror (RAID1), and uses drives ada0 and ada1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: caution/para #: book.translate.xml:36786 msgid "Some space on the drives will be overwritten when they are made into a new array. Back up existing data first!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36791 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array Intel-a29ea104 created.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:0-ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array started.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from STARTING to OPTIMAL.\n" "Intel-a29ea104 created\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Provider raid/r0 for volume gm0 created." msgstr "" "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array Intel-a29ea104 created.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:0-ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array started.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from STARTING to OPTIMAL.\n" "Intel-a29ea104 created\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Provider raid/r0 for volume gm0 created." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36802 msgid "A status check shows the new mirror is ready for use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36805 book.translate.xml:37011 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "raid/r0 OPTIMAL ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n" " ada1 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))" msgstr "" "# graid status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "raid/r0 OPTIMAL ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n" " ada1 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36810 msgid "The array device appears in /dev/raid/. The first array is called r0. Additional arrays, if present, will be r1, r2, and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36816 msgid "The BIOS menu on some of these devices can create arrays with special characters in their names. To avoid problems with those special characters, arrays are given simple numbered names like r0. To show the actual labels, like gm0 in the example above, use sysctl8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36823 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1" msgstr "# sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36827 msgid "Multiple Volumes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36829 msgid "Some software RAID devices support more than one volume on an array. Volumes work like partitions, allowing space on the physical drives to be split and used in different ways. For example, Intel software RAID devices support two volumes. This example creates a 40 G mirror for safely storing the operating system, followed by a 20 G RAID0 (stripe) volume for fast temporary storage:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36839 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid label -S 40G Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" "# graid add -S 20G gm0 RAID0" msgstr "" "# graid label -S 40G Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" "# graid add -S 20G gm0 RAID0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36842 msgid "Volumes appear as additional rX entries in /dev/raid/. An array with two volumes will show r0 and r1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36848 msgid "See graid8 for the number of volumes supported by different software RAID devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36853 msgid "Converting a Single Drive to a Mirror" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36855 msgid "Under certain specific conditions, it is possible to convert an existing single drive to a graid8 array without reformatting. To avoid data loss during the conversion, the existing drive must meet these minimum requirements:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:36863 msgid "The drive must be partitioned with the MBR partitioning scheme. GPT or other partitioning schemes with metadata at the end of the drive will be overwritten and corrupted by the graid8 metadata." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:36871 msgid "There must be enough unpartitioned and unused space at the end of the drive to hold the graid8 metadata. This metadata varies in size, but the largest occupies 64 M, so at least that much free space is recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36879 msgid "If the drive meets these requirements, start by making a full backup. Then create a single-drive mirror with that drive:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36883 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE" msgstr "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36885 msgid "graid8 metadata was written to the end of the drive in the unused space. A second drive can now be inserted into the mirror:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36889 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1" msgstr "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36891 msgid "Data from the original drive will immediately begin to be copied to the second drive. The mirror will operate in degraded status until the copy is complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36897 msgid "Inserting New Drives into the Array" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36899 msgid "Drives can be inserted into an array as replacements for drives that have failed or are missing. If there are no failed or missing drives, the new drive becomes a spare. For example, inserting a new drive into a working two-drive mirror results in a two-drive mirror with one spare drive, not a three-drive mirror." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36906 msgid "In the example mirror array, data immediately begins to be copied to the newly-inserted drive. Any existing information on the new drive will be overwritten." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36910 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to NEW.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NEW to REBUILD.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 rebuild start at 0." msgstr "" "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to NEW.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NEW to REBUILD.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 rebuild start at 0." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36918 msgid "Removing Drives from the Array" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36920 msgid "Individual drives can be permanently removed from a from an array and their metadata erased:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36923 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid remove raid/r0 ada1\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from ACTIVE to OFFLINE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-[unknown] state changed from ACTIVE to NONE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from OPTIMAL to DEGRADED." msgstr "" "# graid remove raid/r0 ada1\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from ACTIVE to OFFLINE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-[unknown] state changed from ACTIVE to NONE.\n" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from OPTIMAL to DEGRADED." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36930 msgid "Stopping the Array" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36932 msgid "An array can be stopped without removing metadata from the drives. The array will be restarted when the system is booted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36936 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid stop raid/r0" msgstr "# graid stop raid/r0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36940 msgid "Checking Array Status" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36942 msgid "Array status can be checked at any time. After a drive was added to the mirror in the example above, data is being copied from the original drive to the new drive:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36946 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "raid/r0 DEGRADED ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n" " ada1 (ACTIVE (REBUILD 28%))" msgstr "" "# graid status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "raid/r0 DEGRADED ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n" " ada1 (ACTIVE (REBUILD 28%))" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36951 msgid "Some types of arrays, like RAID0 or CONCAT, may not be shown in the status report if disks have failed. To see these partially-failed arrays, add :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:36956 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status -ga\n" " Name Status Components\n" "Intel-e2d07d9a BROKEN ada6 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))" msgstr "" "# graid status -ga\n" " Name Status Components\n" "Intel-e2d07d9a BROKEN ada6 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36962 msgid "Deleting Arrays" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36964 msgid "Arrays are destroyed by deleting all of the volumes from them. When the last volume present is deleted, the array is stopped and metadata is removed from the drives:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36968 book.translate.xml:37018 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid delete raid/r0" msgstr "# graid delete raid/r0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:36972 msgid "Deleting Unexpected Arrays" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:36974 msgid "Drives may unexpectedly contain graid8 metadata, either from previous use or manufacturer testing. graid8 will detect these drives and create an array, interfering with access to the individual drive. To remove the unwanted metadata:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36982 msgid "Boot the system. At the boot menu, select 2 for the loader prompt. Enter:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:36985 #, no-wrap msgid "" "OK set kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" "OK boot" msgstr "" "OK set kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" "OK boot" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36988 msgid "The system will boot with graid8 disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36993 msgid "Back up all data on the affected drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:36997 msgid "As a workaround, graid8 array detection can be disabled by adding" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37000 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.geom.raid.enable=0" msgstr "kern.geom.raid.enable=0" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:37002 msgid "to /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:37004 msgid "To permanently remove the graid8 metadata from the affected drive, boot a FreeBSD installation CD-ROM or memory stick, and select Shell. Use status to find the name of the array, typically raid/r0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:37016 msgid "Delete the volume by name:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:37020 msgid "If there is more than one volume shown, repeat the process for each volume. After the last array has been deleted, the volume will be destroyed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:37024 msgid "Reboot and verify data, restoring from backup if necessary. After the metadata has been removed, the kern.geom.raid.enable=0 entry in /boot/loader.conf can also be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:37035 msgid "GEOM Gate Network" msgstr "GEOM Gate Network" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37037 msgid "GEOM provides a simple mechanism for providing remote access to devices such as disks, CDs, and file systems through the use of the GEOM Gate network daemon, ggated. The system with the device runs the server daemon which handles requests made by clients using ggatec. The devices should not contain any sensitive data as the connection between the client and the server is not encrypted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37047 msgid "Similar to NFS, which is discussed in , ggated is configured using an exports file. This file specifies which systems are permitted to access the exported resources and what level of access they are offered. For example, to give the client 192.168.1.5 read and write access to the fourth slice on the first SCSI disk, create /etc/gg.exports with this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37057 #, no-wrap msgid "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d" msgstr "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37059 msgid "Before exporting the device, ensure it is not currently mounted. Then, start ggated:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:37062 #, no-wrap msgid "# ggated" msgstr "# ggated" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37064 msgid "Several options are available for specifying an alternate listening port or changing the default location of the exports file. Refer to ggated8 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37068 msgid "To access the exported device on the client machine, first use ggatec to specify the IP address of the server and the device name of the exported device. If successful, this command will display a ggate device name to mount. Mount that specified device name on a free mount point. This example connects to the /dev/da0s4d partition on 192.168.1.1, then mounts /dev/ggate0 on /mnt:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:37079 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d\n" "ggate0\n" "# mount /dev/ggate0 /mnt" msgstr "" "# ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d\n" "ggate0\n" "# mount /dev/ggate0 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37083 msgid "The device on the server may now be accessed through /mnt on the client. For more details about ggatec and a few usage examples, refer to ggatec8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:37089 msgid "The mount will fail if the device is currently mounted on either the server or any other client on the network. If simultaneous access is needed to network resources, use NFS instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37095 msgid "When the device is no longer needed, unmount it with umount so that the resource is available to other clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:37101 msgid "Labeling Disk Devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:37106 msgid "Disk Labels" msgstr "Disk Labels" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37110 msgid "During system initialization, the FreeBSD kernel creates device nodes as devices are found. This method of probing for devices raises some issues. For instance, what if a new disk device is added via USB? It is likely that a flash device may be handed the device name of da0 and the original da0 shifted to da1. This will cause issues mounting file systems if they are listed in /etc/fstab which may also prevent the system from booting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37122 msgid "One solution is to chain SCSI devices in order so a new device added to the SCSI card will be issued unused device numbers. But what about USB devices which may replace the primary SCSI disk? This happens because USB devices are usually probed before the SCSI card. One solution is to only insert these devices after the system has been booted. Another method is to use only a single ATA drive and never list the SCSI devices in /etc/fstab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37134 msgid "A better solution is to use glabel to label the disk devices and use the labels in /etc/fstab. Because glabel stores the label in the last sector of a given provider, the label will remain persistent across reboots. By using this label as a device, the file system may always be mounted regardless of what device node it is accessed through." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:37144 msgid "glabel can create both transient and permanent labels. Only permanent labels are consistent across reboots. Refer to glabel8 for more information on the differences between labels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:37151 msgid "Label Types and Examples" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37153 msgid "Permanent labels can be a generic or a file system label. Permanent file system labels can be created with tunefs8 or newfs8. These types of labels are created in a sub-directory of /dev, and will be named according to the file system type. For example, UFS2 file system labels will be created in /dev/ufs. Generic permanent labels can be created with glabel label. These are not file system specific and will be created in /dev/label." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37164 msgid "Temporary labels are destroyed at the next reboot. These labels are created in /dev/label and are suited to experimentation. A temporary label can be created using glabel create." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37172 msgid "To create a permanent label for a UFS2 file system without destroying any data, issue the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37176 #, no-wrap msgid "# tunefs -L home /dev/da3" msgstr "# tunefs -L home /dev/da3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37178 msgid "A label should now exist in /dev/ufs which may be added to /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37181 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ufs/home\t\t/home ufs rw 2 2" msgstr "/dev/ufs/home\t\t/home ufs rw 2 2" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:37184 msgid "The file system must not be mounted while attempting to run tunefs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37188 msgid "Now the file system may be mounted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37190 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /home" msgstr "# mount /home" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37192 msgid "From this point on, so long as the geom_label.ko kernel module is loaded at boot with /boot/loader.conf or the GEOM_LABEL kernel option is present, the device node may change without any ill effect on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37199 msgid "File systems may also be created with a default label by using the flag with newfs. Refer to newfs8 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37204 msgid "The following command can be used to destroy the label:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37207 #, no-wrap msgid "# glabel destroy home" msgstr "# glabel destroy home" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37209 msgid "The following example shows how to label the partitions of a boot disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:37213 msgid "Labeling Partitions on the Boot Disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:37215 msgid "By permanently labeling the partitions on the boot disk, the system should be able to continue to boot normally, even if the disk is moved to another controller or transferred to a different system. For this example, it is assumed that a single ATA disk is used, which is currently recognized by the system as ad0. It is also assumed that the standard FreeBSD partition scheme is used, with /, /var, /usr and /tmp, as well as a swap partition." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:37229 msgid "Reboot the system, and at the loader8 prompt, press 4 to boot into single user mode. Then enter the following commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:37233 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# glabel label rootfs /dev/ad0s1a\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1a is label/rootfs\n" "# glabel label var /dev/ad0s1d\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1d is label/var\n" "# glabel label usr /dev/ad0s1f\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1f is label/usr\n" "# glabel label tmp /dev/ad0s1e\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1e is label/tmp\n" "# glabel label swap /dev/ad0s1b\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1b is label/swap\n" "# exit" msgstr "" "# glabel label rootfs /dev/ad0s1a\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1a is label/rootfs\n" "# glabel label var /dev/ad0s1d\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1d is label/var\n" "# glabel label usr /dev/ad0s1f\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1f is label/usr\n" "# glabel label tmp /dev/ad0s1e\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1e is label/tmp\n" "# glabel label swap /dev/ad0s1b\n" "GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1b is label/swap\n" "# exit" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:37245 msgid "The system will continue with multi-user boot. After the boot completes, edit /etc/fstab and replace the conventional device names, with their respective labels. The final /etc/fstab will look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37251 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" "/dev/label/swap none swap sw 0 0\n" "/dev/label/rootfs / ufs rw 1 1\n" "/dev/label/tmp /tmp ufs rw 2 2\n" "/dev/label/usr /usr ufs rw 2 2\n" "/dev/label/var /var ufs rw 2 2" msgstr "" "# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" "/dev/label/swap none swap sw 0 0\n" "/dev/label/rootfs / ufs rw 1 1\n" "/dev/label/tmp /tmp ufs rw 2 2\n" "/dev/label/usr /usr ufs rw 2 2\n" "/dev/label/var /var ufs rw 2 2" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:37258 msgid "The system can now be rebooted. If everything went well, it will come up normally and mount will show:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:37262 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" "/dev/label/rootfs on / (ufs, local)\n" "devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n" "/dev/label/tmp on /tmp (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" "/dev/label/usr on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" "/dev/label/var on /var (ufs, local, soft-updates)" msgstr "" "# mount\n" "/dev/label/rootfs on / (ufs, local)\n" "devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n" "/dev/label/tmp on /tmp (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" "/dev/label/usr on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" "/dev/label/var on /var (ufs, local, soft-updates)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37270 msgid "The glabel8 class supports a label type for UFS file systems, based on the unique file system id, ufsid. These labels may be found in /dev/ufsid and are created automatically during system startup. It is possible to use ufsid labels to mount partitions using /etc/fstab. Use glabel status to receive a list of file systems and their corresponding ufsid labels:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37281 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% glabel status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "ufsid/486b6fc38d330916 N/A ad4s1d\n" "ufsid/486b6fc16926168e N/A ad4s1f" msgstr "" "% glabel status\n" " Name Status Components\n" "ufsid/486b6fc38d330916 N/A ad4s1d\n" "ufsid/486b6fc16926168e N/A ad4s1f" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37286 msgid "In the above example, ad4s1d represents /var, while ad4s1f represents /usr. Using the ufsid values shown, these partitions may now be mounted with the following entries in /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37294 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/dev/ufsid/486b6fc38d330916 /var ufs rw 2 2\n" "/dev/ufsid/486b6fc16926168e /usr ufs rw 2 2" msgstr "" "/dev/ufsid/486b6fc38d330916 /var ufs rw 2 2\n" "/dev/ufsid/486b6fc16926168e /usr ufs rw 2 2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37297 msgid "Any partitions with ufsid labels can be mounted in this way, eliminating the need to manually create permanent labels, while still enjoying the benefits of device name independent mounting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:37305 msgid "UFS Journaling Through GEOM" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:37310 msgid "Journaling" msgstr "Journaling" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37314 msgid "Support for journals on UFS file systems is available on FreeBSD. The implementation is provided through the GEOM subsystem and is configured using gjournal. Unlike other file system journaling implementations, the gjournal method is block based and not implemented as part of the file system. It is a GEOM extension." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37323 msgid "Journaling stores a log of file system transactions, such as changes that make up a complete disk write operation, before meta-data and file writes are committed to the disk. This transaction log can later be replayed to redo file system transactions, preventing file system inconsistencies." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37329 msgid "This method provides another mechanism to protect against data loss and inconsistencies of the file system. Unlike Soft Updates, which tracks and enforces meta-data updates, and snapshots, which create an image of the file system, a log is stored in disk space specifically for this task. For better performance, the journal may be stored on another disk. In this configuration, the journal provider or storage device should be listed after the device to enable journaling on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37338 msgid "The GENERIC kernel provides support for gjournal. To automatically load the geom_journal.ko kernel module at boot time, add the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37344 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_journal_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "geom_journal_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37346 msgid "If a custom kernel is used, ensure the following line is in the kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37349 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_JOURNAL" msgstr "options\tGEOM_JOURNAL" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37351 msgid "Once the module is loaded, a journal can be created on a new file system using the following steps. In this example, da4 is a new SCSI disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:37356 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gjournal load\n" "# gjournal label /dev/da4" msgstr "" "# gjournal load\n" "# gjournal label /dev/da4" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37359 msgid "This will load the module and create a /dev/da4.journal device node on /dev/da4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37363 msgid "A UFS file system may now be created on the journaled device, then mounted on an existing mount point:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:37367 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -O 2 -J /dev/da4.journal\n" "# mount /dev/da4.journal /mnt" msgstr "" "# newfs -O 2 -J /dev/da4.journal\n" "# mount /dev/da4.journal /mnt" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:37371 msgid "In the case of several slices, a journal will be created for each individual slice. For instance, if ad4s1 and ad4s2 are both slices, then gjournal will create ad4s1.journal and ad4s2.journal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37379 msgid "Journaling may also be enabled on current file systems by using tunefs. However, always make a backup before attempting to alter an existing file system. In most cases, gjournal will fail if it is unable to create the journal, but this does not protect against data loss incurred as a result of misusing tunefs. Refer to gjournal8 and tunefs8 for more information about these commands." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37389 msgid "It is possible to journal the boot disk of a FreeBSD system. Refer to the article Implementing UFS Journaling on a Desktop PC for detailed instructions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:37405 msgid "The Z File System (ZFS)" msgstr "Het Z bestandssysteem (ZFS)" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:37415 msgid " Allan Jude Written by " msgstr " Allan Jude Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:37422 msgid " Benedict Reuschling Written by " msgstr " Benedict Reuschling Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:37429 msgid " Warren Block Written by " msgstr " Warren Block Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para #: book.translate.xml:37439 msgid "The Z File System, or ZFS, is an advanced file system designed to overcome many of the major problems found in previous designs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para #: book.translate.xml:37444 msgid "Originally developed at Sun, ongoing open source ZFS development has moved to the OpenZFS Project." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para #: book.translate.xml:37447 msgid "ZFS has three major design goals:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:37451 msgid "Data integrity: All data includes a checksum of the data. When data is written, the checksum is calculated and written along with it. When that data is later read back, the checksum is calculated again. If the checksums do not match, a data error has been detected. ZFS will attempt to automatically correct errors when data redundancy is available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:37462 msgid "Pooled storage: physical storage devices are added to a pool, and storage space is allocated from that shared pool. Space is available to all file systems, and can be increased by adding new storage devices to the pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:37469 msgid "Performance: multiple caching mechanisms provide increased performance. ARC is an advanced memory-based read cache. A second level of disk-based read cache can be added with L2ARC, and disk-based synchronous write cache is available with ZIL." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para #: book.translate.xml:37479 msgid "A complete list of features and terminology is shown in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:37483 msgid "What Makes ZFS Different" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37485 msgid "ZFS is significantly different from any previous file system because it is more than just a file system. Combining the traditionally separate roles of volume manager and file system provides ZFS with unique advantages. The file system is now aware of the underlying structure of the disks. Traditional file systems could only be created on a single disk at a time. If there were two disks then two separate file systems would have to be created. In a traditional hardware RAID configuration, this problem was avoided by presenting the operating system with a single logical disk made up of the space provided by a number of physical disks, on top of which the operating system placed a file system. Even in the case of software RAID solutions like those provided by GEOM, the UFS file system living on top of the RAID transform believed that it was dealing with a single device. ZFS's combination of the volume manager and the file system solves this and allows the creation of many file systems all sharing a pool of available storage. One of the biggest advantages to ZFS's awareness of the physical layout of the disks is that existing file systems can be grown automatically when additional disks are added to the pool. This new space is then made available to all of the file systems. ZFS also has a number of different properties that can be applied to each file system, giving many advantages to creating a number of different file systems and datasets rather than a single monolithic file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:37516 msgid "Quick Start Guide" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37518 msgid "There is a startup mechanism that allows FreeBSD to mount ZFS pools during system initialization. To enable it, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37523 #, no-wrap msgid "zfs_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "zfs_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37525 msgid "Then start the service:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:37527 #, no-wrap msgid "# service zfs start" msgstr "# service zfs start" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37529 msgid "The examples in this section assume three SCSI disks with the device names da0, da1, and da2. Users of SATA hardware should instead use ada device names." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:37539 msgid "Single Disk Pool" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37541 msgid "To create a simple, non-redundant pool using a single disk device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37544 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool create example /dev/da0" msgstr "# zpool create example /dev/da0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37546 msgid "To view the new pool, review the output of df:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37549 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235230 1628718 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032846 48737598 2% /usr\n" "example 17547136 0 17547136 0% /example" msgstr "" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235230 1628718 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032846 48737598 2% /usr\n" "example 17547136 0 17547136 0% /example" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37556 msgid "This output shows that the example pool has been created and mounted. It is now accessible as a file system. Files can be created on it and users can browse it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37561 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /example\n" "# ls\n" "# touch testfile\n" "# ls -al\n" "total 4\n" "drwxr-xr-x 2 root wheel 3 Aug 29 23:15 .\n" "drwxr-xr-x 21 root wheel 512 Aug 29 23:12 ..\n" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 0 Aug 29 23:15 testfile" msgstr "" "# cd /example\n" "# ls\n" "# touch testfile\n" "# ls -al\n" "total 4\n" "drwxr-xr-x 2 root wheel 3 Aug 29 23:15 .\n" "drwxr-xr-x 21 root wheel 512 Aug 29 23:12 ..\n" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 0 Aug 29 23:15 testfile" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37570 msgid "However, this pool is not taking advantage of any ZFS features. To create a dataset on this pool with compression enabled:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37574 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create example/compressed\n" "# zfs set compression=gzip example/compressed" msgstr "" "# zfs create example/compressed\n" "# zfs set compression=gzip example/compressed" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37577 msgid "The example/compressed dataset is now a ZFS compressed file system. Try copying some large files to /example/compressed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37582 msgid "Compression can be disabled with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37584 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set compression=off example/compressed" msgstr "# zfs set compression=off example/compressed" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37586 msgid "To unmount a file system, use zfs umount and then verify with df:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37590 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs umount example/compressed\n" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235232 1628716 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032864 48737580 2% /usr\n" "example 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example" msgstr "" "# zfs umount example/compressed\n" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235232 1628716 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032864 48737580 2% /usr\n" "example 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37598 msgid "To re-mount the file system to make it accessible again, use zfs mount and verify with df:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37602 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs mount example/compressed\n" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235234 1628714 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032864 48737580 2% /usr\n" "example 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example\n" "example/compressed 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example/compressed" msgstr "" "# zfs mount example/compressed\n" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235234 1628714 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032864 48737580 2% /usr\n" "example 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example\n" "example/compressed 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example/compressed" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37611 msgid "The pool and file system may also be observed by viewing the output from mount:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37614 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" "/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n" "devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n" "/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" "example on /example (zfs, local)\n" "example/compressed on /example/compressed (zfs, local)" msgstr "" "# mount\n" "/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n" "devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n" "/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" "example on /example (zfs, local)\n" "example/compressed on /example/compressed (zfs, local)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37621 msgid "After creation, ZFS datasets can be used like any file systems. However, many other features are available which can be set on a per-dataset basis. In the example below, a new file system called data is created. Important files will be stored here, so it is configured to keep two copies of each data block:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37629 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create example/data\n" "# zfs set copies=2 example/data" msgstr "" "# zfs create example/data\n" "# zfs set copies=2 example/data" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37632 msgid "It is now possible to see the data and space utilization by issuing df:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37635 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235234 1628714 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032864 48737580 2% /usr\n" "example 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example\n" "example/compressed 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example/compressed\n" "example/data 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example/data" msgstr "" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235234 1628714 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032864 48737580 2% /usr\n" "example 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example\n" "example/compressed 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example/compressed\n" "example/data 17547008 0 17547008 0% /example/data" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37644 msgid "Notice that each file system on the pool has the same amount of available space. This is the reason for using df in these examples, to show that the file systems use only the amount of space they need and all draw from the same pool. ZFS eliminates concepts such as volumes and partitions, and allows multiple file systems to occupy the same pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37652 msgid "To destroy the file systems and then destroy the pool as it is no longer needed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37655 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs destroy example/compressed\n" "# zfs destroy example/data\n" "# zpool destroy example" msgstr "" "# zfs destroy example/compressed\n" "# zfs destroy example/data\n" "# zpool destroy example" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:37661 msgid "RAID-Z" msgstr "RAID-Z" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37663 msgid "Disks fail. One method of avoiding data loss from disk failure is to implement RAID. ZFS supports this feature in its pool design. RAID-Z pools require three or more disks but provide more usable space than mirrored pools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37670 msgid "This example creates a RAID-Z pool, specifying the disks to add to the pool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37673 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool create storage raidz da0 da1 da2" msgstr "# zpool create storage raidz da0 da1 da2" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:37676 msgid "Sun recommends that the number of devices used in a RAID-Z configuration be between three and nine. For environments requiring a single pool consisting of 10 disks or more, consider breaking it up into smaller RAID-Z groups. If only two disks are available and redundancy is a requirement, consider using a ZFS mirror. Refer to zpool8 for more details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37686 msgid "The previous example created the storage zpool. This example makes a new file system called home in that pool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37691 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs create storage/home" msgstr "# zfs create storage/home" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37693 msgid "Compression and keeping extra copies of directories and files can be enabled:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37696 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs set copies=2 storage/home\n" "# zfs set compression=gzip storage/home" msgstr "" "# zfs set copies=2 storage/home\n" "# zfs set compression=gzip storage/home" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37699 msgid "To make this the new home directory for users, copy the user data to this directory and create the appropriate symbolic links:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37703 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp -rp /home/* /storage/home\n" "# rm -rf /home /usr/home\n" "# ln -s /storage/home /home\n" "# ln -s /storage/home /usr/home" msgstr "" "# cp -rp /home/* /storage/home\n" "# rm -rf /home /usr/home\n" "# ln -s /storage/home /home\n" "# ln -s /storage/home /usr/home" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37708 msgid "Users data is now stored on the freshly-created /storage/home. Test by adding a new user and logging in as that user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37712 msgid "Try creating a file system snapshot which can be rolled back later:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37715 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs snapshot storage/home@08-30-08" msgstr "# zfs snapshot storage/home@08-30-08" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37717 msgid "Snapshots can only be made of a full file system, not a single directory or file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37720 msgid "The @ character is a delimiter between the file system name or the volume name. If an important directory has been accidentally deleted, the file system can be backed up, then rolled back to an earlier snapshot when the directory still existed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37726 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs rollback storage/home@08-30-08" msgstr "# zfs rollback storage/home@08-30-08" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37728 msgid "To list all available snapshots, run ls in the file system's .zfs/snapshot directory. For example, to see the previously taken snapshot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37733 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls /storage/home/.zfs/snapshot" msgstr "# ls /storage/home/.zfs/snapshot" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37735 msgid "It is possible to write a script to perform regular snapshots on user data. However, over time, snapshots can consume a great deal of disk space. The previous snapshot can be removed using the command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37740 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs destroy storage/home@08-30-08" msgstr "# zfs destroy storage/home@08-30-08" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37742 msgid "After testing, /storage/home can be made the real /home using this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37746 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set mountpoint=/home storage/home" msgstr "# zfs set mountpoint=/home storage/home" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37748 msgid "Run df and mount to confirm that the system now treats the file system as the real /home:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37752 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" "/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n" "devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n" "/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" "storage on /storage (zfs, local)\n" "storage/home on /home (zfs, local)\n" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235240 1628708 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032826 48737618 2% /usr\n" "storage 26320512 0 26320512 0% /storage\n" "storage/home 26320512 0 26320512 0% /home" msgstr "" "# mount\n" "/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n" "devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n" "/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" "storage on /storage (zfs, local)\n" "storage/home on /home (zfs, local)\n" "# df\n" "Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/ad0s1a 2026030 235240 1628708 13% /\n" "devfs 1 1 0 100% /dev\n" "/dev/ad0s1d 54098308 1032826 48737618 2% /usr\n" "storage 26320512 0 26320512 0% /storage\n" "storage/home 26320512 0 26320512 0% /home" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37766 msgid "This completes the RAID-Z configuration. Daily status updates about the file systems created can be generated as part of the nightly periodic8 runs. Add this line to /etc/periodic.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:37772 #, no-wrap msgid "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:37776 msgid "Recovering RAID-Z" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37778 msgid "Every software RAID has a method of monitoring its state. The status of RAID-Z devices may be viewed with this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37783 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool status -x" msgstr "# zpool status -x" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37785 msgid "If all pools are Online and everything is normal, the message shows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37789 #, no-wrap msgid "all pools are healthy" msgstr "all pools are healthy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37791 msgid "If there is an issue, perhaps a disk is in the Offline state, the pool state will look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37795 #, no-wrap msgid "" " pool: storage\n" " state: DEGRADED\n" "status: One or more devices has been taken offline by the administrator.\n" "\tSufficient replicas exist for the pool to continue functioning in a\n" "\tdegraded state.\n" "action: Online the device using 'zpool online' or replace the device with\n" "\t'zpool replace'.\n" " scrub: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" "\tstorage DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" "\t raidz1 DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" "\t da0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da1 OFFLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" " pool: storage\n" " state: DEGRADED\n" "status: One or more devices has been taken offline by the administrator.\n" "\tSufficient replicas exist for the pool to continue functioning in a\n" "\tdegraded state.\n" "action: Online the device using 'zpool online' or replace the device with\n" "\t'zpool replace'.\n" " scrub: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" "\tstorage DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" "\t raidz1 DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" "\t da0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da1 OFFLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37814 msgid "This indicates that the device was previously taken offline by the administrator with this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37817 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool offline storage da1" msgstr "# zpool offline storage da1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37819 msgid "Now the system can be powered down to replace da1. When the system is back online, the failed disk can replaced in the pool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37823 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool replace storage da1" msgstr "# zpool replace storage da1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37825 msgid "From here, the status may be checked again, this time without so that all pools are shown:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37829 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status storage\n" " pool: storage\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scrub: resilver completed with 0 errors on Sat Aug 30 19:44:11 2008\n" "config:\n" "\n" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" "\tstorage ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t raidz1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status storage\n" " pool: storage\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scrub: resilver completed with 0 errors on Sat Aug 30 19:44:11 2008\n" "config:\n" "\n" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" "\tstorage ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t raidz1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37844 msgid "In this example, everything is normal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:37848 msgid "Data Verification" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37850 msgid "ZFS uses checksums to verify the integrity of stored data. These are enabled automatically upon creation of file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:37855 msgid "Checksums can be disabled, but it is not recommended! Checksums take very little storage space and provide data integrity. Many ZFS features will not work properly with checksums disabled. There is no noticeable performance gain from disabling these checksums." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37863 msgid "Checksum verification is known as scrubbing. Verify the data integrity of the storage pool with this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37867 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool scrub storage" msgstr "# zpool scrub storage" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37869 msgid "The duration of a scrub depends on the amount of data stored. Larger amounts of data will take proportionally longer to verify. Scrubs are very I/O intensive, and only one scrub is allowed to run at a time. After the scrub completes, the status can be viewed with status:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37876 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status storage\n" " pool: storage\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scrub: scrub completed with 0 errors on Sat Jan 26 19:57:37 2013\n" "config:\n" "\n" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" "\tstorage ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t raidz1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status storage\n" " pool: storage\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scrub: scrub completed with 0 errors on Sat Jan 26 19:57:37 2013\n" "config:\n" "\n" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" "\tstorage ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t raidz1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t da2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37891 msgid "The completion date of the last scrub operation is displayed to help track when another scrub is required. Routine scrubs help protect data from silent corruption and ensure the integrity of the pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37896 msgid "Refer to zfs8 and zpool8 for other ZFS options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:37902 msgid "zpool Administration" msgstr "zpool Beheer" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:37904 msgid "ZFS administration is divided between two main utilities. The zpool utility controls the operation of the pool and deals with adding, removing, replacing, and managing disks. The zfs utility deals with creating, destroying, and managing datasets, both file systems and volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:37914 msgid "Creating and Destroying Storage Pools" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37916 msgid "Creating a ZFS storage pool (zpool) involves making a number of decisions that are relatively permanent because the structure of the pool cannot be changed after the pool has been created. The most important decision is what types of vdevs into which to group the physical disks. See the list of vdev types for details about the possible options. After the pool has been created, most vdev types do not allow additional disks to be added to the vdev. The exceptions are mirrors, which allow additional disks to be added to the vdev, and stripes, which can be upgraded to mirrors by attaching an additional disk to the vdev. Although additional vdevs can be added to expand a pool, the layout of the pool cannot be changed after pool creation. Instead, the data must be backed up and the pool destroyed and recreated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37933 msgid "Create a simple mirror pool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37935 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool mirror /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool create mypool mirror /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37950 msgid "Multiple vdevs can be created at once. Specify multiple groups of disks separated by the vdev type keyword, mirror in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37954 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool mirror /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 mirror /dev/ada3 /dev/ada4\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada4 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool create mypool mirror /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 mirror /dev/ada3 /dev/ada4\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada4 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37971 msgid "Pools can also be constructed using partitions rather than whole disks. Putting ZFS in a separate partition allows the same disk to have other partitions for other purposes. In particular, partitions with bootcode and file systems needed for booting can be added. This allows booting from disks that are also members of a pool. There is no performance penalty on FreeBSD when using a partition rather than a whole disk. Using partitions also allows the administrator to under-provision the disks, using less than the full capacity. If a future replacement disk of the same nominal size as the original actually has a slightly smaller capacity, the smaller partition will still fit, and the replacement disk can still be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:37986 msgid "Create a RAID-Z2 pool using partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:37990 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool raidz2 /dev/ada0p3 /dev/ada1p3 /dev/ada2p3 /dev/ada3p3 /dev/ada4p3 /dev/ada5p3\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " raidz2-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada4p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada5p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool create mypool raidz2 /dev/ada0p3 /dev/ada1p3 /dev/ada2p3 /dev/ada3p3 /dev/ada4p3 /dev/ada5p3\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " raidz2-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada4p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada5p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38009 msgid "A pool that is no longer needed can be destroyed so that the disks can be reused. Destroying a pool involves first unmounting all of the datasets in that pool. If the datasets are in use, the unmount operation will fail and the pool will not be destroyed. The destruction of the pool can be forced with , but this can cause undefined behavior in applications which had open files on those datasets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38020 msgid "Adding and Removing Devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38022 msgid "There are two cases for adding disks to a zpool: attaching a disk to an existing vdev with zpool attach, or adding vdevs to the pool with zpool add. Only some vdev types allow disks to be added to the vdev after creation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38029 msgid "A pool created with a single disk lacks redundancy. Corruption can be detected but not repaired, because there is no other copy of the data. The copies property may be able to recover from a small failure such as a bad sector, but does not provide the same level of protection as mirroring or RAID-Z. Starting with a pool consisting of a single disk vdev, zpool attach can be used to add an additional disk to the vdev, creating a mirror. zpool attach can also be used to add additional disks to a mirror group, increasing redundancy and read performance. If the disks being used for the pool are partitioned, replicate the layout of the first disk on to the second, gpart backup and gpart restore can be used to make this process easier." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38047 msgid "Upgrade the single disk (stripe) vdev ada0p3 to a mirror by attaching ada1p3:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38051 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool attach mypool ada0p3 ada1p3\n" "Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n" "\n" "If you boot from pool 'mypool', you may need to update\n" "boot code on newly attached disk 'ada1p3'.\n" "\n" "Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n" "you may use the following command:\n" "\n" " gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada1\n" "bootcode written to ada1\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered. The pool will\n" " continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n" "action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n" " scan: resilver in progress since Fri May 30 08:19:19 2014\n" " 527M scanned out of 781M at 47.9M/s, 0h0m to go\n" " 527M resilvered, 67.53% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0 (resilvering)\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:15:58 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool attach mypool ada0p3 ada1p3\n" "Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n" "\n" "If you boot from pool 'mypool', you may need to update\n" "boot code on newly attached disk 'ada1p3'.\n" "\n" "Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n" "you may use the following command:\n" "\n" " gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada1\n" "bootcode written to ada1\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered. The pool will\n" " continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n" "action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n" " scan: resilver in progress since Fri May 30 08:19:19 2014\n" " 527M scanned out of 781M at 47.9M/s, 0h0m to go\n" " 527M resilvered, 67.53% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0 (resilvering)\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:15:58 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38106 msgid "When adding disks to the existing vdev is not an option, as for RAID-Z, an alternative method is to add another vdev to the pool. Additional vdevs provide higher performance, distributing writes across the vdevs. Each vdev is responsible for providing its own redundancy. It is possible, but discouraged, to mix vdev types, like mirror and RAID-Z. Adding a non-redundant vdev to a pool containing mirror or RAID-Z vdevs risks the data on the entire pool. Writes are distributed, so the failure of the non-redundant disk will result in the loss of a fraction of every block that has been written to the pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38119 msgid "Data is striped across each of the vdevs. For example, with two mirror vdevs, this is effectively a RAID 10 that stripes writes across two sets of mirrors. Space is allocated so that each vdev reaches 100% full at the same time. There is a performance penalty if the vdevs have different amounts of free space, as a disproportionate amount of the data is written to the less full vdev." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38128 msgid "When attaching additional devices to a boot pool, remember to update the bootcode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38131 msgid "Attach a second mirror group (ada2p3 and ada3p3) to the existing mirror:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38135 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:19:35 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool add mypool mirror ada2p3 ada3p3\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada2\n" "bootcode written to ada2\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada3\n" "bootcode written to ada3\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:19:35 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool add mypool mirror ada2p3 ada3p3\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada2\n" "bootcode written to ada2\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada3\n" "bootcode written to ada3\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38170 msgid "Currently, vdevs cannot be removed from a pool, and disks can only be removed from a mirror if there is enough remaining redundancy. If only one disk in a mirror group remains, it ceases to be a mirror and reverts to being a stripe, risking the entire pool if that remaining disk fails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38176 msgid "Remove a disk from a three-way mirror group:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38178 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool detach mypool ada2p3\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool detach mypool ada2p3\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38209 msgid "Checking the Status of a Pool" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38211 msgid "Pool status is important. If a drive goes offline or a read, write, or checksum error is detected, the corresponding error count increases. The status output shows the configuration and status of each device in the pool and the status of the entire pool. Actions that need to be taken and details about the last scrub are also shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38219 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 0 in 2h25m with 0 errors on Sat Sep 14 04:25:50 2013\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " raidz2-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada4p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada5p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 0 in 2h25m with 0 errors on Sat Sep 14 04:25:50 2013\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " raidz2-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada4p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada5p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38239 msgid "Clearing Errors" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38241 msgid "When an error is detected, the read, write, or checksum counts are incremented. The error message can be cleared and the counts reset with zpool clear mypool. Clearing the error state can be important for automated scripts that alert the administrator when the pool encounters an error. Further errors may not be reported if the old errors are not cleared." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38252 msgid "Replacing a Functioning Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38254 msgid "There are a number of situations where it may be desirable to replace one disk with a different disk. When replacing a working disk, the process keeps the old disk online during the replacement. The pool never enters a degraded state, reducing the risk of data loss. zpool replace copies all of the data from the old disk to the new one. After the operation completes, the old disk is disconnected from the vdev. If the new disk is larger than the old disk, it may be possible to grow the zpool, using the new space. See Growing a Pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38266 msgid "Replace a functioning device in the pool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38268 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool replace mypool ada1p3 ada2p3\n" "Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n" "\n" "If you boot from pool 'zroot', you may need to update\n" "boot code on newly attached disk 'ada2p3'.\n" "\n" "Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n" "you may use the following command:\n" "\n" " gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada2\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered. The pool will\n" " continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n" "action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n" " scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun 2 14:21:35 2014\n" " 604M scanned out of 781M at 46.5M/s, 0h0m to go\n" " 604M resilvered, 77.39% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " replacing-1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0 (resilvering)\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun 2 14:21:52 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool replace mypool ada1p3 ada2p3\n" "Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n" "\n" "If you boot from pool 'zroot', you may need to update\n" "boot code on newly attached disk 'ada2p3'.\n" "\n" "Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n" "you may use the following command:\n" "\n" " gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada2\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered. The pool will\n" " continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n" "action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n" " scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun 2 14:21:35 2014\n" " 604M scanned out of 781M at 46.5M/s, 0h0m to go\n" " 604M resilvered, 77.39% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " replacing-1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0 (resilvering)\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun 2 14:21:52 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38328 msgid "Dealing with Failed Devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38330 msgid "When a disk in a pool fails, the vdev to which the disk belongs enters the degraded state. All of the data is still available, but performance may be reduced because missing data must be calculated from the available redundancy. To restore the vdev to a fully functional state, the failed physical device must be replaced. ZFS is then instructed to begin the resilver operation. Data that was on the failed device is recalculated from available redundancy and written to the replacement device. After completion, the vdev returns to online status." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38344 msgid "If the vdev does not have any redundancy, or if multiple devices have failed and there is not enough redundancy to compensate, the pool enters the faulted state. If a sufficient number of devices cannot be reconnected to the pool, the pool becomes inoperative and data must be restored from backups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38352 msgid "When replacing a failed disk, the name of the failed disk is replaced with the GUID of the device. A new device name parameter for zpool replace is not required if the replacement device has the same device name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38358 msgid "Replace a failed disk using zpool replace:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: DEGRADED\n" "status: One or more devices could not be opened. Sufficient replicas exist for\n" " the pool to continue functioning in a degraded state.\n" "action: Attach the missing device and online it using 'zpool online'.\n" " see: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-2Q\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " 316502962686821739 UNAVAIL 0 0 0 was /dev/ada1p3\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool replace mypool 316502962686821739 ada2p3\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: DEGRADED\n" "status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered. The pool will\n" " continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n" "action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n" " scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun 2 14:52:21 2014\n" " 641M scanned out of 781M at 49.3M/s, 0h0m to go\n" " 640M resilvered, 82.04% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " replacing-1 UNAVAIL 0 0 0\n" " 15732067398082357289 UNAVAIL 0 0 0 was /dev/ada1p3/old\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0 (resilvering)\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun 2 14:52:38 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: DEGRADED\n" "status: One or more devices could not be opened. Sufficient replicas exist for\n" " the pool to continue functioning in a degraded state.\n" "action: Attach the missing device and online it using 'zpool online'.\n" " see: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-2Q\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " 316502962686821739 UNAVAIL 0 0 0 was /dev/ada1p3\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool replace mypool 316502962686821739 ada2p3\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: DEGRADED\n" "status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered. The pool will\n" " continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n" "action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n" " scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun 2 14:52:21 2014\n" " 641M scanned out of 781M at 49.3M/s, 0h0m to go\n" " 640M resilvered, 82.04% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 DEGRADED 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " replacing-1 UNAVAIL 0 0 0\n" " 15732067398082357289 UNAVAIL 0 0 0 was /dev/ada1p3/old\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0 (resilvering)\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun 2 14:52:38 2014\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38415 msgid "Scrubbing a Pool" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38417 msgid "It is recommended that pools be scrubbed regularly, ideally at least once every month. The scrub operation is very disk-intensive and will reduce performance while running. Avoid high-demand periods when scheduling scrub or use vfs.zfs.scrub_delay to adjust the relative priority of the scrub to prevent it interfering with other workloads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38427 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool scrub mypool\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub in progress since Wed Feb 19 20:52:54 2014\n" " 116G scanned out of 8.60T at 649M/s, 3h48m to go\n" " 0 repaired, 1.32% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " raidz2-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada4p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada5p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool scrub mypool\n" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub in progress since Wed Feb 19 20:52:54 2014\n" " 116G scanned out of 8.60T at 649M/s, 3h48m to go\n" " 0 repaired, 1.32% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " raidz2-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada3p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada4p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada5p3 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38448 msgid "In the event that a scrub operation needs to be cancelled, issue zpool scrub -s mypool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38454 msgid "Self-Healing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38456 msgid "The checksums stored with data blocks enable the file system to self-heal. This feature will automatically repair data whose checksum does not match the one recorded on another device that is part of the storage pool. For example, a mirror with two disks where one drive is starting to malfunction and cannot properly store the data any more. This is even worse when the data has not been accessed for a long time, as with long term archive storage. Traditional file systems need to run algorithms that check and repair the data like fsck8. These commands take time, and in severe cases, an administrator has to manually decide which repair operation must be performed. When ZFS detects a data block with a checksum that does not match, it tries to read the data from the mirror disk. If that disk can provide the correct data, it will not only give that data to the application requesting it, but also correct the wrong data on the disk that had the bad checksum. This happens without any interaction from a system administrator during normal pool operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38476 msgid "The next example demonstrates this self-healing behavior. A mirrored pool of disks /dev/ada0 and /dev/ada1 is created." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38480 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create healer mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "healer 960M 92.5K 960M 0% 1.00x ONLINE -" msgstr "" "# zpool create healer mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "healer 960M 92.5K 960M 0% 1.00x ONLINE -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38498 msgid "Some important data that to be protected from data errors using the self-healing feature is copied to the pool. A checksum of the pool is created for later comparison." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38502 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /some/important/data /healer\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "healer 960M 67.7M 892M 7% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "# sha1 /healer > checksum.txt\n" "# cat checksum.txt\n" "SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f" msgstr "" "# cp /some/important/data /healer\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "healer 960M 67.7M 892M 7% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "# sha1 /healer > checksum.txt\n" "# cat checksum.txt\n" "SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38510 msgid "Data corruption is simulated by writing random data to the beginning of one of the disks in the mirror. To prevent ZFS from healing the data as soon as it is detected, the pool is exported before the corruption and imported again afterwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:38517 msgid "This is a dangerous operation that can destroy vital data. It is shown here for demonstrational purposes only and should not be attempted during normal operation of a storage pool. Nor should this intentional corruption example be run on any disk with a different file system on it. Do not use any other disk device names other than the ones that are part of the pool. Make certain that proper backups of the pool are created before running the command!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool export healer\n" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada1 bs=1m count=200\n" "200+0 records in\n" "200+0 records out\n" "209715200 bytes transferred in 62.992162 secs (3329227 bytes/sec)\n" "# zpool import healer" msgstr "" "# zpool export healer\n" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada1 bs=1m count=200\n" "200+0 records in\n" "200+0 records out\n" "209715200 bytes transferred in 62.992162 secs (3329227 bytes/sec)\n" "# zpool import healer" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38535 msgid "The pool status shows that one device has experienced an error. Note that applications reading data from the pool did not receive any incorrect data. ZFS provided data from the ada0 device with the correct checksums. The device with the wrong checksum can be found easily as the CKSUM column contains a nonzero value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38543 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error. An\n" " attempt was made to correct the error. Applications are unaffected.\n" " action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n" " using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n" " see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n" " scan: none requested\n" " config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 1\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error. An\n" " attempt was made to correct the error. Applications are unaffected.\n" " action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n" " using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n" " see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n" " scan: none requested\n" " config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 1\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38562 msgid "The error was detected and handled by using the redundancy present in the unaffected ada0 mirror disk. A checksum comparison with the original one will reveal whether the pool is consistent again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38567 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sha1 /healer >> checksum.txt\n" "# cat checksum.txt\n" "SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f\n" "SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f" msgstr "" "# sha1 /healer >> checksum.txt\n" "# cat checksum.txt\n" "SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f\n" "SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38572 msgid "The two checksums that were generated before and after the intentional tampering with the pool data still match. This shows how ZFS is capable of detecting and correcting any errors automatically when the checksums differ. Note that this is only possible when there is enough redundancy present in the pool. A pool consisting of a single device has no self-healing capabilities. That is also the reason why checksums are so important in ZFS and should not be disabled for any reason. No fsck8 or similar file system consistency check program is required to detect and correct this and the pool was still available during the time there was a problem. A scrub operation is now required to overwrite the corrupted data on ada1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38587 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool scrub healer\n" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error. An\n" " attempt was made to correct the error. Applications are unaffected.\n" "action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n" " using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n" " see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n" " scan: scrub in progress since Mon Dec 10 12:23:30 2012\n" " 10.4M scanned out of 67.0M at 267K/s, 0h3m to go\n" " 9.63M repaired, 15.56% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 627 (repairing)\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool scrub healer\n" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error. An\n" " attempt was made to correct the error. Applications are unaffected.\n" "action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n" " using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n" " see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n" " scan: scrub in progress since Mon Dec 10 12:23:30 2012\n" " 10.4M scanned out of 67.0M at 267K/s, 0h3m to go\n" " 9.63M repaired, 15.56% done\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 627 (repairing)\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38609 msgid "The scrub operation reads data from ada0 and rewrites any data with an incorrect checksum on ada1. This is indicated by the (repairing) output from zpool status. After the operation is complete, the pool status changes to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38616 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error. An\n" " attempt was made to correct the error. Applications are unaffected.\n" "action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n" " using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n" " see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n" " scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 2012\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 2.72K\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error. An\n" " attempt was made to correct the error. Applications are unaffected.\n" "action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n" " using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n" " see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n" " scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 2012\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 2.72K\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38635 msgid "After the scrub operation completes and all the data has been synchronized from ada0 to ada1, the error messages can be cleared from the pool status by running zpool clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38641 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool clear healer\n" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 2012\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" msgstr "" "# zpool clear healer\n" "# zpool status healer\n" " pool: healer\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 2012\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " healer ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38656 msgid "The pool is now back to a fully working state and all the errors have been cleared." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38661 msgid "Growing a Pool" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38663 msgid "The usable size of a redundant pool is limited by the capacity of the smallest device in each vdev. The smallest device can be replaced with a larger device. After completing a replace or resilver operation, the pool can grow to use the capacity of the new device. For example, consider a mirror of a 1 TB drive and a 2 TB drive. The usable space is 1 TB. When the 1 TB drive is replaced with another 2 TB drive, the resilvering process copies the existing data onto the new drive. Because both of the devices now have 2 TB capacity, the mirror's available space can be grown to 2 TB." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38677 msgid "Expansion is triggered by using zpool online -e on each device. After expansion of all devices, the additional space becomes available to the pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38684 msgid "Importing and Exporting Pools" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38686 msgid "Pools are exported before moving them to another system. All datasets are unmounted, and each device is marked as exported but still locked so it cannot be used by other disk subsystems. This allows pools to be imported on other machines, other operating systems that support ZFS, and even different hardware architectures (with some caveats, see zpool8). When a dataset has open files, zpool export -f can be used to force the export of a pool. Use this with caution. The datasets are forcibly unmounted, potentially resulting in unexpected behavior by the applications which had open files on those datasets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38700 msgid "Export a pool that is not in use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38702 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool export mypool" msgstr "# zpool export mypool" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38704 msgid "Importing a pool automatically mounts the datasets. This may not be the desired behavior, and can be prevented with zpool import -N. zpool import -o sets temporary properties for this import only. zpool import altroot= allows importing a pool with a base mount point instead of the root of the file system. If the pool was last used on a different system and was not properly exported, an import might have to be forced with zpool import -f. zpool import -a imports all pools that do not appear to be in use by another system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38717 msgid "List all available pools for import:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38719 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool import\n" " pool: mypool\n" " id: 9930174748043525076\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " action: The pool can be imported using its name or numeric identifier.\n" " config:\n" "\n" " mypool ONLINE\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE" msgstr "" "# zpool import\n" " pool: mypool\n" " id: 9930174748043525076\n" " state: ONLINE\n" " action: The pool can be imported using its name or numeric identifier.\n" " config:\n" "\n" " mypool ONLINE\n" " ada2p3 ONLINE" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38729 msgid "Import the pool with an alternative root directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38731 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool import -o altroot=/mnt mypool\n" "# zfs list\n" "zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 110K 47.0G 31K /mnt/mypool" msgstr "" "# zpool import -o altroot=/mnt mypool\n" "# zfs list\n" "zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 110K 47.0G 31K /mnt/mypool" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38739 msgid "Upgrading a Storage Pool" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38741 msgid "After upgrading FreeBSD, or if a pool has been imported from a system using an older version of ZFS, the pool can be manually upgraded to the latest version of ZFS to support newer features. Consider whether the pool may ever need to be imported on an older system before upgrading. Upgrading is a one-way process. Older pools can be upgraded, but pools with newer features cannot be downgraded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38750 msgid "Upgrade a v28 pool to support Feature Flags:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38753 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: The pool is formatted using a legacy on-disk format. The pool can\n" " still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n" "action: Upgrade the pool using 'zpool upgrade'. Once this is done, the\n" " pool will no longer be accessible on software that does not support feat\n" " flags.\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool upgrade\n" "This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n" "\n" "The following pools are formatted with legacy version numbers and can\n" "be upgraded to use feature flags. After being upgraded, these pools\n" "will no longer be accessible by software that does not support feature\n" "flags.\n" "\n" "VER POOL\n" "--- ------------\n" "28 mypool\n" "\n" "Use 'zpool upgrade -v' for a list of available legacy versions.\n" "Every feature flags pool has all supported features enabled.\n" "# zpool upgrade mypool\n" "This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n" "\n" "Successfully upgraded 'mypool' from version 28 to feature flags.\n" "Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n" " async_destroy\n" " empty_bpobj\n" " lz4_compress\n" " multi_vdev_crash_dump" msgstr "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: The pool is formatted using a legacy on-disk format. The pool can\n" " still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n" "action: Upgrade the pool using 'zpool upgrade'. Once this is done, the\n" " pool will no longer be accessible on software that does not support feat\n" " flags.\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool upgrade\n" "This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n" "\n" "The following pools are formatted with legacy version numbers and can\n" "be upgraded to use feature flags. After being upgraded, these pools\n" "will no longer be accessible by software that does not support feature\n" "flags.\n" "\n" "VER POOL\n" "--- ------------\n" "28 mypool\n" "\n" "Use 'zpool upgrade -v' for a list of available legacy versions.\n" "Every feature flags pool has all supported features enabled.\n" "# zpool upgrade mypool\n" "This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n" "\n" "Successfully upgraded 'mypool' from version 28 to feature flags.\n" "Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n" " async_destroy\n" " empty_bpobj\n" " lz4_compress\n" " multi_vdev_crash_dump" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38795 msgid "The newer features of ZFS will not be available until zpool upgrade has completed. zpool upgrade -v can be used to see what new features will be provided by upgrading, as well as which features are already supported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38801 msgid "Upgrade a pool to support additional feature flags:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38803 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: Some supported features are not enabled on the pool. The pool can\n" " still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n" "action: Enable all features using 'zpool upgrade'. Once this is done,\n" " the pool may no longer be accessible by software that does not support\n" " the features. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool upgrade\n" "This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n" "\n" "All pools are formatted using feature flags.\n" "\n" "\n" "Some supported features are not enabled on the following pools. Once a\n" "feature is enabled the pool may become incompatible with software\n" "that does not support the feature. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n" "\n" "POOL FEATURE\n" "---------------\n" "zstore\n" " multi_vdev_crash_dump\n" " spacemap_histogram\n" " enabled_txg\n" " hole_birth\n" " extensible_dataset\n" " bookmarks\n" " filesystem_limits\n" "# zpool upgrade mypool\n" "This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n" "\n" "Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n" " spacemap_histogram\n" " enabled_txg\n" " hole_birth\n" " extensible_dataset\n" " bookmarks\n" " filesystem_limits" msgstr "" "# zpool status\n" " pool: mypool\n" " state: ONLINE\n" "status: Some supported features are not enabled on the pool. The pool can\n" " still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n" "action: Enable all features using 'zpool upgrade'. Once this is done,\n" " the pool may no longer be accessible by software that does not support\n" " the features. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n" " scan: none requested\n" "config:\n" "\n" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" " mypool ONLINE 0 0 0\n" " mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t ada0 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\t ada1 ONLINE 0 0 0\n" "\n" "errors: No known data errors\n" "# zpool upgrade\n" "This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n" "\n" "All pools are formatted using feature flags.\n" "\n" "\n" "Some supported features are not enabled on the following pools. Once a\n" "feature is enabled the pool may become incompatible with software\n" "that does not support the feature. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n" "\n" "POOL FEATURE\n" "---------------\n" "zstore\n" " multi_vdev_crash_dump\n" " spacemap_histogram\n" " enabled_txg\n" " hole_birth\n" " extensible_dataset\n" " bookmarks\n" " filesystem_limits\n" "# zpool upgrade mypool\n" "This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n" "\n" "Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n" " spacemap_histogram\n" " enabled_txg\n" " hole_birth\n" " extensible_dataset\n" " bookmarks\n" " filesystem_limits" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:38853 msgid "The boot code on systems that boot from a pool must be updated to support the new pool version. Use gpart bootcode on the partition that contains the boot code. See gpart8 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38862 msgid "Displaying Recorded Pool History" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38864 msgid "Commands that modify the pool are recorded. Recorded actions include the creation of datasets, changing properties, or replacement of a disk. This history is useful for reviewing how a pool was created and which user performed a specific action and when. History is not kept in a log file, but is part of the pool itself. The command to review this history is aptly named zpool history:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history\n" "History for 'tank':\n" "2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n" "2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup" msgstr "" "# zpool history\n" "History for 'tank':\n" "2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n" "2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38880 msgid "The output shows zpool and zfs commands that were executed on the pool along with a timestamp. Only commands that alter the pool in some way are recorded. Commands like zfs list are not included. When no pool name is specified, the history of all pools is displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38888 msgid "zpool history can show even more information when the options or are provided. displays user-initiated events as well as internally logged ZFS events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38894 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history -i\n" "History for 'tank':\n" "2013-02-26.23:02:35 [internal pool create txg:5] pool spa 28; zfs spa 28; zpl 5;uts 9.1-RELEASE 901000 amd64\n" "2013-02-27.18:50:53 [internal property set txg:50] atime=0 dataset = 21\n" "2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:04 [internal property set txg:53] checksum=7 dataset = 21\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:13 [internal create txg:55] dataset = 39\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup" msgstr "" "# zpool history -i\n" "History for 'tank':\n" "2013-02-26.23:02:35 [internal pool create txg:5] pool spa 28; zfs spa 28; zpl 5;uts 9.1-RELEASE 901000 amd64\n" "2013-02-27.18:50:53 [internal property set txg:50] atime=0 dataset = 21\n" "2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:04 [internal property set txg:53] checksum=7 dataset = 21\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:13 [internal create txg:55] dataset = 39\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38904 msgid "More details can be shown by adding . History records are shown in a long format, including information like the name of the user who issued the command and the hostname on which the change was made." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38909 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history -l\n" "History for 'tank':\n" "2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1 [user 0 (root) on :global]\n" "2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]" msgstr "" "# zpool history -l\n" "History for 'tank':\n" "2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1 [user 0 (root) on :global]\n" "2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]\n" "2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38916 msgid "The output shows that the root user created the mirrored pool with disks /dev/ada0 and /dev/ada1. The hostname myzfsbox is also shown in the commands after the pool's creation. The hostname display becomes important when the pool is exported from one system and imported on another. The commands that are issued on the other system can clearly be distinguished by the hostname that is recorded for each command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38928 msgid "Both options to zpool history can be combined to give the most detailed information possible for any given pool. Pool history provides valuable information when tracking down the actions that were performed or when more detailed output is needed for debugging." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38936 msgid "Performance Monitoring" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38938 msgid "A built-in monitoring system can display pool I/O statistics in real time. It shows the amount of free and used space on the pool, how many read and write operations are being performed per second, and how much I/O bandwidth is currently being utilized. By default, all pools in the system are monitored and displayed. A pool name can be provided to limit monitoring to just that pool. A basic example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38947 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool iostat\n" " capacity operations bandwidth\n" "pool alloc free read write read write\n" "---------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----\n" "data 288G 1.53T 2 11 11.3K 57.1K" msgstr "" "# zpool iostat\n" " capacity operations bandwidth\n" "pool alloc free read write read write\n" "---------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----\n" "data 288G 1.53T 2 11 11.3K 57.1K" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38953 msgid "To continuously monitor I/O activity, a number can be specified as the last parameter, indicating a interval in seconds to wait between updates. The next statistic line is printed after each interval. Press Ctrl C to stop this continuous monitoring. Alternatively, give a second number on the command line after the interval to specify the total number of statistics to display." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38965 msgid "Even more detailed I/O statistics can be displayed with . Each device in the pool is shown with a statistics line. This is useful in seeing how many read and write operations are being performed on each device, and can help determine if any individual device is slowing down the pool. This example shows a mirrored pool with two devices:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:38973 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool iostat -v \n" " capacity operations bandwidth\n" "pool alloc free read write read write\n" "----------------------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----\n" "data 288G 1.53T 2 12 9.23K 61.5K\n" " mirror 288G 1.53T 2 12 9.23K 61.5K\n" " ada1 - - 0 4 5.61K 61.7K\n" " ada2 - - 1 4 5.04K 61.7K\n" "----------------------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----" msgstr "" "# zpool iostat -v \n" " capacity operations bandwidth\n" "pool alloc free read write read write\n" "----------------------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----\n" "data 288G 1.53T 2 12 9.23K 61.5K\n" " mirror 288G 1.53T 2 12 9.23K 61.5K\n" " ada1 - - 0 4 5.61K 61.7K\n" " ada2 - - 1 4 5.04K 61.7K\n" "----------------------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:38985 msgid "Splitting a Storage Pool" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:38987 msgid "A pool consisting of one or more mirror vdevs can be split into two pools. Unless otherwise specified, the last member of each mirror is detached and used to create a new pool containing the same data. The operation should first be attempted with . The details of the proposed operation are displayed without it actually being performed. This helps confirm that the operation will do what the user intends." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:38999 msgid "zfs Administration" msgstr "ZFS beheer" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:39001 msgid "The zfs utility is responsible for creating, destroying, and managing all ZFS datasets that exist within a pool. The pool is managed using zpool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:39007 msgid "Creating and Destroying Datasets" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39009 msgid "Unlike traditional disks and volume managers, space in ZFS is not preallocated. With traditional file systems, after all of the space is partitioned and assigned, there is no way to add an additional file system without adding a new disk. With ZFS, new file systems can be created at any time. Each dataset has properties including features like compression, deduplication, caching, and quotas, as well as other useful properties like readonly, case sensitivity, network file sharing, and a mount point. Datasets can be nested inside each other, and child datasets will inherit properties from their parents. Each dataset can be administered, delegated, replicated, snapshotted, jailed, and destroyed as a unit. There are many advantages to creating a separate dataset for each different type or set of files. The only drawbacks to having an extremely large number of datasets is that some commands like zfs list will be slower, and the mounting of hundreds or even thousands of datasets can slow the FreeBSD boot process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39033 msgid "Create a new dataset and enable LZ4 compression on it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39036 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 781M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 616K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.20M 93.2G 608K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp\n" "# zfs create -o compress=lz4 mypool/usr/mydataset\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 781M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 704K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/mydataset 87.5K 93.2G 87.5K /usr/mydataset\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.20M 93.2G 610K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp" msgstr "" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 781M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 616K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.20M 93.2G 608K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp\n" "# zfs create -o compress=lz4 mypool/usr/mydataset\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 781M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 704K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/mydataset 87.5K 93.2G 87.5K /usr/mydataset\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.20M 93.2G 610K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39069 msgid "Destroying a dataset is much quicker than deleting all of the files that reside on the dataset, as it does not involve scanning all of the files and updating all of the corresponding metadata." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39074 msgid "Destroy the previously-created dataset:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39076 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 880M 93.1G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.1G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.1G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.1G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 101M 93.1G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.1G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/mydataset 100M 93.1G 100M /usr/mydataset\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.1G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.1G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.20M 93.1G 610K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.1G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.1G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.1G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.1G 152K /var/tmp\n" "# zfs destroy mypool/usr/mydataset\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 781M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 616K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.21M 93.2G 612K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp" msgstr "" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 880M 93.1G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.1G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.1G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.1G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 101M 93.1G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.1G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/mydataset 100M 93.1G 100M /usr/mydataset\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.1G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.1G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.20M 93.1G 610K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.1G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.1G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.1G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.1G 152K /var/tmp\n" "# zfs destroy mypool/usr/mydataset\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 781M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 616K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.21M 93.2G 612K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39109 msgid "In modern versions of ZFS, zfs destroy is asynchronous, and the free space might take several minutes to appear in the pool. Use zpool get freeing poolname to see the freeing property, indicating how many datasets are having their blocks freed in the background. If there are child datasets, like snapshots or other datasets, then the parent cannot be destroyed. To destroy a dataset and all of its children, use to recursively destroy the dataset and all of its children. Use to list datasets and snapshots that would be destroyed by this operation, but do not actually destroy anything. Space that would be reclaimed by destruction of snapshots is also shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:39128 msgid "Creating and Destroying Volumes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39130 msgid "A volume is a special type of dataset. Rather than being mounted as a file system, it is exposed as a block device under /dev/zvol/poolname/dataset. This allows the volume to be used for other file systems, to back the disks of a virtual machine, or to be exported using protocols like iSCSI or HAST." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39139 msgid "A volume can be formatted with any file system, or used without a file system to store raw data. To the user, a volume appears to be a regular disk. Putting ordinary file systems on these zvols provides features that ordinary disks or file systems do not normally have. For example, using the compression property on a 250 MB volume allows creation of a compressed FAT file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create -V 250m -o compression=on tank/fat32\n" "# zfs list tank\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "tank 258M 670M 31K /tank\n" "# newfs_msdos -F32 /dev/zvol/tank/fat32\n" "# mount -t msdosfs /dev/zvol/tank/fat32 /mnt\n" "# df -h /mnt | grep fat32\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 249M 24k 249M 0% /mnt\n" "# mount | grep fat32\n" "/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 on /mnt (msdosfs, local)" msgstr "" "# zfs create -V 250m -o compression=on tank/fat32\n" "# zfs list tank\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "tank 258M 670M 31K /tank\n" "# newfs_msdos -F32 /dev/zvol/tank/fat32\n" "# mount -t msdosfs /dev/zvol/tank/fat32 /mnt\n" "# df -h /mnt | grep fat32\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 249M 24k 249M 0% /mnt\n" "# mount | grep fat32\n" "/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 on /mnt (msdosfs, local)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39160 msgid "Destroying a volume is much the same as destroying a regular file system dataset. The operation is nearly instantaneous, but it may take several minutes for the free space to be reclaimed in the background." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:39167 msgid "Renaming a Dataset" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39169 msgid "The name of a dataset can be changed with zfs rename. The parent of a dataset can also be changed with this command. Renaming a dataset to be under a different parent dataset will change the value of those properties that are inherited from the parent dataset. When a dataset is renamed, it is unmounted and then remounted in the new location (which is inherited from the new parent dataset). This behavior can be prevented with ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39179 msgid "Rename a dataset and move it to be under a different parent dataset:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 780M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 704K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/mydataset 87.5K 93.2G 87.5K /usr/mydataset\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.21M 93.2G 614K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp\n" "# zfs rename mypool/usr/mydataset mypool/var/newname\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 780M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 616K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.29M 93.2G 614K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/newname 87.5K 93.2G 87.5K /var/newname\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp" msgstr "" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 780M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 704K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/mydataset 87.5K 93.2G 87.5K /usr/mydataset\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.21M 93.2G 614K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp\n" "# zfs rename mypool/usr/mydataset mypool/var/newname\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 780M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 616K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.29M 93.2G 614K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/newname 87.5K 93.2G 87.5K /var/newname\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39216 msgid "Snapshots can also be renamed like this. Due to the nature of snapshots, they cannot be renamed into a different parent dataset. To rename a recursive snapshot, specify , and all snapshots with the same name in child datasets with also be renamed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39222 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot 0 - 87.5K -\n" "# zfs rename mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot new_snapshot_name\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name 0 - 87.5K -" msgstr "" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot 0 - 87.5K -\n" "# zfs rename mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot new_snapshot_name\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name 0 - 87.5K -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:39232 msgid "Setting Dataset Properties" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39234 msgid "Each ZFS dataset has a number of properties that control its behavior. Most properties are automatically inherited from the parent dataset, but can be overridden locally. Set a property on a dataset with zfs set property=value dataset. Most properties have a limited set of valid values, zfs get will display each possible property and valid values. Most properties can be reverted to their inherited values using zfs inherit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39246 msgid "User-defined properties can also be set. They become part of the dataset configuration and can be used to provide additional information about the dataset or its contents. To distinguish these custom properties from the ones supplied as part of ZFS, a colon (:) is used to create a custom namespace for the property." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39253 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs set custom:costcenter=1234 tank\n" "# zfs get custom:costcenter tank\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "tank custom:costcenter 1234 local" msgstr "" "# zfs set custom:costcenter=1234 tank\n" "# zfs get custom:costcenter tank\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "tank custom:costcenter 1234 local" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39258 msgid "To remove a custom property, use zfs inherit with . If the custom property is not defined in any of the parent datasets, it will be removed completely (although the changes are still recorded in the pool's history)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs inherit -r custom:costcenter tank\n" "# zfs get custom:costcenter tank\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "tank custom:costcenter - -\n" "# zfs get all tank | grep custom:costcenter\n" "#" msgstr "" "# zfs inherit -r custom:costcenter tank\n" "# zfs get custom:costcenter tank\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "tank custom:costcenter - -\n" "# zfs get all tank | grep custom:costcenter\n" "#" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:39273 msgid "Managing Snapshots" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39275 msgid "Snapshots are one of the most powerful features of ZFS. A snapshot provides a read-only, point-in-time copy of the dataset. With Copy-On-Write (COW), snapshots can be created quickly by preserving the older version of the data on disk. If no snapshots exist, space is reclaimed for future use when data is rewritten or deleted. Snapshots preserve disk space by recording only the differences between the current dataset and a previous version. Snapshots are allowed only on whole datasets, not on individual files or directories. When a snapshot is created from a dataset, everything contained in it is duplicated. This includes the file system properties, files, directories, permissions, and so on. Snapshots use no additional space when they are first created, only consuming space as the blocks they reference are changed. Recursive snapshots taken with create a snapshot with the same name on the dataset and all of its children, providing a consistent moment-in-time snapshot of all of the file systems. This can be important when an application has files on multiple datasets that are related or dependent upon each other. Without snapshots, a backup would have copies of the files from different points in time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39299 msgid "Snapshots in ZFS provide a variety of features that even other file systems with snapshot functionality lack. A typical example of snapshot use is to have a quick way of backing up the current state of the file system when a risky action like a software installation or a system upgrade is performed. If the action fails, the snapshot can be rolled back and the system has the same state as when the snapshot was created. If the upgrade was successful, the snapshot can be deleted to free up space. Without snapshots, a failed upgrade often requires a restore from backup, which is tedious, time consuming, and may require downtime during which the system cannot be used. Snapshots can be rolled back quickly, even while the system is running in normal operation, with little or no downtime. The time savings are enormous with multi-terabyte storage systems and the time required to copy the data from backup. Snapshots are not a replacement for a complete backup of a pool, but can be used as a quick and easy way to store a copy of the dataset at a specific point in time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:39320 msgid "Creating Snapshots" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39322 msgid "Snapshots are created with zfs snapshot dataset@snapshotname. Adding creates a snapshot recursively, with the same name on all child datasets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39327 msgid "Create a recursive snapshot of the entire pool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39329 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -t all\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 780M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 616K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.29M 93.2G 616K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/newname 87.5K 93.2G 87.5K /var/newname\n" "mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name 0 - 87.5K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp\n" "# zfs snapshot -r mypool@my_recursive_snapshot\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/ROOT@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/ROOT/default@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 777M -\n" "mypool/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 176K -\n" "mypool/usr@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 184K -\n" "mypool/usr/ports@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/usr/src@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/var@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 616K -\n" "mypool/var/crash@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 148K -\n" "mypool/var/log@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 178K -\n" "mypool/var/mail@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name 0 - 87.5K -\n" "mypool/var/newname@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 87.5K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 152K -" msgstr "" "# zfs list -t all\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool 780M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT 777M 93.2G 144K none\n" "mypool/ROOT/default 777M 93.2G 777M /\n" "mypool/tmp 176K 93.2G 176K /tmp\n" "mypool/usr 616K 93.2G 144K /usr\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/ports 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/ports\n" "mypool/usr/src 144K 93.2G 144K /usr/src\n" "mypool/var 1.29M 93.2G 616K /var\n" "mypool/var/crash 148K 93.2G 148K /var/crash\n" "mypool/var/log 178K 93.2G 178K /var/log\n" "mypool/var/mail 144K 93.2G 144K /var/mail\n" "mypool/var/newname 87.5K 93.2G 87.5K /var/newname\n" "mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name 0 - 87.5K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp 152K 93.2G 152K /var/tmp\n" "# zfs snapshot -r mypool@my_recursive_snapshot\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/ROOT@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/ROOT/default@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 777M -\n" "mypool/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 176K -\n" "mypool/usr@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 184K -\n" "mypool/usr/ports@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/usr/src@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/var@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 616K -\n" "mypool/var/crash@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 148K -\n" "mypool/var/log@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 178K -\n" "mypool/var/mail@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 144K -\n" "mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name 0 - 87.5K -\n" "mypool/var/newname@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 87.5K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 152K -" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39365 msgid "Snapshots are not shown by a normal zfs list operation. To list snapshots, is appended to zfs list. displays both file systems and snapshots." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39371 msgid "Snapshots are not mounted directly, so path is shown in the MOUNTPOINT column. There is no mention of available disk space in the AVAIL column, as snapshots cannot be written to after they are created. Compare the snapshot to the original dataset from which it was created:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39378 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/usr/home\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 184K -" msgstr "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/usr/home\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/usr/home 184K 93.2G 184K /usr/home\n" "mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot 0 - 184K -" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39383 msgid "Displaying both the dataset and the snapshot together reveals how snapshots work in COW fashion. They save only the changes (delta) that were made and not the complete file system contents all over again. This means that snapshots take little space when few changes are made. Space usage can be made even more apparent by copying a file to the dataset, then making a second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39393 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/passwd /var/tmp\n" "# zfs snapshot mypool/var/tmp@after_cp\n" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/var/tmp\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/tmp 206K 93.2G 118K /var/tmp\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 88K - 152K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@after_cp 0 - 118K -" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39401 msgid "The second snapshot contains only the changes to the dataset after the copy operation. This yields enormous space savings. Notice that the size of the snapshot mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot also changed in the USED column to indicate the changes between itself and the snapshot taken afterwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:39411 msgid "Comparing Snapshots" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39413 msgid "ZFS provides a built-in command to compare the differences in content between two snapshots. This is helpful when many snapshots were taken over time and the user wants to see how the file system has changed over time. For example, zfs diff lets a user find the latest snapshot that still contains a file that was accidentally deleted. Doing this for the two snapshots that were created in the previous section yields this output:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39423 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/var/tmp\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/tmp 206K 93.2G 118K /var/tmp\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 88K - 152K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@after_cp 0 - 118K -\n" "# zfs diff mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot\n" "M /var/tmp/\n" "+ /var/tmp/passwd" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39432 msgid "The command lists the changes between the specified snapshot (in this case mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot) and the live file system. The first column shows the type of change:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:39443 msgid "The path or file was added." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:39448 msgid "The path or file was deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:39452 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "M" msgstr "M" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:39453 msgid "The path or file was modified." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:39457 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "R" msgstr "R" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:39458 msgid "The path or file was renamed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39464 msgid "Comparing the output with the table, it becomes clear that passwd was added after the snapshot mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot was created. This also resulted in a modification to the parent directory mounted at /var/tmp." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39472 msgid "Comparing two snapshots is helpful when using the ZFS replication feature to transfer a dataset to a different host for backup purposes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39476 msgid "Compare two snapshots by providing the full dataset name and snapshot name of both datasets:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39479 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /var/tmp/passwd /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n" "# zfs snapshot mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot\n" "# zfs diff mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot\n" "M /var/tmp/\n" "+ /var/tmp/passwd\n" "+ /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n" "# zfs diff mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot mypool/var/tmp@after_cp\n" "M /var/tmp/\n" "+ /var/tmp/passwd" msgstr "" "# cp /var/tmp/passwd /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n" "# zfs snapshot mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot\n" "# zfs diff mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot\n" "M /var/tmp/\n" "+ /var/tmp/passwd\n" "+ /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n" "# zfs diff mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot mypool/var/tmp@after_cp\n" "M /var/tmp/\n" "+ /var/tmp/passwd" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39489 msgid "A backup administrator can compare two snapshots received from the sending host and determine the actual changes in the dataset. See the Replication section for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:39497 msgid "Snapshot Rollback" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39499 msgid "When at least one snapshot is available, it can be rolled back to at any time. Most of the time this is the case when the current state of the dataset is no longer required and an older version is preferred. Scenarios such as local development tests have gone wrong, botched system updates hampering the system's overall functionality, or the requirement to restore accidentally deleted files or directories are all too common occurrences. Luckily, rolling back a snapshot is just as easy as typing zfs rollback snapshotname. Depending on how many changes are involved, the operation will finish in a certain amount of time. During that time, the dataset always remains in a consistent state, much like a database that conforms to ACID principles is performing a rollback. This is happening while the dataset is live and accessible without requiring a downtime. Once the snapshot has been rolled back, the dataset has the same state as it had when the snapshot was originally taken. All other data in that dataset that was not part of the snapshot is discarded. Taking a snapshot of the current state of the dataset before rolling back to a previous one is a good idea when some data is required later. This way, the user can roll back and forth between snapshots without losing data that is still valuable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39525 msgid "In the first example, a snapshot is rolled back because of a careless rm operation that removes too much data than was intended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/var/tmp\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/tmp 262K 93.2G 120K /var/tmp\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 88K - 152K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@after_cp 53.5K - 118K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot 0 - 120K -\n" "% ls /var/tmp\n" "passwd passwd.copy\n" "% rm /var/tmp/passwd*\n" "% ls /var/tmp\n" "vi.recover\n" "%" msgstr "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/var/tmp\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/tmp 262K 93.2G 120K /var/tmp\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 88K - 152K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@after_cp 53.5K - 118K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot 0 - 120K -\n" "% ls /var/tmp\n" "passwd passwd.copy\n" "% rm /var/tmp/passwd*\n" "% ls /var/tmp\n" "vi.recover\n" "%" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39542 msgid "At this point, the user realized that too many files were deleted and wants them back. ZFS provides an easy way to get them back using rollbacks, but only when snapshots of important data are performed on a regular basis. To get the files back and start over from the last snapshot, issue the command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39549 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs rollback mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot\n" "% ls /var/tmp\n" "passwd passwd.copy vi.recover" msgstr "" "# zfs rollback mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot\n" "% ls /var/tmp\n" "passwd passwd.copy vi.recover" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39553 msgid "The rollback operation restored the dataset to the state of the last snapshot. It is also possible to roll back to a snapshot that was taken much earlier and has other snapshots that were created after it. When trying to do this, ZFS will issue this warning:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39559 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt snapshot mypool/var/tmp\n" "AME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 88K - 152K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@after_cp 53.5K - 118K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot 0 - 120K -\n" "# zfs rollback mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot\n" "cannot rollback to 'mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot': more recent snapshots exist\n" "use '-r' to force deletion of the following snapshots:\n" "mypool/var/tmp@after_cp\n" "mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot" msgstr "" "# zfs list -rt snapshot mypool/var/tmp\n" "AME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 88K - 152K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@after_cp 53.5K - 118K -\n" "mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot 0 - 120K -\n" "# zfs rollback mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot\n" "cannot rollback to 'mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot': more recent snapshots exist\n" "use '-r' to force deletion of the following snapshots:\n" "mypool/var/tmp@after_cp\n" "mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39570 msgid "This warning means that snapshots exist between the current state of the dataset and the snapshot to which the user wants to roll back. To complete the rollback, these snapshots must be deleted. ZFS cannot track all the changes between different states of the dataset, because snapshots are read-only. ZFS will not delete the affected snapshots unless the user specifies to indicate that this is the desired action. If that is the intention, and the consequences of losing all intermediate snapshots is understood, the command can be issued:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39582 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs rollback -r mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot\n" "# zfs list -rt snapshot mypool/var/tmp\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 8K - 152K -\n" "% ls /var/tmp\n" "vi.recover" msgstr "" "# zfs rollback -r mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot\n" "# zfs list -rt snapshot mypool/var/tmp\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot 8K - 152K -\n" "% ls /var/tmp\n" "vi.recover" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39589 msgid "The output from zfs list -t snapshot confirms that the intermediate snapshots were removed as a result of zfs rollback -r." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:39596 msgid "Restoring Individual Files from Snapshots" msgstr "Afzonderlijke bestanden herstellen uit Snapshots" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39598 msgid "Snapshots are mounted in a hidden directory under the parent dataset: .zfs/snapshots/snapshotname. By default, these directories will not be displayed even when a standard ls -a is issued. Although the directory is not displayed, it is there nevertheless and can be accessed like any normal directory. The property named snapdir controls whether these hidden directories show up in a directory listing. Setting the property to visible allows them to appear in the output of ls and other commands that deal with directory contents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39611 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get snapdir mypool/var/tmp\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "mypool/var/tmp snapdir hidden default\n" "% ls -a /var/tmp\n" ". .. passwd vi.recover\n" "# zfs set snapdir=visible mypool/var/tmp\n" "% ls -a /var/tmp\n" ". .. .zfs passwd vi.recover" msgstr "" "# zfs get snapdir mypool/var/tmp\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "mypool/var/tmp snapdir hidden default\n" "% ls -a /var/tmp\n" ". .. passwd vi.recover\n" "# zfs set snapdir=visible mypool/var/tmp\n" "% ls -a /var/tmp\n" ". .. .zfs passwd vi.recover" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39620 msgid "Individual files can easily be restored to a previous state by copying them from the snapshot back to the parent dataset. The directory structure below .zfs/snapshot has a directory named exactly like the snapshots taken earlier to make it easier to identify them. In the next example, it is assumed that a file is to be restored from the hidden .zfs directory by copying it from the snapshot that contained the latest version of the file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39631 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rm /var/tmp/passwd\n" "% ls -a /var/tmp\n" ". .. .zfs vi.recover\n" "# ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot\n" "after_cp my_recursive_snapshot\n" "# ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp\n" "passwd vi.recover\n" "# cp /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/passwd /var/tmp" msgstr "" "# rm /var/tmp/passwd\n" "% ls -a /var/tmp\n" ". .. .zfs vi.recover\n" "# ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot\n" "after_cp my_recursive_snapshot\n" "# ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp\n" "passwd vi.recover\n" "# cp /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/passwd /var/tmp" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39640 msgid "When ls .zfs/snapshot was issued, the snapdir property might have been set to hidden, but it would still be possible to list the contents of that directory. It is up to the administrator to decide whether these directories will be displayed. It is possible to display these for certain datasets and prevent it for others. Copying files or directories from this hidden .zfs/snapshot is simple enough. Trying it the other way around results in this error:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39650 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/rc.conf /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/\n" "cp: /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/rc.conf: Read-only file system" msgstr "" "# cp /etc/rc.conf /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/\n" "cp: /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/rc.conf: Read-only file system" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39653 msgid "The error reminds the user that snapshots are read-only and cannot be changed after creation. Files cannot be copied into or removed from snapshot directories because that would change the state of the dataset they represent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39659 msgid "Snapshots consume space based on how much the parent file system has changed since the time of the snapshot. The written property of a snapshot tracks how much space is being used by the snapshot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39664 msgid "Snapshots are destroyed and the space reclaimed with zfs destroy dataset@snapshot. Adding recursively removes all snapshots with the same name under the parent dataset. Adding to the command displays a list of the snapshots that would be deleted and an estimate of how much space would be reclaimed without performing the actual destroy operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:39677 msgid "Managing Clones" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39679 msgid "A clone is a copy of a snapshot that is treated more like a regular dataset. Unlike a snapshot, a clone is not read only, is mounted, and can have its own properties. Once a clone has been created using zfs clone, the snapshot it was created from cannot be destroyed. The child/parent relationship between the clone and the snapshot can be reversed using zfs promote. After a clone has been promoted, the snapshot becomes a child of the clone, rather than of the original parent dataset. This will change how the space is accounted, but not actually change the amount of space consumed. The clone can be mounted at any point within the ZFS file system hierarchy, not just below the original location of the snapshot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39693 msgid "To demonstrate the clone feature, this example dataset is used:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39696 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all camino/home/joe\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "camino/home/joe 108K 1.3G 87K /usr/home/joe\n" "camino/home/joe@plans 21K - 85.5K -\n" "camino/home/joe@backup 0K - 87K -" msgstr "" "# zfs list -rt all camino/home/joe\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "camino/home/joe 108K 1.3G 87K /usr/home/joe\n" "camino/home/joe@plans 21K - 85.5K -\n" "camino/home/joe@backup 0K - 87K -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39702 msgid "A typical use for clones is to experiment with a specific dataset while keeping the snapshot around to fall back to in case something goes wrong. Since snapshots cannot be changed, a read/write clone of a snapshot is created. After the desired result is achieved in the clone, the clone can be promoted to a dataset and the old file system removed. This is not strictly necessary, as the clone and dataset can coexist without problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39711 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs clone camino/home/joe@backup camino/home/joenew\n" "# ls /usr/home/joe*\n" "/usr/home/joe:\n" "backup.txz plans.txt\n" "\n" "/usr/home/joenew:\n" "backup.txz plans.txt\n" "# df -h /usr/home\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "usr/home/joe 1.3G 31k 1.3G 0% /usr/home/joe\n" "usr/home/joenew 1.3G 31k 1.3G 0% /usr/home/joenew" msgstr "" "# zfs clone camino/home/joe@backup camino/home/joenew\n" "# ls /usr/home/joe*\n" "/usr/home/joe:\n" "backup.txz plans.txt\n" "\n" "/usr/home/joenew:\n" "backup.txz plans.txt\n" "# df -h /usr/home\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "usr/home/joe 1.3G 31k 1.3G 0% /usr/home/joe\n" "usr/home/joenew 1.3G 31k 1.3G 0% /usr/home/joenew" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39723 msgid "After a clone is created it is an exact copy of the state the dataset was in when the snapshot was taken. The clone can now be changed independently from its originating dataset. The only connection between the two is the snapshot. ZFS records this connection in the property origin. Once the dependency between the snapshot and the clone has been removed by promoting the clone using zfs promote, the origin of the clone is removed as it is now an independent dataset. This example demonstrates it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39734 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get origin camino/home/joenew\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "camino/home/joenew origin camino/home/joe@backup -\n" "# zfs promote camino/home/joenew\n" "# zfs get origin camino/home/joenew\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "camino/home/joenew origin - -" msgstr "" "# zfs get origin camino/home/joenew\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "camino/home/joenew origin camino/home/joe@backup -\n" "# zfs promote camino/home/joenew\n" "# zfs get origin camino/home/joenew\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "camino/home/joenew origin - -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39742 msgid "After making some changes like copying loader.conf to the promoted clone, for example, the old directory becomes obsolete in this case. Instead, the promoted clone can replace it. This can be achieved by two consecutive commands: zfs destroy on the old dataset and zfs rename on the clone to name it like the old dataset (it could also get an entirely different name)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39751 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /boot/defaults/loader.conf /usr/home/joenew\n" "# zfs destroy -f camino/home/joe\n" "# zfs rename camino/home/joenew camino/home/joe\n" "# ls /usr/home/joe\n" "backup.txz loader.conf plans.txt\n" "# df -h /usr/home\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "usr/home/joe 1.3G 128k 1.3G 0% /usr/home/joe" msgstr "" "# cp /boot/defaults/loader.conf /usr/home/joenew\n" "# zfs destroy -f camino/home/joe\n" "# zfs rename camino/home/joenew camino/home/joe\n" "# ls /usr/home/joe\n" "backup.txz loader.conf plans.txt\n" "# df -h /usr/home\n" "Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n" "usr/home/joe 1.3G 128k 1.3G 0% /usr/home/joe" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39760 msgid "The cloned snapshot is now handled like an ordinary dataset. It contains all the data from the original snapshot plus the files that were added to it like loader.conf. Clones can be used in different scenarios to provide useful features to ZFS users. For example, jails could be provided as snapshots containing different sets of installed applications. Users can clone these snapshots and add their own applications as they see fit. Once they are satisfied with the changes, the clones can be promoted to full datasets and provided to end users to work with like they would with a real dataset. This saves time and administrative overhead when providing these jails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:39775 msgid "Replication" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39777 msgid "Keeping data on a single pool in one location exposes it to risks like theft and natural or human disasters. Making regular backups of the entire pool is vital. ZFS provides a built-in serialization feature that can send a stream representation of the data to standard output. Using this technique, it is possible to not only store the data on another pool connected to the local system, but also to send it over a network to another system. Snapshots are the basis for this replication (see the section on ZFS snapshots). The commands used for replicating data are zfs send and zfs receive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39791 msgid "These examples demonstrate ZFS replication with these two pools:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39794 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 77K 896M 0% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 984M 43.7M 940M 4% 1.00x ONLINE -" msgstr "" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 77K 896M 0% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 984M 43.7M 940M 4% 1.00x ONLINE -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39799 msgid "The pool named mypool is the primary pool where data is written to and read from on a regular basis. A second pool, backup is used as a standby in case the primary pool becomes unavailable. Note that this fail-over is not done automatically by ZFS, but must be manually done by a system administrator when needed. A snapshot is used to provide a consistent version of the file system to be replicated. Once a snapshot of mypool has been created, it can be copied to the backup pool. Only snapshots can be replicated. Changes made since the most recent snapshot will not be included." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39813 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@backup1\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool@backup1 0 - 43.6M -" msgstr "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@backup1\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool@backup1 0 - 43.6M -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39818 msgid "Now that a snapshot exists, zfs send can be used to create a stream representing the contents of the snapshot. This stream can be stored as a file or received by another pool. The stream is written to standard output, but must be redirected to a file or pipe or an error is produced:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39825 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs send mypool@backup1\n" "Error: Stream can not be written to a terminal.\n" "You must redirect standard output." msgstr "" "# zfs send mypool@backup1\n" "Error: Stream can not be written to a terminal.\n" "You must redirect standard output." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39829 msgid "To back up a dataset with zfs send, redirect to a file located on the mounted backup pool. Ensure that the pool has enough free space to accommodate the size of the snapshot being sent, which means all of the data contained in the snapshot, not just the changes from the previous snapshot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39836 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs send mypool@backup1 > /backup/backup1\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 63.7M 896M 6% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 984M 43.7M 940M 4% 1.00x ONLINE -" msgstr "" "# zfs send mypool@backup1 > /backup/backup1\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 63.7M 896M 6% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 984M 43.7M 940M 4% 1.00x ONLINE -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39842 msgid "The zfs send transferred all the data in the snapshot called backup1 to the pool named backup. Creating and sending these snapshots can be done automatically with a cron8 job." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:39848 msgid "Instead of storing the backups as archive files, ZFS can receive them as a live file system, allowing the backed up data to be accessed directly. To get to the actual data contained in those streams, zfs receive is used to transform the streams back into files and directories. The example below combines zfs send and zfs receive using a pipe to copy the data from one pool to another. The data can be used directly on the receiving pool after the transfer is complete. A dataset can only be replicated to an empty dataset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:39860 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@replica1\n" "# zfs send -v mypool@replica1 | zfs receive backup/mypool\n" "send from @ to mypool@replica1 estimated size is 50.1M\n" "total estimated size is 50.1M\n" "TIME SENT SNAPSHOT\n" "\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 63.7M 896M 6% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 984M 43.7M 940M 4% 1.00x ONLINE -" msgstr "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@replica1\n" "# zfs send -v mypool@replica1 | zfs receive backup/mypool\n" "send from @ to mypool@replica1 estimated size is 50.1M\n" "total estimated size is 50.1M\n" "TIME SENT SNAPSHOT\n" "\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 63.7M 896M 6% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 984M 43.7M 940M 4% 1.00x ONLINE -" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:39872 msgid "Incremental Backups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39874 msgid "zfs send can also determine the difference between two snapshots and send only the differences between the two. This saves disk space and transfer time. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39879 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@replica2\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool@replica1 5.72M - 43.6M -\n" "mypool@replica2 0 - 44.1M -\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 61.7M 898M 6% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 960M 50.2M 910M 5% 1.00x ONLINE -" msgstr "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@replica2\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "mypool@replica1 5.72M - 43.6M -\n" "mypool@replica2 0 - 44.1M -\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 61.7M 898M 6% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 960M 50.2M 910M 5% 1.00x ONLINE -" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39889 msgid "A second snapshot called replica2 was created. This second snapshot contains only the changes that were made to the file system between now and the previous snapshot, replica1. Using zfs send -i and indicating the pair of snapshots generates an incremental replica stream containing only the data that has changed. This can only succeed if the initial snapshot already exists on the receiving side." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:39900 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs send -v -i mypool@replica1 mypool@replica2 | zfs receive /backup/mypool\n" "send from @replica1 to mypool@replica2 estimated size is 5.02M\n" "total estimated size is 5.02M\n" "TIME SENT SNAPSHOT\n" "\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 80.8M 879M 8% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 960M 50.2M 910M 5% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "backup 55.4M 240G 152K /backup\n" "backup/mypool 55.3M 240G 55.2M /backup/mypool\n" "mypool 55.6M 11.6G 55.0M /mypool\n" "\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "backup/mypool@replica1 104K - 50.2M -\n" "backup/mypool@replica2 0 - 55.2M -\n" "mypool@replica1 29.9K - 50.0M -\n" "mypool@replica2 0 - 55.0M -" msgstr "" "# zfs send -v -i mypool@replica1 mypool@replica2 | zfs receive /backup/mypool\n" "send from @replica1 to mypool@replica2 estimated size is 5.02M\n" "total estimated size is 5.02M\n" "TIME SENT SNAPSHOT\n" "\n" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "backup 960M 80.8M 879M 8% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "mypool 960M 50.2M 910M 5% 1.00x ONLINE -\n" "\n" "# zfs list\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "backup 55.4M 240G 152K /backup\n" "backup/mypool 55.3M 240G 55.2M /backup/mypool\n" "mypool 55.6M 11.6G 55.0M /mypool\n" "\n" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" "NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n" "backup/mypool@replica1 104K - 50.2M -\n" "backup/mypool@replica2 0 - 55.2M -\n" "mypool@replica1 29.9K - 50.0M -\n" "mypool@replica2 0 - 55.0M -" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39923 msgid "The incremental stream was successfully transferred. Only the data that had changed was replicated, rather than the entirety of replica1. Only the differences were sent, which took much less time to transfer and saved disk space by not copying the complete pool each time. This is useful when having to rely on slow networks or when costs per transferred byte must be considered." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39932 msgid "A new file system, backup/mypool, is available with all of the files and data from the pool mypool. If is specified, the properties of the dataset will be copied, including compression settings, quotas, and mount points. When is specified, all child datasets of the indicated dataset will be copied, along with all of their properties. Sending and receiving can be automated so that regular backups are created on the second pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:39945 msgid "Sending Encrypted Backups over SSH" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39948 msgid "Sending streams over the network is a good way to keep a remote backup, but it does come with a drawback. Data sent over the network link is not encrypted, allowing anyone to intercept and transform the streams back into data without the knowledge of the sending user. This is undesirable, especially when sending the streams over the internet to a remote host. SSH can be used to securely encrypt data send over a network connection. Since ZFS only requires the stream to be redirected from standard output, it is relatively easy to pipe it through SSH. To keep the contents of the file system encrypted in transit and on the remote system, consider using PEFS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39962 msgid "A few settings and security precautions must be completed first. Only the necessary steps required for the zfs send operation are shown here. For more information on SSH, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:39968 msgid "This configuration is required:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:39972 msgid "Passwordless SSH access between sending and receiving host using SSH keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:39978 msgid "Normally, the privileges of the root user are needed to send and receive streams. This requires logging in to the receiving system as root. However, logging in as root is disabled by default for security reasons. The ZFS Delegation system can be used to allow a non-root user on each system to perform the respective send and receive operations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:39994 msgid "On the sending system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:39996 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs allow -u someuser send,snapshot mypool" msgstr "# zfs allow -u someuser send,snapshot mypool" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40000 msgid "To mount the pool, the unprivileged user must own the directory, and regular users must be allowed to mount file systems. On the receiving system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:40004 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" "vfs.usermount: 0 -> 1\n" "# echo vfs.usermount=1 >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" "# zfs create recvpool/backup\n" "# zfs allow -u someuser create,mount,receive recvpool/backup\n" "# chown someuser /recvpool/backup" msgstr "" "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" "vfs.usermount: 0 -> 1\n" "# echo vfs.usermount=1 >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" "# zfs create recvpool/backup\n" "# zfs allow -u someuser create,mount,receive recvpool/backup\n" "# chown someuser /recvpool/backup" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:40013 msgid "The unprivileged user now has the ability to receive and mount datasets, and the home dataset can be replicated to the remote system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:40017 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% zfs snapshot -r mypool/home@monday\n" "% zfs send -R mypool/home@monday | ssh someuser@backuphost zfs recv -dvu recvpool/backup" msgstr "" "% zfs snapshot -r mypool/home@monday\n" "% zfs send -R mypool/home@monday | ssh someuser@backuphost zfs recv -dvu recvpool/backup" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:40020 msgid "A recursive snapshot called monday is made of the file system dataset home that resides on the pool mypool. Then it is sent with zfs send -R to include the dataset, all child datasets, snaphots, clones, and settings in the stream. The output is piped to the waiting zfs receive on the remote host backuphost through SSH. Using a fully qualified domain name or IP address is recommended. The receiving machine writes the data to the backup dataset on the recvpool pool. Adding to zfs recv overwrites the name of the pool on the receiving side with the name of the snapshot. causes the file systems to not be mounted on the receiving side. When is included, more detail about the transfer is shown, including elapsed time and the amount of data transferred." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:40045 msgid "Dataset, User, and Group Quotas" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40047 msgid "Dataset quotas are used to restrict the amount of space that can be consumed by a particular dataset. Reference Quotas work in very much the same way, but only count the space used by the dataset itself, excluding snapshots and child datasets. Similarly, user and group quotas can be used to prevent users or groups from using all of the space in the pool or dataset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40059 msgid "To enforce a dataset quota of 10 GB for storage/home/bob:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40062 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set quota=10G storage/home/bob" msgstr "# zfs set quota=10G storage/home/bob" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40064 msgid "To enforce a reference quota of 10 GB for storage/home/bob:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40067 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set refquota=10G storage/home/bob" msgstr "# zfs set refquota=10G storage/home/bob" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40069 msgid "To remove a quota of 10 GB for storage/home/bob:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40072 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set quota=none storage/home/bob" msgstr "# zfs set quota=none storage/home/bob" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40074 msgid "The general format is userquota@user=size, and the user's name must be in one of these formats:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40080 msgid "POSIX compatible name such as joe." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40085 msgid "POSIX numeric ID such as 789." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40090 msgid "SID name such as joe.bloggs@example.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40096 msgid "SID numeric ID such as S-1-123-456-789." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40102 msgid "For example, to enforce a user quota of 50 GB for the user named joe:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40105 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set userquota@joe=50G" msgstr "# zfs set userquota@joe=50G" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40107 msgid "To remove any quota:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40109 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set userquota@joe=none" msgstr "# zfs set userquota@joe=none" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:40112 msgid "User quota properties are not displayed by zfs get all. Non-root users can only see their own quotas unless they have been granted the userquota privilege. Users with this privilege are able to view and set everyone's quota." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40120 msgid "The general format for setting a group quota is: groupquota@group=size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40123 msgid "To set the quota for the group firstgroup to 50 GB, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40127 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=50G" msgstr "# zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=50G" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40129 msgid "To remove the quota for the group firstgroup, or to make sure that one is not set, instead use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40133 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=none" msgstr "# zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=none" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40135 msgid "As with the user quota property, non-root users can only see the quotas associated with the groups to which they belong. However, root or a user with the groupquota privilege can view and set all quotas for all groups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40143 msgid "To display the amount of space used by each user on a file system or snapshot along with any quotas, use zfs userspace. For group information, use zfs groupspace. For more information about supported options or how to display only specific options, refer to zfs1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40150 msgid "Users with sufficient privileges, and root, can list the quota for storage/home/bob using:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40154 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs get quota storage/home/bob" msgstr "# zfs get quota storage/home/bob" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:40158 msgid "Reservations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40160 msgid "Reservations guarantee a minimum amount of space will always be available on a dataset. The reserved space will not be available to any other dataset. This feature can be especially useful to ensure that free space is available for an important dataset or log files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40167 msgid "The general format of the reservation property is reservation=size, so to set a reservation of 10 GB on storage/home/bob, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40173 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set reservation=10G storage/home/bob" msgstr "# zfs set reservation=10G storage/home/bob" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40175 msgid "To clear any reservation:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40177 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set reservation=none storage/home/bob" msgstr "# zfs set reservation=none storage/home/bob" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40179 msgid "The same principle can be applied to the refreservation property for setting a Reference Reservation, with the general format refreservation=size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40185 msgid "This command shows any reservations or refreservations that exist on storage/home/bob:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get reservation storage/home/bob\n" "# zfs get refreservation storage/home/bob" msgstr "" "# zfs get reservation storage/home/bob\n" "# zfs get refreservation storage/home/bob" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-compression #: book.translate.xml:40193 book.translate.xml:41312 msgid "Compression" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40195 msgid "ZFS provides transparent compression. Compressing data at the block level as it is written not only saves space, but can also increase disk throughput. If data is compressed by 25%, but the compressed data is written to the disk at the same rate as the uncompressed version, resulting in an effective write speed of 125%. Compression can also be a great alternative to Deduplication because it does not require additional memory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40205 msgid "ZFS offers several different compression algorithms, each with different trade-offs. With the introduction of LZ4 compression in ZFS v5000, it is possible to enable compression for the entire pool without the large performance trade-off of other algorithms. The biggest advantage to LZ4 is the early abort feature. If LZ4 does not achieve at least 12.5% compression in the first part of the data, the block is written uncompressed to avoid wasting CPU cycles trying to compress data that is either already compressed or uncompressible. For details about the different compression algorithms available in ZFS, see the Compression entry in the terminology section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40221 msgid "The administrator can monitor the effectiveness of compression using a number of dataset properties." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40224 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get used,compressratio,compression,logicalused mypool/compressed_dataset\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "mypool/compressed_dataset used 449G -\n" "mypool/compressed_dataset compressratio 1.11x -\n" "mypool/compressed_dataset compression lz4 local\n" "mypool/compressed_dataset logicalused 496G -" msgstr "" "# zfs get used,compressratio,compression,logicalused mypool/compressed_dataset\n" "NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE\n" "mypool/compressed_dataset used 449G -\n" "mypool/compressed_dataset compressratio 1.11x -\n" "mypool/compressed_dataset compression lz4 local\n" "mypool/compressed_dataset logicalused 496G -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40231 msgid "The dataset is currently using 449 GB of space (the used property). Without compression, it would have taken 496 GB of space (the logicallyused property). This results in the 1.11:1 compression ratio." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40237 msgid "Compression can have an unexpected side effect when combined with User Quotas. User quotas restrict how much space a user can consume on a dataset, but the measurements are based on how much space is used after compression. So if a user has a quota of 10 GB, and writes 10 GB of compressible data, they will still be able to store additional data. If they later update a file, say a database, with more or less compressible data, the amount of space available to them will change. This can result in the odd situation where a user did not increase the actual amount of data (the logicalused property), but the change in compression caused them to reach their quota limit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40252 msgid "Compression can have a similar unexpected interaction with backups. Quotas are often used to limit how much data can be stored to ensure there is sufficient backup space available. However since quotas do not consider compression, more data may be written than would fit with uncompressed backups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-deduplication #: book.translate.xml:40261 book.translate.xml:41405 msgid "Deduplication" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40263 msgid "When enabled, deduplication uses the checksum of each block to detect duplicate blocks. When a new block is a duplicate of an existing block, ZFS writes an additional reference to the existing data instead of the whole duplicate block. Tremendous space savings are possible if the data contains many duplicated files or repeated information. Be warned: deduplication requires an extremely large amount of memory, and most of the space savings can be had without the extra cost by enabling compression instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40275 msgid "To activate deduplication, set the dedup property on the target pool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40278 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set dedup=on pool" msgstr "# zfs set dedup=on pool" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40280 msgid "Only new data being written to the pool will be deduplicated. Data that has already been written to the pool will not be deduplicated merely by activating this option. A pool with a freshly activated deduplication property will look like this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40286 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "pool 2.84G 2.19M 2.83G 0% 1.00x ONLINE -" msgstr "" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "pool 2.84G 2.19M 2.83G 0% 1.00x ONLINE -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40290 msgid "The DEDUP column shows the actual rate of deduplication for the pool. A value of 1.00x shows that data has not been deduplicated yet. In the next example, the ports tree is copied three times into different directories on the deduplicated pool created above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40297 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" "for d in dir1 dir2 dir3; do\n" "for> mkdir $d && cp -R /usr/ports $d &\n" "for> done" msgstr "" "# zpool list\n" "for d in dir1 dir2 dir3; do\n" "for> mkdir $d && cp -R /usr/ports $d &\n" "for> done" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40302 msgid "Redundant data is detected and deduplicated:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40304 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "pool 2.84G 20.9M 2.82G 0% 3.00x ONLINE -" msgstr "" "# zpool list\n" "NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n" "pool 2.84G 20.9M 2.82G 0% 3.00x ONLINE -" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40308 msgid "The DEDUP column shows a factor of 3.00x. Multiple copies of the ports tree data was detected and deduplicated, using only a third of the space. The potential for space savings can be enormous, but comes at the cost of having enough memory to keep track of the deduplicated blocks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40315 msgid "Deduplication is not always beneficial, especially when the data on a pool is not redundant. ZFS can show potential space savings by simulating deduplication on an existing pool:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:40320 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zdb -S pool\n" "Simulated DDT histogram:\n" "\n" "bucket allocated referenced\n" "______ ______________________________ ______________________________\n" "refcnt blocks LSIZE PSIZE DSIZE blocks LSIZE PSIZE DSIZE\n" "------ ------ ----- ----- ----- ------ ----- ----- -----\n" " 1 2.58M 289G 264G 264G 2.58M 289G 264G 264G\n" " 2 206K 12.6G 10.4G 10.4G 430K 26.4G 21.6G 21.6G\n" " 4 37.6K 692M 276M 276M 170K 3.04G 1.26G 1.26G\n" " 8 2.18K 45.2M 19.4M 19.4M 20.0K 425M 176M 176M\n" " 16 174 2.83M 1.20M 1.20M 3.33K 48.4M 20.4M 20.4M\n" " 32 40 2.17M 222K 222K 1.70K 97.2M 9.91M 9.91M\n" " 64 9 56K 10.5K 10.5K 865 4.96M 948K 948K\n" " 128 2 9.50K 2K 2K 419 2.11M 438K 438K\n" " 256 5 61.5K 12K 12K 1.90K 23.0M 4.47M 4.47M\n" " 1K 2 1K 1K 1K 2.98K 1.49M 1.49M 1.49M\n" " Total 2.82M 303G 275G 275G 3.20M 319G 287G 287G\n" "\n" "dedup = 1.05, compress = 1.11, copies = 1.00, dedup * compress / copies = 1.16" msgstr "" "# zdb -S pool\n" "Simulated DDT histogram:\n" "\n" "bucket allocated referenced\n" "______ ______________________________ ______________________________\n" "refcnt blocks LSIZE PSIZE DSIZE blocks LSIZE PSIZE DSIZE\n" "------ ------ ----- ----- ----- ------ ----- ----- -----\n" " 1 2.58M 289G 264G 264G 2.58M 289G 264G 264G\n" " 2 206K 12.6G 10.4G 10.4G 430K 26.4G 21.6G 21.6G\n" " 4 37.6K 692M 276M 276M 170K 3.04G 1.26G 1.26G\n" " 8 2.18K 45.2M 19.4M 19.4M 20.0K 425M 176M 176M\n" " 16 174 2.83M 1.20M 1.20M 3.33K 48.4M 20.4M 20.4M\n" " 32 40 2.17M 222K 222K 1.70K 97.2M 9.91M 9.91M\n" " 64 9 56K 10.5K 10.5K 865 4.96M 948K 948K\n" " 128 2 9.50K 2K 2K 419 2.11M 438K 438K\n" " 256 5 61.5K 12K 12K 1.90K 23.0M 4.47M 4.47M\n" " 1K 2 1K 1K 1K 2.98K 1.49M 1.49M 1.49M\n" " Total 2.82M 303G 275G 275G 3.20M 319G 287G 287G\n" "\n" "dedup = 1.05, compress = 1.11, copies = 1.00, dedup * compress / copies = 1.16" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40341 msgid "After zdb -S finishes analyzing the pool, it shows the space reduction ratio that would be achieved by activating deduplication. In this case, 1.16 is a very poor space saving ratio that is mostly provided by compression. Activating deduplication on this pool would not save any significant amount of space, and is not worth the amount of memory required to enable deduplication. Using the formula ratio = dedup * compress / copies, system administrators can plan the storage allocation, deciding whether the workload will contain enough duplicate blocks to justify the memory requirements. If the data is reasonably compressible, the space savings may be very good. Enabling compression first is recommended, and compression can also provide greatly increased performance. Only enable deduplication in cases where the additional savings will be considerable and there is sufficient memory for the DDT." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:40361 msgid "ZFS and Jails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40363 msgid "zfs jail and the corresponding jailed property are used to delegate a ZFS dataset to a Jail. zfs jail jailid attaches a dataset to the specified jail, and zfs unjail detaches it. For the dataset to be controlled from within a jail, the jailed property must be set. Once a dataset is jailed, it can no longer be mounted on the host because it may have mount points that would compromise the security of the host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:40379 msgid "Delegated Administration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:40381 msgid "A comprehensive permission delegation system allows unprivileged users to perform ZFS administration functions. For example, if each user's home directory is a dataset, users can be given permission to create and destroy snapshots of their home directories. A backup user can be given permission to use replication features. A usage statistics script can be allowed to run with access only to the space utilization data for all users. It is even possible to delegate the ability to delegate permissions. Permission delegation is possible for each subcommand and most properties." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:40394 msgid "Delegating Dataset Creation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40396 msgid "zfs allow someuser create mydataset gives the specified user permission to create child datasets under the selected parent dataset. There is a caveat: creating a new dataset involves mounting it. That requires setting the FreeBSD vfs.usermount sysctl8 to 1 to allow non-root users to mount a file system. There is another restriction aimed at preventing abuse: non-root users must own the mountpoint where the file system is to be mounted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:40411 msgid "Delegating Permission Delegation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40413 msgid "zfs allow someuser allow mydataset gives the specified user the ability to assign any permission they have on the target dataset, or its children, to other users. If a user has the snapshot permission and the allow permission, that user can then grant the snapshot permission to other users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:40429 msgid "Tuning" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40431 msgid "There are a number of tunables that can be adjusted to make ZFS perform best for different workloads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_max #: book.translate.xml:40437 msgid "vfs.zfs.arc_max - Maximum size of the ARC. The default is all RAM less 1 GB, or one half of RAM, whichever is more. However, a lower value should be used if the system will be running any other daemons or processes that may require memory. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_meta_limit #: book.translate.xml:40448 msgid "vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit - Limit the portion of the ARC that can be used to store metadata. The default is one fourth of vfs.zfs.arc_max. Increasing this value will improve performance if the workload involves operations on a large number of files and directories, or frequent metadata operations, at the cost of less file data fitting in the ARC. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_min #: book.translate.xml:40462 msgid "vfs.zfs.arc_min - Minimum size of the ARC. The default is one half of vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit. Adjust this value to prevent other applications from pressuring out the entire ARC. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-cache-size #: book.translate.xml:40473 msgid "vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size - A preallocated amount of memory reserved as a cache for each device in the pool. The total amount of memory used will be this value multiplied by the number of devices. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in /boot/loader.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-min-auto-ashift #: book.translate.xml:40482 msgid "vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift - Minimum ashift (sector size) that will be used automatically at pool creation time. The value is a power of two. The default value of 9 represents 2^9 = 512, a sector size of 512 bytes. To avoid write amplification and get the best performance, set this value to the largest sector size used by a device in the pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40492 msgid "Many drives have 4 KB sectors. Using the default ashift of 9 with these drives results in write amplification on these devices. Data that could be contained in a single 4 KB write must instead be written in eight 512-byte writes. ZFS tries to read the native sector size from all devices when creating a pool, but many drives with 4 KB sectors report that their sectors are 512 bytes for compatibility. Setting vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift to 12 (2^12 = 4096) before creating a pool forces ZFS to use 4 KB blocks for best performance on these drives." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40507 msgid "Forcing 4 KB blocks is also useful on pools where disk upgrades are planned. Future disks are likely to use 4 KB sectors, and ashift values cannot be changed after a pool is created." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40512 msgid "In some specific cases, the smaller 512-byte block size might be preferable. When used with 512-byte disks for databases, or as storage for virtual machines, less data is transferred during small random reads. This can provide better performance, especially when using a smaller ZFS record size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-prefetch_disable #: book.translate.xml:40521 msgid "vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable - Disable prefetch. A value of 0 is enabled and 1 is disabled. The default is 0, unless the system has less than 4 GB of RAM. Prefetch works by reading larger blocks than were requested into the ARC in hopes that the data will be needed soon. If the workload has a large number of random reads, disabling prefetch may actually improve performance by reducing unnecessary reads. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-trim_on_init #: book.translate.xml:40536 msgid "vfs.zfs.vdev.trim_on_init - Control whether new devices added to the pool have the TRIM command run on them. This ensures the best performance and longevity for SSDs, but takes extra time. If the device has already been secure erased, disabling this setting will make the addition of the new device faster. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-max_pending #: book.translate.xml:40548 msgid "vfs.zfs.vdev.max_pending - Limit the number of pending I/O requests per device. A higher value will keep the device command queue full and may give higher throughput. A lower value will reduce latency. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-top_maxinflight #: book.translate.xml:40557 msgid "vfs.zfs.top_maxinflight - Maxmimum number of outstanding I/Os per top-level vdev. Limits the depth of the command queue to prevent high latency. The limit is per top-level vdev, meaning the limit applies to each mirror, RAID-Z, or other vdev independently. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max #: book.translate.xml:40569 msgid "vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max - Limit the amount of data written to the L2ARC per second. This tunable is designed to extend the longevity of SSDs by limiting the amount of data written to the device. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost #: book.translate.xml:40578 msgid "vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_boost - The value of this tunable is added to vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max and increases the write speed to the SSD until the first block is evicted from the L2ARC. This Turbo Warmup Phase is designed to reduce the performance loss from an empty L2ARC after a reboot. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay #: book.translate.xml:40590 msgid "vfs.zfs.scrub_delay - Number of ticks to delay between each I/O during a scrub. To ensure that a scrub does not interfere with the normal operation of the pool, if any other I/O is happening the scrub will delay between each command. This value controls the limit on the total IOPS (I/Os Per Second) generated by the scrub. The granularity of the setting is determined by the value of kern.hz which defaults to 1000 ticks per second. This setting may be changed, resulting in a different effective IOPS limit. The default value is 4, resulting in a limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 4 = 250 IOPS. Using a value of 20 would give a limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 20 = 50 IOPS. The speed of scrub is only limited when there has been recent activity on the pool, as determined by vfs.zfs.scan_idle. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-resilver_delay #: book.translate.xml:40617 msgid "vfs.zfs.resilver_delay - Number of milliseconds of delay inserted between each I/O during a resilver. To ensure that a resilver does not interfere with the normal operation of the pool, if any other I/O is happening the resilver will delay between each command. This value controls the limit of total IOPS (I/Os Per Second) generated by the resilver. The granularity of the setting is determined by the value of kern.hz which defaults to 1000 ticks per second. This setting may be changed, resulting in a different effective IOPS limit. The default value is 2, resulting in a limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 2 = 500 IOPS. Returning the pool to an Online state may be more important if another device failing could Fault the pool, causing data loss. A value of 0 will give the resilver operation the same priority as other operations, speeding the healing process. The speed of resilver is only limited when there has been other recent activity on the pool, as determined by vfs.zfs.scan_idle. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle #: book.translate.xml:40646 msgid "vfs.zfs.scan_idle - Number of milliseconds since the last operation before the pool is considered idle. When the pool is idle the rate limiting for scrub and resilver are disabled. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-txg-timeout #: book.translate.xml:40657 msgid "vfs.zfs.txg.timeout - Maximum number of seconds between transaction groups. The current transaction group will be written to the pool and a fresh transaction group started if this amount of time has elapsed since the previous transaction group. A transaction group my be triggered earlier if enough data is written. The default value is 5 seconds. A larger value may improve read performance by delaying asynchronous writes, but this may cause uneven performance when the transaction group is written. This value can be adjusted at any time with sysctl8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:40694 msgid "ZFS on i386" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:40696 msgid "Some of the features provided by ZFS are memory intensive, and may require tuning for maximum efficiency on systems with limited RAM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:40702 msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:40704 msgid "As a bare minimum, the total system memory should be at least one gigabyte. The amount of recommended RAM depends upon the size of the pool and which ZFS features are used. A general rule of thumb is 1 GB of RAM for every 1 TB of storage. If the deduplication feature is used, a general rule of thumb is 5 GB of RAM per TB of storage to be deduplicated. While some users successfully use ZFS with less RAM, systems under heavy load may panic due to memory exhaustion. Further tuning may be required for systems with less than the recommended RAM requirements." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:40719 book.translate.xml:62695 msgid "Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:40721 msgid "Due to the address space limitations of the i386 platform, ZFS users on the i386 architecture must add this option to a custom kernel configuration file, rebuild the kernel, and reboot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:40727 #, no-wrap msgid "options KVA_PAGES=512" msgstr "options KVA_PAGES=512" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:40729 msgid "This expands the kernel address space, allowing the vm.kvm_size tunable to be pushed beyond the currently imposed limit of 1 GB, or the limit of 2 GB for PAE. To find the most suitable value for this option, divide the desired address space in megabytes by four. In this example, it is 512 for 2 GB." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:40739 msgid "Loader Tunables" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:40741 msgid "The kmem address space can be increased on all FreeBSD architectures. On a test system with 1 GB of physical memory, success was achieved with these options added to /boot/loader.conf, and the system restarted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:40748 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vm.kmem_size=\"330M\"\n" "vm.kmem_size_max=\"330M\"\n" "vfs.zfs.arc_max=\"40M\"\n" "vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size=\"5M\"" msgstr "" "vm.kmem_size=\"330M\"\n" "vm.kmem_size_max=\"330M\"\n" "vfs.zfs.arc_max=\"40M\"\n" "vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size=\"5M\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:40753 msgid "For a more detailed list of recommendations for ZFS-related tuning, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:40760 msgid "Additional Resources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40764 msgid "FreeBSD Wiki - ZFS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40769 msgid "FreeBSD Wiki - ZFS Tuning" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40774 msgid "Illumos Wiki - ZFS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40779 msgid "Oracle Solaris ZFS Administration Guide" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40785 msgid "ZFS Evil Tuning Guide" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40790 msgid "ZFS Best Practices Guide" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40795 msgid "Calomel Blog - ZFS Raidz Performance, Capacity and Integrity" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:40803 msgid "ZFS Features and Terminology" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:40805 msgid "ZFS is a fundamentally different file system because it is more than just a file system. ZFS combines the roles of file system and volume manager, enabling additional storage devices to be added to a live system and having the new space available on all of the existing file systems in that pool immediately. By combining the traditionally separate roles, ZFS is able to overcome previous limitations that prevented RAID groups being able to grow. Each top level device in a pool is called a vdev, which can be a simple disk or a RAID transformation such as a mirror or RAID-Z array. ZFS file systems (called datasets) each have access to the combined free space of the entire pool. As blocks are allocated from the pool, the space available to each file system decreases. This approach avoids the common pitfall with extensive partitioning where free space becomes fragmented across the partitions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-pool #: book.translate.xml:40829 msgid "pool" msgstr "pool" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:40843 msgid "FreeBSD 9.0 and 9.1 include support for ZFS version 28. Later versions use ZFS version 5000 with feature flags. The new feature flags system allows greater cross-compatibility with other implementations of ZFS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:40831 msgid "A storage pool is the most basic building block of ZFS. A pool is made up of one or more vdevs, the underlying devices that store the data. A pool is then used to create one or more file systems (datasets) or block devices (volumes). These datasets and volumes share the pool of remaining free space. Each pool is uniquely identified by a name and a GUID. The features available are determined by the ZFS version number on the pool. <_:note-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev #: book.translate.xml:40854 msgid "vdev Types" msgstr "vdev types" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-disk #: book.translate.xml:40865 msgid "Disk - The most basic type of vdev is a standard block device. This can be an entire disk (such as /dev/ada0 or /dev/da0) or a partition (/dev/ada0p3). On FreeBSD, there is no performance penalty for using a partition rather than the entire disk. This differs from recommendations made by the Solaris documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-file #: book.translate.xml:40880 msgid "File - In addition to disks, ZFS pools can be backed by regular files, this is especially useful for testing and experimentation. Use the full path to the file as the device path in zpool create. All vdevs must be at least 128 MB in size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-mirror #: book.translate.xml:40890 msgid "Mirror - When creating a mirror, specify the mirror keyword followed by the list of member devices for the mirror. A mirror consists of two or more devices, all data will be written to all member devices. A mirror vdev will only hold as much data as its smallest member. A mirror vdev can withstand the failure of all but one of its members without losing any data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:40901 msgid "A regular single disk vdev can be upgraded to a mirror vdev at any time with zpool attach." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-raidz #: book.translate.xml:40909 msgid "RAID-Z - ZFS implements RAID-Z, a variation on standard RAID-5 that offers better distribution of parity and eliminates the RAID-5 write hole in which the data and parity information become inconsistent after an unexpected restart. ZFS supports three levels of RAID-Z which provide varying levels of redundancy in exchange for decreasing levels of usable storage. The types are named RAID-Z1 through RAID-Z3 based on the number of parity devices in the array and the number of disks which can fail while the pool remains operational." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40927 msgid "In a RAID-Z1 configuration with four disks, each 1 TB, usable storage is 3 TB and the pool will still be able to operate in degraded mode with one faulted disk. If an additional disk goes offline before the faulted disk is replaced and resilvered, all data in the pool can be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40935 msgid "In a RAID-Z3 configuration with eight disks of 1 TB, the volume will provide 5 TB of usable space and still be able to operate with three faulted disks. Sun recommends no more than nine disks in a single vdev. If the configuration has more disks, it is recommended to divide them into separate vdevs and the pool data will be striped across them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:40944 msgid "A configuration of two RAID-Z2 vdevs consisting of 8 disks each would create something similar to a RAID-60 array. A RAID-Z group's storage capacity is approximately the size of the smallest disk multiplied by the number of non-parity disks. Four 1 TB disks in RAID-Z1 has an effective size of approximately 3 TB, and an array of eight 1 TB disks in RAID-Z3 will yield 5 TB of usable space." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-spare #: book.translate.xml:40959 msgid "Spare - ZFS has a special pseudo-vdev type for keeping track of available hot spares. Note that installed hot spares are not deployed automatically; they must manually be configured to replace the failed device using zfs replace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-log #: book.translate.xml:40969 msgid "Log - ZFS Log Devices, also known as ZFS Intent Log (ZIL) move the intent log from the regular pool devices to a dedicated device, typically an SSD. Having a dedicated log device can significantly improve the performance of applications with a high volume of synchronous writes, especially databases. Log devices can be mirrored, but RAID-Z is not supported. If multiple log devices are used, writes will be load balanced across them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-cache #: book.translate.xml:40984 msgid "Cache - Adding a cache vdev to a pool will add the storage of the cache to the L2ARC. Cache devices cannot be mirrored. Since a cache device only stores additional copies of existing data, there is no risk of data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:40856 msgid "A pool is made up of one or more vdevs, which themselves can be a single disk or a group of disks, in the case of a RAID transform. When multiple vdevs are used, ZFS spreads data across the vdevs to increase performance and maximize usable space. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-txg #: book.translate.xml:40995 msgid "Transaction Group (TXG)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41009 msgid "Open - When a new transaction group is created, it is in the open state, and accepts new writes. There is always a transaction group in the open state, however the transaction group may refuse new writes if it has reached a limit. Once the open transaction group has reached a limit, or the vfs.zfs.txg.timeout has been reached, the transaction group advances to the next state." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41021 msgid "Quiescing - A short state that allows any pending operations to finish while not blocking the creation of a new open transaction group. Once all of the transactions in the group have completed, the transaction group advances to the final state." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41030 msgid "Syncing - All of the data in the transaction group is written to stable storage. This process will in turn modify other data, such as metadata and space maps, that will also need to be written to stable storage. The process of syncing involves multiple passes. The first, all of the changed data blocks, is the biggest, followed by the metadata, which may take multiple passes to complete. Since allocating space for the data blocks generates new metadata, the syncing state cannot finish until a pass completes that does not allocate any additional space. The syncing state is also where synctasks are completed. Synctasks are administrative operations, such as creating or destroying snapshots and datasets, that modify the uberblock are completed. Once the sync state is complete, the transaction group in the quiescing state is advanced to the syncing state." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:40998 msgid "Transaction Groups are the way changed blocks are grouped together and eventually written to the pool. Transaction groups are the atomic unit that ZFS uses to assert consistency. Each transaction group is assigned a unique 64-bit consecutive identifier. There can be up to three active transaction groups at a time, one in each of these three states: <_:itemizedlist-1/> All administrative functions, such as snapshot are written as part of the transaction group. When a synctask is created, it is added to the currently open transaction group, and that group is advanced as quickly as possible to the syncing state to reduce the latency of administrative commands." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-arc #: book.translate.xml:41062 msgid "Adaptive Replacement Cache (ARC)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41065 msgid "ZFS uses an Adaptive Replacement Cache (ARC), rather than a more traditional Least Recently Used (LRU) cache. An LRU cache is a simple list of items in the cache, sorted by when each object was most recently used. New items are added to the top of the list. When the cache is full, items from the bottom of the list are evicted to make room for more active objects. An ARC consists of four lists; the Most Recently Used (MRU) and Most Frequently Used (MFU) objects, plus a ghost list for each. These ghost lists track recently evicted objects to prevent them from being added back to the cache. This increases the cache hit ratio by avoiding objects that have a history of only being used occasionally. Another advantage of using both an MRU and MFU is that scanning an entire file system would normally evict all data from an MRU or LRU cache in favor of this freshly accessed content. With ZFS, there is also an MFU that only tracks the most frequently used objects, and the cache of the most commonly accessed blocks remains." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-l2arc #: book.translate.xml:41093 msgid "L2ARC" msgstr "L2ARC" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41095 msgid "L2ARC is the second level of the ZFS caching system. The primary ARC is stored in RAM. Since the amount of available RAM is often limited, ZFS can also use cache vdevs. Solid State Disks (SSDs) are often used as these cache devices due to their higher speed and lower latency compared to traditional spinning disks. L2ARC is entirely optional, but having one will significantly increase read speeds for files that are cached on the SSD instead of having to be read from the regular disks. L2ARC can also speed up deduplication because a DDT that does not fit in RAM but does fit in the L2ARC will be much faster than a DDT that must be read from disk. The rate at which data is added to the cache devices is limited to prevent prematurely wearing out SSDs with too many writes. Until the cache is full (the first block has been evicted to make room), writing to the L2ARC is limited to the sum of the write limit and the boost limit, and afterwards limited to the write limit. A pair of sysctl8 values control these rate limits. vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max controls how many bytes are written to the cache per second, while vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_boost adds to this limit during the Turbo Warmup Phase (Write Boost)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-zil #: book.translate.xml:41130 msgid "ZIL" msgstr "ZIL" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41132 msgid "ZIL accelerates synchronous transactions by using storage devices like SSDs that are faster than those used in the main storage pool. When an application requests a synchronous write (a guarantee that the data has been safely stored to disk rather than merely cached to be written later), the data is written to the faster ZIL storage, then later flushed out to the regular disks. This greatly reduces latency and improves performance. Only synchronous workloads like databases will benefit from a ZIL. Regular asynchronous writes such as copying files will not use the ZIL at all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-cow #: book.translate.xml:41148 msgid "Copy-On-Write" msgstr "Copy-On-Write" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41150 msgid "Unlike a traditional file system, when data is overwritten on ZFS, the new data is written to a different block rather than overwriting the old data in place. Only when this write is complete is the metadata then updated to point to the new location. In the event of a shorn write (a system crash or power loss in the middle of writing a file), the entire original contents of the file are still available and the incomplete write is discarded. This also means that ZFS does not require a fsck8 after an unexpected shutdown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-dataset #: book.translate.xml:41164 msgid "Dataset" msgstr "Dataset" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41166 msgid "Dataset is the generic term for a ZFS file system, volume, snapshot or clone. Each dataset has a unique name in the format poolname/path@snapshot. The root of the pool is technically a dataset as well. Child datasets are named hierarchically like directories. For example, mypool/home, the home dataset, is a child of mypool and inherits properties from it. This can be expanded further by creating mypool/home/user. This grandchild dataset will inherit properties from the parent and grandparent. Properties on a child can be set to override the defaults inherited from the parents and grandparents. Administration of datasets and their children can be delegated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-filesystem #: book.translate.xml:41188 msgid "File system" msgstr "File system" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41190 msgid "A ZFS dataset is most often used as a file system. Like most other file systems, a ZFS file system is mounted somewhere in the systems directory hierarchy and contains files and directories of its own with permissions, flags, and other metadata." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-volume #: book.translate.xml:41199 msgid "Volume" msgstr "Volume" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41201 msgid "In additional to regular file system datasets, ZFS can also create volumes, which are block devices. Volumes have many of the same features, including copy-on-write, snapshots, clones, and checksumming. Volumes can be useful for running other file system formats on top of ZFS, such as UFS virtualization, or exporting iSCSI extents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-snapshot #: book.translate.xml:41213 msgid "Snapshot" msgstr "Snapshot" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41215 msgid "The copy-on-write (COW) design of ZFS allows for nearly instantaneous, consistent snapshots with arbitrary names. After taking a snapshot of a dataset, or a recursive snapshot of a parent dataset that will include all child datasets, new data is written to new blocks, but the old blocks are not reclaimed as free space. The snapshot contains the original version of the file system, and the live file system contains any changes made since the snapshot was taken. No additional space is used. As new data is written to the live file system, new blocks are allocated to store this data. The apparent size of the snapshot will grow as the blocks are no longer used in the live file system, but only in the snapshot. These snapshots can be mounted read only to allow for the recovery of previous versions of files. It is also possible to rollback a live file system to a specific snapshot, undoing any changes that took place after the snapshot was taken. Each block in the pool has a reference counter which keeps track of how many snapshots, clones, datasets, or volumes make use of that block. As files and snapshots are deleted, the reference count is decremented. When a block is no longer referenced, it is reclaimed as free space. Snapshots can also be marked with a hold. When a snapshot is held, any attempt to destroy it will return an EBUSY error. Each snapshot can have multiple holds, each with a unique name. The release command removes the hold so the snapshot can deleted. Snapshots can be taken on volumes, but they can only be cloned or rolled back, not mounted independently." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-clone #: book.translate.xml:41254 msgid "Clone" msgstr "Clone" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41256 msgid "Snapshots can also be cloned. A clone is a writable version of a snapshot, allowing the file system to be forked as a new dataset. As with a snapshot, a clone initially consumes no additional space. As new data is written to a clone and new blocks are allocated, the apparent size of the clone grows. When blocks are overwritten in the cloned file system or volume, the reference count on the previous block is decremented. The snapshot upon which a clone is based cannot be deleted because the clone depends on it. The snapshot is the parent, and the clone is the child. Clones can be promoted, reversing this dependency and making the clone the parent and the previous parent the child. This operation requires no additional space. Because the amount of space used by the parent and child is reversed, existing quotas and reservations might be affected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-checksum #: book.translate.xml:41276 msgid "Checksum" msgstr "Checksum" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41292 msgid "fletcher2" msgstr "fletcher2" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41296 msgid "fletcher4" msgstr "fletcher4" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41300 msgid "sha256" msgstr "sha256" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41278 msgid "Every block that is allocated is also checksummed. The checksum algorithm used is a per-dataset property, see set. The checksum of each block is transparently validated as it is read, allowing ZFS to detect silent corruption. If the data that is read does not match the expected checksum, ZFS will attempt to recover the data from any available redundancy, like mirrors or RAID-Z). Validation of all checksums can be triggered with scrub. Checksum algorithms include: <_:itemizedlist-1/> The fletcher algorithms are faster, but sha256 is a strong cryptographic hash and has a much lower chance of collisions at the cost of some performance. Checksums can be disabled, but it is not recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41324 msgid "LZ4 - Added in ZFS pool version 5000 (feature flags), LZ4 is now the recommended compression algorithm. LZ4 compresses approximately 50% faster than LZJB when operating on compressible data, and is over three times faster when operating on uncompressible data. LZ4 also decompresses approximately 80% faster than LZJB. On modern CPUs, LZ4 can often compress at over 500 MB/s, and decompress at over 1.5 GB/s (per single CPU core)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:41341 msgid "LZ4 compression is only available after FreeBSD 9.2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41347 msgid "LZJB - The default compression algorithm. Created by Jeff Bonwick (one of the original creators of ZFS). LZJB offers good compression with less CPU overhead compared to GZIP. In the future, the default compression algorithm will likely change to LZ4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41359 msgid "GZIP - A popular stream compression algorithm available in ZFS. One of the main advantages of using GZIP is its configurable level of compression. When setting the compress property, the administrator can choose the level of compression, ranging from gzip1, the lowest level of compression, to gzip9, the highest level of compression. This gives the administrator control over how much CPU time to trade for saved disk space." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41375 msgid "ZLE - Zero Length Encoding is a special compression algorithm that only compresses continuous runs of zeros. This compression algorithm is only useful when the dataset contains large blocks of zeros." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41314 msgid "Each dataset has a compression property, which defaults to off. This property can be set to one of a number of compression algorithms. This will cause all new data that is written to the dataset to be compressed. Beyond a reduction in space used, read and write throughput often increases because fewer blocks are read or written. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-copies #: book.translate.xml:41386 msgid "Copies" msgstr "Copies" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41388 msgid "When set to a value greater than 1, the copies property instructs ZFS to maintain multiple copies of each block in the File System or Volume. Setting this property on important datasets provides additional redundancy from which to recover a block that does not match its checksum. In pools without redundancy, the copies feature is the only form of redundancy. The copies feature can recover from a single bad sector or other forms of minor corruption, but it does not protect the pool from the loss of an entire disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41407 msgid "Checksums make it possible to detect duplicate blocks of data as they are written. With deduplication, the reference count of an existing, identical block is increased, saving storage space. To detect duplicate blocks, a deduplication table (DDT) is kept in memory. The table contains a list of unique checksums, the location of those blocks, and a reference count. When new data is written, the checksum is calculated and compared to the list. If a match is found, the existing block is used. The SHA256 checksum algorithm is used with deduplication to provide a secure cryptographic hash. Deduplication is tunable. If dedup is on, then a matching checksum is assumed to mean that the data is identical. If dedup is set to verify, then the data in the two blocks will be checked byte-for-byte to ensure it is actually identical. If the data is not identical, the hash collision will be noted and the two blocks will be stored separately. Because DDT must store the hash of each unique block, it consumes a very large amount of memory. A general rule of thumb is 5-6 GB of ram per 1 TB of deduplicated data). In situations where it is not practical to have enough RAM to keep the entire DDT in memory, performance will suffer greatly as the DDT must be read from disk before each new block is written. Deduplication can use L2ARC to store the DDT, providing a middle ground between fast system memory and slower disks. Consider using compression instead, which often provides nearly as much space savings without the additional memory requirement." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-scrub #: book.translate.xml:41445 msgid "Scrub" msgstr "Scrub" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41447 msgid "Instead of a consistency check like fsck8, ZFS has scrub. scrub reads all data blocks stored on the pool and verifies their checksums against the known good checksums stored in the metadata. A periodic check of all the data stored on the pool ensures the recovery of any corrupted blocks before they are needed. A scrub is not required after an unclean shutdown, but is recommended at least once every three months. The checksum of each block is verified as blocks are read during normal use, but a scrub makes certain that even infrequently used blocks are checked for silent corruption. Data security is improved, especially in archival storage situations. The relative priority of scrub can be adjusted with vfs.zfs.scrub_delay to prevent the scrub from degrading the performance of other workloads on the pool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-quota #: book.translate.xml:41467 msgid "Dataset Quota" msgstr "Dataset Quota" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:41476 msgid "ZFS supports different types of quotas: the dataset quota, the reference quota (refquota), the user quota, and the group quota." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:41484 msgid "Quotas limit the amount of space that a dataset and all of its descendants, including snapshots of the dataset, child datasets, and the snapshots of those datasets, can consume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:41490 msgid "Quotas cannot be set on volumes, as the volsize property acts as an implicit quota." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41469 msgid "ZFS provides very fast and accurate dataset, user, and group space accounting in addition to quotas and space reservations. This gives the administrator fine grained control over how space is allocated and allows space to be reserved for critical file systems. <_:para-1/> <_:para-2/> <_:note-3/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-refquota #: book.translate.xml:41497 msgid "Reference Quota" msgstr "Reference Quota" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41500 msgid "A reference quota limits the amount of space a dataset can consume by enforcing a hard limit. However, this hard limit includes only space that the dataset references and does not include space used by descendants, such as file systems or snapshots." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-userquota #: book.translate.xml:41508 msgid "User Quota" msgstr "User Quota" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41511 msgid "User quotas are useful to limit the amount of space that can be used by the specified user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-groupquota #: book.translate.xml:41516 msgid "Group Quota" msgstr "Group Quota" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41519 msgid "The group quota limits the amount of space that a specified group can consume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-reservation #: book.translate.xml:41524 msgid "Dataset Reservation" msgstr "Dataset Reservation" #. (itstool) path: entry/para #: book.translate.xml:41542 msgid "Reservations of any sort are useful in many situations, such as planning and testing the suitability of disk space allocation in a new system, or ensuring that enough space is available on file systems for audio logs or system recovery procedures and files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41527 msgid "The reservation property makes it possible to guarantee a minimum amount of space for a specific dataset and its descendants. If a 10 GB reservation is set on storage/home/bob, and another dataset tries to use all of the free space, at least 10 GB of space is reserved for this dataset. If a snapshot is taken of storage/home/bob, the space used by that snapshot is counted against the reservation. The refreservation property works in a similar way, but it excludes descendants like snapshots. <_:para-1/>" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-refreservation #: book.translate.xml:41552 msgid "Reference Reservation" msgstr "Reference Reservation" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41555 msgid "The refreservation property makes it possible to guarantee a minimum amount of space for the use of a specific dataset excluding its descendants. This means that if a 10 GB reservation is set on storage/home/bob, and another dataset tries to use all of the free space, at least 10 GB of space is reserved for this dataset. In contrast to a regular reservation, space used by snapshots and descendant datasets is not counted against the reservation. For example, if a snapshot is taken of storage/home/bob, enough disk space must exist outside of the refreservation amount for the operation to succeed. Descendants of the main data set are not counted in the refreservation amount and so do not encroach on the space set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-resilver #: book.translate.xml:41577 msgid "Resilver" msgstr "Resilver" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41579 msgid "When a disk fails and is replaced, the new disk must be filled with the data that was lost. The process of using the parity information distributed across the remaining drives to calculate and write the missing data to the new drive is called resilvering." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-online #: book.translate.xml:41588 msgid "Online" msgstr "Online" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41590 msgid "A pool or vdev in the Online state has all of its member devices connected and fully operational. Individual devices in the Online state are functioning normally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-offline #: book.translate.xml:41598 msgid "Offline" msgstr "Offline" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41600 msgid "Individual devices can be put in an Offline state by the administrator if there is sufficient redundancy to avoid putting the pool or vdev into a Faulted state. An administrator may choose to offline a disk in preparation for replacing it, or to make it easier to identify." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-degraded #: book.translate.xml:41611 msgid "Degraded" msgstr "Degraded" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41613 msgid "A pool or vdev in the Degraded state has one or more disks that have been disconnected or have failed. The pool is still usable, but if additional devices fail, the pool could become unrecoverable. Reconnecting the missing devices or replacing the failed disks will return the pool to an Online state after the reconnected or new device has completed the Resilver process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-faulted #: book.translate.xml:41626 msgid "Faulted" msgstr "Faulted" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:41628 msgid "A pool or vdev in the Faulted state is no longer operational. The data on it can no longer be accessed. A pool or vdev enters the Faulted state when the number of missing or failed devices exceeds the level of redundancy in the vdev. If missing devices can be reconnected, the pool will return to a Online state. If there is insufficient redundancy to compensate for the number of failed disks, then the contents of the pool are lost and must be restored from backups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:41653 msgid "Other File Systems" msgstr "Andere bestandssystemen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:41664 msgid "File Systems" msgstr "File Systems" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:41665 msgid "File Systems Support File Systems" msgstr "File Systems Support File Systems" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:41670 msgid "File systems are an integral part of any operating system. They allow users to upload and store files, provide access to data, and make hard drives useful. Different operating systems differ in their native file system. Traditionally, the native FreeBSD file system has been the Unix File System UFS which has been modernized as UFS2. Since FreeBSD 7.0, the Z File System (ZFS) is also available as a native file system. See for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:41680 msgid "In addition to its native file systems, FreeBSD supports a multitude of other file systems so that data from other operating systems can be accessed locally, such as data stored on locally attached USB storage devices, flash drives, and hard disks. This includes support for the Linux Extended File System (EXT) and the Reiser file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:41688 msgid "There are different levels of FreeBSD support for the various file systems. Some require a kernel module to be loaded and others may require a toolset to be installed. Some non-native file system support is full read-write while others are read-only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41698 msgid "The difference between native and supported file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41703 msgid "Which file systems are supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41707 msgid "How to enable, configure, access, and make use of non-native file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41716 msgid "Understand UNIX and FreeBSD basics." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41721 msgid "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration and compilation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41726 msgid "Feel comfortable installing software in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41731 msgid "Have some familiarity with disks, storage, and device names in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:41738 msgid "Linux File Systems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:41740 msgid "FreeBSD provides built-in support for several Linux file systems. This section demonstrates how to load support for and how to mount the supported Linux file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:41745 msgid "ext2" msgstr "ext2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41747 msgid "Kernel support for ext2 file systems has been available since FreeBSD 2.2. In FreeBSD 8.x and earlier, the code is licensed under the GPL. Since FreeBSD 9.0, the code has been rewritten and is now BSD licensed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41754 msgid "The ext2fs5 driver allows the FreeBSD kernel to both read and write to ext2 file systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:41758 msgid "This driver can also be used to access ext3 and ext4 file systems. However, ext3 journaling and extended attributes are not supported. Support for ext4 is read-only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41764 msgid "To access an ext file system, first load the kernel loadable module:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:41767 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload ext2fs" msgstr "# kldload ext2fs" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41769 msgid "Then, mount the ext volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts /dev/ad1s1 on /mnt:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:41774 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t ext2fs /dev/ad1s1 /mnt" msgstr "# mount -t ext2fs /dev/ad1s1 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:41778 msgid "ReiserFS" msgstr "ReiserFS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41780 msgid "FreeBSD provides read-only support for The Reiser file system, ReiserFS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41783 msgid "To load the reiserfs5 driver:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:41785 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload reiserfs" msgstr "# kldload reiserfs" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41787 msgid "Then, to mount a ReiserFS volume located on /dev/ad1s1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:41790 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t reiserfs /dev/ad1s1 /mnt" msgstr "# mount -t reiserfs /dev/ad1s1 /mnt" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:41845 msgid "Virtualization" msgstr "Virtualisatie" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:41848 book.translate.xml:56886 msgid " Murray Stokely Contributed by " msgstr " Murray Stokely Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:41858 msgid " Allan Jude bhyve section by " msgstr " Allan Jude bhyve sectie door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:41871 msgid "Virtualization software allows multiple operating systems to run simultaneously on the same computer. Such software systems for PCs often involve a host operating system which runs the virtualization software and supports any number of guest operating systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41881 msgid "The difference between a host operating system and a guest operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41886 msgid "How to install FreeBSD on an Intel-based Apple Mac computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41891 msgid "How to install FreeBSD on Microsoft Windows with Virtual PC." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41896 msgid "How to install FreeBSD as a guest in bhyve." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41901 msgid "How to tune a FreeBSD system for best performance under virtualization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41911 msgid "Understand the basics of UNIX and FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41916 msgid "Know how to install FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41921 msgid "Know how to set up a network connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:41926 msgid "Know how to install additional third-party software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:41933 msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on Parallels for Mac OS X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:41936 msgid "Parallels Desktop for Mac is a commercial software product available for Intel based Apple Mac computers running Mac OS 10.4.6 or higher. FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating system. Once Parallels has been installed on Mac OS X, the user must configure a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:41945 msgid "Installing FreeBSD on Parallels/Mac OS X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41947 msgid "The first step in installing FreeBSD on Parallels is to create a new virtual machine for installing FreeBSD. Select FreeBSD as the Guest OS Type when prompted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:41955 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41959 msgid "Choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans for this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work well for most uses of FreeBSD under Parallels:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:41966 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:41972 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:41978 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:41984 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:41988 msgid "Select the type of networking and a network interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:41993 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:41999 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42003 book.translate.xml:42187 msgid "Save and finish the configuration:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42007 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42013 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42017 msgid "After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD CD/DVD or with an ISO image downloaded from an official FTP site. Copy the appropriate ISO image to the local Mac filesystem or insert a CD/DVD in the Mac's CD-ROM drive. Click on the disc icon in the bottom right corner of the FreeBSD Parallels window. This will bring up a window that can be used to associate the CD-ROM drive in the virtual machine with the ISO file on disk or with the real CD-ROM drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42034 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42038 msgid "Once this association with the CD-ROM source has been made, reboot the FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking the reboot icon. Parallels will reboot with a special BIOS that first checks if there is a CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42047 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42051 msgid "In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal FreeBSD installation. Perform the installation, but do not attempt to configure Xorg at this time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42058 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42062 msgid "When the installation is finished, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD virtual machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42067 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42073 msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on Parallels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42076 msgid "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on Mac OS X with Parallels, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the system for virtualized operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:42083 book.translate.xml:42288 book.translate.xml:42492 msgid "Set Boot Loader Variables" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42085 msgid "The most important step is to reduce the tunable to reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the Parallels environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42092 book.translate.xml:42297 book.translate.xml:42501 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.hz=100" msgstr "kern.hz=100" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42094 msgid "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD Parallels guest will use roughly 15% of the CPU of a single processor iMac. After this change the usage will be closer to 5%." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:42101 book.translate.xml:42307 book.translate.xml:42510 msgid "Create a New Kernel Configuration File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42103 msgid "All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom kernel configuration file. Parallels provides a virtual network adapter used by the ed4 driver, so all network devices except for ed4 and miibus4 can be removed from the kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:42112 book.translate.xml:42318 book.translate.xml:42521 msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42114 msgid "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to the same local area network as the host Mac. This can be accomplished by adding ifconfig_ed0=\"DHCP\" to /etc/rc.conf. More advanced networking setups are described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:42127 msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on Virtual PC for Windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42130 msgid "Virtual PC for Windows is a Microsoft software product available for free download. See this website for the system requirements. Once Virtual PC has been installed on Microsoft Windows, the user can configure a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42139 msgid "Installing FreeBSD on Virtual PC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42142 msgid "The first step in installing FreeBSD on Virtual PC is to create a new virtual machine for installing FreeBSD. Select Create a virtual machine when prompted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42150 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42156 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42160 msgid "Select Other as the Operating system when prompted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42166 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42170 msgid "Then, choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans for this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work well for most uses of FreeBSD under Virtual PC:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42177 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42183 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42191 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42195 msgid "Select the FreeBSD virtual machine and click Settings, then set the type of networking and a network interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42201 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42207 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42211 msgid "After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD CD/DVD or with an ISO image downloaded from an official FTP site. Copy the appropriate ISO image to the local Windows filesystem or insert a CD/DVD in the CD drive, then double click on the FreeBSD virtual machine to boot. Then, click CD and choose Capture ISO Image... on the Virtual PC window. This will bring up a window where the CD-ROM drive in the virtual machine can be associated with an ISO file on disk or with the real CD-ROM drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42229 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42235 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42239 msgid "Once this association with the CD-ROM source has been made, reboot the FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking Action and Reset. Virtual PC will reboot with a special BIOS that first checks for a CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42249 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42253 msgid "In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal FreeBSD installation. Continue with the installation, but do not attempt to configure Xorg at this time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42260 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42264 msgid "When the installation is finished, remember to eject the CD/DVD or release the ISO image. Finally, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD virtual machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42271 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42277 msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on Virtual PC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42280 msgid "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on Microsoft Windows with Virtual PC, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the system for virtualized operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42290 msgid "The most important step is to reduce the tunable to reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the Virtual PC environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42299 msgid "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD Virtual PC guest OS will use roughly 40% of the CPU of a single processor computer. After this change, the usage will be closer to 3%." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42309 msgid "All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom kernel configuration file. Virtual PC provides a virtual network adapter used by the de4 driver, so all network devices except for de4 and miibus4 can be removed from the kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42320 msgid "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to the same local area network as the Microsoft Windows host. This can be accomplished by adding ifconfig_de0=\"DHCP\" to /etc/rc.conf. More advanced networking setups are described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:42333 msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on VMware Fusion for Mac OS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42336 msgid "VMware Fusion for Mac is a commercial software product available for Intel based Apple Mac computers running Mac OS 10.4.9 or higher. FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating system. Once VMware Fusion has been installed on Mac OS X, the user can configure a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42345 msgid "Installing FreeBSD on VMware Fusion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42348 msgid "The first step is to start VMware Fusion which will load the Virtual Machine Library. Click New to create the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42355 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd01' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd01' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42359 msgid "This will load the New Virtual Machine Assistant. Click Continue to proceed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42364 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd02' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd02' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42368 msgid "Select Other as the Operating System and either FreeBSD or FreeBSD 64-bit, as the Version when prompted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42376 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd03' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd03' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42380 msgid "Choose the name of the virtual machine and the directory where it should be saved:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42385 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd04' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd04' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42389 msgid "Choose the size of the Virtual Hard Disk for the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42394 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd05' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd05' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42398 msgid "Choose the method to install the virtual machine, either from an ISO image or from a CD/DVD:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42404 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd06' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd06' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42408 msgid "Click Finish and the virtual machine will boot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42413 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd07' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd07' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42417 msgid "Install FreeBSD as usual:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42421 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd08' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd08' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42425 msgid "Once the install is complete, the settings of the virtual machine can be modified, such as memory usage:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:42429 msgid "The System Hardware settings of the virtual machine cannot be modified while the virtual machine is running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42436 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd09' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd09' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42440 msgid "The number of CPUs the virtual machine will have access to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42445 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42449 msgid "The status of the CD-ROM device. Normally the CD/DVD/ISO is disconnected from the virtual machine when it is no longer needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42457 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42461 msgid "The last thing to change is how the virtual machine will connect to the network. To allow connections to the virtual machine from other machines besides the host, choose Connect directly to the physical network (Bridged). Otherwise, Share the host's internet connection (NAT) is preferred so that the virtual machine can have access to the Internet, but the network cannot access the virtual machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:42473 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42477 msgid "After modifying the settings, boot the newly installed FreeBSD virtual machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42482 msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on VMware Fusion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42485 msgid "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on Mac OS X with VMware Fusion, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the system for virtualized operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42494 msgid "The most important step is to reduce the tunable to reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the VMware Fusion environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42503 msgid "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD VMware Fusion guest will use roughly 15% of the CPU of a single processor iMac. After this change, the usage will be closer to 5%." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42512 msgid "All of the FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom kernel configuration file. VMware Fusion provides a virtual network adapter used by the em4 driver, so all network devices except for em4 can be removed from the kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:42523 msgid "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to the same local area network as the host Mac. This can be accomplished by adding ifconfig_em0=\"DHCP\" to /etc/rc.conf. More advanced networking setups are described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:42536 msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on VirtualBox" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42538 msgid "FreeBSD works well as a guest in VirtualBox. The virtualization software is available for most common operating systems, including FreeBSD itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42543 msgid "The VirtualBox guest additions provide support for:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:42548 msgid "Clipboard sharing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:42552 msgid "Mouse pointer integration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:42556 msgid "Host time synchronization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:42560 msgid "Window scaling." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:42564 msgid "Seamless mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:42569 msgid "These commands are run in the FreeBSD guest." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42572 msgid "First, install the emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions package or port in the FreeBSD guest. This will install the port:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:42576 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions && make install clean" msgstr "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions && make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42578 msgid "Add these lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42580 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vboxguest_enable=\"YES\"\n" "vboxservice_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "vboxguest_enable=\"YES\"\n" "vboxservice_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42583 msgid "If ntpd8 or ntpdate8 is used, disable host time synchronization:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42586 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxservice_flags=\"--disable-timesync\"" msgstr "vboxservice_flags=\"--disable-timesync\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42588 msgid "Xorg will automatically recognize the vboxvideo driver. It can also be manually entered in /etc/X11/xorg.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42593 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" "\tDriver \"vboxvideo\"\n" "\tVendorName \"InnoTek Systemberatung GmbH\"\n" "\tBoardName \"VirtualBox Graphics Adapter\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" "\tDriver \"vboxvideo\"\n" "\tVendorName \"InnoTek Systemberatung GmbH\"\n" "\tBoardName \"VirtualBox Graphics Adapter\"\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42600 msgid "To use the vboxmouse driver, adjust the mouse section in /etc/X11/xorg.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42603 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Mouse0\"\n" "\tDriver \"vboxmouse\"\n" "EndSection" msgstr "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Mouse0\"\n" "\tDriver \"vboxmouse\"\n" "EndSection" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42608 msgid "HAL users should create the following /usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/policy/90-vboxguest.fdi or copy it from /usr/local/share/hal/fdi/policy/10osvendor/90-vboxguest.fdi:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42613 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n" "<!--\n" "# Sun VirtualBox\n" "# Hal driver description for the vboxmouse driver\n" "# $Id: chapter.xml,v 1.33 2012-03-17 04:53:52 eadler Exp $\n" "\n" "\tCopyright (C) 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.\n" "\n" "\tThis file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE, as\n" "\tavailable from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;\n" "\tyou can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU\n" "\tGeneral Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software\n" "\tFoundation, in version 2 as it comes in the \"COPYING\" file of the\n" "\tVirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the\n" "\thope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.\n" "\n" "\tPlease contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa\n" "\tClara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need\n" "\tadditional information or have any questions.\n" "-->\n" "<deviceinfo version=\"0.2\">\n" " <device>\n" " <match key=\"info.subsystem\" string=\"pci\">\n" " <match key=\"info.product\" string=\"VirtualBox guest Service\">\n" " <append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\">input</append>\n" "\t<append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\">input.mouse</append>\n" " <merge key=\"input.x11_driver\" type=\"string\">vboxmouse</merge>\n" "\t<merge key=\"input.device\" type=\"string\">/dev/vboxguest</merge>\n" " </match>\n" " </match>\n" " </device>\n" "</deviceinfo>" msgstr "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n" "<!--\n" "# Sun VirtualBox\n" "# Hal driver description for the vboxmouse driver\n" "# $Id: chapter.xml,v 1.33 2012-03-17 04:53:52 eadler Exp $\n" "\n" "\tCopyright (C) 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.\n" "\n" "\tThis file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE, as\n" "\tavailable from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;\n" "\tyou can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU\n" "\tGeneral Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software\n" "\tFoundation, in version 2 as it comes in the \"COPYING\" file of the\n" "\tVirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the\n" "\thope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.\n" "\n" "\tPlease contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa\n" "\tClara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need\n" "\tadditional information or have any questions.\n" "-->\n" "<deviceinfo version=\"0.2\">\n" " <device>\n" " <match key=\"info.subsystem\" string=\"pci\">\n" " <match key=\"info.product\" string=\"VirtualBox guest Service\">\n" " <append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\">input</append>\n" "\t<append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\">input.mouse</append>\n" " <merge key=\"input.x11_driver\" type=\"string\">vboxmouse</merge>\n" "\t<merge key=\"input.device\" type=\"string\">/dev/vboxguest</merge>\n" " </match>\n" " </match>\n" " </device>\n" "</deviceinfo>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:42648 msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with VirtualBox" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42651 msgid "VirtualBox is an actively developed, complete virtualization package, that is available for most operating systems including Windows, Mac OS, Linux and FreeBSD. It is equally capable of running Windows or UNIX-like guests. It is released as open source software, but with closed-source components available in a separate extension pack. These components include support for USB 2.0 devices. More information may be found on the Downloads page of the VirtualBox wiki. Currently, these extensions are not available for FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42664 msgid "Installing VirtualBox" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42666 msgid "VirtualBox is available as a FreeBSD package or port in emulators/virtualbox-ose. The port can be installed using these commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42671 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42674 msgid "One useful option in the port's configuration menu is the GuestAdditions suite of programs. These provide a number of useful features in guest operating systems, like mouse pointer integration (allowing the mouse to be shared between host and guest without the need to press a special keyboard shortcut to switch) and faster video rendering, especially in Windows guests. The guest additions are available in the Devices menu, after the installation of the guest is finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42684 msgid "A few configuration changes are needed before VirtualBox is started for the first time. The port installs a kernel module in /boot/modules which must be loaded into the running kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42690 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vboxdrv" msgstr "# kldload vboxdrv" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42692 msgid "To ensure the module is always loaded after a reboot, add this line to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42696 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxdrv_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "vboxdrv_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42698 msgid "To use the kernel modules that allow bridged or host-only networking, add this line to /etc/rc.conf and reboot the computer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42703 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxnet_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "vboxnet_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42705 msgid "The vboxusers group is created during installation of VirtualBox. All users that need access to VirtualBox will have to be added as members of this group. pw can be used to add new members:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42712 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod vboxusers -m yourusername" msgstr "# pw groupmod vboxusers -m yourusername" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42714 msgid "The default permissions for /dev/vboxnetctl are restrictive and need to be changed for bridged networking:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42718 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chown root:vboxusers /dev/vboxnetctl\n" "# chmod 0660 /dev/vboxnetctl" msgstr "" "# chown root:vboxusers /dev/vboxnetctl\n" "# chmod 0660 /dev/vboxnetctl" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42721 msgid "To make this permissions change permanent, add these lines to /etc/devfs.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42724 #, no-wrap msgid "" "own vboxnetctl root:vboxusers\n" "perm vboxnetctl 0660" msgstr "" "own vboxnetctl root:vboxusers\n" "perm vboxnetctl 0660" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42727 msgid "To launch VirtualBox, type from a Xorg session:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42730 #, no-wrap msgid "% VirtualBox" msgstr "% VirtualBox" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42732 msgid "For more information on configuring and using VirtualBox, refer to the official website. For FreeBSD-specific information and troubleshooting instructions, refer to the relevant page in the FreeBSD wiki." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42741 msgid "VirtualBox USB Support" msgstr "VirtualBox USB ondersteuning" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42743 msgid "The VirtualBox extension pack is not available for FreeBSD hosts. Without the extension pack, the FreeBSD host cannot pass USB ports through to guest operating systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42750 msgid "VirtualBox Host DVD/CD Access" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42753 msgid "Access to the host DVD/CD drives from guests is achieved through the sharing of the physical drives. Within VirtualBox, this is set up from the Storage window in the Settings of the virtual machine. If needed, create an empty IDE CD/DVD device first. Then choose the Host Drive from the popup menu for the virtual CD/DVD drive selection. A checkbox labeled Passthrough will appear. This allows the virtual machine to use the hardware directly. For example, audio CDs or the burner will only function if this option is selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42767 msgid "HAL needs to run for VirtualBox DVD/CD functions to work, so enable it in /etc/rc.conf and start it if it is not already running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42773 #, no-wrap msgid "hald_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "hald_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42775 #, no-wrap msgid "# service hald start" msgstr "# service hald start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42777 msgid "In order for users to be able to use VirtualBox DVD/CD functions, they need access to /dev/xpt0, /dev/cdN, and /dev/passN. This is usually achieved by making the user a member of operator. Permissions to these devices have to be corrected by adding these lines to /etc/devfs.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42788 #, no-wrap msgid "" "perm cd* 0660\n" "perm xpt0 0660\n" "perm pass* 0660" msgstr "" "perm cd* 0660\n" "perm xpt0 0660\n" "perm pass* 0660" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42792 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devfs restart" msgstr "# service devfs restart" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:42797 msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with bhyve" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42800 msgid "The bhyve BSD-licensed hypervisor became part of the base system with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This hypervisor supports a number of guests, including FreeBSD, OpenBSD, and many Linux distributions. Currently, bhyve only supports a serial console and does not emulate a graphical console. Virtualization offload features of newer CPUs are used to avoid the legacy methods of translating instructions and manually managing memory mappings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:42811 msgid "The bhyve design requires a processor that supports Intel Extended Page Tables (EPT) or AMD Rapid Virtualization Indexing (RVI) or Nested Page Tables (NPT). Hosting Linux guests or FreeBSD guests with more than one vCPU requires VMX unrestricted mode support (UG). Most newer processors, specifically the Intel Core i3/i5/i7 and Intel Xeon E3/E5/E7, support these features. UG support was introduced with Intel's Westmere micro-architecture. For a complete list of Intel processors that support EPT, refer to . RVI is found on the third generation and later of the AMD Opteron (Barcelona) processors. The easiest way to tell if a processor supports bhyve is to run dmesg or look in /var/run/dmesg.boot for the POPCNT processor feature flag on the Features2 line for AMD processors or EPT and UG on the VT-x line for Intel processors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42836 msgid "Preparing the Host" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42838 msgid "The first step to creating a virtual machine in bhyve is configuring the host system. First, load the bhyve kernel module:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42843 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vmm" msgstr "# kldload vmm" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42845 msgid "Then, create a tap interface for the network device in the virtual machine to attach to. In order for the network device to participate in the network, also create a bridge interface containing the tap interface and the physical interface as members. In this example, the physical interface is igb0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42853 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig tap0 create\n" "# sysctl net.link.tap.up_on_open=1\n" "net.link.tap.up_on_open: 0 -> 1\n" "# ifconfig bridge0 create\n" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm igb0 addm tap0\n" "# ifconfig bridge0 up" msgstr "" "# ifconfig tap0 create\n" "# sysctl net.link.tap.up_on_open=1\n" "net.link.tap.up_on_open: 0 -> 1\n" "# ifconfig bridge0 create\n" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm igb0 addm tap0\n" "# ifconfig bridge0 up" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42862 msgid "Creating a FreeBSD Guest" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42864 msgid "Create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine. Specify the size and name of the virtual disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42868 #, no-wrap msgid "# truncate -s 16G guest.img" msgstr "# truncate -s 16G guest.img" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42870 msgid "Download an installation image of FreeBSD to install:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42872 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# fetch ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/10.3/FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso\n" "FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso 100% of 230 MB 570 kBps 06m17s" msgstr "" "# fetch ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/10.3/FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso\n" "FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso 100% of 230 MB 570 kBps 06m17s" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42875 msgid "FreeBSD comes with an example script for running a virtual machine in bhyve. The script will start the virtual machine and run it in a loop, so it will automatically restart if it crashes. The script takes a number of options to control the configuration of the machine: controls the number of virtual CPUs, limits the amount of memory available to the guest, defines which tap device to use, indicates which disk image to use, tells bhyve to boot from the CD image instead of the disk, and defines which CD image to use. The last parameter is the name of the virtual machine, used to track the running machines. This example starts the virtual machine in installation mode:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42892 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 4 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img -i -I FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso guestname" msgstr "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 4 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img -i -I FreeBSD-10.3-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso guestname" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42894 msgid "The virtual machine will boot and start the installer. After installing a system in the virtual machine, when the system asks about dropping in to a shell at the end of the installation, choose Yes. A small change needs to be made to make the system start with a serial console. Edit /etc/ttys and replace the existing ttyu0 line with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42902 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty 3wire\" xterm on secure" msgstr "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty 3wire\" xterm on secure" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:42904 msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE and 10.1-RELEASE the console is configured automatically." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42908 msgid "Reboot the virtual machine. While rebooting the virtual machine causes bhyve to exit, the vmrun.sh script runs bhyve in a loop and will automatically restart it. When this happens, choose the reboot option from the boot loader menu in order to escape the loop. Now the guest can be started from the virtual disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42916 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 4 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img guestname" msgstr "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 4 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img guestname" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:42920 msgid "Creating a Linux Guest" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42922 msgid "In order to boot operating systems other than FreeBSD, the sysutils/grub2-bhyve port must be first installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42926 msgid "Next, create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42929 #, no-wrap msgid "# truncate -s 16G linux.img" msgstr "# truncate -s 16G linux.img" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42931 msgid "Starting a virtual machine with bhyve is a two step process. First a kernel must be loaded, then the guest can be started. The Linux kernel is loaded with sysutils/grub2-bhyve. Create a device.map that grub will use to map the virtual devices to the files on the host system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:42940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(hd0) ./linux.img\n" "(cd0) ./somelinux.iso" msgstr "" "(hd0) ./linux.img\n" "(cd0) ./somelinux.iso" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42943 msgid "Use sysutils/grub2-bhyve to load the Linux kernel from the ISO image:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42946 #, no-wrap msgid "# grub-bhyve -m device.map -r cd0 -M 1024M linuxguest" msgstr "# grub-bhyve -m device.map -r cd0 -M 1024M linuxguest" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42948 msgid "This will start grub. If the installation CD contains a grub.cfg, a menu will be displayed. If not, the vmlinuz and initrd files must be located and loaded manually:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42955 #, no-wrap msgid "" "grub> ls\n" "(hd0) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n" "grub> ls (cd0)/isolinux\n" "boot.cat boot.msg grub.conf initrd.img isolinux.bin isolinux.cfg memtest\n" "splash.jpg TRANS.TBL vesamenu.c32 vmlinuz\n" "grub> linux (cd0)/isolinux/vmlinuz\n" "grub> initrd (cd0)/isolinux/initrd.img\n" "grub> boot" msgstr "" "grub> ls\n" "(hd0) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n" "grub> ls (cd0)/isolinux\n" "boot.cat boot.msg grub.conf initrd.img isolinux.bin isolinux.cfg memtest\n" "splash.jpg TRANS.TBL vesamenu.c32 vmlinuz\n" "grub> linux (cd0)/isolinux/vmlinuz\n" "grub> initrd (cd0)/isolinux/initrd.img\n" "grub> boot" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42964 msgid "Now that the Linux kernel is loaded, the guest can be started:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42967 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img \\\n" " -s 4:0,ahci-cd,./somelinux.iso -l com1,stdio -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest" msgstr "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img \\\n" " -s 4:0,ahci-cd,./somelinux.iso -l com1,stdio -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42970 msgid "The system will boot and start the installer. After installing a system in the virtual machine, reboot the virtual machine. This will cause bhyve to exit. The instance of the virtual machine needs to be destroyed before it can be started again:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42976 book.translate.xml:43004 #, no-wrap msgid "# bhyvectl --destroy --vm=linuxguest" msgstr "# bhyvectl --destroy --vm=linuxguest" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42978 msgid "Now the guest can be started directly from the virtual disk. Load the kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42981 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# grub-bhyve -m device.map -r hd0,msdos1 -M 1024M linuxguest\n" "grub> ls\n" "(hd0) (hd0,msdos2) (hd0,msdos1) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n" "(lvm/VolGroup-lv_swap) (lvm/VolGroup-lv_root)\n" "grub> ls (hd0,msdos1)/\n" "lost+found/ grub/ efi/ System.map-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 config-2.6.32-431.el6.x\n" "86_64 symvers-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.gz vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64\n" "initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img\n" "grub> linux (hd0,msdos1)/vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 root=/dev/mapper/VolGroup-lv_root\n" "grub> initrd (hd0,msdos1)/initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img\n" "grub> boot" msgstr "" "# grub-bhyve -m device.map -r hd0,msdos1 -M 1024M linuxguest\n" "grub> ls\n" "(hd0) (hd0,msdos2) (hd0,msdos1) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n" "(lvm/VolGroup-lv_swap) (lvm/VolGroup-lv_root)\n" "grub> ls (hd0,msdos1)/\n" "lost+found/ grub/ efi/ System.map-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 config-2.6.32-431.el6.x\n" "86_64 symvers-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.gz vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64\n" "initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img\n" "grub> linux (hd0,msdos1)/vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 root=/dev/mapper/VolGroup-lv_root\n" "grub> initrd (hd0,msdos1)/initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img\n" "grub> boot" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42993 msgid "Boot the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:42995 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 \\\n" " -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img -l com1,stdio -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest" msgstr "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 \\\n" " -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img -l com1,stdio -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:42998 msgid "Linux will now boot in the virtual machine and eventually present you with the login prompt. Login and use the virtual machine. When you are finished, reboot the virtual machine to exit bhyve. Destroy the virtual machine instance:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:43008 msgid "Using ZFS with bhyve Guests" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43011 msgid "If ZFS is available on the host machine, using ZFS volumes instead of disk image files can provide significant performance benefits for the guest VMs. A ZFS volume can be created by:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:43017 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs create -V16G -o volmode=dev zroot/linuxdisk0" msgstr "# zfs create -V16G -o volmode=dev zroot/linuxdisk0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43019 msgid "When starting the VM, specify the ZFS volume as the disk drive:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:43022 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s3:0,virtio-blk,/dev/zvol/zroot/linuxdisk0 \\\n" " -l com1,stdio -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest" msgstr "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s3:0,virtio-blk,/dev/zvol/zroot/linuxdisk0 \\\n" " -l com1,stdio -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:43027 msgid "Virtual Machine Consoles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43029 msgid "It is advantageous to wrap the bhyve console in a session management tool such as sysutils/tmux or sysutils/screen in order to detach and reattach to the console. It is also possible to have the console of bhyve be a null modem device that can be accessed with cu. To do this, load the nmdm kernel module and replace with . The /dev/nmdm devices are created automatically as needed, where each is a pair, corresponding to the two ends of the null modem cable (/dev/nmdm0A and /dev/nmdm0B). See nmdm4 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:43046 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload nmdm\n" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img \\\n" " -l com1,/dev/nmdm0A -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest\n" "# cu -l /dev/nmdm0B\n" "Connected\n" "\n" "Ubuntu 13.10 handbook ttyS0\n" "\n" "handbook login:" msgstr "" "# kldload nmdm\n" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img \\\n" " -l com1,/dev/nmdm0A -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest\n" "# cu -l /dev/nmdm0B\n" "Connected\n" "\n" "Ubuntu 13.10 handbook ttyS0\n" "\n" "handbook login:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:43058 msgid "Managing Virtual Machines" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43060 msgid "A device node is created in /dev/vmm for each virtual machine. This allows the administrator to easily see a list of the running virtual machines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:43064 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls -al /dev/vmm\n" "total 1\n" "dr-xr-xr-x 2 root wheel 512 Mar 17 12:19 ./\n" "dr-xr-xr-x 14 root wheel 512 Mar 17 06:38 ../\n" "crw------- 1 root wheel 0x1a2 Mar 17 12:20 guestname\n" "crw------- 1 root wheel 0x19f Mar 17 12:19 linuxguest\n" "crw------- 1 root wheel 0x1a1 Mar 17 12:19 otherguest" msgstr "" "# ls -al /dev/vmm\n" "total 1\n" "dr-xr-xr-x 2 root wheel 512 Mar 17 12:19 ./\n" "dr-xr-xr-x 14 root wheel 512 Mar 17 06:38 ../\n" "crw------- 1 root wheel 0x1a2 Mar 17 12:20 guestname\n" "crw------- 1 root wheel 0x19f Mar 17 12:19 linuxguest\n" "crw------- 1 root wheel 0x1a1 Mar 17 12:19 otherguest" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43072 msgid "A specified virtual machine can be destroyed using bhyvectl:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:43075 #, no-wrap msgid "# bhyvectl --destroy --vm=guestname" msgstr "# bhyvectl --destroy --vm=guestname" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:43079 msgid "Persistent Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43081 msgid "In order to configure the system to start bhyve guests at boot time, the following configurations must be made in the specified files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:43088 msgid "/etc/sysctl.conf" msgstr "/etc/sysctl.conf" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43090 #, no-wrap msgid "net.link.tap.up_on_open=1" msgstr "net.link.tap.up_on_open=1" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:43094 msgid "/boot/loader.conf" msgstr "/boot/loader.conf" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43096 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vmm_load=\"YES\"\n" "nmdm_load=\"YES\"\n" "if_bridge_load=\"YES\"\n" "if_tap_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "vmm_load=\"YES\"\n" "nmdm_load=\"YES\"\n" "if_bridge_load=\"YES\"\n" "if_tap_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/title #: book.translate.xml:43103 msgid "/etc/rc.conf" msgstr "/etc/rc.conf" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43105 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0 tap0\"\n" "ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm igb0 addm tap0\"" msgstr "" "cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0 tap0\"\n" "ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm igb0 addm tap0\"" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:43133 msgid "Localization - i18n/L10n Usage and Setup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:43138 msgid "AndreyChernovContributed by " msgstr " AndreyChernov Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:43142 msgid "Michael C.WuRewritten by " msgstr " Michael C. Wu Herschreven door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43152 msgid "FreeBSD is a distributed project with users and contributors located all over the world. As such, FreeBSD supports localization into many languages, allowing users to view, input, or process data in non-English languages. One can choose from most of the major languages, including, but not limited to: Chinese, German, Japanese, Korean, French, Russian, and Vietnamese." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43160 msgid "internationalization localization" msgstr "internationalization localization" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43164 msgid "localization" msgstr "localization" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43166 msgid "The term internationalization has been shortened to i18n, which represents the number of letters between the first and the last letters of internationalization. L10n uses the same naming scheme, but from localization. The i18n/L10n methods, protocols, and applications allow users to use languages of their choice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43176 msgid "This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of FreeBSD. After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43182 msgid "How locale names are constructed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43186 msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43190 msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43195 msgid "How to configure Xorg for different languages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43200 msgid "How to find i18n-compliant applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43205 msgid "Where to find more information for configuring specific languages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43213 msgid "Know how to install additional third-party applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:43220 msgid "Using Localization" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43222 book.translate.xml:43339 msgid "locale" msgstr "locale" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43224 msgid "Localization settings are based on three components: the language code, country code, and encoding. Locale names are constructed from these parts as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43228 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_CountryCode.Encoding" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43230 msgid "language codes" msgstr "language codes" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43231 msgid "country codes" msgstr "country codes" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43233 msgid "The LanguageCode and CountryCode are used to determine the country and the specific language variation. provides some examples of LanguageCode_CountryCode:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:43239 msgid "Common Language and Country Codes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43244 msgid "LanguageCode_Country Code" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43251 msgid "en_US" msgstr "en_US" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43252 msgid "English, United States" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43256 msgid "ru_RU" msgstr "ru_RU" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43257 msgid "Russian, Russia" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43261 msgid "zh_TW" msgstr "zh_TW" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43262 msgid "Traditional Chinese, Taiwan" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43268 msgid "A complete listing of available locales can be found by typing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:43271 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale -a | more" msgstr "% locale -a | more" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43273 msgid "To determine the current locale setting:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:43275 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale" msgstr "% locale" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43277 msgid "encodings" msgstr "encodings" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43278 msgid "ASCII" msgstr "ASCII" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43280 msgid "Language specific character sets, such as ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, and CP437, are described in multibyte3. The active list of character sets can be found at the IANA Registry." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43286 msgid "Some languages, such as Chinese or Japanese, cannot be represented using ASCII characters and require an extended language encoding using either wide or multibyte characters. Examples of wide or multibyte encodings include EUC and Big5. Older applications may mistake these encodings for control characters while newer applications usually recognize these characters. Depending on the implementation, users may be required to compile an application with wide or multibyte character support, or to configure it correctly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:43298 msgid "FreeBSD uses Xorg-compatible locale encodings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43301 msgid "The rest of this section describes the various methods for configuring the locale on a FreeBSD system. The next section will discuss the considerations for finding and compiling applications with i18n support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:43307 msgid "Setting Locale for Login Shell" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43309 msgid "Locale settings are configured either in a user's ~/.login_conf or in the startup file of the user's shell: ~/.profile, ~/.bashrc, or ~/.cshrc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43316 msgid "Two environment variables should be set:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43321 msgid "LANG, which sets the locale<_:indexterm-1/>" msgstr "LANG, which sets the locale<_:indexterm-1/>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43326 msgid "MIME" msgstr "MIME" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:43328 msgid "MM_CHARSET, which sets the MIME character set used by applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43334 msgid "In addition to the user's shell configuration, these variables should also be set for specific application configuration and Xorg configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43340 book.translate.xml:43433 msgid "login class" msgstr "login class" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43342 msgid "Two methods are available for making the needed variable assignments: the login class method, which is the recommended method, and the startup file method. The next two sections demonstrate how to use both methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:43350 msgid "Login Classes Method" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43352 msgid "This first method is the recommended method as it assigns the required environment variables for locale name and MIME character sets for every possible shell. This setup can either be performed by each user or it can be configured for all users by the superuser." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43359 msgid "This minimal example sets both variables for Latin-1 encoding in the .login_conf of an individual user's home directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43363 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:\\\n" "\t:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n" "\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:" msgstr "" "me:\\\n" "\t:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n" "\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43367 msgid "Traditional Chinese BIG-5 encoding" msgstr "Traditional Chinese BIG-5 encoding" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43370 msgid "Here is an example of a user's ~/.login_conf that sets the variables for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. More variables are needed because some applications do not correctly respect locale variables for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43377 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n" "#of Taiwan can manually change each variable\n" "me:\\\n" "\t:lang=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n" "\t:setenv=LC_ALL=zh_TW.Big5,LC_COLLATE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_CTYPE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MESSAGES=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MONETARY=zh_TW.Big5,LC_NUMERIC=zh_TW.Big5,LC_TIME=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n" "\t:charset=big5:\\\n" "\t:xmodifiers=\"@im=gcin\": #Set gcin as the XIM Input Server" msgstr "" "#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n" "#of Taiwan can manually change each variable\n" "me:\\\n" "\t:lang=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n" "\t:setenv=LC_ALL=zh_TW.Big5,LC_COLLATE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_CTYPE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MESSAGES=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MONETARY=zh_TW.Big5,LC_NUMERIC=zh_TW.Big5,LC_TIME=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n" "\t:charset=big5:\\\n" "\t:xmodifiers=\"@im=gcin\": #Set gcin as the XIM Input Server" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43385 msgid "Alternately, the superuser can configure all users of the system for localization. The following variables in /etc/login.conf are used to set the locale and MIME character set:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "language_name|Account Type Description:\\\n" "\t:charset=MIME_charset:\\\n" "\t:lang=locale_name:\\\n" "\t:tc=default:" msgstr "" "language_name|Account Type Description:\\\n" "\t:charset=MIME_charset:\\\n" "\t:lang=locale_name:\\\n" "\t:tc=default:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43395 msgid "So, the previous Latin-1 example would look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43398 #, no-wrap msgid "" "german|German Users Accounts:\\\n" "\t:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n" "\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:\\\n" "\t:tc=default:" msgstr "" "german|German Users Accounts:\\\n" "\t:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n" "\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:\\\n" "\t:tc=default:" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43403 msgid "See login.conf5 for more details about these variables." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43406 msgid "Whenever /etc/login.conf is edited, remember to execute the following command to update the capability database:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:43413 msgid "Utilities Which Change Login Classes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43415 msgid "vipw" msgstr "vipw" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:43419 msgid "In addition to manually editing /etc/login.conf, several utilities are available for setting the locale for newly created users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:43424 msgid "When using vipw to add new users, specify the language to set the locale:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43428 #, no-wrap msgid "user:password:1111:11:language:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh" msgstr "user:password:1111:11:language:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:43435 msgid "When using adduser to add new users, the default language can be pre-configured for all new users or specified for an individual user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:43439 msgid "If all new users use the same language, set defaultclass=language in /etc/adduser.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:43443 msgid "To override this setting when creating a user, either input the required locale at this prompt:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:43446 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter login class: default []:" msgstr "Enter login class: default []:" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:43448 msgid "or specify the locale to set when invoking adduser:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:43451 #, no-wrap msgid "# adduser -class language" msgstr "# adduser -class language" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:43457 msgid "If pw is used to add new users, specify the locale as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:43460 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw useradd user_name -L language" msgstr "# pw useradd user_name -L language" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:43465 msgid "Shell Startup File Method" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43467 msgid "This second method is not recommended as each shell that is used requires manual configuration, where each shell has a different configuration file and differing syntax. As an example, to set the German language for the sh shell, these lines could be added to ~/.profile to set the shell for that user only. These lines could also be added to /etc/profile or /usr/share/skel/dot.profile to set that shell for all users:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43478 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" "MM_CHARSET=ISO-8859-1; export MM_CHARSET" msgstr "" "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" "MM_CHARSET=ISO-8859-1; export MM_CHARSET" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43481 msgid "However, the name of the configuration file and the syntax used differs for the csh shell. These are the equivalent settings for ~/.csh.login, /etc/csh.login, or /usr/share/skel/dot.login:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" "setenv MM_CHARSET ISO-8859-1" msgstr "" "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" "setenv MM_CHARSET ISO-8859-1" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:43491 msgid "To complicate matters, the syntax needed to configure Xorg in ~/.xinitrc also depends upon the shell. The first example is for the sh shell and the second is for the csh shell:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43498 #, no-wrap msgid "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG" msgstr "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43500 #, no-wrap msgid "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1" msgstr "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:43505 msgid "Console Setup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43507 msgid "Several localized fonts are available for the console. To see a listing of available fonts, type ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts. To configure the console font, specify the font_name, without the .fnt suffix, in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43515 #, no-wrap msgid "" "font8x16=font_name\n" "font8x14=font_name\n" "font8x8=font_name" msgstr "" "font8x16=font_name\n" "font8x14=font_name\n" "font8x8=font_name" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43519 msgid "keymap" msgstr "keymap" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43520 msgid "screenmap" msgstr "screenmap" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43521 msgid "The keymap and screenmap can be set by adding the following to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43524 #, no-wrap msgid "" "scrnmap=screenmap_name\n" "keymap=keymap_name\n" "keychange=\"fkey_number sequence\"" msgstr "" "scrnmap=screenmap_name\n" "keymap=keymap_name\n" "keychange=\"fkey_number sequence\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43528 msgid "To see the list of available screenmaps, type ls /usr/share/syscons/scrnmaps. Do not include the .scm suffix when specifying screenmap_name. A screenmap with a corresponding mapped font is usually needed as a workaround for expanding bit 8 to bit 9 on a VGA adapter's font character matrix so that letters are moved out of the pseudographics area if the screen font uses a bit 8 column." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43537 msgid "To see the list of available keymaps, type ls /usr/share/syscons/keymaps. When specifying the keymap_name, do not include the .kbd suffix. To test keymaps without rebooting, use kbdmap1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43544 msgid "The keychange entry is usually needed to program function keys to match the selected terminal type because function key sequences cannot be defined in the keymap." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43549 msgid "Next, set the correct console terminal type in /etc/ttys for all virtual terminal entries. summarizes the available terminal types.:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:43555 msgid "Defined Terminal Types for Character Sets" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43560 msgid "Character Set" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43561 msgid "Terminal Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43567 msgid "ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15" msgstr "ISO8859-1 of ISO8859-15" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43568 msgid "cons25l1" msgstr "cons25l1" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43572 msgid "ISO8859-2" msgstr "ISO8859-2" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43573 msgid "cons25l2" msgstr "cons25l2" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43577 msgid "ISO8859-7" msgstr "ISO8859-7" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43578 msgid "cons25l7" msgstr "cons25l7" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43582 msgid "KOI8-R" msgstr "KOI8-R" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43583 msgid "cons25r" msgstr "cons25r" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43587 msgid "KOI8-U" msgstr "KOI8-U" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43588 msgid "cons25u" msgstr "cons25u" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43592 msgid "CP437 (VGA default)" msgstr "CP437 (VGA standaard)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43593 msgid "cons25" msgstr "cons25" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43597 msgid "US-ASCII" msgstr "US-ASCII" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43598 msgid "cons25w" msgstr "cons25w" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43604 msgid "moused" msgstr "moused" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43608 msgid "For languages with wide or multibyte characters, install a console for that language from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The available ports are summarized in . Once installed, refer to the port's pkg-message or man pages for configuration and usage instructions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:43615 msgid "Available Console from Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43620 book.translate.xml:43699 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43621 msgid "Port Location" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43627 msgid "Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees (BIG-5)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43628 msgid "chinese/big5con" msgstr "chinese/big5con" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43632 book.translate.xml:43637 msgid "Chinese/Japanese/Korean" msgstr "Chinees/Japans/Koreaans" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43633 msgid "chinese/cce" msgstr "chinese/cce" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43638 msgid "chinese/zhcon" msgstr "chinese/zhcon" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43642 book.translate.xml:43647 book.translate.xml:43652 #: book.translate.xml:43742 book.translate.xml:43747 book.translate.xml:43752 #: book.translate.xml:43757 book.translate.xml:43762 book.translate.xml:43767 #: book.translate.xml:43772 book.translate.xml:43777 book.translate.xml:43782 #: book.translate.xml:43787 book.translate.xml:43792 book.translate.xml:43797 #: book.translate.xml:43802 book.translate.xml:43807 book.translate.xml:43812 #: book.translate.xml:43817 book.translate.xml:43822 book.translate.xml:43827 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japans" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43643 msgid "chinese/kon2" msgstr "chinese/kon2" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43648 msgid "japanese/kon2-14dot" msgstr "japanese/kon2-14dot" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43653 msgid "japanese/kon2-16dot" msgstr "japanese/kon2-16dot" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43659 msgid "If moused is enabled in /etc/rc.conf, additional configuration may be required. By default, the mouse cursor of the syscons4 driver occupies the 0xd0-0xd3 range in the character set. If the language uses this range, move the cursor's range by adding the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43668 #, no-wrap msgid "mousechar_start=3" msgstr "mousechar_start=3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:43672 msgid "Xorg Setup" msgstr "Xorg instellen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43674 msgid " describes how to install and configure Xorg. When configuring Xorg for localization, additional fonts and input methods are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. Application specific i18n settings such as fonts and menus can be tuned in ~/.Xresources and should allow users to view their selected language in graphical application menus." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43684 msgid "X Input Method (XIM)" msgstr "X Input Method (XIM)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43686 msgid "The X Input Method (XIM) protocol is an Xorg standard for inputting non-English characters. summarizes the input method applications which are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. Additional Fcitx and Uim applications are also available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:43694 msgid "Available Input Methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43700 msgid "Input Method" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43707 book.translate.xml:43712 book.translate.xml:43717 #: book.translate.xml:43722 book.translate.xml:43727 book.translate.xml:43732 #: book.translate.xml:43737 msgid "Chinese" msgstr "Chinees" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43708 msgid "chinese/gcin" msgstr "chinese/gcin" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43713 msgid "chinese/ibus-chewing" msgstr "chinese/ibus-chewing" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43718 msgid "chinese/ibus-pinyin" msgstr "chinese/ibus-pinyin" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43723 msgid "chinese/oxim" msgstr "chinese/oxim" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43728 msgid "chinese/scim-fcitx" msgstr "chinese/scim-fcitx" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43733 msgid "chinese/scim-pinyin" msgstr "chinese/scim-pinyin" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43738 msgid "chinese/scim-tables" msgstr "chinese/scim-tables" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43743 msgid "japanese/ibus-anthy" msgstr "japanese/ibus-anthy" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43748 msgid "japanese/ibus-mozc" msgstr "japanese/ibus-mozc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43753 msgid "japanese/ibus-skk" msgstr "japanese/ibus-skk" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43758 msgid "japanese/im-ja" msgstr "japanese/im-ja" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43763 msgid "japanese/kinput2" msgstr "japanese/kinput2" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43768 msgid "japanese/scim-anthy" msgstr "japanese/scim-anthy" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43773 msgid "japanese/scim-canna" msgstr "japanese/scim-canna" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43778 msgid "japanese/scim-honoka" msgstr "japanese/scim-honoka" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43783 msgid "japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan" msgstr "japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43788 msgid "japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn" msgstr "japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43793 msgid "japanese/scim-prime" msgstr "japanese/scim-prime" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43798 msgid "japanese/scim-skk" msgstr "japanese/scim-skk" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43803 msgid "japanese/scim-tables" msgstr "japanese/scim-tables" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43808 msgid "japanese/scim-tomoe" msgstr "japanese/scim-tomoe" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43813 msgid "japanese/scim-uim" msgstr "japanese/scim-uim" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43818 msgid "japanese/skkinput" msgstr "japanese/skkinput" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43823 msgid "japanese/skkinput3" msgstr "japanese/skkinput3" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43828 msgid "japanese/uim-anthy" msgstr "japanese/uim-anthy" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43832 book.translate.xml:43837 book.translate.xml:43842 #: book.translate.xml:43847 book.translate.xml:43852 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreaans" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43833 msgid "korean/ibus-hangul" msgstr "korean/ibus-hangul" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43838 msgid "korean/imhangul" msgstr "korean/imhangul" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43843 msgid "korean/nabi" msgstr "korean/nabi" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43848 msgid "korean/scim-hangul" msgstr "korean/scim-hangul" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43853 msgid "korean/scim-tables" msgstr "korean/scim-tables" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43857 book.translate.xml:43862 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Vietnamees" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43858 msgid "vietnamese/xvnkb" msgstr "vietnamese/xvnkb" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:43863 msgid "vietnamese/x-unikey" msgstr "vietnamese/x-unikey" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:43907 msgid "Finding i18n Applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43909 msgid "i18n applications are programmed using i18n kits under libraries. These allow developers to write a simple file and translate displayed menus and texts to each language." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43914 msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains many applications with built-in support for wide or multibyte characters for several languages. Such applications include i18n in their names for easy identification. However, they do not always support the language needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43921 msgid "Some applications can be compiled with the specific charset. This is usually done in the port's Makefile or by passing a value to configure. Refer to the i18n documentation in the respective FreeBSD port's source for more information on how to determine the needed configure value or the port's Makefile to determine which compile options to use when building the port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:43933 msgid "Locale Configuration for Specific Languages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:43935 msgid "This section provides configuration examples for localizing a FreeBSD system for the Russian language. It then provides some additional resources for localizing other languages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:43941 msgid "Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)" msgstr "Russisch (KOI8-R codering)" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:43944 msgid "AndreyChernovOriginally contributed by " msgstr " AndreyChernov Origineel bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43949 msgid "localization Russian" msgstr "localization Russian" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43954 msgid "This section shows the specific settings needed to localize a FreeBSD system for the Russian language. Refer to Using Localization for a more complete description of each type of setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43960 msgid "To set this locale for the login shell, add the following lines to each user's ~/.login_conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43964 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:My Account:\\\n" "\t:charset=KOI8-R:\\\n" "\t:lang=ru_RU.KOI8-R:" msgstr "" "me:My Account:\\\n" "\t:charset=KOI8-R:\\\n" "\t:lang=ru_RU.KOI8-R:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43968 msgid "To configure the console, add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43971 #, no-wrap msgid "" "keymap=\"ru.koi8-r\"\n" "scrnmap=\"koi8-r2cp866\"\n" "font8x16=\"cp866b-8x16\"\n" "font8x14=\"cp866-8x14\"\n" "font8x8=\"cp866-8x8\"\n" "mousechar_start=3" msgstr "" "keymap=\"ru.koi8-r\"\n" "scrnmap=\"koi8-r2cp866\"\n" "font8x16=\"cp866b-8x16\"\n" "font8x14=\"cp866-8x14\"\n" "font8x8=\"cp866-8x8\"\n" "mousechar_start=3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43978 msgid "For each ttyv entry in /etc/ttys, use cons25r as the terminal type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:43982 msgid "printers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43983 msgid "To configure printing, a special output filter is needed to convert from KOI8-R to CP866 since most printers with Russian characters come with hardware code page CP866. FreeBSD includes a default filter for this purpose, /usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt. To use this filter, add this entry to /etc/printcap:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:43991 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp|Russian local line printer:\\\n" "\t:sh:of=/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt:\\\n" "\t:lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" msgstr "" "lp|Russian local line printer:\\\n" "\t:sh:of=/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt:\\\n" "\t:lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43995 msgid "Refer to printcap5 for a more detailed explanation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:43998 msgid "To configure support for Russian filenames in mounted MS-DOS file systems, include and the locale name when adding an entry to /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44003 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ad0s2 /dos/c msdos rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0" msgstr "/dev/ad0s2 /dos/c msdos rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44005 msgid "Refer to mount_msdosfs8 for more details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44007 msgid "To configure Russian fonts for Xorg, install the x11-fonts/xorg-fonts-cyrillic package. Then, check the \"Files\" section in /etc/X11/xorg.conf. The following line must be added before any other FontPath entries:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44015 #, no-wrap msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\"" msgstr "FontPath \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44017 msgid "Additional Cyrillic fonts are available in the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44020 msgid "To activate a Russian keyboard, add the following to the \"Keyboard\" section of /etc/xorg.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44024 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Option \"XkbLayout\" \"us,ru\"\n" "Option \"XkbOptions\" \"grp:toggle\"" msgstr "" "Option \"XkbLayout\" \"us,ru\"\n" "Option \"XkbOptions\" \"grp:toggle\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44027 msgid "Make sure that XkbDisable is commented out in that file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44030 msgid "For grp:toggle use Right Alt, for grp:ctrl_shift_toggle use CtrlShift. For grp:caps_toggle use CapsLock. The old CapsLock function is still available in LAT mode only using ShiftCapsLock. grp:caps_toggle does not work in Xorg for some unknown reason." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44041 msgid "If the keyboard has Windows keys, and some non-alphabetical keys are mapped incorrectly, add the following line to /etc/xorg.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44045 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\"" msgstr "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:44048 msgid "The Russian XKB keyboard may not work with non-localized applications. Minimally localized applications should call a XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL); function early in the program." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44055 msgid "See http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html for more instructions on localizing Xorg applications. For more general information about KOI8-R encoding, refer to http://koi8.pp.ru/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:44062 msgid "Additional Language-Specific Resources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44064 msgid "This section lists some additional resources for configuring other locales." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44067 msgid "localization Traditional Chinese" msgstr "lokalisatie Traditioneel Chinees" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44071 msgid "localization German" msgstr "lokalisatie Duits" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44075 msgid "localization Greek" msgstr "lokalisatie Grieks" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44079 msgid "localization Japanese" msgstr "lokalisatie Japans" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44083 msgid "localization Korean" msgstr "lokalisatie Koreaans" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:44090 msgid "Traditional Chinese for Taiwan" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees voor Taiwan" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44093 msgid "The FreeBSD-Taiwan Project has a Chinese HOWTO for FreeBSD at http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:44099 msgid "Greek Language Localization" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44102 msgid "A complete article on Greek support in FreeBSD is available here, in Greek only, as part of the official FreeBSD Greek documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:44110 msgid "Japanese and Korean Language Localization" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44113 msgid "For Japanese, refer to http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/, and for Korean, refer to http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:44119 msgid "Non-English FreeBSD Documentation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44122 msgid "Some FreeBSD contributors have translated parts of the FreeBSD documentation to other languages. They are available through links on the FreeBSD web site or in /usr/share/doc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:44143 msgid "Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:44146 msgid " Jim Mock Restructured, reorganized, and parts updated by " msgstr " Jim Mock Opnieuw gestructureerd en delen bijgewerkt door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:44158 msgid " Jordan Hubbard Original work by " msgstr " Jordan Hubbard Origineel werk door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:44166 msgid " Poul-Henning Kamp " msgstr " Poul-Henning Kamp " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:44173 msgid " John Polstra " msgstr " John Polstra " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:44180 msgid " Nik Clayton " msgstr " Nik Clayton " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:44192 msgid "FreeBSD is under constant development between releases. Some people prefer to use the officially released versions, while others prefer to keep in sync with the latest developments. However, even official releases are often updated with security and other critical fixes. Regardless of the version used, FreeBSD provides all the necessary tools to keep the system updated, and allows for easy upgrades between versions. This chapter describes how to track the development system and the basic tools for keeping a FreeBSD system up-to-date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44206 msgid "How to keep a FreeBSD system up-to-date with freebsd-update or Subversion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44212 msgid "How to compare the state of an installed system against a known pristine copy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44217 msgid "How to keep the installed documentation up-to-date with Subversion or documentation ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44223 msgid "The difference between the two development branches: FreeBSD-STABLE and FreeBSD-CURRENT." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44228 msgid "How to rebuild and reinstall the entire base system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44237 msgid "Properly set up the network connection ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44242 book.translate.xml:50683 book.translate.xml:61990 msgid "Know how to install additional third-party software ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:44248 msgid "Throughout this chapter, svn is used to obtain and update FreeBSD sources. To use it, first install the devel/subversion port or package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:44257 msgid "FreeBSD Update" msgstr "FreeBSD Update" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:44270 msgid " Colin Percival Based on notes provided by " msgstr " Colin Percival Gebaseerd op notities geleverd door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44280 book.translate.xml:44787 book.translate.xml:44923 msgid "Updating and Upgrading" msgstr "Updating and Upgrading" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44283 msgid "freebsd-update updating-upgrading" msgstr "freebsd-update updating-upgrading" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:44288 msgid "Applying security patches in a timely manner and upgrading to a newer release of an operating system are important aspects of ongoing system administration. FreeBSD includes a utility called freebsd-update which can be used to perform both these tasks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:44294 msgid "This utility supports binary security and errata updates to FreeBSD, without the need to manually compile and install the patch or a new kernel. Binary updates are available for all architectures and releases currently supported by the security team. The list of supported releases and their estimated end-of-life dates are listed at http://www.FreeBSD.org/security/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:44301 msgid "This utility also supports operating system upgrades to minor point releases as well as upgrades to another release branch. Before upgrading to a new release, review its release announcement as it contains important information pertinent to the release. Release announcements are available from http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:44308 msgid "If a crontab utilizing the features of freebsd-update8 exists, it must be disabled before upgrading the operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:44313 msgid "This section describes the configuration file used by freebsd-update, demonstrates how to apply a security patch and how to upgrade to a minor or major operating system release, and discusses some of the considerations when upgrading the operating system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44322 msgid "The default configuration file for freebsd-update works as-is. Some users may wish to tweak the default configuration in /etc/freebsd-update.conf, allowing better control of the process. The comments in this file explain the available options, but the following may require a bit more explanation:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44330 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Components of the base system which should be kept updated.\n" "Components world kernel" msgstr "" "# Components of the base system which should be kept updated.\n" "Components world kernel" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44333 msgid "This parameter controls which parts of FreeBSD will be kept up-to-date. The default is to update the entire base system and the kernel. Individual components can instead be specified, such as src/base or src/sys. However, the best option is to leave this at the default as changing it to include specific items requires every needed item to be listed. Over time, this could have disastrous consequences as source code and binaries may become out of sync." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an IgnorePaths\n" "# statement will be ignored.\n" "IgnorePaths /boot/kernel/linker.hints" msgstr "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an IgnorePaths\n" "# statement will be ignored.\n" "IgnorePaths /boot/kernel/linker.hints" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44347 msgid "To leave specified directories, such as /bin or /sbin, untouched during the update process, add their paths to this statement. This option may be used to prevent freebsd-update from overwriting local modifications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an UpdateIfUnmodified\n" "# statement will only be updated if the contents of the file have not been\n" "# modified by the user (unless changes are merged; see below).\n" "UpdateIfUnmodified /etc/ /var/ /root/ /.cshrc /.profile" msgstr "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an UpdateIfUnmodified\n" "# statement will only be updated if the contents of the file have not been\n" "# modified by the user (unless changes are merged; see below).\n" "UpdateIfUnmodified /etc/ /var/ /root/ /.cshrc /.profile" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44359 msgid "This option will only update unmodified configuration files in the specified directories. Any changes made by the user will prevent the automatic updating of these files. There is another option, KeepModifiedMetadata, which will instruct freebsd-update to save the changes during the merge." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44367 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# When upgrading to a new FreeBSD release, files which match MergeChanges\n" "# will have any local changes merged into the version from the new release.\n" "MergeChanges /etc/ /var/named/etc/ /boot/device.hints" msgstr "" "# When upgrading to a new FreeBSD release, files which match MergeChanges\n" "# will have any local changes merged into the version from the new release.\n" "MergeChanges /etc/ /var/named/etc/ /boot/device.hints" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44371 msgid "List of directories with configuration files that freebsd-update should attempt to merge. The file merge process is a series of diff1 patches similar to mergemaster8, but with fewer options. Merges are either accepted, open an editor, or cause freebsd-update to abort. When in doubt, backup /etc and just accept the merges. See for more information about mergemaster." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Directory in which to store downloaded updates and temporary\n" "# files used by FreeBSD Update.\n" "# WorkDir /var/db/freebsd-update" msgstr "" "# Directory in which to store downloaded updates and temporary\n" "# files used by FreeBSD Update.\n" "# WorkDir /var/db/freebsd-update" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44385 msgid "This directory is where all patches and temporary files are placed. In cases where the user is doing a version upgrade, this location should have at least a gigabyte of disk space available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# When upgrading between releases, should the list of Components be\n" "# read strictly (StrictComponents yes) or merely as a list of components\n" "# which *might* be installed of which FreeBSD Update should figure out\n" "# which actually are installed and upgrade those (StrictComponents no)?\n" "# StrictComponents no" msgstr "" "# When upgrading between releases, should the list of Components be\n" "# read strictly (StrictComponents yes) or merely as a list of components\n" "# which *might* be installed of which FreeBSD Update should figure out\n" "# which actually are installed and upgrade those (StrictComponents no)?\n" "# StrictComponents no" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44396 msgid "When this option is set to yes, freebsd-update will assume that the Components list is complete and will not attempt to make changes outside of the list. Effectively, freebsd-update will attempt to update every file which belongs to the Components list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:44406 msgid "Applying Security Patches" msgstr "Beveiligingspatches toepassen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44408 msgid "The process of applying FreeBSD security patches has been simplified, allowing an administrator to keep a system fully patched using freebsd-update. More information about FreeBSD security advisories can be found in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44414 msgid "FreeBSD security patches may be downloaded and installed using the following commands. The first command will determine if any outstanding patches are available, and if so, will list the files that will be modifed if the patches are applied. The second command will apply the patches." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44420 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" "# freebsd-update install" msgstr "" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" "# freebsd-update install" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44423 msgid "If the update applies any kernel patches, the system will need a reboot in order to boot into the patched kernel. If the patch was applied to any running binaries, the affected applications should be restarted so that the patched version of the binary is used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44429 msgid "The system can be configured to automatically check for updates once every day by adding this entry to /etc/crontab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:44433 #, no-wrap msgid "@daily root freebsd-update cron" msgstr "@daily root freebsd-update cron" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44435 msgid "If patches exist, they will automatically be downloaded but will not be applied. The root user will be sent an email so that the patches may be reviewed and manually installed with freebsd-update install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44441 msgid "If anything goes wrong, freebsd-update has the ability to roll back the last set of changes with the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update rollback\n" "Uninstalling updates... done." msgstr "" "# freebsd-update rollback\n" "Uninstalling updates... done." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44448 msgid "Again, the system should be restarted if the kernel or any kernel modules were modified and any affected binaries should be restarted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44452 msgid "Only the GENERIC kernel can be automatically updated by freebsd-update. If a custom kernel is installed, it will have to be rebuilt and reinstalled after freebsd-update finishes installing the updates. However, freebsd-update will detect and update the GENERIC kernel if /boot/GENERIC exists, even if it is not the current running kernel of the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:44463 msgid "Always keep a copy of the GENERIC kernel in /boot/GENERIC. It will be helpful in diagnosing a variety of problems and in performing version upgrades. Refer to for instructions on how to get a copy of the GENERIC kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44471 msgid "Unless the default configuration in /etc/freebsd-update.conf has been changed, freebsd-update will install the updated kernel sources along with the rest of the updates. Rebuilding and reinstalling a new custom kernel can then be performed in the usual way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44478 msgid "The updates distributed by freebsd-update do not always involve the kernel. It is not necessary to rebuild a custom kernel if the kernel sources have not been modified by freebsd-update install. However, freebsd-update will always update /usr/src/sys/conf/newvers.sh. The current patch level, as indicated by the -p number reported by uname -r, is obtained from this file. Rebuilding a custom kernel, even if nothing else changed, allows uname to accurately report the current patch level of the system. This is particularly helpful when maintaining multiple systems, as it allows for a quick assessment of the updates installed in each one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:44496 msgid "Performing Major and Minor Version Upgrades" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44498 msgid "Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another, like from FreeBSD 9.0 to FreeBSD 9.1, are called minor version upgrades. Major version upgrades occur when FreeBSD is upgraded from one major version to another, like from FreeBSD 9.X to FreeBSD 10.X. Both types of upgrades can be performed by providing freebsd-update with a release version target." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:44508 msgid "If the system is running a custom kernel, make sure that a copy of the GENERIC kernel exists in /boot/GENERIC before starting the upgrade. Refer to for instructions on how to get a copy of the GENERIC kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44516 msgid "The following command, when run on a FreeBSD 9.0 system, will upgrade it to FreeBSD 9.1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44519 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update -r 9.1-RELEASE upgrade" msgstr "# freebsd-update -r 9.1-RELEASE upgrade" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44521 msgid "After the command has been received, freebsd-update will evaluate the configuration file and current system in an attempt to gather the information necessary to perform the upgrade. A screen listing will display which components have and have not been detected. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Looking up update.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 1 mirrors found.\n" "Fetching metadata signature for 9.0-RELEASE from update1.FreeBSD.org... done.\n" "Fetching metadata index... done.\n" "Inspecting system... done.\n" "\n" "The following components of FreeBSD seem to be installed:\n" "kernel/smp src/base src/bin src/contrib src/crypto src/etc src/games\n" "src/gnu src/include src/krb5 src/lib src/libexec src/release src/rescue\n" "src/sbin src/secure src/share src/sys src/tools src/ubin src/usbin\n" "world/base world/info world/lib32 world/manpages\n" "\n" "The following components of FreeBSD do not seem to be installed:\n" "kernel/generic world/catpages world/dict world/doc world/games\n" "world/proflibs\n" "\n" "Does this look reasonable (y/n)? y" msgstr "" "Looking up update.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 1 mirrors found.\n" "Fetching metadata signature for 9.0-RELEASE from update1.FreeBSD.org... done.\n" "Fetching metadata index... done.\n" "Inspecting system... done.\n" "\n" "The following components of FreeBSD seem to be installed:\n" "kernel/smp src/base src/bin src/contrib src/crypto src/etc src/games\n" "src/gnu src/include src/krb5 src/lib src/libexec src/release src/rescue\n" "src/sbin src/secure src/share src/sys src/tools src/ubin src/usbin\n" "world/base world/info world/lib32 world/manpages\n" "\n" "The following components of FreeBSD do not seem to be installed:\n" "kernel/generic world/catpages world/dict world/doc world/games\n" "world/proflibs\n" "\n" "Does this look reasonable (y/n)? y" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44545 msgid "At this point, freebsd-update will attempt to download all files required for the upgrade. In some cases, the user may be prompted with questions regarding what to install or how to proceed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44550 msgid "When using a custom kernel, the above step will produce a warning similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44553 #, no-wrap msgid "" "WARNING: This system is running a \"MYKERNEL\" kernel, which is not a\n" "kernel configuration distributed as part of FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE.\n" "This kernel will not be updated: you MUST update the kernel manually\n" "before running \"/usr/sbin/freebsd-update install\"" msgstr "" "WARNING: This system is running a \"MYKERNEL\" kernel, which is not a\n" "kernel configuration distributed as part of FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE.\n" "This kernel will not be updated: you MUST update the kernel manually\n" "before running \"/usr/sbin/freebsd-update install\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44558 msgid "This warning may be safely ignored at this point. The updated GENERIC kernel will be used as an intermediate step in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44562 msgid "Once all the patches have been downloaded to the local system, they will be applied. This process may take a while, depending on the speed and workload of the machine. Configuration files will then be merged. The merging process requires some user intervention as a file may be merged or an editor may appear on screen for a manual merge. The results of every successful merge will be shown to the user as the process continues. A failed or ignored merge will cause the process to abort. Users may wish to make a backup of /etc and manually merge important files, such as master.passwd or group at a later time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:44576 msgid "The system is not being altered yet as all patching and merging is happening in another directory. Once all patches have been applied successfully, all configuration files have been merged and it seems the process will go smoothly, the changes can be committed to disk by the user using the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:44583 book.translate.xml:44620 book.translate.xml:44714 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update install" msgstr "# freebsd-update install" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44586 msgid "The kernel and kernel modules will be patched first. If the system is running with a custom kernel, use nextboot8 to set the kernel for the next boot to the updated /boot/GENERIC:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44591 #, no-wrap msgid "# nextboot -k GENERIC" msgstr "# nextboot -k GENERIC" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:44594 msgid "Before rebooting with the GENERIC kernel, make sure it contains all the drivers required for the system to boot properly and connect to the network, if the machine being updated is accessed remotely. In particular, if the running custom kernel contains built-in functionality usually provided by kernel modules, make sure to temporarily load these modules into the GENERIC kernel using the /boot/loader.conf facility. It is recommended to disable non-essential services as well as any disk and network mounts until the upgrade process is complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44608 msgid "The machine should now be restarted with the updated kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44611 #, no-wrap msgid "# shutdown -r now" msgstr "# shutdown -r now" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44613 msgid "Once the system has come back online, restart freebsd-update using the following command. Since the state of the process has been saved, freebsd-update will not start from the beginning, but will instead move on to the next phase and remove all old shared libraries and object files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:44623 msgid "Depending upon whether any library version numbers were bumped, there may only be two install phases instead of three." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44628 msgid "The upgrade is now complete. If this was a major version upgrade, reinstall all ports and packages as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:44633 msgid "Custom Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44635 msgid "Before using freebsd-update, ensure that a copy of the GENERIC kernel exists in /boot/GENERIC. If a custom kernel has only been built once, the kernel in /boot/kernel.old is the GENERIC kernel. Simply rename this directory to /boot/kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44643 msgid "If a custom kernel has been built more than once or if it is unknown how many times the custom kernel has been built, obtain a copy of the GENERIC kernel that matches the current version of the operating system. If physical access to the system is available, a copy of the GENERIC kernel can be installed from the installation media:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:44651 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /cdrom\n" "# cd /cdrom/usr/freebsd-dist\n" "# tar -C/ -xvf kernel.txz boot/kernel/kernel" msgstr "" "# mount /cdrom\n" "# cd /cdrom/usr/freebsd-dist\n" "# tar -C/ -xvf kernel.txz boot/kernel/kernel" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44655 msgid "Alternately, the GENERIC kernel may be rebuilt and installed from source:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:44658 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make kernel __MAKE_CONF=/dev/null SRCCONF=/dev/null" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make kernel __MAKE_CONF=/dev/null SRCCONF=/dev/null" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44661 msgid "For this kernel to be identified as the GENERIC kernel by freebsd-update, the GENERIC configuration file must not have been modified in any way. It is also suggested that the kernel is built without any other special options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44669 msgid "Rebooting into the GENERIC kernel is not required as freebsd-update only needs /boot/GENERIC to exist." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:44675 msgid "Upgrading Packages After a Major Version Upgrade" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44678 msgid "Generally, installed applications will continue to work without problems after minor version upgrades. Major versions use different Application Binary Interfaces (ABIs), which will break most third-party applications. After a major version upgrade, all installed packages and ports need to be upgraded. Packages can be upgraded using pkg upgrade. To upgrade installed ports, use a utility such as ports-mgmt/portmaster." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44689 msgid "A forced upgrade of all installed packages will replace the packages with fresh versions from the repository even if the version number has not increased. This is required because of the ABI version change when upgrading between major versions of FreeBSD. The forced upgrade can be accomplished by performing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:44696 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg-static upgrade -f" msgstr "# pkg-static upgrade -f" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44698 msgid "A rebuild of all installed applications can be accomplished with this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44703 msgid "This command will display the configuration screens for each application that has configurable options and wait for the user to interact with those screens. To prevent this behavior, and use only the default options, include in the above command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44709 msgid "Once the software upgrades are complete, finish the upgrade process with a final call to freebsd-update in order to tie up all the loose ends in the upgrade process:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44716 msgid "If the GENERIC kernel was temporarily used, this is the time to build and install a new custom kernel using the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:44720 msgid "Reboot the machine into the new FreeBSD version. The upgrade process is now complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:44726 msgid "System State Comparison" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44728 msgid "The state of the installed FreeBSD version against a known good copy can be tested using freebsd-update IDS. This command evaluates the current version of system utilities, libraries, and configuration files and can be used as a built-in Intrusion Detection System (IDS)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:44736 msgid "This command is not a replacement for a real IDS such as security/snort. As freebsd-update stores data on disk, the possibility of tampering is evident. While this possibility may be reduced using kern.securelevel and by storing the freebsd-update data on a read-only file system when not in use, a better solution would be to compare the system against a secure disk, such as a DVD or securely stored external USB disk device. An alternative method for providing IDS functionality using a built-in utility is described in " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44751 msgid "To begin the comparison, specify the output file to save the results to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44754 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update IDS >> outfile.ids" msgstr "# freebsd-update IDS >> outfile.ids" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44756 msgid "The system will now be inspected and a lengthy listing of files, along with the SHA256 hash values for both the known value in the release and the current installation, will be sent to the specified output file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44762 msgid "The entries in the listing are extremely long, but the output format may be easily parsed. For instance, to obtain a list of all files which differ from those in the release, issue the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44767 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat outfile.ids | awk '{ print $1 }' | more\n" "/etc/master.passwd\n" "/etc/motd\n" "/etc/passwd\n" "/etc/pf.conf" msgstr "" "# cat outfile.ids | awk '{ print $1 }' | more\n" "/etc/master.passwd\n" "/etc/motd\n" "/etc/passwd\n" "/etc/pf.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44773 msgid "This sample output has been truncated as many more files exist. Some files have natural modifications. For example, /etc/passwd will be modified if users have been added to the system. Kernel modules may differ as freebsd-update may have updated them. To exclude specific files or directories, add them to the IDSIgnorePaths option in /etc/freebsd-update.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:44785 msgid "Updating the Documentation Set" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44789 msgid "Documentation Updating and Upgrading" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:44794 msgid "Documentation is an integral part of the FreeBSD operating system. While an up-to-date version of the FreeBSD documentation is always available on the FreeBSD web site (http://www.freebsd.org/doc/), it can be handy to have an up-to-date, local copy of the FreeBSD website, handbooks, FAQ, and articles." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:44800 msgid "This section describes how to use either source or the FreeBSD Ports Collection to keep a local copy of the FreeBSD documentation up-to-date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:44804 msgid "For information on editing and submitting corrections to the documentation, refer to the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors (http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:44809 msgid "Updating Documentation from Source" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44811 msgid "Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. The required tools, including svn, can be installed from the textproc/docproj package or port developed by the FreeBSD Documentation Project." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44818 msgid "Once installed, use svn to fetch a clean copy of the documentation source:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44821 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head /usr/doc" msgstr "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head /usr/doc" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44823 msgid "The initial download of the documentation sources may take a while. Let it run until it completes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44826 msgid "Future updates of the documentation sources may be fetched by running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44829 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn update /usr/doc" msgstr "# svn update /usr/doc" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44831 msgid "Once an up-to-date snapshot of the documentation sources has been fetched to /usr/doc, everything is ready for an update of the installed documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44835 msgid "A full update of all available languages may be performed by typing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44838 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/doc\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/doc\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44841 msgid "If an update of only a specific language is desired, make can be invoked in a language-specific subdirectory of /usr/doc:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44846 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44849 msgid "An alternative way of updating the documentation is to run this command from /usr/doc or the desired language-specific subdirectory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44853 #, no-wrap msgid "# make update" msgstr "# make update" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44855 msgid "The output formats that will be installed may be specified by setting FORMATS:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44858 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/doc\n" "# make FORMATS='html html-split' install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/doc\n" "# make FORMATS='html html-split' install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44861 msgid "Several options are available to ease the process of updating only parts of the documentation, or the build of specific translations. These options can be set either as system-wide options in /etc/make.conf, or as command-line options passed to make." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44868 msgid "The options include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:44872 msgid "DOC_LANG" msgstr "DOC_LANG" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44875 msgid "The list of languages and encodings to build and install, such as en_US.ISO8859-1 for English documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:44882 msgid "FORMATS" msgstr "FORMATS" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44885 msgid "A single format or a list of output formats to be built. Currently, html, html-split, txt, ps, and pdf are supported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:44894 msgid "DOCDIR" msgstr "DOCDIR" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44897 msgid "Where to install the documentation. It defaults to /usr/share/doc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44903 msgid "For more make variables supported as system-wide options in FreeBSD, refer to make.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:44910 msgid "Updating Documentation from Ports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:44913 msgid " Marc Fonvieille Based on the work of " msgstr " Marc Fonvieille Gebaseerd op het werk van " #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:44927 msgid "documentation package Updating and Upgrading" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44932 msgid "The previous section presented a method for updating the FreeBSD documentation from sources. This section describes an alternative method which uses the Ports Collection and makes it possible to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44939 msgid "Install pre-built packages of the documentation, without having to locally build anything or install the documentation toolchain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44945 msgid "Build the documentation sources through the ports framework, making the checkout and build steps a bit easier." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44951 msgid "This method of updating the FreeBSD documentation is supported by a set of documentation ports and packages which are updated by the Documentation Engineering Team doceng@FreeBSD.org on a monthly basis. These are listed in the FreeBSD Ports Collection, under the docs category (http://www.freshports.org/docs/)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44957 msgid "Organization of the documentation ports is as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44962 msgid "The misc/freebsd-doc-en package or port installs all of the English documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44967 msgid "The misc/freebsd-doc-all meta-package or port installs all documentation in all available languages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:44973 msgid "There is a package and port for each translation, such as misc/freebsd-doc-hu for the Hungarian documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44979 msgid "When binary packages are used, the FreeBSD documentation will be installed in all available formats for the given language. For example, the following command will install the latest package of the Hungarian documentation:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:44984 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install hu-freebsd-doc" msgstr "# pkg install hu-freebsd-doc" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:44987 msgid "Packages use a format that differs from the corresponding port's name: lang-freebsd-doc, where lang is the short format of the language code, such as hu for Hungarian, or zh_cn for Simplified Chinese." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:44996 msgid "To specify the format of the documentation, build the port instead of installing the package. For example, to build and install the English documentation:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45000 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-en\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-en\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45003 msgid "The port provides a configuration menu where the format to build and install can be specified. By default, split HTML, similar to the format used on http://www.FreeBSD.org, and PDF are selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45008 msgid "Alternately, several make options can be specified when building a documentation port, including:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:45014 msgid "WITH_HTML" msgstr "WITH_HTML" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45017 msgid "Builds the HTML format with a single HTML file per document. The formatted documentation is saved to a file called article.html, or book.html." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:45025 msgid "WITH_PDF" msgstr "WITH_PDF" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45028 msgid "The formatted documentation is saved to a file called article.pdf or book.pdf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:45035 msgid "DOCBASE" msgstr "DOCBASE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45038 msgid "Specifies where to install the documentation. It defaults to /usr/local/share/doc/freebsd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45045 msgid "This example uses variables to install the Hungarian documentation as a PDF in the specified directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45049 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-hu\n" "# make -DWITH_PDF DOCBASE=share/doc/freebsd/hu install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-hu\n" "# make -DWITH_PDF DOCBASE=share/doc/freebsd/hu install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45052 msgid "Documentation packages or ports can be updated using the instructions in . For example, the following command updates the installed Hungarian documentation using ports-mgmt/portmaster by using packages only:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45058 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -PP hu-freebsd-doc" msgstr "# portmaster -PP hu-freebsd-doc" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:45063 msgid "Tracking a Development Branch" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45065 msgid "-CURRENT" msgstr "-CURRENT" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45066 msgid "-STABLE" msgstr "-STABLE" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:45068 msgid "FreeBSD has two development branches: FreeBSD-CURRENT and FreeBSD-STABLE." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:45071 msgid "This section provides an explanation of each branch and its intended audience, as well as how to keep a system up-to-date with each respective branch." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:45076 msgid "Using FreeBSD-CURRENT" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45078 msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the bleeding edge of FreeBSD development and FreeBSD-CURRENT users are expected to have a high degree of technical skill. Less technical users who wish to track a development branch should track FreeBSD-STABLE instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45084 msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the very latest source code for FreeBSD and includes works in progress, experimental changes, and transitional mechanisms that might or might not be present in the next official release. While many FreeBSD developers compile the FreeBSD-CURRENT source code daily, there are short periods of time when the source may not be buildable. These problems are resolved as quickly as possible, but whether or not FreeBSD-CURRENT brings disaster or new functionality can be a matter of when the source code was synced." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45094 msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is made available for three primary interest groups:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45099 msgid "Members of the FreeBSD community who are actively working on some part of the source tree." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45104 msgid "Members of the FreeBSD community who are active testers. They are willing to spend time solving problems, making topical suggestions on changes and the general direction of FreeBSD, and submitting patches." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45111 msgid "Users who wish to keep an eye on things, use the current source for reference purposes, or make the occasional comment or code contribution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45117 msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT should not be considered a fast-track to getting new features before the next release as pre-release features are not yet fully tested and most likely contain bugs. It is not a quick way of getting bug fixes as any given commit is just as likely to introduce new bugs as to fix existing ones. FreeBSD-CURRENT is not in any way officially supported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45125 msgid "-CURRENT using" msgstr "-CURRENT using" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45130 msgid "To track FreeBSD-CURRENT:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45134 msgid "Join the freebsd-current and the svn-src-head lists. This is essential in order to see the comments that people are making about the current state of the system and to receive important bulletins about the current state of FreeBSD-CURRENT." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45141 msgid "The svn-src-head list records the commit log entry for each change as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45145 msgid "To join these lists, go to http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo, click on the list to subscribe to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes to the whole source tree, not just the changes to FreeBSD-CURRENT, subscribe to the svn-src-all list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45153 msgid "Synchronize with the FreeBSD-CURRENT sources. Typically, svn is used to check out the -CURRENT code from the head branch of one of the Subversion mirror sites listed in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45161 msgid "Due to the size of the repository, some users choose to only synchronize the sections of source that interest them or which they are contributing patches to. However, users that plan to compile the operating system from source must download all of FreeBSD-CURRENT, not just selected portions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45169 msgid "-CURRENT compiling" msgstr "-CURRENT compiling" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45168 msgid "Before compiling FreeBSD-CURRENT <_:indexterm-1/>, read /usr/src/Makefile very carefully and follow the instructions in . Read the FreeBSD-CURRENT mailing list and /usr/src/UPDATING to stay up-to-date on other bootstrapping procedures that sometimes become necessary on the road to the next release." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45183 msgid "Be active! FreeBSD-CURRENT users are encouraged to submit their suggestions for enhancements or bug fixes. Suggestions with accompanying code are always welcome." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:45192 msgid "Using FreeBSD-STABLE" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45194 msgid "FreeBSD-STABLE is the development branch from which major releases are made. Changes go into this branch at a slower pace and with the general assumption that they have first been tested in FreeBSD-CURRENT. This is still a development branch and, at any given time, the sources for FreeBSD-STABLE may or may not be suitable for general use. It is simply another engineering development track, not a resource for end-users. Users who do not have the resources to perform testing should instead run the most recent release of FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45205 msgid "Those interested in tracking or contributing to the FreeBSD development process, especially as it relates to the next release of FreeBSD, should consider following FreeBSD-STABLE." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45209 msgid "While the FreeBSD-STABLE branch should compile and run at all times, this cannot be guaranteed. Since more people run FreeBSD-STABLE than FreeBSD-CURRENT, it is inevitable that bugs and corner cases will sometimes be found in FreeBSD-STABLE that were not apparent in FreeBSD-CURRENT. For this reason, one should not blindly track FreeBSD-STABLE. It is particularly important not to update any production servers to FreeBSD-STABLE without thoroughly testing the code in a development or testing environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45219 msgid "To track FreeBSD-STABLE:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45221 msgid "-STABLE using" msgstr "-STABLE using" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45227 msgid "Join the freebsd-stable list in order to stay informed of build dependencies that may appear in FreeBSD-STABLE or any other issues requiring special attention. Developers will also make announcements in this mailing list when they are contemplating some controversial fix or update, giving the users a chance to respond if they have any issues to raise concerning the proposed change." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45236 msgid "Join the relevant svn list for the branch being tracked. For example, users tracking the 9-STABLE branch should join the svn-src-stable-9 list. This list records the commit log entry for each change as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45244 msgid "To join these lists, go to http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo, click on the list to subscribe to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes for the whole source tree, subscribe to svn-src-all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45251 msgid "To install a new FreeBSD-STABLE system, install the most recent FreeBSD-STABLE release from the FreeBSD mirror sites or use a monthly snapshot built from FreeBSD-STABLE. Refer to www.freebsd.org/snapshots for more information about snapshots." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45256 msgid "To compile or upgrade to an existing FreeBSD system to FreeBSD-STABLE, use svn <_:indexterm-1/> to check out the source for the desired branch. Branch names, such as stable/9, are listed at www.freebsd.org/releng." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45267 msgid "-STABLE compiling" msgstr "-STABLE compiling" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:45266 msgid "Before compiling or upgrading to FreeBSD-STABLE <_:indexterm-1/>, read /usr/src/Makefile carefully and follow the instructions in . Read FreeBSD-STABLE mailing list and /usr/src/UPDATING to keep up-to-date on other bootstrapping procedures that sometimes become necessary on the road to the next release." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:45281 msgid "Synchronizing Source" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:45283 msgid "There are various methods for staying up-to-date with the FreeBSD sources. This section describes the primary service, Subversion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:45288 msgid "While it is possible to update only parts of the source tree, the only supported update procedure is to update the entire tree and recompile all the programs that run in user space, such as those in /bin and /sbin, and kernel sources. Updating only part of the source tree, only the kernel, or only the userland programs will often result in problems ranging from compile errors to kernel panics or data corruption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:45302 msgid "Subversion uses the pull model of updating sources. The user, or a cron script, invokes the svn program which updates the local version of the source. Subversion is the preferred method for updating local source trees as updates are up-to-the-minute and the user controls when updates are downloaded. It is easy to restrict updates to specific files or directories and the requested updates are generated on the fly by the server. How to synchronize source using Subversion is described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:45314 msgid "If a user inadvertently wipes out portions of the local archive, Subversion will detect and rebuild the damaged portions during an update." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:45320 msgid "Rebuilding World" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45322 msgid "Rebuilding world" msgstr "Rebuilding world" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:45325 msgid "Once the local source tree is synchronized against a particular version of FreeBSD such as FreeBSD-STABLE or FreeBSD-CURRENT, the source tree can be used to rebuild the system. This process is known as rebuilding world." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:45330 msgid "Before rebuilding world, be sure to perform the following tasks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:45334 msgid "Perform These Tasks Before Building World" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45338 msgid "Backup all important data to another system or removable media, verify the integrity of the backup, and have a bootable installation media at hand. It cannot be stressed enough how important it is to make a backup of the system before rebuilding the system. While rebuilding world is an easy task, there will inevitably be times when mistakes in the source tree render the system unbootable. You will probably never have to use the backup, but it is better to be safe than sorry!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45350 msgid "mailing list" msgstr "mailing list" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45351 msgid "Review the recent freebsd-stable or freebsd-current entries, depending upon the branch being tracked. Be aware of any known problems and which systems are affected. If a known issue affects the version of synchronized code, wait for an all clear announcement to be posted stating that the problem has been solved. Resynchronize the sources to ensure that the local version of source has the needed fix." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45362 msgid "Read /usr/src/UPDATING for any extra steps necessary for that version of the source. This file contains important information about potential problems and may specify the order to run certain commands. Many upgrades require specific additional steps such as renaming or deleting specific files prior to installing the new world. These will be listed at the end of this file where the currently recommended upgrade sequence is explicitly spelled out. If UPDATING contradicts any steps in this chapter, the instructions in UPDATING take precedence and should be followed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/title #: book.translate.xml:45378 msgid "Do Not Use make world" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:45380 msgid "Some older documentation recommends using make world. However, that command skips some important steps and should only be used by experts. For almost all circumstances make world is the wrong thing to do, and the procedure described here should be used instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:45389 msgid "Overview of Process" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45391 msgid "The build world process assumes an upgrade from an older FreeBSD version using the source of a newer version that was obtained using the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45395 msgid "In FreeBSD, the term world includes the kernel, core system binaries, libraries, programming files, and built-in compiler. The order in which these components are built and installed is important." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45400 msgid "For example, the old compiler might have a bug and not be able to compile the new kernel. Since the new kernel should be built with the new compiler, the new compiler must be built, but not necessarily installed, before the new kernel is built." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45406 msgid "The new world might rely on new kernel features, so the new kernel must be installed before the new world is installed. The old world might not run correctly on the new kernel, so the new world must be installed immediately upon installing the new kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45412 msgid "Some configuration changes must be made before the new world is installed, but others might break the old world. Hence, two different configuration upgrade steps are used. For the most part, the update process only replaces or adds files and existing old files are not deleted. Since this can cause problems, /usr/src/UPDATING will indicate if any files need to be manually deleted and at which step to do so." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45421 msgid "These concerns have led to the recommended upgrade sequence described in the following procedure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:45425 msgid "It is a good idea to save the output from running make to a file. If something goes wrong, a copy of the error message can be posted to one of the FreeBSD mailing lists." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:45430 msgid "The easiest way to do this is to use script with a parameter that specifies the name of the file to save all output to. Do not save the output to /tmp as this directory may be cleared at next reboot. A better place to save the file is /var/tmp. Run this command immediately before rebuilding the world, and then type exit when the process has finished:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:45440 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# script /var/tmp/mw.out\n" "Script started, output file is /var/tmp/mw.out" msgstr "" "# script /var/tmp/mw.out\n" "Script started, output file is /var/tmp/mw.out" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:45445 msgid "Overview of Build World Process" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/para #: book.translate.xml:45447 msgid "The commands used in the build world process should be run in the order specified here. This section summarizes the function of each command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45452 msgid "If the build world process has previously been run on this system, a copy of the previous build may still exist in /usr/obj. To speed up the new build world process, and possibly save some dependency headaches, remove this directory if it already exists:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45459 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chflags -R noschg /usr/obj/*\n" "# rm -rf /usr/obj" msgstr "" "# chflags -R noschg /usr/obj/*\n" "# rm -rf /usr/obj" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45464 msgid "Compile the new compiler and a few related tools, then use the new compiler to compile the rest of the new world. The result is saved to /usr/obj." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45468 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make buildworld" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make buildworld" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45473 msgid "Use the new compiler residing in /usr/obj to build the new kernel, in order to protect against compiler-kernel mismatches. This is necessary, as certain memory structures may have changed, and programs like ps and top will fail to work if the kernel and source code versions are not the same." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45481 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel" msgstr "# make buildkernel" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45485 msgid "Install the new kernel and kernel modules, making it possible to boot with the newly updated kernel. If kern.securelevel has been raised above 1 and noschg or similar flags have been set on the kernel binary, drop the system into single-user mode first. Otherwise, this command can be run from multi-user mode without problems. See init8 for details about kern.securelevel and chflags1 for details about the various file flags." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45497 #, no-wrap msgid "# make installkernel" msgstr "# make installkernel" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45501 msgid "Drop the system into single-user mode in order to minimize problems from updating any binaries that are already running. It also minimizes any problems from running the old world on a new kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45506 #, no-wrap msgid "# shutdown now" msgstr "# shutdown now" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45508 msgid "Once in single-user mode, run these commands if the system is formatted with UFS:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount -u /\n" "# mount -a -t ufs\n" "# swapon -a" msgstr "" "# mount -u /\n" "# mount -a -t ufs\n" "# swapon -a" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45515 msgid "If the system is instead formatted with ZFS, run these two commands. This example assumes a zpool name of zroot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45519 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs set readonly=off zroot\n" "# zfs mount -a" msgstr "" "# zfs set readonly=off zroot\n" "# zfs mount -a" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45524 msgid "Optional: If a keyboard mapping other than the default US English is desired, it can be changed with kbdmap1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45528 #, no-wrap msgid "# kbdmap" msgstr "# kbdmap" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45532 msgid "Then, for either file system, if the CMOS clock is set to local time (this is true if the output of date1 does not show the correct time and zone), run:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45537 #, no-wrap msgid "# adjkerntz -i" msgstr "# adjkerntz -i" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45541 msgid "Remaking the world will not update certain directories, such as /etc, /var and /usr, with new or changed configuration files. The next step is to perform some initial configuration file updates to /etc in preparation for the new world. The following command compares only those files that are essential for the success of <_:buildtarget-1/>. For instance, this step may add new groups, system accounts, or startup scripts which have been added to FreeBSD since the last update. This is necessary so that the <_:buildtarget-2/> step will be able to use any new system accounts, groups, and scripts. Refer to for more detailed instructions about this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45558 #, no-wrap msgid "# mergemaster -p" msgstr "# mergemaster -p" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45562 msgid "Install the new world and system binaries from /usr/obj." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45565 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make installworld" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make installworld" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45570 msgid "Update any remaining configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45572 #, no-wrap msgid "# mergemaster -iF" msgstr "# mergemaster -iF" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45576 msgid "Delete any obsolete files. This is important as they may cause problems if left on the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45579 book.translate.xml:45966 #, no-wrap msgid "# make delete-old" msgstr "# make delete-old" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45583 msgid "A full reboot is now needed to load the new kernel and new world with the new configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:45586 #, no-wrap msgid "# reboot" msgstr "# reboot" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:45590 msgid "Make sure that all installed ports have first been rebuilt before old libraries are removed using the instructions in . When finished, remove any obsolete libraries to avoid conflicts with newer ones. For a more detailed description of this step, refer to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45597 book.translate.xml:46015 #, no-wrap msgid "# make delete-old-libs" msgstr "# make delete-old-libs" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45603 msgid "If the system can have a window of down-time, consider compiling the system in single-user mode instead of compiling the system in multi-user mode, and then dropping into single-user mode for the installation. Reinstalling the system touches a lot of important system files, all the standard system binaries, libraries, and include files. Changing these on a running system, particularly one with active users, is asking for trouble." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45616 msgid "make.conf" msgstr "make.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45620 msgid "This build world process uses several configuration files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45623 msgid "The Makefile located in /usr/src describes how the programs that comprise FreeBSD should be built and the order in which they should be built." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45628 msgid "The options available to make are described in make.conf5 and some common examples are included in /usr/share/examples/etc/make.conf. Any options which are added to /etc/make.conf will control the how make runs and builds programs. These options take effect every time make is used, including compiling applications from the Ports Collection, compiling custom C programs, or building the FreeBSD operating system. Changes to some settings can have far-reaching and potentially surprising effects. Read the comments in both locations and keep in mind that the defaults have been chosen for a combination of performance and safety." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45643 msgid "src.conf" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45647 msgid "How the operating system is built from source code is controlled by /etc/src.conf. Unlike /etc/make.conf, the contents of /etc/src.conf only take effect when the FreeBSD operating system itself is being built. Descriptions of the many options available for this file are shown in src.conf5. Be cautious about disabling seemingly unneeded kernel modules and build options. Sometimes there are unexpected or subtle interactions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:45659 msgid "Variables and Targets" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45661 msgid "The general format for using make is as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45664 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -x -DVARIABLE target" msgstr "# make -x -DVARIABLE target" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45666 msgid "In this example, is an option passed to make. Refer to make1 for examples of the available options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45671 msgid "To pass a variable, specify the variable name with . The behavior of the Makefile is controlled by variables. These can either be set in /etc/make.conf or they can be specified when using make. For example, this variable specifies that profiled libraries should not be built:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45680 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -DNO_PROFILE target" msgstr "# make -DNO_PROFILE target" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45682 msgid "It corresponds with this setting in /etc/make.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:45685 #, no-wrap msgid "NO_PROFILE= true # Avoid compiling profiled libraries" msgstr "NO_PROFILE= true # Avoid compiling profiled libraries" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45687 msgid "The target tells make what to do and the Makefile defines the available targets. Some targets are used by the build process to break out the steps necessary to rebuild the system into a number of sub-steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45694 msgid "Having separate options is useful for two reasons. First, it allows for a build that does not affect any components of a running system. Because of this, <_:buildtarget-1/> can be safely run on a machine running in multi-user mode. It is still recommended that <_:buildtarget-2/> be run in part in single-user mode, though." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45702 msgid "Secondly, it allows NFS mounts to be used to upgrade multiple machines on a network, as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45706 msgid "It is possible to specify which will cause make to spawn several simultaneous processes. Since much of the compiling process is I/O-bound rather than CPU-bound, this is useful on both single CPU and multi-CPU machines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45714 msgid "On a single-CPU machine, run the following command to have up to 4 processes running at any one time. Empirical evidence posted to the mailing lists shows this generally gives the best performance benefit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45719 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -j4 buildworld" msgstr "# make -j4 buildworld" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45721 msgid "On a multi-CPU machine, try values between 6 and 10 to see how they speed things up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45725 msgid "rebuilding world timings" msgstr "rebuilding world timings" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:45731 msgid "If any variables were specified to make buildworld, specify the same variables to make installworld. However, must never be used with <_:buildtarget-1/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:45737 msgid "For example, if this command was used:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:45739 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -DNO_PROFILE buildworld" msgstr "# make -DNO_PROFILE buildworld" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:45741 msgid "Install the results with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:45743 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -DNO_PROFILE installworld" msgstr "# make -DNO_PROFILE installworld" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:45745 msgid "Otherwise, the second command will try to install profiled libraries that were not built during the make buildworld phase." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:45753 msgid "Merging Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45766 msgid " mergemaster " msgstr " mergemaster " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45772 msgid "FreeBSD provides the mergemaster8 Bourne script to aid in determining the differences between the configuration files in /etc, and the configuration files in /usr/src/etc. This is the recommended solution for keeping the system configuration files up to date with those located in the source tree." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45779 msgid "Before using mergemaster, it is recommended to first copy the existing /etc somewhere safe. Include which does a recursive copy and which preserves times and the ownerships on files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45786 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp -Rp /etc /etc.old" msgstr "# cp -Rp /etc /etc.old" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45788 msgid "When run, mergemaster builds a temporary root environment, from / down, and populates it with various system configuration files. Those files are then compared to the ones currently installed in the system. Files that differ will be shown in diff1 format, with the sign representing added or modified lines, and representing lines that will be either removed completely or replaced with a new file. Refer to diff1 for more information about how file differences are shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45799 msgid "Next, mergemaster will display each file that differs, and present options to: delete the new file, referred to as the temporary file, install the temporary file in its unmodified state, merge the temporary file with the currently installed file, or view the results again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45806 msgid "Choosing to delete the temporary file will tell mergemaster to keep the current file unchanged and to delete the new version. This option is not recommended. To get help at any time, type ? at the mergemaster prompt. If the user chooses to skip a file, it will be presented again after all other files have been dealt with." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45815 msgid "Choosing to install the unmodified temporary file will replace the current file with the new one. For most unmodified files, this is the best option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45819 msgid "Choosing to merge the file will present a text editor, and the contents of both files. The files can be merged by reviewing both files side by side on the screen, and choosing parts from both to create a finished product. When the files are compared side by side, l selects the left contents and r selects contents from the right. The final output will be a file consisting of both parts, which can then be installed. This option is customarily used for files where settings have been modified by the user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45830 msgid "Choosing to view the results again will redisplay the file differences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45833 msgid "After mergemaster is done with the system files, it will prompt for other options. It may prompt to rebuild the password file and will finish up with an option to remove left-over temporary files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:45922 msgid "Deleting Obsolete Files and Libraries" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:45925 msgid " Anton Shterenlikht Based on notes provided by " msgstr " Colin Percival Gebaseerd op notities geleverd door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:45935 msgid "Deleting obsolete files and directories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45939 msgid "As a part of the FreeBSD development lifecycle, files and their contents occasionally become obsolete. This may be because functionality is implemented elsewhere, the version number of the library has changed, or it was removed from the system entirely. These obsoleted files, libraries, and directories should be removed when updating the system. This ensures that the system is not cluttered with old files which take up unnecessary space on the storage and backup media. Additionally, if the old library has a security or stability issue, the system should be updated to the newer library to keep it safe and to prevent crashes caused by the old library. Files, directories, and libraries which are considered obsolete are listed in /usr/src/ObsoleteFiles.inc. The following instructions should be used to remove obsolete files during the system upgrade process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45956 msgid "After the make installworld and the subsequent mergemaster have finished successfully, check for obsolete files and libraries:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45960 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make check-old" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make check-old" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45963 msgid "If any obsolete files are found, they can be deleted using the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45968 msgid "A prompt is displayed before deleting each obsolete file. To skip the prompt and let the system remove these files automatically, use BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45973 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -DBATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES delete-old" msgstr "# make -DBATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES delete-old" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45975 msgid "The same goal can be achieved by piping these commands through yes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45978 #, no-wrap msgid "# yes|make delete-old" msgstr "# yes|make delete-old" #. (itstool) path: warning/title #: book.translate.xml:45981 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:45983 msgid "Deleting obsolete files will break applications that still depend on those obsolete files. This is especially true for old libraries. In most cases, the programs, ports, or libraries that used the old library need to be recompiled before make delete-old-libs is executed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45991 msgid "Utilities for checking shared library dependencies include sysutils/libchk and sysutils/bsdadminscripts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:45995 msgid "Obsolete shared libraries can conflict with newer libraries, causing messages like these:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:45998 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/usr/bin/ld: warning: libz.so.4, needed by /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so, may conflict with libz.so.5\n" "/usr/bin/ld: warning: librpcsvc.so.4, needed by /usr/local/lib/libXext.so, may conflict with librpcsvc.so.5" msgstr "" "/usr/bin/ld: warning: libz.so.4, needed by /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so, may conflict with libz.so.5\n" "/usr/bin/ld: warning: librpcsvc.so.4, needed by /usr/local/lib/libXext.so, may conflict with librpcsvc.so.5" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:46001 msgid "To solve these problems, determine which port installed the library:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:46004 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg which /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so\n" " /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so was installed by package tiff-3.9.4\n" "# pkg which /usr/local/lib/libXext.so\n" " /usr/local/lib/libXext.so was installed by package libXext-1.1.1,1" msgstr "" "# pkg which /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so\n" " /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so was installed by package tiff-3.9.4\n" "# pkg which /usr/local/lib/libXext.so\n" " /usr/local/lib/libXext.so was installed by package libXext-1.1.1,1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:46009 msgid "Then deinstall, rebuild, and reinstall the port. To automate this process, ports-mgmt/portmaster can be used. After all ports are rebuilt and no longer use the old libraries, delete the old libraries using the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:46017 msgid "If something goes wrong, it is easy to rebuild a particular piece of the system. For example, if /etc/magic was accidentally deleted as part of the upgrade or merge of /etc, file will stop working. To fix this, run:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:46024 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/usr.bin/file\n" "# make all install" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src/usr.bin/file\n" "# make all install" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:46029 msgid "Common Questions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46033 msgid "Do I need to re-make the world for every change?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46037 msgid "It depends upon the nature of the change. For example, if svn only shows the following files as being updated:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:46041 #, no-wrap msgid "" "src/games/cribbage/instr.c\n" "src/games/sail/pl_main.c\n" "src/release/sysinstall/config.c\n" "src/release/sysinstall/media.c\n" "src/share/mk/bsd.port.mk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46047 msgid "it probably is not worth rebuilding the entire world. Instead, go into the appropriate sub-directories and run make all install. But if something major changes, such as src/lib/libc/stdlib, consider rebuilding world." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46054 msgid "Some users rebuild world every fortnight and let changes accumulate over that fortnight. Others only re-make those things that have changed and are careful to spot all the dependencies. It all depends on how often a user wants to upgrade and whether they are tracking FreeBSD-STABLE or FreeBSD-CURRENT." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: term/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46065 msgid "signal 11" msgstr "signal 11" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46064 msgid "What would cause a compile to fail with lots of signal 11<_:indexterm-1/> (or other signal number) errors?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46071 msgid "This normally indicates a hardware problem. Building world is an effective way to stress test hardware, especially memory. A sure indicator of a hardware issue is when make is restarted and it dies at a different point in the process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46078 msgid "To resolve this error, swap out the components in the machine, starting with RAM, to determine which component is failing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46085 msgid "Can /usr/obj be removed when finished?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46089 msgid "This directory contains all the object files that were produced during the compilation phase. Normally, one of the first steps in the make buildworld process is to remove this directory and start afresh. Keeping /usr/obj around when finished makes little sense, and its removal frees up a approximately 2GB of disk space." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46101 msgid "Can interrupted builds be resumed?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46104 msgid "This depends on how far into the process the problem occurs. In general, make buildworld builds new copies of essential tools and the system libraries. These tools and libraries are then installed, used to rebuild themselves, and are installed again. The rest of the system is then rebuilt with the new system tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46113 msgid "During the last stage, it is fairly safe to run these commands as they will not undo the work of the previous make buildworld:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:46117 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make -DNO_CLEAN all" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make -DNO_CLEAN all" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46120 msgid "If this message appears:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:46122 #, no-wrap msgid "" "--------------------------------------------------------------\n" "Building everything..\n" "--------------------------------------------------------------" msgstr "" "--------------------------------------------------------------\n" "Building everything..\n" "--------------------------------------------------------------" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46126 msgid "in the make buildworld output, it is probably fairly safe to do so." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46129 msgid "If that message is not displayed, it is always better to be safe than sorry and to restart the build from scratch." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46136 msgid "Is it possible to speed up making the world?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46139 msgid "Several actions can speed up the build world process. For example, the entire process can be run from single-user mode. However, this will prevent users from having access to the system until the process is complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46145 msgid "Careful file system design or the use of ZFS datasets can make a difference. Consider putting /usr/src and /usr/obj on separate file systems. If possible, place the file systems on separate disks on separate disk controllers. When mounting /usr/src, use which prevents the file system from recording the file access time. If /usr/src is not on its own file system, consider remounting /usr with ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46157 msgid "The file system holding /usr/obj can be mounted or remounted with so that disk writes happen asynchronously. The write completes immediately, and the data is written to the disk a few seconds later. This allows writes to be clustered together, and can provide a dramatic performance boost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:46166 msgid "Keep in mind that this option makes the file system more fragile. With this option, there is an increased chance that, should power fail, the file system will be in an unrecoverable state when the machine restarts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:46172 msgid "If /usr/obj is the only directory on this file system, this is not a problem. If you have other, valuable data on the same file system, ensure that there are verified backups before enabling this option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46179 msgid "Turn off profiling by setting NO_PROFILE=true in /etc/make.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46183 msgid "Pass to make1 to run multiple processes in parallel. This usually helps on both single- and multi-processor machines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46191 msgid "What if something goes wrong?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46194 msgid "First, make absolutely sure that the environment has no extraneous cruft from earlier builds:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:46197 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chflags -R noschg /usr/obj/usr\n" "# rm -rf /usr/obj/usr\n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make cleandir\n" "# make cleandir" msgstr "" "# chflags -R noschg /usr/obj/usr\n" "# rm -rf /usr/obj/usr\n" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make cleandir\n" "# make cleandir" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46203 msgid "Yes, make cleandir really should be run twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46206 msgid "Then, restart the whole process, starting with make buildworld." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46209 msgid "If problems persist, send the error and the output of uname -a to FreeBSD general questions mailing list. Be prepared to answer other questions about the setup!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:46221 msgid "Tracking for Multiple Machines" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46234 msgid "NFS installing multiple machines" msgstr "NFS installing multiple machines" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46239 msgid "When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of disk space, network bandwidth, and CPU cycles to have each system download the sources and rebuild everything. The solution is to have one machine do most of the work, while the rest of the machines mount that work via NFS. This section outlines a method of doing so. For more information about using NFS, refer to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46248 msgid "First, identify a set of machines which will run the same set of binaries, known as a build set. Each machine can have a custom kernel, but will run the same userland binaries. From that set, choose a machine to be the build machine that the world and kernel are built on. Ideally, this is a fast machine that has sufficient spare CPU to run make buildworld and make buildkernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46258 msgid "Select a machine to be the test machine, which will test software updates before they are put into production. This must be a machine that can afford to be down for an extended period of time. It can be the build machine, but need not be." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46264 msgid "All the machines in this build set need to mount /usr/obj and /usr/src from the build machine via NFS. For multiple build sets, /usr/src should be on one build machine, and NFS mounted on the rest." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46270 msgid "Ensure that /etc/make.conf and /etc/src.conf on all the machines in the build set agree with the build machine. That means that the build machine must build all the parts of the base system that any machine in the build set is going to install. Also, each build machine should have its kernel name set with KERNCONF in /etc/make.conf, and the build machine should list them all in its KERNCONF, listing its own kernel first. The build machine must have the kernel configuration files for each machine in its /usr/src/sys/arch/conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46282 msgid "On the build machine, build the kernel and world as described in , but do not install anything on the build machine. Instead, install the built kernel on the test machine. On the test machine, mount /usr/src and /usr/obj via NFS. Then, run shutdown now to go to single-user mode in order to install the new kernel and world and run mergemaster as usual. When done, reboot to return to normal multi-user operations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46293 msgid "After verifying that everything on the test machine is working properly, use the same procedure to install the new software on each of the other machines in the build set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46297 msgid "The same methodology can be used for the ports tree. The first step is to share /usr/ports via NFS to all the machines in the build set. To configure /etc/make.conf to share distfiles, set DISTDIR to a common shared directory that is writable by whichever user root is mapped to by the NFS mount. Each machine should set WRKDIRPREFIX to a local build directory, if ports are to be built locally. Alternately, if the build system is to build and distribute packages to the machines in the build set, set PACKAGES on the build system to a directory similar to DISTDIR." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:46330 msgid "DTrace" msgstr "DTrace" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46341 msgid "DTrace" msgstr "DTrace" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46342 msgid "DTrace support DTrace" msgstr "DTrace support DTrace" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46347 msgid "DTrace, also known as Dynamic Tracing, was developed by Sun as a tool for locating performance bottlenecks in production and pre-production systems. In addition to diagnosing performance problems, DTrace can be used to help investigate and debug unexpected behavior in both the FreeBSD kernel and in userland programs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46354 msgid "DTrace is a remarkable profiling tool, with an impressive array of features for diagnosing system issues. It may also be used to run pre-written scripts to take advantage of its capabilities. Users can author their own utilities using the DTrace D Language, allowing them to customize their profiling based on specific needs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46361 msgid "The FreeBSD implementation provides full support for kernel DTrace and experimental support for userland DTrace. Userland DTrace allows users to perform function boundary tracing for userland programs using the pid provider, and to insert static probes into userland programs for later tracing. Some ports, such as databases/postgres-server and lang/php56 have a DTrace option to enable static probes. FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE has reasonably good userland DTrace support, but it is not considered production ready. In particular, it is possible to crash traced programs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46373 msgid "The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the Illumos project at DTrace Guide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46381 msgid "What DTrace is and what features it provides." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46385 msgid "Differences between the Solaris DTrace implementation and the one provided by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46390 msgid "How to enable and use DTrace on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:46410 msgid "Implementation Differences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46412 msgid "While the DTrace in FreeBSD is similar to that found in Solaris, differences do exist. The primary difference is that in FreeBSD, DTrace is implemented as a set of kernel modules and DTrace can not be used until the modules are loaded. To load all of the necessary modules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:46418 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload dtraceall" msgstr "# kldload dtraceall" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46420 msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE, the modules are automatically loaded when dtrace is run." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46424 msgid "FreeBSD uses the DDB_CTF kernel option to enable support for loading CTF data from kernel modules and the kernel itself. CTF is the Solaris Compact C Type Format which encapsulates a reduced form of debugging information similar to DWARF and the venerable stabs. CTF data is added to binaries by the ctfconvert and ctfmerge build tools. The ctfconvert utility parses DWARF ELF debug sections created by the compiler and ctfmerge merges CTF ELF sections from objects into either executables or shared libraries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46438 msgid "Some different providers exist for FreeBSD than for Solaris. Most notable is the dtmalloc provider, which allows tracing malloc() by type in the FreeBSD kernel. Some of the providers found in Solaris, such as cpc and mib, are not present in FreeBSD. These may appear in future versions of FreeBSD. Moreover, some of the providers available in both operating systems are not compatible, in the sense that their probes have different argument types. Thus, D scripts written on Solaris may or may not work unmodified on FreeBSD, and vice versa." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46450 msgid "Due to security differences, only root may use DTrace on FreeBSD. Solaris has a few low level security checks which do not yet exist in FreeBSD. As such, the /dev/dtrace/dtrace is strictly limited to root." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46456 msgid "DTrace falls under the Common Development and Distribution License (CDDL) license. To view this license on FreeBSD, see /usr/src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or view it online at http://opensource.org/licenses/CDDL-1.0. While a FreeBSD kernel with DTrace support is BSD licensed, the CDDL is used when the modules are distributed in binary form or the binaries are loaded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:46468 msgid "Enabling DTrace Support" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46470 msgid "In FreeBSD 9.2 and 10.0, DTrace support is built into the GENERIC kernel. Users of earlier versions of FreeBSD or who prefer to statically compile in DTrace support should add the following lines to a custom kernel configuration file and recompile the kernel using the instructions in :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:46476 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options KDTRACE_HOOKS\n" "options DDB_CTF\n" "makeoptions\tDEBUG=-g\n" "makeoptions\tWITH_CTF=1" msgstr "" "options KDTRACE_HOOKS\n" "options DDB_CTF\n" "makeoptions\tDEBUG=-g\n" "makeoptions\tWITH_CTF=1" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46481 msgid "Users of the AMD64 architecture should also add this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:46484 #, no-wrap msgid "options KDTRACE_FRAME" msgstr "options KDTRACE_FRAME" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46486 msgid "This option provides support for FBT. While DTrace will work without this option, there will be limited support for function boundary tracing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46490 msgid "Once the FreeBSD system has rebooted into the new kernel, or the DTrace kernel modules have been loaded using kldload dtraceall, the system will need support for the Korn shell as the DTrace Toolkit has several utilities written in ksh. Make sure that the shells/ksh93 package or port is installed. It is also possible to run these tools under shells/pdksh or shells/mksh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46500 msgid "Finally, install the current DTrace Toolkit, a collection of ready-made scripts for collecting system information. There are scripts to check open files, memory, CPU usage, and a lot more. FreeBSD 10 installs a few of these scripts into /usr/share/dtrace. On other FreeBSD versions, or to install the full DTrace Toolkit, use the sysutils/DTraceToolkit package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:46513 msgid "The scripts found in /usr/share/dtrace have been specifically ported to FreeBSD. Not all of the scripts found in the DTrace Toolkit will work as-is on FreeBSD and some scripts may require some effort in order for them to work on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46520 msgid "The DTrace Toolkit includes many scripts in the special language of DTrace. This language is called the D language and it is very similar to C++. An in depth discussion of the language is beyond the scope of this document. It is extensively discussed at http://wikis.oracle.com/display/DTrace/Documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:46528 msgid "Using DTrace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46530 msgid "DTrace scripts consist of a list of one or more probes, or instrumentation points, where each probe is associated with an action. Whenever the condition for a probe is met, the associated action is executed. For example, an action may occur when a file is opened, a process is started, or a line of code is executed. The action might be to log some information or to modify context variables. The reading and writing of context variables allows probes to share information and to cooperatively analyze the correlation of different events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46541 msgid "To view all probes, the administrator can execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:46544 #, no-wrap msgid "# dtrace -l | more" msgstr "# dtrace -l | more" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46546 msgid "Each probe has an ID, a PROVIDER (dtrace or fbt), a MODULE, and a FUNCTION NAME. Refer to dtrace1 for more information about this command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46552 msgid "The examples in this section provide an overview of how to use two of the fully supported scripts from the DTrace Toolkit: the hotkernel and procsystime scripts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46558 msgid "The hotkernel script is designed to identify which function is using the most kernel time. It will produce output similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:46562 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/share/dtrace/toolkit\n" "# ./hotkernel\n" "Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end." msgstr "" "# cd /usr/share/dtrace/toolkit\n" "# ./hotkernel\n" "Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46566 msgid "As instructed, use the CtrlC key combination to stop the process. Upon termination, the script will display a list of kernel functions and timing information, sorting the output in increasing order of time:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:46573 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kernel`_thread_lock_flags 2 0.0%\n" "0xc1097063 2 0.0%\n" "kernel`sched_userret 2 0.0%\n" "kernel`kern_select 2 0.0%\n" "kernel`generic_copyin 3 0.0%\n" "kernel`_mtx_assert 3 0.0%\n" "kernel`vm_fault 3 0.0%\n" "kernel`sopoll_generic 3 0.0%\n" "kernel`fixup_filename 4 0.0%\n" "kernel`_isitmyx 4 0.0%\n" "kernel`find_instance 4 0.0%\n" "kernel`_mtx_unlock_flags 5 0.0%\n" "kernel`syscall 5 0.0%\n" "kernel`DELAY 5 0.0%\n" "0xc108a253 6 0.0%\n" "kernel`witness_lock 7 0.0%\n" "kernel`read_aux_data_no_wait 7 0.0%\n" "kernel`Xint0x80_syscall 7 0.0%\n" "kernel`witness_checkorder 7 0.0%\n" "kernel`sse2_pagezero 8 0.0%\n" "kernel`strncmp 9 0.0%\n" "kernel`spinlock_exit 10 0.0%\n" "kernel`_mtx_lock_flags 11 0.0%\n" "kernel`witness_unlock 15 0.0%\n" "kernel`sched_idletd 137 0.3%\n" "0xc10981a5 42139 99.3%" msgstr "" "kernel`_thread_lock_flags 2 0.0%\n" "0xc1097063 2 0.0%\n" "kernel`sched_userret 2 0.0%\n" "kernel`kern_select 2 0.0%\n" "kernel`generic_copyin 3 0.0%\n" "kernel`_mtx_assert 3 0.0%\n" "kernel`vm_fault 3 0.0%\n" "kernel`sopoll_generic 3 0.0%\n" "kernel`fixup_filename 4 0.0%\n" "kernel`_isitmyx 4 0.0%\n" "kernel`find_instance 4 0.0%\n" "kernel`_mtx_unlock_flags 5 0.0%\n" "kernel`syscall 5 0.0%\n" "kernel`DELAY 5 0.0%\n" "0xc108a253 6 0.0%\n" "kernel`witness_lock 7 0.0%\n" "kernel`read_aux_data_no_wait 7 0.0%\n" "kernel`Xint0x80_syscall 7 0.0%\n" "kernel`witness_checkorder 7 0.0%\n" "kernel`sse2_pagezero 8 0.0%\n" "kernel`strncmp 9 0.0%\n" "kernel`spinlock_exit 10 0.0%\n" "kernel`_mtx_lock_flags 11 0.0%\n" "kernel`witness_unlock 15 0.0%\n" "kernel`sched_idletd 137 0.3%\n" "0xc10981a5 42139 99.3%" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46604 msgid "This script will also work with kernel modules. To use this feature, run the script with :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:46607 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./hotkernel -m\n" "Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end.\n" "^C\n" "MODULE COUNT PCNT\n" "0xc107882e 1 0.0%\n" "0xc10e6aa4 1 0.0%\n" "0xc1076983 1 0.0%\n" "0xc109708a 1 0.0%\n" "0xc1075a5d 1 0.0%\n" "0xc1077325 1 0.0%\n" "0xc108a245 1 0.0%\n" "0xc107730d 1 0.0%\n" "0xc1097063 2 0.0%\n" "0xc108a253 73 0.0%\n" "kernel 874 0.4%\n" "0xc10981a5 213781 99.6%" msgstr "" "# ./hotkernel -m\n" "Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end.\n" "^C\n" "MODULE COUNT PCNT\n" "0xc107882e 1 0.0%\n" "0xc10e6aa4 1 0.0%\n" "0xc1076983 1 0.0%\n" "0xc109708a 1 0.0%\n" "0xc1075a5d 1 0.0%\n" "0xc1077325 1 0.0%\n" "0xc108a245 1 0.0%\n" "0xc107730d 1 0.0%\n" "0xc1097063 2 0.0%\n" "0xc108a253 73 0.0%\n" "kernel 874 0.4%\n" "0xc10981a5 213781 99.6%" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46628 msgid "The procsystime script captures and prints the system call time usage for a given process ID (PID) or process name. In the following example, a new instance of /bin/csh was spawned. Then, procsystime was executed and remained waiting while a few commands were typed on the other incarnation of csh. These are the results of this test:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:46638 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./procsystime -n csh\n" "Tracing... Hit Ctrl-C to end...\n" "^C\n" "\n" "Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n" "\n" " SYSCALL TIME (ns)\n" " getpid 6131\n" " sigreturn 8121\n" " close 19127\n" " fcntl 19959\n" " dup 26955\n" " setpgid 28070\n" " stat 31899\n" " setitimer 40938\n" " wait4 62717\n" " sigaction 67372\n" " sigprocmask 119091\n" " gettimeofday 183710\n" " write 263242\n" " execve 492547\n" " ioctl 770073\n" " vfork 3258923\n" " sigsuspend 6985124\n" " read 3988049784" msgstr "" "# ./procsystime -n csh\n" "Tracing... Hit Ctrl-C to end...\n" "^C\n" "\n" "Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n" "\n" " SYSCALL TIME (ns)\n" " getpid 6131\n" " sigreturn 8121\n" " close 19127\n" " fcntl 19959\n" " dup 26955\n" " setpgid 28070\n" " stat 31899\n" " setitimer 40938\n" " wait4 62717\n" " sigaction 67372\n" " sigprocmask 119091\n" " gettimeofday 183710\n" " write 263242\n" " execve 492547\n" " ioctl 770073\n" " vfork 3258923\n" " sigsuspend 6985124\n" " read 3988049784" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46664 msgid "As shown, the read() system call used the most time in nanoseconds while the getpid() system call used the least amount of time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: part/title #: book.translate.xml:46674 msgid "Network Communication" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: partintro/para #: book.translate.xml:46677 msgid "FreeBSD is one of the most widely deployed operating systems for high performance network servers. The chapters in this part cover:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46683 msgid "Serial communication" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46687 msgid "PPP and PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:46692 book.translate.xml:50582 msgid "Electronic Mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46696 msgid "Running Network Servers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:46700 book.translate.xml:58206 msgid "Firewalls" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46704 msgid "Other Advanced Networking Topics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: partintro/para #: book.translate.xml:46708 msgid "These chapters are designed to be read when the information is needed. They do not need to be read in any particular order, nor is it necessary to read all of them before using FreeBSD in a network environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:46721 msgid "Serial Communications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46726 msgid "serial communications" msgstr "serial communications" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46728 msgid "UNIX has always had support for serial communications as the very first UNIX machines relied on serial lines for user input and output. Things have changed a lot from the days when the average terminal consisted of a 10-character-per-second serial printer and a keyboard. This chapter covers some of the ways serial communications can be used on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46739 msgid "How to connect terminals to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46742 msgid "How to use a modem to dial out to remote hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46745 msgid "How to allow remote users to login to a FreeBSD system with a modem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46749 msgid "How to boot a FreeBSD system from a serial console." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46757 msgid "Know how to configure and install a custom kernel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46761 msgid "Understand FreeBSD permissions and processes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46765 msgid "Have access to the technical manual for the serial hardware to be used with FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:46772 msgid "Serial Terminology and Hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46774 msgid "The following terms are often used in serial communications:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46778 msgid "bps" msgstr "bps" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46781 msgid "bits-per-second" msgstr "bits-per-second" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46780 msgid "Bits per Second<_:indexterm-1/> (bps) is the rate at which data is transmitted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46788 msgid "DTE" msgstr "DTE" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46791 msgid "DTE" msgstr "DTE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46790 msgid "Data Terminal Equipment<_:indexterm-1/> (DTE) is one of two endpoints in a serial communication. An example would be a computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46799 msgid "DCE" msgstr "DCE" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46802 msgid "DCE" msgstr "DCE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46801 msgid "Data Communications Equipment<_:indexterm-1/> (DTE) is the other endpoint in a serial communication. Typically, it is a modem or serial terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:46810 msgid "RS-232" msgstr "RS-232" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:46812 msgid "The original standard which defined hardware serial communications. It has since been renamed to TIA-232." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46819 msgid "When referring to communication data rates, this section does not use the term baud. Baud refers to the number of electrical state transitions made in a period of time, while bps is the correct term to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:46825 msgid "To connect a serial terminal to a FreeBSD system, a serial port on the computer and the proper cable to connect to the serial device are needed. Users who are already familiar with serial hardware and cabling can safely skip this section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:46831 msgid "Serial Cables and Ports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:46833 msgid "There are several different kinds of serial cables. The two most common types are null-modem cables and standard RS-232 cables. The documentation for the hardware should describe the type of cable required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:46838 msgid "These two types of cables differ in how the wires are connected to the connector. Each wire represents a signal, with the defined signals summarized in . A standard serial cable passes all of the RS-232C signals straight through. For example, the Transmitted Data pin on one end of the cable goes to the Transmitted Data pin on the other end. This is the type of cable used to connect a modem to the FreeBSD system, and is also appropriate for some terminals." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:46848 msgid "A null-modem cable switches the Transmitted Data pin of the connector on one end with the Received Data pin on the other end. The connector can be either a DB-25 or a DB-9." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:46854 msgid "A null-modem cable can be constructed using the pin connections summarized in , , and . While the standard calls for a straight-through pin 1 to pin 1 Protective Ground line, it is often omitted. Some terminals work using only pins 2, 3, and 7, while others require different configurations. When in doubt, refer to the documentation for the hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #. (itstool) path: step/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:46863 book.translate.xml:48540 msgid "null-modem cable" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:46868 msgid "RS-232C Signal Names" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46873 msgid "Acronyms" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46874 msgid "Names" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46880 msgid "RD" msgstr "RD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #: book.translate.xml:46881 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Received Data" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46885 msgid "TD" msgstr "TD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #: book.translate.xml:46886 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Transmitted Data" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46890 msgid "DTR" msgstr "DTR" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #: book.translate.xml:46891 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Data Terminal Ready" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46895 msgid "DSR" msgstr "DSR" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #: book.translate.xml:46896 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Data Set Ready" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46900 msgid "DCD" msgstr "DCD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46901 msgid "Data Carrier Detect" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46905 msgid "SG" msgstr "SG" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #: book.translate.xml:46906 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Signal Ground" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46910 msgid "RTS" msgstr "RTS" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46911 msgid "Request to Send" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46915 msgid "CTS" msgstr "CTS" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46916 msgid "Clear to Send" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:46923 msgid "DB-25 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46928 book.translate.xml:46932 book.translate.xml:47018 #: book.translate.xml:47022 book.translate.xml:47108 book.translate.xml:47112 msgid "Signal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46929 book.translate.xml:46931 book.translate.xml:47019 #: book.translate.xml:47021 book.translate.xml:47109 book.translate.xml:47111 msgid "Pin #" msgstr "Pin #" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:46938 book.translate.xml:46942 book.translate.xml:47060 #: book.translate.xml:47064 book.translate.xml:47150 book.translate.xml:47154 #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "SG" msgstr "SG" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46940 book.translate.xml:46948 book.translate.xml:46956 #: book.translate.xml:46964 book.translate.xml:46972 book.translate.xml:46980 #: book.translate.xml:46988 book.translate.xml:46996 book.translate.xml:47004 #: book.translate.xml:47030 book.translate.xml:47038 book.translate.xml:47046 #: book.translate.xml:47054 book.translate.xml:47062 book.translate.xml:47070 #: book.translate.xml:47078 book.translate.xml:47086 book.translate.xml:47094 #: book.translate.xml:47120 book.translate.xml:47128 book.translate.xml:47136 #: book.translate.xml:47144 book.translate.xml:47152 book.translate.xml:47160 #: book.translate.xml:47168 book.translate.xml:47176 book.translate.xml:47184 msgid "connects to" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:46946 book.translate.xml:46958 book.translate.xml:47032 #: book.translate.xml:47036 book.translate.xml:47122 book.translate.xml:47126 #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "TD" msgstr "TD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:46950 book.translate.xml:46954 book.translate.xml:47028 #: book.translate.xml:47040 book.translate.xml:47118 book.translate.xml:47130 #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "RD" msgstr "RD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:46962 book.translate.xml:46974 book.translate.xml:47084 #: book.translate.xml:47096 book.translate.xml:47174 book.translate.xml:47186 #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "RTS" msgstr "RTS" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:46966 book.translate.xml:46970 book.translate.xml:47088 #: book.translate.xml:47092 book.translate.xml:47178 book.translate.xml:47182 #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "CTS" msgstr "CTS" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:46978 book.translate.xml:46986 book.translate.xml:46998 #: book.translate.xml:47006 book.translate.xml:47044 book.translate.xml:47052 #: book.translate.xml:47072 book.translate.xml:47080 book.translate.xml:47134 #: book.translate.xml:47142 book.translate.xml:47162 book.translate.xml:47170 #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "DTR" msgstr "DTR" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46979 book.translate.xml:46987 book.translate.xml:46997 #: book.translate.xml:47005 book.translate.xml:47161 book.translate.xml:47169 msgid "20" msgstr "20" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm #. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym #: book.translate.xml:46982 book.translate.xml:46994 book.translate.xml:47048 #: book.translate.xml:47068 book.translate.xml:47138 book.translate.xml:47158 #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "DSR" msgstr "DSR" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46989 book.translate.xml:47003 book.translate.xml:47087 #: book.translate.xml:47093 book.translate.xml:47145 book.translate.xml:47183 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:46990 book.translate.xml:47002 book.translate.xml:47056 #: book.translate.xml:47076 book.translate.xml:47146 book.translate.xml:47166 msgid "DCD" msgstr "DCD" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:47013 msgid "DB-9 to DB-9 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:47103 msgid "DB-9 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:47193 msgid "When one pin at one end connects to a pair of pins at the other end, it is usually implemented with one short wire between the pair of pins in their connector and a long wire to the other single pin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47199 msgid "Serial ports are the devices through which data is transferred between the FreeBSD host computer and the terminal. Several kinds of serial ports exist. Before purchasing or constructing a cable, make sure it will fit the ports on the terminal and on the FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47205 msgid "Most terminals have DB-25 ports. Personal computers may have DB-25 or DB-9 ports. A multiport serial card may have RJ-12 or RJ-45/ ports. See the documentation that accompanied the hardware for specifications on the kind of port or visually verify the type of port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47213 msgid "In FreeBSD, each serial port is accessed through an entry in /dev. There are two different kinds of entries:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47219 msgid "Call-in ports are named /dev/ttyuN where N is the port number, starting from zero. If a terminal is connected to the first serial port (COM1), use /dev/ttyu0 to refer to the terminal. If the terminal is on the second serial port (COM2), use /dev/ttyu1, and so forth. Generally, the call-in port is used for terminals. Call-in ports require that the serial line assert the Data Carrier Detect signal to work correctly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47234 msgid "Call-out ports are named /dev/cuauN on FreeBSD versions 8.X and higher and /dev/cuadN on FreeBSD versions 7.X and lower. Call-out ports are usually not used for terminals, but are used for modems. The call-out port can be used if the serial cable or the terminal does not support the Data Carrier Detect signal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47246 msgid "FreeBSD also provides initialization devices (/dev/ttyuN.init and /dev/cuauN.init or /dev/cuadN.init) and locking devices (/dev/ttyuN.lock and /dev/cuauN.lock or /dev/cuadN.lock). The initialization devices are used to initialize communications port parameters each time a port is opened, such as crtscts for modems which use RTS/CTS signaling for flow control. The locking devices are used to lock flags on ports to prevent users or programs changing certain parameters. Refer to termios4, sio4, and stty1 for information on terminal settings, locking and initializing devices, and setting terminal options, respectively." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:47270 msgid "Serial Port Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47272 msgid "By default, FreeBSD supports four serial ports which are commonly known as COM1, COM2, COM3, and COM4. FreeBSD also supports dumb multi-port serial interface cards, such as the BocaBoard 1008 and 2016, as well as more intelligent multi-port cards such as those made by Digiboard. However, the default kernel only looks for the standard COM ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47281 msgid "To see if the system recognizes the serial ports, look for system boot messages that start with uart:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:47285 #, no-wrap msgid "# grep uart /var/run/dmesg.boot" msgstr "# grep uart /var/run/dmesg.boot" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47287 msgid "If the system does not recognize all of the needed serial ports, additional entries can be added to /boot/device.hints. This file already contains hint.uart.0.* entries for COM1 and hint.uart.1.* entries for COM2. When adding a port entry for COM3 use 0x3E8, and for COM4 use 0x2E8. Common IRQ addresses are 5 for COM3 and 9 for COM4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:47300 msgid "ttyu" msgstr "ttyu" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:47301 msgid "cuau" msgstr "cuau" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47303 msgid "To determine the default set of terminal I/O settings used by the port, specify its device name. This example determines the settings for the call-in port on COM2:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:47308 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -a -f /dev/ttyu1" msgstr "# stty -a -f /dev/ttyu1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47310 msgid "System-wide initialization of serial devices is controlled by /etc/rc.d/serial. This file affects the default settings of serial devices. To change the settings for a device, use stty. By default, the changed settings are in effect until the device is closed and when the device is reopened, it goes back to the default set. To permanently change the default set, open and adjust the settings of the initialization device. For example, to turn on mode, 8 bit communication, and flow control for ttyu5, type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:47322 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -f /dev/ttyu5.init clocal cs8 ixon ixoff" msgstr "# stty -f /dev/ttyu5.init clocal cs8 ixon ixoff" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:47324 book.translate.xml:47909 msgid "rc files rc.serial" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47329 msgid "To prevent certain settings from being changed by an application, make adjustments to the locking device. For example, to lock the speed of ttyu5 to 57600 bps, type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:47334 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -f /dev/ttyu5.lock 57600" msgstr "# stty -f /dev/ttyu5.lock 57600" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47336 msgid "Now, any application that opens ttyu5 and tries to change the speed of the port will be stuck with 57600 bps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:47344 msgid "Terminals" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:47347 msgid " Sean Kelly Contributed by " msgstr " Moses Moore Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47359 msgid "Terminals provide a convenient and low-cost way to access a FreeBSD system when not at the computer's console or on a connected network. This section describes how to use terminals with FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47364 msgid "The original UNIX systems did not have consoles. Instead, users logged in and ran programs through terminals that were connected to the computer's serial ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47368 msgid "The ability to establish a login session on a serial port still exists in nearly every UNIX-like operating system today, including FreeBSD. By using a terminal attached to an unused serial port, a user can log in and run any text program that can normally be run on the console or in an xterm window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47375 msgid "Many terminals can be attached to a FreeBSD system. An older spare computer can be used as a terminal wired into a more powerful computer running FreeBSD. This can turn what might otherwise be a single-user computer into a powerful multiple-user system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47381 msgid "FreeBSD supports three types of terminals:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:47385 msgid "Dumb terminals" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47387 msgid "Dumb terminals are specialized hardware that connect to computers over serial lines. They are called dumb because they have only enough computational power to display, send, and receive text. No programs can be run on these devices. Instead, dumb terminals connect to a computer that runs the needed programs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47395 msgid "There are hundreds of kinds of dumb terminals made by many manufacturers, and just about any kind will work with FreeBSD. Some high-end terminals can even display graphics, but only certain software packages can take advantage of these advanced features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47401 msgid "Dumb terminals are popular in work environments where workers do not need access to graphical applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:47408 msgid "Computers Acting as Terminals" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47410 msgid "Since a dumb terminal has just enough ability to display, send, and receive text, any spare computer can be a dumb terminal. All that is needed is the proper cable and some terminal emulation software to run on the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47416 msgid "This configuration can be useful. For example, if one user is busy working at the FreeBSD system's console, another user can do some text-only work at the same time from a less powerful personal computer hooked up as a terminal to the FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47422 msgid "There are at least two utilities in the base-system of FreeBSD that can be used to work through a serial connection: cu1 and tip1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47426 msgid "For example, to connect from a client system that runs FreeBSD to the serial connection of another system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:47429 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l serial-port-device" msgstr "# cu -l serial-port-device" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47431 msgid "Replace serial-port-device with the device name of the connected serial port. These device files are called /dev/cuauN on FreeBSD versions 10.x and higher and /dev/cuadN on FreeBSD versions 9.x and lower. In either case, N is the serial port number, starting from zero. This means that COM1 is /dev/cuau0 or /dev/cuad0 in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47444 msgid "Additional programs are available through the Ports Collection, such as comms/minicom." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:47451 msgid "X Terminals" msgstr "X Terminals" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47453 msgid "X terminals are the most sophisticated kind of terminal available. Instead of connecting to a serial port, they usually connect to a network like Ethernet. Instead of being relegated to text-only applications, they can display any Xorg application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:47460 msgid "This chapter does not cover the setup, configuration, or use of X terminals." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:47467 msgid "Terminal Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47469 msgid "This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system to enable a login session on a serial terminal. It assumes that the system recognizes the serial port to which the terminal is connected and that the terminal is connected with the correct cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47475 msgid "In FreeBSD, init reads /etc/ttys and starts a getty process on the available terminals. The getty process is responsible for reading a login name and starting the login program. The ports on the FreeBSD system which allow logins are listed in /etc/ttys. For example, the first virtual console, ttyv0, has an entry in this file, allowing logins on the console. This file also contains entries for the other virtual consoles, serial ports, and pseudo-ttys. For a hardwired terminal, the serial port's /dev entry is listed without the /dev part. For example, /dev/ttyv0 is listed as ttyv0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47491 msgid "The default /etc/ttys configures support for the first four serial ports, ttyu0 through ttyu3:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:47496 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure\n" "ttyu1 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure\n" "ttyu2 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure\n" "ttyu3 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure" msgstr "" "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure\n" "ttyu1 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure\n" "ttyu2 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure\n" "ttyu3 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47501 msgid "When attaching a terminal to one of those ports, modify the default entry to set the required speed and terminal type, to turn the device on and, if needed, to change the port's secure setting. If the terminal is connected to another port, add an entry for the port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47508 msgid " configures two terminals in /etc/ttys. The first entry configures a Wyse-50 connected to COM2. The second entry configures an old computer running Procomm terminal software emulating a VT-100 terminal. The computer is connected to the sixth serial port on a multi-port serial card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:47517 msgid "Configuring Terminal Entries" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:47519 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ttyu1 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.38400\" wy50 on insecure\n" "ttyu5 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\" vt100 on insecure" msgstr "" "ttyu1 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.38400\" wy50 on insecure\n" "ttyu5 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\" vt100 on insecure" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:47524 msgid "The first field specifies the device name of the serial terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:47529 msgid "The second field tells getty to initialize and open the line, set the line speed, prompt for a user name, and then execute the login program. The optional getty type configures characteristics on the terminal line, like bps rate and parity. The available getty types are listed in /etc/gettytab. In almost all cases, the getty types that start with std will work for hardwired terminals as these entries ignore parity. There is a std entry for each bps rate from 110 to 115200. Refer to gettytab5 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:47545 msgid "When setting the getty type, make sure to match the communications settings used by the terminal. For this example, the Wyse-50 uses no parity and connects at 38400 bps. The computer uses no parity and connects at 19200 bps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:47553 msgid "The third field is the type of terminal. For dial-up ports, unknown or dialup is typically used since users may dial up with practically any type of terminal or software. Since the terminal type does not change for hardwired terminals, a real terminal type from /etc/termcap can be specified. For this example, the Wyse-50 uses the real terminal type while the computer running Procomm is set to emulate a VT-100." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:47567 msgid "The fourth field specifies if the port should be enabled. To enable logins on this port, this field must be set to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:47573 msgid "The final field is used to specify whether the port is secure. Marking a port as secure means that it is trusted enough to allow root to login from that port. Insecure ports do not allow root logins. On an insecure port, users must login from unprivileged accounts and then use su or a similar mechanism to gain superuser privileges, as described in . For security reasons, it is recommended to change this setting to insecure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47587 msgid "After making any changes to /etc/ttys, send a SIGHUP (hangup) signal to the init process to force it to re-read its configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:47592 book.translate.xml:47907 #, no-wrap msgid "# kill -HUP 1" msgstr "# kill -HUP 1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47594 msgid "Since init is always the first process run on a system, it always has a process ID of 1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47598 msgid "If everything is set up correctly, all cables are in place, and the terminals are powered up, a getty process should now be running on each terminal and login prompts should be available on each terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:47606 msgid "Troubleshooting the Connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47608 msgid "Even with the most meticulous attention to detail, something could still go wrong while setting up a terminal. Here is a list of common symptoms and some suggested fixes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47613 msgid "If no login prompt appears, make sure the terminal is plugged in and powered up. If it is a personal computer acting as a terminal, make sure it is running terminal emulation software on the correct serial port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47618 msgid "Make sure the cable is connected firmly to both the terminal and the FreeBSD computer. Make sure it is the right kind of cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47622 msgid "Make sure the terminal and FreeBSD agree on the bps rate and parity settings. For a video display terminal, make sure the contrast and brightness controls are turned up. If it is a printing terminal, make sure paper and ink are in good supply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47628 msgid "Use ps to make sure that a getty process is running and serving the terminal. For example, the following listing shows that a getty is running on the second serial port, ttyu1, and is using the std.38400 entry in /etc/gettytab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:47636 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ps -axww|grep ttyu\n" "22189 d1 Is+ 0:00.03 /usr/libexec/getty std.38400 ttyu1" msgstr "" "# ps -axww|grep ttyu\n" "22189 d1 Is+ 0:00.03 /usr/libexec/getty std.38400 ttyu1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47639 msgid "If no getty process is running, make sure the port is enabled in /etc/ttys. Remember to run kill -HUP 1 after modifying /etc/ttys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47644 msgid "If the getty process is running but the terminal still does not display a login prompt, or if it displays a prompt but will not accept typed input, the terminal or cable may not support hardware handshaking. Try changing the entry in /etc/ttys from std.38400 to 3wire.38400, then run kill -HUP 1 after modifying /etc/ttys. The 3wire entry is similar to std, but ignores hardware handshaking. The baud rate may need to be reduced or software flow control enabled when using 3wire to prevent buffer overflows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47658 msgid "If garbage appears instead of a login prompt, make sure the terminal and FreeBSD agree on the bps rate and parity settings. Check the getty processes to make sure the correct getty type is in use. If not, edit /etc/ttys and run kill -HUP 1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47666 msgid "If characters appear doubled and the password appears when typed, switch the terminal, or the terminal emulation software, from half duplex or local echo to full duplex." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:47675 msgid "Dial-in Service" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:47678 msgid " Guy Helmer Contributed by " msgstr " Guy Helmer Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:47688 msgid " Sean Kelly Additions by " msgstr " Seán Kelly Toevoegingen door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:47698 msgid "dial-in service" msgstr "dial-in service" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47700 msgid "Configuring a FreeBSD system for dial-in service is similar to configuring terminals, except that modems are used instead of terminal devices. FreeBSD supports both external and internal modems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47705 msgid "External modems are more convenient because they often can be configured via parameters stored in non-volatile RAM and they usually provide lighted indicators that display the state of important RS-232 signals, indicating whether the modem is operating properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47712 msgid "Internal modems usually lack non-volatile RAM, so their configuration may be limited to setting DIP switches. If the internal modem has any signal indicator lights, they are difficult to view when the system's cover is in place." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:47718 msgid "modem" msgstr "modem" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47720 msgid "When using an external modem, a proper cable is needed. A standard RS-232C serial cable should suffice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47724 msgid "FreeBSD needs the RTS and CTS signals for flow control at speeds above 2400 bps, the CD signal to detect when a call has been answered or the line has been hung up, and the DTR signal to reset the modem after a session is complete. Some cables are wired without all of the needed signals, so if a login session does not go away when the line hangs up, there may be a problem with the cable. Refer to for more information about these signals." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47734 msgid "Like other UNIX-like operating systems, FreeBSD uses the hardware signals to find out when a call has been answered or a line has been hung up and to hangup and reset the modem after a call. FreeBSD avoids sending commands to the modem or watching for status reports from the modem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47740 msgid "FreeBSD supports the NS8250, NS16450, NS16550, and NS16550A-based RS-232C (CCITT V.24) communications interfaces. The 8250 and 16450 devices have single-character buffers. The 16550 device provides a 16-character buffer, which allows for better system performance. Bugs in plain 16550 devices prevent the use of the 16-character buffer, so use 16550A devices if possible. Because single-character-buffer devices require more work by the operating system than the 16-character-buffer devices, 16550A-based serial interface cards are preferred. If the system has many active serial ports or will have a heavy load, 16550A-based cards are better for low-error-rate communications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:47755 msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure a modem to receive incoming connections, how to communicate with the modem, and offers some troubleshooting tips." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:47760 msgid "Modem Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:47762 msgid "getty" msgstr "getty" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47763 msgid "As with terminals, init spawns a getty process for each configured serial port used for dial-in connections. When a user dials the modem's line and the modems connect, the Carrier Detect signal is reported by the modem. The kernel notices that the carrier has been detected and instructs getty to open the port and display a login: prompt at the specified initial line speed. In a typical configuration, if garbage characters are received, usually due to the modem's connection speed being different than the configured speed, getty tries adjusting the line speeds until it receives reasonable characters. After the user enters their login name, getty executes login, which completes the login process by asking for the user's password and then starting the user's shell." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:47780 msgid "/usr/bin/login" msgstr "/usr/bin/login" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47784 msgid "There are two schools of thought regarding dial-up modems. One configuration method is to set the modems and systems so that no matter at what speed a remote user dials in, the dial-in RS-232 interface runs at a locked speed. The benefit of this configuration is that the remote user always sees a system login prompt immediately. The downside is that the system does not know what a user's true data rate is, so full-screen programs like Emacs will not adjust their screen-painting methods to make their response better for slower connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47796 msgid "The second method is to configure the RS-232 interface to vary its speed based on the remote user's connection speed. Because getty does not understand any particular modem's connection speed reporting, it gives a login: message at an initial speed and watches the characters that come back in response. If the user sees junk, they should press Enter until they see a recognizable prompt. If the data rates do not match, getty sees anything the user types as junk, tries the next speed, and gives the login: prompt again. This procedure normally only takes a keystroke or two before the user sees a good prompt. This login sequence does not look as clean as the locked-speed method, but a user on a low-speed connection should receive better interactive response from full-screen programs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47814 msgid "When locking a modem's data communications rate at a particular speed, no changes to /etc/gettytab should be needed. However, for a matching-speed configuration, additional entries may be required in order to define the speeds to use for the modem. This example configures a 14.4 Kbps modem with a top interface speed of 19.2 Kbps using 8-bit, no parity connections. It configures getty to start the communications rate for a V.32bis connection at 19.2 Kbps, then cycles through 9600 bps, 2400 bps, 1200 bps, 300 bps, and back to 19.2 Kbps. Communications rate cycling is implemented with the nx= (next table) capability. Each line uses a tc= (table continuation) entry to pick up the rest of the settings for a particular data rate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:47831 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" "# Additions for a V.32bis Modem\n" "#\n" "um|V300|High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V19200:tc=std.300:\n" "un|V1200|High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V300:tc=std.1200:\n" "uo|V2400|High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V1200:tc=std.2400:\n" "up|V9600|High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V2400:tc=std.9600:\n" "uq|V19200|High Speed Modem at 19200,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V9600:tc=std.19200:" msgstr "" "#\n" "# Additions for a V.32bis Modem\n" "#\n" "um|V300|High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V19200:tc=std.300:\n" "un|V1200|High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V300:tc=std.1200:\n" "uo|V2400|High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V1200:tc=std.2400:\n" "up|V9600|High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V2400:tc=std.9600:\n" "uq|V19200|High Speed Modem at 19200,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=V9600:tc=std.19200:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47845 msgid "For a 28.8 Kbps modem, or to take advantage of compression on a 14.4 Kbps modem, use a higher communications rate, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:47849 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" "# Additions for a V.32bis or V.34 Modem\n" "# Starting at 57.6 Kbps\n" "#\n" "vm|VH300|Very High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH57600:tc=std.300:\n" "vn|VH1200|Very High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH300:tc=std.1200:\n" "vo|VH2400|Very High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH1200:tc=std.2400:\n" "vp|VH9600|Very High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH2400:tc=std.9600:\n" "vq|VH57600|Very High Speed Modem at 57600,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH9600:tc=std.57600:" msgstr "" "#\n" "# Additions for a V.32bis or V.34 Modem\n" "# Starting at 57.6 Kbps\n" "#\n" "vm|VH300|Very High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH57600:tc=std.300:\n" "vn|VH1200|Very High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH300:tc=std.1200:\n" "vo|VH2400|Very High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH1200:tc=std.2400:\n" "vp|VH9600|Very High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH2400:tc=std.9600:\n" "vq|VH57600|Very High Speed Modem at 57600,8-bit:\\\n" " :nx=VH9600:tc=std.57600:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47864 msgid "For a slow CPU or a heavily loaded system without 16550A-based serial ports, this configuration may produce sio silo errors at 57.6 Kbps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:47869 msgid "/etc/ttys" msgstr "/etc/ttys" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47873 msgid "The configuration of /etc/ttys is similar to , but a different argument is passed to getty and dialup is used for the terminal type. Replace xxx with the process init will run on the device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:47880 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty xxx\" dialup on" msgstr "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty xxx\" dialup on" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47882 msgid "The dialup terminal type can be changed. For example, setting vt102 as the default terminal type allows users to use VT102 emulation on their remote systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47888 msgid "For a locked-speed configuration, specify the speed with a valid type listed in /etc/gettytab. This example is for a modem whose port speed is locked at 19.2 Kbps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:47893 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\" dialup on" msgstr "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\" dialup on" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47895 msgid "In a matching-speed configuration, the entry needs to reference the appropriate beginning auto-baud entry in /etc/gettytab. To continue the example for a matching-speed modem that starts at 19.2 Kbps, use this entry:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:47901 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty V19200\" dialup on" msgstr "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty V19200\" dialup on" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47903 msgid "After editing /etc/ttys, wait until the modem is properly configured and connected before signaling init:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:47914 msgid "High-speed modems, like V.32, V.32bis, and V.34 modems, use hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. Use stty to set the hardware flow control flag for the modem port. This example sets the crtscts flag on COM2's dial-in and dial-out initialization devices:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:47922 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# stty -f /dev/ttyu1.init crtscts\n" "# stty -f /dev/cuau1.init crtscts" msgstr "" "# stty -f /dev/ttyu1.init crtscts\n" "# stty -f /dev/cuau1.init crtscts" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48077 msgid "This section provides a few tips for troubleshooting a dial-up modem that will not connect to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48080 msgid "Hook up the modem to the FreeBSD system and boot the system. If the modem has status indication lights, watch to see whether the modem's DTR indicator lights when the login: prompt appears on the system's console. If it lights up, that should mean that FreeBSD has started a getty process on the appropriate communications port and is waiting for the modem to accept a call." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48089 msgid "If the DTR indicator does not light, login to the FreeBSD system through the console and type ps ax to see if FreeBSD is running a getty process on the correct port:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:48094 #, no-wrap msgid " 114 ?? I 0:00.10 /usr/libexec/getty V19200 ttyu0" msgstr " 114 ?? I 0:00.10 /usr/libexec/getty V19200 ttyu0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48096 msgid "If the second column contains a d0 instead of a ?? and the modem has not accepted a call yet, this means that getty has completed its open on the communications port. This could indicate a problem with the cabling or a misconfigured modem because getty should not be able to open the communications port until the carrier detect signal has been asserted by the modem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48105 msgid "If no getty processes are waiting to open the port, double-check that the entry for the port is correct in /etc/ttys. Also, check /var/log/messages to see if there are any log messages from init or getty." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48112 msgid "Next, try dialing into the system. Be sure to use 8 bits, no parity, and 1 stop bit on the remote system. If a prompt does not appear right away, or the prompt shows garbage, try pressing Enter about once per second. If there is still no login: prompt, try sending a BREAK. When using a high-speed modem, try dialing again after locking the dialing modem's interface speed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48121 msgid "If there is still no login: prompt, check /etc/gettytab again and double-check that:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48127 msgid "The initial capability name specified in the entry in /etc/ttys matches the name of a capability in /etc/gettytab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48133 msgid "Each nx= entry matches another gettytab capability name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48138 msgid "Each tc= entry matches another gettytab capability name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48143 msgid "If the modem on the FreeBSD system will not answer, make sure that the modem is configured to answer the phone when DTR is asserted. If the modem seems to be configured correctly, verify that the DTR line is asserted by checking the modem's indicator lights." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48150 msgid "If it still does not work, try sending an email to the FreeBSD general questions mailing list describing the modem and the problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:48157 msgid "Dial-out Service" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:48159 msgid "dial-out service" msgstr "dial-out service" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:48161 msgid "The following are tips for getting the host to connect over the modem to another computer. This is appropriate for establishing a terminal session with a remote host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:48165 msgid "This kind of connection can be helpful to get a file on the Internet if there are problems using PPP. If PPP is not working, use the terminal session to FTP the needed file. Then use zmodem to transfer it to the machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48171 msgid "Using a Stock Hayes Modem" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48173 msgid "A generic Hayes dialer is built into tip. Use at=hayes in /etc/remote." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48177 msgid "The Hayes driver is not smart enough to recognize some of the advanced features of newer modems messages like BUSY, NO DIALTONE, or CONNECT 115200. Turn those messages off when using tip with ATX0&W." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48184 msgid "The dial timeout for tip is 60 seconds. The modem should use something less, or else tip will think there is a communication problem. Try ATS7=45&W." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48191 msgid "Using AT Commands" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:48193 msgid "/etc/remote" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48196 msgid "Create a direct entry in /etc/remote. For example, if the modem is hooked up to the first serial port, /dev/cuau0, use the following line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48202 #, no-wrap msgid "cuau0:dv=/dev/cuau0:br#19200:pa=none" msgstr "cuau0:dv=/dev/cuau0:br#19200:pa=none" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48204 msgid "Use the highest bps rate the modem supports in the br capability. Then, type tip cuau0 to connect to the modem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48208 msgid "Or, use cu as root with the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:48211 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -lline -sspeed" msgstr "# cu -lline -sspeed" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48213 msgid "line is the serial port, such as /dev/cuau0, and speed is the speed, such as 57600. When finished entering the AT commands, type ~. to exit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48221 msgid "The @ Sign Does Not Work" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48223 msgid "The @ sign in the phone number capability tells tip to look in /etc/phones for a phone number. But, the @ sign is also a special character in capability files like /etc/remote, so it needs to be escaped with a backslash:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48230 #, no-wrap msgid "pn=\\@" msgstr "pn=\\@" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48234 msgid "Dialing from the Command Line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48236 msgid "Put a generic entry in /etc/remote. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48239 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tip115200|Dial any phone number at 115200 bps:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#115200:at=hayes:pa=none:du:\n" "tip57600|Dial any phone number at 57600 bps:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:" msgstr "" "tip115200|Dial any phone number at 115200 bps:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#115200:at=hayes:pa=none:du:\n" "tip57600|Dial any phone number at 57600 bps:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48244 msgid "This should now work:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:48246 #, no-wrap msgid "# tip -115200 5551234" msgstr "# tip -115200 5551234" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48248 msgid "Users who prefer cu over tip, can use a generic cu entry:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48252 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cu115200|Use cu to dial any number at 115200bps:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau1:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:" msgstr "" "cu115200|Use cu to dial any number at 115200bps:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau1:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48255 msgid "and type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:48257 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu 5551234 -s 115200" msgstr "# cu 5551234 -s 115200" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48261 msgid "Setting the bps Rate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48263 msgid "Put in an entry for tip1200 or cu1200, but go ahead and use whatever bps rate is appropriate with the br capability. tip thinks a good default is 1200 bps which is why it looks for a tip1200 entry. 1200 bps does not have to be used, though." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48273 msgid "Accessing a Number of Hosts Through a Terminal Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48276 msgid "Rather than waiting until connected and typing CONNECT host each time, use tip's cm capability. For example, these entries in /etc/remote will let you type tip pain or tip muffin to connect to the hosts pain or muffin, and tip deep13 to connect to the terminal server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48286 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pain|pain.deep13.com|Forrester's machine:\\\n" " :cm=CONNECT pain\\n:tc=deep13:\n" "muffin|muffin.deep13.com|Frank's machine:\\\n" " :cm=CONNECT muffin\\n:tc=deep13:\n" "deep13:Gizmonics Institute terminal server:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau2:br#38400:at=hayes:du:pa=none:pn=5551234:" msgstr "" "pain|pain.deep13.com|Forrester's machine:\\\n" " :cm=CONNECT pain\\n:tc=deep13:\n" "muffin|muffin.deep13.com|Frank's machine:\\\n" " :cm=CONNECT muffin\\n:tc=deep13:\n" "deep13:Gizmonics Institute terminal server:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau2:br#38400:at=hayes:du:pa=none:pn=5551234:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48296 msgid "Using More Than One Line with tip" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48299 msgid "This is often a problem where a university has several modem lines and several thousand students trying to use them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48303 msgid "Make an entry in /etc/remote and use @ for the pn capability:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48307 #, no-wrap msgid "" "big-university:\\\n" " :pn=\\@:tc=dialout\n" "dialout:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau3:br#9600:at=courier:du:pa=none:" msgstr "" "big-university:\\\n" " :pn=\\@:tc=dialout\n" "dialout:\\\n" " :dv=/dev/cuau3:br#9600:at=courier:du:pa=none:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48312 msgid "Then, list the phone numbers in /etc/phones:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48315 #, no-wrap msgid "" "big-university 5551111\n" "big-university 5551112\n" "big-university 5551113\n" "big-university 5551114" msgstr "" "big-university 5551111\n" "big-university 5551112\n" "big-university 5551113\n" "big-university 5551114" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48320 msgid "tip will try each number in the listed order, then give up. To keep retrying, run tip in a while loop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48327 msgid "Using the Force Character" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48329 msgid " Ctrl P is the default force character, used to tell tip that the next character is literal data. The force character can be set to any other character with the ~s escape, which means set a variable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48338 msgid "Type ~sforce=single-char followed by a newline. single-char is any single character. If single-char is left out, then the force character is the null character, which is accessed by typing Ctrl2 or CtrlSpace . A pretty good value for single-char is Shift Ctrl 6 , which is only used on some terminal servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48359 msgid "To change the force character, specify the following in ~/.tiprc:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48362 #, no-wrap msgid "force=single-char" msgstr "force=single-char" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48366 msgid "Upper Case Characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48368 msgid "This happens when Ctrl A is pressed, which is tip's raise character, specially designed for people with broken caps-lock keys. Use ~s to set raisechar to something reasonable. It can be set to be the same as the force character, if neither feature is used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48379 msgid "Here is a sample ~/.tiprc for Emacs users who need to type Ctrl 2 and Ctrl A :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48389 #, no-wrap msgid "" "force=^^\n" "raisechar=^^" msgstr "" "force=^^\n" "raisechar=^^" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48392 msgid "The ^^ is ShiftCtrl6 ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48400 msgid "File Transfers with tip" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48402 msgid "When talking to another UNIX-like operating system, files can be sent and received using ~p (put) and ~t (take). These commands run cat and echo on the remote system to accept and send files. The syntax is:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/cmdsynopsis #: book.translate.xml:48408 msgid "~p local-file remote-file" msgstr "~p local-file remote-file" #. (itstool) path: sect2/cmdsynopsis #: book.translate.xml:48414 msgid "~t remote-file local-file" msgstr "~t remote-file local-file" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48420 msgid "There is no error checking, so another protocol, like zmodem, should probably be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48425 msgid "Using zmodem with tip?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48428 msgid "To receive files, start the sending program on the remote end. Then, type ~C rz to begin receiving them locally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48432 msgid "To send files, start the receiving program on the remote end. Then, type ~C sz files to send them to the remote system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:48441 msgid "Setting Up the Serial Console" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:48444 msgid " Kazutaka YOKOTA Contributed by " msgstr " Kazutaka YOKOTA Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:48454 msgid " Bill Paul Based on a document by " msgstr " Bill Paul Op basis van een document door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:48464 msgid "serial console" msgstr "serial console" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:48466 msgid "FreeBSD has the ability to boot a system with a dumb terminal on a serial port as a console. This configuration is useful for system administrators who wish to install FreeBSD on machines that have no keyboard or monitor attached, and developers who want to debug the kernel or device drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:48473 msgid "As described in , FreeBSD employs a three stage bootstrap. The first two stages are in the boot block code which is stored at the beginning of the FreeBSD slice on the boot disk. The boot block then loads and runs the boot loader as the third stage code." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:48479 msgid "In order to set up booting from a serial console, the boot block code, the boot loader code, and the kernel need to be configured." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48484 msgid "Quick Serial Console Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48486 msgid "This section provides a fast overview of setting up the serial console. This procedure can be used when the dumb terminal is connected to COM1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:48491 msgid "Configuring a Serial Console on COM1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48495 msgid "Connect the serial cable to COM1 and the controlling terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48501 msgid "To configure boot messages to display on the serial console, issue the following command as the superuser:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:48505 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'console=\"comconsole\"' >> /boot/loader.conf" msgstr "# echo 'console=\"comconsole\"' >> /boot/loader.conf" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48509 msgid "Edit /etc/ttys and change off to on and dialup to vt100 for the ttyu0 entry. Otherwise, a password will not be required to connect via the serial console, resulting in a potential security hole." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48518 msgid "Reboot the system to see if the changes took effect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48524 msgid "If a different configuration is required, see the next section for a more in-depth configuration explanation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48529 msgid "In-Depth Serial Console Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48531 msgid "This section provides a more detailed explanation of the steps needed to setup a serial console in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:48535 msgid "Configuring a Serial Console" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48538 msgid "Prepare a serial cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48542 msgid "Use either a null-modem cable or a standard serial cable and a null-modem adapter. See for a discussion on serial cables." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48548 msgid "Unplug the keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48550 msgid "Many systems probe for the keyboard during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) and will generate an error if the keyboard is not detected. Some machines will refuse to boot until the keyboard is plugged in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48556 msgid "If the computer complains about the error, but boots anyway, no further configuration is needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48559 msgid "If the computer refuses to boot without a keyboard attached, configure the BIOS so that it ignores this error. Consult the motherboard's manual for details on how to do this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:48565 msgid "Try setting the keyboard to Not installed in the BIOS. This setting tells the BIOS not to probe for a keyboard at power-on so it should not complain if the keyboard is absent. If that option is not present in the BIOS, look for an Halt on Error option instead. Setting this to All but Keyboard or to No Errors will have the same effect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48576 msgid "If the system has a PS/2 mouse, unplug it as well. PS/2 mice share some hardware with the keyboard and leaving the mouse plugged in can fool the keyboard probe into thinking the keyboard is still there." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:48582 msgid "While most systems will boot without a keyboard, quite a few will not boot without a graphics adapter. Some systems can be configured to boot with no graphics adapter by changing the graphics adapter setting in the BIOS configuration to Not installed. Other systems do not support this option and will refuse to boot if there is no display hardware in the system. With these machines, leave some kind of graphics card plugged in, even if it is just a junky mono board. A monitor does not need to be attached." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48597 msgid "Plug a dumb terminal, an old computer with a modem program, or the serial port on another UNIX box into the serial port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48603 msgid "Add the appropriate hint.sio.* entries to /boot/device.hints for the serial port. Some multi-port cards also require kernel configuration options. Refer to sio4 for the required options and device hints for each supported serial port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48612 msgid "Create boot.config in the root directory of the a partition on the boot drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48616 msgid "This file instructs the boot block code how to boot the system. In order to activate the serial console, one or more of the following options are needed. When using multiple options, include them all on the same line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48624 book.translate.xml:48733 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48627 msgid "Toggles between the internal and serial consoles. Use this to switch console devices. For instance, to boot from the internal (video) console, use to direct the boot loader and the kernel to use the serial port as its console device. Alternatively, to boot from the serial port, use to tell the boot loader and the kernel to use the video display as the console instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48640 book.translate.xml:48738 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48643 msgid "Toggles between the single and dual console configurations. In the single configuration, the console will be either the internal console (video display) or the serial port, depending on the state of . In the dual console configuration, both the video display and the serial port will become the console at the same time, regardless of the state of . However, the dual console configuration takes effect only while the boot block is running. Once the boot loader gets control, the console specified by becomes the only console." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:48661 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48664 msgid "Makes the boot block probe the keyboard. If no keyboard is found, the and options are automatically set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:48670 msgid "Due to space constraints in the current version of the boot blocks, is capable of detecting extended keyboards only. Keyboards with less than 101 keys and without F11 and F12 keys may not be detected. Keyboards on some laptops may not be properly found because of this limitation. If this is the case, do not use ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48683 msgid "Use either to select the console automatically or to activate the serial console. Refer to boot8 and boot.config5 for more details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48688 msgid "The options, except for , are passed to the boot loader. The boot loader will determine whether the internal video or the serial port should become the console by examining the state of . This means that if is specified but is not specified in /boot.config, the serial port can be used as the console only during the boot block as the boot loader will use the internal video display as the console." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48701 msgid "Boot the machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48703 msgid "When FreeBSD starts, the boot blocks echo the contents of /boot.config to the console. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:48707 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/boot.config: -P\n" "Keyboard: no" msgstr "" "/boot.config: -P\n" "Keyboard: no" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48710 msgid "The second line appears only if is in /boot.config and indicates the presence or absence of the keyboard. These messages go to either the serial or internal console, or both, depending on the option in /boot.config:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48721 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48722 msgid "Message goes to" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48728 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48729 book.translate.xml:48749 msgid "internal console" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48734 book.translate.xml:48754 msgid "serial console" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48739 book.translate.xml:48744 msgid "serial and internal consoles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48743 msgid "" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48748 msgid ", keyboard present" msgstr ", keyboard present" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:48753 msgid ", keyboard absent" msgstr ", keyboard absent" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48760 msgid "After the message, there will be a small pause before the boot blocks continue loading the boot loader and before any further messages are printed to the console. Under normal circumstances, there is no need to interrupt the boot blocks, but one can do so in order to make sure things are set up correctly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48767 msgid "Press any key, other than Enter, at the console to interrupt the boot process. The boot blocks will then prompt for further action:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48775 msgid "Verify that the above message appears on either the serial or internal console, or both, according to the options in /boot.config. If the message appears in the correct console, press Enter to continue the boot process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:48782 msgid "If there is no prompt on the serial terminal, something is wrong with the settings. Enter then Enter or Return to tell the boot block (and then the boot loader and the kernel) to choose the serial port for the console. Once the system is up, go back and check what went wrong." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48792 msgid "During the third stage of the boot process, one can still switch between the internal console and the serial console by setting appropriate environment variables in the boot loader. See loader8 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:48799 msgid "This line in /boot/loader.conf or /boot/loader.conf.local configures the boot loader and the kernel to send their boot messages to the serial console, regardless of the options in /boot.config:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48805 #, no-wrap msgid "console=\"comconsole\"" msgstr "console=\"comconsole\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:48807 msgid "That line should be the first line of /boot/loader.conf so that boot messages are displayed on the serial console as early as possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:48812 msgid "If that line does not exist, or if it is set to console=\"vidconsole\", the boot loader and the kernel will use whichever console is indicated by in the boot block. See loader.conf5 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:48818 msgid "At the moment, the boot loader has no option equivalent to in the boot block, and there is no provision to automatically select the internal console and the serial console based on the presence of the keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:48826 msgid "While it is not required, it is possible to provide a login prompt over the serial line. To configure this, edit the entry for the serial port in /etc/ttys using the instructions in . If the speed of the serial port has been changed, change std.9600 to match the new setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48837 msgid "Setting a Faster Serial Port Speed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48839 msgid "By default, the serial port settings are 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, and 1 stop bit. To change the default console speed, use one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48845 msgid "Edit /etc/make.conf and set BOOT_COMCONSOLE_SPEED to the new console speed. Then, recompile and install the boot blocks and the boot loader:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:48850 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /sys/boot\n" "# make clean\n" "# make\n" "# make install" msgstr "" "# cd /sys/boot\n" "# make clean\n" "# make\n" "# make install" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48855 msgid "If the serial console is configured in some other way than by booting with , or if the serial console used by the kernel is different from the one used by the boot blocks, add the following option, with the desired speed, to a custom kernel configuration file and compile a new kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48862 #, no-wrap msgid "options CONSPEED=19200" msgstr "options CONSPEED=19200" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48866 msgid "Add the boot option to /boot.config, replacing 19200 with the speed to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48874 msgid "Add the following options to /boot/loader.conf. Replace 115200 with the speed to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48879 #, no-wrap msgid "" "boot_multicons=\"YES\"\n" "boot_serial=\"YES\"\n" "comconsole_speed=\"115200\"\n" "console=\"comconsole,vidconsole\"" msgstr "" "boot_multicons=\"YES\"\n" "boot_serial=\"YES\"\n" "comconsole_speed=\"115200\"\n" "console=\"comconsole,vidconsole\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:48888 msgid "Entering the DDB Debugger from the Serial Line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:48890 msgid "To configure the ability to drop into the kernel debugger from the serial console, add the following options to a custom kernel configuration file and compile the kernel using the instructions in . Note that while this is useful for remote diagnostics, it is also dangerous if a spurious BREAK is generated on the serial port. Refer to ddb4 and ddb8 for more information about the kernel debugger." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:48899 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER\n" "options DDB" msgstr "" "options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER\n" "options DDB" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:48924 msgid "PPP" msgstr "PPP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#ppp-ppp #: book.translate.xml:48929 book.translate.xml:48956 msgid "PPP" msgstr "PPP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:48933 msgid "FreeBSD supports the Point-to-Point (PPP) protocol which can be used to establish a network or Internet connection using a dial-up modem. This chapter describes how to configure modem-based communication services in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48942 msgid "How to configure, use, and troubleshoot a PPP connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48946 msgid "How to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48950 msgid "How to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:48959 book.translate.xml:50220 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "PPP over Ethernet" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48968 book.translate.xml:61981 msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:48971 msgid "Understand the basics and purpose of a dial-up connection and PPP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:49012 msgid "Configuring PPP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:49014 msgid "FreeBSD provides built-in support for managing dial-up PPP connections using ppp8. The default FreeBSD kernel provides support for tun which is used to interact with a modem hardware. Configuration is performed by editing at least one configuration file, and configuration files containing examples are provided. Finally, ppp is used to start and manage connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:49023 msgid "In order to use a PPP connection, the following items are needed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49028 msgid "A dial-up account with an Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49033 msgid "A dial-up modem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49037 msgid "The dial-up number for the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49042 msgid "The login name and password assigned by the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49047 msgid "The IP address of one or more DNS servers. Normally, the ISP provides these addresses. If it did not, FreeBSD can be configured to use DNS negotiation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:49055 msgid "If any of the required information is missing, contact the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:49058 msgid "The following information may be supplied by the ISP, but is not necessary:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49063 msgid "The IP address of the default gateway. If this information is unknown, the ISP will automatically provide the correct value during connection setup. When configuring PPP on FreeBSD, this address is referred to as HISADDR." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49072 msgid "The subnet mask. If the ISP has not provided one, 255.255.255.255 will be used in the ppp8 configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm #. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#ppp-static-ip #: book.translate.xml:49078 msgid "static IP address" msgstr "static IP address" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49082 msgid "If the ISP has assigned a static IP address and hostname, it should be input into the configuration file. Otherwise, this information will be automatically provided during connection setup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:49090 msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure FreeBSD for common PPP connection scenarios. The required configuration file is /etc/ppp/ppp.conf and additional files and examples are available in /usr/share/examples/ppp/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:49098 msgid "Throughout this section, many of the file examples display line numbers. These line numbers have been added to make it easier to follow the discussion and are not meant to be placed in the actual file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:49103 msgid "When editing a configuration file, proper indentation is important. Lines that end in a : start in the first column (beginning of the line) while all other lines should be indented as shown using spaces or tabs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:49110 book.translate.xml:51471 msgid "Basic Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49112 msgid "PPP with static IP addresses" msgstr "PPP with static IP addresses" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49118 msgid "In order to configure a PPP connection, first edit /etc/ppp/ppp.conf with the dial-in information for the ISP. This file is described as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49123 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1 default:\n" "2 set log Phase Chat LCP IPCP CCP tun command\n" "3 ident user-ppp VERSION\n" "4 set device /dev/cuau0\n" "5 set speed 115200\n" "6 set dial \"ABORT BUSY ABORT NO\\\\sCARRIER TIMEOUT 5 \\\n" "7 \\\"\\\" AT OK-AT-OK ATE1Q0 OK \\\\dATDT\\\\T TIMEOUT 40 CONNECT\"\n" "8 set timeout 180\n" "9 enable dns\n" "10\n" "11 provider:\n" "12 set phone \"(123) 456 7890\"\n" "13 set authname foo\n" "14 set authkey bar\n" "15 set timeout 300\n" "16 set ifaddr x.x.x.x/0 y.y.y.y/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n" "17 add default HISADDR" msgstr "" "1 default:\n" "2 set log Phase Chat LCP IPCP CCP tun command\n" "3 ident user-ppp VERSION\n" "4 set device /dev/cuau0\n" "5 set speed 115200\n" "6 set dial \"ABORT BUSY ABORT NO\\\\sCARRIER TIMEOUT 5 \\\n" "7 \\\"\\\" AT OK-AT-OK ATE1Q0 OK \\\\dATDT\\\\T TIMEOUT 40 CONNECT\"\n" "8 set timeout 180\n" "9 enable dns\n" "10\n" "11 provider:\n" "12 set phone \"(123) 456 7890\"\n" "13 set authname foo\n" "14 set authkey bar\n" "15 set timeout 300\n" "16 set ifaddr x.x.x.x/0 y.y.y.y/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n" "17 add default HISADDR" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49143 msgid "Line 1:" msgstr "Regel 1:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49146 msgid "Identifies the default entry. Commands in this entry (lines 2 through 9) are executed automatically when ppp is run." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49154 msgid "Line 2:" msgstr "Regel 2:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49157 msgid "Enables verbose logging parameters for testing the connection. Once the configuration is working satisfactorily, this line should be reduced to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49162 #, no-wrap msgid "set log phase tun" msgstr "set log phase tun" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49168 msgid "Line 3:" msgstr "Regel 3:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49171 msgid "Displays the version of ppp8 to the PPP software running on the other side of the connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49178 msgid "Line 4:" msgstr "Regel 4:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49181 msgid "Identifies the device to which the modem is connected, where COM1 is /dev/cuau0 and COM2 is /dev/cuau1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49190 msgid "Line 5:" msgstr "Regel 6:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49193 msgid "Sets the connection speed. If 115200 does not work on an older modem, try 38400 instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49200 msgid "Lines 6 & 7:" msgstr "Regels 6 & 7:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49203 msgid "The dial string written as an expect-send syntax. Refer to chat8 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49207 msgid "Note that this command continues onto the next line for readability. Any command in ppp.conf may do this if the last character on the line is \\." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49216 msgid "Line 8:" msgstr "Regel 8:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49219 msgid "Sets the idle timeout for the link in seconds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49225 msgid "Line 9:" msgstr "Regel 9:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49228 msgid "Instructs the peer to confirm the DNS settings. If the local network is running its own DNS server, this line should be commented out, by adding a # at the beginning of the line, or removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49238 msgid "Line 10:" msgstr "Regel 10:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49241 msgid "A blank line for readability. Blank lines are ignored by ppp8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49247 msgid "Line 11:" msgstr "Regel 11:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49250 msgid "Identifies an entry called provider. This could be changed to the name of the ISP so that can be used to start the connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49260 msgid "Line 12:" msgstr "Regel 12:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49263 msgid "Use the phone number for the ISP. Multiple phone numbers may be specified using the colon (:) or pipe character (|) as a separator. To rotate through the numbers, use a colon. To always attempt to dial the first number first and only use the other numbers if the first number fails, use the pipe character. Always enclose the entire set of phone numbers between quotation marks (\") to prevent dialing failures." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49278 msgid "Lines 13 & 14:" msgstr "Regels 13 & 14:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49281 msgid "Use the user name and password for the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49287 book.translate.xml:49692 msgid "Line 15:" msgstr "Regel 15:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49290 msgid "Sets the default idle timeout in seconds for the connection. In this example, the connection will be closed automatically after 300 seconds of inactivity. To prevent a timeout, set this value to zero." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49299 msgid "Line 16:" msgstr "Regel 16:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49301 msgid "Sets the interface addresses. The values used depend upon whether a static IP address has been obtained from the ISP or if it instead negotiates a dynamic IP address during connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49308 msgid "If the ISP has allocated a static IP address and default gateway, replace x.x.x.x with the static IP address and replace y.y.y.y with the IP address of the default gateway. If the ISP has only provided a static IP address without a gateway address, replace y.y.y.y with 10.0.0.2/0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49319 msgid "If the IP address changes whenever a connection is made, change this line to the following value. This tells ppp8 to use the IP Configuration Protocol (IPCP) to negotiate a dynamic IP address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49326 #, no-wrap msgid "set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49332 msgid "Line 17:" msgstr "Regel 17:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49335 msgid "Keep this line as-is as it adds a default route to the gateway. The HISADDR will automatically be replaced with the gateway address specified on line 16. It is important that this line appears after line 16." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49344 msgid "Depending upon whether ppp8 is started manually or automatically, a /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup may also need to be created which contains the following lines. This file is required when running ppp in mode. This file is used after the connection has been established. At this point, the IP address will have been assigned and it is now be possible to add the routing table entries. When creating this file, make sure that provider matches the value demonstrated in line 11 of ppp.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49358 #, no-wrap msgid "" "provider:\n" " add default HISADDR" msgstr "" "provider:\n" " add default HISADDR" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49361 msgid "This file is also needed when the default gateway address is guessed in a static IP address configuration. In this case, remove line 17 from ppp.conf and create /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup with the above two lines. More examples for this file can be found in /usr/share/examples/ppp/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49369 msgid "By default, ppp must be run as root. To change this default, add the account of the user who should run ppp to the network group in /etc/group." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49375 msgid "Then, give the user access to one or more entries in /etc/ppp/ppp.conf with allow. For example, to give fred and mary permission to only the provider: entry, add this line to the provider: section:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49384 #, no-wrap msgid "allow users fred mary" msgstr "allow users fred mary" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49386 msgid "To give the specified users access to all entries, put that line in the default section instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49596 msgid "NetBIOS" msgstr "NetBIOS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49600 msgid "PPP Microsoft extensions" msgstr "PPP Microsoft extensions" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49605 msgid "It is possible to configure PPP to supply DNS and NetBIOS nameserver addresses on demand." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49608 msgid "To enable these extensions with PPP version 1.x, the following lines might be added to the relevant section of /etc/ppp/ppp.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49613 #, no-wrap msgid "" "enable msext\n" "set ns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n" "set nbns 203.14.100.5" msgstr "" "enable msext\n" "set ns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n" "set nbns 203.14.100.5" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49617 msgid "And for PPP version 2 and above:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49620 #, no-wrap msgid "" "accept dns\n" "set dns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n" "set nbns 203.14.100.5" msgstr "" "accept dns\n" "set dns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n" "set nbns 203.14.100.5" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49624 msgid "This will tell the clients the primary and secondary name server addresses, and a NetBIOS nameserver host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49628 msgid "In version 2 and above, if the set dns line is omitted, PPP will use the values found in /etc/resolv.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:49634 msgid "PAP and CHAP Authentication" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49636 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49637 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:49638 msgid "Some ISPs set their system up so that the authentication part of the connection is done using either of the PAP or CHAP authentication mechanisms. If this is the case, the ISP will not give a login: prompt at connection, but will start talking PPP immediately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:49646 msgid "PAP is less secure than CHAP, but security is not normally an issue here as passwords, although being sent as plain text with PAP, are being transmitted down a serial line only. There is not much room for crackers to eavesdrop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:49652 msgid "The following alterations must be made:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49655 #, no-wrap msgid "" "13 set authname MyUserName\n" "14 set authkey MyPassword\n" "15 set login" msgstr "" "13 set authname MyUserName\n" "14 set authkey MyPassword\n" "15 set login" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49661 msgid "Line 13:" msgstr "Regel 13:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49664 msgid "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP user name. Insert the correct value for MyUserName." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:49671 msgid "Line 14:" msgstr "Regel 14:" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49674 msgid "password" msgstr "password" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49673 msgid "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password<_:indexterm-1/>. Insert the correct value for MyPassword. You may want to add an additional line, such as:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49679 #, no-wrap msgid "16 accept PAP" msgstr "16 accept PAP" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49683 #, no-wrap msgid "16 accept CHAP" msgstr "16 accept CHAP" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49685 msgid "to make it obvious that this is the intention, but PAP and CHAP are both accepted by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:49695 msgid "The ISP will not normally require a login to the server when using PAP or CHAP. Therefore, disable the set login string." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:49705 msgid "Using PPP Network Address Translation Capability" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49708 msgid "PPPNAT" msgstr "PPPNAT" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:49712 msgid "PPP has ability to use internal NAT without kernel diverting capabilities. This functionality may be enabled by the following line in /etc/ppp/ppp.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49717 #, no-wrap msgid "nat enable yes" msgstr "nat enable yes" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:49719 msgid "Alternatively, NAT may be enabled by command-line option -nat. There is also /etc/rc.conf knob named ppp_nat, which is enabled by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:49725 msgid "When using this feature, it may be useful to include the following /etc/ppp/ppp.conf options to enable incoming connections forwarding:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49729 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:ftp ftp\n" "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:http http" msgstr "" "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:ftp ftp\n" "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:http http" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:49732 msgid "or do not trust the outside at all" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49734 #, no-wrap msgid "nat deny_incoming yes" msgstr "nat deny_incoming yes" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:49739 msgid "Final System Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49741 msgid "PPPconfiguration" msgstr "PPPconfiguration" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49745 msgid "While ppp is now configured, some edits still need to be made to /etc/rc.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49749 msgid "Working from the top down in this file, make sure the hostname= line is set:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49752 #, no-wrap msgid "hostname=\"foo.example.com\"" msgstr "hostname=\"foo.example.com\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49754 msgid "If the ISP has supplied a static IP address and name, use this name as the host name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49758 msgid "Look for the network_interfaces variable. To configure the system to dial the ISP on demand, make sure the tun0 device is added to the list, otherwise remove it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49764 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network_interfaces=\"lo0 tun0\"\n" "ifconfig_tun0=" msgstr "" "network_interfaces=\"lo0 tun0\"\n" "ifconfig_tun0=" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:49768 msgid "The ifconfig_tun0 variable should be empty, and a file called /etc/start_if.tun0 should be created. This file should contain the line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49773 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp -auto mysystem" msgstr "ppp -auto mysystem" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:49775 msgid "This script is executed at network configuration time, starting the ppp daemon in automatic mode. If this machine acts as a gateway, consider including . Refer to the manual page for further details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49782 msgid "Make sure that the router program is set to NO with the following line in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49786 #, no-wrap msgid "router_enable=\"NO\"" msgstr "router_enable=\"NO\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49788 msgid "routed" msgstr "routed" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49792 msgid "It is important that the routed daemon is not started, as routed tends to delete the default routing table entries created by ppp." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49797 msgid "It is probably a good idea to ensure that the sendmail_flags line does not include the option, otherwise sendmail will attempt to do a network lookup every now and then, possibly causing your machine to dial out. You may try:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49804 #, no-wrap msgid "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\"" msgstr "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49806 msgid "sendmail" msgstr "sendmail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49809 msgid "The downside is that sendmail is forced to re-examine the mail queue whenever the ppp link. To automate this, include !bg in ppp.linkup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49814 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1 provider:\n" "2 delete ALL\n" "3 add 0 0 HISADDR\n" "4 !bg sendmail -bd -q30m" msgstr "" "1 provider:\n" "2 delete ALL\n" "3 add 0 0 HISADDR\n" "4 !bg sendmail -bd -q30m" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49819 book.translate.xml:51496 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "SMTP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49823 msgid "An alternative is to set up a dfilter to block SMTP traffic. Refer to the sample files for further details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:49829 msgid "Using ppp" msgstr "Gebruik maken van ppp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49831 msgid "All that is left is to reboot the machine. After rebooting, either type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:49834 book.translate.xml:50027 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp" msgstr "# ppp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49836 msgid "and then dial provider to start the PPP session, or, to configure ppp to establish sessions automatically when there is outbound traffic and start_if.tun0 does not exist, type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:49843 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp -auto provider" msgstr "# ppp -auto provider" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49845 msgid "It is possible to talk to the ppp program while it is running in the background, but only if a suitable diagnostic port has been set up. To do this, add the following line to the configuration:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49850 #, no-wrap msgid "set server /var/run/ppp-tun%d DiagnosticPassword 0177" msgstr "set server /var/run/ppp-tun%d DiagnosticPassword 0177" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49852 msgid "This will tell PPP to listen to the specified UNIX domain socket, asking clients for the specified password before allowing access. The %d in the name is replaced with the tun device number that is in use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49859 msgid "Once a socket has been set up, the pppctl8 program may be used in scripts that wish to manipulate the running program." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:49865 msgid "Configuring Dial-in Services" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49867 msgid "mgetty" msgstr "mgetty" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49871 msgid "AutoPPP" msgstr "AutoPPP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49875 msgid "LCP" msgstr "LCP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49878 msgid " provides a good description on enabling dial-up services using getty8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49881 msgid "An alternative to getty is comms/mgetty+sendfax port), a smarter version of getty designed with dial-up lines in mind." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49886 msgid "The advantages of using mgetty is that it actively talks to modems, meaning if port is turned off in /etc/ttys then the modem will not answer the phone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49892 msgid "Later versions of mgetty (from 0.99beta onwards) also support the automatic detection of PPP streams, allowing clients scriptless access to the server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49897 msgid "Refer to http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html for more information on mgetty." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49900 msgid "By default the comms/mgetty+sendfax port comes with the AUTO_PPP option enabled allowing mgetty to detect the LCP phase of PPP connections and automatically spawn off a ppp shell. However, since the default login/password sequence does not occur it is necessary to authenticate users using either PAP or CHAP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49909 msgid "This section assumes the user has successfully compiled, and installed the comms/mgetty+sendfax port on his system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49914 msgid "Ensure that /usr/local/etc/mgetty+sendfax/login.config has the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49918 #, no-wrap msgid "/AutoPPP/ - - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup" msgstr "/AutoPPP/ - - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49920 msgid "This tells mgetty to run ppp-pap-dialup for detected PPP connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49924 msgid "Create an executable file called /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup containing the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49928 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct pap$IDENT" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct pap$IDENT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49931 msgid "For each dial-up line enabled in /etc/ttys, create a corresponding entry in /etc/ppp/ppp.conf. This will happily co-exist with the definitions we created above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49937 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pap:\n" " enable pap\n" " set ifaddr 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.20-203.14.100.40\n" " enable proxy" msgstr "" "pap:\n" " enable pap\n" " set ifaddr 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.20-203.14.100.40\n" " enable proxy" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49942 msgid "Each user logging in with this method will need to have a username/password in /etc/ppp/ppp.secret, or alternatively add the following option to authenticate users via PAP from /etc/passwd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49949 #, no-wrap msgid "enable passwdauth" msgstr "enable passwdauth" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49951 msgid "To assign some users a static IP number, specify the number as the third argument in /etc/ppp/ppp.secret. See /usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.secret.sample for examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:49971 msgid "Troubleshooting PPP Connections" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:49973 msgid "PPP troubleshooting" msgstr "PPP troubleshooting" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:49978 msgid "This section covers a few issues which may arise when using PPP over a modem connection. Some ISPs present the ssword prompt while others present password. If the ppp script is not written accordingly, the login attempt will fail. The most common way to debug ppp connections is by connecting manually as described in this section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:49989 msgid "Check the Device Nodes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49991 msgid "When using a custom kernel, make sure to include the following line in the kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:49994 #, no-wrap msgid "device uart" msgstr "device uart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:49996 msgid "The uart device is already included in the GENERIC kernel, so no additional steps are necessary in this case. Just check the dmesg output for the modem device with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50002 #, no-wrap msgid "# dmesg | grep uart" msgstr "# dmesg | grep uart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50004 msgid "This should display some pertinent output about the uart devices. These are the COM ports we need. If the modem acts like a standard serial port, it should be listed on uart1, or COM2. If so, a kernel rebuild is not required. When matching up, if the modem is on uart1, the modem device would be /dev/cuau1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:50015 msgid "Connecting Manually" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50017 msgid "Connecting to the Internet by manually controlling ppp is quick, easy, and a great way to debug a connection or just get information on how the ISP treats ppp client connections. Lets start PPP from the command line. Note that in all of our examples we will use example as the hostname of the machine running PPP. To start ppp:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50029 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set device /dev/cuau1" msgstr "ppp ON example> set device /dev/cuau1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50031 msgid "This second command sets the modem device to cuau1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50034 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set speed 115200" msgstr "ppp ON example> set speed 115200" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50036 msgid "This sets the connection speed to 115,200 kbps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50039 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> enable dns" msgstr "ppp ON example> enable dns" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50041 msgid "This tells ppp to configure the resolver and add the nameserver lines to /etc/resolv.conf. If ppp cannot determine the hostname, it can manually be set later." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50047 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> term" msgstr "ppp ON example> term" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50049 msgid "This switches to terminal mode in order to manually control the modem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50052 #, no-wrap msgid "" "deflink: Entering terminal mode on /dev/cuau1\n" "type '~h' for help" msgstr "" "deflink: Entering terminal mode on /dev/cuau1\n" "type '~h' for help" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50055 #, no-wrap msgid "" "at\n" "OK\n" "atdt123456789" msgstr "" "at\n" "OK\n" "atdt123456789" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50059 msgid "Use at to initialize the modem, then use atdt and the number for the ISP to begin the dial in process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50063 #, no-wrap msgid "CONNECT" msgstr "CONNECT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50065 msgid "Confirmation of the connection, if we are going to have any connection problems, unrelated to hardware, here is where we will attempt to resolve them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50069 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP Login:myusername" msgstr "ISP Login:myusername" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50071 msgid "At this prompt, return the prompt with the username that was provided by the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50074 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP Pass:mypassword" msgstr "ISP Pass:mypassword" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50076 msgid "At this prompt, reply with the password that was provided by the ISP. Just like logging into FreeBSD, the password will not echo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50080 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell or PPP:ppp" msgstr "Shell or PPP:ppp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50082 msgid "Depending on the ISP, this prompt might not appear. If it does, it is asking whether to use a shell on the provider or to start ppp. In this example, ppp was selected in order to establish an Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50089 #, no-wrap msgid "Ppp ON example>" msgstr "Ppp ON example>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50091 msgid "Notice that in this example the first has been capitalized. This shows that we have successfully connected to the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50095 #, no-wrap msgid "PPp ON example>" msgstr "PPp ON example>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50097 msgid "We have successfully authenticated with our ISP and are waiting for the assigned IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50101 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP ON example>" msgstr "PPP ON example>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50103 msgid "We have made an agreement on an IP address and successfully completed our connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50106 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP ON example>add default HISADDR" msgstr "PPP ON example>add default HISADDR" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50108 msgid "Here we add our default route, we need to do this before we can talk to the outside world as currently the only established connection is with the peer. If this fails due to existing routes, put a bang character ! in front of the . Alternatively, set this before making the actual connection and it will negotiate a new route accordingly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50117 msgid "If everything went good we should now have an active connection to the Internet, which could be thrown into the background using CTRL z If PPP returns to ppp then the connection has bee lost. This is good to know because it shows the connection status. Capital P's represent a connection to the ISP and lowercase p's show that the connection has been lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:50129 msgid "Debugging" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50131 msgid "If a connection cannot be established, turn hardware flow CTS/RTS to off using . This is mainly the case when connected to some PPP-capable terminal servers, where PPP hangs when it tries to write data to the communication link, and waits for a Clear To Send (CTS) signal which may never come. When using this option, include as it may be required to defeat hardware dependent on passing certain characters from end to end, most of the time XON/XOFF. Refer to ppp8 for more information on this option and how it is used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50144 msgid "An older modem may need . Parity is set at none be default, but is used for error checking with a large increase in traffic, on older modems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50149 msgid "PPP may not return to the command mode, which is usually a negotiation error where the ISP is waiting for negotiating to begin. At this point, using ~p will force ppp to start sending the configuration information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50155 msgid "If a login prompt never appears, PAP or CHAP authentication is most likely required. To use PAP or CHAP, add the following options to PPP before going into terminal mode:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50162 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set authname myusername" msgstr "ppp ON example> set authname myusername" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50164 msgid "Where myusername should be replaced with the username that was assigned by the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50168 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set authkey mypassword" msgstr "ppp ON example> set authkey mypassword" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50170 msgid "Where mypassword should be replaced with the password that was assigned by the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50174 msgid "If a connection is established, but cannot seem to find any domain name, try to ping8 an IP address. If there is 100 percent (100%) packet loss, it is likely that a default route was not assigned. Double check that was set during the connection. If a connection can be made to a remote IP address, it is possible that a resolver address has not been added to /etc/resolv.conf. This file should look like:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "domain example.com\n" "nameserver x.x.x.x\n" "nameserver y.y.y.y" msgstr "" "domain example.com\n" "nameserver x.x.x.x\n" "nameserver y.y.y.y" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50189 msgid "Where x.x.x.x and y.y.y.y should be replaced with the IP address of the ISP's DNS servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50194 msgid "To configure syslog3 to provide logging for the PPP connection, make sure this line exists in /etc/syslog.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50198 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!ppp\n" "*.* /var/log/ppp.log" msgstr "" "!ppp\n" "*.* /var/log/ppp.log" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:50218 msgid "Using PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:50225 msgid "This section describes how to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:50228 msgid "Here is an example of a working ppp.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50231 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" " set log Phase tun command # you can add more detailed logging if you wish\n" " set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0\n" "\n" "name_of_service_provider:\n" " set device PPPoE:xl1 # replace xl1 with your Ethernet device\n" " set authname YOURLOGINNAME\n" " set authkey YOURPASSWORD\n" " set dial\n" " set login\n" " add default HISADDR" msgstr "" "default:\n" " set log Phase tun command # you can add more detailed logging if you wish\n" " set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0\n" "\n" "name_of_service_provider:\n" " set device PPPoE:xl1 # replace xl1 with your Ethernet device\n" " set authname YOURLOGINNAME\n" " set authkey YOURPASSWORD\n" " set dial\n" " set login\n" " add default HISADDR" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:50243 msgid "As root, run:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:50246 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider" msgstr "# ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:50248 book.translate.xml:63571 msgid "Add the following to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50251 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ppp_mode=\"ddial\"\n" "ppp_nat=\"YES\"\t# if you want to enable nat for your local network, otherwise NO\n" "ppp_profile=\"name_of_service_provider\"" msgstr "" "ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ppp_mode=\"ddial\"\n" "ppp_nat=\"YES\"\t# if you want to enable nat for your local network, otherwise NO\n" "ppp_profile=\"name_of_service_provider\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:50257 msgid "Using a PPPoE Service Tag" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50259 msgid "Sometimes it will be necessary to use a service tag to establish the connection. Service tags are used to distinguish between different PPPoE servers attached to a given network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50264 msgid "Any required service tag information should be in the documentation provided by the ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50267 msgid "As a last resort, one could try installing the net/rr-pppoe package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program your modem and render it useless, so think twice before doing it. Simply install the program shipped with the modem. Then, access the System menu from the program. The name of the profile should be listed there. It is usually ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50276 msgid "The profile name (service tag) will be used in the PPPoE configuration entry in ppp.conf as the provider part for set device. Refer to ppp8 for full details. It should look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50282 #, no-wrap msgid "set device PPPoE:xl1:ISP" msgstr "set device PPPoE:xl1:ISP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50284 msgid "Do not forget to change xl1 to the proper device for the Ethernet card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50287 msgid "Do not forget to change ISP to the profile." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50290 msgid "For additional information, refer to Cheaper Broadband with FreeBSD on DSL by Renaud Waldura." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:50296 msgid "PPPoE with a 3Com HomeConnect ADSL Modem Dual Link" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50300 msgid "This modem does not follow the PPPoE specification defined in RFC 2516." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50304 msgid "In order to make FreeBSD capable of communicating with this device, a sysctl must be set. This can be done automatically at boot time by updating /etc/sysctl.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50309 #, no-wrap msgid "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1" msgstr "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50311 msgid "or can be done immediately with the command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50313 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1" msgstr "# sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50315 msgid "Unfortunately, because this is a system-wide setting, it is not possible to talk to a normal PPPoE client or server and a 3Com HomeConnect ADSL Modem at the same time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:50323 msgid "Using PPP over ATM (PPPoA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50326 msgid "PPP over ATM" msgstr "PPP over ATM" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50331 msgid "PPPoA" msgstr "PPPoA" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:50335 msgid "The following describes how to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA). PPPoA is a popular choice among European DSL providers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:50392 msgid "Using mpd" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50394 msgid "The mpd application can be used to connect to a variety of services, in particular PPTP services. It can be installed using the net/mpd5 package or port. Many ADSL modems require that a PPTP tunnel is created between the modem and computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50401 msgid "Once installed, configure mpd to suit the provider's settings. The port places a set of sample configuration files which are well documented in /usr/local/etc/mpd/. A complete guide to configure mpd is available in HTML format in /usr/ports/share/doc/mpd/. Here is a sample configuration for connecting to an ADSL service with mpd. The configuration is spread over two files, first the mpd.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:50413 msgid "This example mpd.conf only works with mpd 4.x." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50417 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" " load adsl\n" "\n" "adsl:\n" " new -i ng0 adsl adsl\n" " set bundle authname username \n" " set bundle password password \n" " set bundle disable multilink\n" "\n" " set link no pap acfcomp protocomp\n" " set link disable chap\n" " set link accept chap\n" " set link keep-alive 30 10\n" "\n" " set ipcp no vjcomp\n" " set ipcp ranges 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0\n" "\n" " set iface route default\n" " set iface disable on-demand\n" " set iface enable proxy-arp\n" " set iface idle 0\n" "\n" " open" msgstr "" "default:\n" " load adsl\n" "\n" "adsl:\n" " new -i ng0 adsl adsl\n" " set bundle authname username \n" " set bundle password password \n" " set bundle disable multilink\n" "\n" " set link no pap acfcomp protocomp\n" " set link disable chap\n" " set link accept chap\n" " set link keep-alive 30 10\n" "\n" " set ipcp no vjcomp\n" " set ipcp ranges 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0\n" "\n" " set iface route default\n" " set iface disable on-demand\n" " set iface enable proxy-arp\n" " set iface idle 0\n" "\n" " open" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:50443 msgid "The username used to authenticate with your ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:50447 msgid "The password used to authenticate with your ISP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50452 msgid "Information about the link, or links, to establish is found in mpd.links. An example mpd.links to accompany the above example is given beneath:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50457 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" " set link type pptp\n" " set pptp mode active\n" " set pptp enable originate outcall\n" " set pptp self 10.0.0.1 \n" " set pptp peer 10.0.0.138 " msgstr "" "adsl:\n" " set link type pptp\n" " set pptp mode active\n" " set pptp enable originate outcall\n" " set pptp self 10.0.0.1 \n" " set pptp peer 10.0.0.138 " #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:50466 msgid "The IP address of FreeBSD computer running mpd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:50470 msgid "The IP address of the ADSL modem. The Alcatel SpeedTouch Home defaults to 10.0.0.138." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50475 msgid "It is possible to initialize the connection easily by issuing the following command as root:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50479 #, no-wrap msgid "# mpd -b adsl" msgstr "# mpd -b adsl" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50481 msgid "To view the status of the connection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50483 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig ng0\n" "ng0: flags=88d1<UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,NOARP,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " inet 216.136.204.117 --> 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffffff" msgstr "" "% ifconfig ng0\n" "ng0: flags=88d1<UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,NOARP,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " inet 216.136.204.117 --> 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffffff" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50487 msgid "Using mpd is the recommended way to connect to an ADSL service with FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:50492 msgid "Using pptpclient" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50494 msgid "It is also possible to use FreeBSD to connect to other PPPoA services using net/pptpclient." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50497 msgid "To use net/pptpclient to connect to a DSL service, install the port or package, then edit /etc/ppp/ppp.conf. An example section of ppp.conf is given below. For further information on ppp.conf options consult ppp8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50504 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" " set log phase chat lcp ipcp ccp tun command\n" " set timeout 0\n" " enable dns\n" " set authname username \n" " set authkey password \n" " set ifaddr 0 0\n" " add default HISADDR" msgstr "" "adsl:\n" " set log phase chat lcp ipcp ccp tun command\n" " set timeout 0\n" " enable dns\n" " set authname username \n" " set authkey password \n" " set ifaddr 0 0\n" " add default HISADDR" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:50515 msgid "The username for the DSL provider." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:50519 msgid "The password for your account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:50524 msgid "Since the account's password is added to ppp.confin plain text form, make sure nobody can read the contents of this file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/screen #: book.translate.xml:50528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chown root:wheel /etc/ppp/ppp.conf\n" "# chmod 600 /etc/ppp/ppp.conf" msgstr "" "# chown root:wheel /etc/ppp/ppp.conf\n" "# chmod 600 /etc/ppp/ppp.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50533 msgid "This will open a tunnel for a PPP session to the DSL router. Ethernet DSL modems have a preconfigured LAN IP address to connect to. In the case of the Alcatel SpeedTouch Home, this address is 10.0.0.138. The router's documentation should list the address the device uses. To open the tunnel and start a PPP session:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50542 #, no-wrap msgid "# pptp address adsl" msgstr "# pptp address adsl" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:50545 msgid "If an ampersand (&) is added to the end of this command, pptp will return the prompt." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50551 msgid "A tun virtual tunnel device will be created for interaction between the pptp and ppp processes. Once the prompt is returned, or the pptp process has confirmed a connection, examine the tunnel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:50559 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig tun0\n" "tun0: flags=8051<UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " inet 216.136.204.21 --> 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffff00\n" "\tOpened by PID 918" msgstr "" "% ifconfig tun0\n" "tun0: flags=8051<UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " inet 216.136.204.21 --> 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffff00\n" "\tOpened by PID 918" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:50564 msgid "If the connection fails, check the configuration of the router, which is usually accessible using a web browser. Also, examine the output of pptp and the contents of the log file, /var/log/ppp.log for clues." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:50585 msgid "BillLloydOriginal work by " msgstr " Bill Lloyd Origineel werk van " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:50589 msgid "JimMockRewritten by " msgstr " Jim Bespotten herschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:50599 msgid "Electronic Mail, better known as email, is one of the most widely used forms of communication today. This chapter provides a basic introduction to running a mail server on FreeBSD, as well as an introduction to sending and receiving email using FreeBSD. For more complete coverage of this subject, refer to the books listed in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50610 msgid "Which software components are involved in sending and receiving electronic mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50615 msgid "Where basic Sendmail configuration files are located in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50620 msgid "The difference between remote and local mailboxes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50625 msgid "How to block spammers from illegally using a mail server as a relay." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50630 msgid "How to install and configure an alternate Mail Transfer Agent, replacing Sendmail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50636 msgid "How to troubleshoot common mail server problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50640 msgid "How to set up the system to send mail only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50644 msgid "How to use mail with a dialup connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50648 msgid "How to configure SMTP authentication for added security." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50653 msgid "How to install and use a Mail User Agent, such as mutt, to send and receive email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50659 msgid "How to download mail from a remote POP or IMAP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50665 msgid "How to automatically apply filters and rules to incoming email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50674 msgid "Properly set up a network connection ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50678 msgid "Properly set up the DNS information for a mail host ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:50690 msgid "Mail Components" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50692 msgid "POP" msgstr "POP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50693 msgid "IMAP" msgstr "IMAP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50695 msgid "mail server daemons Sendmail" msgstr "mail server daemons Sendmail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50699 msgid "mail server daemons Postfix" msgstr "mail server daemons Postfix" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50703 msgid "mail server daemons qmail" msgstr "mail server daemons qmail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50707 msgid "mail server daemons Exim" msgstr "mail server daemons Exim" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50711 msgid "email receiving" msgstr "email receiving" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50715 book.translate.xml:51387 book.translate.xml:51506 #: book.translate.xml:56339 msgid "MX record" msgstr "MX record" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50716 msgid "mail host" msgstr "mail host" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:50718 msgid "There are five major parts involved in an email exchange: the Mail User Agent (MUA), the Mail Transfer Agent (MTA), a mail host, a remote or local mailbox, and DNS. This section provides an overview of these components." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:50726 msgid "Mail User Agent (MUA)" msgstr "Mail User Agent (MUA)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50728 msgid "The Mail User Agent (MUA) is an application which is used to compose, send, and receive emails. This application can be a command line program, such as the built-in mail utility or a third-party application from the Ports Collection, such as mutt, alpine, or elm. Dozens of graphical programs are also available in the Ports Collection, including Claws Mail, Evolution, and Thunderbird. Some organizations provide a web mail program which can be accessed through a web browser. More information about installing and using a MUA on FreeBSD can be found in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:50748 msgid "Mail Transfer Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Mail Transfer Agent (MTA)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50750 msgid "The Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) is responsible for receiving incoming mail and delivering outgoing mail. FreeBSD ships with Sendmail as the default MTA, but it also supports numerous other mail server daemons, including Exim, Postfix, and qmail. Sendmail configuration is described in . If another MTA is installed using the Ports Collection, refer to its post-installation message for FreeBSD-specific configuration details and the application's website for more general configuration instructions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:50770 msgid "Mail Host and Mailboxes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50772 msgid "The mail host is a server that is responsible for delivering and receiving mail for a host or a network. The mail host collects all mail sent to the domain and stores it either in the default mbox or the alternative Maildir format, depending on the configuration. Once mail has been stored, it may either be read locally using a MUA or remotely accessed and collected using protocols such as POP or IMAP. If mail is read locally, a POP or IMAP server does not need to be installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50785 msgid "To access mailboxes remotely, a POP or IMAP server is required as these protocols allow users to connect to their mailboxes from remote locations. IMAP offers several advantages over POP. These include the ability to store a copy of messages on a remote server after they are downloaded and concurrent updates. IMAP can be useful over low-speed links as it allows users to fetch the structure of messages without downloading them. It can also perform tasks such as searching on the server in order to minimize data transfer between clients and servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50798 msgid "Several POP and IMAP servers are available in the Ports Collection. These include mail/qpopper, mail/imap-uw, mail/courier-imap, and mail/dovecot2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:50807 msgid "It should be noted that both POP and IMAP transmit information, including username and password credentials, in clear-text. To secure the transmission of information across these protocols, consider tunneling sessions over ssh1 () or using SSL ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:50819 book.translate.xml:55423 msgid "Domain Name System (DNS)" msgstr "Domain Name System (DNS)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50821 msgid "The Domain Name System (DNS) and its daemon named play a large role in the delivery of email. In order to deliver mail from one site to another, the MTA will look up the remote site in DNS to determine which host will receive mail for the destination. This process also occurs when mail is sent from a remote host to the MTA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50830 msgid "In addition to mapping hostnames to IP addresses, DNS is responsible for storing information specific to mail delivery, known as Mail eXchanger MX records. The MX record specifies which hosts will receive mail for a particular domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50838 msgid "To view the MX records for a domain, specify the type of record. Refer to host1, for more details about this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:50842 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% host -t mx FreeBSD.org\n" "FreeBSD.org mail is handled by 10 mx1.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" "% host -t mx FreeBSD.org\n" "FreeBSD.org mail is handled by 10 mx1.FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50845 msgid "Refer to for more information about DNS and its configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:50855 msgid "Sendmail Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:50859 msgid " Christopher Shumway Contributed by " msgstr " Christopher Shumway Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50869 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "Sendmail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:50873 msgid "Sendmail is the default MTA installed with FreeBSD. It accepts mail from MUAs and delivers it to the appropriate mail host, as defined by its configuration. Sendmail can also accept network connections and deliver mail to local mailboxes or to another program." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:50881 msgid "The configuration files for Sendmail are located in /etc/mail. This section describes these files in more detail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50886 msgid "/etc/mail/access" msgstr "/etc/mail/access" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50889 msgid "/etc/mail/aliases" msgstr "/etc/mail/aliases" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50892 msgid "/etc/mail/local-host-names" msgstr "/etc/mail/local-host-names" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50895 msgid "/etc/mail/mailer.conf" msgstr "/etc/mail/mailer.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50898 msgid "/etc/mail/mailertable" msgstr "/etc/mail/mailertable" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50901 msgid "/etc/mail/sendmail.cf" msgstr "/etc/mail/sendmail.cf" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:50904 msgid "/etc/mail/virtusertable" msgstr "/etc/mail/virtusertable" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:50910 msgid "/etc/mail/access" msgstr "/etc/mail/access" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50912 msgid "This access database file defines which hosts or IP addresses have access to the local mail server and what kind of access they have. Hosts listed as , which is the default option, are allowed to send mail to this host as long as the mail's final destination is the local machine. Hosts listed as are rejected for all mail connections. Hosts listed as are allowed to send mail for any destination using this mail server. Hosts listed as will have their mail returned with the specified mail error. If a host is listed as , Sendmail will abort the current search for this entry without accepting or rejecting the mail. Hosts listed as will have their messages held and will receive the specified text as the reason for the hold." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50930 msgid "Examples of using these options for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses can be found in the FreeBSD sample configuration, /etc/mail/access.sample:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50935 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Mail relay access control list. Default is to reject mail unless the\n" "# destination is local, or listed in /etc/mail/local-host-names\n" "#\n" "## Examples (commented out for safety)\n" "#From:cyberspammer.com ERROR:\"550 We don't accept mail from spammers\"\n" "#From:okay.cyberspammer.com OK\n" "#Connect:sendmail.org RELAY\n" "#To:sendmail.org RELAY\n" "#Connect:128.32 RELAY\n" "#Connect:128.32.2 SKIP\n" "#Connect:IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7 RELAY\n" "#Connect:suspicious.example.com QUARANTINE:Mail from suspicious host\n" "#Connect:[127.0.0.3] OK\n" "#Connect:[IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8] OK" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50952 msgid "To configure the access database, use the format shown in the sample to make entries in /etc/mail/access, but do not put a comment symbol (#) in front of the entries. Create an entry for each host or network whose access should be configured. Mail senders that match the left side of the table are affected by the action on the right side of the table." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50961 msgid "Whenever this file is updated, update its database and restart Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:50964 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/access < /etc/mail/access\n" "# service sendmail restart" msgstr "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/access < /etc/mail/access\n" "# service sendmail restart" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:50970 msgid "/etc/mail/aliases" msgstr "/etc/mail/aliases" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50972 msgid "This database file contains a list of virtual mailboxes that are expanded to users, files, programs, or other aliases. Here are a few entries to illustrate the file format:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:50977 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root: localuser\n" "ftp-bugs: joe,eric,paul\n" "bit.bucket: /dev/null\n" "procmail: \"|/usr/local/bin/procmail\"" msgstr "" "root: localuser\n" "ftp-bugs: joe,eric,paul\n" "bit.bucket: /dev/null\n" "procmail: \"|/usr/local/bin/procmail\"" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:50982 msgid "The mailbox name on the left side of the colon is expanded to the target(s) on the right. The first entry expands the root mailbox to the localuser mailbox, which is then looked up in the /etc/mail/aliases database. If no match is found, the message is delivered to localuser. The second entry shows a mail list. Mail to ftp-bugs is expanded to the three local mailboxes joe, eric, and paul. A remote mailbox could be specified as user@example.com. The third entry shows how to write mail to a file, in this case /dev/null. The last entry demonstrates how to send mail to a program, /usr/local/bin/procmail, through a UNIX pipe. Refer to aliases5 for more information about the format of this file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51000 msgid "Whenever this file is updated, run newaliases to update and initialize the aliases database." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:51034 msgid "/etc/mail/sendmail.cf" msgstr "/etc/mail/sendmail.cf" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51036 msgid "This is the master configuration file for Sendmail. It controls the overall behavior of Sendmail, including everything from rewriting email addresses to printing rejection messages to remote mail servers. Accordingly, this configuration file is quite complex. Fortunately, this file rarely needs to be changed for standard mail servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51045 msgid "The master Sendmail configuration file can be built from m41 macros that define the features and behavior of Sendmail. Refer to /usr/src/contrib/sendmail/cf/README for some of the details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51052 msgid "Whenever changes to this file are made, Sendmail needs to be restarted for the changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:51059 msgid "/etc/mail/virtusertable" msgstr "/etc/mail/virtusertable" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51061 msgid "This database file maps mail addresses for virtual domains and users to real mailboxes. These mailboxes can be local, remote, aliases defined in /etc/mail/aliases, or files. This allows multiple virtual domains to be hosted on one machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51068 msgid "FreeBSD provides a sample configuration file in /etc/mail/virtusertable.sample to further demonstrate its format. The following example demonstrates how to create custom entries using that format:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51074 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root@example.com root\n" "postmaster@example.com postmaster@noc.example.net\n" "@example.com joe" msgstr "" "root@example.com root\n" "postmaster@example.com postmaster@noc.example.net\n" "@example.com joe" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51078 msgid "This file is processed in a first match order. When an email address matches the address on the left, it is mapped to the local mailbox listed on the right. The format of the first entry in this example maps a specific email address to a local mailbox, whereas the format of the second entry maps a specific email address to a remote mailbox. Finally, any email address from example.com which has not matched any of the previous entries will match the last mapping and be sent to the local mailbox joe. When creating custom entries, use this format and add them to /etc/mail/virtusertable. Whenever this file is edited, update its database and restart Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:51093 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable < /etc/mail/virtusertable\n" "# service sendmail restart" msgstr "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable < /etc/mail/virtusertable\n" "# service sendmail restart" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:51099 msgid "/etc/mail/relay-domains" msgstr "/etc/mail/relay-domains" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51101 msgid "In a default FreeBSD installation, Sendmail is configured to only send mail from the host it is running on. For example, if a POP server is available, users will be able to check mail from remote locations but they will not be able to send outgoing emails from outside locations. Typically, a few moments after the attempt, an email will be sent from MAILER-DAEMON with a 5.7 Relaying Denied message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51112 msgid "The most straightforward solution is to add the ISP's FQDN to /etc/mail/relay-domains. If multiple addresses are needed, add them one per line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51118 #, no-wrap msgid "" "your.isp.example.com\n" "other.isp.example.net\n" "users-isp.example.org\n" "www.example.org" msgstr "" "your.isp.example.com\n" "other.isp.example.net\n" "users-isp.example.org\n" "www.example.org" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51123 msgid "After creating or editing this file, restart Sendmail with service sendmail restart." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51127 msgid "Now any mail sent through the system by any host in this list, provided the user has an account on the system, will succeed. This allows users to send mail from the system remotely without opening the system up to relaying SPAM from the Internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:51139 msgid "Changing the Mail Transfer Agent" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:51142 msgid " Andrew Boothman Written by " msgstr " Andrew Boothman Geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:51152 msgid " Gregory Neil Shapiro Information taken from emails written by " msgstr " Gregory Neil Shapiro Informatie afkomstig van e-mails geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:51162 msgid "email change mta" msgstr "email change mta" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51167 msgid "FreeBSD comes with Sendmail already installed as the MTA which is in charge of outgoing and incoming mail. However, the system administrator can change the system's MTA. A wide choice of alternative MTAs is available from the mail category of the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51175 msgid "Once a new MTA is installed, configure and test the new software before replacing Sendmail. Refer to the documentation of the new MTA for information on how to configure the software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51181 msgid "Once the new MTA is working, use the instructions in this section to disable Sendmail and configure FreeBSD to use the replacement MTA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:51187 msgid "Disable Sendmail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:51190 msgid "If Sendmail's outgoing mail service is disabled, it is important that it is replaced with an alternative mail delivery system. Otherwise, system functions such as periodic8 will be unable to deliver their results by email. Many parts of the system expect a functional MTA. If applications continue to use Sendmail's binaries to try to send email after they are disabled, mail could go into an inactive Sendmail queue and never be delivered." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51202 msgid "In order to completely disable Sendmail, add or edit the following lines in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51206 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" "sendmail_submit_enable=\"NO\"\n" "sendmail_outbound_enable=\"NO\"\n" "sendmail_msp_queue_enable=\"NO\"" msgstr "" "sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" "sendmail_submit_enable=\"NO\"\n" "sendmail_outbound_enable=\"NO\"\n" "sendmail_msp_queue_enable=\"NO\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51211 msgid "To only disable Sendmail's incoming mail service, use only this entry in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51215 #, no-wrap msgid "sendmail_enable=\"NO\"" msgstr "sendmail_enable=\"NO\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51217 msgid "More information on Sendmail's startup options is available in rc.sendmail8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:51222 msgid "Replace the Default MTA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51224 msgid "When a new MTA is installed using the Ports Collection, its startup script is also installed and startup instructions are mentioned in its package message. Before starting the new MTA, stop the running Sendmail processes. This example stops all of these services, then starts the Postfix service:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:51232 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sendmail stop\n" "# service postfix start" msgstr "" "# service sendmail stop\n" "# service postfix start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51235 msgid "To start the replacement MTA at system boot, add its configuration line to /etc/rc.conf. This entry enables the Postfix MTA:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51240 #, no-wrap msgid "postfix_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "postfix_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51242 msgid "Some extra configuration is needed as Sendmail is so ubiquitous that some software assumes it is already installed and configured. Check /etc/periodic.conf and make sure that these values are set to NO. If this file does not exist, create it with these entries:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51249 #, no-wrap msgid "" "daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n" "daily_status_mail_rejects_enable=\"NO\"\n" "daily_status_include_submit_mailq=\"NO\"\n" "daily_submit_queuerun=\"NO\"" msgstr "" "daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n" "daily_status_mail_rejects_enable=\"NO\"\n" "daily_status_include_submit_mailq=\"NO\"\n" "daily_submit_queuerun=\"NO\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51254 msgid "Some alternative MTAs provide their own compatible implementations of the Sendmail command-line interface in order to facilitate using them as drop-in replacements for Sendmail. However, some MUAs may try to execute standard Sendmail binaries instead of the new MTA's binaries. FreeBSD uses /etc/mail/mailer.conf to map the expected Sendmail binaries to the location of the new binaries. More information about this mapping can be found in mailwrapper8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51267 msgid "The default /etc/mail/mailer.conf looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51270 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Execute the \"real\" sendmail program, named /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "#\n" "sendmail /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "send-mail /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "mailq /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "newaliases /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "hoststat /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "purgestat /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail" msgstr "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" "#\n" "# Execute the \"real\" sendmail program, named /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "#\n" "sendmail /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "send-mail /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "mailq /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "newaliases /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "hoststat /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "purgestat /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51281 msgid "When any of the commands listed on the left are run, the system actually executes the associated command shown on the right. This system makes it easy to change what binaries are executed when these default binaries are invoked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51286 msgid "Some MTAs, when installed using the Ports Collection, will prompt to update this file for the new binaries. For example, Postfix will update the file like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51291 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" "# Execute the Postfix sendmail program, named /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n" "#\n" "sendmail /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n" "send-mail /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n" "mailq /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n" "newaliases /usr/local/sbin/sendmail" msgstr "" "#\n" "# Execute the Postfix sendmail program, named /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n" "#\n" "sendmail /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n" "send-mail /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n" "mailq /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n" "newaliases /usr/local/sbin/sendmail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51299 msgid "If the installation of the MTA does not automatically update /etc/mail/mailer.conf, edit this file in a text editor so that it points to the new binaries. This example points to the binaries installed by mail/ssmtp:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51306 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n" "send-mail /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n" "mailq /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "newaliases /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "hoststat /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "purgestat /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail" msgstr "" "sendmail /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n" "send-mail /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n" "mailq /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "newaliases /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "hoststat /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" "purgestat /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51313 msgid "Once everything is configured, it is recommended to reboot the system. Rebooting provides the opportunity to ensure that the system is correctly configured to start the new MTA automatically on boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:51323 msgid "email troubleshooting" msgstr "email troubleshooting" #. (itstool) path: question/para #: book.translate.xml:51331 msgid "Why do I have to use the FQDN for hosts on my site?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51336 msgid "The host may actually be in a different domain. For example, in order for a host in foo.bar.edu to reach a host called mumble in the bar.edu domain, refer to it by the Fully-Qualified Domain Name FQDN, mumble.bar.edu, instead of just mumble." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: para/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:51345 book.translate.xml:55437 msgid "BIND" msgstr "BIND" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51344 msgid "This is because the version of BIND<_:indexterm-1/> which ships with FreeBSD no longer provides default abbreviations for non-FQDNs other than the local domain. An unqualified host such as mumble must either be found as mumble.foo.bar.edu, or it will be searched for in the root domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51353 msgid "In older versions of BIND, the search continued across mumble.bar.edu, and mumble.edu. RFC 1535 details why this is considered bad practice or even a security hole." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51359 msgid "As a good workaround, place the line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51361 #, no-wrap msgid "search foo.bar.edu bar.edu" msgstr "search foo.bar.edu bar.edu" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51363 msgid "instead of the previous:" msgstr "instead of the previous:" #. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51365 #, no-wrap msgid "domain foo.bar.edu" msgstr "domain foo.bar.edu" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51367 msgid "into /etc/resolv.conf. However, make sure that the search order does not go beyond the boundary between local and public administration, as RFC 1535 calls it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: question/para #: book.translate.xml:51376 msgid "How can I run a mail server on a dial-up PPP host?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51381 msgid "Connect to a FreeBSD mail gateway on the LAN. The PPP connection is non-dedicated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51384 msgid "One way to do this is to get a full-time Internet server to provide secondary MX <_:indexterm-1/> services for the domain. In this example, the domain is example.com and the ISP has configured example.net to provide secondary MX services to the domain:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.com. MX 10 example.com.\n" " MX 20 example.net." msgstr "" "example.com. MX 10 example.com.\n" " MX 20 example.net." #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51398 msgid "Only one host should be specified as the final recipient. For Sendmail, add Cw example.com in /etc/mail/sendmail.cf on example.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51403 msgid "When the sending MTA attempts to deliver mail, it will try to connect to the system, example.com, over the PPP link. This will time out if the destination is offline. The MTA will automatically deliver it to the secondary MX site at the Internet Service Provider (ISP), example.net. The secondary MX site will periodically try to connect to the primary MX host, example.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51415 msgid "Use something like this as a login script:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51417 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "# Put me in /usr/local/bin/pppmyisp\n" "( sleep 60 ; /usr/sbin/sendmail -q ) &\n" "/usr/sbin/ppp -direct pppmyisp" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "# Put me in /usr/local/bin/pppmyisp\n" "( sleep 60 ; /usr/sbin/sendmail -q ) &\n" "/usr/sbin/ppp -direct pppmyisp" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51422 msgid "When creating a separate login script for users, instead use sendmail -qRexample.com in the script above. This will force all mail in the queue for example.com to be processed immediately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/para #: book.translate.xml:51429 msgid "A further refinement of the situation can be seen from this example from the FreeBSD Internet service provider's mailing list:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51432 #, no-wrap msgid "" "> we provide the secondary MX for a customer. The customer connects to\n" "> our services several times a day automatically to get the mails to\n" "> his primary MX (We do not call his site when a mail for his domains\n" "> arrived). Our sendmail sends the mailqueue every 30 minutes. At the\n" "> moment he has to stay 30 minutes online to be sure that all mail is\n" "> gone to the primary MX.\n" ">\n" "> Is there a command that would initiate sendmail to send all the mails\n" "> now? The user has not root-privileges on our machine of course.\n" "\n" "In the privacy flags section of sendmail.cf, there is a\n" "definition Opgoaway,restrictqrun\n" "\n" "Remove restrictqrun to allow non-root users to start the queue processing.\n" "You might also like to rearrange the MXs. We are the 1st MX for our\n" "customers like this, and we have defined:\n" "\n" "# If we are the best MX for a host, try directly instead of generating\n" "# local config error.\n" "OwTrue\n" "\n" "That way a remote site will deliver straight to you, without trying\n" "the customer connection. You then send to your customer. Only works for\n" "hosts, so you need to get your customer to name their mail\n" "machine customer.com as well as\n" "hostname.customer.com in the DNS. Just put an A record in\n" "the DNS for customer.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51467 msgid "This section covers more involved topics such as mail configuration and setting up mail for an entire domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:51473 msgid "email configuration" msgstr "email configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51478 msgid "Out of the box, one can send email to external hosts as long as /etc/resolv.conf is configured or the network has access to a configured DNS server. To have email delivered to the MTA on the FreeBSD host, do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51486 msgid "Run a DNS server for the domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51491 msgid "Get mail delivered directly to the FQDN for the machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51497 msgid "In order to have mail delivered directly to a host, it must have a permanent static IP address, not a dynamic IP address. If the system is behind a firewall, it must be configured to allow SMTP traffic. To receive mail directly at a host, one of these two must be configured:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51505 msgid "Make sure that the lowest-numbered MX<_:indexterm-1/> record in DNS points to the host's static IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51513 msgid "Make sure there is no MX entry in the DNS for the host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51518 msgid "Either of the above will allow mail to be received directly at the host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51521 msgid "Try this:" msgstr "Probeer dit:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:51523 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hostname\n" "example.FreeBSD.org\n" "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX" msgstr "" "# hostname\n" "example.FreeBSD.org\n" "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51528 msgid "In this example, mail sent directly to yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org should work without problems, assuming Sendmail is running correctly on example.FreeBSD.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51534 msgid "For this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:51536 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n" "example.FreeBSD.org mail is handled (pri=10) by nevdull.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n" "example.FreeBSD.org mail is handled (pri=10) by nevdull.FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51540 msgid "All mail sent to example.FreeBSD.org will be collected on hub under the same username instead of being sent directly to your host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51544 msgid "The above information is handled by the DNS server. The DNS record that carries mail routing information is the MX entry. If no MX record exists, mail will be delivered directly to the host by way of its IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51551 msgid "The MX entry for freefall.FreeBSD.org at one time looked like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51554 #, no-wrap msgid "" "freefall\t\tMX\t30\tmail.crl.net\n" "freefall\t\tMX\t40\tagora.rdrop.com\n" "freefall\t\tMX\t10\tfreefall.FreeBSD.org\n" "freefall\t\tMX\t20\twho.cdrom.com" msgstr "" "freefall\t\tMX\t30\tmail.crl.net\n" "freefall\t\tMX\t40\tagora.rdrop.com\n" "freefall\t\tMX\t10\tfreefall.FreeBSD.org\n" "freefall\t\tMX\t20\twho.cdrom.com" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51559 msgid "freefall had many MX entries. The lowest MX number is the host that receives mail directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some reason, the next lower-numbered host will accept messages temporarily, and pass it along when a lower-numbered host becomes available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51567 msgid "Alternate MX sites should have separate Internet connections in order to be most useful. Your ISP can provide this service." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:51573 msgid "Mail for a Domain" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51575 msgid "When configuring a MTA for a network, any mail sent to hosts in its domain should be diverted to the MTA so that users can receive their mail on the master mail server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51581 msgid "To make life easiest, a user account with the same username should exist on both the MTA and the system with the MUA. Use adduser8 to create the user accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51587 msgid "The MTA must be the designated mail exchanger for each workstation on the network. This is done in theDNS configuration with an MX record:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51592 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.FreeBSD.org\tA\t204.216.27.XX\t\t; Workstation\n" "\t\t\tMX\t10 nevdull.FreeBSD.org\t; Mailhost" msgstr "" "example.FreeBSD.org\tA\t204.216.27.XX\t\t; Workstation\n" "\t\t\tMX\t10 nevdull.FreeBSD.org\t; Mailhost" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51595 msgid "This will redirect mail for the workstation to the MTA no matter where the A record points. The mail is sent to the MX host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51599 msgid "This must be configured on a DNS server. If the network does not run its own DNS server, talk to the ISP or DNS provider." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51605 msgid "The following is an example of virtual email hosting. Consider a customer with the domain customer1.org, where all the mail for customer1.org should be sent to mail.myhost.com. The DNS entry should look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51611 #, no-wrap msgid "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com" msgstr "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51613 msgid "An A> record is not needed for customer1.org in order to only handle email for that domain. However, running ping against customer1.org will not work unless an A record exists for it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51620 msgid "Tell the MTA which domains and/or hostnames it should accept mail for. Either of the following will work for Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51626 msgid "Add the hosts to /etc/mail/local-host-names when using the FEATURE(use_cw_file)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51632 msgid "Add a Cwyour.host.com line to /etc/sendmail.cf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:51641 msgid "Setting Up to Send Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:51644 msgid " Bill Moran Contributed by " msgstr " Bill Moran Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51654 msgid "There are many instances where one may only want to send mail through a relay. Some examples are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51659 msgid "The computer is a desktop machine that needs to use programs such as send-pr1, using the ISP's mail relay." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:51665 msgid "The computer is a server that does not handle mail locally, but needs to pass off all mail to a relay for processing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51671 msgid "While any MTA is capable of filling this particular niche, it can be difficult to properly configure a full-featured MTA just to handle offloading mail. Programs such as Sendmail and Postfix are overkill for this use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51678 msgid "Additionally, a typical Internet access service agreement may forbid one from running a mail server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51681 msgid "The easiest way to fulfill those needs is to install the mail/ssmtp port:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:51684 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp\n" "# make install replace clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp\n" "# make install replace clean" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51687 msgid "Once installed, mail/ssmtp can be configured with /usr/local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51691 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root=yourrealemail@example.com\n" "mailhub=mail.example.com\n" "rewriteDomain=example.com\n" "hostname=_HOSTNAME_" msgstr "" "root=yourrealemail@example.com\n" "mailhub=mail.example.com\n" "rewriteDomain=example.com\n" "hostname=_HOSTNAME_" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51696 msgid "Use the real email address for root. Enter the ISP's outgoing mail relay in place of mail.example.com. Some ISPs call this the outgoing mail server or SMTP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51702 msgid "Make sure to disable Sendmail, including the outgoing mail service. See for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51705 msgid "mail/ssmtp has some other options available. Refer to the examples in /usr/local/etc/ssmtp or the manual page of ssmtp for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51710 msgid "Setting up ssmtp in this manner allows any software on the computer that needs to send mail to function properly, while not violating the ISP's usage policy or allowing the computer to be hijacked for spamming." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:51718 msgid "Using Mail with a Dialup Connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51720 msgid "When using a static IP address, one should not need to adjust the default configuration. Set the hostname to the assigned Internet name and Sendmail will do the rest." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51725 msgid "When using a dynamically assigned IP address and a dialup PPP connection to the Internet, one usually has a mailbox on the ISP's mail server. In this example, the ISP's domain is example.net, the user name is user, the hostname is bsd.home, and the ISP has allowed relay.example.net as a mail relay." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51734 msgid "In order to retrieve mail from the ISP's mailbox, install a retrieval agent from the Ports Collection. mail/fetchmail is a good choice as it supports many different protocols. Usually, the ISP will provide POP. When using user PPP, email can be automatically fetched when an Internet connection is established with the following entry in /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51744 #, no-wrap msgid "" "MYADDR:\n" "!bg su user -c fetchmail" msgstr "" "MYADDR:\n" "!bg su user -c fetchmail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51747 msgid "When using Sendmail to deliver mail to non-local accounts, configure Sendmail to process the mail queue as soon as the Internet connection is established. To do this, add this line after the above fetchmail entry in /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51754 #, no-wrap msgid " !bg su user -c \"sendmail -q\"" msgstr " !bg su user -c \"sendmail -q\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51756 msgid "In this example, there is an account for user on bsd.home. In the home directory of user on bsd.home, create a .fetchmailrc which contains this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51763 #, no-wrap msgid "poll example.net protocol pop3 fetchall pass MySecret" msgstr "poll example.net protocol pop3 fetchall pass MySecret" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51765 msgid "This file should not be readable by anyone except user as it contains the password MySecret." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51769 msgid "In order to send mail with the correct from: header, configure Sendmail to use user@example.net rather than user@bsd.home and to send all mail via relay.example.net, allowing quicker mail transmission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51776 msgid "The following .mc should suffice:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51779 #, no-wrap msgid "" "VERSIONID(`bsd.home.mc version 1.0')\n" "OSTYPE(bsd4.4)dnl\n" "FEATURE(nouucp)dnl\n" "MAILER(local)dnl\n" "MAILER(smtp)dnl\n" "Cwlocalhost\n" "Cwbsd.home\n" "MASQUERADE_AS(`example.net')dnl\n" "FEATURE(allmasquerade)dnl\n" "FEATURE(masquerade_envelope)dnl\n" "FEATURE(nocanonify)dnl\n" "FEATURE(nodns)dnl\n" "define(`SMART_HOST', `relay.example.net')\n" "Dmbsd.home\n" "define(`confDOMAIN_NAME',`bsd.home')dnl\n" "define(`confDELIVERY_MODE',`deferred')dnl" msgstr "" "VERSIONID(`bsd.home.mc version 1.0')\n" "OSTYPE(bsd4.4)dnl\n" "FEATURE(nouucp)dnl\n" "MAILER(local)dnl\n" "MAILER(smtp)dnl\n" "Cwlocalhost\n" "Cwbsd.home\n" "MASQUERADE_AS(`example.net')dnl\n" "FEATURE(allmasquerade)dnl\n" "FEATURE(masquerade_envelope)dnl\n" "FEATURE(nocanonify)dnl\n" "FEATURE(nodns)dnl\n" "define(`SMART_HOST', `relay.example.net')\n" "Dmbsd.home\n" "define(`confDOMAIN_NAME',`bsd.home')dnl\n" "define(`confDELIVERY_MODE',`deferred')dnl" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51796 msgid "Refer to the previous section for details of how to convert this file into the sendmail.cf format. Do not forget to restart Sendmail after updating sendmail.cf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:51804 msgid "SMTP Authentication" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:51807 msgid " James Gorham Written by " msgstr " James Gorham Geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51817 msgid "Configuring SMTP authentication on the MTA provides a number of benefits. SMTP authentication adds a layer of security to Sendmail, and provides mobile users who switch hosts the ability to use the same MTA without the need to reconfigure their mail client's settings each time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51827 msgid "Install security/cyrus-sasl2 from the Ports Collection. This port supports a number of compile-time options. For the SMTP authentication method demonstrated in this example, make sure that is not disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51836 msgid "After installing security/cyrus-sasl2, edit /usr/local/lib/sasl2/Sendmail.conf, or create it if it does not exist, and add the following line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51842 #, no-wrap msgid "pwcheck_method: saslauthd" msgstr "pwcheck_method: saslauthd" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51846 msgid "Next, install security/cyrus-sasl2-saslauthd and add the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51851 #, no-wrap msgid "saslauthd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "saslauthd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51853 msgid "Finally, start the saslauthd daemon:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:51855 #, no-wrap msgid "# service saslauthd start" msgstr "# service saslauthd start" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51857 msgid "This daemon serves as a broker for Sendmail to authenticate against the FreeBSD passwd5 database. This saves the trouble of creating a new set of usernames and passwords for each user that needs to use SMTP authentication, and keeps the login and mail password the same." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51866 msgid "Next, edit /etc/make.conf and add the following lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51869 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n" "SENDMAIL_LDFLAGS=-L/usr/local/lib\n" "SENDMAIL_LDADD=-lsasl2" msgstr "" "SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n" "SENDMAIL_LDFLAGS=-L/usr/local/lib\n" "SENDMAIL_LDADD=-lsasl2" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51873 msgid "These lines provide Sendmail the proper configuration options for linking to cyrus-sasl2 at compile time. Make sure that cyrus-sasl2 has been installed before recompiling Sendmail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51882 msgid "Recompile Sendmail by executing the following commands:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:51885 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil\n" "# make cleandir && make obj && make\n" "# cd /usr/src/lib/libsm\n" "# make cleandir && make obj && make\n" "# cd /usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail\n" "# make cleandir && make obj && make && make install" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil\n" "# make cleandir && make obj && make\n" "# cd /usr/src/lib/libsm\n" "# make cleandir && make obj && make\n" "# cd /usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail\n" "# make cleandir && make obj && make && make install" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51892 msgid "This compile should not have any problems if /usr/src has not changed extensively and the shared libraries it needs are available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51898 msgid "After Sendmail has been compiled and reinstalled, edit /etc/mail/freebsd.mc or the local .mc. Many administrators choose to use the output from hostname1 as the name of .mc for uniqueness. Add these lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:51906 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dnl set SASL options\n" "TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl\n" "define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS', `GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl" msgstr "" "dnl set SASL options\n" "TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl\n" "define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS', `GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51910 msgid "These options configure the different methods available to Sendmail for authenticating users. To use a method other than pwcheck, refer to the Sendmail documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:51918 msgid "Finally, run make1 while in /etc/mail. That will run the new .mc and create a .cf named either freebsd.cf or the name used for the local .mc. Then, run make install restart, which will copy the file to sendmail.cf, and properly restart Sendmail. For more information about this process, refer to /etc/mail/Makefile." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51932 msgid "To test the configuration, use a MUA to send a test message. For further investigation, set the of Sendmail to 13 and watch /var/log/maillog for any errors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51938 msgid "For more information, refer to SMTP authentication." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:51944 msgid "Mail User Agents" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:51947 book.translate.xml:52304 book.translate.xml:52404 msgid " Marc Silver Contributed by " msgstr " Marc Zilver Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:51957 msgid "Mail User Agents" msgstr "Mail User Agents" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:51961 msgid "A MUA is an application that is used to send and receive email. As email evolves and becomes more complex, MUAs are becoming increasingly powerful and provide users increased functionality and flexibility. The mail category of the FreeBSD Ports Collection contains numerous MUAs. These include graphical email clients such as Evolution or Balsa and console based clients such as mutt or alpine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:51974 msgid "mail" msgstr "mail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51976 msgid "mail1 is the default MUA installed with FreeBSD. It is a console based MUA that offers the basic functionality required to send and receive text-based email. It provides limited attachment support and can only access local mailboxes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51983 msgid "Although mail does not natively support interaction with POP or IMAP servers, these mailboxes may be downloaded to a local mbox using an application such as fetchmail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51990 msgid "In order to send and receive email, run mail:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:51993 #, no-wrap msgid "% mail" msgstr "% mail" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:51995 msgid "The contents of the user's mailbox in /var/mail are automatically read by mail. Should the mailbox be empty, the utility exits with a message indicating that no mail could be found. If mail exists, the application interface starts, and a list of messages will be displayed. Messages are automatically numbered, as can be seen in the following example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:52004 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Mail version 8.1 6/6/93. Type ? for help.\n" "\"/var/mail/marcs\": 3 messages 3 new\n" ">N 1 root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05 14/510 \"test\"\n" " N 2 root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05 14/509 \"user account\"\n" " N 3 root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05 14/509 \"sample\"" msgstr "" "Mail version 8.1 6/6/93. Type ? for help.\n" "\"/var/mail/marcs\": 3 messages 3 new\n" ">N 1 root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05 14/510 \"test\"\n" " N 2 root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05 14/509 \"user account\"\n" " N 3 root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05 14/509 \"sample\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52010 msgid "Messages can now be read by typing t followed by the message number. This example reads the first email:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:52014 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& t 1\n" "Message 1:\n" "From root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05:52 2004\n" "X-Original-To: marcs@localhost\n" "Delivered-To: marcs@localhost\n" "To: marcs@localhost\n" "Subject: test\n" "Date: Mon, 8 Mar 2004 14:05:52 +0200 (SAST)\n" "From: root@localhost (Charlie Root)\n" "\n" "This is a test message, please reply if you receive it." msgstr "" "& t 1\n" "Message 1:\n" "From root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05:52 2004\n" "X-Original-To: marcs@localhost\n" "Delivered-To: marcs@localhost\n" "To: marcs@localhost\n" "Subject: test\n" "Date: Mon, 8 Mar 2004 14:05:52 +0200 (SAST)\n" "From: root@localhost (Charlie Root)\n" "\n" "This is a test message, please reply if you receive it." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52026 msgid "As seen in this example, the message will be displayed with full headers. To display the list of messages again, press h." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52030 msgid "If the email requires a reply, press either R or r mail keys. R instructs mail to reply only to the sender of the email, while r replies to all other recipients of the message. These commands can be suffixed with the mail number of the message to reply to. After typing the response, the end of the message should be marked by a single . on its own line. An example can be seen below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:52041 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& R 1\n" "To: root@localhost\n" "Subject: Re: test\n" "\n" "Thank you, I did get your email.\n" ".\n" "EOT" msgstr "" "& R 1\n" "To: root@localhost\n" "Subject: Re: test\n" "\n" "Thank you, I did get your email.\n" ".\n" "EOT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52049 msgid "In order to send a new email, press m, followed by the recipient email address. Multiple recipients may be specified by separating each address with the , delimiter. The subject of the message may then be entered, followed by the message contents. The end of the message should be specified by putting a single . on its own line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:52057 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& mail root@localhost\n" "Subject: I mastered mail\n" "\n" "Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n" ".\n" "EOT" msgstr "" "& mail root@localhost\n" "Subject: I mastered mail\n" "\n" "Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n" ".\n" "EOT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52064 msgid "While using mail, press ? to display help at any time. Refer to mail1 for more help on how to use mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:52070 msgid "mail1 was not designed to handle attachments and thus deals with them poorly. Newer MUAs handle attachments in a more intelligent way. Users who prefer to use mail may find the converters/mpack port to be of considerable use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:52080 msgid "mutt" msgstr "mutt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52082 msgid "mutt is a powerful MUA, with many features, including:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52087 msgid "The ability to thread messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52091 msgid "PGP support for digital signing and encryption of email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52096 msgid "MIME support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52100 msgid "Maildir support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52104 msgid "Highly customizable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52108 msgid "Refer to http://www.mutt.org for more information on mutt." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52112 msgid "mutt may be installed using the mail/mutt port. After the port has been installed, mutt can be started by issuing the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:52117 #, no-wrap msgid "% mutt" msgstr "% mutt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52119 msgid "mutt will automatically read and display the contents of the user mailbox in /var/mail. If no mails are found, mutt will wait for commands from the user. The example below shows mutt displaying a list of messages:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:52129 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='mail/mutt1' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='mail/mutt1' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52133 msgid "To read an email, select it using the cursor keys and press Enter. An example of mutt displaying email can be seen below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:52140 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='mail/mutt2' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='mail/mutt2' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52144 msgid "Similar to mail1, mutt can be used to reply only to the sender of the message as well as to all recipients. To reply only to the sender of the email, press r. To send a group reply to the original sender as well as all the message recipients, press g." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:52152 msgid "By default, mutt uses the vi1 editor for creating and replying to emails. Each user can customize this by creating or editing the .muttrc in their home directory and setting the editor variable or by setting the EDITOR environment variable. Refer to http://www.mutt.org/ for more information about configuring mutt." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52163 msgid "To compose a new mail message, press m. After a valid subject has been given, mutt will start vi1 so the email can be written. Once the contents of the email are complete, save and quit from vi. mutt will resume, displaying a summary screen of the mail that is to be delivered. In order to send the mail, press y. An example of the summary screen can be seen below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:52175 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='mail/mutt3' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='mail/mutt3' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52179 msgid "mutt contains extensive help which can be accessed from most of the menus by pressing ?. The top line also displays the keyboard shortcuts where appropriate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:52187 msgid "alpine" msgstr "alpine" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52189 msgid "alpine is aimed at a beginner user, but also includes some advanced features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:52193 msgid "alpine has had several remote vulnerabilities discovered in the past, which allowed remote attackers to execute arbitrary code as users on the local system, by the action of sending a specially-prepared email. While known problems have been fixed, alpine code is written in an insecure style and the FreeBSD Security Officer believes there are likely to be other undiscovered vulnerabilities. Users install alpine at their own risk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52205 msgid "The current version of alpine may be installed using the mail/alpine port. Once the port has installed, alpine can be started by issuing the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:52211 #, no-wrap msgid "% alpine" msgstr "% alpine" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52213 msgid "The first time alpine runs, it displays a greeting page with a brief introduction, as well as a request from the alpine development team to send an anonymous email message allowing them to judge how many users are using their client. To send this anonymous message, press Enter. Alternatively, press E to exit the greeting without sending an anonymous message. An example of the greeting page is shown below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:52226 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='mail/pine1' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='mail/pine1' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52230 msgid "The main menu is then presented, which can be navigated using the cursor keys. This main menu provides shortcuts for the composing new mails, browsing mail directories, and administering address book entries. Below the main menu, relevant keyboard shortcuts to perform functions specific to the task at hand are shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52237 msgid "The default directory opened by alpine is inbox. To view the message index, press I, or select the MESSAGE INDEX option shown below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:52246 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='mail/pine2' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='mail/pine2' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52250 msgid "The message index shows messages in the current directory and can be navigated by using the cursor keys. Highlighted messages can be read by pressing Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:52257 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='mail/pine3' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='mail/pine3' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52261 msgid "In the screenshot below, a sample message is displayed by alpine. Contextual keyboard shortcuts are displayed at the bottom of the screen. An example of one of a shortcut is r, which tells the MUA to reply to the current message being displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:52270 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='mail/pine4' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='mail/pine4' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52274 msgid "Replying to an email in alpine is done using the pico editor, which is installed by default with alpine. pico makes it easy to navigate the message and is easier for novice users to use than vi1 or mail1. Once the reply is complete, the message can be sent by pressing CtrlX . alpine will ask for confirmation before sending the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:52287 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='mail/pine5' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='mail/pine5' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52291 msgid "alpine can be customized using the SETUP option from the main menu. Consult http://www.washington.edu/alpine/ for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:52301 msgid "Using fetchmail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:52314 msgid "fetchmail" msgstr "fetchmail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52318 msgid "fetchmail is a full-featured IMAP and POP client. It allows users to automatically download mail from remote IMAP and POP servers and save it into local mailboxes where it can be accessed more easily. fetchmail can be installed using the mail/fetchmail port, and offers various features, including:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52329 msgid "Support for the POP3, APOP, KPOP, IMAP, ETRN and ODMR protocols." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52336 msgid "Ability to forward mail using SMTP, which allows filtering, forwarding, and aliasing to function normally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52342 msgid "May be run in daemon mode to check periodically for new messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52347 msgid "Can retrieve multiple mailboxes and forward them, based on configuration, to different local users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52352 msgid "This section explains some of the basic features of fetchmail. This utility requires a .fetchmailrc configuration in the user's home directory in order to run correctly. This file includes server information as well as login credentials. Due to the sensitive nature of the contents of this file, it is advisable to make it readable only by the user, with the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:52361 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod 600 .fetchmailrc" msgstr "% chmod 600 .fetchmailrc" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52363 msgid "The following .fetchmailrc serves as an example for downloading a single user mailbox using POP. It tells fetchmail to connect to example.com using a username of joesoap and a password of XXX. This example assumes that the user joesoap exists on the local system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52373 #, no-wrap msgid "poll example.com protocol pop3 username \"joesoap\" password \"XXX\"" msgstr "poll example.com protocol pop3 username \"joesoap\" password \"XXX\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52375 msgid "The next example connects to multiple POP and IMAP servers and redirects to different local usernames where applicable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52379 #, no-wrap msgid "" "poll example.com proto pop3:\n" "user \"joesoap\", with password \"XXX\", is \"jsoap\" here;\n" "user \"andrea\", with password \"XXXX\";\n" "poll example2.net proto imap:\n" "user \"john\", with password \"XXXXX\", is \"myth\" here;" msgstr "" "poll example.com proto pop3:\n" "user \"joesoap\", with password \"XXX\", is \"jsoap\" here;\n" "user \"andrea\", with password \"XXXX\";\n" "poll example2.net proto imap:\n" "user \"john\", with password \"XXXXX\", is \"myth\" here;" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52385 msgid "fetchmail can be run in daemon mode by running it with , followed by the interval (in seconds) that fetchmail should poll servers listed in .fetchmailrc. The following example configures fetchmail to poll every 600 seconds:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:52393 #, no-wrap msgid "% fetchmail -d 600" msgstr "% fetchmail -d 600" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52395 msgid "More information on fetchmail can be found at http://www.fetchmail.info/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:52401 msgid "Using procmail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:52414 msgid "procmail" msgstr "procmail" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52418 msgid "procmail is a powerful application used to filter incoming mail. It allows users to define rules which can be matched to incoming mails to perform specific functions or to reroute mail to alternative mailboxes or email addresses. procmail can be installed using the mail/procmail port. Once installed, it can be directly integrated into most MTAs. Consult the MTA documentation for more information. Alternatively, procmail can be integrated by adding the following line to a .forward in the home directory of the user:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52432 #, no-wrap msgid "\"|exec /usr/local/bin/procmail || exit 75\"" msgstr "\"|exec /usr/local/bin/procmail || exit 75\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52434 msgid "The following section displays some basic procmail rules, as well as brief descriptions of what they do. Rules must be inserted into a .procmailrc, which must reside in the user's home directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52440 msgid "The majority of these rules can be found in procmailex5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52443 msgid "To forward all mail from user@example.com to an external address of goodmail@example2.com:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52446 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" "* ^From.*user@example.com\n" "! goodmail@example2.com" msgstr "" ":0\n" "* ^From.*user@example.com\n" "! goodmail@example2.com" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52450 msgid "To forward all mails shorter than 1000 bytes to an external address of goodmail@example2.com:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52453 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" "* < 1000\n" "! goodmail@example2.com" msgstr "" ":0\n" "* < 1000\n" "! goodmail@example2.com" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52457 msgid "To send all mail sent to alternate@example.com to a mailbox called alternate:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52461 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" "* ^TOalternate@example.com\n" "alternate" msgstr "" ":0\n" "* ^TOalternate@example.com\n" "alternate" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52465 msgid "To send all mail with a subject of Spam to /dev/null:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52468 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" "^Subject:.*Spam\n" "/dev/null" msgstr "" ":0\n" "^Subject:.*Spam\n" "/dev/null" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52472 msgid "A useful recipe that parses incoming FreeBSD.org mailing lists and places each list in its own mailbox:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52475 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" "* ^Sender:.owner-freebsd-\\/[^@]+@FreeBSD.ORG\n" "{\n" "\tLISTNAME=${MATCH}\n" "\t:0\n" "\t* LISTNAME??^\\/[^@]+\n" "\tFreeBSD-${MATCH}\n" "}" msgstr "" ":0\n" "* ^Sender:.owner-freebsd-\\/[^@]+@FreeBSD.ORG\n" "{\n" "\tLISTNAME=${MATCH}\n" "\t:0\n" "\t* LISTNAME??^\\/[^@]+\n" "\tFreeBSD-${MATCH}\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:52505 msgid "Network Servers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52510 msgid "This chapter covers some of the more frequently used network services on UNIX systems. This includes installing, configuring, testing, and maintaining many different types of network services. Example configuration files are included throughout this chapter for reference." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52516 msgid "By the end of this chapter, readers will know:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52520 msgid "How to manage the inetd daemon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52525 msgid "How to set up the Network File System (NFS)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52530 msgid "How to set up the Network Information Server (NIS) for centralizing and sharing user accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52536 msgid "How to set FreeBSD up to act as an LDAP server or client" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52541 msgid "How to set up automatic network settings using DHCP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52546 msgid "How to set up a Domain Name Server (DNS)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52551 msgid "How to set up the Apache HTTP Server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52556 msgid "How to set up a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52561 msgid "How to set up a file and print server for Windows clients using Samba." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52566 msgid "How to synchronize the time and date, and set up a time server using the Network Time Protocol (NTP)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52572 msgid "How to set up iSCSI." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52576 msgid "This chapter assumes a basic knowledge of:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52580 msgid "/etc/rc scripts." msgstr "/etc/rc scripts." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52584 msgid "Network terminology." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52588 msgid "Installation of additional third-party software ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:52595 msgid "The inetd Super-Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52616 msgid "The inetd8 daemon is sometimes referred to as a Super-Server because it manages connections for many services. Instead of starting multiple applications, only the inetd service needs to be started. When a connection is received for a service that is managed by inetd, it determines which program the connection is destined for, spawns a process for that program, and delegates the program a socket. Using inetd for services that are not heavily used can reduce system load, when compared to running each daemon individually in stand-alone mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52628 msgid "Primarily, inetd is used to spawn other daemons, but several trivial protocols are handled internally, such as chargen, auth, time, echo, discard, and daytime." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52637 msgid "This section covers the basics of configuring inetd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:52641 msgid "Configuration File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52643 msgid "Configuration of inetd is done by editing /etc/inetd.conf. Each line of this configuration file represents an application which can be started by inetd. By default, every line starts with a comment (#), meaning that inetd is not listening for any applications. To configure inetd to listen for an application's connections, remove the # at the beginning of the line for that application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52655 msgid "After saving your edits, configure inetd to start at system boot by editing /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52659 book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "inetd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52661 msgid "To start inetd now, so that it listens for the service you configured, type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:52664 book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd start" msgstr "# service inetd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52666 msgid "Once inetd is started, it needs to be notified whenever a modification is made to /etc/inetd.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:52671 msgid "Reloading the inetd Configuration File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:52674 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd reload" msgstr "# service inetd reload" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52677 msgid "Typically, the default entry for an application does not need to be edited beyond removing the #. In some situations, it may be appropriate to edit the default entry." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52682 msgid "As an example, this is the default entry for ftpd8 over IPv4:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52685 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp stream tcp nowait root /usr/libexec/ftpd ftpd -l" msgstr "ftp stream tcp nowait root /usr/libexec/ftpd ftpd -l" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52687 msgid "The seven columns in an entry are as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "service-name\n" "socket-type\n" "protocol\n" "{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-ip]]]\n" "user[:group][/login-class]\n" "server-program\n" "server-program-arguments" msgstr "" "service-name\n" "socket-type\n" "protocol\n" "{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-ip]]]\n" "user[:group][/login-class]\n" "server-program\n" "server-program-arguments" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52697 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "where:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52701 msgid "service-name" msgstr "service-name" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52704 msgid "The service name of the daemon to start. It must correspond to a service listed in /etc/services. This determines which port inetd listens on for incoming connections to that service. When using a custom service, it must first be added to /etc/services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52715 msgid "socket-type" msgstr "socket-type" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52718 msgid "Either stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket. Use stream for TCP connections and dgram for UDP services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52728 msgid "protocol" msgstr "protocol" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52731 msgid "Use one of the following protocol names:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52737 msgid "Protocol Name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52738 msgid "Explanation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52744 msgid "tcp or tcp4" msgstr "tcp or tcp4" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52745 msgid "TCP IPv4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52749 msgid "udp or udp4" msgstr "udp or udp4" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52750 msgid "UDP IPv4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52754 msgid "tcp6" msgstr "tcp6" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52755 msgid "TCP IPv6" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52759 msgid "udp6" msgstr "udp6" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52760 msgid "UDP IPv6" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52764 msgid "tcp46" msgstr "tcp46" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52765 msgid "Both TCP IPv4 and IPv6" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52769 msgid "udp46" msgstr "udp46" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:52770 msgid "Both UDP IPv4 and IPv6" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52780 msgid "{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-ip]]]" msgstr "{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-ip]]]" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52783 msgid "In this field, or must be specified. , and are optional." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52789 msgid " indicates whether or not the service is able to handle its own socket. socket types must use while daemons, which are usually multi-threaded, should use . usually hands off multiple sockets to a single daemon, while spawns a child daemon for each new socket." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52799 msgid "The maximum number of child daemons inetd may spawn is set by . For example, to limit ten instances of the daemon, place a /10 after . Specifying /0 allows an unlimited number of children." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52807 msgid " limits the number of connections from any particular IP address per minute. Once the limit is reached, further connections from this IP address will be dropped until the end of the minute. For example, a value of /10 would limit any particular IP address to ten connection attempts per minute. limits the number of child processes that can be started on behalf on any single IP address at any moment. These options can limit excessive resource consumption and help to prevent Denial of Service attacks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52821 msgid "An example can be seen in the default settings for fingerd8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:52824 #, no-wrap msgid "finger stream tcp nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s" msgstr "finger stream tcp nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52829 msgid "user" msgstr "user" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52832 msgid "The username the daemon will run as. Daemons typically run as root, daemon, or nobody." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52841 msgid "server-program" msgstr "server-program" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52844 msgid "The full path to the daemon. If the daemon is a service provided by inetd internally, use ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52851 msgid "server-program-arguments" msgstr "server-program-arguments" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52854 msgid "Used to specify any command arguments to be passed to the daemon on invocation. If the daemon is an internal service, use ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:52864 msgid "Command-Line Options" msgstr "Command-Line Opties" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52866 msgid "Like most server daemons, inetd has a number of options that can be used to modify its behavior. By default, inetd is started with -wW -C 60. These options enable TCP wrappers for all services, including internal services, and prevent any IP address from requesting any service more than 60 times per minute." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52874 msgid "To change the default options which are passed to inetd, add an entry for inetd_flags in /etc/rc.conf. If inetd is already running, restart it with service inetd restart." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52881 msgid "The available rate limiting options are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52885 msgid "-c maximum" msgstr "-c maximum" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52888 msgid "Specify the default maximum number of simultaneous invocations of each service, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service basis by using in /etc/inetd.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52897 msgid "-C rate" msgstr "-C rate" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52900 msgid "Specify the default maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single IP address per minute. May be overridden on a per-service basis by using in /etc/inetd.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52910 msgid "-R rate" msgstr "-R rate" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52913 msgid "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked in one minute, where the default is 256. A rate of 0 allows an unlimited number." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:52921 msgid "-s maximum" msgstr "-s maximum" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52924 msgid "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single IP address at any one time, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service basis by using in /etc/inetd.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52934 msgid "Additional options are available. Refer to inetd8 for the full list of options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52941 msgid "Many of the daemons which can be managed by inetd are not security-conscious. Some daemons, such as fingerd, can provide information that may be useful to an attacker. Only enable the services which are needed and monitor the system for excessive connection attempts. max-connections-per-ip-per-minute, max-child and max-child-per-ip can be used to limit such attacks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:52952 msgid "By default, TCP wrappers is enabled. Consult hosts_access5 for more information on placing TCP restrictions on various inetd invoked daemons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:52961 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:52964 msgid " Tom Rhodes Reorganized and enhanced by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes Gereorganiseerd en uitgebreid door " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:52974 msgid " Bill Swingle Written by " msgstr " Bill zwingel Geschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52985 msgid "FreeBSD supports the Network File System (NFS), which allows a server to share directories and files with clients over a network. With NFS, users and programs can access files on remote systems as if they were stored locally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:52991 msgid "NFS has many practical uses. Some of the more common uses include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:52996 msgid "Data that would otherwise be duplicated on each client can be kept in a single location and accessed by clients on the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53002 msgid "Several clients may need access to the /usr/ports/distfiles directory. Sharing that directory allows for quick access to the source files without having to download them to each client." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53010 msgid "On large networks, it is often more convenient to configure a central NFS server on which all user home directories are stored. Users can log into a client anywhere on the network and have access to their home directories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53018 msgid "Administration of NFS exports is simplified. For example, there is only one file system where security or backup policies must be set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53024 msgid "Removable media storage devices can be used by other machines on the network. This reduces the number of devices throughout the network and provides a centralized location to manage their security. It is often more convenient to install software on multiple machines from a centralized installation media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:53033 msgid "NFS consists of a server and one or more clients. The client remotely accesses the data that is stored on the server machine. In order for this to function properly, a few processes have to be configured and running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:53038 msgid "These daemons must be running on the server:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53039 msgid "NFS server" msgstr "NFS server" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53043 msgid "file server UNIX clients" msgstr "file server UNIX clients" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53048 book.translate.xml:53556 msgid "rpcbind" msgstr "rpcbind" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53051 msgid "mountd" msgstr "mountd" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53054 msgid "nfsd" msgstr "nfsd" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53065 msgid "Daemon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53072 msgid "nfsd" msgstr "nfsd" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53073 msgid "The NFS daemon which services requests from NFS clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53078 msgid "mountd" msgstr "mountd" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53079 msgid "The NFS mount daemon which carries out requests received from nfsd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53085 msgid "rpcbind" msgstr "rpcbind" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53086 msgid "This daemon allows NFS clients to discover which port the NFS server is using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:53094 msgid "Running nfsiod8 on the client can improve performance, but is not required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:53098 msgid "Configuring the Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53100 msgid "NFS configuration" msgstr "NFS configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53105 msgid "The file systems which the NFS server will share are specified in /etc/exports. Each line in this file specifies a file system to be exported, which clients have access to that file system, and any access options. When adding entries to this file, each exported file system, its properties, and allowed hosts must occur on a single line. If no clients are listed in the entry, then any client on the network can mount that file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53114 msgid "NFS export examples" msgstr "NFS export examples" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53119 msgid "The following /etc/exports entries demonstrate how to export file systems. The examples can be modified to match the file systems and client names on the reader's network. There are many options that can be used in this file, but only a few will be mentioned here. See exports5 for the full list of options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53126 msgid "This example shows how to export /cdrom to three hosts named alpha, bravo, and charlie:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53132 #, no-wrap msgid "/cdrom -ro alpha bravo charlie" msgstr "/cdrom -ro alpha bravo charlie" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53134 msgid "The -ro flag makes the file system read-only, preventing clients from making any changes to the exported file system. This example assumes that the host names are either in DNS or in /etc/hosts. Refer to hosts5 if the network does not have a DNS server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53142 msgid "The next example exports /home to three clients by IP address. This can be useful for networks without DNS or /etc/hosts entries. The -alldirs flag allows subdirectories to be mount points. In other words, it will not automatically mount the subdirectories, but will permit the client to mount the directories that are required as needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53151 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/home -alldirs 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4" msgstr "/usr/home -alldirs 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53153 msgid "This next example exports /a so that two clients from different domains may access that file system. The allows root on the remote system to write data on the exported file system as root. If -maproot=root is not specified, the client's root user will be mapped to the server's nobody account and will be subject to the access limitations defined for nobody." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53162 #, no-wrap msgid "/a -maproot=root host.example.com box.example.org" msgstr "/a -maproot=root host.example.com box.example.org" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53164 msgid "A client can only be specified once per file system. For example, if /usr is a single file system, these entries would be invalid as both entries specify the same host:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53169 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Invalid when /usr is one file system\n" "/usr/src client\n" "/usr/ports client" msgstr "" "# Invalid when /usr is one file system\n" "/usr/src client\n" "/usr/ports client" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53173 msgid "The correct format for this situation is to use one entry:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53176 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/src /usr/ports client" msgstr "/usr/src /usr/ports client" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53178 msgid "The following is an example of a valid export list, where /usr and /exports are local file systems:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Export src and ports to client01 and client02, but only\n" "# client01 has root privileges on it\n" "/usr/src /usr/ports -maproot=root client01\n" "/usr/src /usr/ports client02\n" "# The client machines have root and can mount anywhere\n" "# on /exports. Anyone in the world can mount /exports/obj read-only\n" "/exports -alldirs -maproot=root client01 client02\n" "/exports/obj -ro" msgstr "" "# Export src and ports to client01 and client02, but only\n" "# client01 has root privileges on it\n" "/usr/src /usr/ports -maproot=root client01\n" "/usr/src /usr/ports client02\n" "# The client machines have root and can mount anywhere\n" "# on /exports. Anyone in the world can mount /exports/obj read-only\n" "/exports -alldirs -maproot=root client01 client02\n" "/exports/obj -ro" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53191 msgid "To enable the processes required by the NFS server at boot time, add these options to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53195 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rpcbind_enable=\"YES\"\n" "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" "mountd_flags=\"-r\"" msgstr "" "rpcbind_enable=\"YES\"\n" "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" "mountd_flags=\"-r\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53199 msgid "The server can be started now by running this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:53202 book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsd start" msgstr "# service nfsd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53204 msgid "Whenever the NFS server is started, mountd also starts automatically. However, mountd only reads /etc/exports when it is started. To make subsequent /etc/exports edits take effect immediately, force mountd to reread it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:53212 #, no-wrap msgid "# service mountd reload" msgstr "# service mountd reload" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:53216 msgid "Configuring the Client" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53218 msgid "To enable NFS clients, set this option in each client's /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53221 #, no-wrap msgid "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53223 msgid "Then, run this command on each NFS client:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:53226 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsclient start" msgstr "# service nfsclient start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53228 msgid "The client now has everything it needs to mount a remote file system. In these examples, the server's name is server and the client's name is client. To mount /home on server to the /mnt mount point on client:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53237 msgid "NFS mounting" msgstr "NFS mounting" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:53241 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount server:/home /mnt" msgstr "# mount server:/home /mnt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53243 msgid "The files and directories in /home will now be available on client, in the /mnt directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53248 msgid "To mount a remote file system each time the client boots, add it to /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53251 #, no-wrap msgid "server:/home\t/mnt\tnfs\trw\t0\t0" msgstr "server:/home\t/mnt\tnfs\trw\t0\t0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53253 msgid "Refer to fstab5 for a description of all available options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:53258 msgid "Locking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53260 msgid "Some applications require file locking to operate correctly. To enable locking, add these lines to /etc/rc.conf on both the client and server:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53265 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "rpc_statd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "rpc_statd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53268 msgid "Then start the applications:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:53270 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service lockd start\n" "# service statd start" msgstr "" "# service lockd start\n" "# service statd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53273 msgid "If locking is not required on the server, the NFS client can be configured to lock locally by including when running mount. Refer to mount_nfs8 for further details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:53282 msgid "Automating Mounts with amd8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:53285 msgid " Wylie Stilwell Contributed by " msgstr " Josef El-Rayes Bijgedragen door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:53295 msgid " Chern Lee Rewritten by " msgstr " Chern luwte herschreven door " #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53305 msgid "amd" msgstr "amd" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53306 msgid "automatic mounter daemon" msgstr "automatic mounter daemon" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53310 msgid "The automatic mounter daemon, amd, automatically mounts a remote file system whenever a file or directory within that file system is accessed. File systems that are inactive for a period of time will be automatically unmounted by amd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53317 msgid "This daemon provides an alternative to modifying /etc/fstab to list every client. It operates by attaching itself as an NFS server to the /host and /net directories. When a file is accessed within one of these directories, amd looks up the corresponding remote mount and automatically mounts it. /net is used to mount an exported file system from an IP address while /host is used to mount an export from a remote hostname. For instance, an attempt to access a file within /host/foobar/usr would tell amd to mount the /usr export on the host foobar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:53335 msgid "Mounting an Export with amd" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:53338 msgid "In this example, showmount -e shows the exported file systems that can be mounted from the NFS server, foobar:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:53343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% showmount -e foobar\n" "Exports list on foobar:\n" "/usr 10.10.10.0\n" "/a 10.10.10.0\n" "% cd /host/foobar/usr" msgstr "" "% showmount -e foobar\n" "Exports list on foobar:\n" "/usr 10.10.10.0\n" "/a 10.10.10.0\n" "% cd /host/foobar/usr" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53350 msgid "The output from showmount shows /usr as an export. When changing directories to /host/foobar/usr, amd intercepts the request and attempts to resolve the hostname foobar. If successful, amd automatically mounts the desired export." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53359 msgid "To enable amd at boot time, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53362 #, no-wrap msgid "amd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "amd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53364 msgid "To start amd now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:53366 #, no-wrap msgid "# service amd start" msgstr "# service amd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53368 msgid "Custom flags can be passed to amd from the amd_flags environment variable. By default, amd_flags is set to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53373 #, no-wrap msgid "amd_flags=\"-a /.amd_mnt -l syslog /host /etc/amd.map /net /etc/amd.map\"" msgstr "amd_flags=\"-a /.amd_mnt -l syslog /host /etc/amd.map /net /etc/amd.map\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53375 msgid "The default options with which exports are mounted are defined in /etc/amd.map. Some of the more advanced features of amd are defined in /etc/amd.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53380 msgid "Consult amd8 and amd.conf5 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:53385 msgid "Automating Mounts with autofs5" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:53388 msgid "The autofs5 automount facility is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.1-RELEASE. To use the automounter functionality in older versions of FreeBSD, use amd8 instead. This chapter only describes the autofs5 automounter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53396 msgid "autofs" msgstr "autofs" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53397 msgid "automounter subsystem" msgstr "automounter subsystem" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53401 msgid "The autofs5 facility is a common name for several components that, together, allow for automatic mounting of remote and local filesystems whenever a file or directory within that file system is accessed. It consists of the kernel component, autofs5, and several userspace applications: automount8, automountd8 and autounmountd8. It serves as an alternative for amd8 from previous FreeBSD releases. Amd is still provided for backward compatibility purposes, as the two use different map format; the one used by autofs is the same as with other SVR4 automounters, such as the ones in Solaris, MacOS X, and Linux." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53414 msgid "The autofs5 virtual filesystem is mounted on specified mountpoints by automount8, usually invoked during boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53418 msgid "Whenever a process attempts to access file within the autofs5 mountpoint, the kernel will notify automountd8 daemon and pause the triggering process. The automountd8 daemon will handle kernel requests by finding the proper map and mounting the filesystem according to it, then signal the kernel to release blocked process. The autounmountd8 daemon automatically unmounts automounted filesystems after some time, unless they are still being used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53428 msgid "The primary autofs configuration file is /etc/auto_master. It assigns individual maps to top-level mounts. For an explanation of auto_master and the map syntax, refer to auto_master5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53434 msgid "There is a special automounter map mounted on /net. When a file is accessed within this directory, autofs5 looks up the corresponding remote mount and automatically mounts it. For instance, an attempt to access a file within /net/foobar/usr would tell automountd8 to mount the /usr export from the host foobar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:53444 msgid "Mounting an Export with autofs5" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:53446 msgid "In this example, showmount -e shows the exported file systems that can be mounted from the NFS server, foobar:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:53451 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% showmount -e foobar\n" "Exports list on foobar:\n" "/usr 10.10.10.0\n" "/a 10.10.10.0\n" "% cd /net/foobar/usr" msgstr "" "% showmount -e foobar\n" "Exports list on foobar:\n" "/usr 10.10.10.0\n" "/a 10.10.10.0\n" "% cd /net/foobar/usr" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53458 msgid "The output from showmount shows /usr as an export. When changing directories to /host/foobar/usr, automountd8 intercepts the request and attempts to resolve the hostname foobar. If successful, automountd8 automatically mounts the source export." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53466 msgid "To enable autofs5 at boot time, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53471 msgid "Then autofs5 can be started by running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:53473 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount start\n" "# service automountd start\n" "# service autounmountd start" msgstr "" "# service automount start\n" "# service automountd start\n" "# service autounmountd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53477 msgid "The autofs5 map format is the same as in other operating systems. Information about this format from other sources can be useful, like the Mac OS X document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53482 msgid "Consult the automount8, automountd8, autounmountd8, and auto_master5 manual pages for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:53511 msgid "Network Information System (NIS)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53514 msgid "NIS" msgstr "NIS" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53516 msgid "HP-UX" msgstr "HP-UX" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53517 msgid "AIX" msgstr "AIX" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53518 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53519 msgid "NetBSD" msgstr "NetBSD" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53520 msgid "OpenBSD" msgstr "OpenBSD" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53521 msgid "yellow pages NIS" msgstr "yellow pages NIS" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:53526 msgid "Network Information System (NIS) is designed to centralize administration of UNIX-like systems such as Solaris, HP-UX, AIX, Linux, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and FreeBSD. NIS was originally known as Yellow Pages but the name was changed due to trademark issues. This is the reason why NIS commands begin with yp." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53534 msgid "NIS domains" msgstr "NIS domains" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:53539 msgid "NIS is a Remote Procedure Call (RPC)-based client/server system that allows a group of machines within an NIS domain to share a common set of configuration files. This permits a system administrator to set up NIS client systems with only minimal configuration data and to add, remove, or modify configuration data from a single location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:53547 msgid "FreeBSD uses version 2 of the NIS protocol." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:53551 msgid "NIS Terms and Processes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53553 msgid "Table 28.1 summarizes the terms and important processes used by NIS:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53559 msgid "portmap" msgstr "portmap" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:53564 msgid "NIS Terminology" msgstr "NIS Terminologie" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53572 book.translate.xml:55467 msgid "Term" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53579 msgid "NIS domain name" msgstr "NIS domeinnaam" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53581 msgid "NIS servers and clients share an NIS domain name. Typically, this name does not have anything to do with DNS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53588 msgid "rpcbind8" msgstr "rpcbind8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53590 msgid "This service enables RPC and must be running in order to run an NIS server or act as an NIS client." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53597 msgid "ypbind8" msgstr "ypbind8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53598 msgid "This service binds an NIS client to its NIS server. It will take the NIS domain name and use RPC to connect to the server. It is the core of client/server communication in an NIS environment. If this service is not running on a client machine, it will not be able to access the NIS server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53610 msgid "ypserv8" msgstr "ypserv8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53611 msgid "This is the process for the NIS server. If this service stops running, the server will no longer be able to respond to NIS requests so hopefully, there is a slave server to take over. Some non-FreeBSD clients will not try to reconnect using a slave server and the ypbind process may need to be restarted on these clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53623 msgid "rpc.yppasswdd8" msgstr "rpc.yppasswdd8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53624 msgid "This process only runs on NIS master servers. This daemon allows NIS clients to change their NIS passwords. If this daemon is not running, users will have to login to the NIS master server and change their passwords there." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:53640 msgid "Machine Types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53642 msgid "NIS master server" msgstr "NIS hoofd server" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53645 book.translate.xml:54002 msgid "NIS slave server" msgstr "NIS tweede server" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53648 msgid "NIS client" msgstr " NIS cliënt " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53652 msgid "There are three types of hosts in an NIS environment:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53657 msgid "NIS master server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53659 msgid "This server acts as a central repository for host configuration information and maintains the authoritative copy of the files used by all of the NIS clients. The passwd, group, and other various files used by NIS clients are stored on the master server. While it is possible for one machine to be an NIS master server for more than one NIS domain, this type of configuration will not be covered in this chapter as it assumes a relatively small-scale NIS environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53674 msgid "NIS slave servers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53676 msgid "NIS slave servers maintain copies of the NIS master's data files in order to provide redundancy. Slave servers also help to balance the load of the master server as NIS clients always attach to the NIS server which responds first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53686 msgid "NIS clients" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:53688 msgid "NIS clients authenticate against the NIS server during log on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53694 msgid "Information in many files can be shared using NIS. The master.passwd, group, and hosts files are commonly shared via NIS. Whenever a process on a client needs information that would normally be found in these files locally, it makes a query to the NIS server that it is bound to instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:53706 msgid "Planning Considerations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53708 msgid "This section describes a sample NIS environment which consists of 15 FreeBSD machines with no centralized point of administration. Each machine has its own /etc/passwd and /etc/master.passwd. These files are kept in sync with each other only through manual intervention. Currently, when a user is added to the lab, the process must be repeated on all 15 machines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53717 msgid "The configuration of the lab will be as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53723 msgid "Machine name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53725 msgid "Machine role" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53731 msgid "ellington" msgstr "ellington" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53732 msgid "10.0.0.2" msgstr "10.0.0.2" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53733 msgid "NIS master" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53737 msgid "coltrane" msgstr "coltrane" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53738 msgid "10.0.0.3" msgstr "10.0.0.3" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53739 msgid "NIS slave" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53743 msgid "basie" msgstr "basie" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53744 msgid "10.0.0.4" msgstr "10.0.0.4" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53745 msgid "Faculty workstation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53749 msgid "bird" msgstr "bird" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53750 msgid "10.0.0.5" msgstr "10.0.0.5" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53751 msgid "Client machine" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53755 msgid "cli[1-11]" msgstr "cli[1-11]" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53756 msgid "10.0.0.[6-17]" msgstr "10.0.0.[6-17]" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:53758 msgid "Other client machines" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53764 msgid "If this is the first time an NIS scheme is being developed, it should be thoroughly planned ahead of time. Regardless of network size, several decisions need to be made as part of the planning process." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:53770 msgid "Choosing a NIS Domain Name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53772 msgid "NIS domain name" msgstr "NIS domain name" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53776 msgid "When a client broadcasts its requests for info, it includes the name of the NIS domain that it is part of. This is how multiple servers on one network can tell which server should answer which request. Think of the NIS domain name as the name for a group of hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53783 msgid "Some organizations choose to use their Internet domain name for their NIS domain name. This is not recommended as it can cause confusion when trying to debug network problems. The NIS domain name should be unique within the network and it is helpful if it describes the group of machines it represents. For example, the Art department at Acme Inc. might be in the acme-art NIS domain. This example will use the domain name test-domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53794 msgid "However, some non-FreeBSD operating systems require the NIS domain name to be the same as the Internet domain name. If one or more machines on the network have this restriction, the Internet domain name must be used as the NIS domain name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:53803 msgid "Physical Server Requirements" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53805 msgid "There are several things to keep in mind when choosing a machine to use as a NIS server. Since NIS clients depend upon the availability of the server, choose a machine that is not rebooted frequently. The NIS server should ideally be a stand alone machine whose sole purpose is to be an NIS server. If the network is not heavily used, it is acceptable to put the NIS server on a machine running other services. However, if the NIS server becomes unavailable, it will adversely affect all NIS clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:53821 msgid "Configuring the NIS Master Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53824 msgid "The canonical copies of all NIS files are stored on the master server. The databases used to store the information are called NIS maps. In FreeBSD, these maps are stored in /var/yp/[domainname] where [domainname] is the name of the NIS domain. Since multiple domains are supported, it is possible to have several directories, one for each domain. Each domain will have its own independent set of maps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53835 msgid "NIS master and slave servers handle all NIS requests through ypserv8. This daemon is responsible for receiving incoming requests from NIS clients, translating the requested domain and map name to a path to the corresponding database file, and transmitting data from the database back to the client." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53843 msgid "NIS server configuration" msgstr "NIS server configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53846 msgid "Setting up a master NIS server can be relatively straight forward, depending on environmental needs. Since FreeBSD provides built-in NIS support, it only needs to be enabled by adding the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53852 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\t\n" "nis_server_enable=\"YES\"\t\t\n" "nis_yppasswdd_enable=\"YES\"\t" msgstr "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\t\n" "nis_server_enable=\"YES\"\t\t\n" "nis_yppasswdd_enable=\"YES\"\t" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:53858 msgid "This line sets the NIS domain name to test-domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:53863 msgid "This automates the start up of the NIS server processes when the system boots." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:53869 msgid "This enables the rpc.yppasswdd8 daemon so that users can change their NIS password from a client machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53875 msgid "Care must be taken in a multi-server domain where the server machines are also NIS clients. It is generally a good idea to force the servers to bind to themselves rather than allowing them to broadcast bind requests and possibly become bound to each other. Strange failure modes can result if one server goes down and others are dependent upon it. Eventually, all the clients will time out and attempt to bind to other servers, but the delay involved can be considerable and the failure mode is still present since the servers might bind to each other all over again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53887 msgid "A server that is also a client can be forced to bind to a particular server by adding these additional lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53891 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nis_client_enable=\"YES\" # run client stuff as well\n" "nis_client_flags=\"-S NIS domain,server\"" msgstr "" "nis_client_enable=\"YES\" # run client stuff as well\n" "nis_client_flags=\"-S NIS domain,server\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:53894 msgid "After saving the edits, type /etc/netstart to restart the network and apply the values defined in /etc/rc.conf. Before initializing the NIS maps, start ypserv8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:53900 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ypserv start" msgstr "# service ypserv start" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:53903 msgid "Initializing the NIS Maps" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:53905 msgid "NIS maps" msgstr "NIS maps" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53909 msgid "NIS maps are generated from the configuration files in /etc on the NIS master, with one exception: /etc/master.passwd. This is to prevent the propagation of passwords to all the servers in the NIS domain. Therefore, before the NIS maps are initialized, configure the primary password files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:53918 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/master.passwd /var/yp/master.passwd\n" "# cd /var/yp\n" "# vi master.passwd" msgstr "" "# cp /etc/master.passwd /var/yp/master.passwd\n" "# cd /var/yp\n" "# vi master.passwd" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53922 msgid "It is advisable to remove all entries for system accounts as well as any user accounts that do not need to be propagated to the NIS clients, such as the root and any other administrative accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:53929 msgid "Ensure that the /var/yp/master.passwd is neither group or world readable by setting its permissions to 600." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53935 msgid "After completing this task, initialize the NIS maps. FreeBSD includes the ypinit8 script to do this. When generating maps for the master server, include and specify the NIS domain name:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:53941 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington# ypinit -m test-domain\n" "Server Type: MASTER Domain: test-domain\n" "Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n" "Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n" "Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] n\n" "Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n" "If not, something might not work.\n" "At this point, we have to construct a list of this domains YP servers.\n" "rod.darktech.org is already known as master server.\n" "Please continue to add any slave servers, one per line. When you are\n" "done with the list, type a <control D>.\n" "master server : ellington\n" "next host to add: coltrane\n" "next host to add: ^D\n" "The current list of NIS servers looks like this:\n" "ellington\n" "coltrane\n" "Is this correct? [y/n: y] y\n" "\n" "[..output from map generation..]\n" "\n" "NIS Map update completed.\n" "ellington has been setup as an YP master server without any errors." msgstr "" "ellington# ypinit -m test-domain\n" "Server Type: MASTER Domain: test-domain\n" "Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n" "Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n" "Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] n\n" "Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n" "If not, something might not work.\n" "At this point, we have to construct a list of this domains YP servers.\n" "rod.darktech.org is already known as master server.\n" "Please continue to add any slave servers, one per line. When you are\n" "done with the list, type a <control D>.\n" "master server : ellington\n" "next host to add: coltrane\n" "next host to add: ^D\n" "The current list of NIS servers looks like this:\n" "ellington\n" "coltrane\n" "Is this correct? [y/n: y] y\n" "\n" "[..output from map generation..]\n" "\n" "NIS Map update completed.\n" "ellington has been setup as an YP master server without any errors." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53965 msgid "This will create /var/yp/Makefile from /var/yp/Makefile.dist. By default, this file assumes that the environment has a single NIS server with only FreeBSD clients. Since test-domain has a slave server, edit this line in /var/yp/Makefile so that it begins with a comment (#):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:53974 #, no-wrap msgid "NOPUSH = \"True\"" msgstr "NOPUSH = \"True\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:53978 msgid "Adding New Users" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53980 msgid "Every time a new user is created, the user account must be added to the master NIS server and the NIS maps rebuilt. Until this occurs, the new user will not be able to login anywhere except on the NIS master. For example, to add the new user jsmith to the test-domain domain, run these commands on the master server:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:53989 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw useradd jsmith\n" "# cd /var/yp\n" "# make test-domain" msgstr "" "# pw useradd jsmith\n" "# cd /var/yp\n" "# make test-domain" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:53993 msgid "The user could also be added using adduser jsmith instead of pw useradd smith." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:54000 msgid "Setting up a NIS Slave Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54006 msgid "To set up an NIS slave server, log on to the slave server and edit /etc/rc.conf as for the master server. Do not generate any NIS maps, as these already exist on the master server. When running ypinit on the slave server, use (for slave) instead of (for master). This option requires the name of the NIS master in addition to the domain name, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54016 #, no-wrap msgid "" "coltrane# ypinit -s ellington test-domain\n" "\n" "Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n" "\n" "Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n" "Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n" "\n" "Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] n\n" "\n" "Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n" "If not, something might not work.\n" "There will be no further questions. The remainder of the procedure\n" "should take a few minutes, to copy the databases from ellington.\n" "Transferring netgroup...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring netgroup.byuser...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring netgroup.byhost...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring master.passwd.byuid...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring passwd.byuid...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring passwd.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring group.bygid...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring group.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring services.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring rpc.bynumber...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring rpc.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring protocols.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring master.passwd.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring networks.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring networks.byaddr...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring netid.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring hosts.byaddr...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring protocols.bynumber...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring ypservers...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring hosts.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "\n" "coltrane has been setup as an YP slave server without any errors.\n" "Remember to update map ypservers on ellington." msgstr "" "coltrane# ypinit -s ellington test-domain\n" "\n" "Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n" "\n" "Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n" "Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n" "\n" "Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] n\n" "\n" "Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n" "If not, something might not work.\n" "There will be no further questions. The remainder of the procedure\n" "should take a few minutes, to copy the databases from ellington.\n" "Transferring netgroup...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring netgroup.byuser...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring netgroup.byhost...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring master.passwd.byuid...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring passwd.byuid...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring passwd.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring group.bygid...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring group.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring services.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring rpc.bynumber...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring rpc.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring protocols.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring master.passwd.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring networks.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring networks.byaddr...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring netid.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring hosts.byaddr...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring protocols.bynumber...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring ypservers...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "Transferring hosts.byname...\n" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" "\n" "coltrane has been setup as an YP slave server without any errors.\n" "Remember to update map ypservers on ellington." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54073 msgid "This will generate a directory on the slave server called /var/yp/test-domain which contains copies of the NIS master server's maps. Adding these /etc/crontab entries on each slave server will force the slaves to sync their maps with the maps on the master server:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54080 #, no-wrap msgid "" "20 * * * * root /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byname\n" "21 * * * * root /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byuid" msgstr "" "20 * * * * root /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byname\n" "21 * * * * root /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byuid" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54083 msgid "These entries are not mandatory because the master server automatically attempts to push any map changes to its slaves. However, since clients may depend upon the slave server to provide correct password information, it is recommended to force frequent password map updates. This is especially important on busy networks where map updates might not always complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54091 msgid "To finish the configuration, run /etc/netstart on the slave server in order to start the NIS services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:54097 msgid "Setting Up an NIS Client" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54099 msgid "An NIS client binds to an NIS server using ypbind8. This daemon broadcasts RPC requests on the local network. These requests specify the domain name configured on the client. If an NIS server in the same domain receives one of the broadcasts, it will respond to ypbind, which will record the server's address. If there are several servers available, the client will use the address of the first server to respond and will direct all of its NIS requests to that server. The client will automatically ping the server on a regular basis to make sure it is still available. If it fails to receive a reply within a reasonable amount of time, ypbind will mark the domain as unbound and begin broadcasting again in the hopes of locating another server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:54117 msgid "NIS client configuration" msgstr "NIS client configuration" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54121 msgid "To configure a FreeBSD machine to be an NIS client:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:54126 msgid "Edit /etc/rc.conf and add the following lines in order to set the NIS domain name and start ypbind8 during network startup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\n" "nis_client_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\n" "nis_client_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:54136 msgid "To import all possible password entries from the NIS server, use vipw to remove all user accounts except one from /etc/master.passwd. When removing the accounts, keep in mind that at least one local account should remain and this account should be a member of wheel. If there is a problem with NIS, this local account can be used to log in remotely, become the superuser, and fix the problem. Before saving the edits, add the following line to the end of the file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54148 book.translate.xml:54521 #, no-wrap msgid "+:::::::::" msgstr "+:::::::::" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:54150 msgid "This line configures the client to provide anyone with a valid account in the NIS server's password maps an account on the client. There are many ways to configure the NIS client by modifying this line. One method is described in . For more detailed reading, refer to the book Managing NFS and NIS, published by O'Reilly Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:54161 msgid "To import all possible group entries from the NIS server, add this line to /etc/group:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54165 #, no-wrap msgid "+:*::" msgstr "+:*::" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54169 msgid "To start the NIS client immediately, execute the following commands as the superuser:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54172 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /etc/netstart\n" "# service ypbind start" msgstr "" "# /etc/netstart\n" "# service ypbind start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54175 msgid "After completing these steps, running ypcat passwd on the client should show the server's passwd map." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:54181 msgid "NIS Security" msgstr "NIS Security" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54183 msgid "Since RPC is a broadcast-based service, any system running ypbind within the same domain can retrieve the contents of the NIS maps. To prevent unauthorized transactions, ypserv8 supports a feature called securenets which can be used to restrict access to a given set of hosts. By default, this information is stored in /var/yp/securenets, unless ypserv8 is started with and an alternate path. This file contains entries that consist of a network specification and a network mask separated by white space. Lines starting with # are considered to be comments. A sample securenets might look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54198 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# allow connections from local host -- mandatory\n" "127.0.0.1 255.255.255.255\n" "# allow connections from any host\n" "# on the 192.168.128.0 network\n" "192.168.128.0 255.255.255.0\n" "# allow connections from any host\n" "# between 10.0.0.0 to 10.0.15.255\n" "# this includes the machines in the testlab\n" "10.0.0.0 255.255.240.0" msgstr "" "# allow connections from local host -- mandatory\n" "127.0.0.1 255.255.255.255\n" "# allow connections from any host\n" "# on the 192.168.128.0 network\n" "192.168.128.0 255.255.255.0\n" "# allow connections from any host\n" "# between 10.0.0.0 to 10.0.15.255\n" "# this includes the machines in the testlab\n" "10.0.0.0 255.255.240.0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54208 msgid "If ypserv8 receives a request from an address that matches one of these rules, it will process the request normally. If the address fails to match a rule, the request will be ignored and a warning message will be logged. If the securenets does not exist, ypserv will allow connections from any host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54216 msgid " is an alternate mechanism for providing access control instead of securenets. While either access control mechanism adds some security, they are both vulnerable to IP spoofing attacks. All NIS-related traffic should be blocked at the firewall." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54224 msgid "Servers using securenets may fail to serve legitimate NIS clients with archaic TCP/IP implementations. Some of these implementations set all host bits to zero when doing broadcasts or fail to observe the subnet mask when calculating the broadcast address. While some of these problems can be fixed by changing the client configuration, other problems may force the retirement of these client systems or the abandonment of securenets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54236 msgid "The use of TCP Wrapper increases the latency of the NIS server. The additional delay may be long enough to cause timeouts in client programs, especially in busy networks with slow NIS servers. If one or more clients suffer from latency, convert those clients into NIS slave servers and force them to bind to themselves." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:54246 msgid "Barring Some Users" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:54248 msgid "In this example, the basie system is a faculty workstation within the NIS domain. The passwd map on the master NIS server contains accounts for both faculty and students. This section demonstrates how to allow faculty logins on this system while refusing student logins." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:54257 msgid "To prevent specified users from logging on to a system, even if they are present in the NIS database, use vipw to add -username with the correct number of colons towards the end of /etc/master.passwd on the client, where username is the username of a user to bar from logging in. The line with the blocked user must be before the + line that allows NIS users. In this example, bill is barred from logging on to basie:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:54270 #, no-wrap msgid "" "basie# cat /etc/master.passwd\n" "root:[password]:0:0::0:0:The super-user:/root:/bin/csh\n" "toor:[password]:0:0::0:0:The other super-user:/root:/bin/sh\n" "daemon:*:1:1::0:0:Owner of many system processes:/root:/sbin/nologin\n" "operator:*:2:5::0:0:System &:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "bin:*:3:7::0:0:Binaries Commands and Source,,,:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "tty:*:4:65533::0:0:Tty Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "kmem:*:5:65533::0:0:KMem Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "games:*:7:13::0:0:Games pseudo-user:/usr/games:/sbin/nologin\n" "news:*:8:8::0:0:News Subsystem:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "man:*:9:9::0:0:Mister Man Pages:/usr/share/man:/sbin/nologin\n" "bind:*:53:53::0:0:Bind Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "uucp:*:66:66::0:0:UUCP pseudo-user:/var/spool/uucppublic:/usr/libexec/uucp/uucico\n" "xten:*:67:67::0:0:X-10 daemon:/usr/local/xten:/sbin/nologin\n" "pop:*:68:6::0:0:Post Office Owner:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n" "nobody:*:65534:65534::0:0:Unprivileged user:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n" "-bill:::::::::\n" "+:::::::::\n" "\n" "basie#" msgstr "" "basie# cat /etc/master.passwd\n" "root:[password]:0:0::0:0:The super-user:/root:/bin/csh\n" "toor:[password]:0:0::0:0:The other super-user:/root:/bin/sh\n" "daemon:*:1:1::0:0:Owner of many system processes:/root:/sbin/nologin\n" "operator:*:2:5::0:0:System &:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "bin:*:3:7::0:0:Binaries Commands and Source,,,:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "tty:*:4:65533::0:0:Tty Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "kmem:*:5:65533::0:0:KMem Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "games:*:7:13::0:0:Games pseudo-user:/usr/games:/sbin/nologin\n" "news:*:8:8::0:0:News Subsystem:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "man:*:9:9::0:0:Mister Man Pages:/usr/share/man:/sbin/nologin\n" "bind:*:53:53::0:0:Bind Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n" "uucp:*:66:66::0:0:UUCP pseudo-user:/var/spool/uucppublic:/usr/libexec/uucp/uucico\n" "xten:*:67:67::0:0:X-10 daemon:/usr/local/xten:/sbin/nologin\n" "pop:*:68:6::0:0:Post Office Owner:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n" "nobody:*:65534:65534::0:0:Unprivileged user:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n" "-bill:::::::::\n" "+:::::::::\n" "\n" "basie#" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:54306 msgid "Using Netgroups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:54308 book.translate.xml:54474 msgid "netgroups" msgstr "netgroups" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54310 msgid "Barring specified users from logging on to individual systems becomes unscaleable on larger networks and quickly loses the main benefit of NIS: centralized administration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54315 msgid "Netgroups were developed to handle large, complex networks with hundreds of users and machines. Their use is comparable to UNIX groups, where the main difference is the lack of a numeric ID and the ability to define a netgroup by including both user accounts and other netgroups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54321 msgid "To expand on the example used in this chapter, the NIS domain will be extended to add the users and systems shown in Tables 28.2 and 28.3:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:54326 msgid "Additional Users" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54331 msgid "User Name(s)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54338 msgid "alpha, beta" msgstr "alpha, beta" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54340 msgid "IT department employees" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54344 msgid "charlie, delta" msgstr "charlie, delta" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54345 msgid "IT department apprentices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54349 msgid "echo, foxtrott, golf, ..." msgstr "echo, foxtrott, golf, ..." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54353 msgid "employees" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54357 msgid "able, baker, ..." msgstr "able, baker, ..." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54360 msgid "interns" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:54367 msgid "Additional Systems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54372 msgid "Machine Name(s)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54381 msgid "war, death, famine, pollution" msgstr "war, death, famine, pollution" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54385 msgid "Only IT employees are allowed to log onto these servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54391 msgid "pride, greed, envy, wrath, lust, sloth" msgstr "pride, greed, envy, wrath, lust, sloth" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54397 msgid "All members of the IT department are allowed to login onto these servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54402 msgid "one, two, three, four, ..." msgstr "one, two, three, four, ..." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54407 msgid "Ordinary workstations used by employees." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54412 msgid "trashcan" msgstr "trashcan" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:54413 msgid "A very old machine without any critical data. Even interns are allowed to use this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54420 msgid "When using netgroups to configure this scenario, each user is assigned to one or more netgroups and logins are then allowed or forbidden for all members of the netgroup. When adding a new machine, login restrictions must be defined for all netgroups. When a new user is added, the account must be added to one or more netgroups. If the NIS setup is planned carefully, only one central configuration file needs modification to grant or deny access to machines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54430 msgid "The first step is the initialization of the NIS netgroup map. In FreeBSD, this map is not created by default. On the NIS master server, use an editor to create a map named /var/yp/netgroup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54436 msgid "This example creates four netgroups to represent IT employees, IT apprentices, employees, and interns:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54439 #, no-wrap msgid "" "IT_EMP (,alpha,test-domain) (,beta,test-domain)\n" "IT_APP (,charlie,test-domain) (,delta,test-domain)\n" "USERS (,echo,test-domain) (,foxtrott,test-domain) \\\n" " (,golf,test-domain)\n" "INTERNS (,able,test-domain) (,baker,test-domain)" msgstr "" "IT_EMP (,alpha,test-domain) (,beta,test-domain)\n" "IT_APP (,charlie,test-domain) (,delta,test-domain)\n" "USERS (,echo,test-domain) (,foxtrott,test-domain) \\\n" " (,golf,test-domain)\n" "INTERNS (,able,test-domain) (,baker,test-domain)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54445 msgid "Each entry configures a netgroup. The first column in an entry is the name of the netgroup. Each set of brackets represents either a group of one or more users or the name of another netgroup. When specifying a user, the three comma-delimited fields inside each group represent:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:54453 msgid "The name of the host(s) where the other fields representing the user are valid. If a hostname is not specified, the entry is valid on all hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:54459 msgid "The name of the account that belongs to this netgroup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:54464 msgid "The NIS domain for the account. Accounts may be imported from other NIS domains into a netgroup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54470 msgid "If a group contains multiple users, separate each user with whitespace. Additionally, each field may contain wildcards. See netgroup5 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54475 msgid "Netgroup names longer than 8 characters should not be used. The names are case sensitive and using capital letters for netgroup names is an easy way to distinguish between user, machine and netgroup names." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54480 msgid "Some non-FreeBSD NIS clients cannot handle netgroups containing more than 15 entries. This limit may be circumvented by creating several sub-netgroups with 15 users or fewer and a real netgroup consisting of the sub-netgroups, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54486 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIGGRP1 (,joe1,domain) (,joe2,domain) (,joe3,domain) [...]\n" "BIGGRP2 (,joe16,domain) (,joe17,domain) [...]\n" "BIGGRP3 (,joe31,domain) (,joe32,domain)\n" "BIGGROUP BIGGRP1 BIGGRP2 BIGGRP3" msgstr "" "BIGGRP1 (,joe1,domain) (,joe2,domain) (,joe3,domain) [...]\n" "BIGGRP2 (,joe16,domain) (,joe17,domain) [...]\n" "BIGGRP3 (,joe31,domain) (,joe32,domain)\n" "BIGGROUP BIGGRP1 BIGGRP2 BIGGRP3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54491 msgid "Repeat this process if more than 225 (15 times 15) users exist within a single netgroup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54494 msgid "To activate and distribute the new NIS map:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54497 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington# cd /var/yp\n" "ellington# make" msgstr "" "ellington# cd /var/yp\n" "ellington# make" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54500 msgid "This will generate the three NIS maps netgroup, netgroup.byhost and netgroup.byuser. Use the map key option of ypcat1 to check if the new NIS maps are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54507 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup\n" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup.byhost\n" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup.byuser" msgstr "" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup\n" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup.byhost\n" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup.byuser" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54511 msgid "The output of the first command should resemble the contents of /var/yp/netgroup. The second command only produces output if host-specific netgroups were created. The third command is used to get the list of netgroups for a user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54517 msgid "To configure a client, use vipw8 to specify the name of the netgroup. For example, on the server named war, replace this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54523 msgid "with" msgstr "met" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54525 #, no-wrap msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::" msgstr "+@IT_EMP:::::::::" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54527 msgid "This specifies that only the users defined in the netgroup IT_EMP will be imported into this system's password database and only those users are allowed to login to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54532 msgid "This configuration also applies to the ~ function of the shell and all routines which convert between user names and numerical user IDs. In other words, cd ~user will not work, ls -l will show the numerical ID instead of the username, and find . -user joe -print will fail with the message No such user. To fix this, import all user entries without allowing them to login into the servers. This can be achieved by adding an extra line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54544 #, no-wrap msgid "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin" msgstr "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54546 msgid "This line configures the client to import all entries but to replace the shell in those entries with /sbin/nologin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54551 msgid "Make sure that extra line is placed after +@IT_EMP:::::::::. Otherwise, all user accounts imported from NIS will have /sbin/nologin as their login shell and no one will be able to login to the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54558 msgid "To configure the less important servers, replace the old +::::::::: on the servers with these lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54562 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" "+@IT_APP:::::::::\n" "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin" msgstr "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" "+@IT_APP:::::::::\n" "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54566 msgid "The corresponding lines for the workstations would be:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54569 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" "+@USERS:::::::::\n" "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin" msgstr "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" "+@USERS:::::::::\n" "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54573 msgid "NIS supports the creation of netgroups from other netgroups which can be useful if the policy regarding user access changes. One possibility is the creation of role-based netgroups. For example, one might create a netgroup called BIGSRV to define the login restrictions for the important servers, another netgroup called SMALLSRV for the less important servers, and a third netgroup called USERBOX for the workstations. Each of these netgroups contains the netgroups that are allowed to login onto these machines. The new entries for the NIS netgroup map would look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54586 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIGSRV IT_EMP IT_APP\n" "SMALLSRV IT_EMP IT_APP ITINTERN\n" "USERBOX IT_EMP ITINTERN USERS" msgstr "" "BIGSRV IT_EMP IT_APP\n" "SMALLSRV IT_EMP IT_APP ITINTERN\n" "USERBOX IT_EMP ITINTERN USERS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54590 msgid "This method of defining login restrictions works reasonably well when it is possible to define groups of machines with identical restrictions. Unfortunately, this is the exception and not the rule. Most of the time, the ability to define login restrictions on a per-machine basis is required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54597 msgid "Machine-specific netgroup definitions are another possibility to deal with the policy changes. In this scenario, the /etc/master.passwd of each system contains two lines starting with +. The first line adds a netgroup with the accounts allowed to login onto this machine and the second line adds all other accounts with /sbin/nologin as shell. It is recommended to use the ALL-CAPS version of the hostname as the name of the netgroup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54607 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@BOXNAME:::::::::\n" "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin" msgstr "" "+@BOXNAME:::::::::\n" "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54610 msgid "Once this task is completed on all the machines, there is no longer a need to modify the local versions of /etc/master.passwd ever again. All further changes can be handled by modifying the NIS map. Here is an example of a possible netgroup map for this scenario:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54617 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Define groups of users first\n" "IT_EMP (,alpha,test-domain) (,beta,test-domain)\n" "IT_APP (,charlie,test-domain) (,delta,test-domain)\n" "DEPT1 (,echo,test-domain) (,foxtrott,test-domain)\n" "DEPT2 (,golf,test-domain) (,hotel,test-domain)\n" "DEPT3 (,india,test-domain) (,juliet,test-domain)\n" "ITINTERN (,kilo,test-domain) (,lima,test-domain)\n" "D_INTERNS (,able,test-domain) (,baker,test-domain)\n" "#\n" "# Now, define some groups based on roles\n" "USERS DEPT1 DEPT2 DEPT3\n" "BIGSRV IT_EMP IT_APP\n" "SMALLSRV IT_EMP IT_APP ITINTERN\n" "USERBOX IT_EMP ITINTERN USERS\n" "#\n" "# And a groups for a special tasks\n" "# Allow echo and golf to access our anti-virus-machine\n" "SECURITY IT_EMP (,echo,test-domain) (,golf,test-domain)\n" "#\n" "# machine-based netgroups\n" "# Our main servers\n" "WAR BIGSRV\n" "FAMINE BIGSRV\n" "# User india needs access to this server\n" "POLLUTION BIGSRV (,india,test-domain)\n" "#\n" "# This one is really important and needs more access restrictions\n" "DEATH IT_EMP\n" "#\n" "# The anti-virus-machine mentioned above\n" "ONE SECURITY\n" "#\n" "# Restrict a machine to a single user\n" "TWO (,hotel,test-domain)\n" "# [...more groups to follow]" msgstr "" "# Define groups of users first\n" "IT_EMP (,alpha,test-domain) (,beta,test-domain)\n" "IT_APP (,charlie,test-domain) (,delta,test-domain)\n" "DEPT1 (,echo,test-domain) (,foxtrott,test-domain)\n" "DEPT2 (,golf,test-domain) (,hotel,test-domain)\n" "DEPT3 (,india,test-domain) (,juliet,test-domain)\n" "ITINTERN (,kilo,test-domain) (,lima,test-domain)\n" "D_INTERNS (,able,test-domain) (,baker,test-domain)\n" "#\n" "# Now, define some groups based on roles\n" "USERS DEPT1 DEPT2 DEPT3\n" "BIGSRV IT_EMP IT_APP\n" "SMALLSRV IT_EMP IT_APP ITINTERN\n" "USERBOX IT_EMP ITINTERN USERS\n" "#\n" "# And a groups for a special tasks\n" "# Allow echo and golf to access our anti-virus-machine\n" "SECURITY IT_EMP (,echo,test-domain) (,golf,test-domain)\n" "#\n" "# machine-based netgroups\n" "# Our main servers\n" "WAR BIGSRV\n" "FAMINE BIGSRV\n" "# User india needs access to this server\n" "POLLUTION BIGSRV (,india,test-domain)\n" "#\n" "# This one is really important and needs more access restrictions\n" "DEATH IT_EMP\n" "#\n" "# The anti-virus-machine mentioned above\n" "ONE SECURITY\n" "#\n" "# Restrict a machine to a single user\n" "TWO (,hotel,test-domain)\n" "# [...more groups to follow]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54653 msgid "It may not always be advisable to use machine-based netgroups. When deploying a couple of dozen or hundreds of systems, role-based netgroups instead of machine-based netgroups may be used to keep the size of the NIS map within reasonable limits." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:54662 msgid "Password Formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:54664 msgid "NIS password formats" msgstr "NIS password formats" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54668 msgid "NIS requires that all hosts within an NIS domain use the same format for encrypting passwords. If users have trouble authenticating on an NIS client, it may be due to a differing password format. In a heterogeneous network, the format must be supported by all operating systems, where DES is the lowest common standard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54676 msgid "To check which format a server or client is using, look at this section of /etc/login.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54680 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\\\n" "\t:passwd_format=des:\\\n" "\t:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n" "\t[Further entries elided]" msgstr "" "default:\\\n" "\t:passwd_format=des:\\\n" "\t:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n" "\t[Further entries elided]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54685 msgid "In this example, the system is using the DES format. Other possible values are blf for Blowfish and md5 for MD5 encrypted passwords." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54690 msgid "If the format on a host needs to be edited to match the one being used in the NIS domain, the login capability database must be rebuilt after saving the change:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:54698 msgid "The format of passwords for existing user accounts will not be updated until each user changes their password after the login capability database is rebuilt." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:54708 msgid "Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)" msgstr "Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:54722 book.translate.xml:57607 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:54724 msgid "The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an application layer protocol used to access, modify, and authenticate objects using a distributed directory information service. Think of it as a phone or record book which stores several levels of hierarchical, homogeneous information. It is used in Active Directory and OpenLDAP networks and allows users to access to several levels of internal information utilizing a single account. For example, email authentication, pulling employee contact information, and internal website authentication might all make use of a single user account in the LDAP server's record base." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:54737 msgid "This section provides a quick start guide for configuring an LDAP server on a FreeBSD system. It assumes that the administrator already has a design plan which includes the type of information to store, what that information will be used for, which users should have access to that information, and how to secure this information from unauthorized access." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:54746 msgid "LDAP Terminology and Structure" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54748 msgid "LDAP uses several terms which should be understood before starting the configuration. All directory entries consist of a group of attributes. Each of these attribute sets contains a unique identifier known as a Distinguished Name (DN) which is normally built from several other attributes such as the common or Relative Distinguished Name (RDN). Similar to how directories have absolute and relative paths, consider a DN as an absolute path and the RDN as the relative path." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54762 msgid "An example LDAP entry looks like the following. This example searches for the entry for the specified user account (uid), organizational unit (ou), and organization (o):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54768 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ldapsearch -xb \"uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\"\n" "# extended LDIF\n" "#\n" "# LDAPv3\n" "# base <uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com> with scope subtree\n" "# filter: (objectclass=*)\n" "# requesting: ALL\n" "#\n" "\n" "# trhodes, users, example.com\n" "dn: uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\n" "mail: trhodes@example.com\n" "cn: Tom Rhodes\n" "uid: trhodes\n" "telephoneNumber: (123) 456-7890\n" "\n" "# search result\n" "search: 2\n" "result: 0 Success\n" "\n" "# numResponses: 2\n" "# numEntries: 1" msgstr "" "% ldapsearch -xb \"uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\"\n" "# extended LDIF\n" "#\n" "# LDAPv3\n" "# base <uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com> with scope subtree\n" "# filter: (objectclass=*)\n" "# requesting: ALL\n" "#\n" "\n" "# trhodes, users, example.com\n" "dn: uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\n" "mail: trhodes@example.com\n" "cn: Tom Rhodes\n" "uid: trhodes\n" "telephoneNumber: (123) 456-7890\n" "\n" "# search result\n" "search: 2\n" "result: 0 Success\n" "\n" "# numResponses: 2\n" "# numEntries: 1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54791 msgid "This example entry shows the values for the dn, mail, cn, uid, and telephoneNumber attributes. The cn attribute is the RDN." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54798 msgid "More information about LDAP and its terminology can be found at http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:54803 msgid "Configuring an LDAP Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:54805 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "LDAP Server" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54807 msgid "FreeBSD does not provide a built-in LDAP server. Begin the configuration by installing the net/openldap24-server package or port. Since the port has many configurable options, it is recommended that the default options are reviewed to see if the package is sufficient, and to instead compile the port if any options should be changed. In most cases, the defaults are fine. However, if SQL support is needed, this option must be enabled and the port compiled using the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54817 msgid "Next, create the directories to hold the data and to store the certificates:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54820 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /var/db/openldap-data\n" "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private" msgstr "" "# mkdir /var/db/openldap-data\n" "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54823 msgid "Copy over the database configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54825 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp /usr/local/etc/openldap/DB_CONFIG.example /var/db/openldap-data/DB_CONFIG" msgstr "# cp /usr/local/etc/openldap/DB_CONFIG.example /var/db/openldap-data/DB_CONFIG" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54827 msgid "The next phase is to configure the certificate authority. The following commands must be executed from /usr/local/etc/openldap/private. This is important as the file permissions need to be restrictive and users should not have access to these files. To create the certificate authority, start with this command and follow the prompts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54835 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt" msgstr "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54837 msgid "The entries for the prompts may be generic except for the Common Name. This entry must be different than the system hostname. If this will be a self signed certificate, prefix the hostname with CA for certificate authority." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54844 msgid "The next task is to create a certificate signing request and a private key. Input this command and follow the prompts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54848 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr" msgstr "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54850 msgid "During the certificate generation process, be sure to correctly set the Common Name attribute. Once complete, sign the key:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54854 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -CAcreateserial" msgstr "# openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -CAcreateserial" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54856 msgid "The final part of the certificate generation process is to generate and sign the client certificates:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout client.key -out client.csr\n" "# openssl x509 -req -days 3650 -in client.csr -out ../client.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key" msgstr "" "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout client.key -out client.csr\n" "# openssl x509 -req -days 3650 -in client.csr -out ../client.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54862 msgid "Remember to use the same Common Name attribute when prompted. When finished, ensure that a total of eight (8) new files have been generated through the proceeding commands. If so, the next step is to edit /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf and add the following options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54869 #, no-wrap msgid "" "TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n" "TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n" "TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n" "TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt" msgstr "" "TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n" "TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n" "TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n" "TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54874 msgid "Then, edit /usr/local/etc/openldap/ldap.conf and add the following lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54878 #, no-wrap msgid "" "TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n" "TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3" msgstr "" "TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n" "TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54881 msgid "While editing this file, uncomment the following entries and set them to the desired values: , , and . Set the to contain and . Then, add two entries pointing to the certificate authority. When finished, the entries should look similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54890 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BASE dc=example,dc=com\n" "URI ldap:// ldaps://\n" "\n" "SIZELIMIT 12\n" "TIMELIMIT 15\n" "\n" "TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n" "TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3" msgstr "" "BASE dc=example,dc=com\n" "URI ldap:// ldaps://\n" "\n" "SIZELIMIT 12\n" "TIMELIMIT 15\n" "\n" "TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n" "TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54899 msgid "The default password for the server should then be changed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54902 #, no-wrap msgid "# slappasswd -h \"{SHA}\" >> /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf" msgstr "# slappasswd -h \"{SHA}\" >> /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54904 msgid "This command will prompt for the password and, if the process does not fail, a password hash will be added to the end of slapd.conf. Several hashing formats are supported. Refer to the manual page for slappasswd for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54910 msgid "Next, edit /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf and add the following lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54914 #, no-wrap msgid "" "password-hash {sha}\n" "allow bind_v2" msgstr "" "password-hash {sha}\n" "allow bind_v2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54917 msgid "The in this file must be updated to match the used in /usr/local/etc/openldap/ldap.conf and should also be set. A recommended value for is something like . Before saving this file, place the in front of the password output from slappasswd and delete the old . The end result should look similar to this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54928 #, no-wrap msgid "" "TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n" "TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n" "TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n" "TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n" "rootpw {SHA}W6ph5Mm5Pz8GgiULbPgzG37mj9g=" msgstr "" "TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n" "TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n" "TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n" "TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n" "rootpw {SHA}W6ph5Mm5Pz8GgiULbPgzG37mj9g=" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54934 msgid "Finally, enable the OpenLDAP service in /etc/rc.conf and set the URI:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54938 #, no-wrap msgid "" "slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "slapd_flags=\"-4 -h ldaps:///\"" msgstr "" "slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "slapd_flags=\"-4 -h ldaps:///\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54941 msgid "At this point the server can be started and tested:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54943 #, no-wrap msgid "# service slapd start" msgstr "# service slapd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54945 msgid "If everything is configured correctly, a search of the directory should show a successful connection with a single response as in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54949 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ldapsearch -Z\n" "# extended LDIF\n" "#\n" "# LDAPv3\n" "# base <dc=example,dc=com> (default) with scope subtree\n" "# filter: (objectclass=*)\n" "# requesting: ALL\n" "#\n" "\n" "# search result\n" "search: 3\n" "result: 32 No such object\n" "\n" "# numResponses: 1" msgstr "" "# ldapsearch -Z\n" "# extended LDIF\n" "#\n" "# LDAPv3\n" "# base <dc=example,dc=com> (default) with scope subtree\n" "# filter: (objectclass=*)\n" "# requesting: ALL\n" "#\n" "\n" "# search result\n" "search: 3\n" "result: 32 No such object\n" "\n" "# numResponses: 1" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:54965 msgid "If the command fails and the configuration looks correct, stop the slapd service and restart it with debugging options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:54969 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service slapd stop\n" "# /usr/local/libexec/slapd -d -1" msgstr "" "# service slapd stop\n" "# /usr/local/libexec/slapd -d -1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54973 msgid "Once the service is responding, the directory can be populated using ldapadd. In this example, a file containing this list of users is first created. Each user should use the following format:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:54978 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: dc=example,dc=com\n" "objectclass: dcObject\n" "objectclass: organization\n" "o: Example\n" "dc: Example\n" "\n" "dn: cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\n" "objectclass: organizationalRole\n" "cn: Manager" msgstr "" "dn: dc=example,dc=com\n" "objectclass: dcObject\n" "objectclass: organization\n" "o: Example\n" "dc: Example\n" "\n" "dn: cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\n" "objectclass: organizationalRole\n" "cn: Manager" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54988 msgid "To import this file, specify the file name. The following command will prompt for the password specified earlier and the output should look something like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:54992 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ldapadd -Z -D \"cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\" -W -f import.ldif\n" "Enter LDAP Password:\n" "adding new entry \"dc=example,dc=com\"\n" "\n" "adding new entry \"cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\"" msgstr "" "# ldapadd -Z -D \"cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\" -W -f import.ldif\n" "Enter LDAP Password:\n" "adding new entry \"dc=example,dc=com\"\n" "\n" "adding new entry \"cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:54998 msgid "Verify the data was added by issuing a search on the server using ldapsearch:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:55001 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ldapsearch -Z\n" "# extended LDIF\n" "#\n" "# LDAPv3\n" "# base <dc=example,dc=com> (default) with scope subtree\n" "# filter: (objectclass=*)\n" "# requesting: ALL\n" "#\n" "\n" "# example.com\n" "dn: dc=example,dc=com\n" "objectClass: dcObject\n" "objectClass: organization\n" "o: Example\n" "dc: Example\n" "\n" "# Manager, example.com\n" "dn: cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\n" "objectClass: organizationalRole\n" "cn: Manager\n" "\n" "# search result\n" "search: 3\n" "result: 0 Success\n" "\n" "# numResponses: 3\n" "# numEntries: 2" msgstr "" "% ldapsearch -Z\n" "# extended LDIF\n" "#\n" "# LDAPv3\n" "# base <dc=example,dc=com> (default) with scope subtree\n" "# filter: (objectclass=*)\n" "# requesting: ALL\n" "#\n" "\n" "# example.com\n" "dn: dc=example,dc=com\n" "objectClass: dcObject\n" "objectClass: organization\n" "o: Example\n" "dc: Example\n" "\n" "# Manager, example.com\n" "dn: cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\n" "objectClass: organizationalRole\n" "cn: Manager\n" "\n" "# search result\n" "search: 3\n" "result: 0 Success\n" "\n" "# numResponses: 3\n" "# numEntries: 2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55029 msgid "At this point, the server should be configured and functioning properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:55046 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55049 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP" msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55053 msgid "Internet Systems Consortium (ISC)" msgstr "Internet Systems Consortium (ISC)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:55057 msgid "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allows a system to connect to a network in order to be assigned the necessary addressing information for communication on that network. FreeBSD includes the OpenBSD version of dhclient which is used by the client to obtain the addressing information. FreeBSD does not install a DHCP server, but several servers are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The DHCP protocol is fully described in RFC 2131. Informational resources are also available at isc.org/downloads/dhcp/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:55069 msgid "This section describes how to use the built-in DHCP client. It then describes how to install and configure a DHCP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:55074 msgid "In FreeBSD, the bpf4 device is needed by both the DHCP server and DHCP client. This device is included in the GENERIC kernel that is installed with FreeBSD. Users who prefer to create a custom kernel need to keep this device if DHCP is used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:55081 msgid "It should be noted that bpf also allows privileged users to run network packet sniffers on that system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:55087 msgid "Configuring a DHCP Client" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55089 msgid "DHCP client support is included in the FreeBSD installer, making it easy to configure a newly installed system to automatically receive its networking addressing information from an existing DHCP server. Refer to for examples of network configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55096 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55097 msgid "When dhclient is executed on the client machine, it begins broadcasting requests for configuration information. By default, these requests use UDP port 68. The server replies on UDP port 67, giving the client an IP address and other relevant network information such as a subnet mask, default gateway, and DNS server addresses. This information is in the form of a DHCP lease and is valid for a configurable time. This allows stale IP addresses for clients no longer connected to the network to automatically be reused. DHCP clients can obtain a great deal of information from the server. An exhaustive list may be found in dhcp-options5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55113 msgid "By default, when a FreeBSD system boots, its DHCP client runs in the background, or asynchronously. Other startup scripts continue to run while the DHCP process completes, which speeds up system startup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55119 msgid "Background DHCP works well when the DHCP server responds quickly to the client's requests. However, DHCP may take a long time to complete on some systems. If network services attempt to run before DHCP has assigned the network addressing information, they will fail. Using DHCP in synchronous mode prevents this problem as it pauses startup until the DHCP configuration has completed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55129 msgid "This line in /etc/rc.conf is used to configure background or asynchronous mode:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:55132 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0=\"DHCP\"" msgstr "ifconfig_fxp0=\"DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55134 msgid "This line may already exist if the system was configured to use DHCP during installation. Replace the fxp0 shown in these examples with the name of the interface to be dynamically configured, as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55140 msgid "To instead configure the system to use synchronous mode, and to pause during startup while DHCP completes, use SYNCDHCP:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:55145 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0=\"SYNCDHCP\"" msgstr "ifconfig_fxp0=\"SYNCDHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55147 msgid "Additional client options are available. Search for dhclient in rc.conf5 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55151 book.translate.xml:55355 msgid "DHCP configuration files" msgstr "DHCP configuration files" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55156 msgid "The DHCP client uses the following files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55161 msgid "/etc/dhclient.conf" msgstr "/etc/dhclient.conf" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55163 msgid "The configuration file used by dhclient. Typically, this file contains only comments as the defaults are suitable for most clients. This configuration file is described in dhclient.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55171 msgid "/sbin/dhclient" msgstr "/sbin/dhclient" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55173 msgid "More information about the command itself can be found in dhclient8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55178 msgid "/sbin/dhclient-script" msgstr "/sbin/dhclient-script" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55180 msgid "The FreeBSD-specific DHCP client configuration script. It is described in dhclient-script8, but should not need any user modification to function properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55188 msgid "/var/db/dhclient.leases.interface" msgstr "/var/db/dhclient.leases.interface" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55190 msgid "The DHCP client keeps a database of valid leases in this file, which is written as a log and is described in dhclient.leases5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:55198 msgid "Installing and Configuring a DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55201 msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system to act as a DHCP server using the Internet Systems Consortium (ISC) implementation of the DHCP server. This implementation and its documentation can be installed using the net/isc-dhcp43-server package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55209 msgid "DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP server" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55214 msgid "DHCP installation" msgstr "DHCP installation" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55219 msgid "The installation of net/isc-dhcp43-server installs a sample configuration file. Copy /usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf.example to /usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf and make any edits to this new file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55226 msgid "DHCP dhcpd.conf" msgstr "DHCP dhcpd.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55230 msgid "The configuration file is comprised of declarations for subnets and hosts which define the information that is provided to DHCP clients. For example, these lines configure the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:55235 #, no-wrap msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.org\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.org;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" "max-lease-time 72400;\n" "ddns-update-style none;\n" "\n" "subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {\n" " range 10.254.239.10 10.254.239.20;\n" " option routers rtr-239-0-1.example.org, rtr-239-0-2.example.org;\n" "}\n" "\n" "host fantasia {\n" " hardware ethernet 08:00:07:26:c0:a5;\n" " fixed-address fantasia.fugue.com;\n" "}" msgstr "" "option domain-name \"example.org\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.org;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" "max-lease-time 72400;\n" "ddns-update-style none;\n" "\n" "subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {\n" " range 10.254.239.10 10.254.239.20;\n" " option routers rtr-239-0-1.example.org, rtr-239-0-2.example.org;\n" "}\n" "\n" "host fantasia {\n" " hardware ethernet 08:00:07:26:c0:a5;\n" " fixed-address fantasia.fugue.com;\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55255 msgid "This option specifies the default search domain that will be provided to clients. Refer to resolv.conf5 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55261 msgid "This option specifies a comma separated list of DNS servers that the client should use. They can be listed by their Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDN), as seen in the example, or by their IP addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55269 msgid "The subnet mask that will be provided to clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55274 msgid "The default lease expiry time in seconds. A client can be configured to override this value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55279 msgid "The maximum allowed length of time, in seconds, for a lease. Should a client request a longer lease, a lease will still be issued, but it will only be valid for max-lease-time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55286 msgid "The default of disables dynamic DNS updates. Changing this to configures the DHCP server to update a DNS server whenever it hands out a lease so that the DNS server knows which IP addresses are associated with which computers in the network. Do not change the default setting unless the DNS server has been configured to support dynamic DNS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55299 msgid "This line creates a pool of available IP addresses which are reserved for allocation to DHCP clients. The range of addresses must be valid for the network or subnet specified in the previous line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55307 msgid "Declares the default gateway that is valid for the network or subnet specified before the opening { bracket." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55313 msgid "Specifies the hardware MAC address of a client so that the DHCP server can recognize the client when it makes a request." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:55319 msgid "Specifies that this host should always be given the same IP address. Using the hostname is correct, since the DHCP server will resolve the hostname before returning the lease information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55327 msgid "This configuration file supports many more options. Refer to dhcpd.conf(5), installed with the server, for details and examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55331 msgid "Once the configuration of dhcpd.conf is complete, enable the DHCP server in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:55335 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "dhcpd_ifaces=\"dc0\"" msgstr "" "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" "dhcpd_ifaces=\"dc0\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55338 msgid "Replace the dc0 with the interface (or interfaces, separated by whitespace) that the DHCP server should listen on for DHCP client requests." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55343 msgid "Start the server by issuing the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:55345 book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# service isc-dhcpd start" msgstr "# service isc-dhcpd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55347 msgid "Any future changes to the configuration of the server will require the dhcpd service to be stopped and then started using service8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55351 msgid "The DHCP server uses the following files. Note that the manual pages are installed with the server software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55361 msgid "/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd" msgstr "/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55363 msgid "More information about the dhcpd server can be found in dhcpd(8)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55369 msgid "/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf" msgstr "/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55371 msgid "The server configuration file needs to contain all the information that should be provided to clients, along with information regarding the operation of the server. This configuration file is described in dhcpd.conf(5)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55378 msgid "/var/db/dhcpd.leases" msgstr "/var/db/dhcpd.leases" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55380 msgid "The DHCP server keeps a database of leases it has issued in this file, which is written as a log. Refer to dhcpd.leases(5), which gives a slightly longer description." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55387 msgid "/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay" msgstr "/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55389 msgid "This daemon is used in advanced environments where one DHCP server forwards a request from a client to another DHCP server on a separate network. If this functionality is required, install the net/isc-dhcp43-relay package or port. The installation includes dhcrelay(8) which provides more detail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:55427 msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) is the protocol through which domain names are mapped to IP addresses, and vice versa. DNS is coordinated across the Internet through a somewhat complex system of authoritative root, Top Level Domain (TLD), and other smaller-scale name servers, which host and cache individual domain information. It is not necessary to run a name server to perform DNS lookups on a system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:55439 msgid "In FreeBSD 10, the Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) has been removed from the base system and replaced with Unbound. Unbound as configured in the FreeBSD Base is a local caching resolver. BIND is still available from The Ports Collection as dns/bind99 or dns/bind98. In FreeBSD 9 and lower, BIND is included in FreeBSD Base. The FreeBSD version provides enhanced security features, a new file system layout, and automated chroot8 configuration. BIND is maintained by the Internet Systems Consortium." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55450 msgid "resolver" msgstr "resolver" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55451 msgid "reverse DNS" msgstr "reverse DNS" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55453 msgid "root zone" msgstr "root zone" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:55455 msgid "The following table describes some of the terms associated with DNS:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:55459 msgid "DNS Terminology" msgstr "DNS Terminologie" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55468 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definitie" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55474 msgid "Forward DNS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55475 msgid "Mapping of hostnames to IP addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55480 msgid "Origin" msgstr "Oorsprong" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55481 msgid "Refers to the domain covered in a particular zone file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55486 msgid "named, BIND" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55487 msgid "Common names for the BIND name server package within FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55492 msgid "Resolver" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55493 msgid "A system process through which a machine queries a name server for zone information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55498 msgid "Reverse DNS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55499 msgid "Mapping of IP addresses to hostnames." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55504 msgid "Root zone" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55506 msgid "The beginning of the Internet zone hierarchy. All zones fall under the root zone, similar to how all files in a file system fall under the root directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55512 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55513 msgid "An individual domain, subdomain, or portion of the DNS administered by the same authority." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55521 msgid "zones examples" msgstr "zones examples" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:55526 msgid "Examples of zones:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55530 msgid ". is how the root zone is usually referred to in documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55535 msgid "org. is a Top Level Domain (TLD) under the root zone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55540 msgid "example.org. is a zone under the org. TLD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55546 msgid "1.168.192.in-addr.arpa is a zone referencing all IP addresses which fall under the 192.168.1.* IP address space." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:55553 msgid "As one can see, the more specific part of a hostname appears to its left. For example, example.org. is more specific than org., as org. is more specific than the root zone. The layout of each part of a hostname is much like a file system: the /dev directory falls within the root, and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:55562 msgid "Reasons to Run a Name Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55564 msgid "Name servers generally come in two forms: authoritative name servers, and caching (also known as resolving) name servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55568 msgid "An authoritative name server is needed when:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55572 msgid "One wants to serve DNS information to the world, replying authoritatively to queries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55577 msgid "A domain, such as example.org, is registered and IP addresses need to be assigned to hostnames under it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55583 msgid "An IP address block requires reverse DNS entries (IP to hostname)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55589 msgid "A backup or second name server, called a slave, will reply to queries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55594 msgid "A caching name server is needed when:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:55598 msgid "A local DNS server may cache and respond more quickly than querying an outside name server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55604 msgid "When one queries for www.FreeBSD.org, the resolver usually queries the uplink ISP's name server, and retrieves the reply. With a local, caching DNS server, the query only has to be made once to the outside world by the caching DNS server. Additional queries will not have to go outside the local network, since the information is cached locally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:55615 msgid "DNS Server Configuration in FreeBSD 10.0 and Later" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55618 msgid "In FreeBSD 10.0, BIND has been replaced with Unbound. Unbound is a validating caching resolver only. If an authoritative server is needed, many are available from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55624 msgid "Unbound is provided in the FreeBSD base system. By default, it will provide DNS resolution to the local machine only. While the base system package can be configured to provide resolution services beyond the local machine, it is recommended that such requirements be addressed by installing Unbound from the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55633 msgid "To enable Unbound, add the following to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:55636 #, no-wrap msgid "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55638 msgid "Any existing nameservers in /etc/resolv.conf will be configured as forwarders in the new Unbound configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:55644 msgid "If any of the listed nameservers do not support DNSSEC, local DNS resolution will fail. Be sure to test each nameserver and remove any that fail the test. The following command will show the trust tree or a failure for a nameserver running on 192.168.1.1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:55652 #, no-wrap msgid "% drill -S FreeBSD.org @192.168.1.1" msgstr "% drill -S FreeBSD.org @192.168.1.1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55654 msgid "Once each nameserver is confirmed to support DNSSEC, start Unbound:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:55658 #, no-wrap msgid "# service local_unbound onestart" msgstr "# service local_unbound onestart" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55660 msgid "This will take care of updating /etc/resolv.conf so that queries for DNSSEC secured domains will now work. For example, run the following to validate the FreeBSD.org DNSSEC trust tree:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:55666 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% drill -S FreeBSD.org\n" ";; Number of trusted keys: 1\n" ";; Chasing: freebsd.org. A\n" "\n" "DNSSEC Trust tree:\n" "freebsd.org. (A)\n" "|---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 36786 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n" " |---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 32659 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n" " |---freebsd.org. (DS keytag: 32659 digest type: 2)\n" " |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 49587 alg: 7 flags: 256)\n" " |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 9795 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n" " |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 21366 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n" " |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 1)\n" " | |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n" " | |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n" " |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 2)\n" " |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n" " |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n" ";; Chase successful" msgstr "" "% drill -S FreeBSD.org\n" ";; Number of trusted keys: 1\n" ";; Chasing: freebsd.org. A\n" "\n" "DNSSEC Trust tree:\n" "freebsd.org. (A)\n" "|---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 36786 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n" " |---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 32659 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n" " |---freebsd.org. (DS keytag: 32659 digest type: 2)\n" " |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 49587 alg: 7 flags: 256)\n" " |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 9795 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n" " |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 21366 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n" " |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 1)\n" " | |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n" " | |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n" " |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 2)\n" " |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n" " |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n" ";; Chase successful" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:55688 msgid "DNS Server Configuration in FreeBSD 9.X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55691 msgid "In FreeBSD, the BIND daemon is called named." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55705 msgid "named8" msgstr "named8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55706 msgid "The BIND daemon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55710 msgid "rndc8" msgstr "rndc8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55711 msgid "Name server control utility." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55716 msgid "Directory where BIND zone information resides." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:55721 book.translate.xml:55789 msgid "/etc/namedb/named.conf" msgstr "/etc/namedb/named.conf" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:55722 msgid "Configuration file of the daemon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:55728 msgid "Depending on how a given zone is configured on the server, the files related to that zone can be found in the master, slave, or dynamic subdirectories of the /etc/namedb directory. These files contain the DNS information that will be given out by the name server in response to queries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:55739 msgid "Starting BIND" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55741 msgid "BIND starting" msgstr "BIND starting" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:55746 msgid "Since BIND is installed by default, configuring it is relatively simple." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:55749 msgid "The default named configuration is that of a basic resolving name server, running in a chroot8 environment, and restricted to listening on the local IPv4 loopback address (127.0.0.1). To start the server one time with this configuration, use the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:55756 #, no-wrap msgid "# service named onestart" msgstr "# service named onestart" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:55758 msgid "To ensure the named daemon is started at boot each time, put the following line into the /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:55764 msgid "There are many configuration options for /etc/namedb/named.conf that are beyond the scope of this document. Other startup options for named on FreeBSD can be found in the named_* flags in /etc/defaults/rc.conf and in rc.conf5. The section is also a good read." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:55777 msgid "BIND configuration files" msgstr "BIND configuration files" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:55782 msgid "Configuration files for named currently reside in /etc/namedb directory and will need modification before use unless all that is needed is a simple resolver. This is where most of the configuration will be performed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:55791 #, no-wrap msgid "" "// $FreeBSD$\n" "//\n" "// Refer to the named.conf(5) and named(8) man pages, and the documentation\n" "// in /usr/share/doc/bind9 for more details.\n" "//\n" "// If you are going to set up an authoritative server, make sure you\n" "// understand the hairy details of how DNS works. Even with\n" "// simple mistakes, you can break connectivity for affected parties,\n" "// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n" "\n" "options {\n" "\t// All file and path names are relative to the chroot directory,\n" "\t// if any, and should be fully qualified.\n" "\tdirectory\t\"/etc/namedb/working\";\n" "\tpid-file\t\"/var/run/named/pid\";\n" "\tdump-file\t\"/var/dump/named_dump.db\";\n" "\tstatistics-file\t\"/var/stats/named.stats\";\n" "\n" "// If named is being used only as a local resolver, this is a safe default.\n" "// For named to be accessible to the network, comment this option, specify\n" "// the proper IP address, or delete this option.\n" "\tlisten-on\t{ 127.0.0.1; };\n" "\n" "// If you have IPv6 enabled on this system, uncomment this option for\n" "// use as a local resolver. To give access to the network, specify\n" "// an IPv6 address, or the keyword \"any\".\n" "//\tlisten-on-v6\t{ ::1; };\n" "\n" "// These zones are already covered by the empty zones listed below.\n" "// If you remove the related empty zones below, comment these lines out.\n" "\tdisable-empty-zone \"255.255.255.255.IN-ADDR.ARPA\";\n" "\tdisable-empty-zone \"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA\";\n" "\tdisable-empty-zone \"1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA\";\n" "\n" "// If you have a DNS server around at your upstream provider, enter\n" "// its IP address here, and enable the line below. This will make you\n" "// benefit from its cache, thus reduce overall DNS traffic in the Internet.\n" "/*\n" "\tforwarders {\n" "\t\t127.0.0.1;\n" "\t};\n" "*/\n" "\n" "// If the 'forwarders' clause is not empty the default is to 'forward first'\n" "// which will fall back to sending a query from your local server if the name\n" "// servers in 'forwarders' do not have the answer. Alternatively you can\n" "// force your name server to never initiate queries of its own by enabling the\n" "// following line:\n" "//\tforward only;\n" "\n" "// If you wish to have forwarding configured automatically based on\n" "// the entries in /etc/resolv.conf, uncomment the following line and\n" "// set named_auto_forward=yes in /etc/rc.conf. You can also enable\n" "// named_auto_forward_only (the effect of which is described above).\n" "//\tinclude \"/etc/namedb/auto_forward.conf\";" msgstr "" "// $FreeBSD$\n" "//\n" "// Refer to the named.conf(5) and named(8) man pages, and the documentation\n" "// in /usr/share/doc/bind9 for more details.\n" "//\n" "// If you are going to set up an authoritative server, make sure you\n" "// understand the hairy details of how DNS works. Even with\n" "// simple mistakes, you can break connectivity for affected parties,\n" "// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n" "\n" "options {\n" "\t// All file and path names are relative to the chroot directory,\n" "\t// if any, and should be fully qualified.\n" "\tdirectory\t\"/etc/namedb/working\";\n" "\tpid-file\t\"/var/run/named/pid\";\n" "\tdump-file\t\"/var/dump/named_dump.db\";\n" "\tstatistics-file\t\"/var/stats/named.stats\";\n" "\n" "// If named is being used only as a local resolver, this is a safe default.\n" "// For named to be accessible to the network, comment this option, specify\n" "// the proper IP address, or delete this option.\n" "\tlisten-on\t{ 127.0.0.1; };\n" "\n" "// If you have IPv6 enabled on this system, uncomment this option for\n" "// use as a local resolver. To give access to the network, specify\n" "// an IPv6 address, or the keyword \"any\".\n" "//\tlisten-on-v6\t{ ::1; };\n" "\n" "// These zones are already covered by the empty zones listed below.\n" "// If you remove the related empty zones below, comment these lines out.\n" "\tdisable-empty-zone \"255.255.255.255.IN-ADDR.ARPA\";\n" "\tdisable-empty-zone \"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA\";\n" "\tdisable-empty-zone \"1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA\";\n" "\n" "// If you have a DNS server around at your upstream provider, enter\n" "// its IP address here, and enable the line below. This will make you\n" "// benefit from its cache, thus reduce overall DNS traffic in the Internet.\n" "/*\n" "\tforwarders {\n" "\t\t127.0.0.1;\n" "\t};\n" "*/\n" "\n" "// If the 'forwarders' clause is not empty the default is to 'forward first'\n" "// which will fall back to sending a query from your local server if the name\n" "// servers in 'forwarders' do not have the answer. Alternatively you can\n" "// force your name server to never initiate queries of its own by enabling the\n" "// following line:\n" "//\tforward only;\n" "\n" "// If you wish to have forwarding configured automatically based on\n" "// the entries in /etc/resolv.conf, uncomment the following line and\n" "// set named_auto_forward=yes in /etc/rc.conf. You can also enable\n" "// named_auto_forward_only (the effect of which is described above).\n" "//\tinclude \"/etc/namedb/auto_forward.conf\";" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:55847 msgid "Just as the comment says, to benefit from an uplink's cache, forwarders can be enabled here. Under normal circumstances, a name server will recursively query the Internet looking at certain name servers until it finds the answer it is looking for. Having this enabled will have it query the uplink's name server (or name server provided) first, taking advantage of its cache. If the uplink name server in question is a heavily trafficked, fast name server, enabling this may be worthwhile." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:55859 msgid "127.0.0.1 will not work here. Change this IP address to a name server at the uplink." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:55865 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t/*\n" "\t Modern versions of BIND use a random UDP port for each outgoing\n" "\t query by default in order to dramatically reduce the possibility\n" "\t of cache poisoning. All users are strongly encouraged to utilize\n" "\t this feature, and to configure their firewalls to accommodate it.\n" "\n" "\t AS A LAST RESORT in order to get around a restrictive firewall\n" "\t policy you can try enabling the option below. Use of this option\n" "\t will significantly reduce your ability to withstand cache poisoning\n" "\t attacks, and should be avoided if at all possible.\n" "\n" "\t Replace NNNNN in the example with a number between 49160 and 65530.\n" "\t*/\n" "\t// query-source address * port NNNNN;\n" "};\n" "\n" "// If you enable a local name server, do not forget to enter 127.0.0.1\n" "// first in your /etc/resolv.conf so this server will be queried.\n" "// Also, make sure to enable it in /etc/rc.conf.\n" "\n" "// The traditional root hints mechanism. Use this, OR the slave zones below.\n" "zone \".\" { type hint; file \"/etc/namedb/named.root\"; };\n" "\n" "/*\tSlaving the following zones from the root name servers has some\n" "\tsignificant advantages:\n" "\t1. Faster local resolution for your users\n" "\t2. No spurious traffic will be sent from your network to the roots\n" "\t3. Greater resilience to any potential root server failure/DDoS\n" "\n" "\tOn the other hand, this method requires more monitoring than the\n" "\thints file to be sure that an unexpected failure mode has not\n" "\tincapacitated your server. Name servers that are serving a lot\n" "\tof clients will benefit more from this approach than individual\n" "\thosts. Use with caution.\n" "\n" "\tTo use this mechanism, uncomment the entries below, and comment\n" "\tthe hint zone above.\n" "\n" "\tAs documented at http://dns.icann.org/services/axfr/ these zones:\n" "\t\".\" (the root), ARPA, IN-ADDR.ARPA, IP6.ARPA, and ROOT-SERVERS.NET\n" "\tare available for AXFR from these servers on IPv4 and IPv6:\n" "\txfr.lax.dns.icann.org, xfr.cjr.dns.icann.org\n" "*/\n" "/*\n" "zone \".\" {\n" "\ttype slave;\n" "\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/root.slave\";\n" "\tmasters {\n" "\t\t192.5.5.241;\t// F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.\n" "\t};\n" "\tnotify no;\n" "};\n" "zone \"arpa\" {\n" "\ttype slave;\n" "\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/arpa.slave\";\n" "\tmasters {\n" "\t\t192.5.5.241;\t// F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.\n" "\t};\n" "\tnotify no;\n" "};\n" "*/\n" "\n" "/*\tServing the following zones locally will prevent any queries\n" "\tfor these zones leaving your network and going to the root\n" "\tname servers. This has two significant advantages:\n" "\t1. Faster local resolution for your users\n" "\t2. No spurious traffic will be sent from your network to the roots\n" "*/\n" "// RFCs 1912 and 5735 (and BCP 32 for localhost)\n" "zone \"localhost\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-forward.db\"; };\n" "zone \"127.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-reverse.db\"; };\n" "zone \"255.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// RFC 1912-style zone for IPv6 localhost address\n" "zone \"0.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-reverse.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// \"This\" Network (RFCs 1912 and 5735)\n" "zone \"0.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// Private Use Networks (RFCs 1918 and 5735)\n" "zone \"10.in-addr.arpa\"\t { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"16.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"17.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"18.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"19.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"20.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"21.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"22.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"23.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"24.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"25.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"26.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"27.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"28.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"29.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"30.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"31.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"168.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// Link-local/APIPA (RFCs 3927 and 5735)\n" "zone \"254.169.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IETF protocol assignments (RFCs 5735 and 5736)\n" "zone \"0.0.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// TEST-NET-[1-3] for Documentation (RFCs 5735 and 5737)\n" "zone \"2.0.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"100.51.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"113.0.203.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 Range for Documentation (RFC 3849)\n" "zone \"8.b.d.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// Domain Names for Documentation and Testing (BCP 32)\n" "zone \"test\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"example\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"invalid\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"example.com\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"example.net\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"example.org\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// Router Benchmark Testing (RFCs 2544 and 5735)\n" "zone \"18.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"19.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IANA Reserved - Old Class E Space (RFC 5735)\n" "zone \"240.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"241.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"242.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"243.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"244.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"245.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"246.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"247.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"248.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"249.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"250.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"251.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"252.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"253.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"254.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 Unassigned Addresses (RFC 4291)\n" "zone \"1.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"3.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"4.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"5.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"6.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"7.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"8.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"9.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"a.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"b.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"c.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"d.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"e.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"0.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"1.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"2.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"3.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"4.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"5.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"6.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"7.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"8.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"9.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"a.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"b.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"0.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"1.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"2.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"3.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"4.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"5.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"6.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"7.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 ULA (RFC 4193)\n" "zone \"c.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"d.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 Link Local (RFC 4291)\n" "zone \"8.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"9.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"a.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"b.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 Deprecated Site-Local Addresses (RFC 3879)\n" "zone \"c.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"d.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"e.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"f.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IP6.INT is Deprecated (RFC 4159)\n" "zone \"ip6.int\"\t\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// NB: Do not use the IP addresses below, they are faked, and only\n" "// serve demonstration/documentation purposes!\n" "//\n" "// Example slave zone config entries. It can be convenient to become\n" "// a slave at least for the zone your own domain is in. Ask\n" "// your network administrator for the IP address of the responsible\n" "// master name server.\n" "//\n" "// Do not forget to include the reverse lookup zone!\n" "// This is named after the first bytes of the IP address, in reverse\n" "// order, with \".IN-ADDR.ARPA\" appended, or \".IP6.ARPA\" for IPv6.\n" "//\n" "// Before starting to set up a master zone, make sure you fully\n" "// understand how DNS and BIND work. There are sometimes\n" "// non-obvious pitfalls. Setting up a slave zone is usually simpler.\n" "//\n" "// NB: Do not blindly enable the examples below. :-) Use actual names\n" "// and addresses instead.\n" "\n" "/* An example dynamic zone\n" "key \"exampleorgkey\" {\n" "\talgorithm hmac-md5;\n" "\tsecret \"sf87HJqjkqh8ac87a02lla==\";\n" "};\n" "zone \"example.org\" {\n" "\ttype master;\n" "\tallow-update {\n" "\t\tkey \"exampleorgkey\";\n" "\t};\n" "\tfile \"/etc/namedb/dynamic/example.org\";\n" "};\n" "*/\n" "\n" "/* Example of a slave reverse zone\n" "zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n" "\ttype slave;\n" "\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\";\n" "\tmasters {\n" "\t\t192.168.1.1;\n" "\t};\n" "};\n" "*/" msgstr "" "\t/*\n" "\t Modern versions of BIND use a random UDP port for each outgoing\n" "\t query by default in order to dramatically reduce the possibility\n" "\t of cache poisoning. All users are strongly encouraged to utilize\n" "\t this feature, and to configure their firewalls to accommodate it.\n" "\n" "\t AS A LAST RESORT in order to get around a restrictive firewall\n" "\t policy you can try enabling the option below. Use of this option\n" "\t will significantly reduce your ability to withstand cache poisoning\n" "\t attacks, and should be avoided if at all possible.\n" "\n" "\t Replace NNNNN in the example with a number between 49160 and 65530.\n" "\t*/\n" "\t// query-source address * port NNNNN;\n" "};\n" "\n" "// If you enable a local name server, do not forget to enter 127.0.0.1\n" "// first in your /etc/resolv.conf so this server will be queried.\n" "// Also, make sure to enable it in /etc/rc.conf.\n" "\n" "// The traditional root hints mechanism. Use this, OR the slave zones below.\n" "zone \".\" { type hint; file \"/etc/namedb/named.root\"; };\n" "\n" "/*\tSlaving the following zones from the root name servers has some\n" "\tsignificant advantages:\n" "\t1. Faster local resolution for your users\n" "\t2. No spurious traffic will be sent from your network to the roots\n" "\t3. Greater resilience to any potential root server failure/DDoS\n" "\n" "\tOn the other hand, this method requires more monitoring than the\n" "\thints file to be sure that an unexpected failure mode has not\n" "\tincapacitated your server. Name servers that are serving a lot\n" "\tof clients will benefit more from this approach than individual\n" "\thosts. Use with caution.\n" "\n" "\tTo use this mechanism, uncomment the entries below, and comment\n" "\tthe hint zone above.\n" "\n" "\tAs documented at http://dns.icann.org/services/axfr/ these zones:\n" "\t\".\" (the root), ARPA, IN-ADDR.ARPA, IP6.ARPA, and ROOT-SERVERS.NET\n" "\tare available for AXFR from these servers on IPv4 and IPv6:\n" "\txfr.lax.dns.icann.org, xfr.cjr.dns.icann.org\n" "*/\n" "/*\n" "zone \".\" {\n" "\ttype slave;\n" "\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/root.slave\";\n" "\tmasters {\n" "\t\t192.5.5.241;\t// F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.\n" "\t};\n" "\tnotify no;\n" "};\n" "zone \"arpa\" {\n" "\ttype slave;\n" "\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/arpa.slave\";\n" "\tmasters {\n" "\t\t192.5.5.241;\t// F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.\n" "\t};\n" "\tnotify no;\n" "};\n" "*/\n" "\n" "/*\tServing the following zones locally will prevent any queries\n" "\tfor these zones leaving your network and going to the root\n" "\tname servers. This has two significant advantages:\n" "\t1. Faster local resolution for your users\n" "\t2. No spurious traffic will be sent from your network to the roots\n" "*/\n" "// RFCs 1912 and 5735 (and BCP 32 for localhost)\n" "zone \"localhost\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-forward.db\"; };\n" "zone \"127.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-reverse.db\"; };\n" "zone \"255.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// RFC 1912-style zone for IPv6 localhost address\n" "zone \"0.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-reverse.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// \"This\" Network (RFCs 1912 and 5735)\n" "zone \"0.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// Private Use Networks (RFCs 1918 and 5735)\n" "zone \"10.in-addr.arpa\"\t { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"16.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"17.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"18.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"19.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"20.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"21.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"22.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"23.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"24.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"25.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"26.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"27.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"28.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"29.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"30.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"31.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"168.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// Link-local/APIPA (RFCs 3927 and 5735)\n" "zone \"254.169.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IETF protocol assignments (RFCs 5735 and 5736)\n" "zone \"0.0.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// TEST-NET-[1-3] for Documentation (RFCs 5735 and 5737)\n" "zone \"2.0.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"100.51.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"113.0.203.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 Range for Documentation (RFC 3849)\n" "zone \"8.b.d.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// Domain Names for Documentation and Testing (BCP 32)\n" "zone \"test\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"example\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"invalid\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"example.com\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"example.net\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"example.org\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// Router Benchmark Testing (RFCs 2544 and 5735)\n" "zone \"18.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"19.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IANA Reserved - Old Class E Space (RFC 5735)\n" "zone \"240.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"241.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"242.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"243.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"244.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"245.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"246.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"247.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"248.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"249.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"250.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"251.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"252.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"253.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"254.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 Unassigned Addresses (RFC 4291)\n" "zone \"1.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"3.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"4.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"5.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"6.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"7.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"8.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"9.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"a.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"b.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"c.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"d.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"e.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"0.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"1.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"2.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"3.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"4.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"5.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"6.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"7.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"8.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"9.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"a.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"b.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"0.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"1.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"2.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"3.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"4.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"5.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"6.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"7.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 ULA (RFC 4193)\n" "zone \"c.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"d.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 Link Local (RFC 4291)\n" "zone \"8.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"9.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"a.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"b.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IPv6 Deprecated Site-Local Addresses (RFC 3879)\n" "zone \"c.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"d.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"e.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "zone \"f.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// IP6.INT is Deprecated (RFC 4159)\n" "zone \"ip6.int\"\t\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n" "\n" "// NB: Do not use the IP addresses below, they are faked, and only\n" "// serve demonstration/documentation purposes!\n" "//\n" "// Example slave zone config entries. It can be convenient to become\n" "// a slave at least for the zone your own domain is in. Ask\n" "// your network administrator for the IP address of the responsible\n" "// master name server.\n" "//\n" "// Do not forget to include the reverse lookup zone!\n" "// This is named after the first bytes of the IP address, in reverse\n" "// order, with \".IN-ADDR.ARPA\" appended, or \".IP6.ARPA\" for IPv6.\n" "//\n" "// Before starting to set up a master zone, make sure you fully\n" "// understand how DNS and BIND work. There are sometimes\n" "// non-obvious pitfalls. Setting up a slave zone is usually simpler.\n" "//\n" "// NB: Do not blindly enable the examples below. :-) Use actual names\n" "// and addresses instead.\n" "\n" "/* An example dynamic zone\n" "key \"exampleorgkey\" {\n" "\talgorithm hmac-md5;\n" "\tsecret \"sf87HJqjkqh8ac87a02lla==\";\n" "};\n" "zone \"example.org\" {\n" "\ttype master;\n" "\tallow-update {\n" "\t\tkey \"exampleorgkey\";\n" "\t};\n" "\tfile \"/etc/namedb/dynamic/example.org\";\n" "};\n" "*/\n" "\n" "/* Example of a slave reverse zone\n" "zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n" "\ttype slave;\n" "\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\";\n" "\tmasters {\n" "\t\t192.168.1.1;\n" "\t};\n" "};\n" "*/" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56104 msgid "In named.conf, these are examples of slave entries for a forward and reverse zone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56107 msgid "For each new zone served, a new zone entry must be added to named.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56110 msgid "For example, the simplest zone entry for example.org can look like:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "zone \"example.org\" {\n" "\ttype master;\n" "\tfile \"master/example.org\";\n" "};" msgstr "" "zone \"example.org\" {\n" "\ttype master;\n" "\tfile \"master/example.org\";\n" "};" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56119 msgid "The zone is a master, as indicated by the statement, holding its zone information in /etc/namedb/master/example.org indicated by the statement." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56125 #, no-wrap msgid "" "zone \"example.org\" {\n" "\ttype slave;\n" "\tfile \"slave/example.org\";\n" "};" msgstr "" "zone \"example.org\" {\n" "\ttype slave;\n" "\tfile \"slave/example.org\";\n" "};" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56130 msgid "In the slave case, the zone information is transferred from the master name server for the particular zone, and saved in the file specified. If and when the master server dies or is unreachable, the slave name server will have the transferred zone information and will be able to serve it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:56139 msgid "Zone Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:56141 msgid "BIND zone files" msgstr "BIND zone files" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56146 msgid "An example master zone file for example.org (existing within /etc/namedb/master/example.org) is as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56152 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$TTL 3600 ; 1 hour default TTL\n" "example.org. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n" " 2006051501 ; Serial\n" " 10800 ; Refresh\n" " 3600 ; Retry\n" " 604800 ; Expire\n" " 300 ; Negative Response TTL\n" " )\n" "\n" "; DNS Servers\n" " IN NS ns1.example.org.\n" " IN NS ns2.example.org.\n" "\n" "; MX Records\n" " IN MX 10 mx.example.org.\n" " IN MX 20 mail.example.org.\n" "\n" " IN A 192.168.1.1\n" "\n" "; Machine Names\n" "localhost IN A 127.0.0.1\n" "ns1 IN A 192.168.1.2\n" "ns2 IN A 192.168.1.3\n" "mx IN A 192.168.1.4\n" "mail IN A 192.168.1.5\n" "\n" "; Aliases\n" "www IN CNAME example.org." msgstr "" "$TTL 3600 ; 1 hour default TTL\n" "example.org. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n" " 2006051501 ; Serial\n" " 10800 ; Refresh\n" " 3600 ; Retry\n" " 604800 ; Expire\n" " 300 ; Negative Response TTL\n" " )\n" "\n" "; DNS Servers\n" " IN NS ns1.example.org.\n" " IN NS ns2.example.org.\n" "\n" "; MX Records\n" " IN MX 10 mx.example.org.\n" " IN MX 20 mail.example.org.\n" "\n" " IN A 192.168.1.1\n" "\n" "; Machine Names\n" "localhost IN A 127.0.0.1\n" "ns1 IN A 192.168.1.2\n" "ns2 IN A 192.168.1.3\n" "mx IN A 192.168.1.4\n" "mail IN A 192.168.1.5\n" "\n" "; Aliases\n" "www IN CNAME example.org." #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56181 msgid "Note that every hostname ending in a . is an exact hostname, whereas everything without a trailing . is relative to the origin. For example, ns1 is translated into ns1.example.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56187 msgid "The format of a zone file follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56189 #, no-wrap msgid "recordname IN recordtype value" msgstr "recordname IN recordtype value" #. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:56191 msgid "DNS records" msgstr "DNS records" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56196 msgid "The most commonly used DNS records:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56201 msgid "SOA" msgstr "SOA" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56204 msgid "start of zone authority" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56209 msgid "NS" msgstr "NS" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56212 msgid "an authoritative name server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:56217 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "A" msgstr "A" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56220 msgid "a host address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56225 msgid "CNAME" msgstr "CNAME" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56228 msgid "the canonical name for an alias" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56233 msgid "MX" msgstr "MX" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56236 msgid "mail exchanger" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56241 msgid "PTR" msgstr "PTR" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56244 msgid "a domain name pointer (used in reverse DNS)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.org. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n" " 2006051501 ; Serial\n" " 10800 ; Refresh after 3 hours\n" " 3600 ; Retry after 1 hour\n" " 604800 ; Expire after 1 week\n" " 300 ) ; Negative Response TTL" msgstr "" "example.org. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n" " 2006051501 ; Serial\n" " 10800 ; Refresh after 3 hours\n" " 3600 ; Retry after 1 hour\n" " 604800 ; Expire after 1 week\n" " 300 ) ; Negative Response TTL" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56259 msgid "example.org." msgstr "example.org." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56262 msgid "the domain name, also the origin for this zone file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56268 msgid "ns1.example.org." msgstr "ns1.example.org." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56271 msgid "the primary/authoritative name server for this zone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56277 msgid "admin.example.org." msgstr "admin.example.org." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56280 msgid "the responsible person for this zone, email address with @ replaced. (admin@example.org becomes admin.example.org)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56288 msgid "2006051501" msgstr "2006051501" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56291 msgid "the serial number of the file. This must be incremented each time the zone file is modified. Nowadays, many admins prefer a yyyymmddrr format for the serial number. 2006051501 would mean last modified 05/15/2006, the latter 01 being the first time the zone file has been modified this day. The serial number is important as it alerts slave name servers for a zone when it is updated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56305 #, no-wrap msgid " IN NS ns1.example.org." msgstr " IN NS ns1.example.org." #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56307 msgid "This is an NS entry. Every name server that is going to reply authoritatively for the zone must have one of these entries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "localhost IN A 127.0.0.1\n" "ns1 IN A 192.168.1.2\n" "ns2 IN A 192.168.1.3\n" "mx IN A 192.168.1.4\n" "mail IN A 192.168.1.5" msgstr "" "localhost IN A 127.0.0.1\n" "ns1 IN A 192.168.1.2\n" "ns2 IN A 192.168.1.3\n" "mx IN A 192.168.1.4\n" "mail IN A 192.168.1.5" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56317 msgid "The A record indicates machine names. As seen above, ns1.example.org would resolve to 192.168.1.2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56321 #, no-wrap msgid " IN A 192.168.1.1" msgstr " IN A 192.168.1.1" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56323 msgid "This line assigns IP address 192.168.1.1 to the current origin, in this case example.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56327 #, no-wrap msgid "www IN CNAME @" msgstr "www IN CNAME @" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56329 msgid "The canonical name record is usually used for giving aliases to a machine. In the example, www is aliased to the master machine whose name happens to be the same as the domain name example.org (192.168.1.1). CNAMEs can never be used together with another kind of record for the same hostname." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56343 #, no-wrap msgid " IN MX 10 mail.example.org." msgstr " IN MX 10 mail.example.org." #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56345 msgid "The MX record indicates which mail servers are responsible for handling incoming mail for the zone. mail.example.org is the hostname of a mail server, and 10 is the priority of that mail server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56351 msgid "One can have several mail servers, with priorities of 10, 20 and so on. A mail server attempting to deliver to example.org would first try the highest priority MX (the record with the lowest priority number), then the second highest, etc, until the mail can be properly delivered." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56358 msgid "For in-addr.arpa zone files (reverse DNS), the same format is used, except with PTR entries instead of A or CNAME." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56362 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$TTL 3600\n" "\n" "1.168.192.in-addr.arpa. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n" " 2006051501 ; Serial\n" " 10800 ; Refresh\n" " 3600 ; Retry\n" " 604800 ; Expire\n" " 300 ) ; Negative Response TTL\n" "\n" " IN NS ns1.example.org.\n" " IN NS ns2.example.org.\n" "\n" "1 IN PTR example.org.\n" "2 IN PTR ns1.example.org.\n" "3 IN PTR ns2.example.org.\n" "4 IN PTR mx.example.org.\n" "5 IN PTR mail.example.org." msgstr "" "$TTL 3600\n" "\n" "1.168.192.in-addr.arpa. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n" " 2006051501 ; Serial\n" " 10800 ; Refresh\n" " 3600 ; Retry\n" " 604800 ; Expire\n" " 300 ) ; Negative Response TTL\n" "\n" " IN NS ns1.example.org.\n" " IN NS ns2.example.org.\n" "\n" "1 IN PTR example.org.\n" "2 IN PTR ns1.example.org.\n" "3 IN PTR ns2.example.org.\n" "4 IN PTR mx.example.org.\n" "5 IN PTR mail.example.org." #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56380 msgid "This file gives the proper IP address to hostname mappings for the above fictitious domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56384 msgid "It is worth noting that all names on the right side of a PTR record need to be fully qualified (i.e., end in a .)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:56391 msgid "Caching Name Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:56393 msgid "BIND caching name server" msgstr "BIND caching name server" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:56398 msgid "A caching name server is a name server whose primary role is to resolve recursive queries. It simply asks queries of its own, and remembers the answers for later use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:56405 msgid "DNSSEC" msgstr "DNSSEC" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:56407 msgid "BIND DNS security extensions" msgstr "BIND DNSbeveilingings uitbreidingen" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:56413 msgid "Domain Name System Security Extensions, or DNSSEC for short, is a suite of specifications to protect resolving name servers from forged DNS data, such as spoofed DNS records. By using digital signatures, a resolver can verify the integrity of the record. Note that DNSSEC only provides integrity via digitally signing the Resource Records (RRs). It provides neither confidentiality nor protection against false end-user assumptions. This means that it cannot protect against people going to example.net instead of example.com. The only thing DNSSEC does is authenticate that the data has not been compromised in transit. The security of DNS is an important step in securing the Internet in general. For more in-depth details of how DNSSEC works, the relevant RFCs are a good place to start. See the list in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:56435 msgid "The following sections will demonstrate how to enable DNSSEC for an authoritative DNS server and a recursive (or caching) DNS server running BIND 9. While all versions of BIND 9 support DNSSEC, it is necessary to have at least version 9.6.2 in order to be able to use the signed root zone when validating DNS queries. This is because earlier versions lack the required algorithms to enable validation using the root zone key. It is strongly recommended to use the latest version of BIND 9.7 or later to take advantage of automatic key updating for the root key, as well as other features to automatically keep zones signed and signatures up to date. Where configurations differ between 9.6.2 and 9.7 and later, differences will be pointed out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:56454 msgid "Recursive DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56457 msgid "Enabling DNSSEC validation of queries performed by a recursive DNS server requires a few changes to named.conf. Before making these changes the root zone key, or trust anchor, must be acquired. Currently the root zone key is not available in a file format BIND understands, so it has to be manually converted into the proper format. The key itself can be obtained by querying the root zone for it using dig. By running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:56469 #, no-wrap msgid "% dig +multi +noall +answer DNSKEY . > root.dnskey" msgstr "% dig +multi +noall +answer DNSKEY . > root.dnskey" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56471 msgid "the key will end up in root.dnskey. The contents should look something like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56475 #, no-wrap msgid "" ". 93910 IN DNSKEY 257 3 8 (\n" "\tAwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQ\n" "\tbSEW0O8gcCjFFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh\n" "\t/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoXbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWA\n" "\tJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaDX6RS6CXp\n" "\toY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3\n" "\tLQpzW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGO\n" "\tYl7OyQdXfZ57relSQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGc\n" "\tLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulqQxA+Uk1ihz0=\n" "\t) ; key id = 19036\n" ". 93910 IN DNSKEY 256 3 8 (\n" "\tAwEAAcaGQEA+OJmOzfzVfoYN249JId7gx+OZMbxy69Hf\n" "\tUyuGBbRN0+HuTOpBxxBCkNOL+EJB9qJxt+0FEY6ZUVjE\n" "\tg58sRr4ZQ6Iu6b1xTBKgc193zUARk4mmQ/PPGxn7Cn5V\n" "\tEGJ/1h6dNaiXuRHwR+7oWh7DnzkIJChcTqlFrXDW3tjt\n" ") ; key id = 34525" msgstr "" ". 93910 IN DNSKEY 257 3 8 (\n" "\tAwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQ\n" "\tbSEW0O8gcCjFFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh\n" "\t/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoXbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWA\n" "\tJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaDX6RS6CXp\n" "\toY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3\n" "\tLQpzW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGO\n" "\tYl7OyQdXfZ57relSQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGc\n" "\tLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulqQxA+Uk1ihz0=\n" "\t) ; key id = 19036\n" ". 93910 IN DNSKEY 256 3 8 (\n" "\tAwEAAcaGQEA+OJmOzfzVfoYN249JId7gx+OZMbxy69Hf\n" "\tUyuGBbRN0+HuTOpBxxBCkNOL+EJB9qJxt+0FEY6ZUVjE\n" "\tg58sRr4ZQ6Iu6b1xTBKgc193zUARk4mmQ/PPGxn7Cn5V\n" "\tEGJ/1h6dNaiXuRHwR+7oWh7DnzkIJChcTqlFrXDW3tjt\n" ") ; key id = 34525" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56492 msgid "Do not be alarmed if the obtained keys differ from this example. They might have changed since these instructions were last updated. This output actually contains two keys. The first key in the listing, with the value 257 after the DNSKEY record type, is the one needed. This value indicates that this is a Secure Entry Point (SEP), commonly known as a Key Signing Key (KSK). The second key, with value 256, is a subordinate key, commonly called a Zone Signing Key (ZSK). More on the different key types later in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56507 msgid "Now the key must be verified and formatted so that BIND can use it. To verify the key, generate a DS RR set. Create a file containing these RRs with" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:56514 #, no-wrap msgid "% dnssec-dsfromkey -f root.dnskey . > root.ds" msgstr "% dnssec-dsfromkey -f root.dnskey . > root.ds" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56516 msgid "These records use SHA-1 and SHA-256 respectively, and should look similar to the following example, where the longer is using SHA-256." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56520 #, no-wrap msgid "" ". IN DS 19036 8 1\n" "\tB256BD09DC8DD59F0E0F0D8541B8328DD986DF6E\n" ". IN DS 19036 8 2 49AAC11D7B6F6446702E54A1607371607A1A41855200FD2CE1CDDE32F24E8FB5" msgstr "" ". IN DS 19036 8 1\n" "\tB256BD09DC8DD59F0E0F0D8541B8328DD986DF6E\n" ". IN DS 19036 8 2 49AAC11D7B6F6446702E54A1607371607A1A41855200FD2CE1CDDE32F24E8FB5" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56524 msgid "The SHA-256 RR can now be compared to the digest in https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.xml. To be absolutely sure that the key has not been tampered with the data in the XML file can be verified using the PGP signature in https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.asc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56531 msgid "Next, the key must be formatted properly. This differs a little between BIND versions 9.6.2 and 9.7 and later. In version 9.7 support was added to automatically track changes to the key and update it as necessary. This is done using managed-keys as seen in the example below. When using the older version, the key is added using a trusted-keys statement and updates must be done manually. For BIND 9.6.2 the format should look like:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56543 #, no-wrap msgid "" "trusted-keys {\n" "\t\".\" 257 3 8\n" "\t\"AwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQbSEW0O8gcCjF\n" "\tFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoX\n" "\tbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWAJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaD\n" "\tX6RS6CXpoY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3LQpz\n" "\tW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGOYl7OyQdXfZ57relS\n" "\tQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGcLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulq\n" "\tQxA+Uk1ihz0=\";\n" "};" msgstr "" "trusted-keys {\n" "\t\".\" 257 3 8\n" "\t\"AwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQbSEW0O8gcCjF\n" "\tFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoX\n" "\tbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWAJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaD\n" "\tX6RS6CXpoY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3LQpz\n" "\tW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGOYl7OyQdXfZ57relS\n" "\tQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGcLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulq\n" "\tQxA+Uk1ihz0=\";\n" "};" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56554 msgid "For 9.7 the format will instead be:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56556 #, no-wrap msgid "" "managed-keys {\n" "\t\".\" initial-key 257 3 8\n" "\t\"AwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQbSEW0O8gcCjF\n" "\tFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoX\n" "\tbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWAJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaD\n" "\tX6RS6CXpoY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3LQpz\n" "\tW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGOYl7OyQdXfZ57relS\n" "\tQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGcLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulq\n" "\tQxA+Uk1ihz0=\";\n" "};" msgstr "" "managed-keys {\n" "\t\".\" initial-key 257 3 8\n" "\t\"AwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQbSEW0O8gcCjF\n" "\tFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoX\n" "\tbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWAJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaD\n" "\tX6RS6CXpoY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3LQpz\n" "\tW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGOYl7OyQdXfZ57relS\n" "\tQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGcLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulq\n" "\tQxA+Uk1ihz0=\";\n" "};" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56567 msgid "The root key can now be added to named.conf either directly or by including a file containing the key. After these steps, configure BIND to do DNSSEC validation on queries by editing named.conf and adding the following to the options directive:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56575 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dnssec-enable yes;\n" "dnssec-validation yes;" msgstr "" "dnssec-enable yes;\n" "dnssec-validation yes;" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56578 msgid "To verify that it is actually working use dig to make a query for a signed zone using the resolver just configured. A successful reply will contain the AD flag to indicate the data was authenticated. Running a query such as" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:56585 #, no-wrap msgid "% dig @resolver +dnssec se ds " msgstr "% dig @resolver +dnssec se ds " #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56587 msgid "should return the DS RR for the .se zone. In the flags: section the AD flag should be set, as seen in:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56593 #, no-wrap msgid "" "...\n" ";; flags: qr rd ra ad; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 3, AUTHORITY: 0, ADDITIONAL: 1\n" "..." msgstr "" "...\n" ";; flags: qr rd ra ad; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 3, AUTHORITY: 0, ADDITIONAL: 1\n" "..." #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56597 msgid "The resolver is now capable of authenticating DNS queries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:56602 msgid "Authoritative DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56605 msgid "In order to get an authoritative name server to serve a DNSSEC signed zone a little more work is required. A zone is signed using cryptographic keys which must be generated. It is possible to use only one key for this. The preferred method however is to have a strong well-protected Key Signing Key (KSK) that is not rotated very often and a Zone Signing Key (ZSK) that is rotated more frequently. Information on recommended operational practices can be found in RFC 4641: DNSSEC Operational Practices. Practices regarding the root zone can be found in DNSSEC Practice Statement for the Root Zone KSK operator and DNSSEC Practice Statement for the Root Zone ZSK operator. The KSK is used to build a chain of authority to the data in need of validation and as such is also called a Secure Entry Point (SEP) key. A message digest of this key, called a Delegation Signer (DS) record, must be published in the parent zone to establish the trust chain. How this is accomplished depends on the parent zone owner. The ZSK is used to sign the zone, and only needs to be published there." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56636 msgid "To enable DNSSEC for the example.com zone depicted in previous examples, the first step is to use dnssec-keygen to generate the KSK and ZSK key pair. This key pair can utilize different cryptographic algorithms. It is recommended to use RSA/SHA256 for the keys and 2048 bits key length should be enough. To generate the KSK for example.com, run" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:56648 #, no-wrap msgid "% dnssec-keygen -f KSK -a RSASHA256 -b 2048 -n ZONE example.com" msgstr "% dnssec-keygen -f KSK -a RSASHA256 -b 2048 -n ZONE example.com" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56650 msgid "and to generate the ZSK, run" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:56652 #, no-wrap msgid "% dnssec-keygen -a RSASHA256 -b 2048 -n ZONE example.com" msgstr "% dnssec-keygen -a RSASHA256 -b 2048 -n ZONE example.com" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56654 msgid "dnssec-keygen outputs two files, the public and the private keys in files named similar to Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.key (public) and Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.private (private). The nnnnn part of the file name is a five digit key ID. Keep track of which key ID belongs to which key. This is especially important when having more than one key in a zone. It is also possible to rename the keys. For each KSK file do:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:56666 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mv Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.key Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.key\n" "% mv Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.private Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.private" msgstr "" "% mv Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.key Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.key\n" "% mv Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.private Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.private" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56669 msgid "For the ZSK files, substitute KSK for ZSK as necessary. The files can now be included in the zone file, using the $include statement. It should look something like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56675 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$include Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.key ; KSK\n" "$include Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.ZSK.key ; ZSK" msgstr "" "$include Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.key ; KSK\n" "$include Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.ZSK.key ; ZSK" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56678 msgid "Finally, sign the zone and tell BIND to use the signed zone file. To sign a zone dnssec-signzone is used. The command to sign the zone example.com, located in example.com.db would look similar to" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:56686 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% dnssec-signzone -o\n" "\texample.com -k Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK example.com.db\n" "\tKexample.com.+005+nnnnn.ZSK.key" msgstr "" "% dnssec-signzone -o\n" "\texample.com -k Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK example.com.db\n" "\tKexample.com.+005+nnnnn.ZSK.key" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56690 msgid "The key supplied to the argument is the KSK and the other key file is the ZSK that should be used in the signing. It is possible to supply more than one KSK and ZSK, which will result in the zone being signed with all supplied keys. This can be needed to supply zone data signed using more than one algorithm. The output of dnssec-signzone is a zone file with all RRs signed. This output will end up in a file with the extension .signed, such as example.com.db.signed. The DS records will also be written to a separate file dsset-example.com. To use this signed zone just modify the zone directive in named.conf to use example.com.db.signed. By default, the signatures are only valid 30 days, meaning that the zone needs to be resigned in about 15 days to be sure that resolvers are not caching records with stale signatures. It is possible to make a script and a cron job to do this. See relevant manuals for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56715 msgid "Be sure to keep private keys confidential, as with all cryptographic keys. When changing a key it is best to include the new key into the zone, while still signing with the old one, and then move over to using the new key to sign. After these steps are done the old key can be removed from the zone. Failure to do this might render the DNS data unavailable for a time, until the new key has propagated through the DNS hierarchy. For more information on key rollovers and other DNSSEC operational issues, see RFC 4641: DNSSEC Operational practices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:56731 msgid "Automation Using BIND 9.7 or Later" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56734 msgid "Beginning with BIND version 9.7 a new feature called Smart Signing was introduced. This feature aims to make the key management and signing process simpler by automating parts of the task. By putting the keys into a directory called a key repository, and using the new option auto-dnssec, it is possible to create a dynamic zone which will be resigned as needed. To update this zone use nsupdate with the new option . rndc has also grown the ability to sign zones with keys in the key repository, using the option . To tell BIND to use this automatic signing and zone updating for example.com, add the following to named.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56751 #, no-wrap msgid "" "zone example.com {\n" "\ttype master;\n" "\tkey-directory \"/etc/named/keys\";\n" "\tupdate-policy local;\n" "\tauto-dnssec maintain;\n" "\tfile \"/etc/named/dynamic/example.com.zone\";\n" "};" msgstr "" "zone example.com {\n" "\ttype master;\n" "\tkey-directory \"/etc/named/keys\";\n" "\tupdate-policy local;\n" "\tauto-dnssec maintain;\n" "\tfile \"/etc/named/dynamic/example.com.zone\";\n" "};" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:56759 msgid "After making these changes, generate keys for the zone as explained in , put those keys in the key repository given as the argument to the key-directory in the zone configuration and the zone will be signed automatically. Updates to a zone configured this way must be done using nsupdate, which will take care of re-signing the zone with the new data added. For further details, see and the BIND documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:56775 msgid "Although BIND is the most common implementation of DNS, there is always the issue of security. Possible and exploitable security holes are sometimes found." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:56780 msgid "While FreeBSD automatically drops named into a chroot8 environment; there are several other security mechanisms in place which could help to lure off possible DNS service attacks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:56786 msgid "It is always good idea to read CERT's security advisories and to subscribe to the FreeBSD security notifications mailing list to stay up to date with the current Internet and FreeBSD security issues." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:56793 msgid "If a problem arises, keeping sources up to date and having a fresh build of named may help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:56800 msgid "Further Reading" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:56802 msgid "BIND/named manual pages: rndc8 named8 named.conf5 nsupdate1 dnssec-signzone8 dnssec-keygen8" msgstr "BIND/named manual pages: rndc8 named8 named.conf5 nsupdate1 dnssec-signzone8 dnssec-keygen8" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56809 msgid "Official ISC BIND Page" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56814 msgid "Official ISC BIND Forum" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56819 msgid "O'Reilly DNS and BIND 5th Edition" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56825 msgid "Root DNSSEC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56830 msgid "DNSSEC Trust Anchor Publication for the Root Zone" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56836 msgid "RFC1034 - Domain Names - Concepts and Facilities" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56841 msgid "RFC1035 - Domain Names - Implementation and Specification" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56847 msgid "RFC4033 - DNS Security Introduction and Requirements" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56853 msgid "RFC4034 - Resource Records for the DNS Security Extensions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56859 msgid "RFC4035 - Protocol Modifications for the DNS Security Extensions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56866 msgid "RFC4641 - DNSSEC Operational Practices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56871 msgid "RFC 5011 - Automated Updates of DNS Security (DNSSEC Trust Anchors" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:56883 msgid "Apache HTTP Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:56896 msgid "web servers setting up" msgstr "web servers setting up" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:56900 msgid "The open source Apache HTTP Server is the most widely used web server. FreeBSD does not install this web server by default, but it can be installed from the www/apache24 package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:56906 msgid "This section summarizes how to configure and start version 2.x of the Apache HTTP Server on FreeBSD. For more detailed information about Apache 2.X and its configuration directives, refer to httpd.apache.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:56913 msgid "Configuring and Starting Apache" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:56915 msgid "Apache configuration file" msgstr "Apache configuration file" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:56918 msgid "In FreeBSD, the main Apache HTTP Server configuration file is installed as /usr/local/etc/apache2x/httpd.conf, where x represents the version number. This ASCII text file begins comment lines with a #. The most frequently modified directives are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56928 msgid "ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"" msgstr "ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56931 msgid "Specifies the default directory hierarchy for the Apache installation. Binaries are stored in the bin and sbin subdirectories of the server root and configuration files are stored in the etc/apache2x subdirectory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56941 msgid "ServerAdmin you@example.com" msgstr "ServerAdmin you@example.com" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56944 msgid "Change this to the email address to receive problems with the server. This address also appears on some server-generated pages, such as error documents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56951 msgid "ServerName www.example.com:80" msgstr "ServerName www.example.com:80" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56955 msgid "Allows an administrator to set a hostname which is sent back to clients for the server. For example, www can be used instead of the actual hostname. If the system does not have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address instead. If the server will listen on an alternate report, change 80 to the alternate port number." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:56968 msgid "DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2x/data\"" msgstr "DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2x/data\"" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:56972 msgid "The directory where documents will be served from. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:56980 msgid "It is always a good idea to make a backup copy of the default Apache configuration file before making changes. When the configuration of Apache is complete, save the file and verify the configuration using apachectl. Running apachectl configtest should return Syntax OK." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:56989 msgid "Apache starting or stopping" msgstr " Apache starten of stoppen " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:56992 msgid "To launch Apache at system startup, add the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:56996 #, no-wrap msgid "apache24_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "apache24_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:56998 msgid "If Apache should be started with non-default options, the following line may be added to /etc/rc.conf to specify the needed flags:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57003 #, no-wrap msgid "apache24_flags=\"\"" msgstr "apache24_flags=\"\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57005 msgid "If apachectl does not report configuration errors, start httpd now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:57009 #, no-wrap msgid "# service apache24 start" msgstr "# service apache24 start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57011 msgid "The httpd service can be tested by entering http://localhost in a web browser, replacing localhost with the fully-qualified domain name of the machine running httpd. The default web page that is displayed is /usr/local/www/apache24/data/index.html." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57020 msgid "The Apache configuration can be tested for errors after making subsequent configuration changes while httpd is running using the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:57025 #, no-wrap msgid "# service apache24 configtest" msgstr "# service apache24 configtest" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:57028 msgid "It is important to note that configtest is not an rc8 standard, and should not be expected to work for all startup scripts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:57036 msgid "Virtual Hosting" msgstr "Virtuele Hosting" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57038 msgid "Virtual hosting allows multiple websites to run on one Apache server. The virtual hosts can be IP-based or name-based. IP-based virtual hosting uses a different IP address for each website. Name-based virtual hosting uses the clients HTTP/1.1 headers to figure out the hostname, which allows the websites to share the same IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57048 msgid "To setup Apache to use name-based virtual hosting, add a VirtualHost block for each website. For example, for the webserver named www.domain.tld with a virtual domain of www.someotherdomain.tld, add the following entries to httpd.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57056 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<VirtualHost *>\n" " ServerName www.domain.tld\n" " DocumentRoot /www/domain.tld\n" "</VirtualHost>\n" "\n" "<VirtualHost *>\n" " ServerName www.someotherdomain.tld\n" " DocumentRoot /www/someotherdomain.tld\n" "</VirtualHost>" msgstr "" "<VirtualHost *>\n" " ServerName www.domain.tld\n" " DocumentRoot /www/domain.tld\n" "</VirtualHost>\n" "\n" "<VirtualHost *>\n" " ServerName www.someotherdomain.tld\n" " DocumentRoot /www/someotherdomain.tld\n" "</VirtualHost>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57066 msgid "For each virtual host, replace the values for ServerName and DocumentRoot with the values to be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57071 msgid "For more information about setting up virtual hosts, consult the official Apache documentation at: http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:57077 msgid "Apache Modules" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57079 msgid "Apache modules" msgstr "Apache modules" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57082 msgid "Apache uses modules to augment the functionality provided by the basic server. Refer to http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/ for a complete listing of and the configuration details for the available modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57087 msgid "In FreeBSD, some modules can be compiled with the www/apache24 port. Type make config within /usr/ports/www/apache24 to see which modules are available and which are enabled by default. If the module is not compiled with the port, the FreeBSD Ports Collection provides an easy way to install many modules. This section describes three of the most commonly used modules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:57098 msgid "mod_ssl" msgstr "mod_ssl" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57100 msgid "web servers secure" msgstr "web servers secure" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57104 msgid "SSL" msgstr "SSL" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57105 msgid "cryptography" msgstr "cryptography" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57107 msgid "The mod_ssl module uses the OpenSSL library to provide strong cryptography via the Secure Sockets Layer (SSLv3) and Transport Layer Security (TLSv1) protocols. This module provides everything necessary to request a signed certificate from a trusted certificate signing authority to run a secure web server on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57116 msgid "In FreeBSD, mod_ssl module is enabled by default in both the package and the port. The available configuration directives are explained at http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_ssl.html." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:57122 msgid "mod_perl" msgstr "mod_perl" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57124 msgid "mod_perl Perl" msgstr "mod_perl Perl" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57129 msgid "The mod_perl module makes it possible to write Apache modules in Perl. In addition, the persistent interpreter embedded in the server avoids the overhead of starting an external interpreter and the penalty of Perl start-up time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57137 msgid "The mod_perl can be installed using the www/mod_perl2 package or port. Documentation for using this module can be found at http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/index.html." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:57144 msgid "mod_php" msgstr "mod_php" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57157 msgid "mod_php PHP" msgstr "mod_php PHP" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57162 msgid "PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor (PHP) is a general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web development. Capable of being embedded into HTML, its syntax draws upon C, Java, and Perl with the intention of allowing web developers to write dynamically generated webpages quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57171 msgid "To gain support for PHP5 for the Apache web server, install the www/mod_php56 package or port. This will install and configure the modules required to support dynamic PHP applications. The installation will automatically add this line to /usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57179 #, no-wrap msgid "LoadModule php5_module libexec/apache24/libphp5.so" msgstr "LoadModule php5_module libexec/apache24/libphp5.so" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57194 msgid "Then, perform a graceful restart to load the PHP module:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:57197 book.translate.xml:57216 #, no-wrap msgid "# apachectl graceful" msgstr "# apachectl graceful" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57199 msgid "The PHP support provided by www/mod_php56 is limited. Additional support can be installed using the lang/php56-extensions port which provides a menu driven interface to the available PHP extensions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57206 msgid "Alternatively, individual extensions can be installed using the appropriate port. For instance, to add PHP support for the MySQL database server, install databases/php56-mysql." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57212 msgid "After installing an extension, the Apache server must be reloaded to pick up the new configuration changes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:57221 msgid "Dynamic Websites" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57223 msgid "web servers dynamic" msgstr "web servers dynamic" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57228 msgid "In addition to mod_perl and mod_php, other languages are available for creating dynamic web content. These include Django and Ruby on Rails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:57235 msgid "Django" msgstr "Django" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57237 msgid "Python" msgstr "Python" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57238 msgid "Django" msgstr "Django" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57240 msgid "Django is a BSD-licensed framework designed to allow developers to write high performance, elegant web applications quickly. It provides an object-relational mapper so that data types are developed as Python objects. A rich dynamic database-access API is provided for those objects without the developer ever having to write SQL. It also provides an extensible template system so that the logic of the application is separated from the HTML presentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57252 msgid "Django depends on mod_python, and an SQL database engine. In FreeBSD, the www/py-django port automatically installs mod_python and supports the PostgreSQL, MySQL, or SQLite databases, with the default being SQLite. To change the database engine, type make config within /usr/ports/www/py-django, then install the port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57264 msgid "Once Django is installed, the application will need a project directory along with the Apache configuration in order to use the embedded Python interpreter. This interpreter is used to call the application for specific URLs on the site." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57272 msgid "To configure Apache to pass requests for certain URLs to the web application, add the following to httpd.conf, specifying the full path to the project directory:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57278 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<Location \"/\">\n" " SetHandler python-program\n" " PythonPath \"['/dir/to/the/django/packages/'] + sys.path\"\n" " PythonHandler django.core.handlers.modpython\n" " SetEnv DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULE mysite.settings\n" " PythonAutoReload On\n" " PythonDebug On\n" "</Location>" msgstr "" "<Location \"/\">\n" " SetHandler python-program\n" " PythonPath \"['/dir/to/the/django/packages/'] + sys.path\"\n" " PythonHandler django.core.handlers.modpython\n" " SetEnv DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULE mysite.settings\n" " PythonAutoReload On\n" " PythonDebug On\n" "</Location>" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57287 msgid "Refer to https://docs.djangoproject.com for more information on how to use Django." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:57293 msgid "Ruby on Rails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57295 msgid "Ruby on Rails" msgstr "Ruby on Rails" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57297 msgid "Ruby on Rails is another open source web framework that provides a full development stack. It is optimized to make web developers more productive and capable of writing powerful applications quickly. On FreeBSD, it can be installed using the www/rubygem-rails package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57304 msgid "Refer to http://guides.rubyonrails.org for more information on how to use Ruby on Rails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:57323 msgid "File Transfer Protocol (FTP)" msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (FTP)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57325 msgid "FTP servers" msgstr "FTP servers" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57328 msgid "The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides users with a simple way to transfer files to and from an FTP server. FreeBSD includes FTP server software, ftpd, in the base system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57334 msgid "FreeBSD provides several configuration files for controlling access to the FTP server. This section summarizes these files. Refer to ftpd8 for more details about the built-in FTP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57342 msgid "The most important configuration step is deciding which accounts will be allowed access to the FTP server. A FreeBSD system has a number of system accounts which should not be allowed FTP access. The list of users disallowed any FTP access can be found in /etc/ftpusers. By default, it includes system accounts. Additional users that should not be allowed access to FTP can be added." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57351 msgid "In some cases it may be desirable to restrict the access of some users without preventing them completely from using FTP. This can be accomplished be creating /etc/ftpchroot as described in ftpchroot5. This file lists users and groups subject to FTP access restrictions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57358 book.translate.xml:57416 msgid "FTP anonymous" msgstr "FTP anonymous" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57363 msgid "To enable anonymous FTP access to the server, create a user named ftp on the FreeBSD system. Users will then be able to log on to the FTP server with a username of ftp or anonymous. When prompted for the password, any input will be accepted, but by convention, an email address should be used as the password. The FTP server will call chroot2 when an anonymous user logs in, to restrict access to only the home directory of the ftp user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57374 msgid "There are two text files that can be created to specify welcome messages to be displayed to FTP clients. The contents of /etc/ftpwelcome will be displayed to users before they reach the login prompt. After a successful login, the contents of /etc/ftpmotd will be displayed. Note that the path to this file is relative to the login environment, so the contents of ~ftp/etc/ftpmotd would be displayed for anonymous users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57386 msgid "Once the FTP server has been configured, set the appropriate variable in /etc/rc.conf to start the service during boot:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57391 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "ftpd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57393 msgid "To start the service now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:57395 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ftpd start" msgstr "# service ftpd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57397 msgid "Test the connection to the FTP server by typing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:57400 #, no-wrap msgid "% ftp localhost" msgstr "% ftp localhost" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57403 msgid "log files FTP" msgstr "log files FTP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57406 msgid "The ftpd daemon uses syslog3 to log messages. By default, the system log daemon will write messages related to FTP in /var/log/xferlog. The location of the FTP log can be modified by changing the following line in /etc/syslog.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57414 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.info /var/log/xferlog" msgstr "ftp.info /var/log/xferlog" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:57422 msgid "Be aware of the potential problems involved with running an anonymous FTP server. In particular, think twice about allowing anonymous users to upload files. It may turn out that the FTP site becomes a forum for the trade of unlicensed commercial software or worse. If anonymous FTP uploads are required, then verify the permissions so that these files cannot be read by other anonymous users until they have been reviewed by an administrator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:57447 msgid "File and Print Services for Microsoft Windows Clients (Samba)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57450 msgid "Samba server" msgstr "Samba server" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57451 msgid "Microsoft Windows" msgstr "Microsoft Windows" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57452 msgid "file server Windows clients" msgstr "file server Windows clients" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57456 msgid "print server Windows clients" msgstr "print server Windows clients" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57461 msgid "Samba is a popular open source software package that provides file and print services using the SMB/CIFS protocol. This protocol is built into Microsoft Windows systems. It can be added to non-Microsoft Windows systems by installing the Samba client libraries. The protocol allows clients to access shared data and printers. These shares can be mapped as a local disk drive and shared printers can be used as if they were local printers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57471 msgid "On FreeBSD, the Samba client libraries can be installed using the net/samba-smbclient port or package. The client provides the ability for a FreeBSD system to access SMB/CIFS shares in a Microsoft Windows network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57478 msgid "A FreeBSD system can also be configured to act as a Samba server by installing the net/samba43 port or package. This allows the administrator to create SMB/CIFS shares on the FreeBSD system which can be accessed by clients running Microsoft Windows or the Samba client libraries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:57488 msgid "Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57490 msgid "Samba is configured in /usr/local/etc/smb4.conf. This file must be created before Samba can be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57495 msgid "A simple smb4.conf to share directories and printers with Windows clients in a workgroup is shown here. For more complex setups involving LDAP or Active Directory, it is easier to use samba-tool8 to create the initial smb4.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57502 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[global]\n" "workgroup = WORKGROUP\n" "server string = Samba Server Version %v\n" "netbios name = ExampleMachine\n" "wins support = Yes\n" "security = user\n" "passdb backend = tdbsam\n" "\n" "# Example: share /usr/src accessible only to 'developer' user\n" "[src]\n" "path = /usr/src\n" "valid users = developer\n" "writable = yes\n" "browsable = yes\n" "read only = no\n" "guest ok = no\n" "public = no\n" "create mask = 0666\n" "directory mask = 0755" msgstr "" "[global]\n" "workgroup = WORKGROUP\n" "server string = Samba Server Version %v\n" "netbios name = ExampleMachine\n" "wins support = Yes\n" "security = user\n" "passdb backend = tdbsam\n" "\n" "# Example: share /usr/src accessible only to 'developer' user\n" "[src]\n" "path = /usr/src\n" "valid users = developer\n" "writable = yes\n" "browsable = yes\n" "read only = no\n" "guest ok = no\n" "public = no\n" "create mask = 0666\n" "directory mask = 0755" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:57523 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57525 msgid "Settings that describe the network are added in /usr/local/etc/smb4.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:57530 msgid "workgroup" msgstr "workgroup" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:57533 msgid "The name of the workgroup to be served." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:57538 msgid "netbios name" msgstr "netbios name" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:57541 msgid "The NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default, it is the same as the first component of the host's DNS name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:57549 msgid "server string" msgstr "server string" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:57552 msgid "The string that will be displayed in the output of net view and some other networking tools that seek to display descriptive text about the server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:57560 msgid "wins support" msgstr "wins support" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:57563 msgid "Whether Samba will act as a WINS server. Do not enable support for WINS on more than one server on the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:57573 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57575 msgid "The most important settings in /usr/local/etc/smb4.conf are the security model and the backend password format. These directives control the options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:57582 msgid "security" msgstr "security" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:57585 msgid "The most common settings are security = share and security = user. If the clients use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the FreeBSD machine, user level security should be used. This is the default security policy and it requires clients to first log on before they can access shared resources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:57594 msgid "In share level security, clients do not need to log onto the server with a valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared resource. This was the default security model for older versions of Samba." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:57603 msgid "passdb backend" msgstr "passdb backend" #. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57606 msgid "NIS+" msgstr "NIS+" #. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57608 msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL database" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:57610 msgid "Samba has several different backend authentication models. Clients may be authenticated with LDAP, NIS+, an SQL database, or a modified password file. The recommended authentication method, tdbsam, is ideal for simple networks and is covered here. For larger or more complex networks, ldapsam is recommended. smbpasswd was the former default and is now obsolete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:57627 msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57629 msgid "FreeBSD user accounts must be mapped to the SambaSAMAccount database for Windows clients to access the share. Map existing FreeBSD user accounts using pdbedit8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:57635 #, no-wrap msgid "# pdbedit -a username" msgstr "# pdbedit -a username" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:57637 msgid "This section has only mentioned the most commonly used settings. Refer to the Official Samba HOWTO for additional information about the available configuration options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:57645 msgid "Starting Samba" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57647 msgid "To enable Samba at boot time, add the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57651 #, no-wrap msgid "samba_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "samba_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57653 msgid "To enable Samba4, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57654 #, no-wrap msgid "samba_server_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "samba_server_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57656 msgid "To start Samba now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:57658 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service samba start\n" "Starting SAMBA: removing stale tdbs :\n" "Starting nmbd.\n" "Starting smbd." msgstr "" "# service samba start\n" "Starting SAMBA: removing stale tdbs :\n" "Starting nmbd.\n" "Starting smbd." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57663 msgid "Samba consists of three separate daemons. Both the nmbd and smbd daemons are started by samba_enable. If winbind name resolution is also required, set:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57669 #, no-wrap msgid "winbindd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "winbindd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57671 msgid "Samba can be stopped at any time by typing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:57674 #, no-wrap msgid "# service samba stop" msgstr "# service samba stop" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57676 msgid "Samba is a complex software suite with functionality that allows broad integration with Microsoft Windows networks. For more information about functionality beyond the basic configuration described here, refer to http://www.samba.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:57696 msgid "Clock Synchronization with NTP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57698 msgid "NTP ntpd" msgstr "NTP ntpd" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57702 msgid "Over time, a computer's clock is prone to drift. This is problematic as many network services require the computers on a network to share the same accurate time. Accurate time is also needed to ensure that file timestamps stay consistent. The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is one way to provide clock accuracy in a network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57709 msgid "FreeBSD includes ntpd8 which can be configured to query other NTP servers in order to synchronize the clock on that machine or to provide time services to other computers in the network. The servers which are queried can be local to the network or provided by an ISP. In addition, an online list of publicly accessible NTP servers is available. When choosing a public NTP server, select one that is geographically close and review its usage policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57720 msgid "Choosing several NTP servers is recommended in case one of the servers becomes unreachable or its clock proves unreliable. As ntpd receives responses, it favors reliable servers over the less reliable ones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57726 msgid "This section describes how to configure ntpd on FreeBSD. Further documentation can be found in /usr/share/doc/ntp/ in HTML format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:57732 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:57734 msgid "NTP ntp.conf" msgstr "NTP ntp.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57738 msgid "On FreeBSD, the built-in ntpd can be used to synchronize a system's clock. To enable ntpd at boot time, add ntpd_enable=\"YES\" to /etc/rc.conf. Additional variables can be specified in /etc/rc.conf. Refer to rc.conf5 and ntpd8 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57747 msgid "This application reads /etc/ntp.conf to determine which NTP servers to query. Here is a simple example of an /etc/ntp.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:57753 msgid "Sample /etc/ntp.conf" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57755 #, no-wrap msgid "" "server ntplocal.example.com prefer\n" "server timeserver.example.org\n" "server ntp2a.example.net\n" "\n" "driftfile /var/db/ntp.drift" msgstr "" "server ntplocal.example.com prefer\n" "server timeserver.example.org\n" "server ntp2a.example.net\n" "\n" "driftfile /var/db/ntp.drift" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57762 msgid "The format of this file is described in ntp.conf5. The server option specifies which servers to query, with one server listed on each line. If a server entry includes prefer, that server is preferred over other servers. A response from a preferred server will be discarded if it differs significantly from other servers' responses; otherwise it will be used. The prefer argument should only be used for NTP servers that are known to be highly accurate, such as those with special time monitoring hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57774 msgid "The driftfile entry specifies which file is used to store the system clock's frequency offset. ntpd uses this to automatically compensate for the clock's natural drift, allowing it to maintain a reasonably correct setting even if it is cut off from all external time sources for a period of time. This file also stores information about previous responses from NTP servers. Since this file contains internal information for NTP, it should not be modified." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57785 msgid "By default, an NTP server is accessible to any network host. The restrict option in /etc/ntp.conf can be used to control which systems can access the server. For example, to deny all machines from accessing the NTP server, add the following line to /etc/ntp.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57793 #, no-wrap msgid "restrict default ignore" msgstr "restrict default ignore" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:57796 msgid "This will also prevent access from other NTP servers. If there is a need to synchronize with an external NTP server, allow only that specific server. Refer to ntp.conf5 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57803 msgid "To allow machines within the network to synchronize their clocks with the server, but ensure they are not allowed to configure the server or be used as peers to synchronize against, instead use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57808 #, no-wrap msgid "restrict 192.168.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 nomodify notrap" msgstr "restrict 192.168.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 nomodify notrap" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57810 msgid "where 192.168.1.0 is the local network address and 255.255.255.0 is the network's subnet mask." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57814 msgid "Multiple restrict entries are supported. For more details, refer to the Access Control Support subsection of ntp.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57819 msgid "Once ntpd_enable=\"YES\" has been added to /etc/rc.conf, ntpd can be started now without rebooting the system by typing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:57824 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ntpd start" msgstr "# service ntpd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:57828 msgid "Using NTP with a PPP Connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57831 msgid "ntpd does not need a permanent connection to the Internet to function properly. However, if a PPP connection is configured to dial out on demand, NTP traffic should be prevented from triggering a dial out or keeping the connection alive. This can be configured with filter directives in /etc/ppp/ppp.conf. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57840 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set filter dial 0 deny udp src eq 123\n" " # Prevent NTP traffic from initiating dial out\n" " set filter dial 1 permit 0 0\n" " set filter alive 0 deny udp src eq 123\n" " # Prevent incoming NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n" " set filter alive 1 deny udp dst eq 123\n" " # Prevent outgoing NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n" " set filter alive 2 permit 0/0 0/0" msgstr "" " set filter dial 0 deny udp src eq 123\n" " # Prevent NTP traffic from initiating dial out\n" " set filter dial 1 permit 0 0\n" " set filter alive 0 deny udp src eq 123\n" " # Prevent incoming NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n" " set filter alive 1 deny udp dst eq 123\n" " # Prevent outgoing NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n" " set filter alive 2 permit 0/0 0/0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57849 msgid "For more details, refer to the PACKET FILTERING section in ppp8 and the examples in /usr/share/examples/ppp/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:57855 msgid "Some Internet access providers block low-numbered ports, preventing NTP from functioning since replies never reach the machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:57874 msgid "iSCSI Initiator and Target Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57877 msgid "iSCSI is a way to share storage over a network. Unlike NFS, which works at the file system level, iSCSI works at the block device level." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57882 msgid "In iSCSI terminology, the system that shares the storage is known as the target. The storage can be a physical disk, or an area representing multiple disks or a portion of a physical disk. For example, if the disk(s) are formatted with ZFS, a zvol can be created to use as the iSCSI storage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57890 msgid "The clients which access the iSCSI storage are called initiators. To initiators, the storage available through iSCSI appears as a raw, unformatted disk known as a LUN. Device nodes for the disk appear in /dev/ and the device must be separately formatted and mounted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:57898 msgid "Beginning with 10.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD provides a native, kernel-based iSCSI target and initiator. This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a target or an initiator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:57904 msgid "Configuring an iSCSI Target" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:57907 msgid "The native iSCSI target is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use iSCSI in older versions of FreeBSD, install a userspace target from the Ports Collection, such as net/istgt. This chapter only describes the native target." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57915 msgid "To configure an iSCSI target, create the /etc/ctl.conf configuration file, add a line to /etc/rc.conf to make sure the ctld8 daemon is automatically started at boot, and then start the daemon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57921 msgid "The following is an example of a simple /etc/ctl.conf configuration file. Refer to ctl.conf5 for a more complete description of this file's available options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:57926 #, no-wrap msgid "" "portal-group pg0 {\n" "\tdiscovery-auth-group no-authentication\n" "\tlisten 0.0.0.0\n" "\tlisten [::]\n" "}\n" "\n" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" "\tauth-group no-authentication\n" "\tportal-group pg0\n" "\n" "\tlun 0 {\n" "\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n" "\t\tsize 4G\n" "\t}\n" "}" msgstr "" "portal-group pg0 {\n" "\tdiscovery-auth-group no-authentication\n" "\tlisten 0.0.0.0\n" "\tlisten [::]\n" "}\n" "\n" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" "\tauth-group no-authentication\n" "\tportal-group pg0\n" "\n" "\tlun 0 {\n" "\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n" "\t\tsize 4G\n" "\t}\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57942 msgid "The first entry defines the pg0 portal group. Portal groups define which network addresses the ctld8 daemon will listen on. The discovery-auth-group no-authentication entry indicates that any initiator is allowed to perform iSCSI target discovery without authentication. Lines three and four configure ctld8 to listen on all IPv4 (listen 0.0.0.0) and IPv6 (listen [::]) addresses on the default port of 3260." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57954 msgid "It is not necessary to define a portal group as there is a built-in portal group called default. In this case, the difference between default and pg0 is that with default, target discovery is always denied, while with pg0, it is always allowed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57962 msgid "The second entry defines a single target. Target has two possible meanings: a machine serving iSCSI or a named group of LUNs. This example uses the latter meaning, where iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 is the target name. This target name is suitable for testing purposes. For actual use, change com.example to the real domain name, reversed. The 2012-06 represents the year and month of acquiring control of that domain name, and target0 can be any value. Any number of targets can be defined in this configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57975 msgid "The auth-group no-authentication line allows all initiators to connect to the specified target and portal-group pg0 makes the target reachable through the pg0 portal group." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57980 msgid "The next section defines the LUN. To the initiator, each LUN will be visible as a separate disk device. Multiple LUNs can be defined for each target. Each LUN is identified by a number, where LUN 0 is mandatory. The path /data/target0-0 line defines the full path to a file or zvol backing the LUN. That path must exist before starting ctld8. The second line is optional and specifies the size of the LUN." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:57991 msgid "Next, to make sure the ctld8 daemon is started at boot, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58001 msgid "As the ctld8 daemon is started, it reads /etc/ctl.conf. If this file is edited after the daemon starts, use this command so that the changes take effect immediately:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #. (itstool) path: sect5/title #: book.translate.xml:58009 book.translate.xml:62971 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58011 msgid "The previous example is inherently insecure as it uses no authentication, granting anyone full access to all targets. To require a username and password to access targets, modify the configuration as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58016 #, no-wrap msgid "" "auth-group ag0 {\n" "\tchap username1 secretsecret\n" "\tchap username2 anothersecret\n" "}\n" "\n" "portal-group pg0 {\n" "\tdiscovery-auth-group no-authentication\n" "\tlisten 0.0.0.0\n" "\tlisten [::]\n" "}\n" "\n" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" "\tauth-group ag0\n" "\tportal-group pg0\n" "\tlun 0 {\n" "\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n" "\t\tsize 4G\n" "\t}\n" "}" msgstr "" "auth-group ag0 {\n" "\tchap username1 secretsecret\n" "\tchap username2 anothersecret\n" "}\n" "\n" "portal-group pg0 {\n" "\tdiscovery-auth-group no-authentication\n" "\tlisten 0.0.0.0\n" "\tlisten [::]\n" "}\n" "\n" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" "\tauth-group ag0\n" "\tportal-group pg0\n" "\tlun 0 {\n" "\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n" "\t\tsize 4G\n" "\t}\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58036 msgid "The auth-group section defines username and password pairs. An initiator trying to connect to iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 must first specify a defined username and secret. However, target discovery is still permitted without authentication. To require target discovery authentication, set discovery-auth-group to a defined auth-group name instead of no-authentication." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58046 msgid "It is common to define a single exported target for every initiator. As a shorthand for the syntax above, the username and password can be specified directly in the target entry:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58051 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" "\tportal-group pg0\n" "\tchap username1 secretsecret\n" "\n" "\tlun 0 {\n" "\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n" "\t\tsize 4G\n" "\t}\n" "}" msgstr "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" "\tportal-group pg0\n" "\tchap username1 secretsecret\n" "\n" "\tlun 0 {\n" "\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n" "\t\tsize 4G\n" "\t}\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:58064 msgid "Configuring an iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:58067 msgid "The iSCSI initiator described in this section is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use the iSCSI initiator available in older versions, refer to iscontrol8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58073 msgid "The iSCSI initiator requires that the iscsid8 daemon is running. This daemon does not use a configuration file. To start it automatically at boot, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58078 #, no-wrap msgid "iscsid_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "iscsid_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58080 msgid "To start iscsid8 now, run this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:58082 #, no-wrap msgid "# service iscsid start" msgstr "# service iscsid start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58084 msgid "Connecting to a target can be done with or without an /etc/iscsi.conf configuration file. This section demonstrates both types of connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:58089 msgid "Connecting to a Target Without a Configuration File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58092 msgid "To connect an initiator to a single target, specify the IP address of the portal and the name of the target:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:58096 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0" msgstr "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58098 msgid "To verify if the connection succeeded, run iscsictl without any arguments. The output should look similar to this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Connected: da0" msgstr "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Connected: da0" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58105 msgid "In this example, the iSCSI session was successfully established, with /dev/da0 representing the attached LUN. If the iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 target exports more than one LUN, multiple device nodes will be shown in that section of the output:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:58114 #, no-wrap msgid "Connected: da0 da1 da2." msgstr "Connected: da0 da1 da2." #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58116 msgid "Any errors will be reported in the output, as well as the system logs. For example, this message usually means that the iscsid8 daemon is not running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58120 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Waiting for iscsid(8)" msgstr "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Waiting for iscsid(8)" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58123 msgid "The following message suggests a networking problem, such as a wrong IP address or port:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58127 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.11 Connection refused" msgstr "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.11 Connection refused" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58130 msgid "This message means that the specified target name is wrong:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58133 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Not found" msgstr "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Not found" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58136 msgid "This message means that the target requires authentication:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58139 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Authentication failed" msgstr "" "Target name Target portal State\n" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Authentication failed" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58142 msgid "To specify a CHAP username and secret, use this syntax:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:58145 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 -u user -s secretsecret" msgstr "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 -u user -s secretsecret" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:58149 msgid "Connecting to a Target with a Configuration File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58152 msgid "To connect using a configuration file, create /etc/iscsi.conf with contents like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58156 #, no-wrap msgid "" "t0 {\n" "\tTargetAddress = 10.10.10.10\n" "\tTargetName = iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n" "\tAuthMethod = CHAP\n" "\tchapIName = user\n" "\tchapSecret = secretsecret\n" "}" msgstr "" "t0 {\n" "\tTargetAddress = 10.10.10.10\n" "\tTargetName = iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n" "\tAuthMethod = CHAP\n" "\tchapIName = user\n" "\tchapSecret = secretsecret\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58164 msgid "The t0 specifies a nickname for the configuration file section. It will be used by the initiator to specify which configuration to use. The other lines specify the parameters to use during connection. The TargetAddress and TargetName are mandatory, whereas the other options are optional. In this example, the CHAP username and secret are shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58174 msgid "To connect to the defined target, specify the nickname:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:58177 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -An t0" msgstr "# iscsictl -An t0" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58179 msgid "Alternately, to connect to all targets defined in the configuration file, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:58182 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -Aa" msgstr "# iscsictl -Aa" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58184 msgid "To make the initiator automatically connect to all targets in /etc/iscsi.conf, add the following to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "iscsictl_enable=\"YES\"\n" "iscsictl_flags=\"-Aa\"" msgstr "" "iscsictl_enable=\"YES\"\n" "iscsictl_flags=\"-Aa\"" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:58219 msgid " Brad Davis Converted to SGML and updated by " msgstr " spijker zonder kop Davis Omgezet naar SGML en bijgewerkt door " #. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:58231 msgid "security firewalls" msgstr "security firewalls" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58240 msgid "Firewalls make it possible to filter the incoming and outgoing traffic that flows through a system. A firewall can use one or more sets of rules to inspect network packets as they come in or go out of network connections and either allows the traffic through or blocks it. The rules of a firewall can inspect one or more characteristics of the packets such as the protocol type, source or destination host address, and source or destination port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58249 msgid "Firewalls can enhance the security of a host or a network. They can be used to do one or more of the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58254 msgid "Protect and insulate the applications, services, and machines of an internal network from unwanted traffic from the public Internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58260 msgid "Limit or disable access from hosts of the internal network to services of the public Internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58265 msgid "Support network address translation (NAT), which allows an internal network to use private IP addresses and share a single connection to the public Internet using either a single IP address or a shared pool of automatically assigned public addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58274 msgid "FreeBSD has three firewalls built into the base system: PF, IPFW, and IPFILTER, also known as IPF. FreeBSD also provides two traffic shapers for controlling bandwidth usage: altq4 and dummynet4. ALTQ has traditionally been closely tied with PF and dummynet with IPFW. Each firewall uses rules to control the access of packets to and from a FreeBSD system, although they go about it in different ways and each has a different rule syntax." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58288 msgid "FreeBSD provides multiple firewalls in order to meet the different requirements and preferences for a wide variety of users. Each user should evaluate which firewall best meets their needs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58297 msgid "How to define packet filtering rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58301 msgid "The differences between the firewalls built into FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58306 msgid "How to use and configure the PF firewall." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58311 msgid "How to use and configure the IPFW firewall." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58316 msgid "How to use and configure the IPFILTER firewall." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:58330 msgid "Since all firewalls are based on inspecting the values of selected packet control fields, the creator of the firewall ruleset must have an understanding of how TCP/IP works, what the different values in the packet control fields are, and how these values are used in a normal session conversation. For a good introduction, refer to Daryl's TCP/IP Primer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:58342 msgid "Firewall Concepts" msgstr "Firewallconcepten" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:58344 msgid "firewall rulesets" msgstr "firewall rulesets" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58350 msgid "A ruleset contains a group of rules which pass or block packets based on the values contained in the packet. The bi-directional exchange of packets between hosts comprises a session conversation. The firewall ruleset processes both the packets arriving from the public Internet, as well as the packets produced by the system as a response to them. Each TCP/IP service is predefined by its protocol and listening port. Packets destined for a specific service originate from the source address using an unprivileged port and target the specific service port on the destination address. All the above parameters can be used as selection criteria to create rules which will pass or block services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58363 msgid "To lookup unknown port numbers, refer to /etc/services. Alternatively, visit http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_TCP_and_UDP_port_numbers and do a port number lookup to find the purpose of a particular port number." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58368 msgid "Check out this link for port numbers used by Trojans http://www.sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58370 msgid "FTP has two modes: active mode and passive mode. The difference is in how the data channel is acquired. Passive mode is more secure as the data channel is acquired by the ordinal ftp session requester. For a good explanation of FTP and the different modes, see http://www.slacksite.com/other/ftp.html." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58376 msgid "A firewall ruleset can be either exclusive or inclusive. An exclusive firewall allows all traffic through except for the traffic matching the ruleset. An inclusive firewall does the reverse as it only allows traffic matching the rules through and blocks everything else." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58383 msgid "An inclusive firewall offers better control of the outgoing traffic, making it a better choice for systems that offer services to the public Internet. It also controls the type of traffic originating from the public Internet that can gain access to a private network. All traffic that does not match the rules is blocked and logged. Inclusive firewalls are generally safer than exclusive firewalls because they significantly reduce the risk of allowing unwanted traffic." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:58394 msgid "Unless noted otherwise, all configuration and example rulesets in this chapter create inclusive firewall rulesets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58399 msgid "Security can be tightened further using a stateful firewall. This type of firewall keeps track of open connections and only allows traffic which either matches an existing connection or opens a new, allowed connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58404 msgid "Stateful filtering treats traffic as a bi-directional exchange of packets comprising a session. When state is specified on a matching rule the firewall dynamically generates internal rules for each anticipated packet being exchanged during the session. It has sufficient matching capabilities to determine if a packet is valid for a session. Any packets that do not properly fit the session template are automatically rejected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58413 msgid "When the session completes, it is removed from the dynamic state table." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58416 msgid "Stateful filtering allows one to focus on blocking/passing new sessions. If the new session is passed, all its subsequent packets are allowed automatically and any impostor packets are automatically rejected. If a new session is blocked, none of its subsequent packets are allowed. Stateful filtering provides advanced matching abilities capable of defending against the flood of different attack methods employed by attackers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58424 msgid "NAT stands for Network Address Translation. NAT function enables the private LAN behind the firewall to share a single ISP-assigned IP address, even if that address is dynamically assigned. NAT allows each computer in the LAN to have Internet access, without having to pay the ISP for multiple Internet accounts or IP addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58432 msgid "NAT will automatically translate the private LAN IP address for each system on the LAN to the single public IP address as packets exit the firewall bound for the public Internet. It also performs the reverse translation for returning packets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58438 msgid "According to RFC 1918, the following IP address ranges are reserved for private networks which will never be routed directly to the public Internet, and therefore are available for use with NAT:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58445 msgid "10.0.0.0/8." msgstr "10.0.0.0/8." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58449 msgid "172.16.0.0/12." msgstr "172.16.0.0/12." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58453 msgid "192.168.0.0/16." msgstr "192.168.0.0/16." #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:58458 msgid "When working with the firewall rules, be very careful. Some configurations can lock the administrator out of the server. To be on the safe side, consider performing the initial firewall configuration from the local console rather than doing it remotely over ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:58469 msgid "PF" msgstr "PF" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:58472 msgid " John Ferrell Revised and updated by " msgstr " John Ferrell Herzien en bijgewerkt door " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:58482 msgid "firewall PF" msgstr "firewall PF" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58488 msgid "Since FreeBSD 5.3, a ported version of OpenBSD's PF firewall has been included as an integrated part of the base system. PF is a complete, full-featured firewall that has optional support for ALTQ (Alternate Queuing), which provides Quality of Service (QoS)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58496 msgid "The OpenBSD Project maintains the definitive reference for PF in the PF FAQ. Peter Hansteen maintains a thorough PF tutorial at http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:58502 msgid "When reading the PF FAQ, keep in mind that FreeBSD uses the same version of PF as OpenBSD 4.5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58507 msgid "The FreeBSD packet filter mailing list is a good place to ask questions about configuring and running the PF firewall. Check the mailing list archives before asking a question as it may have already been answered." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58512 msgid "More information about porting PF to FreeBSD can be found at http://pf4freebsd.love2party.net/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:58515 msgid "This section of the Handbook focuses on PF as it pertains to FreeBSD. It demonstrates how to enable PF and ALTQ. It then provides several examples for creating rulesets on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:58522 msgid "Enabling PF" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58524 msgid "In order to use PF, its kernel module must be first loaded. This section describes the entries that can be added to /etc/rc.conf in order to enable PF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58529 msgid "Start by adding the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58532 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "pf_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58534 msgid "Additional options, described in pfctl8, can be passed to PF when it is started. Add this entry to /etc/rc.conf and specify any required flags between the two quotes (\"\"):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58540 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pfctl startup" msgstr "pf_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pfctl startup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58542 msgid "PF will not start if it cannot find its ruleset configuration file. The default ruleset is already created and is named /etc/pf.conf. If a custom ruleset has been saved somewhere else, add a line to /etc/rc.conf which specifies the full path to the file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58550 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_rules=\"/path/to/pf.conf\"" msgstr "pf_rules=\"/path/to/pf.conf\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58552 msgid "Logging support for PF is provided by pflog4. To enable logging support, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58556 #, no-wrap msgid "pflog_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "pflog_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58558 msgid "The following lines can also be added in order to change the default location of the log file or to specify any additional flags to pass to pflog4 when it is started:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58563 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pflog_logfile=\"/var/log/pflog\" # where pflogd should store the logfile\n" "pflog_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pflogd startup" msgstr "" "pflog_logfile=\"/var/log/pflog\" # where pflogd should store the logfile\n" "pflog_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pflogd startup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58566 msgid "Finally, if there is a LAN behind the firewall and packets need to be forwarded for the computers on the LAN, or NAT is required, add the following option:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58571 #, no-wrap msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway" msgstr "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58573 msgid "After saving the needed edits, PF can be started with logging support by typing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:58577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service pf start\n" "# service pflog start" msgstr "" "# service pf start\n" "# service pflog start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58631 msgid "By default, PF reads its configuration rules from /etc/pf.conf and modifies, drops, or passes packets according to the rules or definitions specified in this file. The FreeBSD installation includes several sample files located in /usr/share/examples/pf/. Refer to the PF FAQ for complete coverage of PF rulesets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58641 msgid "To control PF, use pfctl. summarizes some useful options to this command. Refer to pfctl8 for a description of all available options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:58647 msgid "Useful pfctl Options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58653 book.translate.xml:62185 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Doel" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58659 msgid "pfctl -e" msgstr "pfctl -e" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58661 msgid "Enable PF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58665 msgid "pfctl -d" msgstr "pfctl -d" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58667 msgid "Disable PF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58671 msgid "pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf" msgstr "pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58673 msgid "Flush all NAT, filter, state, and table rules and reload /etc/pf.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58679 msgid "pfctl -s [ rules | nat | states ]" msgstr "pfctl -s [ rules | nat | states ]" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58681 msgid "Report on the filter rules, NAT rules, or state table." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58687 msgid "pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf" msgstr "pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:58689 msgid "Check /etc/pf.conf for errors, but do not load ruleset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:58697 msgid "security/sudo is useful for running commands like pfctl that require elevated privileges. It can be installed from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58703 msgid "To keep an eye on the traffic that passes through the PF firewall, consider installing the sysutils/pftop package or port. Once installed, pftop can be run to view a running snapshot of traffic in a format which is similar to top1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:58712 msgid "Enabling ALTQ" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58714 msgid "On FreeBSD, ALTQ can be used with PF to provide Quality of Service (QOS). Once ALTQ is enabled, queues can be defined in the ruleset which determine the processing priority of outbound packets." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58721 msgid "Before enabling ALTQ, refer to altq4 to determine if the drivers for the network cards installed on the system support it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58725 msgid "ALTQ is not available as a loadable kernel module. If the system's interfaces support ALTQ, create a custom kernel using the instructions in . The following kernel options are available. The first is needed to enable ALTQ. At least one of the other options is necessary to specify the queueing scheduler algorithm:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58734 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options ALTQ\n" "options ALTQ_CBQ # Class Based Queuing (CBQ)\n" "options ALTQ_RED # Random Early Detection (RED)\n" "options ALTQ_RIO # RED In/Out\n" "options ALTQ_HFSC # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler (HFSC)\n" "options ALTQ_PRIQ # Priority Queuing (PRIQ)" msgstr "" "options ALTQ\n" "options ALTQ_CBQ # Class Based Queuing (CBQ)\n" "options ALTQ_RED # Random Early Detection (RED)\n" "options ALTQ_RIO # RED In/Out\n" "options ALTQ_HFSC # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler (HFSC)\n" "options ALTQ_PRIQ # Priority Queuing (PRIQ)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58741 msgid "The following scheduler algorithms are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:58745 msgid "CBQ" msgstr "CBQ" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58747 msgid "Class Based Queuing (CBQ) is used to divide a connection's bandwidth into different classes or queues to prioritize traffic based on filter rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:58755 msgid "RED" msgstr "RED" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58757 msgid "Random Early Detection (RED) is used to avoid network congestion by measuring the length of the queue and comparing it to the minimum and maximum thresholds for the queue. When the queue is over the maximum, all new packets are randomly dropped." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:58766 msgid "RIO" msgstr "RIO" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58768 msgid "In Random Early Detection In and Out (RIO) mode, RED maintains multiple average queue lengths and multiple threshold values, one for each QOS level." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:58777 msgid "HFSC" msgstr "HFSC" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58779 msgid "Hierarchical Fair Service Curve Packet Scheduler (HFSC) is described in http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/~hzhang/HFSC/main.html." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:58785 msgid "PRIQ" msgstr "PRIQ" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:58787 msgid "Priority Queuing (PRIQ) always passes traffic that is in a higher queue first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58793 msgid "More information about the scheduling algorithms and example rulesets are available at http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/queueing.html." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:58799 msgid "PF Rulesets" msgstr "PF Rulesets" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:58802 msgid " Peter Hansteen N. M. Contributed by " msgstr " Peter Hansteen NM Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58813 msgid "This section demonstrates how to create a customized ruleset. It starts with the simplest of rulesets and builds upon its concepts using several examples to demonstrate real-world usage of PF's many features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58819 msgid "The simplest possible ruleset is for a single machine that does not run any services and which needs access to one network, which may be the Internet. To create this minimal ruleset, edit /etc/pf.conf so it looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58825 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block in all\n" "pass out all keep state" msgstr "" "block in all\n" "pass out all keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58828 msgid "The first rule denies all incoming traffic by default. The second rule allows connections created by this system to pass out, while retaining state information on those connections. This state information allows return traffic for those connections to pass back and should only be used on machines that can be trusted. The ruleset can be loaded with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:58836 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf" msgstr "# pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58838 msgid "In addition to keeping state, PF provides lists and macros which can be defined for use when creating rules. Macros can include lists and need to be defined before use. As an example, insert these lines at the very top of the ruleset:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58846 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" "udp_services = \"{ domain }\"" msgstr "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" "udp_services = \"{ domain }\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58849 msgid "PF understands port names as well as port numbers, as long as the names are listed in /etc/services. This example creates two macros. The first is a list of seven TCP port names and the second is one UDP port name. Once defined, macros can be used in rules. In this example, all traffic is blocked except for the connections initiated by this system for the seven specified TCP services and the one specified UDP service:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58860 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" "udp_services = \"{ domain }\"\n" "block all\n" "pass out proto tcp to any port $tcp_services keep state\n" "pass proto udp to any port $udp_services keep state" msgstr "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" "udp_services = \"{ domain }\"\n" "block all\n" "pass out proto tcp to any port $tcp_services keep state\n" "pass proto udp to any port $udp_services keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58866 msgid "Even though UDP is considered to be a stateless protocol, PF is able to track some state information. For example, when a UDP request is passed which asks a name server about a domain name, PF will watch for the response in order to pass it back." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58873 msgid "Whenever an edit is made to a ruleset, the new rules must be loaded so they can be used:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:58876 book.translate.xml:59123 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf" msgstr "# pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58878 msgid "If there are no syntax errors, pfctl will not output any messages during the rule load. Rules can also be tested before attempting to load them:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:58882 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf" msgstr "# pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:58884 msgid "Including causes the rules to be interpreted only, but not loaded. This provides an opportunity to correct any errors. At all times, the last valid ruleset loaded will be enforced until either PF is disabled or a new ruleset is loaded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:58892 msgid "Adding to a pfctl ruleset verify or load will display the fully parsed rules exactly the way they will be loaded. This is extremely useful when debugging rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:58899 msgid "A Simple Gateway with NAT" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58901 msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system running PF to act as a gateway for at least one other machine. The gateway needs at least two network interfaces, each connected to a separate network. In this example, xl1 is connected to the Internet and xl0 is connected to the internal network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58909 msgid "First, enable the gateway in order to let the machine forward the network traffic it receives on one interface to another interface. This sysctl setting will forward IPv4 packets:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:58914 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1" msgstr "# sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58916 msgid "To forward IPv6 traffic, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:58918 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1" msgstr "# sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58920 msgid "To enable these settings at system boot, add the following to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58923 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t\t#for ipv4\n" "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t#for ipv6" msgstr "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t\t#for ipv4\n" "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t#for ipv6" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58926 msgid "Verify with ifconfig that both of the interfaces are up and running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58929 msgid "Next, create the PF rules to allow the gateway to pass traffic. While the following rule allows stateful traffic to pass from the Internet to hosts on the network, the to keyword does not guarantee passage all the way from source to destination:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58936 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state" msgstr "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58938 msgid "That rule only lets the traffic pass in to the gateway on the internal interface. To let the packets go further, a matching rule is needed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58942 #, no-wrap msgid "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state" msgstr "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58944 msgid "While these two rules will work, rules this specific are rarely needed. For a busy network admin, a readable ruleset is a safer ruleset. The remainder of this section demonstrates how to keep the rules as simple as possible for readability. For example, those two rules could be replaced with one rule:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58951 #, no-wrap msgid "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state" msgstr "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58953 msgid "The interface:network notation can be replaced with a macro to make the ruleset even more readable. For example, a $localnet macro could be defined as the network directly attached to the internal interface ($xl1:network). Alternatively, the definition of $localnet could be changed to an IP address/netmask notation to denote a network, such as 192.168.100.1/24 for a subnet of private addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58964 msgid "If required, $localnet could even be defined as a list of networks. Whatever the specific needs, a sensible $localnet definition could be used in a typical pass rule as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58969 #, no-wrap msgid "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state" msgstr "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58971 msgid "The following sample ruleset allows all traffic initiated by machines on the internal network. It first defines two macros to represent the external and internal 3COM interfaces of the gateway." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:58977 msgid "For dialup users, the external interface will use tun0. For an ADSL connection, specifically those using PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), the correct external interface is tun0, not the physical Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:58986 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ext_if = \"xl0\"\t# macro for external interface - use tun0 for PPPoE\n" "int_if = \"xl1\"\t# macro for internal interface\n" "localnet = $int_if:network\n" "# ext_if IP address could be dynamic, hence ($ext_if)\n" "nat on $ext_if from $localnet to any -> ($ext_if)\n" "block all\n" "pass from { lo0, $localnet } to any keep state" msgstr "" "ext_if = \"xl0\"\t# macro for external interface - use tun0 for PPPoE\n" "int_if = \"xl1\"\t# macro for internal interface\n" "localnet = $int_if:network\n" "# ext_if IP address could be dynamic, hence ($ext_if)\n" "nat on $ext_if from $localnet to any -> ($ext_if)\n" "block all\n" "pass from { lo0, $localnet } to any keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:58994 msgid "This ruleset introduces the nat rule which is used to handle the network address translation from the non-routable addresses inside the internal network to the IP address assigned to the external interface. The parentheses surrounding the last part of the nat rule ($ext_if) is included when the IP address of the external interface is dynamically assigned. It ensures that network traffic runs without serious interruptions even if the external IP address changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59005 msgid "Note that this ruleset probably allows more traffic to pass out of the network than is needed. One reasonable setup could create this macro:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59009 #, no-wrap msgid "" "client_out = \"{ ftp-data, ftp, ssh, domain, pop3, auth, nntp, http, \\\n" " https, cvspserver, 2628, 5999, 8000, 8080 }\"" msgstr "" "client_out = \"{ ftp-data, ftp, ssh, domain, pop3, auth, nntp, http, \\\n" " https, cvspserver, 2628, 5999, 8000, 8080 }\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59012 msgid "to use in the main pass rule:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59014 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass inet proto tcp from $localnet to any port $client_out \\\n" " flags S/SA keep state" msgstr "" "pass inet proto tcp from $localnet to any port $client_out \\\n" " flags S/SA keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59017 msgid "A few other pass rules may be needed. This one enables SSH on the external interface::" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59020 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh" msgstr "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59022 msgid "This macro definition and rule allows DNS and NTP for internal clients:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59026 #, no-wrap msgid "" "udp_services = \"{ domain, ntp }\"\n" "pass quick inet proto { tcp, udp } to any port $udp_services keep state" msgstr "" "udp_services = \"{ domain, ntp }\"\n" "pass quick inet proto { tcp, udp } to any port $udp_services keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59029 msgid "Note the quick keyword in this rule. Since the ruleset consists of several rules, it is important to understand the relationships between the rules in a ruleset. Rules are evaluated from top to bottom, in the sequence they are written. For each packet or connection evaluated by PF, the last matching rule in the ruleset is the one which is applied. However, when a packet matches a rule which contains the quick keyword, the rule processing stops and the packet is treated according to that rule. This is very useful when an exception to the general rules is needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:59044 msgid "Creating an FTP Proxy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59046 msgid "Configuring working FTP rules can be problematic due to the nature of the FTP protocol. FTP pre-dates firewalls by several decades and is insecure in its design. The most common points against using FTP include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59055 msgid "Passwords are transferred in the clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59059 msgid "The protocol demands the use of at least two TCP connections (control and data) on separate ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59065 msgid "When a session is established, data is communicated using randomly selected ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59070 msgid "All of these points present security challenges, even before considering any potential security weaknesses in client or server software. More secure alternatives for file transfer exist, such as sftp1 or scp1, which both feature authentication and data transfer over encrypted connections.." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59077 msgid "For those situations when FTP is required, PF provides redirection of FTP traffic to a small proxy program called ftp-proxy8, which is included in the base system of FreeBSD. The role of the proxy is to dynamically insert and delete rules in the ruleset, using a set of anchors, in order to correctly handle FTP traffic." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59086 msgid "To enable the FTP proxy, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59089 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59091 msgid "Then start the proxy by running service ftp-proxy start." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59094 msgid "For a basic configuration, three elements need to be added to /etc/pf.conf. First, the anchors which the proxy will use to insert the rules it generates for the FTP sessions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59099 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nat-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n" "rdr-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"" msgstr "" "nat-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n" "rdr-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59102 msgid "Second, a pass rule is needed to allow FTP traffic in to the proxy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59105 msgid "Third, redirection and NAT rules need to be defined before the filtering rules. Insert this rdr rule immediately after the nat rule:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59110 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8021" msgstr "rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8021" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59112 msgid "Finally, allow the redirected traffic to pass:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59114 #, no-wrap msgid "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp" msgstr "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59116 msgid "where $proxy expands to the address the proxy daemon is bound to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59119 msgid "Save /etc/pf.conf, load the new rules, and verify from a client that FTP connections are working:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59125 msgid "This example covers a basic setup where the clients in the local network need to contact FTP servers elsewhere. This basic configuration should work well with most combinations of FTP clients and servers. As shown in ftp-proxy8, the proxy's behavior can be changed in various ways by adding options to the ftpproxy_flags= line. Some clients or servers may have specific quirks that must be compensated for in the configuration, or there may be a need to integrate the proxy in specific ways such as assigning FTP traffic to a specific queue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59138 msgid "For ways to run an FTP server protected by PF and ftp-proxy8, configure a separate ftp-proxy in reverse mode, using , on a separate port with its own redirecting pass rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:59147 msgid "Managing ICMP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59149 msgid "Many of the tools used for debugging or troubleshooting a TCP/IP network rely on the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), which was designed specifically with debugging in mind." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59154 msgid "The ICMP protocol sends and receives control messages between hosts and gateways, mainly to provide feedback to a sender about any unusual or difficult conditions enroute to the target host. Routers use ICMP to negotiate packet sizes and other transmission parameters in a process often referred to as path MTU discovery." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59163 msgid "From a firewall perspective, some ICMP control messages are vulnerable to known attack vectors. Also, letting all diagnostic traffic pass unconditionally makes debugging easier, but it also makes it easier for others to extract information about the network. For these reasons, the following rule may not be optimal:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59171 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto icmp from any to any" msgstr "pass inet proto icmp from any to any" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59173 msgid "One solution is to let all ICMP traffic from the local network through while stopping all probes from outside the network:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59177 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass inet proto icmp from $localnet to any keep state\n" "pass inet proto icmp from any to $ext_if keep state" msgstr "" "pass inet proto icmp from $localnet to any keep state\n" "pass inet proto icmp from any to $ext_if keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59180 msgid "Additional options are available which demonstrate some of PF's flexibility. For example, rather than allowing all ICMP messages, one can specify the messages used by ping8 and traceroute8. Start by defining a macro for that type of message:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59187 #, no-wrap msgid "icmp_types = \"echoreq\"" msgstr "icmp_types = \"echoreq\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59189 msgid "and a rule which uses the macro:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59191 book.translate.xml:59251 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state" msgstr "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59193 msgid "If other types of ICMP packets are needed, expand icmp_types to a list of those packet types. Type more /usr/src/contrib/pf/pfctl/pfctl_parser.c to see the list of ICMP message types supported by PF. Refer to http://www.iana.org/assignments/icmp-parameters/icmp-parameters.xhtml for an explanation of each message type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59201 msgid "Since Unix traceroute uses UDP by default, another rule is needed to allow Unix traceroute:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59205 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# allow out the default range for traceroute(8):\n" "pass out on $ext_if inet proto udp from any to any port 33433 >< 33626 keep state" msgstr "" "# allow out the default range for traceroute(8):\n" "pass out on $ext_if inet proto udp from any to any port 33433 >< 33626 keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59208 msgid "Since TRACERT.EXE on Microsoft Windows systems uses ICMP echo request messages, only the first rule is needed to allow network traces from those systems. Unix traceroute can be instructed to use other protocols as well, and will use ICMP echo request messages if is used. Check the traceroute8 man page for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:59218 msgid "Path MTU Discovery" msgstr "Path MTU Discovery" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:59220 msgid "Internet protocols are designed to be device independent, and one consequence of device independence is that the optimal packet size for a given connection cannot always be predicted reliably. The main constraint on packet size is the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) which sets the upper limit on the packet size for an interface. Type ifconfig to view the MTUs for a system's network interfaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:59231 msgid "TCP/IP uses a process known as path MTU discovery to determine the right packet size for a connection. This process sends packets of varying sizes with the Do not fragment flag set, expecting an ICMP return packet of type 3, code 4 when the upper limit has been reached. Type 3 means destination unreachable, and code 4 is short for fragmentation needed, but the do-not-fragment flag is set. To allow path MTU discovery in order to support connections to other MTUs, add the destination unreachable type to the icmp_types macro:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59245 #, no-wrap msgid "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\"" msgstr "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\"" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:59247 msgid "Since the pass rule already uses that macro, it does not need to be modified in order to support the new ICMP type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:59253 msgid "PF allows filtering on all variations of ICMP types and codes. The list of possible types and codes are documented in icmp4 and icmp64." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:59261 msgid "Using Tables" msgstr "Tables gebruiken" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59263 msgid "Some types of data are relevant to filtering and redirection at a given time, but their definition is too long to be included in the ruleset file. PF supports the use of tables, which are defined lists that can be manipulated without needing to reload the entire ruleset, and which can provide fast lookups. Table names are always enclosed within < >, like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59272 #, no-wrap msgid "table <clients> { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }" msgstr "table <clients> { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59274 msgid "In this example, the 192.168.2.0/24 network is part of the table, except for the address 192.168.2.5, which is excluded using the ! operator. It is also possible to load tables from files where each item is on a separate line, as seen in this example /etc/clients:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59282 #, no-wrap msgid "" "192.168.2.0/24\n" "!192.168.2.5" msgstr "" "192.168.2.0/24\n" "!192.168.2.5" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59285 msgid "To refer to the file, define the table like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59287 #, no-wrap msgid "table <clients> persist file \"/etc/clients\"" msgstr "table <clients> persist file \"/etc/clients\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59289 msgid "Once the table is defined, it can be referenced by a rule:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59292 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto tcp from <clients> to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state" msgstr "pass inet proto tcp from <clients> to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59294 msgid "A table's contents can be manipulated live, using pfctl. This example adds another network to the table:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:59298 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16" msgstr "# pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59300 msgid "Note that any changes made this way will take affect now, making them ideal for testing, but will not survive a power failure or reboot. To make the changes permanent, modify the definition of the table in the ruleset or edit the file that the table refers to. One can maintain the on-disk copy of the table using a cron8 job which dumps the table's contents to disk at regular intervals, using a command such as pfctl -t clients -T show >/etc/clients. Alternatively, /etc/clients can be updated with the in-memory table contents:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:59312 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients" msgstr "# pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:59316 msgid "Using Overload Tables to Protect SSH" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59319 msgid "Those who run SSH on an external interface have probably seen something like this in the authentication logs:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59323 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[25771]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n" "Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[5279]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n" "Sep 26 03:12:35 skapet sshd[5279]: Received disconnect from 200.72.41.31: 11: Bye Bye\n" "Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[29635]: Invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31\n" "Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: input_userauth_request: invalid user admin\n" "Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: Failed password for invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31 port 41484 ssh2" msgstr "" "Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[25771]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n" "Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[5279]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n" "Sep 26 03:12:35 skapet sshd[5279]: Received disconnect from 200.72.41.31: 11: Bye Bye\n" "Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[29635]: Invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31\n" "Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: input_userauth_request: invalid user admin\n" "Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: Failed password for invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31 port 41484 ssh2" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59330 msgid "This is indicative of a brute force attack where somebody or some program is trying to discover the user name and password which will let them into the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59334 msgid "If external SSH access is needed for legitimate users, changing the default port used by SSH can offer some protection. However, PF provides a more elegant solution. Pass rules can contain limits on what connecting hosts can do and violators can be banished to a table of addresses which are denied some or all access. It is even possible to drop all existing connections from machines which overreach the limits." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59344 msgid "To configure this, create this table in the tables section of the ruleset:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59347 #, no-wrap msgid "table <bruteforce> persist" msgstr "table <bruteforce> persist" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59349 msgid "Then, somewhere early in the ruleset, add rules to block brute access while allowing legitimate access:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59352 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block quick from <bruteforce>\n" "pass inet proto tcp from any to $localnet port $tcp_services \\\n" " flags S/SA keep state \\\n" " (max-src-conn 100, max-src-conn-rate 15/5, \\\n" " overload <bruteforce> flush global)" msgstr "" "block quick from <bruteforce>\n" "pass inet proto tcp from any to $localnet port $tcp_services \\\n" " flags S/SA keep state \\\n" " (max-src-conn 100, max-src-conn-rate 15/5, \\\n" " overload <bruteforce> flush global)" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59358 msgid "The part in parentheses defines the limits and the numbers should be changed to meet local requirements. It can be read as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59362 msgid "max-src-conn is the number of simultaneous connections allowed from one host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59365 msgid "max-src-conn-rate is the rate of new connections allowed from any single host (15) per number of seconds (5)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59370 msgid "overload <bruteforce> means that any host which exceeds these limits gets its address added to the bruteforce table. The ruleset blocks all traffic from addresses in the bruteforce table." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59376 msgid "Finally, flush global says that when a host reaches the limit, that all (global) of that host's connections will be terminated (flush)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:59382 msgid "These rules will not block slow bruteforcers, as described in http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59386 msgid "This example ruleset is intended mainly as an illustration. For example, if a generous number of connections in general are wanted, but the desire is to be more restrictive when it comes to ssh, supplement the rule above with something like the one below, early on in the rule set:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59394 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass quick proto { tcp, udp } from any to any port ssh \\\n" " flags S/SA keep state \\\n" " (max-src-conn 15, max-src-conn-rate 5/3, \\\n" " overload <bruteforce> flush global)" msgstr "" "pass quick proto { tcp, udp } from any to any port ssh \\\n" " flags S/SA keep state \\\n" " (max-src-conn 15, max-src-conn-rate 5/3, \\\n" " overload <bruteforce> flush global)" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: book.translate.xml:59400 msgid "It May Not be Necessary to Block All Overloaders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:59403 msgid "It is worth noting that the overload mechanism is a general technique which does not apply exclusively to SSH, and it is not always optimal to entirely block all traffic from offenders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:59408 msgid "For example, an overload rule could be used to protect a mail service or a web service, and the overload table could be used in a rule to assign offenders to a queue with a minimal bandwidth allocation or to redirect to a specific web page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59415 msgid "Over time, tables will be filled by overload rules and their size will grow incrementally, taking up more memory. Sometimes an IP address that is blocked is a dynamically assigned one, which has since been assigned to a host who has a legitimate reason to communicate with hosts in the local network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59422 msgid "For situations like these, pfctl provides the ability to expire table entries. For example, this command will remove <bruteforce> table entries which have not been referenced for 86400 seconds:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:59429 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400" msgstr "# pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59431 msgid "Similar functionality is provided by security/expiretable, which removes table entries which have not been accessed for a specified period of time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59436 msgid "Once installed, expiretable can be run to remove <bruteforce> table entries older than a specified age. This example removes all entries older than 24 hours:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59441 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce" msgstr "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:59445 msgid "Protecting Against SPAM" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59447 msgid "Not to be confused with the spamd daemon which comes bundled with spamassassin, mail/spamd can be configured with PF to provide an outer defense against SPAM. This spamd hooks into the PF configuration using a set of redirections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59457 msgid "Spammers tend to send a large number of messages, and SPAM is mainly sent from a few spammer friendly networks and a large number of hijacked machines, both of which are reported to blacklists fairly quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59463 msgid "When an SMTP connection from an address in a blacklist is received, spamd presents its banner and immediately switches to a mode where it answers SMTP traffic one byte at a time. This technique, which is intended to waste as much time as possible on the spammer's end, is called tarpitting. The specific implementation which uses one byte SMTP replies is often referred to as stuttering." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59475 msgid "This example demonstrates the basic procedure for setting up spamd with automatically updated blacklists. Refer to the man pages which are installed with mail/spamd for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:59482 msgid "Configuring spamd" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59485 msgid "Install the mail/spamd package or port. In order to use spamd's greylisting features, fdescfs5 must be mounted at /dev/fd. Add the following line to /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59492 #, no-wrap msgid " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0" msgstr " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59494 msgid "Then, mount the filesystem:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59496 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount fdescfs" msgstr "# mount fdescfs" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59500 msgid "Next, edit the PF ruleset to include:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59503 #, no-wrap msgid "" "table <spamd> persist\n" "table <spamd-white> persist\n" "rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from <spamd> to \\\n" " { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8025\n" "rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from !<spamd-white> to \\\n" " { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8025" msgstr "" "table <spamd> persist\n" "table <spamd-white> persist\n" "rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from <spamd> to \\\n" " { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8025\n" "rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from !<spamd-white> to \\\n" " { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8025" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59510 msgid "The two tables <spamd> and <spamd-white> are essential. SMTP traffic from an address listed in <spamd> but not in <spamd-white> is redirected to the spamd daemon listening at port 8025." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59520 msgid "The next step is to configure spamd in /usr/local/etc/spamd.conf and to add some rc.conf parameters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59525 msgid "The installation of mail/spamd includes a sample configuration file (/usr/local/etc/spamd.conf.sample) and a man page for spamd.conf. Refer to these for additional configuration options beyond those shown in this example." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59532 msgid "One of the first lines in the configuration file that does not begin with a # comment sign contains the block which defines the all list, which specifies the lists to use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59538 #, no-wrap msgid "" "all:\\\n" " :traplist:whitelist:" msgstr "" "all:\\\n" " :traplist:whitelist:" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59541 msgid "This entry adds the desired blacklists, separated by colons (:). To use a whitelist to subtract addresses from a blacklist, add the name of the whitelist immediately after the name of that blacklist. For example: :blacklist:whitelist:." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59548 msgid "This is followed by the specified blacklist's definition:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59551 #, no-wrap msgid "" "traplist:\\\n" " :black:\\\n" " :msg=\"SPAM. Your address %A has sent spam within the last 24 hours\":\\\n" " :method=http:\\\n" " :file=www.openbsd.org/spamd/traplist.gz" msgstr "" "traplist:\\\n" " :black:\\\n" " :msg=\"SPAM. Your address %A has sent spam within the last 24 hours\":\\\n" " :method=http:\\\n" " :file=www.openbsd.org/spamd/traplist.gz" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59557 msgid "where the first line is the name of the blacklist and the second line specifies the list type. The msg field contains the message to display to blacklisted senders during the SMTP dialogue. The method field specifies how spamd-setup fetches the list data; supported methods are http, ftp, from a file in a mounted file system, and via exec of an external program. Finally, the file field specifies the name of the file spamd expects to receive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59572 msgid "The definition of the specified whitelist is similar, but omits the msg field since a message is not needed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59576 #, no-wrap msgid "" "whitelist:\\\n" " :white:\\\n" " :method=file:\\\n" " :file=/var/mail/whitelist.txt" msgstr "" "whitelist:\\\n" " :white:\\\n" " :method=file:\\\n" " :file=/var/mail/whitelist.txt" #. (itstool) path: tip/title #: book.translate.xml:59582 msgid "Choose Data Sources with Care" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: tip/para #: book.translate.xml:59584 msgid "Using all the blacklists in the sample spamd.conf will blacklist large blocks of the Internet. Administrators need to edit the file to create an optimal configuration which uses applicable data sources and, when necessary, uses custom lists." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59592 msgid "Next, add this entry to /etc/rc.conf. Additional flags are described in the man page specified by the comment:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59597 #, no-wrap msgid "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags" msgstr "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59599 msgid "When finished, reload the ruleset, start spamd by typing service start obspamd, and complete the configuration using spamd-setup. Finally, create a cron8 job which calls spamd-setup to update the tables at reasonable intervals." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59609 msgid "On a typical gateway in front of a mail server, hosts will soon start getting trapped within a few seconds to several minutes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59613 msgid "PF also supports greylisting, which temporarily rejects messages from unknown hosts with 45n codes. Messages from greylisted hosts which try again within a reasonable time are let through. Traffic from senders which are set up to behave within the limits set by RFC 1123 and RFC 2821 are immediately let through." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59622 msgid "More information about greylisting as a technique can be found at the greylisting.org web site. The most amazing thing about greylisting, apart from its simplicity, is that it still works. Spammers and malware writers have been very slow to adapt in order to bypass this technique." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59629 msgid "The basic procedure for configuring greylisting is as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: procedure/title #: book.translate.xml:59633 msgid "Configuring Greylisting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59636 msgid "Make sure that fdescfs5 is mounted as described in Step 1 of the previous Procedure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59641 msgid "To run spamd in greylisting mode, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59645 #, no-wrap msgid "spamd_grey=\"YES\" # use spamd greylisting if YES" msgstr "spamd_grey=\"YES\" # use spamd greylisting if YES" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59647 msgid "Refer to the spamd man page for descriptions of additional related parameters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:59653 msgid "To complete the greylisting setup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59655 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service restart obspamd\n" "# service start spamlogd" msgstr "" "# service restart obspamd\n" "# service start spamlogd" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59660 msgid "Behind the scenes, the spamdb database tool and the spamlogd whitelist updater perform essential functions for the greylisting feature. spamdb is the administrator's main interface to managing the black, grey, and white lists via the contents of the /var/db/spamdb database." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:59670 msgid "Network Hygiene" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59672 msgid "This section describes how block-policy, scrub, and antispoof can be used to make the ruleset behave sanely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59677 msgid "The block-policy is an option which can be set in the options part of the ruleset, which precedes the redirection and filtering rules. This option determines which feedback, if any, PF sends to hosts that are blocked by a rule. The option has two possible values: drop drops blocked packets with no feedback, and return returns a status code such as Connection refused." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59688 msgid "If not set, the default policy is drop. To change the block-policy, specify the desired value:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59693 #, no-wrap msgid "set block-policy return" msgstr "set block-policy return" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59695 msgid "In PF, scrub is a keyword which enables network packet normalization. This process reassembles fragmented packets and drops TCP packets that have invalid flag combinations. Enabling scrub provides a measure of protection against certain kinds of attacks based on incorrect handling of packet fragments. A number of options are available, but the simplest form is suitable for most configurations:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59705 #, no-wrap msgid "scrub in all" msgstr "scrub in all" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59707 msgid "Some services, such as NFS, require specific fragment handling options. Refer to https://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/en/scrub.html for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59711 msgid "This example reassembles fragments, clears the do not fragment bit, and sets the maximum segment size to 1440 bytes:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59715 #, no-wrap msgid "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440" msgstr "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59717 msgid "The antispoof mechanism protects against activity from spoofed or forged IP addresses, mainly by blocking packets appearing on interfaces and in directions which are logically not possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59723 msgid "These rules weed out spoofed traffic coming in from the rest of the world as well as any spoofed packets which originate in the local network:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59727 #, no-wrap msgid "" "antispoof for $ext_if\n" "antispoof for $int_if" msgstr "" "antispoof for $ext_if\n" "antispoof for $int_if" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:59732 msgid "Handling Non-Routable Addresses" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59734 msgid "Even with a properly configured gateway to handle network address translation, one may have to compensate for other people's misconfigurations. A common misconfiguration is to let traffic with non-routable addresses out to the Internet. Since traffic from non-routeable addresses can play a part in several DoS attack techniques, consider explicitly blocking traffic from non-routeable addresses from entering the network through the external interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:59744 msgid "In this example, a macro containing non-routable addresses is defined, then used in blocking rules. Traffic to and from these addresses is quietly dropped on the gateway's external interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59750 #, no-wrap msgid "" "martians = \"{ 127.0.0.0/8, 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, \\\n" "\t 10.0.0.0/8, 169.254.0.0/16, 192.0.2.0/24, \\\n" "\t 0.0.0.0/8, 240.0.0.0/4 }\"\n" "\n" "block drop in quick on $ext_if from $martians to any\n" "block drop out quick on $ext_if from any to $martians" msgstr "" "martians = \"{ 127.0.0.0/8, 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, \\\n" "\t 10.0.0.0/8, 169.254.0.0/16, 192.0.2.0/24, \\\n" "\t 0.0.0.0/8, 240.0.0.0/4 }\"\n" "\n" "block drop in quick on $ext_if from $martians to any\n" "block drop out quick on $ext_if from any to $martians" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:59761 msgid "IPFW" msgstr "IPFW" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:59763 msgid "firewall IPFW" msgstr "firewall IPFW" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:59769 msgid "IPFW is a stateful firewall written for FreeBSD which supports both IPv4 and IPv6. It is comprised of several components: the kernel firewall filter rule processor and its integrated packet accounting facility, the logging facility, NAT, the dummynet4 traffic shaper, a forward facility, a bridge facility, and an ipstealth facility." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:59778 msgid "FreeBSD provides a sample ruleset in /etc/rc.firewall which defines several firewall types for common scenarios to assist novice users in generating an appropriate ruleset. IPFW provides a powerful syntax which advanced users can use to craft customized rulesets that meet the security requirements of a given environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:59786 msgid "This section describes how to enable IPFW, provides an overview of its rule syntax, and demonstrates several rulesets for common configuration scenarios." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:59792 msgid "Enabling IPFW" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:59794 msgid "IPFW enabling" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59800 msgid "IPFW is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable IPFW." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:59805 msgid "kernel options IPFIREWALL" msgstr "kernel options IPFIREWALL" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:59811 msgid "kernel options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE" msgstr "kernel options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:59817 msgid "kernel options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT" msgstr "kernel options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:59823 msgid "IPFW kernel options" msgstr "IPFW kernel options" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59829 msgid "For those users who wish to statically compile IPFW support into a custom kernel, refer to the instructions in . The following options are available for the custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59835 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFIREWALL\t\t\t# enables IPFW\n" "options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE\t\t# enables logging for rules with log keyword\n" "options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5\t# limits number of logged packets per-entry\n" "options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT # sets default policy to pass what is not explicitly denied\n" "options IPDIVERT\t\t\t# enables NAT" msgstr "" "options IPFIREWALL\t\t\t# enables IPFW\n" "options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE\t\t# enables logging for rules with log keyword\n" "options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5\t# limits number of logged packets per-entry\n" "options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT # sets default policy to pass what is not explicitly denied\n" "options IPDIVERT\t\t\t# enables NAT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59841 msgid "To configure the system to enable IPFW at boot time, add the following entry to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59845 #, no-wrap msgid "firewall_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "firewall_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59847 msgid "To use one of the default firewall types provided by FreeBSD, add another line which specifies the type:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59850 #, no-wrap msgid "firewall_type=\"open\"" msgstr "firewall_type=\"open\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59852 msgid "The available types are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59856 msgid "open: passes all traffic." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59859 msgid "client: protects only this machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59863 msgid "simple: protects the whole network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59867 msgid "closed: entirely disables IP traffic except for the loopback interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59871 msgid "workstation: protects only this machine using stateful rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59875 msgid "UNKNOWN: disables the loading of firewall rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59879 msgid "filename: full path of the file containing the firewall ruleset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59885 msgid "If firewall_type is set to either client or simple, modify the default rules found in /etc/rc.firewall to fit the configuration of the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59891 msgid "Note that the filename type is used to load a custom ruleset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59894 msgid "An alternate way to load a custom ruleset is to set the firewall_script variable to the absolute path of an executable script that includes IPFW commands. The examples used in this section assume that the firewall_script is set to /etc/ipfw.rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59902 #, no-wrap msgid "firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\"" msgstr "firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59904 msgid "To enable logging, include this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59906 #, no-wrap msgid "firewall_logging=\"YES\"" msgstr "firewall_logging=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59908 msgid "There is no /etc/rc.conf variable to set logging limits. To limit the number of times a rule is logged per connection attempt, specify the number using this line in /etc/sysctl.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:59913 #, no-wrap msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5" msgstr "net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59915 msgid "After saving the needed edits, start the firewall. To enable logging limits now, also set the sysctl value specified above:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:59919 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service ipfw start\n" "# sysctl net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5" msgstr "" "# service ipfw start\n" "# sysctl net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:59924 msgid "IPFW Rule Syntax" msgstr "IPFW regel opbouw" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:59926 msgid "IPFW rule processing order" msgstr "IPFW rule processing order" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59932 msgid "When a packet enters the IPFW firewall, it is compared against the first rule in the ruleset and progresses one rule at a time, moving from top to bottom in sequence. When the packet matches the selection parameters of a rule, the rule's action is executed and the search of the ruleset terminates for that packet. This is referred to as first match wins. If the packet does not match any of the rules, it gets caught by the mandatory IPFW default rule number 65535, which denies all packets and silently discards them. However, if the packet matches a rule that contains the count, skipto, or tee keywords, the search continues. Refer to ipfw8 for details on how these keywords affect rule processing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:59948 msgid "IPFW rule syntax" msgstr "IPFW rule syntax" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59954 msgid "When creating an IPFW rule, keywords must be written in the following order. Some keywords are mandatory while other keywords are optional. The words shown in uppercase represent a variable and the words shown in lowercase must precede the variable that follows it. The # symbol is used to mark the start of a comment and may appear at the end of a rule or on its own line. Blank lines are ignored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59964 msgid "CMD RULE_NUMBER set SET_NUMBER ACTION log LOG_AMOUNT PROTO from SRC SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS" msgstr "CMD RULE_NUMBER set SET_NUMBER ACTION log LOG_AMOUNT PROTO from SRC SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:59968 msgid "This section provides an overview of these keywords and their options. It is not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to ipfw8 for a complete description of the rule syntax that can be used when creating IPFW rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:59976 msgid "CMD" msgstr "CMD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59978 msgid "Every rule must start with ipfw add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:59984 msgid "RULE_NUMBER" msgstr "RULE_NUMBER" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59986 msgid "Each rule is associated with a number from 1 to 65534. The number is used to indicate the order of rule processing. Multiple rules can have the same number, in which case they are applied according to the order in which they have been added." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:59997 msgid "SET_NUMBER" msgstr "SET_NUMBER" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:59999 msgid "Each rule is associated with a set number from 0 to 31. Sets can be individually disabled or enabled, making it possible to quickly add or delete a set of rules. If a SET_NUMBER is not specified, the rule will be added to set 0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:60009 book.translate.xml:60987 msgid "ACTION" msgstr "ACTION" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60011 msgid "A rule can be associated with one of the following actions. The specified action will be executed when the packet matches the selection criterion of the rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60016 msgid "allow | accept | pass | permit: these keywords are equivalent and allow packets that match the rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60020 msgid "check-state: checks the packet against the dynamic state table. If a match is found, execute the action associated with the rule which generated this dynamic rule, otherwise move to the next rule. A check-state rule does not have selection criterion. If no check-state rule is present in the ruleset, the dynamic rules table is checked at the first keep-state or limit rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60031 msgid "count: updates counters for all packets that match the rule. The search continues with the next rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60035 msgid "deny | drop: either word silently discards packets that match this rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60038 msgid "Additional actions are available. Refer to ipfw8 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:60044 msgid "LOG_AMOUNT" msgstr "LOG_AMOUNT" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60046 msgid "When a packet matches a rule with the log keyword, a message will be logged to syslogd8 with a facility name of SECURITY. Logging only occurs if the number of packets logged for that particular rule does not exceed a specified LOG_AMOUNT. If no LOG_AMOUNT is specified, the limit is taken from the value of net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit. A value of zero removes the logging limit. Once the limit is reached, logging can be re-enabled by clearing the logging counter or the packet counter for that rule, using ipfw resetlog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:60061 msgid "Logging is done after all other packet matching conditions have been met, and before performing the final action on the packet. The administrator decides which rules to enable logging on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:60070 msgid "PROTO" msgstr "PROTO" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60072 msgid "This optional value can be used to specify any protocol name or number found in /etc/protocols." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:60079 msgid "SRC" msgstr "SRC" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60081 msgid "The from keyword must be followed by the source address or a keyword that represents the source address. An address can be represented by any, me (any address configured on an interface on this system), me6, (any IPv6 address configured on an interface on this system), or table followed by the number of a lookup table which contains a list of addresses. When specifying an IP address, it can be optionally followed by its CIDR mask or subnet mask. For example, 1.2.3.4/25 or 1.2.3.4:255.255.255.128." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:60099 book.translate.xml:61123 msgid "SRC_PORT" msgstr "SRC_PORT" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60101 msgid "An optional source port can be specified using the port number or name from /etc/services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:60108 msgid "DST" msgstr "DST" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60110 msgid "The to keyword must be followed by the destination address or a keyword that represents the destination address. The same keywords and addresses described in the SRC section can be used to describe the destination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:60119 book.translate.xml:61160 msgid "DST_PORT" msgstr "DST_PORT" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60121 msgid "An optional destination port can be specified using the port number or name from /etc/services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:60128 book.translate.xml:61039 msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "OPTIONS" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60130 msgid "Several keywords can follow the source and destination. As the name suggests, OPTIONS are optional. Commonly used options include in or out, which specify the direction of packet flow, icmptypes followed by the type of ICMP message, and keep-state." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60139 msgid "When a keep-state rule is matched, the firewall will create a dynamic rule which matches bidirectional traffic between the source and destination addresses and ports using the same protocol." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60145 msgid "The dynamic rules facility is vulnerable to resource depletion from a SYN-flood attack which would open a huge number of dynamic rules. To counter this type of attack with IPFW, use limit. This option limits the number of simultaneous sessions by checking the open dynamic rules, counting the number of times this rule and IP address combination occurred. If this count is greater than the value specified by limit, the packet is discarded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60157 msgid "Dozens of OPTIONS are available. Refer to ipfw8 for a description of each available option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:60166 book.translate.xml:61239 msgid "Example Ruleset" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60168 msgid "This section demonstrates how to create an example stateful firewall ruleset script named /etc/ipfw.rules. In this example, all connection rules use in or out to clarify the direction. They also use via interface-name to specify the interface the packet is traveling over." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:60178 msgid "When first creating or testing a firewall ruleset, consider temporarily setting this tunable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60181 #, no-wrap msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\"" msgstr "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:60183 msgid "This sets the default policy of ipfw8 to be more permissive than the default deny ip from any to any, making it slightly more difficult to get locked out of the system right after a reboot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60189 msgid "The firewall script begins by indicating that it is a Bourne shell script and flushes any existing rules. It then creates the cmd variable so that ipfw add does not have to be typed at the beginning of every rule. It also defines the pif variable which represents the name of the interface that is attached to the Internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60197 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "# Flush out the list before we begin.\n" "ipfw -q -f flush\n" "\n" "# Set rules command prefix\n" "cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n" "pif=\"dc0\" # interface name of NIC attached to Internet" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "# Flush out the list before we begin.\n" "ipfw -q -f flush\n" "\n" "# Set rules command prefix\n" "cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n" "pif=\"dc0\" # interface name of NIC attached to Internet" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60205 msgid "The first two rules allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and on the loopback interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60208 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Change xl0 to LAN NIC interface name\n" "$cmd 00005 allow all from any to any via xl0\n" "\n" "# No restrictions on Loopback Interface\n" "$cmd 00010 allow all from any to any via lo0" msgstr "" "# Change xl0 to LAN NIC interface name\n" "$cmd 00005 allow all from any to any via xl0\n" "\n" "# No restrictions on Loopback Interface\n" "$cmd 00010 allow all from any to any via lo0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60214 msgid "The next rule allows the packet through if it matches an existing entry in the dynamic rules table:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60217 #, no-wrap msgid "$cmd 00101 check-state" msgstr "$cmd 00101 check-state" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60219 msgid "The next set of rules defines which stateful connections internal systems can create to hosts on the Internet:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60222 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to public DNS\n" "# Replace x.x.x.x with the IP address of a public DNS server\n" "# and repeat for each DNS server in /etc/resolv.conf\n" "$cmd 00110 allow tcp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "$cmd 00111 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow access to ISP's DHCP server for cable/DSL configurations.\n" "# Use the first rule and check log for IP address.\n" "# Then, uncomment the second rule, input the IP address, and delete the first rule\n" "$cmd 00120 allow log udp from any to any 67 out via $pif keep-state\n" "#$cmd 00120 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound HTTP and HTTPS connections\n" "$cmd 00200 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "$cmd 00220 allow tcp from any to any 443 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound email connections\n" "$cmd 00230 allow tcp from any to any 25 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "$cmd 00231 allow tcp from any to any 110 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound ping\n" "$cmd 00250 allow icmp from any to any out via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound NTP\n" "$cmd 00260 allow udp from any to any 123 out via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound SSH\n" "$cmd 00280 allow tcp from any to any 22 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "\n" "# deny and log all other outbound connections\n" "$cmd 00299 deny log all from any to any out via $pif" msgstr "" "# Allow access to public DNS\n" "# Replace x.x.x.x with the IP address of a public DNS server\n" "# and repeat for each DNS server in /etc/resolv.conf\n" "$cmd 00110 allow tcp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "$cmd 00111 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow access to ISP's DHCP server for cable/DSL configurations.\n" "# Use the first rule and check log for IP address.\n" "# Then, uncomment the second rule, input the IP address, and delete the first rule\n" "$cmd 00120 allow log udp from any to any 67 out via $pif keep-state\n" "#$cmd 00120 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound HTTP and HTTPS connections\n" "$cmd 00200 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "$cmd 00220 allow tcp from any to any 443 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound email connections\n" "$cmd 00230 allow tcp from any to any 25 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "$cmd 00231 allow tcp from any to any 110 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound ping\n" "$cmd 00250 allow icmp from any to any out via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound NTP\n" "$cmd 00260 allow udp from any to any 123 out via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound SSH\n" "$cmd 00280 allow tcp from any to any 22 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" "\n" "# deny and log all other outbound connections\n" "$cmd 00299 deny log all from any to any out via $pif" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60254 msgid "The next set of rules controls connections from Internet hosts to the internal network. It starts by denying packets typically associated with attacks and then explicitly allows specific types of connections. All the authorized services that originate from the Internet use limit to prevent flooding." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60261 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny all inbound traffic from non-routable reserved address spaces\n" "$cmd 00300 deny all from 192.168.0.0/16 to any in via $pif #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "$cmd 00301 deny all from 172.16.0.0/12 to any in via $pif #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "$cmd 00302 deny all from 10.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "$cmd 00303 deny all from 127.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif #loopback\n" "$cmd 00304 deny all from 0.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif #loopback\n" "$cmd 00305 deny all from 169.254.0.0/16 to any in via $pif #DHCP auto-config\n" "$cmd 00306 deny all from 192.0.2.0/24 to any in via $pif #reserved for docs\n" "$cmd 00307 deny all from 204.152.64.0/23 to any in via $pif #Sun cluster interconnect\n" "$cmd 00308 deny all from 224.0.0.0/3 to any in via $pif #Class D & E multicast\n" "\n" "# Deny public pings\n" "$cmd 00310 deny icmp from any to any in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Deny ident\n" "$cmd 00315 deny tcp from any to any 113 in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Deny all Netbios services.\n" "$cmd 00320 deny tcp from any to any 137 in via $pif\n" "$cmd 00321 deny tcp from any to any 138 in via $pif\n" "$cmd 00322 deny tcp from any to any 139 in via $pif\n" "$cmd 00323 deny tcp from any to any 81 in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Deny fragments\n" "$cmd 00330 deny all from any to any frag in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Deny ACK packets that did not match the dynamic rule table\n" "$cmd 00332 deny tcp from any to any established in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Allow traffic from ISP's DHCP server.\n" "# Replace x.x.x.x with the same IP address used in rule 00120.\n" "#$cmd 00360 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 in via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow HTTP connections to internal web server\n" "$cmd 00400 allow tcp from any to me 80 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n" "\n" "# Allow inbound SSH connections\n" "$cmd 00410 allow tcp from any to me 22 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n" "\n" "# Reject and log all other incoming connections\n" "$cmd 00499 deny log all from any to any in via $pif" msgstr "" "# Deny all inbound traffic from non-routable reserved address spaces\n" "$cmd 00300 deny all from 192.168.0.0/16 to any in via $pif #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "$cmd 00301 deny all from 172.16.0.0/12 to any in via $pif #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "$cmd 00302 deny all from 10.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "$cmd 00303 deny all from 127.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif #loopback\n" "$cmd 00304 deny all from 0.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif #loopback\n" "$cmd 00305 deny all from 169.254.0.0/16 to any in via $pif #DHCP auto-config\n" "$cmd 00306 deny all from 192.0.2.0/24 to any in via $pif #reserved for docs\n" "$cmd 00307 deny all from 204.152.64.0/23 to any in via $pif #Sun cluster interconnect\n" "$cmd 00308 deny all from 224.0.0.0/3 to any in via $pif #Class D & E multicast\n" "\n" "# Deny public pings\n" "$cmd 00310 deny icmp from any to any in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Deny ident\n" "$cmd 00315 deny tcp from any to any 113 in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Deny all Netbios services.\n" "$cmd 00320 deny tcp from any to any 137 in via $pif\n" "$cmd 00321 deny tcp from any to any 138 in via $pif\n" "$cmd 00322 deny tcp from any to any 139 in via $pif\n" "$cmd 00323 deny tcp from any to any 81 in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Deny fragments\n" "$cmd 00330 deny all from any to any frag in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Deny ACK packets that did not match the dynamic rule table\n" "$cmd 00332 deny tcp from any to any established in via $pif\n" "\n" "# Allow traffic from ISP's DHCP server.\n" "# Replace x.x.x.x with the same IP address used in rule 00120.\n" "#$cmd 00360 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 in via $pif keep-state\n" "\n" "# Allow HTTP connections to internal web server\n" "$cmd 00400 allow tcp from any to me 80 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n" "\n" "# Allow inbound SSH connections\n" "$cmd 00410 allow tcp from any to me 22 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n" "\n" "# Reject and log all other incoming connections\n" "$cmd 00499 deny log all from any to any in via $pif" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60303 msgid "The last rule logs all packets that do not match any of the rules in the ruleset:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60306 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Everything else is denied and logged\n" "$cmd 00999 deny log all from any to any" msgstr "" "# Everything else is denied and logged\n" "$cmd 00999 deny log all from any to any" #. (itstool) path: info/title #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:60312 book.translate.xml:61393 msgid "Configuring NAT" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60324 msgid "NAT and IPFW" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60330 msgid "FreeBSD's built-in NAT daemon, natd8, works in conjunction with IPFW to provide network address translation. This can be used to provide an Internet Connection Sharing solution so that several internal computers can connect to the Internet using a single IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60338 msgid "To do this, the FreeBSD machine connected to the Internet must act as a gateway. This system must have two NICs, where one is connected to the Internet and the other is connected to the internal LAN. Each machine connected to the LAN should be assigned an IP address in the private network space, as defined by RFC 1918, and have the default gateway set to the natd8 system's internal IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60350 msgid "Some additional configuration is needed in order to activate the NAT function of IPFW. If the system has a custom kernel, the kernel configuration file needs to include option IPDIVERT along with the other IPFIREWALL options described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60357 msgid "To enable NAT support at boot time, the following must be in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t\t# enables the gateway\n" "natd_enable=\"YES\"\t\t# enables NAT\n" "natd_interface=\"rl0\"\t\t# specify interface name of NIC attached to Internet\n" "natd_flags=\"-dynamic -m\"\t# -m = preserve port numbers; additional options are listed in natd8" msgstr "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t\t# enables the gateway\n" "natd_enable=\"YES\"\t\t# enables NAT\n" "natd_interface=\"rl0\"\t\t# specify interface name of NIC attached to Internet\n" "natd_flags=\"-dynamic -m\"\t# -m = preserve port numbers; additional options are listed in natd8" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:60366 msgid "It is also possible to specify a configuration file which contains the options to pass to natd8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60369 #, no-wrap msgid "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\"" msgstr "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:60371 msgid "The specified file must contain a list of configuration options, one per line. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60374 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80" msgstr "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:60377 msgid "For more information about this configuration file, consult natd8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60381 msgid "Next, add the NAT rules to the firewall ruleset. When the rulest contains stateful rules, the positioning of the NAT rules is critical and the skipto action is used. The skipto action requires a rule number so that it knows which rule to jump to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60388 msgid "The following example builds upon the firewall ruleset shown in the previous section. It adds some additional entries and modifies some existing rules in order to configure the firewall for NAT. It starts by adding some additional variables which represent the rule number to skip to, the keep-state option, and a list of TCP ports which will be used to reduce the number of rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60397 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "ipfw -q -f flush\n" "cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n" "skip=\"skipto 500\"\n" "pif=dc0\n" "ks=\"keep-state\"\n" "good_tcpo=\"22,25,37,53,80,443,110\"" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "ipfw -q -f flush\n" "cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n" "skip=\"skipto 500\"\n" "pif=dc0\n" "ks=\"keep-state\"\n" "good_tcpo=\"22,25,37,53,80,443,110\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60405 msgid "The inbound NAT rule is inserted after the two rules which allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and on the loopback interface and before the check-state rule. It is important that the rule number selected for this NAT rule, in this example 100, is higher than the first two rules and lower than the check-state rule:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60415 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 005 allow all from any to any via xl0 # exclude LAN traffic\n" "$cmd 010 allow all from any to any via lo0 # exclude loopback traffic\n" "$cmd 100 divert natd ip from any to any in via $pif # NAT any inbound packets\n" "# Allow the packet through if it has an existing entry in the dynamic rules table\n" "$cmd 101 check-state" msgstr "" "$cmd 005 allow all from any to any via xl0 # exclude LAN traffic\n" "$cmd 010 allow all from any to any via lo0 # exclude loopback traffic\n" "$cmd 100 divert natd ip from any to any in via $pif # NAT any inbound packets\n" "# Allow the packet through if it has an existing entry in the dynamic rules table\n" "$cmd 101 check-state" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60421 msgid "The outbound rules are modified to replace the allow action with the $skip variable, indicating that rule processing will continue at rule 500. The seven tcp rules have been replaced by rule 125 as the $good_tcpo variable contains the seven allowed outbound ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60430 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Authorized outbound packets\n" "$cmd 120 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif $ks\n" "$cmd 121 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif $ks\n" "$cmd 125 $skip tcp from any to any $good_tcpo out via $pif setup $ks\n" "$cmd 130 $skip icmp from any to any out via $pif $ks" msgstr "" "# Authorized outbound packets\n" "$cmd 120 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif $ks\n" "$cmd 121 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif $ks\n" "$cmd 125 $skip tcp from any to any $good_tcpo out via $pif setup $ks\n" "$cmd 130 $skip icmp from any to any out via $pif $ks" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60436 msgid "The inbound rules remain the same, except for the very last rule which removes the via $pif in order to catch both inbound and outbound rules. The NAT rule must follow this last outbound rule, must have a higher number than that last rule, and the rule number must be referenced by the skipto action. In this ruleset, rule number 500 diverts all packets which match the outbound rules to natd8 for NAT processing. The next rule allows any packet which has undergone NAT processing to pass." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60449 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 499 deny log all from any to any\n" "$cmd 500 divert natd ip from any to any out via $pif # skipto location for outbound stateful rules\n" "$cmd 510 allow ip from any to any" msgstr "" "$cmd 499 deny log all from any to any\n" "$cmd 500 divert natd ip from any to any out via $pif # skipto location for outbound stateful rules\n" "$cmd 510 allow ip from any to any" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60453 msgid "In this example, rules 100, 101, 125, 500, and 510 control the address translation of the outbound and inbound packets so that the entries in the dynamic state table always register the private LAN IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60461 msgid "Consider an internal web browser which initializes a new outbound HTTP session over port 80. When the first outbound packet enters the firewall, it does not match rule 100 because it is headed out rather than in. It passes rule 101 because this is the first packet and it has not been posted to the dynamic state table yet. The packet finally matches rule 125 as it is outbound on an allowed port and has a source IP address from the internal LAN. On matching this rule, two actions take place. First, the keep-state action adds an entry to the dynamic state table and the specified action, skipto rule 500, is executed. Next, the packet undergoes NAT and is sent out to the Internet. This packet makes its way to the destination web server, where a response packet is generated and sent back. This new packet enters the top of the ruleset. It matches rule 100 and has its destination IP address mapped back to the original internal address. It then is processed by the check-state rule, is found in the table as an existing session, and is released to the LAN." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60485 msgid "On the inbound side, the ruleset has to deny bad packets and allow only authorized services. A packet which matches an inbound rule is posted to the dynamic state table and the packet is released to the LAN. The packet generated as a response is recognized by the check-state rule as belonging to an existing session. It is then sent to rule 500 to undergo NAT before being released to the outbound interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:60497 msgid "Port Redirection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60499 msgid "The drawback with natd8 is that the LAN clients are not accessible from the Internet. Clients on the LAN can make outgoing connections to the world but cannot receive incoming ones. This presents a problem if trying to run Internet services on one of the LAN client machines. A simple way around this is to redirect selected Internet ports on the natd8 machine to a LAN client." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60509 msgid "For example, an IRC server runs on client A and a web server runs on client B. For this to work properly, connections received on ports 6667 (IRC) and 80 (HTTP) must be redirected to the respective machines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60516 msgid "The syntax for is as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60519 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -redirect_port proto targetIP:targetPORT[-targetPORT]\n" " [aliasIP:]aliasPORT[-aliasPORT]\n" " [remoteIP[:remotePORT[-remotePORT]]]" msgstr "" " -redirect_port proto targetIP:targetPORT[-targetPORT]\n" " [aliasIP:]aliasPORT[-aliasPORT]\n" " [remoteIP[:remotePORT[-remotePORT]]]" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60523 msgid "In the above example, the argument should be:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60525 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" " -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80" msgstr "" " -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" " -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60528 msgid "This redirects the proper TCP ports to the LAN client machines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60531 msgid "Port ranges over individual ports can be indicated with . For example, tcp 192.168.0.2:2000-3000 2000-3000 would redirect all connections received on ports 2000 to 3000 to ports 2000 to 3000 on client A." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60538 msgid "These options can be used when directly running natd8, placed within the natd_flags=\"\" option in /etc/rc.conf, or passed via a configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60544 msgid "For further configuration options, consult natd8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:60549 msgid "Address Redirection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60551 msgid "address redirection" msgstr "address redirection" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60555 msgid "Address redirection is useful if more than one IP address is available. Each LAN client can be assigned its own external IP address by natd8, which will then rewrite outgoing packets from the LAN clients with the proper external IP address and redirects all traffic incoming on that particular IP address back to the specific LAN client. This is also known as static NAT. For example, if IP addresses 128.1.1.1, 128.1.1.2, and 128.1.1.3 are available, 128.1.1.1 can be used as the natd8 machine's external IP address, while 128.1.1.2 and 128.1.1.3 are forwarded back to LAN clients A and B." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60573 msgid "The syntax is as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60576 #, no-wrap msgid "-redirect_address localIP publicIP" msgstr "-redirect_address localIP publicIP" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:60583 msgid "localIP" msgstr "localIP" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:60584 msgid "The internal IP address of the LAN client." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:60589 msgid "publicIP" msgstr "publicIP" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:60590 msgid "The external IP address corresponding to the LAN client." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60598 msgid "In the example, this argument would read:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60600 #, no-wrap msgid "" "-redirect_address 192.168.0.2 128.1.1.2\n" "-redirect_address 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3" msgstr "" "-redirect_address 192.168.0.2 128.1.1.2\n" "-redirect_address 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60603 msgid "Like , these arguments are placed within the natd_flags=\"\" option of /etc/rc.conf, or passed via a configuration file. With address redirection, there is no need for port redirection since all data received on a particular IP address is redirected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60611 msgid "The external IP addresses on the natd8 machine must be active and aliased to the external interface. Refer to rc.conf5 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:60619 msgid "The IPFW Command" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60621 msgid "ipfw" msgstr "ipfw" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60623 msgid "ipfw can be used to make manual, single rule additions or deletions to the active firewall while it is running. The problem with using this method is that all the changes are lost when the system reboots. It is recommended to instead write all the rules in a file and to use that file to load the rules at boot time and to replace the currently running firewall rules whenever that file changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60632 msgid "ipfw is a useful way to display the running firewall rules to the console screen. The IPFW accounting facility dynamically creates a counter for each rule that counts each packet that matches the rule. During the process of testing a rule, listing the rule with its counter is one way to determine if the rule is functioning as expected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60640 msgid "To list all the running rules in sequence:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:60642 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw list" msgstr "# ipfw list" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60644 msgid "To list all the running rules with a time stamp of when the last time the rule was matched:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:60647 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -t list" msgstr "# ipfw -t list" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60649 msgid "The next example lists accounting information and the packet count for matched rules along with the rules themselves. The first column is the rule number, followed by the number of matched packets and bytes, followed by the rule itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:60655 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -a list" msgstr "# ipfw -a list" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60657 msgid "To list dynamic rules in addition to static rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:60659 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -d list" msgstr "# ipfw -d list" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60661 msgid "To also show the expired dynamic rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:60663 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -d -e list" msgstr "# ipfw -d -e list" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60665 msgid "To zero the counters:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:60667 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw zero" msgstr "# ipfw zero" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60669 msgid "To zero the counters for just the rule with number NUM:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:60672 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw zero NUM" msgstr "# ipfw zero NUM" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:60675 msgid "Logging Firewall Messages" msgstr "Firewall berichten loggen" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60677 msgid "IPFW logging" msgstr "IPFW logging" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60683 msgid "Even with the logging facility enabled, IPFW will not generate any rule logging on its own. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the ruleset will be logged, and adds the log keyword to those rules. Normally only deny rules are logged. It is customary to duplicate the ipfw default deny everything rule with the log keyword included as the last rule in the ruleset. This way, it is possible to see all the packets that did not match any of the rules in the ruleset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60695 msgid "Logging is a two edged sword. If one is not careful, an over abundance of log data or a DoS attack can fill the disk with log files. Log messages are not only written to syslogd, but also are displayed on the root console screen and soon become annoying." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60701 msgid "The IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5 kernel option limits the number of consecutive messages sent to syslogd8, concerning the packet matching of a given rule. When this option is enabled in the kernel, the number of consecutive messages concerning a particular rule is capped at the number specified. There is nothing to be gained from 200 identical log messages. With this option set to five, five consecutive messages concerning a particular rule would be logged to syslogd and the remainder identical consecutive messages would be counted and posted to syslogd with a phrase like the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60715 #, no-wrap msgid "last message repeated 45 times" msgstr "last message repeated 45 times" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60717 msgid "All logged packets messages are written by default to /var/log/security, which is defined in /etc/syslog.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:60723 msgid "Building a Rule Script" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60725 msgid "Most experienced IPFW users create a file containing the rules and code them in a manner compatible with running them as a script. The major benefit of doing this is the firewall rules can be refreshed in mass without the need of rebooting the system to activate them. This method is convenient in testing new rules as the procedure can be executed as many times as needed. Being a script, symbolic substitution can be used for frequently used values to be substituted into multiple rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60735 msgid "This example script is compatible with the syntax used by the sh1, csh1, and tcsh1 shells. Symbolic substitution fields are prefixed with a dollar sign ($). Symbolic fields do not have the $ prefix. The value to populate the symbolic field must be enclosed in double quotes (\"\")." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60742 msgid "Start the rules file like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60744 #, no-wrap msgid "" "############### start of example ipfw rules script #############\n" "#\n" "ipfw -q -f flush # Delete all rules\n" "# Set defaults\n" "oif=\"tun0\" # out interface\n" "odns=\"192.0.2.11\" # ISP's DNS server IP address\n" "cmd=\"ipfw -q add \" # build rule prefix\n" "ks=\"keep-state\" # just too lazy to key this each time\n" "$cmd 00500 check-state\n" "$cmd 00502 deny all from any to any frag\n" "$cmd 00501 deny tcp from any to any established\n" "$cmd 00600 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $oif setup $ks\n" "$cmd 00610 allow tcp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif setup $ks\n" "$cmd 00611 allow udp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif $ks\n" "################### End of example ipfw rules script ############" msgstr "" "############### start of example ipfw rules script #############\n" "#\n" "ipfw -q -f flush # Delete all rules\n" "# Set defaults\n" "oif=\"tun0\" # out interface\n" "odns=\"192.0.2.11\" # ISP's DNS server IP address\n" "cmd=\"ipfw -q add \" # build rule prefix\n" "ks=\"keep-state\" # just too lazy to key this each time\n" "$cmd 00500 check-state\n" "$cmd 00502 deny all from any to any frag\n" "$cmd 00501 deny tcp from any to any established\n" "$cmd 00600 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $oif setup $ks\n" "$cmd 00610 allow tcp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif setup $ks\n" "$cmd 00611 allow udp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif $ks\n" "################### End of example ipfw rules script ############" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60760 msgid "The rules are not important as the focus of this example is how the symbolic substitution fields are populated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60764 msgid "If the above example was in /etc/ipfw.rules, the rules could be reloaded by the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:60768 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /etc/ipfw.rules" msgstr "# sh /etc/ipfw.rules" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60770 msgid "/etc/ipfw.rules can be located anywhere and the file can have any name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:60773 msgid "The same thing could be accomplished by running these commands by hand:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:60776 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ipfw -q -f flush\n" "# ipfw -q add check-state\n" "# ipfw -q add deny all from any to any frag\n" "# ipfw -q add deny tcp from any to any established\n" "# ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to any 80 out via tun0 setup keep-state\n" "# ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 setup keep-state\n" "# ipfw -q add 00611 allow udp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 keep-state" msgstr "" "# ipfw -q -f flush\n" "# ipfw -q add check-state\n" "# ipfw -q add deny all from any to any frag\n" "# ipfw -q add deny tcp from any to any established\n" "# ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to any 80 out via tun0 setup keep-state\n" "# ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 setup keep-state\n" "# ipfw -q add 00611 allow udp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 keep-state" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:60788 msgid "IPFILTER (IPF)" msgstr "IPFILTER (IPF)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60790 msgid "firewall IPFILTER" msgstr "firewall IPFILTER" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:60796 msgid "IPFILTER, also known as IPF, is a cross-platform, open source firewall which has been ported to several operating systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and Solaris." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:60801 msgid "IPFILTER is a kernel-side firewall and NAT mechanism that can be controlled and monitored by userland programs. Firewall rules can be set or deleted using ipf, NAT rules can be set or deleted using ipnat, run-time statistics for the kernel parts of IPFILTER can be printed using ipfstat, and ipmon can be used to log IPFILTER actions to the system log files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:60813 msgid "IPF was originally written using a rule processing logic of the last matching rule wins and only used stateless rules. Since then, IPF has been enhanced to include the quick and keep state options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:60820 msgid "The IPF FAQ is at http://www.phildev.net/ipf/index.html. A searchable archive of the IPFilter mailing list is available at http://marc.info/?l=ipfilter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:60824 msgid "This section of the Handbook focuses on IPF as it pertains to FreeBSD. It provides examples of rules that contain the quick and keep state options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:60831 msgid "Enabling IPF" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60833 msgid "IPFILTER enabling" msgstr "IPFILTER enabling" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60839 msgid "IPF is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable IPF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60844 msgid "kernel options IPFILTER" msgstr "kernel options IPFILTER" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60850 msgid "kernel options IPFILTER_LOG" msgstr "kernel options IPFILTER_LOG" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60856 msgid "kernel options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK" msgstr "kernel options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60862 msgid "IPFILTER kernel options" msgstr "IPFILTER kernel options" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60868 msgid "For users who prefer to statically compile IPF support into a custom kernel, refer to the instructions in . The following kernel options are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFILTER\n" "options IPFILTER_LOG\n" "options IPFILTER_LOOKUP\n" "options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK" msgstr "" "options IPFILTER\n" "options IPFILTER_LOG\n" "options IPFILTER_LOOKUP\n" "options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60878 msgid "where options IPFILTER enables support for IPFILTER, options IPFILTER_LOG enables IPF logging using the ipl packet logging pseudo-device for every rule that has the log keyword, IPFILTER_LOOKUP enables IP pools in order to speed up IP lookups, and options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK changes the default behavior so that any packet not matching a firewall pass rule gets blocked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60891 msgid "To configure the system to enable IPF at boot time, add the following entries to /etc/rc.conf. These entries will also enable logging and default pass all. To change the default policy to block all without compiling a custom kernel, remember to add a block all rule at the end of the ruleset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60900 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfilter_enable=\"YES\" # Start ipf firewall\n" "ipfilter_rules=\"/etc/ipf.rules\" # loads rules definition text file\n" "ipmon_enable=\"YES\" # Start IP monitor log\n" "ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n" " # s = log to syslog\n" " # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n" " # n = map IP & port to names" msgstr "" "ipfilter_enable=\"YES\" # Start ipf firewall\n" "ipfilter_rules=\"/etc/ipf.rules\" # loads rules definition text file\n" "ipmon_enable=\"YES\" # Start IP monitor log\n" "ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n" " # s = log to syslog\n" " # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n" " # n = map IP & port to names" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60908 msgid "If NAT functionality is needed, also add these lines:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60911 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" "ipnat_enable=\"YES\" # Start ipnat function\n" "ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\" # rules definition file for ipnat" msgstr "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" "ipnat_enable=\"YES\" # Start ipnat function\n" "ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\" # rules definition file for ipnat" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60915 msgid "Then, to start IPF now:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:60917 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ipfilter start" msgstr "# service ipfilter start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60919 msgid "To load the firewall rules, specify the name of the ruleset file using ipf. The following command can be used to replace the currently running firewall rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:60924 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules" msgstr "# ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60926 msgid "where flushes all the internal rules tables and specifies the file containing the rules to load." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60930 msgid "This provides the ability to make changes to a custom ruleset and update the running firewall with a fresh copy of the rules without having to reboot the system. This method is convenient for testing new rules as the procedure can be executed as many times as needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60936 msgid "Refer to ipf8 for details on the other flags available with this command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:60941 msgid "IPF Rule Syntax" msgstr "IPF regel opbouw" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:60943 msgid "IPFILTER rule syntax" msgstr "IPFILTER rule syntax" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60949 msgid "This section describes the IPF rule syntax used to create stateful rules. When creating rules, keep in mind that unless the quick keyword appears in a rule, every rule is read in order, with the last matching rule being the one that is applied. This means that even if the first rule to match a packet is a pass, if there is a later matching rule that is a block, the packet will be dropped. Sample rulesets can be found in /usr/share/examples/ipfilter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60960 msgid "When creating rules, a # character is used to mark the start of a comment and may appear at the end of a rule, to explain that rule's function, or on its own line. Any blank lines are ignored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60965 msgid "The keywords which are used in rules must be written in a specific order, from left to right. Some keywords are mandatory while others are optional. Some keywords have sub-options which may be keywords themselves and also include more sub-options. The keyword order is as follows, where the words shown in uppercase represent a variable and the words shown in lowercase must precede the variable that follows it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60974 msgid "ACTION DIRECTION OPTIONS proto PROTO_TYPE from SRC_ADDR SRC_PORT to DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE" msgstr "ACTION DIRECTION OPTIONS proto PROTO_TYPE from SRC_ADDR SRC_PORT to DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:60978 msgid "This section describes each of these keywords and their options. It is not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to ipf5 for a complete description of the rule syntax that can be used when creating IPF rules and examples for using each keyword." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60989 msgid "The action keyword indicates what to do with the packet if it matches that rule. Every rule must have an action. The following actions are recognized:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60994 msgid "block: drops the packet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60996 msgid "pass: allows the packet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:60998 msgid "log: generates a log record." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61001 msgid "count: counts the number of packets and bytes which can provide an indication of how often a rule is used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61005 msgid "auth: queues the packet for further processing by another program." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61008 msgid "call: provides access to functions built into IPF that allow more complex actions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61012 msgid "decapsulate: removes any headers in order to process the contents of the packet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:61018 msgid "DIRECTION" msgstr "DIRECTION" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61020 msgid "Next, each rule must explicitly state the direction of traffic using one of these keywords:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61023 msgid "in: the rule is applied against an inbound packet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61026 msgid "out: the rule is applied against an outbound packet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61029 msgid "all: the rule applies to either direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61032 msgid "If the system has multiple interfaces, the interface can be specified along with the direction. An example would be in on fxp0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61041 msgid "Options are optional. However, if multiple options are specified, they must be used in the order shown here." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61045 msgid "log: when performing the specified ACTION, the contents of the packet's headers will be written to the ipl4 packet log pseudo-device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61050 msgid "quick: if a packet matches this rule, the ACTION specified by the rule occurs and no further processing of any following rules will occur for this packet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61055 msgid "on: must be followed by the interface name as displayed by ifconfig8. The rule will only match if the packet is going through the specified interface in the specified direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61060 msgid "When using the log keyword, the following qualifiers may be used in this order:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61064 msgid "body: indicates that the first 128 bytes of the packet contents will be logged after the headers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61068 msgid "first: if the log keyword is being used in conjunction with a keep state option, this option is recommended so that only the triggering packet is logged and not every packet which matches the stateful connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61075 msgid "Additional options are available to specify error return messages. Refer to ipf5 for more details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:61083 msgid "PROTO_TYPE" msgstr "PROTO_TYPE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61085 msgid "The protocol type is optional. However, it is mandatory if the rule needs to specify a SRC_PORT or a DST_PORT as it defines the type of protocol. When specifying the type of protocol, use the proto keyword followed by either a protocol number or name from /etc/protocols. Example protocol names include tcp, udp, or icmp. If PROTO_TYPE is specified but no SRC_PORT or DST_PORT is specified, all port numbers for that protocol will match that rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:61101 msgid "SRC_ADDR" msgstr "SRC_ADDR" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61103 msgid "The from keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which represents the source of the packet. The source can be a hostname, an IP address followed by the CIDR mask, an address pool, or the keyword all. Refer to ipf5 for examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61111 msgid "There is no way to match ranges of IP addresses which do not express themselves easily using the dotted numeric form / mask-length notation. The net-mgmt/ipcalc package or port may be used to ease the calculation of the CIDR mask. Additional information is available at the utility's web page: http://jodies.de/ipcalc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61125 msgid "The port number of the source is optional. However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must also be preceded by the proto keyword." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61130 msgid "A number of different comparison operators are supported: = (equal to), != (not equal to), < (less than), > (greater than), <= (less than or equal to), and >= (greater than or equal to)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61139 msgid "To specify port ranges, place the two port numbers between <> (less than and greater than ), >< (greater than and less than ), or : (greater than or equal to and less than or equal to)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:61148 msgid "DST_ADDR" msgstr "DST_ADDR" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61150 msgid "The to keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which represents the destination of the packet. Similar to SRC_ADDR, it can be a hostname, an IP address followed by the CIDR mask, an address pool, or the keyword all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61162 msgid "Similar to SRC_PORT, the port number of the destination is optional. However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must also be preceded by the proto keyword." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:61171 msgid "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE" msgstr "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61173 msgid "If tcp is specifed as the PROTO_TYPE, flags can be specified as letters, where each letter represents one of the possible TCP flags used to determine the state of a connection. Possible values are: S (SYN), A (ACK), P (PSH), F (FIN), U (URG), R (RST), C (CWN), and E (ECN)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61187 msgid "If icmp is specifed as the PROTO_TYPE, the ICMP type to match can be specified. Refer to ipf5 for the allowable types." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:61195 msgid "STATE" msgstr "STATE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61197 msgid "If a pass rule contains keep state, IPF will add an entry to its dynamic state table and allow subsequent packets that match the connection. IPF can track state for TCP, UDP, and ICMP sessions. Any packet that IPF can be certain is part of an active session, even if it is a different protocol, will be allowed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61209 msgid "In IPF, packets destined to go out through the interface connected to the public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If the packet matches the next expected packet comprising an active session conversation, it exits the firewall and the state of the session conversation flow is updated in the dynamic state table. Packets that do not belong to an already active session are checked against the outbound ruleset. Packets coming in from the interface connected to the public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If the packet matches the next expected packet comprising an active session, it exits the firewall and the state of the session conversation flow is updated in the dynamic state table. Packets that do not belong to an already active session are checked against the inbound ruleset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61227 msgid "Several keywords can be added after keep state. If used, these keywords set various options that control stateful filtering, such as setting connection limits or connection age. Refer to ipf5 for the list of available options and their descriptions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61241 msgid "This section demonstrates how to create an example ruleset which only allows services matching pass rules and blocks all others." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61245 msgid "FreeBSD uses the loopback interface (lo0) and the IP address 127.0.0.1 for internal communication. The firewall ruleset must contain rules to allow free movement of these internally used packets:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61252 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# no restrictions on loopback interface\n" "pass in quick on lo0 all\n" "pass out quick on lo0 all" msgstr "" "# no restrictions on loopback interface\n" "pass in quick on lo0 all\n" "pass out quick on lo0 all" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61256 msgid "The public interface connected to the Internet is used to authorize and control access of all outbound and inbound connections. If one or more interfaces are cabled to private networks, those internal interfaces may require rules to allow packets originating from the LAN to flow between the internal networks or to the interface attached to the Internet. The ruleset should be organized into three major sections: any trusted internal interfaces, outbound connections through the public interface, and inbound connections through the public interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61267 msgid "These two rules allow all traffic to pass through a trusted LAN interface named xl0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61271 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# no restrictions on inside LAN interface for private network\n" "pass out quick on xl0 all\n" "pass in quick on xl0 all" msgstr "" "# no restrictions on inside LAN interface for private network\n" "pass out quick on xl0 all\n" "pass in quick on xl0 all" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61275 msgid "The rules for the public interface's outbound and inbound sections should have the most frequently matched rules placed before less commonly matched rules, with the last rule in the section blocking and logging all packets for that interface and direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61281 msgid "This set of rules defines the outbound section of the public interface named dc0. These rules keep state and identify the specific services that internal systems are authorized for public Internet access. All the rules use quick and specify the appropriate port numbers and, where applicable, destination addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61289 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# interface facing Internet (outbound)\n" "# Matches session start requests originating from or behind the\n" "# firewall, destined for the Internet.\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound access to public DNS servers.\n" "# Replace x.x.x. with address listed in /etc/resolv.conf.\n" "# Repeat for each DNS server.\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x. port = 53 flags S keep state\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to xxx port = 53 keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow access to ISP's specified DHCP server for cable or DSL networks.\n" "# Use the first rule, then check log for the IP address of DHCP server.\n" "# Then, uncomment the second rule, replace z.z.z.z with the IP address,\n" "# and comment out the first rule\n" "pass out log quick on dc0 proto udp from any to any port = 67 keep state\n" "#pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to z.z.z.z port = 67 keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow HTTP and HTTPS\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 80 flags S keep state\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 443 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow email\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 110 flags S keep state\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 25 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow NTP\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 37 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow FTP\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow SSH\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 22 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow ping\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto icmp from any to any icmp-type 8 keep state\n" "\n" "# Block and log everything else\n" "block out log first quick on dc0 all" msgstr "" "# interface facing Internet (outbound)\n" "# Matches session start requests originating from or behind the\n" "# firewall, destined for the Internet.\n" "\n" "# Allow outbound access to public DNS servers.\n" "# Replace x.x.x. with address listed in /etc/resolv.conf.\n" "# Repeat for each DNS server.\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x. port = 53 flags S keep state\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to xxx port = 53 keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow access to ISP's specified DHCP server for cable or DSL networks.\n" "# Use the first rule, then check log for the IP address of DHCP server.\n" "# Then, uncomment the second rule, replace z.z.z.z with the IP address,\n" "# and comment out the first rule\n" "pass out log quick on dc0 proto udp from any to any port = 67 keep state\n" "#pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to z.z.z.z port = 67 keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow HTTP and HTTPS\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 80 flags S keep state\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 443 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow email\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 110 flags S keep state\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 25 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow NTP\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 37 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow FTP\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow SSH\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 22 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow ping\n" "pass out quick on dc0 proto icmp from any to any icmp-type 8 keep state\n" "\n" "# Block and log everything else\n" "block out log first quick on dc0 all" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61329 msgid "This example of the rules in the inbound section of the public interface blocks all undesirable packets first. This reduces the number of packets that are logged by the last rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61334 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# interface facing Internet (inbound)\n" "# Block all inbound traffic from non-routable or reserved address spaces\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 192.168.0.0/16 to any #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 172.16.0.0/12 to any #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 10.0.0.0/8 to any #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 127.0.0.0/8 to any #loopback\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 0.0.0.0/8 to any #loopback\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 169.254.0.0/16 to any #DHCP auto-config\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 192.0.2.0/24 to any #reserved for docs\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 204.152.64.0/23 to any #Sun cluster interconnect\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 224.0.0.0/3 to any #Class D & E multicast\n" "\n" "# Block fragments and too short tcp packets\n" "block in quick on dc0 all with frags\n" "block in quick on dc0 proto tcp all with short\n" "\n" "# block source routed packets\n" "block in quick on dc0 all with opt lsrr\n" "block in quick on dc0 all with opt ssrr\n" "\n" "# Block OS fingerprint attempts and log first occurrence\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any flags FUP\n" "\n" "# Block anything with special options\n" "block in quick on dc0 all with ipopts\n" "\n" "# Block public pings and ident\n" "block in quick on dc0 proto icmp all icmp-type 8\n" "block in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 113\n" "\n" "# Block incoming Netbios services\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 137\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 138\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 139\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 81" msgstr "" "# interface facing Internet (inbound)\n" "# Block all inbound traffic from non-routable or reserved address spaces\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 192.168.0.0/16 to any #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 172.16.0.0/12 to any #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 10.0.0.0/8 to any #RFC 1918 private IP\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 127.0.0.0/8 to any #loopback\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 0.0.0.0/8 to any #loopback\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 169.254.0.0/16 to any #DHCP auto-config\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 192.0.2.0/24 to any #reserved for docs\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 204.152.64.0/23 to any #Sun cluster interconnect\n" "block in quick on dc0 from 224.0.0.0/3 to any #Class D & E multicast\n" "\n" "# Block fragments and too short tcp packets\n" "block in quick on dc0 all with frags\n" "block in quick on dc0 proto tcp all with short\n" "\n" "# block source routed packets\n" "block in quick on dc0 all with opt lsrr\n" "block in quick on dc0 all with opt ssrr\n" "\n" "# Block OS fingerprint attempts and log first occurrence\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any flags FUP\n" "\n" "# Block anything with special options\n" "block in quick on dc0 all with ipopts\n" "\n" "# Block public pings and ident\n" "block in quick on dc0 proto icmp all icmp-type 8\n" "block in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 113\n" "\n" "# Block incoming Netbios services\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 137\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 138\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 139\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 81" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61370 msgid "Any time there are logged messages on a rule with the log first option, run ipfstat -hio to evaluate how many times the rule has been matched. A large number of matches may indicate that the system is under attack." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61376 msgid "The rest of the rules in the inbound section define which connections are allowed to be initiated from the Internet. The last rule denies all connections which were not explicitly allowed by previous rules in this section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow traffic in from ISP's DHCP server. Replace z.z.z.z with\n" "# the same IP address used in the outbound section.\n" "pass in quick on dc0 proto udp from z.z.z.z to any port = 68 keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow public connections to specified internal web server\n" "pass in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x.x port = 80 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Block and log only first occurrence of all remaining traffic.\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 all" msgstr "" "# Allow traffic in from ISP's DHCP server. Replace z.z.z.z with\n" "# the same IP address used in the outbound section.\n" "pass in quick on dc0 proto udp from z.z.z.z to any port = 68 keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow public connections to specified internal web server\n" "pass in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x.x port = 80 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Block and log only first occurrence of all remaining traffic.\n" "block in log first quick on dc0 all" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:61397 msgid "IP masquerading NAT" msgstr "IP-maskering NAT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:61403 msgid "network address translation NAT" msgstr "network address translation NAT" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:61409 msgid "ipnat" msgstr "ipnat" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61411 msgid "To enable NAT, add these statements to /etc/rc.conf and specify the name of the file containing the NAT rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61415 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ipnat_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\"" msgstr "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ipnat_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61419 msgid "NAT rules are flexible and can accomplish many different things to fit the needs of both commercial and home users. The rule syntax presented here has been simplified to demonstrate common usage. For a complete rule syntax description, refer to ipnat5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61425 msgid "The basic syntax for a NAT rule is as follows, where map starts the rule and IF should be replaced with the name of the external interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61430 #, no-wrap msgid "map IF LAN_IP_RANGE -> PUBLIC_ADDRESS" msgstr "map IF LAN_IP_RANGE -> PUBLIC_ADDRESS" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61432 msgid "The LAN_IP_RANGE is the range of IP addresses used by internal clients. Usually, it is a private address range such as 192.168.1.0/24. The PUBLIC_ADDRESS can either be the static external IP address or the keyword 0/32 which represents the IP address assigned to IF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61441 msgid "In IPF, when a packet arrives at the firewall from the LAN with a public destination, it first passes through the outbound rules of the firewall ruleset. Then, the packet is passed to the NAT ruleset which is read from the top down, where the first matching rule wins. IPF tests each NAT rule against the packet's interface name and source IP address. When a packet's interface name matches a NAT rule, the packet's source IP address in the private LAN is checked to see if it falls within the IP address range specified in LAN_IP_RANGE. On a match, the packet has its source IP address rewritten with the public IP address specified by PUBLIC_ADDRESS. IPF posts an entry in its internal NAT table so that when the packet returns from the Internet, it can be mapped back to its original private IP address before being passed to the firewall rules for further processing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61464 msgid "For networks that have large numbers of internal systems or multiple subnets, the process of funneling every private IP address into a single public IP address becomes a resource problem. Two methods are available to relieve this issue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61470 msgid "The first method is to assign a range of ports to use as source ports. By adding the portmap keyword, NAT can be directed to only use source ports in the specified range:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61475 #, no-wrap msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000" msgstr "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61477 msgid "Alternately, use the auto keyword which tells NAT to determine the ports that are available for use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61481 #, no-wrap msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto" msgstr "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61483 msgid "The second method is to use a pool of public addresses. This is useful when there are too many LAN addresses to fit into a single public address and a block of public IP addresses is available. These public addresses can be used as a pool from which NAT selects an IP address as a packet's address is mapped on its way out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61492 msgid "The range of public IP addresses can be specified using a netmask or CIDR notation. These two rules are equivalent:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61496 #, no-wrap msgid "" "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 204.134.75.0/255.255.255.0\n" "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 204.134.75.0/24" msgstr "" "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 204.134.75.0/255.255.255.0\n" "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 204.134.75.0/24" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61499 msgid "A common practice is to have a publically accessible web server or mail server segregated to an internal network segment. The traffic from these servers still has to undergo NAT, but port redirection is needed to direct inbound traffic to the correct server. For example, to map a web server using the internal address 10.0.10.25 to its public IP address of 20.20.20.5, use this rule:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61508 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80" msgstr "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61510 msgid "If it is the only web server, this rule would also work as it redirects all external HTTP requests to 10.0.10.25:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61514 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80" msgstr "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61516 msgid "IPF has a built in FTP proxy which can be used with NAT. It monitors all outbound traffic for active or passive FTP connection requests and dynamically creates temporary filter rules containing the port number used by the FTP data channel. This eliminates the need to open large ranges of high order ports for FTP connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61525 msgid "In this example, the first rule calls the proxy for outbound FTP traffic from the internal LAN. The second rule passes the FTP traffic from the firewall to the Internet, and the third rule handles all non-FTP traffic from the internal LAN:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61533 #, no-wrap msgid "" "map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -> 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n" "map dc0 0.0.0.0/0 -> 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n" "map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -> 0/32" msgstr "" "map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -> 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n" "map dc0 0.0.0.0/0 -> 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n" "map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -> 0/32" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61537 msgid "The FTP map rules go before the NAT rule so that when a packet matches an FTP rule, the FTP proxy creates temporary filter rules to let the FTP session packets pass and undergo NAT. All LAN packets that are not FTP will not match the FTP rules but will undergo NAT if they match the third rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61547 msgid "Without the FTP proxy, the following firewall rules would instead be needed. Note that without the proxy, all ports above 1024 need to be allowed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61552 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow out LAN PC client FTP to public Internet\n" "# Active and passive modes\n" "pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow out passive mode data channel high order port numbers\n" "pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port > 1024 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Active mode let data channel in from FTP server\n" "pass in quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 20 flags S keep state" msgstr "" "# Allow out LAN PC client FTP to public Internet\n" "# Active and passive modes\n" "pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Allow out passive mode data channel high order port numbers\n" "pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port > 1024 flags S keep state\n" "\n" "# Active mode let data channel in from FTP server\n" "pass in quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 20 flags S keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61562 msgid "Whenever the file containing the NAT rules is edited, run ipnat with to delete the current NAT rules and flush the contents of the dynamic translation table. Include and specify the name of the NAT ruleset to load:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61570 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules" msgstr "# ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61572 msgid "To display the NAT statistics:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61574 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -s" msgstr "# ipnat -s" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61576 msgid "To list the NAT table's current mappings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61579 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -l" msgstr "# ipnat -l" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61581 msgid "To turn verbose mode on and display information relating to rule processing and active rules and table entries:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61584 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -v" msgstr "# ipnat -v" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:61700 msgid "Viewing IPF Statistics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:61702 msgid "ipfstat" msgstr "ipfstat" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:61704 msgid "IPFILTER statistics" msgstr "IPFILTER statistics" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61710 msgid "IPF includes ipfstat8 which can be used to retrieve and display statistics which are gathered as packets match rules as they go through the firewall. Statistics are accumulated since the firewall was last started or since the last time they were reset to zero using ipf -Z." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61719 msgid "The default ipfstat output looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61722 #, no-wrap msgid "" "input packets: blocked 99286 passed 1255609 nomatch 14686 counted 0\n" " output packets: blocked 4200 passed 1284345 nomatch 14687 counted 0\n" " input packets logged: blocked 99286 passed 0\n" " output packets logged: blocked 0 passed 0\n" " packets logged: input 0 output 0\n" " log failures: input 3898 output 0\n" " fragment state(in): kept 0 lost 0\n" " fragment state(out): kept 0 lost 0\n" " packet state(in): kept 169364 lost 0\n" " packet state(out): kept 431395 lost 0\n" " ICMP replies: 0 TCP RSTs sent: 0\n" " Result cache hits(in): 1215208 (out): 1098963\n" " IN Pullups succeeded: 2 failed: 0\n" " OUT Pullups succeeded: 0 failed: 0\n" " Fastroute successes: 0 failures: 0\n" " TCP cksum fails(in): 0 (out): 0\n" " Packet log flags set: (0)" msgstr "" "input packets: blocked 99286 passed 1255609 nomatch 14686 counted 0\n" " output packets: blocked 4200 passed 1284345 nomatch 14687 counted 0\n" " input packets logged: blocked 99286 passed 0\n" " output packets logged: blocked 0 passed 0\n" " packets logged: input 0 output 0\n" " log failures: input 3898 output 0\n" " fragment state(in): kept 0 lost 0\n" " fragment state(out): kept 0 lost 0\n" " packet state(in): kept 169364 lost 0\n" " packet state(out): kept 431395 lost 0\n" " ICMP replies: 0 TCP RSTs sent: 0\n" " Result cache hits(in): 1215208 (out): 1098963\n" " IN Pullups succeeded: 2 failed: 0\n" " OUT Pullups succeeded: 0 failed: 0\n" " Fastroute successes: 0 failures: 0\n" " TCP cksum fails(in): 0 (out): 0\n" " Packet log flags set: (0)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61740 msgid "Several options are available. When supplied with either for inbound or for outbound, the command will retrieve and display the appropriate list of filter rules currently installed and in use by the kernel. To also see the rule numbers, include . For example, ipfstat -on displays the outbound rules table with rule numbers:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61749 #, no-wrap msgid "" "@1 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" "@2 block out on dc0 from any to any\n" "@3 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state" msgstr "" "@1 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" "@2 block out on dc0 from any to any\n" "@3 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61753 msgid "Include to prefix each rule with a count of how many times the rule was matched. For example, ipfstat -oh displays the outbound internal rules table, prefixing each rule with its usage count:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61758 #, no-wrap msgid "" "2451423 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" "354727 block out on dc0 from any to any\n" "430918 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state" msgstr "" "2451423 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" "354727 block out on dc0 from any to any\n" "430918 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61762 msgid "To display the state table in a format similar to top1, use ipfstat -t. When the firewall is under attack, this option provides the ability to identify and see the attacking packets. The optional sub-flags give the ability to select the destination or source IP, port, or protocol to be monitored in real time. Refer to ipfstat8 for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:61772 msgid "IPF Logging" msgstr "IPF Logs" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:61774 msgid "ipmon" msgstr "ipmon" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:61776 msgid "IPFILTER logging" msgstr "IPFILTER logging" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61782 msgid "IPF provides ipmon, which can be used to write the firewall's logging information in a human readable format. It requires that options IPFILTER_LOG be first added to a custom kernel using the instructions in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61788 msgid "This command is typically run in daemon mode in order to provide a continuous system log file so that logging of past events may be reviewed. Since FreeBSD has a built in syslogd8 facility to automatically rotate system logs, the default rc.conf ipmon_flags statement uses :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61796 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n" " # s = log to syslog\n" " # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n" " # n = map IP & port to names" msgstr "" "ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n" " # s = log to syslog\n" " # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n" " # n = map IP & port to names" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61801 msgid "Logging provides the ability to review, after the fact, information such as which packets were dropped, what addresses they came from, and where they were going. This information is useful in tracking down attackers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61806 msgid "Once the logging facility is enabled in rc.conf and started with service ipmon start, IPF will only log the rules which contain the log keyword. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the ruleset should be logged and normally only deny rules are logged. It is customary to include the log keyword in the last rule in the ruleset. This makes it possible to see all the packets that did not match any of the rules in the ruleset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61817 msgid "By default, ipmon -Ds mode uses local0 as the logging facility. The following logging levels can be used to further segregate the logged data:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61822 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LOG_INFO - packets logged using the \"log\" keyword as the action rather than pass or block.\n" "LOG_NOTICE - packets logged which are also passed\n" "LOG_WARNING - packets logged which are also blocked\n" "LOG_ERR - packets which have been logged and which can be considered short due to an incomplete header" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61827 msgid "In order to setup IPF to log all data to /var/log/ipfilter.log, first create the empty file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:61831 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /var/log/ipfilter.log" msgstr "# touch /var/log/ipfilter.log" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61833 msgid "Then, to write all logged messages to the specified file, add the following statement to /etc/syslog.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:61837 #, no-wrap msgid "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log" msgstr "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61839 msgid "To activate the changes and instruct syslogd8 to read the modified /etc/syslog.conf, run service syslogd reload." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61843 msgid "Do not forget to edit /etc/newsyslog.conf to rotate the new log file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61847 msgid "Messages generated by ipmon consist of data fields separated by white space. Fields common to all messages are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61853 msgid "The date of packet receipt." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61857 msgid "The time of packet receipt. This is in the form HH:MM:SS.F, for hours, minutes, seconds, and fractions of a second." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61863 msgid "The name of the interface that processed the packet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61868 msgid "The group and rule number of the rule in the format @0:17." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61873 msgid "The action: p for passed, b for blocked, S for a short packet, n did not match any rules, and L for a log rule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61880 msgid "The addresses written as three fields: the source address and port separated by a comma, the -> symbol, and the destination address and port. For example: 209.53.17.22,80 -> 198.73.220.17,1722." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61888 msgid "PR followed by the protocol name or number: for example, PR tcp." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61893 msgid "len followed by the header length and total length of the packet: for example, len 20 40." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61899 msgid "If the packet is a TCP packet, there will be an additional field starting with a hyphen followed by letters corresponding to any flags that were set. Refer to ipf5 for a list of letters and their flags." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:61904 msgid "If the packet is an ICMP packet, there will be two fields at the end: the first always being icmp and the next being the ICMP message and sub-message type, separated by a slash. For example: icmp 3/3 for a port unreachable message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title #: book.translate.xml:61922 msgid "Advanced Networking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:61927 msgid "This chapter covers a number of advanced networking topics." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61934 msgid "The basics of gateways and routes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61938 msgid "How to set up USB tethering." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61942 msgid "How to set up IEEE 802.11 and Bluetooth devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61947 msgid "How to make FreeBSD act as a bridge." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61951 msgid "How to set up network PXE booting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61956 msgid "How to set up IPv6 on a FreeBSD machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61961 msgid "How to enable and utilize the features of the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61967 msgid "How to configure multiple VLANs on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61976 msgid "Understand the basics of the /etc/rc scripts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:61985 msgid "Know how to configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel ()." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:61999 msgid "Gateways and Routes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:62002 msgid " Coranth Gryphon Contributed by " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62012 msgid "routing" msgstr "routing" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62015 msgid "gateway" msgstr "gateway" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62018 msgid "subnet" msgstr "subnet" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:62022 msgid "Routing is the mechanism that allows a system to find the network path to another system. A route is a defined pair of addresses which represent the destination and a gateway. The route indicates that when trying to get to the specified destination, send the packets through the specified gateway. There are three types of destinations: individual hosts, subnets, and default. The default route is used if no other routes apply. There are also three types of gateways: individual hosts, interfaces, also called links, and Ethernet hardware (MAC) addresses. Known routes are stored in a routing table." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:62036 msgid "This section provides an overview of routing basics. It then demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system as a router and offers some troubleshooting tips." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:62041 msgid "Routing Basics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62043 msgid "To view the routing table of a FreeBSD system, use netstat1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:62046 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% netstat -r\n" "Routing tables\n" "\n" "Internet:\n" "Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Netif Expire\n" "default outside-gw UGS 37 418 em0\n" "localhost localhost UH 0 181 lo0\n" "test0 0:e0:b5:36:cf:4f UHLW 5 63288 re0 77\n" "10.20.30.255 link#1 UHLW 1 2421\n" "example.com link#1 UC 0 0\n" "host1 0:e0:a8:37:8:1e UHLW 3 4601 lo0\n" "host2 0:e0:a8:37:8:1e UHLW 0 5 lo0 =>\n" "host2.example.com link#1 UC 0 0\n" "224 link#1 UC 0 0" msgstr "" "% netstat -r\n" "Routing tables\n" "\n" "Internet:\n" "Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Netif Expire\n" "default outside-gw UGS 37 418 em0\n" "localhost localhost UH 0 181 lo0\n" "test0 0:e0:b5:36:cf:4f UHLW 5 63288 re0 77\n" "10.20.30.255 link#1 UHLW 1 2421\n" "example.com link#1 UC 0 0\n" "host1 0:e0:a8:37:8:1e UHLW 3 4601 lo0\n" "host2 0:e0:a8:37:8:1e UHLW 0 5 lo0 =>\n" "host2.example.com link#1 UC 0 0\n" "224 link#1 UC 0 0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62061 msgid "The entries in this example are as follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:62065 msgid "default" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62067 msgid "The first route in this table specifies the default route. When the local system needs to make a connection to a remote host, it checks the routing table to determine if a known path exists. If the remote host matches an entry in the table, the system checks to see if it can connect using the interface specified in that entry." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62075 msgid "If the destination does not match an entry, or if all known paths fail, the system uses the entry for the default route. For hosts on a local area network, the Gateway field in the default route is set to the system which has a direct connection to the Internet. When reading this entry, verify that the Flags column indicates that the gateway is usable (UG)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62084 msgid "The default route for a machine which itself is functioning as the gateway to the outside world will be the gateway machine at the Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:62092 msgid "localhost" msgstr "localhost" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62094 msgid "The second route is the localhost route. The interface specified in the Netif column for localhost is lo0, also known as the loopback device. This indicates that all traffic for this destination should be internal, rather than sending it out over the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:62106 msgid "MAC address" msgstr "MAC address" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62108 msgid "The addresses beginning with 0:e0: are MAC addresses. FreeBSD will automatically identify any hosts, test0 in the example, on the local Ethernet and add a route for that host over the Ethernet interface, re0. This type of route has a timeout, seen in the Expire column, which is used if the host does not respond in a specific amount of time. When this happens, the route to this host will be automatically deleted. These hosts are identified using the Routing Information Protocol (RIP), which calculates routes to local hosts based upon a shortest path determination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:62127 msgid "subnet" msgstr "subnet" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62129 msgid "FreeBSD will automatically add subnet routes for the local subnet. In this example, 10.20.30.255 is the broadcast address for the subnet 10.20.30 and example.com is the domain name associated with that subnet. The designation link#1 refers to the first Ethernet card in the machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62137 msgid "Local network hosts and local subnets have their routes automatically configured by a daemon called routed8. If it is not running, only routes which are statically defined by the administrator will exist." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:62146 msgid "host" msgstr "host" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62148 msgid "The host1 line refers to the host by its Ethernet address. Since it is the sending host, FreeBSD knows to use the loopback interface (lo0) rather than the Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62154 msgid "The two host2 lines represent aliases which were created using ifconfig8. The => symbol after the lo0 interface says that an alias has been set in addition to the loopback address. Such routes only show up on the host that supports the alias and all other hosts on the local network will have a link#1 line for such routes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:62166 msgid "224" msgstr "224" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:62168 msgid "The final line (destination subnet 224) deals with multicasting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62174 msgid "Various attributes of each route can be seen in the Flags column. summarizes some of these flags and their meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:62179 msgid "Commonly Seen Routing Table Flags" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:62191 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "U" msgstr "U" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62192 msgid "The route is active (up)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:62196 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "H" msgstr "H" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62197 msgid "The route destination is a single host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:62201 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "G" msgstr "G" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62202 msgid "Send anything for this destination on to this gateway, which will figure out from there where to send it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:62208 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62209 msgid "This route was statically configured." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:62213 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "C" msgstr "C" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62214 msgid "Clones a new route based upon this route for machines to connect to. This type of route is normally used for local networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62220 msgid "W" msgstr "W" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62221 msgid "The route was auto-configured based upon a local area network (clone) route." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title #: book.translate.xml:62226 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "L" msgstr "L" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62227 msgid "Route involves references to Ethernet (link) hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62234 msgid "On a FreeBSD system, the default route can defined in /etc/rc.conf by specifying the IP address of the default gateway:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62238 #, no-wrap msgid "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\"" msgstr "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62240 msgid "It is also possible to manually add the route using route:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:62243 #, no-wrap msgid "# route add default 10.20.30.1" msgstr "# route add default 10.20.30.1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62245 msgid "Note that manually added routes will not survive a reboot. For more information on manual manipulation of network routing tables, refer to route8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:62252 msgid "Configuring a Router with Static Routes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:62255 msgid " Al Hoang Contributed by " msgstr " al Hoang Bijgedragen door " #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62266 msgid "dual homed hosts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62270 msgid "A FreeBSD system can be configured as the default gateway, or router, for a network if it is a dual-homed system. A dual-homed system is a host which resides on at least two different networks. Typically, each network is connected to a separate network interface, though IP aliasing can be used to bind multiple addresses, each on a different subnet, to one physical interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62282 msgid "In order for the system to forward packets between interfaces, FreeBSD must be configured as a router. Internet standards and good engineering practice prevent the FreeBSD Project from enabling this feature by default, but it can be configured to start at boot by adding this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62289 #, no-wrap msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway" msgstr "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62291 msgid "To enable routing now, set the sysctl8 variable net.inet.ip.forwarding to 1. To stop routing, reset this variable to 0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62296 msgid "BGP" msgstr "BGP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62299 msgid "RIP" msgstr "RIP" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62302 msgid "OSPF" msgstr "OSPF" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62306 msgid "The routing table of a router needs additional routes so it knows how to reach other networks. Routes can be either added manually using static routes or routes can be automatically learned using a routing protocol. Static routes are appropriate for small networks and this section describes how to add a static routing entry for a small network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:62314 msgid "For large networks, static routes quickly become unscalable. FreeBSD comes with the standard BSD routing daemon routed8, which provides the routing protocols RIP, versions 1 and 2, and IRDP. Support for the BGP and OSPF routing protocols can be installed using the net/zebra package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62324 msgid "Consider the following network:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:62328 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='advanced-networking/static-routes' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='advanced-networking/static-routes' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout #: book.translate.xml:62332 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " INTERNET\n" " | (10.0.0.1/24) Default Router to Internet\n" " |\n" " |Interface xl0\n" " |10.0.0.10/24\n" " +------+\n" " | | RouterA\n" " | | (FreeBSD gateway)\n" " +------+\n" " | Interface xl1\n" " | 192.168.1.1/24\n" " |\n" " +--------------------------------+\n" " Internal Net 1 | 192.168.1.2/24\n" " |\n" " +------+\n" " | | RouterB\n" " | |\n" " +------+\n" " | 192.168.2.1/24\n" " |\n" " Internal Net 2" msgstr "" "\n" " INTERNET\n" " | (10.0.0.1/24) Default Router to Internet\n" " |\n" " |Interface xl0\n" " |10.0.0.10/24\n" " +------+\n" " | | RouterA\n" " | | (FreeBSD gateway)\n" " +------+\n" " | Interface xl1\n" " | 192.168.1.1/24\n" " |\n" " +--------------------------------+\n" " Internal Net 1 | 192.168.1.2/24\n" " |\n" " +------+\n" " | | RouterB\n" " | |\n" " +------+\n" " | 192.168.2.1/24\n" " |\n" " Internal Net 2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62358 msgid "In this scenario, RouterA is a FreeBSD machine that is acting as a router to the rest of the Internet. It has a default route set to 10.0.0.1 which allows it to connect with the outside world. RouterB is already configured to use 192.168.1.1 as its default gateway." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62366 msgid "Before adding any static routes, the routing table on RouterA looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:62369 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% netstat -nr\n" "Routing tables\n" "\n" "Internet:\n" "Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Netif Expire\n" "default 10.0.0.1 UGS 0 49378 xl0\n" "127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 UH 0 6 lo0\n" "10.0.0.0/24 link#1 UC 0 0 xl0\n" "192.168.1.0/24 link#2 UC 0 0 xl1" msgstr "" "% netstat -nr\n" "Routing tables\n" "\n" "Internet:\n" "Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Netif Expire\n" "default 10.0.0.1 UGS 0 49378 xl0\n" "127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 UH 0 6 lo0\n" "10.0.0.0/24 link#1 UC 0 0 xl0\n" "192.168.1.0/24 link#2 UC 0 0 xl1" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62379 msgid "With the current routing table, RouterA does not have a route to the 192.168.2.0/24 network. The following command adds the Internal Net 2 network to RouterA's routing table using 192.168.1.2 as the next hop:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:62387 #, no-wrap msgid "# route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2" msgstr "# route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62389 msgid "Now, RouterA can reach any host on the 192.168.2.0/24 network. However, the routing information will not persist if the FreeBSD system reboots. If a static route needs to be persistent, add it to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add Internal Net 2 as a persistent static route\n" "static_routes=\"internalnet2\"\n" "route_internalnet2=\"-net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\"" msgstr "" "# Add Internal Net 2 as a persistent static route\n" "static_routes=\"internalnet2\"\n" "route_internalnet2=\"-net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62399 msgid "The static_routes configuration variable is a list of strings separated by a space, where each string references a route name. The variable route_internalnet2 contains the static route for that route name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62405 msgid "Using more than one string in static_routes creates multiple static routes. The following shows an example of adding static routes for the 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 networks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62412 #, no-wrap msgid "" "static_routes=\"net1 net2\"\n" "route_net1=\"-net 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.0.1\"\n" "route_net2=\"-net 192.168.1.0/24 192.168.1.1\"" msgstr "" "static_routes=\"net1 net2\"\n" "route_net1=\"-net 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.0.1\"\n" "route_net2=\"-net 192.168.1.0/24 192.168.1.1\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62420 msgid "When an address space is assigned to a network, the service provider configures their routing tables so that all traffic for the network will be sent to the link for the site. But how do external sites know to send their packets to the network's ISP?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62426 msgid "There is a system that keeps track of all assigned address spaces and defines their point of connection to the Internet backbone, or the main trunk lines that carry Internet traffic across the country and around the world. Each backbone machine has a copy of a master set of tables, which direct traffic for a particular network to a specific backbone carrier, and from there down the chain of service providers until it reaches a particular network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62435 msgid "It is the task of the service provider to advertise to the backbone sites that they are the point of connection, and thus the path inward, for a site. This is known as route propagation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62440 msgid "traceroute8" msgstr "traceroute8" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62444 msgid "Sometimes, there is a problem with route propagation and some sites are unable to connect. Perhaps the most useful command for trying to figure out where routing is breaking down is traceroute. It is useful when ping fails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62450 msgid "When using traceroute, include the address of the remote host to connect to. The output will show the gateway hosts along the path of the attempt, eventually either reaching the target host, or terminating because of a lack of connection. For more information, refer to traceroute8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:62459 msgid "Multicast Considerations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62461 msgid "multicast routing" msgstr "multicast routing" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62464 msgid "kernel options MROUTING" msgstr "kernel options MROUTING" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62469 msgid "FreeBSD natively supports both multicast applications and multicast routing. Multicast applications do not require any special configuration in order to run on FreeBSD. Support for multicast routing requires that the following option be compiled into a custom kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62475 #, no-wrap msgid "options MROUTING" msgstr "options MROUTING" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62477 msgid "The multicast routing daemon, mrouted can be installed using the net/mrouted package or port. This daemon implements the DVMRP multicast routing protocol and is configured by editing /usr/local/etc/mrouted.conf in order to set up the tunnels and DVMRP. The installation of mrouted also installs map-mbone and mrinfo, as well as their associated man pages. Refer to these for configuration examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:62490 msgid "DVMRP has largely been replaced by the PIM protocol in many multicast installations. Refer to pim4 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:62500 msgid "Wireless Networking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:62503 msgid " Loader " msgstr " Loader " #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:62508 msgid " Marc Fonvieille " msgstr " Marc Fonvieille " #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62523 msgid "wireless networking" msgstr "wireless networking" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:62526 msgid "802.11 wireless networking" msgstr "802.11 wireless networking" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:62532 msgid "Wireless Networking Basics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62534 msgid "Most wireless networks are based on the IEEE 802.11 standards. A basic wireless network consists of multiple stations communicating with radios that broadcast in either the 2.4GHz or 5GHz band, though this varies according to the locale and is also changing to enable communication in the 2.3GHz and 4.9GHz ranges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62541 msgid "802.11 networks are organized in two ways. In infrastructure mode, one station acts as a master with all the other stations associating to it, the network is known as a BSS, and the master station is termed an access point (AP). In a BSS, all communication passes through the AP; even when one station wants to communicate with another wireless station, messages must go through the AP. In the second form of network, there is no master and stations communicate directly. This form of network is termed an IBSS and is commonly known as an ad-hoc network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62556 msgid "802.11 networks were first deployed in the 2.4GHz band using protocols defined by the IEEE 802.11 and 802.11b standard. These specifications include the operating frequencies and the MAC layer characteristics, including framing and transmission rates, as communication can occur at various rates. Later, the 802.11a standard defined operation in the 5GHz band, including different signaling mechanisms and higher transmission rates. Still later, the 802.11g standard defined the use of 802.11a signaling and transmission mechanisms in the 2.4GHz band in such a way as to be backwards compatible with 802.11b networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62569 msgid "Separate from the underlying transmission techniques, 802.11 networks have a variety of security mechanisms. The original 802.11 specifications defined a simple security protocol called WEP. This protocol uses a fixed pre-shared key and the RC4 cryptographic cipher to encode data transmitted on a network. Stations must all agree on the fixed key in order to communicate. This scheme was shown to be easily broken and is now rarely used except to discourage transient users from joining networks. Current security practice is given by the IEEE 802.11i specification that defines new cryptographic ciphers and an additional protocol to authenticate stations to an access point and exchange keys for data communication. Cryptographic keys are periodically refreshed and there are mechanisms for detecting and countering intrusion attempts. Another security protocol specification commonly used in wireless networks is termed WPA, which was a precursor to 802.11i. WPA specifies a subset of the requirements found in 802.11i and is designed for implementation on legacy hardware. Specifically, WPA requires only the TKIP cipher that is derived from the original WEP cipher. 802.11i permits use of TKIP but also requires support for a stronger cipher, AES-CCM, for encrypting data. The AES cipher was not required in WPA because it was deemed too computationally costly to be implemented on legacy hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62599 msgid "The other standard to be aware of is 802.11e. It defines protocols for deploying multimedia applications, such as streaming video and voice over IP (VoIP), in an 802.11 network. Like 802.11i, 802.11e also has a precursor specification termed WME (later renamed WMM) that has been defined by an industry group as a subset of 802.11e that can be deployed now to enable multimedia applications while waiting for the final ratification of 802.11e. The most important thing to know about 802.11e and WME/WMM is that it enables prioritized traffic over a wireless network through Quality of Service (QoS) protocols and enhanced media access protocols. Proper implementation of these protocols enables high speed bursting of data and prioritized traffic flow." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62616 msgid "FreeBSD supports networks that operate using 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g. The WPA and 802.11i security protocols are likewise supported (in conjunction with any of 11a, 11b, and 11g) and QoS and traffic prioritization required by the WME/WMM protocols are supported for a limited set of wireless devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62628 msgid "Connecting a computer to an existing wireless network is a very common situation. This procedure shows the steps required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:62634 msgid "Obtain the SSID (Service Set Identifier) and PSK (Pre-Shared Key) for the wireless network from the network administrator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:62641 msgid "Identify the wireless adapter. The FreeBSD GENERIC kernel includes drivers for many common wireless adapters. If the wireless adapter is one of those models, it will be shown in the output from ifconfig8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:62647 #, no-wrap msgid "% ifconfig | grep -B3 -i wireless" msgstr "% ifconfig | grep -B3 -i wireless" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:62649 msgid "If a wireless adapter is not listed, an additional kernel module might be required, or it might be a model not supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:62655 msgid "This example shows the Atheros ath0 wireless adapter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:62660 msgid "Add an entry for this network to /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf. If the file does not exist, create it. Replace myssid and mypsk with the SSID and PSK provided by the network administrator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62668 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" "\tssid=\"myssid\"\n" "\tpsk=\"mypsk\"\n" "}" msgstr "" "network={\n" "\tssid=\"myssid\"\n" "\tpsk=\"mypsk\"\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:62675 msgid "Add entries to /etc/rc.conf to configure the network on startup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62678 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA SYNCDHCP\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA SYNCDHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:62683 msgid "Restart the computer, or restart the network service to connect to the network:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:62692 msgid "Basic Setup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:62697 msgid "To use wireless networking, a wireless networking card is needed and the kernel needs to be configured with the appropriate wireless networking support. The kernel is separated into multiple modules so that only the required support needs to be configured." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:62703 msgid "The most commonly used wireless devices are those that use parts made by Atheros. These devices are supported by ath4 and require the following line to be added to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62709 #, no-wrap msgid "if_ath_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "if_ath_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:62711 msgid "The Atheros driver is split up into three separate pieces: the driver (ath4), the hardware support layer that handles chip-specific functions (ath_hal4), and an algorithm for selecting the rate for transmitting frames. When this support is loaded as kernel modules, any dependencies are automatically handled. To load support for a different type of wireless device, specify the module for that device. This example is for devices based on the Intersil Prism parts (wi4) driver:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62722 #, no-wrap msgid "if_wi_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "if_wi_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:62725 msgid "The examples in this section use an ath4 device and the device name in the examples must be changed according to the configuration. A list of available wireless drivers and supported adapters can be found in the FreeBSD Hardware Notes, available on the Release Information page of the FreeBSD website. If a native FreeBSD driver for the wireless device does not exist, it may be possible to use the Windows driver with the help of the NDIS driver wrapper." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:62738 msgid "In addition, the modules that implement cryptographic support for the security protocols to use must be loaded. These are intended to be dynamically loaded on demand by the wlan4 module, but for now they must be manually configured. The following modules are available: wlan_wep4, wlan_ccmp4, and wlan_tkip4. The wlan_ccmp4 and wlan_tkip4 drivers are only needed when using the WPA or 802.11i security protocols. If the network does not use encryption, wlan_wep4 support is not needed. To load these modules at boot time, add the following lines to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62751 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlan_wep_load=\"YES\"\n" "wlan_ccmp_load=\"YES\"\n" "wlan_tkip_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "wlan_wep_load=\"YES\"\n" "wlan_ccmp_load=\"YES\"\n" "wlan_tkip_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:62755 msgid "Once this information has been added to /boot/loader.conf, reboot the FreeBSD box. Alternately, load the modules by hand using kldload8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:62761 msgid "For users who do not want to use modules, it is possible to compile these drivers into the kernel by adding the following lines to a custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62766 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device wlan # 802.11 support\n" "device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support\n" "device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support\n" "device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support\n" "device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm\n" "device ath # Atheros pci/cardbus NIC's\n" "device ath_hal # pci/cardbus chip support\n" "options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors\n" "device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath" msgstr "" "device wlan # 802.11 support\n" "device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support\n" "device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support\n" "device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support\n" "device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm\n" "device ath # Atheros pci/cardbus NIC's\n" "device ath_hal # pci/cardbus chip support\n" "options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors\n" "device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:62776 msgid "With this information in the kernel configuration file, recompile the kernel and reboot the FreeBSD machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:62781 msgid "Information about the wireless device should appear in the boot messages, like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:62784 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ath0: <Atheros 5212> mem 0x88000000-0x8800ffff irq 11 at device 0.0 on cardbus1\n" "ath0: [ITHREAD]\n" "ath0: AR2413 mac 7.9 RF2413 phy 4.5" msgstr "" "ath0: <Atheros 5212> mem 0x88000000-0x8800ffff irq 11 at device 0.0 on cardbus1\n" "ath0: [ITHREAD]\n" "ath0: AR2413 mac 7.9 RF2413 phy 4.5" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:62791 msgid "Infrastructure Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:62793 msgid "Infrastructure (BSS) mode is the mode that is typically used. In this mode, a number of wireless access points are connected to a wired network. Each wireless network has its own name, called the SSID. Wireless clients connect to the wireless access points." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:62801 msgid "FreeBSD Clients" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:62804 msgid "How to Find Access Points" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:62806 msgid "To scan for available networks, use ifconfig8. This request may take a few moments to complete as it requires the system to switch to each available wireless frequency and probe for available access points. Only the superuser can initiate a scan:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:62812 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" "SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" "dlinkap 00:13:46:49:41:76 11 54M -90:96 100 EPS WPA WME\n" "freebsdap 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac 1 54M -83:96 100 EPS WPA" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" "SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" "dlinkap 00:13:46:49:41:76 11 54M -90:96 100 EPS WPA WME\n" "freebsdap 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac 1 54M -83:96 100 EPS WPA" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:62819 msgid "The interface must be before it can scan. Subsequent scan requests do not require the interface to be marked as up again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:62824 msgid "The output of a scan request lists each BSS/IBSS network found. Besides listing the name of the network, the SSID, the output also shows the BSSID, which is the MAC address of the access point. The CAPS field identifies the type of each network and the capabilities of the stations operating there:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:62835 msgid "Station Capability Codes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62840 msgid "Capability Code" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62847 msgid "E" msgstr "E" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62848 msgid "Extended Service Set (ESS). Indicates that the station is part of an infrastructure network rather than an IBSS/ad-hoc network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62856 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62857 msgid "IBSS/ad-hoc network. Indicates that the station is part of an ad-hoc network rather than an ESS network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62864 msgid "P" msgstr "P" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62865 msgid "Privacy. Encryption is required for all data frames exchanged within the BSS using cryptographic means such as WEP, TKIP or AES-CCMP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62874 msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62875 msgid "Short Preamble. Indicates that the network is using short preambles, defined in 802.11b High Rate/DSSS PHY, and utilizes a 56 bit sync field rather than the 128 bit field used in long preamble mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62883 msgid "s" msgstr "s" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:62884 msgid "Short slot time. Indicates that the 802.11g network is using a short slot time because there are no legacy (802.11b) stations present." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:62892 msgid "One can also display the current list of known networks with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:62895 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 list scan" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 list scan" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:62897 msgid "This information may be updated automatically by the adapter or manually with a request. Old data is automatically removed from the cache, so over time this list may shrink unless more scans are done." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:62905 book.translate.xml:63733 msgid "Basic Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:62907 msgid "This section provides a simple example of how to make the wireless network adapter work in FreeBSD without encryption. Once familiar with these concepts, it is strongly recommend to use WPA to set up the wireless network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:62913 msgid "There are three basic steps to configure a wireless network: select an access point, authenticate the station, and configure an IP address. The following sections discuss each step." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/title #: book.translate.xml:62919 msgid "Selecting an Access Point" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:62921 msgid "Most of the time, it is sufficient to let the system choose an access point using the builtin heuristics. This is the default behavior when an interface is marked as up or it is listed in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62927 book.translate.xml:63027 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:62930 msgid "If there are multiple access points, a specific one can be selected by its SSID:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62934 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid your_ssid_here DHCP\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid your_ssid_here DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:62937 msgid "In an environment where there are multiple access points with the same SSID, which is often done to simplify roaming, it may be necessary to associate to one specific device. In this case, the BSSID of the access point can be specified, with or without the SSID:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62945 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid your_ssid_here bssid xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx DHCP\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid your_ssid_here bssid xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:62948 msgid "There are other ways to constrain the choice of an access point, such as limiting the set of frequencies the system will scan on. This may be useful for a multi-band wireless card as scanning all the possible channels can be time-consuming. To limit operation to a specific band, use the parameter:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62956 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"mode 11g ssid your_ssid_here DHCP\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"mode 11g ssid your_ssid_here DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:62959 msgid "This example will force the card to operate in 802.11g, which is defined only for 2.4GHz frequencies so any 5GHz channels will not be considered. This can also be achieved with the parameter, which locks operation to one specific frequency, and the parameter, to specify a list of channels for scanning. More information about these parameters can be found in ifconfig8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:62973 msgid "Once an access point is selected, the station needs to authenticate before it can pass data. Authentication can happen in several ways. The most common scheme, open authentication, allows any station to join the network and communicate. This is the authentication to use for test purposes the first time a wireless network is setup. Other schemes require cryptographic handshakes to be completed before data traffic can flow, either using pre-shared keys or secrets, or more complex schemes that involve backend services such as RADIUS. Open authentication is the default setting. The next most common setup is WPA-PSK, also known as WPA Personal, which is described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:62990 msgid "If using an Apple AirPort Extreme base station for an access point, shared-key authentication together with a WEP key needs to be configured. This can be configured in /etc/rc.conf or by using wpa_supplicant8. For a single AirPort base station, access can be configured with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:62998 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"authmode shared wepmode on weptxkey 1 wepkey 01234567 DHCP\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"authmode shared wepmode on weptxkey 1 wepkey 01234567 DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:63001 msgid "In general, shared key authentication should be avoided because it uses the WEP key material in a highly-constrained manner, making it even easier to crack the key. If WEP must be used for compatibility with legacy devices, it is better to use WEP with open authentication. More information regarding WEP can be found in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/title #: book.translate.xml:63014 msgid "Getting an IP Address with DHCP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63017 msgid "Once an access point is selected and the authentication parameters are set, an IP address must be obtained in order to communicate. Most of the time, the IP address is obtained via DHCP. To achieve that, edit /etc/rc.conf and add DHCP to the configuration for the device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63030 msgid "The wireless interface is now ready to bring up:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63033 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif start" msgstr "# service netif start" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63035 msgid "Once the interface is running, use ifconfig8 to see the status of the interface ath0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63039 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid dlinkap channel 11 (2462 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76\n" " country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n" " scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n" " roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid dlinkap channel 11 (2462 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76\n" " country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n" " scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n" " roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63050 msgid "The status: associated line means that it is connected to the wireless network. The bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76 is the MAC address of the access point and authmode OPEN indicates that the communication is not encrypted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/title #: book.translate.xml:63059 msgid "Static IP Address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63061 msgid "If an IP address cannot be obtained from a DHCP server, set a fixed IP address. Replace the DHCP keyword shown above with the address information. Be sure to retain any other parameters for selecting the access point:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63068 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid your_ssid_here\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid your_ssid_here\"" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:63074 msgid "WPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63076 msgid "Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a security protocol used together with 802.11 networks to address the lack of proper authentication and the weakness of WEP. WPA leverages the 802.1X authentication protocol and uses one of several ciphers instead of WEP for data integrity. The only cipher required by WPA is the Temporary Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP). TKIP is a cipher that extends the basic RC4 cipher used by WEP by adding integrity checking, tamper detection, and measures for responding to detected intrusions. TKIP is designed to work on legacy hardware with only software modification. It represents a compromise that improves security but is still not entirely immune to attack. WPA also specifies the AES-CCMP cipher as an alternative to TKIP, and that is preferred when possible. For this specification, the term WPA2 or RSN is commonly used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63099 msgid "WPA defines authentication and encryption protocols. Authentication is most commonly done using one of two techniques: by 802.1X and a backend authentication service such as RADIUS, or by a minimal handshake between the station and the access point using a pre-shared secret. The former is commonly termed WPA Enterprise and the latter is known as WPA Personal. Since most people will not set up a RADIUS backend server for their wireless network, WPA-PSK is by far the most commonly encountered configuration for WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63113 msgid "The control of the wireless connection and the key negotiation or authentication with a server is done using wpa_supplicant8. This program requires a configuration file, /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf, to run. More information regarding this file can be found in wpa_supplicant.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/title #: book.translate.xml:63122 msgid "WPA-PSK" msgstr "WPA-PSK" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63124 msgid "WPA-PSK, also known as WPA Personal, is based on a pre-shared key (PSK) which is generated from a given password and used as the master key in the wireless network. This means every wireless user will share the same key. WPA-PSK is intended for small networks where the use of an authentication server is not possible or desired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:63135 msgid "Always use strong passwords that are sufficiently long and made from a rich alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63140 msgid "The first step is the configuration of /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf with the SSID and the pre-shared key of the network:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63145 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n" " psk=\"freebsdmall\"\n" "}" msgstr "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n" " psk=\"freebsdmall\"\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63150 msgid "Then, in /etc/rc.conf, indicate that the wireless device configuration will be done with WPA and the IP address will be obtained with DHCP:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63156 book.translate.xml:63356 book.translate.xml:63450 #: book.translate.xml:63574 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63159 book.translate.xml:63577 msgid "Then, bring up the interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63161 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif start\n" "Starting wpa_supplicant.\n" "DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 5\n" "DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 6\n" "DHCPOFFER from 192.168.0.1\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n" "DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n" "bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" msgstr "" "# service netif start\n" "Starting wpa_supplicant.\n" "DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 5\n" "DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 6\n" "DHCPOFFER from 192.168.0.1\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n" "DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n" "bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63180 msgid "Or, try to configure the interface manually using the information in /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63184 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# wpa_supplicant -i wlan0 -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf\n" "Trying to associate with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac (SSID='freebsdap' freq=2412 MHz)\n" "Associated with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "WPA: Key negotiation completed with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac [PTK=CCMP GTK=CCMP]\n" "CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED - Connection to 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac completed (auth) [id=0 id_str=]" msgstr "" "# wpa_supplicant -i wlan0 -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf\n" "Trying to associate with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac (SSID='freebsdap' freq=2412 MHz)\n" "Associated with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "WPA: Key negotiation completed with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac [PTK=CCMP GTK=CCMP]\n" "CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED - Connection to 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac completed (auth) [id=0 id_str=]" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63190 msgid "The next operation is to launch dhclient8 to get the IP address from the DHCP server:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dhclient wlan0\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n" "DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n" "bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" msgstr "" "# dhclient wlan0\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n" "DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n" "bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:63211 msgid "If /etc/rc.conf has an ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP\" entry, dhclient8 will be launched automatically after wpa_supplicant8 associates with the access point." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63218 msgid "If DHCP is not possible or desired, set a static IP address after wpa_supplicant8 has authenticated the station:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63223 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63236 msgid "When DHCP is not used, the default gateway and the nameserver also have to be manually set:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63240 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# route add default your_default_router\n" "# echo \"nameserver your_DNS_server\" >> /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" "# route add default your_default_router\n" "# echo \"nameserver your_DNS_server\" >> /etc/resolv.conf" #. (itstool) path: sect5/title #: book.translate.xml:63245 msgid "WPA with EAP-TLS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63248 msgid "The second way to use WPA is with an 802.1X backend authentication server. In this case, WPA is called WPA Enterprise to differentiate it from the less secure WPA Personal. Authentication in WPA Enterprise is based on the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63257 msgid "EAP does not come with an encryption method. Instead, EAP is embedded inside an encrypted tunnel. There are many EAP authentication methods, but EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, and EAP-PEAP are the most common." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63265 msgid "EAP with Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) is a well-supported wireless authentication protocol since it was the first EAP method to be certified by the Wi-Fi Alliance. EAP-TLS requires three certificates to run: the certificate of the Certificate Authority (CA) installed on all machines, the server certificate for the authentication server, and one client certificate for each wireless client. In this EAP method, both the authentication server and wireless client authenticate each other by presenting their respective certificates, and then verify that these certificates were signed by the organization's CA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63282 msgid "As previously, the configuration is done via /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63285 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"freebsdap\" \n" " proto=RSN \n" " key_mgmt=WPA-EAP \n" " eap=TLS \n" " identity=\"loader\" \n" " ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" \n" " client_cert=\"/etc/certs/clientcert.pem\" \n" " private_key=\"/etc/certs/clientkey.pem\" \n" " private_key_passwd=\"freebsdmallclient\" \n" "}" msgstr "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"freebsdap\" \n" " proto=RSN \n" " key_mgmt=WPA-EAP \n" " eap=TLS \n" " identity=\"loader\" \n" " ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" \n" " client_cert=\"/etc/certs/clientcert.pem\" \n" " private_key=\"/etc/certs/clientkey.pem\" \n" " private_key_passwd=\"freebsdmallclient\" \n" "}" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63299 msgid "This field indicates the network name (SSID)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63304 msgid "This example uses the RSN IEEE 802.11i protocol, also known as WPA2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63310 msgid "The key_mgmt line refers to the key management protocol to use. In this example, it is WPA using EAP authentication." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63317 msgid "This field indicates the EAP method for the connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63322 msgid "The identity field contains the identity string for EAP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63328 book.translate.xml:63431 book.translate.xml:63544 msgid "The ca_cert field indicates the pathname of the CA certificate file. This file is needed to verify the server certificate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63335 msgid "The client_cert line gives the pathname to the client certificate file. This certificate is unique to each wireless client of the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63342 msgid "The private_key field is the pathname to the client certificate private key file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63348 msgid "The private_key_passwd field contains the passphrase for the private key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63353 msgid "Then, add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63359 book.translate.xml:63453 msgid "The next step is to bring up the interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif start\n" "Starting wpa_supplicant.\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n" "DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n" "bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" msgstr "" "# service netif start\n" "Starting wpa_supplicant.\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n" "DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n" "bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63378 msgid "It is also possible to bring up the interface manually using wpa_supplicant8 and ifconfig8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/title #: book.translate.xml:63384 msgid "WPA with EAP-TTLS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63387 msgid "With EAP-TLS, both the authentication server and the client need a certificate. With EAP-TTLS, a client certificate is optional. This method is similar to a web server which creates a secure SSL tunnel even if visitors do not have client-side certificates. EAP-TTLS uses an encrypted TLS tunnel for safe transport of the authentication data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63397 msgid "The required configuration can be added to /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63400 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n" " proto=RSN\n" " key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n" " eap=TTLS \n" " identity=\"test\" \n" " password=\"test\" \n" " ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" \n" " phase2=\"auth=MD5\" \n" "}" msgstr "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n" " proto=RSN\n" " key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n" " eap=TTLS \n" " identity=\"test\" \n" " password=\"test\" \n" " ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" \n" " phase2=\"auth=MD5\" \n" "}" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63413 book.translate.xml:63526 msgid "This field specifies the EAP method for the connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63418 book.translate.xml:63531 msgid "The identity field contains the identity string for EAP authentication inside the encrypted TLS tunnel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63425 book.translate.xml:63538 msgid "The password field contains the passphrase for the EAP authentication." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63438 msgid "This field specifies the authentication method used in the encrypted TLS tunnel. In this example, EAP with MD5-Challenge is used. The inner authentication phase is often called phase2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63447 msgid "Next, add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/screen #: book.translate.xml:63455 book.translate.xml:63579 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif start\n" "Starting wpa_supplicant.\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 21\n" "DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n" "bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" msgstr "" "# service netif start\n" "Starting wpa_supplicant.\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n" "DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 21\n" "DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n" "bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n" "wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" " inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" " media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n" " status: associated\n" " ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" " country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n" " AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n" " bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n" " wme burst roaming MANUAL" #. (itstool) path: sect5/title #: book.translate.xml:63475 msgid "WPA with EAP-PEAP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:63479 msgid "PEAPv0/EAP-MSCHAPv2 is the most common PEAP method. In this chapter, the term PEAP is used to refer to that method." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63485 msgid "Protected EAP (PEAP) is designed as an alternative to EAP-TTLS and is the most used EAP standard after EAP-TLS. In a network with mixed operating systems, PEAP should be the most supported standard after EAP-TLS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63493 msgid "PEAP is similar to EAP-TTLS as it uses a server-side certificate to authenticate clients by creating an encrypted TLS tunnel between the client and the authentication server, which protects the ensuing exchange of authentication information. PEAP authentication differs from EAP-TTLS as it broadcasts the username in the clear and only the password is sent in the encrypted TLS tunnel. EAP-TTLS will use the TLS tunnel for both the username and password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/para #: book.translate.xml:63507 msgid "Add the following lines to /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf to configure the EAP-PEAP related settings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63512 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n" " proto=RSN\n" " key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n" " eap=PEAP \n" " identity=\"test\" \n" " password=\"test\" \n" " ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" \n" " phase1=\"peaplabel=0\" \n" " phase2=\"auth=MSCHAPV2\" \n" "}" msgstr "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n" " proto=RSN\n" " key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n" " eap=PEAP \n" " identity=\"test\" \n" " password=\"test\" \n" " ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" \n" " phase1=\"peaplabel=0\" \n" " phase2=\"auth=MSCHAPV2\" \n" "}" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63551 msgid "This field contains the parameters for the first phase of authentication, the TLS tunnel. According to the authentication server used, specify a specific label for authentication. Most of the time, the label will be client EAP encryption which is set by using peaplabel=0. More information can be found in wpa_supplicant.conf5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63563 msgid "This field specifies the authentication protocol used in the encrypted TLS tunnel. In the case of PEAP, it is auth=MSCHAPV2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:63600 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63602 msgid "Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) is part of the original 802.11 standard. There is no authentication mechanism, only a weak form of access control which is easily cracked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63607 msgid "WEP can be set up using ifconfig8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:63610 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 255.255.255.0 \\\n" "\t ssid my_net wepmode on weptxkey 3 wepkey 3:0x3456789012" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 255.255.255.0 \\\n" "\t ssid my_net wepmode on weptxkey 3 wepkey 3:0x3456789012" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:63617 msgid "The weptxkey specifies which WEP key will be used in the transmission. This example uses the third key. This must match the setting on the access point. When unsure which key is used by the access point, try 1 (the first key) for this value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:63627 msgid "The wepkey selects one of the WEP keys. It should be in the format index:key. Key 1 is used by default; the index only needs to be set when using a key other than the first key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:63635 msgid "Replace the 0x3456789012 with the key configured for use on the access point." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63642 msgid "Refer to ifconfig8 for further information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63645 msgid "The wpa_supplicant8 facility can be used to configure a wireless interface with WEP. The example above can be set up by adding the following lines to /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63651 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"my_net\"\n" " key_mgmt=NONE\n" " wep_key3=3456789012\n" " wep_tx_keyidx=3\n" "}" msgstr "" "network={\n" " ssid=\"my_net\"\n" " key_mgmt=NONE\n" " wep_key3=3456789012\n" " wep_tx_keyidx=3\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63658 msgid "Then:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:63660 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# wpa_supplicant -i wlan0 -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf\n" "Trying to associate with 00:13:46:49:41:76 (SSID='dlinkap' freq=2437 MHz)\n" "Associated with 00:13:46:49:41:76" msgstr "" "# wpa_supplicant -i wlan0 -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf\n" "Trying to associate with 00:13:46:49:41:76 (SSID='dlinkap' freq=2437 MHz)\n" "Associated with 00:13:46:49:41:76" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:63668 msgid "Ad-hoc Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:63670 msgid "IBSS mode, also called ad-hoc mode, is designed for point to point connections. For example, to establish an ad-hoc network between the machines A and B, choose two IP addresses and a SSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:63677 msgid "On A:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:63679 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode adhoc\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g <adhoc>\n" "\t status: running\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n" "\t protmode CTS wme burst" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode adhoc\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g <adhoc>\n" "\t status: running\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n" "\t protmode CTS wme burst" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:63691 msgid "The adhoc parameter indicates that the interface is running in IBSS mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:63694 msgid "B should now be able to detect A:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:63697 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode adhoc\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" " SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" " freebsdap 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac 2 54M -64:-96 100 IS WME" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode adhoc\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" " SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" " freebsdap 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac 2 54M -64:-96 100 IS WME" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:63702 msgid "The I in the output confirms that A is in ad-hoc mode. Now, configure B with a different IP address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:63707 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g <adhoc>\n" "\t status: running\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n" "\t protmode CTS wme burst" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g <adhoc>\n" "\t status: running\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n" "\t protmode CTS wme burst" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:63718 msgid "Both A and B are now ready to exchange information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:63724 msgid "FreeBSD Host Access Points" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:63726 msgid "FreeBSD can act as an Access Point (AP) which eliminates the need to buy a hardware AP or run an ad-hoc network. This can be particularly useful when a FreeBSD machine is acting as a gateway to another network such as the Internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63735 msgid "Before configuring a FreeBSD machine as an AP, the kernel must be configured with the appropriate networking support for the wireless card as well as the security protocols being used. For more details, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:63742 msgid "The NDIS driver wrapper for Windows drivers does not currently support AP operation. Only native FreeBSD wireless drivers support AP mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63749 msgid "Once wireless networking support is loaded, check if the wireless device supports the host-based access point mode, also known as hostap mode:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:63753 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 list caps\n" "drivercaps=6f85edc1<STA,FF,TURBOP,IBSS,HOSTAP,AHDEMO,TXPMGT,SHSLOT,SHPREAMBLE,MONITOR,MBSS,WPA1,WPA2,BURST,WME,WDS,BGSCAN,TXFRAG>\n" "cryptocaps=1f<WEP,TKIP,AES,AES_CCM,TKIPMIC>" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 list caps\n" "drivercaps=6f85edc1<STA,FF,TURBOP,IBSS,HOSTAP,AHDEMO,TXPMGT,SHSLOT,SHPREAMBLE,MONITOR,MBSS,WPA1,WPA2,BURST,WME,WDS,BGSCAN,TXFRAG>\n" "cryptocaps=1f<WEP,TKIP,AES,AES_CCM,TKIPMIC>" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63758 msgid "This output displays the card's capabilities. The HOSTAP word confirms that this wireless card can act as an AP. Various supported ciphers are also listed: WEP, TKIP, and AES. This information indicates which security protocols can be used on the AP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63766 msgid "The wireless device can only be put into hostap mode during the creation of the network pseudo-device, so a previously created device must be destroyed first:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:63770 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 destroy" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 destroy" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63772 msgid "then regenerated with the correct option before setting the other parameters:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:63775 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap mode 11g channel 1" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap mode 11g channel 1" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63778 msgid "Use ifconfig8 again to see the status of the wlan0 interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:63781 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g <hostap>\n" "\t status: running\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n" "\t protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g <hostap>\n" "\t status: running\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n" "\t protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63791 msgid "The hostap parameter indicates the interface is running in the host-based access point mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63795 msgid "The interface configuration can be done automatically at boot time by adding the following lines to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63799 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "create_args_wlan0=\"wlanmode hostap\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap mode 11g channel 1\"" msgstr "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" "create_args_wlan0=\"wlanmode hostap\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap mode 11g channel 1\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:63805 msgid "Host-based Access Point Without Authentication or Encryption" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63808 msgid "Although it is not recommended to run an AP without any authentication or encryption, this is a simple way to check if the AP is working. This configuration is also important for debugging client issues." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63814 msgid "Once the AP is configured, initiate a scan from another wireless machine to find the AP:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:63818 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" "SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" "freebsdap 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac 1 54M -66:-96 100 ES WME" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" "SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" "freebsdap 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac 1 54M -66:-96 100 ES WME" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63823 msgid "The client machine found the AP and can be associated with it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:63826 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n" "\t status: associated\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n" "\t scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n" "\t roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n" "\t status: associated\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n" "\t scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n" "\t roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:63840 msgid "WPA2 Host-based Access Point" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63842 msgid "This section focuses on setting up a FreeBSD access point using the WPA2 security protocol. More details regarding WPA and the configuration of WPA-based wireless clients can be found in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63849 msgid "The hostapd8 daemon is used to deal with client authentication and key management on the WPA2-enabled AP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63854 msgid "The following configuration operations are performed on the FreeBSD machine acting as the AP. Once the AP is correctly working, hostapd8 can be automatically started at boot with this line in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63861 #, no-wrap msgid "hostapd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "hostapd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63863 msgid "Before trying to configure hostapd8, first configure the basic settings introduced in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/title #: book.translate.xml:63867 msgid "WPA2-PSK" msgstr "WPA2-PSK" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63869 msgid "WPA2-PSK is intended for small networks where the use of a backend authentication server is not possible or desired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63873 msgid "The configuration is done in /etc/hostapd.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:63876 #, no-wrap msgid "" "interface=wlan0 \n" "debug=1 \n" "ctrl_interface=/var/run/hostapd \n" "ctrl_interface_group=wheel \n" "ssid=freebsdap \n" "wpa=2 \n" "wpa_passphrase=freebsdmall \n" "wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK \n" "wpa_pairwise=CCMP " msgstr "" "interface=wlan0 \n" "debug=1 \n" "ctrl_interface=/var/run/hostapd \n" "ctrl_interface_group=wheel \n" "ssid=freebsdap \n" "wpa=2 \n" "wpa_passphrase=freebsdmall \n" "wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK \n" "wpa_pairwise=CCMP " #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63888 msgid "Wireless interface used for the access point." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63893 msgid "Level of verbosity used during the execution of hostapd8. A value of 1 represents the minimal level." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63900 msgid "Pathname of the directory used by hostapd8 to store domain socket files for communication with external programs such as hostapd_cli8. The default value is used in this example." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63907 msgid "The group allowed to access the control interface files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63912 msgid "The wireless network name, or SSID, that will appear in wireless scans." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63918 msgid "Enable WPA and specify which WPA authentication protocol will be required. A value of 2 configures the AP for WPA2 and is recommended. Set to 1 only if the obsolete WPA is required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63929 msgid "ASCII passphrase for WPA authentication." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:63933 msgid "Always use strong passwords that are at least 8 characters long and made from a rich alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63941 msgid "The key management protocol to use. This example sets WPA-PSK." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:63947 msgid "Encryption algorithms accepted by the access point. In this example, only the CCMP (AES) cipher is accepted. CCMP is an alternative to TKIP and is strongly preferred when possible. TKIP should be allowed only when there are stations incapable of using CCMP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63960 msgid "The next step is to start hostapd8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:63962 #, no-wrap msgid "# service hostapd forcestart" msgstr "# service hostapd forcestart" #. (itstool) path: sect4/screen #: book.translate.xml:63964 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" "wlan0: flags=8943<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\tether 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n" "\tinet6 fe80::6f0:21ff:fe16:8e10%wlan0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x9\n" "\tnd6 options=21<PERFORMNUD,AUTO_LINKLOCAL>\n" "\tmedia: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11na <hostap>\n" "\tstatus: running\n" "\tssid No5ignal channel 36 (5180 MHz 11a ht/40+) bssid 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n" "\tcountry US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy MIXED deftxkey 2\n" "\tAES-CCM 2:128-bit AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 17 mcastrate 6 mgmtrate 6\n" "\tscanvalid 60 ampdulimit 64k ampdudensity 8 shortgi wme burst\n" "\tdtimperiod 1 -dfs\n" "\tgroups: wlan" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" "wlan0: flags=8943<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\tether 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n" "\tinet6 fe80::6f0:21ff:fe16:8e10%wlan0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x9\n" "\tnd6 options=21<PERFORMNUD,AUTO_LINKLOCAL>\n" "\tmedia: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11na <hostap>\n" "\tstatus: running\n" "\tssid No5ignal channel 36 (5180 MHz 11a ht/40+) bssid 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n" "\tcountry US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy MIXED deftxkey 2\n" "\tAES-CCM 2:128-bit AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 17 mcastrate 6 mgmtrate 6\n" "\tscanvalid 60 ampdulimit 64k ampdudensity 8 shortgi wme burst\n" "\tdtimperiod 1 -dfs\n" "\tgroups: wlan" #. (itstool) path: sect4/para #: book.translate.xml:63978 msgid "Once the AP is running, the clients can associate with it. See for more details. It is possible to see the stations associated with the AP using ifconfig wlan0 list sta." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:63988 msgid "WEP Host-based Access Point" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63990 msgid "It is not recommended to use WEP for setting up an AP since there is no authentication mechanism and the encryption is easily cracked. Some legacy wireless cards only support WEP and these cards will only support an AP without authentication or encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:63998 msgid "The wireless device can now be put into hostap mode and configured with the correct SSID and IP address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64002 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 \\\n" "\tssid freebsdap wepmode on weptxkey 3 wepkey 3:0x3456789012 mode 11g" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 \\\n" "\tssid freebsdap wepmode on weptxkey 3 wepkey 3:0x3456789012 mode 11g" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64008 msgid "The weptxkey indicates which WEP key will be used in the transmission. This example uses the third key as key numbering starts with 1. This parameter must be specified in order to encrypt the data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64017 msgid "The wepkey sets the selected WEP key. It should be in the format index:key. If the index is not given, key 1 is set. The index needs to be set when using keys other than the first key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64026 msgid "Use ifconfig8 to see the status of the wlan0 interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64029 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g <hostap>\n" "\t status: running\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 4 (2427 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy ON deftxkey 3 wepkey 3:40-bit\n" "\t txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60 protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" " wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\t ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "\t media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g <hostap>\n" "\t status: running\n" "\t ssid freebsdap channel 4 (2427 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n" "\t country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy ON deftxkey 3 wepkey 3:40-bit\n" "\t txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60 protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64039 msgid "From another wireless machine, it is now possible to initiate a scan to find the AP:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64042 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" "SSID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" "freebsdap 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac 1 54M 22:1 100 EPS" msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" "# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" "SSID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" "freebsdap 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac 1 54M 22:1 100 EPS" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64047 msgid "In this example, the client machine found the AP and can associate with it using the correct parameters. See for more details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:64054 msgid "Using Both Wired and Wireless Connections" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64056 msgid "A wired connection provides better performance and reliability, while a wireless connection provides flexibility and mobility. Laptop users typically want to roam seamlessly between the two types of connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64061 msgid "On FreeBSD, it is possible to combine two or even more network interfaces together in a failover fashion. This type of configuration uses the most preferred and available connection from a group of network interfaces, and the operating system switches automatically when the link state changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64068 msgid "Link aggregation and failover is covered in and an example for using both wired and wireless connections is provided at ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64075 msgid "This section describes a number of steps to help troubleshoot common wireless networking problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64081 msgid "If the access point is not listed when scanning, check that the configuration has not limited the wireless device to a limited set of channels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64087 msgid "If the device cannot associate with an access point, verify that the configuration matches the settings on the access point. This includes the authentication scheme and any security protocols. Simplify the configuration as much as possible. If using a security protocol such as WPA or WEP, configure the access point for open authentication and no security to see if traffic will pass." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64096 msgid "Debugging support is provided by wpa_supplicant8. Try running this utility manually with and look at the system logs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64103 msgid "Once the system can associate with the access point, diagnose the network configuration using tools like ping8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64109 msgid "There are many lower-level debugging tools. Debugging messages can be enabled in the 802.11 protocol support layer using wlandebug8. For example, to enable console messages related to scanning for access points and the 802.11 protocol handshakes required to arrange communication:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:64116 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# wlandebug -i ath0 +scan+auth+debug+assoc\n" " net.wlan.0.debug: 0 => 0xc80000<assoc,auth,scan>" msgstr "" "# wlandebug -i ath0 +scan+auth+debug+assoc\n" " net.wlan.0.debug: 0 => 0xc80000<assoc,auth,scan>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64119 msgid "Many useful statistics are maintained by the 802.11 layer and wlanstats, found in /usr/src/tools/tools/net80211, will dump this information. These statistics should display all errors identified by the 802.11 layer. However, some errors are identified in the device drivers that lie below the 802.11 layer so they may not show up. To diagnose device-specific problems, refer to the drivers' documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64130 msgid "If the above information does not help to clarify the problem, submit a problem report and include output from the above tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:64138 msgid "USB Tethering" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:64141 msgid "tether" msgstr "tether" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64145 msgid "Many cellphones provide the option to share their data connection over USB (often called \"tethering\"). This feature uses either the RNDIS, CDC or a custom Apple iPhone/iPad protocol." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64153 msgid "Android devices generally use the urndis4 driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64158 msgid "Apple devices use the ipheth4 driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64162 msgid "Older devices will often use the cdce4 driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64167 msgid "Before attaching a device, load the appropriate driver into the kernel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:64170 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload if_urndis\n" "# kldload if_cdce\n" "# kldload if_ipheth" msgstr "" "# kldload if_urndis\n" "# kldload if_cdce\n" "# kldload if_ipheth" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64174 msgid "Once the device is attached ue0 will be available for use like a normal network device. Be sure that the USB tethering option is enabled on the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:64183 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:64186 msgid " Pav Lucistnik Written by pav@FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:64197 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64201 msgid "Bluetooth is a wireless technology for creating personal networks operating in the 2.4 GHz unlicensed band, with a range of 10 meters. Networks are usually formed ad-hoc from portable devices such as cellular phones, handhelds, and laptops. Unlike Wi-Fi wireless technology, Bluetooth offers higher level service profiles, such as FTP-like file servers, file pushing, voice transport, serial line emulation, and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64210 msgid "This section describes the use of a USB Bluetooth dongle on a FreeBSD system. It then describes the various Bluetooth protocols and utilities." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:64215 msgid "Loading Bluetooth Support" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64217 msgid "The Bluetooth stack in FreeBSD is implemented using the netgraph4 framework. A broad variety of Bluetooth USB dongles is supported by ng_ubt4. Broadcom BCM2033 based Bluetooth devices are supported by the ubtbcmfw4 and ng_ubt4 drivers. The 3Com Bluetooth PC Card 3CRWB60-A is supported by the ng_bt3c4 driver. Serial and UART based Bluetooth devices are supported by sio4, ng_h44, and hcseriald8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64227 msgid "Before attaching a device, determine which of the above drivers it uses, then load the driver. For example, if the device uses the ng_ubt4 driver:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64231 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload ng_ubt" msgstr "# kldload ng_ubt" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64233 msgid "If the Bluetooth device will be attached to the system during system startup, the system can be configured to load the module at boot time by adding the driver to /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:64238 #, no-wrap msgid "ng_ubt_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "ng_ubt_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64240 msgid "Once the driver is loaded, plug in the USB dongle. If the driver load was successful, output similar to the following should appear on the console and in /var/log/messages:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64246 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ubt0: vendor 0x0a12 product 0x0001, rev 1.10/5.25, addr 2\n" "ubt0: Interface 0 endpoints: interrupt=0x81, bulk-in=0x82, bulk-out=0x2\n" "ubt0: Interface 1 (alt.config 5) endpoints: isoc-in=0x83, isoc-out=0x3,\n" " wMaxPacketSize=49, nframes=6, buffer size=294" msgstr "" "ubt0: vendor 0x0a12 product 0x0001, rev 1.10/5.25, addr 2\n" "ubt0: Interface 0 endpoints: interrupt=0x81, bulk-in=0x82, bulk-out=0x2\n" "ubt0: Interface 1 (alt.config 5) endpoints: isoc-in=0x83, isoc-out=0x3,\n" " wMaxPacketSize=49, nframes=6, buffer size=294" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64251 msgid "To start and stop the Bluetooth stack, use its startup script. It is a good idea to stop the stack before unplugging the device. When starting the stack, the output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64256 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service bluetooth start ubt0\n" "BD_ADDR: 00:02:72:00:d4:1a\n" "Features: 0xff 0xff 0xf 00 00 00 00 00\n" "<3-Slot> <5-Slot> <Encryption> <Slot offset>\n" "<Timing accuracy> <Switch> <Hold mode> <Sniff mode>\n" "<Park mode> <RSSI> <Channel quality> <SCO link>\n" "<HV2 packets> <HV3 packets> <u-law log> <A-law log> <CVSD>\n" "<Paging scheme> <Power control> <Transparent SCO data>\n" "Max. ACL packet size: 192 bytes\n" "Number of ACL packets: 8\n" "Max. SCO packet size: 64 bytes\n" "Number of SCO packets: 8" msgstr "" "# service bluetooth start ubt0\n" "BD_ADDR: 00:02:72:00:d4:1a\n" "Features: 0xff 0xff 0xf 00 00 00 00 00\n" "<3-Slot> <5-Slot> <Encryption> <Slot offset>\n" "<Timing accuracy> <Switch> <Hold mode> <Sniff mode>\n" "<Park mode> <RSSI> <Channel quality> <SCO link>\n" "<HV2 packets> <HV3 packets> <u-law log> <A-law log> <CVSD>\n" "<Paging scheme> <Power control> <Transparent SCO data>\n" "Max. ACL packet size: 192 bytes\n" "Number of ACL packets: 8\n" "Max. SCO packet size: 64 bytes\n" "Number of SCO packets: 8" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:64271 msgid "Finding Other Bluetooth Devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:64273 msgid "HCI" msgstr "HCI" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64277 msgid "The Host Controller Interface (HCI) provides a uniform method for accessing Bluetooth baseband capabilities. In FreeBSD, a netgraph HCI node is created for each Bluetooth device. For more details, refer to ng_hci4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64283 msgid "One of the most common tasks is discovery of Bluetooth devices within RF proximity. This operation is called inquiry. Inquiry and other HCI related operations are done using hccontrol8. The example below shows how to find out which Bluetooth devices are in range. The list of devices should be displayed in a few seconds. Note that a remote device will only answer the inquiry if it is set to discoverable mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64293 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci inquiry\n" "Inquiry result, num_responses=1\n" "Inquiry result #0\n" " BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" " Page Scan Rep. Mode: 0x1\n" " Page Scan Period Mode: 00\n" " Page Scan Mode: 00\n" " Class: 52:02:04\n" " Clock offset: 0x78ef\n" "Inquiry complete. Status: No error [00]" msgstr "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci inquiry\n" "Inquiry result, num_responses=1\n" "Inquiry result #0\n" " BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" " Page Scan Rep. Mode: 0x1\n" " Page Scan Period Mode: 00\n" " Page Scan Mode: 00\n" " Class: 52:02:04\n" " Clock offset: 0x78ef\n" "Inquiry complete. Status: No error [00]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64304 msgid "The BD_ADDR is the unique address of a Bluetooth device, similar to the MAC address of a network card. This address is needed for further communication with a device and it is possible to assign a human readable name to a BD_ADDR. Information regarding the known Bluetooth hosts is contained in /etc/bluetooth/hosts. The following example shows how to obtain the human readable name that was assigned to the remote device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64314 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci remote_name_request 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "Name: Pav's T39" msgstr "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci remote_name_request 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "Name: Pav's T39" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64318 msgid "If an inquiry is performed on a remote Bluetooth device, it will find the computer as your.host.name (ubt0). The name assigned to the local device can be changed at any time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64323 msgid "The Bluetooth system provides a point-to-point connection between two Bluetooth units, or a point-to-multipoint connection which is shared among several Bluetooth devices. The following example shows how to obtain the list of active baseband connections for the local device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64329 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci read_connection_list\n" "Remote BD_ADDR Handle Type Mode Role Encrypt Pending Queue State\n" "00:80:37:29:19:a4 41 ACL 0 MAST NONE 0 0 OPEN" msgstr "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci read_connection_list\n" "Remote BD_ADDR Handle Type Mode Role Encrypt Pending Queue State\n" "00:80:37:29:19:a4 41 ACL 0 MAST NONE 0 0 OPEN" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64333 msgid "A connection handle is useful when termination of the baseband connection is required, though it is normally not required to do this by hand. The stack will automatically terminate inactive baseband connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64339 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci disconnect 41\n" "Connection handle: 41\n" "Reason: Connection terminated by local host [0x16]" msgstr "" "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci disconnect 41\n" "Connection handle: 41\n" "Reason: Connection terminated by local host [0x16]" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64343 msgid "Type hccontrol help for a complete listing of available HCI commands. Most of the HCI commands do not require superuser privileges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:64350 msgid "Device Pairing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64352 msgid "By default, Bluetooth communication is not authenticated, and any device can talk to any other device. A Bluetooth device, such as a cellular phone, may choose to require authentication to provide a particular service. Bluetooth authentication is normally done with a PIN code, an ASCII string up to 16 characters in length. The user is required to enter the same PIN code on both devices. Once the user has entered the PIN code, both devices will generate a link key. After that, the link key can be stored either in the devices or in a persistent storage. Next time, both devices will use the previously generated link key. This procedure is called pairing. Note that if the link key is lost by either device, the pairing must be repeated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64369 msgid "The hcsecd8 daemon is responsible for handling Bluetooth authentication requests. The default configuration file is /etc/bluetooth/hcsecd.conf. An example section for a cellular phone with the PIN code set to 1234 is shown below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:64376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device {\n" " bdaddr 00:80:37:29:19:a4;\n" " name \"Pav's T39\";\n" " key nokey;\n" " pin \"1234\";\n" " }" msgstr "" "device {\n" " bdaddr 00:80:37:29:19:a4;\n" " name \"Pav's T39\";\n" " key nokey;\n" " pin \"1234\";\n" " }" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64383 msgid "The only limitation on PIN codes is length. Some devices, such as Bluetooth headsets, may have a fixed PIN code built in. The switch forces hcsecd8 to stay in the foreground, so it is easy to see what is happening. Set the remote device to receive pairing and initiate the Bluetooth connection to the remote device. The remote device should indicate that pairing was accepted and request the PIN code. Enter the same PIN code listed in hcsecd.conf. Now the computer and the remote device are paired. Alternatively, pairing can be initiated on the remote device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64397 msgid "The following line can be added to /etc/rc.conf to configure hcsecd8 to start automatically on system start:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:64401 #, no-wrap msgid "hcsecd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "hcsecd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64403 msgid "The following is a sample of the hcsecd8 daemon output:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:64406 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hcsecd[16484]: Got Link_Key_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "hcsecd[16484]: Found matching entry, remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4, name 'Pav's T39', link key doesn't exist\n" "hcsecd[16484]: Sending Link_Key_Negative_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "hcsecd[16484]: Got PIN_Code_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "hcsecd[16484]: Found matching entry, remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4, name 'Pav's T39', PIN code exists\n" "hcsecd[16484]: Sending PIN_Code_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:64415 msgid "Network Access with PPP Profiles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64418 msgid "A Dial-Up Networking (DUN) profile can be used to configure a cellular phone as a wireless modem for connecting to a dial-up Internet access server. It can also be used to configure a computer to receive data calls from a cellular phone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64424 msgid "Network access with a PPP profile can be used to provide LAN access for a single Bluetooth device or multiple Bluetooth devices. It can also provide PC to PC connection using PPP networking over serial cable emulation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64431 msgid "In FreeBSD, these profiles are implemented with ppp8 and the rfcomm_pppd8 wrapper which converts a Bluetooth connection into something PPP can use. Before a profile can be used, a new PPP label must be created in /etc/ppp/ppp.conf. Consult rfcomm_pppd8 for examples." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64439 msgid "In this example, rfcomm_pppd8 is used to open a connection to a remote device with a BD_ADDR of 00:80:37:29:19:a4 on a DUN RFCOMM channel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64446 #, no-wrap msgid "# rfcomm_pppd -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -c -C dun -l rfcomm-dialup" msgstr "# rfcomm_pppd -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -c -C dun -l rfcomm-dialup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64448 msgid "The actual channel number will be obtained from the remote device using the SDP protocol. It is possible to specify the RFCOMM channel by hand, and in this case rfcomm_pppd8 will not perform the SDP query. Use sdpcontrol8 to find out the RFCOMM channel on the remote device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64456 msgid "In order to provide network access with the PPP LAN service, sdpd8 must be running and a new entry for LAN clients must be created in /etc/ppp/ppp.conf. Consult rfcomm_pppd8 for examples. Finally, start the RFCOMM PPP server on a valid RFCOMM channel number. The RFCOMM PPP server will automatically register the Bluetooth LAN service with the local SDP daemon. The example below shows how to start the RFCOMM PPP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64470 #, no-wrap msgid "# rfcomm_pppd -s -C 7 -l rfcomm-server" msgstr "# rfcomm_pppd -s -C 7 -l rfcomm-server" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:64474 msgid "Bluetooth Protocols" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64476 msgid "This section provides an overview of the various Bluetooth protocols, their function, and associated utilities." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:64480 msgid "Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:64483 msgid "L2CAP" msgstr "L2CAP" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64487 msgid "The Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP) provides connection-oriented and connectionless data services to upper layer protocols. L2CAP permits higher level protocols and applications to transmit and receive L2CAP data packets up to 64 kilobytes in length." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64495 msgid "L2CAP is based around the concept of channels. A channel is a logical connection on top of a baseband connection, where each channel is bound to a single protocol in a many-to-one fashion. Multiple channels can be bound to the same protocol, but a channel cannot be bound to multiple protocols. Each L2CAP packet received on a channel is directed to the appropriate higher level protocol. Multiple channels can share the same baseband connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64506 msgid "In FreeBSD, a netgraph L2CAP node is created for each Bluetooth device. This node is normally connected to the downstream Bluetooth HCI node and upstream Bluetooth socket nodes. The default name for the L2CAP node is devicel2cap. For more details refer to ng_l2cap4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64514 msgid "A useful command is l2ping8, which can be used to ping other devices. Some Bluetooth implementations might not return all of the data sent to them, so 0 bytes in the following example is normal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64519 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# l2ping -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=0 time=48.633 ms result=0\n" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=1 time=37.551 ms result=0\n" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=2 time=28.324 ms result=0\n" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=3 time=46.150 ms result=0" msgstr "" "# l2ping -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=0 time=48.633 ms result=0\n" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=1 time=37.551 ms result=0\n" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=2 time=28.324 ms result=0\n" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=3 time=46.150 ms result=0" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64525 msgid "The l2control8 utility is used to perform various operations on L2CAP nodes. This example shows how to obtain the list of logical connections (channels) and the list of baseband connections for the local device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64531 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_channel_list\n" "L2CAP channels:\n" "Remote BD_ADDR SCID/ DCID PSM IMTU/ OMTU State\n" "00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 66/ 64 3 132/ 672 OPEN\n" "% l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_connection_list\n" "L2CAP connections:\n" "Remote BD_ADDR Handle Flags Pending State\n" "00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 41 O 0 OPEN" msgstr "" "% l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_channel_list\n" "L2CAP channels:\n" "Remote BD_ADDR SCID/ DCID PSM IMTU/ OMTU State\n" "00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 66/ 64 3 132/ 672 OPEN\n" "% l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_connection_list\n" "L2CAP connections:\n" "Remote BD_ADDR Handle Flags Pending State\n" "00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 41 O 0 OPEN" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64540 msgid "Another diagnostic tool is btsockstat1. It is similar to netstat1, but for Bluetooth network-related data structures. The example below shows the same logical connection as l2control8 above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64546 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% btsockstat\n" "Active L2CAP sockets\n" "PCB Recv-Q Send-Q Local address/PSM Foreign address CID State\n" "c2afe900 0 0 00:02:72:00:d4:1a/3 00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 66 OPEN\n" "Active RFCOMM sessions\n" "L2PCB PCB Flag MTU Out-Q DLCs State\n" "c2afe900 c2b53380 1 127 0 Yes OPEN\n" "Active RFCOMM sockets\n" "PCB Recv-Q Send-Q Local address Foreign address Chan DLCI State\n" "c2e8bc80 0 250 00:02:72:00:d4:1a 00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 3 6 OPEN" msgstr "" "% btsockstat\n" "Active L2CAP sockets\n" "PCB Recv-Q Send-Q Local address/PSM Foreign address CID State\n" "c2afe900 0 0 00:02:72:00:d4:1a/3 00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 66 OPEN\n" "Active RFCOMM sessions\n" "L2PCB PCB Flag MTU Out-Q DLCs State\n" "c2afe900 c2b53380 1 127 0 Yes OPEN\n" "Active RFCOMM sockets\n" "PCB Recv-Q Send-Q Local address Foreign address Chan DLCI State\n" "c2e8bc80 0 250 00:02:72:00:d4:1a 00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 3 6 OPEN" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:64559 msgid "Radio Frequency Communication (RFCOMM)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64562 msgid "The RFCOMM protocol provides emulation of serial ports over the L2CAP protocol. RFCOMM is a simple transport protocol, with additional provisions for emulating the 9 circuits of RS-232 (EIATIA-232-E) serial ports. It supports up to 60 simultaneous connections (RFCOMM channels) between two Bluetooth devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64571 msgid "For the purposes of RFCOMM, a complete communication path involves two applications running on the communication endpoints with a communication segment between them. RFCOMM is intended to cover applications that make use of the serial ports of the devices in which they reside. The communication segment is a direct connect Bluetooth link from one device to another." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64580 msgid "RFCOMM is only concerned with the connection between the devices in the direct connect case, or between the device and a modem in the network case. RFCOMM can support other configurations, such as modules that communicate via Bluetooth wireless technology on one side and provide a wired interface on the other side." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64588 msgid "In FreeBSD, RFCOMM is implemented at the Bluetooth sockets layer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:64593 msgid "Service Discovery Protocol (SDP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:64596 msgid "SDP" msgstr "SDP" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64600 msgid "The Service Discovery Protocol (SDP) provides the means for client applications to discover the existence of services provided by server applications as well as the attributes of those services. The attributes of a service include the type or class of service offered and the mechanism or protocol information needed to utilize the service." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64608 msgid "SDP involves communication between a SDP server and a SDP client. The server maintains a list of service records that describe the characteristics of services associated with the server. Each service record contains information about a single service. A client may retrieve information from a service record maintained by the SDP server by issuing a SDP request. If the client, or an application associated with the client, decides to use a service, it must open a separate connection to the service provider in order to utilize the service. SDP provides a mechanism for discovering services and their attributes, but it does not provide a mechanism for utilizing those services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64623 msgid "Normally, a SDP client searches for services based on some desired characteristics of the services. However, there are times when it is desirable to discover which types of services are described by an SDP server's service records without any prior information about the services. This process of looking for any offered services is called browsing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64632 msgid "The Bluetooth SDP server, sdpd8, and command line client, sdpcontrol8, are included in the standard FreeBSD installation. The following example shows how to perform a SDP browse query." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64638 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec browse\n" "Record Handle: 00000000\n" "Service Class ID List:\n" " Service Discovery Server (0x1000)\n" "Protocol Descriptor List:\n" " L2CAP (0x0100)\n" " Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int/uuid16 1\n" " Protocol specific parameter #2: u/int/uuid16 1\n" "\n" "Record Handle: 0x00000001\n" "Service Class ID List:\n" " Browse Group Descriptor (0x1001)\n" "\n" "Record Handle: 0x00000002\n" "Service Class ID List:\n" " LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102)\n" "Protocol Descriptor List:\n" " L2CAP (0x0100)\n" " RFCOMM (0x0003)\n" " Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int8/bool 1\n" "Bluetooth Profile Descriptor List:\n" " LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102) ver. 1.0" msgstr "" "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec browse\n" "Record Handle: 00000000\n" "Service Class ID List:\n" " Service Discovery Server (0x1000)\n" "Protocol Descriptor List:\n" " L2CAP (0x0100)\n" " Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int/uuid16 1\n" " Protocol specific parameter #2: u/int/uuid16 1\n" "\n" "Record Handle: 0x00000001\n" "Service Class ID List:\n" " Browse Group Descriptor (0x1001)\n" "\n" "Record Handle: 0x00000002\n" "Service Class ID List:\n" " LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102)\n" "Protocol Descriptor List:\n" " L2CAP (0x0100)\n" " RFCOMM (0x0003)\n" " Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int8/bool 1\n" "Bluetooth Profile Descriptor List:\n" " LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102) ver. 1.0" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64661 msgid "Note that each service has a list of attributes, such as the RFCOMM channel. Depending on the service, the user might need to make note of some of the attributes. Some Bluetooth implementations do not support service browsing and may return an empty list. In this case, it is possible to search for the specific service. The example below shows how to search for the OBEX Object Push (OPUSH) service:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64671 #, no-wrap msgid "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec search OPUSH" msgstr "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec search OPUSH" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64673 msgid "Offering services on FreeBSD to Bluetooth clients is done with the sdpd8 server. The following line can be added to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:64677 #, no-wrap msgid "sdpd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "sdpd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64679 msgid "Then the sdpd8 daemon can be started with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64681 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sdpd start" msgstr "# service sdpd start" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64683 msgid "The local server application that wants to provide a Bluetooth service to remote clients will register the service with the local SDP daemon. An example of such an application is rfcomm_pppd8. Once started, it will register the Bluetooth LAN service with the local SDP daemon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64690 msgid "The list of services registered with the local SDP server can be obtained by issuing a SDP browse query via the local control channel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64695 #, no-wrap msgid "# sdpcontrol -l browse" msgstr "# sdpcontrol -l browse" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:64699 msgid "OBEX Object Push (OPUSH)" msgstr "OBEX Object Push (OPUSH)" #. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:64702 msgid "OBEX" msgstr "OBEX" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64706 msgid "Object Exchange (OBEX) is a widely used protocol for simple file transfers between mobile devices. Its main use is in infrared communication, where it is used for generic file transfers between notebooks or PDAs, and for sending business cards or calendar entries between cellular phones and other devices with Personal Information Manager (PIM) applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64715 msgid "The OBEX server and client are implemented by obexapp, which can be installed using the comms/obexapp package or port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64720 msgid "The OBEX client is used to push and/or pull objects from the OBEX server. An example object is a business card or an appointment. The OBEX client can obtain the RFCOMM channel number from the remote device via SDP. This can be done by specifying the service name instead of the RFCOMM channel number. Supported service names are: IrMC, FTRN, and OPUSH. It is also possible to specify the RFCOMM channel as a number. Below is an example of an OBEX session where the device information object is pulled from the cellular phone, and a new object, the business card, is pushed into the phone's directory." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64736 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% obexapp -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -C IrMC\n" "obex> get telecom/devinfo.txt devinfo-t39.txt\n" "Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n" "obex> put new.vcf\n" "Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n" "obex> di\n" "Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)" msgstr "" "% obexapp -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -C IrMC\n" "obex> get telecom/devinfo.txt devinfo-t39.txt\n" "Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n" "obex> put new.vcf\n" "Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n" "obex> di\n" "Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64744 msgid "In order to provide the OPUSH service, sdpd8 must be running and a root folder, where all incoming objects will be stored, must be created. The default path to the root folder is /var/spool/obex. Finally, start the OBEX server on a valid RFCOMM channel number. The OBEX server will automatically register the OPUSH service with the local SDP daemon. The example below shows how to start the OBEX server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64756 #, no-wrap msgid "# obexapp -s -C 10" msgstr "# obexapp -s -C 10" #. (itstool) path: sect3/title #: book.translate.xml:64760 msgid "Serial Port Profile (SPP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64762 msgid "The Serial Port Profile (SPP) allows Bluetooth devices to perform serial cable emulation. This profile allows legacy applications to use Bluetooth as a cable replacement, through a virtual serial port abstraction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64768 msgid "In FreeBSD, rfcomm_sppd1 implements SPP and a pseudo tty is used as a virtual serial port abstraction. The example below shows how to connect to a remote device's serial port service. A RFCOMM channel does not have to be specified as rfcomm_sppd1 can obtain it from the remote device via SDP. To override this, specify a RFCOMM channel on the command line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64778 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t\n" "rfcomm_sppd[94692]: Starting on /dev/pts/6...\n" "/dev/pts/6" msgstr "" "# rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t\n" "rfcomm_sppd[94692]: Starting on /dev/pts/6...\n" "/dev/pts/6" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64782 msgid "Once connected, the pseudo tty can be used as serial port:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/screen #: book.translate.xml:64785 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/pts/6" msgstr "# cu -l /dev/pts/6" #. (itstool) path: sect3/para #: book.translate.xml:64787 msgid "The pseudo tty is printed on stdout and can be read by wrapper scripts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:64790 #, no-wrap msgid "" "PTS=`rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t`\n" "cu -l $PTS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64798 msgid "By default, when FreeBSD is accepting a new connection, it tries to perform a role switch and become master. Some older Bluetooth devices which do not support role switching will not be able to connect. Since role switching is performed when a new connection is being established, it is not possible to ask the remote device if it supports role switching. However, there is a HCI option to disable role switching on the local side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64807 #, no-wrap msgid "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci write_node_role_switch 0" msgstr "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci write_node_role_switch 0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64809 msgid "To display Bluetooth packets, use the third-party package hcidump, which can be installed using the comms/hcidump package or port. This utility is similar to tcpdump1 and can be used to display the contents of Bluetooth packets on the terminal and to dump the Bluetooth packets to a file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:64820 msgid "Bridging" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:64823 book.translate.xml:65284 msgid " Andrew Thompson Written by " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:64833 msgid "IP subnet" msgstr "IP subnet" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:64836 msgid "bridge" msgstr "bridge" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64840 msgid "It is sometimes useful to divide a network, such as an Ethernet segment, into network segments without having to create IP subnets and use a router to connect the segments together. A device that connects two networks together in this fashion is called a bridge." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64847 msgid "A bridge works by learning the MAC addresses of the devices on each of its network interfaces. It forwards traffic between networks only when the source and destination MAC addresses are on different networks. In many respects, a bridge is like an Ethernet switch with very few ports. A FreeBSD system with multiple network interfaces can be configured to act as a bridge." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64855 msgid "Bridging can be useful in the following situations:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:64859 msgid "Connecting Networks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64861 msgid "The basic operation of a bridge is to join two or more network segments. There are many reasons to use a host-based bridge instead of networking equipment, such as cabling constraints or firewalling. A bridge can also connect a wireless interface running in hostap mode to a wired network and act as an access point." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:64871 msgid "Filtering/Traffic Shaping Firewall" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64873 msgid "A bridge can be used when firewall functionality is needed without routing or Network Address Translation (NAT)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64877 msgid "An example is a small company that is connected via DSL or ISDN to an ISP. There are thirteen public IP addresses from the ISP and ten computers on the network. In this situation, using a router-based firewall is difficult because of subnetting issues. A bridge-based firewall can be configured without any IP addressing issues." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:64890 msgid "Network Tap" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64892 msgid "A bridge can join two network segments in order to inspect all Ethernet frames that pass between them using bpf4 and tcpdump1 on the bridge interface or by sending a copy of all frames out an additional interface known as a span port." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:64901 msgid "Layer 2 VPN" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64903 msgid "Two Ethernet networks can be joined across an IP link by bridging the networks to an EtherIP tunnel or a tap4 based solution such as OpenVPN." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:64911 msgid "Layer 2 Redundancy" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:64913 msgid "A network can be connected together with multiple links and use the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) to block redundant paths." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:64920 msgid "This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a bridge using if_bridge4. A netgraph bridging driver is also available, and is described in ng_bridge4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:64925 msgid "Packet filtering can be used with any firewall package that hooks into the pfil9 framework. The bridge can be used as a traffic shaper with altq4 or dummynet4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:64932 msgid "Enabling the Bridge" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64934 msgid "In FreeBSD, if_bridge4 is a kernel module which is automatically loaded by ifconfig8 when creating a bridge interface. It is also possible to compile bridge support into a custom kernel by adding device if_bridge to the custom kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64941 msgid "The bridge is created using interface cloning. To create the bridge interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64944 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge create\n" "bridge0\n" "# ifconfig bridge0\n" "bridge0: flags=8802<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n" " id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n" " maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n" " root id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 0 ifcost 0 port 0" msgstr "" "# ifconfig bridge create\n" "bridge0\n" "# ifconfig bridge0\n" "bridge0: flags=8802<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n" " id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n" " maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n" " root id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 0 ifcost 0 port 0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64953 msgid "When a bridge interface is created, it is automatically assigned a randomly generated Ethernet address. The maxaddr and timeout parameters control how many MAC addresses the bridge will keep in its forwarding table and how many seconds before each entry is removed after it is last seen. The other parameters control how STP operates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64962 msgid "Next, specify which network interfaces to add as members of the bridge. For the bridge to forward packets, all member interfaces and the bridge need to be up:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64966 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\n" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" "# ifconfig fxp1 up" msgstr "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\n" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" "# ifconfig fxp1 up" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64970 msgid "The bridge can now forward Ethernet frames between fxp0 and fxp1. Add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf so the bridge is created at startup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:64975 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n" "ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\"" msgstr "" "cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n" "ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64980 msgid "If the bridge host needs an IP address, set it on the bridge interface, not on the member interfaces. The address can be set statically or via DHCP. This example sets a static IP address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:64986 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24" msgstr "# ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:64988 msgid "It is also possible to assign an IPv6 address to a bridge interface. To make the changes permanent, add the addressing information to /etc/rc.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:64994 msgid "When packet filtering is enabled, bridged packets will pass through the filter inbound on the originating interface on the bridge interface, and outbound on the appropriate interfaces. Either stage can be disabled. When direction of the packet flow is important, it is best to firewall on the member interfaces rather than the bridge itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65001 msgid "The bridge has several configurable settings for passing non-IP and IP packets, and layer2 firewalling with ipfw8. See if_bridge4 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65009 msgid "Enabling Spanning Tree" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65011 msgid "For an Ethernet network to function properly, only one active path can exist between two devices. The STP protocol detects loops and puts redundant links into a blocked state. Should one of the active links fail, STP calculates a different tree and enables one of the blocked paths to restore connectivity to all points in the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65019 msgid "The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP or 802.1w) provides backwards compatibility with legacy STP. RSTP provides faster convergence and exchanges information with neighboring switches to quickly transition to forwarding mode without creating loops. FreeBSD supports RSTP and STP as operating modes, with RSTP being the default mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65028 msgid "STP can be enabled on member interfaces using ifconfig8. For a bridge with fxp0 and fxp1 as the current interfaces, enable STP with:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65033 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 stp fxp0 stp fxp1\n" "bridge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " ether d6:cf:d5:a0:94:6d\n" " id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n" " maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n" " root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 0 port 0\n" " member: fxp0 flags=1c7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP>\n" " port 3 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n" " role designated state forwarding\n" " member: fxp1 flags=1c7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP>\n" " port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n" " role designated state forwarding" msgstr "" "# ifconfig bridge0 stp fxp0 stp fxp1\n" "bridge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " ether d6:cf:d5:a0:94:6d\n" " id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n" " maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n" " root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 0 port 0\n" " member: fxp0 flags=1c7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP>\n" " port 3 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n" " role designated state forwarding\n" " member: fxp1 flags=1c7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP>\n" " port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n" " role designated state forwarding" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65046 msgid "This bridge has a spanning tree ID of 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 and a priority of 32768. As the root id is the same, it indicates that this is the root bridge for the tree." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65052 msgid "Another bridge on the network also has STP enabled:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65055 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bridge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n" " id 00:13:d4:9a:06:7a priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n" " maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n" " root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4\n" " member: fxp0 flags=1c7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP>\n" " port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n" " role root state forwarding\n" " member: fxp1 flags=1c7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP>\n" " port 5 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n" " role designated state forwarding" msgstr "" "bridge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n" " id 00:13:d4:9a:06:7a priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n" " maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n" " root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4\n" " member: fxp0 flags=1c7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP>\n" " port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n" " role root state forwarding\n" " member: fxp1 flags=1c7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP>\n" " port 5 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n" " role designated state forwarding" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65067 msgid "The line root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4 shows that the root bridge is 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 and has a path cost of 400000 from this bridge. The path to the root bridge is via port 4 which is fxp0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65076 msgid "Bridge Interface Parameters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65078 msgid "Several ifconfig parameters are unique to bridge interfaces. This section summarizes some common uses for these parameters. The complete list of available parameters is described in ifconfig8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65085 msgid "private" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65087 msgid "A private interface does not forward any traffic to any other port that is also designated as a private interface. The traffic is blocked unconditionally so no Ethernet frames will be forwarded, including ARP packets. If traffic needs to be selectively blocked, a firewall should be used instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65098 msgid "span" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65100 msgid "A span port transmits a copy of every Ethernet frame received by the bridge. The number of span ports configured on a bridge is unlimited, but if an interface is designated as a span port, it cannot also be used as a regular bridge port. This is most useful for snooping a bridged network passively on another host connected to one of the span ports of the bridge. For example, to send a copy of all frames out the interface named fxp4:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:65110 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 span fxp4" msgstr "# ifconfig bridge0 span fxp4" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65115 msgid "sticky" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65117 msgid "If a bridge member interface is marked as sticky, dynamically learned address entries are treated as static entries in the forwarding cache. Sticky entries are never aged out of the cache or replaced, even if the address is seen on a different interface. This gives the benefit of static address entries without the need to pre-populate the forwarding table. Clients learned on a particular segment of the bridge cannot roam to another segment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65127 msgid "An example of using sticky addresses is to combine the bridge with VLANs in order to isolate customer networks without wasting IP address space. Consider that CustomerA is on vlan100, CustomerB is on vlan101, and the bridge has the address 192.168.0.1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:65136 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm vlan100 sticky vlan100 addm vlan101 sticky vlan101\n" "# ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65139 msgid "In this example, both clients see 192.168.0.1 as their default gateway. Since the bridge cache is sticky, one host cannot spoof the MAC address of the other customer in order to intercept their traffic." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65145 msgid "Any communication between the VLANs can be blocked using a firewall or, as seen in this example, private interfaces:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:65149 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private vlan101" msgstr "# ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private vlan101" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65151 msgid "The customers are completely isolated from each other and the full /24 address range can be allocated without subnetting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65155 msgid "The number of unique source MAC addresses behind an interface can be limited. Once the limit is reached, packets with unknown source addresses are dropped until an existing host cache entry expires or is removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65161 msgid "The following example sets the maximum number of Ethernet devices for CustomerA on vlan100 to 10:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/screen #: book.translate.xml:65165 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10" msgstr "# ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65170 msgid "Bridge interfaces also support monitor mode, where the packets are discarded after bpf4 processing and are not processed or forwarded further. This can be used to multiplex the input of two or more interfaces into a single bpf4 stream. This is useful for reconstructing the traffic for network taps that transmit the RX/TX signals out through two separate interfaces. For example, to read the input from four network interfaces as one stream:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65179 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 addm fxp2 addm fxp3 monitor up\n" "# tcpdump -i bridge0" msgstr "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 addm fxp2 addm fxp3 monitor up\n" "# tcpdump -i bridge0" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65184 msgid "SNMP Monitoring" msgstr "SNMP Monitoring" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65186 msgid "The bridge interface and STP parameters can be monitored via bsnmpd1 which is included in the FreeBSD base system. The exported bridge MIBs conform to IETF standards so any SNMP client or monitoring package can be used to retrieve the data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65193 msgid "To enable monitoring on the bridge, uncomment this line in /etc/snmpd.config by removing the beginning # symbol:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65197 #, no-wrap msgid "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\"" msgstr "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65199 msgid "Other configuration settings, such as community names and access lists, may need to be modified in this file. See bsnmpd1 and snmp_bridge3 for more information. Once these edits are saved, add this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65205 #, no-wrap msgid "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65207 msgid "Then, start bsnmpd1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65209 #, no-wrap msgid "# service bsnmpd start" msgstr "# service bsnmpd start" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65211 msgid "The following examples use the Net-SNMP software (net-mgmt/net-snmp) to query a bridge from a client system. The net-mgmt/bsnmptools port can also be used. From the SNMP client which is running Net-SNMP, add the following lines to $HOME/.snmp/snmp.conf in order to import the bridge MIB definitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65221 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mibdirs +/usr/share/snmp/mibs\n" "mibs +BRIDGE-MIB:RSTP-MIB:BEGEMOT-MIB:BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB" msgstr "" "mibdirs +/usr/share/snmp/mibs\n" "mibs +BRIDGE-MIB:RSTP-MIB:BEGEMOT-MIB:BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65224 msgid "To monitor a single bridge using the IETF BRIDGE-MIB (RFC4188):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65227 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com mib-2.dot1dBridge\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseBridgeAddress.0 = STRING: 66:fb:9b:6e:5c:44\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseNumPorts.0 = INTEGER: 1 ports\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0 = Timeticks: (189959) 0:31:39.59 centi-seconds\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTopChanges.0 = Counter32: 2\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpDesignatedRoot.0 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n" "...\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortState.3 = INTEGER: forwarding(5)\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortEnable.3 = INTEGER: enabled(1)\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortPathCost.3 = INTEGER: 200000\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost.3 = INTEGER: 0\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort.3 = Hex-STRING: 03 80\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions.3 = Counter32: 1\n" "RSTP-MIB::dot1dStpVersion.0 = INTEGER: rstp(2)" msgstr "" "% snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com mib-2.dot1dBridge\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseBridgeAddress.0 = STRING: 66:fb:9b:6e:5c:44\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseNumPorts.0 = INTEGER: 1 ports\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0 = Timeticks: (189959) 0:31:39.59 centi-seconds\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTopChanges.0 = Counter32: 2\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpDesignatedRoot.0 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n" "...\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortState.3 = INTEGER: forwarding(5)\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortEnable.3 = INTEGER: enabled(1)\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortPathCost.3 = INTEGER: 200000\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost.3 = INTEGER: 0\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort.3 = Hex-STRING: 03 80\n" "BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions.3 = Counter32: 1\n" "RSTP-MIB::dot1dStpVersion.0 = INTEGER: rstp(2)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65244 msgid "The dot1dStpTopChanges.0 value is two, indicating that the STP bridge topology has changed twice. A topology change means that one or more links in the network have changed or failed and a new tree has been calculated. The dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0 value will show when this happened." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65252 msgid "To monitor multiple bridge interfaces, the private BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB can be used:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65255 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com\n" "enterprises.fokus.begemot.begemotBridge\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge0\" = STRING: bridge0\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge2\" = STRING: bridge2\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge0\" = STRING: e:ce:3b:5a:9e:13\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge2\" = STRING: 12:5e:4d:74:d:fc\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge0\" = INTEGER: 1\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge2\" = INTEGER: 1\n" "...\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge0\" = Timeticks: (116927) 0:19:29.27 centi-seconds\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge2\" = Timeticks: (82773) 0:13:47.73 centi-seconds\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge0\" = Counter32: 1\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge2\" = Counter32: 1\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge0\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 40 95 30 5E 31\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge2\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 50 8B B8 C6 A9" msgstr "" "% snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com\n" "enterprises.fokus.begemot.begemotBridge\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge0\" = STRING: bridge0\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge2\" = STRING: bridge2\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge0\" = STRING: e:ce:3b:5a:9e:13\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge2\" = STRING: 12:5e:4d:74:d:fc\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge0\" = INTEGER: 1\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge2\" = INTEGER: 1\n" "...\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge0\" = Timeticks: (116927) 0:19:29.27 centi-seconds\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge2\" = Timeticks: (82773) 0:13:47.73 centi-seconds\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge0\" = Counter32: 1\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge2\" = Counter32: 1\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge0\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 40 95 30 5E 31\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge2\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 50 8B B8 C6 A9" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65271 msgid "To change the bridge interface being monitored via the mib-2.dot1dBridge subtree:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65274 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpset -v 2c -c private bridge1.example.com\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeDefaultBridgeIf.0 s bridge2" msgstr "" "% snmpset -v 2c -c private bridge1.example.com\n" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeDefaultBridgeIf.0 s bridge2" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:65281 msgid "Link Aggregation and Failover" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65294 msgid "lagg" msgstr "lagg" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65297 msgid "failover" msgstr "failover" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65300 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65303 msgid "LACP" msgstr "LACP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65306 msgid "loadbalance" msgstr "loadbalance" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65309 msgid "roundrobin" msgstr "roundrobin" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65313 msgid "FreeBSD provides the lagg4 interface which can be used to aggregate multiple network interfaces into one virtual interface in order to provide failover and link aggregation. Failover allows traffic to continue to flow as long as at least one aggregated network interface has an established link. Link aggregation works best on switches which support LACP, as this protocol distributes traffic bi-directionally while responding to the failure of individual links." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65323 msgid "The aggregation protocols supported by the lagg interface determine which ports are used for outgoing traffic and whether or not a specific port accepts incoming traffic. The following protocols are supported by lagg4:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65330 msgid "failover" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65332 msgid "This mode sends and receives traffic only through the master port. If the master port becomes unavailable, the next active port is used. The first interface added to the virtual interface is the master port and all subsequently added interfaces are used as failover devices. If failover to a non-master port occurs, the original port becomes master once it becomes available again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65344 msgid "fec / loadbalance" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65346 msgid "Cisco Fast EtherChannel (FEC) is found on older Cisco switches. It provides a static setup and does not negotiate aggregation with the peer or exchange frames to monitor the link. If the switch supports LACP, that should be used instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65356 msgid "lacp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65358 msgid "The IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) negotiates a set of aggregable links with the peer into one or more Link Aggregated Groups (LAGs). Each LAG is composed of ports of the same speed, set to full-duplex operation, and traffic is balanced across the ports in the LAG with the greatest total speed. Typically, there is only one LAG which contains all the ports. In the event of changes in physical connectivity, LACP will quickly converge to a new configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65372 msgid "LACP balances outgoing traffic across the active ports based on hashed protocol header information and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. The hash includes the Ethernet source and destination address and, if available, the VLAN tag, and the IPv4 or IPv6 source and destination address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65384 msgid "roundrobin" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65386 msgid "This mode distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through all active ports and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. Since this mode violates Ethernet frame ordering, it should be used with caution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65396 msgid "Configuration Examples" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65398 msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure a Cisco switch and a FreeBSD system for LACP load balancing. It then shows how to configure two Ethernet interfaces in failover mode as well as how to configure failover mode between an Ethernet and a wireless interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:65406 msgid "LACP Aggregation with a Cisco Switch" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65409 msgid "This example connects two fxp4 Ethernet interfaces on a FreeBSD machine to the first two Ethernet ports on a Cisco switch as a single load balanced and fault tolerant link. More interfaces can be added to increase throughput and fault tolerance. Replace the names of the Cisco ports, Ethernet devices, channel group number, and IP address shown in the example to match the local configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65418 msgid "Frame ordering is mandatory on Ethernet links and any traffic between two stations always flows over the same physical link, limiting the maximum speed to that of one interface. The transmit algorithm attempts to use as much information as it can to distinguish different traffic flows and balance the flows across the available interfaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65426 msgid "On the Cisco switch, add the FastEthernet0/1 and FastEthernet0/2 interfaces to channel group 1:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65431 #, no-wrap msgid "" "interface FastEthernet0/1\n" " channel-group 1 mode active\n" " channel-protocol lacp\n" "!\n" "interface FastEthernet0/2\n" " channel-group 1 mode active\n" " channel-protocol lacp" msgstr "" "interface FastEthernet0/1\n" " channel-group 1 mode active\n" " channel-protocol lacp\n" "!\n" "interface FastEthernet0/2\n" " channel-group 1 mode active\n" " channel-protocol lacp" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65439 msgid "On the FreeBSD system, create the lagg4 interface using the physical interfaces fxp0 and fxp1 and bring the interfaces up with an IP address of 10.0.0.3/24:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65446 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" "# ifconfig fxp1 up\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 create \n" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto lacp laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.3/24" msgstr "" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" "# ifconfig fxp1 up\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 create \n" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto lacp laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.3/24" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65451 msgid "Next, verify the status of the virtual interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65453 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" "lagg0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=8<VLAN_MTU>\n" " ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect\n" " status: active\n" " laggproto lacp\n" " laggport: fxp1 flags=1c<ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING>\n" " laggport: fxp0 flags=1c<ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING>" msgstr "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" "lagg0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=8<VLAN_MTU>\n" " ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect\n" " status: active\n" " laggproto lacp\n" " laggport: fxp1 flags=1c<ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING>\n" " laggport: fxp0 flags=1c<ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING>" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65463 msgid "Ports marked as ACTIVE are part of the LAG that has been negotiated with the remote switch. Traffic will be transmitted and received through these active ports. Add to the above command to view the LAG identifiers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65471 msgid "To see the port status on the Cisco switch:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65473 #, no-wrap msgid "" "switch# show lacp neighbor\n" "Flags: S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs\n" " F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs\n" " A - Device is in Active mode P - Device is in Passive mode\n" "\n" "Channel group 1 neighbors\n" "\n" "Partner's information:\n" "\n" " LACP port Oper Port Port\n" "Port Flags Priority Dev ID Age Key Number State\n" "Fa0/1 SA 32768 0005.5d71.8db8 29s 0x146 0x3 0x3D\n" "Fa0/2 SA 32768 0005.5d71.8db8 29s 0x146 0x4 0x3D" msgstr "" "switch# show lacp neighbor\n" "Flags: S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs\n" " F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs\n" " A - Device is in Active mode P - Device is in Passive mode\n" "\n" "Channel group 1 neighbors\n" "\n" "Partner's information:\n" "\n" " LACP port Oper Port Port\n" "Port Flags Priority Dev ID Age Key Number State\n" "Fa0/1 SA 32768 0005.5d71.8db8 29s 0x146 0x3 0x3D\n" "Fa0/2 SA 32768 0005.5d71.8db8 29s 0x146 0x4 0x3D" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65487 msgid "For more detail, type show lacp neighbor detail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65490 msgid "To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to /etc/rc.conf on the FreeBSD system:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65494 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"lagg0\"\n" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"laggproto lacp laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.3/24\"" msgstr "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"lagg0\"\n" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"laggproto lacp laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.3/24\"" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:65501 msgid "Failover Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65503 msgid "Failover mode can be used to switch over to a secondary interface if the link is lost on the master interface. To configure failover, make sure that the underlying physical interfaces are up, then create the lagg4 interface. In this example, fxp0 is the master interface, fxp1 is the secondary interface, and the virtual interface is assigned an IP address of 10.0.0.15/24:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65513 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" "# ifconfig fxp1 up\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 create\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto failover laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.15/24" msgstr "" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" "# ifconfig fxp1 up\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 create\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto failover laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.15/24" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65518 book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The virtual interface should look something like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65521 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" "lagg0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=8<VLAN_MTU>\n" " ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n" " inet 10.0.0.15 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect\n" " status: active\n" " laggproto failover\n" " laggport: fxp1 flags=0<>\n" " laggport: fxp0 flags=5<MASTER,ACTIVE>" msgstr "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" "lagg0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=8<VLAN_MTU>\n" " ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n" " inet 10.0.0.15 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect\n" " status: active\n" " laggproto failover\n" " laggport: fxp1 flags=0<>\n" " laggport: fxp0 flags=5<MASTER,ACTIVE>" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65532 msgid "Traffic will be transmitted and received on fxp0. If the link is lost on fxp0, fxp1 will become the active link. If the link is restored on the master interface, it will once again become the active link." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"lagg0\"\n" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"laggproto failover laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.15/24\"" msgstr "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"lagg0\"\n" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"laggproto failover laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.15/24\"" #. (itstool) path: example/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Failover Mode Between Ethernet and Wireless Interfaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "For laptop users, it is usually desirable to configure the wireless device as a secondary which is only used when the Ethernet connection is not available. With lagg4, it is possible to configure a failover which prefers the Ethernet connection for both performance and security reasons, while maintaining the ability to transfer data over the wireless connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is achieved by overriding the physical wireless interface's MAC address with that of the Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In this example, the Ethernet interface, bge0, is the master and the wireless interface, wlan0, is the failover. The wlan0 device was created from iwn0 wireless interface, which will be configured with the MAC address of the Ethernet interface. First, determine the MAC address of the Ethernet interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bge0\n" "bge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\toptions=19b<RXCSUM,TXCSUM,VLAN_MTU,VLAN_HWTAGGING,VLAN_HWCSUM,TSO4>\n" "\tether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n" "\tinet6 fe80::221:70ff:feda:ae37%bge0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x2\n" "\tnd6 options=29<PERFORMNUD,IFDISABLED,AUTO_LINKLOCAL>\n" "\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (1000baseT <full-duplex>)\n" "\tstatus: active" msgstr "" "# ifconfig bge0\n" "bge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" "\toptions=19b<RXCSUM,TXCSUM,VLAN_MTU,VLAN_HWTAGGING,VLAN_HWCSUM,TSO4>\n" "\tether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n" "\tinet6 fe80::221:70ff:feda:ae37%bge0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x2\n" "\tnd6 options=29<PERFORMNUD,IFDISABLED,AUTO_LINKLOCAL>\n" "\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (1000baseT <full-duplex>)\n" "\tstatus: active" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Replace bge0 to match the system's Ethernet interface name. The ether line will contain the MAC address of the specified interface. Now, change the MAC address of the underlying wireless interface:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig iwn0 ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37" msgstr "# ifconfig iwn0 ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Bring the wireless interface up, but do not set an IP address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev iwn0 ssid my_router up" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev iwn0 ssid my_router up" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Make sure the bge0 interface is up, then create the lagg4 interface with bge0 as master with failover to wlan0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bge0 up\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 create\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto failover laggport bge0 laggport wlan0" msgstr "" "# ifconfig bge0 up\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 create\n" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto failover laggport bge0 laggport wlan0" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" "lagg0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=8<VLAN_MTU>\n" " ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect\n" " status: active\n" " laggproto failover\n" " laggport: wlan0 flags=0<>\n" " laggport: bge0 flags=5<MASTER,ACTIVE>" msgstr "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" "lagg0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" " options=8<VLAN_MTU>\n" " ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect\n" " status: active\n" " laggproto failover\n" " laggport: wlan0 flags=0<>\n" " laggport: bge0 flags=5<MASTER,ACTIVE>" #. (itstool) path: example/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Then, start the DHCP client to obtain an IP address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# dhclient lagg0" msgstr "# dhclient lagg0" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_bge0=\"up\"\n" "ifconfig_iwn0=\"ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\"\n" "wlans_iwn0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"lagg0\"\n" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"laggproto failover laggport bge0 laggport wlan0 DHCP\"" msgstr "" "ifconfig_bge0=\"up\"\n" "ifconfig_iwn0=\"ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\"\n" "wlans_iwn0=\"wlan0\"\n" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"lagg0\"\n" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"laggproto failover laggport bge0 laggport wlan0 DHCP\"" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Diskless Operation with PXE" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " Jean-François Dockès Updated by " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " Alex Dupre Reorganized and enhanced by " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "diskless workstation" msgstr "diskless workstation" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "diskless operation" msgstr "diskless operation" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The Intel Preboot eXecution Environment (PXE) allows an operating system to boot over the network. For example, a FreeBSD system can boot over the network and operate without a local disk, using file systems mounted from an NFS server. PXE support is usually available in the BIOS. To use PXE when the machine starts, select the Boot from network option in the BIOS setup or type a function key during system initialization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In order to provide the files needed for an operating system to boot over the network, a PXE setup also requires properly configured DHCP, TFTP, and NFS servers, where:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Initial parameters, such as an IP address, executable boot filename and location, server name, and root path are obtained from the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The operating system loader file is booted using TFTP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The file systems are loaded using NFS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "When a computer PXE boots, it receives information over DHCP about where to obtain the initial boot loader file. After the host computer receives this information, it downloads the boot loader via TFTP and then executes the boot loader. In FreeBSD, the boot loader file is /boot/pxeboot. After /boot/pxeboot executes, the FreeBSD kernel is loaded and the rest of the FreeBSD bootup sequence proceeds, as described in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This section describes how to configure these services on a FreeBSD system so that other systems can PXE boot into FreeBSD. Refer to diskless8 for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: caution/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "As described, the system providing these services is insecure. It should live in a protected area of a network and be untrusted by other hosts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Setting Up the PXE Environment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: affiliation/address #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "rodrigc@FreeBSD.org" msgstr "rodrigc@FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " Craig Rodrigues <_:address-1/> Written by " msgstr " Craig Rodrigues <_:address-1/> Geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The steps shown in this section configure the built-in NFS and TFTP servers. The next section demonstrates how to install and configure the DHCP server. In this example, the directory which will contain the files used by PXE users is /b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install. It is important that this directory exists and that the same directory name is set in both /etc/inetd.conf and /usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Create the root directory which will contain a FreeBSD installation to be NFS mounted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# export NFSROOTDIR=/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install\n" "# mkdir -p ${NFSROOTDIR}" msgstr "" "# export NFSROOTDIR=/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install\n" "# mkdir -p ${NFSROOTDIR}" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Enable the NFS server by adding this line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Export the diskless root directory via NFS by adding the following to /etc/exports:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "/b -ro -alldirs" msgstr "/b -ro -alldirs" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Start the NFS server:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Enable inetd8 by adding the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Uncomment the following line in /etc/inetd.conf by making sure it does not start with a # symbol:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd -l -s /b/tftpboot" msgstr "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd -l -s /b/tftpboot" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Some PXE versions require the TCP version of TFTP. In this case, uncomment the second tftp line which contains stream tcp." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Start inetd8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Rebuild the FreeBSD kernel and userland (refer to for more detailed instructions):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make buildworld\n" "# make buildkernel" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make buildworld\n" "# make buildkernel" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Install FreeBSD into the directory mounted over NFS:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# make installworld DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}\n" "# make installkernel DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}\n" "# make distribution DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}" msgstr "" "# make installworld DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}\n" "# make installkernel DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}\n" "# make distribution DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Test that the TFTP server works and can download the boot loader which will be obtained via PXE:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tftp localhost\n" "tftp> get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot\n" "Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Edit ${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/fstab and create an entry to mount the root file system over NFS:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FSType Options Dump Pass\n" "myhost.example.com:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install / nfs ro 0 0" msgstr "" "# Device Mountpoint FSType Options Dump Pass\n" "myhost.example.com:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install / nfs ro 0 0" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Replace myhost.example.com with the hostname or IP address of the NFS server. In this example, the root file system is mounted read-only in order to prevent NFS clients from potentially deleting the contents of the root file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Set the root password in the PXE environment for client machines which are PXE booting :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" "# passwd" msgstr "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" "# passwd" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "If needed, enable ssh1 root logins for client machines which are PXE booting by editing ${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/ssh/sshd_config and enabling PermitRootLogin. This option is documented in sshd_config5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Perform any other needed customizations of the PXE environment in ${NFSROOTDIR}. These customizations could include things like installing packages or editing the password file with vipw8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "When booting from an NFS root volume, /etc/rc detects the NFS boot and runs /etc/rc.initdiskless. In this case, /etc and /var need to be memory backed file systems so that these directories are writable but the NFS root directory is read-only:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" "# mkdir -p conf/base\n" "# tar -c -v -f conf/base/etc.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip etc\n" "# tar -c -v -f conf/base/var.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip var" msgstr "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" "# mkdir -p conf/base\n" "# tar -c -v -f conf/base/etc.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip etc\n" "# tar -c -v -f conf/base/var.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip var" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "When the system boots, memory file systems for /etc and /var will be created and mounted and the contents of the cpio.gz files will be copied into them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Configuring the DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "DHCP diskless operation" msgstr "DHCP diskless operation" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The DHCP server does not need to be the same machine as the TFTP and NFS server, but it needs to be accessible in the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "DHCP is not part of the FreeBSD base system but can be installed using the net/isc-dhcp42-server port or package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Once installed, edit the configuration file, /usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf. Configure the next-server, filename, and root-path settings as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" " range 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.3 ;\n" " option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0 ;\n" " option routers 192.168.0.1 ;\n" " option broadcast-address 192.168.0.255 ;\n" " option domain-name-servers 192.168.35.35, 192.168.35.36 ;\n" " option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" " # IP address of TFTP server\n" " next-server 192.168.0.1 ;\n" "\n" " # path of boot loader obtained via tftp\n" " filename \"FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot\" ;\n" "\n" " # pxeboot boot loader will try to NFS mount this directory for root FS\n" " option root-path \"192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install/\" ;\n" "\n" "}" msgstr "" "subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" " range 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.3 ;\n" " option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0 ;\n" " option routers 192.168.0.1 ;\n" " option broadcast-address 192.168.0.255 ;\n" " option domain-name-servers 192.168.35.35, 192.168.35.36 ;\n" " option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" " # IP address of TFTP server\n" " next-server 192.168.0.1 ;\n" "\n" " # path of boot loader obtained via tftp\n" " filename \"FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot\" ;\n" "\n" " # pxeboot boot loader will try to NFS mount this directory for root FS\n" " option root-path \"192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install/\" ;\n" "\n" "}" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The next-server directive is used to specify the IP address of the TFTP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The filename directive defines the path to /boot/pxeboot. A relative filename is used, meaning that /b/tftpboot is not included in the path." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The root-path option defines the path to the NFS root file system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Once the edits are saved, enable DHCP at boot time by adding the following line to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Then start the DHCP service:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Debugging PXE Problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Once all of the services are configured and started, PXE clients should be able to automatically load FreeBSD over the network. If a particular client is unable to connect, when that client machine boots up, enter the BIOS configuration menu and confirm that it is set to boot from the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This section describes some troubleshooting tips for isolating the source of the configuration problem should no clients be able to PXE boot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Use the net/wireshark package or port to debug the network traffic involved during the PXE booting process, which is illustrated in the diagram below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: figure/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "PXE Booting Process with NFS Root Mount" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='advanced-networking/pxe-nfs' md5='__failed__'" msgstr "external ref='advanced-networking/pxe-nfs' md5='__failed__'" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Client broadcasts a DHCPDISCOVER message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The DHCP server responds with the IP address, next-server, filename, and root-path values." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The client sends a TFTP request to next-server, asking to retrieve filename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The TFTP server responds and sends filename to client." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: callout/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The client executes filename, which is pxeboot8, which then loads the kernel. When the kernel executes, the root file system specified by root-path is mounted over NFS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "On the TFTP server, read /var/log/xferlog to ensure that pxeboot is being retrieved from the correct location. To test this example configuration:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tftp 192.168.0.1\n" "tftp> get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot\n" "Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds" msgstr "" "# tftp 192.168.0.1\n" "tftp> get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot\n" "Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The BUGS sections in tftpd8 and tftp1 document some limitations with TFTP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Make sure that the root file system can be mounted via NFS. To test this example configuration:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: step/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install /mnt" msgstr "# mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install /mnt" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "IPv6" msgstr "IPv6" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " Aaron Kaplan Originally Written by " msgstr " Aaron Kaplan Oorspronkelijk geschreven door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " Tom Rhodes Restructured and Added by " msgstr " Tom Rhodes Geherstructureerd en toegevoegd door" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " Brad Davis Extended by " msgstr " Brad Davis Uitgebreid door" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "IPv6 is the new version of the well known IP protocol, also known as IPv4. IPv6 provides several advantages over IPv4 as well as many new features:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Its 128-bit address space allows for 340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses. This addresses the IPv4 address shortage and eventual IPv4 address exhaustion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Routers only store network aggregation addresses in their routing tables, thus reducing the average space of a routing table to 8192 entries. This addresses the scalability issues associated with IPv4, which required every allocated block of IPv4 addresses to be exchanged between Internet routers, causing their routing tables to become too large to allow efficient routing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Address autoconfiguration (RFC2462)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Mandatory multicast addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Built-in IPsec (IP security)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Simplified header structure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Support for mobile IP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "IPv6-to-IPv4 transition mechanisms." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD includes the http://www.kame.net/ IPv6 reference implementation and comes with everything needed to use IPv6. This section focuses on getting IPv6 configured and running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Background on IPv6 Addresses" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "There are three different types of IPv6 addresses:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Unicast" msgstr "Unicast" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "A packet sent to a unicast address arrives at the interface belonging to the address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Anycast" msgstr "Anycast" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "These addresses are syntactically indistinguishable from unicast addresses but they address a group of interfaces. The packet destined for an anycast address will arrive at the nearest router interface. Anycast addresses are only used by routers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "Multicast" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "These addresses identify a group of interfaces. A packet destined for a multicast address will arrive at all interfaces belonging to the multicast group. The IPv4 broadcast address, usually xxx.xxx.xxx.255, is expressed by multicast addresses in IPv6." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "When reading an IPv6 address, the canonical form is represented as x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x, where each x represents a 16 bit hex value. An example is FEBC:A574:382B:23C1:AA49:4592:4EFE:9982." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Often, an address will have long substrings of all zeros. A :: (double colon) can be used to replace one substring per address. Also, up to three leading 0s per hex value can be omitted. For example, fe80::1 corresponds to the canonical form fe80:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "A third form is to write the last 32 bits using the well known IPv4 notation. For example, 2002::10.0.0.1 corresponds to the hexadecimal canonical representation 2002:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0a00:0001, which in turn is equivalent to 2002::a00:1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To view a FreeBSD system's IPv6 address, use ifconfig8:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig" msgstr "# ifconfig" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rl0: flags=8943<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " inet 10.0.0.10 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n" " inet6 fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x1\n" " ether 00:00:21:03:08:e1\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX )\n" " status: active" msgstr "" "rl0: flags=8943<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" " inet 10.0.0.10 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n" " inet6 fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x1\n" " ether 00:00:21:03:08:e1\n" " media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX )\n" " status: active" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In this example, the rl0 interface is using fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0, an auto-configured link-local address which was automatically generated from the MAC address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Some IPv6 addresses are reserved. A summary of these reserved addresses is seen in :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Reserved IPv6 Addresses" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv6 address" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Prefixlength (Bits)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "::" msgstr "::" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "128 bits" msgstr "128 bits" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "unspecified" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Equivalent to 0.0.0.0 in IPv4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "::1" msgstr "::1" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "loopback address" msgstr "loopback adres" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Equivalent to 127.0.0.1 in IPv4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "::00:xx:xx:xx:xx" msgstr "::00:xx:xx:xx:xx" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "96 bits" msgstr "96 bits" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "embedded IPv4" msgstr "embedded IPv4" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The lower 32 bits are the compatible IPv4 address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "::ff:xx:xx:xx:xx" msgstr "::ff:xx:xx:xx:xx" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "IPv4 mapped IPv6 address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The lower 32 bits are the IPv4 address for hosts which do not support IPv6." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "fe80::/10" msgstr "fe80::/10" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "10 bits" msgstr "10 bits" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "link-local" msgstr "link-local" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Equivalent to 169.254.0.0/16 in IPv4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "fc00::/7" msgstr "fc00::/7" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "7 bits" msgstr "7 bits" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "unique-local" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Unique local addresses are intended for local communication and are only routable within a set of cooperating sites." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ff00::" msgstr "ff00::" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "8 bits" msgstr "8 bits" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "multicast" msgstr "multicast" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "2000::-3fff:: " msgstr "2000::-3fff:: " #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "3 bits" msgstr "3 bits" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "global unicast" msgstr "global unicast" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All global unicast addresses are assigned from this pool. The first 3 bits are 001." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "For further information on the structure of IPv6 addresses, refer to RFC3513." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Configuring IPv6" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To configure a FreeBSD system as an IPv6 client, add these two lines to rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_rl0_ipv6=\"inet6 accept_rtadv\"\n" "rtsold_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "" "ifconfig_rl0_ipv6=\"inet6 accept_rtadv\"\n" "rtsold_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The first line enables the specified interface to receive router solicitation messages. The second line enables the router solicitation daemon, rtsol8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "If the interface needs a statically assigned IPv6 address, add an entry to specify the static address and associated prefix length:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_rl0_ipv6=\"inet6 2001:db8:4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344 prefixlen 64\"" msgstr "ifconfig_rl0_ipv6=\"inet6 2001:db8:4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344 prefixlen 64\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To assign a default router, specify its address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"2001:db8:4672:6565::1\"" msgstr "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"2001:db8:4672:6565::1\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Connecting to a Provider" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In order to connect to other IPv6 networks, one must have a provider or a tunnel that supports IPv6:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Contact an Internet Service Provider to see if they offer IPv6." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "SixXS offers tunnels with end-points all around the globe." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Hurricane Electric offers tunnels with end-points all around the globe." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Install the net/freenet6 package or port for a dial-up connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This section demonstrates how to take the directions from a tunnel provider and convert them into /etc/rc.conf settings that will persist through reboots." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The first /etc/rc.conf entry creates the generic tunneling interface gif0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"gif0\"" msgstr "cloned_interfaces=\"gif0\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Next, configure that interface with the IPv4 addresses of the local and remote endpoints. Replace MY_IPv4_ADDR and REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR with the actual IPv4 addresses:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "create_args_gif0=\"tunnel MY_IPv4_ADDR REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR\"" msgstr "create_args_gif0=\"tunnel MY_IPv4_ADDR REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To apply the IPv6 address that has been assigned for use as the IPv6 tunnel endpoint, add this line, replacing MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR with the assigned address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_gif0_ipv6=\"inet6 MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR\"" msgstr "ifconfig_gif0_ipv6=\"inet6 MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Then, set the default route for the other side of the IPv6 tunnel. Replace MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR with the default gateway address assigned by the provider:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR\"" msgstr "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "If the FreeBSD system will route IPv6 packets between the rest of the network and the world, enable the gateway using this line:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Router Advertisement and Host Auto Configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This section demonstrates how to setup rtadvd8 to advertise the IPv6 default route." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To enable rtadvd8, add the following to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "rtadvd_enable=\"YES\"" msgstr "rtadvd_enable=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "It is important to specify the interface on which to do IPv6 router solicitation. For example, to tell rtadvd8 to use rl0:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "rtadvd_interfaces=\"rl0\"" msgstr "rtadvd_interfaces=\"rl0\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Next, create the configuration file, /etc/rtadvd.conf as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rl0:\\\n" "\t:addrs#1:addr=\"2001:db8:1f11:246::\":prefixlen#64:tc=ether:" msgstr "" "rl0:\\\n" "\t:addrs#1:addr=\"2001:db8:1f11:246::\":prefixlen#64:tc=ether:" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Replace rl0 with the interface to be used and 2001:db8:1f11:246:: with the prefix of the allocation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "For a dedicated /64 subnet, nothing else needs to be changed. Otherwise, change the prefixlen# to the correct value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "IPv6 and IPv6 Address Mapping" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "When IPv6 is enabled on a server, there may be a need to enable IPv4 mapped IPv6 address communication. This compatibility option allows for IPv4 addresses to be represented as IPv6 addresses. Permitting IPv6 applications to communicate with IPv4 and vice versa may be a security issue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This option may not be required in most cases and is available only for compatibility. This option will allow IPv6-only applications to work with IPv4 in a dual stack environment. This is most useful for third party applications which may not support an IPv6-only environment. To enable this feature, add the following to /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\"" msgstr "ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Reviewing the information in RFC 3493, section 3.6 and 3.7 as well as RFC 4038 section 4.2 may be useful to some administrators." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP)" msgstr "Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP)" #. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " Allan Jude Updated by " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "CARP" msgstr "CARP" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Common Address Redundancy Protocol" msgstr "Common Address Redundancy Protocol" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) allows multiple hosts to share the same IP address and Virtual Host ID (VHID) in order to provide high availability for one or more services. This means that one or more hosts can fail, and the other hosts will transparently take over so that users do not see a service failure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In addition to the shared IP address, each host has its own IP address for management and configuration. All of the machines that share an IP address have the same VHID. The VHID for each virtual IP address must be unique across the broadcast domain of the network interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "High availability using CARP is built into FreeBSD, though the steps to configure it vary slightly depending upon the FreeBSD version. This section provides the same example configuration for versions before and equal to or after FreeBSD 10." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This example configures failover support with three hosts, all with unique IP addresses, but providing the same web content. It has two different masters named hosta.example.org and hostb.example.org, with a shared backup named hostc.example.org." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "These machines are load balanced with a Round Robin DNS configuration. The master and backup machines are configured identically except for their hostnames and management IP addresses. These servers must have the same configuration and run the same services. When the failover occurs, requests to the service on the shared IP address can only be answered correctly if the backup server has access to the same content. The backup machine has two additional CARP interfaces, one for each of the master content server's IP addresses. When a failure occurs, the backup server will pick up the failed master machine's IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using CARP on FreeBSD 10 and Later" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Enable boot-time support for CARP by adding an entry for the carp.ko kernel module in /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "carp_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "carp_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To load the module now without rebooting:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload carp" msgstr "# kldload carp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "For users who prefer to use a custom kernel, include the following line in the custom kernel configuration file and compile the kernel as described in :" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "device\tcarp" msgstr "device\tcarp" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The hostname, management IP address and subnet mask, shared IP address, and VHID are all set by adding entries to /etc/rc.conf. This example is for hosta.example.org:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hosta.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_em0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet vhid 1 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.50/32\"" msgstr "" "hostname=\"hosta.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_em0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet vhid 1 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.50/32\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The next set of entries are for hostb.example.org. Since it represents a second master, it uses a different shared IP address and VHID. However, the passwords specified with must be identical as CARP will only listen to and accept advertisements from machines with the correct password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostb.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_em0=\"inet 192.168.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet vhid 2 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.51/32\"" msgstr "" "hostname=\"hostb.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_em0=\"inet 192.168.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet vhid 2 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.51/32\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The third machine, hostc.example.org, is configured to handle failover from either master. This machine is configured with two CARP VHIDs, one to handle the virtual IP address for each of the master hosts. The CARP advertising skew, , is set to ensure that the backup host advertises later than the master, since controls the order of precedence when there are multiple backup servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_em0=\"inet 192.168.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet vhid 1 advskew 100 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.50/32\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_alias1=\"inet vhid 2 advskew 100 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.51/32\"" msgstr "" "hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_em0=\"inet 192.168.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet vhid 1 advskew 100 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.50/32\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_alias1=\"inet vhid 2 advskew 100 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.51/32\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Having two CARP VHIDs configured means that hostc.example.org will notice if either of the master servers becomes unavailable. If a master fails to advertise before the backup server, the backup server will pick up the shared IP address until the master becomes available again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Preemption is disabled by default. If preemption has been enabled, hostc.example.org might not release the virtual IP address back to the original master server. The administrator can force the backup server to return the IP address to the master with the command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup" msgstr "# ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Once the configuration is complete, either restart networking or reboot each system. High availability is now enabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "CARP functionality can be controlled via several sysctl8 variables documented in the carp4 manual pages. Other actions can be triggered from CARP events by using devd8." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using CARP on FreeBSD 9 and Earlier" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The configuration for these versions of FreeBSD is similar to the one described in the previous section, except that a CARP device must first be created and referred to in the configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Enable boot-time support for CARP by loading the if_carp.ko kernel module in /boot/loader.conf:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "if_carp_load=\"YES\"" msgstr "if_carp_load=\"YES\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Next, on each host, create a CARP device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig carp0 create" msgstr "# ifconfig carp0 create" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Set the hostname, management IP address, the shared IP address, and VHID by adding the required lines to /etc/rc.conf. Since a virtual CARP device is used instead of an alias, the actual subnet mask of /24 is used instead of /32. Here are the entries for hosta.example.org:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hosta.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n" "ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid 1 pass testpass 192.168.1.50/24\"" msgstr "" "hostname=\"hosta.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n" "ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid 1 pass testpass 192.168.1.50/24\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "On hostb.example.org:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostb.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 192.168.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n" "ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid 2 pass testpass 192.168.1.51/24\"" msgstr "" "hostname=\"hostb.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 192.168.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n" "ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid 2 pass testpass 192.168.1.51/24\"" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The third machine, hostc.example.org, is configured to handle failover from either of the master hosts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 192.168.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"carp0 carp1\"\n" "ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid 1 advskew 100 pass testpass 192.168.1.50/24\"\n" "ifconfig_carp1=\"vhid 2 advskew 100 pass testpass 192.168.1.51/24\"" msgstr "" "hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 192.168.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" "cloned_interfaces=\"carp0 carp1\"\n" "ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid 1 advskew 100 pass testpass 192.168.1.50/24\"\n" "ifconfig_carp1=\"vhid 2 advskew 100 pass testpass 192.168.1.51/24\"" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Preemption is disabled in the GENERIC FreeBSD kernel. If preemption has been enabled with a custom kernel, hostc.example.org may not release the IP address back to the original content server. The administrator can force the backup server to return the IP address to the master with the command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig carp0 down && ifconfig carp0 up" msgstr "# ifconfig carp0 down && ifconfig carp0 up" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This should be done on the carp interface which corresponds to the correct host." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "VLANs" msgstr "VLANs" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "VLANs" msgstr "VLANs" #. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Virtual LANs" msgstr "Virtual LANs" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "VLANs are a way of virtually dividing up a network into many different subnetworks. Each will have its own broadcast domain and be isolated from the rest of the VLANs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "On FreeBSD, VLANs must be supported by the network card driver. To see which drivers support vlans, refer to the vlan4 manual page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "When configuring a VLAN, a couple pieces of information must be known. First, which network interface? Second, what is the VLAN tag?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To configure VLANs at run time, with a NIC of em0 and a VLAN tag of 5. The command would look like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0.5 create vlan 5 vlandev em0 inet 192.168.20.20/24" msgstr "# ifconfig em0.5 create vlan 5 vlandev em0 inet 192.168.20.20/24" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "See how the interface name includes the NIC driver name and the VLAN tag, separated by a period? This is a best practice to make maintaining the VLAN configuration easy when many VLANs are present on a machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To configure VLANs at boot time, /etc/rc.conf must be updated. To duplicate the configuration above, the following will need to be added:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vlans_em0=\"5\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_5=\"inet 192.168.20.20/24\"" msgstr "" "vlans_em0=\"5\"\n" "ifconfig_em0_5=\"inet 192.168.20.20/24\"" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Additional VLANs may be added, by simply adding the tag to the vlans_em0 field and adding an additional line configuring the network on that VLAN tag's interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: part/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Appendices" msgstr "Bijlagen" #. (itstool) path: appendix/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Obtaining FreeBSD" msgstr "FreeBSD verkrijgen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "CD and DVD Sets" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD CD and DVD sets are available from several online retailers:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/address #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD Mall, Inc.\n" "\t 2420 Sand Creek Rd C-1 #347\n" "\t Brentwood, CA\n" "\t 94513\n" "\t USA\n" "\t Phone: +1 925 240-6652\n" "\t Fax: +1 925 674-0821\n" "\t Email: info@freebsdmall.com\n" "\t WWW: http://www.freebsdmall.com/\n" "\t" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/address #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Getlinux\n" "\t 78 Rue de la Croix Rochopt\n" "\t Épinay-sous-Sénart\n" "\t 91860\n" "\t France\n" "\t Email: contact@getlinux.fr\n" "\t WWW: http://www.getlinux.fr/\n" "\t" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/address #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Dr. Hinner EDV\n" "\t Kochelseestr. 11\n" "\t D-81371 München\n" "\t Germany\n" "\t Phone: (0177) 428 419 0\n" "\t Email: infow@hinner.de\n" "\t WWW: http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html\n" "\t" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/address #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Linux Center\n" "\t Galernaya Street, 55\n" "\t Saint-Petersburg\n" "\t 190000\n" "\t Russia\n" "\t Phone: +7-812-309-06-86\n" "\t Email: info@linuxcenter.ru\n" "\t WWW: http://linuxcenter.ru/shop/freebsd\n" "\t" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FTP Sites" msgstr "FTP Sites" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The official sources for FreeBSD are available via anonymous FTP from a worldwide set of mirror sites. The site ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ is available via HTTP and FTP. It is made up of many machines operated by the project cluster administrators and behind GeoDNS to direct users to the closest available mirror." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Additionally, FreeBSD is available via anonymous FTP from the following mirror sites. When obtaining FreeBSD via anonymous FTP, please try to use a nearby site. The mirror sites listed as Primary Mirror Sites typically have the entire FreeBSD archive (all the currently available versions for each of the architectures) but faster download speeds are probably available from a site that is in your country or region. The regional sites carry the most recent versions for the most popular architecture(s) but might not carry the entire FreeBSD archive. All sites provide access via anonymous FTP but some sites also provide access via other methods. The access methods available for each site are provided in parentheses after the hostname." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Central Servers, Primary Mirror Sites, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Brazil, China, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Ukraine, United Kingdom, USA." msgstr "Central Servers, Primary Mirror Sites, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Brazil, China, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Ukraine, United Kingdom, USA." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "(as of UTC)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Central Servers" msgstr "Centrale servers" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Primary Mirror Sites" msgstr "Primaire mirror sites" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster mirror-admin@FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Armenia" msgstr " Armenië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@am.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Australia" msgstr " Australië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@au.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Austria" msgstr " Oostenrijk" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@at.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Brazil" msgstr " Brazilië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@br.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "China" msgstr " China" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@cn.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.cn.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.cn.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr " Tsjechische Republiek" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@cz.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync / rsyncv6)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync / rsyncv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Denmark" msgstr " Denemarken" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@dk.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Estonia" msgstr " Estland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@ee.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.ee.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.ee.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Finland" msgstr " Finland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@fi.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "France" msgstr " Frankrijk" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@fr.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp5.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp5.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp7.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp7.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp8.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp8.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Germany" msgstr " Duitsland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster de-bsd-hubs@de.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/ (ftp / http://www1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/ / rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/ (ftp / http://www1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/ / rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp8.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp8.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Greece" msgstr " Griekenland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@gr.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr " Hong Kong" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.hk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.hk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Ireland" msgstr " Ierland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@ie.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.ie.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.ie.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Japan" msgstr " Japan" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@jp.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp5.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp5.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp7.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp7.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp8.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp8.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp9.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp9.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Korea" msgstr " Korea" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@kr.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Latvia" msgstr " Letland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@lv.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr " Litouwen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@lt.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr " Nederland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@nl.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr " Nieuw Zeeland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Norway" msgstr " Noorwegen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@no.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Poland" msgstr " Polen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@pl.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp2.pl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Russia" msgstr " Rusland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@ru.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp6.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp6.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr " Saoedi-Arabië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster ftpadmin@isu.net.sa for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.isu.net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.isu.net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr " Slovenië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@si.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "South Africa" msgstr " Zuid-Afrika" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@za.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Spain" msgstr " Spanje" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@es.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Sweden" msgstr " Zweden" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@se.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr " Zwitserland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@ch.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr " Taiwan" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@tw.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync / rsyncv6)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync / rsyncv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync / rsyncv6)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync / rsyncv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp7.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp7.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp8.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp8.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp12.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp12.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp13.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp13.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp14.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp14.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp15.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp15.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr " Oekraïne" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD / rsync://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD / rsync://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp7.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp7.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr " Verenigd Koningkrijk" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@uk.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / rsync://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp5.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp5.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "USA" msgstr " Verenigde Staten van Amerika" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster hostmaster@us.FreeBSD.org for this domain." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp1.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp1.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp2.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp2.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp3.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp3.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / ftpv6 / http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp5.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp5.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp6.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp6.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp8.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp8.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp10.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp10.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp11.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp11.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" msgstr "ftp://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ / rsync)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" msgstr "ftp://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp / http://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp://ftp15.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" msgstr "ftp://ftp15.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/ (ftp)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using Subversion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "As of July 2012, FreeBSD uses Subversion as the only version control system for storing all of FreeBSD's source code, documentation, and the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Subversion is generally a developer tool. Users may prefer to use freebsd-update () to update the FreeBSD base system, and portsnap () to update the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This section demonstrates how to install Subversion on a FreeBSD system and use it to create a local copy of a FreeBSD repository. Additional information on the use of Subversion is included." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Root SSL Certificates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Installing security/ca_root_nss allows Subversion to verify the identity of HTTPS repository servers. The root SSL certificates can be installed from a port:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/security/ca_root_nss\n" "# make install clean" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/ports/security/ca_root_nss\n" "# make install clean" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "or as a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install ca_root_nss" msgstr "# pkg install ca_root_nss" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Svnlite" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "A lightweight version of Subversion is already installed on FreeBSD as svnlite. The port or package version of Subversion is only needed if the Python or Perl API is needed, or if a later version of Subversion is desired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The only difference from normal Subversion use is that the command name is svnlite." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "If svnlite is unavailable or the full version of Subversion is needed, then it must be installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Subversion can be installed from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Subversion can also be installed as a package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Running Subversion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use svn. The files in this directory are called a local working copy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Move or delete an existing destination directory before using checkout for the first time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: warning/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Checkout over an existing non-svn directory can cause conflicts between the existing files and those brought in from the repository." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Subversion uses URLs to designate a repository, taking the form of protocol://hostname/path. The first component of the path is the FreeBSD repository to access. There are three different repositories, base for the FreeBSD base system source code, ports for the Ports Collection, and doc for documentation. For example, the URL https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head/ specifies the main branch of the ports repository, using the https protocol." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "A checkout from a given repository is performed with a command like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/repository/branch lwcdir" msgstr "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/repository/branch lwcdir" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "repository is one of the Project repositories: base, ports, or doc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "branch depends on the repository used. ports and doc are mostly updated in the head branch, while base maintains the latest version of -CURRENT under head and the respective latest versions of the -STABLE branches under stable/9 (9.x) and stable/10 (10.x)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "lwcdir is the target directory where the contents of the specified branch should be placed. This is usually /usr/ports for ports, /usr/src for base, and /usr/doc for doc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This example checks out the Ports Collection from the FreeBSD repository using the HTTPS protocol, placing the local working copy in /usr/ports. If /usr/ports is already present but was not created by svn, remember to rename or delete it before the checkout." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Because the initial checkout must download the full branch of the remote repository, it can take a while. Please be patient." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "After the initial checkout, the local working copy can be updated by running:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn update lwcdir" msgstr "# svn update lwcdir" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To update /usr/ports created in the example above, use:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The update is much quicker than a checkout, only transferring files that have changed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "update" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "An alternate way of updating the local working copy after checkout is provided by the Makefile in the /usr/ports, /usr/src, and /usr/doc directories. Set SVN_UPDATE and use the <_:buildtarget-1/> target. For example, to update /usr/src:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/screen #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make update SVN_UPDATE=yes" msgstr "" "# cd /usr/src\n" "# make update SVN_UPDATE=yes" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Subversion Mirror Sites" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Subversion Repository Mirror Sites" msgstr "Subversion Repository Mirror Sites" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The FreeBSD Subversion repository is:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "svn.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "svn.FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a publicly accessible mirror network that uses GeoDNS to select an appropriate back end server. To view the FreeBSD Subversion repositories through a browser, use https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The FreeBSD Subversion mirrors previously used self-signed SSL certificates documented in this chapter. As of July 14, 2015, all mirrors now use an official SSL certificate that will be recognized by Subversion if the security/ca_root_nss port is installed. The legacy self-signed certificates and server names are still available but are deprecated and no longer supported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "For those without the security/ca_root_nss port installed, the SHA1 and SHA256 fingerprints are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Hash" msgstr "Hash" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Fingerprint" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "SHA1" msgstr "SHA1" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "E9:37:73:80:B5:32:1B:93:92:94:98:17:59:F0:FA:A2:5F:1E:DE:B9" msgstr "E9:37:73:80:B5:32:1B:93:92:94:98:17:59:F0:FA:A2:5F:1E:DE:B9" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "SHA256" msgstr "SHA256" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "D5:27:1C:B6:55:E6:A8:7D:48:D5:0C:F0:DA:9D:51:60:D7:42:6A:F2:05:F1:8A:47:BE:78:A1:3A:72:06:92:60" msgstr "D5:27:1C:B6:55:E6:A8:7D:48:D5:0C:F0:DA:9D:51:60:D7:42:6A:F2:05:F1:8A:47:BE:78:A1:3A:72:06:92:60" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "HTTPS is the preferred protocol, providing protection against another computer pretending to be the FreeBSD mirror (commonly known as a man in the middle attack) or otherwise trying to send bad content to the end user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "If https cannot be used due to firewall or other problems, svn is the next choice, with slightly faster transfers. When neither can be used, use http." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "For those still using deprecated server names, the SHA1 and SHA256 fingerprints will be one of:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Legacy-SHA1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "1C:BD:85:95:11:9F:EB:75:A5:4B:C8:A3:FE:08:E4:02:73:06:1E:61" msgstr "1C:BD:85:95:11:9F:EB:75:A5:4B:C8:A3:FE:08:E4:02:73:06:1E:61" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "F6:44:AA:B9:03:89:0E:3E:8C:4D:4D:14:F0:27:E6:C7:C1:8B:17:C5" msgstr "F6:44:AA:B9:03:89:0E:3E:8C:4D:4D:14:F0:27:E6:C7:C1:8B:17:C5" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Legacy-SHA256" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "47:35:A9:09:A3:AB:FA:20:33:36:43:C5:1A:D6:E6:FB:EB:C0:C0:83:37:D4:46:9C:A0:AB:89:7F:C2:9C:4C:A3" msgstr "47:35:A9:09:A3:AB:FA:20:33:36:43:C5:1A:D6:E6:FB:EB:C0:C0:83:37:D4:46:9C:A0:AB:89:7F:C2:9C:4C:A3" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "48:3C:84:DB:7C:27:1B:FA:D5:0B:A0:D7:E0:4C:79:AA:A3:8E:A3:FA:84:E6:32:34:7D:EB:30:E6:11:01:CF:BE" msgstr "48:3C:84:DB:7C:27:1B:FA:D5:0B:A0:D7:E0:4C:79:AA:A3:8E:A3:FA:84:E6:32:34:7D:EB:30:E6:11:01:CF:BE" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Seeing one of these legacy certificate fingerprints means it is likely that a deprecated server name is being used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "For other information about using Subversion, please see the Subversion Book, titled Version Control with Subversion, or the Subversion Documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using rsync" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "These sites make FreeBSD available through the rsync protocol. The rsync utility works in much the same way as the rcp1 command, but has more options and uses the rsync remote-update protocol which transfers only the differences between two sets of files, thus greatly speeding up the synchronization over the network. This is most useful for mirror sites of the FreeBSD FTP server. The rsync suite is available for many operating systems, on FreeBSD, see the net/rsync port or use the package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "Tsjechië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Available collections:" msgstr "Beschikbare verzamelingen:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp: A partial mirror of the FreeBSD FTP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD: A full mirror of the FreeBSD FTP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Nederland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Russia" msgstr "Rusland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp.mtu.ru/" msgstr "rsync://ftp.mtu.ru/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD-Archive: The mirror of FreeBSD Archive FTP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Zweden" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp4.se.freebsd.org/" msgstr "rsync://ftp4.se.freebsd.org/" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "Taiwan" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "rsync://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "rsync://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "rsync://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "Verenigd Koninkrijk" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://rsync.mirrorservice.org/" msgstr "rsync://rsync.mirrorservice.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ftp.freebsd.org: A full mirror of the FreeBSD FTP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "United States of America" msgstr "Verenigde Staten van Amerika" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp-master.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "rsync://ftp-master.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This server may only be used by FreeBSD primary mirror sites." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD: The master archive of the FreeBSD FTP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "acl: The FreeBSD master ACL list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "rsync://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "rsync://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: appendix/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Bibliography" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: appendix/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "While manual pages provide a definitive reference for individual pieces of the FreeBSD operating system, they seldom illustrate how to put the pieces together to make the whole operating system run smoothly. For this, there is no substitute for a good book or users' manual on UNIX system administration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Books Specific to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "International books:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using FreeBSD (in Traditional Chinese), published by Drmaster, 1997. ISBN 9-578-39435-7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Unleashed (Simplified Chinese translation), published by China Machine Press. ISBN 7-111-10201-0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD From Scratch Second Edition (in Simplified Chinese), published by China Machine Press. ISBN 7-111-10286-X." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Handbook Second Edition (Simplified Chinese translation), published by Posts & Telecom Press. ISBN 7-115-10541-3." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD & Windows (in Simplified Chinese), published by China Railway Publishing House. ISBN 7-113-03845-X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Internet Services HOWTO (in Simplified Chinese), published by China Railway Publishing House. ISBN 7-113-03423-3" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD (in Japanese), published by CUTT. ISBN 4-906391-22-2 C3055 P2400E." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Complete Introduction to FreeBSD (in Japanese), published by Shoeisha Co., Ltd. ISBN 4-88135-473-6 P3600E." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Personal UNIX Starter Kit FreeBSD (in Japanese), published by ASCII. ISBN 4-7561-1733-3 P3000E." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Handbook (Japanese translation), published by ASCII. ISBN 4-7561-1580-2 P3800E." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD mit Methode (in German), published by Computer und Literatur Verlag/Vertrieb Hanser, 1998. ISBN 3-932311-31-0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " FreeBSD de Luxe (in German), published by Verlag Modere Industrie, 2003. ISBN 3-8266-1343-0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Install and Utilization Manual (in Japanese), published by Mainichi Communications Inc., 1998. ISBN 4-8399-0112-0." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Onno W Purbo, Dodi Maryanto, Syahrial Hubbany, Widjil Widodo Building Internet Server with FreeBSD (in Indonesia Language), published by Elex Media Komputindo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Absolute BSD: The Ultimate Guide to FreeBSD (Traditional Chinese translation), published by GrandTech Press, 2003. ISBN 986-7944-92-5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The FreeBSD 6.0 Book (in Traditional Chinese), published by Drmaster, 2006. ISBN 9-575-27878-X." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "English language books:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Absolute FreeBSD, 2nd Edition: The Complete Guide to FreeBSD, published by No Starch Press, 2007. ISBN: 978-1-59327-151-0" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " The Complete FreeBSD, published by O'Reilly, 2003. ISBN: 0596005164" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The FreeBSD Corporate Networker's Guide, published by Addison-Wesley, 2000. ISBN: 0201704811" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid " FreeBSD: An Open-Source Operating System for Your Personal Computer, published by The Bit Tree Press, 2001. ISBN: 0971204500" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Teach Yourself FreeBSD in 24 Hours, published by Sams, 2002. ISBN: 0672324245" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD 6 Unleashed, published by Sams, 2006. ISBN: 0672328755" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD: The Complete Reference, published by McGrawHill, 2003. ISBN: 0072224096" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Users' Guides" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Ohio State University has written a UNIX Introductory Course which is available online in HTML and PostScript format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "An Italian translation of this document is available as part of the FreeBSD Italian Documentation Project." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD Users Group. FreeBSD User's Reference Manual (Japanese translation). Mainichi Communications Inc., 1998. ISBN4-8399-0088-4 P3800E." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Edinburgh University has written an Online Guide for newcomers to the UNIX environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Administrators' Guides" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD Users Group. FreeBSD System Administrator's Manual (Japanese translation). Mainichi Communications Inc., 1998. ISBN4-8399-0109-0 P3300E." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Dreyfus, Emmanuel. Cahiers de l'Admin: BSD 2nd Ed. (in French), Eyrolles, 2004. ISBN 2-212-11463-X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Programmers' Guides" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. 4.4BSD Programmer's Reference Manual. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-078-3" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. 4.4BSD Programmer's Supplementary Documents. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-079-1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Harbison, Samuel P. and Steele, Guy L. Jr. C: A Reference Manual. 4th Ed. Prentice Hall, 1995. ISBN 0-13-326224-3" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Kernighan, Brian and Dennis M. Ritchie. The C Programming Language. 2nd Ed. PTR Prentice Hall, 1988. ISBN 0-13-110362-8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Lehey, Greg. Porting UNIX Software. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-126-7" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Plauger, P. J. The Standard C Library. Prentice Hall, 1992. ISBN 0-13-131509-9" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Spinellis, Diomidis. Code Reading: The Open Source Perspective. Addison-Wesley, 2003. ISBN 0-201-79940-5" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Spinellis, Diomidis. Code Quality: The Open Source Perspective. Addison-Wesley, 2006. ISBN 0-321-16607-8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Stevens, W. Richard and Stephen A. Rago. Advanced Programming in the UNIX Environment. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 2005. ISBN 0-201-43307-9" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Stevens, W. Richard. UNIX Network Programming. 2nd Ed, PTR Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN 0-13-490012-X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Operating System Internals" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Andleigh, Prabhat K. UNIX System Architecture. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1990. ISBN 0-13-949843-5" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Jolitz, William. Porting UNIX to the 386. Dr. Dobb's Journal. January 1991-July 1992." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J Karels and John Quarterman The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1989. ISBN 0-201-06196-1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System: Answer Book. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1991. ISBN 0-201-54629-9" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, Michael J Karels, and John Quarterman. The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating System. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-54979-4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "(Chapter 2 of this book is available online as part of the FreeBSD Documentation Project.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System. Boston, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 2004. ISBN 0-201-70245-2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil, Robert N. M. Watson The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System, 2nd Ed.. Westford, Mass. : Pearson Education, Inc., 2014. ISBN 0-321-96897-2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Stevens, W. Richard. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Protocols. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63346-9" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Schimmel, Curt. Unix Systems for Modern Architectures. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1994. ISBN 0-201-63338-8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Stevens, W. Richard. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3: TCP for Transactions, HTTP, NNTP and the UNIX Domain Protocols. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63495-3" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Vahalia, Uresh. UNIX Internals -- The New Frontiers. Prentice Hall, 1996. ISBN 0-13-101908-2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Wright, Gary R. and W. Richard Stevens. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2: The Implementation. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-63354-X" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Security Reference" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Cheswick, William R. and Steven M. Bellovin. Firewalls and Internet Security: Repelling the Wily Hacker. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-63357-4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Garfinkel, Simson. PGP Pretty Good Privacy O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-098-8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Hardware Reference" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Anderson, Don and Tom Shanley. Pentium Processor System Architecture. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40992-5" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Ferraro, Richard F. Programmer's Guide to the EGA, VGA, and Super VGA Cards. 3rd ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-62490-7" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Intel Corporation publishes documentation on their CPUs, chipsets and standards on their developer web site, usually as PDF files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Shanley, Tom. 80486 System Architecture. 3rd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40994-1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Shanley, Tom. ISA System Architecture. 3rd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40996-8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Shanley, Tom. PCI System Architecture. 4th Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1999. ISBN 0-201-30974-2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Van Gilluwe, Frank. The Undocumented PC, 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1996. ISBN 0-201-47950-8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Messmer, Hans-Peter. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book, 4th Ed. Reading, Mass : Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 2002. ISBN 0-201-59616-4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "UNIX History" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Lion, John Lion's Commentary on UNIX, 6th Ed. With Source Code. ITP Media Group, 1996. ISBN 1573980137" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Raymond, Eric S. The New Hacker's Dictionary, 3rd edition. MIT Press, 1996. ISBN 0-262-68092-0. Also known as the Jargon File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Salus, Peter H. A quarter century of UNIX. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN 0-201-54777-5" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Simon Garfinkel, Daniel Weise, Steven Strassmann. The UNIX-HATERS Handbook. IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56884-203-1. Out of print, but available online." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Don Libes, Sandy Ressler Life with UNIX — special edition. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1989. ISBN 0-13-536657-7" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The BSD family tree. https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base/head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree?view=co or /usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree on a FreeBSD machine." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Networked Computer Science Technical Reports Library. http://www.ncstrl.org/" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Old BSD releases from the Computer Systems Research group (CSRG). http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/: The 4CD set covers all BSD versions from 1BSD to 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite2 (but not 2.11BSD, unfortunately). The last disk also holds the final sources plus the SCCS files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Periodicals, Journals, and Magazines" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Admin Magazin (in German), published by Medialinx AG. ISSN: 2190-1066" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "BSD Magazine, published by Software Press Sp. z o.o. SK. ISSN: 1898-9144" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "BSD Now — Video Podcast, published by Jupiter Broadcasting LLC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "BSD Talk Podcast, by Will Backman" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Journal, published by S&W Publishing, sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation. ISBN: 978-0-615-88479-0" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: appendix/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Resources on the Internet" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: appendix/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The rapid pace of FreeBSD progress makes print media impractical as a means of following the latest developments. Electronic resources are the best, if not often the only, way to stay informed of the latest advances. Since FreeBSD is a volunteer effort, the user community itself also generally serves as a technical support department of sorts, with electronic mail, web forums, and USENET news being the most effective way of reaching that community." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: appendix/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The most important points of contact with the FreeBSD user community are outlined below. Please send other resources not mentioned here to the FreeBSD documentation project mailing list so that they may also be included." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Websites" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The FreeBSD Forums provide a web based discussion forum for FreeBSD questions and technical discussion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Planet FreeBSD offers an aggregation feed of dozens of blogs written by FreeBSD developers. Many developers use this to post quick notes about what they are working on, new patches, and other works in progress." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The BSDConferences YouTube Channel provides a collection of high quality videos from BSD conferences around the world. This is a great way to watch key developers give presentations about new work in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Mailing Lists" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The mailing lists are the most direct way of addressing questions or opening a technical discussion to a concentrated FreeBSD audience. There are a wide variety of lists on a number of different FreeBSD topics. Sending questions to the most appropriate mailing list will invariably assure a faster and more accurate response." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The charters for the various lists are given at the bottom of this document. Please read the charter before joining or sending mail to any list. Most list subscribers receive many hundreds of FreeBSD related messages every day, and the charters and rules for use are meant to keep the signal-to-noise ratio of the lists high. To do less would see the mailing lists ultimately fail as an effective communications medium for the Project." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To test the ability to send email to FreeBSD lists, send a test message to freebsd-test. Please do not send test messages to any other list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see How to get best results from the FreeBSD-questions mailing list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Before posting to any list, please learn about how to best use the mailing lists, such as how to help avoid frequently-repeated discussions, by reading the Mailing List Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Archives are kept for all of the mailing lists and can be searched using the FreeBSD World Wide Web server. The keyword searchable archive offers an excellent way of finding answers to frequently asked questions and should be consulted before posting a question. Note that this also means that messages sent to FreeBSD mailing lists are archived in perpetuity. When protecting privacy is a concern, consider using a disposable secondary email address and posting only public information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "List Summary" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "General lists: The following are general lists which anyone is free (and encouraged) to join:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "List" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-advocacy" msgstr "freebsd-advocacy" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Evangelism" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-announce" msgstr "freebsd-announce" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Important events and Project milestones (moderated)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-arch" msgstr "freebsd-arch" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Architecture and design discussions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-bugbusters" msgstr "freebsd-bugbusters" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions pertaining to the maintenance of the FreeBSD problem report database and related tools" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-bugs" msgstr "freebsd-bugs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Bug reports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-chat" msgstr "freebsd-chat" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Non-technical items related to the FreeBSD community" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-chromium" msgstr "freebsd-chromium" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-current" msgstr "freebsd-current" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-isp" msgstr "freebsd-isp" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Issues for Internet Service Providers using FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-jobs" msgstr "freebsd-jobs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD employment and consulting opportunities" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-questions" msgstr "freebsd-questions" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "User questions and technical support" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-security-notifications" msgstr "freebsd-security-notifications" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Security notifications (moderated)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-stable" msgstr "freebsd-stable" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-STABLE" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-test" msgstr "freebsd-test" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Where to send test messages instead of to one of the actual lists" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Technical lists: The following lists are for technical discussion. Read the charter for each list carefully before joining or sending mail to one as there are firm guidelines for their use and content." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-acpi" msgstr "freebsd-acpi" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ACPI and power management development" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-afs" msgstr "freebsd-afs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting AFS to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-aic7xxx" msgstr "freebsd-aic7xxx" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Developing drivers for the Adaptec AIC 7xxx" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-amd64" msgstr "freebsd-amd64" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting FreeBSD to AMD64 systems (moderated)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-apache" msgstr "freebsd-apache" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion about Apache related ports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-arm" msgstr "freebsd-arm" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting FreeBSD to ARM processors" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-atm" msgstr "freebsd-atm" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using ATM networking with FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-bluetooth" msgstr "freebsd-bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using Bluetooth technology in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-cloud" msgstr "freebsd-cloud" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD on cloud platforms (EC2, GCE, Azure, etc.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-cluster" msgstr "freebsd-cluster" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using FreeBSD in a clustered environment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-database" msgstr "freebsd-database" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussing database use and development under FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-desktop" msgstr "freebsd-desktop" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-doc" msgstr "freebsd-doc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Creating FreeBSD related documents" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-drivers" msgstr "freebsd-drivers" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Writing device drivers for FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-dtrace" msgstr "freebsd-dtrace" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-eclipse" msgstr "freebsd-eclipse" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-embedded" msgstr "freebsd-embedded" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-eol" msgstr "freebsd-eol" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Peer support of FreeBSD-related software that is no longer supported by the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-emulation" msgstr "freebsd-emulation" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Emulation of other systems such as Linux/MS-DOS/Windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-enlightenment" msgstr "freebsd-enlightenment" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting Enlightenment and Enlightenment applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-firewire" msgstr "freebsd-firewire" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD FireWire (iLink, IEEE 1394) technical discussion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-fortran" msgstr "freebsd-fortran" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Fortran on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-fs" msgstr "freebsd-fs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "File systems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-games" msgstr "freebsd-games" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Support for Games on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-gecko" msgstr "freebsd-gecko" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Gecko Rendering Engine issues" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-geom" msgstr "freebsd-geom" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "GEOM-specific discussions and implementations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-git" msgstr "freebsd-git" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of git use in the FreeBSD project" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-gnome" msgstr "freebsd-gnome" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting GNOME and GNOME applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-hackers" msgstr "freebsd-hackers" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "General technical discussion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-hardware" msgstr "freebsd-hardware" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "General discussion of hardware for running FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-i18n" msgstr "freebsd-i18n" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Internationalization" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ia32" msgstr "freebsd-ia32" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD on the IA-32 (Intel x86) platform" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ia64" msgstr "freebsd-ia64" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting FreeBSD to Intel's upcoming IA64 systems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-infiniband" msgstr "freebsd-infiniband" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Infiniband on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ipfw" msgstr "freebsd-ipfw" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Technical discussion concerning the redesign of the IP firewall code" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-isdn" msgstr "freebsd-isdn" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ISDN developers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-jail" msgstr "freebsd-jail" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion about the jail8 facility" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-java" msgstr "freebsd-java" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Java developers and people porting JDKs to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-lfs" msgstr "freebsd-lfs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting LFS to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-mips" msgstr "freebsd-mips" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting FreeBSD to MIPS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-mobile" msgstr "freebsd-mobile" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions about mobile computing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-mono" msgstr "freebsd-mono" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-multimedia" msgstr "freebsd-multimedia" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Multimedia applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-new-bus" msgstr "freebsd-new-bus" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Technical discussions about bus architecture" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-net" msgstr "freebsd-net" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Networking discussion and TCP/IP source code" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-numerics" msgstr "freebsd-numerics" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions of high quality implementation of libm functions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-office" msgstr "freebsd-office" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Office applications on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-performance" msgstr "freebsd-performance" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Performance tuning questions for high performance/load installations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-perl" msgstr "freebsd-perl" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Maintenance of a number of Perl-related ports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-pf" msgstr "freebsd-pf" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-pkg" msgstr "freebsd-pkg" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Binary package management and package tools discussion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-pkg-fallout" msgstr "freebsd-pkg-fallout" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Fallout logs from package building" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-pkgbase" msgstr "freebsd-pkgbase" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Packaging the FreeBSD base system" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-platforms" msgstr "freebsd-platforms" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Concerning ports to non Intel architecture platforms" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ports" msgstr "freebsd-ports" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ports-announce" msgstr "freebsd-ports-announce" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Important news and instructions about the Ports Collection (moderated)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ports-bugs" msgstr "freebsd-ports-bugs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of the ports bugs/PRs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ppc" msgstr "freebsd-ppc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting FreeBSD to the PowerPC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-proliant" msgstr "freebsd-proliant" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-python" msgstr "freebsd-python" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD-specific Python issues" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-rc" msgstr "freebsd-rc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion related to the rc.d system and its development" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-realtime" msgstr "freebsd-realtime" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Development of realtime extensions to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ruby" msgstr "freebsd-ruby" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-scsi" msgstr "freebsd-scsi" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The SCSI subsystem" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-security" msgstr "freebsd-security" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Security issues affecting FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-small" msgstr "freebsd-small" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications (obsolete; use freebsd-embedded instead)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-snapshots" msgstr "freebsd-snapshots" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-sparc64" msgstr "freebsd-sparc64" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting FreeBSD to SPARC based systems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-standards" msgstr "freebsd-standards" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD's conformance to the C99 and the POSIX standards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-sysinstall" msgstr "freebsd-sysinstall" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "sysinstall8 development" msgstr "sysinstall8 development" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-tcltk" msgstr "freebsd-tcltk" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD-specific Tcl/Tk discussions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-testing" msgstr "freebsd-testing" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Testing on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-tex" msgstr "freebsd-tex" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting TeX and its applications to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-threads" msgstr "freebsd-threads" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Threading in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-tilera" msgstr "freebsd-tilera" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting FreeBSD to the Tilera family of CPUs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-tokenring" msgstr "freebsd-tokenring" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Support Token Ring in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-toolchain" msgstr "freebsd-toolchain" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-translators" msgstr "freebsd-translators" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Translating FreeBSD documents and programs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-transport" msgstr "freebsd-transport" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-usb" msgstr "freebsd-usb" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussing FreeBSD support for USB" msgstr "Discussie over FreeBSD ondersteuning voor USB" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-virtualization" msgstr "freebsd-virtualization" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD" msgstr "Discussies over verscheidene virtualisatietechnieken ondersteund door FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-vuxml" msgstr "freebsd-vuxml" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion on VuXML infrastructure" msgstr "Discussie over VuXML-infrastructuur" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-x11" msgstr "freebsd-x11" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Maintenance and support of X11 on FreeBSD" msgstr "Onderhoud en ondersteuning voor X11 op FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-xen" msgstr "freebsd-xen" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of the FreeBSD port to Xen — implementation and usage" msgstr "Discussies over het overbrengen van FreeBSD naar Xenfreebsd-xfce" msgstr "freebsd-xfce" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "XFCE for FreeBSD — porting and maintaining" msgstr "Overbrengen en onderhouden van XFCE voor FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-zope" msgstr "freebsd-zope" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Zope for FreeBSD — porting and maintaining" msgstr "Zope voor FreeBSD — overbrengen en onderhouden" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Limited lists: The following lists are for more specialized (and demanding) audiences and are probably not of interest to the general public. It is also a good idea to establish a presence in the technical lists before joining one of these limited lists in order to understand the communications etiquette involved." msgstr "Beperkte lijsten: De volgende lijsten zijn voor meer gespecialiseerd publiek en algemene gebruikers hebben er waarschijnlijk niets aan. Het is verstandig om eerst naam te maken in de technische lijsten alvorens lid te worden van een van de onderstaande beperkte lijsten, zodat de gebruiken op die lijst bekend zijn." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-hubs" msgstr "freebsd-hubs" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "People running mirror sites (infrastructural support)" msgstr "Mensen die mirrorsites draaien (infrastructurele ondersteuning)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-user-groups" msgstr "freebsd-user-groups" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "User group coordination" msgstr "Gebruikersgroepcoördinatie" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-wip-status" msgstr "freebsd-wip-status" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status" msgstr "FreeBSD Werk-In-Uitvoering status" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-wireless" msgstr "freebsd-wireless" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools, device driver development" msgstr "Discussies over de ontwikkeling van de 802.11-stack, gereedschappen en stuurprogramma’s" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Digest lists: All of the above lists are available in a digest format. Once subscribed to a list, the digest options can be changed in the account options section." msgstr "Verkorte versie van lijsten (digest): Alle hierboven beschreven lijsten zijn beschikbaar in verkorte vorm. Na het lid worden van een lijst zijn de digest opties te wijzigen bij de accountopties." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "SVN lists: The following lists are for people interested in seeing the log messages for changes to various areas of the source tree. They are Read-Only lists and should not have mail sent to them." msgstr "SVN-lijsten: De volgende lijsten zijn voor mensen met interesse in het zien van logboekberichten voor wijzigingen in verschillende onderdelen van de broncodeboom. Het zijn Alleen-lezen-lijsten waar geen email heen gezonden hoort te worden." #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Source area" msgstr "Broncodegebied" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Area Description (source for)" msgstr "Gebied beschrijving (bron voor)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-doc-all" msgstr "svn-doc-all" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "/usr/doc" msgstr "/usr/doc" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the doc Subversion repository (except for user, projects and translations)" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan het doc-Subversion-repository (behalve user, projects en translations)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-doc-head" msgstr "svn-doc-head" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the head branch of the doc Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de tak head van het doc-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-doc-projects" msgstr "svn-doc-projects" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "/usr/doc/projects" msgstr "/usr/doc/projects" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the projects area of the doc Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen in het projects-gebied van het doc-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-doc-svnadmin" msgstr "svn-doc-svnadmin" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the doc Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de administratieve scripts, haken en andere configuratiegegevens van het doc-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-ports-all" msgstr "svn-ports-all" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "/usr/ports" msgstr "/usr/ports" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the ports Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan het ports-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-ports-head" msgstr "svn-ports-head" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the head branch of the ports Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de tak head van het ports-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-ports-svnadmin" msgstr "svn-ports-svnadmin" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the ports Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de administratieve scripts, haken en andere configuratiegegevens van het ports-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-all" msgstr "svn-src-all" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "/usr/src" msgstr "/usr/src" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the src Subversion repository (except for user and projects)" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen in het src-Subversion-repository (behalve uuser en projects)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-head" msgstr "svn-src-head" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the head branch of the src Subversion repository (the FreeBSD-CURRENT branch)" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan de head-tak van het src-Subversion-repository (de tak FreeBSD-CURRENT)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-projects" msgstr "svn-src-projects" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "/usr/projects" msgstr "/usr/projects" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the projects area of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan het gebied projects van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-release" msgstr "svn-src-release" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the releases area of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan het gebied releases van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-releng" msgstr "svn-src-releng" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the releng branches of the src Subversion repository (the security / release engineering branches)" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de takken releng van het src-Subversion-repository (de beveiligings- / uitgavetakken)" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-stable" msgstr "svn-src-stable" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the all stable branches of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan alle stable-takken van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-stable-6" msgstr "svn-src-stable-6" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the stable/6 branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de stable/6-tak van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-stable-7" msgstr "svn-src-stable-7" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the stable/7 branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de stable/7-tak van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-stable-8" msgstr "svn-src-stable-8" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the stable/8 branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de stable/8-tak van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-stable-9" msgstr "svn-src-stable-9" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the stable/9 branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de stable/9-tak van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-stable-10" msgstr "svn-src-stable-10" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the stable/10 branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de stable/10-tak van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-stable-other" msgstr "svn-src-stable-other" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the older stable branches of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de oudere stable-takken van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-svnadmin" msgstr "svn-src-svnadmin" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan de administratieve scripts, haken, en andere configuratiegegevens van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-user" msgstr "svn-src-user" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the experimental user area of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle veranderingen aan het experimentele gebied user van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "svn-src-vendor" msgstr "svn-src-vendor" #. (itstool) path: row/entry #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All changes to the vendor work area of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen aan het verkoperswerkgebied van het src-Subversion-repository" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "How to Subscribe" msgstr "Hoe te abonneren" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To subscribe to a list, click the list name at http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo. The page that is displayed should contain all of the necessary subscription instructions for that list." msgstr "Om te abonneren op een lijst kan geklikt worden op de naam van de lijst hierboven of kan op http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo geklikt worden op de lijst waarin interesse bestaat. De pagina waarop de lijsten staan beschreven bevat alle informatie die nodig is om te abonneren." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To actually post to a given list, send mail to listname@FreeBSD.org. It will then be redistributed to mailing list members world-wide." msgstr "Om te posten op een lijst kan een email gestuurd worden naar lijstnaam@FreeBSD.org. Daarna wordt die doorgestuurd aan leden van de lijst in de hele wereld." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "To unsubscribe from a list, click on the URL found at the bottom of every email received from the list. It is also possible to send an email to listname-unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org to unsubscribe." msgstr "Om het abonnement op een lijst op te zeggen kan op de URL die onderaan iedere email van een lijst staat geklikt worden. Het is ook mogelijk om een email te sturen naar lijstnaam-unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org om een abonnement op te zeggen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "It is important to keep discussion in the technical mailing lists on a technical track. To only receive important announcements, instead join the FreeBSD announcements mailing list, which is intended for infrequent traffic." msgstr "Hierbij nogmaals het advies om discussies op de technische mailinglijsten technisch te houden. Als er alleen interesse bestaat in belangrijke mededelingen dan wordt aangeraden te abonnneren op de FreeBSD aankondigingen mailinglijst, waarop zelden verkeer voorkomt." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "List Charters" msgstr "Lijstdoelstellingen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All FreeBSD mailing lists have certain basic rules which must be adhered to by anyone using them. Failure to comply with these guidelines will result in two (2) written warnings from the FreeBSD Postmaster postmaster@FreeBSD.org, after which, on a third offense, the poster will removed from all FreeBSD mailing lists and filtered from further posting to them. We regret that such rules and measures are necessary at all, but today's Internet is a pretty harsh environment, it would seem, and many fail to appreciate just how fragile some of its mechanisms are." msgstr "Alle FreeBSD-mailinglijsten hebben eigen regels waaraan voldaan dient te worden bij gebruik. Als daaraan niet wordt voldaan, resulteert dat in maximaal twee (2) schriftelijke waarschuwingen van de FreeBSD Postmaster postmaster@FreeBSD.org, waarna na de derde overtreding de poster verwijderd wordt van alle FreeBSD-mailinglijsten en alle toekomstige mail van het adres van de verzender wordt uitgefilterd. Helaas zijn deze regels nodig, omdat het Internet van vandaag de dag een onvriendelijke omgeving is en slechts weinigen zich bewust zijn van hoe fragiel sommige mechanismen zijn." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Rules of the road:" msgstr "Standaardregels:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The topic of any posting should adhere to the basic charter of the list it is posted to. If the list is about technical issues, the posting should contain technical discussion. Ongoing irrelevant chatter or flaming only detracts from the value of the mailing list for everyone on it and will not be tolerated. For free-form discussion on no particular topic, the FreeBSD chat mailing list is freely available and should be used instead." msgstr "Het onderwerp van iedere mail dient te voldoen aan de basisdoelstellingen van de lijst waarnaar wordt gepost. Als de lijst bijvoorbeeld over technische onderwerpen gaat, dan hoort een post ook over iets technisch te gaan. Ruis en flaming doen alleen af aan de waarde van een mailinglijst voor alle leden en dat wordt niet getolereerd. Voor vrije discussie dient de FreeBSD chat mailing lijst gebruikt te worden die daar speciaal voor is ingesteld." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "No posting should be made to more than 2 mailing lists, and only to 2 when a clear and obvious need to post to both lists exists. For most lists, there is already a great deal of subscriber overlap and except for the most esoteric mixes (say -stable & -scsi), there really is no reason to post to more than one list at a time. If a message is received with multiple mailing lists on the Cc line, trim the Cc line before replying. The person who replies is still responsible for cross-posting, no matter who the originator might have been." msgstr "Bijdragen horen niet naar meer dan twee mailinglijsten verzonden te worden en alleen dan naar twee als het helder en duidelijk is dat daarvoor de noodzaak bestaat. Voor de meeste lijsten bestaat er al veel overlap in de leden en met uitzondering van de meer esoterische lijsten, zoals bijvoorbeeld -stable & -scsi, is er eigenlijk slechts zelden aanleiding om naar meer dan een lijst te posten. Als een bericht zo is verzonden dat er meerdere mailinglijsten op de regel Cc staan, dan hoort de regel Cc weer ingekort te worden in een eventueel antwoord. De verzender is verantwoordelijk voor zijn eigen kruisposten, wie ook een eerdere zender was." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Personal attacks and profanity (in the context of an argument) are not allowed, and that includes users and developers alike. Gross breaches of netiquette, like excerpting or reposting private mail when permission to do so was not and would not be forthcoming, are frowned upon but not specifically enforced. However, there are also very few cases where such content would fit within the charter of a list and it would therefore probably rate a warning (or ban) on that basis alone." msgstr "Persoonlijke aanvallen en profane taal (in de context van een geschil) zijn niet toegestaan. Dit geldt zowel voor gebruikers als ontwikkelaars. Grove schending van de netiquette, zoals kopiëren uit of het volledig doorsturen van persoonlijke email zonder dat daarvoor toestemming is gegeven, wordt niet op prijs gesteld. Er zijn hoe dan ook zeer weinig gevallen waarin zoiets dergelijks wel binnen de doelstelling van een lijst valt, waardoor dat soort emails op grond van de inhoud alleen al vaak reden zijn voor een waarschuwing (of ban)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Advertising of non-FreeBSD related products or services is strictly prohibited and will result in an immediate ban if it is clear that the offender is advertising by spam." msgstr "Adverteren voor niet-FreeBSD-gerelateerde producten is streng verboden en heeft direct een ban tot gevolg als helder is dat de overtreder adverteert door middel van spam." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Individual list charters:" msgstr "ndividuele lijstdoelstellingen:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ACPI and power management development" msgstr "ACPI en energiebeheerontwikkeling" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Andrew File System" msgstr "Andrew Bestandssysteem (Andrew File System)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list is for discussion on porting and using AFS from CMU/Transarc" msgstr "Deze lijst is voor onderwerpen over het porten en gebruik van AFS van CMU/Transarc" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Important events / milestones" msgstr "Belangrijke gebeurtenissen en projectdoelen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for people interested only in occasional announcements of significant FreeBSD events. This includes announcements about snapshots and other releases. It contains announcements of new FreeBSD capabilities. It may contain calls for volunteers etc. This is a low volume, strictly moderated mailing list." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor hen die alleen interesse hebben in gelegenheidsmededelingen of belangrijke FreeBSD-gebeurtenissen. Hieronder vallen aankondigingen over snapshots en andere uitgaven. De lijst omvat ook aankondigingen over nieuwe mogelijkheden binnen FreeBSD. Er kunnen ook oproepen gedaan worden voor vrijwilligers, enzovoort. Deze lijst kent een laag volume en is volledig gemodereerd." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Architecture and design discussions" msgstr "Discussie van architectuur en ontwerp" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list is for discussion of the FreeBSD architecture. Messages will mostly be kept strictly technical in nature. Examples of suitable topics are:" msgstr "Deze lijst is bedoeld voor het bespreken van de FreeBSD-architectuur. Berichten zijn in het algemeen strikt technisch van aard. Voorbeelden van geschikte onderwerpen zijn:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "How to re-vamp the build system to have several customized builds running at the same time." msgstr "Hoe het buildsysteem bijgewerkt kan worden zodat meerdere aanpaste builds tegelijkertijd kunnen lopen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "What needs to be fixed with VFS to make Heidemann layers work." msgstr "Wat moet er aan VFS aangepast worden om Heidemann-lagen te laten werken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "How do we change the device driver interface to be able to use the same drivers cleanly on many buses and architectures." msgstr "Hoe kan de apparataatstuurprogramma interface aangepast worden zodat dezelfde stuurprogramma's netjes op vele bussen en architecturen gebruikt kunnen worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "How to write a network driver." msgstr "Hoe een netwerkstuurprogramma geschreven kan worden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Bluetooth in FreeBSD" msgstr "Bluetooth in FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the forum where FreeBSD's Bluetooth users congregate. Design issues, implementation details, patches, bug reports, status reports, feature requests, and all matters related to Bluetooth are fair game." msgstr "Dit is het forum waar gebruikers van Bluetooth op FreeBSD samenkomen. Gespreksstof op het gebied van ontwerp, implementatiedetails, patches, probleemrapportages, statusrapportages, verzoeken voor nieuwe mogelijkheden en al het andere dat met Bluetooth te maken heeft is geschikt materiaal." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Coordination of the Problem Report handling effort" msgstr "Coördinatie afhandeling Problem Reports" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The purpose of this list is to serve as a coordination and discussion forum for the Bugmeister, his Bugbusters, and any other parties who have a genuine interest in the PR database. This list is not for discussions about specific bugs, patches or PRs." msgstr "Het doel van deze lijst is een platform zijn voor de coördinatie en discussie voor de Bugmeister, zijn Bugbusters en anderen die interesse hebben in de PR-database. Deze lijst is niet bedoeld voor discussies over specifieke bugs, patches of PR's." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Bug reports" msgstr "Bug reports" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for reporting bugs in FreeBSD. Whenever possible, bugs should be submitted using the web interface to it." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor het rapporteren van bugs in FreeBSD. Waar mogelijk dienen bugs ingezonden te worden via de Webinterface." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Non technical items related to the FreeBSD community" msgstr "Niet-technische onderwerpen met betrekking tot de FreeBSD-gemeenschap" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list contains the overflow from the other lists about non-technical, social information. It includes discussion about whether Jordan looks like a toon ferret or not, whether or not to type in capitals, who is drinking too much coffee, where the best beer is brewed, who is brewing beer in their basement, and so on. Occasional announcements of important events (such as upcoming parties, weddings, births, new jobs, etc) can be made to the technical lists, but the follow ups should be directed to this -chat list." msgstr "Deze lijst bevat alle onderwerpen waar op andere lijsten geen ruimte voor is wat betreft niet-technische en sociale informatie. Er wordt gesproken over de moord op Van Gogh, of er in onderkast of kapitalen geschreven dient te worden, wie er te veel koffie drinkt, waar het beste bier vandaan komt, enzovoort. Belangrijke gebeurtenissen (zoals feestjes, bruiloften, geboorten, nieuwe banen, enzovoort) kunnen op de technische lijsten aangekondigd worden, maar antwoorden dienen naar deze -chat lijst te gaan." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues" msgstr "FreeBSD specifieke Chromium problemen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a list for the discussion of Chromium support for FreeBSD. This is a technical list to discuss development and installation of Chromium." msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor het bespreken van Chromium ondersteuning voor FreeBSD. Dit is een technische lijst om de ontwikkelingen en installatie van Chromium te bespreken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Running FreeBSD on various cloud platforms" msgstr "Het draaien van FreeBSD op verschillende cloud platformen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list discusses running FreeBSD on Amazon EC2, Google Compute Engine, Microsoft Azure, and other cloud computing platforms." msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor discussie over FreeBSD op Amazon EC2, Google Compute Engine, Microsoft Azure en andere cloud platformen." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-core" msgstr "freebsd-core" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD core team" msgstr "FreeBSD Kernteam" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is an internal mailing list for use by the core members. Messages can be sent to it when a serious FreeBSD-related matter requires arbitration or high-level scrutiny." msgstr "Dit is een interne mailinglijst die wordt gebruikt door de kernleden. Er kunnen berichten naar gestuurd worden als een belangrijke FreeBSD-gerelateerde zaak arbitrage nodig heeft of een onderzoekende blik op hoog niveau nodig is." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT" msgstr "Discussie over het gebruikt van FreeBSD-CURRENT" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-CURRENT. It includes warnings about new features coming out in -CURRENT that will affect the users, and instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -CURRENT. Anyone running CURRENT must subscribe to this list. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor gebruikers van FreeBSD-CURRENT. Er staan waarschuwingen op over nieuwe mogelijkheden in -CURRENT die impact hebben op gebruikers en instructies over de te nemen stappen om -CURRENT te blijven. Iedereen die CURRENT draait, zou zich moeten abonneren. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop strikt technische berichten worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop" msgstr "FreeBSD gebruiken op en verbeteren voor bureaubladen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum for discussion of FreeBSD on the desktop. It is primarily a place for desktop porters and users to discuss issues and improve FreeBSD's desktop support." msgstr "Dit is een forum voor het bespreken van FreeBSD op desktops. Het is vooral een plaats voor porters en gebruikers van bureaubladomgevingen om zaken te bespreken en de ondersteuning van FreeBSD op het bureaublad te verbeteren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Documentation Project" msgstr "Documentatieproject" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This mailing list is for the discussion of issues and projects related to the creation of documentation for FreeBSD. The members of this mailing list are collectively referred to as The FreeBSD Documentation Project. It is an open list; feel free to join and contribute!" msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor het bespreken van onderwerpen en projecten die te maken hebben met het maken van documentatie voor FreeBSD. De leden van deze mailinglijst worden samen The FreeBSD Documentation Project genoemd. Het is een open lijst waarop zonder problemen een abonnement genomen kan worden en bijdragen zeer op prijs worden gesteld!" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Writing device drivers for FreeBSD" msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma's schrijven voor FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum for technical discussions related to device drivers on FreeBSD. It is primarily a place for device driver writers to ask questions about how to write device drivers using the APIs in the FreeBSD kernel." msgstr "Dit is een forum voor technische discussie met betrekking tot apparaatstuurprogramma's op FreeBSD. Het is vooral een plaats voor schrijvers van apparaatstuurprogramma's om vragen te stellen over hoe apparaatstuurprogramma's te schrijven met de API's in de kernel van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD" msgstr "DTrace op FreeBSD gebruiken en ontwikkelen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "DTrace is an integrated component of FreeBSD that provides a framework for understanding the kernel as well as user space programs at run time. The mailing list is an archived discussion for developers of the code as well as those using it." msgstr "DTrace is een geïntegreerd component van FreeBSD dat een raamwerk biedt om de kernel en de gebruikersprogramma's tijdens het draaien te begrijpen. De mailinglijst is een gearchiveerde discussie voor ontwikkelaars van de code en voor de gebruikers ervan." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports." msgstr "Gebruikers van Eclipse IDE, hulpprogramma's, cliëntapplicaties en ports" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The intention of this list is to provide mutual support for everything to do with choosing, installing, using, developing and maintaining the Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications on the FreeBSD platform and assisting with the porting of Eclipse IDE and plugins to the FreeBSD environment." msgstr "De doelstelling van deze lijst is wederzijdse ondersteuning bieden voor alles dat te maken heeft met het kiezen, installeren, gebruiken, ontwikkelen, en onderhouden van Eclipse IDE, hulpprogramma's en cliëntapplicaties op het FreeBSD-platform en te ondersteunen bij het porten van Eclipse IDE en plugins naar de FreeBSD-omgeving." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The intention is also to facilitate exchange of information between the Eclipse community and the FreeBSD community to the mutual benefit of both." msgstr "Het is ook de bedoeling om het uitwisselen van informatie tussen de Eclipse gemeenschap en de FreeBSD-gemeenschap te bevorderen zodat beiden ervan kunnen profiteren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Although this list is focused primarily on the needs of Eclipse users it will also provide a forum for those who would like to develop FreeBSD specific applications using the Eclipse framework." msgstr "Hoewel deze lijst voornamelijk is gericht op de behoeften van gebruikers van Eclipse, wordt ook een forum geboden voor hen die FreeBSD-specifieke applicaties willen ontwikkelen met het Eclipse raamwerk." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications" msgstr "FreeBSD gebruiken in embedded applicaties" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list discusses topics related to using FreeBSD in embedded systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected. For the purpose of this list, embedded systems are those computing devices which are not desktops and which usually serve a single purpose as opposed to being general computing environments. Examples include, but are not limited to, all kinds of phone handsets, network equipment such as routers, switches and PBXs, remote measuring equipment, PDAs, Point Of Sale systems, and so on." msgstr "Deze lijst heeft tot doel om te discussieren over FreeBSD in embedded systemen. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarbij men alleen technische inhoud verwacht. Voor het belang van deze lijst definiëren we embedded systemen als computersystemen die geen desktop-systemen zijn en meestal slechts één doel hebben ten opzichte van gewone systemen. Voorbeelden bevatten onder andere: diverse soorten telefoonsets, netwerkapparatuur zoals routers, switches en PBX'en, op afstand bestuurbare meetapparatuur, PDA's, Point of Sale systemen etc." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Emulation of other systems such as Linux/MS-DOS/Windows" msgstr "Emulatie van andere systemen zoals LinuxMS-DOS/Windows" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum for technical discussions related to running programs written for other operating systems on FreeBSD." msgstr "Dit is een forum voor technische discussie met betrekking tot het draaien van programma's op FreeBSD die zijn geschreven voor andere besturingssystemen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Enlightenment" msgstr "Enlightenment" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions concerning the Enlightenment Desktop Environment for FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Discussies aangaande de Enlightenment desktop omgeving voor FreeBSD systemen. Dit is een technische mailing lijst waar alleen technische inhoud wordt verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Peer support of FreeBSD-related software that is no longer supported by the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "Ondersteuning van FreeBSD gerelateerde software welke niet meer ondersteund wordt door het FreeBSD-project." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list is for those interested in providing or making use of peer support of FreeBSD-related software for which the FreeBSD Project no longer provides official support in the form of security advisories and patches." msgstr "Deze lijst is voor degenen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het leveren of gebruiken van ondersteuning voor FreeBSD-gerelateerde software voor welke het FreeBSD-project geen ondersteuning meer biedt (in de vorm van beveiligingsadviezen en patches)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FireWire (iLink, IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (iLink, IEEE-1394)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a mailing list for discussion of the design and implementation of a FireWire (aka IEEE 1394 aka iLink) subsystem for FreeBSD. Relevant topics specifically include the standards, bus devices and their protocols, adapter boards/cards/chips sets, and the architecture and implementation of code for their proper support." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor het bespreken van het ontwerp en de implementatie van een FireWire (ook wel IEEE 1394 of iLink) subsysteem voor FreeBSD. Relevante onderwerpen omvatten de standaarden, busapparaten en hun protocollen, adapter boards/kaarten/chipssets en de architectuur en implementatie van code voor een juiste ondersteuning." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Fortran on FreeBSD" msgstr "Fortran op FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for discussion of Fortran related ports on FreeBSD: compilers, libraries, scientific and engineering applications from laptops to HPC clusters." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor discussie van Fortran gerelateerde poorten op FreeBSD: compilers, bibliotheken, wetenschappelijke en technische toepassingen van laptops tot HPC-clusters." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "File systems" msgstr "Bestandssystemen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions concerning FreeBSD filesystems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Discussie over FreeBSD-bestandssystemen. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Games on FreeBSD" msgstr "Spellen op FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a technical list for discussions related to bringing games to FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting games to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "Dit is een technische lijst voor discussies gerelateerd aan het toevoegen van spellen aan FreeBSD. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die actief werken aan het porten van spellen naar FreeBSD, om problemen aan te kaarten of alternatieve oplossingen te bediscussiëren. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Gecko Rendering Engine" msgstr "Gecko Rendering Engine" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum about Gecko applications using FreeBSD." msgstr "Dit is een forum over Gecko applicaties die FreeBSD gebruiken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion centers around Gecko Ports applications, their installation, their development and their support within FreeBSD." msgstr "De discussie concentreert zich op toepassingen van Gecko Ports, hun installatie, hun ontwikkeling en hun ondersteuning binnen FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "GEOM" msgstr "GEOM" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions specific to GEOM and related implementations. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Discussie specifiek over GEOM en gerelateerde implementaties. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Use of git in the FreeBSD project" msgstr "Gebruik van git in het FreeBSD project" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions of how to use git in FreeBSD infrastructure including the github mirror and other uses of git for project collaboration. Discussion area for people using git against the FreeBSD github mirror. People wanting to get started with the mirror or git in general on FreeBSD can ask here." msgstr "Discussies over het gebruik van git binnen FreeBSD infrastructuur, inclusief de github mirror en ander gebruik van git voor project samenwerking. Discussie ruimte voor mensen die git gebruiken via de FreeBSD github mirror. Mensen die willen starten met het gebruik van de mirror of git in het algemeen op FreeBSD kunnen hier hun vragen kwijt." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "GNOME" msgstr "GNOME" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions concerning The GNOME Desktop Environment for FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Discussie over de bureaubladomgeving GNOME voor FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Infiniband on FreeBSD" msgstr "InfiniBand op FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Technical mailing list discussing Infiniband, OFED, and OpenSM on FreeBSD." msgstr "Technische mailinglijst over Infiniband, OFED en OpenSM op FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "IP Firewall" msgstr "IP-Firewall" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the forum for technical discussions concerning the redesign of the IP firewall code in FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Dit is het forum voor technische discussie over het herontwerp van de IP-firewall code in FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting FreeBSD to IA64" msgstr "Porten van FreeBSD naar IA64" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a technical mailing list for individuals actively working on porting FreeBSD to the IA-64 platform from Intel, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "Dit is een technische mailinglijst voor individuen die actief werken aan het porten van FreeBSD naar het platform IA-64 van Intel, om problemen aan te brengen of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "ISDN Communications" msgstr "ISDN-communicatie" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of ISDN support for FreeBSD." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor het bespreken van de ontwikkeling van ISDN-ondersteuning voor FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Java Development" msgstr "Java Ontwikkeling" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of significant Java applications for FreeBSD and the porting and maintenance of JDKs." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor mensen bespreken de ontwikkeling van significante Java applicaties voor FreeBSD en het porten en het onderhoud van JDKs." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Jobs offered and sought" msgstr "Banen aangeboden en gezocht" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum for posting employment notices specifically related to FreeBSD and resumes from those seeking FreeBSD-related employment. This is not a mailing list for general employment issues since adequate forums for that already exist elsewhere." msgstr "Dit is een forum voor vacatures en CV's specifiek gerelateerd aan FreeBSD, bijvoorbeeld als er FreeBSD-gerelateerd werk wordt gezocht of in de aanbieding is. Dit is geen mailinglijst voor algemene werkonderwerpen omdat daarvoor al elders ruimte staat." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Note that this list, like other FreeBSD.org mailing lists, is distributed worldwide. Be clear about the geographic location and the extent to which telecommuting or assistance with relocation is available." msgstr "Ook deze lijst wordt net als alle andere FreeBSD.org mailinglijsten wereldwijd verspreid. Daarom dient duidelijk vermeld te worden om welke locatie het gaat en onder welke voorwaarden telewerken of bijdragen in huisvesting mogelijk zijn." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Email should use open formats only — preferably plain text, but basic Portable Document Format (PDF), HTML, and a few others are acceptable to many readers. Closed formats such as Microsoft Word (.doc) will be rejected by the mailing list server." msgstr "Email dient alleen open formaten te bevatten. Bij voorkeur platte tekst, maar standaard Portable Document Format (PDF), HTML, en een aantal andere, zijn acceptabel voor lezers. Gesloten formaten, zoals Microsoft Word (.doc), worden door de mailinglijstserver geweigerd." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-kde" msgstr "freebsd-kde" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "KDE" msgstr "KDE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions concerning KDE on FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Discussie over KDE op FreeBSD-systemen. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop strikt technische inhoud wordt verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Technical discussions" msgstr "Technische discussies" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD. This is the primary technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Dit is een forum voor technische discussie met betrekking tot FreeBSD. Dit is de primaire technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die actief werken aan FreeBSD, om problemen aan te duiden of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop strikt technische inhoud worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "General discussion of FreeBSD hardware" msgstr "Algemene discussie over FreeBSD-hardware" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "General discussion about the types of hardware that FreeBSD runs on, various problems and suggestions concerning what to buy or avoid." msgstr "Algemene discussie over de typen hardware waar FreeBSD op draait en problemen en oplossingen over wat te kopen en wat vooral niet." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Mirror sites" msgstr "Mirrorsites" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Announcements and discussion for people who run FreeBSD mirror sites." msgstr "Aankondigingen en discussie voor beheerders van FreeBSD-mirrorsites." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Issues for Internet Service Providers" msgstr "Onderwerpen voor Internet Service Providers" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This mailing list is for discussing topics relevant to Internet Service Providers (ISPs) using FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Deze mailinglijst is voor het bespreken van relevante onderwerpen voor Internet Service Providers (ISP's) die FreeBSD gebruiken. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD" msgstr "Mono en C# applicaties op FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a list for discussions related to the Mono development framework on FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on porting Mono or C# applications to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor discussies met betrekking tot het Mono-ontwikkelraamwerk op FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die actief werken aan het overbrengen van Mono of C# applicaties naar FreeBSD, om problemen naar voren te brengen of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Office applications on FreeBSD" msgstr "Kantoortoepassingen op FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion centers around office applications, their installation, their development and their support within FreeBSD." msgstr "De discussie richt zich op kantoortoepassingen, hun installatie, hun ontwikkeling en hun ondersteuning binnen FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "freebsd-ops-announce" msgstr "freebsd-ops-announce" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Project Infrastructure Announcements" msgstr "Aankondigingen over de projectinfrastructuur" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for people interested in changes and issues related to the FreeBSD.org Project infrastructure." msgstr "Deze mailinglijst is bedoeld voor mensen die geïnteresseerd zijn in veranderingen en zaken die te maken hebben met de infrastructuur van het FreeBSD.org project." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This moderated list is strictly for announcements: no replies, requests, discussions, or opinions." msgstr "Deze gemodereerde lijst is strict voor aankondigingen: geen antwoorden, verzoeken, discussies of meningen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions about tuning or speeding up FreeBSD" msgstr "Discussie over het optimaliseren of versnellen van FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This mailing list exists to provide a place for hackers, administrators, and/or concerned parties to discuss performance related topics pertaining to FreeBSD. Acceptable topics includes talking about FreeBSD installations that are either under high load, are experiencing performance problems, or are pushing the limits of FreeBSD. Concerned parties that are willing to work toward improving the performance of FreeBSD are highly encouraged to subscribe to this list. This is a highly technical list ideally suited for experienced FreeBSD users, hackers, or administrators interested in keeping FreeBSD fast, robust, and scalable. This list is not a question-and-answer list that replaces reading through documentation, but it is a place to make contributions or inquire about unanswered performance related topics." msgstr "Deze mailinglijst is een platform voor hackers, beheerders en/of andere belanghebbenden om FreeBSD- en prestatiegerelateerde onderwerpen te bespreken. De onderwerpen die besproken kunnen worden omvatten FreeBSD-installaties met een hoge load, systemen met prestatieproblemen of systemen die tegen de limieten van FreeBSD aan zitten. Zij die willen meewerken om de prestaties van FreeBSD te verbeteren worden sterk aangemoedigd zich op deze lijst te abonneren. Deze lijst is bijzonder technisch en bijzonder geschikt voor ervaren FreeBSD-gebruikers, hackers en beheerders die FreeBSD snel, robuust, en schaalbaar willen houden. Deze lijst is geen vraag-en-antwoord lijst die dient als vervanging voor het lezen van documentatie, maar hier worden bijdragen geleverd of vragen gesteld over nog niet eerder beschreven prestatiegerelateerde onderwerpen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system" msgstr "Discussie en vragen over het pakketfilter firewallsysteem" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion concerning the packet filter (pf) firewall system in terms of FreeBSD. Technical discussion and user questions are both welcome. This list is also a place to discuss the ALTQ QoS framework." msgstr "Discussie over het pakketfilter (pf) firewallsysteem met betrekking tot FreeBSD. Technische discussie en gebruikersvragen zijn beiden welkom. Deze lijst is ook de plaats om het raamwerk ALTQ QoS te bespreken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Binary package management and package tools discussion" msgstr "Discussies over binair pakketbeheer en pakketgereedschappen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of all aspects of managing FreeBSD systems by using binary packages to install software, including binary package toolkits and formats, their development and support within FreeBSD, package repository management, and third party packages." msgstr "Discussies over alle aspecten over het beheren van FreeBSD-systemen door middel van het gebruik van binaire pakketten om software te installeren, inclusief de gereedschappen en formaten van binaire pakketten, hun ontwikkeling en ondersteuning binnen FreeBSD, het beheer van pakketreservoirs en pakketten van derde partijen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Note that discussion of ports which fail to generate packages correctly should generally be considered as ports problems, and so inappropriate for this list." msgstr "Merk op dat discussies over poorten die onjuiste pakketten genereren over het algemeen als problemen met poorten moet worden gezien en dus ongeschikt zijn voor deze lijst." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Fallout logs from package building" msgstr "Mislukte bouwlogs van het package bouwcluster" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "All packages building failures logs from the package building clusters" msgstr "Alle logbestanden van foutgelopen pogingen om een package te bouwen, vanuit de package bouw clusters" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Packaging the FreeBSD base system." msgstr "Het packagen van het FreeBSD basisssysteem." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions surrounding implementation and issues regarding packaging the FreeBSD base system." msgstr "Discussies rondom implementatie en problemen aangaande het packagen van het FreeBSD basis systeem." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting to Non Intel platforms" msgstr "Porten van niet-Intel platforms" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Cross-platform FreeBSD issues, general discussion and proposals for non Intel FreeBSD ports. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Cross-platform FreeBSD-zaken, algemene discussie en voorstellen voor niet-Intel FreeBSD ports. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of ports" msgstr "Discussie over ports" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions concerning FreeBSD's ports collection (/usr/ports), ports infrastructure, and general ports coordination efforts. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Discussie over de Portscollectie (/usr/ports) van FreeBSD, de Ports infrastructuur en algemene coördinatie aangaande ports. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Important news and instructions about the FreeBSD Ports Collection" msgstr "Belangrijk nieuws en belangrijke instructies over FreeBSD Portscollectie" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Important news for developers, porters, and users of the Ports Collection (/usr/ports), including architecture/infrastructure changes, new capabilities, critical upgrade instructions, and release engineering information. This is a low-volume mailing list, intended for announcements." msgstr "Belangrijk nieuws voor ontwikkelaars, porters en gebruikers van de Portscollectie (/usr/ports), waaronder veranderingen aan de architectuur/infrastructuur, nieuwe mogelijkheden, kritische opwaardeerinstructies, en uitgave-informatie. Dit is een mailinglijst met een laag volume, bedoeld voor aankondigingen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of ports bugs" msgstr "Discussie over ports bugs" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions concerning problem reports for FreeBSD's ports collection (/usr/ports), proposed ports, or modifications to ports. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Discussie over probleemrapportages voor de FreeBSD Portscollectie (/usr/ports), voorgestelde ports of aanpassingen aan ports. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms" msgstr "Technische discussie over FreeBSD op HP Proliant serverplatforms" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This mailing list is to be used for the technical discussion of the usage of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant servers, including the discussion of ProLiant-specific drivers, management software, configuration tools, and BIOS updates. As such, this is the primary place to discuss the hpasmd, hpasmcli, and hpacucli modules." msgstr "Deze mailinglijst wordt gebruikt voor technische discussie over het gebruik van FreeBSD op HP ProLiant servers, inclusief het bespreken van ProLiant-specifieke stuurprogramma's, beheersoftware, gereedschappen voor instellingen en BIOS-updates. Dit is daaarom ook de uitgesproken plaats voor het bespreken van de modules hpasmd, hpasmcli, en hpacucli." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Python on FreeBSD" msgstr "Python op FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a list for discussions related to improving Python-support on FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on porting Python, its third party modules and Zope stuff to FreeBSD. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor discussie gerelateerd aan het verbeteren van ondersteuning voor Python op FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst voor mensen die aan het porten van Python, aanverwante modules en Zope -dingen naar FreeBSD werken. Individuen geïnteresseerd in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "User questions" msgstr "Gebruikersvragen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for questions about FreeBSD. Do not send how to questions to the technical lists unless the question is quite technical." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor vragen over FreeBSD. Er horen geen how to vragen op de technische mailinglijsten thuis, tenzij een vraag erg technisch van aard is." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions" msgstr "FreeBSD-specifieke discussies over Ruby" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a list for discussions related to the Ruby support on FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on Ruby ports, third party libraries and frameworks." msgstr "Dit is een lijst voor discussies gerelateerd aan de Ruby-ondersteuning op FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die aan Ruby-ports, bibliotheken van derde partijen, en raamwerken werken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Individuals interested in the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in de technische discussie zijn ook welkom." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "SCSI subsystem" msgstr "SCSI-subsysteem" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for people working on the SCSI subsystem for FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor mensen die aan het SCSI-subsysteem voor FreeBSD werken. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Security issues" msgstr "Beveiligingsonderwerpen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD computer security issues (DES, Kerberos, known security holes and fixes, etc). This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical discussion is expected. Note that this is not a question-and-answer list, but that contributions (BOTH question AND answer) to the FAQ are welcome." msgstr "FreeBSD-computerbeveiligingsonderwerpen (DES, Kerberos, bekende beveiligingsgaten, oplossingen, enzovoort). Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht. Dit is zeker geen vraag-en-antwoord lijst, maar bijdragen voor de FAQ (zowel vraag als antwoord) zijn welkom." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Security Notifications" msgstr "Beveiligingswaarschuwingen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Notifications of FreeBSD security problems and fixes. This is not a discussion list. The discussion list is FreeBSD-security." msgstr "Waarschuwingen voor FreeBSD beveiligingsproblemen en oplossingen. Dit is geen discussielijst. De discussielijst is freebsd-security." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list discusses topics related to unusually small and embedded FreeBSD installations. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Op deze lijst worden onderwerpen gerelateerd aan ongebruikelijk kleine en embedded FreeBSD-installaties besproken. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list has been obsoleted by freebsd-embedded." msgstr "Deze lijst is vervangen door freebsd-embedded." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements" msgstr "Aankondigingen van ontwikkel-snapshots van FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This list provides notifications about the availability of new FreeBSD development snapshots for the head/ and stable/ branches." msgstr "Deze lijst houdt u op de hoogte over de beschikbaarheid van nieuwe ontwikkel-snapshots voor de takken head/ en stable/ van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-STABLE" msgstr "Discussie over het gebruik van FreeBSD-STABLE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-STABLE. STABLE is the branch where development continues after a RELEASE, including bug fixes and new features. The ABI is kept stable for binary compatibility. It includes warnings about new features coming out in -STABLE that will affect the users, and instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -STABLE. Anyone running STABLE should subscribe to this list. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor gebruikers van FreeBSD-STABLE. STABLE is de tak waar de ontwikkeling doorgaat na een RELEASE, zoals bugfixes en nieuwe features. Er worden ook waarschuwingen op gepost over nieuwe opties in -STABLE die invloed op de systemen van gebruikers kunnen hebben en instructies over de te nemen stappen om -STABLE te blijven. Iedereen die STABLE draait hoort zich op deze lijst te abonneren. Dit is een technische mailinglijst waarop slechts strikt technische bijdragen worden verwacht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "C99 & POSIX Conformance" msgstr "Conformeren C99 & POSIX" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD Conformance to the C99 and the POSIX standards." msgstr "Dit is een forum voor technische bespreking gerelateerd aan het conformeren van FreeBSD aan de C99- en de POSIX-standaarden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Testing on FreeBSD" msgstr "Testen op FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Technical mailing list discussing testing on FreeBSD, including ATF/Kyua, test build infrastructure, port tests to FreeBSD from other operating systems (NetBSD, ...), etc." msgstr "Technische mailinglijst voor discussies over testen op FreeBSD, inclusief ATF/Kyua, infrastructuren voor testbuilds, het testen van ports naar FreeBSD van andere besturingssystemen (NetBSD, ...), enzovoorts." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Porting TeX and its applications to FreeBSD" msgstr "TeX en haar toepassingen op FreeBSD overzetten" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a technical mailing list for discussions related to TeX and its applications on FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting TeX to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "Dit is een technische mailinglijst voor discussies over TeX en haar toepassingen op FreeBSD. Het is bedoeld voor degenen die actief werken aan het overzetten van TeX op FreeBSD, om problemen te bespreken of alternatieve oplossingen aan te dragen. Personen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain" msgstr "Onderhoud van de ingebouwde toolchain van FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for discussions related to the maintenance of the toolchain shipped with FreeBSD. This could include the state of Clang and GCC, but also pieces of software such as assemblers, linkers and debuggers." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst bedoeld voor discussies over het onderhoud van de toolchain die met FreeBSD wordt geleverd. Dit zou de toestand van Clang en GCC kunnen omvatten, maar ook software als assemblers, linkers en debuggers." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD" msgstr "Discussies over transport niveau netwerk protocollen binnen FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The transport mailing list exists for the discussion of issues and designs around the transport level protocols in the FreeBSD network stack, including TCP, SCTP and UDP. Other networking topics, including driver specific and network protocol issues should be discussed on the FreeBSD networking mailing list." msgstr "De transport mailing lijst bestaat voor het bediscussiëren van problemen en ontwerpen rondom de transport-niveau protocollen in de FreeBSD netwerk stack, zoals TCP, SCTP en UDP. Andere netwerk onderwerpen, zoals driver specifieke en netwerk protocol problemen moeten worden bediscussieerd op de FreeBSD netwerken mailing lijst." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Translating FreeBSD documents and programs" msgstr "Het vertalen van FreeBSD Documenten en programma's" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "A discussion list where translators of FreeBSD documents from English into other languages can talk about translation methods and tools. New members are asked to introduce themselves and mention the languages they are interested in translating." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst waar vertalers van FreeBSD documenten uit het Engels naar andere talen, kunnen praten over vertaal methoden en tooling. Nieuwe leden wordt gevraagd om zichzelf te introduceren en aan te geven in welke talen ze graag willen vertalen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussing FreeBSD support for USB" msgstr "Discussie over FreeBSD ondersteuning voor USB" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a mailing list for technical discussions related to FreeBSD support for USB." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor technische bespreking van onderwerpen gerelateerd aan FreeBSD ondersteuning voor USB." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "User Group Coordination List" msgstr "Gebruikersgroep Coördinatie Lijst" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is the mailing list for the coordinators from each of the local area Users Groups to discuss matters with each other and a designated individual from the Core Team. This mail list should be limited to meeting synopsis and coordination of projects that span User Groups." msgstr "Dit is de mailinglijst voor coördinatoren voor alle lokale gebruikersgroepen, zodat ze met elkaar en een lid van het Kernteam zaken kunnen bespreken. Deze lijst hoort beperkt te blijven tot een overzicht van overleggen en de coördinatie van projecten waarbij meerdere gebruikersgroepen betrokken zijn." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD" msgstr "Discussies over verscheidene virtualisatietechnieken ondersteund door FreeBSD" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "A list to discuss the various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD. On one hand the focus will be on the implementation of the basic functionality as well as adding new features. On the other hand users will have a forum to ask for help in case of problems or to discuss their use cases." msgstr "Een lijst om de verscheidene virtualisatietechnieken die door FreeBSD worden ondersteund te bespreken. Aan de ene kant zal de nadruk liggen op de implementatie van de basale functionaliteit alsook op het toevoegen van nieuwe mogelijkheden. Aan de andere kant zullen gebruikers een forum hebben om om hulp te vragen bij problemen of om hun usecases te bespreken." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status" msgstr "FreeBSD Werk-In-Uitvoering status" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This mailing list can be used by developers to announce the creation and progress of FreeBSD related work. Messages will be moderated. It is suggested to send the message \"To:\" a more topical FreeBSD list and only \"BCC:\" this list. This way the WIP can also be discussed on the topical list, as no discussion is allowed on this list." msgstr "Deze mailinglijst kan gebruikt worden om de schepping en voortgang van uw FreeBSD-gerelateerd werk aan te kondigen. Berichten zullen gemodereerd worden. Het wordt gesuggereerd om het bericht \"Aan:\" een FreeBSD-mailinglijst dat het onderwerp beter dekt te sturen en deze lijst alleen te \"BCC:\"-en. Op deze manier kan uw werk-in-uitvoering ook op de onderwerpslijst worden bediscussieerd, aangezien discussies op deze lijst niet zijn toegestaan." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Look inside the archives for examples of suitable messages." msgstr "Kijk in de archieven voor voorbeelden van geschikte berichten." #. (itstool) path: footnote/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.freebsd.org/news/status/" msgstr "http://www.freebsd.org/news/status/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "An editorial digest of the messages to this list might be posted to the FreeBSD website every few months as part of the Status Reports <_:footnote-1/>. Past reports are archived." msgstr "Een redactioneel overzicht van de berichten aan deze lijst kan om de paar maanden naar de FreeBSD-website gezonden worden als deel van de Status Reports <_:footnote-1/>. Meer voorbeelden en oude rapportages zijn daar ook te vinden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools device driver development" msgstr "Discussies over de 802.11-stack, de ontwikkeling van gereedschappen voor stuurprogramma's" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The FreeBSD-wireless list focuses on 802.11 stack (sys/net80211), device driver and tools development. This includes bugs, new features and maintenance." msgstr "De FreeBSD-wireless lijst richt zich op de 802.11-stack (sys/net80211) en de ontwikkeling van stuurprogramma's en gereedschappen. Dit omvat bugs, nieuwe eigenschappen en onderhoud." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Discussion of the FreeBSD port to Xen — implementation and usage" msgstr "Discussies over het porteren van FreeBSD naar Xen — implementatie en gebruik" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "A list that focuses on the FreeBSD Xen port. The anticipated traffic level is small enough that it is intended as a forum for both technical discussions of the implementation and design details as well as administrative deployment issues." msgstr "Een lijst die zich richt op de FreeBSD Xen port. De verwachte hoeveelheid verkeer is laag genoeg zodat het voor zowel technische discussies over de implementatie- en ontwerpdetails als voor zaken over administratief gebruik bedoeld is." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "XFCE" msgstr "XFCE" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum for discussions related to bring the XFCE environment to FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on porting XFCE to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "Dit is een forum voor discussies gerelateerd aan de XFCE -omgeving voor FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor degenen die actief werken aan het porten van XFCE naar FreeBSD, om problemen naar voren te brengen of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Personen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Zope" msgstr "Zope" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "This is a forum for discussions related to bring the Zope environment to FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on porting Zope to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "Dit is een forum voor discussies die verwant zijn aan het brengen van de Zope-omgeving naar FreeBSD. Dit is een technische mailinglijst. Het is bedoeld voor individuen die actief werken aan het overbrengen van Zope naar FreeBSD, om problemen aan te dragen of alternatieve oplossingen te bespreken. Individuen die geïnteresseerd zijn in het volgen van de technische discussie zijn ook welkom." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Filtering on the Mailing Lists" msgstr "Filters op de mailinglijsten" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The FreeBSD mailing lists are filtered in multiple ways to avoid the distribution of spam, viruses, and other unwanted emails. The filtering actions described in this section do not include all those used to protect the mailing lists." msgstr "De FreeBSD-mailinglijsten worden op verschillende manieren gefilterd om het doorsturen van spam, virussen, en andere ongewenste email te beperken. De hieronder beschreven filteracties bevatten niet alle genomen acties voor de beveiliging van de mailinglijsten." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Only certain types of attachments are allowed on the mailing lists. All attachments with a MIME content type not found in the list below will be stripped before an email is distributed on the mailing lists." msgstr "Er is een beperkt aantal typen bijlagen toegestaan op de mailinglijsten. Alle bijlagen met een MIME-inhoudtype dat niet in de onderstaande lijst staat worden verwijderd voordat de mail wordt doorgestuurd naar de mailinglijsten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "application/octet-stream" msgstr "application/octet-stream" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "application/pdf" msgstr "application/pdf" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "application/pgp-signature" msgstr "application/pgp-signature" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "application/x-pkcs7-signature" msgstr "application/x-pkcs7-signature" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "message/rfc822" msgstr "message/rfc822" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "multipart/alternative" msgstr "multipart/alternative" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "multipart/related" msgstr "multipart/related" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "multipart/signed" msgstr "multipart/signed" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "text/html" msgstr "text/html" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "text/plain" msgstr "text/plain" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "text/x-diff" msgstr "text/x-diff" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "text/x-patch" msgstr "text/x-patch" #. (itstool) path: note/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Some of the mailing lists might allow attachments of other MIME content types, but the above list should be applicable for most of the mailing lists." msgstr "Sommige mailinglijsten staan wellicht bijlagen toe met andere MIME-inhoudtypen, maar de bovenstaande lijst zal gelden voor de meeste mailinglijsten." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "If an email contains both an HTML and a plain text version, the HTML version will be removed. If an email contains only an HTML version, it will be converted to plain text." msgstr "Als een email zowel een HTML- als een platte tekstversie bevat, dan wordt de HTML-versie verwijderd. Als een mail alleen een HTML-versie bevat, dan wordt die omgezet naar platte tekst." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Usenet Newsgroups" msgstr "Usenet-nieuwsgroepen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "In addition to two FreeBSD specific newsgroups, there are many others in which FreeBSD is discussed or are otherwise relevant to FreeBSD users." msgstr "Naast de twee specifieke FreeBSD-nieuwsgroepen zijn er nog vele andere waarin FreeBSD wordt besproken of die anderszins relevant zijn voor gebruikers van FreeBSD." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "BSD Specific Newsgroups" msgstr "Specifieke BSD nieuwsgroepen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce" msgstr "comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc" msgstr "comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "de.comp.os.unix.bsd (German)" msgstr "de.comp.os.unix.bsd (German)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "fr.comp.os.bsd (French)" msgstr "fr.comp.os.bsd (French)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "it.comp.os.freebsd (Italian)" msgstr "it.comp.os.freebsd (Italian)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Other UNIX Newsgroups of Interest" msgstr "Overige interessante UNIX-nieuwsgroepen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix" msgstr "comp.unix" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix.questions" msgstr "comp.unix.questions" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix.admin" msgstr "comp.unix.admin" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix.programmer" msgstr "comp.unix.programmer" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix.shell" msgstr "comp.unix.shell" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix.misc" msgstr "comp.unix.misc" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.unix.bsd" msgstr "comp.unix.bsd" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "X Window System" msgstr "X Window Systeem" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.windows.x" msgstr "comp.windows.x" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.windows.x.apps" msgstr "comp.windows.x.apps" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.windows.x.announce" msgstr "comp.windows.x.announce" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "comp.emulators.ms-windows.wine" msgstr "comp.emulators.ms-windows.wine" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Official Mirrors" msgstr "Officiële spiegels" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Central Servers, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, Norway, Russia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, United Kingdom, USA." msgstr "Central Servers, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, Norway, Russia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, United Kingdom, USA." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Central Servers" msgstr "Centrale Servers" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Armenia" msgstr "Armenië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Austria" msgstr "Oostenrijk" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Denemarken" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Finland" msgstr "Finland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrijk" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Duitsland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "Ierland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Japan" msgstr "Japan" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "Letland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Litouwen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Norway" msgstr "Noorwegen" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "Slovenië" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "Zuid Afrika" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanje" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Zwitserland" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/" msgstr "http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "USA" msgstr "Verenigde staten van Amerika" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" msgstr "http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/ (IPv6)" #. (itstool) path: appendix/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "OpenPGP Keys" msgstr "OpenPGP sleutels" #. (itstool) path: appendix/indexterm #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "pgp keys" msgstr "pgp keys" #. (itstool) path: appendix/para #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "The OpenPGP keys of the FreeBSD.org officers are shown here. These keys can be used to verify a signature or send encrypted email to one of the officers. A full list of FreeBSD OpenPGP keys is available in the PGP Keys article. The complete keyring can be downloaded at https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt." msgstr "De OpenPGP sleutels van de FreeBSD.org beambten worden hier getoond. Deze sleutels kunnen worden gebruikt een een handtekening te controleren of om er een versleutelde e-mail aan te versturen. Een volledige lijst van FreeBSD OpenPGP sleutels is beschikbaar op de volgende link: https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Officers" msgstr "Beambten" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Security Officer Team security-officer@FreeBSD.org" msgstr "Beveiligingsbeambtenteam security-officer@FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "pub rsa4096/ED67ECD65DCF6AE7 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n" " Key fingerprint = 1CF7 FF6F ADF5 CA9F BE1B 8CB2 ED67 ECD6 5DCF 6AE7\n" "uid FreeBSD Security Officer <security-officer@FreeBSD.org>\n" "sub rsa4096/B64357A343D9CBAE 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "pub rsa4096/ED67ECD65DCF6AE7 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n" " Key fingerprint = 1CF7 FF6F ADF5 CA9F BE1B 8CB2 ED67 ECD6 5DCF 6AE7\n" "uid FreeBSD Security Officer <security-officer@FreeBSD.org>\n" "sub rsa4096/B64357A343D9CBAE 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n" "\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n" "\n" "mQINBFJBjOYBEADuKnefrbTVFTZf9mITVx1lFAqwDHPRHZeWBr2Vq1B/Y1eKKsen\n" "BKbK/O/CXaLuGFRn/6Ptvi9eLuWnho88qzaPU1Aa7BFRRiZlN+WrTmaDwdONJnJQ\n" "p1LTPjqHmLVAkD7mFZe/H8Glxot62zEqY7LrEs+ZuxQ8oI51YKjhGaACvkrFMinO\n" "09+TDey1fupVH1+yskVKQZo1zp//Hl/IrPbZKfGCxIGePQowZF7YLvl8DKPo4jI5\n" "KO4tZ1kOPcPL2CqwhuCDy0fpUhrQZBswp6tsGx5mRJxDxfgePRBYDK4tMK+BSVsR\n" "putIKOZ4zoBf12hYFiJ8Yd7e9cqxTiPa7AhxPbAjppiH7qJ3NJKCXOOp9DcSvrfb\n" "ymu9cbDIPNwh/LQ1wt3T+U8QkD6a1a2kJL5+mdg03Ny+8Ej8hUyuJOEx+sxLs+JX\n" "4TS1KRreLzxN7Ak21dNMr8361lB+Uprgi9lOBNLO31TWPABtJhIzwBOhohSqstB9\n" "w6I2ZsPpLqUp/p9BrWlw6+UfOqNDFILZ0CqL1CyFIyrkjutXrUshqniSc/u1VbTU\n" "RlIcufZhN3FtW1P6ktUq5ss4dqEh/QZfR1WxBYRMbKXXAN61XO8M2t44I+44DHi7\n" "jOs1q6jrbfAli1ZGYam/5wjOJkvQ3xemP6SaDKnCKOnPHC45EAt2SEVGywARAQAB\n" "tDdGcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IE9mZmljZXIgPHNlY3VyaXR5LW9mZmljZXJARnJl\n" "ZUJTRC5vcmc+iQI9BBMBCgAnBQJSQYzmAhsDBQkIB+1BBQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYC\n" "AwEAAh4BAheAAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnKEkQAJWJ2ctNY7vg2pqrabavfRZ4UOWrLi4A\n" "gOMnKrsm4ozZ1mc7NVMRj0Ve8jLLHrySW5QaSmp8TcaI6twxKD8FfTOFYjBU35DU\n" "liyRlcbZmsBk7aG561TPwaK0XnF47RyPZWKbHrO7WgiDveGx52AmBdm2VRyMBwnu\n" "e3b5RlKnNVMMSm4RLmrolkL0SAZNAWZGG4FqFtaxPRZo7LR9fEv/NydQN91b2cR8\n" "SnLc2F2yiVc5mq/1f/t8dMBEbNx2+NoFaqP1O+1JeGYgmA/vE9fk1oDnn1pHej8O\n" "hoJJ9SsQEuaITvzKP9bU+5/o/UqYzAX+y8QbTthjhzpkRwjqwjuMVmp6/f/o8ivl\n" "nzD5K1lQOP/OJAki63h5LDUC/JHYkT/XN/bbgoSNveFSGV7cdocdSpCoBaZUJ9pf\n" "zZpqRxypRB57f7bKBCI36E42KJKJ3wo873MJeElAeo31tXi2pBvTN/Idmrl6sDCN\n" "PWwgsIOmu4Xd2FG5lanbTsXHKebCDPh/KK51mWra5judWWFVxChsNSwRHJACBXVa\n" "2fPsahfz4GAEVp0/VbC114m8CHrgm3nh/ZAyNjgJQN5jJ37gQjx2LFsAhW5WKK8U\n" "0Es5YXffjLEiNOnmJ+q8IZj6Mj5lWXkbCvrqjfNTOKnzzZGws+6y4gRQkgkSY3BP\n" "p+mpCQPjORc/iEYEEBEKAAYFAlJBjuoACgkQFdaIBMps37Jv6QCeJjxijseWZzn/\n" "z7Cv3zSwSFMAWPwAnig7ZgzoqKqwpvnwAXsQpGSnE8K5iQIcBBABCgAGBQJSQZHe\n" "AAoJEJLIQ0VtpqZu8r8P/jHm+xi5yMz3DVj6emMazJdXLtnnGrKTNw5xL1X10a1R\n" "vmo+sj4J1gmL+Cy2hM6fl6r054E/BYt9GVGaIC4eYiF6DUzlcPWkwniDKfi1lNJz\n" "NIja4qhanuGrK7EJtZXACRhUuNr2EzEm4dd3nXNaBQZv9FlIn79tk4vVho7wK7ui\n" "IT7nseUMWDh7T0h4IVSs2LWdvP71WDx8acoyfspI35C2pKXB5GRWxnzN+wOl+V0k\n" "Dn2fGd+nL7ZEb/c/01h6AfyYJGetCXY1omkXSzgD9KKu/RqZuxL8TMMjNN6z4SAy\n" "MTthOHW0lTK/5h55dJYSquBQwuEAX0Z8RT8S4Nva5LKGr25IpIJuP/TxaHIgdncr\n" "in4D0FtuG0JMOxjuzNdo2lOiMZ/lqZ75l61C68GuKAhU2Rn1toqc/NReL1yLhHoM\n" "1o3EvovAfZmzX3sOugU2N8L+oiTnFFXezpY5Huup5KUkrX+C5EErBIVfvKjNyhhK\n" "Fru6Jwy9z3qiGhxNUFAAzftVYhNT1lDkMNqa4jPjOrcWS6+gwVfQAo9k0p5uwPNb\n" "Iw59RA2q/wwhZuRoai4nqN9WkgnwmWn0sS9XO87jwN3uvK0IF97MGPSXNcmAGXlx\n" "zF3GBFHYf/bpagrvT4v+DE+gLpgfplo86oZbjDPsXGhVNu1iffC64R+vecw7r3Di\n" "iQEcBBABCAAGBQJSRqY/AAoJEFF75hSlwe7HvwsIAJUnlLFMOBLvlBrRuxVeAO6X\n" "8DhytdD5YlRzt866cXq6A/dw57O9qwyyDy3upJIGRy6hYlL18ngGZXv5djcw7Rch\n" "QmvBJ9ROkmkCHLe3+fYn668nkxtgQJHWADd90MGFHkLDWa4Pbu5yJKqkTy3tqx2N\n" "mBDEz317F6mMtyTP56QI8PVnh1p6w0McQIVctS3LOC3u4Wjbw7l3Hwof9Pl3u4BZ\n" "L/gJz5KAozUa5TqNV4SLwtUqXBg7kipwfshXVuQekG9XfMC84GaFMqEKTExscHoF\n" "VdSzrBKHn6VlEl1sdhcdS9aKSOsqMXB25xhBe0hOl4Ddw63j7b47XCqcyqAE5eiJ\n" "AhwEEAEIAAYFAlJHAsIACgkQ8cUWs8g1l1OXkhAAvXUR237vXF/sZCZgG0748Dp0\n" "eOhish/c4ODgW3JRehVWAyAlTAit/+xK6oI5xkQA+z3KO6+/bAtnDQgikAkykgpt\n" "VeVW/6v4GGBarUTc/CTcofEpC3rsrEm1ZwPLyva3YuFFnYHATq/2Qi1a5PnSfj5C\n" "O3fZrOgJTXsm6eNt21bH7RYF4DYi4kDNQHxtBOaEcUhcIkS1MsMz5F+/YeqOd12/\n" "FrcIPDq8c0G3Ol+QsHFx+Y6b5Fp/HgkQem9Pzu7XkNcf7nj5UFJw+qx+BivaVYhJ\n" "8Ugq3pXYkNkhYSy/AP/YYp7moOgpo2tY5e+fqho4pVlrHoPqWTNKJJrfYg2Mg/vP\n" "e0nPxiCU3anmFXhfeZy87QLrA2BrO0I45StbU3uBhzT1dfNW2BIgxg+LqUZyTrZ2\n" "qHq8TOPsnplu5Xn/UjEDQ5soTq1zDpslEjCX36R8wL3eai74HUTjstF4xq+kiXmK\n" "bX7HhGKD9TILRjU+toOPXY0ffbS7FOUijLqOJqWEW1nBpoYoHbGfMHn2g2rNFGzz\n" "wiLZgbL2HZsC+kDoog33s60b//A9E3yFIIiPtk668kQmiobs9Iel3RC+eOdHP8lD\n" "gcMN/Rc/5B1S9a+wYC8VTf6KInUTq5YwC0veKbg1s+Ow7tB9ejqgxtHT7iFjR5NB\n" "oOpVkI4UtHDpewRAW9SJAhwEEAEIAAYFAlJIEEoACgkQi+h5sChzHhzyGQ//e6o3\n" "y+pnFTS4UWjUxFTKCtqJeqtS84jvcbXhXFGKfnXX15atLYkVoD2LcO5yvrFRNvY6\n" "PjRkxJmLo2Lb/MpoDupRMfR1PxotFYuNYodmoHxVUun+1eIFQ5XUSiQSsIsjcUYd\n" "EcOoZFzMfWIHZUOA1cGAtb8WL/Ql6cLcZT3fhPjEO253O8XcxKmU7sJ1sCCh3tyL\n" "CY0dvLffA0jgxEXUYmf3DpC6p+MNkPU3EDk60OUzy4/C2HT26Lt4NR6TNcEZg6O/\n" "lPvmD1/ATO9fAHCb4uEIkqR3VLdeg31EHND32gO/2HXc4Xp2dbV8qs+ts13w5L26\n" "D+94PSsTwYF+85mfgu8nBhPOOn7lqWxIO/1MnOrEIVNu+K/fwh4lu8v/6PJYEYIn\n" "LtYkDH3/LcKTsK6N/2KLbtROlHXeNKXyt0UliINteDlV9xYkn6TtzUcTrZ4Xa3HM\n" "yN5mi+a0vptJFBPxyonMMHDAXRkLR8BexxUJqdk2aupIs0Y0Cet6Vk+8Q9bn04gl\n" "pKjTjnnarJJsTlhrdmVobkDhbEGYB3KyrjZp2JmdYYzAbHXbdp3T7yJ4R3/7aQRg\n" "XJIQgEHjmgFf0Wwzxs1JIN2URDZS8k2pyuI6M8ndPtJiYbwqy1Wcflz57aWYAOVf\n" "b/G4IEsicSd1mHjYjsaMV/kp1kGrWihB/Dt79nWJAhwEEwECAAYFAlJJfnUACgkQ\n" "cTWO1j93QHkxbA//SKb0a0wo5dTJpMp7pUL4pkCx1gR3YCZMyiJHAGnC0vHoTmxI\n" "+6+YAU9DBFWjQk2uqqn+GW+3AxLEN08s2xYvNoxJHUB1bF43HI9lXscGmzfjDR62\n" "cIptcWtggeMw6W66UStdFWUudwDM6WV8BTxg2LYD3upeY69GnN92HinMj90D6PMc\n" "iQjfUdZxZAYLKEhic12dKHpWRC0PH9NIAS0EchARkZQmjyPc4trWevAyhmpqdw+H\n" "gxh9EBH2I194SvIXVuU5Gyl/l3a/6ntEUZnitBijU3uUjRnkS5XkJfqy1MjdrJ0o\n" "ymo8mlxOVFKV879ez10KBnE1BLe9ioylOeGQRNcyYehFE7GmzkZHbOk+Pqd1Meaf\n" "AjNIgQxrqgh8pJ2F8Zd8pGDrYspjICGbbdR0WRNcoN4kckJruTWFQ1xr//Kfwp1b\n" "kCQWRwYcRL/RNVVZuHGgvTiTa2wZNbWfZk3tF9cXaYHIqhYU8l7Lc1zK0Fhv2E1t\n" "Phw4pu495RbGRAFOE14S+QmknIy+DgIkTzQ1s36vnI4SVw9zs0D4Np6d1mF1p4gi\n" "VVrgTQnlF3poZNppCUK9Rih8s5kMnyuRruGm/Lod4jL3wcbBz4sxBkCgrc2pyU1M\n" "SNAjM2V8c7cGLgPOqX0eVqgXJoTnlNItF07aIZyFEA6e7YeiTeXxPfU10Q2ISgQQ\n" "EQoACgUCUk3NEAMFAXgACgkQOfuToMruuMAgxQCfScnmgUcnT0J07KNsLKLMGW/6\n" "ffAAn2J50o8KV/wu8auCY1o6EkjpiJt/iEYEEBECAAYFAlJKlYkACgkQ20zMSyow\n" "1ymmfwCeLqsUDHBH8JnuaJjEUYqACGWZo88An0wcNy95yGdSJtgBFXNPZQJL2gSu\n" "iF4EEBEIAAYFAlJNSA0ACgkQUYUJaGx+XoKvBAD/bUBqzL0oZtaF7WUDXchb4yki\n" "f0ko+zh832R2Ad0KfygBAKNEUUKOnZFLJ8GZqAXmIWktgMiWFOMSxAXDLsyionoh\n" "iQIcBBABCAAGBQJSTYUGAAoJECC3DeE/HR5PCH4P/ic8LWEp8aJLLlOR+DSB9H3I\n" "cES36ulQLHKmmWMc/ysR/bLhGhBqF8TM3hzvdTqj6p7zMZKThhKKVLLBxjlV2MLc\n" "OVwhCzQow/D8EpUqQw3ufpWDYzCI7SF4nohremXjjv9FZVV80QhxLSqDfeopIBGs\n" "ZD6v5mZn0CtT0hBXD1rowcZVo2Zdgx7/HgL4BRH19ZMiKMVdp365ZQzGlRVNTbww\n" "fs13UTINcchA4ggbJXX5h5oUo8pbp3yXso6cMnuuawFRDu15JjQctkpaDyB0QohS\n" "z3i5LqA912kRR1rEQjgXH8GcudfQ671FKZ+SJ7lwd+s7vdUMIfAXflCUCKMLAaFP\n" "QB/J/ZT7FEwlO3ZeFKrWcYmkx0Af9/ieKO/ptdiOf2OX7VvE6AkReRBiqAeK9M4a\n" "dgS1hnvs+QdPB40dTXEFRuk7+hcEqqan+ZuMhWohJlAhTHxTF8Vxl0oyNyXiXiJi\n" "mJMTsGmvF2x+uQ/S4+7Mg8+A0oGYjwvnFC+0jWO92Ix9M3y+upxkc8KOM1/U9nq5\n" "p7wje5MNdcCHyVTpSxvg/bDaQYopKTD6aVu94u4OlbhUXki4JnTQlwqFVkGHnpW+\n" "BPbpQyqhY+t1QoaUWgRL+n8+WBVCqlFQF8vIoqbYGP4WxeVfylZTfSVWDoJUPKKv\n" "bEsyhpVFj5XT70vJ866EiQIcBBABAgAGBQJSRaaeAAoJECZJ5ijF000F4jIP+weC\n" "FBeCkY7sprDa61kp10GNF4YujiZ1QKQDgrQA9ipgv3pN+5ovC/ClzZm5baVGi+j5\n" "zWD/blG9YZAApM/kkpAIvCPYIuQ9b+/crOUjuxyywuE2HSbaFuh66lW7Eox3NT8N\n" "NMEl6Zry6m8RDHqTZIpwJPBiCgEcNqr/dcbtE0XgzJj94NOWSuq1URpP4wIT9aAV\n" "Bqdj+0KQDkDk6Sqvmf59Cjt8hihvXAhOqcguKo8y262ABEO8kxwfqvRYECCE+eDE\n" "APUEyOi/6uI0dQjQMytTWKogPIYg4wQjpG+Pa7wl7AnxOTBp4WvoS0BuCgjSYaxn\n" "wVKHBMvxSCuDHBurLN0wqOaKSg9ib6m/Vy2vfi9ak8crXJFZ6eLrIxt73gyiozfK\n" "Efvd6LBOJ9AeXstnubEs7ltNq9qKyW4+vR9eABmn/wABxCsHNjW+mmi8xAVhhc1K\n" "qZC/D4vm6r8ZwrVAsmTADqcTr6A48J15FmIwcaQRQWQ4oytxTGA7rHRFVjrt3YIj\n" "/WP62byp8s59HOKJE+mA9q7ksAvnToLfrMiNA8/18Zm4CADKUny6GLzpuKgcYwTu\n" "cqE/zBWUszI2NrJNtaKWafdXyEAwgBxNIl1FiYF9+ntoMWlqDQROPZLYChRThJvR\n" "nNNsT+WwcuSHSFexLl14yrPJ3MBEe7e+2Vpj9HR2iQIcBBABAgAGBQJSSFmrAAoJ\n" "EDpFFvNRg85IHx8P/3exX3fATzNwqfININlvYjxMzuGIHdV03w2pHrOllmPX28/U\n" "UHSQL9yRRNhzimm/9v3dvu5XHzjUzCEozoAa74DnICe8wUfju8sGmN5FKolbvSz7\n" "VvcW4mAC5RY85zk+7luTg2wHZIIdgirTDrgPSirtYkm+qpuX/k5LAkwmYtH6gghq\n" "v7rnYNKUChh+Ga+4yNbsdD7blWYr52UwnfT3evbgI5GqBMZEbghmqNiR2fcII6tr\n" "NnuawH646UcucwogxPtLxLuZnslEpWiHQlAVvHlrCMoEkYqS+NRXOwZF04zTwRpL\n" "CUlj0PxlRInvTrEpBd1KVejbkNWKK7wfyL/bF3rR9pMGWuDC32/9BfjtGgNDXJhQ\n" "MDGntyAeQfiI3Ml5b5SA8bT5DsR/FIQDg0UDe5jjeVIEGZKunmRT/IqOLFMpZoMH\n" "qNqWW8YrHlpN2o2c0/VqWSLzPKmocgqLwlkx5oqvn/F12xUzazGhFTFp6IXpqQVT\n" "lkSPdDsVJuidj9ZJLMRoKfFD9tISqTocGw3suLqp8u5KZf43THWspBi4tD4IoN5r\n" "lrLWtPnkteffyO62NZOOyg7rPUGJYlpgAMIDkXmsp58CyXqrL1/art0Ymcy5z8ea\n" "1eUCnq/ZJJxrj+HrXuwko4fXTewf+nzSbJ2GEL/fMBkzAOKl9j5bOPAKwiD9iQIc\n" "BBABAgAGBQJSTTdGAAoJEE2hFOXEouV/uSQP/i/yJbvVkxXlWZhk2JFhDpZaewdL\n" "TUCkgsDeS9M7fde1Y/NbnVwSm/TtzysI6XPa5lIeXUTTlbwGiI/ZqFPDaDptUmL5\n" "1b3cgMReW2o5zfLtnDZZHYPn8wosMFMhj2wkOXpQv7DOJBQf5MNnPHublBwY05o4\n" "dfDBKi0GKVWl8ZkHInGvREJw7wF6ukYtnWQOIaW//qmVwokv36I2EJoooFdl7oFh\n" "a+Pq1n3DhQAgiln6/Mz/96fn7NvYvdbQlMGluPRANVuKjfP9zQroF8BmhWQbEHZG\n" "aLT+FsD06A/CjWlKkb3Ys/N0wDi9kQ2ez/DZhjXgBMXhJrdPmeTEHrnX701Am+2D\n" "CSpz7bbkOayILC5gx8DWq4hjGu5JtGcpJE4AsN69dXn4r/w8IUecoGZG/CjVQyAc\n" "RxsIc9nOJmzbJkQGrP8A26Io0/xrwOjU2gGkYR+EaR3o9Qa8tY/uZpYb3t3yh+b0\n" "Pqn8pLOMnpo16uJni3/tIY/kiqBnGF53yVLjlekwfORXBRFZ3GNroe21OXrfbHQ7\n" "9BytMjTBsQahfaMdFZF1QINvENdJ+PQhhx7R2g80yxj67oa0F/W0zdqYDbYnM2bt\n" "Mw89mv/q1f0xmdtaTJXz6ZpLPY3MtDWCJ/LcKDKUQqnyS7XilD95HdFnck9GPKQe\n" "F/mgs5YlQeQZg8cSiQEcBBABAgAGBQJTMetBAAoJEEE5xLeoRUEkcGgIAL9ZRsk/\n" "BMWQf4tK9RTY82bihv5T5XL5ybqnXuuPMC+E2IHDR1hGE9WcFr237nyfVxdnlBKn\n" "IUbPrghdeGAWg6ki2IWOjgy1Q46M+P69yroc6KCa3V6LdM5L/CCk5Sr7L1LbvZ9g\n" "Mj4AkN0xGhy3NNZGsomiXZWmBOiOQ4EJwlIwtFgMCKc4KmRD/h+f+/opMW9782bN\n" "L6txp3tk5MOUXa+Xk1gy8MzGtowL2Q+P4zxa94NSVYQ6picYFvjWGtzUJ5izdyb/\n" "se9wLIT8p0iyPrADP+P93EjkUrH4Im4OuY9ieKc3hFsnLhnI5VLpPSy29xXCi3C5\n" "t72Nl5dU+/JJrtyJAZwEEwECAAYFAlQUczoACgkQjw7rxHtHFslqFAwAka5jXdrV\n" "IGHT/n2YWzGTfgy5+bJfMZXUa6fuo+zzvB4hS3MH3YMpHRjwUrpkAjTh3dFkziVU\n" "Ns7j4+7x5uEOE9Y1Baj6DTzEAxZNwtSeCYzCA0FZ/ufuUxGfZElcrU7AN6/ep/lm\n" "gsE3+5tak8VYJxDjgu56uEIz449Lscj4G3FO6eXhCiiWIb7+y0a9m6cZ3yE7k8fo\n" "TVObr8xdhGzw4+YEx3/4usD89GIKwLN3LZFjndqdPnYidneJ9NCrGH9g4+DRlOkw\n" "8LGlSFxcNLqeVBDBS2bw1G1ZSsd0NH+8deeAf9rEsmOT4CQKOWdgTnkK8O9erwvi\n" "dUvsANlOypecGbHMo+NoS6kjR/CwPF8vDnwhEpy3N+VRZGhSD77D4LUWKBLQDisv\n" "6HuyALmE02Lq9v5cK8fWy5cehS8hvAdn/FU0GOvPg6JowBZkyvqbOQDHIO3buAr6\n" "NtnPdhhOd/eCOOkCPgcTAdwqWrX+l7D4SImMYjFAe9GWONAkkcRVMo6jiQIcBBAB\n" "AgAGBQJUdXNxAAoJECZwmtY/E3EPJ80P/1AuTYo48UmvVkLd443cvaUpItzLUfrW\n" "4q24KjiCTT63ETf1+V8RZCRreqt3mFJnZI0n8X+hSLAIPdJrJ1xtIKDoEWbQ1U8j\n" "ClFq4FtUaqSHkQIWvW2VzGgVz2MvPTWK0EbWHdD9vhtotnYrq4H+T5cBuSyrW9Zu\n" "Gct6zsZbC/O/iyiKQg3Kz6PtCiSPP3AHNH3ok1Nh0QsSQl1ggGp1J4gr9A0/Kcf7\n" "lQ+/X0G7kHVxQnKzzuYI7XsV25Mp3oBsioQB/9aHt/JVfjrKpH0FtdTUEUcMfJqe\n" "TMxW6xXHvslOIj3iXj8frSMYuJaQXVjTwu2yhY2oZfnI+JG0Gc9TA20lijhfyOW7\n" "2wE/qdFW3I7CY/3hBYa63IwNGUK/t052OmOZmhrzKADvWc6lCGG02M7fY/Q+IgOT\n" "PS4+5A1fs708Ds7qHj/TkltVmJftaCkBZCTWqvQ2XxStzYnHVojNxsTCqhIOZLM8\n" "+/SSUMzox4G2d+z4WTlok+HLwcf4h5iAOQg2HAzGO84bamwOE/r+hB19YV07dGND\n" "h/7TI25Slhk46CbuLajnAiIfg4UnbMpUZt+ZC+tdCuKsFQcRl7cUXqkJ3gKAiFOl\n" "8Dly72t5gYwYUEZDkuKisAztRMCvdI1bg8j8ALFjbtd5cYbrtyLYVbg5Nm+mawXh\n" "/U5lqcrjWdbFiQIcBBABAgAGBQJUdg4iAAoJEGJ6sNnqQ9eZRyIP/1geWFuerAtS\n" "jO9ew9bhqC6oCVBi7R/DNT9WLNXvV5h3DYzGXnlhoEHdBzF3G4RmC6RaxZcjTQaI\n" "lYF0qGtvZXWsQG4W6UIT58E6vyNyOj1Ugl4Siqvo1L7IxCt0Bdti0sQ082P44B2K\n" "bSWqN8zMww3lMjnnmrRIb+PcC8PQgLZU5twosEOl/MuuDXRTAgPa4jXuKY17V/6K\n" "NPND4d/rnsENr3+YXlG7/pdAgT9CAdNfFBKSRAUHQ454QzGaJln54FAs5INXf6iv\n" "phfbRQp5on7MyShFNQr5AIeF5SNg/ktBlvrHItCdwM/FnOk5fg8EM3eqZHNC8HE2\n" "SxGKa95o8QcbI2E/0iPJqzLWlmLAxaaV53Ei4RzVkGzPfS0hWFuP/NVg2FYqUTZK\n" "Ie5Btsqd9rPvCTqywjGMKcQUIVK/aiqcDV1J7SewjxuIG4+4eaTNiQgVZspqGCbH\n" "FHdssU/oedCIURRV2vMCCWaFEKR94vIK4IbXF07AVAZPsO1itZj6PWaFZ1zwLbWt\n" "+VmgkM8Pj5L7xy+vX/bGQRO75JYrLYP1a9h/iG/Am0ezZQrtjTPtV07hLBQDOmpt\n" "s3BhEsl9VCH2GkqBhsHjxhYM9cnQqMCMSp5fERRqphxyCoNcBdLHurikt34XMuq1\n" "otgC2RQoYGsIdQlYX2dxIQhDbij7OGrRiQIcBBMBAgAGBQJUFHNAAAoJEDk/yxUg\n" "Q+mJ4NwP/1gH4LefqQu+pbXAD6zezvM7r4dLca2TeFMCWSIRpRdtMqiavsrBtubp\n" "kInXup616EcEY1nKi+mNiHYZx7TiUxdlLljrkr0HVtp3MD/AgBoal+J1muESe5Yb\n" "0frp+NwJOLikUBG1v2cY2mZgIAkFvbfwVFCtJmwGL8nLyZrG1QRy242I179lNFCA\n" "1xZu+9vKbakwnn4rqwT8ihft8o2POY2cq/MHs0XNmalUhF9Emc6sNR0vXkDeBKAA\n" "gk+3lcbabqSni6IOpruX1XwtfnlIEqZVU49unNYbvylh4NTl2vjawsXAec+tbVQp\n" "aFWvwru+07kC8BwOKb83IiBHDLQC+oE6c1CdkbyfmQ+aH/OJs0cyGqJGeh4Q0Pfk\n" "RSd44Ew3l/rzuHWjw++/JpfznK5mhVObpmWd3HH77gwm+FNeo5C60tkPtMfVfPqK\n" "PbBTrzzdN1l26VloqFcRzXAnIKMqEP4J1Jd4l5awopqeBfRwVx4+XVV0y2qfvP/6\n" "DyKWk6D97p7jrB6yuMoYbKvJKoxx75SxiGMv4gubj22iqIp8tJarrbBONdnhZCcx\n" "LfDMcVJDSzI2LmDk5SXvNycNyxLCVvda6upMDB9O4wDE1EJJnsvkhudbwAdYEYCW\n" "8CnF3toHcP1bGRiJGJ6Qrl11NPCdCjOmbq9KSxfkadBQ93uXo56QiQIiBBMBCgAM\n" "BQJTd5xqBYMHhh+AAAoJEGwc0Sh9sBEAfBgP/ieZTSvyMwnOZOPNlQYnhkhaZRHP\n" "i5fzOMzbwd+hC/3mi2U8mZOYXvTeN6+JiWJ7s+4UB0+JoOwwMkkNGYWygMF0OUl+\n" "03FJB9cDIxFW5n3rjjbwX2RLcbx2ATQnNHRSsZdXWg1jTbzoRpOAL9ZhoyWJtRYz\n" "fCd+r5JZrd59zGgc70aDAjF77PVA5L6lZXzTH4U4hlQzF8ugAmtNqTEfEhKRo5pt\n" "ecu6Slf36OLc1L6Coc4amU3fMCPXP6IK5aMBPwzfXahAylITvxjbujIkh/y3KifL\n" "cgsgc6a5y24+OBo02RzCnB1QB+alr6312b3FMrixsev2RfyPzWxfN8eE8JElobbz\n" "4sPd5SgQ3P+iF+g9E4fTnXhk5f4u+wU5PtiWXxzWy6EYz0hGgE4Dz/uQ2fcRBASO\n" "xMJQvPAeFM59SVTJGiFRzeNY6H/zWeC8DTE9jKbzhZ8kIzxyr9iTd7XJhp5pCVez\n" "zkG7R9xDALq3ySMO0s7cWNB1V8Ne0YwNPZlStCpW6kW8nfC4qmNorukPcVk8tRYf\n" "Gy+ebrWdXphdhLRZB5NpQ4ECG8kOIP/1bSRNvMs4WHU1C+hkOn8vcfOZDMO8zPro\n" "SCNnHB0MUbXENfv4+ZXM6I39fAHohQlHw2LlqibeJHr5lbIukGQ6v8qdo5xdaoel\n" "JnXUSVN4XvroE+uZiQJFBBABCgAvBQJTd6AZKBpodHRwczovL3BhZXBzLmN4L3Bn\n" "cC9zaWduaW5nLXBvbGljeS5hc2MACgkQu14sRioPqLA7cQ/+NvSnh6fW7Gf89uy9\n" "l4+/8hjGm0REFQf0LlYdiqf1pJ9N6Vf4MdhEFZs/2bvOgitSZzyScvxkAuv0LXE4\n" "xPxOnwVYQ/VuxLSOBdTjU2srdnHrHaQxos16WLq85C2NsCSZNLOCXalMZk3XD0FH\n" "HrcyWGfyiX4vr0tn+4G70FWbsfrK1Epmx3v+nCpCPmgBjdLRy9iU6uUjWB0w/ZVE\n" "eD5MNAWyWumLJz32gpEQFSpELcviBoYxec8pIzlfV0db5ydJGZlsWM5W/KOy1ZFm\n" "dpCfsl/hPGbBEtEeEf0mszchZDGtwaSpo0oiZj0LX6kSUTsp5GhjeTtntu2Hk9oq\n" "b+u4TtAJbKHaYovJn2cySmWyE7Hqvvh2Lo+uxwm9RjKRNbtYBylZnV6QFaeMejen\n" "RFwLdtdiil1UmXhV6MUHNIIZ0oJZ1zo+GkZKWQdoFpzayrWpfkAC+x2ovV106RYM\n" "BAEcGg12ZZ1RcCytM/67efGG9KxjukARycsv1pU6Cf6l0yjqOikM3pnxWfdLvybU\n" "9E4U7THfJ0sfXfs2U7d7LAX8WfWru1I90ZmFBLO5Fm3WMAOplJmdaSoNJ22IJrZb\n" "StCDb7GynBD9x/qUGrRfIxKtzxGZghor5xHWxTtn6hLgxvoF5cDmN8g6dI0snbXK\n" "DljubF4feV9MBwiGwpjeG/71PcKJARwEEAEIAAYFAlWTlaIACgkQogW5MOpw+irQ\n" "+gf/TRWhT+XFhokH4E3v+J9lTqhQ+IBjVfYVZm1nzBxTkvrEt48i3VBuJjp2Q5H+\n" "cnRr2VE76IVNsvt8liUe9GF+1tylVA7qDGDMOlqkGjPVfD1viGRgtrGBJFg3oVr6\n" "uyjKUyhzELQPkGU+lfbhXLVE3oMyhLxf3xUd/TvGXEeaqMoPgNFGiwfjtSX6oxas\n" "HEu3HFDO2EqM45dtjbHoj98gvDSb4ReA2ZknD/gYnNt8cMdHnv/VieeCpSDxiD6D\n" "qljpYSPUXjz0kh/LwcVZaMm+nD5BzKcXu2lD8A0fy6hVKSm2tGyKzfWr0oZw47e2\n" "eVMBPG/l4YB2H1Im8PPsuSAeQbkCDQRSQYzmARAAtqDVVjJvadVMDJipe7K1POK4\n" "QtcFswiKYAwc0JOkOeM0tDirorP869gdHtkuKr3fEuW0rtId5OeAjSCI9NIihX0r\n" "0A2iJ1PrdhhleoV7CF0u0DxTVAo/Z9HSmuQWoTz3zr01XXyb7pSzJb8oGMLGFuQ4\n" "X1yNRZw/0daGN3jYmxRWLJj+/vlUazvzt8L24JdJJ4PEZ3TNTOOophZDjnzxGMR2\n" "6d9Fb3MV9kCcBIpIv3e1I8IKJyigmlOUqGRCmuv6CMADM0NWEGRBkAUg+YjP7C25\n" "QR7DtFLSyorpJ2QXUax2Bwg8F2b1+54pfXbQO28nYRszy0/ySirYjahrT+LiKOgK\n" "N5HLTn6vIb/KZgmaPR4F1cVJYPjlxDibu26kRIlHBIZuYJ9diZSpm/ump4ZXy5R8\n" "41NjoGZBpIFsfm4or02nLuxEof6khy2K1l9WO8U9AjG05azNQhDGijv4GB4KXfnL\n" "xDW51q8PZWmPxwBEi7mQbh/d2DyqzVLnIQiUWMk4OOCB3VEHWzS0sMOf9NBHWOC8\n" "jhlHak9zzB3qNsJ6x1DXIHC3f4D8owFAqy6z2BVkKQys7mxXzciTvyYIqrb5ynRt\n" "sLL2GMdn1NeMFziB51yMak9BDMGGymXObY3Gmg22gFwnb+ZBx+rNAGt4R3ngk+/C\n" "0jeXHyGQNns6wwoCyuMAEQEAAYkCJQQYAQoADwUCUkGM5gIbDAUJCAftQQAKCRDt\n" "Z+zWXc9q5+HLD/94Jdl4HSb2bA6N1k+Snajvy7C2xCS6GpOMIkDaIo+Aowe85ixc\n" "JeqiNM4lBr8OGMqAe2z0cMs4BvPHudNmN/4ceBsxwUnmcCr1hJiEaQr4eAR/lDC/\n" "pz6gvkCndDKSeOvg5FiiXIqf6sTXpMu4euabQO4485obSBaF7/3zOUfO3Rtadw0h\n" "zEcv/XaiCToA8fwGFNjGhAml/O7uaPmAI3rel4HMEHNxIgqARMiYNmFP8nVgJi7O\n" "qz6rv65/E9shtNVQiHBgEXGZf/lsrxBsQJsgG2Vj+ggkDZPX5AfT7KCV4UrHtM+d\n" "X3yKbwiWwosPwKmgzYxR5qX6JZyAr+72Zs5/eb56NGEGUJYKLmWJd85zCQHTZirF\n" "sDIuZs87oYdrDYmFrwoWmoxZqSLeBCNbURu/BbO4nnJWzr3fwlqWO6LPO7rCafUK\n" "6/mdYPJt4CpmDe3oGntdP/UVA10ZQ7qWYHTzNK2heBm4NHY0QMBXYoAE5bHMCDnN\n" "YVN4QRVxUyjsXKfgjOyi0jZHX+9/CHihIXaCqOI4MdLwRx7dUwhoKOt519/Wlh71\n" "w0qvg9kVt63A7Etyr7xj/IPpEGURDfD/EhXXn0offWL8+BKcLYp1Tbp9gJe3Ab/F\n" "3VOWuafMlpON+Ii4YEem56Al/Ei8sDA+BN7cpw7o5Xf+HAG70CdcRDn7Vg==\n" "=mLLk\n" "-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n" msgstr "" "\n" "-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n" "\n" "mQINBFJBjOYBEADuKnefrbTVFTZf9mITVx1lFAqwDHPRHZeWBr2Vq1B/Y1eKKsen\n" "BKbK/O/CXaLuGFRn/6Ptvi9eLuWnho88qzaPU1Aa7BFRRiZlN+WrTmaDwdONJnJQ\n" "p1LTPjqHmLVAkD7mFZe/H8Glxot62zEqY7LrEs+ZuxQ8oI51YKjhGaACvkrFMinO\n" "09+TDey1fupVH1+yskVKQZo1zp//Hl/IrPbZKfGCxIGePQowZF7YLvl8DKPo4jI5\n" "KO4tZ1kOPcPL2CqwhuCDy0fpUhrQZBswp6tsGx5mRJxDxfgePRBYDK4tMK+BSVsR\n" "putIKOZ4zoBf12hYFiJ8Yd7e9cqxTiPa7AhxPbAjppiH7qJ3NJKCXOOp9DcSvrfb\n" "ymu9cbDIPNwh/LQ1wt3T+U8QkD6a1a2kJL5+mdg03Ny+8Ej8hUyuJOEx+sxLs+JX\n" "4TS1KRreLzxN7Ak21dNMr8361lB+Uprgi9lOBNLO31TWPABtJhIzwBOhohSqstB9\n" "w6I2ZsPpLqUp/p9BrWlw6+UfOqNDFILZ0CqL1CyFIyrkjutXrUshqniSc/u1VbTU\n" "RlIcufZhN3FtW1P6ktUq5ss4dqEh/QZfR1WxBYRMbKXXAN61XO8M2t44I+44DHi7\n" "jOs1q6jrbfAli1ZGYam/5wjOJkvQ3xemP6SaDKnCKOnPHC45EAt2SEVGywARAQAB\n" "tDdGcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IE9mZmljZXIgPHNlY3VyaXR5LW9mZmljZXJARnJl\n" "ZUJTRC5vcmc+iQI9BBMBCgAnBQJSQYzmAhsDBQkIB+1BBQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYC\n" "AwEAAh4BAheAAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnKEkQAJWJ2ctNY7vg2pqrabavfRZ4UOWrLi4A\n" "gOMnKrsm4ozZ1mc7NVMRj0Ve8jLLHrySW5QaSmp8TcaI6twxKD8FfTOFYjBU35DU\n" "liyRlcbZmsBk7aG561TPwaK0XnF47RyPZWKbHrO7WgiDveGx52AmBdm2VRyMBwnu\n" "e3b5RlKnNVMMSm4RLmrolkL0SAZNAWZGG4FqFtaxPRZo7LR9fEv/NydQN91b2cR8\n" "SnLc2F2yiVc5mq/1f/t8dMBEbNx2+NoFaqP1O+1JeGYgmA/vE9fk1oDnn1pHej8O\n" "hoJJ9SsQEuaITvzKP9bU+5/o/UqYzAX+y8QbTthjhzpkRwjqwjuMVmp6/f/o8ivl\n" "nzD5K1lQOP/OJAki63h5LDUC/JHYkT/XN/bbgoSNveFSGV7cdocdSpCoBaZUJ9pf\n" "zZpqRxypRB57f7bKBCI36E42KJKJ3wo873MJeElAeo31tXi2pBvTN/Idmrl6sDCN\n" "PWwgsIOmu4Xd2FG5lanbTsXHKebCDPh/KK51mWra5judWWFVxChsNSwRHJACBXVa\n" "2fPsahfz4GAEVp0/VbC114m8CHrgm3nh/ZAyNjgJQN5jJ37gQjx2LFsAhW5WKK8U\n" "0Es5YXffjLEiNOnmJ+q8IZj6Mj5lWXkbCvrqjfNTOKnzzZGws+6y4gRQkgkSY3BP\n" "p+mpCQPjORc/iEYEEBEKAAYFAlJBjuoACgkQFdaIBMps37Jv6QCeJjxijseWZzn/\n" "z7Cv3zSwSFMAWPwAnig7ZgzoqKqwpvnwAXsQpGSnE8K5iQIcBBABCgAGBQJSQZHe\n" "AAoJEJLIQ0VtpqZu8r8P/jHm+xi5yMz3DVj6emMazJdXLtnnGrKTNw5xL1X10a1R\n" "vmo+sj4J1gmL+Cy2hM6fl6r054E/BYt9GVGaIC4eYiF6DUzlcPWkwniDKfi1lNJz\n" "NIja4qhanuGrK7EJtZXACRhUuNr2EzEm4dd3nXNaBQZv9FlIn79tk4vVho7wK7ui\n" "IT7nseUMWDh7T0h4IVSs2LWdvP71WDx8acoyfspI35C2pKXB5GRWxnzN+wOl+V0k\n" "Dn2fGd+nL7ZEb/c/01h6AfyYJGetCXY1omkXSzgD9KKu/RqZuxL8TMMjNN6z4SAy\n" "MTthOHW0lTK/5h55dJYSquBQwuEAX0Z8RT8S4Nva5LKGr25IpIJuP/TxaHIgdncr\n" "in4D0FtuG0JMOxjuzNdo2lOiMZ/lqZ75l61C68GuKAhU2Rn1toqc/NReL1yLhHoM\n" "1o3EvovAfZmzX3sOugU2N8L+oiTnFFXezpY5Huup5KUkrX+C5EErBIVfvKjNyhhK\n" "Fru6Jwy9z3qiGhxNUFAAzftVYhNT1lDkMNqa4jPjOrcWS6+gwVfQAo9k0p5uwPNb\n" "Iw59RA2q/wwhZuRoai4nqN9WkgnwmWn0sS9XO87jwN3uvK0IF97MGPSXNcmAGXlx\n" "zF3GBFHYf/bpagrvT4v+DE+gLpgfplo86oZbjDPsXGhVNu1iffC64R+vecw7r3Di\n" "iQEcBBABCAAGBQJSRqY/AAoJEFF75hSlwe7HvwsIAJUnlLFMOBLvlBrRuxVeAO6X\n" "8DhytdD5YlRzt866cXq6A/dw57O9qwyyDy3upJIGRy6hYlL18ngGZXv5djcw7Rch\n" "QmvBJ9ROkmkCHLe3+fYn668nkxtgQJHWADd90MGFHkLDWa4Pbu5yJKqkTy3tqx2N\n" "mBDEz317F6mMtyTP56QI8PVnh1p6w0McQIVctS3LOC3u4Wjbw7l3Hwof9Pl3u4BZ\n" "L/gJz5KAozUa5TqNV4SLwtUqXBg7kipwfshXVuQekG9XfMC84GaFMqEKTExscHoF\n" "VdSzrBKHn6VlEl1sdhcdS9aKSOsqMXB25xhBe0hOl4Ddw63j7b47XCqcyqAE5eiJ\n" "AhwEEAEIAAYFAlJHAsIACgkQ8cUWs8g1l1OXkhAAvXUR237vXF/sZCZgG0748Dp0\n" "eOhish/c4ODgW3JRehVWAyAlTAit/+xK6oI5xkQA+z3KO6+/bAtnDQgikAkykgpt\n" "VeVW/6v4GGBarUTc/CTcofEpC3rsrEm1ZwPLyva3YuFFnYHATq/2Qi1a5PnSfj5C\n" "O3fZrOgJTXsm6eNt21bH7RYF4DYi4kDNQHxtBOaEcUhcIkS1MsMz5F+/YeqOd12/\n" "FrcIPDq8c0G3Ol+QsHFx+Y6b5Fp/HgkQem9Pzu7XkNcf7nj5UFJw+qx+BivaVYhJ\n" "8Ugq3pXYkNkhYSy/AP/YYp7moOgpo2tY5e+fqho4pVlrHoPqWTNKJJrfYg2Mg/vP\n" "e0nPxiCU3anmFXhfeZy87QLrA2BrO0I45StbU3uBhzT1dfNW2BIgxg+LqUZyTrZ2\n" "qHq8TOPsnplu5Xn/UjEDQ5soTq1zDpslEjCX36R8wL3eai74HUTjstF4xq+kiXmK\n" "bX7HhGKD9TILRjU+toOPXY0ffbS7FOUijLqOJqWEW1nBpoYoHbGfMHn2g2rNFGzz\n" "wiLZgbL2HZsC+kDoog33s60b//A9E3yFIIiPtk668kQmiobs9Iel3RC+eOdHP8lD\n" "gcMN/Rc/5B1S9a+wYC8VTf6KInUTq5YwC0veKbg1s+Ow7tB9ejqgxtHT7iFjR5NB\n" "oOpVkI4UtHDpewRAW9SJAhwEEAEIAAYFAlJIEEoACgkQi+h5sChzHhzyGQ//e6o3\n" "y+pnFTS4UWjUxFTKCtqJeqtS84jvcbXhXFGKfnXX15atLYkVoD2LcO5yvrFRNvY6\n" "PjRkxJmLo2Lb/MpoDupRMfR1PxotFYuNYodmoHxVUun+1eIFQ5XUSiQSsIsjcUYd\n" "EcOoZFzMfWIHZUOA1cGAtb8WL/Ql6cLcZT3fhPjEO253O8XcxKmU7sJ1sCCh3tyL\n" "CY0dvLffA0jgxEXUYmf3DpC6p+MNkPU3EDk60OUzy4/C2HT26Lt4NR6TNcEZg6O/\n" "lPvmD1/ATO9fAHCb4uEIkqR3VLdeg31EHND32gO/2HXc4Xp2dbV8qs+ts13w5L26\n" "D+94PSsTwYF+85mfgu8nBhPOOn7lqWxIO/1MnOrEIVNu+K/fwh4lu8v/6PJYEYIn\n" "LtYkDH3/LcKTsK6N/2KLbtROlHXeNKXyt0UliINteDlV9xYkn6TtzUcTrZ4Xa3HM\n" "yN5mi+a0vptJFBPxyonMMHDAXRkLR8BexxUJqdk2aupIs0Y0Cet6Vk+8Q9bn04gl\n" "pKjTjnnarJJsTlhrdmVobkDhbEGYB3KyrjZp2JmdYYzAbHXbdp3T7yJ4R3/7aQRg\n" "XJIQgEHjmgFf0Wwzxs1JIN2URDZS8k2pyuI6M8ndPtJiYbwqy1Wcflz57aWYAOVf\n" "b/G4IEsicSd1mHjYjsaMV/kp1kGrWihB/Dt79nWJAhwEEwECAAYFAlJJfnUACgkQ\n" "cTWO1j93QHkxbA//SKb0a0wo5dTJpMp7pUL4pkCx1gR3YCZMyiJHAGnC0vHoTmxI\n" "+6+YAU9DBFWjQk2uqqn+GW+3AxLEN08s2xYvNoxJHUB1bF43HI9lXscGmzfjDR62\n" "cIptcWtggeMw6W66UStdFWUudwDM6WV8BTxg2LYD3upeY69GnN92HinMj90D6PMc\n" "iQjfUdZxZAYLKEhic12dKHpWRC0PH9NIAS0EchARkZQmjyPc4trWevAyhmpqdw+H\n" "gxh9EBH2I194SvIXVuU5Gyl/l3a/6ntEUZnitBijU3uUjRnkS5XkJfqy1MjdrJ0o\n" "ymo8mlxOVFKV879ez10KBnE1BLe9ioylOeGQRNcyYehFE7GmzkZHbOk+Pqd1Meaf\n" "AjNIgQxrqgh8pJ2F8Zd8pGDrYspjICGbbdR0WRNcoN4kckJruTWFQ1xr//Kfwp1b\n" "kCQWRwYcRL/RNVVZuHGgvTiTa2wZNbWfZk3tF9cXaYHIqhYU8l7Lc1zK0Fhv2E1t\n" "Phw4pu495RbGRAFOE14S+QmknIy+DgIkTzQ1s36vnI4SVw9zs0D4Np6d1mF1p4gi\n" "VVrgTQnlF3poZNppCUK9Rih8s5kMnyuRruGm/Lod4jL3wcbBz4sxBkCgrc2pyU1M\n" "SNAjM2V8c7cGLgPOqX0eVqgXJoTnlNItF07aIZyFEA6e7YeiTeXxPfU10Q2ISgQQ\n" "EQoACgUCUk3NEAMFAXgACgkQOfuToMruuMAgxQCfScnmgUcnT0J07KNsLKLMGW/6\n" "ffAAn2J50o8KV/wu8auCY1o6EkjpiJt/iEYEEBECAAYFAlJKlYkACgkQ20zMSyow\n" "1ymmfwCeLqsUDHBH8JnuaJjEUYqACGWZo88An0wcNy95yGdSJtgBFXNPZQJL2gSu\n" "iF4EEBEIAAYFAlJNSA0ACgkQUYUJaGx+XoKvBAD/bUBqzL0oZtaF7WUDXchb4yki\n" "f0ko+zh832R2Ad0KfygBAKNEUUKOnZFLJ8GZqAXmIWktgMiWFOMSxAXDLsyionoh\n" "iQIcBBABCAAGBQJSTYUGAAoJECC3DeE/HR5PCH4P/ic8LWEp8aJLLlOR+DSB9H3I\n" "cES36ulQLHKmmWMc/ysR/bLhGhBqF8TM3hzvdTqj6p7zMZKThhKKVLLBxjlV2MLc\n" "OVwhCzQow/D8EpUqQw3ufpWDYzCI7SF4nohremXjjv9FZVV80QhxLSqDfeopIBGs\n" "ZD6v5mZn0CtT0hBXD1rowcZVo2Zdgx7/HgL4BRH19ZMiKMVdp365ZQzGlRVNTbww\n" "fs13UTINcchA4ggbJXX5h5oUo8pbp3yXso6cMnuuawFRDu15JjQctkpaDyB0QohS\n" "z3i5LqA912kRR1rEQjgXH8GcudfQ671FKZ+SJ7lwd+s7vdUMIfAXflCUCKMLAaFP\n" "QB/J/ZT7FEwlO3ZeFKrWcYmkx0Af9/ieKO/ptdiOf2OX7VvE6AkReRBiqAeK9M4a\n" "dgS1hnvs+QdPB40dTXEFRuk7+hcEqqan+ZuMhWohJlAhTHxTF8Vxl0oyNyXiXiJi\n" "mJMTsGmvF2x+uQ/S4+7Mg8+A0oGYjwvnFC+0jWO92Ix9M3y+upxkc8KOM1/U9nq5\n" "p7wje5MNdcCHyVTpSxvg/bDaQYopKTD6aVu94u4OlbhUXki4JnTQlwqFVkGHnpW+\n" "BPbpQyqhY+t1QoaUWgRL+n8+WBVCqlFQF8vIoqbYGP4WxeVfylZTfSVWDoJUPKKv\n" "bEsyhpVFj5XT70vJ866EiQIcBBABAgAGBQJSRaaeAAoJECZJ5ijF000F4jIP+weC\n" "FBeCkY7sprDa61kp10GNF4YujiZ1QKQDgrQA9ipgv3pN+5ovC/ClzZm5baVGi+j5\n" "zWD/blG9YZAApM/kkpAIvCPYIuQ9b+/crOUjuxyywuE2HSbaFuh66lW7Eox3NT8N\n" "NMEl6Zry6m8RDHqTZIpwJPBiCgEcNqr/dcbtE0XgzJj94NOWSuq1URpP4wIT9aAV\n" "Bqdj+0KQDkDk6Sqvmf59Cjt8hihvXAhOqcguKo8y262ABEO8kxwfqvRYECCE+eDE\n" "APUEyOi/6uI0dQjQMytTWKogPIYg4wQjpG+Pa7wl7AnxOTBp4WvoS0BuCgjSYaxn\n" "wVKHBMvxSCuDHBurLN0wqOaKSg9ib6m/Vy2vfi9ak8crXJFZ6eLrIxt73gyiozfK\n" "Efvd6LBOJ9AeXstnubEs7ltNq9qKyW4+vR9eABmn/wABxCsHNjW+mmi8xAVhhc1K\n" "qZC/D4vm6r8ZwrVAsmTADqcTr6A48J15FmIwcaQRQWQ4oytxTGA7rHRFVjrt3YIj\n" "/WP62byp8s59HOKJE+mA9q7ksAvnToLfrMiNA8/18Zm4CADKUny6GLzpuKgcYwTu\n" "cqE/zBWUszI2NrJNtaKWafdXyEAwgBxNIl1FiYF9+ntoMWlqDQROPZLYChRThJvR\n" "nNNsT+WwcuSHSFexLl14yrPJ3MBEe7e+2Vpj9HR2iQIcBBABAgAGBQJSSFmrAAoJ\n" "EDpFFvNRg85IHx8P/3exX3fATzNwqfININlvYjxMzuGIHdV03w2pHrOllmPX28/U\n" "UHSQL9yRRNhzimm/9v3dvu5XHzjUzCEozoAa74DnICe8wUfju8sGmN5FKolbvSz7\n" "VvcW4mAC5RY85zk+7luTg2wHZIIdgirTDrgPSirtYkm+qpuX/k5LAkwmYtH6gghq\n" "v7rnYNKUChh+Ga+4yNbsdD7blWYr52UwnfT3evbgI5GqBMZEbghmqNiR2fcII6tr\n" "NnuawH646UcucwogxPtLxLuZnslEpWiHQlAVvHlrCMoEkYqS+NRXOwZF04zTwRpL\n" "CUlj0PxlRInvTrEpBd1KVejbkNWKK7wfyL/bF3rR9pMGWuDC32/9BfjtGgNDXJhQ\n" "MDGntyAeQfiI3Ml5b5SA8bT5DsR/FIQDg0UDe5jjeVIEGZKunmRT/IqOLFMpZoMH\n" "qNqWW8YrHlpN2o2c0/VqWSLzPKmocgqLwlkx5oqvn/F12xUzazGhFTFp6IXpqQVT\n" "lkSPdDsVJuidj9ZJLMRoKfFD9tISqTocGw3suLqp8u5KZf43THWspBi4tD4IoN5r\n" "lrLWtPnkteffyO62NZOOyg7rPUGJYlpgAMIDkXmsp58CyXqrL1/art0Ymcy5z8ea\n" "1eUCnq/ZJJxrj+HrXuwko4fXTewf+nzSbJ2GEL/fMBkzAOKl9j5bOPAKwiD9iQIc\n" "BBABAgAGBQJSTTdGAAoJEE2hFOXEouV/uSQP/i/yJbvVkxXlWZhk2JFhDpZaewdL\n" "TUCkgsDeS9M7fde1Y/NbnVwSm/TtzysI6XPa5lIeXUTTlbwGiI/ZqFPDaDptUmL5\n" "1b3cgMReW2o5zfLtnDZZHYPn8wosMFMhj2wkOXpQv7DOJBQf5MNnPHublBwY05o4\n" "dfDBKi0GKVWl8ZkHInGvREJw7wF6ukYtnWQOIaW//qmVwokv36I2EJoooFdl7oFh\n" "a+Pq1n3DhQAgiln6/Mz/96fn7NvYvdbQlMGluPRANVuKjfP9zQroF8BmhWQbEHZG\n" "aLT+FsD06A/CjWlKkb3Ys/N0wDi9kQ2ez/DZhjXgBMXhJrdPmeTEHrnX701Am+2D\n" "CSpz7bbkOayILC5gx8DWq4hjGu5JtGcpJE4AsN69dXn4r/w8IUecoGZG/CjVQyAc\n" "RxsIc9nOJmzbJkQGrP8A26Io0/xrwOjU2gGkYR+EaR3o9Qa8tY/uZpYb3t3yh+b0\n" "Pqn8pLOMnpo16uJni3/tIY/kiqBnGF53yVLjlekwfORXBRFZ3GNroe21OXrfbHQ7\n" "9BytMjTBsQahfaMdFZF1QINvENdJ+PQhhx7R2g80yxj67oa0F/W0zdqYDbYnM2bt\n" "Mw89mv/q1f0xmdtaTJXz6ZpLPY3MtDWCJ/LcKDKUQqnyS7XilD95HdFnck9GPKQe\n" "F/mgs5YlQeQZg8cSiQEcBBABAgAGBQJTMetBAAoJEEE5xLeoRUEkcGgIAL9ZRsk/\n" "BMWQf4tK9RTY82bihv5T5XL5ybqnXuuPMC+E2IHDR1hGE9WcFr237nyfVxdnlBKn\n" "IUbPrghdeGAWg6ki2IWOjgy1Q46M+P69yroc6KCa3V6LdM5L/CCk5Sr7L1LbvZ9g\n" "Mj4AkN0xGhy3NNZGsomiXZWmBOiOQ4EJwlIwtFgMCKc4KmRD/h+f+/opMW9782bN\n" "L6txp3tk5MOUXa+Xk1gy8MzGtowL2Q+P4zxa94NSVYQ6picYFvjWGtzUJ5izdyb/\n" "se9wLIT8p0iyPrADP+P93EjkUrH4Im4OuY9ieKc3hFsnLhnI5VLpPSy29xXCi3C5\n" "t72Nl5dU+/JJrtyJAZwEEwECAAYFAlQUczoACgkQjw7rxHtHFslqFAwAka5jXdrV\n" "IGHT/n2YWzGTfgy5+bJfMZXUa6fuo+zzvB4hS3MH3YMpHRjwUrpkAjTh3dFkziVU\n" "Ns7j4+7x5uEOE9Y1Baj6DTzEAxZNwtSeCYzCA0FZ/ufuUxGfZElcrU7AN6/ep/lm\n" "gsE3+5tak8VYJxDjgu56uEIz449Lscj4G3FO6eXhCiiWIb7+y0a9m6cZ3yE7k8fo\n" "TVObr8xdhGzw4+YEx3/4usD89GIKwLN3LZFjndqdPnYidneJ9NCrGH9g4+DRlOkw\n" "8LGlSFxcNLqeVBDBS2bw1G1ZSsd0NH+8deeAf9rEsmOT4CQKOWdgTnkK8O9erwvi\n" "dUvsANlOypecGbHMo+NoS6kjR/CwPF8vDnwhEpy3N+VRZGhSD77D4LUWKBLQDisv\n" "6HuyALmE02Lq9v5cK8fWy5cehS8hvAdn/FU0GOvPg6JowBZkyvqbOQDHIO3buAr6\n" "NtnPdhhOd/eCOOkCPgcTAdwqWrX+l7D4SImMYjFAe9GWONAkkcRVMo6jiQIcBBAB\n" "AgAGBQJUdXNxAAoJECZwmtY/E3EPJ80P/1AuTYo48UmvVkLd443cvaUpItzLUfrW\n" "4q24KjiCTT63ETf1+V8RZCRreqt3mFJnZI0n8X+hSLAIPdJrJ1xtIKDoEWbQ1U8j\n" "ClFq4FtUaqSHkQIWvW2VzGgVz2MvPTWK0EbWHdD9vhtotnYrq4H+T5cBuSyrW9Zu\n" "Gct6zsZbC/O/iyiKQg3Kz6PtCiSPP3AHNH3ok1Nh0QsSQl1ggGp1J4gr9A0/Kcf7\n" "lQ+/X0G7kHVxQnKzzuYI7XsV25Mp3oBsioQB/9aHt/JVfjrKpH0FtdTUEUcMfJqe\n" "TMxW6xXHvslOIj3iXj8frSMYuJaQXVjTwu2yhY2oZfnI+JG0Gc9TA20lijhfyOW7\n" "2wE/qdFW3I7CY/3hBYa63IwNGUK/t052OmOZmhrzKADvWc6lCGG02M7fY/Q+IgOT\n" "PS4+5A1fs708Ds7qHj/TkltVmJftaCkBZCTWqvQ2XxStzYnHVojNxsTCqhIOZLM8\n" "+/SSUMzox4G2d+z4WTlok+HLwcf4h5iAOQg2HAzGO84bamwOE/r+hB19YV07dGND\n" "h/7TI25Slhk46CbuLajnAiIfg4UnbMpUZt+ZC+tdCuKsFQcRl7cUXqkJ3gKAiFOl\n" "8Dly72t5gYwYUEZDkuKisAztRMCvdI1bg8j8ALFjbtd5cYbrtyLYVbg5Nm+mawXh\n" "/U5lqcrjWdbFiQIcBBABAgAGBQJUdg4iAAoJEGJ6sNnqQ9eZRyIP/1geWFuerAtS\n" "jO9ew9bhqC6oCVBi7R/DNT9WLNXvV5h3DYzGXnlhoEHdBzF3G4RmC6RaxZcjTQaI\n" "lYF0qGtvZXWsQG4W6UIT58E6vyNyOj1Ugl4Siqvo1L7IxCt0Bdti0sQ082P44B2K\n" "bSWqN8zMww3lMjnnmrRIb+PcC8PQgLZU5twosEOl/MuuDXRTAgPa4jXuKY17V/6K\n" "NPND4d/rnsENr3+YXlG7/pdAgT9CAdNfFBKSRAUHQ454QzGaJln54FAs5INXf6iv\n" "phfbRQp5on7MyShFNQr5AIeF5SNg/ktBlvrHItCdwM/FnOk5fg8EM3eqZHNC8HE2\n" "SxGKa95o8QcbI2E/0iPJqzLWlmLAxaaV53Ei4RzVkGzPfS0hWFuP/NVg2FYqUTZK\n" "Ie5Btsqd9rPvCTqywjGMKcQUIVK/aiqcDV1J7SewjxuIG4+4eaTNiQgVZspqGCbH\n" "FHdssU/oedCIURRV2vMCCWaFEKR94vIK4IbXF07AVAZPsO1itZj6PWaFZ1zwLbWt\n" "+VmgkM8Pj5L7xy+vX/bGQRO75JYrLYP1a9h/iG/Am0ezZQrtjTPtV07hLBQDOmpt\n" "s3BhEsl9VCH2GkqBhsHjxhYM9cnQqMCMSp5fERRqphxyCoNcBdLHurikt34XMuq1\n" "otgC2RQoYGsIdQlYX2dxIQhDbij7OGrRiQIcBBMBAgAGBQJUFHNAAAoJEDk/yxUg\n" "Q+mJ4NwP/1gH4LefqQu+pbXAD6zezvM7r4dLca2TeFMCWSIRpRdtMqiavsrBtubp\n" "kInXup616EcEY1nKi+mNiHYZx7TiUxdlLljrkr0HVtp3MD/AgBoal+J1muESe5Yb\n" "0frp+NwJOLikUBG1v2cY2mZgIAkFvbfwVFCtJmwGL8nLyZrG1QRy242I179lNFCA\n" "1xZu+9vKbakwnn4rqwT8ihft8o2POY2cq/MHs0XNmalUhF9Emc6sNR0vXkDeBKAA\n" "gk+3lcbabqSni6IOpruX1XwtfnlIEqZVU49unNYbvylh4NTl2vjawsXAec+tbVQp\n" "aFWvwru+07kC8BwOKb83IiBHDLQC+oE6c1CdkbyfmQ+aH/OJs0cyGqJGeh4Q0Pfk\n" "RSd44Ew3l/rzuHWjw++/JpfznK5mhVObpmWd3HH77gwm+FNeo5C60tkPtMfVfPqK\n" "PbBTrzzdN1l26VloqFcRzXAnIKMqEP4J1Jd4l5awopqeBfRwVx4+XVV0y2qfvP/6\n" "DyKWk6D97p7jrB6yuMoYbKvJKoxx75SxiGMv4gubj22iqIp8tJarrbBONdnhZCcx\n" "LfDMcVJDSzI2LmDk5SXvNycNyxLCVvda6upMDB9O4wDE1EJJnsvkhudbwAdYEYCW\n" "8CnF3toHcP1bGRiJGJ6Qrl11NPCdCjOmbq9KSxfkadBQ93uXo56QiQIiBBMBCgAM\n" "BQJTd5xqBYMHhh+AAAoJEGwc0Sh9sBEAfBgP/ieZTSvyMwnOZOPNlQYnhkhaZRHP\n" "i5fzOMzbwd+hC/3mi2U8mZOYXvTeN6+JiWJ7s+4UB0+JoOwwMkkNGYWygMF0OUl+\n" "03FJB9cDIxFW5n3rjjbwX2RLcbx2ATQnNHRSsZdXWg1jTbzoRpOAL9ZhoyWJtRYz\n" "fCd+r5JZrd59zGgc70aDAjF77PVA5L6lZXzTH4U4hlQzF8ugAmtNqTEfEhKRo5pt\n" "ecu6Slf36OLc1L6Coc4amU3fMCPXP6IK5aMBPwzfXahAylITvxjbujIkh/y3KifL\n" "cgsgc6a5y24+OBo02RzCnB1QB+alr6312b3FMrixsev2RfyPzWxfN8eE8JElobbz\n" "4sPd5SgQ3P+iF+g9E4fTnXhk5f4u+wU5PtiWXxzWy6EYz0hGgE4Dz/uQ2fcRBASO\n" "xMJQvPAeFM59SVTJGiFRzeNY6H/zWeC8DTE9jKbzhZ8kIzxyr9iTd7XJhp5pCVez\n" "zkG7R9xDALq3ySMO0s7cWNB1V8Ne0YwNPZlStCpW6kW8nfC4qmNorukPcVk8tRYf\n" "Gy+ebrWdXphdhLRZB5NpQ4ECG8kOIP/1bSRNvMs4WHU1C+hkOn8vcfOZDMO8zPro\n" "SCNnHB0MUbXENfv4+ZXM6I39fAHohQlHw2LlqibeJHr5lbIukGQ6v8qdo5xdaoel\n" "JnXUSVN4XvroE+uZiQJFBBABCgAvBQJTd6AZKBpodHRwczovL3BhZXBzLmN4L3Bn\n" "cC9zaWduaW5nLXBvbGljeS5hc2MACgkQu14sRioPqLA7cQ/+NvSnh6fW7Gf89uy9\n" "l4+/8hjGm0REFQf0LlYdiqf1pJ9N6Vf4MdhEFZs/2bvOgitSZzyScvxkAuv0LXE4\n" "xPxOnwVYQ/VuxLSOBdTjU2srdnHrHaQxos16WLq85C2NsCSZNLOCXalMZk3XD0FH\n" "HrcyWGfyiX4vr0tn+4G70FWbsfrK1Epmx3v+nCpCPmgBjdLRy9iU6uUjWB0w/ZVE\n" "eD5MNAWyWumLJz32gpEQFSpELcviBoYxec8pIzlfV0db5ydJGZlsWM5W/KOy1ZFm\n" "dpCfsl/hPGbBEtEeEf0mszchZDGtwaSpo0oiZj0LX6kSUTsp5GhjeTtntu2Hk9oq\n" "b+u4TtAJbKHaYovJn2cySmWyE7Hqvvh2Lo+uxwm9RjKRNbtYBylZnV6QFaeMejen\n" "RFwLdtdiil1UmXhV6MUHNIIZ0oJZ1zo+GkZKWQdoFpzayrWpfkAC+x2ovV106RYM\n" "BAEcGg12ZZ1RcCytM/67efGG9KxjukARycsv1pU6Cf6l0yjqOikM3pnxWfdLvybU\n" "9E4U7THfJ0sfXfs2U7d7LAX8WfWru1I90ZmFBLO5Fm3WMAOplJmdaSoNJ22IJrZb\n" "StCDb7GynBD9x/qUGrRfIxKtzxGZghor5xHWxTtn6hLgxvoF5cDmN8g6dI0snbXK\n" "DljubF4feV9MBwiGwpjeG/71PcKJARwEEAEIAAYFAlWTlaIACgkQogW5MOpw+irQ\n" "+gf/TRWhT+XFhokH4E3v+J9lTqhQ+IBjVfYVZm1nzBxTkvrEt48i3VBuJjp2Q5H+\n" "cnRr2VE76IVNsvt8liUe9GF+1tylVA7qDGDMOlqkGjPVfD1viGRgtrGBJFg3oVr6\n" "uyjKUyhzELQPkGU+lfbhXLVE3oMyhLxf3xUd/TvGXEeaqMoPgNFGiwfjtSX6oxas\n" "HEu3HFDO2EqM45dtjbHoj98gvDSb4ReA2ZknD/gYnNt8cMdHnv/VieeCpSDxiD6D\n" "qljpYSPUXjz0kh/LwcVZaMm+nD5BzKcXu2lD8A0fy6hVKSm2tGyKzfWr0oZw47e2\n" "eVMBPG/l4YB2H1Im8PPsuSAeQbkCDQRSQYzmARAAtqDVVjJvadVMDJipe7K1POK4\n" "QtcFswiKYAwc0JOkOeM0tDirorP869gdHtkuKr3fEuW0rtId5OeAjSCI9NIihX0r\n" "0A2iJ1PrdhhleoV7CF0u0DxTVAo/Z9HSmuQWoTz3zr01XXyb7pSzJb8oGMLGFuQ4\n" "X1yNRZw/0daGN3jYmxRWLJj+/vlUazvzt8L24JdJJ4PEZ3TNTOOophZDjnzxGMR2\n" "6d9Fb3MV9kCcBIpIv3e1I8IKJyigmlOUqGRCmuv6CMADM0NWEGRBkAUg+YjP7C25\n" "QR7DtFLSyorpJ2QXUax2Bwg8F2b1+54pfXbQO28nYRszy0/ySirYjahrT+LiKOgK\n" "N5HLTn6vIb/KZgmaPR4F1cVJYPjlxDibu26kRIlHBIZuYJ9diZSpm/ump4ZXy5R8\n" "41NjoGZBpIFsfm4or02nLuxEof6khy2K1l9WO8U9AjG05azNQhDGijv4GB4KXfnL\n" "xDW51q8PZWmPxwBEi7mQbh/d2DyqzVLnIQiUWMk4OOCB3VEHWzS0sMOf9NBHWOC8\n" "jhlHak9zzB3qNsJ6x1DXIHC3f4D8owFAqy6z2BVkKQys7mxXzciTvyYIqrb5ynRt\n" "sLL2GMdn1NeMFziB51yMak9BDMGGymXObY3Gmg22gFwnb+ZBx+rNAGt4R3ngk+/C\n" "0jeXHyGQNns6wwoCyuMAEQEAAYkCJQQYAQoADwUCUkGM5gIbDAUJCAftQQAKCRDt\n" "Z+zWXc9q5+HLD/94Jdl4HSb2bA6N1k+Snajvy7C2xCS6GpOMIkDaIo+Aowe85ixc\n" "JeqiNM4lBr8OGMqAe2z0cMs4BvPHudNmN/4ceBsxwUnmcCr1hJiEaQr4eAR/lDC/\n" "pz6gvkCndDKSeOvg5FiiXIqf6sTXpMu4euabQO4485obSBaF7/3zOUfO3Rtadw0h\n" "zEcv/XaiCToA8fwGFNjGhAml/O7uaPmAI3rel4HMEHNxIgqARMiYNmFP8nVgJi7O\n" "qz6rv65/E9shtNVQiHBgEXGZf/lsrxBsQJsgG2Vj+ggkDZPX5AfT7KCV4UrHtM+d\n" "X3yKbwiWwosPwKmgzYxR5qX6JZyAr+72Zs5/eb56NGEGUJYKLmWJd85zCQHTZirF\n" "sDIuZs87oYdrDYmFrwoWmoxZqSLeBCNbURu/BbO4nnJWzr3fwlqWO6LPO7rCafUK\n" "6/mdYPJt4CpmDe3oGntdP/UVA10ZQ7qWYHTzNK2heBm4NHY0QMBXYoAE5bHMCDnN\n" "YVN4QRVxUyjsXKfgjOyi0jZHX+9/CHihIXaCqOI4MdLwRx7dUwhoKOt519/Wlh71\n" "w0qvg9kVt63A7Etyr7xj/IPpEGURDfD/EhXXn0offWL8+BKcLYp1Tbp9gJe3Ab/F\n" "3VOWuafMlpON+Ii4YEem56Al/Ei8sDA+BN7cpw7o5Xf+HAG70CdcRDn7Vg==\n" "=mLLk\n" "-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Security Team Secretary secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org" msgstr "Beveiligingsteamsecretaris secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "pub 4096R/3CB2EAFCC3D6C666 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n" " Key fingerprint = FA97 AA04 4DF9 0969 D5EF 4ADA 3CB2 EAFC C3D6 C666\n" "uid FreeBSD Security Team Secretary <secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org>\n" "sub 4096R/509B26612335EB65 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n" msgstr "" "\n" "pub 4096R/3CB2EAFCC3D6C666 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n" " Key fingerprint = FA97 AA04 4DF9 0969 D5EF 4ADA 3CB2 EAFC C3D6 C666\n" "uid FreeBSD Security Team Secretary <secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org>\n" "sub 4096R/509B26612335EB65 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n" "\n" "mQINBFJBjIIBEADadvvpXSkdnBOGV2xcsFwBBcSwAdryWuLk6v2VxjwsPcY6Lwqz\n" "NAZr2Ox1BaSgX7106Psa6v9si8nxoOtMc5BCM/ps/fmedFU48YtqOTGF+utxvACg\n" "Ou6SKintEMUa1eoPcww1jzDZ3mxx49bQaNAJLjVxeiAZoYHe9loTe1fxsprCONnx\n" "Era1hrI+YA2KjMWDORcwa0sSXRCI3V+b4PUnbMUOQa3fFVUriM4QjjUBU6hW0Ub0\n" "GDPcZq45nd7PoPPtb3/EauaYfk/zdx8Xt0OmuKTi9/vMkvB09AEUyShbyzoebaKH\n" "dKtXlzyAPCZoH9dihFM67rhUg4umckFLc8vc5P2tNblwYrnhgL8ymUaOIjZB/fOi\n" "Z2OZLVCiDeHNjjK3VZ6jLAiPyiYTG1Hrk9E8NaZDeUgIb9X/K06JXVBQIKNSGfX5\n" "LLp/j2wr+Kbg3QtEBkcStlUGBOzfcbhKpE2nySnuIyspfDb/6JbhD/qYqMJerX0T\n" "d5ekkJ1tXtM6aX2iTXgZ8cqv+5gyouEF5akrkLi1ySgZetQfjm+zhy/1x/NjGd0u\n" "35QbUye7sTbfSimwzCXKIIpy06zIO4iNA0P/vgG4v7ydjMvXsW8FRULSecDT19Gq\n" "xOZGfSPVrSRSAhgNxHzwUivxJbr05NNdwhJSbx9m57naXouLfvVPAMeJYwARAQAB\n" "tD9GcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IFRlYW0gU2VjcmV0YXJ5IDxzZWN0ZWFtLXNlY3Jl\n" "dGFyeUBGcmVlQlNELm9yZz6JAj0EEwEKACcFAlJBjIICGwMFCQgH7b8FCwkIBwMF\n" "FQoJCAsFFgIDAQACHgECF4AACgkQPLLq/MPWxmYt8Q/+IfFhPIbqglh4rwFzgR58\n" "8YonMZcq+5Op3qiUBh6tE6yRz6VEqBqTahyCQGIk4xGzrHSIOIj2e6gEk5a4zYtf\n" "0jNJprk3pxu2Og05USJmd8lPSbyBF20FVm5W0dhWMKHagL5dGS8zInlwRYxr6mMi\n" "UuJjj+2Hm3PoUNGAwL1SH2BVOeAeudtzu80vAlbRlujYVmjIDn/dWVjqnWgEBNHT\n" "SD+WpA3yW4mBJyxWil0sAJQbTlt5EM/XPORVZ2tvETxJIrXea/Sda9mFwvJ02pJn\n" "gHi6TGyOYydmbu0ob9Ma9AvUrRlxv8V9eN7eZUtvNa6n+IT8WEJj2+snJlO4SpHL\n" "D3Z+l7zwfYeM8FOdzGZdVFgxeyBU7t3AnPjYfHmoneqgLcCO0nJDKq/98ohz5T9i\n" "FbNR/vtLaEiYFBeX3C9Ee96pP6BU26BXhw+dRSnFeyIhD+4g+/AZ0XJ1CPF19D+5\n" "z0ojanJkh7lZn4JL+V6+mF1eOExiGrydIiiSXDA/p5FhavMMu8Om4S0sn5iaQ2aX\n" "wRUv2SUKhbHDqhIILLeQKlB3X26obx1Vg0nRhy47qNQn/xc9oSWLAQSVOgsShQeC\n" "6DSzrKIBdKB3V8uWOmuM7lWAoCP53bDRW+XIOu9wfpSaXN2VTyqzU7zpTq5BHX1a\n" "+XRw8KNHZGnCSAOCofZWnKyJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBjYgACgkQ7Wfs1l3PaudFcQ//\n" "UiM7EXsIHLwHxez32TzA/0uNMPWFHQN4Ezzg4PKB6Cc4amva5qbgbhoeCPuP+XPI\n" "2ELfRviAHbmyZ/zIgqplDC4nmyisMoKlpK0Yo1w4qbix9EVVZr2ztL8F43qN3Xe/\n" "NUSMTBgt/Jio7l5lYyhuVS3JQCfDlYGbq6NPk0xfYoYOMOZASoPhEquCxM5D4D0Z\n" "3J3CBeAjyVzdF37HUw9rVQe2IRlxGn1YAyMb5EpR2Ij612GFad8c/5ikzDh5q6JD\n" "tB9ApdvLkr0czTBucDljChSpFJ7ENPjAgZuH9N5Dmx2rRUj2mdBmi7HKqxAN9Kdm\n" "+pg/6vZ3vM18rBlXmw1poQdc3srAL+6MHmIfHHrq49oksLyHwyeL8T6BO4d4nTZU\n" "xObP7PLAeWrdrd1Sb3EWlZJ9HB/m2UL9w9Om1c6cb6X2DoCzQAStVypAE6SQCMBK\n" "pxkWRj90L41BS62snja+BlZTELuuLTHULRkWqS3fFkUxlDSMUn96QksWlwZLcxCv\n" "hKxJXOX+pHAiUuMIImaPQ0TBDBWWf5d8zOQlNPsyhSGFR5Skwzlg+m9ErQ+jy7Uz\n" "UmNCNztlYgRKeckXuvr73seoKoNXHrn7vWQ6qB1IRURj2bfphsqlmYuITmcBhfFS\n" "Dw0fdYXSDXrmG9wad98g49g4HwCJhPAl0j55f93gHLGIRgQQEQoABgUCUkGO5gAK\n" "CRAV1ogEymzfsol4AKCI7rOnptuoXgwYx2Z9HkUKuugSRwCgkyW9pxa5EovDijEF\n" "j1jG/cdxTOaJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBkdUACgkQkshDRW2mpm6aLxAAzpWNHMZVFt7e\n" "wQnCJnf/FMLTjduGTEhVFnVCkEtI+YKarveE6pclqKJfSRFDxruZ6PHGG2CDfMig\n" "J6mdDdmXCkN//TbIlRGowVgsxpIRg4jQVh4S3D0Nz50h+Zb7CHbjp6WAPVoWZz7b\n" "Myp+pN7qx/miJJwEiw22Eet4Hjj1QymKwjWyY146V928BV/wDBS/xiwfg3xIVPZr\n" "RqtiOGN/AGpMGeGQKKplkeITY7AXiAd+mL4H/eNf8b+o0Ce2Z9oSxSsGPF3DzMTL\n" "kIX7sWD3rjy3Xe2BM20stIDrJS2a1fbnIwFvqszS3Z3sF5bLc6W0iyPJdtbQ0pt6\n" "nekRl9nboAdUs0R+n/6QNYBkj4AcSh3jpZKe82NwnD/6WyzHWtC0SDRTVkcQWXPW\n" "EaWLmv8VqfzdBiw6aLcxlmXQSAr0cUA6zo6/bMQZosKwiCfGl3tR4Pbwgvbyjoii\n" "pF+ZXfz7rWWUqZ2C79hy3YTytwIlVMOnp3MyOV+9ubOsFhLuRDxAksIMaRTsO7ii\n" "5J4z1d+jzWMW4g1B50CoQ8W+FyAfVp/8qGwzvGN7wxN8P1iR+DZjtpCt7J+Xb9Pt\n" "L+lRKSO/aOgOfDksyt2fEKY4yEWdzq9A3VkRo1HCdUQY6SJ/qt7IyQHumxvL90F6\n" "vbB3edrR/fVGeJsz4vE10hzy7kI1QT65Ag0EUkGMggEQAMTsvyKEdUsgEehymKz9\n" "MRn9wiwfHEX5CLmpJAvnX9MITgcsTX8MKiPyrTBnyY/QzA0rh+yyhzkY/y55yxMP\n" "INdpL5xgJCS1SHyJK85HOdN77uKDCkwHfphlWYGlBPuaXyxkiWYXJTVUggSjuO4b\n" "jeKwDqFl/4Xc0XeZNgWVjqHtKF91wwgdXXgAzUL1/nwN3IglxiIR31y10GQdOQEG\n" "4T3ufx6gv73+qbFc0RzgZUQiJykQ3tZK1+Gw6aDirgjQYOc90o2Je0RJHjdObyZQ\n" "aQc4PTZ2DC7CElFEt2EHJCXLyP/taeLq+IdpKe6sLPckwakqtbqwunWVoPTbgkxo\n" "Q1eCMzgrkRu23B2TJaY9zbZAFP3cpL65vQAVJVQISqJvDL8K5hvAWJ3vi92qfBcz\n" "jqydAcbhjkzJUI9t44v63cIXTI0+QyqTQhqkvEJhHZkbb8MYoimebDVxFVtQ3I1p\n" "EynOYPfn4IMvaItLFbkgZpR/zjHYau5snErR9NC4AOIfNFpxM+fFFJQ7W88JP3cG\n" "JLl9dcRGERq28PDU/CTDH9rlk1kZ0xzpRDkJijKDnFIxT2ajijVOZx7l2jPL1njx\n" "s4xa1jK0/39kh6XnrCgK49WQsJM5IflVR2JAi8BLi2q/e0NQG2pgn0QL695Sqbbp\n" "NbrrJGRcRJD9sUkQTpMsLlQTABEBAAGJAiUEGAEKAA8FAlJBjIICGwwFCQgH7b8A\n" "CgkQPLLq/MPWxmZAew//et/LToMVR3q6/qP/pf9ob/QwQ3MgejkC0DY3Md7JBRl/\n" "6GWfySYnO0Vm5IoJofcv1hbhc/y3OeZTvK4s+BOQsNokYe34mCxZG4dypNaepkQi\n" "x0mLujeU/n4Y0p0LTLjhGLVdKina2dM9HmllgYr4KumT58g6eGjxs2oZD6z5ty0L\n" "viU5tx3lz3o0c3I9soH2RN2zNHVjXNW0EvWJwFLxFeLJbk/Y3UY1/kXCtcyMzLua\n" "S5L5012eUOEvaZr5iYDKjy+wOxY4SUCNYf0GPmSej8CBbwHOF2XCwXytSzm6hNb3\n" "5TRgCGbOSFTIy9MxfV5lpddQcdzijmuFSl8LySkL2yuJxjlI7uKNDN+NlfODIPMg\n" "rdH0hBSyKci6Uz7Nz/Up3qdE+aISq68k+Hk1fiKJG1UcBRJidheds29FCzj3hoyZ\n" "VDmf6OL60hL0YI1/4GjIkJyetlPzjMp8J7K3GweOUkfHcFihYZlbiMe7z+oIWEc7\n" "0fNScrAGF/+JN3L6mjXKB6Pv+ER5ztzpfuhBJ/j7AV5BaNMmDXAVO4aTphWl7Dje\n" "iecENuGTpkK8Ugv5cMJc4QJaWDkj/9sACc0EFgigPo68KjegvKg5R8jUPwb8E7T6\n" "lIjBtlclVhaUrE2uLx/yTz2Apbm+GAmD8M0dQ7IYsOFlZNBW9zjgLLCtWDW+p1A=\n" "=5gJ7\n" "-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n" msgstr "" "\n" "-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n" "\n" "mQINBFJBjIIBEADadvvpXSkdnBOGV2xcsFwBBcSwAdryWuLk6v2VxjwsPcY6Lwqz\n" "NAZr2Ox1BaSgX7106Psa6v9si8nxoOtMc5BCM/ps/fmedFU48YtqOTGF+utxvACg\n" "Ou6SKintEMUa1eoPcww1jzDZ3mxx49bQaNAJLjVxeiAZoYHe9loTe1fxsprCONnx\n" "Era1hrI+YA2KjMWDORcwa0sSXRCI3V+b4PUnbMUOQa3fFVUriM4QjjUBU6hW0Ub0\n" "GDPcZq45nd7PoPPtb3/EauaYfk/zdx8Xt0OmuKTi9/vMkvB09AEUyShbyzoebaKH\n" "dKtXlzyAPCZoH9dihFM67rhUg4umckFLc8vc5P2tNblwYrnhgL8ymUaOIjZB/fOi\n" "Z2OZLVCiDeHNjjK3VZ6jLAiPyiYTG1Hrk9E8NaZDeUgIb9X/K06JXVBQIKNSGfX5\n" "LLp/j2wr+Kbg3QtEBkcStlUGBOzfcbhKpE2nySnuIyspfDb/6JbhD/qYqMJerX0T\n" "d5ekkJ1tXtM6aX2iTXgZ8cqv+5gyouEF5akrkLi1ySgZetQfjm+zhy/1x/NjGd0u\n" "35QbUye7sTbfSimwzCXKIIpy06zIO4iNA0P/vgG4v7ydjMvXsW8FRULSecDT19Gq\n" "xOZGfSPVrSRSAhgNxHzwUivxJbr05NNdwhJSbx9m57naXouLfvVPAMeJYwARAQAB\n" "tD9GcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IFRlYW0gU2VjcmV0YXJ5IDxzZWN0ZWFtLXNlY3Jl\n" "dGFyeUBGcmVlQlNELm9yZz6JAj0EEwEKACcFAlJBjIICGwMFCQgH7b8FCwkIBwMF\n" "FQoJCAsFFgIDAQACHgECF4AACgkQPLLq/MPWxmYt8Q/+IfFhPIbqglh4rwFzgR58\n" "8YonMZcq+5Op3qiUBh6tE6yRz6VEqBqTahyCQGIk4xGzrHSIOIj2e6gEk5a4zYtf\n" "0jNJprk3pxu2Og05USJmd8lPSbyBF20FVm5W0dhWMKHagL5dGS8zInlwRYxr6mMi\n" "UuJjj+2Hm3PoUNGAwL1SH2BVOeAeudtzu80vAlbRlujYVmjIDn/dWVjqnWgEBNHT\n" "SD+WpA3yW4mBJyxWil0sAJQbTlt5EM/XPORVZ2tvETxJIrXea/Sda9mFwvJ02pJn\n" "gHi6TGyOYydmbu0ob9Ma9AvUrRlxv8V9eN7eZUtvNa6n+IT8WEJj2+snJlO4SpHL\n" "D3Z+l7zwfYeM8FOdzGZdVFgxeyBU7t3AnPjYfHmoneqgLcCO0nJDKq/98ohz5T9i\n" "FbNR/vtLaEiYFBeX3C9Ee96pP6BU26BXhw+dRSnFeyIhD+4g+/AZ0XJ1CPF19D+5\n" "z0ojanJkh7lZn4JL+V6+mF1eOExiGrydIiiSXDA/p5FhavMMu8Om4S0sn5iaQ2aX\n" "wRUv2SUKhbHDqhIILLeQKlB3X26obx1Vg0nRhy47qNQn/xc9oSWLAQSVOgsShQeC\n" "6DSzrKIBdKB3V8uWOmuM7lWAoCP53bDRW+XIOu9wfpSaXN2VTyqzU7zpTq5BHX1a\n" "+XRw8KNHZGnCSAOCofZWnKyJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBjYgACgkQ7Wfs1l3PaudFcQ//\n" "UiM7EXsIHLwHxez32TzA/0uNMPWFHQN4Ezzg4PKB6Cc4amva5qbgbhoeCPuP+XPI\n" "2ELfRviAHbmyZ/zIgqplDC4nmyisMoKlpK0Yo1w4qbix9EVVZr2ztL8F43qN3Xe/\n" "NUSMTBgt/Jio7l5lYyhuVS3JQCfDlYGbq6NPk0xfYoYOMOZASoPhEquCxM5D4D0Z\n" "3J3CBeAjyVzdF37HUw9rVQe2IRlxGn1YAyMb5EpR2Ij612GFad8c/5ikzDh5q6JD\n" "tB9ApdvLkr0czTBucDljChSpFJ7ENPjAgZuH9N5Dmx2rRUj2mdBmi7HKqxAN9Kdm\n" "+pg/6vZ3vM18rBlXmw1poQdc3srAL+6MHmIfHHrq49oksLyHwyeL8T6BO4d4nTZU\n" "xObP7PLAeWrdrd1Sb3EWlZJ9HB/m2UL9w9Om1c6cb6X2DoCzQAStVypAE6SQCMBK\n" "pxkWRj90L41BS62snja+BlZTELuuLTHULRkWqS3fFkUxlDSMUn96QksWlwZLcxCv\n" "hKxJXOX+pHAiUuMIImaPQ0TBDBWWf5d8zOQlNPsyhSGFR5Skwzlg+m9ErQ+jy7Uz\n" "UmNCNztlYgRKeckXuvr73seoKoNXHrn7vWQ6qB1IRURj2bfphsqlmYuITmcBhfFS\n" "Dw0fdYXSDXrmG9wad98g49g4HwCJhPAl0j55f93gHLGIRgQQEQoABgUCUkGO5gAK\n" "CRAV1ogEymzfsol4AKCI7rOnptuoXgwYx2Z9HkUKuugSRwCgkyW9pxa5EovDijEF\n" "j1jG/cdxTOaJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBkdUACgkQkshDRW2mpm6aLxAAzpWNHMZVFt7e\n" "wQnCJnf/FMLTjduGTEhVFnVCkEtI+YKarveE6pclqKJfSRFDxruZ6PHGG2CDfMig\n" "J6mdDdmXCkN//TbIlRGowVgsxpIRg4jQVh4S3D0Nz50h+Zb7CHbjp6WAPVoWZz7b\n" "Myp+pN7qx/miJJwEiw22Eet4Hjj1QymKwjWyY146V928BV/wDBS/xiwfg3xIVPZr\n" "RqtiOGN/AGpMGeGQKKplkeITY7AXiAd+mL4H/eNf8b+o0Ce2Z9oSxSsGPF3DzMTL\n" "kIX7sWD3rjy3Xe2BM20stIDrJS2a1fbnIwFvqszS3Z3sF5bLc6W0iyPJdtbQ0pt6\n" "nekRl9nboAdUs0R+n/6QNYBkj4AcSh3jpZKe82NwnD/6WyzHWtC0SDRTVkcQWXPW\n" "EaWLmv8VqfzdBiw6aLcxlmXQSAr0cUA6zo6/bMQZosKwiCfGl3tR4Pbwgvbyjoii\n" "pF+ZXfz7rWWUqZ2C79hy3YTytwIlVMOnp3MyOV+9ubOsFhLuRDxAksIMaRTsO7ii\n" "5J4z1d+jzWMW4g1B50CoQ8W+FyAfVp/8qGwzvGN7wxN8P1iR+DZjtpCt7J+Xb9Pt\n" "L+lRKSO/aOgOfDksyt2fEKY4yEWdzq9A3VkRo1HCdUQY6SJ/qt7IyQHumxvL90F6\n" "vbB3edrR/fVGeJsz4vE10hzy7kI1QT65Ag0EUkGMggEQAMTsvyKEdUsgEehymKz9\n" "MRn9wiwfHEX5CLmpJAvnX9MITgcsTX8MKiPyrTBnyY/QzA0rh+yyhzkY/y55yxMP\n" "INdpL5xgJCS1SHyJK85HOdN77uKDCkwHfphlWYGlBPuaXyxkiWYXJTVUggSjuO4b\n" "jeKwDqFl/4Xc0XeZNgWVjqHtKF91wwgdXXgAzUL1/nwN3IglxiIR31y10GQdOQEG\n" "4T3ufx6gv73+qbFc0RzgZUQiJykQ3tZK1+Gw6aDirgjQYOc90o2Je0RJHjdObyZQ\n" "aQc4PTZ2DC7CElFEt2EHJCXLyP/taeLq+IdpKe6sLPckwakqtbqwunWVoPTbgkxo\n" "Q1eCMzgrkRu23B2TJaY9zbZAFP3cpL65vQAVJVQISqJvDL8K5hvAWJ3vi92qfBcz\n" "jqydAcbhjkzJUI9t44v63cIXTI0+QyqTQhqkvEJhHZkbb8MYoimebDVxFVtQ3I1p\n" "EynOYPfn4IMvaItLFbkgZpR/zjHYau5snErR9NC4AOIfNFpxM+fFFJQ7W88JP3cG\n" "JLl9dcRGERq28PDU/CTDH9rlk1kZ0xzpRDkJijKDnFIxT2ajijVOZx7l2jPL1njx\n" "s4xa1jK0/39kh6XnrCgK49WQsJM5IflVR2JAi8BLi2q/e0NQG2pgn0QL695Sqbbp\n" "NbrrJGRcRJD9sUkQTpMsLlQTABEBAAGJAiUEGAEKAA8FAlJBjIICGwwFCQgH7b8A\n" "CgkQPLLq/MPWxmZAew//et/LToMVR3q6/qP/pf9ob/QwQ3MgejkC0DY3Md7JBRl/\n" "6GWfySYnO0Vm5IoJofcv1hbhc/y3OeZTvK4s+BOQsNokYe34mCxZG4dypNaepkQi\n" "x0mLujeU/n4Y0p0LTLjhGLVdKina2dM9HmllgYr4KumT58g6eGjxs2oZD6z5ty0L\n" "viU5tx3lz3o0c3I9soH2RN2zNHVjXNW0EvWJwFLxFeLJbk/Y3UY1/kXCtcyMzLua\n" "S5L5012eUOEvaZr5iYDKjy+wOxY4SUCNYf0GPmSej8CBbwHOF2XCwXytSzm6hNb3\n" "5TRgCGbOSFTIy9MxfV5lpddQcdzijmuFSl8LySkL2yuJxjlI7uKNDN+NlfODIPMg\n" "rdH0hBSyKci6Uz7Nz/Up3qdE+aISq68k+Hk1fiKJG1UcBRJidheds29FCzj3hoyZ\n" "VDmf6OL60hL0YI1/4GjIkJyetlPzjMp8J7K3GweOUkfHcFihYZlbiMe7z+oIWEc7\n" "0fNScrAGF/+JN3L6mjXKB6Pv+ER5ztzpfuhBJ/j7AV5BaNMmDXAVO4aTphWl7Dje\n" "iecENuGTpkK8Ugv5cMJc4QJaWDkj/9sACc0EFgigPo68KjegvKg5R8jUPwb8E7T6\n" "lIjBtlclVhaUrE2uLx/yTz2Apbm+GAmD8M0dQ7IYsOFlZNBW9zjgLLCtWDW+p1A=\n" "=5gJ7\n" "-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #: book.translate.xml:65535 msgid "Core Team Secretary core-secretary@FreeBSD.org" msgstr "Secretaris van het Core Team core-secretary@FreeBSD.org" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "pub rsa4096/36A7C05FE1ECF9BB 2014-07-09 [SC] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n" " Key fingerprint = C07B F5E3 10AE 64BF 6120 B0F6 36A7 C05F E1EC F9BB\n" "uid FreeBSD Core Team Secretary <core-secretary@freebsd.org>\n" "uid Core Secretary <core-secretary@freebsd.org>\n" "sub rsa4096/7B5150C8D7CE5D02 2014-07-09 [E] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "pub rsa4096/36A7C05FE1ECF9BB 2014-07-09 [SC] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n" " Key fingerprint = C07B F5E3 10AE 64BF 6120 B0F6 36A7 C05F E1EC F9BB\n" "uid FreeBSD Core Team Secretary <core-secretary@freebsd.org>\n" "uid Core Secretary <core-secretary@freebsd.org>\n" "sub rsa4096/7B5150C8D7CE5D02 2014-07-09 [E] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n" "\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting #: book.translate.xml:65535